initial commit of ebook 34384HEADmain

18 files changed, 55071 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/2021-01-07-34384-8.txt b/old/2021-01-07-34384-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37b76f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-01-07-34384-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8950 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+       and religious conditions of those islands from their
+       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+       the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2010 [EBook #34384]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLII
+
+
+    Preface                                                            9
+
+    Miscellaneous Documents, 1670-1700
+
+        The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres
+        Gonzalez, O.P.] and others; 1697-1700                         25
+
+        The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro
+        Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718. [From his Conquistas.]           117
+
+    Bibliographical Data                                             313
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from Valentyn's
+    Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien (Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724), i,
+    p. 152; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     147
+
+    Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of map in
+    Coronelli's Atlante Veneto (Venetia, 1696), ii, part 2,
+    p. 122; from original copy in Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris      181
+
+    View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile from Recueil
+    des voiages Comp. Indes orientales (Amsterdam, 1725), iv,
+    p. 512; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     227
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The tone of this volume is mainly ecclesiastical, although many
+sidelights on the civil government and social life are incidentally
+shown. All the intense bitterness that generally accompanies contests
+between the regulars and seculars is seen in the Camacho controversy,
+in which the former recognize that they are fighting for life and
+existence in the Philippines, and hence spare no effort to gain
+their ends. As will be seen later this fight between regulars and
+seculars is quieted only for the moment, to break out with greater
+force under Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina; while in our own day,
+the friar memorial of 1898 (never presented), resorts to the same
+threat of the regulars to resign their curacies. This struggle,
+as well as the history of the Augustinian order in the latter part
+of the seventeenth century (which occupies the greater part of the
+volume), forms a rich commentary on the life of the times, and one
+can reconstruct easily the Manila of that period, and recognize the
+hopes and fears of its various classes.
+
+The noted ecclesiastical controversy between Archbishop Camacho and
+the religious orders, which began with the arrival of that prelate in
+the islands (1697), was hardly second in bitterness and importance to
+that between his predecessor Pardo with the secular government. As
+in the latter case, we furnish accounts of this episode by persons
+actually concerned therein; but all these are written by members
+of the orders, who therefore are opposed to Camacho, no defense of
+his side being at present available. The first of these (unsigned)
+is apparently the usual record of events by the Manila Jesuits. Soon
+after Camacho's arrival, the regulars appeal to him for aid in a
+dispute which they have with the secular government regarding their
+lands; but he makes such aid conditional on their submitting to
+episcopal visitation in those curacies which they serve as parish
+priests. They refuse to do so, and appeal from the archbishop to the
+papal delegate; then a controversy ensues between the two prelates over
+the exemptions claimed by the regulars, each wielding the thunderbolts
+of the Church--censures, fines, and excommunications--against the
+other, a warfare imitated by some of the ecclesiastical rank and
+file with their fists and stones as weapons, all to the scandal of
+the commonwealth. Finally the governor interposes, and the affair
+is settled for the time, the two prelates absolving each other in
+turn. The Audiencia compel the religious orders to pay tithes for the
+support of the church, from the incomes of their large estates. This
+account is followed by a letter (June 2, 1698) from the delegate above
+mentioned to the pope, giving a detailed report of his proceedings
+in the affair, and complaining that the archbishop has defied his
+authority as delegate, and therefore that of the supreme pontiff
+himself. The writer, Fray Andres Gonzalez, advises that new safeguards
+be given to the office of delegate in the islands.
+
+In attempting to enforce his visitation of the regulars who act
+as curas, Camacho makes such official visits in some of the Indian
+villages near Manila, and issues decrees affecting such parishes; two
+specimens of these are given. After censuring the prevalent ignorance
+of Christian doctrine among the native parishioners, the archbishop
+strictly charges the ministers who are over them to give their people
+regular and thorough instruction in the faith; to exact no fees for
+confession and penance; to keep the registers of births, marriages
+and deaths, and records of fees received thereat, more carefully; to
+make no distinction between rich and poor in certain functions; and to
+keep an itemized record of the church incomes and expenditures. Annexed
+thereto is a copy of the revised tariff of fees which may be demanded
+by the curas, singers, and sacristans for their respective functions.
+
+In 1700, the five religious orders in the Philippines present to the
+king, through their representatives at Madrid, a statement of their
+controversy with Archbishop Camacho over his attempt to subject
+the regular curas to episcopal visitation; and they make formal
+renunciation of the mission curacies which they hold in the islands,
+declaring that they cannot longer hold these under Camacho and the
+irksome restrictions which he is attempting to impose upon the regular
+curas. Their reasons for this procedure are stated at length. They did
+not choose service as curas for their calling and profession, yet they
+are willing to fill those positions so long as they can do so under the
+supervision of their own provincials; but subjection to the archbishop
+so changes their estate in life that they cannot endure the additional
+burdens and danger thus imposed. Moreover, justice requires that they
+should, as parish priests, share the privileges and advantages allowed
+to the secular priests, which is not the case. The subjection which
+Camacho claims would destroy the rightful liberty of the religious
+orders, and render them dependent on the wills of the archbishop and
+governor. In case a regular cura shall commit immoral acts, a conflict
+of authority will necessarily arise between his provincial and the
+ecclesiastical authorities; and the difficulties that ensue therefrom
+react to the oppression and vexation of the entire colony. Moreover,
+such controversies can seldom be settled by the home government,
+on account of the great distance of the Philippines from Spain. In
+such case of transgression by a religious another difficulty arises,
+that the necessity of referring the case to the public authorities
+causes undue disgrace to both the offender and his order. The regulars
+are better qualified to save souls than are the secular priests,
+but if they are subjected to the ordinary it will be much harder
+for them--the authority of their provincials over them being thus
+weakened--to observe their priestly vows with due strictness; also,
+some would thus be encouraged to undue self-will, to worldliness,
+and to intrigues for securing worldly advantages--especially by the
+perpetual tenure of ecclesiastical benefices. These arguments are
+supported, too, by both history and experience. The orders then
+refute certain arguments advanced by the archbishop. Their pious
+labors for the benefit of souls, in all ranks and conditions of men,
+are recounted; and many of these, especially in Manila, would never
+be accomplished if they depended on the secular priests. The conduct
+of Camacho in opposing the papal delegate, and in refusing to give
+the orders copies of his decrees concerning them, is censured, his
+own arguments being dexterously turned against him--as is the case
+also with his complaints to the court that his authority, functions,
+and usefulness are restricted by the fact that the regular curas
+are not subjected to him; and his request to be permitted to resign
+his see and return to Europe. The writers support their position by
+reference to what the orders have accomplished in the islands, and
+by the exemptions and privileges granted to them by the Holy See. In
+view of all these things, the orders make formal renunciation of
+their mission curacies--especially as the remoteness of the islands
+gives them little prospect of relief from Spain in these difficulties;
+and even if royal decrees are sent to the islands, the archbishop is
+likely to refuse obedience to them. They make complaint of various
+acts of the bishop against them, especially of the reprimand given
+them by the Audiencia through his influence, and his disregard of
+the immunity of their property. The orders are working in Filipinas
+in entire harmony and amity, but this does not suit the archbishop;
+and they feel that they cannot hope for peace or safety so long
+as they act as curas there with Camacho as archbishop. A decree by
+Carlos II (May 20, 1700) approves the proceedings of the archbishop,
+promises royal aid in adjusting his difficulties with the orders,
+and authorizes him to reform and correct the religious when necessary.
+
+The history of the Augustinian order in Filipinas in the latter part of
+the seventeenth century is recounted by Casimiro Diaz of that order,
+in book iv of his Conquistas (much of which has already appeared in
+our series, and which is here concluded); this final part contains
+an unusual amount of secular history, for which reason we omit but
+little of Diaz's narrative. Beginning with 1671, he gives an account of
+each Augustinian provincial chapter-session, and the officers elected
+therein, up to 1689; and relates various matters concerning his order
+and religious interests generally, with which he interweaves the
+secular annals of that time. The troublous times which the Philippine
+colony has experienced since the days of Corcuera are turned into
+peace under Manuel de León (1669-76). He extends the commerce of
+the islands to China, India, and Java, and thus enables the citizens
+of Manila to attain unusual wealth and prosperity. He sends Jesuit
+missionaries to Siao, but they are afterward seized by the Dutch,
+who conquer that island. Unfortunately, the governor interferes with
+the election of officers in the Augustinian chapter-session of 1671,
+and prevents the election of the father who is desired by the chapter
+as provincial. In this year the new cathedral edifice of Manila is
+dedicated. Reports are circulated of a coming attack on the city by
+Chinese corsairs; due precautions are taken, but no enemy appears. A
+French bishop who stops at Manila on his way to China is detained by
+the authorities and finally sent to Spain; his representations there
+cause the issue of royal decrees which prove troublesome and annoying
+to Philippine ecclesiastics, and afterward the ordination of Indian
+natives as priests--a practice which Diaz disapproves. A controversy
+arises between Archbishop López and Jerónimo de Herrera, chaplain of
+the royal military chapel; this and other troubles, with his old age,
+cause the death of the archbishop (April, 1674).
+
+The chapter-session of 1674 marks the cessation of various troubles
+within the order, occurring within the provincialate of Fray Jerónimo
+de Leon, and the beginning of a great increase in the observance
+of the rules of the order. José Duque is elected provincial at this
+time; he sends a procurator to Europe for more missionaries, a band of
+whom arrive in 1679. Diaz enlarges on the prosperity of Manila during
+this period; caused by its foreign trade, especially that with China
+and India; pleasure and luxury prevail in that city, and fortunes are
+spent therein. He describes the people and industries of the Coromandel
+coast and the Madras settlements of the English and the Portuguese;
+in the former, entire religious toleration prevails, and Christians,
+Jews, Mahometans and heathens live together in entire harmony. In 1676
+occurs the death of Governor Manuel de León, from excessive obesity;
+he leaves all his property for charitable purposes. The election
+of provincial in 1677 falls on Fray Juan de Jeréz; in that year
+also the Dominican Fray Felipe Pardo becomes archbishop of Manila,
+and Auditor Coloma, the acting governor, dies; he is succeeded by
+Auditor Mansilla. The majority of Carlos II of Spain is celebrated
+at Manila with magnificent fiestas, December 4-7, 1677. At the close
+of these gayeties occurs a severe earthquake, which inflicts much
+damage--fortunately, with very little loss of life. In 1678 comes
+the new governor, Juan de Vargas Hurtado. His government begins well,
+but after a time he tires of its burdens, and falls under the sway of
+a relative, Francisco Guerrero, who is crafty and selfish, and gains
+an influence over the governor which enables him to turn everything to
+his own advantage, and to be "the power behind the throne;" afterward,
+in time of need, he escapes to Nueva España, and leaves Vargas to
+bear the penalties for both of them. During Vargas's term of office
+the rich trade with India and other foreign lands is well maintained,
+and the prosperity and wealth of Manila are greatly increased. In 1679
+arrive two bands of new missionaries, who are Jesuits and Augustinians;
+they come (especially the latter) in good time, since the members of
+the order are so few that they cannot fill the ministries allotted
+to them--which is the condition of the other orders, and even of
+the secular clergy. In this galleon comes a political prisoner,
+Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite of Queen Mariana of
+Spain, who is exiled to the Philippines for ten years. The government
+of Vargas is successful, and the prosperity of Manila continues. An
+embassy comes from the ruler of Borneo to ask for the establishment of
+commerce between that island and Manila, and to adjust some disputes
+over the relations between the Spaniards and Borneans.
+
+The Augustinians prosper during Jeréz's term as provincial. Just
+before the chapter-session of 1680 convenes, some of the friars
+who were born in the Indias lay claim to the offices in the order,
+and attempt to enforce this pretension by legal proceedings; the
+archbishop decides against them, and they are punished for their
+rebellion. Fray Diego de Jesús is elected provincial. A bishop for
+the diocese of Cebú arrives this year, the only consecrated bishop
+whom the islands have had for several years; this prelate confers
+holy orders on many who had been waiting for that privilege, and
+reconciles several persons with the governor--which official has by
+this time become highly unpopular with the citizens, on account of
+his greed for gain and his harsh and disagreeable behavior. Charges
+against him are sent to Madrid, which later cause his removal from
+office. In November, 1680, a wonderful comet appears, which in the
+superstitious belief of that time, causes much evil. An envoy is sent
+from Manila to make arrangements with the Portuguese of Macao for the
+regulation of commerce and "the entrance of Spanish missionaries into
+China by that door." With this envoy come to Manila (in 1681) some
+clerics to receive ordination; returning to Macao, with some Jesuits,
+the vessel is lost and never heard from. In this year arrive at Manila
+two assistant bishops, three royal auditors, and a large reënforcement
+of Spanish troops. The galleon which sails this year for Acapulco is
+driven back to the islands by contrary winds, thus causing great loss
+to the citizens. (In each year Diaz relates the departure or arrival
+of the galleons, failure in which is a calamity for Manila.) The
+provincialate of Fray Diego de Jesús is tranquil, and great progress
+is made by the religious in his care; his personal character and piety
+are eulogized by our historian. In 1683 Fray José Duque is elected
+in his place, for a second term. Some of the brethren go to China as
+missionaries; they encounter much annoyance from the requirement there
+made that they must be subject to the apostolic vicars of Rome. This
+subjection, however, is afterward greatly modified and lessened by
+decrees secured (1688) by the procurator of the province at Rome,
+Fray Álvaro de Benavente. In 1683 an envoy from Siam comes to Manila,
+partly to secure permission for the prime minister of that country
+to settle in Manila: this favorite, who was a Greek, intrigues with
+the French to surrender Siam to them, but the enterprise fails, and
+the Greek loses his wealth and his life. The envoy (an Augustinian
+friar named Sousa) encounters shipwreck on another journey, and
+spends the rest of his life as a hermit in Siam. The Portuguese
+governor of Timor and Solor on his way thither halts at Manila,
+ill; Governor Vargas gives him hospitality and medical treatment,
+and some Spaniards as an escort; but Ontuñez finds on reaching his
+islands that a usurper is holding them with armed men, and is obliged
+to return to Manila. In that city, during the exile of the archbishop
+(account of which has been here omitted, to avoid repetition), the
+ecclesiastical cabildo punish his chief supporters with banishment.
+
+In 1684 Governor Curuzelaegui comes to the islands, and with him
+Juan de Zalaeta to take the residencias of Vargas and his favorite
+Guerrero; but the latter escapes from the islands in time to avoid
+this ordeal. A large band of Augustinian religious also arrive. The
+new governor restores the banished archbishop to his see. In 1685 a
+terrible epidemic of smallpox ravages not only the islands but China
+and India, and millions of people die from it; then follows a cruel
+famine, and still more deaths.
+
+At this time begins the decline of Manila's commerce with Nueva
+España, partly because more European goods are being sent thither,
+partly through the heavy taxes and imposts levied on the galleons. The
+bishop of Nueva Segovia dies, and that diocese remains sede vacante
+until 1704. In the Augustinian chapter of 1686 Juan de Jeréz is again
+chosen provincial; he dies within two years, being worn out by overwork
+in the visitation of all the houses of his order in the islands. Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente is sent to Rome as procurator of the province. The
+galleon for Acapulco does not sail this year, for, on the report of
+pirates cruising around the Embocadero, it is equipped as a war-vessel
+to attack them and drive them away; but it does not find them, and
+returns to Manila. In this year of 1686 occurs an abortive insurrection
+among the Chinese in the Parián; it is undertaken by Sangleys who are
+fugitive criminals from China, but the ringleaders are put to death,
+and quiet ensues. Diaz enlarges upon the injurious effects on the
+Spanish colony of allowing its business and industries to fall into
+the hands of the Chinese. They are unscrupulous in their dealings with
+Spaniards; they become Christians through mercenary motives; and they
+undermine the faith of the Christian Filipinos. They should not be
+allowed to live among the natives. In this same year occur excessive
+rains, which ruin the crops and cause great scarcity and suffering;
+and for two years no galleons can sail to Acapulco. A large part of
+the Chinese settlement near Manila is consumed by fire (March 28,
+1688); and the people are harassed by a fearful plague of locusts,
+many earthquakes, and a fatal epidemic of influenza. Diaz relates the
+way in which the persons most prominent in the Pardo controversy ended
+their lives. An expedition is sent to chastise the murderous attacks
+made by the Zambals and Negritos; this is partly accomplished, but
+the troops are attacked by influenza and so weakened that they are
+compelled to return to Manila.
+
+The Audiencia having been broken up by the death or the exile of the
+auditors, a new Audiencia arrives in 1688; also a special commissioner
+to investigate the proceedings of Vargas and other officials. Vargas
+is exiled to the provinces, and afterward sent to Spain, but dies on
+the voyage thither; Diaz characterizes his official character. The
+exiled favorite Valenzuela is set at liberty, but is accidentally
+killed at Mexico. While attending to the despatch of the Acapulco
+galleon, Governor Curucelaegui dies (April 27, 1689); he is praised
+by Diaz as an excellent ruler. In the chapter of 1689 Fray Francisco
+de Zamora is elected provincial. Auditor Abella acts as governor
+ad interim, with much prudence and ability. Archbishop Pardo dies
+in 1689; the cabildo rule the diocese in his place for a time, but
+afterward cede this authority to Barrientos, bishop of Troya. This
+leads to much dissension and trouble for a time, Barrientos claiming
+supreme authority; but he is induced to yield this claim, and peace
+is restored.
+
+In 1690 arrives a new governor, Fausto Cruzat y Góngora. With him
+come a band of Augustinian religious, in charge of Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente; his adventures and the concessions that he obtains are
+recounted. Brief sketches are given of the twenty-seven missionaries
+who come this year. Diaz closes his work with some account of Cruzat's
+government. He is an upright and honorable man, but very harsh and
+severe in collecting the sums due to the government, directing "all
+his efforts to the increase of the royal revenues." He has a new
+galleon built, the largest ever made; but on its first voyage it is
+wrecked on the coast of Lubán--a terrible loss to the islands, since
+it was laden with more and richer merchandise than usual. Another
+galleon is also lost at sea (1693). A patache is sent from Acapulco,
+and on its return trip (1694) encounters an "isle of birds," where
+the crew secure enough provisions and water to complete their voyage
+to Acapulco. Cruzat's wife dies in this same year; Diaz pays high
+tribute to this lady's beauty, goodness, and virtue, which render
+her beloved by all the people.
+
+
+    The Editors
+        August, 1906.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS, 1670-1700
+
+
+    The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres Gonzalez, O.P.],
+    and others; 1697-1700.
+    The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro Diaz,
+    O.S.A.; 1718. [From his Conquistas.]
+
+
+
+Sources: The first of these documents is composed of several parts--the
+first, second, fourth, and fifth of which are obtained from the
+Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, 119-133, v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206, respectively; and the third from a
+contemporary MS. belonging to Edward E. Ayer. The second document is
+from Diaz's Conquistas (Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, 689-817; from a
+copy in the possession of James A. Robertson.
+
+Translations: These are by Emma Helen Blair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CAMACHO ECCLESIASTICAL CONTROVERSY, 1697-1700
+
+
+News from Filipinas since July, 1697
+
+With the arrival of his illustrious Lordship the archbishop, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila, [1] were renewed the former claims for
+the subjection of the regulars to the visitation. He commenced at
+Tondo and Binondo, mission villages of the fathers of St. Dominic
+and St. Augustine, in which places he caused edicts to be read,
+and appointed secular priests as curas. They broke open the doors of
+the said two churches with axes; and on seeing this the provincials,
+all agreeing, presented their renunciation [of those mission fields],
+and ordered all their subordinates to withdraw from the doctrinas
+of these districts, Tagalos, Pampanga, Laguna, and Balayan. When it
+was so quickly seen that they were coming into retirement at Manila,
+[the ecclesiastical authorities] were obliged to desist from their
+purpose, after [having caused the religious] many annoyances.
+
+Claim was made to the [right of] visitation of the hospitals of San
+Gabriel and San Lazaro, and the royal hospital. The Franciscans and
+the Dominicans concealed the keys, and the bishop had to desist,
+as greatly vexed as before. Auditor Don Juan de Sierra, in virtue
+of his commission for the adjustment of lands royal and unassigned,
+[2] cited the regulars to appear before him. He insisted on legal
+proceedings; but they, fortifying themselves with the censures of the
+bull De la Cena, [3] decrees 15 and 17, declined his jurisdiction. The
+judge proceeded to seize the possessions of the regulars; and they
+had recourse to the bishop, in order that he should declare that the
+auditor had incurred censure--asking him to defend the immunity of the
+said property of the regulars. His illustrious Lordship replied that
+first the regulars must submit to his visitation; they would not do
+this, and therefore, when they repeated their request, his illustrious
+Lordship declared that the secular judge was not committing fuerza.
+
+In virtue of the decree of Gregory XIII, [issued] at the instance of
+Felipe II, relative to appeals from the Indians, [4] the regulars
+appealed to the delegate of Camarines, who sent letters to the
+archbishop requiring the latter to send him the documents [in the
+case], with [threats of] censures, and of deprivation ab ingresu
+eclesiæ [i.e., "of entrance into the church"]. Seeing that these
+orders were not obeyed, the regulars again appealed to the delegate,
+Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, who came in person. He demanded aid from
+the governor, and, meeting delays, proceeded to make the necessary
+notifications; then, not being able to obtain from the archbishop
+the acts from which appeal had been taken, the delegate posted him as
+having incurred excommunication, and added the threat that he would
+impose an interdict.
+
+At the same time, the archbishop officiated publicly, and published the
+delegate as excommunicate. But, seeing that various scandals ensued,
+and that contests, not only with their hands but with stones and
+weapons, occurred between some clerics and regulars--some attempting
+to protect, and others to tear down, the writings and censures posted
+on the [church] doors by the delegate--the governor and other persons
+finally interposed, and an agreement was reached by the parties. The
+two prelates absolved each other ad invicem [i.e., in turn], in the
+presence of the governor; and, as Auditor Sierra desisted from his
+proceedings, the two prelates and the regulars continued to maintain
+harmony among themselves. In this condition, therefore, affairs
+remained; and, without proceeding to new acts or investigations,
+each party sent to España an account of what had been thus far done,
+in order to await the decision and sentence from the other side [of
+the world]. This was the attitude of the delegate and the superiors of
+the regulars; the archbishop, nevertheless, continued to bring suits
+against some regulars, whom he censured as agitators. Investigations
+in these cases were made, penalties of censure being imposed on the
+witnesses to secure their secrecy. The fact of this proceeding was,
+however, guessed; and the regulars, aided by the delegate, brought
+forward counter-information of their innocence. But as the case was
+not one for appeal, and did not belong to the delegate, it did not
+admit any recourse to him; so the delegate only caused his notary to
+give an official statement of this [attempt at] recourse, in order that
+the regulars might repair with it to España and Roma, and the generals
+of their orders, to relate these occurrences and the innocence of the
+religious--and, not least, to complain of the opposition and hindrances
+which had been employed here by the tribunals, both ecclesiastical and
+secular, against his use and exercise of the power delegated to him.
+
+Even before the arrival of the said delegate, various other
+investigations had been secretly made in the archiepiscopal court--not
+only against the regulars at large (de vita et moribus [i.e.,
+"in regard to their lives and morals"], and as to their trading and
+trafficking, etc.), but against certain individual religious. In these
+cases, the provincials had, according to their rights, demanded from
+the archbishop that he refrain from further proceedings and surrender
+to them the documents therein, since the said provincials were the
+legitimate superiors and judges of those religious; but this received
+scant attention. It had also previously occurred that the father
+minister of the hospital of San Gabriel (who is a Dominican) refused
+to allow the episcopal visitation, and the [arch]bishop had declared
+him incontinent, and posted him as excommunicate, without paying any
+attention to the appeal which that father immediately made. The said
+father minister amended his conduct, in time; but his name was left
+on the list of excommunicates until, upon the arrival of the delegate,
+the matter was settled and the censure laid on him was raised.
+
+Upon the origin of so many storms in so short a space as eight
+months there was much gossip, with a variety [of opinions]. Some
+attributed the trouble to the influence of the bishop of La Puebla,
+[5] in whose palace the archbishop was a guest for several months;
+others to the promise that the latter had given, on leaving Nueva
+España, to various personages with whom he was intimate in La Puebla
+and Mexico, that he was coming to reduce the regulars of these islands
+to submission or else destroy them. Others blamed the bishop of La
+Puebla; for he had warned the archbishop, in order to render him firm,
+of the disparity of what had been accomplished there by Don Juan de
+Palafox--who met less resistance there because most of the regulars
+in Nueva España were natives of that country, while in Filipinas
+nearly all of them were born in other countries. Others (and these
+were the majority) blamed the senior auditor, Don Geronimo Barredo,
+because with little gratitude for the many thousands [of pesos obtained
+from the orders] as loans and gifts (although he had been so greatly
+benefited thereby), he had repaid the regulars by abandoning [them]
+to the two recently-arrived auditors, Don Francisco Guerruela and
+Don José Pabon. On the one hand, the Audiencia being inclined to
+the opposing side, the regulars were deprived of the recourse which
+they, as vassals, ought to have in the royal tribunal; and on the
+other, it was reported that the said senior auditor made exceedingly
+frequent visits, at unseasonable hours, to the archbishop's palace,
+which were returned by that prelate at the auditor's house. As the
+gossip ran, the auditor directed all the acts and proceedings of the
+archbishop's court.
+
+Still others, reflecting upon the governor and the limits of his term
+of office, regarded him as timorous, considering that, since the
+[commission to take the governor's] residencia [6] had come to the
+said senior auditor in the year 97, the fear of the governor was
+occasioned by the apprehension that the auditor might do him some
+harm in his residencia. Some others (but only a few) attributed these
+many disturbances to the cousin of his illustrious Lordship, named
+Don Juan Camacho, for the sake of his own advantage; and on this
+account, knowing his disposition, people said that Master-of-camp
+Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila had made strenuous efforts, and had
+even offered to his illustrious Lordship in Mexico considerable sums
+of money, to procure that, by sending this cousin [7] to Badajoz,
+his Lordship should not come to these islands with a companion who
+could not render his government peaceable.
+
+Nor must I pass over in silence the fact that on the sixteenth day
+of May the royal Audiencia cited to appear in its hall all the five
+provincials, to whom--without the courteous observances and respectful
+address which his Majesty himself observes in his decrees--the
+Audiencia gave a severe reprimand, throwing on them the blame for the
+late disturbances, and treating them as violators of the peace. The
+most remarkable thing about this censure was, that it proceeded from
+the lips of that very senior auditor who, in especial, was regarded
+as the entire source of the disturbances; and, without permitting
+the provincials to speak, they were, with the same lack of respect,
+dismissed by this same official--who some day will have to give an
+account, before the tribunal of truth, of all these unjust acts.
+
+By the end of the said month, under the compulsion of the threat
+made against the provincials, by the first, second, and third royal
+decrees, of banishment and [privation of their] secular incomes,
+the old-time writ of execution regarding the tithes was enforced,
+and the religious were obliged to obey. No hearing was given to their
+repeated protests, or the petitions interposed for the royal Council;
+nor to their allegations of their rights of prescription in these
+islands, of their apostolic privileges, of the fact that nearly all
+who minister here are regulars, and that they have come to these
+islands not at his Majesty's expense only, but with the greater part
+of those expenses paid by the religious themselves.
+
+The regulars petitioned for, and took measures to push, a demand upon
+the royal treasury for more than 300,000 pesos, the amount spent by
+the religious since the conquest; and another, for another 300,000,
+the amount which was due to them on account of stipends as religious
+teachers, which the government had failed to allow them for a period
+of more than a century--declaring that if these accounts were paid,
+they would pay the tithes which were claimed from them; but no hearing
+was given them. In hatred to the regulars, the tenants on their estates
+were compelled to pay tithes, the amount of these being deducted from
+the value of the rent-money.
+
+
+
+Letter from Andres Gonzalez to the Pope
+
+Most Holy Father:
+
+After kissing with due submission the feet of your Holiness (whom
+may God preserve, for the prosperous government of His Church), in
+fulfilment of the obligations of my office as pastor I set forth to
+your Holiness a very serious controversy in regard to jurisdiction,
+which at this time has arisen between me and the very reverend
+archbishop of this city of Manila in these Filipinas Islands, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila. I do so in order that your Holiness,
+as the person who is most interested in the peace and tranquillity
+of this church, may apply suitable remedy, and fix an end and limit
+to this controversy--the origin and course of which I will relate as
+briefly as possible, in all matters referring to the authentic copy
+of the acts which I send you with this.
+
+To Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra Osorio, former auditor of this royal
+Audiencia, and at present judge of criminal cases in the Audiencia of
+Mejico, was subdelegated the cognizance and settlement of [questions
+relating to] the lands and possessions which, by sale or gift,
+have been alienated from the royal patrimony and dominion of our
+Catholic king and sovereign. In a proclamation which he issued he
+cited and summoned, with the rest of the holders of the said lands
+and possessions, the holy religious orders of these islands, ordering
+them to present, within the limit of one year, the titles, documents,
+and credentials which they hold for these lands--with the warning that
+if these papers were not presented by the end of that period the lands
+would be reunited to the crown. The superiors of the said religious
+orders, mindful of the immunity and exemption of their persons and
+worldly possessions, did not present their documents at the said
+time; therefore the said auditor actually proceeded to appropriate
+the said property. The said superiors had recourse to the said very
+reverend archbishop, asking him to forbid to the said auditor the
+cognizance of the said cause, and to protect the said property as being
+ecclesiastical. The said very reverend archbishop took up the matter,
+and, having drawn up acts, by his definitive sentence (which is found
+in the said authentic copy) refused ecclesiastical immunity to the said
+property. The said superiors appealed twice from the said sentence
+to me, as being the delegate of your Holiness in cases of appeal
+from this archbishopric, in virtue of a brief by his Holiness Gregory
+XIII--issued at the instance of our Catholic king Felipe II (whom may
+God keep). He denied them both these appeals; and, in order to place
+some limit to these proceedings, they presented themselves before me,
+with only the authentic official statement of this denial of the said
+appeals, in course of appeal from that sentence. Having admitted
+this appeal, in order to proceed to the trial of it I addressed to
+the said very reverend archbishop, from my episcopal see and city
+of Nueva Caceres, a compulsatory act in which, as the delegate of
+your Holiness with apostolic authority, I commanded him to order his
+secretary (before whom the said cause took place) within twenty-four
+hours to send me his original acts, or else to begin the copying of
+them and send it to me when completed. Considering the great distance
+which lies between this city of Nueva Caceres and that of Manila, the
+danger and expense of the journeys, the delay of the suit, and the
+injury to the party therein, I laid these commands on the said very
+reverend archbishop under the penalty of suspension from the priestly
+office, latæ sententiæ, and warned him of heavier and still heavier
+censures and penalties in case of his opposition and contumacy. He
+was notified of this act on the twentieth day of last March, by a
+religious of the Society of Jesus, to whom I gave commission for this
+office; for I had learned that no secular priest would dare to make
+this notification. The said very reverend archbishop, having heard the
+[reading of the] act, replied that the said father could not perform
+judicial acts in his archdiocese without presenting a warrant from
+his notary; and, even supposing that the father could thus act, he
+appealed from the said command--for which he implored the royal aid
+against fuerza, and demanded that an official statement be given him,
+and that meanwhile no detriment be caused him. When the statement
+was refused to him he again appealed, and threatened [to procure]
+royal aid against this fuerza; and this alone he gave as his reply,
+before the said notary--without giving any reason for his appeal,
+or reducing it to writing, or arguing it in the superior court [8]
+in legal form, or asking for apostolic letters, up to the present
+time. Nevertheless, he then had, and for twenty-three days had
+kept, the acts in his archives, as appears from a sworn statement
+by Lerma, the secretary of the royal Audiencia, which is sent with
+the documents. On that same day (March 20) and the following, he
+caused to be published and posted on the doors of the churches in
+this city two edicts against my authority as delegate--in which,
+with penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, he commanded
+(in the first edict) that no one, whether secular or regular, in his
+churches should permit the reading, publication, or posting of any
+edicts, or of any other kind of letters or bills whatsoever, except
+those of his provisor, or of the tribunals of the Holy Inquisition
+and the Crusade--as if my tribunal, jurisdiction, and authority,
+which is that of the supreme head of the Church, and resides in me,
+were inferior to those of the said provisor and the said tribunals. In
+the second edict, increasing the penalty of major excommunication with
+the reservation to himself [of absolution], he commanded that no one in
+his archiepiscopal territory should exercise any jurisdiction--whether
+ordinary, delegate, or subdelegate--even if it were from your Holiness,
+unless the originals of the bulls or despatches that he carried be
+first presented to his Lordship, in order that he might give them the
+license and fulfilment which by right they should have. But he does
+not consider that my bull and brief is, and has been for more than 140
+[9] years since the foundation of the bishoprics of these islands,
+current and put into practice in them, as also has been its free and
+independent exercise in this archiepiscopal territory. And I have
+exercised this freedom, on the only two occasions which have been
+presented to me--the first time, while the very reverend archbishop
+Don Fray Felipe Pardo was alive, and the second in the year 91--with
+the knowledge and approbation of the cabildo close by, sede vacante,
+both which are proved by authentic documents. These I do not send at
+this time, as they are in my archives in the city of Nueva Caceres,
+which is distant from this city of Manila sixty leguas; but I
+promise to send them at the first opportunity, which will be next
+year. Notwithstanding all this, the said very reverend archbishop
+published the said two edicts, endeavoring to impede and embarrass,
+by all possible measures, means, and ways, the said my jurisdiction as
+delegate, and to subordinate it to his own, in order that I should
+not exercise or avail myself of it, either in person or through
+intermediate persons. On account of this, the superiors of the said
+religious orders found themselves obliged to resort again to me;
+and they entreated me to come in person to this city of Manila,
+to defend my jurisdiction, and with it the ecclesiastical immunity
+of their property. I did so, notwithstanding my advanced age [10]
+and the painful infirmities that I suffer, since both these causes
+are so important a part of my responsibility and obligation. I came
+to this city on the twelfth day of the past month, May, and with my
+secretary went to a house on the river where the said very reverend
+archbishop was residing. After a short conversation, I begged him
+to be pleased to listen peaceably to an act of which I had come,
+as delegate of his Holiness, to notify him. I told him that this
+business should not be conducted more castrorum [i.e., in hostile
+manner], but that we should listen to each other, and each should
+state his rights. He agreed to this, and my secretary read the said
+act, which contains three points. In the first, I declared the
+said very reverend archbishop to be disobedient, rebellious, and
+contumacious, considering that he had not obeyed as he should the
+said my compulsory act, sent to him from the city of Nueva Caceres;
+likewise, I declared that he had incurred the penalty of suspension
+from the priestly office latæ sententiæ, under which I had commanded
+him to order his secretary within twenty-four hours to surrender the
+acts for which I had asked, or to make an authentic copy of them. And
+because he had exercised the said priestly office on Holy Thursday,
+consecrating the sacred oils; and on Holy Saturday, in conferring
+the higher orders of the ministry; [11] and likewise on other days,
+in saying mass while he was under suspension: I declared that he was
+under censure as irregular. In the second part of the said act, I again
+commanded him, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and of a fine of two thousand pesos to be applied according to law,
+to order his secretary within six days to deliver up the papers as
+aforesaid, or make an authentic copy of them. And in the third part,
+under penalty of being considered rebellious and contumacious, in
+order to place him under greater obligation, I prohibited to him
+in the interim the cognizance of this cause and legal proceeding
+therein. After the said very reverend archbishop had heard the act,
+he appealed from it, in writing, and on the following day brought this
+appeal into court. I did not on this account defer the declaration
+of the said censures, since the appeal was frivolous and useless;
+and I yielded in the matter of the copy of the documents only for
+the reason that he alleged, that the originals of these were in the
+Audiencia. After he had interposed the said appeal, he immediately
+ordered his secretary to notify me of an act by himself, in which he
+commanded me, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and a fine of 4,000 pesos, to depart instantly and without delay
+from this archdiocese, to go to reside in my own bishopric, and
+not to meddle with his jurisdiction. To this I replied that I had
+received this notification, and asked him to give me a copy of the
+said document, solely for the purpose of showing in what consisted his
+illegal and unwarranted act; and I took leave of him and returned to my
+house. On the following day, the thirteenth of the said month of May,
+the said very reverend archbishop sent his secretary to notify me of
+another act, in which also he again commanded me, under penalty of
+major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, and of another 4,000 pesos,
+to depart within two days from the archdiocese. To this I replied
+that I had come [to Manila] on account of the appeal [made to me];
+that I was a delegate of your Holiness, and moreover superior to the
+said very reverend archbishop, and as such I did not listen to his
+acts or censures. On the next day, the fourteenth of the said month
+of May, he sent to me notification of another act; and as I refused
+to listen to it, for the same reason as before, about two o'clock in
+the afternoon he posted on the doors of the churches, and in other
+public places, notices in which he declared me, to the great scandal
+of all this community, to be publicly excommunicated.
+
+On the said thirteenth day of May, in the morning, immediately
+after I had been notified of the second act of the said very
+reverend archbishop, I sent my secretary to his house on the river
+to notify him of another act of mine, in which I commanded him,
+under penalty of major excommunication and another 2,000 pesos,
+to withdraw within twenty-four hours the said edicts which on the
+twentieth and twenty-first days of March he had ordered posted and
+published against my apostolic authority as delegate; and, besides,
+to withdraw the two acts in which, with the said penalties of major
+excommunication and 8,000 pesos, he had commanded me to depart from
+the archdiocese. The said my secretary was told by the servants that
+he was not at home; and I, as this seemed to me only an excuse, and not
+the truth, went in person to the said house. They told me that he had,
+that very morning, gone back to Manila. I came to the city after him,
+and remained at his house, waiting for him, until twelve o'clock;
+and seeing that he had not come by that time (although he came in
+afterward), I went away, leaving a message for him, that he might
+expect me in the afternoon. I returned a little before sunset, but did
+not find him at home this time. My secretary began to read the said
+act in the main room of the archbishop's house; but such disorderly
+yelling and clamorous talk was raised by his servants that my secretary
+could not make himself heard. I therefore determined to wait for him,
+and finally he came--making loud complaints that I was injuring the
+respect and observance due to his house, person, and dignity. I replied
+that his illustrious Lordship had showed greater incivilities to me;
+and that he could and ought to do [what I had done], if I had gone
+about all day, avoiding him [huyendo el cuerpo]. In conclusion, we
+agreed that my secretary should go again, alone, to notify him of the
+act; but, when he went to the house, his illustrious Lordship refused
+to give him entrance. As I was now weary of so much artfulness and
+craft, unworthy of such a station and dignity, I put aside this act,
+and despatched another of like tenor. In this, I summoned him, from
+that hour, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and its publication, to withdraw within half an hour the said two
+acts and two edicts. Notification of this act was made by a Dominican
+religious, my notary, in the archbishop's hall, in the presence of
+many persons, because the said very reverend archbishop had refused
+to listen to it. When the said half-hour had expired, a little while
+after this was told to me I declared and posted him also as publicly
+excommunicated. On the fifteenth of the said month of May, I ordered
+that he be notified, and he was notified in his archiepiscopal hall,
+of another act, in which I repeated the command contained in the
+preceding one--and, still more, that he should take down the notices
+posted against me, under penalty of a general interdict throughout
+his archiepiscopal diocese, latæ sententiæ, giving him a limit of
+twenty-four hours' time; and, in case of his opposition and contumacy,
+I would proceed to the cessation of all divine worship. But, as I
+reflected that it was very near the feast of Corpus Christi, and
+that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of
+secular priests, who were on my side, would not take part in the said
+festival and in the procession, in order not to have communication
+in sacris with the said very reverend archbishop; and on account of
+the commiseration which I felt for this commonwealth; and finally,
+because the governor and captain-general of these islands, and some
+of the auditors of this royal Audiencia interfered in the matter, with
+the stipulations which I will send with the acts: I absolved the said
+very reverend archbishop from the excommunication and suspension which
+he had incurred; and he did the same, without my consent, absolving
+me from his excommunication. I dispensed him from the censure that he
+had incurred as irregular, and, finally, I suspended the declaration
+of the interdict. The whole matter was then left as it was, for the
+time being, until information of all could be given to your Holiness,
+in order that you may take suitable measures in this case. These
+are as follows: That the archbishop (or the cabildo, sede vacante)
+who at the time shall officiate and rule in this archbishopric of
+Manila shall not hinder, restrain, or limit the delegate of your
+Holiness; that, likewise, he who shall be at the time delegate shall,
+in cases of appeal to be taken from the said archbishopric, have the
+free use and exercise of his apostolic authority as delegate in this
+archiepiscopal territory; and that he shall not need, in order to
+enter the said territory or to perform judicial acts in it, whether in
+person or through intermediate persons appointed by him, any license,
+consent, or approbation from the said archbishop or from the cabildo,
+sede vacante. [These things should be done] in order that thus the
+like controversies may be avoided in the future. And I entreat your
+Holiness to be pleased and to deign to command that consideration be
+given to a legal opinion by the reverend father master Fray Juan de
+Paz, of the Order of Preachers, which I send with this; for it may
+be of service for the point at issue, and for your rights. I also
+inform your Holiness that from the day when the said very reverend
+archbishop set foot in these islands--that is, from last September
+to the present time--this entire commonwealth has been a perplexing
+labyrinth of contentions and acts of violence which he has performed
+against the holy religious orders of these islands. For his disposition
+and nature is very hasty, quarrelsome, and bold; and he is, finally,
+a man who does not care for or defend the ecclesiastical immunity--as
+appears from the authentic copy of the acts which I send. May God
+our Lord grant him better judgment; and may He guard and prosper
+your Holiness, as I entreat in my sacrifices and prayers, and as the
+universal Church has need. Manila, June 2 of the year 1698.
+
+
+[Andres Gonzalez, of the Order of Preachers].
+
+
+
+
+[This letter is followed by the following memoranda, apparently notes
+by Ventura del Arco of other letters found in the Jesuit papers in
+the Academia Real de la Historia:]
+
+On the fourth day of June in the same year of 1698 the bishop of Nueva
+Caceres, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, addressed to the king an explanation
+similar to the preceding one which is addressed to his Holiness. On
+the eleventh of June in the same year, he sent to his Holiness another
+account, in the same form; and on the twenty-first of June of the
+same year he wrote another to his Holiness, and another to the king.
+
+The provincials of St. Dominic and St. Augustine, and those of the
+Jesuits and Recollects in Manila drew up [to send] to his Majesty the
+king a statement, dated June 25, 1698, complaining of the defenseless
+condition in which they found themselves against the proceedings
+of the archbishop, who neither heeded nor allowed their appeal; and
+they requested that the Council examine the documents which they sent
+for that purpose, relating to various suits against their religious
+orders--which continued or were renewed, in spite of the agreement
+made with the delegate of his Holiness, the bishop of Camarines. For
+this purpose they sent a copy of the documents.
+
+[On pp. 207, 208 of the same volume is the following abstract:] In
+a letter dated June 9, 1700 the Jesuit Luis de Morales wrote from
+Manla to Father Antonio Jaramillo, procurator-general at Madrid,
+that in the year 1698 the bishop of Troya and Auditor Don Juan de
+Sierra died, on the voyage from Manila to Acapulco. The governor not
+only showed little favor to the missions in the Marianas Islands,
+but in the year 98 he did not send a patache there with succor;
+in 99 he sent the vessel late, and it was driven by storms first
+to China and then to Manila, with damage to its cargo; and he had
+ordered that the ship from Acapulco should not touch at those
+islands. The governor had claimed that the conciliar seminary
+[12] should be placed next to the college of San Jose, to which
+the superior of the Society had answered that there was no room for
+it. All the provincials [of the religious orders] had been commanded to
+present to the archbishop all their bulls and privileges for granting
+dispensation in case of impediments to marriage, for the purpose of
+ascertaining whether these were perpetual or temporary; they presented
+the documents extra-judicially. It seems that the viceroy of Mexico,
+Conde Montezuma, [13] had undertaken that the regulars who were going
+to Filipinas should first take an oath of obedience to the bishops,
+[when the said regulars should act as curas] in the Indian villages;
+in which case, he [i.e., Morales] said, it was preferable to abandon
+the missions. The bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Miguel Bayot, [14] had
+commanded that no layman should possess a slave girl eleven years old
+or upward; and that if such slave were not liberated he declared her
+free--in regard to which some persons had complained [to the] alcalde.
+
+
+
+Preamble of the decree [15] which it has been commanded to place in
+the books of San Pedro Tunasan.
+
+
+In the village of San Juan de Calamba in the province of Bay, on
+the sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight: I, Licentiate Don Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros, secretary in matters [secretario del Govierno y gracia] of
+this archbishopric, and a racionero of the holy metropolitan church of
+Manila, in obedience to the decree of his most illustrious Lordship
+below mentioned, do certify and attest that his most illustrious
+Lordship, having come to make the visitation of this district of
+Tabuco, issued the decree of the following tenor:
+
+Decree: In the village of Calambo in the province of Bay, on the
+sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight, the most illustrious lord Doctor Don
+Diego Camacho y Avila, archbishop of Manila and metropolitan of these
+Philippinas Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty
+and my master, having come here in conformity to the regulations
+of the holy [Church] councils (and especially of the holy general
+Council of Trent), and for the enforcement thereof, to visit this
+district of Tabuco and the places connected with it (which are the
+two villages of San Pedro Tunasan), and its churches, ministers,
+and parishioners, has observed in them a great deal of ignorance of
+the Christian doctrine, even of the doctrines most essential for
+salvation--through the agency of Licentiate Don Juan Melendez, a
+priest whom his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master,
+has brought with him as his assistant for the sole purpose of giving
+examinations and instruction in the Tagálog language (in which the
+said licentiate is very expert) to the Indians of both sexes, to the
+old people as well as to the children, of the villages and districts
+through which his most illustrious Lordship will be passing. This duty
+he has performed and fulfilled in the presence of a great many people,
+assembled in the above-mentioned churches of San Pedro Tunasan and
+Biñan. After the questions which he has asked regarding the principal
+mysteries of the faith, and the explanation which he has made of each
+separately--some in the morning, and some in the afternoon, according
+to the opportunity afforded him by the time--he has preached to them,
+and continues to preach, exhorting them to the love of the virtues
+and to horror for sins. He also gives to all individual instruction,
+and an accurate knowledge of the mysteries of the holy sacrifice of
+mass, and of the virtues and graces which it communicates, as also
+of those which are required in order to resist the temptations of
+the devil; and how to secure, with great ease and confidence, the
+divine aid, by fulfilling and observing the precepts of the Decalogue,
+and the ordinances of our holy Mother Church in the holy sacrament
+of confirmation, which his most illustrious Lordship has solemnly
+conferred and is conferring. Therefore he said that he must command,
+and he did command, the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, cura
+in his own right of the village of Tabuco; and his coadjutor Bachelor
+Nicolas Godiño, who administers the holy sacraments in the village of
+Biñan; and Father Miguel de Salas, a religious of the Society of Jesus,
+who likewise administers the holy sacraments in the village and estate
+of San Pedro Tunasan, which is part of the territory and a visita of
+the cura of the said village of Tabuco; and the curas and ministers
+who shall hereafter officiate in the said villages, and in that of
+Sancto Thomas (which is being administered ad interim by the said
+master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon): that on all the prescribed
+feast-days--especially on Sundays, on which all the parishioners
+assemble in their churches to hear the holy sacrifice of mass--they
+shall question the people, and explain to them the Christian doctrine,
+conformably and pursuant to the Tagálog catechism which is accepted and
+approved in this archbishopric; and that in no form or manner, and for
+no cause or pretext, shall they omit this on any of the above-mentioned
+days, especially Sundays. They shall make the explanations of the
+Christian doctrine to their parishioners before saying mass (which
+all must hear)--not employing the fiscal or any other person for the
+performance of this duty, but doing it themselves--explaining certain
+mysteries of the faith on some Sundays, and others at other times; in
+everything accommodating their speech to the limited capacity of their
+parishioners, in order that these may be more readily instructed, and
+sooner become capable of receiving all the mysteries of our holy faith.
+
+Moreover, considering the great abuses which his most illustrious
+Lordship has known from actual observation, and of which he has been
+informed with all certitude and proof, and the still worse losses,
+both temporal and spiritual, which have resulted to the persons of the
+unhappy Indians, with very great injury to their consciences and almost
+certain peril to the salvation of their souls, his most illustrious
+Lordship must command, and he did command, that the above-mentioned
+persons who are now the curas and ministers of the said villages,
+and those who shall officiate in them hereafter, shall not oblige
+their parishioners, for any cause or pretext, either personally or
+by any agent, to offer them anything for the administration of the
+holy sacrament of penance, especially throughout the season of Lent,
+in which the Indians ordinarily make their confessions in order
+to comply with the precept of the Church. And the said persons who
+now are, or shall hereafter be, curas of the said districts shall
+observe and fulfil all the above commands, under penalty of major
+excommunication, latæ sententiæ, ipso facto incurrenda, and of legal
+proceedings against their persons and goods with the fullest rigor
+of justice, in future visitations.
+
+And his most illustrious Lordship, employing his pastoral kindness
+and clemency, and desiring to secure the salvation of his flock and
+the service of God our Lord, and the greater honor and glory of His
+Divine Majesty, granted and did grant forty days of indulgence to all
+the parishioners of the said villages; who, with devotion and desire
+to profit thereby, attend the explanation of the Christian doctrine in
+their parish churches. And in order that this may be made known to all
+the people, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the above persons who now are, and those who hereafter shall be,
+curas of the said districts shall make publication of the grant of
+the said forty days of indulgence, on every Sunday of the month,
+before or after the explanation of the Christian doctrine, always
+making known to their parishioners the great riches and strength
+contained therein, so that they may obtain and enjoy the indulgence
+with profitable results--in regard to which his most illustrious
+Lordship lays strict charge upon their consciences.
+
+And considering that the visitas of the villages of San Pedro
+Tunasan and Biñan pertain to the cura of the said village of
+Tabuco, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, proprietary cura of
+that village, cause this decree to be observed by his coadjutor,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godiño, in the said church and village of Biñan;
+and by Father Miguel de Salas, the present minister of the village of
+San Pedro Tunasan--sending each a copy, signed with his name, of this
+decree by his illustrious Lordship, which will be left, certified
+and authorized, in the book of burials, baptisms, and marriages of
+the said village of Tabuco. This being done, the said ministers,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godiño and Father Miguel de Salas, will also make in
+the books in their charge a certified copy of the decree--which is to
+be sent immediately, with autograph signature copied at the foot of
+the letter--so that it may be made known to all persons who hereafter
+shall be ministers and curas of the said districts, San Pedro Tunasan,
+Biñan, and Sancto Thomas. And by this decree, accordingly, the above
+is ordained and commanded, and it is signed by his most illustrious
+Lordship the archbishop, my master, as I attest.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+
+The above, a copy from the original decree issued by his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, which is one of
+the acts of the visitation of the village of Tabuco--which are
+in my charge, and to which I refer--is a faithful, accurate, and
+truthful copy, corrected and compared. The witnesses to the copying,
+correction, and comparison were Licentiate Don Diego Martin de la
+Sierra and Bachelor Ignacio Gregorio Manasay, a cleric in minor orders;
+and this document is signed in this village of Calamba, on the said
+day and month and year. In attestation of its correctness, I sign it:
+
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon
+
+
+[Another decree, dated December 7, 1698, concerns the curacy of
+Balayan, with its visitas the village of Nazugbu and the ranch of Lian;
+the curate there was Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, with proprietary
+appointment. After a preamble like that of the former decree, this
+one continues thus, relative to the registers of the parish:]
+
+He declared that he must command, and he did command, that the practice
+be continued, as hitherto, of the separation and division [of the
+records] in three different books: one for recording the baptisms and
+confirmations only, another for the marriages and nuptial benedictions,
+[16] and a third for the deaths; and that in no case should these be
+recorded in one book only; and that in the book of baptisms the names
+of the parents and the sponsors of the person baptized must always
+be set down, and whether he were a legitimate child; and note must
+be made of a child of unknown parents, or of the Church. [17] At the
+same time, they must never fail to set down in the margin the names
+of those who are baptized, and of the villages to which they belong,
+so that it may be easier to search for and find them. In no case
+shall men be allowed to stand as sponsors [saquen de pila] for women,
+or women for men, on account of the grave difficulties which have
+been experienced from this cause, especially among Indians. Moreover,
+in the records of weddings and burials must be set down the fees of
+the minister, so that in future visits it may be easy to compute the
+eighths [18] which belong to the churches, in consideration of having
+a new tariff to which their fees must conform. With this, in the said
+records must be noted in the margin the names of both deceased and
+married persons; and in every instance it must be explained whether
+the deceased person received the sacraments at the hour of death,
+and, if he did not receive them, the reasons therefor. Likewise, in
+the records of marriages not only must the names of the contracting
+parties be set down, and those of their parents, and those of their
+former consorts, if the parties are widowed; but also those of the
+witnesses who made affidavits in the investigations which always ought
+to precede a marriage--whether these be verbal, in the case of ordinary
+Indians; or in writing, when practice [in that art] enables this to
+be done. Thus, if at any time [a legal] impediment should remain,
+those persons can be found and punished as perjurers. Also it must be
+specified whether the three publications of the banns [19] preceded,
+which the law ordains.
+
+Moreover, in the ministries of this province of Balayan his most
+illustrious Lordship has found another abuse introduced therein, that
+the curas and ministers of the Indian villages are accustomed to keep,
+for baptisms and burials, two crosses assigned for this use--one of
+wood, and the other of silver. The wooden one they take out for common
+baptisms and burials, and those of poor persons; and that of silver for
+the baptisms and burials of the rich--as if both crosses ought not to
+have the same value, veneration, and efficacy for the object to which
+they are directed; or as if the silver cross, on account of being of
+richer material, ought to be esteemed more highly than that of wood,
+on which died Christ our Redeemer (a thing which is disgraceful to
+be said or thought among Christians). Therefore his most illustrious
+Lordship, mindful of uprooting thoroughly this almost superstitious
+abuse, commanded and did command the persons who now are, or who shall
+hereafter be, curas in all the districts of this archbishopric that
+in no case and on no pretext shall they practice such a distinction;
+nor are they allowed to require or ask any fee on account of carrying
+the silver cross, whether at baptisms or burials: under penalty of
+major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, ipso facto incurrenda; and
+at any time when information is lodged of violation of this decree,
+proceedings will be instituted against the disobedient person with
+the fullest rigor of justice, without any excuse being allowed to
+shield him.
+
+[Here follow the same commands and penalties as in the preceding
+decree, relative to the proper instruction of the people in
+Christian doctrine, and the prohibition of fees to the cura for the
+administration of the sacrament of penance. The decree continues:]
+Moreover, inasmuch as it is commanded, by a general decree of
+visitation, now obeyed and practiced by all the secular curas of
+this archbishopric, in fulfilment of a royal decree by his Majesty
+(whom may God keep), that the viaticum shall be carried to sick
+Indians in their own houses, and that they shall on no account be
+carried from their houses to the churches to receive it: therefore
+his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the said
+decree shall be observed, fulfilled, and executed in this curacy of
+Balayan, and in its visita of Nazugbu and Lian. And, for its proper
+fulfilment, it is commanded that a reliquary be made of silver or gold,
+in order that when on any occasion there shall not be mode or form
+of the customary external pomp, the viaticum may be carried therein,
+as is commanded, to the sick; and warning is given that, on receiving
+notice of any violation of this decree, proceedings will be instituted
+against the disobedient person against whom there shall be legal cause.
+
+All the above, contained and expressed in the present decree, his most
+illustrious Lordship commanded, and did command, must be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, proprietary
+cura of this district of Balayan, and he must cause it to be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by him who shall in the said cura's place
+administer the holy sacraments in the villages of Nazugbu and Lian;
+and of his punctual obedience the said curate shall notify his most
+illustrious Lordship, at the first opportunity that shall occur, so
+that, in case what is here commanded shall not be duly and effectually
+carried out, his most illustrious Lordship may decide and ordain what
+may be expedient.
+
+Moreover, notwithstanding his most illustrious Lordship has been
+informed of the exterior adornment of the church of the said villages
+of Nazugbu and Lian, yet, inasmuch as the books of receipts and
+expenses of the said church have not been shown, and are not clear,
+his most illustrious Lordship therefore commanded and did command that
+in that church shall be kept a book, in the first half of which shall
+be set down the following, beginning at the first page, with all the
+items clear, separate, and distinct, and with mention of the day,
+month, and year: the eighths of the fees for marriages and burials
+which shall be received from this time forward; and the legacies, and
+donations for pious works, which are made to the said church. Then,
+beginning at the middle of the book, must be set down in the second
+half of it, with the same details, the expenditures which shall be
+made for the church, in order that thus no confusion may arise, and
+that the accounts may be promptly settled in the future visit. By this
+act, therefore, his most illustrious Lordship decreed and commanded
+the above, and signed this paper, which I certify.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow certificates, written in the registers of burials and
+marriages respectively, that they have been duly inspected, and
+referring to the decree itself, which is written in the register
+of baptisms.]
+
+
+
+Tariff
+
+We, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, by the grace of God and of
+the holy Apostolic See, metropolitan archbishop of these Philippinas
+Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva Segovia, now
+vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty. Desiring to
+fulfil the obligations of our ministry and pastoral office, and that by
+the government which is in our charge, especially in the administration
+of the holy sacraments, God our Lord may be followed and the faithful
+edified; and that every one of our curas and ministers who instruct
+the natives--not only in this city, but those of the other parishes
+outside its walls--and their sacristans, shall observe the integrity
+which is fitting in demanding the fees which shall belong to them on
+account of the functions of their ministries and offices, relieving
+their consciences as we do ours; and having examined the tariffs which
+our predecessors have fixed, and seeing the condition of these islands,
+we have decided to issue anew our mandate regarding the said statutes
+and tariffs; and we ordain that from this time forth, in demanding
+the said fees, the following order shall be observed:
+
+Baptisms: For the baptisms the cura shall demand the candle or candles
+which those who can give them may furnish, not obliging them to pay
+a fee [capillo], or to give an offering of money or other things;
+but, if they voluntarily give any free offering, [20] the cura is
+authorized to take it.
+
+Marriages: For publishing the banns, the fiscal shall ask for each
+one real, and he may not demand anything because the parties do not
+rise to their feet at the time when the banns are published. As for
+the natives and Morenos [21] who marry without receiving the nuptial
+benedictions, and shall come to the church or to the cura's house,
+he shall not ask anything from them; but if the cura shall go,
+or send, or give permission for the marriage to be solemnized at
+their own homes, or in some other place, he shall ask three tostones
+for the effort and time spent in going to marry them in a place to
+which he is not obliged to go. If the cura shall go to their house,
+or to some other place where he is not under obligation to go, in
+order to marry any Japanese or Sangley, he shall ask two pesos, and,
+if it shall be outside of the parish, he shall ask three pesos.
+
+Nuptial benedictions: He [i.e., the cura] shall ask thirteen reals
+from the dowry; [22] but if the parties are poor, they may commute
+this for four reals--and [the same] if the woman is a widow and
+has no dowry, provided she received the nuptial benedictions from
+the Church in the first marriage; but if she did not [thus] receive
+them, and have a dowry [she shall pay thirteen]. If several persons
+receive the benedictions at one mass, the cura shall ask from those
+who are blessed a peso from every one of them; and he shall be under
+obligation to say as many masses as there were persons blessed, during
+the following days, for their intention, because this [obligation to
+say mass] for two, or three, or more married pairs who receive the
+benedictions cannot be fulfilled by one mass.
+
+Burials: For burials of children, with prayers read, when the cura goes
+to the house for this purpose he shall ask one peso and four tomins;
+but if the corpse is carried to the door of the church he shall ask
+only one peso. For every burial of children with prayers chanted,
+when the cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask only
+three pesos; and if the corpse be received with prayers chanted at
+the door of the church [23]--whether it be an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, whom his friends desire to be
+interred with pomp and escort--and the cura shall go for the corpse to
+the house, he shall ask ten pesos; but if he shall receive it at the
+door of the church, and prayers be chanted, he shall ask two pesos. For
+every burial accompanied with prayers, of an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, if the cura goes for it to
+the house he shall ask one peso and four tomins; and if he receives
+it at the door of the church he shall ask one peso. If the deceased
+were a slave to Spaniards, the cura shall ask one peso for his fee,
+and exactly six reals as a voluntary offering [limosna] for a mass;
+but if he were a slave to an Indian, the cura shall ask six reals as
+a fee, and four reals for the said offering. We charge it upon the
+consciences of the curas to say these masses for the slaves, and thus
+acquit our own conscience. For the cope which the cura may wear at
+burials he may receive one peso as an offering; but he shall not wear
+the cope when the parties do not ask for it. And for the halts [24]
+the cura, if he shall have chanted the prayers, shall ask a toston
+for each one, if the relatives of the deceased ask for them; but in no
+other way shall he obtain these fees. Item, for the mass sung on the
+day of the funeral, or funeral honors with responses, the cura may ask
+two and one-half pesos; and for chanting the office for the dead, two
+pesos and two reals. And for the novenary masses [25] which are said,
+with a response in each one, on account of the burial of the deceased,
+the cura may receive for each one a peso as offering; and the wax
+candles which remain at the end of the novenary for the burial belong
+to the cura. For masses provided for by will [missas de testamento],
+the cura may receive six reals each, and for those which are ordered
+to be said outside of the testamentary provision four reals each,
+as offerings. The curas must not consent to accept the candles that
+are carried by the persons who accompany the funeral, unless these
+persons leave the candles of their own accord, and present them as
+an offering; and if they do not thus give them up, the curas shall
+not ask anything from them. To each one of those who may assist the
+cura at any burial shall be given, if he is in holy orders, six reals
+and a candle; if he is not yet ordained, four reals and a candle. For
+any peal of the bells [repique] at the burials of children, or the
+tolling of the passing bell [doble], the cura shall ask four reals
+for the eighths [de octava], for the sacristy or the church.
+
+Fees of the sacristans: For aiding at nuptial masses and the
+benediction, [26] the sacristan shall ask for each two reals. The
+sacristan may ask for carrying the processional cross with its veil,
+[27] for any burial, ten reals; and if afterward solemn mass be sung,
+he shall ask eighteen reals for the burial, and a peso for assisting
+at the mass; and if the cross be placed on the grave on the day of the
+funeral, he shall ask a peso. For the small cross carried, without
+its casing, and made of silver, he shall ask six reals; and for the
+ordinary cross of wood he shall ask two; and, if the deceased were
+the slave of an Indian, he shall ask one real. For burning incense
+at the funerals, when the parties ask for it, the sacristan shall
+ask two reals; and at the solemn masses he shall ask another two
+reals. For assisting at each anniversary mass founded in this church,
+which the cura says, the sacristan shall ask one peso. The sacristan
+is under obligation to assist the cura in the administration of the
+holy sacraments, and in the other matters pertaining to the ministry,
+as being his assistant; and if he fail in rendering such aid he shall
+ask only the half [of the usual fees], and the other half the cura
+shall divide between the person who shall assist in the sacristan's
+place and the church fund for its sacristy. Either the sacristan or
+in his place some person not yet ordained, is under obligation to
+carry the cross at burials.
+
+Singers: When the entire choir shall be summoned to any burial,
+they shall ask ten pesos for attending it; and if all the said choir
+assist at mass and the office for the dead [vigilia], they shall ask
+another ten pesos. When the [individual] singers shall go on call to
+any funeral, no more of them shall go than those who are asked for by
+the parties; and each singer shall ask one real. This is understood
+when they go not as a full choir, but in a group of three; and they
+shall not oblige the parties to give them candles, but may take these
+when the parties choose to give them. If only three singers assist
+at mass and the office for the dead, they shall ask three pesos for
+the mass, but not for the office.
+
+We command that all these tariffs and statutes shall be observed and
+fulfilled to the letter by the said our curas for natives, in this
+city and in the rest of the parishes that are outside its walls, and by
+their sacristans, without transgressing them in any way--under penalty
+of four times the amount involved, incurred for every infraction,
+and of being punished in accordance with the law. And no other person,
+whatever his rank may be, shall dare to transgress these our mandates,
+under penalty of legal proceedings against him, under the penalties
+due to those who are disobedient. We command that the curas shall
+keep these said tariffs displayed and posted in some public place,
+where they can be read and understood by all persons. And that this
+may be evident for all time, we command to be issued and we do issue
+the present, signed with our name, and countersigned by our secretary,
+as undersigned. In our archiepiscopal palace at Manila, on the fifth
+day of the month of November in the year one thousand, six hundred
+and ninety-eight.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+By command of his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow several notarial attestations.]
+
+
+
+Memorial by the religious orders
+
+The lecturer Fray Jaime Mimbela, of the Order of Preachers, and
+definitor-general of the province of Santo Rosario; Fray Juan Antonio
+de San Agustin, an Augustinian Recollect; and Antonio Xaramillo, of the
+Society of Jesus--procurators-general of their provinces of Filipinas
+and holding powers of attorney for the holy orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollect
+Augustinians who live in the said islands for the conversion of the
+infidels and the maintenance [in the faith] of those who are already
+converted therein--conforming to the new orders from their provincials
+which they have received (dated February 13 of the past year 1699),
+in regard to what has thus far been alleged and represented, make
+the following declaration:
+
+[Sire:]
+
+The reverend archbishop, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, having
+arrived at Manila in the month of September in the past year of 97,
+undertook, in officio officiando [i.e., "in fulfilling the functions of
+his office"], to visit the regulars who exercise the duties of parish
+priests, desiring that they do so by title of law, [28] subject to
+his jurisdiction. The said holy religious orders, having declined,
+on repeated occasions, to take upon themselves such a burden, making
+this known to the said reverend archbishop with all submission, were
+resolved to abandon all the Indian villages and districts [assigned
+to them], rather than to administer them in that manner. [They asked
+him], in order to preserve the tranquillity which had existed in those
+islands, that at least he would desist from his intention until the
+pope and your Majesty, being informed of the matter, should decide
+it: and represented to him that, taking everything into account,
+irreparable losses of souls would ensue from his persevering in his
+undertaking if the religious orders, in consequence of his violent
+acts, should retire [from the curacies]--since there were not
+secular priests to take the place of the religious in preaching and
+the administration of the sacraments, but it was not possible for
+the said reverend archbishop to yield to [even] these so serious
+representations, nor was he willing to wait for the decisions of
+[even] those so preëminent; on the contrary, he actually began
+the visitation. When the religious answered that now they were not
+parish priests, since they had resigned the Indian villages into
+the hands of their provincials, who had notified your vice-patron of
+it, the reverend archbishop took away two churches from the orders
+of St. Dominic and St. Augustine; and soon the commonwealth found
+itself in a storm, with confusion and affliction such as had never
+before been experienced in those islands. For within a week fifty
+religious who had acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders
+had been given for the retirement of the others--which they would
+actually have done, if the courage of the reverend archbishop himself
+had not been taught by this experience, so costly and unnecessary,
+the truth of what had been often before represented to him, with so
+much humility and entreaty, by the religious.
+
+From that time, troubles continued to crowd together until in all
+those islands the Catholic faith, as concerns God, and the vassalage
+of the Indians to your Majesty, were at the point of destruction;
+for in that country all the villages are inhabited by Indians alone,
+nor is there in them any Spaniard except the religious who is their
+minister--except here and there a village where resides some secular
+priest and the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces. Thus, the villages
+without the religious minister remain as dead, for divine worship and
+for vassalage, as the body without a soul is dead for vital functions.
+
+This truth being so well known--as also is this other, that in the
+religious provinces of those islands there have been and are now many
+religious of distinguished virtues and learning, and very zealous
+for the salvation of souls--affairs have arrived at such a state,
+as is known by the said letters of February, 699, that the regulars
+refuse not only to be ordinaries [parrocos de justicia] and subject
+to the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, but also to act in
+that capacity in the manner which has been hitherto in vogue. They
+ask your Majesty, with the utmost possible reverence, to be pleased to
+regard them as exonerated from the responsibility which they hitherto
+have held of ministering as parish priests to the Indians, and to take
+measures that other persons may look after the Indians in the manner
+which the reverend archbishop desires; and that the religious for whom
+there is no room in the few convents and colleges which the religious
+orders possess in those islands may return to their own provinces--in
+accordance with what your Majesty commands, in one of his laws,
+for the consolation of the distressed religious in those kingdoms.
+
+And since actions so grave in themselves and in their consequences as
+are these--the refusal of the regulars to be parish priests subject to
+the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and their renunciation
+before your Majesty of the assignment of the territories allotted
+to them for ministrations--appear not to have originated only from
+disinclination, but to have sprung from [their claim to] liberty alone,
+their representatives set forth to your Majesty in this document the
+reasons and very weighty arguments by which they are constrained to
+act in both those proceedings. They also offer to present another,
+more copious, in which will be related in sequence and order all the
+occurrences and the exceedingly grievous injuries which the religious
+orders have suffered and still sustain, occasioned by the visitation
+of the curas. [It will also recount] the lands that they possess;
+the tithes [29] that the reverend archbishop has established; the
+testimonies and appeals that he has denied; the arrests that he has
+attempted; the banishments that he has urged [upon the Audiencia];
+the very sharp reprimand that on account of him was given by your
+Audiencia to all the provincials together, with other religious of high
+standing, without permitting them to open their lips--and all with a
+method of procedure so unlike that which the pope, your Majesty, and
+your supreme Council employ on occasions like these, even in cases
+when there is certainty of guilt; and finally, the investigations
+which he makes to obtain information against them which he can use to
+carry out his purposes, and disturb them at Madrid and Roma, in this
+imposing [threats of] excommunication on the witnesses in order that
+everything may remain a secret, and the reputation of the religious
+orders be left more exposed to attack.
+
+The reasons, then, which influence the religious not to be parish
+priests by title in Filipinas, subject to the jurisdiction of
+the reverend archbishop, are the following: First, because it is
+unquestionable, and cannot be in any way denied, that the office of
+parish priest, even with such exemption from [the jurisdiction of]
+the ordinary, is entirely accessory, and, besides, a heavy additional
+burden, to the religious estate--not only to that of monks, but even to
+that of the mendicant regulars; for, in order that they may minister
+in the said office, it has been necessary to obtain a pontifical
+dispensation or arrangement, which is founded on important reasons. And
+this [is a fact], if we consider only what the religious state demands
+of its followers, as is made plain by the general exemption and the
+teaching of holy men. If this mode of administering [the curacies]
+be changed, and the regular who is a parish priest must remain, in
+what concerns that office, under the jurisdiction of the ordinary,
+subject to his correction and visitation, and in the other matters
+subject to the superior of his religious order, it would be a change
+and condition of affairs so remarkable that, in regard to his estate
+and his profession of life, the religious would change his nature--for
+he would be like one cleft in twain, if subject in some cases to one
+superior and in others to another, the two of differing ecclesiastical
+rank; and the consequences would be perilous, as will be considered
+later. In view, then, of a change which would so seriously affect
+their estate, all the regulars of Filipinas declare that, just as
+one's state of life is chosen so as to lead to salvation only when
+it is chosen through the influence and vocation of God, who calls
+and inclines one to it, and that one's choice goes astray when it
+is made through other motives, so, when after choice has been made
+of the state and profession of life some other circumstance arises
+which not only oppresses that state, but changes its very nature--with
+new responsibilities, new obligations, new superiors, and new modes
+of government full of dangers and difficulties--and, above all, the
+rule which he professes, no one can safely add to his mode of life a
+condition so unusual, if God do not incline and call him to it. The
+religious of Filipinas declare that they have no such vocation or
+inclination for being parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary;
+and that without it they cannot expose themselves to so many dangers,
+with evident risk of being ruined thereby. They say that neither when
+they entered the religious life nor when they made their confession
+did they read among the obligations to which they submitted that of
+being parish priests, and much less that of being such by title, and
+subject to the ordinaries; on the other hand, they understood that
+the Apostolic See had exempted them from it. They assert also that
+on going from Europa to the Filipinas they knew that the regulars
+never had ministered to the Indians, nor were they then doing so, as
+being dependent upon the ordinaries, but with pontifical jurisdiction,
+remaining in all matters subject to the visitation and correction of
+their provincials; therefore they must necessarily censure and refuse
+now this new administration and attempted subjection, which they did
+not profess and to which God did not call them.
+
+Nor do the precedents [brought forward] from America militate against
+this argument when it is said that there is but one and the same
+rule, and one and the same form of government, in essentials, for
+the religious order or orders whose sons find themselves in America
+and in Filipinas; for those who are in those islands say, with all
+esteem and reverence, that there are some things more suitable to
+be admired than imitated, and that, while they admire the courage
+[of those in America], they confess that they do not possess courage
+to imitate them in this matter. They add that, if in America and
+Filipinas a religious order is one and the same, likewise throughout
+the world the faith and the church of Jesus Christ is one and the
+same; and nevertheless, if a Catholic, simply because he had chosen
+an estate of life, should exhort all others to embrace the same, it
+would not be judicious counsel, or in conformity to the spirit of God;
+for that Spirit inspires, influences, and calls whomsoever He will,
+choosing some for an occupation, and dissuading others from that same
+employ. And thus it is evident, likewise, that in the one religious
+order some have a vocation for going from Europa to the Indias, and
+others have not. Then why cannot the same occur in regard to being
+or not being parish priests subject to the ordinary?
+
+The reverend archbishop of Manila himself has given and still gives
+to the religious orders of Filipinas a very striking and conclusive
+example in this regard: for before he left España he knew very well
+in what way the regulars acted as curas in those islands, but he
+neither renounced the archbishopric in España, nor gave up going to
+the islands. He knew also that the being united as a spouse to the
+church of Manila is not an accessory matter, but is wholly essential
+to the state of being its archbishop; and that other prelates have
+gone thither without attempting what he claims. Nevertheless, he
+has asked in the royal Audiencia permission to return to España; and
+now he writes resigning the archbishopric, and asking that he may be
+allowed to come here to live and die in retreat in a cell. If it is
+because the religious who are parish priests are not subject to his
+jurisdiction that he offers this resignation--by which he abandons
+all that belongs to his position, and the state of life that he
+chose--how much greater reason the religious will have to imitate
+him, since even when they give up the curacies they remain wholly
+in the estate of religious which they professed. If he makes this
+renunciation in order to avoid controversies, and aspires to live
+and die in a cell, much more natural is this desire of the religious
+to live and die peacefully therein, without obliging themselves to
+endure those controversies; for they do not accept under compulsion a
+new estate to which God does not call them. Likewise, [they decline]
+if, in order to adopt such a model of life, their rule must be the
+pleasure of the archbishop, and not the inspiration of God.
+
+As little is this first argument overcome by [the assertion] that
+the civil law provides that the regular who is a parish priest is
+immediately subject, in what pertains to that office, to the visitation
+and correction of the ordinary. For, laying aside the fact that such
+a law can be abrogated by the supreme pontiff--as actually was done
+by Pius V after the holy Council of Trent, and afterward confirmed
+by Urban VIII; and this very procedure is supported by various
+declarations of the most eminent cardinals--when there is a lack of
+secular priests (as is the case in Filipinas, where for eight hundred
+parishes, the approximate number of those in existence, there are
+hardly sixty seculars in number, and still fewer who have abilities
+for giving instruction and learning languages): laying all this aside,
+the religious assert that the civil law which commands such subjection
+must be understood in the case that the religious who are administering
+curacies, without being subordinate to the ordinary, desire to
+continue thus, being parish priests; but it does not order that they
+be compelled by violence and force to enter that relation. And if a
+secular cleric, to whom with canonical and rigorous institution is
+given a perpetual curacy, can, notwithstanding this, renounce such
+curacy, nor on that account be disqualified by the law as long as he
+lives in immediate subjection to one superior only, who is his bishop:
+how or for what reason can the reverend archbishop of Manila claim that
+the religious cannot peaceably make the same renunciation, in order
+to avoid the risk of having so many superiors? As the religious hold
+the Indian villages not as proprietaries, but removable ad nutum,
+other persons could, for no better reason than their own wishes,
+deprive the religious of those ministries, even though the latter
+live therein with the sanctity of their holy founders; and is it
+possible that, when only the will of another person is sufficient to
+prevent them from being curas, the divine inspiration and their own
+self-reproach will not be sufficient for them?
+
+The second reason that the religious in Filipinas have for refusing
+to be parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary, is that no
+exact idea of this virtue of justice has been formed in considering
+the method in which efforts have been made to constrain the religious
+by it. For either they are or they are not capable of being really
+parish priests, like the secular clerics. If they are, they do not
+accept the parish under any obligation of justice; and even when this
+is conferred on them with canonical institution, they nevertheless do
+not remain ordinaries, as are the secular clerics; for in the latter,
+in order to secure a proprietary benefice, the only points considered
+are the ability to serve as cura, the obligation of law [justicia]
+to which they submit, and the canonical collation with which they are
+inducted into the parish. Including all this in the said supposition,
+the religious cannot well understand why, after all that, they do
+not remain proprietary parish priests. As little do they understand
+how the said ability, obligation of law, and canonical institution
+can make a secular priest a perpetual cura--so that if his conduct
+does not render him unworthy the curacy cannot be taken from him,
+either by ordinary or vice-patron alone, or by both together; while
+a religious who enters the curacy with the same formalities is not
+competent for the same perpetuity, but only for such tenure, even
+in his own territory, that even if he conduct himself as a saint the
+ordinary and vice-patron can, if agreed, deprive him of his benefice
+and give it to another; that is, even after that obligation and
+solemnity he is a parish priest removable ad nutum.
+
+The religious also consider that although the virtue of justice is one
+for all, and alike for all, and the efficacy of canonical institution
+is also one for persons who are qualified for the same office, to the
+secular cleric with the onerous duty of parish priest is given all that
+can favor him; but to the religious, while the entire burden is laid
+upon him, all his energy is checked on account of not giving him all
+which can relieve that burden. This is all placed upon the religious,
+for his responsibility for the feeding of his sheep confines him to
+a district in such a way that his own provincial cannot, by his own
+agency alone, change his district without first resorting to the
+ordinary and the vice-patron, to secure their consent. In this way
+there is a notable decrease of obedience, and the regular observance of
+the rule which he professed is greatly disturbed; and many, continual,
+and insupportable annoyances are heaped upon the provincials. The
+religious loses in great part the privilege of his exemption;
+he remains subject, in so far as he is a cura, to investigations,
+complaints, visitations, and penalties from the ordinary; and with all
+these burdens he has not the comfort of being secure in his parish,
+even if his conduct do not render him unworthy of it, because he does
+not hold it in perpetuity, as the secular does. He is not master of the
+emoluments which the curacy yields, nor are they in justice due to him
+as to the secular, unless he pretends that he is dispensed from the
+essential vow of poverty. Then, if the religious is capable of being
+a parish priest, and that by title of law, as is the secular, who
+has given to justice and to canonical collation such efficacy as with
+them to furnish to the secular what is honorable [30] and favorable,
+yet has so divided it as to impart to the regular what is detestable,
+while yet denying him what may console him?
+
+[Even] if it be granted that the regular is not competent, on account
+of his estate, for being a proprietary parish priest, why is it so
+strictly required of him to enter the curacy with the same formalities
+and ceremony as those with which the clerics enter? Such incompetency
+will be the best justification for the repugnance which the religious
+feel for being curas in the manner which the archbishop insists on.
+
+The third reason is, that if the convents and colleges which the
+religious maintain in Manila be broken up, it can be said with truth
+that there are no other houses of religious community [in the colony];
+for although there are seven other houses besides--in Cavite, Cebu,
+Oton, and Yloilo--divided among the religious orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollects, yet these
+convents and colleges are so small that in each of them there are
+only two or three residents. All the rest of the said provinces is
+composed of Indian villages, [each] served by one minister only; and
+these are such as can be gathered from their respective bishoprics, the
+cathedrals of which neither have nor are capable of having dignities,
+canonries, and other prebends. This being admitted, if the ministers
+in Indian villages remain subject to the ordinary, as the provinces
+are composed almost wholly of such ministers alone, and for their
+removal would then be necessary the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, some provinces would come to be dependent, in the name
+of religious government and in the exercise of secular government,
+on the wills of those two persons, to whom the religious did not in
+their profession promise obedience or subjection.
+
+Then if either of the two, whether the bishop or the governor,
+were displeased with any religious order, or with any minister--and
+especially if it were the governor, whose power in those islands
+cannot be explained, except by their remoteness--in such case they
+could on very specious pretexts either maintain or remove the minister
+against the will of his provincial; and even they could, if necessary,
+threaten the latter with either censures or banishment, to make that
+religious order conform to their authority. How fruitful a source
+this may be of perdition and total ruin for the religious orders,
+all can recognize; but only those who have had experience in those
+islands can fully comprehend it.
+
+The fourth reason: for we have already taken for granted their
+subjection and canonical institution. If a religious who is a minister
+commit a transgression, and his offense apparently belongs on the
+one side to morals and life, and on the other to the office of cura,
+the poor minister remains in the condition of those goods which we
+call mostrencos, on account of their belonging to the first person
+who takes possession of them--and even in a much worse condition,
+on account of the controversies which must naturally ensue. For if
+the provincial begins legal proceedings in the matter, and afterward
+information of it is given to the reverend archbishop, the latter
+issues a decree--and, if it be necessary, a censure--commanding
+the said provincial to revoke all of his proceedings, surrender the
+case to him, and abandon it; that is to say, the right of judicature
+belongs to him alone. The provincial appeals to the judge-delegate
+of his Holiness, who, in order to obtain full information about the
+case, commands the reverend archbishop, with the threat of censure,
+to desist from the cause, and surrender the documents. If the latter
+do not obey, the affair may reach the point where two ecclesiastical
+prelates mutually excommunicate each other, and [the colony] is
+menaced with an interdict and the cessation of divine worship. This
+is not discussing an imaginary thing, but is relating that which has
+just occurred in Manila in a like case--where, in order to prevent the
+regulars from withdrawing from their curacies, [the archbishop] imposed
+on the provincials the penalties of excommunication and a fine of
+2,000 pesos; and conversely, the reverend archbishop and the delegate
+of his Holiness likewise excommunicated each other. The commonwealth
+was disquieted by these occurrences, not knowing where these things
+would end if the interdict which the delegate threatened were carried
+out, since he was followed by the religious orders; for nearly all the
+laymen lean on the orders--making their confessions to the religious,
+receiving instruction from their teaching and example, and with their
+counsels calming the scruples of their consciences. In consequence, it
+would necessarily follow that in case of an interdict and cessation
+of divine services the entire archdiocese would be left in most
+lamentable condition; and without doubt this would have occurred, if
+it had not been for the kindly nature of the delegate and the urgent
+importunities to desist from this purpose that were addressed to him
+by the religious. For, since at the cost of innumerable martyrdoms
+and other hardships they had established the faith in those islands,
+they sought to avert the danger that it would be impaired, even though
+this should be at the cost of contempt for themselves.
+
+It must be added to all the above that if these contentions and
+troubles which are suffered in those islands could be promptly ended
+without going outside of them, toleration in enduring them would be
+less difficult. But this is not so; but these troubles leave behind
+them their consequences, and chains that are very long and heavy,
+which are only fit to drag along those who choose to become slaves
+to the curacies in Filipinas. For in such cases letters are written
+by the governor, the archbishop, the Audiencia, and the religious
+orders to Madrid, and by some of these to Roma also; and terrible
+controversies take shape, with public scandal in both courts. The
+parties are in every way exhausted, and the judges are harassed until
+the [royal] decree in the case is provided: first, because such decree
+is provided for regions so remote, and after it is issued arrives
+there [so late], that those evils are throwing out many roots, and
+these produce anew other discords and evils worse than the first. And
+since it is a fact that, although according to the divine oracles,
+it is not fitting either for the bishop to be contentious, or for the
+minister of souls to preach the gospel in any other way than that of
+peace, the religious orders, in place of experiencing in Filipinas,
+as it were, peace with the fruit of tranquillity, do not find this at
+the present time; but they are burning in a glowing forge, which only
+throws out sparks of discord and dissension. The religious orders,
+Sire, had already made peace among themselves, and are at this day
+maintaining and always will maintain it; for they trust in God that it
+will be so, and the bitter experience of past years has pointed this
+out as a great blessing. Thus, when the reverend archbishop arrived
+here all was quiet and peaceful, but within little more than two months
+after his arrival there was nothing but unrest and disorder--and this
+because the religious had told him, with all courtesy and humility,
+that they would sooner give up the ministries of instruction than hold
+them in the manner that he desired. Herein, which side proceeded most
+comformably to reason? the religious who peaceably leave the curacies,
+in order to avoid disputes; or the reverend archbishop who causes these
+contentions, and who sends to Madrid and Roma in order to obtain that
+the regulars shall be by force and violence parish priests subject to
+his own jurisdiction? In view, then, of disadvantages so serious, what
+religious is there, devoted to his profession, who will consent to be
+a parish priest in Filipinas? Who will leave his province in Europa,
+the retirement and peace of his community, to go, with the perils
+of two ocean voyages, in search of controversies so wearisome and
+noisy over a calling which he did not profess? Herein the religious
+of Filipinas admit that they have taken warning by what has occurred
+in America, that they ought to learn a lesson from it and be cautious
+about having another head.
+
+The fifth reason: If a regular who is a parish priest transgresses,
+and on account of secret faults becomes unworthy of continuing in
+his ministry, yet if he remains in it his salvation may incur a very
+special peril. The provincial has secret knowledge of the case. Here
+justice demands two things: one, the punishment of the fault; the
+other, that the delinquent shall not be rendered infamous. Charity,
+(and even justice itself) demands also that the provincial shall,
+because of his office, remove his subordinate from that risk. If this
+regular who acts as parish priest were administering his functions
+without canonical institution or subjection to the ordinary, as is done
+in the Filipinas Islands, the provincial could with the greatest ease
+settle the whole matter, and justice and charity be satisfied, without
+disgrace to the delinquent and without a stigma on the religious
+order. But when the regular who is a parish priest is subject to
+the ordinary, the provincial cannot remove him by his own authority
+alone; and it is necessary for him to resort to that very ordinary
+and to the vice-patron, and that the two agree on the removal of the
+offender. And, in such case, what has the provincial to say to them? If
+it be answered that by keeping the case entirely secret the provincial
+becomes a sharer in the guilt of his subordinate, he and the superiors
+of the religious orders declare, with all submission and humility,
+that they refuse to put in practice such a form of theology. Can the
+ordinary acting alone, can the governor, the father, and the master,
+each alone, punish and correct the fault--of a priest, of a citizen or
+a soldier, of children, of servants--without the least injury to the
+culprit's honor; and a provincial, who can in innumerable ways do the
+same with any subordinate of his, be obliged to leave the offender
+in disgrace with the heads of the community, ecclesiastical and
+secular? The religious orders would sooner remove [from the islands],
+to transplant themselves to Europa, than submit to so heavy a burden.
+
+If it be said that the provincial need not state the offense, but
+in general terms assert only that he has cause for removing the
+cura, even that would not avoid the difficulty: First, because the
+authorities may think that the provincial says so, in order to carry
+a point for a custom of long standing. Second, even though the cause
+for removing him is not a fault, it will be readily said [that it was
+one]; and if the person himself does not make further explanation,
+in such case the result will be that the fault will be made public
+by his silence. And finally, one's honor is a very delicate thing,
+and is usually much injured by rumors and suspicions alone. And
+since God renders the religious exempt from the secular judges, and
+the Apostolic See from the ordinaries, the regulars represent that,
+as they have not professed to be curas, they do not feel courage to
+fill that office with so many risks and burdens.
+
+The sixth reason: The object for which the religious are in the
+curacies is the salvation of souls; and there is no room for doubt
+that for such a purpose the religious will be all the more fit and
+competent an instrument the more he shall unite with the office
+of cura the regular observance. This greater union, it is certain,
+lies in the method of being curas which has hitherto prevailed, and
+not in that which the archbishop is attempting; for with subjection
+to him the cura does not depend so much on the regular superior, nor
+can the latter freely command him as before, and thus the obedience
+[of the religious] is greatly diminished and injured, without which no
+one deserves the name of religious. [Also the observance of] poverty
+is at great risk; for since the cura ministers through the obligation
+of justice and canonical institution, and this is not given to him
+by the religious order but by the ordinary, some of the curas might
+argue that since the order permits this to them, it also permits
+them to be masters, in whole or in part, of all the emoluments; and
+that with entire freedom, without subjection to or permission from
+their superiors, they can spend or dispose of these revenues as they
+please. This is a danger which is most prolific of innumerable others,
+and in all lines. Their chastity also is much less secure, because
+it is attacked by solitude, by the license which this occasions, by
+the natural compliance of the Indians, and by that almost perpetual
+tenure which in many ministries in America is experienced through the
+obligation of justice and canonical institution under which they are
+administered; and on account of the difficulty which thus arises in
+securing removals, sensuality does not find that remedy of flight
+which St. Paul lays down so prompt and easy as it would be if the
+parish priest depended only on his provincial.
+
+And, finally, the religious do not, by assuming the habit as such,
+strip themselves of the passions of men. There might be one or more
+for whom the subjection and mode of life in a religious community
+becomes wearisome; and such men, knowing that a cura cannot be removed
+from the mission parish without the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, undertake to gain the good-will of those authorities by
+letters and other means, and for the same object to win the friendship
+of officials and dependents, so that these may exert influence in
+order to preserve them in the curacies. And thus gradually they become
+rooted in their liking for a life that is solitary and independent,
+and will reach a state in which they give up the mission parish with
+grief, because they hold it through love for the conveniences of life,
+and more as very secular men of the world than as religious or as
+ministers to souls. In that case the religious orders could say that
+they had lost fervent sons, and the ordinaries that they had not made
+zealous curates.
+
+All this is avoided when the regulars serve as parish priests in
+the same manner as they do now in the Filipinas; for they are wholly
+dependent on their superiors, and cannot dispose of anything without
+their permission. If it be expedient for them to go to some other
+place, there is no difficulty in changing their residence; and as
+they have not that security of perpetual tenure, their only care is
+for their ministries, the door being closed to unworthy measures and
+claims. Hence it follows that this mode of holding curacies is more
+in accordance with the three vows and the other statutes that aim at
+the perfection that is proper for the regulars, and consequently at
+the salvation of the souls [31] for whom they care.
+
+The seventh and last reason--omitting others, either because they
+are included in those already mentioned, or because they may readily
+be deduced from those--is supported by authority. Let the histories
+of the Indias be read, and the laymen and ecclesiastics who have
+written about them; all agree in raising very serious doubts whether
+the regulars should be parish priests or not, and much more whether
+they should be so with title. [These writers] noted many decisions,
+in which entire provinces--composed of religious who were influential,
+experienced, learned, and zealous--resolved in their chapter-meetings
+that the mission curacies should be given up; many [opinions by]
+generals of those same orders, who approved that proceeding; and
+others, by various distinguished men, who expostulated against the
+acceptance of such an encumbrance by their religious order. [They have
+also noted] faults which they contemplated with tears--interminable
+discords, which banished all tranquillity and peace; and innumerable
+other damages, which, even the secular writers on the Indias admit,
+have made the regulars tremble.
+
+If he who sees from [a safe place on] land a fierce hurricane on
+the sea, and that in it are wrecked galleons of great size--some of
+the men on board being drowned, others crying for help, and those
+who by swimming have emerged on the shore taking warning [from this
+misfortune], and causing great fear in those who hear them--trembles
+at [the thought of] venturing upon the sea: what marvel is it that
+the regulars of Filipinas, who have not thus far been inducted into
+this new form of parish tenure which the archbishop is attempting
+[to establish], seeing as if from the solid land so much tempest and
+shipwreck which are occasioned by that form, and which the histories,
+like accurate charts, place before them, tremble, and refuse to embark
+on that sea? When the witnesses are so truthful, and the experiences
+so injurious, it would be a mistake of the utmost importance not to
+believe them, or to expect that [in] trouble one may remedy it by
+regret, or not to avoid it beforehand by prudent measures.
+
+With these reasons, three arguments of which the reverend archbishop
+entertains a high opinion lose their force. One is, to argue [thus]
+in this dilemma: Either the regulars who are parish priests conduct
+themselves well and fulfil their obligations as such, or they do
+not. If this last, it is not right that it be permitted, nor that
+there be any failure to reform with the visitation which he is trying
+to enforce. If in all respects they fulfil their obligations, what
+matters it if he visits them, approves their proceedings, and praises
+them in his report to the king? And with this mode of argument he
+casts suspicion on the regulars, as if they had faults or failings
+as parish priests to conceal.
+
+Answer is made, first: that the religious who are curas conduct
+themselves well in their ministries, and strive so far as their powers
+extend, for the salvation of their parishioners; and that what holds
+them back from being parish priests subject to the reverend archbishop
+is not the fear caused by [the question of] behavior, but dread of
+the inconveniences and dangers above recounted, which it is not easy
+to explain.
+
+Answer is made, second: that in Manila and Cavite--which is distant
+two leguas from this city, and where only the secular priests are
+curas--the reverend archbishop has precedents very effectual for
+ascertaining the consequences of the way in which the religious
+behave in their curacies. For in those two places, where they have
+no obligations as curas, they are the ones who carry the burden
+of the day and of the summer's heat; they alone (or almost alone)
+are the ones who administer throughout the year the sacraments of
+penance and communion--to Spaniards, Indians (Tagálogs, Pampangos,
+and Visayans), mestizos, Cafres, and other peoples who resort thither;
+they alone keep laborers set aside for this task; they alone preach
+frequently. It is they who carry on missions; they who dispense the
+divine word and explain the Christian doctrine in the guard-rooms of
+the soldiers and [among those stationed] at the gates of the city;
+they to whom the slaves from the foundry resort; [they who minister
+to] the prisoners in the jail, and the poor in the hospitals, and the
+seminaries of La Misericordia and Sancta Potenciana. It is they who in
+their churches have separate sermons for the Spaniards, for negroes,
+and for Indians; it is they who are almost continually going forth,
+by day and by night, to the sick and the dying, whatever the weather
+may be. Then who can imagine that where the religious, without being
+curas, have the inclination and zeal to aid the secular curas and the
+reverend archbishop themselves, relieving so greatly the burden of
+their obligations, they will neglect their duties in the villages,
+where the souls have been entrusted to their care alone?
+
+Answer is made, third: that just as the reverend archbishop by his
+arguments strives at Madrid and Roma to subject the regulars to
+his visitation in what concerns them as parish priests, he may also
+plan to subject them in all that concerns morals and life. "For if
+they behave ill, it is not right to permit such conduct; and if
+their conduct is exemplary, what matter is it if he visits them,
+and approves them, in order to report on them with praises?" The
+reply which the reverend archbishop will make to this argument can
+with more reason be applied as the reply and solution to his own. The
+religious orders add that, even though the praises of the reverend
+archbishop are and always will be worthy of the utmost appreciation,
+yet they set a much greater value on following the counsel of the
+apostle about each man abiding in his own calling [32]--which was not
+to be curas--than to be curas and obtain those praises with the risk
+of the troubles that have been considered.
+
+Nor is it right, by the same mode of argument as that of the reverend
+archbishop, that the religious orders should not further make evident
+the importance of their justice and of their labors. This prelate
+greatly resented that the reverend bishop, the delegate and judge of
+his Holiness for cases of appeals, should go to Manila and exercise
+his functions, issuing various acts; and the said reverend archbishop
+also took steps to have the delegate depart immediately from his
+archbishopric, and said (and wrote to Europa) that the religious orders
+were trying to keep the delegate there as their judge-conservator. It
+is here where his own argument presses: either the procedure of
+the reverend archbishop was just, or it was not. If it were just,
+what did it matter that he had before him a judge with authority
+from the pope, and must deliver to this judge the documents which
+he demanded, so that as a judge so superior he might confirm them,
+and make a report on them with commendations? If the archbishop's
+conduct were not just, as little just was it that he should go beyond
+his obligation, in order to obstruct rightful jurisdiction.
+
+The reverend archbishop also refused to the religious orders all the
+copies of documents and the attested statements which they asked
+from him in regard to the visitation which he planned and began,
+but from which he desisted. If what the reverend archbishop did and
+decreed was just, what mattered it that he should command the said
+copies and statements to be given to parties so eminent and worthy
+of respect as were five religious provinces? If it were not just,
+why were these decrees made and executed?
+
+Another argument of which the reverend archbishop avails himself is,
+to say that if the regulars who are parish priests do not submit to
+his visitation and jurisdiction, he will finally be a [mere] bishop
+de anillo. [33] Answer is made, first, that even if this were the
+case (which, however, it is not), the reverend archbishop would not
+have any reason to complain in this particular, as, according to the
+law, no wrong is done to him who, before entering on any negotiation,
+acquaints himself with it and determines it beforehand. [34] For while
+he was yet in España he knew that the regulars in Filipinas were
+not parish priests by title, nor subject as such to the ordinary;
+and if with this knowledge he decided to go to Manila in order to
+be its metropolitan archbishop he ought to take for granted what
+has been proved by experience, and not wonder that the regulars,
+convinced by so effective arguments, are, constrained by these, giving
+up the native curacies, in order not to be ministers of instruction
+at so much risk. Nor will any one grant that reason countenances the
+reverend archbishop more in trying to secure the extension of his
+authority than it does the religious in maintaining themselves as
+much as possible in what they had professed.
+
+Answer is made, second: that, not by commission but by his own proper
+jurisdiction, the reverend archbishop can administer confirmations
+throughout his archbishopric; act as judge of all matrimonial cases
+among the Indians, and those affecting the rest of his flock, in the
+same manner and the same cases as he could if secular priests were the
+curas over them; and ordain priests and consecrate oils--with many
+other things. The exemption of the regulars does not hinder these,
+nor can a bishop who is only titular exercise these functions merely
+through his own choice; and thus the reverend archbishop does not
+come to be such a prelate.
+
+And, finally, according to Christian maxims the religious ought
+to measure the choice of a new form of life, not by the question
+whether the reverend archbishop has or has not more or less under
+his jurisdiction, but by other and loftier principles, which concern
+salvation and the means [to attain it], which they have already chosen,
+by rule and vows, in order to attain with these that final end. And
+the religious of Filipinas declare that if his Reverence the archbishop
+refuses to live [in those islands] and be their prelate, because he has
+not all the authority that he desires, they refuse the said form of
+[serving as] parish priests, in order to avoid the controversies and
+perils here stated, so as to live in the quiet of their profession
+and by means of it to secure more peaceably their eternal salvation.
+
+If the reverend archbishop shall urge the precedents of some religious
+orders in America in regard to the said matter, the religious orders
+of Filipinas state further, besides what is said above, that those
+who gave up the mission villages in America furnish a more effective
+example than do those who remained in those posts subject to the
+ordinary. They also add that for this case more to the purpose
+are the precedents of all the reverend archbishops and bishops of
+Filipinas--of no one of whom it is known, it should be said, that he
+was an archbishop or bishop de anillo. Many of them were entirely
+satisfied at seeing the good work that was wrought in their flocks
+by the religious orders, and thanked them and greatly honored them;
+and even though some few of them desired what the present reverend
+archbishop is attempting to secure, yet on hearing the arguments of
+the regulars the prelates contented themselves with informing the
+Council--without that body changing the former mode, or the prelates
+breaking forth in violence as has been seen in this present time. Then,
+even if the reverend archbishop is somewhat influenced by precedents
+of certain religious orders in America, it seems as if he ought to
+be convinced by those of his predecessors and the others who were
+suffragan bishops in those islands.
+
+The third argument is, that as the regulars who are parish priests are
+not under his jurisdiction, he cannot feed his sheep as it behooves
+him to do, or give account of them to God, with due certainty;
+accordingly he claims that the regulars of Filipinas should be
+compelled not to leave their flocks, and should be forced under his
+jurisdiction. Answer is made, first, that the reverend archbishop can,
+whenever it shall please him, apply himself to an inspection of the
+Indian villages, even those that are furthest from Manila, and view
+the aspect of his flock--who will be greatly edified to see that an
+archbishop undergoes the inconveniences of small boats, and traverses
+dangerous tracts of sea and land, for their spiritual good, as the
+provincials do. Then if he will have taken the trouble to learn some
+languages, as the religious have done, in order to dispense to them
+the divine word, to hear their confessions, give them communion, and
+the sacrament of confirmation, and the rest that they require: then he
+can obtain information about the religious and the spiritual state of
+the villages, give such commands to the Indians as he shall please,
+and confer with the ministers on all that concerns the salvation of
+souls; and not only can he, but he has the right to do so. It cannot
+be doubted that this would be a rich nourishment [to his flock],
+and that these actions of an archbishop are compatible with his not
+having jurisdiction over the regulars; and it would be a great pity
+if all this, which is so proper for a prelate, should fail simply
+because the regular in his curacy remains with the exemption which
+the Apostolic See has granted to him.
+
+In view of these actions which he can perform, the reverend archbishop
+will attach less importance to his not visiting judicially the regular
+who is a parish priest because the latter remains outside of his
+jurisdiction; but it may well be believed that the regular keeps the
+sacrament, the holy oils, and the baptismal font in decent condition;
+that there are registers of baptisms, burials, and marriages; that
+the Christian doctrine is explained to all the people together, and
+to the children separately, as also to the larger boys and girls,
+and all at different times; that not only in times of sickness and
+of danger of death, but in health and safety, the sacraments are
+administered to those who ask for them; and that other things are done
+which are proper for the ministers who are curas. These functions,
+as they have a public interest in themselves for the whole village,
+are known throughout it; and even if any detail should be neglected,
+the reverend archbishop may well believe that neither the provincial
+nor the other responsible officials of the provinces who are designated
+to watch, make decisions, punish, or reward, for the general good,
+will wish to be censured for it.
+
+The reverend archbishop does not doubt that in the church of God the
+holy religious orders form a very numerous assembly, and that their
+sons, every one, are the sheep of the supreme shepherd, the pope,
+who has exempted them from the [jurisdiction of the] ordinaries,
+unburdening his own conscience, and trusting to the vigilance of the
+generals, and other superiors--to whom, as to the guardians of souls,
+he has handed over those of the individuals [who form] the rest
+[of the order]. It has not occurred to any one that on account of
+this exemption the popes cannot feed the universal flock, or appear
+with safety before the tribunal of God; and experience has shown the
+extraordinary benefits which have resulted from it to the church and
+to the religious orders themselves. Why, then, where the vicars of
+Christ are secure, will not an archbishop be so too?
+
+On account of merely the expectation of a great harvest in the
+Indias many popes conferred on the regulars the authority to be
+parish priests, with complete independence from the ordinaries,
+rendering null and void whatever the latter might do in opposition
+to this privilege. No one has said that by this the supreme pontiffs
+placed the ordinaries in danger of rendering their accounts to God
+unsatisfactorily, or hindered them from feeding and edifying their
+flocks; and the result itself has given testimony, with the great
+success of the propagation of the gospel, how successful has been
+that method of having the regulars as curas, seeing that the hope of
+a harvest has now grown to be its actual possession, and realms so
+extensive have been conquered. And therefore the reverend archbishop of
+Manila might have had confidence in commands so sovereign--especially
+in that of Pius V, whose brief is now in full force in Filipinas, as on
+the first day when it was issued; and even the motive therefor, since
+there is so great a deficiency of secular priests that, if the regulars
+should be lacking, the faith would perish in islands so widespread,
+and the people would be as much heathens and idolaters as before.
+
+Answer is made, second: that the generals, the provincials, and the
+main body of the provinces say the same in regard to the religious
+who have professed their rule, that the latter are sheep also of the
+flocks that God has placed in their charge, so long as the government
+remains in their hands; and whatever care and attention the reverend
+archbishop of Manila may give to his sheep the Indians, the regular
+prelates will give to their subordinates in regard to the same account
+which they will have to render for these to God.
+
+But with a very important difference: for the Indians who are not
+converted are under the most serious obligations to join the assembly
+of those who are already converted, and for this object can be forced
+to hear the divine word; and those who have heard and believed it
+[can be obliged] not to forsake what they believed, or depart from
+the bosom of the Church, for it is not possible to be saved in any
+other manner. And when for the attainment of two objects so great as
+these there are no secular priests, and there are only religious,
+who have attained those ends and are still doing so while they are
+exempt curas, it would seem to be also the greatest obligation of
+the ordinary to reconcile himself with such curas, in order not to
+deprive the Church or defraud the blood of Christ of so much fruit.
+
+The religious cannot be forced in the manner which has been stated
+to be curas subject to the ordinary, for besides the estate of the
+Christian they have already professed that of the religious order;
+and therein, without this force and violence, it is quite compatible
+that the religious should be thoroughly subject and obedient to
+their orders, and under their visitation and correction, and at the
+same time as parish priests through charity only, as temporary curas
+[interinos], and as assistants and coadjutors of the ordinaries, may
+render them great service, minister to the Indians, attract others
+who are infidels who thus may receive ministrations, and approve
+themselves to all--just as if they were parish priests by title,
+without the risks and difficulties that have been considered.
+
+For the reverend archbishop, then, to ask now--when without any force
+all this great and well-known benefit to the church in Filipinas may
+be restored--that the religious be threatened and compelled not to
+leave those islands, and accept in them another and new calling,
+so full of peril, and that other religious shall go thither from
+Europa to the same life--and all in order that he may have greater
+authority--this is a great deal to ask, and is not at all in his
+favor before the tribunal of God. Who shall give account to His Divine
+Majesty of the spiritual detriment that must ensue to fifty parishes,
+abandoned for [even] a week--without mass, without instruction,
+and without sacraments for little ones and adults, for the sick
+and the dying? Over and over, before the affair reached this point,
+the religious set forth all these injurious effects, and protested
+against them to the reverend archbishop; and that they were not under
+obligation [to do this], to the peril and [even] ruin of their own
+souls, and that of their profession, [which was] to attend to the
+souls of others. Nevertheless, the reverend archbishop pursued his
+undertaking, and the religious retired [from their curacies]; the
+former was done merely to have [his own] will, the latter through
+necessity based on all that has been stated. Whose part, then, will
+it be to render account of such a result, and to fear to do so? It
+is certain that, according to the apostle, power and jurisdiction is
+not for destruction but for edification.
+
+The reverend archbishop is not ignorant of the necessity for baptism;
+nevertheless, no adult can be forced to receive it. The profession
+of a religious is null, if any notable force intervened to bring it
+about; and marriage is of no validity if a person wholly free were
+in like manner compelled to marry. For these estates demand liberty,
+and, no less, inspiration from God; and there is nothing of this where
+there is only force and violence, for then the estate which was to be
+a means for salvation is converted by such compulsion into a snare and
+destruction. For one who is not a parish priest by title to become
+one is a change of no less importance than for a bachelor to marry,
+or a layman to become a religious; and for the reverend archbishop
+to claim that, where others are free, the religious should be forced
+into a mode of life full of risk, and for an object which can be
+secured without that compulsion, is to extend his claims further
+than perhaps he is aware, and to accumulate more material for the
+account that he so greatly fears. For one thing, [his idea] that,
+even supposing that the regulars are willing to be curas, they can
+be forced into subjection, and this would be more tolerable; and, for
+another, that if they do not choose, for all the reasons here stated,
+to be curas, ecclesiastical and secular authorities may use violence
+to make them enter the office of curas by title--and this is very far
+from what Holy Writ, the general councils, and the holy fathers teach,
+upon which there is ample material for volumes.
+
+The religious orders are greatly surprised that the reverend
+archbishop, occupied with zealous cares for feeding his sheep, and
+by holy fear regarding his account to God, should break out with
+acts of violence against the religious only--and not do so in order
+that secular priests should go from Europa or from Nueva España to
+be parish priests in Filipinas; and that his Majesty may give to the
+said seculars, for their travels and voyages, the aid that he grants
+for the same purpose to the religious. If they should constrain the
+reverend archbishop to state why he does not ask or seek this for
+the seculars, the world would know what the religious orders have
+accomplished and merited in the Filipinas, and what they are still
+doing; and it would also know that, although in the words of Christ
+the laborer is worthy of wages and recompense, in place of any new
+remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop
+is attempting by his claims to introduce them into a labyrinth of
+entanglements, discords, and dissensions.
+
+Granted, now, the fundamental reasons why the regulars have refused
+to be parish priests subject to the ordinary, and [preferred] to
+leave the mission villages rather than serve them in such a manner,
+the greatest affliction of the religious orders in Filipinas goes
+further. Their provincials, in the last conference which they held
+(as they notify us by letters of February in the past year of 699),
+resolved that these petitioners should, as their attorneys and in
+the names of them all, offer before your Council of the Indias an
+absolute renunciation of the allotment of all the territories which
+your Majesty gave to them in order that they might, with pontifical
+jurisdiction, serve therein as parish priests.
+
+The religious are influenced to this action, first: because, even
+though your Majesty command that no change be made in this regard in
+the Filipinas, the religious orders do not now entertain a substantial
+hope that entire obedience would be rendered to this law for peace,
+without which it is intolerable to remain in those islands. The reason
+for this fear and lack of confidence is, that this very thing was
+commanded by your Majesty in a decree issued at Madrid, on November
+27, 1687 (which is in the [book of] ordinances, at folios 8 and 9),
+and the reverend archbishop did the opposite of what was ordained
+therein, in the sight of your governor and Audiencia. If such was the
+heed and observance given to a decree for making no change, even when
+the reverend archbishop was not at variance with the religious orders,
+what can they expect when he is now so exasperated against them?
+
+This argument gains more force when attention is paid to the immense
+distance [from España] of those islands, where this is a current
+saying, or almost a proverb, among those who are in power, "Let them
+write to Madrid and Roma whatever fairy-tale they please at the time;
+no one will be disturbed by it while the letters are on the way, or
+while the decision is being made and until the ordinances arrive." And
+therefore it results that although the reverend archbishop arrived
+at Manila in the year 97, it is now the year 700 when the clamors and
+disturbances which with his arrival were experienced [in the islands]
+find an echo in your Council of the Indias--troubles which still are
+endured, because it is necessary to wait a considerable time for the
+arrival at the islands themselves of your royal provisions. And when
+the decree already mentioned of the year 87, and another previous one
+of the same tenor by the queen-mother our sovereign (who is now with
+God), were not obeyed, there is little or no ground for the religious
+to hope that other decrees of that sort will be obeyed. In both cases,
+the mission curacies were resigned, and in this last one much more
+has been suffered; and as it is not well that these occurrences and
+disputes be repeated, and as it is intolerable to live in controversies
+for the sake of curacies, to any one who is not wedded to them, the
+religious orders intend, by the said resignation, to make an end,
+once for all, of all this contention.
+
+The second reason: In Filipinas today the religious orders see
+themselves dragged along and reduced to a most abject condition, in
+which their ministers can, according to the divine oracles and the
+teaching of holy men, gain little esteem or fruit while they exercise
+these under so much reproach. If the edict of visitation which the
+reverend archbishop commanded to be posted in the village of Tondo (a
+mission village which is in charge of the Order of St. Augustine) be
+read, among innumerable other questions will be found these: "Whether
+the minister in charge goes without the ecclesiastical garb, or without
+suitable clothing? Whether he goes without cutting his beard? Whether
+by day or by night he carries weapons, or is indecently clothed?"
+
+If attention is given to the manner in which the archbishop took away
+the two mission villages of Tondo and Binondo [from the orders], it
+was done by forcibly breaking open the doors of those two churches,
+and surrounding them with soldiers and secular officials, who
+carried with them fetters, as if they went to arrest criminals or
+highwaymen. Similarly, on account of a fit of anger which he felt
+because two of these petitioners had embarked to come to seek redress
+from the Council, the reverend archbishop demanded and obtained a
+vessel, in which both ecclesiastical and secular officials set out to
+arrest the said religious. But as they could not reach the religious,
+as the ship had gained so much headway, the archbishop summoned the
+Portuguese captain of another ship, and commanded him, under penalty
+of major excommunication and a pecuniary fine, to secure the arrest
+of the said two religious at Batavia; and told him that if it should
+be necessary, he must demand aid from the governor there, who is a
+Dutch heretic--although afterward, it is said, the archbishop advised
+him not to do so.
+
+Consider the manner in which the religious had to apply to his
+tribunal; in no case would he accept a document save through the
+hand of the ecclesiastical procurator of his secular court. On one
+occasion he allowed so short a time-limit that the holy religious
+orders were forced to go between twelve and one o'clock at night,
+knocking at the doors of several procurators, because one had excused
+himself on account of the stormy weather--and all this when there was
+no need of or risk in delay; and the reverend archbishop thus gave
+ground for even the laymen to say that he was abusing his authority
+in order to annoy the religious. And it is no wonder that laymen say
+this when the reverend archbishop himself writes (as it were, praising
+himself) that the regulars are almost exhausted and beside themselves
+at seeing how in so short a time he has, if not conquered them all,
+at least broken their courage to a great extent. But the religious
+orders desire for this prelate in the remembrance of posterity more
+praiseworthy sayings than this one which calls them exhausted by
+such means.
+
+The reverend archbishop also writes to individuals who can have no
+voice in these matters, either of justice or government, in such manner
+that the religious find themselves compared to soldiers on horseback,
+and characterized as disobedient to both pontifical and royal laws;
+and of so bad lives and morals that, he says, if he had to make
+informatory reports regarding them there would not be enough paper
+in all China. If he writes thus to Europa, how will he talk there [in
+the islands] with his servants, intimate friends, and acquaintances?
+
+Notice should be taken of the reprimand which through the influence
+of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your
+royal court of Manila, composed of four officials who are young men;
+it is perhaps the most angry and contemptuous which has been offered
+to religious in a Catholic tribunal. In regard to the decrees which
+were issued regarding this particular, by the bishop the delegate of
+his Holiness, it appears that by a royal decree the five provincials,
+the rectors of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose, and two other
+religious, all grave persons, were summoned; and, having made them
+enter the hall, where your ministers were seated on their platforms,
+Licentiate Don Geronimo Barredo began to speak, as being the senior
+auditor; he talked to them, using vos, and impersonal terms that were
+very rude, although the royal sovereignty of your Majesty deigns to
+honor the provincials with the title of "very devout and venerable
+fathers." He called them disturbers of the peace--as it were, the
+causes and authors of the disquieted condition of the commonwealth;
+he blamed them for aiding the reverend bishop the delegate of his
+Holiness, and for some of their subordinates performing the service
+of notaries to him. He threatened them, saying that even though
+they were exempt, yet your ministers could, with the administrative
+power which they hold from your Majesty, banish the religious
+from the islands. When he had ended his censure, he said, "Get
+out!" [Despejad]. The provincial of St. Augustine, with all courtesy
+and submission, asked from his Highness permission to say a word,
+but the said Don Geronimo Barredo refused it, repeating the words,
+"Get out!" Again the provincial urged, with all humility, that they
+hear him; and the reply of that same auditor was to ring his little
+bell, saying in a loud voice, "Get out! Get out!" Accordingly they
+made the religious go away, full of embarrassment, and without any
+further consolation than that of patience.
+
+Such, Sire, was the civility with which that royal court treated all
+that assembly of religious, among them superiors so eminent, ignominy
+being offered to them where they should have encountered the honor
+which your Majesty, by a special law for the Indias, charges upon your
+officials and presidents, in order that the religious may thereby be
+encouraged to labor for the propagation of the faith. In order to stir
+up the community, a royal Audiencia takes action in appeals in obvious
+cases of which the Church, by law, disposes. To furnish notaries to
+a delegate of the pope (which was the same as to furnish them to the
+supreme pontiff) in those islands--when, as the secular priests were
+intimidated by the public decrees of the reverend archbishop, there was
+not one who would aid the delegate--this was an unseemly act of the
+religious orders, and cause why Catholic officials should reprimand
+them! And, finally, the hearing which justice does not deny to the
+worst criminals, was entirely barred to five holy religious orders,
+the anger of striplings foaming over on those so venerable gray hairs.
+
+Your governor knew very well the unsuitableness of this action, and,
+either not liking the matter, or pretending to be ignorant of it, he
+was not present at that session; and with this sort of connivance the
+reverend archbishop succeeded with his designs, and the Audiencia with
+theirs, the religious orders paying for it all. Then if all that is
+mentioned in this second reason ends in the depreciation and public
+ridicule of the religious orders, left defenseless and wounded by
+the heads of the commonwealth, what idea will be formed of them by
+the Indians, mestizos, mulattoes, Cafres, and even those Spaniards
+who have little sense? Such people mould their opinion not by what
+they reason out, but by what they see; and when their eyes record
+so much contempt for the ministers of religion, the consequence is a
+low estimate of their teaching. On this account the religious offer
+their resignation of the mission villages, so that they may with
+better results care for others.
+
+The third reason: Although the immunity of their property which the
+religious possess is a sacred thing, the reverend archbishop regards
+it in such a light, on account of their not having been subjected
+to his visitation, that they dread in the future greater losses and
+difficulties. The regulars had applied to the said reverend archbishop
+to forbid Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra, your auditor, from having
+judicial cognizance in regard to the lands of the religious orders, and
+from molesting them about this matter so much as he was doing--without
+any necessity, as he was merely a lay judge. That prelate issued a
+first and a second inhibitory letter, and, as the said Don Juan did not
+conform to them, the regulars again applied to the reverend archbishop
+to defend them. The latter had already explained his intentions with
+the religious orders, in order that the religious who were parish
+priests might allow themselves to be visited; and therefore he stated
+that, before his issuing the third command regarding their application,
+the religious orders must first answer whether or not they would submit
+to the said visitation. They replied, in the most peaceable manner,
+sometimes verbally, sometimes in writing, that they were resolved to
+give up the mission curacies rather than serve them in that manner;
+and they actually offered their resignations of those offices.
+
+So much did the reverend archbishop resent this that the lands
+belonging to the religious orders, which thus far were privileged,
+on account of being ecclesiastical property, thereafter were not
+exempt. Those which on account of their immunity had deserved two
+inhibitory letters now deserved a decree revoking the said letters,
+the property remaining lay and profane, and subject to the secular
+jurisdiction. The religious were in the said decree canonized as
+rebels, contumacious, disobedient to the Church and to the reverend
+archbishop, and unworthy of his clemency. In this declaration the
+reverend archbishop excepted the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara, and
+those of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose--the former, because
+they belonged to a convent of the utmost poverty; and the latter on
+account of the benefit to the public which their teaching caused.
+
+From this it may be inferred, Sire, that the immunity and exemption of
+property which the religious possess must be, in the apprehension of
+the reverend archbishop, a quality removable ad nutum of his will
+and pleasure, but not permanent, [as it should be] according to
+the direction of the Apostolic See. It will follow that while this
+question is pending whether or not the religious will be parish
+priests by title, some of those very holdings possess sufficient
+spirituality of character for [the issue of] two inhibitory letters
+to the secular judge; and that when the religious refuse this mode
+of life that spiritual character becomes, by a sudden metamorphosis,
+profane secularity. It will follow that the crime of rebellion,
+disobedience to the Church, and ill-desert of kindness is incurred
+by the religious orders for not assuming a state and profession of
+life to which God does not call them, simply because the reverend
+archbishop desires that it be chosen. It will follow that to renounce
+the curacies is not to recognize the jurisdiction of the reverend
+archbishop, and accordingly this is not to recognize that of the
+pope or the authority of your Majesty, since he offers to resign his
+archbishopric. It will follow that, although your Majesty had made
+the assignment of the territories which with pontifical jurisdiction
+the religious administer and have thus far administered, for them
+to offer before your vice-patron their resignation of the said
+curacies--solely for the purpose that he who there represents your
+royal person may be acquainted with the fact of their renunciation of
+the said assignment--is, in the thought of the reverend archbishop, to
+grant spiritual jurisdiction to the secular governor, and consequently
+for the said religious to become heretics in many and important points.
+
+And since the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara retain their immunity
+and are ranked as spiritual goods, on account of the extreme poverty
+of those servants of God, does the reverend archbishop regard that
+only as a physical lack of riches on their part, and no more? or
+as evangelical poverty which springs from the vow, institute, and
+profession of the life which they have chosen for Christ, and which
+the Apostolic See has approved? If the former, the religious frankly
+state that it is very alien to the ecclesiastical rules, by which the
+exemption and immunity ought to be measured. Otherwise, innumerable
+poor people, of those who are commonly called beggars [35] through
+the streets, would secure, on account of being equally destitute of
+goods with the said nuns of Santa Clara, or perhaps even more so,
+ecclesiastical exemption from secular judges for their furniture and
+petty possessions. If the reverend archbishop answers, "the second,"
+the religious also say, with entire confidence: "What authority is
+that of this prelate, that he should decide in an official utterance
+that there is evangelical poverty in the convent of Santa Clara,
+and not in the other mendicant religious orders? and that the lands
+of the said convent of Santa Clara enjoy exemption on account of
+their evangelical poverty and religious institute, while it may not
+be enjoyed for the same reason by the lands of the other religious
+orders, which are so distinguished, and are approved by the Church?"
+
+Lastly, it follows that the instruction in grammar, philosophy,
+and theology in the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose renders
+their lands spiritual property, and exempts them from the secular
+judge. Yet the preaching of the word of God, the instruction in
+Christian doctrine, the administration of the sacraments of penance
+and communion, the consolation [of the faithful] with the mass,
+the visiting of the sick and dying, the ministrations in jails and
+hospitals, in order that no one may die without the sacraments:
+these and other spiritual works, which the holy religious orders of
+the city of Manila habitually perform with all classes of people,
+are not sufficient [in the archbishop's opinion] to exempt their
+lands from being profane.
+
+If then, Sire, the reverend archbishop has thus conducted himself,
+in matters so delicate and of the highest importance, simply because
+the regulars excused themselves from being parish priests subject to
+his visitation, what may not be feared hereafter? What privileges,
+exemptions, or decrees will be sufficient, so that he may not explain
+them as he pleases, and continually open new doors to dissensions? If
+with such ease he pronounces sentence on the regulars as rebellious,
+contumacious, and disobedient to the Church, what difficulty will he
+find in treating them as such--sometimes alone, and sometimes resorting
+to the royal court for the sake of more forcible demonstrations of
+his displeasure?
+
+The fourth reason: Your Majesty, in dealing with the religious in your
+laws of the Indias, has two especial statutes which not only show your
+desire for peace and your Catholic piety, but most strictly command
+that efforts be made to secure union and concord among the religious
+orders, on account of the many and admirable results which ensue
+therefrom. This union and concord had been established by all the
+religious orders of Filipinas, and its fruits applauded, long before
+the reverend archbishop arrived in Manila; and by it those islands were
+made a paradise for what pertains to the religious orders. The reverend
+archbishop was the only one who was not pleased with this concord;
+and therefore he characterizes it in his letters as a conventicle, [36]
+and of evil tendency and inconsiderate. [37] He not only resented it,
+but displayed and made known his resentment; he tried to disparage it,
+through a third person; he had the idea, and repeated it many times,
+that there was a league against himself; and it is for this reason
+that he secretly obtained information against it, imposing the penalty
+of excommunication on the witnesses to maintain secrecy. So far can
+go the desire of commanding and judging the religious, and grief at
+not accomplishing it.
+
+In so lamentable a condition [are affairs there], when the religious
+desire not only to see themselves free from the charge of the mission
+villages, but, if it be possible, away from those islands, and far
+from a prelate who feels so annoyed at the union and brotherhood of
+the religious orders--a union dictated by the natural light of reason,
+prescribed in their general chapters, inculcated by the generals of
+the orders as being their supreme heads, ordained by your Majesty,
+suggested by the vicars of Christ, promulgated in the sacred writings,
+and bequeathed as in His last will by Christ himself to His disciples;
+and they without it would not have reaped a harvest in the world, nor
+would He have retained them as His missionaries. The religious admit
+that the great horror of this prelate at their concord and union gives
+them much cause for serious reflection; and that when this concord is
+so persecuted on account of the mission curacies, there is no safer
+way to maintain it than to separate themselves from those curacies.
+
+The fifth and last reason: By letters of February in the year 699 it
+is learned that the reverend archbishop has been sending information
+not only against the said concord [of the orders], but against even
+the reverend bishop, the delegate of his Holiness--and all with [the
+threat of] excommunication in order to maintain secrecy. If a bishop
+and delegate of the pope is not secure, how will a religious who is a
+parish priest be so? It seems as if the reverend archbishop now falls
+back from lands to persons, regarding those holdings as property merely
+profane, and the religious as persons without any privilege. At the
+outset he claimed that the regulars, as parish priests, must be subject
+to his investigations and visitation; and now, extending his claims
+further, he invents against them, as religious, a new visitation,
+made up from secret inquiries by dint of censures. How is it possible
+now not only to have but even to imagine peace in the Filipinas? If
+the religious orders do not defend themselves, he endangers their
+reputation in the places where he will send the said information--and
+all the more if those reports go forth authorized by the secretary
+and notary who attest the official documents of the archbishop;
+for the notary, according to popular report, is a relative of his,
+or passes as such; and the secretary is his cousin-german. And it
+appears from the acts (on folio 3) that the notary-public, Master
+Joaquin Ramirez, testified that on November 27 of 697 he had given
+a paper with a letter from the archbishop to Fray Jose del Rosario,
+provincial of the Augustinian Recollects--not casually, but delivered
+into the said provincial's own hands--when the fact is, that this
+provincial had died four years before, as is well-known in Manila,
+and as is evident from the registers of deaths in that province,
+and will also be here. Such were his impetuosity and his mode of
+procedure, without instructing the notary, or the latter knowing,
+of whom he was talking, and confounding times and persons, and the
+living with the dead. And if by such testimonies a man is introduced
+in the documents as alive, when in reality he was dead, what wonder
+will it be if, for the greater disparagement of the regulars, the
+virtues are introduced as dead among them which are alive in them?
+
+But if the religious, invaded in so many ways, look after their
+defense, how will they be to blame in this? And if, in order to defend
+themselves, they so dispose matters that they can have recourse
+and appeal to the delegate, and if the latter ordain something
+and the reverend archbishop will not conform to it, and on both
+sides censures are launched forth--as occurred in the case of the
+lands--who will have been the mover of all this [trouble]? For the
+religious to abandon their reputation wholly is not safe; to defend
+themselves there occasions inconvenience; to let the matter take its
+course, notwithstanding this behavior of the reverend archbishop, is
+an intolerable yoke; and for the regulars to be curas subject to him
+all that is here alleged will not permit. These are the afflictions
+that are now being suffered in Filipinas. The religious there are
+summoned to be mocked; those here, aware of what is going on, are
+reluctant [to take their places]. And since the whole matter takes
+its rise from the curacies and mission villages, and the foregoing
+decrees are rendered null, and our expectations from others in the
+future are dashed: for these reasons and the others here adduced,
+and insisting upon the said order from the provincials to renounce
+the mission curacies, the petitioners, prostrate at the royal feet
+of your Majesty, ask in the name of the said five provinces that
+you will be pleased to consider them as free and exonerated from the
+charge which hitherto they have held in serving as parish priests the
+mission villages that they hold in Filipinas; and for this purpose
+they renounce absolutely the allotment of territories which your
+Majesty had committed to them, in order that others may from this
+time forth administer them, with secure peace and stable tranquillity,
+which they expect from your Majesty's magnificence. [38]
+
+
+Royal decree, May 20, 1700
+
+The King. To my reverend father in Christ, Doctor Don Diego Camacho
+y Avila, archbishop of the metropolitan church of Manila in the
+Filipinas Islands, and member of my Council: In letters of January
+19 and February 20, 1698, you report your arrival in those islands,
+and what you are doing to quell the hatred and enmities which exist
+among your subjects, reclaiming them to a new life by the measures
+which you are applying, and obtaining the peace and tranquillity
+which you were desiring. You also wrote that you had undertaken to
+continue work on the church building there, and had gone to visit
+the secular clergy, in which you had met no hindrance; and that in
+endeavoring to make the visitations in the mission churches served
+by regulars--according to the regulations of the Council of Trent,
+the apostolic letters, and the royal decrees--you were influencing the
+religious by gentle methods to accept such visitation, for this purpose
+drawing up a manifesto, but that these methods were not sufficient to
+induce them to do so voluntarily. For this reason, in fulfilment of
+the obligations of your office you had published an edict for carrying
+out this visitation, and had actually gone to put it into execution
+in the mission stations of regulars at Tondo, Binondoc, Santa Cruz,
+Dilao, and Parián, since you were denied diocesan jurisdiction over
+the ministers who serve in these places--while at the same time,
+in those of Tondo and Binondoc (which are served by religious of
+St. Dominic and St. Augustine) those ministers were abandoning their
+churches, consuming [39] the holy sacrament, and carrying away with
+them the holy oils and ornaments. Consequently you found it necessary
+to place secular priests ad interim in those villages, from which it
+resulted that the religious orders went to offer their renunciation
+of those missions before my governor, without going to you; and in
+this condition of affairs it seemed best to the Audiencia to furnish
+aid so that the religious orders should not abandon these missions,
+and that their renunciation of them should not be accepted. But
+this was not sufficient to prevent the religious from withdrawing
+from those missions, for which reason you found yourself compelled
+to retire to your own church, and to desist from these visitations,
+removing the temporary ministers whom you had appointed, and lifting
+the censures and penalties which you had imposed, without prejudice to
+your dignity and jurisdiction. And finally you recount the very harmful
+results which must follow from the form and method of administration
+which prevails in these mission stations, and the illegal acts which
+are committed by the ministers in charge of them, of which you send a
+summary, stating how impossible you find it to remedy this condition
+of affairs, on account of the reasons which you point out, and asking
+that the necessary measures be taken, and that you be assured of it,
+so that you can visit as you should that archbishopric, in fulfilment
+of your ministry as its pastor. This matter has been considered in
+my Council of the Indias, with the attested copies sent by you of the
+documents therein, with the representations made in your name and in
+those of the religious orders who reside in those islands and hold
+mission posts there. Having fully informed myself on both sides, and
+given the subject special consideration, I have resolved to approve,
+and herewith do approve, all that you have accomplished in this affair,
+and especially your course in having ceased from further action
+therein until you could report it to me and await the measures which
+may be applied to the difficulty, assuring you of my full gratitude
+for your very judicious proceedings and the good management which you
+have showed in the conduct of this important affair. Your procedure
+with the superiors of the religious orders is very suitable to your
+prudence, and quite in accordance with the opinion that I have of your
+zeal and great discretion; and the special service which you have
+rendered to me is strongly commended to my remembrance, that I may
+bear it in mind and favor and honor you on all occasions that shall
+arise. And in view of the grave considerations that are involved in
+this matter, and of your request that the regulations and provisions of
+the sacred canons, councils, and apostolic constitutions, and the laws
+of the Indias be put into execution, in order that the diocesans may,
+as you say, visit the regulars who hold office as curas, in matters
+which pertain to the care of souls, I am undertaking with all the
+attention of my Catholic and pious zeal to furnish the remedies that
+are most suitable and effectual for this object, and for preventing
+any disturbances which may arise in the future, leaving settled and
+established the right of prescription, both canonical and legal. And
+as concerns what is contained in the summary which you have drawn up
+of the illegal acts of the religious who serve the missions, except
+in the question of visitation you shall always have authority to
+receive information, and to demand from the superiors of the orders
+that they reform and correct the religious. And if when they are
+admonished the first and the second time they do not thus act, I
+command that you carry out the said reform with your jurisdiction as
+ordinary. For the better success of this, I decree, by despatches sent
+this day to the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia there,
+that they assist you with their aid on all occasions when you shall
+demand it and shall need it. Of this you are [herewith] notified,
+and you shall inform me of your action in this matter, and of any
+further occurrences. At Aranjuez, May 20 in the year 1700.
+
+
+I the King
+
+By command of the king our sovereign:
+
+Don Manuel de Àperregui
+
+
+[Six rubrics are added at the foot of this document, which appear to
+be those of the members of the Council.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE AUGUSTINIANS IN THE PHILIPPINES, 1670-94
+
+
+[The remainder of Diaz's Conquistas--comprising the fourth hook of
+that work, as found in pp. 689-817--is here presented, partly in full
+translation, partly in synopsis. Numerous extracts have already been
+made from this book, notably as regards the Pardo controversy and some
+insurrections among the natives; these will of course be omitted here.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+[Diaz mentions the calamitous times experienced in the islands
+during the rule of most of the governors from Corcuera to Salcedo,
+which at last are succeeded, in the plan of Providence, by peace and
+comfort.] The peacemaker [iris] whom divine Providence seems to have
+selected for this general benefit was Governor Don Manuel de León y
+Sarabia; for his taking possession of his government was the shifting
+of the scenes in this melancholy theater, the calming of the tempests,
+and the succession of rest after fatigue, and peace after war. The
+former lines of commerce were renewed, and other and new ones opened
+up--such as that of the coast of Malabar and Santo Tomé, called
+the Coromandel coast; and those of Suratte, Macán and Batavia. All
+these improvements were facilitated by the wholesome purposes and the
+kindly disposition of Don Manuel de León, and especially by his great
+disinterestedness; this last would, if it had not been accompanied by
+the rest, have failed of success, as did the lofty and incomparable
+[disinterestedness] of Don Diego Fajardo, since it was obscured by
+his coldness and excessive severity--which, although accompanied by
+justice, was, being excessive, known as injustice.
+
+As soon as the new governor commenced his fortunate rule, he sent
+to Macán General Don Juan Enrique de Losada, accompanied by Father
+Francisco Mecinas, [40] of the Society of Jesus, in order to further
+the interests of that commerce, and to endeavor to open up the richer
+trade of Cantón. This was accomplished by the said envoys with so
+much ability that in the following year the Chinese began to come
+[to Manila], with barks from Macán and somas from Cantón, with great
+wealth of silks, damasks, and other stuffs. Trade was opened with
+Ningpú, a port of the province of Che-Kian in the empire of China,
+where is cultivated the greater part of the silk which supplies
+the world, a commodity which greatly advanced the commerce of Nueva
+España. The governor maintained courteous intercourse with Sipuán,
+the son of Kuesing, and from this originated the frequent visits of
+so many champans from China and somas (which are larger champans)
+from Cantón, which every year engage in the commerce with Manila;
+for in some years are counted thirty barks, and nearly as many from
+other regions, which supply merchandise to Manila, and contribute to
+the royal revenues great sums with their customs duties. [41]
+
+The flagship "Buen Socorro," which had made the voyage to Nueva España
+in charge of General Diego de Arévalo, had a fortunate arrival at the
+islands--although not at the port of Cavite, but at that of Palapag
+in the province of Leyte, outside of the Embocadero. It brought an
+auditor, Licentiate Don Fernando Escaño, a native of Ecija; he was a
+great jurisconsult, as is evident from the learned books which he had
+printed in España--De testamento imperfecto, and the history of the
+Order of St. John of Malta, which he wrote in the Latin language,
+by order of his most serene Highness Don Juan of Austria, grand
+prior of Castilla and León. He came with his wife, Doña Leonor de
+Córdoba, a native of Sevilla, and four [six] children: Don Fernando,
+who was a captain, and lived but a few years; Don Juan de Escaño,
+an alférez who reached the age of fifty years, an unmarried man,
+very virtuous, and an example for laymen; Don José and Don Manuel,
+afterward religious of St. Dominic; Don Alonso, who was an Augustinian
+religious, and at his death a minister in Pampanga; and a daughter,
+Doña María, who married the sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya y
+Torres, alguazil-mayor of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. The
+auditor's wife was a professed member of our tertiary order; and all
+of them were people of great virtue.
+
+With appointment as bishop of Nueva Segovia came the dean of Manila,
+Master Don José Millán de Poblete, a priest of much virtue and
+discretion, and nephew of the archbishop Doctor Don Miguel Millán de
+Poblete, of honored memory. The vigorous age at which this dignity
+came to him (for he was not yet fifty) did not enable him to enjoy it
+[long]; for he lived very few years in the government of that church,
+not long enough to reach his consecration--with general regret in these
+islands at having lost a grand prelate, heir to the many virtues of
+his uncle....
+
+Auditor Don Fernando de Escaño began to fill his office with
+great rectitude and disinterestedness, for he was a learned man,
+and stood in fear of God, which is the true wisdom. But, influenced
+by his desires for good, yet lacking in judgment and experience, he
+proceeded to enter the labyrinth of trying to reform more than what
+is in need of reform--being counseled by persons who aimed only at
+gaining by calumny what they could not prove in law. From this he
+undertook to follow the opinions of Auditor Don Salvador Gómez de
+Espinosa, of whom we have already written, and to subscribe to his
+manifestoes, as the Parenético; and without further investigation than
+the depositions of persons who were prejudiced against the clergy and
+the religious orders, he made attacks on them in letters written to
+his Majesty. Afterward, he recognized that the evidence did not agree
+with what had been told him; and he came to repentance when the shot
+was already fired and much damage done thereby. These false notions,
+and others like them, as well as his considering the little or nothing
+that can be accomplished in these islands by the ministers of his
+Majesty, who never goes beyond what the governors desire, wore him
+out in a few years; and he died as the excellent Christian that he
+was, and so indifferent to worldly advantages that he had not money
+enough for his burial, and was buried in our convent at Manila. All
+his family inherited his virtue, and were the only children of an
+auditor who came out so well, for all strove to grow in virtue to the
+standard of their honored father; they were therefore highly esteemed,
+and their lives came to a holy end. Don Juan de Escaño, who attained
+the rank of general, was an example of virtue in Manila, and died
+with the reputation of unbroken chastity [con opinion de virgen];
+and his property, which was large and justly gained, he left, well
+invested as it was, for the building and maintenance of the beaterio
+of Santa Catalina de Sena [i.e., St. Catherine of Sienna], of the
+tertiary Order of St. Dominic in Manila, in which foundation he had
+much share and influence.
+
+About this time came to Manila the prince of Siao, [42] son of the
+king Don Ventura Pinto de Morales, to ask the governor for religious
+of the Society of Jesus to instruct the natives of his little kingdom,
+where there were many Christians--although the majority of that people
+were infected with the errors of the cursed Mahoma. These islands
+are in five and one-half degrees of latitude north, and one hundred
+and forty-nine degrees of longitude from the meridian of Tenerife;
+the seas about them are difficult of navigation, on account of being
+in the midst of a large and widespread bank [placer] of shoals which
+lie on all sides. They share the reputation of Maluco, not only for the
+warlike nature of their inhabitants, but for many spice-bearing trees,
+of clove and nutmeg; but in other means of support that country is
+very poor. This prince was received by the governor with much honor;
+he gave him the use of his own coach, and lodged him at the college of
+San José, in charge of the religious of the Society; and he took much
+pains to forward the business of the prince, since it was for so holy
+a purpose, the propagation of our holy faith. The prince returned to
+his own country, with the satisfactory result which he could desire;
+with him went four religious of the Society of Jesus--Father Juan de
+Miedes, [43] a native of Alcalá de Henares; Father Jerónimo Cebreros,
+a native of Acapulco; and Fathers Esquibel [44] and Español--all well
+fitted for so holy a ministry. The governor gave him twenty Spaniards
+and some Pampangos, to serve as an escort for the religious; and for
+their commander Captain Andrés Serrano--a veteran soldier, who had
+just finished a term as alcalde-mayor of Panay (a province in our
+spiritual charge)--as he was a very devout Christian and well suited
+for that occupation, so much to the service of God.
+
+These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao, increasing
+that Christian church; but the enemy of mankind, who resented their
+driving him out after he had so long possessed the souls of those
+unfortunate people, influenced the Dutch heretics of Nueva Batavia, in
+the island of Jacatra, to destroy them by a secular persecution. For,
+as they are lords of all the islands where grows the clove of the
+spice-trade, in Maluco--Amboyno, Tidore, Ternate, Montiel, and many
+others--and this is the commerce which has returned most profits
+to their company they have always endeavored that this aromatic
+merchandise be not transported by any other hands than their own, in
+order to assure their gains. They knew that some Spaniards had settled
+in the islands of Siao, and that by them was carried away the clove
+product of that region, and that it might eventually diminish their own
+commerce. For that astute nation has so perseveringly maintained that
+the Dutch alone shall be absolute masters of the cloves and cinnamon;
+and so skilfully do they manage these commodities that in any year
+when there is an abundant product of cloves they burn such quantity
+of it as they consider superfluous, according to the computation
+that they have made of that crop (which is sufficient for the supply
+of the whole world), in order that their price may not be lowered,
+and that the commodity may not fall in value by becoming common and
+abundant. So great is the wisdom of these children of the world,
+in which they greatly exceed the children of the light.
+
+They manned two ships with three hundred men-at-arms; and when our
+people in Siao were least on their guard the Dutch arrived, and landed
+their men, which the Spaniards were unable to prevent, as they were
+so inferior in numbers. [45] The Dutch committed no other hostility
+than to carry away as prisoners the religious of the Society, and
+Andrés Serrano and his soldiers--together with their standard, which
+our men could neither hide nor destroy--all of whom they conveyed
+to Batavia. But before they left the islands of Siao they rooted out
+and cut down all the cinnamon trees that grew there, until no roots
+or other trace of them were left--all which they did quite at their
+leisure, without any one saying a word to them. Andrés Serrano died
+in Batavia of grief, although the Dutch treated him and his soldiers
+well, as also the fathers. The religious afterward came to Manila,
+some in the time of this governor, and others during the term of his
+successor, Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado.
+
+All the triennial during which our provincial father Fray Dionisio
+Suárez ruled was very propitious for this province--not only because
+he was a religious very observant, kind, and lovable, but because this
+province possessed so many members of virtue and learning that they
+restored it to its first luster. The ministries in the doctrinas were
+well served, by one or two religious, according to their needs. The
+erection of many new convents was begun, some having been ruined by
+the earthquakes, and others torn down by military orders, when we
+were threatened with the coming of Kuesing Pompoan; but there was so
+much to restore that it kept us busy for more than three succeeding
+trienniums. Our provincial applied himself closely to the repairs on
+the magnificent convent at Manila, which greatly needed them, on the
+plan which he had made in the preceding triennium, when he was prior
+of that house; [and he accomplished] so much that to the diligence
+and zeal of that devout religious may be attributed its preservation.
+
+While he was engaged in these occupations, the time came for him
+to finish the task of his government, so peaceful and prosperous,
+and for holding another chapter-session--to the great regret of all,
+for it seemed as if they divined that it would result less happily;
+but never did they expect that it would be so calamitous as it proved
+to be. For, just as the condition of the commonwealth had experienced
+its change from calamities and miseries to peace and happiness, so this
+our province changed from tranquillity to sudden fear. Tempus pacis,
+tempus belli. [46] And the most remarkable thing is that, just as
+the governor Don Manuel de León was the main cause of the peace and
+prosperity of Manila, so this same excellent gentleman was the prime
+cause of many troubles and disturbances, which occurred not only at
+the time of this chapter but throughout the triennium. I do not throw
+all the blame on him, because he was a great governor, very pious
+and of sincere intentions; but all disturbance has another cause, and
+the vulgar and common Spanish adage is very true which says: "He who
+is burning the woods is he who comes out of them." [47] No sensible
+person will admire seeing among religious the activity of flesh and
+blood and the passion of ambition, which they cannot leave behind in
+the world when they take refuge in the asylum of the cloister. [48]...
+
+The fourth definitor, Fray Francisco de Medina Basco, who was
+associate and secretary of the provincial Fray Dionisio Suárez, had
+displayed so much ability and good intention in administering his
+office--for he was an angel of peace, following the advice of our
+holy constitutions--that all desired that he should succeed to the
+office of him to whom he had been so capable an associate. This was
+desired by the provincial most of all; for, as he was of so peaceable
+a disposition, he wished to leave the province in the hands of one
+who could maintain it in the tranquillity which it was enjoying. But
+the malign father of discord was not pleased at seeing the great
+peace and concord which this province had enjoyed for so many years;
+he therefore strove with his arts to disturb and disunite it. The
+time for holding the chapter-session arrived apparently as peaceful
+as usual; and so the religious who were its members assembled, quite
+unconscious of what was to occur.
+
+The chapter was convened on April 23, 1671, in the convent of San
+Pablo at Manila; and its president was father Fray Bernardino Márquez,
+by commission from our very reverend father the general of all the
+order of our father St. Augustine, Master Fray Pedro Lafranconio,
+a native of Ancona; and the other affairs which precede the election
+were transacted that afternoon with great peace and concord. But
+on Saturday, the day for the election of provincial, Governor Don
+Manuel de León sent to notify them that he would be present at
+the election, and sent over his official chair. This caused great
+uneasiness, for they recognized that this was an effort to prevent
+the election of the father definitor Fray Francisco de Medina Basco,
+on which thirty-one of the voting fathers were agreed. The father
+president of the chapter was one of the eight who were opposed to
+this election, and these were favored by the governor--which in
+these islands means, to have whatever one may desire. Accordingly,
+the first thing that he did that afternoon was to make charges
+in virtue of which he deprived father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco of the right to vote or to be elected [voz activa y pasiva],
+and commanded him to leave the chapter-meeting--which he did with
+great humility and resignation, saying only those words of Jonah,
+Si propter me orta est haec tempestas, projicite me in mare, [49]
+and went to his convent of Tongdo. On the following day the governor
+came to the convent, accompanied by the senior auditor, Don Francisco
+de Coloma, Sargento-mayor Don Juan de Robles, and Captain Don Pedro
+de Tortesa, with their [military] company, as if it were to invest
+a fort of enemies. The religious were astonished at seeing such a
+military display, but with much decorum and gravity they proceeded
+with the transactions of the chapter; and at the first ballot father
+Fray Francisco de Medina Basco was elected by thirty-one votes, and
+the remaining eight fathers voted for father Fray Juan Caballero
+[50]--a religious who had come to this province two years before,
+as I have already stated, and whose merits deserved such a mark of
+esteem. The governor would not allow them to sing the Te Deum laudamus,
+and the president declared that he would not confirm the election,
+on account of its being inhibited by the suit which Father Francisco
+had brought when Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales was counselor; and one
+heard only protests on both sides, although the voters recognized that
+they would be overpowered by the side which the governor supported.
+
+The latter went out from the hall, leaving the capitulars within
+under the guard of the soldiers, so that these should prevent the
+fathers from going out of the room until they should elect another
+provincial who should not be father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco;
+for father Fray Juan Caballero was not canonically elected, for
+lack of one more than half of the ballots of the voters. All that
+day, until evening, they remained shut up in the chapter-hall,
+experiencing great harshness; for the guards would not allow even
+a pitcher of water to be given to them, a cruelty very unlike the
+kindly nature of Don Manuel de León. The provisor and vicar-general
+of the vacant see, Doctor Don Francisco Pizarro Orellana, came out
+in defense of the ecclesiastical immunity, which had been violated
+by that compulsion; and it resulted in the religious being allowed
+to go to their cells, weak from hunger and thirst. But the governor
+ordered that two soldiers should be stationed at the door of each cell,
+so that the fathers could not leave their cells or communicate with
+one another. In these disturbances passed that Saturday until sunset,
+the limit peremptorily allotted by our holy constitutions within which
+the chapter can proceed to the election of a prior provincial; and,
+when that time was spent, the authority for such election devolved upon
+our very reverend general [of the order]. But as this adjustment of
+the limit was made by violence, this prescription of the limit was,
+in a case so irregular as this, invalid. What I can assert, on the
+best information, is the great patience and humility which all the
+fathers of the chapter displayed in these tribulations, enduring great
+privations in this imprisonment, which lasted through Saturday and
+Sunday. Finally, recognizing that their strength was very inferior
+to that which was opposing them, and that further effort was only
+to struggle against the current of a freshet, they, acting on the
+advice of the said provisor, again assembled in the chapter-room
+on the following Monday, and made a new choice, that of father
+Fray Jerónimo de León--a native of Mexico, a son of the convent of
+Manila, quite advanced in years; he was an excellent minister in the
+province of Tagalos, and formerly prior of the convent of Bulacán,
+and was much beloved by all for his devout religious spirit and
+peaceable conduct. They appointed as definitors Master Fray José de
+Mendoza, father Fray Isidoro Rodríguez, father Fray Luis de Montufar,
+and father Fray Juan Bautista Bover; and for visitors father Fray
+Carlos Bautista and father Fray José Duque. [51] As for father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco, they appointed him prior of the convent
+at Cebú and vicar-provincial of that island, which he accepted with
+much resignation and humility. The tempest in the chapter ceased,
+and the province again enjoyed its former tranquillity for some time.
+
+Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco lived but a short time in Cebú,
+for while officiating there human weakness, resulting from melancholy
+and grief at what had occurred, prostrated him with a long illness;
+this time he knew how to improve to good purpose, seeking the
+welfare of his soul. His confessor, director, and teacher was the
+bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Juan López, a prelate of great wisdom and
+virtue, who took such personal interest in the spiritual welfare of
+this afflicted religious that he spent most of his time with him,
+until in his care the sick man gave up his soul to the Lord, with
+great consolation to the holy bishop and to all who were present at
+his death. [The proceedings of] this chapter went to Rome, to our
+very reverend father general; he confirmed father Fray Francisco de
+Medina Basco as provincial, and annulled the second election, that of
+father Fray Jerónimo de León, commanding the chapter to guard their
+prerogatives; otherwise, it would have been a legitimate election,
+on account of his having conducted himself as merely passive in his
+election, and it appeared that he had not taken part in the tumults
+of the chapter-session....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+[Chapter ii opens with an account of the rebellion in Otón, already
+told in VOL. XXXIX.] In September of 1671 was celebrated in Manila
+the festival of the dedication of the cathedral, which the holy
+archbishop Don Miguel Millán de Poblete had not been able to attain;
+but this was done by his nephew the dean, Don José Millán de Poblete,
+the bishop-elect, of Nueva Segovia. A solemn feast of one week was
+solemnized, beginning with the day of the Nativity of our Lady, and
+there were other demonstrations of public rejoicing; for Don Manuel
+de Leon's term of office produced many of these diversions, through
+the agency of his secretary, Don José Sánchez de Castellar--who had
+a very brilliant and versatile mind, and a flowery imagination; he
+had a great propensity for poetry, music, and studies in language,
+and was very liberal, so that he did not hesitate on account of the
+expenses which such festivities demand for their brilliant display.
+
+On one of the nights of this celebration occurred at the port of Cavite
+the destruction by fire, without its being possible to prevent it,
+of the galleon "Nuestra Señora de la Concepción," one of the largest
+and finest which had been built in these islands; it had served, with
+prosperous voyages, on the trade-route to Nueva España. In the year
+1672 also the commonwealth of Manila experienced a great calamity;
+the galleon "San Telmo," which had sailed for Nueva España in charge
+of General Antonio Nieto, had to return to Cavite--a misfortune which
+was keenly felt. But very soon afterward the galleon "San Antonio"
+was launched, in order to make a voyage under the command of General
+Don Juan Durán, nephew of the General Pedro Durán de Monforte, who has
+been so often named [in these pages]. The general remained in Nueva
+España with his wife, Doña María Jiménez, widow of Doctor Don Diego
+de Corbera, his Majesty's fiscal, who died in Lubán in the year 1668.
+
+About this time arrived a patache from Macán, in which came a nobleman
+belonging to the Order of Christ, named Don N. de Tábora, who came
+as an envoy from that city on affairs belonging to the commerce of
+both cities. This knight was very hospitably received, and made a
+brilliant figure on all festal occasions (which were many), displaying
+his liberality and magnificence; and he added much to the credit of
+his nation, although it does not need the reputation of individuals.
+
+Among so many gayeties and rejoicings the fear of wars was not
+lacking; for news had come that the son of Kuesing, named Kinsie
+or Sipoan, intended, following his father's example, to fall upon
+the Filipinas. But this was false, for he was of a very different
+opinion--harassed by the Tartars and cornered in Hermosa Island;
+lacking followers and champans for so extensive an undertaking; and,
+besides, very inferior to his father Kuesing in courage and military
+training.
+
+Notwithstanding that all this was well known in Manila, these reports
+came so plausibly fabricated that Don Manuel de León thought that
+he ought not to neglect or leave in uncertainty a matter which could
+occasion us irreparable injury; he therefore decided that it was less
+of an evil to seem credulous and over-cautious than to fail in his
+duties as commander through heedlessness and lack of foresight. He
+endeavored to take all precautions for such a contingency, warning
+the Pampangan and Cagayan peoples (who are the most warlike ones) to
+be ready in due time. He regulated the Manila garrison, which needed
+much reformation; and appointed experienced leaders. He commanded
+the armed fleets of the Pintados to be made ready; those of Panay
+and Ogton were taken by Captain Don Jose de San Miguel to be united
+with those of Cebú and Caraga, and all together formed a fleet of
+more than a hundred joangas--which, if occasion arose, would be under
+the command of Don Fernando de Bobadilla. All this armada arrived at
+Manila at a time when it was quite certainly known that Kinsie was
+not undertaking any such attacks, and was quite destitute of forces
+to do so. And as I shall not have occasion to speak of him again, I
+consider it excusable to relate here the condition in which he found
+his affairs after the death of his father Kuesing. [Here follows a
+long account of this matter, which has no further relevance to our
+subject, and is therefore omitted.]
+
+In the ship which came in the year 1672 arrived Doctor Diego Calderón
+y Serrano, a native of Granada--a student in the collegiate school
+[52] of Master Rodrigo at Sevilla, and professor of canon law [53]
+at the university there--who came as auditor of the royal Audiencia
+of Manila; he entered that body to fill the office of fiscal, which
+is customary for the most recent auditor to do, when there is no
+proprietary fiscal. He was married to Doña Catalina Ansaldo, a very
+honorable and virtuous woman, who died soon after her arrival. He
+was one of the excellent, and even of the best, official judges
+that Manila has had--very conscientious, with much fear of God, and
+very disinterested, which is a great virtue in one who is a judge;
+and therefore he always remained poor, contenting himself with the
+income which he received from the royal treasury (which is three
+thousand pesos), and even from that he gave much in alms. He lived
+until the year 1688, and had a very pious death; he humbled himself
+to ask absolution from the censures which he, with his associates,
+had incurred in the banishment and exile of the archbishop Don Fray
+Felipe Pardo, who refused it to the others--as we shall see in the
+proper place, if by God's favor we reach the discussion of those times!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+[Most of chapter iii is devoted to the coming to Manila of a
+French bishop, François de Palu, titular bishop of Heliopolis and
+vicar-apostolic for China, accompanied by several other Frenchmen,
+both priests and laymen; he is one of three envoys sent to promote
+the missions in Siam, Camboja, and other provinces, and in China, and
+to endeavor to reopen those of Japan. They make their headquarters at
+Ayudia, the Siamese capital, but their efforts to convert the Siamese
+fail, on account of the obstinacy with which they hold to their false
+religion and idol-worship--in which they surpass all other nations,
+whether heathen or Mahometan, "for it is not known that any Siamese
+has abandoned his idolatry and professed the law of Christ." Moreover,
+the Frenchmen get into a controversy with the Portuguese ecclesiastics
+of Malacca, who claim all the above-named regions as being under their
+spiritual jurisdiction, since they are still classed as missions, not
+having a formal ecclesiastical hierarchy, as do the churches of Manila,
+America, and Goa. Palu's coming to Manila stirs up much commotion in
+official circles. It is reported that he had set out for China, and
+was driven back by unfavorable weather to this port; and the Audiencia
+consider that it will not answer to allow him to go to that country,
+as, having been sent by authority of Alexander VII and the Propaganda,
+his entrance into China on such a mission would be an infringement of
+the royal patronage, since a large part of China is included in the
+demarcation of Castilla laid out by Alexander VI; and ecclesiastical
+appointments and jurisdiction therein belong to the jealously-guarded
+prerogatives of the Spanish crown. The royal officials at Manila
+therefore detain Palu, lodging him at the Jesuit college, where he
+is very hospitably entertained. When the Acapulco galleon is ready to
+sail, these French ecclesiastics are all placed aboard it and sent to
+Nueva España, and thence to Madrid. There Palu is well received, and
+has "much communication with the Conde de Medellín, the president of
+the supreme Council of Indias, an able minister and a man of great
+virtue."] The bishop filled him with strange notions, basing his
+information on the little which he could have comprehended of the
+mode of government of these islands, and their religious conditions;
+for his retirement in the college of the Society of Jesus was for a
+short time, and his knowledge came not from ocular experience, but
+only from information by secular persons who visited him--who must
+have been only corrupt alcaldes-mayor who were trying to get rid of
+the gospel ministers, with whom those officials could not be on very
+good terms since the ministers had restrained them in their illegal
+and oppressive acts; this [conflict with the officials] is the greatest
+hardship that is experienced in the ministries. The president, desiring
+to do what was right, listened attentively to the information furnished
+by so reverend a person, not considering that the prejudice of a person
+from a nation so opposed to us, and who had not found at Manila what
+he was expecting, rendered his account unreliable. From these reports
+ensued many royal decrees, which came [to Manila] years afterward,
+with mandates which were very difficult to carry out; because, as
+all the peoples [here] are different, they need different laws and
+rules. From this also originated the ordination of Indians as priests,
+of which there had been no previous example [here]--a wise precaution
+against the inconveniences which the Portuguese had experienced in
+Eastern India from ordaining canerines [54] under the pressure of
+necessity. This is a usage which even the Dutch heretics abominate,
+saying that it is one of the three causes through which India has been
+ruined. And as in Filipinas that necessity does not exist, because
+of the admirable arrangements which the Catholic monarchs of España
+have made for sending, at the cost of their royal exchequer, religious
+from their kingdoms as missionaries, there was no need of resorting
+to the extreme measure of ordaining the Indians as priests--as the
+Portuguese of India had done, and as now do the bishops sent out on
+the part of the Congregation of Propaganda Fide in their missions of
+Eastern India; and the latter do so because of their urgent necessity,
+since the said holy Congregation has not the funds for the support of
+European priests. On the contrary, the few whom they have in China,
+Tunquín, and other regions are supported by the alms which the citizens
+of Manila send them--except the bishops and priests of Siam, who have
+more means of support from fixed incomes in France.
+
+This is a subject on which there is much to be said on both sides;
+but this is not the place for it, nor do I feel under obligation to
+continue it. I suppose that many Indians will be more worthy than
+are many Europeans to attain so high a dignity; but since the former
+usually do not enter the priesthood through the gate of a vocation,
+and only strive to attain it for the sake of advantage to themselves
+and their relatives, the danger is evident that the result will seldom
+be satisfactory. They cite the example of the primitive Church, which
+made bishops and ordained priests among the recently converted--like
+St. Paul in Ephesus and Athens, and in other parts of Greece, and
+the holy apostles for all the world; but there is a great difference
+[between that case and this], in the needs of those times and the
+nobility of those nations. These and many other changes resulted
+from the information given in Madrid by the bishop Don Francisco
+Palu, who went to Roma, where also his information caused changes. I
+suppose that the intentions of this holy prelate were good; but he was
+lacking in experience. His representations also affected the governor
+Manuel de León and the auditors; for, although the royal Council of
+the Indias approved the caution with which they had acted in this
+so delicate matter, at Roma the result was very different. For his
+Holiness Clement X excommunicated them, and declared that they had
+incurred the censures of the bull In Cæna Domini, by a brief which,
+printed and authorized in Roma and Paris in the year 1675, was sent to
+Manila from China and Siam. [Here follows a sketch of Palu's further
+career, his death, and some matters relating to the Chinese missions.]
+
+This year the galleon "San Telmo," which was going to Nueva España,
+in command of General Antonio Nieto, was driven back to port, which
+caused great losses in the property of the citizens of Manila.
+
+Not less were the troubles which the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray
+Juan López, encountered from the time when he began to govern his
+church. He was a prelate of great virtue and learning, and of a pacific
+nature, disinclined to quarrels and discords; but as he was very firm
+in the defense of his jurisdiction and dignity, he greatly regretted
+that occasion should arise for disturbing the peace which he so
+loved. During his time, there were many occasions for recourse to the
+royal Audiencia, and controversies over jurisdiction; but that which
+most exercised the patience of this great prelate was the audacious
+conduct of Master Don Jerónimo de Herrera y Figueroa, who filled
+the post of chief chaplain of the royal chapel of the Incarnation;
+this was founded by Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera,
+for the cemetery of Manila, for the burial of his soldiers, as we
+stated in its place. The said chief chaplain attempted to arrogate
+to himself the privileges and exemptions which the army chaplains
+enjoy when they are actually in the field; and thus he sought to be
+exempted from obedience to the archbishop and from his jurisdiction,
+although he was only the chaplain of a chapel in a presidio. He had
+on his side the favor of the governor, Don Manuel de León--which in
+Filipinas is to have the lawsuit already gained and all one's efforts
+successful. Made confident and daring by this, he opposed his prelate,
+not only refusing to obey him, but even being so insolent as to post
+the archbishop as excommunicate, to the scandal of all the heathen
+peoples who resort to Manila; and these abominable disputes lasted a
+long time. A long manifesto was written and printed in favor of Don
+Jerónimo de Herrera by Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, an advocate
+in the royal Audiencia, proceeding on the false assumption of the
+privileges and exemptions of the chaplains who go with the armies
+in their campaigns; and reply to him was made, with very superior
+arguments, by the cura of the Spaniards in Manila, Bachelor Don José
+de Carrión. But, although the archbishop had justice on his side,
+the opposite side had a hold on the governor, and thus they did not
+care much for the lack of equity. This controversy was so bitter that
+the judges would not decide it, on account of the strained relations
+between them; and so it was necessary to refer the case to España,
+to the royal and supreme Council of Indias. They, as unprejudiced
+judges, rendered sentence in favor of the archbishop; but when this
+decision arrived he was already dead. Then the chaplains of the said
+royal chapel learned that they were not exempt from the jurisdiction
+of the ordinary, as the army chaplains are exempt for other and
+reasonable causes.
+
+These and other troubles, together with those of old age, hastened
+the death of the archbishop, Don Fray Juan López; this was as holy as
+his life, and occurred in April of the year 1674. He was buried in the
+convent of Santo Domingo, among his brethren. He was a native of Martín
+Muñoz de las Posadas, and came to this province of Santo Rosario in
+the year 1647. He taught theology in the convent of Santo Tomás in
+Manila, and went to España and Roma as procurator of the province,
+returning as consecrated bishop of Cebú in the year 1666. In 1672 he
+began to govern the archbishopric of Manila, with great reputation
+as a vigilant pastor, although that church enjoyed only two years
+of his prudent government. The regret for his loss was increased by
+the fact that a general vacancy in the office of consecrated bishop
+ensued in all the islands; this lasted until the year 1680, when
+the bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar arrived here--great
+affliction being caused in all that long period, by the lack of any
+one to confer holy orders on men who might assist the ministers who
+gave instruction. Many, both clerics and regulars, were obliged to
+journey to the kingdom of Siam, where they were ordained by Don Luis
+de Lanoy Faces, bishop of Metelopolis and vicar-apostolic of that
+kingdom; and others went to Nueva España to be ordained, for even the
+city of Macán was without a bishop. Don Fray Payo de Ribera, [55] the
+archbishop and viceroy of Mexico, was careful to send them the holy
+oils every year; he belonged to the order of our father St. Augustine,
+and was a prelate worthy of eternal remembrance on account of his great
+virtues--on which he placed the seal by renouncing the bishopric of
+Cuenca and retiring to the convent of our Lady of El Risco. He died
+there, with a great reputation for sanctity, being an example for
+prelates and for very austere religious.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+The triennial of our father Fray Jerónimo de León passed with some
+disturbances, which did not fail to cause considerable disquiet in
+the minds of the religious, and disturb the peace of the order. The
+reason was, that after the first year of his term, he began to doubt
+whether he was lawfully elected, as it seemed to him that the real
+provincial was father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; and indeed
+this was the case, as affirmed by our very reverend father general,
+Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna. Father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco had met a holy death in Zebú; and therefore our father Fray
+Dionisio Suárez, as provincial of the preceding chapter, began to
+govern [the province] as rector-provincial. Then Fray Jerónimo de
+León had recourse to the royal Audiencia [56] on a plea of fuerza,
+alleging this spoliation. And inasmuch as such proceeding acts as
+a stay, since it is a principle in law that Spoliatus debet ante
+omnia restitui, omni alio casu postposito, [57] they ordered that
+the government be restored to Fray Jerónimo, and that the question
+of title should be acted on later. But as judicial procedure is so
+slow, and of such bounds that they usually make a lawsuit eternal,
+our father Fray Dionisio Suárez was not inclined to secure his right
+at the cost of so much vexation; and therefore the triennial was
+completed in great peace; for father Fray Jerónimo de León was a
+religious very affable and worthy of being loved, and he deserved
+that his election should not be hampered by so notable a defect.
+
+The time arrived for holding the session of the provincial chapter--the
+time in which the troubles which so many difficulties had caused to
+this province were to cease, and when not only the former peace and
+concord were to return, but great gains were to be secured in religious
+observance; for from the time of this chapter-meeting this province
+began to grow more strict, and to grow in all that conduces to its
+greater splendor, every chapter-session increasing in strictness of
+observance, to the greater glory of our regular institute. Such are
+usually the benefits that arise from the judicious choice of a good
+superior, who undertakes to fulfil the obligations of his office. The
+chapter was convened in the convent of Manila on April 14, 1674; its
+president was the father definitor Fray Luis de Montuyar, on account
+of the deaths of the two senior definitors, Master Fray José de
+Mendoza and Fray Isidro Rodríguez. By general agreement the election
+for provincial fell on our father Fray José Duque, commissary of the
+Holy Office. He was a native of Oropesa, and was fifty-six years old;
+a son of the convent of San Felipe at Madrid, and a very near relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesús; and an able minister in the
+province of Pampanga, besides having much to do with its pacification
+in the disturbances in that province which we have already related. He
+came over to this province of Filipinas in the year 1645, and always
+had the reputation of being a religious of very strict observance,
+with great ability as a ruler; and this province found him to be
+such during an experience of many years in his four terms of office
+therein--three as provincial, and one as rector-provincial--being
+always reverenced as the father of it. As definitors were elected
+fathers Fray Enrique de Castro, Fray José Gutiérrez, Fray Bernardino
+Márquez, and Fray Bartolomé de la Torre; and as visitors fathers Fray
+Antonio de Villela and the reader Fray José Rubio. Ordinances and
+regulations very suitable for the good government of the province
+were enacted, not many in number but useful and judicious.
+
+At that period, this province was found very deficient in religious,
+on account of the many vacancies caused by death; on this account the
+ministries lacked the service which their extent and the arduous nature
+of some rendered necessary. Accordingly, as soon as the chapter-session
+adjourned the first care to which the new provincial devoted himself
+was to choose a well-qualified religious who might go as procurator
+to the two courts of Roma and Madrid, where the discords of the
+troubled chapter of the year 1671 had made a strong impression. For
+this purpose a private chapter-session was assembled, and therein
+a very judicious choice was made for this position, that of father
+Fray Juan García--a native of Las Encartaciones, and a minister in
+the province of Ilocos. The necessary despatches were given to him,
+and he embarked in the same year for Nueva España, in the galleon "San
+Telmo;" it was commanded by General Tomás de Endaya, a most successful
+man in these islands, where he died as his Majesty's master-of-camp
+for them, in the year 1745. This religious had a prosperous voyage,
+and arrived at Nueva España and Roma; he successfully fulfilled his
+commission in all respects, and afterward returned to this province
+with a mission of religious, in the year 1679, so long was he detained
+in the negotiations at Roma and Madrid.
+
+Through the peaceful rule of Don Manuel de León, in which term all
+was prosperous and fortunate, the Filipinas Islands began to take
+breath after the troubles of so many preceding years; and in a short
+time they were gathering new strength and vigor. Don Manuel de León
+was a man of very good intentions, and had the excellent virtue of
+being very disinterested--which is very important in these regions,
+where the vice opposite to that has temptations so ready to make one
+fall headlong into the abyss of greed, which causes so many wrecks,
+as the root of all evils. Trading vessels came frequently from
+China, of which country the Tartars had gained entire possession;
+the Chinese, therefore, having laid aside their defensive arms,
+strove to accommodate themselves to the times, being anxious to
+repair the losses caused by war with the gains from trading--which
+is more adapted to their disposition than is war, Mars giving place
+to Mercury. The Chinese trade is the mainstay of the maintenance
+of Filipinas, by means of the silver which comes from Nueva España,
+which is the blood that gives life to this land; for from China come
+the stuffs necessary for clothing, from the shirt in their delicate
+fabrics to the needle and thread. Thence comes the fine earthenware
+which is, with reason, so celebrated throughout the world as choice
+and inimitable, because the material and clay of which it is made are
+found in no other place. Thence come drugs, and very rich coloring
+stuffs--especially vermilion, which is the best in the world. Finally,
+one cannot imagine any exquisite article for the equipment of a house
+which does not come from China, both cheap and excellent--especially
+the wares that come from Japón, with which country the Chinese have
+free commerce, just as it is totally prohibited to us. In some of the
+years of that fortunate governor thirty champans would land at Manila,
+and many from the province of Cantón, where is the city of Macán,
+a Portuguese colony--which is so rich in silks that it has enough
+of that noble commodity to supply nearly all of the whole world;
+it is conveyed in ships belonging to the Dutch, English, French,
+and Portuguese, and that which is carried to Manila and thence to
+Nueva España is the smallest part of it. The great city of Cantón (or
+Kuang-tung, as they call it) is far greater than the great Cairo or
+Babilonia of Egypt, for those who are most moderate in estimating its
+population allow it four millions of inhabitants; but although it is
+so great it is not the largest city in the extensive empire of China,
+for that of Nanking has eight millions, according to Father Martino
+Martínez in his Chinese atlas. [58] It is very commonly said in Manila
+that the city of Cantón has sixty thousand silk-looms, on which are
+made various fabrics of cloth and damask; and thus in one month enough
+is woven to lade many ships. By this some idea can be formed of the
+other industries of that city--or rather, that little world.
+
+Commerce was also opened with the Portuguese of Macán, a trade which
+had been quite forgotten with the disturbances in China; and from
+that time it has continued, in varying degree, until this day. This
+trade, moreover, had been prohibited since the year 1640, on account
+of the wars with Portugal; but through the negotiations carried on
+at the court of Madrid by Don Fray Álvaro de Benavente, when he was
+procurator of this province--asserting that this was the best and
+safest means for the entrance into China for the missionaries who were
+going to Filipinas--the trade with Macán was opened and authorized,
+as was accordingly published in Manila by a royal decree; and it was
+made known to the Portuguese at Macán by another from their king,
+Don Pedro II. The pretext which was given for opening this commerce
+was the entrance of the missionaries into China, and its results have
+been various, according to what the Portuguese have found expedient
+for their own interests, on account of the pretensions which they
+make to the [ecclesiastical] patronage of China--in accordance with
+the line of demarcation [between the dominions] of the two crowns,
+by the celebrated bull of Alexander VI, a question which is not yet
+decided by a competent judge; and therefore our missionaries enter
+China when the Portuguese choose to let them do so. But the latter
+come every year to Manila with one or two shiploads of goods, which is
+the most profitable trade that they have, on account of its nearness
+and of their securing in barter the silver that is so esteemed by the
+Chinese. But as the Portuguese are so courtly and liberal a people,
+and inclined to boast of the obligations of nobility, some Portuguese
+gentlemen usually return quite destitute of funds--as occurred this
+year to Juan Tabora, a cavalier of the Order of Christ. He spent the
+wealth which he brought here, which was much, in elegant gallantries
+and in bull-fights; for he arrived here at a time when these and
+other sports were very frequent in Manila--not only on account of the
+prosperity and peace which were experienced during the entire term of
+office of Don Manuel de León, but through the jovial disposition of
+his favorite and secretary, Don José Castellar, who was a very witty
+and courtly man, and very fond of such pastimes. In these he spent
+whatever he was able to acquire, and when he came to die he was so
+poor that he was buried, through charity, in a chapel of St. Roque
+in the village of Mambong, belonging to the doctrina of Malolos in
+the province of Bulacán, which is in our charge.
+
+Not only was the commerce with China, Cantón, and Macán set free in
+the time of the fortunate governor Don Manuel de León, but another was
+begun--indeed, almost discovered--which was very large and profitable,
+which has greatly increased the wealth of the citizens of Manila. This
+is the trade and traffic of the coast of Coromandel or Malabar [59]
+in Eastern India. This is the coast which extends from the mouths of
+the river Ganges, at the beginning of the large kingdom of Bengal,
+as far as the cape of Comorin; it is inhabited by Malabars, a people
+very shrewd and intelligent, and fond of work, and so crafty that
+when it is worth their while they deceive [even] the Chinese, who
+excel in the ability to cheat. The Malabar and Bengal people are
+unsurpassed in the art of spinning and weaving cotton cloth; for they
+weave pieces more delicate than the finest cambrics and Dutch linens,
+and gauzes so fine that when they are spread upon a table, the thread
+can hardly be discerned, it is so thin and delicate. But that in which
+they most excel, and have been alone and inimitable, is in their very
+fine cotton cloth dyed exquisitely with the finest colors; and this
+has another quality most excellent and admirable, which is that the
+more it is washed, the finer and more lustrous the colors appear,
+and they never are washed out or become dull. Without doubt these so
+rare colors are those which Job mentions in the twenty-eighth chapter,
+when making comparisons with Wisdom, he says: Non conferetur tinctis
+Indiæ coloribus. [60] On this coast of Coromandel the English, Dutch,
+French, and Danes maintain their factories, and possess an extensive
+commerce in cotton cloth, which is consumed throughout Europa--and
+much more in the regions of the north, because cotton is so good
+for protecting them [from the cold]. But the largest settlement,
+and the one most frequented for commerce, is that which the English
+have, named Madrastapán, or Fort St. George; [61] it is peopled
+with innumerable dwellers of all nationalities, not only those of
+India but Europeans. This is greatly favored by the policy that is
+in use in this great town, very different from that which obtains in
+Inglaterra, which is to permit the exercise not only of the apostolic
+Roman Catholic faith, but of all the heathen doctrines and ceremonies;
+and thus the Catholics have their churches, and so do the schismatic
+Armenians, with schismatic Basilian monks. [62] The heretics have
+their meeting-houses, [63] according to their sects; the Moors [i.e.,
+Mahometans] their mosques, and the heathen their pagodas; nor even is
+their synagogue denied to the Jews; and all live peaceably, exercising
+the occupations of trade, as harmoniously as if they all had but one
+faith and religion. About two leguas distant is the city of Santo
+Tomé, a noted colony of the Portuguese, which in former times enjoyed
+[the distinction of] being the emporium of all Eastern India; and
+the cause of its destruction was its enormous wealth and the lack of
+harmony among the Portuguese, a people who are naturally inclined to
+disagree. On a lofty height near the city there is an ancient church,
+in which is venerated an image of Our Lady, which is said to have been
+painted by St. Luke and deposited in that place (called Meliapor) by
+the apostle St. Thomas, who preached to the Malabars our holy faith
+and suffered martyrdom in this place--where is guarded a stone cross
+near which he was put to death; and the lance with which they pierced
+him, stained with his holy blood, is displayed, with other memorials
+of this glorious apostle. [Diaz here mentions the great probability,
+fortified by citations from Juan de Barros, that the remains of the
+apostle repose there.] [64]
+
+This commerce with the coast of Coromandel had remained quite neglected
+by the Spaniards of Filipinas--who never had maintained any other trade
+and commerce than that with China, Japón, and Macán--until this year of
+1674. Then a citizen of Manila, a Catalan, named Juan Ventura Sarra,
+a courageous man, having first made with a fragata which he owned
+a voyage to the kingdom of Siam, from which he gained some wealth,
+extended his navigation to this coast of Malabar, where he left trade
+established; and in the following year Don Luis de Matienzo went
+thither, with much silver, and gained enough profit to persuade the
+citizens of Manila to engage in this traffic. The principal commodity
+which is brought from the Coromandel coast is certain webs of cotton,
+many of them forty varas long, which they call "elephants," which are
+highly valued in Nueva España; accordingly, it is this merchandise
+which is chiefly shipped to those regions.
+
+The governor placed on the stocks the frame of the galleon "Santa
+Rosa," the work of that accredited master of this important and
+useful art, Juan Bautista Nicolá; and it came from them one of
+the finest and largest galleons that had been built in the port of
+Cavite and made very successful voyages, sometimes being driven back
+to port. The governor commanded Juan Canosa Raguses, a very able
+builder of vessels with lateen sails, to build two galleys; these
+proved to be very suitable and swift, and rendered much service in
+driving away the Camucones, very crafty and troublesome pirates,
+who almost every year infest the Pintados Islands, plundering and
+taking captive. This is a barbarous people, cruel, and cowardly;
+indeed, they could not be the one without being also the other. They
+inhabit a chain of small islands, which extends from Paragua to
+Borney; some of them are Mahometans, and others heathen. But they
+[all] cause much damage to the Bisayan Islands, which they ravage
+without opposition--going so far as to carry away, in the year 1672,
+the alcalde-mayor Don José de San Miguel, as we have related in another
+place. They have a great advantage in the exceeding swiftness of their
+vessels, which enables them to find their defense in flight. Their
+confidence and boldness reached such a height that they even dared to
+infest the coasts of the island of Manila. The provincial of that time
+(of whom this chapter treats), Fray José Duque, while on his way to
+visit the islands of Pintados, came very near being made a captive,
+with his companion Fray Alvaro de Benavente; for they were attacked
+by a squadron of these pirates near the island of Marinduque, where
+they would have been a prey to their cruelty if they had not been
+protected by divine kindness, through the valor of Captain Francisco
+Ponce--a veteran soldier, who killed the captain and another of the
+pirates--and also the coming of a high wind, which gave wings to the
+champan to place itself in safety.
+
+At this time, in the year 1675, Governor Don Manuel de León was in
+great danger of dying, on account of having placed himself under
+medical treatment, without being actually sick, solely for the sake
+of improving his health--a proof that it might have cost him his
+life. Don Manuel was a corpulent man, and had grown so fleshy that he
+was almost unable to move about without aid, at which he grieved much
+because he could not attend to many functions which belonged to the
+obligations of his office. In view of this hindrance and his desires,
+Juan Ventura Sarra (whom I have already mentioned in the voyages to
+Siam and the coast of Coromandel) bound himself to cure Don Manuel and
+remove from him that great encumbrance [of flesh]--confident because he
+was a very expert surgeon, and the governor a man of great courage and
+reared in and accustomed to the perils of war. The governor accordingly
+accepted this treatment; and the skilful surgeon opened his abdomen
+in many places and removed from him many lumps of fat, and then sewed
+up and treated the wounds. In a few weeks the governor became well,
+and his flesh was much reduced, to the wonder of those who saw how the
+surgeon cut the flesh from his body, and the courage which the governor
+displayed--and what caused most dread [of the result] was his being an
+aged man, but little less than seventy years old. The king of León,
+Don Sancho I, was cured about the year 920 of a similar infirmity of
+excessive obesity, by the physicians of the Moorish king of Córdoba,
+Abderramen; but their treatment was not so harsh and sanguinary. It
+is certain that Juan Ventura Sarra was a great surgeon, and showed
+that he was such not only with this governor, but also in the year
+1682 with his successor, Master-of-camp Don Juan Vargas Hurtado. There
+was no hope for Don Juan's life, on account of a large abscess in the
+hip, which was not understood to be such by the physicians; but Juan
+Ventura knew what it was, and opened the abscess with a large lancet
+which he made from a dagger, more than a tercia [65] long, since the
+cavity was very deep. In this operation he showed his skill as much
+as Don Juan de Vargas displayed his great bravery and endurance,
+which aroused admiration.
+
+Although the cure of Don Manuel de León was so marvelous, he did not,
+since that inordinate obesity was now a disease and a corruption of
+nature, long enjoy the agility and lightness of body that the medical
+treatment had obtained for him; and so he gradually fell back into that
+unusual infirmity, and again found himself, as before, without the use
+of his limbs. He had many wounds in his body, which he had received
+in more than fifty years of military life in Flandes, Alemania, and
+Galicia, where he had taken part in battles more celebrated than were
+known in those times [i.e., of which Diaz was writing]. He had been so
+courageous in not fearing dangers that they called Don Manuel de León
+"Ironhead." Among these he had one deep wound, which must have been
+imperfectly or only apparently healed; and this in course of time,
+and with the pressure on it that would be caused by the increase of
+flesh, opened, a great flow of blood issuing from it. This occurred
+so inopportunely that he was present in the church of Santo Domingo,
+clothed in mourning garb, assisting in the funeral rites for Doña María
+Cuéllar, wife of Auditor Don Francisco de Coloma. [66] His blood flowed
+very copiously, but those near him could not see it on account of the
+mourning garments, and because the chair and cushion were of black,
+until he began to swoon, and sank into the chair. They carried him in
+their arms to his coach, and thence he was conveyed to his palace,
+where all the care due to the cure of such a personage as he was
+furnished. The above-mentioned Juan Ventura Sarra treated him, applying
+all means which the art of surgery imparts to those who are so
+skilful as was Juan Ventura, who within four months brought him to
+what seemed a state of convalescence. But as his age was so great, and
+could not give much aid to the medicine (which only assists nature),
+Don Manuel could never regain sound health. The physicians ordered him
+to go to one of the houses that stand by the river opposite Manila,
+where he spent a long time--until, on the night of April 8, 1676,
+they found him dead in his bed, although he had retired without any
+indications of such danger. They found a power of attorney authorizing
+the father provincial of St. Dominic, Master Fray Diego de San Román,
+to make a will in his name, and directions that he be interred in the
+royal chapel of the Incarnation belonging to the soldiers of Manila,
+where he lies in a little chapel which stands on the gospel side. He
+was one of the best governors who has ruled these Filipinas Islands,
+very disinterested, pious, affable, and clement; and his death was
+therefore regretted by all classes. The estate that he left was
+the only property belonging to a governor that was put to good use,
+[67] the religious who acted as administrator applying it to pious
+works which the governor had named to him--such as the holy Bureau
+of La Misericordia, so that for years many orphan girls were given
+in marriage by means of that part [of the governor's donation] which
+belonged to their dowries, until, with the successive wrecks of the
+two galleons "Santo Cristo de Burgos" and "San José," in the years
+1693 and 1695, the principal of that great endowment was entirely
+consumed. He also left directions to found a well-endowed chaplaincy
+in his native place--Paredes de Nava, in the district of Campos--and
+many other good works, worthy of his piety.
+
+On account of his death the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+took charge of the government, in company with auditors Don Francisco
+de Mansilla and Don Diego Calderón y Serrano for civil affairs--for
+already had come the decision, in the controversy between the two
+auditors, by the royal and supreme Council of the Indias in favor of
+Don Francisco de Coloma, although his government lasted but a short
+time, on account of his death. During the time while they governed,
+however, they were very well agreed. The new governor despatched the
+ship "Santa Rosa" (which had just been completed) for Nueva España,
+in charge of General Don Francisco de Teja, a Navarrese gentleman;
+and it had a very prosperous voyage, as we shall see in due time.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+All the triennial during which our father Fray José Duque ruled was
+a very prosperous time for this province, on account of the great
+improvement which was accomplished by his assiduity in reforming it,
+with both zeal and discretion; for he was as respected as beloved
+by all. The religious greatly regretted that the end of his term of
+office was approaching, and to see themselves deprived of so excellent
+a prelate, who had so built up the edifice of strict observance of our
+rules, and had much better regulated the administration of the mission
+villages and ministries in our charge--his excellent management making
+up for the great deficiency of laborers which existed, which made it
+necessary, in many respects, to burden each minister with the work of
+two. Not his least care was that he had found the common property of
+not only the province but the convent of Manila greatly diminished,
+and everything reduced to the utmost necessity of restoration; for
+this is usually the greatest hindrance and impediment to the superiors
+in promoting with energy the regular observance, which requires many
+means for its preservation. But all was supplied by the diligence of
+that discreet prelate, making easier the removal of the most serious
+hindrances.
+
+The time came for holding the provincial chapter, which assembled
+on May 8 in the year 1677, and, according to custom, in the convent
+of Manila. It was presided over--by commission of our very reverend
+father general, Master Fray Nicolás de Oliva, of Sienna--by the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio; and the election for provincial fell, by the
+general consent of all the voting fathers, and with the approval of
+all who were outside of the order, on our father Fray Juan de Jeréz, a
+religious excelling in virtue. He was a native of Baños in Extremadura,
+bishopric of Plasencia--a place belonging to the Duke de Béjar and the
+Marqués de Montemayor--and was a son of the convent of Valladolid and
+fifty years of age. He had been for many years master of novices in
+the convents of Salamanca and Burgos, which is a sufficient proof of
+his religious devotion and virtue. He left España for these islands
+in the year 1669, and had been a minister in Pampanga; and in this
+chapter he cast his first vote as visitor of the province. [68]
+As definitors were elected the fathers Fray Pedro de Mesa, Fray
+Juan Labao, Fray Francisco de Albear, and Fray Pedro Canales; and
+as visitors the fathers Fray Domingo de San Miguel and Fray Juan
+Guedeja. They enacted statutes very useful for the government of the
+province, and for the stricter observance of our religious estate,
+many of which were reproduced in various following chapters, having
+been found by experience to be well-chosen and advantageous.
+
+The acting governor despatched the galleon "San Telmo" for Nueva
+España, in charge of General Don Tomás de Endaya, a regidor of the
+city of Manila; and it encountered so many storms before doubling
+the point of Santiago that fears were entertained that it would not
+have time to make the voyage before the vendavals. But the bravery
+of the commander and of his pilot, Leandro Cuello, over-came great
+difficulties, and they succeeded in reaching their destination.
+
+The galleon "Santa Rosa," which had sailed for Nueva España the year
+before, had also experienced storms, from the time when it reached the
+Embocadero of San Bernardino. For this reason Sargento-mayor Alfonso
+Fernández Pacheco came to Manila, bringing the despatches from his
+Majesty and information of the ship's arrival on the thirtieth of
+August. This galleon brought the news that Don Carlos II had begun,
+at the age of fifteen years, to rule the monarchy of España in person,
+freed from the guardianship of the queen-mother, Doña Mariana of
+Austria; and commands were issued that his royal name and seal be
+used in the despatches, and that royal fiestas proper to so important
+an event be celebrated--which took place afterward, in the month of
+December, as we shall soon relate.
+
+[At this time] came the despatches for the presentation made by
+his Majesty for the archbishopric of Manila, of the person of
+the very reverend father master Fray Felipe Pardo, of the Order of
+Preachers; he accepted this dignity, and began to govern his church,
+the ecclesiastical cabildo yielding up the government to him. This
+appointment found him at the time engaged in the duties of commissary
+of the Holy Office of the Inquisition; his place therein was taken by
+father Fray Juan de los Angeles, a man who was worthy of such a name on
+account of his virtue and mild disposition. Also came the presentation
+of the reverend father Fray Andrés González for bishop of Nueva Cáceres
+or Camarines; he also accepted, and was consecrated, and ruled that
+church creditably, as he was a devoted religious, and very charitable;
+and he left behind him, when he died, a great reputation for sanctity.
+
+On September 27, the acting governor, Auditor Don Francisco Coloma y
+Maceda, died at the age of sixty years, from an intestinal hemorrhage;
+he was an official of much integrity and uprightness, and was
+buried in the convent of Santo Domingo with his wife, Doña María
+de Cuellar. The government was assumed by Auditor Don Francisco de
+Mansilla, a native of Ceniceros in Rioja, who was no less upright than
+his predecessor. His term of office was short, because a proprietary
+governor came in the following year; but even in the short time while
+his rule lasted he showed that he deserved that it should continue
+during his life, on account of the very peaceable and equitable manner
+in which he exercised his office. The first thing which he did was
+to look for all those who had been opposed to him in the year 1668,
+when he was exiled to Iloylo by Don Juan Manuel Bonifaz; and he
+honored all of them, more than some deserved, displaying a generous
+spirit, and that of a Christian ruler, which aroused the admiration
+of those who saw his prudence and moderation. These islands were much
+grieved that he must so soon have a successor, for the people loved
+and reverenced him. He was of corpulent figure and venerable aspect;
+and his hair (which was scanty) and his mustache (which was large)
+were white as snow--all which conciliated respect. Two years afterward,
+promotion came to him, the post of alcalde for criminal cases in [the
+Audiencia of] Méjico; but he died at the height of the voyage. [69] He
+had two sons: Don Felipe Mansilla, a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+who lives in Méjico; and Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of
+Jesus, in these islands.
+
+The city and municipality of Manila having determined to celebrate
+the festivities due to the great rejoicing which was caused in the
+Spanish domains by the assumption of sovereignty over them by their
+king Don Carlos II, decided that these should be actually held in
+December, from the fourth to the seventh day of that month. This was
+done with great pomp and brilliancy. In the morning three sermons
+were preached: one by the dean of the cathedral, Master Don Miguel
+Ortíz de Covarrubias; another by father Fray Álvaro de Benavente of
+the order of our father St. Augustine (the secretary of our province,
+and often named in this history; he died in China, as bishop of Ascalon
+and vicar apostolic of Kiengsi); and the third by the reverend Father
+Jerónimo de Ortega, of the Society of Jesus. For the afternoons there
+were various bull-fights and comedies. On the last day, December 7,
+after the bull-fights and comedies, there were demonstrations of
+rejoicing; and for a climax to the festivities there was, at six
+o'clock in the afternoon, a beautiful and splendid masquerade, with
+magnificent costumes, and parades of servants in costly liveries. The
+most distinguished citizens of Manila went therein, two by two,
+representing the realms of the monarchy of España, with shields and
+mottoes proper for each kingdom; those who came last were the two
+alcaldes-in-ordinary of Manila, General Francisco Rayo Doria and
+Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya, representing the kingdoms of
+Castilla and León. They rode in pairs on handsomely-caparisoned horses,
+to the destination which was prepared for this purpose with palisades,
+and with so much splendor from wax tapers that the night had no cause
+to envy the brighter day. With this brilliant and elegant masquerade
+these royal festivities came to an end, the city remaining in the
+quiet and silence proper to that hour, which was about seven at night.
+
+Quite ignorant were all those who had celebrated and enjoyed this gay
+festival of the sad and melancholy catastrophe which was to follow
+on this so joyous scene; all were forgetful of the uncertainty of the
+pleasures of this world, which suddenly shifts its scenes, passing from
+gayety to mourning. Hardly had the people time to shelter themselves
+in their houses--some fatigued with the exercises of the masquerade,
+and others sad that the royal festivities had come to an end--when
+at half-past seven in the evening the earth began to tremble with
+horrible vibrations, changing their recent gayety into fear, horror,
+and lamentable perplexity. This first earthquake lasted a long time,
+so that it was feared that the last and fatal day for the sad city
+of Manila had arrived. The continuous and unequal vibrations of the
+ground; the frightful cracking of timbers; the [falling of] tiles
+from the roofs, and of stones which, loosened from the walls, came
+to the ground, raising great clouds of dust: all these made a most
+gloomy night, the image of death. Some hastened to seek confessors,
+and not finding them soon, published aloud their own sins. This first
+motion of the earth ceased, which people affirm to have been more
+violent than that of August 20, 1658, but it did not last so long;
+if it had been equal in duration to that one, it would have caused
+a large amount of havoc in the city of Manila.
+
+It was worth much to the city that the earthquake found it greatly
+improved over former times in regard to the height of its buildings;
+for now they were reduced to more humble stature, and without the
+projections which would cause its greatest destruction, as has been
+experienced in previous earthquakes. The use of the harigues or wooden
+pillars on which the heavy timber-work of the roofs leans and rests was
+recognized to be a sure protection and defense from such disasters;
+and therefore, although the earthquake demolished many buildings,
+breaking open the solid mass of masonry, they did not suffer entire
+ruin by being thrown down to the ground. Some few were destroyed
+through being old and in bad condition; but only one or two persons
+perished, and they of little account in the world. The kind-hearted
+governor went out with many followers to visit the [military] posts of
+the city, and aid, if he could, those who were in need; and the same
+was done by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and the regidors, accompanied
+by many citizens. The religious orders were well occupied in the
+ministries of their profession--some preaching from tables placed
+in the streets, others hastening to hear the confessions of those
+who asked for this sacrament, that is, of all. While all these were
+occupied in exercises so holy and pious, the trembling of the earth
+was again repeated many times; but, through the divine kindness,
+these vibrations were much slighter, continually diminishing--so
+that it seemed as if the divine anger were gradually being appeased,
+just as men were continually showing themselves more penitent. All
+that night until daybreak the earthquake shocks continued; for there
+were so many of them that one man counted forty, although to me it
+seemed as if there were many more. Many came out [from this calamity]
+crippled and lame; but all recognized that it was a miracle that the
+city had not been utterly destroyed with so repeated shocks. Later,
+it was ascertained that some chasms and air-vents in the earth had
+opened, and which is surely the cause of these disturbances. One
+chasm opened in the bounds of the village of Bauang, in the province
+of Balayán; and another in the mountains of Gapang, in Pampanga. Those
+who arrived here after navigating the seas of these islands recounted
+the horrible perils in which they had found themselves, tossed by
+great billows and almost submerged in the swell which was caused in
+the sea by the earthquake; the sea even rose until, in many places,
+it swept over the land, occasioning great damage. With this slight
+mention I will close the sad account of the melancholy termination
+of these royal festivities.
+
+The master-of-camp of these islands died, Don Agustín de Cepeda
+y Carracedo; he was a native of Talavera de la Reina, a relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesús, and more than eighty years
+of age. He was one of the most valiant soldiers who has belonged to
+these regions, and with that reputation he has been mentioned in this
+history in the greatest military exploits of his time, and in the
+government of Zamboanga and Ternate; and, what is his greatest glory,
+he was an excellent Christian, devout and charitable, and died with
+strong indications that he had been very earnestly such. For acting
+master-of-camp the governor appointed General Alonso López, a soldier
+of long standing, and also very aged; and therefore he did not long
+serve in that office.
+
+Governor Don Francisco de Mansilla despatched the galleon for Nueva
+España, appointing as its commander his son, Don Felipe de Mansilla
+y Prado, a young man of much courage and ability, who at the time was
+serving in the post of sargento-mayor of the Manila army, which is the
+second, in the esteem of military men, after that of master-of-camp. As
+sargento-mayor of the galleon he appointed Juan Ventura Sarra (the
+Catalan so famous for his successful surgical operations), on account
+of his being a man of much valor, and experienced in military service
+in Flandes and Cataluña. This galleon made a very prosperous voyage,
+both going and returning, as we shall see in the following chapter.
+
+About the end of July in this year of 1678 came news that the galleon
+"San Telmo" had sighted these islands; it was under the command
+of General Don Tomás de Endaya, and had sailed for the port of
+Acapulco in the preceding year. It brought the proprietary governor,
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado, a knight of the Order of
+Santiago; he was a native of Toledo, and nephew of the venerable mother
+Jerónima de la Asunción, foundress of the convent of Santa Clara in
+Manila--whose admirable life has been written by the father reader Fray
+Antonio de Leytona, [70] of the Observantine Order of St. Francis;
+and the investigations preliminary to her beatification have been
+begun. This knight had served many years in Flandes, Cataluña, and
+Extremadura, always with great commendation for his valor, which
+was as great as his nobility. He came with his wife, Doña Isabel de
+Ardila, a native of Badajoz; and brought in his company her uncle,
+a captain of cuirassiers, Don Francisco Guerrero y Ardila--a man
+of lofty stature, who, like another Saul, surpassed by the head and
+shoulders the tallest man in the Manila garrison--who showed that he
+possessed great valor. The new governor brought with him a numerous and
+brilliant retinue, and those who afterward attained most note were:
+his secretary, Miguel Sánchez Villanueva y Tejada, a man of great
+virtue, who came with his wife and three children, and afterward,
+having lost his wife, was ordained as a priest, and lived a long time
+an example for ecclesiastics, as before he had been one for laymen;
+Captains Don Juan Gallardo, Don Pedro Oriosolo, Don Jacinto Lobán,
+Don Tomás Martínez de Trillanes, Don Diego Vivien, Don Felipe Ceballos,
+Don José Armijo, Don Francisco Fabra, Don Antonio de Tabora, Don Juan
+Castel, Don Juan de Tricaldir, Don Manuel Alvarado; and others, all
+of whom served long in these islands. As fiscal for his Majesty came
+Licentiate Don Diego de Viga, a native of Bejar; he was afterward
+an auditor for many years, and was a very upright and disinterested
+official. The governor also brought some reenforcements of troops. The
+appointment of commandant of the castle of Santiago came to General
+Fernando de Bobadilla, who afterward was master-of-camp.
+
+On the day of our Lady's nativity Don Juan de Vargas entered Manila,
+being received with great festivities; there were two ingenious
+triumphal arches, which were erected by the religious orders of our
+father St. Augustine and the Society, because both had their houses
+on the principal street through which the procession would pass. Don
+Juan began to govern with much prudence and desire to do well;
+he was very punctual in fulfilling his duties, and never failed in
+his daily attendance on the sessions of the Audiencia (in which some
+governors had displayed much negligence); and therefore in his time the
+court business was despatched more promptly, for he found many suits
+unsettled and delayed. This is an insuperable difficulty in these
+islands, where the lawsuits are eternal and constitute a perpetual
+source of income for court reporters, secretaries, and commissioners
+[71]--who, with the slow steps of judicial procedure, are continually
+plundering the litigants, until, impoverished or exhausted, they give
+up the suit, which is incorporated into a great mass of documents,
+which they call "Proceedings in lawsuits" [autos] in the archives of
+the court. Don Juan de Vargas was more fit for a soldier than for a
+governor; and gradually he looked with distaste on the duties of so
+arduous a post, and turned his attention to the means for securing his
+own advantage. The uncle of his wife, Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila,
+became so much the master of Don Juan that, by his craftiness and great
+ability, he came to be the arbiter of the government. Accordingly, it
+was he who was governor, and he was the drayman who guided Don Juan
+de Vargas, while the latter, like a wagon, was carrying the weight
+of the government. Yet later Don Francisco Guerrero left him alone,
+and went to Nueva España, at so important a juncture that he met in
+the Embocadero the succeeding governor, Don Gabriel Crucelaegui,
+and Don Juan de Vargas in the residencia was laden with his own
+transgressions and those of others, as we shall see in due time. He
+had a great advantage for thus making himself arbiter of everything,
+in having more affability and more shrewdness than the governor, who
+was naturally harsh and unamiable and easily fretted. Accordingly,
+every one set on foot his claims with more confidence by the hand
+of the uncle, who, as all knew, was the fly-wheel for the movements
+of the government; and thus in a short time he secured following
+and applause, [although] without the formal marks of respect which
+belong to the dignity of a ruler; and he came to direct the entire
+government, with authority and without opposition. The authority of
+Don Francisco Guerrero was greatly increased because the governor
+had made him master-of-camp, because of the death of Alonso López,
+who died within a short time [after his appointment], at an advanced
+age; this increased Don Francisco's authority, and strengthened his
+influence over the governor. The servants [of the governor] made more
+effort to secure their own advantage than that of their master, and
+therefore Don Juan de Vargas found himself alone in everything that
+was not to the profit of the uncle and his familiars. He appointed as
+castellan and governor of Cavite Don Juan Gallardo; this is the most
+influential and profitable position that the governors of Filipinas
+have at their disposal--although at the present time his Majesty
+fills this office from Madrid; and in this way it was held more
+than twenty-eight years by Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Atienza y
+Bañes, who died while holding the post of master-of-camp, in the year
+1718. Another servant, Don Francisco Fabra, he appointed chief guard of
+the Parián, an office which affords great opportunities and facilities
+for securing the best goods; and thus in this occupation he was, so
+to speak, the governor's agent, for which employ he had much ability.
+
+Don Juan de Vargas, during his entire term of office, maintained
+trade and commerce with foreign nations, as those of the Coromandel
+coast, Bengal, and Surrate--which is the greatest emporium of Eastern
+India and of all the kingdoms subject to the emperor the Great Mogor
+[i.e., Mogul], a monarch more powerful than the Great Turk, and
+without doubt more wealthy. From this emporium of Surrate almost
+every year come one or two ships of great burden, like those that
+are called "ships of the line," laden with many and varied wares of
+Eastern India. Within the last few years these traders are Mahometans,
+although before they were heathens; this is because they were obliged
+to accept the cursed doctrine of Mahoma by the former Great Mogor,
+Payxa Ali Ramasticán--who, trained up in his early years (when he
+was a fugitive from his family) by the house of Meca, was the cause
+of the total perdition of so many souls; for it is easier to convert
+to our holy faith a thousand heathens than one Mahometan. Trade and
+commerce were also very freely carried on with the Portuguese of
+Macán, and through their agency in Nueva Batavia in the island of
+Jacatra, the capital of the rich factories which the Dutch possess
+throughout India--where of the former Portuguese dominion only
+their language is left, since with that they trade and traffic; for
+they have been deprived of the fortified posts, which promised some
+advantage and profit, leaving to them only Goa (for the interment of
+Portuguese), and some posts to the north, such as Chaud, Dama, Diu,
+and Bassain. Only one who has seen it, as I have, can describe the
+great extent of every kind of trade which Manila enjoyed in the time
+of Don Juan de Vargas de Hurtado; and in that time, therefore, great
+fortunes were accumulated, and the city was adorned with magnificent
+edifices--the old ones being rebuilt, and new ones being erected,
+thus repairing the late havoc and destruction.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+[This is occupied with an account of the attempt made by the
+Augustinian Fray Juan de Rivera to go to the forbidden mission-field of
+Japan; it proved unsuccessful, and he was obliged to return to Manila.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+On the day of the apostle James news came to Manila [in 1679]
+of the safe arrival of the galleon "San Telmo" at these islands,
+and of its being outside of the Embocadero; this news was brought,
+with the royal mails, by Sargento-mayor Juan Ventura Sarra. In this
+galleon came two large and well-selected mission bands of religious;
+one was composed of thirty-one from our order, conducted by father
+Fray Juan de García, who had been sent for this purpose in the year
+1674. The other mission was composed of religious belonging to the
+Society of Jesus, who were brought by Father Francisco Salgado,
+[72] a religious of great learning and virtue. This mission [of
+ours] arrived at the most opportune time that could be imagined,
+for our province found itself in extreme necessity, on account of the
+scarcity of religious; for in ten years it had not received even the
+smallest reenforcement with which to replace them in the extensive
+and numerous ministries in its charge. So great was this lack that
+our province was already taking measures to give up some of those
+ministries; but all the religious orders and the secular clergy were
+suffering from the same need as was our province, on account of not
+having a consecrated bishop who might confer the holy orders. The
+ship "San Telmo" could not enter the Embocadero of San Bernardino,
+for it was hindered by the vendavals; and therefore it made port,
+after many hardships, in Palapag, in the province of Leyte--a very
+safe harbor, but outside of the Embocadero, and more than a hundred
+and twenty leguas distant from Manila. The religious of the mission
+came hither through the provinces of Camarines and Laguna de Bay;
+the roads were bad, for it was the rainy season, but the hardships
+of their journey were alleviated by the charitable hospitality which
+was given to them by the religious of St. Francis--who, heirs of
+that saint's seraphic love, vied with each other, on such occasions,
+in showing themselves true sons of so holy a father.
+
+They arrived at Manila, where they were received by the community
+as sons beloved by their affectionate mother, who was so eagerly
+expecting them; and on September 18--the day of the father of the poor,
+St. Thomas of Villanova--a private meeting of the definitors was held,
+and they were received by this province as her sons.
+
+In this private session father Fray Juan García declared under oath,
+in verbo sacerdotis, that, having kissed the feet of our most holy
+father Innocent XI on September 20, 1677, among other favors which his
+Holiness had granted him the latter had told him that by his apostolic
+authority he made good all the defects which might have occurred in
+the elections of this province, from its foundation until the said
+day. His Holiness granted him several jubilees for certain convents,
+and eleven thousand ordinary indulgences, in the new form which his
+Holiness has promulgated; and gave him two notable relics, a bone of
+St. Venturino the Martyr [73]--the first for the hospice at Méjico,
+and the other for the convent of San Pablo at Manila. Father Fray
+Juan García also obtained from his Holiness, on petition by this
+province, a bull in which he granted that all the procurators who
+may go to Rome and bring hither missions of religious shall enjoy
+the same exemptions which those possess who have been provincials
+(who are called absolutos); this was accepted [by the Council of
+Indias], and father Fray Juan García was the first who enjoyed this
+privilege, all his life. But he, as the devout religious that he
+was, would not allow the religious to address him as "Our Father,"
+as is the custom with the provincials, both active and retired;
+and, retiring to the province of Ilocos, where he was minister,
+he devoted himself to leading an exemplary life, abandoning himself
+entirely to meditation, mortification, and prayer until his death,
+and leaving behind a noble example as a sincere religious.
+
+[The rest of this chapter is occupied with the coming (in the "San
+Telmo") to Manila of Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite
+of the queen-mother, and a sketch of his career in Spain. The last
+paragraph reads thus:] Don Juan de Vargas, learning of his arrival,
+and that he was already coming by land through the province of
+Camarines, sent to escort him General Don Francisco Enriquez
+de Losada and Captain Alfonso de Castillo; they conveyed him to
+the port of Cavite and the fortress of San Felipe. In that place a
+house was built for him, of timber, according to his taste and plan,
+with all possible conveniences; and there he lived--at the beginning,
+with much strictness, watched by sentinels, and receiving few visits;
+but afterward with more freedom, and visited by everyone, but always
+in the presence of Captain Juan de Herrera, the warden's deputy. In
+this seclusion Don Fernando made use of his great mental ability,
+employing for his recreation the many talents which he possessed,
+especially in music and poetry; for in both these arts he had no
+equal in España. With the news which came by way of the coast of
+the death of Don Juan of Austria, the severities which, while he
+lived, had been employed toward Don Ferdinand were mitigated; and
+the prisoner enjoyed so much diversion and company that in these
+regions he could not have had more. Every month he was allowed a
+thousand pesos from the royal treasury, which was sufficient for his
+support and comforts, and for the expenses of the amusements which
+his cleverness and ingenuity devised for his recreation. I have taken
+more time than I should in this narration (which might pass for a mere
+ornament of my proper task), because this gentleman was much devoted
+to us--although he had received from us and from the Society of Jesus
+(to whom he acknowledged his obligations) much assistance in his
+seclusion and in certain difficulties which he had experienced. The
+rest of his fortunes I will relate in the proper place, when we
+reach the termination of the ten years of his retirement, his return
+to Nueva España, and finally his death. The author of the additions
+to Father Juan de Mariana's Historie general de España, [74] at the
+end of the second volume, speaks very sharply and indignantly of this
+gentleman, and as he might speak of a wicked highwayman or of a cruel
+Nero. He certainly was wrong, for Don Fernando de Valenzuela was very
+zealous in the service of his king, and his power and influence in the
+government were very beneficial to the monarchy, as after his fall
+was recognized by all, even his greatest enemies. But flattery [75]
+must have mended the pen for him, so that in this matter he might show
+himself very prejudiced. Let the name of that writer be his apology,
+for it was Don So-and-so. [Fulano] Malo. The posthumous fame of Don
+Fernando de Valenzuela, however, will not be obscured by his errors.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+The government of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado proceeded with prosperous
+results, on account of the favorable seasons and the great abundance
+of the crops which were experienced in the years 1679 and 1680; and
+through the success and extent of the commerce which was maintained
+with China and the Coromandel coast, Surrate, and other ports of
+Oriental India and the kingdoms of the Great Mogor--which formerly
+were more than fifteen in number, and furnished much income to the
+royal treasury with the customs duties [derecho de a nojarifazgo]. Not
+only from the Coromandel coast--on which the Manila trade had founded
+populous settlements, as Portonovo and Cololu--but from the city of
+Goa came ships almost every year, commerce little known [to Manila]
+before, and very remote. The governor devoted much attention to the
+sessions of the Audiencia and the obligations of his office, and
+thus the legal business which devolved upon that court was expedited,
+through the uprightness and integrity of the auditors, Don Francisco
+Mansilla, Don Diego Calderón, and Don Diego de Viga; the last named
+filled the office of fiscal acceptably to all.
+
+About this time there came to the general a solemn embassy from the
+principal ruler of Borney, whom those people revere as an emperor. This
+is the largest island of all Asia, and, according to the best
+cosmographers, has as great an area as all España and the kingdom of
+Portugal. It is thinly populated, as its surface is very mountainous;
+and therefore it is only on the shores of the sea and a few leguas
+inland that there are settlements of civilized people, if that name
+can be given to those barbarous nations. Borney has much wax, and in
+its seas are pearl-fisheries; it abounds in amber, camphor, and gold;
+and in its mountains are found large elephants, although smaller than
+those of Siám. Its inhabitants are partly Mahometans, partly heathens;
+but in color and disposition they resemble the natives of Filipinas,
+who say that they had their origin in these islands of Borney [and]
+the coast of Malayo. The ambassador was received with more ostentation
+than his person seemed to merit. Although he was corpulent and robust,
+he and all his retinue (which was not a small one) came barefooted
+and half-naked; he wore a broad bahaque, which tired him more than it
+covered him, and some wore a loose jacket, short and without a shirt
+(which is not known among these peoples); but all were well armed with
+lances and crises--which are swords as short as daggers, with which
+they are well able to defend themselves or attack, for usually they
+have these weapons dipped in poison. He made his entry [into the city]
+with great pomp, in the coach and with the halberdiers of the governor,
+and accompanied by the sargento-mayor of the garrison, Don José de
+Robles; and the governor received him under a canopy, as being he who
+represented the royal person. The ambassador's credentials came in the
+Malayan language, written in Arabic characters; these were interpreted
+by the Borneans themselves, and by a Ternatan named Pedro Machado. The
+object of the embassy, they said, was to establish trade and commerce
+on both sides, and to adjust some disputes over the limits of the
+island of Paragua and in regard to some hostile acts which had been
+committed in the lands of Borney by Alcalde-mayor Don José de Somonte,
+in vengeance for the injuries which the Camucones had inflicted in our
+islands. Everything was settled to the satisfaction of both parties,
+and the ambassador returned well content and handsomely entertained,
+with a valuable present for his king in return for another (and very
+ordinary) one which he had brought. In the following year, the governor
+sent in turn an ambassador, General Don Juan de Morales Valenzuela,
+a man of gallant nature and tall stature, with a very goodly escort of
+Spaniards. He was very hospitably received by the king of Borney, in
+a large pavilion of bamboo and nipa, which was erected for this solemn
+function; and the king allowed himself to be seen by all his vassals,
+a favor which, they say, is very rare in that royalty. Don Juan de
+Morales returned very successful, the king ceding to the Spaniards
+dominion over all the island of Paragua, and making satisfaction for
+the ravages by the Camucones; and since then we have remained very
+good friends [with the Borneans].
+
+All the three years' term of our father provincial Fray Juan de
+Jeréz was very peaceable, our order and the observance of our rules
+nourishing in this province, which continually increased in prosperity
+through the opportune measures which this judicious and devout prelate
+employed; for certainly he was one of the most observant superiors
+it had had, and it made great advancement in every way during the
+time of his government.
+
+At last the time for the chapter-session arrived, and when the voting
+fathers from the four provinces were assembling, with great peace
+and harmony, suddenly a storm arose, which they feared would occasion
+the destruction of peace within the order, and produce divisions and
+contentions very difficult to adjust; and from which might originate
+great losses to the religious and their ministries. The trouble was
+this: some of the religious who were born in Nueva España, and others
+born in these islands, where they had assumed the habit of our order,
+attempted to renew the old controversy over the alternate elections
+[76]--which arose in the year 1637, as we have related in book ii,
+chapter 26--incited to this by having found a copy of the first
+bull of Gregory XV, and the royal decree for its passage by the
+supreme Council of the Indias, attested by Don Diego Núñez Crespo,
+at that time court secretary of the royal Audiencia. With this slight
+foundation, without heeding that the matter had already been decided
+by apostolic authority--by the legate of his Holiness, that is, the
+archbishop of Manila who was then in office--according to the bull
+of his Holiness Urban VIII, issued "at Castel Gandolfo, diocese of
+Albano, May 18, 1634" (of which they probably were not aware), [they
+made this claim]. They had on their side many citizens of Manila,
+and employed as their leader Doctor Don José Cervantes Altamirano,
+a cleric in minor orders--who afterward was married, and at his death
+was alcalde-mayor of the Parián of the Sangleys, and chief clerk of
+the cabildo and municipality of Manila; he had a very keen mind, and
+with that he would, if he had been master and disciple of himself,
+have made a great jurisconsult.
+
+They appointed as judge-executor Master Jerónimo Fernández Caravallo,
+cura of the village of Quiapo, a priest of little ability and easily
+influenced. This man accepted the commission with much pleasure,
+believing that it would bring him honor and profit; and he therefore
+set up his tribunal, and appointed as his secretary Bachelor Martín
+Díaz, cura of the natives and Morenos in Manila. At once he sent this
+man to notify the provincial, Fray Juan de Jeréz, of the said bull of
+Gregory XV; but the provincial would not accept the notification, not
+recognizing Master Caravallo as a judge until he should establish his
+right as such before a competent tribunal, and because this proceeding
+found him unprepared, and with little knowledge of this controversy,
+because neither official documents nor information about it were
+found in the archives of the province. Investigations were made, and
+the original documents were found in the archiepiscopal tribunal;
+and an authentic transcript of these was found in a writing-desk
+which stood in the cell of the provincials, of which the key could
+not be found, and it served only as an ornament. In the said desk
+was also found the above-mentioned bull of Urban VIII, with which and
+the acts issued in the year 1657 the procurator-general (who was the
+writer of this history) presented himself before his Lordship Don
+Fray Felipe Pardo of the Order of Preachers, the archbishop-elect
+and ruler of this archbishopric, as being the legate appointed by
+his Holiness Urban VIII to render decision and sentence in this
+question. He looked at the bull and declared himself judge, and as
+such examined the documents, with the assistance of his counselor
+the father presentado Fray Raimundo Verart of the same order, a
+doctor in both branches of law from the university of Lérida. They
+found that this controversy was already authoritatively decided,
+[77] and with the lapse of forty-three years had become established
+as a matter of law; that there was not the least room for the claim
+made by the fathers of the Indias; and that the province possessed
+the same right as before of making its choice [of officers] freely,
+without respect of persons. Upon the litigant religious--who had taken
+refuge in, and by order of the royal Audiencia were committed to, the
+college of the Society of Jesus and the convent of San Francisco--was
+imposed perpetual silence; and with censures they were commanded to
+return to their convents, and to follow what obedience should direct to
+them. They did so, and there was no farther discussion of this matter;
+for in the following chapter-meeting attention was given to consoling
+them. Those who made amends for all were the judge-executor, Master
+Jerónimo Caravallo, and Bachelor Martín Díaz, whom the archbishop
+punished with pecuniary fines for not having first appeared before
+him with their commission, and for having erected a tribunal without
+his permission. But intercession was made for them on the part of
+our province, and their fines were diminished. Information of the
+affair was given to our very reverend father general, Fray Domingo
+Valvasorio, of Milan, who commanded that the religious who had been
+the movers of this innovation (which might so greatly have disturbed
+the peace of this province) be punished; and again imposed silence
+regarding the claim to alternation; but the whole matter was adjusted,
+for at the end the order, like a mother, must regard them as her sons.
+
+The time for the chapter-session arrived, which was May 11, 1680, at
+the convent in Manila; its president, by commission from our father
+general already named, was our father Fray José Duque; and father Fray
+Diego de Jesús, prior of the convent of Pasig, was elected provincial,
+to the satisfaction of all, by the unanimous vote of all the fathers in
+the chapter. He was a zealous religious, very observant, and enamored
+of poverty; and had great learning, prudence, and discretion. He was
+fifty-eight years of age, a native of Pejar in Extremadura, and a
+son of the convent at Salamanca--where, and in that of San Felipe at
+Madrid, he had been for many years master of the novices. He came to
+this province in the year 1669, as has already been said, influenced
+[to come] at so great an age by scruples at having excused himself in
+the year 1660 from coming as commissary for the mission which reached
+this province in the year of 1663, by the appointment given to him by
+our very reverend father general Master Fray Pablo Luquino, who was
+then visiting the provinces of España. The definitors appointed were
+fathers Fray Juan Ponce, Fray Carlos Bautista, Fray Pedro Martínez,
+and Fray Álvaro de Benavente. Father Fray José Camello and the father
+reader Fray Juan Martínez were present as visitors from the previous
+triennium; and for the present one were appointed father Fray Juan
+Guedeja and the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio. As procurator for
+going to España was appointed father Fray Manuel de la Cruz, a native
+of Toledo, and a son of the convent of Badaya; and they elected him
+definitor of this province for the next general chapter to be held,
+and agreed upon [78] the choice of a discreet for the said general
+chapter. [79] This choice was so judicious that to it is due the
+conservation and advancement of this province, for he fulfilled
+so carefully the obligation of his commission that he conducted to
+Nueva España three mission bands--the largest and most distinguished
+that this province has gained, for in all they contained over fifty
+religious--the first in the year 1684, the second in 1699 and 1700,
+and the third in 1712. [80] He himself remained in Mexico, where he
+died with the reputation of great virtue, at the age of seventy-four
+years, in 1712.
+
+It was decided in this chapter to ask our very reverend father
+general to extinguish the votes of the discreet of the convent at
+Manila, and those of the priors of the convents of Hagonoy and San
+Pablo de los Montes in the provinces of Tagalos, Mexico in Pampanga,
+Narvacán in Ilocos, and Dumarao in the province of Panay--on account
+of the usual scarcity of religious, and the deficiency which might be
+caused, by their absence while at the chapter, in Ilocos and Bisayas,
+provinces which are so remote. The other arrangements and ordinances
+which were made in this chapter publish its great zeal for promoting
+the regular observance, and the nourishing condition of that observance
+in this province.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas despatched for Nueva España the galleon
+"San Antonio," under command of General Don Francisco Enríquez de
+Losada, then accountant of the royal exchequer; and in this galleon
+went the father procurator Fray Manuel Losada, and in his company
+father Fray Miguel de Negrea--a son of the convent of San Felipe,
+and native of that city [i.e., Madrid]; he was going back to his own
+province, and died on the voyage, in the high northern latitude. The
+voyage was a very distressing one, on account of the severe tempests
+which suddenly came upon them; and many of those on board died, not
+only seamen but passengers. A better voyage was that of the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," which had sailed the preceding year by the same route
+from Nueva España, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; for on the
+morning of the day of St. John the Baptist it entered the bay of
+Manila, to the great joy of those who were watching it, and anchored
+at the port of Cavite--a good fortune which seldom has been enjoyed
+in these islands since the banishment of Don Fray Hernando Guerrero,
+in the year 1635, as we have with sadness related. In this galleon
+came Don Fray Diego de Aguilar, of the Order of Preachers, a native
+of Rioseco, as consecrated bishop of Zebú; for several years he had
+been detained in Nueva España. He brought in his company father Fray
+Manuel de Olivares, of the same order, who afterward was provincial
+of the province of Méjico; his nephew, Captain Don Juan de Urías;
+and other Spaniards. His arrival occasioned great rejoicing, on
+account of these islands having remained so many years destitute of
+a consecrated bishop, and many clerics and regulars were waiting to
+receive holy orders.
+
+In this galleon arrived three religious belonging to the mission of
+father Fray Juan García; they were choristers, and had been left
+in Nueva España, to be ordained as priests, and their names are
+as follows: father Fray Francisco Castrillón, a native of Madrid,
+and son of the convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years
+old, and had spent nine in the order. He was a minister in Tagalos
+until the year 1690, when he returned to Méjico, where he died soon
+afterward. Father Fray Dionisio Navarro, a native of Leganés, and a
+son of the same convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years old,
+and had spent seven in the order. He was a good preacher, and well
+versed in the dialects of the province of Tagalos. He went to España
+and returned hither, and died in the convent of Manila from a long and
+painful infirmity, on November 2, 1714. Father Fray Antonio Gutiérrez,
+a native of Medina Sidonia, and a son of the province of Andalucía. For
+only a short time he was a minister in Tagalos, because he soon fell
+ill with a contraction of the tendons [tullimiento], which lasted
+until his death; this occurred at Manila, in the year 1693.
+
+The arrival of this bishop of Zebú served as a great spiritual
+consolation for these islands; for he repeatedly performed pontifical
+functions, conferring holy orders on a great number of religious and
+clerics. He interceded with the governor, in order to reconcile with
+him those who had taken refuge in the churches through fear of some
+oppression from the absolute power of the governor--which can not
+be compared with any other power in the universe; and the worst is,
+that no means can be thought of for moderating and tempering it within
+the bounds of reason, because the distance of five thousand leguas
+which lies between the royal court of Madrid and Filipinas cannot
+be diminished. The swiftest post, therefore, requires three years,
+and most of them four; and if it happens that the galleon is obliged
+to put back to port, the mail is delayed to five or six years. At
+the end of so protracted a term as this, the most peremptory royal
+rescript is exposed to the danger of being withheld by the governor,
+according to his pleasure. The lord bishop with his intercession
+withdrew from asylum in the house of the Society of Jesus the secretary
+of Don Juan de Vargas, Captain Miguel Sánchez de Villanueva y Tejada,
+and restored him to favor with his master--although soon afterward
+the governor removed him from his service, making him alcalde-mayor
+of Laguna de Bay.
+
+About this time the convent of Angat in the mountains of the province
+of Bulacán was received, with the title of our mother St. Monica, and
+father Fray Juan de Morelos was appointed its prior. It was composed
+of the visitas of the convent of Quingua--Tabuquillo, Abarungco,
+Catalonan, Guinapusan, and Santa Lucía--which, on account of being
+very distant from Quingua, were administered with much difficulty;
+and therefore the ministry of Angat was founded, more than three
+leguas distant from [the convent of] Sandago at Quingua. It has
+ordinarily two hundred and fifty tributes, with a church and convent
+of wood. The district is very healthful and pleasant, because the
+land is fertilized by a river of the best water that is known in
+these islands; it is the river celebrated by the name of Quingua, the
+waters of which, compared with many others, have been found to weigh
+less. This mission is bounded on every side by very fertile meadows,
+on which abundant harvests of excellent tobacco are gathered; for this
+reason it is thickly settled with people who cultivate this plant,
+which is so esteemed throughout the world, and which now has made
+its way to the chief personages therein. This district has forests,
+although they are scattered, of heavy and valuable timber; for they
+are very dense, and so extensive that they join those of Balete and
+San Mateo, at a distance of more than eight leguas. In the district of
+this ministry the religious of St. John of God possess a fine ranch
+stocked with cattle and horses, which is the most that they have for
+the support of their convent and hospital at Manila, where they aid
+the sick poor with their usual charity. The convent of Angat has no
+vote in the chapter-meetings, and therefore is counted in the number
+of the vicariates of this province.
+
+Although the citizens of Manila are not easy to please, no matter
+how good their governors are, it appears that in the time of which
+we write they had much reason to be discontented with the government
+of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado; for not only did he devote himself
+excessively to his own personal interests, to the detriment of the
+commonwealth, but he was of a harsh and unpleasant nature, and gave
+sharp answers. Besides this he spoke in a treble voice, and people
+heard him with difficulty. He kept every one angered at his harsh
+behavior, and disgusted by his being engrossed with, the pursuit of
+gain. This was recognized in the lading of the galleons, which is the
+net of the merchants; and in this year [of 1680] the galleon "San
+Antonio" was in danger of not making the voyage, on account of its
+being so overloaded by his henchman Don Juan Gallardo, the castellan
+of Cavite--not only with his own goods, but with those of his master
+the governor--that its commander, Don Tomás de Endaya, was compelled
+to unload the vessel and return to lade it anew, accommodating the
+entire cargo to the vessel's capacity. On account of these and other
+well-known animosities against the governor and his retainers, the
+citizens this year determined to inform his Majesty against him; and
+they did so, the auditors and the city uniting for this purpose and
+making charges against him. They sent letters, with great caution,
+in this galleon; and these papers caused his removal in the year 1684.
+
+About October of this year the governor sent to Macán General
+Antonio Nieto, in order to settle some disputes relative to commerce;
+he accomplished this with much discretion, his excellent procedure
+reflecting credit on the Castilian nation. He also, with great charity,
+relieved many cases of necessity, which in the said city are very
+numerous; but this was done without injuring one iota of the Portuguese
+tenacity and pride, in which that people exceed all others in Europa.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+[This chapter describes a remarkable comet which was visible in the
+islands from the middle of November, 1680, to February 14, 1681;
+and relates at much length the condition of the Chinese empire at
+that time, and the founding of Augustinian missions therein. Of this
+matter, we retain only the description of the comet and its course.]
+
+The frightful comet [was] so large that it extended, like a very
+wide belt, from one side of the horizon to the other, with but
+little difference [in its breadth], causing in the darkness of
+the night nearly as much light as the moon in her quadrature. The
+course of this comet was, like those of the planets, a rapid one from
+east to west, so that every day it disappeared and was hidden. The
+other movement was a retrograde one, so that it moved from west to
+east three or four degrees, and sometimes more than five, each day,
+at times less. This movement lasted from November 20 until February
+14, 1681, in which time it passed through the signs of Virgo, Libra,
+Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, and Aries--passing
+the equator from the south, from the handle of Libra and Ophiuchus
+[Serpentario]. It crossed the ecliptic and southern solstice, and
+through the constellation Antinous to the tail of the Dolphin, to the
+tail of the Little Horse [i.e., Equellus], and the breast of Pegasus,
+and thence to the head of Andromeda; and it passed over the equator
+at 310° from the point of Aries. Its magnitude was frightful, for
+its circumference and head [i.e., of the coma and nucleus] was two
+thousand one hundred and four leguas; and its magnitude was equal to
+that of Mercury, which is nineteen times larger than the earth. Its
+tail reached, on January 8, an extent of seventy-five degrees, which at
+its distance made 1,437,919 leguas. It was a celestial comet, and not
+elemental; [81] and according to its parallax it was in the celestial
+quarter distant from us 1,150 semidiameters or halves of the line
+which we regard as crossing the center [82]--which, according to the
+measurement of Father José Zaragoza, a distinguished mathematician of
+the Society of Jesus, are 1,153,000 leguas, which was its apogee. Its
+movement was 7,458 times as swift as the velocity of a cannon-ball
+weighing twelve libras, which, according to those who are curious,
+travels in each minute, or sixtieth part of an hour, two-thirds of
+a legua. This comet was visible throughout the world, giving rise
+to much discussion over its effects, which in truth were generally
+very evil. On the second of January it passed the parallel of our
+zenith. These observations were made by Father Eusebius Kino, [83]
+a German, of the Society of Jesus--a mathematician of the university
+of Ingolstad, a missionary in California--while he was in Méjico;
+and he printed them, with a dedication to our Lady of Guadalupe.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+General Antonio Nieto returned from Macán, leaving the affairs of
+the commerce with these islands regulated, as well as the entrance
+of missionaries into China by that door--although it never has been
+assured, because the Portuguese allege that such entrance is opposed
+to the right of patronage of their king, with other absurdities which
+only excite a smile; for it is a fact that many of the more southern
+provinces of China fall within the demarcation of Castilla, in proof of
+which not much mathematics is needed. Moreover, the Portuguese do not
+hold a palmo of conquered land on which they have erected churches, or
+founded bishoprics, with the right of patronage; for in that very city
+of Macán the emperor of China possesses as much authority as in Cantón,
+and they pay him customs, duties and other royal tributes. And within
+that same city, while General Antonio Nieto was there, an incident
+occurred which would cause shame [even] to a nation less Catholic
+than the Portuguese, whom no other people outdo in that respect.
+
+In that city the Chinese make their idolatrous processions, and
+commit other abominations, as they do in every other part of their
+lands. It happened that in one of these processions, at that time,
+they carried an idol, a figure of a beautiful woman with a child in
+her arms, whom they call Sanpuerstsa; this is the idol to which they
+pay most devotion, for they call her "Mother of Mercy." This confirms
+what is told by the traditions in China, which declare that our holy
+faith was preached in that country; and that when it was forgotten some
+images of saints remained which were made idols. Captain Nicolás Pérez
+looked closely at the idols, and asked a Chinaman in the procession
+what image that was; and the Chinaman replied, "Here, like St. Mary
+at Manila." Nicolás Pérez, hearing this, raised his hand, and gave
+the Chinaman a heavy blow in the face. The procession was thrown
+into confusion, and the Chinese and the whole city disturbed; the
+aggressor was seized; and it cost Nicolás Pérez and General Nieto
+many pesos and much effort to leave the Chinese satisfied, and the
+Portuguese free from their fear that their city and all their royal
+patronage would be destroyed.
+
+When Antonio Nieto returned to Manila, he was accompanied by three
+clerics, who came to be ordained as priests, as at that time they had
+no bishop in Macán. One was Antonio Melo, the son of a rich Portuguese
+of much repute in Macán named Basco Barbosa; and the others were people
+of the country, that is, mestizos of Portuguese and Chinese blood. They
+were ordained by the bishop of Zebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar;
+and soon afterward they returned to Macán in a patache belonging
+to that city, accompanied by two priests of the Society of Jesus,
+mathematicians, who had come in the year 1679 with Father Francisco
+Salgado, assigned by their general to the mission of China. This
+vessel sailed about October, which is the time of the monsoon that
+is unfavorable to this voyage; and no information whatever has been
+received about it, or how or where it was lost, although great efforts
+have been made for this by the citizens of Macán.
+
+[Here follows an account of a punitive expedition against the Zambals,
+which we have already given; see VOL. XXXVIII, pp. 226-228.]
+
+The galleon "San Antonio," which had sailed in the previous year in
+charge of General Don Francisco Enrique de Losada, reached Acapulco,
+although it encountered heavy gales in the high latitudes, and returned
+prosperously to these islands. It had not the good-fortune to come in
+as far as the point of Cavite (a piece of luck which seldom occurs),
+on account of the vendavals having set in steadily; and therefore it
+made port in Solsogón. In this galleon came the following persons: The
+father master Don Fray Ginés Barrientos, of the Order of Preachers,
+and preacher to his Majesty, consecrated as bishop of Troya, to
+be assistant for the archbishopric of Manila. He was a son of the
+convent of Peña de Francia, and native of a place in Sayago called
+Barroco Pardo; he was a very learned scholastic, a great preacher,
+and a very observant religious. The father master Don Fray Juan Durán,
+of the Order of Mercy, and a native of Lima; he came as consecrated
+bishop of Sinopolis, and assistant to the bishop of Zebú; he was very
+learned, and of very handsome figure and lofty stature. The entreaties
+of his Majesty had obtained from his Holiness these two auxiliary
+bishops, with two thousand pesos of income from his royal treasury,
+and with the right of future succession to assume the government
+of the vacant sees as they might occur. They brought the bulls and
+pallium for the archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who in virtue of
+these was consecrated on October 28; this was performed by the bishop
+of Zebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar and the bishop of Troya, with
+the assistance of the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias,
+who carried the mitre.
+
+Presentation came as bishop of Nueva Segovia to Doctor Don Francisco
+Pizarro de Orellana, the archdeacon of Manila, and a native of that
+city; [the see was vacant] by the death of Master Don Lucas de Arqueros
+de Robles, a native of Vigan in Ilocos; and a son of Lorenzo Arqueros,
+so renowned in the revolt of the Zambals and in their destructive
+raid into Ilocos. [The said archdeacon] was a priest of lofty virtue,
+the fame of which had secured for him this dignity--which he did not
+enjoy, as he lived but a short time, and died before the bulls for
+his consecration arrived.
+
+[Others also] arrived: Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera Grimaldos,
+a native of Méjico--who was a professor in the university there, and
+dean of the faculty of law, and had been counselor of the archbishop of
+Méjico, the viceroy of Nueva España, Don Fray Payo de Rivera, of the
+order of our father St. Augustine--who came as auditor of this royal
+Audiencia of Manila. Doctor Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolívar y Mena,
+a native of Méjico--a son of Licentiate Don Juan de Bolívar y Cruz,
+a former auditor of Manila [sic] and Clementina [84] professor--also
+an auditor of this royal Audiencia. Also Doctor Don Lorenzo Esteban
+de la Fuente Alanis, a native of Murcia--a professor in Granada and
+Sevilla, and competitor for positions in Salamanca--as fiscal of the
+Audiencia. All were able lawyers, and the fiscal not only surpassed
+the rest, but was very skilful in music; and he excelled all who had
+been here in the rare art of playing well the guitar [vihuela], [85]
+an instrument handled by many, but understood only by him. Besides
+these came Licentiate Don Miguel de Lanama Altamirano, an advocate of
+this royal Audiencia; he was a married man, as also were the auditors,
+and they brought their wives with them. Don Miguel was a lawyer of much
+ability, and held important positions in his profession. An appointment
+came for Don Francisco Montemayor y Mansilla as alcalde for criminal
+cases in Méjico; he sailed for that country in the second year, with
+his son, Don Felipe Mansilla Prado, and died on the voyage. His son
+is still living--a knight of the Order of Santiago--as also is Father
+Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus.
+
+The bishop of Troya was accompanied by father Fray Alonso García,
+a native of Tamanes in Sayago, a religious of the order of our father
+St. Augustine, who had been left in Mexico, belonging to the mission
+of the year 1679; he was a son of the convent at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and was twenty-five years old; he was a minister in Tagalos, and
+died in the convent at Bulacán, in the year 1704. [With him was]
+also father Fray José de Andrada, a Portuguese, a native of Lisboa,
+and a son of the congregation of Eastern India. Having spent several
+years in this province, and desiring to be adopted into it, but
+not being able to secure that privilege for lack of the consent
+and permission of his Majesty and of our very reverend general,
+he went by land to Roma and Madrid--going to Surrate, and thence to
+Alepo and Venecia--and obtained a warrant from our father general,
+and a decree from his Majesty, ordaining that he be received into
+this province, but with a clause which stated that this should not
+be regarded as a precedent. This religious was an excellent minister
+in the province of Ilocos, where he died at an advanced age in the
+year 1705. He deserves that record be made of him, since his adoption
+into this province cost him so many peregrinations and hardships;
+for to obtain it he made the entire circuit of the terraqueous globe.
+
+This galleon brought one of the best and most copious reënforcements
+of soldiers that had been received here; for they numbered more
+than three hundred Europeans, and came from Nueva España, without
+the stigma of being convicts or men taken from the jails. [86]
+This accession was very timely for filling up the military forces
+in Manila, which was accomplished by removing many colored men and
+replacing them by Spaniards; for in this Don Juan de Vargas took
+great pains, showing himself an able soldier. Thus in the time of no
+governor since Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera was the garrison of
+Manila in so fine a condition as in that of Don Juan de Vargas. The
+baton of master-of-camp was given to General Don Fernando de Bobadilla
+(who was castellan of Santiago), in place of Don Francisco de Ardilla
+[sic], who held it ad interim. The scene began to change with the
+coming of so many bishops and of auditors and lawyers--an event
+which, it seems, tended rather to augment the forces so that the
+shock of battle might be more violent and fierce for both sides,
+the winds again returning for the fearful commotions which were to
+disturb the peace and tranquillity which the commonwealth of Manila
+had enjoyed. For although the government of Don Juan de Vargas did
+not prove to be what the citizens of Manila desired, on account of
+his natural harshness and his excessive devotion to his own private
+interests, nevertheless, as he did not rob any one of anything, and
+was only a hindrance to the merchants gaining the profits of the trade
+more to their own satisfaction; and as, on the other hand, the islands
+were in a Nourishing condition, the commerce with China and India was
+very firmly established, and wealth was not diminishing, there was
+[something] for all if their desires were not excessive, and for the
+governor more than all together. But, as covetousness is the root of
+all evils, ... from this resulted the greatest troubles and Calamities.
+
+Time had passed agreeably for the people with some festivities that
+were celebrated at the dedication of the church of Santa Potenciana,
+on May 19, which were very diverting and ingenious. There were
+poetical competitions, which were arranged for that celebration by
+the cleverness of Don José de Castellar, who had been the secretary
+of Governor Don Manuel de León--at whose posthumous expense had
+been rebuilt that church and royal seminary. In these exercises the
+geniuses that are in Filipinas showed that in that remotest corner
+of the world is hidden much that could shine in the principal courts
+of Europa; for the poems that were presented therein, both Latin and
+Castilian, might have been a credit to the leading universities. And
+certainly there was verified the saying and opinion of some critics
+who assert that Filipinas is composed of quintessences, [87] for many
+of these are found there, not only of good but of evil; and therefore
+in the pulpits as well as in theology (both scholastic and moral)
+there never lack stars of the first magnitude; and in all the rest
+"a hair is cut in the air," [88] as the common saying goes.
+
+The first misfortune which was felt was the return to port of the
+galleon "Santa Rosa," in command of General Tomás de Endaya; it is
+these losses which are most deeply felt, since all are interested in
+the prosperous voyages of the galleons; and it is one of the greatest
+troubles of these islands, if not the worst, that all are dependent
+on two bits of wood, [89] and those entrusted to the fickleness
+of the sea--the one that goes [to Acapulco], and the other that
+is expected. The sad news of its return came late in December,
+about Christmas, and caused general sorrow. The year 1682 began
+with the melancholy feeling which was inspired by seeing that we
+were deprived for that year of having a galleon from Nueva España,
+which is the artery that communicates the blood and the life for the
+preservation of these isolated islands--that is, the silver which,
+like a lodestone, attracts the most remote nations to the commerce and
+trade; and by the lack of the silver [which comes] with the galleon
+commercial transactions are greatly retarded.
+
+Now, it seems, the two camps had made ready their opposing forces for
+one of the most sanguinary battles which for many generations had been
+waged in these islands; and its consequences lasted many years, and
+its echo was a scandal to the universe. The auditors began the duties
+of their office with great care and attention, for they were all very
+erudite men, who had filled chairs in the universities of España;
+but, as the true wisdom is the fear of God, when this is lacking
+all human knowledge is useless.... In the Indias a great source of
+disputes is the desire which some ministers have for extending the
+royal privileges [regalias], expecting through this channel greater
+advancement--as if kings, and especially those who are so Catholic
+and pious as are ours of España, would be willing to do anything
+else than to render to God that which is God's, content with what is
+rendered to them, which is Cæsar's. The great privileges of the royal
+patronage are not opposed to the integrity of the episcopal dignity and
+ecclesiastical hierarchy; rather, they are in accord with each other,
+and both use their powers to promote the greater prosperity of the
+faith.... And, since the greatest privileges of the patronage of the
+Indias are pontifical concessions, how can they be used against the
+power of him who concedes them, who necessarily must be relatively
+greater?... Therefore, there neither is nor can be wrong in such
+privileges, which are founded in justice and right, and there is no
+opposition between those which are pontifical and those which are
+royal, as there is not and cannot be any between the virtues. The
+fault is in those who interpret these privileges as they do the laws,
+for they say that they give their mind to them, as if they no longer
+had any mind, and were now mente captas. [90]... Excellent and learned
+officials were all the auditors who at that time were members of
+the Audiencia of Manila; but, to judge by results, self-will greatly
+blinded their good understandings, and therefore occurred to them the
+lot of those whom our father St. Augustine mentions (treatise 4 on
+[the gospel of] John): Temporalia perdere timuerunt, et vitam æternam
+non cogitaverunt; ac sic utrumque amisserunt. [91] The infinite mercy
+of God probably did not permit that, although all met very painful and
+some very sudden deaths--except Doctor Don Diego Calderón y Serrano,
+who died as a good Christian, who did not choose to entrust the safety
+of his soul to opinions. But at the least we saw them lose temporal
+prosperity, when they were confidently expecting even more. [Here
+follows (pp. 751-766) Diaz's account of the Pardo controversy,
+which we omit, since it has been sufficiently used for annotation of
+other documents relating to that subject, for which see VOL. XXXIX,
+pp. 149-275.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+During all the three years' term of the provincial Fray Diego de Jesús
+this province enjoyed great tranquillity, and made great progress
+in strict observance, and in care and watchfulness in the mission
+villages in our charge. All regarded the provincial as a mirror,
+and seeing him they corrected their own negligence, on account of the
+great virtues that shone in him. His poverty and disregard of earthly
+things was of heroic degree. Of many of his surpassing virtues I can
+be a witness, for I had much to do with him during this triennium,
+on account of having duties near his person. It cost much urging to
+make him lay aside a habit, very old and worn, which he had used many
+years; and to induce him to change a hat which was so old that it
+appeared unsuitable and ludicrous. On many occasions he had no water
+even in his cell; and when he needed it, for visitors or for himself,
+he asked for it from others. [92] So close was his attendance in
+the choir that it seemed as if he had no other occupation. He never
+handled money during his term as provincial, to which I can testify,
+since I was his depositary and almoner (for he possessed the virtue
+of charity in a very high degree). He was frequent in prayer, and
+so severely did he mortify the flesh that after death there were
+found on him the marks of the cilices [93] of copper, even to the
+soles of his feet; a little before he died, these had been taken
+from him by father Fray José de Orense, of the Order of St. Francis,
+a religious of great ardor, to whom Fray Diego had communicated his
+own. Although I have not reached the time at which his holy death
+occurred, I am not willing to pass over in silence what happened on
+that occasion to this noble religious Fray José de Orense. The death
+of our father Fray Diego de Jesús was hastened by his infirmities,
+and by his age, which was seventy-four years. They rang the bell
+for giving him the holy sacraments, and at the same time father Fray
+José de Orense came in at the convent door. They told him that his
+dear friend was in danger of death, and he replied with a serene
+face that he already knew this, and had come to the convent on that
+account; for the two had agreed that, whoever should die first, the
+other would assist him at death. The wonderful thing is, that the
+brethren had not informed Fray José of it, nor had there been time
+for that. He remained with our father Fray Diego until the latter
+expired in his arms. Our father had completed his term as provincial,
+to the great regret of all, and then retired to a cell, which, during
+the thirteen years while he lived, he did not leave except for the
+choir-services; nor did he go outside [the convent] except with the
+body of religious. In no chapter-meeting which followed would he vote,
+although he was past provincial; and in order to carry this out better
+he endeavored to secure that his brother, Fray Buenaventura de Béjar,
+should obtain the function of voting. If in the year 1686 he presided
+in the chapter-meeting, it was by commission of our very reverend
+father general, and because some persons had magnified it as a charge
+on his conscience that it was important for him to accept that post;
+and therefore he did so, although with evident reluctance. They
+desired to elect him provincial for six years before [his death],
+but they never were able to attain this.
+
+The chapter-session was held in the convent at Manila on May 8,
+1683; and it was presided over by father Fray Juan Ponce, the first
+definitor for the past triennium, as we had not a special appointment
+for that duty from our very reverend father, the general of the whole
+order. The election for provincial fell on our father Fray José Duque,
+for the second time, with the unanimous consent of all the voting
+fathers and the general satisfaction of the whole province--who
+knew from long experience his great talent for governing, and his
+great devoutness and prudence; on account of these qualifications
+he was afterward commissary of the Holy Office. As definitors were
+elected our father Fray Juan de Jérez, the father reader Fray Juan
+Bautista Bover, and fathers Fray Alonso de Escos and Fray Francisco de
+Zamora. The visitors for the past triennium were present, the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio and father Fray Juan Guedeja; and the new
+visitors appointed for this triennium were fathers Fray José de la
+Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arnillas. The mandates and statutes of this
+chapter-session, although not many, were exceedingly useful for the
+proper government of the province.
+
+Strong recommendations were made that they should send to the
+mission of China religious who might aid fathers Fray Álvaro de
+Benavente and Fray Juan de Rivera; and for this holy employ, after
+a few months, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio offered himself,
+and, renouncing the office of prior of the convent of Cebú and the
+responsibility of vicar-provincial for that island, he embarked for
+China; and afterward he was followed by fathers Fray José Gil and
+Fray Francisco Patiño, who rendered excellent service for several
+years in those missions--although finally they withdrew on account
+of impaired health, and returned to these islands.
+
+When the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio arrived at Cantón, it was but
+a short time after the entrance into China, by way of Hermosa Island,
+of the bishop of Heliopolis, Don Francisco Palú, on a journey from
+Roma; he resided in the city of Moyang, from which place he sent to the
+regulars who were ministers notifications of the decrees of the holy
+Congregation of the Propaganda upon the subjection of the regulars to
+the apostolic vicars. This occasioned great disquiet, and hindered the
+preaching of the gospel; and from it originated bitter controversies,
+which began in that time, and are not ended up to the present; may
+it please God to bring them to an end in future days. Nevertheless,
+at the visit to Roma of father Fray Alvaro de Benavente some relief
+was given by the decree which he obtained from the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda, which suspended the subjection, and left only the
+visitation of the vicars-apostolic and some other and lesser duties
+of obedience, in other matters leaving the regulars subject to their
+own regular superiors--which is the same as to leave them subject
+to two masters. But this is impossible, by the saying of Christ
+our Lord, according to chap. xvii of St. Luke: Nemo potest duobus
+Dominis servire [94]--which is what was attempted in Filipinas
+by the archbishop Don Diego Camacho y Avila. [95] Bishop Palú,
+who styled himself vicar apostolic for the entire empire of China,
+sent to Cantón a notification of the bull of his Holiness Clement X
+and the subjection of the regulars, to a French priest named Filibert
+Leblanc--who is still living, a very old man, and is vicar apostolic
+of a province. His coming occasioned much grief to the fathers of
+St. Francis, and to father Fray Miguel Rubio, who made such answer
+as at that time seemed expedient. The bishop of Heliopolis lived but
+a short time in China, dying in the city of Moyang.
+
+This year the governor despatched to Nueva España two galleons, with
+a considerable interval between, thus providing a remedy against
+the returns to port which had been experienced in preceding years;
+for it was very possible that, in case one ship were driven back,
+the other could make its voyage--which had been known to occur
+many times, since they could not keep together in that dangerous
+navigation, and might follow very different courses; and one will
+suffer from a storm, and the tempest not reach the region where the
+other vessel is sailing. Accordingly, he sent the galleon "Santa Rosa"
+as flagship, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; and as almiranta the
+galleon "San Telmo," under his follower Admiral Don Francisco Fabra,
+a very sagacious and active man. These two galleons made a prosperous
+voyage and reached the port of Acapulco, where General Antonio Nieto
+remained as castellan of the castle there (until his Majesty should
+give him a proprietary appointment), because he who held this office
+was dead, and the viceroy of Nueva España, Marqués de Laguna and
+Conde de Paredes de Nava, [96] appointed ad interim General Antonio
+Nieto. [This resulted] to the great improvement of that fort, for he
+strengthened and repaired it, and provided it with military supplies,
+in which it was very deficient--most of this at his own cost, because
+he had a generous disposition.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas also placed on the stocks, at the port of
+Cavite, a galleon to which he gave the name "Santo Niño Jesús de Cebú,"
+one of the largest ships ever built in these islands; its builder was
+Juan Sánchez, a man well skilled in the art of such construction,
+on account of having practiced it many years in Yucatán. So much
+diligence was used in constructing the ship that it made a voyage to
+Acapulco in the year 1684, as we shall relate in its place.
+
+In this year of 1683 there came to Don Juan de Vargas an envoy
+extraordinary from the king of Siám, and from his barcalón (or prime
+minister in all the kingdom), who was a Greek and very Catholic,
+named Constantius Falcón. The envoy was a religious of the order of
+our father St. Augustine, a native of Lisboa, named Fray Estebán
+Sousa; [he was formerly] a lecturer on theology in the convent of
+Évora, and had been rector at Goa and visitor for Macán, and was a
+religious of great learning and greater virtue. It seems that one
+of the things solicited by the barcalón Constantius Falcón was,
+to retire to Manila with his family and all his wealth, which was
+great, on account of his being the royal favorite and having great
+influence with the king of Siám--who, although a barbarian and very
+superstitious, as are all that people, had a very amiable disposition
+and much esteem for Europeans. Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya,
+with whom Constantius was on very intimate terms, dissuaded him from
+this purpose; and certainly the arguments which he brought forward
+were reasonable, based on the extreme and incredible power of the
+governors of Manila, which is very unfriendly to the possessor of
+much wealth, as has been confirmed by experience. I could set down
+here many instances of this which have occurred in my own time;
+but I omit this, as being a matter that is both delicate and offensive.
+
+It would have been very prudent on the part of Constantius to have
+retired from Siám; for within a few years the king died, and his
+successor was not so kind and well-intentioned. This king inflicted on
+Constantius a most cruel death, and appropriated his enormous wealth,
+which, according to report, was counted by millions. It is true that
+Constantius was very guilty, for he had formed an alliance with the
+French, and was planning to surrender to them the kingdom of Siám;
+and for this purpose he had corresponded with the king of France,
+who sent many Frenchmen for this enterprise--which ended very badly,
+and cost most of them their lives; and the missionary bishops suffered
+very great privations. The intention of Constantius was a good one;
+it was, to establish the Catholic faith in Siám, for which he had
+built some churches. For the adornment of these, he sent [orders]
+through the said Don Francisco de Moya for many chalices, monstrances,
+and vessels of silver covered with gold, to be wrought in Nueva España;
+on account of his death, these were sold in Manila, and now they are
+in many churches of these islands. Only his wife escaped--a Japanese
+woman, a very good Christian--and a son of his, who went to Francia,
+where the most Christian king conferred honors on him, and gave him
+an income and the title of count.
+
+Father Fray Estebán de Sousa, having concluded the business which
+he had to transact in Manila, returned to Siám; and the king of that
+country sent him as his ambassador to the king of Portugal, accompanied
+by two Siamese nobles [mandarines] who carried a rich present. With
+them he went to Goa, where the viceroy of India sent him on his way
+to Lisboa with the best ship that he had. But when they arrived at
+the Cape of Good Hope the ship was dashed to pieces, at the place
+which is called "the false cape," and most of its people perished,
+including one of the Siamese nobles. Father Fray Estebán and another
+religious of Ours--a Portuguese named Fray José de Gracia, who had
+spent several years in Filipinas--with a very few others, saved their
+lives. They traveled by land more than forty leguas, through those
+desert shores of Africa, where they encountered only lions of fearful
+size; they saved themselves from the lions at night by surrounding
+themselves with fires, on account of the antipathy which those fierce
+beasts have for fire. They ate some herbs of the field, and, weakened
+by hunger and fatigue, they fell dead along the way; more than forty
+Portuguese perished, among them two religious of the Society of Jesus,
+for they were old men and unable to travel so far, or to suffer such
+privations. After many days, having endured incredible sufferings,
+they reached a city which the Dutch have at the Cape of Good Hope,
+called Santa Elena; they were received there with much kindness, and
+the Dutch treated them very well, and relieved their many necessities.
+
+Father Fray Estebán returned to Goa, and by order of his provincial
+went back to Siám, where in the Bandel [97] of the Portuguese he
+made a hermitage; and there, allowing his beard to grow, he devoted
+himself wholly to prayer and mortification, being an example for
+all the Europeans in that kingdom. He had his grave always open,
+in which he often placed himself, and there meditated on the end of
+the glories of this world. In the year 1698 he returned to Manila,
+in order to procure a bell for his hermitage and some other articles
+for its adornment, and to collect some alms. In the following year
+he went back to Siám, to continue that mode of life, [which he did]
+until the year 1709, when they found him dead in his hermitage, on his
+knees; they buried him in the grave which he had always kept open. The
+spirit of this religious was approved in Manila by men consummate
+in virtue--especially by fathers Fray Francisco de la Concepción
+and Fray José Orense, Franciscans, who were very spiritual men,
+and well qualified to decide on souls truly mystical. He practiced
+great mortification in his food, for he never ate flesh or fish,
+but only fruits (and those without any additional relish), roasted
+sweet potatoes and bananas, and a little boiled rice.
+
+In a vessel from the Coromandel coast came Juan Antúnez de Portugal,
+a knight of the Order of Christ, and a son of the celebrated Portuguese
+jurist Domingo de Antúnez de Portugal (of the same order), who wrote
+the very learned book, De regalibus. He came with an appointment from
+his king as governor of the islands of Timor and Solor, and, having
+fallen dangerously ill at Malaca, he feared, as a good Catholic,
+to die among those Calvinistic heretics; and therefore embarked in a
+coasting vessel which was coming to Manila with merchandise. He was
+received by Governor Don Juan de Vargas with the hospitality which
+his person and noble rank merited, and medical treatment was provided
+for him with great care. As soon as he became well and was ready to
+continue his voyage to Timor, the governor sent him, well provided,
+in a very good vessel belonging to some Portuguese traders, and gave
+him some Spaniards to accompany him.
+
+The islands of Timor and Solor are the last of which we have knowledge
+toward the south beyond the island of Jacatra, where the Dutch have
+founded the city of Nueva Batavia, the capital of all the colonies
+and factories that they possess in Eastern India from the Cape of
+Good Hope, which are numerous and rich. The islands of Timor and
+Solor abound with gold, and in them alone grows the sandalwood,
+a very fragrant and esteemed wood, and a great article of trade
+for China--although the transportation of it is very unbecoming for
+Christians, because it is the incense and timiama which the Chinese use
+most in the sacrifices to their idols; and therefore the Portuguese
+have found by experience that wealth gained by this wretched traffic
+never is profitable. These islands are under the Portuguese dominion
+and are relics of its ancient colonies, although they are but little
+subject to it on account of being more than twelve hundred leguas
+from Goa. At that time the rule over them had been usurped by a
+Dutch mestizo (although he feigned to be a Catholic), named Antonio
+de Ornay, a very sagacious man and an able politician, who governed
+them more as a king than as a vassal (as he said he was) of the king
+of Portugal--whom he recognized so far as it seemed good to him, and
+made contributions to his revenues with part of the great and almost
+incredible riches which it was said he possessed, especially in gold;
+but most of his wealth was hidden and buried in the ground. The king
+of Portugal and the viceroy of India, knowing that they could do no
+more, allowed him to remain in that power, and sent him [the insignia
+of] the Order of Christ, and other titles of honor. It seems that
+the cabinet at Lisboa were displeased at the limited power that the
+Portuguese crown possessed in Timor, and decided to send Juan Antúnez
+to replace Antonio de Ornay, but armed and escorted only by the royal
+warrant, which is more than enough for Portuguese loyalty. Juan Antúnez
+arrived at the principal port of Timor, and found it in hostile array
+and garrisoned by soldiers of all nations, sent by Antonio de Ornay,
+who already had information (by way of Batavia) of his new successor;
+these soldiers had orders from him not to allow Juan Antúnez or any
+other person to land from the vessel, and not to accept from him any
+despatch or letter. The new governor spent many days there, waiting to
+see if he could at least write a letter to Antonio de Ornay; but seeing
+that he had no remedy except to return to Manila, he did so, with much
+difficulty and lack of provisions. From Manila he set out for India,
+where he was afterward governor of Mozambique and other places in
+Africa. Antonio de Ornay remained absolute master of Timor and Solor,
+until he died suddenly, of old age; and without the assistance of
+a priest, because the influence [aires] of the neighboring Batavia
+had so weakened his scruples. At his death was present a citizen
+of Macán, Antonio de Vasconcelos, of the same Order of Christ, who
+told us in these islands that all the wealth of Antonio de Ornay, a
+great quantity of gold, had been lost; for, as he had buried all his
+treasures and died suddenly, they remained for the court of Pluto,
+the imaginary god of riches and also of hell.
+
+About the end of the year, Auditor Doctor Don Cristóbal Herrera
+Grimaldos died, aged more than seventy years. The cause of his
+death--which came rapidly, in an illness of a few weeks--was that
+a running sore that he had in his right arm became cancerous. It
+is said that it was this arm that he stretched out to seize the
+archbishop when he ordered [the soldiers] to carry out the prelate
+in the chair on which he was sitting; such is the story, but it
+is not confirmed.... What is certainly known is, that he made no
+effort to secure absolution from the excommunication. He publicly
+received the holy viaticum, which was administered to him by the
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; and they buried him in the
+church of the Society of Jesus at Manila. Afterward the archbishop,
+having returned from his exile (as we shall soon relate), by sentence
+and demand from his attorney-general ordered that the auditor's body
+be disinterred; but this proved ineffectual, because it was alleged
+that the body had been buried in a general sepulchre, in which were
+the bones of others of the faithful, and those of the auditor could
+not be recognized. At this, the ecclesiastical officials desisted
+from their attempt; but there was no other declaration to the contrary.
+
+While the archbishop was enduring his exile in Lingayén--or, to speak
+more correctly, his imprisonment, since he had not the liberty that
+exiled persons enjoy--in Manila the tempest continued against the
+religious of St. Dominic, who, as being his brethren in the order,
+had great share in his troubles. The usurping provisor, Dean Don
+Miguel de Covarrubias, and the cabildo, successful in maintaining the
+vacant see [sede vacante], arrested and harassed all those who, as it
+seemed to them, did not agree with their opinion. And as it seemed to
+them that all the force in this opposition came from the religious of
+St. Dominic--especially from the provincial, Fray Antonio Calderón;
+father Fray Cristóbal Pedroche, commissary of the Holy Office and
+vicar-provincial; father Fray Bartolomé Marrón, rector of the college
+of Santo Tomás; and the two lecturers in theology, father Fray Juan
+Ibáñez and Fray Francisco de Vargas--they demanded aid from the
+governor, Don Juan de Vargas, to banish those religious. The governor
+issued a royal decree, signed only with his own name, directing the
+provincial to send the five religious above mentioned to the village of
+Lalo, the capital of the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, distant a hundred
+leguas from Manila, on the pretext that some of them were preaching,
+and others teaching, erroneous doctrines in the community. The said
+provincial replied to this that if the errors consisted in saying
+that the cabildo and their provisor had usurped the ecclesiastical
+jurisdiction, and that the persons who had banished the archbishop
+and arrested the ecclesiastics deserved the censures [of the church],
+it was himself who had most influence [in forming that opinion in
+them], and who with most firmness maintained it; and that as his
+subordinates were not to blame in the matter, since they obeyed the
+commands laid on them, he could not fulfil the orders given by the
+royal decree. The said master-of-camp issued a second decree in the
+same form as the first, repeating its commands, and ordering that
+the provincial with the five religious be brought to this capital.
+
+To the end that this order might be executed, he gave commission to
+Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, auditor of that Audiencia--who,
+accompanied by several companies of arquebusiers and other soldiers
+under the command of the said governor, went to the convent of San
+Domingo; and, leaving it surrounded with many of the soldiers, with
+others he entered it to make known the said royal decree. He actually
+notified the provincial and Fray Cristóbal Pedroche, commissary of the
+Holy Office and vicar-provincial of Manila; and the soldiers looked
+through the entire convent in search for the rector, Fray Bartolomé
+Marron. Not finding him, they went on to the college of Santo Tomás,
+and, after making the same efforts to find the said rector, but
+in vain, notified the two professors of the same decree. They made
+substantially the same reply as the provincial--all of them saying
+that they could not voluntarily leave their offices and province; but
+that they were ready to endure any violence for the sake of God and
+His cause. The news of this was sent to the said master-of-camp Don
+Juan de Vargas, and he was told how in the convent and the college
+all the doors and offices had been opened to the soldiers, without
+resistance; he gave orders that the soldiers should remain round
+about the convent and college, and should not permit the entrance
+of any provision of food or water for the religious until the six
+should be surrendered, and should go alone to the places designated
+in the said royal decree. This blockade, with this rigor, lasted four
+days, and on the last day, which was the day next following Corpus
+[Christi], the same auditor went to the convent; and, having made
+various protestations and requisitions, ordered the usurping provisor
+(who was present) to remove those religious. After some questions
+and replies the provisor commanded the soldiers to carry in chairs,
+in their arms, to the place of embarkation of the provincial and his
+vicar-provincial; this was actually done, carrying them until they
+placed the religious in the vessel which had been made ready for this
+purpose. This having been accomplished at the convent, they went to
+the college of Santo Tomás, and the same thing was done to the two
+professors of theology; and, all being placed together in the same
+vessel, they were conveyed to the port of Cavite. From that place
+the two professors were transported in another vessel to the island
+of Mariveles; and the provincial and vicar-provincial were detained
+there until the time for the sailing of the ship for Nueva España,
+in which they were embarked. The said provincial reached the kingdom
+of España, where he died a few months after his arrival.
+
+At the same time, by order of the said master-of-camp, Doctor Don
+Diego Calderón went to the convent of the Parián (which is the
+village of the heathen Chinese), with the same display of arms
+and soldiers, in quest of the said vicar-provincial, and searched
+the entire convent--where he could not be found, since he was,
+as has been stated, in the convent of Manila, in company with the
+provincial. With the same commission Captain Don Luis de Morales
+Camacho, alcalde-in-ordinary, went with armed soldiers to a ranch
+named Biñán, distant eight leguas from Manila, and belonging to the
+said college, to seize the rector, thinking that they would find him
+there; and General Antonio Vásquez went, with the same accompaniment
+of soldiers, to the convent of Abucay, a ministry for the Indians,
+distant eight leguas from Manila by sea, to look for Fray Raimundo
+Verart; but, as they could not find those two religious, they could
+not in their case put into execution the [sentence for their] removal
+from the islands. Strenuous efforts were made in Manila to look for
+the father rector, Fray Bartolomé Marron, but they could not find him;
+for he was safely hidden in the house of a person who was strongly
+attached to the order; so they desisted from their search for him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+The two galleons which had sailed for Nueva España in the preceding
+year arrived safely at Filipinas [1684], although they did not make
+port at Cavite, but at Solsogon, within the Embocadero. The flagship
+"Santa Rosa," which had gone out in charge of Antonio Nieto (who had
+remained as warden of the castle at Capulco), brought back as its
+commander Don Juan de Zalaeta, a native of Vizcaya, and a knight of
+the Order of Santiago. He had spent many years in these islands, and
+had been a soldier in Ternate; and, having returned to [Nueva?] España,
+had held several honorable offices--as, being alcalde-mayor of Hicayán
+and Puebla de los Angeles, and warden of Acapulco. In this galleon
+came the governor who was to succeed Don Juan de Vargas; this was
+the admiral of galleons, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, a
+knight of the Order of Santiago, and a member of the "twenty-four"
+of Sevilla and of the supreme Council of War. He had been commander
+of the Windward fleet, [98] and had held other responsible positions
+on sea and land; and he was a Vizcayan, a native of Elgoibar. Don
+Juan de Zalaeta carried the commission for taking the residencia of
+Don Juan de Vargas, and other warrants; but the most important person
+among those whose residencias he must take was the master-of-camp Don
+Francisco Guerrero de Ardila, uncle of Don Juan de Vargas's wife. It
+was this man who had enjoyed the profits of the office of government,
+and this year he was returning to España as commander of the galleon
+"Santo Niño." That vessel met within the Embocadero the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," and, learning that in the latter had come a successor
+to Don Juan de Vargas, he hoisted the anchors without waiting for
+further information, whether opportune or not [con tiempo ó sin
+él], and sailed into the sea outside; and he was not ill-advised
+in this step, since in the residencia he would have been the chief
+personage. When Don Juan de Zalaeta learned that the best of the hunt
+had escaped from him, he was much grieved that he could not catch him;
+although it would have grieved Don Francisco Guerrero more if they
+had seized him. That gentleman knew how to enjoy the advantages of
+Filipinas quite alone, and to go away laughing at the citizens and
+every one else; but Don Juan de Vargas remained behind, in custody,
+to make amends for his own faults and those of others.
+
+In company with the above-mentioned governor came very distinguished
+officers, all Vizcayans; there were Don José de Escorta, Don Pedro
+Uriósolo, Don Francisco Alvarez, Don Bernardo de Endaya (who carried
+the despatches from his Majesty), Don Pedro de Avendaño, Don Matías
+de Mugórtegui, Don Francisco de León y Leal, Don Juan Bautista
+Curucelaegui, Don Andrés de Mirafuentes, Don José de Herrera, Don
+Manuel González, Don Lorenzo Mesala, Don Francisco Carsiga (who
+died a priest), Don José Arriola, Don Martín Martínez de Tejada,
+and Don Lucas Vais; all of them were generals and sargentos-mayor,
+whom we know as captains, and rendered much service and honor to
+these islands. In this galleon came Don Mateo Lucas de Urquiza;
+also Captain Lorenzo Lázaro, a noted pilot; Captain Don Francisco
+Cortés, boatswain; and for ship's storekeeper Juan de Aramburu,
+a brave Vizcayan who served in many important exploits.
+
+In the almiranta "San Telmo," in which returned the admiral Don
+Francisco Manuel de Fabra, came a numerous and excellent mission of
+religious of our father St. Augustine; it was sent by father Fray
+Manuel de la Cruz, who left these islands in the year 1680; he himself
+had been left in our hospice of Santo Tomás de Villanueva, outside
+the city of Méjico. This galleon "San Telmo" was in great danger of
+not being able to return hither, for, having set sail several days
+after the flagship, on leaving the port the rudder-irons broke, and
+the ship was almost unmanageable--a defect very difficult to repair in
+that place, on account of the scarcity of artisans at Acapulco. If it
+had not been for the diligence and energy of the warden Antonio Nieto,
+who sent to a great distance to get workmen, and made the repairs at
+his own cost and with his personal attention, this loss would have
+been irremediable; but his zeal and good judgment enabled the ship to
+pursue its voyage with but a few days' loss of time, and to succeed
+in making port at these islands.
+
+On the eve of St. Bartholomew's day, August 23, in the afternoon,
+the distinguished mission of our religious entered Manila; in numbers
+it was the largest that had entered this province, [99] and in quality
+unequaled. This province received them with great tokens of rejoicing;
+and the land welcomed them with an earthquake, and not a slight one,
+which occurred that night. On August 29 the private session of the
+definitory was held, to draw up the formal statement of receiving
+and incorporating them [into the province].
+
+On the day following the entry of our religious into Manila, that
+is, the day of St. Bartholomew, the new governor, Don Miguel de
+Curucelaegui y Arriola, made his entry into the city; this was done
+with great pomp, and two triumphal arches were erected for him, by the
+college of the Society of Jesus and our convent, with very ingenious
+emblematic allusions in Latin and Castilian verse, and very expressive
+laudations. At this entry occurred a disaster which might have served
+to the heathen as a bad omen. Hardly had the governor entered through
+the Puerta Real, which they call Puerta de Bagumbayan, when a balcony
+that was on the side within the city wall above the said gate gave
+way, and fell, with great injury to those who were within it; so that
+many were left cripples, and among these a Recollect religious named
+Fray Luis. The fiscal of the royal Audiencia, Doctor Don Estebán de
+la Fuente Alanis, escaped the danger, the falling balcony striking
+his horse's tail; and Captain Don Francisco de Arcocha, the equerry
+of the new governor, was hurt. But, although many were injured,
+the life of no person was endangered.
+
+The religious of this mission brought with them an image for devotion,
+a painting of the holy Christ of Burgos, touched up to accord with
+the original. This was received in Manila with great solemnity,
+in a procession, the new governor taking part therein on account of
+being much given to that devotion, and with him the most distinguished
+persons in the city. The image was deposited in the main chapel, with
+an altar and retable which were very suitable for it, until the Conde
+de Lizárraga, Don Martín de Ursua y Arismendi, provided that which the
+image has at the present time. The governor went to mass every Friday,
+and there was a large attendance of citizens of Manila--I know not
+whether out of complaisance with him; for at the death of Don Gabriel
+de Curucelaegui, who was buried at the foot of the aforesaid altar,
+at the same time was buried with him the devotion of the citizens
+of Manila. The same occurred in the government of the said Conde de
+Lizárraga, who again revived this devotion; for it was likewise buried
+with him, in the same place. So much influence has the example of the
+governors in these islands, and so great is their power, that even
+devotion seems to need their aid. The religious also brought a brief
+from his Holiness Innocent XI for the erection of a confraternity of
+the holy Christ of Burgos; this undertaking was carried out, and its
+first director [100] was this devout governor. In his time it had a
+large membership, but today it has very few confriers; but they are
+most devout and sincere when they are least influenced by vain and
+worldly considerations, and most please the Lord when they are anxious
+to please not princes--men in whom there is no real prosperity--but
+the King of kings, who always repays them in money of infinite value.
+
+Much did the Catholic governor grieve over entering upon his office
+without the benediction of the archbishop, and at finding the people of
+the city as a flock without a shepherd, their consciences loaded with
+scruples over matters of so much importance, and all of them perplexed
+and entangled in these dissensions; and therefore he resolved, with
+firm purpose and heroic determination, to cause the archbishop to
+be restored to his church. The opposition which he encountered among
+the auditors in his efforts to secure this cannot be expressed; but
+he firmly maintained his resolution, even to the extent of saying
+that he would restore the archbishop, even if it should cost him his
+head. He consulted the religious orders, asking them to give him their
+opinions, on the basis of law, both civil and canonical. I have not
+seen what the other corporations replied, which I suppose must have
+been what the governor desired; but I know well that the Order of
+St. Augustine adduced many and very substantial arguments in favor
+of the restitution of the archbishop to his church, and this with
+many citations from the authors on whom the auditors had taken their
+stand--who, as the royal Council of the Indias afterward declared,
+were greatly at error in their method, according to what the royal
+laws ordain in case it should be necessary to enforce the penalty of
+banishment against any prelate. The same error was committed by the
+capitulars of the ecclesiastical cabildo in declaring and proclaiming a
+vacant see, through their misunderstanding of the chapter Si Episcopus,
+"De supplenda negligentia prælatorum," in VI [101]--an error which
+afterward cost them all so dear, especially the dean, Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Cóbarrubias.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, determined to restore
+the archbishop to Manila, sent to Lingayén as his agent for
+accomplishing this, General Don Tomás de Endaya; and the city of
+Manila sent a regidor, Sargento-mayor Don Gonzalo de Samaniego, and
+some citizens. With them went the past provincial of Santo Domingo,
+Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, commissary of the Holy Office, and many
+others, with an escort of soldiers. On November 16 the archbishop
+came back from his exile, to the general rejoicing of the entire city,
+which had been so long a time afflicted by the absence of its pastor
+and prelate. The artillery was fired [as a salute], from the castle,
+and from the wall adjoining the gate of Santo Domingo, by which the
+archbishop made his entrance; and after he had visited the church he
+went to the palace, to see his liberator, the Catholic governor--who
+said that, in case his proceeding should displease his Majesty and
+the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, he would regard it as a
+great glory to have a punishment, even were it capital, imposed upon
+him. This may be believed of him, as he was a man of a great soul,
+although small in body; Major in exiguo regnavit corpore virtus. [102]
+What we saw in him was, that he was one of the best governors that
+these islands have had--affable, pious, magnanimous, and in the highest
+degree disinterested, and with this very liberal. And therefore he
+was wont to say that he had come to Filipinas to be poor, where other
+governors had come to be rich. This he said with truth, because in
+España and the Indias he had possessed much wealth, gained in the
+many voyages that he had made in command of the fleet and galleons
+to Perú and Nueva España, which had been consumed by his ostentation
+and liberality. We may therefore regard it as a punishment of God
+upon these islands that He removed him from us in the fifth year of
+his term of government--in which time he was severe with those only
+to whom he could not in justice be kind--unless it were that divine
+justice chose him for the punishment of those who had deserved it
+before his time. [103]
+
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui began his government with great
+acceptability and satisfaction to all, and taking the measures
+necessary for the maintenance of these islands. The year of 1685 was
+a hard one on account of the general epidemic of smallpox which raged,
+not only in these islands but in all the kingdoms of China and Eastern
+India--especially on the Coromandel coast, where many millions of
+Malabàrs died. In Filipinas the ravages of the epidemic were great,
+principally among the infants; but the place where, it is affirmed,
+the pest caused incredible loss was in the mountains of Manila where
+the insurgent blacks [i.e., Negritos] dwell, so many dying that those
+mountain districts were left almost uninhabited. But it was not only
+among them that the disease wrought such destruction, but also among
+the deer and wild swine, of which there is an innumerable multitude
+in these mountains, even after they have contributed with their flesh
+to the support of so great a number of blacks. The reason why so many
+die with this contagion is, first, their weak physique; and second,
+the custom that they have of abandoning those who are attacked by the
+disease, on account of which they die much sooner--and, what is worse,
+in their heathen blindness. In China many millions of people died,
+so that there was no one to cultivate the fields; from this resulted
+great famine and mortality, after the epidemic of smallpox.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+The first vessel that the governor despatched for Nueva España was
+the galleon "Santa Rosa;" and he appointed as its commander Don
+Francisco Zorrilla, a native of Granada; as its chief pilot, Admiral
+Don Lorenzo Lazcano; and as sargento-mayor, Don Bernardo de Endaya. The
+voyage of this galleon caused great damage to the citizens of Manila,
+on account of the difficulty in disposing of their property caused
+by the poor market [104] that they found at the port of Acapulco,
+because a fleet of many vessels, laden with merchandise, had arrived
+at Vera Cruz. From the time of this voyage, the shipments which
+were sent from these islands to the commerce of Nueva España began
+to decrease--not only on account of the above-mentioned fleets, but
+through the numerous imposts and contributions which were levied on the
+galleons of Filipinas, which continually increased; [105] consequently,
+seldom was a voyage made from which the citizens obtained any profits
+beyond their principal from the goods which they shipped.
+
+During the time which the archbishop spent in his exile at Lingayén
+occurred the death of the bishop of Nueva Segovia--Doctor Don
+Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, a native of Manila--at the village of
+Vigan, the capital of the province of Ilocos, a few months after his
+consecration. He was very learned, and greatly beloved for his very
+affable manners and his angelic gentleness. He had been for many
+years provisor and archdeacon, and commissary of the Holy Crusade;
+[106] he was therefore greatly esteemed by all, and his loss was
+keenly felt. His death caused a long vacancy in the said church
+[of Nueva Segovia], which lasted until the year 1704, when his
+successor arrived; this was Master Don Fray Diego Gorospe é Irala,
+of the Order of Preachers, a native of Puebla de los Angeles. This
+prelate made strenuous endeavors to establish the visitation of the
+regulars in charge of missions, and gave much occasion for patience
+to the religious of St. Dominic and St. Augustine as long as he lived,
+which was until May 20, 1715. On account of the death of Don Francisco
+Pizarro, the cabildo of Manila named for governor of that bishopric
+Don Diego de Navas, who had been expelled from the Society of Jesus,
+a man of impetuous disposition; this was one of the charges afterward
+made by the archbishop against the cabildo. That prelate, after he
+was restored to his church, sent his assistant the bishop of Troya,
+Don Fray Ginés de Barrientos, to rule that bishopric. [Here follows
+an account of Pardo's dealings with the ecclesiastical cabildo and
+other persons who had been excommunicated on account of their share
+in his banishment, which is here omitted, as having been sufficiently
+recounted in "The Pardo Controversy," VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+This year the galleon "Santo Niño" arrived from Acapulco, and
+Master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero remained behind in Nueva España,
+thus escaping from the numerous lawsuits of the residencia, with all
+of which Don Juan de Vargas was laden. It would have been of great
+assistance to him to have had the aforesaid Don Francisco at his side,
+since the latter was very crafty and sagacious, and not so easily
+perplexed in matters that concerned him as was Don Juan de Vargas;
+for the governors in that country need to be very liberal in the
+residencia, and to have much patience and courage.
+
+As commander [of the galleon] in place of Don Francisco Guerrero came
+General Antonio Nieto, because a proprietary appointee had succeeded
+him in the castle of Acapulco. There also came in his company three
+religious, sent by father Fray Manuel de la Cruz--two who had remained
+[in Nueva España] sick from the last mission; and the other because
+he had enlisted for this province, a son of Mechoacán. [The next
+two paragraphs relate to the residencia of Vargas; part of this has
+already been used for annotations in the account of that trial in
+VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+The peace and pious tranquillity which this province enjoyed throughout
+the three years' government of our father Fray José Duque was like that
+which it had enjoyed during the three years of his former term, and was
+what this province had expected from him on account of the knowledge
+and experience which all had of his piety, great discretion, and
+sagacity in making way through the greatest difficulties. Accordingly,
+they bade farewell to his paternal government with much regret, and
+determined to reëlect him for a third term--which they did afterward
+at the proper time, opportunity being afforded for this by the long
+span of his life and the robust constitution with which he was endowed,
+which were astonishing.
+
+The time arrived which our Constitutions assign for holding the
+provincial chapter, and it assembled in the convent of Manila; over
+it presided, with letters from our very reverend father general
+Fray Antonio Paccino, our father Fray Diego de Jesús. Our father
+Fray Juan de Jérez was elected provincial for the second time, with
+great satisfaction to all; and as definitors were chosen the fathers
+Fray Luis Diaz, Fray Juan García, Fray Felipe de Jaurigue, and Fray
+Diego de Alday. The visitors of the past triennium were present,
+Fray José de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arniellos; and as visitors
+for this triennium were appointed father Fray Ignacio de Rearcado and
+the father reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte. Very judicious ordinances
+were enacted for the proper government of the province, and for the
+maintenance of the strict regular observance which in those times
+flourished therein--in which the new provincial had taken a prominent
+part in his first triennium (which was from 1677 to 1680), and in
+the past one, in which he had been prior of [the convent in] Manila.
+
+The provincial began to govern with so much zeal and industry that it
+would be tedious for me to tell how much he accomplished in one year
+only--the least being that he had visited all the provinces, even
+to those of Ilocos and Bisayas, without omitting in one point his
+exercises of prayer and mortification. Of this I can give reliable
+testimony, as one who was his secretary and companion during the
+twenty-two months while he governed, his death being caused by the
+great labors of this visitation, in which with holy zeal and activity
+he performed incredible labors in promoting the religious observance,
+and in securing the cleansing and adornment of the altars and the
+ornaments, in which he was exceedingly careful and assiduous. He
+suffered much from the continual harassment of the scruples which
+tormented him, so much that it caused one grief to see the so heavy
+cross which the Lord placed on the shoulders of this His creature,
+which he bore with great fortitude and courage....
+
+Among the excellent arrangements made by this chapter was the chief
+one, which was that father Fray Álvaro de Benavente should go to España
+as procurator; he had a few months before returned from China, where
+he left our missions very well established in the kingdom of Cantón,
+with houses at Xaoquinfú and Nanhiunfú, and two others in other
+places of less note. At the same time he was appointed definitor for
+the general chapter which was to meet in Roma, to which father Fray
+Alvaro was very desirous of going on account of the affairs of the
+missions conducted by the regulars in China, from whom he carried
+letters and authority to act in regard to the remission of the oath
+of subjection to the apostolic vicars. They gave him the necessary
+despatches, and he determined to make the voyage by way of the Cape
+of Good Hope, because that year there was no galleon going to Nueva
+España, the cause of which will be told later. He embarked for Batavia
+on a Portuguese vessel, and as his companion was assigned the brother
+Fray Juan Verganzo, who had come with the mission of the year 1684. He
+arrived at Batavia, where he encountered great difficulties in making
+the voyage to Amsterdam; but all these were overcome by a Dutchman,
+a Calvinist preacher named Teodoro Zas--a very benevolent and courteous
+man, and very fond of doing good to others; this caused grief in those
+who knew him, at seeing him misled by the false doctrines of Calvin,
+when he was so eminent in the moral virtues.
+
+Father Fray Alvaro carried with him the first part of this History,
+which after a long time came from the press, although only as far as
+the year 1616--while I had given it to him complete up to the year
+1647--because at that time this province had not funds at Madrid
+sufficient to print it all. That first division of the history was
+printed at the said court in the year 1698, by Manuel Ruiz de Murga;
+and it was dedicated to her Ladyship the Duquesa de Aveiro, although
+it was my intention that it be dedicated to the king our sovereign,
+in his royal and supreme Council of the Indias. The rest of the said
+first part remained laid aside and forgotten in the convent of San
+Felipe at Madrid, until I determined to write it again and complete
+it, by means of the rough drafts that had remained here. [107]
+
+About April of 1687, father Fray Alvaro sailed from Batavia in
+[one of the] galleons of the Company of Holanda, and after many and
+fearful tempests it reached the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch
+made a halt of two months at the great colony and settlement which
+that nation maintain there for this purpose; it is a very populous
+city, and well supplied with all that is necessary to human life,
+for it possesses a very healthful climate, at the latitude of 36°
+[on the side] of the tropic of Capricorn. In this city they have a
+large hospital for treating the sick, with very skilful physicians
+and surgeons, and with all the comfort that could be found in any
+other part of the world. Among the magnificent and delightful things
+which are in that city is a garden, the largest that is known, which,
+according to report, is only second to the earthly Paradise. It is
+many leguas in circumference, and is divided, like the world, into
+four parts. In the part called Europa, there are trees of all the
+fruits that grow in our Europa; in that called Asia, all those from
+Asia; and the same in those of Africa and America. This garden has
+a river, opened by hand-labor, which waters all the four divisions;
+and for its cultivation many Dutch gardeners and more than two thousand
+Cafres are kept there. In this place is produced very rich wine, which
+they call "Cape wine;" for the climate is the same as in Andalucía and
+Extremadura, although in the opposite zone [trópico], and is different
+only in having summer at Christmas and winter at St. John's day. [108]
+
+Father Fray Alvaro left this pleasant town and pursued his voyage
+to Holanda, and landed at Roterdán, the native place of Desiderius
+Erasmus; [109] and thence he went to Amsterdam, where he remained some
+time. There he made inquiries to ascertain whether he could print the
+history that he carried in that great city, on account of the beautiful
+work done by its famous printers; but he gave up this intention, on
+account of the numerous errors which they made, being ignorant of our
+language. Thence he embarked for Bilbao, where he and his companion
+resumed wearing their habits, which they had laid aside in order to go
+on shore at Batavia. The rest of the tedious peregrinations of father
+Fray Alvaro will be related, if we can reach the time when he returned
+[to Manila] with a mission in the year 1690, when we shall observe
+his entrance into Madrid and his voyage to Roma, and his negotiations
+at that court in behalf of the regulars of the China missions.
+
+For these missions the chapter designated the father reader Fray Juan
+de Aguilar, who remained in them several years, and afterward retired
+on account of failing health; but the chapter sent in his place father
+Fray Juan Gómez, who continued there until his death. Afterward a
+large reënforcement of religious was sent to China for the aforesaid
+missions, which have increased and become very large; and they would
+have prospered much more, if they had not been so hindered by the
+claim of subjection to the vicars-apostolic, who made so strenuous
+efforts to introduce it.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel Curucelaegui, had determined to send this
+year [1686] to Nueva España the galleon "Santo Niño," in charge of
+General Lucas Mateo de Urquiza; but his efforts to despatch it were
+ineffectual, because information was received that seven vessels of
+corsairs or pirates were sailing outside of the Embocadero, and it was
+feared that their principal intention was to seize the galleon "San
+Telmo," which was expected on the return trip from Nueva España. Two
+fragatas of theirs had been in the Babuyanes Islands, between Cagayán
+and Hermosa Island, and had slain two religious of [the Order of]
+St. Dominic; these were father Fray Jacinto de Samper, a native of
+Caspe, an able minister to the Chinese in the Parián, and father
+Fray José Seijas, a nephew of the archbishop of Méjico, Don Francisco
+Seijas, both of them being religious of great virtue. [110] Moreover,
+the pirates had committed other acts of hostility in Cagayán and
+Ilocos. The governor determined to suspend the voyage of the galleon
+for Nueva España, and gave orders to equip it for war--cutting in
+it many portholes, in order to furnish it with more than a hundred
+pieces of artillery of large calibre (all of bronze); and placing
+aboard it a thousand soldiers, Spaniards, Pampangos, Merdicas,
+Malays, and Zambal Indian bowmen. In its company went two pataches,
+which had just come for trade with the Coromandel coast, well armed
+and furnished with soldiers; and for commander of this enterprise
+the governor appointed Don Tomás de Endaya, with the title of deputy
+captain-general. To his valor could be entrusted any undertaking,
+however perilous it might be; for he was valiant, and had great skill
+in navigation, and had gone three times to España as commander [of the
+galleons]. This splendid armada set out, small in number [of ships],
+but having great strength. Having escorted through the Embocadero and
+secured the galleon "San Telmo" (which reached these islands safely),
+the armada reconnoitered all the places where the piratical enemy might
+be, but did not find them, but learned that there had been no more
+than the two vessels which had been in Babuyanes. Thereupon the armada
+returned to Cavite, without accomplishing anything more than the great
+expenses which the royal treasury had incurred, and having weakened
+the great strength of the galleon "Santo Niño," with the numerous
+portholes which had been cut in it for mounting the artillery; for it
+was necessary for this purpose to cut through the ribs of the ship's
+sides, in the preservation of which consisted its greatest strength.
+
+The two pataches proceeded in search of the pirates to the locality
+of the Babuyanes; and the commander, Don Tomás de Endaya, went with
+a strong force of men by land to the province of Ilocos to look for
+them--where, it was said, the said corsairs had arrived, although
+the news did not prove to be accurate. He went as far as the capital
+town of Vigan, where his encomienda was; and after having spent some
+time there, not receiving information of the enemy, he returned to
+Manila. He left there established a village of the blacks from the
+mountains, called Santo Tomás, between Tarlac and Magalan, headed
+by a notable chief of theirs named Don Juan Valiga. A few months
+after Don Tomás de Endaya had arrived at Manila, he succeeded in the
+office of master-of-camp to Don Fernando de Bobadilla (who held it
+by proprietary appointment from his Majesty), who died about this
+time. The latter was a great soldier, and the governor of Zamboanga,
+and is often named in the history; he was a native of Sevilla, and
+a son of one of the "twenty-four" of that city. The ships that went
+by sea, after having searched many ports where they thought to find
+the corsairs, and having no further news of them, returned to Manila
+without having accomplished anything remarkable. Don Tomás de Endaya
+was confirmed in the post of master-of-camp, and held it twenty-eight
+years; and then he died from old age.
+
+In this year of 1686, about June, occurred the revolt of the Sangleys
+of the Parián of Manila, which I related in book ii, chapter 21, as I
+did not suppose that I would reach these times with the thread of the
+narrative; and therefore I do not repeat it [here], as it was written
+with sufficient fulness, and the curious reader can find it in the
+place I have cited. [This citation is incorrect, in the arrangement of
+the chapters as given in Fray Lopez's edition of Diaz; the number of
+the chapter should be xxxiv. Diaz's account, as there given (pp. 440,
+441), we transfer to this place, adding his comments on the question
+of allowing the Chinese to reside at Manila; it is as follows:]
+
+While these islands were governed by the admiral of the galleons,
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, of the Order of Santiago and
+one of the "twenty-four" of Sevilla, in the year 1686 [misprinted
+1636] there occurred a tumult in the Parián which it was feared would
+become a general uprising [--which was planned,] according to the
+investigations afterward made. In the said market there were many
+recently-arrived Sangleys, of so bad reputation that the Sangley
+merchants themselves had no confidence in these men, and said that
+they were disguised thieves and highwaymen who had come from China
+that year, having fled from a mandarin who was a very severe judge,
+whom the emperor had sent from the court to drive out so mischievous
+a sort of folk from the province of Fo-Kien, which at that time was
+infested by criminals of that sort. The said mandarin had executed
+his commission with such severity that those who were put to death
+numbered more than sixty thousand--which in China is a small number,
+because that country abounds in robbers--and for this reason many
+had made their escape to Manila and other regions, fleeing from the
+harshness of that judge. These people did all the harm that they
+could, robbing inside the Parián the Chinese themselves, when they
+could not rob outsiders.
+
+About this time there came out of the public prison at Manila a Sangley
+named Tingco, who had been imprisoned for the unnatural crime, and
+had been there so long that in prison he had learned to read and write
+our language, and had come to be a sufficiently competent scrivener to
+write petitions and other papers for the rest of the prisoners, for he
+was very clever and had a keen mind. He went about [the prison] freely,
+as being a prisoner of so long standing, and aided the jailer greatly
+by acting as guard to the other prisoners; and he supported himself
+very comfortably on what he gained by his pen. Finally, after many
+years of confinement he succeeded in gaining his full liberty; and,
+as he had a restless disposition and evil inclinations, he associated
+himself with other Chinese criminals, of those who were fugitives
+from the province of Fo-Kien, and they lived on what they could
+plunder from other Sangleys and from the Indians and Spaniards. As
+they regarded this occupation of petty thieving as too disagreeable,
+and it could not extricate them from their wretchedly poor condition,
+they planned to assemble together three hundred of these vagabonds,
+and to undertake some exploit which should better their fortunes so
+that they could return to China free from danger. It seems certain
+that this resolve was talked about with the multitude of the Parián
+who were least supplied with funds, and these were on the watch to aid
+the bold attempt of those promoters if the result had corresponded
+to their plans; and what is most surprising is the secrecy with
+which they kept these from the rich Sangleys--who not only would not
+have entered into the plot, but would have revealed it for their own
+safety; for they were going to lose much and gain little, and with
+very evident risk. The day and hour of the conspiracy having been
+settled--a day in the month of August, at daylight--they assembled in
+a disorderly crowd, armed with such weapons as they could procure by
+stealth, their leader being one who had newly come, that same year,
+from China. In a mob, and without order, they attacked the house of
+the alguacil-mayor, Pedro de Ortega; and they killed him and another
+Spaniard, named Nicolás de Ballena. With this beginning they went to
+the house of the alcalde-mayor of the Parián, Captain Don Diego Vivién,
+and entered it to do the same to him; but, having heard the noise,
+he escaped without clothing, and reached a safe place in the little
+fort which defends the entrance to the great bridge, where there
+is always a garrison of soldiers. The insurgents entered his house,
+and their greed satisfied itself on what they found nearest to their
+hands, although they had not the luck to find three thousand pesos
+in silver which the alcalde possessed. While they halted for this
+pillage there was time to bring up soldiers and other armed men,
+and they easily arrested many of the Sangleys, although most of them
+escaped; and the rest of the Parián remained tranquil. It was made
+known that this conspiracy was plotted in the bakery of Manila, and
+[it was said] that they intended to place pounded glass in the bread,
+in order to kill the Spaniards. This was not positively ascertained,
+but the management of that business was taken from the Chinese--to
+which, however, they afterward returned, at the urgent request of our
+people. This was because, during the time while the Sangleys did not
+carry on this trade, they were replaced by Spaniards who in their own
+country had been bakers, but in Manila they did not succeed in doing
+anything to advantage; the Sangleys therefore again took charge of
+the bakery, after they had been asked by many to furnish the supply
+of bread, of which great quantities are consumed in Manila.
+
+The Sangley Tingco was captured, and in company with ten others
+was hanged and quartered; and the bodies were placed along the
+river of Manila and the estuary of Tondo, as far as Point Tañón in
+Tambobong. The conversion of those who were heathens (as were most
+of them) was secured, and for this conversion labored earnestly
+father Fray Álvaro de Benavente, an Augustinian, and Father José de
+Irigoyen of the Society of Jesus, both of whom knew the dialects
+of the provinces from which the criminals came; and for those of
+Fo-Kien the fathers of St. Dominic [ministered]. News came that many
+of the insurgents had taken refuge at Pasay, and General Don Tomás
+de Endaya went out against them with soldiers and Merdicas (who are
+very brave Malay Indians); they came back with eleven heads of those
+whom they could kill, and the disturbance was quieted, nor has any
+other occurred up to the present time.
+
+In this danger Manila maintains her existence, clinging to it as
+the means of her preservation even though she grieves over what is
+the cause of her greatest decline. The shrewdness of the Chinese
+in business dealings and their skill in carrying on the mechanical
+trades turn us from these callings so entirely that Spaniards who in
+their own country practiced them here consider it foolish to do so;
+accordingly they allow the Chinese to conduct and manage the crafts,
+believing that the latter are serving us when they are most imposing
+upon us. And as the Chinese recognize this weakness of ours, and
+see that it is without remedy, on account of the Spanish vanity, they
+treat us with contempt in their acts, although with great submission in
+their words. Whatever they make is defective and does not wear well,
+in order that they may have more work to do. The unnecessary expense
+that Manila suffers on account of the frauds that they practice in
+the trades of baker, candle-maker, and silversmith is very great;
+we recognize this, and endure it through necessity, and the matter is
+not set right, through reluctance to apply the remedy. Many persons
+understand the injury which the Chinese cause here, but much more
+numerous are those who defend them, since this peril is dear to those
+who regard it as an advantage [to have the Chinese here.]
+
+In the year 1678 there reached our hands a very judicious opinion,
+printed at Madrid by a devout person who had had experience in dealing
+with that nation, and was well aware of their acts of guile. It was
+presented before the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, its
+president being the Conde de Medellín; and when the arguments adduced
+therein made a very strong impression, another pamphlet appeared in
+print at the same court, against the former one and in favor of the
+Sangleys; this delayed the decision, so that it seems as if they have
+in all quarters those who defend them. And so we go on, enduring this
+incurable disease--although today the number of the Sangleys is less
+than ever; for it is supposed that the number does not reach the six
+thousand whom the royal decrees allow, and judging by the poverty
+to which the commonwealth of Manila is steadily being reduced, each
+year there will be fewer Chinese here through the lack of profits;
+for that is the craving which draws them from their own country.
+
+I am aware that I have expatiated on a matter which seems to be an
+affair of state, rather than of history, although history, as a teacher
+of truth and a witness of the times, should include all events. I much
+regret that I cannot enlarge my account by saying something of the
+much which I could tell about the great indifference with which the
+Sangleys who are baptized attend to their obligations as Christians;
+most of them do so for worldly objects, such as being married and
+living as lords of the country; but this subject is one for tears
+rather than for the pen. Many lamentations have been made by many
+Jeremiahs zealous for the honor of God; but no results have followed
+beyond the reward which will be given to them in glory for this so holy
+labor. A very learned apologue is kept in the ecclesiastical archives,
+written by the reverend father Fray Alberto Collares of the Order
+of Preachers, at the request of the archbishop of Manila, Doctor Don
+Miguel Millán de Poblete, which causes horror to those who read it;
+and the worst is, that it tells but little, according to the opinion
+of other religious of the said order, who, as ministers to the Parián
+mission, know the Chinese best. And still more is this occasion for
+censure to some of the religious of that order who have been in China,
+and know how much superior the Christians of that empire are to these;
+and therefore they take great care to prevent those who come from
+China (who are few) from holding intercourse with the Christians of
+the Parián, in order that these may not corrupt them. Thus do they
+look upon the matter; and when in our convent at Manila was lodged
+Don Fray Gregorio López, a Basilitan [111] bishop of the Order of
+Preachers, a Chinese by nationality--who was a phoenix among that
+people, on account of his virtue and sanctity--he prevented from
+going to the Parián, whenever he could, two good Chinese Christians
+whom he brought hither in his company.
+
+Many (and most) persons are greatly deceived in imagining that the
+Sangleys who live among the Indian natives outside of Manila do no
+harm to the faith, saying that the Chinese are more atheists than
+idolaters, and that they only seek worldly advantages. But this is
+not always the rule, for some teach sects and doctrines that are very
+evil, as experience shows. In the year 1706, father Fray Antolín de
+Alzaga, one of the apostolic missionaries whom we have in the remote
+mountains of the province of Pampanga, converting and instructing the
+warlike peoples called Italones, Ituriés, and Abacas--whose wonderful
+conversions present notable material to him whose duty it is to write
+the history of those times--this apostolic missionary came to Manila,
+making light of the hardships of [travel by] those roads so long
+and rough, in order to ask the governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu,
+to take measures for banishing from these mountains two infidel
+Sangleys, who with greed for the trade in wax had penetrated even
+those unexplored hills, where they taught false dogmas and perverse
+opinions, such as palingenesis, or transmigration of souls--a dogma
+which Pythagoras taught, and which was propagated much among heathen
+peoples. At the present time it is accepted by all nations of Asia,
+and in China and Japon with the greatest tenacity; they believe
+that when a man dies his soul goes to animate another body, either
+rational or brute, according to the deserts of him who is dead,
+and for either punishment or reward; and thus they allot an infinite
+succession of transmigrations. This diabolical dogma was taught by
+these Sangleys to the Italon Indians, with other evil doctrines,
+such as polygamy (which permits a man to have many wives), idolatry,
+and others which ensue from it. That accursed doctrine spread rapidly
+among those simple mountaineers, so much so that it became necessary
+to have recourse to the said governor--who, being so zealous for
+the increase of the Christian faith, sent to the alcalde-mayor of
+Pampanga a very urgent command to expel from those missions the two
+Sangleys, and to be very careful to prevent the entrance of others
+therein; and this order was carried out, to the great tranquillity
+of the new Christian church. Experience has shown the same thing in
+other villages where Sangleys have fixed abodes. I will not delay
+longer over a matter on which there is an endless amount to be said,
+since I have sufficiently exceeded the limits of my obligation; and
+I refer to many persons who have officially discussed these matters,
+although they have obtained no results from their earnest efforts.
+
+The natives regard them with contempt, having no further inclination
+toward them than that of self-interest; consequently, neither
+affection nor fear draws either toward the other. And ordinarily
+selfishness courts the Sangleys, while aversion urges the natives
+to make complaints against them--except that the bond of matrimony
+is a check on the women; for, as is usually the case, if a native
+leads a bad life, he is on the watch for the acts of the Sangleys,
+in order to make the evil-doing of another serve as an excuse for
+greater freedom in his own wrong mode of life. Accordingly, they are
+in more danger from testimony arising from the malice of the accusers
+than from facts brought forward in zeal for their correction--as is
+seen by the few complaints or accusations that are decided against
+them, and how still more rarely do these bring them to punishment. Nor
+can this be attributed to the negligence of the judges, for they are
+delighted to receive the lawsuits of the Sangleys, our covetousness
+selling to them even justice very dear; and when harshness finds
+an object, it makes their punishments (since their wealth offers so
+much to avarice), although less bloody, more keenly felt, since in
+the estimation of the Sangley money is his very heart's blood.
+
+The precedents set by the sovereign kings Don Fernando the Catholic and
+Don Felipe II are examples of their piety, and of their successful
+policy in separating from their Catholic vassals those who are
+perfidious, who if mingled with the others might pervert them, through
+the passion which the Indians and Moros have for propagating their
+[false] sects--a danger much to be feared among the simple people of
+the villages and the common herd.
+
+No doubt, intercourse with these infidels is very necessary, on account
+of the merchandise which they furnish to us from their kingdom; but
+this could, in my opinion, be accomplished without danger to us--for
+one thing, by permitting to remain in these islands [only the] six
+thousand Sangleys, as his Majesty decrees; and for another, by not
+permitting them to trade in the provinces, or to live in the villages
+mingled with the Indians. But they should be kept in subjection, as
+Joshua kept down the Gaboanites, and as now Roma, Florencia, Venecia,
+and Orán hold the Jews in subjection, and our people in Ternate kept
+the Moros in his Majesty's galleys, the rabble of that sort. It is an
+obvious disadvantage to live subjected to such peoples, because the
+law of subjection, the adulation offered to rulers, and ambition to
+secure their favor are powerful to subject religion to their pleasure,
+as has been found by experience in all the countries where this
+misfortune has been suffered--such as Mesopotamia, both the Arabias,
+Egipto, and Africa, and that one which was the supporter of religion,
+Constantinopla, with all of Grecia. And for the same reason heresy has
+so prevailed and lorded it in Inglaterra, Irlanda, Dinamarca, Suecia,
+Sajonia,[i.e., Saxony], the Palatinate, and many other provinces and
+free cities--the most fatal poison that attacks the faith being the
+sovereignty of infidel princes, their grandeur and power being the
+sure ruin of religion. I consider that I have used more space than
+is required by my obligations, in treating of so pernicious a nation,
+which is allowed here in greater number than our needs demand--I know
+not whether through our fault or our misfortune--and maintained in
+the subjection which experience has shown [to be necessary] at times
+when too great confidence has relaxed the rein of caution.
+
+[Here we resume the regular narrative of this period by Diaz,
+at p. 786:] This revolt caused great anxiety to the governor, Don
+Gabriel Curucelaegui, on account of the many champans which had come
+that year from China; but in the course of time the danger disappeared.
+
+Among the great hardships which in this year were suffered in Manila,
+one was that the rains were heavier than any known to living men. Not
+only were they very heavy, but they lasted many months, and were
+the cause of many fields and crops being ruined, which caused a
+great scarcity of provisions; and, as it was impossible to work the
+salt-beds, the price of salt rose so high that it came to be worth
+twelve pesos for half a fanega, although its ordinary price was two
+or three reals--and some years even less, depending on the [height
+of the] water and on the heat of the sun, on which conditions this
+so necessary industry depends.
+
+The most memorable event of this year, and one which may be counted
+among the most important which have occurred in these islands since
+their conquest, is the imprisonment of the auditors, Don Diego Antonio
+de Viga and Don Pedro Sebastián de Bolivar, by the governor. It is an
+event to cause astonishment--and more, as it came so soon after the
+imprisonment and exile of the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo--at
+seeing in so short a time Doctor Don Cristóbal de Herrera Grimaldos
+dead, and two auditors deprived forever of their togas (since never
+again could they put these on), and their families ruined and almost
+destroyed. It is not my intention to interpret the inscrutable secrets
+of divine justice, but only to set down the times and occasions in
+which so notable events occurred. [Diaz's account of the imprisonment
+and deaths of the auditors is here omitted, as it has already been
+sufficiently related in VOL. XXXIX.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+The governor, seeing the Audiencia broken up (since it consisted
+of only one individual, the auditor Don Diego Calderón), named two
+associates to assist the auditor in despatching the business of
+this supreme tribunal; these were Licentiate Don José de Herrera,
+an advocate of the royal Audiencia, and the doctor and captain whom
+I have already mentioned, Don José de Cervantes Altamirano; and
+they issued royal decrees, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente filling
+his office of fiscal. They alleged that there had been a precedent
+for this in the time of Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera,
+when there was no other auditor than Don Marcos Zapata, by whose aid
+was carried out the banishment and imprisonment of Don Fray Fernando
+Guerrero--and this proceeding had been an example to be repeated in
+these times. Afterward, on account of the sickness and death of Don
+Diego Calderón, the governor continued to form an Audiencia with the
+two associates, which the royal Council of the Indias condemned.
+
+Under this kind of government two years passed by, until, in the year
+1688, a new Audiencia arrived, as we shall soon see. The year 1687
+was no less grievous than the preceding one, for various misfortunes
+followed each other, which were generally felt by all the citizens,
+in order that they might share in the punishment merited by their
+offenses, since always proves true the proverb, Delirant reges, semper
+plectuntur Achivi. [112] The first was the failure of the galleon
+from Nueva España, for it could not come that year because none had
+been despatched [from Manila] the year before; this was because of
+the armada sent against the pirates, which only served to cause great
+expenses to the royal treasury, the wreck of the galleon "Santo Niño,"
+and the failure of the galleon in this and the following years--which,
+as we have often said, is the life of the poor colony of Manila and
+of all these Filipinas Islands.
+
+The governor, having determined to send to Nueva España the galleon
+"Santo Niño," ordered that it be repaired as well as it could be;
+but even then it was not very strong, because most of its strength
+had been taken from it by the windows which had been opened in it for
+the artillery. But there was no other ship to depend upon, for the
+construction of the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," which they had placed
+on the stocks, was only begun. The governor appointed as its commander
+Lucas Mateo Urquina, who sailed for Nueva España with but slight hope
+on the part of those who understood the situation for the success of
+the voyage. The worst was, that their fears were realized; for the
+galleon not being able to endure the fierce storms that attacked it
+in high latitudes, it was compelled to put back to port. This it did,
+about the month of November, causing great affliction to all; for it
+came only to aggravate the sufferings that were already experienced
+through the failure to receive a galleon that year.
+
+At night of Holy Thursday, March 28, at the time when in the village
+of Binondo arrangements were being made for the procession which the
+mestizo Sangleys make on the occasion of the "holy burial," (which is
+one of the most brilliant and magnificent of the processions that are
+made in Holy Week), one of the greatest disasters that have ever been
+seen in these islands occurred. Fire caught in the first house on the
+point of land which is called Punta de la Estacada, and the crowd
+of people who had made ready for this devout function were unable
+to extinguish the fire; and the devouring flames made such havoc
+that they destroyed the great number of houses that stood in all the
+territory of the said Estacada, Baybay, and Tondo, finally consuming
+the entire barrio of Bancusay, in which this so widespread settlement
+[of Sangleys] finds its limit. It was no small good-fortune that
+the fire passed by the other side of the river, where lies the great
+town of Binondoc, Tondo, Santa Cruz, and Quiapo--which, as contiguous
+villages, together constitute one body--for [if the fire had reached
+them] the loss would have been irreparable; for many splendid houses
+of wealthy Spaniards and mestizos would have been consumed, and those
+of many Portuguese and Armenian traders who live in those places as
+being more convenient [for their business]. There were no deaths of
+persons from the flames; but great was the loss of the many people
+who saw their poor houses and property disappear.
+
+The gates of Manila were opened, and the governor, in person hastened
+to give aid, with a great number of people, who could check the
+fire so that it should not cross over to the other part of Binondoc
+and Tondo. What was more, he prevented the robberies which in such
+emergencies are committed by some soldiers and wicked people, who on
+such occasions are worse than the fire, as has been found by experience
+at various times; for in times of drouth fires are very frequent in
+the suburbs of Manila, most of them being occasioned by fire set by
+these soulless incendiaries, who find their profit in such destruction.
+
+To this local calamity at La Estacada succeeded another affliction,
+which was general through the greater part of these islands; this was
+a plague of locusts, one of the worst which has been seen in them, for
+the locusts were so many that in dense and opaque clouds they darkened
+the sun, and covered the ground on which they settled. These insects
+ravaged the grain-fields, and left the meadows scorched; and even the
+trees and canebrakes they stripped of the green leaves. These locusts
+were so voracious that they not only laid waste every kind of herbage
+and verdure, but they entered the houses, and gnawed and pierced with
+holes every kind of cloth; and those who flapped sheets and coverlets
+at the locusts to drive them away--as is usually done at other times
+in the invasions of this pest, with some effect--on this occasion
+found that the only result was to ruin those articles, for the locusts
+ate them, and destroyed them with their poisonous jaws. Thereupon the
+people began to feel the loss which ensued from this calamity, in the
+great scarcity and want of provisions--so great that a cabán of rice
+(which is half a fanega) came to be worth two pesos and a half, and in
+some places three pesos. (Nor has the poverty been less which is being
+experienced while I am writing this, on account of the great plague
+of locusts which occurred in the past year of 1717 and the present
+one.) And it can be said that the poor died in great numbers, not
+so much because the rice (which is the general food of the regions)
+cost so much, as through their lack of forethought, and of money
+with which to buy rice; and because there was so excessive a number
+of beggars--some through necessity, and others through laziness and
+dislike for work--that it was impossible to relieve them; for when
+there is but little to give it is not possible to divide it so that
+all shall be sufficiently cared for.
+
+To these great troubles was added another; that in that year
+occurred many earthquakes, which although they did not cause the total
+destruction of buildings, left many houses and churches damaged. In the
+province of Cagayán, in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, heavier shocks
+were experienced, for in the mountainous districts of that province
+chasms and vent-holes were opened, a phenomenon which usually results
+from such tremblings of the earth. From this it may be proved that a
+cause of these tremblings and earthquakes is the air which is shut in
+within the caverns of the globe, drawn into them through the crevices
+and openings which the heat causes in the soil, which afterward are
+closed by the rains; a great volume of air being thus gathered, it
+becomes rarefied, and, increasing in quantity or volume, it seeks an
+outlet, directing its force toward its center and causing so terrible
+a commotion. But the safe and useful way of maintaining ourselves
+faithful in the fulfilment of our obligations is to regard these
+earthquakes as tokens of the wrath of God against our transgressions,
+Qui respicit terram et facit eam tremere (Psalm ciii, v. 32).
+
+Not long before these events, the death occurred in Cagayán of the
+auditor Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, a prisoner and exile in
+that province. [Here Diaz relates the circumstances of the deaths of
+Viga and other persons who had been concerned in the Pardo controversy,
+which have already been mentioned in previous documents. He cites a
+letter from Pardo to Curucelaegui, dated December 2, 1687, to show
+that Viga died impenitent; he was buried in the cathedral of Lalo,
+and Pardo connects with this circumstance the calamities which soon
+afterward afflicted the islands. He orders the remains of Viga to be
+disinterred and removed from the cathedral; Diaz thinks that this was
+done, but is not quite certain. He positively asserts, however, that
+Viga was a very upright official, and wholly disinterested; and thinks
+that he perhaps went too far in upholding the royal privileges, through
+misunderstanding their scope. Doña Josefa Bolivar also dies impenitent,
+and Pardo sends Bachelor Don Juan de Cazorla to investigate the matter,
+to know whether she may be buried in consecrated ground; he has her
+buried "in the plaza of the said village of Oriong." Her husband meets
+"a better end;" he is reconciled to the Church, and dies after having
+"devoted himself to exercises of austere penance, fasts and scourgings
+and other mortifications." Auditor Calderón dies at Manila in like
+exemplary manner (July 18, 1687); "this auditor was a very upright
+and disinterested official, a good Christian, pious, and much given to
+good works, and therefore was beloved by the entire community." Master
+Jerónimo de Herrera is sentenced by the archbishop (March 16, 1687)
+to be deprived of all ecclesiastical benefices and offices, and is
+sent to Spain, but dies during the voyage. At this time, Barrientos,
+the bishop of Troya, is absent on official duties in the bishopric
+of Nueva Segovia. He had "issued a decree of excommunication against
+the alcaldes-mayor of Cagayán, Ilocos, and Pangasinán, prohibiting to
+them trade and traffic in those provinces, in virtue of the oath which
+those officials take in the royal Audiencia when they go to exercise
+their offices. This excommunication was the cause of many lawsuits, for
+Captain Don Francisco de Alzaga Voitia, alcalde-mayor of Pangasinán,
+defended them all, and appeared before the royal Audiencia with a
+plea of fuerza, complaining that the bishop of Troya was usurping
+the royal jurisdiction by taking cognizance of the oath taken in
+that court.... On this question royal decrees were issued, and the
+controversy lasted a long time, but the excommunication then laid has
+remained until this day; and the alcaldes-mayor continue with their
+trade and traffic as before, without the least scruple." Returning
+to Manila, Barrientos declines the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, to
+which he is entitled as Pardo's assistant; the archbishop therefore
+despatches to take charge of that diocese Doctor Nicolás de la Vega
+Caballero, then cura of Cavite.]
+
+This province assumed charge of the ministry in the territory of
+Mariquina and Jesús de la Peña, which in times past was a dependency
+of the mission station of Pasig. It had been administered by the
+religious of the Society, by commission of Don Fray Pedro Arce, bishop
+of Cebú and ruler of the archbishopric of Manila, and by approval of
+Governor Don Juan Niño de Tabora, since the year 1630; and now it was
+restored to the ministry of Pasig by sentence of the archbishop, May
+16, 1687, and this province added to that territory the convent of San
+Mateo--establishing the headquarters and residence of the minister at
+Mariquina, whose titular saint is our Lady of Protection; its first
+minister was father Fray Simón Martínez. The aforesaid archbishop
+also added to the said village of Pasig the mission village of San
+Andrés Apóstol de Cainta, also administered by the said religious of
+the Society, by decree of March 16, 1688--with the approbation, not
+only of this, but of the separation of Mariquina, by the vice-patron,
+Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui. Its first minister was father
+Fray José del Valle, and it was preserved as a separate convent with
+the title of vicariate. [113]
+
+We held these ministries, with great labor and inconvenience, until
+the year 1696, when there arrived a royal decree that they should
+again be administered by the fathers of the Society of Jesus, and we
+therefore surrendered them to those fathers. In order to show further
+our good-will and friendly relations with so holy a religious order,
+we exchanged the ministry of San Mateo for that of Binangonan--called
+"Binangonan of the dogs," to distinguish it from the other town of
+the same name, which is on the opposite coast [of the island]; it
+has for its titular St. Ursula and the eleven thousand virgins her
+companions, in a church in Laguna de Bay. This was accomplished by the
+aid of the consent and approbation of the governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+y Góngora. This village of Binangonan is very small, and had been at
+first administered by the religious of St. Francis, who had exchanged
+it for the ministry of Baras, which also belonged to the religious of
+the Society; and because it was so poor a living a visita was added
+to it from the ministry of Pasig, which is called Angono--its patron
+saint being St. Clement, pope and martyr--of a few tribute-payers. To
+this ministry were added fifty pesos more for its support, but it is
+so forlorn a one that even with all these aids the minister suffers a
+great lack of means for his support; and therefore on many occasions
+there has been talk of abandoning this charge, for it is not good for
+any other profit, either spiritual or temporal--not only on account of
+its poverty, but because of the intractable disposition of its people.
+
+On February 19 of this year of 1688, our then father provincial, Fray
+Juan de Jeréz, died in the convent of Manila; his illness was caused by
+the great hardships of his visitation of the entire province, and the
+eagerness with which he undertook to perform this task in one year,
+while it was a task for two years, especially since he was sixty-two
+years old, and had many attacks of illness. At last he ended the
+visitation, but it put an end to him. He was one of the most exact
+in fulfilling obligations of all the religious who have been in this
+province, and great was his zeal for the religious observance. His
+solicitude and care for adornment in the things belonging to the divine
+worship was continual, using his utmost endeavors that the altars and
+ornaments should be the best that were possible, and spending on them
+all that he could obtain. The first indication of his [approaching]
+death was that he was freed from the scruples of conscience which had
+been throughout his life a continual torment; but at that time the
+Lord, who had given him these scruples in order to exercise his soul,
+imperavit ventis et mari, et facta est tranquillitas (Matthew viii,
+v. 26). His death was deeply regretted by all; for this province
+loved him as a father, and the people venerated him as a saint. In
+consequence of his death, the government was assumed by our father
+Fray José Duque, as being next to the provincial, with the title
+of rector-provincial; for in this province could not be observed
+the same rule as in those of España, where our very reverend father
+general makes appointments for the vacancies caused by the deaths of
+provincials, until the time appointed for convening the provincial
+chapter.
+
+Among the troubles and calamities of this year a very great one
+was that occasioned by a pestilential epidemic of influenza, which
+had begun in the preceding year and continued in this year of 1688,
+with great ravages. Many died of this disease, especially children
+and old persons; and by this year the epidemic had so increased that
+many grain-fields could not be cultivated, for lack of people to
+do the work. This caused a great lack of provisions in this and the
+following years, just as the locusts had occasioned like loss in the
+preceding year. So prevalent was the disease that in the province of
+Pampanga, where I was serving in the village of Guagua, as secretary
+and assistant of the rector-provincial, the Indians were not seen in
+the streets, on account of most of them being prostrated by the cruel
+influenza, and the rest of them caring for the sick ones. Accordingly
+the deputies and officials of the confraternities went through the
+streets with jars of [cooked] rice, and went up into the houses and
+provided those who were in need with food; for most of the people
+were without it, and others could not cook it and had no one who was
+able to do so. These influenzas are very frequent in this country,
+but that in this year was the worst that the old men have seen; and
+since then, up to the present time, no other like it has been known.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, desired to put a stop to
+the outrages which were being committed by the rebellious blacks of the
+mountains and the Zambals of the Playa Honda and the uninhabited places
+of the Puntalón (a route in the province of Pangasinán)--killing many
+travelers and cutting off their heads (which is the greatest trophy
+and desire of those people), and daring to approach the villages
+near Tarlac--Magalan, Telban, and Malunguey. The governor therefore
+prepared to make a vigorous invasion, not only with Spaniards,
+but with Pampangos, friendly Zambals, and Merdicas from Maluco;
+and he appointed as their leader Sargento-mayor Martín de León,
+and gave him [for officers], as being men experienced in that sort
+of war, Captain Alonso Martín Franco and Captain Bartolomé Prieto;
+the master-of-camp of the Merdicas, Cachil-Duco, the prince of
+Tidori; and Sargento-mayor Pedro Machado. He sent orders to the
+alcaldes-mayor of Cagayán and Pangasinán that they, with the best
+troops that they had, should scout through the mountains from north
+to south, so that they might go on until they should meet Martín de
+León and his companions, up to a locality and settlement of blacks
+that is called Culianán. Both parties carried out this plan, although
+with great difficulty, on account of those forests being very dense;
+they killed many insurgent blacks and Zambals; but before joining their
+troops they found themselves obliged to retreat, because the epidemic
+of pestilential influenza made great havoc among them, and many died
+from that disease. But the injury which our people could not inflict
+upon the enemy was wrought on them by the pest of the influenza,
+which caused as great ravages among them as the smallpox had made in
+previous years. Martín de León, Alonso Martín Franco, and Bartolomé
+Prieto came to Guagua in very bad condition; from there they sent word
+to the governor, who commanded them to withdraw [from the enterprise].
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+The Conde de Mondova, [114] viceroy of Nueva España, seeing that
+for two successive years there had been no galleons from Filipinas,
+[influenced] not only by the order which the royal Council has given
+for such emergencies, but by finding that he was responsible for
+the despatch of the investigating judge and the new royal Audiencia
+who were on their way to these islands to replace and depose the
+auditors (whom either death or exile had already deposed), ordered
+that a Peruvian patache be made ready which was then at Acapulco, the
+owner of which was Felipe Vertis, a citizen of Callao. The viceroy
+appointed as its commander the then admiral of the Windward fleet,
+Antonio de Astina, a native of San Sebastián; and for seamen the
+best who were found in the said armada. In this patache embarked
+the following persons: The investigating judge, who was Licentiate
+Don Francisco Campos Valdivia, then alcalde de casa y corte [115] of
+Madrid, and royal deputy provincial notary at the said court. The new
+auditors, of whom the senior was Licentiate Don Alonso Abellafuertes,
+a knight of the Order of Alcántara, a native of Oviedo, who had
+recently finished his term as corregidor of the city of Burgos;
+[the others were] Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra y Osorio, a knight of
+the Order of Calatrava, an Asturian, and Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina
+y Havalría, a native of Sevilla--who is still living as a religious
+and priest, a professed of the fourth vow in the Society of Jesus,
+who is an example of virtue and truly exemplary. The auditor second
+in seniority, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima,
+failed to embark on this occasion, on account of being married and
+having a large family, but did so in the following year. As fiscal
+for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Jerónimo de Barredo Valdés, also
+an Asturian. All these four auditors carried appointments as criminal
+auditors for Méjico at the expiration of six years which they were
+to spend in Filipinas, exercising the functions of auditor; and this
+went into force afterward with Auditors Alonso de Abellafuertes and Don
+Juan de Ozaeta, who, after the six years, went to Mexico. Don Juan de
+Sierra also returned, having completed his term as auditor, and died
+at Acapulco, where he found letters promoting him to be auditor at
+Granada; for it must have been of some service to him to be a nephew
+of Don Lope de Sierra, a member of the supreme Council of the Indias.
+
+With the new auditors also embarked very distinguished persons of
+their kindred and households, such as Don Manuel de Argüelles, an
+Asturian, who is still alive, and a general; Don Juan Infanzón, and
+Don Francisco Giménez de Valerio; the owner of the patache, Felipe
+de Vertis; and others. On this occasion also came father Fray Juan de
+Alarcón, a native of Valladolid and a son of the [Augustinian] house
+there; he had been left in Nueva España, and was now very old. He
+retired to this province (for which he had enlisted in 1679), and
+served only a few years on account of poor health; and, while he was
+procurator-general, died in the convent of Manila, in the year 1695.
+
+This patache made its voyage very prosperously, and passed the
+Embocadero without any difficulty, reaching the port of Cavite, where
+it remained until Mateo de Urquiza sailed with the galleon "Santo
+Christo de Burgos" for Nueva España. This privilege of entering the
+port of Cavite is, it seems, enjoyed as their own by all the pataches
+which come from Acapulco, which are not built in these islands; as it
+were, they are free from the sin which they contract in the acts of
+oppression and tyranny which are committed, not only in the cutting
+of the timber for them, but in their construction; and, either for
+this or for other and hidden causes, hardly a galleon built in these
+islands succeeds in making the entrance of the port of Cavite.
+
+The auditors on reaching Manila took possession of their offices
+in the hall of the Audiencia, which they found empty of their
+predecessors--some being dead, and another in banishment--and the
+only one they found living was the fiscal, Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis. The investigating judge likewise found the greater part of his
+commission accomplished, which was the deposition of the auditors. He
+sent for Don Pedro Bolivar, who was a prisoner in Cagayán, in the fort
+of Tuao; but he died while on the way, at one of the first villages
+of the province of Ilocos; God gave him a very good end, in return
+for the many excellent traits that he displayed in his life, such as
+being very courteous and very charitable to the poor.
+
+To Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui came very favorable decrees
+from his Majesty--who thanked him for what he had done in the
+restitution of the archbishop, in which his Majesty considered himself
+well served. To the archbishop came others, also very favorable,
+which I do not insert here, in order to avoid being tedious, and
+because that is not in my obligation; and I only repeat here a letter
+or bull which his Holiness Pope Innocent XI sent to the archbishop,
+since that is a very unusual favor, and because he was a pontiff
+so greatly to be venerated by posterity, on account of his great
+sanctity of life. [The letter is given in both Latin and Spanish;
+it simply expresses the approval of the pope for Pardo's course, and
+encouragement to persevere if he shall encounter other like trials.]
+
+The news of what had been done in the banishment and confinement
+of the archbishop produced great disturbance in the royal mind of
+his Majesty and in his ministers of the supreme Council of the
+Indias, as may be imagined from the punishment which by their
+orders was inflicted on Don Juan de Vargas and on the auditors
+and the other persons inculpated therein. It is not denied by this
+atonement and punishment that many cases can occur in which it may
+be lawful to banish bishops and ecclesiastical superiors; and this
+matter is treated at length [lato modo] and very judiciously by many
+writers--Don Cristóbal Crespi de Valduura, vice-chancellor of Aragon,
+in his learned Observaciones, obs. iii, illat. iii, no. 19; Solórzano,
+De jure Indico, tom. ii, lib. iii, chap. 29, no. 71; Salgado, De regia
+potestate, part i, chap. 2, no. 276; and others. But this is executed
+by legitimate procedure, and with much circumspection and moderation,
+without touching or impeding the exercise of the episcopal power
+(the opposite seems to be an Anglican dogma, and one of Marsilius
+de Padua), as was done with Don Fray Felipe Pardo--confining his
+person in the village of Lingayén, and suspending his spiritual
+jurisdiction; commanding the cabildo to exercise the right of sede
+vacante; and not accepting the appointment which the archbishop had
+made of the bishop of Troya to govern in his absence--because this
+does not concern the temporal revenues, which the prelates who incur
+the penalty of banishment lose. What causes no little wonder is, that
+all the auditors were very learned, and they four, with the fiscal,
+had held chairs in [the universities of] Méjico, Sevilla, and Granada;
+but when one lacks the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom,
+one cannot gain real success in matters in which his will prevails over
+his judgment. How useful it would be to the governors and auditors of
+Filipinas to have these words written as a reminder in the hall where
+they transact business, the words of the Holy Ghost in chapter vi,
+no. 3 of Wisdom. [116]
+
+The first step made by the investigating judge was to imprison in
+his own house the fiscal, Doctor Don Estebán de la Fuente Alanis,
+and to bring charges against him, in accordance with the orders that
+he carried from the royal Council of the Indias; he did the same
+with the other auditors, [although they were] dead, through their
+executors. He proceeded with the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas,
+which had been delayed by the challenging of the associate judges;
+and he sent Governor Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado into exile in the
+village of Lingayén, Where the archbishop had been, and he was taken
+away by an escort of soldiers, under the command of Sargento-mayor
+Martínez León. He went hither as excommunicated, and unable to have
+any intercourse with any person save those allowed by law. Upon his
+arrival at the said village, he built in it a house of bamboo and nipa,
+where he lived a long time in company with his spirited wife, Doña
+Isabel de Ardila, enduring much loneliness and lack of respect, until
+they recalled him, after two years, in order to send him to España;
+and he died during this first voyage [i.e., on the Pacific Ocean].
+
+This gentleman was truly unfortunate, for although he had not been a
+bad governor, his lack of courtesy and his harsh disposition gained
+for him many enemies. The time of his rule was very prosperous,
+and the ample commerce with the neighboring kingdoms engaged many
+persons and brought great gains. He was very diligent in keeping the
+Manila garrison strengthened with capable soldiers, and took much
+pains to have the men well fed and clothed, and military discipline
+strictly maintained--and in this he was surpassed only by Don Sebastián
+Hurtado de Corcuera. His covetousness was not so great as appearances
+indicated, and with it he did not injure the commonwealth, for those
+times furnished [profit] for all. He was very punctual in fulfilling
+the duties of a Christian governor, and also in attending, almost
+without missing a day, all the sessions of the Audiencia and royal
+court; and therefore the lawsuits were not so interminable as we find
+them at the present time.
+
+In his time came a royal decree that investigation should be made of
+the lawfulness of the slavery in which any were held, and that those
+persons whose condition of servitude was not well grounded should
+be set free. This action seems somewhat harsh; for so many persons
+of different nationality were liberated that both the Spaniards
+and the natives were left destitute of servants, and the city and
+the villages were full of beggars--and, what is worse, of thieves
+and incendiaries. This dispossession would have caused the utmost
+distress if General Cristóbal Romero, the castellan of Santiago,
+had not resolved to write to the king our sovereign about it, with
+arguments so forcible that a royal decree came directing that the
+execution of the other be suspended.
+
+The new fiscal of his Majesty, Don Jerónimo Barredo y Valdés, a young
+man of suitable age [for this lady?] married the widow of Auditor
+Don Cristóbal Grimaldos, Doña María Manuela Carrillo y Barrientos--a
+woman in whom, although great was her beauty, virtue was still greater,
+and she furnished an excellent example in the time of her widowhood,
+suffering continually the siege and attacks made against her chastity
+by influential persons. But God recompensed her by giving her a
+numerous offspring and long life, both in these islands and in the
+city of Méjico--from which place no news has come of her death, but
+we have heard that she has remained the widow of Don Jerónimo Barredo,
+who was many years the senior auditor of this royal Audiencia.
+
+The investigating judge, Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, brought [an
+order for] the liberation of the Marqués de Villasierra, Don Fernando
+de Valuenzuela, because the term of ten years since his removal from
+the monastery of the Escorial was now completed. The judge went in
+person to Cavite, to notify him of the order and set him at liberty,
+as he did. The marqués left the port of Cavite and came to Manila, but
+he took up his residence in a country-house which our Manila convent
+possesses, on a sugar-plantation called Pasay. This house is on the
+sea-shore, in a very convenient location for trips back and forth
+from Manila; and one can easily enjoy visits there, as it is only
+one legua distant from the city. Here the marqués lived during all
+the time while he had to wait and make preparations for his journey,
+in order to sail in the first galleon which should return to Nueva
+España; for such was the command given to him, until his Majesty
+should decide whether or not he should go to España.
+
+He embarked in this year of 1689 and arrived at Méjico, where he found
+as viceroy the Conde de Galves, [117] who, as the son of the Duke de
+Infantado, in whose service Don Fernando de Valuenzuela had begun his
+career of fortune, received him very hospitably, as lords are wont
+to receive persons who have a claim upon such considerations. It
+seems as if the patient endurance of this gentleman had conquered
+the influences of fortune, so various and inconstant in his rise and
+fall; for it was said with good ground that he would be viceroy of
+Nueva España; but his death closed the term of his life, which was
+an astonishing one, and an example for the study of admonitions. His
+death was occasioned by the kick of a horse, and on the ninth day a
+fever attacked him from which he died in a few days. He had previously
+fulfilled all the obligations of a Christian, and ordered that his
+body be deposited in the hospice of this province, outside the walls
+of Méjico, where it remained until the marquesa his wife sent orders
+to convey it for burial to the city of Talavera. [Diaz here inserts
+a Latin epitaph on this cavalier, written by some person in Filipinas.]
+
+The investigating judge with his notary managed so well that in
+ten months he had completed all the commissions which he brought
+with him; for he was a man of great activity and energy, and very
+skilful in judicial practice. He brought to an end the residencia
+of Don Juan de Vargas, which was much entangled, and had overstepped
+the peremptory limits of such judgments. He also tried those who were
+accomplices in the imprisonment of Master-of-camp Don Diego de Salcedo,
+of whom now few remained alive, and those were the least guilty; but
+these paid for all the rest, which usually is the purse from which
+[such acts] are paid. He was not as scrupulous as other ministers,
+and as he ought to be, although he affected to be very upright and
+just; and neither he nor his notary went back with empty hands,
+as was proved at Acapulco by some chests of his which were searched,
+notwithstanding the protests that he made that these were the documents
+belonging to his commission. In them were found very valuable goods,
+and very few documents; these would certainly aid him to pass his
+old age in the honorable post which was given to him as soon as he
+arrived at court, that of member of the Treasury Council, which he
+enjoyed for several years.
+
+The archbishop brought to an end the suits which he had begun against
+the principal members of the [cathedral] chapter, of whom only one
+had remained alive, the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; for the
+archdeacon, Don Francisco Deza, had died in an epidemic of influenza,
+and soon afterward Don Francisco Gutiérrez Briceño died suddenly in
+the village of Betis. Accordingly the dean, as head of the chapter
+and vicar-general, and the one who had been leader in the arrests of
+Master Juan González, the father provincial Fray Antonio Calderón,
+and the father professors Fray Juan Ibáñez and Fray Francisco de
+Vargas, on account of these and other occurrences made amends for all
+the chapter-members, and ended by going to Madrid. There he secured
+permission to return to Méjico, his native country, with half the
+income of a dean (which is very small), and with this spent the few
+years of life that remained to him, dying as a good priest.
+
+While Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui was most occupied in
+making ready the galleon in which were to return the investigating
+judge, Don Fernando de Valuenzuela, Fiscal Don Estebán de la Fuente
+Alanis and the admiral of the Windward fleet, Don Antonio de Astina,
+with many other persons who were going to embark--such as the dean
+and father Fray Raimundo Verart, who was going as the archbishop's
+attorney--while busily engaged in these preparations he was assailed
+by death, by means of a painful suppression of urine, which in a few
+days ended his life, after he had received all the holy sacraments. He
+died at ten o'clock at night, on April 27, of this year 1689, at the
+age of more than sixty years. They buried him in our church at Manila,
+at the foot of the altar of the holy Christ of Burgos, to whom he
+had been very devoted, and had gone punctually every Friday to hear
+his mass sung. With him were buried also the devotion and concourse
+to this sacred image, until they were revived twenty years later,
+during the term of government of the Conde de Lizárraga, Don Martín
+de Ursua y Arismendi; this is the usual condition of devotions in
+these islands, for they do not last long, and have their seasons,
+and these are not wont to be very long.
+
+The death of this governor was much regretted by every one; he was
+worthy of being counted among the best whom these islands have had,
+because in him were united the highest qualities which are required to
+constitute an accomplished governor. He was very pacific, and so plain
+in his manners that he was censured for not maintaining his authority;
+he was very charitable, and magnanimous of heart, although small in
+body. He had the noble quality of being exceedingly disinterested,
+and of placing little value on riches--which in these regions,
+where covetousness has so many opportunities to tempt and conquer,
+is the greatest virtue; and it is such even throughout the world,
+since it is almost a miracle.... These islands did not keep him long,
+it may be because they did not deserve him.... For in these regions
+there is little regret for governors who are not good, and little
+esteem for those who are not bad; but he who rules can never find
+himself free from malcontents, because it is not his function to
+please every one. But, since goodness is better recognized after
+it is lost, the governor's death caused much regret. He left as
+his executor Master-of-camp Don Tomás de Endaya, and so small was
+his estate which they found that there was not even enough for the
+expenses of his burial or for the mourning garb of his servants.
+
+On account of his death, the military government was assumed by the
+senior auditor, Licentiate Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, knight of the
+Order of Alcántara; and together with the royal Audiencia [he governed]
+also in civil affairs, as is decreed by royal commands. During the time
+while Don Alonso de Abella governed, which was sixteen months (for it
+was that length of time before Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora arrived),
+this commonwealth enjoyed great peace and tranquillity. If there were
+any dissensions in the ecclesiastical state, he took no part in them;
+and if it had not been for his great forethought those differences
+would have been greater, as will be related in the proper place.
+
+With the death of the governor, and the excellent intentions of
+the temporary ruler, the affairs of Don Juan de Zalaeta assumed
+another shape. He had suffered great hardships and privations in
+his imprisonment and banishment, and all his property, even to his
+clothing, had been sold at auction; for before his departure from
+these islands the authorities had taken his residencia for the time
+when he was alcalde-mayor of Calamianes, and some charges against him
+resulted. The acting governor ordered that he be released from prison,
+and that both he and Don Miguel de Lezama should come to Manila,
+where their causes were settled with less harshness. Don Juan de
+Zalaeta returned to España, thoroughly warned by the bad outcome
+of the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, which he had so eagerly
+desired, imagining that it would be of great honor and profit to
+him. He reached Madrid very poor, and ill provided with supplies,
+and died there suddenly....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+During the fourteen months which remained in the term of office of our
+father provincial Fray Juan de Jérez after his death, the province was
+governed by the experienced prelate our father Fray José Duque--so
+successfully and peaceably, and with so much tranquillity in the
+order, that he was able to moderate the great sorrow which all felt
+at the loss of the deceased provincial. In this peaceful condition
+the time came for holding the chapter-session which took place in
+the convent at Manila, on April 30 of this year of 1689; father Fray
+Luis Díaz presided therein, as the eldest definitor of the preceding
+chapter. There was not much discussion among the fathers in their
+effort to find a person whom they might elect as provincial, because
+for a long time all had fixed their attention on father Fray Francisco
+de Zamora, who was then prior of the convent at Manila. He was a
+native of Medina del Campo, and a son of the convent at Valladolid,
+who had come to this province in the year 1669; a religious of great
+prudence, and unusual ability for governing; and for many years they
+had only delayed electing him until he should reach the age of forty
+years, since that is the time fixed in our Constitutions. They found
+that he lacked six months of that age, which, as he alleged, exempted
+him from election for so heavy a burden; but having investigated the
+matter, and basing their action on many previous precedents which had
+occurred not only in this province but in others, in which there had
+been dispensations [from the rule], the father who presided granted
+one in this case, as he was vicar-general, and father Fray Francisco
+was elected provincial on the said date, April 30.
+
+The definitors who were elected were fathers Fray Julián Zapata,
+Fray Juan de San Nicolás, Fray Gaspar de San Agustín, and Fray Simón
+Martínez. The visitors for the preceding triennium were present,
+fathers Fray Ignacio de Mercado and the reader Fray Francisco de
+Ugarte; and as new visitors were appointed father Fray Eusebio de
+Porras and the father reader Fray José López. Ordinances were enacted
+that were very useful for the better government of the province,
+and for the administration of the missions in our charge; this is the
+greatest responsibility of the chapters, because the system in this
+province is so different from that in the European provinces, which
+needs very different corporate laws for the preservation of each,
+and for enabling the individuals therein to fulfil the obligations
+of the religious without failing in those of parish priest--which in
+this province is the function of all its members, while in Perú and
+Nueva España it is the occupation of but few.
+
+The governor ad interim, Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, began to govern
+with so much prudence and ability that it seemed as if he had the
+benefit of long experience, although he had hardly known a few months
+of such responsibility. The principal cause of this was the concord
+in which he lived with all, as well as the aid which he received from
+his associates, Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina and Don Juan de Sierra,
+who vied with each other in cooperating with their colleague in
+discharging the duties of his office. It is in this direction that
+the ad interim governments of auditors in these islands are weak and
+fail of success; for, peevish because the precedence of seniority
+is not theirs, they try to obscure the credit of him who wields the
+rod of authority, and often show themselves as his worst enemies,
+and thus aristocratic rule is converted into democratic confusion.
+
+His first care was the despatch of the galleon "Santo Niño" to Nueva
+España, in charge of General Don Antonio de Astina; for as this
+commander had left the office of admiral of the Windward fleet (for
+which he had a proprietary appointment from his Majesty the king),
+it was not just that a personage of so great merits should return
+as passenger--for the patache "San Fernando," in which he had come,
+was not fit for the return trip of so severe a navigation; and
+it had been laid aside, not only on this account, but because its
+owner, Felipe Vertis, had died suddenly. The investigating judge,
+the alcalde of court Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, embarked with
+his notary; all the commissions which he carried from the supreme
+Council having been concluded, he carried [the documents concerning]
+them with him, as also the copious evidence in the residencia of Don
+Juan de Vargas--who remained for an indefinite time in banishment
+in the village of Lingayén, suffering the hardships and miseries of
+being an excommunicate, denounced as such on the church-doors, and
+with no consolation save his own courage and that of his wife, Doña
+Isabel de Ardila. Don Juan de Zalaeta embarked, under the obligation
+of presenting himself at Madrid with the proceedings in his case. The
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz, was bound on the same errand; and father
+Fray Raimundo Verart went aboard with powers of attorney from the
+archbishop, in whose favor he printed a long and learned manifesto. The
+galleon had a very prosperous voyage, duly arriving at Acapulco;
+and on the return trip it brought us the new proprietary governor.
+
+In this year of 1689, came the end of the long and troubled life of
+the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who was sixty-eight years old,
+an age attained by few persons in these regions; and these years
+were rendered more painful by the many troubles and annoyances
+that had resisted his courage--which was very great, [although]
+in a small body. For many months he had been well prepared for this
+inevitable and impending event, as the devout religious that he was;
+and from his archiepiscopal palace he watched over and promoted the
+rigorous observance of the province of the Holy Rosary of the Order
+of Preachers. A Benjamin of the great patriarch St. Dominic, [118] he
+came to this province in the year 1647, after having taught arts and
+theology in the famous college of San Gregorio at Valladolid; and he
+was therefore regarded as the greatest theological professor who had
+been in these islands. He was provincial during two quadrenniums,
+and prior of Manila for two more; and he was commissary of the
+Holy Office when the appointment as archbishop reached him. We have
+already seen his constancy in defending the episcopal authority. His
+charity was great, for he spent whatever was left from his income
+(which did not exceed five thousand pesos), in aiding the poor;
+and with it he assisted the missionaries of Tungkin. A nephew of his
+came to visit him, but he would not consent that the governor should
+give this man any office or position, and made him go back with very
+little outfit. His death would have been considered, in another man,
+sudden and unexpected; for he was found dead at midnight on the day
+of St. Sylvester, ending [his life] with the year, so that it could
+be said, Et dies pleni inveniuntur in eis (Ps. xii, v. 10). But this
+great prelate awaited the end of his days with full preparation, and
+had just given orders for the making of a red pontifical vestment in
+which he was to be buried; his body, embalmed, was deposited in the
+church of Santo Domingo at Manila.
+
+The see being declared vacant, the cabildo assumed its government;
+and they could have ruled with great peace if they themselves had not
+hunted up discord where they had thought to find greater peace. The
+vacant see was ruled by Master Juan González de Guzmán, who was now
+dean on account of the absence of Don Miguel Ortiz, and at the same
+time was provisor and vicar-general of the cabildo; and as it seemed
+to them that it would be expedient, for the greater authority of
+the diocese, to cede the government to the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Ginés Barrientos, they named him as its head. From this ensued great
+dissensions, for the bishop-governor thought that he was superior to
+the cabildo, and that they had transferred their authority to him,
+leaving themselves entirely stripped of it; this is contrary to
+all the teachings of the sacred canons, which in one precept of law
+declare: Privilegio, quod habes propter me, non potes uti contra me;
+and the established principle which states: Propter quod unumquodque
+tale, illud magis. [119] They tried to persuade him, by very learned
+manifestoes, that the cabildo alone could have constituted him its
+vicar-general, with authority removable at the pleasure of the same
+cabildo; and that they could therefore revoke the appointment which
+they had conferred upon him, whenever they pleased. But the bishop of
+Troya resolved not to yield, but to act as superior to and independent
+of the cabildo. There were bitter disputes, proceeding from both sides,
+so much so that, in order to avoid greater scandals, two members of
+the cabildo--the dean, Master Juan González de Guzmán, and the cantor,
+Don Estebán de Olmedo Gabaldón, a native of Campo de Crítana in La
+Mancha--took refuge in our convent of San Pablo at Manila, from which
+the bishop of Troya would have taken them, if the prudent governor,
+Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, had not refused to give him the aid
+which he asked for that exploit.
+
+The bishop of Troya was very learned, a great theologian and preacher,
+but in this matter he erred as a man, for it seemed to him that
+the rank and consecration of a bishop rendered him superior on that
+occasion to the authority which the cabildo possessed by law in the
+vacant see. Among many other manifestoes which were published in
+defense of the cabildo, one came out which was very well grounded,
+the motto or inscription of which, as being ingenious and apropos,
+is worthy of being noted here; it said, Non licet tibi habere uxorem
+fratris tui Philippi (Mark vi, v. 18), [120] alluding to the name
+of the deceased archbishop, and to their both belonging to the same
+order. But the bishop of Troya, notwithstanding he was so learned
+and so holy, was very hard to dissuade from his opinion, although on
+the present occasion he had every one against him; and although he
+withdrew his claims, on account of the urgent representations made
+by the acting governor and the other auditors and all the religious
+orders, he yielded through constraint and not from conviction. The
+cabildo continued its government, with much peace, during the vacancy
+of the see.
+
+During this interval the year 1690 came in, and the acting governor
+despatched the galleon "Nuestra Señora del Rosario" to Nueva
+España, in command of General Don José Madrazo; and in it embarked
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas. In order to do this he had left
+his place of banishment at Lingayén, after having suffered great
+hardships; and the end of these was to die on this voyage, in the
+higher latitude. [This occurred] at a place which people call Doña
+María de la Jara, of considerable note on account of the many deaths
+which have occurred in that place; for among those who have died
+there are four proprietary governors, and some acting governors, and
+some auditors, and the above-mentioned bishop of Troya. Accordingly
+this place is the dread of those who sail in that navigation, and
+especially for persons of so high degree; for the poor seamen go and
+come past it with greater security.
+
+After this galleon had been despatched, news came about June of the
+landing of the galleon "Santo Niño," which in the preceding year had
+sailed for Acapulco, in charge of Don Antonio de Astina; in it came, as
+its commander, Don Juan de Garaycoechea--a Navarrese, from the valley
+of Baztán--who was married in Manila, and had spent several years in
+Nueva España. In the galleon came the new governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+[y] Góngora, a knight of the Order of Santiago; he was a Navarrese,
+a native of Pamplona, of the illustrious lineage of Cruzat--well known
+in that kingdom, since from it have proceeded men so distinguished as
+Don Martín de Redín y Cruzat, grand master of Malta; and his brother
+Don Tiburcio de Redín, well known for his courage and still more for
+his virtue, for, having entered the Capuchin order, he merited that his
+biography should be printed with the title, The Spanish Capuchin, as
+an example for his successors. An illustrious shoot from this house of
+Cruzat is also the glorious St. Francis Javier, the apostle of India.
+
+This gentleman brought his wife, Doña Beatriz de Aróstegui y Aguirre,
+a native of Cádiz, a matron of great beauty and still greater virtue;
+three sons, Don Martín, Don Fausto, and Don Juan; and two daughters,
+Doña Ignacia and Doña Teresa. He also brought a sister, named Doña
+Teresa de Aróstegui, who afterward married the aforesaid Don Juan de
+Garaycoechea, then a knight of the Order of Santiago, who later died
+in Méjico. Don Fausto had been waiting in that city three years, until
+the term allowed to Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui in the government
+here should be completed; and he would have waited much longer if
+Don Gabriel's death had not dispensed him from a longer detention,
+for with him was begun the practice of sending successors who may be
+on the watch for the governor's [term of] life--I know not whether
+it be to wish him well. Much could be said of this, and of the great
+difficulties which can result from such a precaution--such as the
+sale of offices, as has been done for many years; but it is not my
+obligation to give an opinion on matters of state, but to relate
+facts without contesting the laws.
+
+Governor Don Fausto brought here many persons of good family:
+Don Juan Lingurín, a man of great virtue, who died in Manila with
+the reputation of being a great servant of God; for he was greatly
+addicted to meditation, prayer, and mortification. Sargento-mayor
+Don Fernando Iglesias Montañés, his secretary, who afterward married
+Doña María Morante, who came in the suite of the governor's wife. Don
+Juan de Rivas, a native of Galicia, and a general in the army; he
+married another lady of Doña Beatriz's household, named Doña Juana de
+Aragón. Captain Don Miguel de Salazar, of Toledo, who was grievously
+slain in the year 1709. Don Angel Liaño, Captain Don Frutos Delgado,
+Don Pedro de Subirá, Don Francisco Valdés, Don José de Veroluca,
+and many others. [Among these were] General Don Pedro de Lucena
+and Captain Don Lucas de Lucena, brothers, who are still living;
+Captain Don José de Luzarrondo, a Navarrese; Captain de Iriarte,
+who afterward returned to España; and Master Don Juan Aguilar, the
+governor's chaplain, who had spent some time in these islands, being
+one of the household of the bishop of Sinopolis, Don Fray Juan Durán,
+assistant of the bishop of Cebú. In this galleon came Captain Don
+Patricio de Aguila--an Irishman, brother of the pilot Guillermo de
+Aguila--and Captain Pedro Quijada, both married; and other officers
+who are still living, with an excellent reenforcement of men for the
+Manila garrison.
+
+What is most important for our history is, that a numerous and choice
+mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father Fray
+Álvaro de Benavente, who in 1686 had been sent [to Europa] for this
+purpose, and made his voyage by way of Batavia and Holanda, as we have
+briefly related. That navigation was very difficult, because when the
+Dutch ships with which he was going approached the English Channel they
+learned that at its entrance was a French fleet. For this reason they
+changed their route, doubling Cape Clare, a promontory of Ireland;
+and they went as far as 63° of [north] latitude, so that they could
+sail around the northern extremity of Scotland, and therefore they
+suffered great cold and hardship. As soon as father Fray Álvaro de
+Benavente arrived at Bilbao with his companion Fray Juan Verganzo, he
+set out on his journey to the court, where he presented his despatches,
+and explained the reasons why he had made his voyage by way of Batavia;
+for this route was strictly prohibited by his Majesty, and might cause
+much hindrance to the procurators. Having secured the approval of the
+Duke de Medinaceli and the lords of the royal Council of the Indias,
+he departed for the Roman court, to ask for the relaxation of the
+oaths which the missionaries in China were commanded to take, of
+obedience to the apostolic vicars sent out by the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda. [Diaz relates with some detail the progress and
+success of this embassy by Benavente, because the question at issue
+therein has an important place in the controversy over the line of
+demarcation between the domains of Spain and Portugal in the East;
+but we omit this part, as it is unimportant for our narrative.]
+
+[Father Fray Álvaro] also had to obtain from our very reverend general
+Fray Fulgencio Travalloni various statutes and corporate laws for
+the government of this province; and these were [in the form of]
+fifty-eight decrees, given in the convent of San Martín at Sena [i.e.,
+Sienna], on May 28, 1688, [while the father general was engaged]
+in the general visitation of Italia; father Fray Álvaro brought them
+in printed form, with a Roman imprint. But with the course of time
+it was found by experience that these laws were unduly rigorous,
+and not very satisfactory for the government of this province;
+and it was continually asking for dispensations from them, until our
+father general Fray Adeodato Nuzzi, of Altimira, sent orders that this
+province should change and correct them as it should find expedient;
+and this was done in the intermediate chapter of the year 1710. Father
+Fray Álvaro brought many favors and jubilees from his Holiness for
+many convents of this province, and a bull to the effect that the
+religious who, knowing any language of the provinces under our charge,
+should explain [the Christian doctrine] in the convent of Manila for
+a period of eight years should bear the title of "Master," with the
+exemptions belonging to that dignity, and that he might exercise a
+perpetual vote in the provincial chapters; but up to the present time
+there has been no religious who has devoted himself to that occupation,
+or attracted much importance to this so unusual concession.
+
+For the missionaries in China he gained the subsidy and stipend which
+his Majesty gives to the missionaries of the other religious orders,
+that is, a hundred pesos to each one for a year's support. He obtained
+a royal decree that the trade and commerce with the Portuguese of
+Macán, which until that time had been forbidden and full of risk,
+should be free; and this dispensation was obtained only by the
+information given by father Fray Álvaro de Benavente that this was
+the safest door by which the missionaries could gain entrance into
+China. But the Portuguese, although they enjoy greatly to their
+profit the commerce of Manila, which is the chief means of their
+preservation, carry out very poorly the arrangement, as regards
+giving passage to the missionaries; for not only do they not give
+them entrance, but they inflict many annoyances on the religious,
+as they did with this very father Fray Álvaro, in both his first and
+his second visit to China. What keeps them in this attitude is the
+incorrectly understood patronage of their king of Portugal; for they
+can claim the same things in Mogol, Persia, Turquia and Constantinopla,
+and in the empire of Trapisonda, as included in the hemisphere of their
+demarcation. Father Fray Álvaro returned to España with a commission
+of vicar-general (which had been granted to him very fully by our own
+reverend father general); and he busied himself in calling together
+the religious who were to come in the mission [to Filipinas]. Since
+he had passed through the province of Aragón on his return from Roma,
+some religious offered themselves to him there, not only from Aragón
+but from Valencia; and there some others who afterward were enlisted
+by father Fray Pedro Cerro--to whom father Fray Álvaro had delegated
+his own powers, since father Fray Pedro was a religious who was very
+friendly to this province, and zealous for the good of souls.
+
+Before father Fray Álvaro reached Manila with his religious, Governor
+Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora made his entry into the city; this was
+done on St. James's day, in the afternoon. Two magnificent and very
+beautiful triumphal arches were erected for him, with large emblematic
+representations and ingenious allegories. One was made at the cost and
+by the care of the Society of Jesus; and the other by the care of our
+Augustinian fathers, at the place where the governor would pass our
+convent of San Pablo, with the idea of the history of Janus--with
+ingenious Latin inscriptions and epigrams, explained in Castilian
+eight-line stanzas; and to these were added, in all these places,
+praises [of the governor]. This was the last reception of this sort
+that was given to the governors, its disuse being begun with the next
+governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu--who, as he came wearing mourning
+for the death of our king Don Carlos II, would not allow this festal
+mode of reception.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+On the third day after the solemn entry of the governor, the religious
+of the mission here by father Fray Álvaro de Benavente made their
+entrance into the convent of Manila; and on July 28 a private session
+of the definitory was held in order to admit and adopt them into this
+province. The following is a list of them:
+
+1. Father Fray Diego Bañales, a native of Coruña, and a son of the
+convent at Santiago; aged forty years, and twenty-three in the order;
+a preacher and confessor. He came as confessor to the governor's wife;
+was prior of Guadalupe, a definitor, and president of the chapter;
+and died at Manila, on January 29, 1706.
+
+2. The father reader Fray Carlos Terrazas, a son of the house at
+Valencia, thirty-two years old and having professed sixteen years
+before; he was minister in the Pintados or Bisayas provinces, and
+of very great virtue; he died in the convent of Dumarao, on October
+18, 1694.
+
+3. The father reader Fray Nicolás Bernet, a native of the town of
+Epila, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old,
+and a professed for ten years; he was prior of Cebú; and died at
+Manila, on May 1, 1701.
+
+4. The father preacher Fray José de Ribera, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; forty years of age, and twenty-three
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Pasig on May 21, 1706.
+
+5. The father preacher Fray Gelasio Giménez, a son of the convent at
+Valencia; twenty-seven years of age, and ten and a half in the order;
+was minister in the province of Ilocos; and died there on August
+12, 1694.
+
+6. The father reader Fray José Carbonel, son of the convent at
+Valencia, and master of the students therein; twenty-five years old,
+and nine in the order; was minister in the province of Ilocos; and
+died at the village of Candong, on March 19, 1711.
+
+7. The father preacher Fray Martín Fuentes, a son of the convent at
+Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old, and nine years and four months
+in the order; has been a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+and a definitor; and is still [121] living, a minister in Bisayas,
+and examiner of literature for the Holy Office.
+
+8. The father preacher Fray Nicolás Servent, a native of Valencia,
+son of the house at Alcoy; aged twenty-eight years, and ten in the
+order. He is still living, a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+the prior of Macabebe.
+
+9. The father preacher Fray José de Aranda, a native of Estella,
+and son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged thirty-one years, and five
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Manila, on October 11, 1698.
+
+10. The father reader Fray Blas Díaz, son of the convent at Zaragoza;
+aged twenty-three years, and seven and a half in the order; he was
+minister in the provinces of Tagalos, and returned to España.
+
+11. The father preacher Fray Pedro Beltrán, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Alcira; aged thirty-two years, and six in
+the order; he is now living, a minister in the provinces of Bisayas.
+
+12. Father Fray Pedro Baldo, son of the convent at Valencia; aged
+twenty-six years, and nine in the order; was minister in Bisayas,
+where he died on April 27, 1716, while prior of the convent at Dumarao.
+
+13. The father preacher Fray Juan Barruelo, a native of Candelario,
+in the bishopric of Plasencia, and son of the convent at Salamanca;
+aged twenty-four years, and six in the order; was minister in China
+for several years, and at the present time is definitor and prior of
+the convent of Apalit in Pampanga.
+
+14. The brother chorister Fray Tomás Ortiz, a native of Dueñas, and
+son of the convent at Valladolid; aged twenty-two years, and three in
+the order; was minister in China eighteen years, and vicar-provincial
+of that mission; afterward he was prior of the convent at Manila,
+and still lives, the present provincial of this province.
+
+15. The brother chorister Fray Diego Megía, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; twenty-one years of age, and three
+and a half in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos,
+where he died as prior of the convent of Tanauan, on October 4, 1699.
+
+16. The brother chorister Fray José Ruiz, son of the convent at Burgos,
+and native of that city; aged twenty-two years; is minister of the
+province of Ilocos, and has been visitor of this province.
+
+17. The brother [chorister?] Fray José de Echebel, son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty-two years, and six in the order;
+was a minister in Bisayas; and died about March, 1706.
+
+18. The brother chorister Fray Facundo Trepat, a native of Caspe,
+son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty years, and three and a
+half in the order; has been definitor, and is now a minister in the
+provinces of Bisayas.
+
+19. The brother chorister Fray José Bosquet, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Epila; twenty years of age, and two in the
+order; is a minister in the provinces of Bisayas, and now definitor
+of this province.
+
+20. The brother chorister Fray Guillermo Sebastián, a son of the house
+at Vinaroz; aged nineteen years, and two and a half in the order;
+was a minister in the province of Ilocos, and died as prior of Bantay,
+on December 13, 1698.
+
+21. The brother chorister Fray Eugenio Costales, a son of the convent
+of Sevilla; aged twenty-one years, and three in the order; is now a
+minister in the province of Ilocos.
+
+22. The brother novice Fray Juan Hidalgo López, a native of
+Extremadura; aged twenty-eight years; is a minister in the province
+of Pampanga.
+
+23. The brother novice Fray Juan Núñez, a native of Medina del Campo;
+aged twenty-three years; was a minister in China for many years;
+and at present is a minister in the province of Ilocos, and its
+vicar-provincial.
+
+24. The brother novice Fray Fernando Ricote, a native of Asturias;
+aged twenty-eight years; was a minister in Bisayas; and died at Cebú
+in the year 1698.
+
+25. The brother novice Fray Isidro López, a native of Madrid; aged
+seventeen years; was a minister in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Tagalos; and died while he was visitor, and prior of Guiguinto,
+on February 21, 1716.
+
+26. The lay brother Fray Francisco de Sevilla, a son of the convent at
+Játiva; aged thirty-one years, and five in the order; he was eminent
+in virtue, prayer, and mortification, and rendered much service to
+the convent of Manila, where he met a pious death on March 31, 1711.
+
+27. The lay brother Fray Nicolás Codura, a son of the convent at Epila;
+aged thirty years, and seven in the order; he lives in the convent
+at Manila, where he has rendered good service, and still does so.
+
+All these religious have been very useful to this province in its
+ministries and instruction, and in the missions of China--the progress
+of which from their foundation will be set down separately and all
+together, by way of recapitulation, [122] ending this history with this
+chapter. For if I were to continue it further it would be necessary to
+speak of the living, and [personal] considerations might render the
+truth liable to suspicion; and although truth is the essential form
+and the soul of history it cannot become the instructor of the times,
+or be a [reliable] witness about them, when suspicion can challenge
+it. I will, however, record in this chapter some of the acts of Don
+Fausto in his government [123]--which, although they were just, were
+rendered intolerable by the violence and harshness with which they
+were executed; for the body politic of the Manila colony is not fit
+for so strong cathartic remedies, since its weakness can only endure
+anodynes and emollients.
+
+This gentleman commenced the course of his government with great
+integrity and rectitude, and very clean hands--grand qualities from
+which to expect a good government, although not well liked by all. All
+his desire, assiduity, and effort were directed to the increase of the
+royal revenues; and this he kept up to the end of his government, with
+such extreme application that what appeared to the governor justice
+seemed [to the people] cruelty. But here Justice used only the edges
+of the sword, without weighing with the balances that she held in
+the other hand the difficulties of time and occasion. Don Gabriel de
+Curucelaegui had not pushed this matter very far before troubles which
+gave him greater anxiety diverted his mind from this occupation. In
+a short time Don Fausto acquired great comprehension of the conduct
+of government and of all the measures which could increase the royal
+revenues; and he found that a very considerable amount was due to
+the exchequer, not only from the living but from the dead, from the
+collections of the royal tributes and from other sources. Don Fausto
+applied himself to the collection, with excessive rigor, of what the
+citizens of Manila owed to the royal treasury, without considering that
+most of the debtors were bankrupt, and almost destitute through lack
+of means; others were now dead, and search was made for their heirs and
+executors, in order to compel them to satisfy these claims. [124] While
+these investigations were being made, the prisons and fortifications
+were filled with debtors, more fit to ask alms than to pay their debts;
+others took refuge in the churches, where they remained a long time
+without being able to look for means of support. In every direction
+there were seizures and auctions, exactions and investigations. By
+this assiduity Don Fausto placed much silver in the royal treasury;
+but his Majesty does not choose to flay thus his vassals, but rather,
+as a good shepherd, to shear off the wool without cutting away the skin
+in which it has its roots. This inflexibility in collecting the debts
+owed to the royal exchequer, and his great eagerness to increase it,
+have caused great expenses, some superfluous and others necessary;
+and these traits in Don Fausto continued throughout the period of his
+government--which was the longest that has occurred in these islands,
+since it reached eleven years. [125]
+
+Considering that in these islands there is no equipment of iron-works
+for making anchors, and that the Dutch of Batavia, as they are so
+ingenious, have abundance of all that pertains to navigation, he
+sent Don Pedro de Ariosolo with title of ambassador, accompanied by
+some Spaniards--Don Martín de Tejada, Don José Pestaño de Cueva,
+Don Juan de Tejada, and others, among the prominent citizens of
+Manila. These envoys were very well received in Batavia, and so well
+did they succeed in their errand that they brought back many and
+excellent anchors, which were used for many years. This transaction
+was repeated afterward by Governor Don Domingo de Zabalburu, who sent
+for the same purpose General Miguel Martínez, Don Gregorio Escalante,
+Don Juan de San Pedro, and others, whose errand was as successful
+as that of the former envoys, through the good management and great
+liberality of the ambassador. Such endeavors have not always had the
+desired effect; for in the past year of 1717 the present governor,
+Mariscal Don Fernando Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda, sent General Don
+Fernando de Angulo as ambassador to Batavia to procure some anchors,
+but he returned without them.
+
+The first galleon that Don Fausto despatched for Nueva España was
+the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," in charge of General Don Francisco de
+Arcocha, his pilot being Lazcano; the voyage was a prosperous one,
+and the galleon returned in the following year of 1692, in charge
+of the captain of mounted cuirassiers Don Bernardo de Bayo, who was
+sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves, who took away that office from
+Don Francisco de Arcocha. It is said that the cause of this change
+was resentment on the part of the said Conde because he had in the
+year 1689 sent Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero, a gentleman of his
+household, as commander of the galleon--because the commander who had
+come with the ship, Lucas Mateo de Urquiza, had remained at Acapulco
+sick (not being willing to follow the second route, which Don Pedro
+de Ariosolo was taking)--and Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero had
+returned in the said galleon "Santo Cristo" as a passenger and not
+as a commander (although he died on the way); and, annoyed at this,
+the viceroy had taken the office from Don Francisco de Arcocha and
+given it to Don Bernardo de Bayo. It would have been better if the
+galleon had not come at all, for it was wrecked on the return trip,
+as we shall see later.
+
+With Don Gabriel de Arnedo came the auditor Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima, with his wife and children, who the
+preceding year had not been able to embark on account of the lack
+of accommodations in the patache "San Fernando," in which came the
+investigating judge and the three auditors. Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta was highly esteemed for his learning, and for having been
+an official of great integrity and uprightness. He completed his
+six years' term as auditor of Filipinas, and embarked for Méjico,
+where he was for many years alcalde of criminal cases for that city,
+with the same reputation for integrity and rectitude. The new auditors
+brought orders from his Majesty that two of them should go first to
+visit the provinces [126] of these islands, and draw up an enumeration
+of the royal tributes, their two associates remaining [at Manila] to
+serve in the royal Audiencia. For this task two auditors set out--Don
+Alonso de Abella Fuertes to visit the provinces of Cagayán, Ilocos,
+and Pampanga; and Don Juan de Sierra to visit those of Cebú, Ogtón,
+and Panay, although he visited only the last two. After Don Alonso
+Fuertes had returned from his commission, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta
+went to visit the provinces of Tagalos, and made the enumeration of
+the tributes.
+
+Don Fausto placed on the stocks the largest galleon that had ever
+been built; for it was three codos longer than the largest that
+had been built in the world. This enterprise was carried on by
+Master-of-camp Don Tomás de Endaya, who by application had become
+very skilful in this art, and he was therefore the superintendent of
+this construction; which was completed in less than nine months, to
+the astonishment of everyone--although with some cause for scandal,
+since the men worked on it even on the most important feast-days, not
+stopping even on Holy Thursday. He gave it the name of "San José,"
+and appointed Don José Madrazo its commander; and it was launched
+very successfully. It sailed from this headland of Cavite on the day
+of Sts. Peter and Paul in 1694; [127] and on July 3, in the night,
+it was dashed to pieces on the coast of Lubán, and more than four
+hundred persons were drowned. It was reckoned that if the men had
+not worked on the feast-days the vessel would have been completed
+more slowly, and would have sailed many days later, and the furious
+hurricane that was the cause of its wreck would not have caught it on
+the sea, with the deaths of so many persons and the loss of the great
+amount of merchandise that it carried; for it is considered certain
+that no larger or richer galleon had plowed the waters of the sea,
+for the wealth that it carried was incredible.
+
+While this loss was so great, one of the most grievous losses that
+these islands have suffered, it was made worse by the non-arrival of
+the galleon that was expected that year, the "Santo Cristo de Burgos,"
+in charge of General Don Bernardo Ignacio del Bayo--who, as we have
+said, was sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves in the year of 1691, and
+returned in the same ship the following year; and it put back to the
+port of Solsogón, after having endured great tempests. It remained at
+Solsogón in order to continue its voyage the year of 1693, as it did;
+but it not only failed to reach port, but was wrecked, without our
+gaining the least knowledge of the place where that occurred. There
+were some suspicions that it was destroyed by fire (a danger for which
+there is on the sea no help), for at one of the Marianas Islands were
+found fragments of burned wood, which were sent [here] by the governor
+of Filipinas, Don José Madrazo, and were recognized to be of woods that
+are found in these islands only. Careful search was made for many years
+along the coasts of South America, and in other regions; but not the
+least news of this ship has been received. Among the persons who were
+lost in this galleon was a religious who was most highly esteemed by
+this province for his great virtue and learning; this was the father
+reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte, a Vizcayan, a native of Marquina,
+who came as superior of the mission which reached this province in the
+year 1684; he had been sent in this galleon to España, as procurator
+of the province, to ask for a new reënforcement of missionaries. Much
+could be said of the great virtue of this religious, of his frequent
+prayer and mortification, his poverty, his extraordinary humility
+and affability--which I omit, in order not to seem too partial to
+him, or expose myself to the censure which I have seen incurred by
+many historians among the regulars, who have indulged in so excessive
+praises of this sort that they expose themselves to the charge of being
+too partial, because the persons eulogized are of their own houses.
+
+By these so calamitous events the islands were reduced to a miserable
+condition, on account of the loss of two good galleons and of so much
+wealth, belonging to so many that one might say it was the wealth
+of all [the citizens of Manila]. There was a little alleviation of
+our affliction that year, but it was so little that it could hardly
+be regarded as succor--that before the great galleon left Cavite a
+small patache entered that port which the viceroy of Nueva España
+had sent with some slight assistance, in charge of Don Andrés de
+Arriola, a Sevillan gentleman of great courage and renown. He
+returned to Nueva España in a small vessel which was purchased
+for 6,000 pesos from a Portuguese merchant named Juan de Abreu; it
+was so small that the authorities ordered, under heavy penalties,
+that no citizen should send in this vessel anything except letters,
+a rule which was enforced most rigorously. This patache made a very
+prosperous voyage; for, having passed the Marianas Islands, which is
+the most difficult part of this navigation, and finding that their
+provisions were nearly gone, and that it was almost impossible to
+pursue their voyage, divine Providence aided them by revealing to
+them an unknown island, not set down on any navigation chart. They
+found it uninhabited by men, but abounding in certain birds, large
+and heavy, and little inclined to fly, and so easy to catch that
+the men gave them the name of "fool birds" [128] either because of
+their stupidity, or as being the same as those birds which are found
+in Brasil and some islands of India which the Portuguese call dodos,
+which is the same as tontos [i.e., "stupid"]. The flesh of these birds
+is very good, and so, by killing many of them and drying their flesh
+in the wind, the sailors made a very good provision of food. They
+also found very good water and firewood, so that they were able to
+continue their voyage to Acapulco. What they most regretted was,
+that they could not fix the latitude and situation of this island,
+for lack of seeing the sun; and thus the island became again unknown,
+and inaccessible for another like emergency. [If its location were
+known], it would be a great assistance in making easier this arduous
+and severe navigation from Filipinas to Acapulco.
+
+Don Andrés de Arriola was afterward a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+commander of the Windward fleet, and governor of Vera Cruz and of
+Pançacola, where he rendered great services to his Majesty King Don
+Felipe V--his great courage enabling him to furnish large supplies of
+silver [to the king], despite the perils of the sea and the enemies of
+the crown, in the time when the armed fleets of Inglaterra and Holanda
+were infesting the seas and obstructing the commerce with America.
+
+Among the losses which Governor Don Fausto experienced in the time
+of his government, the greatest in his estimation was the death of
+his spouse Doña Beatriz de Aróstegui, in 1694; he loved her dearly,
+an affection deserved by her beauty, the many children that she had
+borne him, her great virtues, and sweet disposition--for which all the
+people loved her as the rainbow of peace, as she greatly moderated the
+choleric disposition of her husband. She died, this Rachel in beauty
+and Leah in fruitfulness, in the second year of the government of
+Don Fausto. [129] She was given a burial with honors in our church
+at Manila, and in the following year her remains were transferred
+to a beautiful chapel in the chancel, erected and adorned for this
+purpose. [This chapel contains the sculptured figure of the lady,
+with some Latin inscriptions, which are here omitted.] Well was this
+monument merited by a matron so virtuous, loved and reverenced by all
+for her great virtues; and her death was all the more regretted on
+account of her youth. The funeral honors which were solemnized for
+her were the most splendid ever seen in these islands (and it would
+be difficult to equal them in any other country, even with great
+expenditures); for the great abundance in these islands of wax and
+of the other materials for pomp which can increase the magnificence
+of functions of this kind, render them very easy. But this abuse is
+at present greatly moderated, as a result of the recent royal decree
+which was published that these vain parades be diminished.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
+
+
+The sources of the documents in this volume are as follows:
+
+1. Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.--From the Ventura del Arco
+MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, and 119-133; a contemporaneous
+MS., belonging to Edward E. Ayer; Ventura del Arco MSS., v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206.
+
+2. Augustinians in the Philippines.--From Casimiro Diaz's Conquistas
+(Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, and 689-817; from a copy in the possession
+of James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] At the end of this document appear the following memoranda
+relative to the archbishop's voyage to the islands: "Archbishop Camacho
+embarked at Acapulco for Manila on March 30, 1697. The lading of the
+ship was made in great haste, because there was in Acapulco a fearful
+pestilence. Several died from this pest on the ship, within a few
+days--among whom were the fiscal of his Majesty, and a Jesuit and
+a Dominican. On the 19th of July they encountered a terrible storm,
+from which they escaped only through the intercession of St. Francisco
+Javier, a Jesuit, casting into the water an order of the saint in which
+he promised that they should have no [cause for] fear. On July 24, at
+three o'clock in the afternoon, they anchored in the port of Palapag,
+where they suffered from a baguio. On the eighth day of September,
+the archbishop made his public entry into Manila."
+
+[2] Spanish, realengos; "applied to the villages which are not held
+by seigniors or by the religious orders, and to lands belonging to
+the state" (Barcia).
+
+Auditor Sierra held a commission from the court for legalizing
+the ownership of lands in Filipinas; and in the fulfilment of this
+charge he demanded from the friars the documents which justified their
+right to the magnificent estates of which they called themselves the
+owners." (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, p. 385.)
+
+[3] This bull was a papal sentence of excommunication formerly
+published against heretics every Holy (or Maundy) Thursday; for ages
+it was publicly read on that day, otherwise known as the feria quinta
+in Coena Domini; hence its common title, as given in the text. The
+latest form which this bull assumed was given to it by Urban VIII in
+1627; it is entitled, Pastoralis Romani pontificis vigilantia, and is
+divided into twenty sections or decrees. Of these, no. 15 censures
+such as usurp jurisdiction; it was, then, issued in the interests
+of liberty in court trials. No. 17 censures those who usurp church
+revenues, incomes, and the like; and it thus upheld the rights of
+ownership. This bull is no longer used; its periodical publication was
+discontinued after 1773, and it was suppressed by Pius IX (October 12,
+1869), in force of his constitution, Apostolicæ Sedis, issued on that
+date.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[4] The decree here mentioned is dated May 15, 1572, and begins,
+Exposcit debitum pastoralis officii. In it provision is made for
+"appeals from the West Indias, and the islands of the Ocean Sea,
+subject to the king of Spain." It orders that appeals be carried,
+first, from the bishop to the metropolitan; second, from the
+metropolitan to the next neighboring ordinary--that thus justice might
+be secured without delay or so heavy expense. Philip II had petitioned
+to this effect, that cases might be decided by two courts, and no
+appeal be admitted therefrom; hence the bull of Gregory to the king.
+
+In this case, the appeal was from the metropolitan to the bishop
+of Camarines--who probably had been commissioned by the pope to act
+as delegate from an early period in his episcopal career, since he
+himself mentions (post) his having acted in that capacity in the
+time of Archbishop Pardo. In case of the nearest see being vacant,
+the official who acted as its head would be delegate for the time
+being, i.e. would be a vice-ordinary. Also, as those islands were
+too remote for sending thither delegates from Europe, except in
+extraordinary cases, the metropolitan of Manila might send a delegate
+to Camarines. The authority possessed by the delegate in appeal cases
+(as results from the bull of Gregory) would be definitive and final;
+he might overrule and even supersede the metropolitan, as being the
+judge in final appeal.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[5] Probably Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, as he was bishop of
+Puebla in 1696 (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 256).
+
+[6] Cruzat y Gongora's term of office was lengthened by the failure
+of his successor to go to the islands. This was Domingo Zabalburu de
+Echevarri, who was appointed September 18, 1694, but did not reach
+Manila until 1701.
+
+[7] Spanish, sobrino, which may be applied not only to a brother's
+or sister's child, but to that of a cousin-german.
+
+[8] Spanish, ni mejorarla [apelacion]; a legal phrase, meaning "to
+support the appeal before the superior court, after having appealed
+before it, by setting forth the injury that is experienced from any
+act issued by the lower court" (Barcia).
+
+[9] So in Ventura del Arco's transcription; but it would seem to
+be an error for 120--perhaps a copyist's conjecture of an illegible
+character--since it apparently refers to Gregory XIII's decree of 1572
+(ante, p. 27).
+
+[10] He was almost seventy years old, according to Concepción (Hist. de
+Philipinas, viii, p. 229).
+
+[11] In the Latin Church the ecclesiastical orders are those of
+bishops, priests, deacons, sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers,
+and ostiarii, or doorkeepers. Many theologians reckon the number
+at seven, regarding the episcopate as merely the extension of the
+priesthood (Addis and Arnold, p. 621).
+
+[12] Spanish, seminario conciliar; "the house assigned for the
+education of the young men who devote themselves to the ecclesiastical
+career" (Barcia).
+
+[13] José Sarmiento Valladares, Conde de Montezuma, was the successor,
+in the viceroyalty of Nueva España, of Gaspar de la Cerda, Conde
+de Galve (whose term of office was November 20, 1688 to May,
+1696). Valladares obtained his title by his marriage with Gerónima
+María, a lineal descendant of the Mexican emperor, and third countess
+of Montezuma. He took possession of the office on December 18, 1696,
+and held it until November 4, 1701. He was an able and efficient
+governor, and did much to repress crime, improve social conditions, aid
+the Indians in times of distress, and render the City of Mexico more
+strongly fortified. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, pp. 222, 259, 264, 265.)
+
+[14] Miguel Bayót was a discalced Franciscan, an Aragonese, who came to
+the Philippines in 1669; he was employed in ministries to the Indians,
+and was long at the head of the hospice of the order in Mexico City. In
+1695 he was appointed bishop of Cebú, when he was 52 years old, being
+then in Mexico, and took possession of his office in September, 1696;
+he died there on August 28, 1700. When he died, only the sum of five
+reals was found in his possession. (San Antonio, Chronicas, i, p. 212.)
+
+[15] The first page of this MS. is occupied by official attestations
+showing that on January 22, 1699, officially certified copies of
+these decrees by the archbishop were demanded by Antonio de Borja,
+procurator-general of the Jesuit province, from one of the alcaldes
+of Manila, Antonio Basarte, who ordered these copies to be made.
+
+[16] Spanish, casamientos y velaciones; the former the general term
+for marriages, the latter also used thus, but referring especially
+to the nuptial mass or nuptial benedictions (which, however, were
+and are given only at mass). The parties might be married outside
+of mass--as if it were a private marriage, or if they were too poor
+to pay for the mass--and then did not receive the benedictions. But
+if at mass, they were velados--a term recalling an ancient ceremony
+when both parties were veiled at the marriage; i.e., the priest threw
+a veil over their heads. Thus Moroni in his Diccionario, who also
+states that "this custom is still in vogue in some places" (in his
+own day, about thirty years ago). La velacion was another term for
+the marriage ceremony at mass, and was part of the ceremony. Every
+woman (of good standing) is entitled to church marriage--with nuptial
+mass and benediction--but once only: this may be on the occasion of a
+second or third marriage, provided the former marriages were outside
+of mass; but if the first marriage were with the nuptial mass, she
+is barred from enjoying this privilege at subsequent marriages. These
+are the casamientos; the nuptial mass, or marriage accompanied by it,
+the velacion.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[17] Hijo de la Iglesia; a term applied to a foundling or abandoned
+infant; cf., the Italian appellation, "a child of the Madonna."
+
+[18] Spanish, octavas. None of the standard dictionaries give a meaning
+to cover this use of octavas. Dominguez's Diccionario (Supplement)
+states that the word is a term in Roman law, designating an ancient
+form of tribute consisting of one part in eight. Probably it was
+carried over into ecclesiastical law, and here means that the cura
+was expected to pay one-eighth of his fees into the church fund.
+
+[19] Spanish, canonicas monitoriales. In law books, banns (in Latin)
+are styled proclamationes monitoriæ.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[20] Spanish, limosna. The fees (derechos) of the cura were determined,
+fixed sums, as in the tariff lists, nor could he change them. The
+limosna--a free offering, and wholly optional with the parties for whom
+he officiated--was over and above the tariff charge. The cura could do
+with this offering what he wished--if he chose, spending it in alms;
+but it was given to him personally, and was for his own use. Cf. the
+gratificación voluntaria in the following list of fees to be paid
+the parish priest in Cuba, taken from the Manual de la Isla de Cuba,
+by José Garcia y Arboleya (2nd ed., Havana, 1859), pp. 316, 317:
+
+
+For baptism: a voluntary offering [gratificación voluntaria],
+the minimum of which is 6 reals for the cura and 2 for the
+acolyte                                                           $ 1.
+For burial:  of free adult                                          7.50
+             of free child                                          6.50
+             of slave adult                                         5.50
+             of slave child                                         5.
+For prayers--responso with cope, sacristan, and processional cross
+[cruz alta], at the house of the deceased                           7.
+For prayers, with cope, at the burial                               4.
+For office (of three lections)                                      5.
+For mass chanted (body present)                                     6.
+For each halt [posa]                                               12.50
+For processional cross at the grave (without cross, .50)            2.
+For each censer                                                      .50
+For each attendant in surplice                                      1.
+For remaining till end [of interment]                               1.50
+For four [church] bells [tolled]                                    2.
+For three [church] bells [tolled]                                   1.50
+For two [church] bells [tolled]                                     1.
+For low mass [without chant]                                        1.
+For a fiesta [feast-day celebration] with vespers and mass chanted 12.
+For a fiesta with procession                                       14.
+For votive mass chanted                                             6.50
+For marriage                                                        7.25
+For cura at the house [of the parties]                              4.
+For foreigners                                              25. to 30.
+For record of baptism                                               1.
+
+                                          --Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[21] The term Morenos, as has appeared from former documents, was
+applied generally to persons of swarthy complexion--mulattoes, some
+negroes, and Malabar natives, indiscriminately.
+
+[22] Spanish, arraz (arras); a very old term, of Hebrew origin;
+hence the Latin law term of arrha, i.e., anticipated payment of
+part. Arras also means "thirteen pieces of money given to the bride
+by the bridegroom;" this or similar dowry was required by a very old
+and very rigorous law.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+Barcia gives arras the general meaning of "that which is given as a
+pledge or token of any agreement. It was extended also to the marriage
+contract. Also, the thirteen pieces of money which in weddings serve
+for the formality of that function, passing from the hands of the
+bridegroom to those of the bride. In law, the amount which the man
+promises to the woman on account of his marriage to her; it cannot
+exceed, according to law, the tenth part of his possessions." He
+defines arrha (French, arrhes) as "a pledge or token given to secure
+and confirm a contract."
+
+[23] The context would seem to require here the amount of the fee for
+burial of a child; this has apparently been omitted in the MS. by
+a clerical error. The general appearance of the MS., and various
+memoranda on the back, suggest the probability that this was one of
+the copies furnished to the Jesuit Borja.
+
+[24] Spanish, possas. At funerals, prayers were read at different
+points on the way to the cemetery; for instance, at the church door,
+midway on the route, and at the cemetery gate--if not oftener. Of
+course the procession halted while prayers were being read or chanted;
+so for each halt (posa) a fee was due.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[25] Spanish, missas de nouenario; the novenary is a nine days'
+condolence for the deceased. The same term is also applied to a nine
+days' devotion offered to some saint.
+
+[26] Spanish, el velo; literally, the "veil," or the "veiling;"
+evidently referring to the old-time usage of placing a veil over the
+married pair (see note 16, ante), as a part of the ceremonies at the
+nuptial mass. I am told by one of our fathers here at Villanova,
+who lived in Spain years ago, that at marriages in that country
+the bride wears the usual wedding-veil, and continues to wear it
+in public for one week after the marriage; it is white, sometimes
+plain, sometimes adorned with ribbons or flowers of various
+colors.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[27] Spanish, cruz alta con su manga. The processional cross was
+carried on a staff, as used in the United States in processions; at
+funerals the crucifix was covered with black, this funeral trapping
+(manga) covering or veiling the cross as a sign of grief. Sometimes
+the sacristan bore only a small cross, without staff; this depended
+wholly on his fee. In all Catholic churches in the United States, we
+use the crucifixes covered in Holy Week; but we do not veil crosses
+at funerals.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[28] Spanish, por titulo de justicia. Parroco de justicia, so
+frequently used in this document, is the Spanish rendering of the
+technical Latin phrase, parochus de jure--words which show that
+the cura had a right to his office, had been instituted according
+to the canons, and was canonically and legally in office. It is
+practically the same as the English phrase "by right and title." Other
+equivalents are: "by title of law," "by right," and "ordinary." The
+parish priest, whether secular or regular, was an official of the
+Church.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[29] See account of the allotment of diocesan titles in VOL. I, p. 244,
+note 188. Baluffi, there cited, adds: "Relative to the two ninths that
+were given to the king, the first bishop of Mechoacan [in Mexico],
+Mons. Vasco de Quiroga, when organizing his cathedral [clergy] in 1554,
+speaking of the two shares of the tithes that were given to the king,
+remarked that they were thus awarded to his most serene Majesty in
+token of his lordship (superioritalis) and right of patronage."
+
+[30] In text, oneroso, but evidently a transcriber's error for onrroso.
+
+[31] In the text, projimos, "neighbors"--in allusion to the Scriptural
+injunction, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself," a duty strictly
+inculcated in the training of candidates for ordination, especially
+in the Jesuit order.
+
+[32] Alluding to Paul's precept in I Corinthians, vii, v. 20.
+
+[33] That is, a non-resident or merely titular prelate; see VOL. XVIII,
+p. 339, note 101.
+
+[34] The whole sentence, divested of technicalities, simply means that
+one must "look before he leaps;" or that, when one has his eyes open,
+he is supposed to have used them; or that the bishop, should he be
+merely titular, would have no one to blame but himself, and should
+be the last to complain.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[35] Spanish, pordioseros; that is, those who ask alms "for God's
+sake."
+
+[36] Spanish, conciliabulo; like English "conventicle," used to
+designate an unauthorized or illegal assembly.
+
+[37] Spanish, mal sonante y temeraria--literally, "of evil sound and
+reckless." This is part of a legal phrase, taken from Latin forms used
+by the Roman courts when characterizing books, teachings, statements,
+etc., of unorthodox or schismatic bearing.--Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.
+
+[38] This memorial seems to have been written by the Dominican Fray
+Raimundo Berart (see Reseña biográfica, ii, p. 203); and it was
+printed by Fray Mimbela.
+
+[39] Spanish, consumiendo; "the reception or eating by the priest
+of the body and blood of Christ, in the elements of bread and wine"
+(Dominguez).
+
+[40] Francisco de Mesina was born in Messina, Sicily, in 1614; at
+the age of fifteen he became a Jesuit novice, and in 1643 came to the
+Philippines. He acted as minister at the college of Manila during one
+year, and then went to Camboja with a Spanish expedition who built a
+ship there, ministering to the Spaniards, and to the natives of the
+country. For two years he was rector of Silang, and more than twenty
+years minister to the Chinese at Santa Cruz, near Manila, becoming
+very proficient in their language. He was three years provincial,
+and was sent to Macan and Camboja by the governor "on affairs of the
+royal service;" and he died at Santa Cruz, October 12, 1682. (Murillo
+Velarde, Hist. Philipinas, fol. 354.)
+
+[41] Spanish, almojarifazgo: export and import duties, as our modern
+officials would call them. This tax was first collected by the Moors
+in the cities and coasts of Andalucía, and afterward--in the times of
+St. Fernando, according to various authors--came to be introduced among
+the Christians; and they, on accepting or establishing this impost,
+adopted the name by which the Arabs designated it.--Fray Tirso López
+(editor of Diaz).
+
+[42] Don Francísco Xavier, in the year 1670 (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de
+Philipinas, fol. 300).
+
+[43] Francisco Miedes was a native of Madrid, born about 1621;
+he entered the Jesuit order about 1643, and in 1643 came to the
+islands. During the first year he was an instructor at the college
+of Manila; the rest of his life was spent in the missions of Ternate
+and Siao. He compiled grammars and vocabularies of the dialects
+spoken in those islands, and performed his missionary labors with
+great self-sacrifice and devotion, suffering much from poverty and
+lack of the usual comforts of life. The hardships of this career,
+and his frequent austerities, broke down his strength, and he finally
+died at Iloilo, on June 21, 1674. (Murillo Velarde, ut supra, fol. 352
+b, 353.)
+
+Gerónimo Cebreros was born in Mexico on May 30, 1626, and at the age
+of twenty-three entered the Jesuit novitiate, and four years later
+came to the islands. He was a missionary in Ternate and Siao, and for
+six years the superior of those missions; afterward he labored among
+the Spaniards and Tagals in Luzón, and died on August 15, 1713. (Ut
+supra, fol. 400 b.)
+
+[44] Diaz does not give the Christian name of this missionary,
+but Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 300 b), that it was Juan
+de Esquivel; this name, however, is not again mentioned by that
+author. On fol. 284 he gives the following account of Diego de
+Esquivel (of whom Juan may have been a brother): "On the sixth of
+June, 1665, died at Manila Father Diego de Esquivel, at the age of
+forty-two years, after seventeen years as a member of the Society;
+he was a native of the said city, and it was there that he entered
+the Society, in the year 1648. He finished his studies there, and,
+having been ordained as a priest, was sent to Ternate--where he
+learned perfectly the language of the natives, of which he wrote a
+grammar and a vocabulary. Thence he went to Tydore, and afterward
+to Siao, where the natives were living more as barbarians than as
+Christians; and he suffered greatly in that island, on account of
+the poverty of the country. He had his heart set on planting the
+faith and good morals among that people, by means of preaching, the
+good example of his life as a religious, and the charity with which
+he ministered to all; and he gained thereby the great affection of
+the people of Siao. This was known by Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara,
+and therefore after the death of Don Bentura, the king of that island
+(who left a young son), the governor commissioned Father Esquivel with
+the government of that kingdom, as it was under the royal protection,
+to the great satisfaction of the chiefs of its villages; and the
+superiors [of the order] gave him permission, in so far as it was in
+accordance with the sacred canons, to act as counselor of the said
+kingdom. This caused the preservation in our holy faith of the many
+and glorious missions which this province has in the Orient--which
+are the island and kingdom of Siao, and the provinces of Manados
+or Cauripa (which are in the great island of Celebes, or Macazar),
+with other islands and missions, which he frequently visited, by
+which he gained many souls to God. He was sent to Ternate as rector,
+but, moved by affectionate desire for the salvation of his Siaos,
+he left a father as vice-rector of the college [at Ternate], and
+returned to Siao. At this time, orders were given to withdraw the
+garrison from Ternate, and Father Esquivel returned to Manila, and
+many of those natives accompanied him--in order not to lose the faith,
+nobly abandoning their native land. They settled in Maragondong, La
+Estacada, and other places, with the name of Mardicas, and I knew
+in Maragondong some of them who had been born in Ternate. Through
+the hardships of this voyage Father Esquivel contracted an illness,
+which lasted during the remainder of his life. He spent some time as
+minister at Barás, where his sickness became worse; they carried him
+to Manila, where he died with great peace and resignation."
+
+Manuel Español was born in Aren, May 11, 1639, and entered the
+Jesuit order on November 21, 1656. Seven years later he came to the
+Philippine Islands. He was minister at the college of Manila two
+years, and afterward labored in the missions of Siao and Ternate for
+many years. He died in Manila, on March 10, 1684. (Murillo Velarde,
+ut supra, fol. 356.)
+
+[45] Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 302): "On the first of
+November, 1677, the Dutch seized Siao, called thither by Don Geronimo
+Daras, a rival and enemy of the king Don Francisco (who was a good
+Catholic, and a friend of the Spaniards); they went to conquer it,
+and left as governor of the island Robert Paagbrugue. They carried
+away to Malayo the fathers who were ministering there. They cut
+down the clove trees, and established several small forts with some
+artillery; and left there about two hundred men, with a preacher,
+who instructed the natives in regard to their errors. At first some
+of the Siaos resisted; but now they are most obstinate heretics, and
+very bitter enemies of the Catholic religion--as I found in some who
+strayed to Manila in those days; although some were finally converted,
+and I baptized a boy of fourteen years who learned the [Christian]
+doctrine readily."
+
+[46] i.e., "a time of peace, a time of war."
+
+[47] Spanish, Del monte sale, quien al monte quema, "indicating
+that the losses we suffer usually proceed from persons allied to us,
+or who live near us" (Dominguez).
+
+[48] Here, as in several other places in our text, we omit various
+pious reflections and citations from Scripture or the fathers of the
+church, simply through the pressure of valuable historical matter
+upon our limited space.
+
+[49] i.e., "If for my sake this tempest has arisen, cast me into the
+sea," paraphrasing rather than quoting the prophet's words (Jonah,
+i, v. 12).
+
+[50] Juan Caballero was born in Córdoba in 1629, and made his
+profession in the Augustinian order at Sevilla (by a typographical
+error in Pérez's Catálogo, in 1637; probably, 1657). He came to Manila
+in the mission of 1669; three years later, was elected prior of Cebú,
+and in 1674 prior of Manila, where he died in 1685.
+
+[51] Biographical notices of these friars, and of others mentioned
+by Diaz in like connection, may be found in Pérez's Catálogo.
+
+[52] Spanish, colegial del mayor. A colegio mayor is defined
+by Dominguez as "a community of youths, laymen of distinguished
+families, who devote themselves to various studies, living in a
+certain seclusion, and under a collegiate rector, whom they appoint,
+usually each year."
+
+[53] Spanish, catedratico de decreto. The Decreto was the book compiled
+by Gratianus which forms the first part of the canon law.
+
+[54] "More properly Konkanis; the modern division of North Canara
+is part of the territory properly known as the Konkan, and the old
+Portuguese called the natives of their territory, both those of Goa
+and the North (properly the Konkanis), and also those to the southward,
+indiscriminately Canarins." "The Canarins (who are heathen), are of two
+sorts, for such as are engaged in trade and other honorable callings
+are held in much greater respect than those who engage in fishing,
+or practice mechanical crafts." Canarin is the Portuguese form of
+the name applied to the natives of the coast, and interior north of
+Malabar, as far as and including Goa district; another form of the
+name is Karnatic, although it is now applied to the Tamil country on
+the eastern side of the Indian peninsula.--See Voyage of Pyrard de
+Laval (Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1887-88) and notes by
+Gray and Bell, i, pp. 375-376, ii, pp. 35, 405-406.
+
+[55] Payo Enriquez de Rivera was a native of Sevilla, and son of
+the Duke de Alcalá, viceroy of Naples. In 1628 he made profession in
+the Augustinian order, and after obtaining his degrees in theology
+and philosophy held various important offices in Spain. In 1657 he
+was presented to the see of Guatemala, and ten years later to that
+of Michoacan; soon afterward he was made archbishop of Mexico,
+which office he assumed in June 1668. The viceroyalty of Mexico
+becoming vacant by the death of Pedro Nuño Colon, Duke de Veraguas,
+a few days after taking possession of that government (December,
+1673), he was immediately succeeded, by a royal order anticipating
+this event, by Fray Payo de Rivera, who ruled Nueva España for seven
+years. Rivera was distinguished by his ability as a ruler, not only
+in matters ecclesiastical, but in civil and military affairs--to all
+of which he attended with zeal and prudence; and he was beloved by
+the people. In July, 1681, he set out for Spain, where he had two
+important appointments from the government; but he declined these,
+and retired to the convent of Santa María del Risco. He died on April
+8, 1684, honored in both life and death by the government and by his
+people. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 182-187.)
+
+[56] Our Constitutions inhibit such procedure, the applying to
+courts outside the order. For us, appeals lie only to the Pontiff,
+who, being the common father of the faithful, is not considered an
+outsider.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[57] i.e., "The party dispossessed must first of all be restored,
+any other proceeding being deferred."
+
+[58] Referring to a work by the Jesuit writer Martin Martini (1614-61),
+who for many years was a prominent missionary in China. This was his
+Novus atlas Sinensis (Vienna, 1655), which formed part 10 of the great
+atlas published by Joannis Blaeu at Amsterdam (1656). Diaz hispanicizes
+Martini's name, and rather curiously uses the Italian word atlante for
+"atlas" instead of the Spanish atlas.
+
+[59] More strictly the name Coromandel is applied to the eastern
+coast of India north of Cape Comorin, and Malabar to the western coast.
+
+[60] i.e., "It shall not be compared with the dyed colors of India"
+(Job, xxviii, v. 16).
+
+[61] See plan of Madras, and maps of Coromandel coast, in Bellin's
+Atlas maritime, iii, fol. 37-39.
+
+[62] The Basilian order was founded by St. Basil, bishop of Cæsarea
+in Cappadocia. His rule became so popular in the East as to supplant
+all others; and at this day it alone is recognized and followed by
+the monks of the Greek Church. This order also made its way into
+southern Italy, Poland, Hungary, and Russia. Nearly all the convents
+of Basilian nuns (founded by St. Macrina, sister of Basil), like those
+of the monks, have embraced the Eastern schism. (Addis and Arnold's
+Catholic Dictionary, citing Hélyot's Ordres monastiques.)
+
+[63] Spanish, crescas, a word not given in the lexicons, but evidently,
+from the context, to be thus rendered.
+
+[64] See Linschoten's account of this story of St. Thomas's preaching
+in India, and A. C. Burnell's notes thereon, in Voyage of Linschoten
+(Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1885), i, pp. 83-89. Burnell
+says that this story is unknown to the natives of India, and evidently
+originated in Syria. The inscription on the alleged tomb of St. Thomas
+near Madras is now known to be Nestorian, of about the ninth century
+A. D.
+
+[65] Tercia: the third part of a vara (33.38+ inches), therefore a
+little more than 11 inches; generally used as a measure of length.
+
+[66] Concepción's account of this occurrence (Hist. de Philipinas,
+vii, pp. 258, 259) contains an explanation somewhat remarkable for a
+period when sanitary science had made little progress, even in Europe.
+
+"Governor Don Manuel de Leon was sick from excessive corpulency; and
+Don Juan de Sarra treated him by making cruel cuts in the flesh of his
+body. He attended, when these incisions were not yet quite healed,
+the funeral of Doña Maria del Cuellar, the deceased wife of Auditor
+Don Francisco Coloma; and in the church the vapors which exhale
+from buried corpses--which, experience proves, cost those so dear,
+who enter the church with sores or wounds, as these are poisoned
+and corrupted by those vapors--had the effect on the governor of
+opening his wounds, and bringing on a hemorrhage which exhausted him,
+[and he died. April 11, 1667]."
+
+[67] Salazar relates the disposition of the governor's estate
+(Hist. Sant. Rosario, pp. 114, 115), saying that, besides the
+provincial, Fray Balthasar de Santa Cruz and General Marcos Quintero
+Ramos were named by León as his executors; referring to the prohibition
+(see his p. 43) of such administration to the Dominican friars,
+he adds: "The said fathers could not refuse to accept this onerous
+charge as executors, not only on account of what our order owed to
+the deceased, but because of other circumstances which stood in the
+way and concerned the peace of the community." He states that Fray
+San Roman's death (less than a year after the governor's) did not
+prevent the administration of León's estate and the disposal of his
+property, which Santa Cruz carried out, the handling of the money
+being left entirely to Quintero. The governor's fortune amounted to
+250,000 pesos, of which the Dominican order appropriated nothing to
+itself, the money being almost entirely spent in pious foundations
+and charitable works. To the Misericordia was given 50,000 pesos,
+part of which was set aside for the dowries of orphan girls; to León's
+native place, 33,000 pesos to found chaplaincies, for the benefit of
+his soul; 12,000 to rebuild the hospital of San Lazaro at Manila,
+and a like sum for rebuilding the seminary of Santa Potenciana;
+and the remainder was spent in various works of piety and charity,
+for the benefit of the community.
+
+[68] Every province was entitled to choose four definitors
+and two visitors. In chapters the voting list is published
+prior to the elections; it contains the name of every person
+entitled to vote therein, with the position entitling him to
+vote.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[69] Spanish, altura; here meaning the most northern part of the
+ship's course, as the ships sailing from Manila took a route far
+northward to avail themselves of the trade-winds.
+
+[70] This should be Antonio de Letona; his book is entitled Perfecta
+religiosa (Puebla, Mexico, 1662). See our VOL. XXXVI, p. 189.
+
+[71] In text, rectores; but, as there is no meaning of that word that
+properly applies here, we conjecture it to be a typographical error
+for receptores.
+
+[72] Francisco Salgado was a native of Galicia, born April 2,
+1629. In 1648 he entered the Jesuit order, and in 1662, came to
+the Philippines. For several years he was teacher in the college
+of Manila; and afterward rector at Silang. He went to Europe (about
+1675?), and returned in 1679 with a mission band; he was rector of
+the Manila college and twice provincial. He died at Manila on July 14,
+1689. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 357.)
+
+[73] The MS. does not state what the other relic was, nor is it easy to
+ascertain; for the English in the latter part of the eighteenth century
+profaned the church of San Agustín at Manila, and took from it all the
+relics, in order to avail themselves of the silver of the reliquaries,
+and of the gold in which many of them were set.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[74] Juan de Mariana (1536-1624) was one of the most noted writers
+among the Spanish Jesuits. The work here referred to is that which he
+published originally in Latin, Historiæ de rebus Hispaniæ libri XXV
+(Toleti, 1592), which carried the history of the Spanish monarchy down
+to 1516. His own Spanish version of this work, enlarged and corrected,
+appeared at Toledo, 1601. Other writers continued this history to 1649
+and 1669; and the last of these was extended to 1678 by Felix Lucio
+de Espinosa y Malo (Madrid, 1678). This work has had many editions,
+translations, and criticisms--for which see Sommervogel's Bibliothèque
+Comp. de Jesus. One of Mariana's works, De rege et regis institutione
+(Toleti, 1599), was censured by the Parliament of Paris and publicly
+burned by the executioner in 1610; and the French court asked the
+Spanish government to suppress it, which request was refused.
+
+[75] That is, the writer's desire to flatter some influential persons
+who were enemies of Valenzuela.
+
+[76] The alternation [alternativa] of the elections consisted in this,
+that during one triennium the offices were held by natives of Spain,
+and during the next one by those born in the Indias.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[77] Spanish, pasado en authoridad de cosa juzgada (equivalent to
+the Latin res adjudicata).
+
+[78] Spanish, se comprometió. With us elections sometimes go by
+compromissum; that is, where no result is secured as usual by close
+ballot the chapter designate a committee to nominate some person,
+usually with the pledge that the chapter will afterward elect him,
+and thus ratify the committee's choice.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[79] Among the voters at provincial and general chapters are two
+classes especially designated by provinces or convents to represent
+the entire community; these are the definitors and the discreets
+(VOL. XXXIV, p. 419). The conventual discreet is chosen for the
+provincial chapter, and is elected by all the voters of a house in
+chapter assembled. The discreet-general is chosen for the general
+chapter, by the provincial chapter. At the general chapter every
+province is entitled to representation by three voters--the provincial,
+the definitor, and the discreet. At provincial chapter every large
+house, or convent, is entitled similarly to representation by two
+voters, the priors and the discreet (there is no definitor for a
+house).--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[80] There must be some error in the text--probably made in the
+transcriptions of Diaz's manuscript for publication--for Pérez says
+(Catálogo, p. 140) that these missions contained 160 religious. The
+father here named is mentioned a little below as Manuel Losada,
+which name (although it does not appear in Pérez) was probably his
+baptismal and family name, the other being that assumed by him on
+entering the order.
+
+[81] No elemental; that is, it was not nebulous--as our astronomers
+at this time say, arrogating to themselves this discovery, which
+evidently was not unknown to those of earlier times.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[82] Roughly estimating from the date here given, it seems
+probable that the line here mentioned refers to the diameter of the
+earth. Although that diameter had not been exactly measured at that
+time, a long step toward this had been taken by Picard of France,
+who in 1671 made the first really valuable measure of the arc of a
+meridian, a measure which Isaac Newton used in verifying his idea of
+gravitation. The ambiguous manner in which the line is mentioned by
+the writer (supposedly Kino, as cited by Diaz) was probably due to
+cautious dread lest ecclesiastical penalties be visited on the too
+definite statement of scientific discoveries; for at that time Mexico
+was dominated by the Inquisition, by which tribunal the great Galileo
+had been imprisoned less than fifty years before Kino made these
+observations. The course of this comet can easily be verified, after
+making due allowance for the precession of the equinoxes, on any map
+of the constellations. Information for this note is furnished by Albert
+S. Flint, astronomer of Washburn Observatory, University of Wisconsin.
+
+[83] Eusebius Kino (or Chino) was a noted mathematician and
+explorer. Born near Trent in 1644, he entered the Jesuit order at
+the age of twenty-one, and in 1678 came to America. He soon devoted
+himself to the California missions, and explored and mapped a large
+extent of country in Mexico and Lower California. He died at Magdalena,
+March 15, 1711.
+
+[84] One of the collections of canon law is called "Clementinas"
+(see VOL. XXV, p. 226): they were compiled out of the canons of the
+Council of Vienne (1316) and some of his own constitutions. (Addis
+and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary, p. 106.) The father of Bolivar had
+apparently held the clementina chair of canon law in a university.
+
+[85] The vihuela (or viguela) was the ancient form of the guitar,
+or something between it and the violin. It is mentioned as in use,
+in a poem of the fourteenth century. There were vihuelas de penoia and
+vihuelas de arco--the former played with a plectrum, the latter with a
+bow. Later, the vihuela merged entirely into the guitar. (H. E. Watts,
+in note on his edition of Don Quixote [London, 1895], iv, p. 85.)
+
+[86] "Much difficulty was found in raising the required force for the
+Philippine Islands. Many of the soldiers dreading the climate would
+desert before reaching Acapulco, and new schemes had to be devised
+for raising recruits. Thus in 1677 all criminals willing to enlist
+were pardoned, and 125 pesos a year given them as pay. Still, only
+a small number could be induced to accept this offer." (Bancroft,
+Mexico, iii, p. 185.)
+
+[87] Spanish, quintas esencias (English, "quintessences"); referring
+to the notion in alchemy of a fifth or last and highest essence or
+power in a natural body.
+
+[88] Spanish, se parte un pelo en el aire; an idiomatic expression
+(also written cortar or hender un cabello), signifying the possession
+of great penetration, keenness, dexterity; quick perception, much
+perspicacity. Cf. the common phrases, "to fish for things in the air,"
+"to catch them while flying," etc. (Dominguez). The saying perhaps
+originated in the ability of a good swordsman to cut a hair in two
+instantly with his sword.
+
+[89] Spanish, dos palos; meaning the two wooden ships used for the
+Acapulco trade, which was the sole support of the colony.
+
+[90] That is, "mindless, or silly, or without sense;" a neat and keen
+play on words. The meaning evidently is, that knowledge of law does
+not consist in mere remembrance of law terms, but in discerning their
+force and power.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[91] "They feared to lose temporal goods, and did not reflect on the
+life eternal; and thus they lost both."
+
+[92] This form of bodily mortification can be understood only by those
+who live in hot countries. In Europa it is no mortification at all, and
+there is no religious who does not practice it, as being a precept of
+the rules, which command that neither food nor drink be taken outside
+of fixed hours. But in intertropical countries, with the suffocating
+heat and the continual perspiration it is a necessity to drink water
+and quench one's thirst with great frequency; and on this account
+the superiors have to grant dispensations from some prescribed usages
+that are, if not impossible, exceedingly difficult to fulfil in those
+countries. As a compensation, there are other forms of mortification
+which in cold countries are difficult to practice, such as sleeping
+on the ground, which in the regions that are mentioned above do not
+merit even the name of mortification.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[93] Spanish, cilicios: a term originally derived from the name
+Cilicia, from which country was brought in ancient times a cloth woven
+of hair, called therefore cilicium; applied to a belt or girdle of
+haircloth, or of metallic wires woven together, often with projecting
+points of metal, worn next to the skin by way of mortifying the flesh.
+
+[94] "No one can serve two masters;" in verse 13 of the sixteenth
+(not seventeenth, as in our text) chapter of Luke's gospel.
+
+[95] Although difficulties arise in obeying two superiors, it is
+not impossible, and much less when the respective jurisdiction of
+each is over different activities--as occurs in the missions and
+villages directed by religious, in which the superior of the order is
+responsible for his subordinates conducting themselves as they should
+in their private lives, and the vicar or bishop watches to see that
+they are punctual in the discharge of their ministry as missionaries
+or parish priests. In such cases the gospel text, which speaks of
+those who command opposite things, does not properly apply.--Fray
+Tirso López.
+
+[96] Tomás Antonio de la Cerda, Conde de Paredes and Marqués de la
+Laguna, succeeded Archbishop Rivera as viceroy of Nueva España on
+November 30, 1680; he held this office six years. During this time
+the shores of Nueva España were continually harassed by pirates and
+buccaneers--the most notable event being their capture and sack of
+Vera Cruz in May, 1683.
+
+[97] This word cannot be found in the Spanish lexicons, and is probably
+a Siamese word, since on old maps of Siam are numerous place-names
+which begin with the syllable Ban. Bandel may be a place-name, but
+more probably designates the trading-post occupied by the Portuguese.
+
+[98] The Windward fleet (armada de Barlovento) was maintained
+to protect Spanish commerce in the Atlantic between Spain and
+America. In 1689 it was composed of six ships of the line and a
+frigate. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 224.)
+
+[99] Pérez's Catálogo enumerates forty-five in this mission band. Among
+them was a priest, Diego Higinio, who for many years ministered to
+the lepers in Bisayas.
+
+[100] Spanish, hermano mayor, that is, the brother at the head of
+the association.
+
+[101] The reference is to a passage in canon law, in the Corpus Juris,
+which runs thus: Si Episcopus à Paganis aut Schismaticis capiatur,
+non Archiepiscopus, sed Capitulum ... ministrare debebit:... The full
+citation is: Si Episcopus, "De supplenda negligentia Prælatorum,"
+lib. i, cap. iii, in Sexto. The Sextus, or sixth book, from which the
+above is taken, is entitled, Sexti Decretalium Liber, of Pope Boniface
+VIII; and is described in Addis and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary,
+p. 106.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[102] i.e., "Courage holds greater sway in a small body."
+
+[103] That is, who had deserved it before his coming, but thus far
+had managed to escape punishment.
+
+[104] Spanish, mala feria, "a bad fair;" referring to the annual
+gathering of buyers at Acapulco on the arrival of the Manila galleon.
+
+[105] "So closely did the government guard against possible
+independence of the colonists in trade that ships' companies were
+prohibited from purchasing goods of the country, and factors and
+traders on the fleets were not allowed to remain longer than three
+years in America. No foreigner could trade with the colonies,
+nor was one permitted to enter a port without special license. In
+fact the prices of both imports and exports of New Spain, with the
+exception of the precious metals, were under the arbitrary control of
+the merchants of Seville, and later of Cádiz. What further increased
+the drainage of wealth from America was the decadence of manufacturing
+industries in Spain, owing to the immense influx into the Peninsula of
+precious metals. The riches poured into the mother country made labor
+almost unnecessary; hence a general decline in all kinds of industry,
+and Spain had to resort to foreign markets, not only to supply home
+consumption but also the demands of her colonies. Merchandise thus
+procured could only be exported to the American settlements at rates
+increased by additional duties and merchants' profits." Besides
+the commercial restrictions imposed on the colonies by the home
+government, other influences depressed trade--forced loans to the
+king, debased coinage, interference by the church, arbitrary action
+by civil authorities, contraband trade, the ravages of war, and the
+depredations of corsairs. "In time of war commerce with the mother
+country was reduced to the lowest ebb; European goods were poured
+into the Spanish colonies by neutrals, and the contraband trade was
+almost openly carried on." (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 628-630.)
+
+[106] Regarding the bulls of the Crusade (for which see
+VOL. XXVIII, pp. 113-115), the following information is furnished
+by Rev. Dr. William A. Jones, O.S.A., president of the college of
+San Agustín, Havana: "So far as I know, there was no special decree
+suppressing the privileges of the Bula Cruzada. As I understand it from
+those who are well informed, the original privileges contained in the
+Bula Cruzada were exclusively bestowed upon Spanish subjects, and as
+a consequence, followed the Spanish flag. The moment the sovereignty
+of Spain ceased over this island [Cuba], so ceased also the meaning of
+the Bula Cruzada for these rebels to the old dynasty. But some Cubans
+continued to adopt the privileges of the Latin American Council which
+had recently been held in Rome (about five years ago), in virtue
+of which the privileges regarding fasts and abstinence are almost
+identical with the old Bula; those privileges were afterward confirmed,
+and we follow the rules of the Council. As for the Philippines, I infer
+that the Bula ceased there as soon as the Spanish sovereignty ended."
+
+An Augustinian father who has recently come to Villanova
+from the Philippines states that in those islands they have
+dispensations for fasts and abstinence, the same as before the
+revolution; but he could not state the precise date of those
+dispensations.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+A decree of Leo XIII, April 22, 1899, grants the Cuban bishops
+authority for ten years to grant dispensations from fasting and
+abstinence.
+
+[107] Diaz's statement throws an interesting light on the preparation
+and publication of the Conquistas of Fray Gaspar de San Agustín,
+which is the work here referred to. At the beginning are various
+approbations, licenses, etc. The dedication, very flowery and somewhat
+perfunctory, is made to Doña María de Guadalupe, Duquesa de Avero
+(with many other titles), as "the learned Minerva, not only of our
+España but of the new worlds;" it is signed by Fray Manuel de la Cruz,
+but is undated. The first approbation is signed by Fray Diego de Jesús
+and other Augustinian officials, at Manila, September 2, 1686; and the
+license for its publication is signed by the provincial of the order,
+Juan de Jérez, four days later. The commissary of the Inquisition at
+Manila, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, O.P., approves it on November
+28 following; and the archbishop of Manila, Phelipe Pardo, licenses
+the publication, on December 2. Nothing was done toward printing it
+until 1697; for the next document is the approbation of the work,
+furnished by Alonso Sandin, O.P., who has examined it in obedience
+to the command of Alonso Portillo de Cardos, vicar-general of the
+archdiocese of Toledo; this is dated at Madrid, August 8, 1697. Nine
+days later, Portillo issues the license for printing the book. Next
+follows the approbation of Fray Diego Florez, past provincial of the
+Augustinian province of Castilla, dated at Madrid, September 5. Then
+follow a list of "Erratas," thirteen in number, signed by Martin de
+Ascarza, "corrector-general for his Majesty," dated May 5, 1698; and a
+certificate (dated May 10) that the price at which the said book may be
+sold has been fixed by decree of the royal Council at eight maravedis
+for each printed sheet (pliego). A note at the foot of this page states
+that the book contains 146 pliegos, including unnumbered pages. Nothing
+is said in any of these documents of Diaz's connection with the work.
+
+[108] The first Dutch settlement at the present site of Cape Town was
+made in 1652; it grew very slowly for a long time, for at the end of
+that century it contained only some eighty private houses. In 1658
+negro slaves were carried thither, and later the Dutch sent to Cape
+Town Javanese criminals who had been sentenced at Batavia to penal
+servitude, and political prisoners of rank from India, some of whom
+preferred to remain there for life. With these elements of population
+and the aboriginal Hottentots arose innumerable mixtures of blood, and
+the utmost diversity of color and features among the inhabitants. The
+castle of Good Hope (still standing) was built in 1666-74, as a
+defense for the colony; and in 1672 a formal purchase of land was
+made from the Hottentots by the East India Company. The great garden
+of the Company was partly converted into a nursery for foreign plants
+and trees by Simon van der Stel, commander of the colony from 1680 to
+1699. See Theal's South Africa (New York and London, 1894), pp. 20-57.
+
+In 1688-90 nearly 200 Huguenot refugees from France arrived at the
+Cape, and formed settlements near Cape Town. See Worsfold's South
+Africa (London, 1895), p. 15.
+
+[109] Desiderius Erasmus was born at Rotterdam October 28, 1467. When
+a boy, he was sent to a convent; and in 1492 was ordained a priest,
+at Utrecht. He afterward devoted himself to the study of the classics
+and of divinity, and to literary work; he resided successively in
+Paris, England, and Basle. His Colloquies offended zealous Catholics,
+by attacking the superstitions and abuses in the Church; but he was
+not a supporter of Luther. Erasmus died on July 12, 1536.
+
+[110] They took Father Samper to the island of Paragua, and abandoned
+him there. When this event was learned in Manila, they sent for him;
+but on the way he fell into the hands of the Camucon pirates, who
+took his life.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[111] Basilitano obviously refers to some suppressed or extinct see in
+pagandom, and Fray López would now be styled a "titular bishop." The
+word cannot be found in the lexicons or gazetteers of classical,
+mediæval, and early Christian geographical terms; and it is evidently
+an adjective of local meaning.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[112] See the Epodes of Horatius, i, 2, l. 14; at first referring
+to the Greeks before Troy, but afterward becoming a general
+proverb--"Whatever errors the great may commit, the people must
+atone for."
+
+[113] Father Fray Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga, in his Historia de
+Filipinas (pp. 384 et seq.), relates the foundation of the curacy of
+Mariquina, its separation from that of Pasig, and the means by which
+this was effected, as also the incorporation [that is, again with
+Pasig] which is here mentioned, and their final separation. And as his
+account differs considerably from that of Father Diaz, and we lack
+the data for deciding which of them is correct, we refer the reader
+to that work that he may examine, compare, and decide. Father Diaz,
+however, may have remained silent on the vexed questions to which
+that establishment gave rise, through consideration of prudence and
+of respect to the living; and in that case there is no contradiction,
+but justifiable omissions.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+The Jesuit account of this controversy is presented by Murillo Velarde
+in Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 344 b, 345.
+
+[114] Melchor Portocarrero, Lasso de la Vega, Conde de Monclove
+(misprinted in our text Mondova), succeeded the Marqués de la Laguna
+as viceroy of Mexico, on November 30, 1686; his administration lasted
+nearly two years, and he was an upright and vigilant ruler. He failed,
+however, to protect the Indian natives from cruel oppressions by the
+Spaniards. He was commonly known as Brazo de la Plata, or "Silver
+Arm," on account of wearing a false arm, his own having been lost in
+battle. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, p. 221.)
+
+[115] "An antiquated term, signifying a togated judge, one of those
+who in the court composed what was called "the tribunal of alcaldes,"
+who, together, constituted the fifth tribunal of the famous Council of
+Castilla. These alcaldes no longer exist, nor does the tribunal which
+they formed; because an Audiencia has been established at Madrid,
+according to a decree of January 20, 1834." (Dominguez.)
+
+[116] Reference is here made to the Book of Wisdom, which is found
+in the Douay Bible next after Solomon's "Canticle of Canticles"
+("Song of Songs," in the Protestant Bible); it does not, however,
+occur in the Vulgate. The passage here cited (in Latin, in Diaz's
+text) reads thus in the Douay (English) version: "Learn, ye that are
+judges of the ends of the earth. Give ear, you that rule the people,
+and that please yourselves in multitudes of nations. For power is given
+you by the Lord, and strength by the Most High, who will examine your
+works, and search out your thoughts: because being ministers of his
+kingdom, you have not judged rightly, nor kept the law of justice,
+nor walked according to the will of God. Horribly and speedily will
+he appear to you: for a most severe judgment shall be for them that
+bear rule." These words are found in verses 2-6 of chapter vi.
+
+[117] Gaspar de la Cerda Sandoval Silva y Mendoza, Conde de Galve,
+assumed the office of viceroy of Nueva España on November 20,
+1688. The coasts were infested with corsairs up to 1692, but Galve's
+preparations to exterminate them seem to have frightened them away. In
+1690 and 1695 he sent expeditions against the French in Santo Domingo;
+in 1689, one to search for La Salle's Texas colony; and in 1693-94,
+to establish the town of Pensacola, Florida. At his own request, he
+was relieved from the office of viceroy, which he left February 27,
+1696. He then returned to Spain, where he died soon afterward.
+
+[118] Perhaps referring to the fact that Pardo was but fifteen years
+old when he entered the Dominican order, and to his high rank as a
+theologian and a prelate.
+
+[119] The first of these citations reads in English: "The privilege
+that you enjoy through my favor you may not employ to my distress." The
+second is a school axiom, derived from Aristotle, to be encountered
+in higher philosophy and metaphysics; it may be found in glossaries
+or expositions of terms used by schoolmen, but its explanation
+therein is usually somewhat prolix and even obscure. It may be
+translated thus: "Whenever any thing (or cause) is of such or such
+a character (or kind), it possesses that characteristic in higher
+degree than that which derives therefrom (i.e., than its effect or
+result)."--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[120] This doctrine of the Manila cabildo and of the author might at
+that time be quite current; but since then, by the Concordat of 1851,
+and especially by the bull of his Holiness Pius IX, the Roman pontiff,
+issued on August 28, 1873, the church has sanctioned the opposite
+opinion.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[121] It should be remembered that this part of the Conquistas was
+written in 1718.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[122] This recapitulation or resumé of the labors of our missionaries
+in China was either not written by Father Diaz, or he wrote it in a
+separate book which we do not possess.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[123] One of the most important acts of this governor was the
+publication (October 1, 1696) of a revision of the "Ordinances of
+good government" which Corcuera had enacted in 1642; some account of
+these will be given in a later volume.
+
+[124] "He devoted himself to the recovery of the immense sums which
+were due to the king from the citizens of Manila; and with these he
+rebuilt the governor's palace, added to it the halls for the royal
+Audiencia, and in the lower story offices for the bureau of accounts,
+established the jail for the court, and began the royal storehouses. By
+various expedients he contrived the saving of thousands of pesos to the
+royal treasury, sums which now are deducted from the situado--although
+this was partly done by greatly curtailing the pay of both officers and
+soldiers, for which he deserves little praise. To the royal treasury
+of Mexico he saved more than five hundred thousand pesos which it was
+owing to that of Philipinas in situados." (Zúñiga's Historia, p. 394.)
+
+[125] The sentence pronounced in the residencia of Governor Cruzat y
+Gongora (published June 6, 1602) is given in full in the Ventura del
+Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 209-234. Some forty charges were
+made against him; some were sustained, making him liable to judgments
+of about 31,000 pesos; others were referred to the home government;
+but on the majority he was acquitted.
+
+[126] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 235-244,
+is a summary of a long document, a "Vindication of the official acts
+performed in the visitation of Camarines by Licentiate Don Francisco
+Gueruela, member of his Majesty's Council and alcalde of court in
+the royal Audiencia of these islands, and visitor for the Audiencia
+in that province in the past year, 1702." The summary reads as follows:
+
+It is divided into three parts: the first contains, besides the
+preface, a brief summary of all the edicts which were published in
+those villages, and which are being brought out by his order. The
+second comprises a more than succinct relation of the false charges
+which the said visitation had encountered, and edicts about which with
+Christian impiety they had dissembled to him. The third is reduced to a
+brief legal demonstration of the authority which the visitor possesses
+to institute summary legal proceedings against the religious who are
+in charge of doctrinas, without danger from the bull In cæna or any
+other censure whatever.
+
+In the preface--which is crammed with citations from the holy
+fathers, the Scriptures, and [various other] writers--the zealous
+[flamante] auditor Gueruela says that he spent a month in obtaining
+information about the condition of the villages in the province
+of Camarines, before he began the visitation; and in that time,
+through the investigations which he made, he learned that the evils
+which the religious teachers cause to the Indians were deeply rooted,
+and required an effective remedy. He says that as he was uncertain
+by what means to carry out his purposes, he undertook first, to
+induce the religious, through persuasion and careful consideration,
+to agree to a reform of the abuses with which they were oppressing
+the Indians; but that, as they paid no attention to this, he had no
+other recourse than to carry out the visitation, in spite of his fear
+that the religious in the doctrinas would oppose him, and that they
+might as a last resort renounce their charges and entirely abandon the
+villages, which was or would be a misfortune demanding very careful
+consideration. But [he felt] that justice and right had greater power
+[than these considerations], in order to liberate from slavery the
+30,000 souls of that province, whose ruin was being brought about by
+the sixteen religious who were administering those villages, who were
+receiving more than 19,000 pesos.
+
+
+Part first
+
+(In which is contained the summary of all the edicts published in
+the visitation, and the attestation of them separately.)
+
+1. That the natives shall not contribute to the curas of the doctrinas
+any food supplies without pay for the value of these.
+
+2. That they shall not perform any labor or personal services for
+the said religious without pay.
+
+3. That the same be understood for the plain sewing, the spinning,
+and the embroidery for the churches and the sacristies, for the inside
+garments of the religious and their servants.
+
+4. That the young girls [dalagas] shall not sweep the churches and
+their courts; and that, in their place, twenty young men [baguntaos]
+and the boys in the schools shall assist.
+
+5. The said girls shall not pound rice as a repartimiento for the
+religious, or for their treasurers or agents [sindicos o fiscales];
+nor shall they go to the convent for the unthreshed rice [palay],
+nor deliver that which has been cleaned. All this shall be in the
+charge of the gobernadorcillos, their constables, and other officials,
+who shall transport the said produce, see that the rice is pounded,
+and deliver it, to the satisfaction of the religious.
+
+6. Food, wax, candles, etc., shall not be collected from the natives
+under any pretext of usage, custom, or devotion; nor shall they be
+obliged to [render] personal services without pay.
+
+7. They shall not be domestics, cooks, mananguetes, fishermen,
+gardeners, or [act in] other personal employ for the religious,
+without pay.
+
+8. Each entire tribute shall pay three reals a year as a contribution
+to the festivities of the Monument [on Holy Thursday], the Sanctorum
+[i.e., a tax paid by the natives above sixteen years, to the church],
+and the Pintacasi; and four gantas of palay rice besides, for the
+Defunctorum [i.e., masses for the dead?].
+
+9. At the feast of St. Francis the natives shall not work without pay,
+or at their own cost, in the palas-palas [i.e., cutting of?] bamboo
+frames and bejucos, except when they fail to pay the real for the
+Pintacasi. [This word is defined in Noceda and Sanlucar's Tagal
+Vocabulario, "to aid another in seedtime, gratuitously."]
+
+10. The support or pacaen of the religious shall not be contributed
+gratis in the large villages; and in the small ones the obligations
+which the Indians may have formed shall be fulfilled; but if they have
+not done so, as they have no obligations they shall not contribute
+without pay.
+
+11. There shall be no fiscals appointed in the villages by the
+religious, but only guardians, without rods; nor shall there be
+constables; and they shall not be authorized to arrest, flog, or
+punish the natives.
+
+12. The father ministers have no temporal jurisdiction over their
+parishioners; and as little have they ecclesiastical jurisdiction,
+except in the tribunal of conscience, and for admonishing and
+instructing the people, administering the sacraments, saying mass,
+and teaching the [Christian] doctrine, etc.
+
+13. For the same reason the civil government of the villages is not in
+their keeping; nor shall the [local] authorities ask permission from
+the religious to execute the orders of their alcaldes-mayor, or to
+entertain travelers and furnish them what they need for its just value.
+
+14. The wills, contracts, and obligations of the Indians which
+shall hereafter be made, must be sent to the record-office of the
+alcalde-mayor, without registering them in the convents.
+
+15. The religious in charge of doctrinas have no authority to arrest,
+flog, or punish the natives, either in person or through intervening
+agencies; and the Indians, both men and women, must not allow
+themselves to be arrested or flogged by the religious. If this is
+done by order of the syndics and fiscals, let them defend themselves
+against the judges in what way they can.
+
+16. Nothing shall be collected from the natives for burials, baptisms,
+and marriages.
+
+
+
+Then follow comments on these regulations, and in vindication of
+them--exceedingly prolix on account of being full of citations,
+some timely and others the opposite. He states therein that for
+the service of the parish churches he ordered that the following
+should render assistance: Four servants for the parochial house; one
+doorkeeper for each convent; and people enough to carry the hammocks
+and litters [talabones] when the minister shall go forth to administer
+the sacraments. Two sacristans; and the acolytes and the singers for
+the services in the churches. Twenty young men [baguntaos], to sweep
+the churches and their courts every week or every day. Two laundresses,
+for keeping clean the cloths and vestments in the sacristies. All the
+young girls [dalagas], but outside of the convents, to embroider and
+sew all the articles of cloth that are necessary for divine worship. A
+guardian who shall notify the religious of matters pertaining to
+their obligations. A syndic, who shall attend to collecting what
+belongs to them.
+
+
+
+[He says] that the oppressions which are caused by the service which
+was compulsory in furnishing the dalagas consisted in the following:
+Under the pretext of needlework and embroidery, the religious
+compelled the dalagas to be in continual attendance in the houses of
+the syndics and mistresses, where they not only sewed and embroidered
+the articles for the sacristy, but also the inner garments of the
+religious and the outer garments of their servants. Besides, they
+must do whatever was commanded them by the mistresses themselves,
+and their fiscals and syndics, and the fields of all these were
+sown with grain, without pay, by the wretched dalagas. At the same
+time, assessments were levied annually in each village for [church]
+ornaments; and this sum, in the village of Caramuan alone, amounted to
+800 pesos the year before. It must be considered that, besides these
+things, the villages were burdened by the maintenance (at their own
+cost) of two or three pavilions [camarines; for temporary churches],
+for extra supplies of timber of all sizes, and also limestone, for
+the repairs and adornment of the churches.
+
+After presenting various considerations, he proceeds to refute the
+false charges which the Franciscan religious published against him,
+who said that he had treated them as if they were criminals; that he
+had falsified the edicts, varying them from the original process;
+and that all the declarations of the witnesses were false, as also
+the remonstrances of the villages.
+
+[127] In the text, misprinted 1684. Occasional typographical errors
+are found in the printed edition of Diaz, which we correct in our text.
+
+[128] Spanish, pájaros bobos; evidently referring to the bird commonly
+known as "booby" (VOL. XVII, p. 130).
+
+[129] Governor Cruzat y Gongora died at sea, on the voyage from
+Manila to Acapulco, on November 5, 1702; and his youngest daughter
+on December 12 of the same year. (Ventura del Arco MSS., iv, p. 245.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 34384-8.txt or 34384-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/3/8/34384/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/2021-01-07-34384-8.zip b/old/2021-01-07-34384-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ca1912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-01-07-34384-8.zip
diff --git a/old/2021-01-07-34384.txt b/old/2021-01-07-34384.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..228f3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-01-07-34384.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8950 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+       and religious conditions of those islands from their
+       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+       the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2010 [EBook #34384]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLII
+
+
+    Preface                                                            9
+
+    Miscellaneous Documents, 1670-1700
+
+        The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres
+        Gonzalez, O.P.] and others; 1697-1700                         25
+
+        The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro
+        Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718. [From his Conquistas.]           117
+
+    Bibliographical Data                                             313
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from Valentyn's
+    Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien (Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724), i,
+    p. 152; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     147
+
+    Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of map in
+    Coronelli's Atlante Veneto (Venetia, 1696), ii, part 2,
+    p. 122; from original copy in Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris      181
+
+    View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile from Recueil
+    des voiages Comp. Indes orientales (Amsterdam, 1725), iv,
+    p. 512; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     227
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The tone of this volume is mainly ecclesiastical, although many
+sidelights on the civil government and social life are incidentally
+shown. All the intense bitterness that generally accompanies contests
+between the regulars and seculars is seen in the Camacho controversy,
+in which the former recognize that they are fighting for life and
+existence in the Philippines, and hence spare no effort to gain
+their ends. As will be seen later this fight between regulars and
+seculars is quieted only for the moment, to break out with greater
+force under Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina; while in our own day,
+the friar memorial of 1898 (never presented), resorts to the same
+threat of the regulars to resign their curacies. This struggle,
+as well as the history of the Augustinian order in the latter part
+of the seventeenth century (which occupies the greater part of the
+volume), forms a rich commentary on the life of the times, and one
+can reconstruct easily the Manila of that period, and recognize the
+hopes and fears of its various classes.
+
+The noted ecclesiastical controversy between Archbishop Camacho and
+the religious orders, which began with the arrival of that prelate in
+the islands (1697), was hardly second in bitterness and importance to
+that between his predecessor Pardo with the secular government. As
+in the latter case, we furnish accounts of this episode by persons
+actually concerned therein; but all these are written by members
+of the orders, who therefore are opposed to Camacho, no defense of
+his side being at present available. The first of these (unsigned)
+is apparently the usual record of events by the Manila Jesuits. Soon
+after Camacho's arrival, the regulars appeal to him for aid in a
+dispute which they have with the secular government regarding their
+lands; but he makes such aid conditional on their submitting to
+episcopal visitation in those curacies which they serve as parish
+priests. They refuse to do so, and appeal from the archbishop to the
+papal delegate; then a controversy ensues between the two prelates over
+the exemptions claimed by the regulars, each wielding the thunderbolts
+of the Church--censures, fines, and excommunications--against the
+other, a warfare imitated by some of the ecclesiastical rank and
+file with their fists and stones as weapons, all to the scandal of
+the commonwealth. Finally the governor interposes, and the affair
+is settled for the time, the two prelates absolving each other in
+turn. The Audiencia compel the religious orders to pay tithes for the
+support of the church, from the incomes of their large estates. This
+account is followed by a letter (June 2, 1698) from the delegate above
+mentioned to the pope, giving a detailed report of his proceedings
+in the affair, and complaining that the archbishop has defied his
+authority as delegate, and therefore that of the supreme pontiff
+himself. The writer, Fray Andres Gonzalez, advises that new safeguards
+be given to the office of delegate in the islands.
+
+In attempting to enforce his visitation of the regulars who act
+as curas, Camacho makes such official visits in some of the Indian
+villages near Manila, and issues decrees affecting such parishes; two
+specimens of these are given. After censuring the prevalent ignorance
+of Christian doctrine among the native parishioners, the archbishop
+strictly charges the ministers who are over them to give their people
+regular and thorough instruction in the faith; to exact no fees for
+confession and penance; to keep the registers of births, marriages
+and deaths, and records of fees received thereat, more carefully; to
+make no distinction between rich and poor in certain functions; and to
+keep an itemized record of the church incomes and expenditures. Annexed
+thereto is a copy of the revised tariff of fees which may be demanded
+by the curas, singers, and sacristans for their respective functions.
+
+In 1700, the five religious orders in the Philippines present to the
+king, through their representatives at Madrid, a statement of their
+controversy with Archbishop Camacho over his attempt to subject
+the regular curas to episcopal visitation; and they make formal
+renunciation of the mission curacies which they hold in the islands,
+declaring that they cannot longer hold these under Camacho and the
+irksome restrictions which he is attempting to impose upon the regular
+curas. Their reasons for this procedure are stated at length. They did
+not choose service as curas for their calling and profession, yet they
+are willing to fill those positions so long as they can do so under the
+supervision of their own provincials; but subjection to the archbishop
+so changes their estate in life that they cannot endure the additional
+burdens and danger thus imposed. Moreover, justice requires that they
+should, as parish priests, share the privileges and advantages allowed
+to the secular priests, which is not the case. The subjection which
+Camacho claims would destroy the rightful liberty of the religious
+orders, and render them dependent on the wills of the archbishop and
+governor. In case a regular cura shall commit immoral acts, a conflict
+of authority will necessarily arise between his provincial and the
+ecclesiastical authorities; and the difficulties that ensue therefrom
+react to the oppression and vexation of the entire colony. Moreover,
+such controversies can seldom be settled by the home government,
+on account of the great distance of the Philippines from Spain. In
+such case of transgression by a religious another difficulty arises,
+that the necessity of referring the case to the public authorities
+causes undue disgrace to both the offender and his order. The regulars
+are better qualified to save souls than are the secular priests,
+but if they are subjected to the ordinary it will be much harder
+for them--the authority of their provincials over them being thus
+weakened--to observe their priestly vows with due strictness; also,
+some would thus be encouraged to undue self-will, to worldliness,
+and to intrigues for securing worldly advantages--especially by the
+perpetual tenure of ecclesiastical benefices. These arguments are
+supported, too, by both history and experience. The orders then
+refute certain arguments advanced by the archbishop. Their pious
+labors for the benefit of souls, in all ranks and conditions of men,
+are recounted; and many of these, especially in Manila, would never
+be accomplished if they depended on the secular priests. The conduct
+of Camacho in opposing the papal delegate, and in refusing to give
+the orders copies of his decrees concerning them, is censured, his
+own arguments being dexterously turned against him--as is the case
+also with his complaints to the court that his authority, functions,
+and usefulness are restricted by the fact that the regular curas
+are not subjected to him; and his request to be permitted to resign
+his see and return to Europe. The writers support their position by
+reference to what the orders have accomplished in the islands, and
+by the exemptions and privileges granted to them by the Holy See. In
+view of all these things, the orders make formal renunciation of
+their mission curacies--especially as the remoteness of the islands
+gives them little prospect of relief from Spain in these difficulties;
+and even if royal decrees are sent to the islands, the archbishop is
+likely to refuse obedience to them. They make complaint of various
+acts of the bishop against them, especially of the reprimand given
+them by the Audiencia through his influence, and his disregard of
+the immunity of their property. The orders are working in Filipinas
+in entire harmony and amity, but this does not suit the archbishop;
+and they feel that they cannot hope for peace or safety so long
+as they act as curas there with Camacho as archbishop. A decree by
+Carlos II (May 20, 1700) approves the proceedings of the archbishop,
+promises royal aid in adjusting his difficulties with the orders,
+and authorizes him to reform and correct the religious when necessary.
+
+The history of the Augustinian order in Filipinas in the latter part of
+the seventeenth century is recounted by Casimiro Diaz of that order,
+in book iv of his Conquistas (much of which has already appeared in
+our series, and which is here concluded); this final part contains
+an unusual amount of secular history, for which reason we omit but
+little of Diaz's narrative. Beginning with 1671, he gives an account of
+each Augustinian provincial chapter-session, and the officers elected
+therein, up to 1689; and relates various matters concerning his order
+and religious interests generally, with which he interweaves the
+secular annals of that time. The troublous times which the Philippine
+colony has experienced since the days of Corcuera are turned into
+peace under Manuel de Leon (1669-76). He extends the commerce of
+the islands to China, India, and Java, and thus enables the citizens
+of Manila to attain unusual wealth and prosperity. He sends Jesuit
+missionaries to Siao, but they are afterward seized by the Dutch,
+who conquer that island. Unfortunately, the governor interferes with
+the election of officers in the Augustinian chapter-session of 1671,
+and prevents the election of the father who is desired by the chapter
+as provincial. In this year the new cathedral edifice of Manila is
+dedicated. Reports are circulated of a coming attack on the city by
+Chinese corsairs; due precautions are taken, but no enemy appears. A
+French bishop who stops at Manila on his way to China is detained by
+the authorities and finally sent to Spain; his representations there
+cause the issue of royal decrees which prove troublesome and annoying
+to Philippine ecclesiastics, and afterward the ordination of Indian
+natives as priests--a practice which Diaz disapproves. A controversy
+arises between Archbishop Lopez and Jeronimo de Herrera, chaplain of
+the royal military chapel; this and other troubles, with his old age,
+cause the death of the archbishop (April, 1674).
+
+The chapter-session of 1674 marks the cessation of various troubles
+within the order, occurring within the provincialate of Fray Jeronimo
+de Leon, and the beginning of a great increase in the observance
+of the rules of the order. Jose Duque is elected provincial at this
+time; he sends a procurator to Europe for more missionaries, a band of
+whom arrive in 1679. Diaz enlarges on the prosperity of Manila during
+this period; caused by its foreign trade, especially that with China
+and India; pleasure and luxury prevail in that city, and fortunes are
+spent therein. He describes the people and industries of the Coromandel
+coast and the Madras settlements of the English and the Portuguese;
+in the former, entire religious toleration prevails, and Christians,
+Jews, Mahometans and heathens live together in entire harmony. In 1676
+occurs the death of Governor Manuel de Leon, from excessive obesity;
+he leaves all his property for charitable purposes. The election
+of provincial in 1677 falls on Fray Juan de Jerez; in that year
+also the Dominican Fray Felipe Pardo becomes archbishop of Manila,
+and Auditor Coloma, the acting governor, dies; he is succeeded by
+Auditor Mansilla. The majority of Carlos II of Spain is celebrated
+at Manila with magnificent fiestas, December 4-7, 1677. At the close
+of these gayeties occurs a severe earthquake, which inflicts much
+damage--fortunately, with very little loss of life. In 1678 comes
+the new governor, Juan de Vargas Hurtado. His government begins well,
+but after a time he tires of its burdens, and falls under the sway of
+a relative, Francisco Guerrero, who is crafty and selfish, and gains
+an influence over the governor which enables him to turn everything to
+his own advantage, and to be "the power behind the throne;" afterward,
+in time of need, he escapes to Nueva Espana, and leaves Vargas to
+bear the penalties for both of them. During Vargas's term of office
+the rich trade with India and other foreign lands is well maintained,
+and the prosperity and wealth of Manila are greatly increased. In 1679
+arrive two bands of new missionaries, who are Jesuits and Augustinians;
+they come (especially the latter) in good time, since the members of
+the order are so few that they cannot fill the ministries allotted
+to them--which is the condition of the other orders, and even of
+the secular clergy. In this galleon comes a political prisoner,
+Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite of Queen Mariana of
+Spain, who is exiled to the Philippines for ten years. The government
+of Vargas is successful, and the prosperity of Manila continues. An
+embassy comes from the ruler of Borneo to ask for the establishment of
+commerce between that island and Manila, and to adjust some disputes
+over the relations between the Spaniards and Borneans.
+
+The Augustinians prosper during Jerez's term as provincial. Just
+before the chapter-session of 1680 convenes, some of the friars
+who were born in the Indias lay claim to the offices in the order,
+and attempt to enforce this pretension by legal proceedings; the
+archbishop decides against them, and they are punished for their
+rebellion. Fray Diego de Jesus is elected provincial. A bishop for
+the diocese of Cebu arrives this year, the only consecrated bishop
+whom the islands have had for several years; this prelate confers
+holy orders on many who had been waiting for that privilege, and
+reconciles several persons with the governor--which official has by
+this time become highly unpopular with the citizens, on account of
+his greed for gain and his harsh and disagreeable behavior. Charges
+against him are sent to Madrid, which later cause his removal from
+office. In November, 1680, a wonderful comet appears, which in the
+superstitious belief of that time, causes much evil. An envoy is sent
+from Manila to make arrangements with the Portuguese of Macao for the
+regulation of commerce and "the entrance of Spanish missionaries into
+China by that door." With this envoy come to Manila (in 1681) some
+clerics to receive ordination; returning to Macao, with some Jesuits,
+the vessel is lost and never heard from. In this year arrive at Manila
+two assistant bishops, three royal auditors, and a large reenforcement
+of Spanish troops. The galleon which sails this year for Acapulco is
+driven back to the islands by contrary winds, thus causing great loss
+to the citizens. (In each year Diaz relates the departure or arrival
+of the galleons, failure in which is a calamity for Manila.) The
+provincialate of Fray Diego de Jesus is tranquil, and great progress
+is made by the religious in his care; his personal character and piety
+are eulogized by our historian. In 1683 Fray Jose Duque is elected
+in his place, for a second term. Some of the brethren go to China as
+missionaries; they encounter much annoyance from the requirement there
+made that they must be subject to the apostolic vicars of Rome. This
+subjection, however, is afterward greatly modified and lessened by
+decrees secured (1688) by the procurator of the province at Rome,
+Fray Alvaro de Benavente. In 1683 an envoy from Siam comes to Manila,
+partly to secure permission for the prime minister of that country
+to settle in Manila: this favorite, who was a Greek, intrigues with
+the French to surrender Siam to them, but the enterprise fails, and
+the Greek loses his wealth and his life. The envoy (an Augustinian
+friar named Sousa) encounters shipwreck on another journey, and
+spends the rest of his life as a hermit in Siam. The Portuguese
+governor of Timor and Solor on his way thither halts at Manila,
+ill; Governor Vargas gives him hospitality and medical treatment,
+and some Spaniards as an escort; but Ontunez finds on reaching his
+islands that a usurper is holding them with armed men, and is obliged
+to return to Manila. In that city, during the exile of the archbishop
+(account of which has been here omitted, to avoid repetition), the
+ecclesiastical cabildo punish his chief supporters with banishment.
+
+In 1684 Governor Curuzelaegui comes to the islands, and with him
+Juan de Zalaeta to take the residencias of Vargas and his favorite
+Guerrero; but the latter escapes from the islands in time to avoid
+this ordeal. A large band of Augustinian religious also arrive. The
+new governor restores the banished archbishop to his see. In 1685 a
+terrible epidemic of smallpox ravages not only the islands but China
+and India, and millions of people die from it; then follows a cruel
+famine, and still more deaths.
+
+At this time begins the decline of Manila's commerce with Nueva
+Espana, partly because more European goods are being sent thither,
+partly through the heavy taxes and imposts levied on the galleons. The
+bishop of Nueva Segovia dies, and that diocese remains sede vacante
+until 1704. In the Augustinian chapter of 1686 Juan de Jerez is again
+chosen provincial; he dies within two years, being worn out by overwork
+in the visitation of all the houses of his order in the islands. Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente is sent to Rome as procurator of the province. The
+galleon for Acapulco does not sail this year, for, on the report of
+pirates cruising around the Embocadero, it is equipped as a war-vessel
+to attack them and drive them away; but it does not find them, and
+returns to Manila. In this year of 1686 occurs an abortive insurrection
+among the Chinese in the Parian; it is undertaken by Sangleys who are
+fugitive criminals from China, but the ringleaders are put to death,
+and quiet ensues. Diaz enlarges upon the injurious effects on the
+Spanish colony of allowing its business and industries to fall into
+the hands of the Chinese. They are unscrupulous in their dealings with
+Spaniards; they become Christians through mercenary motives; and they
+undermine the faith of the Christian Filipinos. They should not be
+allowed to live among the natives. In this same year occur excessive
+rains, which ruin the crops and cause great scarcity and suffering;
+and for two years no galleons can sail to Acapulco. A large part of
+the Chinese settlement near Manila is consumed by fire (March 28,
+1688); and the people are harassed by a fearful plague of locusts,
+many earthquakes, and a fatal epidemic of influenza. Diaz relates the
+way in which the persons most prominent in the Pardo controversy ended
+their lives. An expedition is sent to chastise the murderous attacks
+made by the Zambals and Negritos; this is partly accomplished, but
+the troops are attacked by influenza and so weakened that they are
+compelled to return to Manila.
+
+The Audiencia having been broken up by the death or the exile of the
+auditors, a new Audiencia arrives in 1688; also a special commissioner
+to investigate the proceedings of Vargas and other officials. Vargas
+is exiled to the provinces, and afterward sent to Spain, but dies on
+the voyage thither; Diaz characterizes his official character. The
+exiled favorite Valenzuela is set at liberty, but is accidentally
+killed at Mexico. While attending to the despatch of the Acapulco
+galleon, Governor Curucelaegui dies (April 27, 1689); he is praised
+by Diaz as an excellent ruler. In the chapter of 1689 Fray Francisco
+de Zamora is elected provincial. Auditor Abella acts as governor
+ad interim, with much prudence and ability. Archbishop Pardo dies
+in 1689; the cabildo rule the diocese in his place for a time, but
+afterward cede this authority to Barrientos, bishop of Troya. This
+leads to much dissension and trouble for a time, Barrientos claiming
+supreme authority; but he is induced to yield this claim, and peace
+is restored.
+
+In 1690 arrives a new governor, Fausto Cruzat y Gongora. With him
+come a band of Augustinian religious, in charge of Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente; his adventures and the concessions that he obtains are
+recounted. Brief sketches are given of the twenty-seven missionaries
+who come this year. Diaz closes his work with some account of Cruzat's
+government. He is an upright and honorable man, but very harsh and
+severe in collecting the sums due to the government, directing "all
+his efforts to the increase of the royal revenues." He has a new
+galleon built, the largest ever made; but on its first voyage it is
+wrecked on the coast of Luban--a terrible loss to the islands, since
+it was laden with more and richer merchandise than usual. Another
+galleon is also lost at sea (1693). A patache is sent from Acapulco,
+and on its return trip (1694) encounters an "isle of birds," where
+the crew secure enough provisions and water to complete their voyage
+to Acapulco. Cruzat's wife dies in this same year; Diaz pays high
+tribute to this lady's beauty, goodness, and virtue, which render
+her beloved by all the people.
+
+
+    The Editors
+        August, 1906.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS, 1670-1700
+
+
+    The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres Gonzalez, O.P.],
+    and others; 1697-1700.
+    The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro Diaz,
+    O.S.A.; 1718. [From his Conquistas.]
+
+
+
+Sources: The first of these documents is composed of several parts--the
+first, second, fourth, and fifth of which are obtained from the
+Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, 119-133, v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206, respectively; and the third from a
+contemporary MS. belonging to Edward E. Ayer. The second document is
+from Diaz's Conquistas (Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, 689-817; from a
+copy in the possession of James A. Robertson.
+
+Translations: These are by Emma Helen Blair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CAMACHO ECCLESIASTICAL CONTROVERSY, 1697-1700
+
+
+News from Filipinas since July, 1697
+
+With the arrival of his illustrious Lordship the archbishop, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila, [1] were renewed the former claims for
+the subjection of the regulars to the visitation. He commenced at
+Tondo and Binondo, mission villages of the fathers of St. Dominic
+and St. Augustine, in which places he caused edicts to be read,
+and appointed secular priests as curas. They broke open the doors of
+the said two churches with axes; and on seeing this the provincials,
+all agreeing, presented their renunciation [of those mission fields],
+and ordered all their subordinates to withdraw from the doctrinas
+of these districts, Tagalos, Pampanga, Laguna, and Balayan. When it
+was so quickly seen that they were coming into retirement at Manila,
+[the ecclesiastical authorities] were obliged to desist from their
+purpose, after [having caused the religious] many annoyances.
+
+Claim was made to the [right of] visitation of the hospitals of San
+Gabriel and San Lazaro, and the royal hospital. The Franciscans and
+the Dominicans concealed the keys, and the bishop had to desist,
+as greatly vexed as before. Auditor Don Juan de Sierra, in virtue
+of his commission for the adjustment of lands royal and unassigned,
+[2] cited the regulars to appear before him. He insisted on legal
+proceedings; but they, fortifying themselves with the censures of the
+bull De la Cena, [3] decrees 15 and 17, declined his jurisdiction. The
+judge proceeded to seize the possessions of the regulars; and they
+had recourse to the bishop, in order that he should declare that the
+auditor had incurred censure--asking him to defend the immunity of the
+said property of the regulars. His illustrious Lordship replied that
+first the regulars must submit to his visitation; they would not do
+this, and therefore, when they repeated their request, his illustrious
+Lordship declared that the secular judge was not committing fuerza.
+
+In virtue of the decree of Gregory XIII, [issued] at the instance of
+Felipe II, relative to appeals from the Indians, [4] the regulars
+appealed to the delegate of Camarines, who sent letters to the
+archbishop requiring the latter to send him the documents [in the
+case], with [threats of] censures, and of deprivation ab ingresu
+eclesiae [i.e., "of entrance into the church"]. Seeing that these
+orders were not obeyed, the regulars again appealed to the delegate,
+Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, who came in person. He demanded aid from
+the governor, and, meeting delays, proceeded to make the necessary
+notifications; then, not being able to obtain from the archbishop
+the acts from which appeal had been taken, the delegate posted him as
+having incurred excommunication, and added the threat that he would
+impose an interdict.
+
+At the same time, the archbishop officiated publicly, and published the
+delegate as excommunicate. But, seeing that various scandals ensued,
+and that contests, not only with their hands but with stones and
+weapons, occurred between some clerics and regulars--some attempting
+to protect, and others to tear down, the writings and censures posted
+on the [church] doors by the delegate--the governor and other persons
+finally interposed, and an agreement was reached by the parties. The
+two prelates absolved each other ad invicem [i.e., in turn], in the
+presence of the governor; and, as Auditor Sierra desisted from his
+proceedings, the two prelates and the regulars continued to maintain
+harmony among themselves. In this condition, therefore, affairs
+remained; and, without proceeding to new acts or investigations,
+each party sent to Espana an account of what had been thus far done,
+in order to await the decision and sentence from the other side [of
+the world]. This was the attitude of the delegate and the superiors of
+the regulars; the archbishop, nevertheless, continued to bring suits
+against some regulars, whom he censured as agitators. Investigations
+in these cases were made, penalties of censure being imposed on the
+witnesses to secure their secrecy. The fact of this proceeding was,
+however, guessed; and the regulars, aided by the delegate, brought
+forward counter-information of their innocence. But as the case was
+not one for appeal, and did not belong to the delegate, it did not
+admit any recourse to him; so the delegate only caused his notary to
+give an official statement of this [attempt at] recourse, in order that
+the regulars might repair with it to Espana and Roma, and the generals
+of their orders, to relate these occurrences and the innocence of the
+religious--and, not least, to complain of the opposition and hindrances
+which had been employed here by the tribunals, both ecclesiastical and
+secular, against his use and exercise of the power delegated to him.
+
+Even before the arrival of the said delegate, various other
+investigations had been secretly made in the archiepiscopal court--not
+only against the regulars at large (de vita et moribus [i.e.,
+"in regard to their lives and morals"], and as to their trading and
+trafficking, etc.), but against certain individual religious. In these
+cases, the provincials had, according to their rights, demanded from
+the archbishop that he refrain from further proceedings and surrender
+to them the documents therein, since the said provincials were the
+legitimate superiors and judges of those religious; but this received
+scant attention. It had also previously occurred that the father
+minister of the hospital of San Gabriel (who is a Dominican) refused
+to allow the episcopal visitation, and the [arch]bishop had declared
+him incontinent, and posted him as excommunicate, without paying any
+attention to the appeal which that father immediately made. The said
+father minister amended his conduct, in time; but his name was left
+on the list of excommunicates until, upon the arrival of the delegate,
+the matter was settled and the censure laid on him was raised.
+
+Upon the origin of so many storms in so short a space as eight
+months there was much gossip, with a variety [of opinions]. Some
+attributed the trouble to the influence of the bishop of La Puebla,
+[5] in whose palace the archbishop was a guest for several months;
+others to the promise that the latter had given, on leaving Nueva
+Espana, to various personages with whom he was intimate in La Puebla
+and Mexico, that he was coming to reduce the regulars of these islands
+to submission or else destroy them. Others blamed the bishop of La
+Puebla; for he had warned the archbishop, in order to render him firm,
+of the disparity of what had been accomplished there by Don Juan de
+Palafox--who met less resistance there because most of the regulars
+in Nueva Espana were natives of that country, while in Filipinas
+nearly all of them were born in other countries. Others (and these
+were the majority) blamed the senior auditor, Don Geronimo Barredo,
+because with little gratitude for the many thousands [of pesos obtained
+from the orders] as loans and gifts (although he had been so greatly
+benefited thereby), he had repaid the regulars by abandoning [them]
+to the two recently-arrived auditors, Don Francisco Guerruela and
+Don Jose Pabon. On the one hand, the Audiencia being inclined to
+the opposing side, the regulars were deprived of the recourse which
+they, as vassals, ought to have in the royal tribunal; and on the
+other, it was reported that the said senior auditor made exceedingly
+frequent visits, at unseasonable hours, to the archbishop's palace,
+which were returned by that prelate at the auditor's house. As the
+gossip ran, the auditor directed all the acts and proceedings of the
+archbishop's court.
+
+Still others, reflecting upon the governor and the limits of his term
+of office, regarded him as timorous, considering that, since the
+[commission to take the governor's] residencia [6] had come to the
+said senior auditor in the year 97, the fear of the governor was
+occasioned by the apprehension that the auditor might do him some
+harm in his residencia. Some others (but only a few) attributed these
+many disturbances to the cousin of his illustrious Lordship, named
+Don Juan Camacho, for the sake of his own advantage; and on this
+account, knowing his disposition, people said that Master-of-camp
+Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila had made strenuous efforts, and had
+even offered to his illustrious Lordship in Mexico considerable sums
+of money, to procure that, by sending this cousin [7] to Badajoz,
+his Lordship should not come to these islands with a companion who
+could not render his government peaceable.
+
+Nor must I pass over in silence the fact that on the sixteenth day
+of May the royal Audiencia cited to appear in its hall all the five
+provincials, to whom--without the courteous observances and respectful
+address which his Majesty himself observes in his decrees--the
+Audiencia gave a severe reprimand, throwing on them the blame for the
+late disturbances, and treating them as violators of the peace. The
+most remarkable thing about this censure was, that it proceeded from
+the lips of that very senior auditor who, in especial, was regarded
+as the entire source of the disturbances; and, without permitting
+the provincials to speak, they were, with the same lack of respect,
+dismissed by this same official--who some day will have to give an
+account, before the tribunal of truth, of all these unjust acts.
+
+By the end of the said month, under the compulsion of the threat
+made against the provincials, by the first, second, and third royal
+decrees, of banishment and [privation of their] secular incomes,
+the old-time writ of execution regarding the tithes was enforced,
+and the religious were obliged to obey. No hearing was given to their
+repeated protests, or the petitions interposed for the royal Council;
+nor to their allegations of their rights of prescription in these
+islands, of their apostolic privileges, of the fact that nearly all
+who minister here are regulars, and that they have come to these
+islands not at his Majesty's expense only, but with the greater part
+of those expenses paid by the religious themselves.
+
+The regulars petitioned for, and took measures to push, a demand upon
+the royal treasury for more than 300,000 pesos, the amount spent by
+the religious since the conquest; and another, for another 300,000,
+the amount which was due to them on account of stipends as religious
+teachers, which the government had failed to allow them for a period
+of more than a century--declaring that if these accounts were paid,
+they would pay the tithes which were claimed from them; but no hearing
+was given them. In hatred to the regulars, the tenants on their estates
+were compelled to pay tithes, the amount of these being deducted from
+the value of the rent-money.
+
+
+
+Letter from Andres Gonzalez to the Pope
+
+Most Holy Father:
+
+After kissing with due submission the feet of your Holiness (whom
+may God preserve, for the prosperous government of His Church), in
+fulfilment of the obligations of my office as pastor I set forth to
+your Holiness a very serious controversy in regard to jurisdiction,
+which at this time has arisen between me and the very reverend
+archbishop of this city of Manila in these Filipinas Islands, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila. I do so in order that your Holiness,
+as the person who is most interested in the peace and tranquillity
+of this church, may apply suitable remedy, and fix an end and limit
+to this controversy--the origin and course of which I will relate as
+briefly as possible, in all matters referring to the authentic copy
+of the acts which I send you with this.
+
+To Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra Osorio, former auditor of this royal
+Audiencia, and at present judge of criminal cases in the Audiencia of
+Mejico, was subdelegated the cognizance and settlement of [questions
+relating to] the lands and possessions which, by sale or gift,
+have been alienated from the royal patrimony and dominion of our
+Catholic king and sovereign. In a proclamation which he issued he
+cited and summoned, with the rest of the holders of the said lands
+and possessions, the holy religious orders of these islands, ordering
+them to present, within the limit of one year, the titles, documents,
+and credentials which they hold for these lands--with the warning that
+if these papers were not presented by the end of that period the lands
+would be reunited to the crown. The superiors of the said religious
+orders, mindful of the immunity and exemption of their persons and
+worldly possessions, did not present their documents at the said
+time; therefore the said auditor actually proceeded to appropriate
+the said property. The said superiors had recourse to the said very
+reverend archbishop, asking him to forbid to the said auditor the
+cognizance of the said cause, and to protect the said property as being
+ecclesiastical. The said very reverend archbishop took up the matter,
+and, having drawn up acts, by his definitive sentence (which is found
+in the said authentic copy) refused ecclesiastical immunity to the said
+property. The said superiors appealed twice from the said sentence
+to me, as being the delegate of your Holiness in cases of appeal
+from this archbishopric, in virtue of a brief by his Holiness Gregory
+XIII--issued at the instance of our Catholic king Felipe II (whom may
+God keep). He denied them both these appeals; and, in order to place
+some limit to these proceedings, they presented themselves before me,
+with only the authentic official statement of this denial of the said
+appeals, in course of appeal from that sentence. Having admitted
+this appeal, in order to proceed to the trial of it I addressed to
+the said very reverend archbishop, from my episcopal see and city
+of Nueva Caceres, a compulsatory act in which, as the delegate of
+your Holiness with apostolic authority, I commanded him to order his
+secretary (before whom the said cause took place) within twenty-four
+hours to send me his original acts, or else to begin the copying of
+them and send it to me when completed. Considering the great distance
+which lies between this city of Nueva Caceres and that of Manila, the
+danger and expense of the journeys, the delay of the suit, and the
+injury to the party therein, I laid these commands on the said very
+reverend archbishop under the penalty of suspension from the priestly
+office, latae sententiae, and warned him of heavier and still heavier
+censures and penalties in case of his opposition and contumacy. He
+was notified of this act on the twentieth day of last March, by a
+religious of the Society of Jesus, to whom I gave commission for this
+office; for I had learned that no secular priest would dare to make
+this notification. The said very reverend archbishop, having heard the
+[reading of the] act, replied that the said father could not perform
+judicial acts in his archdiocese without presenting a warrant from
+his notary; and, even supposing that the father could thus act, he
+appealed from the said command--for which he implored the royal aid
+against fuerza, and demanded that an official statement be given him,
+and that meanwhile no detriment be caused him. When the statement
+was refused to him he again appealed, and threatened [to procure]
+royal aid against this fuerza; and this alone he gave as his reply,
+before the said notary--without giving any reason for his appeal,
+or reducing it to writing, or arguing it in the superior court [8]
+in legal form, or asking for apostolic letters, up to the present
+time. Nevertheless, he then had, and for twenty-three days had
+kept, the acts in his archives, as appears from a sworn statement
+by Lerma, the secretary of the royal Audiencia, which is sent with
+the documents. On that same day (March 20) and the following, he
+caused to be published and posted on the doors of the churches in
+this city two edicts against my authority as delegate--in which,
+with penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae, he commanded
+(in the first edict) that no one, whether secular or regular, in his
+churches should permit the reading, publication, or posting of any
+edicts, or of any other kind of letters or bills whatsoever, except
+those of his provisor, or of the tribunals of the Holy Inquisition
+and the Crusade--as if my tribunal, jurisdiction, and authority,
+which is that of the supreme head of the Church, and resides in me,
+were inferior to those of the said provisor and the said tribunals. In
+the second edict, increasing the penalty of major excommunication with
+the reservation to himself [of absolution], he commanded that no one in
+his archiepiscopal territory should exercise any jurisdiction--whether
+ordinary, delegate, or subdelegate--even if it were from your Holiness,
+unless the originals of the bulls or despatches that he carried be
+first presented to his Lordship, in order that he might give them the
+license and fulfilment which by right they should have. But he does
+not consider that my bull and brief is, and has been for more than 140
+[9] years since the foundation of the bishoprics of these islands,
+current and put into practice in them, as also has been its free and
+independent exercise in this archiepiscopal territory. And I have
+exercised this freedom, on the only two occasions which have been
+presented to me--the first time, while the very reverend archbishop
+Don Fray Felipe Pardo was alive, and the second in the year 91--with
+the knowledge and approbation of the cabildo close by, sede vacante,
+both which are proved by authentic documents. These I do not send at
+this time, as they are in my archives in the city of Nueva Caceres,
+which is distant from this city of Manila sixty leguas; but I
+promise to send them at the first opportunity, which will be next
+year. Notwithstanding all this, the said very reverend archbishop
+published the said two edicts, endeavoring to impede and embarrass,
+by all possible measures, means, and ways, the said my jurisdiction as
+delegate, and to subordinate it to his own, in order that I should
+not exercise or avail myself of it, either in person or through
+intermediate persons. On account of this, the superiors of the said
+religious orders found themselves obliged to resort again to me;
+and they entreated me to come in person to this city of Manila,
+to defend my jurisdiction, and with it the ecclesiastical immunity
+of their property. I did so, notwithstanding my advanced age [10]
+and the painful infirmities that I suffer, since both these causes
+are so important a part of my responsibility and obligation. I came
+to this city on the twelfth day of the past month, May, and with my
+secretary went to a house on the river where the said very reverend
+archbishop was residing. After a short conversation, I begged him
+to be pleased to listen peaceably to an act of which I had come,
+as delegate of his Holiness, to notify him. I told him that this
+business should not be conducted more castrorum [i.e., in hostile
+manner], but that we should listen to each other, and each should
+state his rights. He agreed to this, and my secretary read the said
+act, which contains three points. In the first, I declared the
+said very reverend archbishop to be disobedient, rebellious, and
+contumacious, considering that he had not obeyed as he should the
+said my compulsory act, sent to him from the city of Nueva Caceres;
+likewise, I declared that he had incurred the penalty of suspension
+from the priestly office latae sententiae, under which I had commanded
+him to order his secretary within twenty-four hours to surrender the
+acts for which I had asked, or to make an authentic copy of them. And
+because he had exercised the said priestly office on Holy Thursday,
+consecrating the sacred oils; and on Holy Saturday, in conferring
+the higher orders of the ministry; [11] and likewise on other days,
+in saying mass while he was under suspension: I declared that he was
+under censure as irregular. In the second part of the said act, I again
+commanded him, under penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae,
+and of a fine of two thousand pesos to be applied according to law,
+to order his secretary within six days to deliver up the papers as
+aforesaid, or make an authentic copy of them. And in the third part,
+under penalty of being considered rebellious and contumacious, in
+order to place him under greater obligation, I prohibited to him
+in the interim the cognizance of this cause and legal proceeding
+therein. After the said very reverend archbishop had heard the act,
+he appealed from it, in writing, and on the following day brought this
+appeal into court. I did not on this account defer the declaration
+of the said censures, since the appeal was frivolous and useless;
+and I yielded in the matter of the copy of the documents only for
+the reason that he alleged, that the originals of these were in the
+Audiencia. After he had interposed the said appeal, he immediately
+ordered his secretary to notify me of an act by himself, in which he
+commanded me, under penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae,
+and a fine of 4,000 pesos, to depart instantly and without delay
+from this archdiocese, to go to reside in my own bishopric, and
+not to meddle with his jurisdiction. To this I replied that I had
+received this notification, and asked him to give me a copy of the
+said document, solely for the purpose of showing in what consisted his
+illegal and unwarranted act; and I took leave of him and returned to my
+house. On the following day, the thirteenth of the said month of May,
+the said very reverend archbishop sent his secretary to notify me of
+another act, in which also he again commanded me, under penalty of
+major excommunication, latae sententiae, and of another 4,000 pesos,
+to depart within two days from the archdiocese. To this I replied
+that I had come [to Manila] on account of the appeal [made to me];
+that I was a delegate of your Holiness, and moreover superior to the
+said very reverend archbishop, and as such I did not listen to his
+acts or censures. On the next day, the fourteenth of the said month
+of May, he sent to me notification of another act; and as I refused
+to listen to it, for the same reason as before, about two o'clock in
+the afternoon he posted on the doors of the churches, and in other
+public places, notices in which he declared me, to the great scandal
+of all this community, to be publicly excommunicated.
+
+On the said thirteenth day of May, in the morning, immediately
+after I had been notified of the second act of the said very
+reverend archbishop, I sent my secretary to his house on the river
+to notify him of another act of mine, in which I commanded him,
+under penalty of major excommunication and another 2,000 pesos,
+to withdraw within twenty-four hours the said edicts which on the
+twentieth and twenty-first days of March he had ordered posted and
+published against my apostolic authority as delegate; and, besides,
+to withdraw the two acts in which, with the said penalties of major
+excommunication and 8,000 pesos, he had commanded me to depart from
+the archdiocese. The said my secretary was told by the servants that
+he was not at home; and I, as this seemed to me only an excuse, and not
+the truth, went in person to the said house. They told me that he had,
+that very morning, gone back to Manila. I came to the city after him,
+and remained at his house, waiting for him, until twelve o'clock;
+and seeing that he had not come by that time (although he came in
+afterward), I went away, leaving a message for him, that he might
+expect me in the afternoon. I returned a little before sunset, but did
+not find him at home this time. My secretary began to read the said
+act in the main room of the archbishop's house; but such disorderly
+yelling and clamorous talk was raised by his servants that my secretary
+could not make himself heard. I therefore determined to wait for him,
+and finally he came--making loud complaints that I was injuring the
+respect and observance due to his house, person, and dignity. I replied
+that his illustrious Lordship had showed greater incivilities to me;
+and that he could and ought to do [what I had done], if I had gone
+about all day, avoiding him [huyendo el cuerpo]. In conclusion, we
+agreed that my secretary should go again, alone, to notify him of the
+act; but, when he went to the house, his illustrious Lordship refused
+to give him entrance. As I was now weary of so much artfulness and
+craft, unworthy of such a station and dignity, I put aside this act,
+and despatched another of like tenor. In this, I summoned him, from
+that hour, under penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae,
+and its publication, to withdraw within half an hour the said two
+acts and two edicts. Notification of this act was made by a Dominican
+religious, my notary, in the archbishop's hall, in the presence of
+many persons, because the said very reverend archbishop had refused
+to listen to it. When the said half-hour had expired, a little while
+after this was told to me I declared and posted him also as publicly
+excommunicated. On the fifteenth of the said month of May, I ordered
+that he be notified, and he was notified in his archiepiscopal hall,
+of another act, in which I repeated the command contained in the
+preceding one--and, still more, that he should take down the notices
+posted against me, under penalty of a general interdict throughout
+his archiepiscopal diocese, latae sententiae, giving him a limit of
+twenty-four hours' time; and, in case of his opposition and contumacy,
+I would proceed to the cessation of all divine worship. But, as I
+reflected that it was very near the feast of Corpus Christi, and
+that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of
+secular priests, who were on my side, would not take part in the said
+festival and in the procession, in order not to have communication
+in sacris with the said very reverend archbishop; and on account of
+the commiseration which I felt for this commonwealth; and finally,
+because the governor and captain-general of these islands, and some
+of the auditors of this royal Audiencia interfered in the matter, with
+the stipulations which I will send with the acts: I absolved the said
+very reverend archbishop from the excommunication and suspension which
+he had incurred; and he did the same, without my consent, absolving
+me from his excommunication. I dispensed him from the censure that he
+had incurred as irregular, and, finally, I suspended the declaration
+of the interdict. The whole matter was then left as it was, for the
+time being, until information of all could be given to your Holiness,
+in order that you may take suitable measures in this case. These
+are as follows: That the archbishop (or the cabildo, sede vacante)
+who at the time shall officiate and rule in this archbishopric of
+Manila shall not hinder, restrain, or limit the delegate of your
+Holiness; that, likewise, he who shall be at the time delegate shall,
+in cases of appeal to be taken from the said archbishopric, have the
+free use and exercise of his apostolic authority as delegate in this
+archiepiscopal territory; and that he shall not need, in order to
+enter the said territory or to perform judicial acts in it, whether in
+person or through intermediate persons appointed by him, any license,
+consent, or approbation from the said archbishop or from the cabildo,
+sede vacante. [These things should be done] in order that thus the
+like controversies may be avoided in the future. And I entreat your
+Holiness to be pleased and to deign to command that consideration be
+given to a legal opinion by the reverend father master Fray Juan de
+Paz, of the Order of Preachers, which I send with this; for it may
+be of service for the point at issue, and for your rights. I also
+inform your Holiness that from the day when the said very reverend
+archbishop set foot in these islands--that is, from last September
+to the present time--this entire commonwealth has been a perplexing
+labyrinth of contentions and acts of violence which he has performed
+against the holy religious orders of these islands. For his disposition
+and nature is very hasty, quarrelsome, and bold; and he is, finally,
+a man who does not care for or defend the ecclesiastical immunity--as
+appears from the authentic copy of the acts which I send. May God
+our Lord grant him better judgment; and may He guard and prosper
+your Holiness, as I entreat in my sacrifices and prayers, and as the
+universal Church has need. Manila, June 2 of the year 1698.
+
+
+[Andres Gonzalez, of the Order of Preachers].
+
+
+
+
+[This letter is followed by the following memoranda, apparently notes
+by Ventura del Arco of other letters found in the Jesuit papers in
+the Academia Real de la Historia:]
+
+On the fourth day of June in the same year of 1698 the bishop of Nueva
+Caceres, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, addressed to the king an explanation
+similar to the preceding one which is addressed to his Holiness. On
+the eleventh of June in the same year, he sent to his Holiness another
+account, in the same form; and on the twenty-first of June of the
+same year he wrote another to his Holiness, and another to the king.
+
+The provincials of St. Dominic and St. Augustine, and those of the
+Jesuits and Recollects in Manila drew up [to send] to his Majesty the
+king a statement, dated June 25, 1698, complaining of the defenseless
+condition in which they found themselves against the proceedings
+of the archbishop, who neither heeded nor allowed their appeal; and
+they requested that the Council examine the documents which they sent
+for that purpose, relating to various suits against their religious
+orders--which continued or were renewed, in spite of the agreement
+made with the delegate of his Holiness, the bishop of Camarines. For
+this purpose they sent a copy of the documents.
+
+[On pp. 207, 208 of the same volume is the following abstract:] In
+a letter dated June 9, 1700 the Jesuit Luis de Morales wrote from
+Manla to Father Antonio Jaramillo, procurator-general at Madrid,
+that in the year 1698 the bishop of Troya and Auditor Don Juan de
+Sierra died, on the voyage from Manila to Acapulco. The governor not
+only showed little favor to the missions in the Marianas Islands,
+but in the year 98 he did not send a patache there with succor;
+in 99 he sent the vessel late, and it was driven by storms first
+to China and then to Manila, with damage to its cargo; and he had
+ordered that the ship from Acapulco should not touch at those
+islands. The governor had claimed that the conciliar seminary
+[12] should be placed next to the college of San Jose, to which
+the superior of the Society had answered that there was no room for
+it. All the provincials [of the religious orders] had been commanded to
+present to the archbishop all their bulls and privileges for granting
+dispensation in case of impediments to marriage, for the purpose of
+ascertaining whether these were perpetual or temporary; they presented
+the documents extra-judicially. It seems that the viceroy of Mexico,
+Conde Montezuma, [13] had undertaken that the regulars who were going
+to Filipinas should first take an oath of obedience to the bishops,
+[when the said regulars should act as curas] in the Indian villages;
+in which case, he [i.e., Morales] said, it was preferable to abandon
+the missions. The bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Miguel Bayot, [14] had
+commanded that no layman should possess a slave girl eleven years old
+or upward; and that if such slave were not liberated he declared her
+free--in regard to which some persons had complained [to the] alcalde.
+
+
+
+Preamble of the decree [15] which it has been commanded to place in
+the books of San Pedro Tunasan.
+
+
+In the village of San Juan de Calamba in the province of Bay, on
+the sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight: I, Licentiate Don Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros, secretary in matters [secretario del Govierno y gracia] of
+this archbishopric, and a racionero of the holy metropolitan church of
+Manila, in obedience to the decree of his most illustrious Lordship
+below mentioned, do certify and attest that his most illustrious
+Lordship, having come to make the visitation of this district of
+Tabuco, issued the decree of the following tenor:
+
+Decree: In the village of Calambo in the province of Bay, on the
+sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight, the most illustrious lord Doctor Don
+Diego Camacho y Avila, archbishop of Manila and metropolitan of these
+Philippinas Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty
+and my master, having come here in conformity to the regulations
+of the holy [Church] councils (and especially of the holy general
+Council of Trent), and for the enforcement thereof, to visit this
+district of Tabuco and the places connected with it (which are the
+two villages of San Pedro Tunasan), and its churches, ministers,
+and parishioners, has observed in them a great deal of ignorance of
+the Christian doctrine, even of the doctrines most essential for
+salvation--through the agency of Licentiate Don Juan Melendez, a
+priest whom his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master,
+has brought with him as his assistant for the sole purpose of giving
+examinations and instruction in the Tagalog language (in which the
+said licentiate is very expert) to the Indians of both sexes, to the
+old people as well as to the children, of the villages and districts
+through which his most illustrious Lordship will be passing. This duty
+he has performed and fulfilled in the presence of a great many people,
+assembled in the above-mentioned churches of San Pedro Tunasan and
+Binan. After the questions which he has asked regarding the principal
+mysteries of the faith, and the explanation which he has made of each
+separately--some in the morning, and some in the afternoon, according
+to the opportunity afforded him by the time--he has preached to them,
+and continues to preach, exhorting them to the love of the virtues
+and to horror for sins. He also gives to all individual instruction,
+and an accurate knowledge of the mysteries of the holy sacrifice of
+mass, and of the virtues and graces which it communicates, as also
+of those which are required in order to resist the temptations of
+the devil; and how to secure, with great ease and confidence, the
+divine aid, by fulfilling and observing the precepts of the Decalogue,
+and the ordinances of our holy Mother Church in the holy sacrament
+of confirmation, which his most illustrious Lordship has solemnly
+conferred and is conferring. Therefore he said that he must command,
+and he did command, the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, cura
+in his own right of the village of Tabuco; and his coadjutor Bachelor
+Nicolas Godino, who administers the holy sacraments in the village of
+Binan; and Father Miguel de Salas, a religious of the Society of Jesus,
+who likewise administers the holy sacraments in the village and estate
+of San Pedro Tunasan, which is part of the territory and a visita of
+the cura of the said village of Tabuco; and the curas and ministers
+who shall hereafter officiate in the said villages, and in that of
+Sancto Thomas (which is being administered ad interim by the said
+master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon): that on all the prescribed
+feast-days--especially on Sundays, on which all the parishioners
+assemble in their churches to hear the holy sacrifice of mass--they
+shall question the people, and explain to them the Christian doctrine,
+conformably and pursuant to the Tagalog catechism which is accepted and
+approved in this archbishopric; and that in no form or manner, and for
+no cause or pretext, shall they omit this on any of the above-mentioned
+days, especially Sundays. They shall make the explanations of the
+Christian doctrine to their parishioners before saying mass (which
+all must hear)--not employing the fiscal or any other person for the
+performance of this duty, but doing it themselves--explaining certain
+mysteries of the faith on some Sundays, and others at other times; in
+everything accommodating their speech to the limited capacity of their
+parishioners, in order that these may be more readily instructed, and
+sooner become capable of receiving all the mysteries of our holy faith.
+
+Moreover, considering the great abuses which his most illustrious
+Lordship has known from actual observation, and of which he has been
+informed with all certitude and proof, and the still worse losses,
+both temporal and spiritual, which have resulted to the persons of the
+unhappy Indians, with very great injury to their consciences and almost
+certain peril to the salvation of their souls, his most illustrious
+Lordship must command, and he did command, that the above-mentioned
+persons who are now the curas and ministers of the said villages,
+and those who shall officiate in them hereafter, shall not oblige
+their parishioners, for any cause or pretext, either personally or
+by any agent, to offer them anything for the administration of the
+holy sacrament of penance, especially throughout the season of Lent,
+in which the Indians ordinarily make their confessions in order
+to comply with the precept of the Church. And the said persons who
+now are, or shall hereafter be, curas of the said districts shall
+observe and fulfil all the above commands, under penalty of major
+excommunication, latae sententiae, ipso facto incurrenda, and of legal
+proceedings against their persons and goods with the fullest rigor
+of justice, in future visitations.
+
+And his most illustrious Lordship, employing his pastoral kindness
+and clemency, and desiring to secure the salvation of his flock and
+the service of God our Lord, and the greater honor and glory of His
+Divine Majesty, granted and did grant forty days of indulgence to all
+the parishioners of the said villages; who, with devotion and desire
+to profit thereby, attend the explanation of the Christian doctrine in
+their parish churches. And in order that this may be made known to all
+the people, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the above persons who now are, and those who hereafter shall be,
+curas of the said districts shall make publication of the grant of
+the said forty days of indulgence, on every Sunday of the month,
+before or after the explanation of the Christian doctrine, always
+making known to their parishioners the great riches and strength
+contained therein, so that they may obtain and enjoy the indulgence
+with profitable results--in regard to which his most illustrious
+Lordship lays strict charge upon their consciences.
+
+And considering that the visitas of the villages of San Pedro
+Tunasan and Binan pertain to the cura of the said village of
+Tabuco, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, proprietary cura of
+that village, cause this decree to be observed by his coadjutor,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godino, in the said church and village of Binan;
+and by Father Miguel de Salas, the present minister of the village of
+San Pedro Tunasan--sending each a copy, signed with his name, of this
+decree by his illustrious Lordship, which will be left, certified
+and authorized, in the book of burials, baptisms, and marriages of
+the said village of Tabuco. This being done, the said ministers,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godino and Father Miguel de Salas, will also make in
+the books in their charge a certified copy of the decree--which is to
+be sent immediately, with autograph signature copied at the foot of
+the letter--so that it may be made known to all persons who hereafter
+shall be ministers and curas of the said districts, San Pedro Tunasan,
+Binan, and Sancto Thomas. And by this decree, accordingly, the above
+is ordained and commanded, and it is signed by his most illustrious
+Lordship the archbishop, my master, as I attest.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+
+The above, a copy from the original decree issued by his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, which is one of
+the acts of the visitation of the village of Tabuco--which are
+in my charge, and to which I refer--is a faithful, accurate, and
+truthful copy, corrected and compared. The witnesses to the copying,
+correction, and comparison were Licentiate Don Diego Martin de la
+Sierra and Bachelor Ignacio Gregorio Manasay, a cleric in minor orders;
+and this document is signed in this village of Calamba, on the said
+day and month and year. In attestation of its correctness, I sign it:
+
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon
+
+
+[Another decree, dated December 7, 1698, concerns the curacy of
+Balayan, with its visitas the village of Nazugbu and the ranch of Lian;
+the curate there was Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, with proprietary
+appointment. After a preamble like that of the former decree, this
+one continues thus, relative to the registers of the parish:]
+
+He declared that he must command, and he did command, that the practice
+be continued, as hitherto, of the separation and division [of the
+records] in three different books: one for recording the baptisms and
+confirmations only, another for the marriages and nuptial benedictions,
+[16] and a third for the deaths; and that in no case should these be
+recorded in one book only; and that in the book of baptisms the names
+of the parents and the sponsors of the person baptized must always
+be set down, and whether he were a legitimate child; and note must
+be made of a child of unknown parents, or of the Church. [17] At the
+same time, they must never fail to set down in the margin the names
+of those who are baptized, and of the villages to which they belong,
+so that it may be easier to search for and find them. In no case
+shall men be allowed to stand as sponsors [saquen de pila] for women,
+or women for men, on account of the grave difficulties which have
+been experienced from this cause, especially among Indians. Moreover,
+in the records of weddings and burials must be set down the fees of
+the minister, so that in future visits it may be easy to compute the
+eighths [18] which belong to the churches, in consideration of having
+a new tariff to which their fees must conform. With this, in the said
+records must be noted in the margin the names of both deceased and
+married persons; and in every instance it must be explained whether
+the deceased person received the sacraments at the hour of death,
+and, if he did not receive them, the reasons therefor. Likewise, in
+the records of marriages not only must the names of the contracting
+parties be set down, and those of their parents, and those of their
+former consorts, if the parties are widowed; but also those of the
+witnesses who made affidavits in the investigations which always ought
+to precede a marriage--whether these be verbal, in the case of ordinary
+Indians; or in writing, when practice [in that art] enables this to
+be done. Thus, if at any time [a legal] impediment should remain,
+those persons can be found and punished as perjurers. Also it must be
+specified whether the three publications of the banns [19] preceded,
+which the law ordains.
+
+Moreover, in the ministries of this province of Balayan his most
+illustrious Lordship has found another abuse introduced therein, that
+the curas and ministers of the Indian villages are accustomed to keep,
+for baptisms and burials, two crosses assigned for this use--one of
+wood, and the other of silver. The wooden one they take out for common
+baptisms and burials, and those of poor persons; and that of silver for
+the baptisms and burials of the rich--as if both crosses ought not to
+have the same value, veneration, and efficacy for the object to which
+they are directed; or as if the silver cross, on account of being of
+richer material, ought to be esteemed more highly than that of wood,
+on which died Christ our Redeemer (a thing which is disgraceful to
+be said or thought among Christians). Therefore his most illustrious
+Lordship, mindful of uprooting thoroughly this almost superstitious
+abuse, commanded and did command the persons who now are, or who shall
+hereafter be, curas in all the districts of this archbishopric that
+in no case and on no pretext shall they practice such a distinction;
+nor are they allowed to require or ask any fee on account of carrying
+the silver cross, whether at baptisms or burials: under penalty of
+major excommunication, latae sententiae, ipso facto incurrenda; and
+at any time when information is lodged of violation of this decree,
+proceedings will be instituted against the disobedient person with
+the fullest rigor of justice, without any excuse being allowed to
+shield him.
+
+[Here follow the same commands and penalties as in the preceding
+decree, relative to the proper instruction of the people in
+Christian doctrine, and the prohibition of fees to the cura for the
+administration of the sacrament of penance. The decree continues:]
+Moreover, inasmuch as it is commanded, by a general decree of
+visitation, now obeyed and practiced by all the secular curas of
+this archbishopric, in fulfilment of a royal decree by his Majesty
+(whom may God keep), that the viaticum shall be carried to sick
+Indians in their own houses, and that they shall on no account be
+carried from their houses to the churches to receive it: therefore
+his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the said
+decree shall be observed, fulfilled, and executed in this curacy of
+Balayan, and in its visita of Nazugbu and Lian. And, for its proper
+fulfilment, it is commanded that a reliquary be made of silver or gold,
+in order that when on any occasion there shall not be mode or form
+of the customary external pomp, the viaticum may be carried therein,
+as is commanded, to the sick; and warning is given that, on receiving
+notice of any violation of this decree, proceedings will be instituted
+against the disobedient person against whom there shall be legal cause.
+
+All the above, contained and expressed in the present decree, his most
+illustrious Lordship commanded, and did command, must be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, proprietary
+cura of this district of Balayan, and he must cause it to be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by him who shall in the said cura's place
+administer the holy sacraments in the villages of Nazugbu and Lian;
+and of his punctual obedience the said curate shall notify his most
+illustrious Lordship, at the first opportunity that shall occur, so
+that, in case what is here commanded shall not be duly and effectually
+carried out, his most illustrious Lordship may decide and ordain what
+may be expedient.
+
+Moreover, notwithstanding his most illustrious Lordship has been
+informed of the exterior adornment of the church of the said villages
+of Nazugbu and Lian, yet, inasmuch as the books of receipts and
+expenses of the said church have not been shown, and are not clear,
+his most illustrious Lordship therefore commanded and did command that
+in that church shall be kept a book, in the first half of which shall
+be set down the following, beginning at the first page, with all the
+items clear, separate, and distinct, and with mention of the day,
+month, and year: the eighths of the fees for marriages and burials
+which shall be received from this time forward; and the legacies, and
+donations for pious works, which are made to the said church. Then,
+beginning at the middle of the book, must be set down in the second
+half of it, with the same details, the expenditures which shall be
+made for the church, in order that thus no confusion may arise, and
+that the accounts may be promptly settled in the future visit. By this
+act, therefore, his most illustrious Lordship decreed and commanded
+the above, and signed this paper, which I certify.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow certificates, written in the registers of burials and
+marriages respectively, that they have been duly inspected, and
+referring to the decree itself, which is written in the register
+of baptisms.]
+
+
+
+Tariff
+
+We, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, by the grace of God and of
+the holy Apostolic See, metropolitan archbishop of these Philippinas
+Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva Segovia, now
+vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty. Desiring to
+fulfil the obligations of our ministry and pastoral office, and that by
+the government which is in our charge, especially in the administration
+of the holy sacraments, God our Lord may be followed and the faithful
+edified; and that every one of our curas and ministers who instruct
+the natives--not only in this city, but those of the other parishes
+outside its walls--and their sacristans, shall observe the integrity
+which is fitting in demanding the fees which shall belong to them on
+account of the functions of their ministries and offices, relieving
+their consciences as we do ours; and having examined the tariffs which
+our predecessors have fixed, and seeing the condition of these islands,
+we have decided to issue anew our mandate regarding the said statutes
+and tariffs; and we ordain that from this time forth, in demanding
+the said fees, the following order shall be observed:
+
+Baptisms: For the baptisms the cura shall demand the candle or candles
+which those who can give them may furnish, not obliging them to pay
+a fee [capillo], or to give an offering of money or other things;
+but, if they voluntarily give any free offering, [20] the cura is
+authorized to take it.
+
+Marriages: For publishing the banns, the fiscal shall ask for each
+one real, and he may not demand anything because the parties do not
+rise to their feet at the time when the banns are published. As for
+the natives and Morenos [21] who marry without receiving the nuptial
+benedictions, and shall come to the church or to the cura's house,
+he shall not ask anything from them; but if the cura shall go,
+or send, or give permission for the marriage to be solemnized at
+their own homes, or in some other place, he shall ask three tostones
+for the effort and time spent in going to marry them in a place to
+which he is not obliged to go. If the cura shall go to their house,
+or to some other place where he is not under obligation to go, in
+order to marry any Japanese or Sangley, he shall ask two pesos, and,
+if it shall be outside of the parish, he shall ask three pesos.
+
+Nuptial benedictions: He [i.e., the cura] shall ask thirteen reals
+from the dowry; [22] but if the parties are poor, they may commute
+this for four reals--and [the same] if the woman is a widow and
+has no dowry, provided she received the nuptial benedictions from
+the Church in the first marriage; but if she did not [thus] receive
+them, and have a dowry [she shall pay thirteen]. If several persons
+receive the benedictions at one mass, the cura shall ask from those
+who are blessed a peso from every one of them; and he shall be under
+obligation to say as many masses as there were persons blessed, during
+the following days, for their intention, because this [obligation to
+say mass] for two, or three, or more married pairs who receive the
+benedictions cannot be fulfilled by one mass.
+
+Burials: For burials of children, with prayers read, when the cura goes
+to the house for this purpose he shall ask one peso and four tomins;
+but if the corpse is carried to the door of the church he shall ask
+only one peso. For every burial of children with prayers chanted,
+when the cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask only
+three pesos; and if the corpse be received with prayers chanted at
+the door of the church [23]--whether it be an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, whom his friends desire to be
+interred with pomp and escort--and the cura shall go for the corpse to
+the house, he shall ask ten pesos; but if he shall receive it at the
+door of the church, and prayers be chanted, he shall ask two pesos. For
+every burial accompanied with prayers, of an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, if the cura goes for it to
+the house he shall ask one peso and four tomins; and if he receives
+it at the door of the church he shall ask one peso. If the deceased
+were a slave to Spaniards, the cura shall ask one peso for his fee,
+and exactly six reals as a voluntary offering [limosna] for a mass;
+but if he were a slave to an Indian, the cura shall ask six reals as
+a fee, and four reals for the said offering. We charge it upon the
+consciences of the curas to say these masses for the slaves, and thus
+acquit our own conscience. For the cope which the cura may wear at
+burials he may receive one peso as an offering; but he shall not wear
+the cope when the parties do not ask for it. And for the halts [24]
+the cura, if he shall have chanted the prayers, shall ask a toston
+for each one, if the relatives of the deceased ask for them; but in no
+other way shall he obtain these fees. Item, for the mass sung on the
+day of the funeral, or funeral honors with responses, the cura may ask
+two and one-half pesos; and for chanting the office for the dead, two
+pesos and two reals. And for the novenary masses [25] which are said,
+with a response in each one, on account of the burial of the deceased,
+the cura may receive for each one a peso as offering; and the wax
+candles which remain at the end of the novenary for the burial belong
+to the cura. For masses provided for by will [missas de testamento],
+the cura may receive six reals each, and for those which are ordered
+to be said outside of the testamentary provision four reals each,
+as offerings. The curas must not consent to accept the candles that
+are carried by the persons who accompany the funeral, unless these
+persons leave the candles of their own accord, and present them as
+an offering; and if they do not thus give them up, the curas shall
+not ask anything from them. To each one of those who may assist the
+cura at any burial shall be given, if he is in holy orders, six reals
+and a candle; if he is not yet ordained, four reals and a candle. For
+any peal of the bells [repique] at the burials of children, or the
+tolling of the passing bell [doble], the cura shall ask four reals
+for the eighths [de octava], for the sacristy or the church.
+
+Fees of the sacristans: For aiding at nuptial masses and the
+benediction, [26] the sacristan shall ask for each two reals. The
+sacristan may ask for carrying the processional cross with its veil,
+[27] for any burial, ten reals; and if afterward solemn mass be sung,
+he shall ask eighteen reals for the burial, and a peso for assisting
+at the mass; and if the cross be placed on the grave on the day of the
+funeral, he shall ask a peso. For the small cross carried, without
+its casing, and made of silver, he shall ask six reals; and for the
+ordinary cross of wood he shall ask two; and, if the deceased were
+the slave of an Indian, he shall ask one real. For burning incense
+at the funerals, when the parties ask for it, the sacristan shall
+ask two reals; and at the solemn masses he shall ask another two
+reals. For assisting at each anniversary mass founded in this church,
+which the cura says, the sacristan shall ask one peso. The sacristan
+is under obligation to assist the cura in the administration of the
+holy sacraments, and in the other matters pertaining to the ministry,
+as being his assistant; and if he fail in rendering such aid he shall
+ask only the half [of the usual fees], and the other half the cura
+shall divide between the person who shall assist in the sacristan's
+place and the church fund for its sacristy. Either the sacristan or
+in his place some person not yet ordained, is under obligation to
+carry the cross at burials.
+
+Singers: When the entire choir shall be summoned to any burial,
+they shall ask ten pesos for attending it; and if all the said choir
+assist at mass and the office for the dead [vigilia], they shall ask
+another ten pesos. When the [individual] singers shall go on call to
+any funeral, no more of them shall go than those who are asked for by
+the parties; and each singer shall ask one real. This is understood
+when they go not as a full choir, but in a group of three; and they
+shall not oblige the parties to give them candles, but may take these
+when the parties choose to give them. If only three singers assist
+at mass and the office for the dead, they shall ask three pesos for
+the mass, but not for the office.
+
+We command that all these tariffs and statutes shall be observed and
+fulfilled to the letter by the said our curas for natives, in this
+city and in the rest of the parishes that are outside its walls, and by
+their sacristans, without transgressing them in any way--under penalty
+of four times the amount involved, incurred for every infraction,
+and of being punished in accordance with the law. And no other person,
+whatever his rank may be, shall dare to transgress these our mandates,
+under penalty of legal proceedings against him, under the penalties
+due to those who are disobedient. We command that the curas shall
+keep these said tariffs displayed and posted in some public place,
+where they can be read and understood by all persons. And that this
+may be evident for all time, we command to be issued and we do issue
+the present, signed with our name, and countersigned by our secretary,
+as undersigned. In our archiepiscopal palace at Manila, on the fifth
+day of the month of November in the year one thousand, six hundred
+and ninety-eight.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+By command of his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow several notarial attestations.]
+
+
+
+Memorial by the religious orders
+
+The lecturer Fray Jaime Mimbela, of the Order of Preachers, and
+definitor-general of the province of Santo Rosario; Fray Juan Antonio
+de San Agustin, an Augustinian Recollect; and Antonio Xaramillo, of the
+Society of Jesus--procurators-general of their provinces of Filipinas
+and holding powers of attorney for the holy orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollect
+Augustinians who live in the said islands for the conversion of the
+infidels and the maintenance [in the faith] of those who are already
+converted therein--conforming to the new orders from their provincials
+which they have received (dated February 13 of the past year 1699),
+in regard to what has thus far been alleged and represented, make
+the following declaration:
+
+[Sire:]
+
+The reverend archbishop, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, having
+arrived at Manila in the month of September in the past year of 97,
+undertook, in officio officiando [i.e., "in fulfilling the functions of
+his office"], to visit the regulars who exercise the duties of parish
+priests, desiring that they do so by title of law, [28] subject to
+his jurisdiction. The said holy religious orders, having declined,
+on repeated occasions, to take upon themselves such a burden, making
+this known to the said reverend archbishop with all submission, were
+resolved to abandon all the Indian villages and districts [assigned
+to them], rather than to administer them in that manner. [They asked
+him], in order to preserve the tranquillity which had existed in those
+islands, that at least he would desist from his intention until the
+pope and your Majesty, being informed of the matter, should decide
+it: and represented to him that, taking everything into account,
+irreparable losses of souls would ensue from his persevering in his
+undertaking if the religious orders, in consequence of his violent
+acts, should retire [from the curacies]--since there were not
+secular priests to take the place of the religious in preaching and
+the administration of the sacraments, but it was not possible for
+the said reverend archbishop to yield to [even] these so serious
+representations, nor was he willing to wait for the decisions of
+[even] those so preeminent; on the contrary, he actually began
+the visitation. When the religious answered that now they were not
+parish priests, since they had resigned the Indian villages into
+the hands of their provincials, who had notified your vice-patron of
+it, the reverend archbishop took away two churches from the orders
+of St. Dominic and St. Augustine; and soon the commonwealth found
+itself in a storm, with confusion and affliction such as had never
+before been experienced in those islands. For within a week fifty
+religious who had acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders
+had been given for the retirement of the others--which they would
+actually have done, if the courage of the reverend archbishop himself
+had not been taught by this experience, so costly and unnecessary,
+the truth of what had been often before represented to him, with so
+much humility and entreaty, by the religious.
+
+From that time, troubles continued to crowd together until in all
+those islands the Catholic faith, as concerns God, and the vassalage
+of the Indians to your Majesty, were at the point of destruction;
+for in that country all the villages are inhabited by Indians alone,
+nor is there in them any Spaniard except the religious who is their
+minister--except here and there a village where resides some secular
+priest and the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces. Thus, the villages
+without the religious minister remain as dead, for divine worship and
+for vassalage, as the body without a soul is dead for vital functions.
+
+This truth being so well known--as also is this other, that in the
+religious provinces of those islands there have been and are now many
+religious of distinguished virtues and learning, and very zealous
+for the salvation of souls--affairs have arrived at such a state,
+as is known by the said letters of February, 699, that the regulars
+refuse not only to be ordinaries [parrocos de justicia] and subject
+to the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, but also to act in
+that capacity in the manner which has been hitherto in vogue. They
+ask your Majesty, with the utmost possible reverence, to be pleased to
+regard them as exonerated from the responsibility which they hitherto
+have held of ministering as parish priests to the Indians, and to take
+measures that other persons may look after the Indians in the manner
+which the reverend archbishop desires; and that the religious for whom
+there is no room in the few convents and colleges which the religious
+orders possess in those islands may return to their own provinces--in
+accordance with what your Majesty commands, in one of his laws,
+for the consolation of the distressed religious in those kingdoms.
+
+And since actions so grave in themselves and in their consequences as
+are these--the refusal of the regulars to be parish priests subject to
+the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and their renunciation
+before your Majesty of the assignment of the territories allotted
+to them for ministrations--appear not to have originated only from
+disinclination, but to have sprung from [their claim to] liberty alone,
+their representatives set forth to your Majesty in this document the
+reasons and very weighty arguments by which they are constrained to
+act in both those proceedings. They also offer to present another,
+more copious, in which will be related in sequence and order all the
+occurrences and the exceedingly grievous injuries which the religious
+orders have suffered and still sustain, occasioned by the visitation
+of the curas. [It will also recount] the lands that they possess;
+the tithes [29] that the reverend archbishop has established; the
+testimonies and appeals that he has denied; the arrests that he has
+attempted; the banishments that he has urged [upon the Audiencia];
+the very sharp reprimand that on account of him was given by your
+Audiencia to all the provincials together, with other religious of high
+standing, without permitting them to open their lips--and all with a
+method of procedure so unlike that which the pope, your Majesty, and
+your supreme Council employ on occasions like these, even in cases
+when there is certainty of guilt; and finally, the investigations
+which he makes to obtain information against them which he can use to
+carry out his purposes, and disturb them at Madrid and Roma, in this
+imposing [threats of] excommunication on the witnesses in order that
+everything may remain a secret, and the reputation of the religious
+orders be left more exposed to attack.
+
+The reasons, then, which influence the religious not to be parish
+priests by title in Filipinas, subject to the jurisdiction of
+the reverend archbishop, are the following: First, because it is
+unquestionable, and cannot be in any way denied, that the office of
+parish priest, even with such exemption from [the jurisdiction of]
+the ordinary, is entirely accessory, and, besides, a heavy additional
+burden, to the religious estate--not only to that of monks, but even to
+that of the mendicant regulars; for, in order that they may minister
+in the said office, it has been necessary to obtain a pontifical
+dispensation or arrangement, which is founded on important reasons. And
+this [is a fact], if we consider only what the religious state demands
+of its followers, as is made plain by the general exemption and the
+teaching of holy men. If this mode of administering [the curacies]
+be changed, and the regular who is a parish priest must remain, in
+what concerns that office, under the jurisdiction of the ordinary,
+subject to his correction and visitation, and in the other matters
+subject to the superior of his religious order, it would be a change
+and condition of affairs so remarkable that, in regard to his estate
+and his profession of life, the religious would change his nature--for
+he would be like one cleft in twain, if subject in some cases to one
+superior and in others to another, the two of differing ecclesiastical
+rank; and the consequences would be perilous, as will be considered
+later. In view, then, of a change which would so seriously affect
+their estate, all the regulars of Filipinas declare that, just as
+one's state of life is chosen so as to lead to salvation only when
+it is chosen through the influence and vocation of God, who calls
+and inclines one to it, and that one's choice goes astray when it
+is made through other motives, so, when after choice has been made
+of the state and profession of life some other circumstance arises
+which not only oppresses that state, but changes its very nature--with
+new responsibilities, new obligations, new superiors, and new modes
+of government full of dangers and difficulties--and, above all, the
+rule which he professes, no one can safely add to his mode of life a
+condition so unusual, if God do not incline and call him to it. The
+religious of Filipinas declare that they have no such vocation or
+inclination for being parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary;
+and that without it they cannot expose themselves to so many dangers,
+with evident risk of being ruined thereby. They say that neither when
+they entered the religious life nor when they made their confession
+did they read among the obligations to which they submitted that of
+being parish priests, and much less that of being such by title, and
+subject to the ordinaries; on the other hand, they understood that
+the Apostolic See had exempted them from it. They assert also that
+on going from Europa to the Filipinas they knew that the regulars
+never had ministered to the Indians, nor were they then doing so, as
+being dependent upon the ordinaries, but with pontifical jurisdiction,
+remaining in all matters subject to the visitation and correction of
+their provincials; therefore they must necessarily censure and refuse
+now this new administration and attempted subjection, which they did
+not profess and to which God did not call them.
+
+Nor do the precedents [brought forward] from America militate against
+this argument when it is said that there is but one and the same
+rule, and one and the same form of government, in essentials, for
+the religious order or orders whose sons find themselves in America
+and in Filipinas; for those who are in those islands say, with all
+esteem and reverence, that there are some things more suitable to
+be admired than imitated, and that, while they admire the courage
+[of those in America], they confess that they do not possess courage
+to imitate them in this matter. They add that, if in America and
+Filipinas a religious order is one and the same, likewise throughout
+the world the faith and the church of Jesus Christ is one and the
+same; and nevertheless, if a Catholic, simply because he had chosen
+an estate of life, should exhort all others to embrace the same, it
+would not be judicious counsel, or in conformity to the spirit of God;
+for that Spirit inspires, influences, and calls whomsoever He will,
+choosing some for an occupation, and dissuading others from that same
+employ. And thus it is evident, likewise, that in the one religious
+order some have a vocation for going from Europa to the Indias, and
+others have not. Then why cannot the same occur in regard to being
+or not being parish priests subject to the ordinary?
+
+The reverend archbishop of Manila himself has given and still gives
+to the religious orders of Filipinas a very striking and conclusive
+example in this regard: for before he left Espana he knew very well
+in what way the regulars acted as curas in those islands, but he
+neither renounced the archbishopric in Espana, nor gave up going to
+the islands. He knew also that the being united as a spouse to the
+church of Manila is not an accessory matter, but is wholly essential
+to the state of being its archbishop; and that other prelates have
+gone thither without attempting what he claims. Nevertheless, he
+has asked in the royal Audiencia permission to return to Espana; and
+now he writes resigning the archbishopric, and asking that he may be
+allowed to come here to live and die in retreat in a cell. If it is
+because the religious who are parish priests are not subject to his
+jurisdiction that he offers this resignation--by which he abandons
+all that belongs to his position, and the state of life that he
+chose--how much greater reason the religious will have to imitate
+him, since even when they give up the curacies they remain wholly
+in the estate of religious which they professed. If he makes this
+renunciation in order to avoid controversies, and aspires to live
+and die in a cell, much more natural is this desire of the religious
+to live and die peacefully therein, without obliging themselves to
+endure those controversies; for they do not accept under compulsion a
+new estate to which God does not call them. Likewise, [they decline]
+if, in order to adopt such a model of life, their rule must be the
+pleasure of the archbishop, and not the inspiration of God.
+
+As little is this first argument overcome by [the assertion] that
+the civil law provides that the regular who is a parish priest is
+immediately subject, in what pertains to that office, to the visitation
+and correction of the ordinary. For, laying aside the fact that such
+a law can be abrogated by the supreme pontiff--as actually was done
+by Pius V after the holy Council of Trent, and afterward confirmed
+by Urban VIII; and this very procedure is supported by various
+declarations of the most eminent cardinals--when there is a lack of
+secular priests (as is the case in Filipinas, where for eight hundred
+parishes, the approximate number of those in existence, there are
+hardly sixty seculars in number, and still fewer who have abilities
+for giving instruction and learning languages): laying all this aside,
+the religious assert that the civil law which commands such subjection
+must be understood in the case that the religious who are administering
+curacies, without being subordinate to the ordinary, desire to
+continue thus, being parish priests; but it does not order that they
+be compelled by violence and force to enter that relation. And if a
+secular cleric, to whom with canonical and rigorous institution is
+given a perpetual curacy, can, notwithstanding this, renounce such
+curacy, nor on that account be disqualified by the law as long as he
+lives in immediate subjection to one superior only, who is his bishop:
+how or for what reason can the reverend archbishop of Manila claim that
+the religious cannot peaceably make the same renunciation, in order
+to avoid the risk of having so many superiors? As the religious hold
+the Indian villages not as proprietaries, but removable ad nutum,
+other persons could, for no better reason than their own wishes,
+deprive the religious of those ministries, even though the latter
+live therein with the sanctity of their holy founders; and is it
+possible that, when only the will of another person is sufficient to
+prevent them from being curas, the divine inspiration and their own
+self-reproach will not be sufficient for them?
+
+The second reason that the religious in Filipinas have for refusing
+to be parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary, is that no
+exact idea of this virtue of justice has been formed in considering
+the method in which efforts have been made to constrain the religious
+by it. For either they are or they are not capable of being really
+parish priests, like the secular clerics. If they are, they do not
+accept the parish under any obligation of justice; and even when this
+is conferred on them with canonical institution, they nevertheless do
+not remain ordinaries, as are the secular clerics; for in the latter,
+in order to secure a proprietary benefice, the only points considered
+are the ability to serve as cura, the obligation of law [justicia]
+to which they submit, and the canonical collation with which they are
+inducted into the parish. Including all this in the said supposition,
+the religious cannot well understand why, after all that, they do
+not remain proprietary parish priests. As little do they understand
+how the said ability, obligation of law, and canonical institution
+can make a secular priest a perpetual cura--so that if his conduct
+does not render him unworthy the curacy cannot be taken from him,
+either by ordinary or vice-patron alone, or by both together; while
+a religious who enters the curacy with the same formalities is not
+competent for the same perpetuity, but only for such tenure, even
+in his own territory, that even if he conduct himself as a saint the
+ordinary and vice-patron can, if agreed, deprive him of his benefice
+and give it to another; that is, even after that obligation and
+solemnity he is a parish priest removable ad nutum.
+
+The religious also consider that although the virtue of justice is one
+for all, and alike for all, and the efficacy of canonical institution
+is also one for persons who are qualified for the same office, to the
+secular cleric with the onerous duty of parish priest is given all that
+can favor him; but to the religious, while the entire burden is laid
+upon him, all his energy is checked on account of not giving him all
+which can relieve that burden. This is all placed upon the religious,
+for his responsibility for the feeding of his sheep confines him to
+a district in such a way that his own provincial cannot, by his own
+agency alone, change his district without first resorting to the
+ordinary and the vice-patron, to secure their consent. In this way
+there is a notable decrease of obedience, and the regular observance of
+the rule which he professed is greatly disturbed; and many, continual,
+and insupportable annoyances are heaped upon the provincials. The
+religious loses in great part the privilege of his exemption;
+he remains subject, in so far as he is a cura, to investigations,
+complaints, visitations, and penalties from the ordinary; and with all
+these burdens he has not the comfort of being secure in his parish,
+even if his conduct do not render him unworthy of it, because he does
+not hold it in perpetuity, as the secular does. He is not master of the
+emoluments which the curacy yields, nor are they in justice due to him
+as to the secular, unless he pretends that he is dispensed from the
+essential vow of poverty. Then, if the religious is capable of being
+a parish priest, and that by title of law, as is the secular, who
+has given to justice and to canonical collation such efficacy as with
+them to furnish to the secular what is honorable [30] and favorable,
+yet has so divided it as to impart to the regular what is detestable,
+while yet denying him what may console him?
+
+[Even] if it be granted that the regular is not competent, on account
+of his estate, for being a proprietary parish priest, why is it so
+strictly required of him to enter the curacy with the same formalities
+and ceremony as those with which the clerics enter? Such incompetency
+will be the best justification for the repugnance which the religious
+feel for being curas in the manner which the archbishop insists on.
+
+The third reason is, that if the convents and colleges which the
+religious maintain in Manila be broken up, it can be said with truth
+that there are no other houses of religious community [in the colony];
+for although there are seven other houses besides--in Cavite, Cebu,
+Oton, and Yloilo--divided among the religious orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollects, yet these
+convents and colleges are so small that in each of them there are
+only two or three residents. All the rest of the said provinces is
+composed of Indian villages, [each] served by one minister only; and
+these are such as can be gathered from their respective bishoprics, the
+cathedrals of which neither have nor are capable of having dignities,
+canonries, and other prebends. This being admitted, if the ministers
+in Indian villages remain subject to the ordinary, as the provinces
+are composed almost wholly of such ministers alone, and for their
+removal would then be necessary the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, some provinces would come to be dependent, in the name
+of religious government and in the exercise of secular government,
+on the wills of those two persons, to whom the religious did not in
+their profession promise obedience or subjection.
+
+Then if either of the two, whether the bishop or the governor,
+were displeased with any religious order, or with any minister--and
+especially if it were the governor, whose power in those islands
+cannot be explained, except by their remoteness--in such case they
+could on very specious pretexts either maintain or remove the minister
+against the will of his provincial; and even they could, if necessary,
+threaten the latter with either censures or banishment, to make that
+religious order conform to their authority. How fruitful a source
+this may be of perdition and total ruin for the religious orders,
+all can recognize; but only those who have had experience in those
+islands can fully comprehend it.
+
+The fourth reason: for we have already taken for granted their
+subjection and canonical institution. If a religious who is a minister
+commit a transgression, and his offense apparently belongs on the
+one side to morals and life, and on the other to the office of cura,
+the poor minister remains in the condition of those goods which we
+call mostrencos, on account of their belonging to the first person
+who takes possession of them--and even in a much worse condition,
+on account of the controversies which must naturally ensue. For if
+the provincial begins legal proceedings in the matter, and afterward
+information of it is given to the reverend archbishop, the latter
+issues a decree--and, if it be necessary, a censure--commanding
+the said provincial to revoke all of his proceedings, surrender the
+case to him, and abandon it; that is to say, the right of judicature
+belongs to him alone. The provincial appeals to the judge-delegate
+of his Holiness, who, in order to obtain full information about the
+case, commands the reverend archbishop, with the threat of censure,
+to desist from the cause, and surrender the documents. If the latter
+do not obey, the affair may reach the point where two ecclesiastical
+prelates mutually excommunicate each other, and [the colony] is
+menaced with an interdict and the cessation of divine worship. This
+is not discussing an imaginary thing, but is relating that which has
+just occurred in Manila in a like case--where, in order to prevent the
+regulars from withdrawing from their curacies, [the archbishop] imposed
+on the provincials the penalties of excommunication and a fine of
+2,000 pesos; and conversely, the reverend archbishop and the delegate
+of his Holiness likewise excommunicated each other. The commonwealth
+was disquieted by these occurrences, not knowing where these things
+would end if the interdict which the delegate threatened were carried
+out, since he was followed by the religious orders; for nearly all the
+laymen lean on the orders--making their confessions to the religious,
+receiving instruction from their teaching and example, and with their
+counsels calming the scruples of their consciences. In consequence, it
+would necessarily follow that in case of an interdict and cessation
+of divine services the entire archdiocese would be left in most
+lamentable condition; and without doubt this would have occurred, if
+it had not been for the kindly nature of the delegate and the urgent
+importunities to desist from this purpose that were addressed to him
+by the religious. For, since at the cost of innumerable martyrdoms
+and other hardships they had established the faith in those islands,
+they sought to avert the danger that it would be impaired, even though
+this should be at the cost of contempt for themselves.
+
+It must be added to all the above that if these contentions and
+troubles which are suffered in those islands could be promptly ended
+without going outside of them, toleration in enduring them would be
+less difficult. But this is not so; but these troubles leave behind
+them their consequences, and chains that are very long and heavy,
+which are only fit to drag along those who choose to become slaves
+to the curacies in Filipinas. For in such cases letters are written
+by the governor, the archbishop, the Audiencia, and the religious
+orders to Madrid, and by some of these to Roma also; and terrible
+controversies take shape, with public scandal in both courts. The
+parties are in every way exhausted, and the judges are harassed until
+the [royal] decree in the case is provided: first, because such decree
+is provided for regions so remote, and after it is issued arrives
+there [so late], that those evils are throwing out many roots, and
+these produce anew other discords and evils worse than the first. And
+since it is a fact that, although according to the divine oracles,
+it is not fitting either for the bishop to be contentious, or for the
+minister of souls to preach the gospel in any other way than that of
+peace, the religious orders, in place of experiencing in Filipinas,
+as it were, peace with the fruit of tranquillity, do not find this at
+the present time; but they are burning in a glowing forge, which only
+throws out sparks of discord and dissension. The religious orders,
+Sire, had already made peace among themselves, and are at this day
+maintaining and always will maintain it; for they trust in God that it
+will be so, and the bitter experience of past years has pointed this
+out as a great blessing. Thus, when the reverend archbishop arrived
+here all was quiet and peaceful, but within little more than two months
+after his arrival there was nothing but unrest and disorder--and this
+because the religious had told him, with all courtesy and humility,
+that they would sooner give up the ministries of instruction than hold
+them in the manner that he desired. Herein, which side proceeded most
+comformably to reason? the religious who peaceably leave the curacies,
+in order to avoid disputes; or the reverend archbishop who causes these
+contentions, and who sends to Madrid and Roma in order to obtain that
+the regulars shall be by force and violence parish priests subject to
+his own jurisdiction? In view, then, of disadvantages so serious, what
+religious is there, devoted to his profession, who will consent to be
+a parish priest in Filipinas? Who will leave his province in Europa,
+the retirement and peace of his community, to go, with the perils
+of two ocean voyages, in search of controversies so wearisome and
+noisy over a calling which he did not profess? Herein the religious
+of Filipinas admit that they have taken warning by what has occurred
+in America, that they ought to learn a lesson from it and be cautious
+about having another head.
+
+The fifth reason: If a regular who is a parish priest transgresses,
+and on account of secret faults becomes unworthy of continuing in
+his ministry, yet if he remains in it his salvation may incur a very
+special peril. The provincial has secret knowledge of the case. Here
+justice demands two things: one, the punishment of the fault; the
+other, that the delinquent shall not be rendered infamous. Charity,
+(and even justice itself) demands also that the provincial shall,
+because of his office, remove his subordinate from that risk. If this
+regular who acts as parish priest were administering his functions
+without canonical institution or subjection to the ordinary, as is done
+in the Filipinas Islands, the provincial could with the greatest ease
+settle the whole matter, and justice and charity be satisfied, without
+disgrace to the delinquent and without a stigma on the religious
+order. But when the regular who is a parish priest is subject to
+the ordinary, the provincial cannot remove him by his own authority
+alone; and it is necessary for him to resort to that very ordinary
+and to the vice-patron, and that the two agree on the removal of the
+offender. And, in such case, what has the provincial to say to them? If
+it be answered that by keeping the case entirely secret the provincial
+becomes a sharer in the guilt of his subordinate, he and the superiors
+of the religious orders declare, with all submission and humility,
+that they refuse to put in practice such a form of theology. Can the
+ordinary acting alone, can the governor, the father, and the master,
+each alone, punish and correct the fault--of a priest, of a citizen or
+a soldier, of children, of servants--without the least injury to the
+culprit's honor; and a provincial, who can in innumerable ways do the
+same with any subordinate of his, be obliged to leave the offender
+in disgrace with the heads of the community, ecclesiastical and
+secular? The religious orders would sooner remove [from the islands],
+to transplant themselves to Europa, than submit to so heavy a burden.
+
+If it be said that the provincial need not state the offense, but
+in general terms assert only that he has cause for removing the
+cura, even that would not avoid the difficulty: First, because the
+authorities may think that the provincial says so, in order to carry
+a point for a custom of long standing. Second, even though the cause
+for removing him is not a fault, it will be readily said [that it was
+one]; and if the person himself does not make further explanation,
+in such case the result will be that the fault will be made public
+by his silence. And finally, one's honor is a very delicate thing,
+and is usually much injured by rumors and suspicions alone. And
+since God renders the religious exempt from the secular judges, and
+the Apostolic See from the ordinaries, the regulars represent that,
+as they have not professed to be curas, they do not feel courage to
+fill that office with so many risks and burdens.
+
+The sixth reason: The object for which the religious are in the
+curacies is the salvation of souls; and there is no room for doubt
+that for such a purpose the religious will be all the more fit and
+competent an instrument the more he shall unite with the office
+of cura the regular observance. This greater union, it is certain,
+lies in the method of being curas which has hitherto prevailed, and
+not in that which the archbishop is attempting; for with subjection
+to him the cura does not depend so much on the regular superior, nor
+can the latter freely command him as before, and thus the obedience
+[of the religious] is greatly diminished and injured, without which no
+one deserves the name of religious. [Also the observance of] poverty
+is at great risk; for since the cura ministers through the obligation
+of justice and canonical institution, and this is not given to him
+by the religious order but by the ordinary, some of the curas might
+argue that since the order permits this to them, it also permits
+them to be masters, in whole or in part, of all the emoluments; and
+that with entire freedom, without subjection to or permission from
+their superiors, they can spend or dispose of these revenues as they
+please. This is a danger which is most prolific of innumerable others,
+and in all lines. Their chastity also is much less secure, because
+it is attacked by solitude, by the license which this occasions, by
+the natural compliance of the Indians, and by that almost perpetual
+tenure which in many ministries in America is experienced through the
+obligation of justice and canonical institution under which they are
+administered; and on account of the difficulty which thus arises in
+securing removals, sensuality does not find that remedy of flight
+which St. Paul lays down so prompt and easy as it would be if the
+parish priest depended only on his provincial.
+
+And, finally, the religious do not, by assuming the habit as such,
+strip themselves of the passions of men. There might be one or more
+for whom the subjection and mode of life in a religious community
+becomes wearisome; and such men, knowing that a cura cannot be removed
+from the mission parish without the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, undertake to gain the good-will of those authorities by
+letters and other means, and for the same object to win the friendship
+of officials and dependents, so that these may exert influence in
+order to preserve them in the curacies. And thus gradually they become
+rooted in their liking for a life that is solitary and independent,
+and will reach a state in which they give up the mission parish with
+grief, because they hold it through love for the conveniences of life,
+and more as very secular men of the world than as religious or as
+ministers to souls. In that case the religious orders could say that
+they had lost fervent sons, and the ordinaries that they had not made
+zealous curates.
+
+All this is avoided when the regulars serve as parish priests in
+the same manner as they do now in the Filipinas; for they are wholly
+dependent on their superiors, and cannot dispose of anything without
+their permission. If it be expedient for them to go to some other
+place, there is no difficulty in changing their residence; and as
+they have not that security of perpetual tenure, their only care is
+for their ministries, the door being closed to unworthy measures and
+claims. Hence it follows that this mode of holding curacies is more
+in accordance with the three vows and the other statutes that aim at
+the perfection that is proper for the regulars, and consequently at
+the salvation of the souls [31] for whom they care.
+
+The seventh and last reason--omitting others, either because they
+are included in those already mentioned, or because they may readily
+be deduced from those--is supported by authority. Let the histories
+of the Indias be read, and the laymen and ecclesiastics who have
+written about them; all agree in raising very serious doubts whether
+the regulars should be parish priests or not, and much more whether
+they should be so with title. [These writers] noted many decisions,
+in which entire provinces--composed of religious who were influential,
+experienced, learned, and zealous--resolved in their chapter-meetings
+that the mission curacies should be given up; many [opinions by]
+generals of those same orders, who approved that proceeding; and
+others, by various distinguished men, who expostulated against the
+acceptance of such an encumbrance by their religious order. [They have
+also noted] faults which they contemplated with tears--interminable
+discords, which banished all tranquillity and peace; and innumerable
+other damages, which, even the secular writers on the Indias admit,
+have made the regulars tremble.
+
+If he who sees from [a safe place on] land a fierce hurricane on
+the sea, and that in it are wrecked galleons of great size--some of
+the men on board being drowned, others crying for help, and those
+who by swimming have emerged on the shore taking warning [from this
+misfortune], and causing great fear in those who hear them--trembles
+at [the thought of] venturing upon the sea: what marvel is it that
+the regulars of Filipinas, who have not thus far been inducted into
+this new form of parish tenure which the archbishop is attempting
+[to establish], seeing as if from the solid land so much tempest and
+shipwreck which are occasioned by that form, and which the histories,
+like accurate charts, place before them, tremble, and refuse to embark
+on that sea? When the witnesses are so truthful, and the experiences
+so injurious, it would be a mistake of the utmost importance not to
+believe them, or to expect that [in] trouble one may remedy it by
+regret, or not to avoid it beforehand by prudent measures.
+
+With these reasons, three arguments of which the reverend archbishop
+entertains a high opinion lose their force. One is, to argue [thus]
+in this dilemma: Either the regulars who are parish priests conduct
+themselves well and fulfil their obligations as such, or they do
+not. If this last, it is not right that it be permitted, nor that
+there be any failure to reform with the visitation which he is trying
+to enforce. If in all respects they fulfil their obligations, what
+matters it if he visits them, approves their proceedings, and praises
+them in his report to the king? And with this mode of argument he
+casts suspicion on the regulars, as if they had faults or failings
+as parish priests to conceal.
+
+Answer is made, first: that the religious who are curas conduct
+themselves well in their ministries, and strive so far as their powers
+extend, for the salvation of their parishioners; and that what holds
+them back from being parish priests subject to the reverend archbishop
+is not the fear caused by [the question of] behavior, but dread of
+the inconveniences and dangers above recounted, which it is not easy
+to explain.
+
+Answer is made, second: that in Manila and Cavite--which is distant
+two leguas from this city, and where only the secular priests are
+curas--the reverend archbishop has precedents very effectual for
+ascertaining the consequences of the way in which the religious
+behave in their curacies. For in those two places, where they have
+no obligations as curas, they are the ones who carry the burden
+of the day and of the summer's heat; they alone (or almost alone)
+are the ones who administer throughout the year the sacraments of
+penance and communion--to Spaniards, Indians (Tagalogs, Pampangos,
+and Visayans), mestizos, Cafres, and other peoples who resort thither;
+they alone keep laborers set aside for this task; they alone preach
+frequently. It is they who carry on missions; they who dispense the
+divine word and explain the Christian doctrine in the guard-rooms of
+the soldiers and [among those stationed] at the gates of the city;
+they to whom the slaves from the foundry resort; [they who minister
+to] the prisoners in the jail, and the poor in the hospitals, and the
+seminaries of La Misericordia and Sancta Potenciana. It is they who in
+their churches have separate sermons for the Spaniards, for negroes,
+and for Indians; it is they who are almost continually going forth,
+by day and by night, to the sick and the dying, whatever the weather
+may be. Then who can imagine that where the religious, without being
+curas, have the inclination and zeal to aid the secular curas and the
+reverend archbishop themselves, relieving so greatly the burden of
+their obligations, they will neglect their duties in the villages,
+where the souls have been entrusted to their care alone?
+
+Answer is made, third: that just as the reverend archbishop by his
+arguments strives at Madrid and Roma to subject the regulars to
+his visitation in what concerns them as parish priests, he may also
+plan to subject them in all that concerns morals and life. "For if
+they behave ill, it is not right to permit such conduct; and if
+their conduct is exemplary, what matter is it if he visits them,
+and approves them, in order to report on them with praises?" The
+reply which the reverend archbishop will make to this argument can
+with more reason be applied as the reply and solution to his own. The
+religious orders add that, even though the praises of the reverend
+archbishop are and always will be worthy of the utmost appreciation,
+yet they set a much greater value on following the counsel of the
+apostle about each man abiding in his own calling [32]--which was not
+to be curas--than to be curas and obtain those praises with the risk
+of the troubles that have been considered.
+
+Nor is it right, by the same mode of argument as that of the reverend
+archbishop, that the religious orders should not further make evident
+the importance of their justice and of their labors. This prelate
+greatly resented that the reverend bishop, the delegate and judge of
+his Holiness for cases of appeals, should go to Manila and exercise
+his functions, issuing various acts; and the said reverend archbishop
+also took steps to have the delegate depart immediately from his
+archbishopric, and said (and wrote to Europa) that the religious orders
+were trying to keep the delegate there as their judge-conservator. It
+is here where his own argument presses: either the procedure of
+the reverend archbishop was just, or it was not. If it were just,
+what did it matter that he had before him a judge with authority
+from the pope, and must deliver to this judge the documents which
+he demanded, so that as a judge so superior he might confirm them,
+and make a report on them with commendations? If the archbishop's
+conduct were not just, as little just was it that he should go beyond
+his obligation, in order to obstruct rightful jurisdiction.
+
+The reverend archbishop also refused to the religious orders all the
+copies of documents and the attested statements which they asked
+from him in regard to the visitation which he planned and began,
+but from which he desisted. If what the reverend archbishop did and
+decreed was just, what mattered it that he should command the said
+copies and statements to be given to parties so eminent and worthy
+of respect as were five religious provinces? If it were not just,
+why were these decrees made and executed?
+
+Another argument of which the reverend archbishop avails himself is,
+to say that if the regulars who are parish priests do not submit to
+his visitation and jurisdiction, he will finally be a [mere] bishop
+de anillo. [33] Answer is made, first, that even if this were the
+case (which, however, it is not), the reverend archbishop would not
+have any reason to complain in this particular, as, according to the
+law, no wrong is done to him who, before entering on any negotiation,
+acquaints himself with it and determines it beforehand. [34] For while
+he was yet in Espana he knew that the regulars in Filipinas were
+not parish priests by title, nor subject as such to the ordinary;
+and if with this knowledge he decided to go to Manila in order to
+be its metropolitan archbishop he ought to take for granted what
+has been proved by experience, and not wonder that the regulars,
+convinced by so effective arguments, are, constrained by these, giving
+up the native curacies, in order not to be ministers of instruction
+at so much risk. Nor will any one grant that reason countenances the
+reverend archbishop more in trying to secure the extension of his
+authority than it does the religious in maintaining themselves as
+much as possible in what they had professed.
+
+Answer is made, second: that, not by commission but by his own proper
+jurisdiction, the reverend archbishop can administer confirmations
+throughout his archbishopric; act as judge of all matrimonial cases
+among the Indians, and those affecting the rest of his flock, in the
+same manner and the same cases as he could if secular priests were the
+curas over them; and ordain priests and consecrate oils--with many
+other things. The exemption of the regulars does not hinder these,
+nor can a bishop who is only titular exercise these functions merely
+through his own choice; and thus the reverend archbishop does not
+come to be such a prelate.
+
+And, finally, according to Christian maxims the religious ought
+to measure the choice of a new form of life, not by the question
+whether the reverend archbishop has or has not more or less under
+his jurisdiction, but by other and loftier principles, which concern
+salvation and the means [to attain it], which they have already chosen,
+by rule and vows, in order to attain with these that final end. And
+the religious of Filipinas declare that if his Reverence the archbishop
+refuses to live [in those islands] and be their prelate, because he has
+not all the authority that he desires, they refuse the said form of
+[serving as] parish priests, in order to avoid the controversies and
+perils here stated, so as to live in the quiet of their profession
+and by means of it to secure more peaceably their eternal salvation.
+
+If the reverend archbishop shall urge the precedents of some religious
+orders in America in regard to the said matter, the religious orders
+of Filipinas state further, besides what is said above, that those
+who gave up the mission villages in America furnish a more effective
+example than do those who remained in those posts subject to the
+ordinary. They also add that for this case more to the purpose
+are the precedents of all the reverend archbishops and bishops of
+Filipinas--of no one of whom it is known, it should be said, that he
+was an archbishop or bishop de anillo. Many of them were entirely
+satisfied at seeing the good work that was wrought in their flocks
+by the religious orders, and thanked them and greatly honored them;
+and even though some few of them desired what the present reverend
+archbishop is attempting to secure, yet on hearing the arguments of
+the regulars the prelates contented themselves with informing the
+Council--without that body changing the former mode, or the prelates
+breaking forth in violence as has been seen in this present time. Then,
+even if the reverend archbishop is somewhat influenced by precedents
+of certain religious orders in America, it seems as if he ought to
+be convinced by those of his predecessors and the others who were
+suffragan bishops in those islands.
+
+The third argument is, that as the regulars who are parish priests are
+not under his jurisdiction, he cannot feed his sheep as it behooves
+him to do, or give account of them to God, with due certainty;
+accordingly he claims that the regulars of Filipinas should be
+compelled not to leave their flocks, and should be forced under his
+jurisdiction. Answer is made, first, that the reverend archbishop can,
+whenever it shall please him, apply himself to an inspection of the
+Indian villages, even those that are furthest from Manila, and view
+the aspect of his flock--who will be greatly edified to see that an
+archbishop undergoes the inconveniences of small boats, and traverses
+dangerous tracts of sea and land, for their spiritual good, as the
+provincials do. Then if he will have taken the trouble to learn some
+languages, as the religious have done, in order to dispense to them
+the divine word, to hear their confessions, give them communion, and
+the sacrament of confirmation, and the rest that they require: then he
+can obtain information about the religious and the spiritual state of
+the villages, give such commands to the Indians as he shall please,
+and confer with the ministers on all that concerns the salvation of
+souls; and not only can he, but he has the right to do so. It cannot
+be doubted that this would be a rich nourishment [to his flock],
+and that these actions of an archbishop are compatible with his not
+having jurisdiction over the regulars; and it would be a great pity
+if all this, which is so proper for a prelate, should fail simply
+because the regular in his curacy remains with the exemption which
+the Apostolic See has granted to him.
+
+In view of these actions which he can perform, the reverend archbishop
+will attach less importance to his not visiting judicially the regular
+who is a parish priest because the latter remains outside of his
+jurisdiction; but it may well be believed that the regular keeps the
+sacrament, the holy oils, and the baptismal font in decent condition;
+that there are registers of baptisms, burials, and marriages; that
+the Christian doctrine is explained to all the people together, and
+to the children separately, as also to the larger boys and girls,
+and all at different times; that not only in times of sickness and
+of danger of death, but in health and safety, the sacraments are
+administered to those who ask for them; and that other things are done
+which are proper for the ministers who are curas. These functions,
+as they have a public interest in themselves for the whole village,
+are known throughout it; and even if any detail should be neglected,
+the reverend archbishop may well believe that neither the provincial
+nor the other responsible officials of the provinces who are designated
+to watch, make decisions, punish, or reward, for the general good,
+will wish to be censured for it.
+
+The reverend archbishop does not doubt that in the church of God the
+holy religious orders form a very numerous assembly, and that their
+sons, every one, are the sheep of the supreme shepherd, the pope,
+who has exempted them from the [jurisdiction of the] ordinaries,
+unburdening his own conscience, and trusting to the vigilance of the
+generals, and other superiors--to whom, as to the guardians of souls,
+he has handed over those of the individuals [who form] the rest
+[of the order]. It has not occurred to any one that on account of
+this exemption the popes cannot feed the universal flock, or appear
+with safety before the tribunal of God; and experience has shown the
+extraordinary benefits which have resulted from it to the church and
+to the religious orders themselves. Why, then, where the vicars of
+Christ are secure, will not an archbishop be so too?
+
+On account of merely the expectation of a great harvest in the
+Indias many popes conferred on the regulars the authority to be
+parish priests, with complete independence from the ordinaries,
+rendering null and void whatever the latter might do in opposition
+to this privilege. No one has said that by this the supreme pontiffs
+placed the ordinaries in danger of rendering their accounts to God
+unsatisfactorily, or hindered them from feeding and edifying their
+flocks; and the result itself has given testimony, with the great
+success of the propagation of the gospel, how successful has been
+that method of having the regulars as curas, seeing that the hope of
+a harvest has now grown to be its actual possession, and realms so
+extensive have been conquered. And therefore the reverend archbishop of
+Manila might have had confidence in commands so sovereign--especially
+in that of Pius V, whose brief is now in full force in Filipinas, as on
+the first day when it was issued; and even the motive therefor, since
+there is so great a deficiency of secular priests that, if the regulars
+should be lacking, the faith would perish in islands so widespread,
+and the people would be as much heathens and idolaters as before.
+
+Answer is made, second: that the generals, the provincials, and the
+main body of the provinces say the same in regard to the religious
+who have professed their rule, that the latter are sheep also of the
+flocks that God has placed in their charge, so long as the government
+remains in their hands; and whatever care and attention the reverend
+archbishop of Manila may give to his sheep the Indians, the regular
+prelates will give to their subordinates in regard to the same account
+which they will have to render for these to God.
+
+But with a very important difference: for the Indians who are not
+converted are under the most serious obligations to join the assembly
+of those who are already converted, and for this object can be forced
+to hear the divine word; and those who have heard and believed it
+[can be obliged] not to forsake what they believed, or depart from
+the bosom of the Church, for it is not possible to be saved in any
+other manner. And when for the attainment of two objects so great as
+these there are no secular priests, and there are only religious,
+who have attained those ends and are still doing so while they are
+exempt curas, it would seem to be also the greatest obligation of
+the ordinary to reconcile himself with such curas, in order not to
+deprive the Church or defraud the blood of Christ of so much fruit.
+
+The religious cannot be forced in the manner which has been stated
+to be curas subject to the ordinary, for besides the estate of the
+Christian they have already professed that of the religious order;
+and therein, without this force and violence, it is quite compatible
+that the religious should be thoroughly subject and obedient to
+their orders, and under their visitation and correction, and at the
+same time as parish priests through charity only, as temporary curas
+[interinos], and as assistants and coadjutors of the ordinaries, may
+render them great service, minister to the Indians, attract others
+who are infidels who thus may receive ministrations, and approve
+themselves to all--just as if they were parish priests by title,
+without the risks and difficulties that have been considered.
+
+For the reverend archbishop, then, to ask now--when without any force
+all this great and well-known benefit to the church in Filipinas may
+be restored--that the religious be threatened and compelled not to
+leave those islands, and accept in them another and new calling,
+so full of peril, and that other religious shall go thither from
+Europa to the same life--and all in order that he may have greater
+authority--this is a great deal to ask, and is not at all in his
+favor before the tribunal of God. Who shall give account to His Divine
+Majesty of the spiritual detriment that must ensue to fifty parishes,
+abandoned for [even] a week--without mass, without instruction,
+and without sacraments for little ones and adults, for the sick
+and the dying? Over and over, before the affair reached this point,
+the religious set forth all these injurious effects, and protested
+against them to the reverend archbishop; and that they were not under
+obligation [to do this], to the peril and [even] ruin of their own
+souls, and that of their profession, [which was] to attend to the
+souls of others. Nevertheless, the reverend archbishop pursued his
+undertaking, and the religious retired [from their curacies]; the
+former was done merely to have [his own] will, the latter through
+necessity based on all that has been stated. Whose part, then, will
+it be to render account of such a result, and to fear to do so? It
+is certain that, according to the apostle, power and jurisdiction is
+not for destruction but for edification.
+
+The reverend archbishop is not ignorant of the necessity for baptism;
+nevertheless, no adult can be forced to receive it. The profession
+of a religious is null, if any notable force intervened to bring it
+about; and marriage is of no validity if a person wholly free were
+in like manner compelled to marry. For these estates demand liberty,
+and, no less, inspiration from God; and there is nothing of this where
+there is only force and violence, for then the estate which was to be
+a means for salvation is converted by such compulsion into a snare and
+destruction. For one who is not a parish priest by title to become
+one is a change of no less importance than for a bachelor to marry,
+or a layman to become a religious; and for the reverend archbishop
+to claim that, where others are free, the religious should be forced
+into a mode of life full of risk, and for an object which can be
+secured without that compulsion, is to extend his claims further
+than perhaps he is aware, and to accumulate more material for the
+account that he so greatly fears. For one thing, [his idea] that,
+even supposing that the regulars are willing to be curas, they can
+be forced into subjection, and this would be more tolerable; and, for
+another, that if they do not choose, for all the reasons here stated,
+to be curas, ecclesiastical and secular authorities may use violence
+to make them enter the office of curas by title--and this is very far
+from what Holy Writ, the general councils, and the holy fathers teach,
+upon which there is ample material for volumes.
+
+The religious orders are greatly surprised that the reverend
+archbishop, occupied with zealous cares for feeding his sheep, and
+by holy fear regarding his account to God, should break out with
+acts of violence against the religious only--and not do so in order
+that secular priests should go from Europa or from Nueva Espana to
+be parish priests in Filipinas; and that his Majesty may give to the
+said seculars, for their travels and voyages, the aid that he grants
+for the same purpose to the religious. If they should constrain the
+reverend archbishop to state why he does not ask or seek this for
+the seculars, the world would know what the religious orders have
+accomplished and merited in the Filipinas, and what they are still
+doing; and it would also know that, although in the words of Christ
+the laborer is worthy of wages and recompense, in place of any new
+remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop
+is attempting by his claims to introduce them into a labyrinth of
+entanglements, discords, and dissensions.
+
+Granted, now, the fundamental reasons why the regulars have refused
+to be parish priests subject to the ordinary, and [preferred] to
+leave the mission villages rather than serve them in such a manner,
+the greatest affliction of the religious orders in Filipinas goes
+further. Their provincials, in the last conference which they held
+(as they notify us by letters of February in the past year of 699),
+resolved that these petitioners should, as their attorneys and in
+the names of them all, offer before your Council of the Indias an
+absolute renunciation of the allotment of all the territories which
+your Majesty gave to them in order that they might, with pontifical
+jurisdiction, serve therein as parish priests.
+
+The religious are influenced to this action, first: because, even
+though your Majesty command that no change be made in this regard in
+the Filipinas, the religious orders do not now entertain a substantial
+hope that entire obedience would be rendered to this law for peace,
+without which it is intolerable to remain in those islands. The reason
+for this fear and lack of confidence is, that this very thing was
+commanded by your Majesty in a decree issued at Madrid, on November
+27, 1687 (which is in the [book of] ordinances, at folios 8 and 9),
+and the reverend archbishop did the opposite of what was ordained
+therein, in the sight of your governor and Audiencia. If such was the
+heed and observance given to a decree for making no change, even when
+the reverend archbishop was not at variance with the religious orders,
+what can they expect when he is now so exasperated against them?
+
+This argument gains more force when attention is paid to the immense
+distance [from Espana] of those islands, where this is a current
+saying, or almost a proverb, among those who are in power, "Let them
+write to Madrid and Roma whatever fairy-tale they please at the time;
+no one will be disturbed by it while the letters are on the way, or
+while the decision is being made and until the ordinances arrive." And
+therefore it results that although the reverend archbishop arrived
+at Manila in the year 97, it is now the year 700 when the clamors and
+disturbances which with his arrival were experienced [in the islands]
+find an echo in your Council of the Indias--troubles which still are
+endured, because it is necessary to wait a considerable time for the
+arrival at the islands themselves of your royal provisions. And when
+the decree already mentioned of the year 87, and another previous one
+of the same tenor by the queen-mother our sovereign (who is now with
+God), were not obeyed, there is little or no ground for the religious
+to hope that other decrees of that sort will be obeyed. In both cases,
+the mission curacies were resigned, and in this last one much more
+has been suffered; and as it is not well that these occurrences and
+disputes be repeated, and as it is intolerable to live in controversies
+for the sake of curacies, to any one who is not wedded to them, the
+religious orders intend, by the said resignation, to make an end,
+once for all, of all this contention.
+
+The second reason: In Filipinas today the religious orders see
+themselves dragged along and reduced to a most abject condition, in
+which their ministers can, according to the divine oracles and the
+teaching of holy men, gain little esteem or fruit while they exercise
+these under so much reproach. If the edict of visitation which the
+reverend archbishop commanded to be posted in the village of Tondo (a
+mission village which is in charge of the Order of St. Augustine) be
+read, among innumerable other questions will be found these: "Whether
+the minister in charge goes without the ecclesiastical garb, or without
+suitable clothing? Whether he goes without cutting his beard? Whether
+by day or by night he carries weapons, or is indecently clothed?"
+
+If attention is given to the manner in which the archbishop took away
+the two mission villages of Tondo and Binondo [from the orders], it
+was done by forcibly breaking open the doors of those two churches,
+and surrounding them with soldiers and secular officials, who
+carried with them fetters, as if they went to arrest criminals or
+highwaymen. Similarly, on account of a fit of anger which he felt
+because two of these petitioners had embarked to come to seek redress
+from the Council, the reverend archbishop demanded and obtained a
+vessel, in which both ecclesiastical and secular officials set out to
+arrest the said religious. But as they could not reach the religious,
+as the ship had gained so much headway, the archbishop summoned the
+Portuguese captain of another ship, and commanded him, under penalty
+of major excommunication and a pecuniary fine, to secure the arrest
+of the said two religious at Batavia; and told him that if it should
+be necessary, he must demand aid from the governor there, who is a
+Dutch heretic--although afterward, it is said, the archbishop advised
+him not to do so.
+
+Consider the manner in which the religious had to apply to his
+tribunal; in no case would he accept a document save through the
+hand of the ecclesiastical procurator of his secular court. On one
+occasion he allowed so short a time-limit that the holy religious
+orders were forced to go between twelve and one o'clock at night,
+knocking at the doors of several procurators, because one had excused
+himself on account of the stormy weather--and all this when there was
+no need of or risk in delay; and the reverend archbishop thus gave
+ground for even the laymen to say that he was abusing his authority
+in order to annoy the religious. And it is no wonder that laymen say
+this when the reverend archbishop himself writes (as it were, praising
+himself) that the regulars are almost exhausted and beside themselves
+at seeing how in so short a time he has, if not conquered them all,
+at least broken their courage to a great extent. But the religious
+orders desire for this prelate in the remembrance of posterity more
+praiseworthy sayings than this one which calls them exhausted by
+such means.
+
+The reverend archbishop also writes to individuals who can have no
+voice in these matters, either of justice or government, in such manner
+that the religious find themselves compared to soldiers on horseback,
+and characterized as disobedient to both pontifical and royal laws;
+and of so bad lives and morals that, he says, if he had to make
+informatory reports regarding them there would not be enough paper
+in all China. If he writes thus to Europa, how will he talk there [in
+the islands] with his servants, intimate friends, and acquaintances?
+
+Notice should be taken of the reprimand which through the influence
+of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your
+royal court of Manila, composed of four officials who are young men;
+it is perhaps the most angry and contemptuous which has been offered
+to religious in a Catholic tribunal. In regard to the decrees which
+were issued regarding this particular, by the bishop the delegate of
+his Holiness, it appears that by a royal decree the five provincials,
+the rectors of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose, and two other
+religious, all grave persons, were summoned; and, having made them
+enter the hall, where your ministers were seated on their platforms,
+Licentiate Don Geronimo Barredo began to speak, as being the senior
+auditor; he talked to them, using vos, and impersonal terms that were
+very rude, although the royal sovereignty of your Majesty deigns to
+honor the provincials with the title of "very devout and venerable
+fathers." He called them disturbers of the peace--as it were, the
+causes and authors of the disquieted condition of the commonwealth;
+he blamed them for aiding the reverend bishop the delegate of his
+Holiness, and for some of their subordinates performing the service
+of notaries to him. He threatened them, saying that even though
+they were exempt, yet your ministers could, with the administrative
+power which they hold from your Majesty, banish the religious
+from the islands. When he had ended his censure, he said, "Get
+out!" [Despejad]. The provincial of St. Augustine, with all courtesy
+and submission, asked from his Highness permission to say a word,
+but the said Don Geronimo Barredo refused it, repeating the words,
+"Get out!" Again the provincial urged, with all humility, that they
+hear him; and the reply of that same auditor was to ring his little
+bell, saying in a loud voice, "Get out! Get out!" Accordingly they
+made the religious go away, full of embarrassment, and without any
+further consolation than that of patience.
+
+Such, Sire, was the civility with which that royal court treated all
+that assembly of religious, among them superiors so eminent, ignominy
+being offered to them where they should have encountered the honor
+which your Majesty, by a special law for the Indias, charges upon your
+officials and presidents, in order that the religious may thereby be
+encouraged to labor for the propagation of the faith. In order to stir
+up the community, a royal Audiencia takes action in appeals in obvious
+cases of which the Church, by law, disposes. To furnish notaries to
+a delegate of the pope (which was the same as to furnish them to the
+supreme pontiff) in those islands--when, as the secular priests were
+intimidated by the public decrees of the reverend archbishop, there was
+not one who would aid the delegate--this was an unseemly act of the
+religious orders, and cause why Catholic officials should reprimand
+them! And, finally, the hearing which justice does not deny to the
+worst criminals, was entirely barred to five holy religious orders,
+the anger of striplings foaming over on those so venerable gray hairs.
+
+Your governor knew very well the unsuitableness of this action, and,
+either not liking the matter, or pretending to be ignorant of it, he
+was not present at that session; and with this sort of connivance the
+reverend archbishop succeeded with his designs, and the Audiencia with
+theirs, the religious orders paying for it all. Then if all that is
+mentioned in this second reason ends in the depreciation and public
+ridicule of the religious orders, left defenseless and wounded by
+the heads of the commonwealth, what idea will be formed of them by
+the Indians, mestizos, mulattoes, Cafres, and even those Spaniards
+who have little sense? Such people mould their opinion not by what
+they reason out, but by what they see; and when their eyes record
+so much contempt for the ministers of religion, the consequence is a
+low estimate of their teaching. On this account the religious offer
+their resignation of the mission villages, so that they may with
+better results care for others.
+
+The third reason: Although the immunity of their property which the
+religious possess is a sacred thing, the reverend archbishop regards
+it in such a light, on account of their not having been subjected
+to his visitation, that they dread in the future greater losses and
+difficulties. The regulars had applied to the said reverend archbishop
+to forbid Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra, your auditor, from having
+judicial cognizance in regard to the lands of the religious orders, and
+from molesting them about this matter so much as he was doing--without
+any necessity, as he was merely a lay judge. That prelate issued a
+first and a second inhibitory letter, and, as the said Don Juan did not
+conform to them, the regulars again applied to the reverend archbishop
+to defend them. The latter had already explained his intentions with
+the religious orders, in order that the religious who were parish
+priests might allow themselves to be visited; and therefore he stated
+that, before his issuing the third command regarding their application,
+the religious orders must first answer whether or not they would submit
+to the said visitation. They replied, in the most peaceable manner,
+sometimes verbally, sometimes in writing, that they were resolved to
+give up the mission curacies rather than serve them in that manner;
+and they actually offered their resignations of those offices.
+
+So much did the reverend archbishop resent this that the lands
+belonging to the religious orders, which thus far were privileged,
+on account of being ecclesiastical property, thereafter were not
+exempt. Those which on account of their immunity had deserved two
+inhibitory letters now deserved a decree revoking the said letters,
+the property remaining lay and profane, and subject to the secular
+jurisdiction. The religious were in the said decree canonized as
+rebels, contumacious, disobedient to the Church and to the reverend
+archbishop, and unworthy of his clemency. In this declaration the
+reverend archbishop excepted the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara, and
+those of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose--the former, because
+they belonged to a convent of the utmost poverty; and the latter on
+account of the benefit to the public which their teaching caused.
+
+From this it may be inferred, Sire, that the immunity and exemption of
+property which the religious possess must be, in the apprehension of
+the reverend archbishop, a quality removable ad nutum of his will
+and pleasure, but not permanent, [as it should be] according to
+the direction of the Apostolic See. It will follow that while this
+question is pending whether or not the religious will be parish
+priests by title, some of those very holdings possess sufficient
+spirituality of character for [the issue of] two inhibitory letters
+to the secular judge; and that when the religious refuse this mode
+of life that spiritual character becomes, by a sudden metamorphosis,
+profane secularity. It will follow that the crime of rebellion,
+disobedience to the Church, and ill-desert of kindness is incurred
+by the religious orders for not assuming a state and profession of
+life to which God does not call them, simply because the reverend
+archbishop desires that it be chosen. It will follow that to renounce
+the curacies is not to recognize the jurisdiction of the reverend
+archbishop, and accordingly this is not to recognize that of the
+pope or the authority of your Majesty, since he offers to resign his
+archbishopric. It will follow that, although your Majesty had made
+the assignment of the territories which with pontifical jurisdiction
+the religious administer and have thus far administered, for them
+to offer before your vice-patron their resignation of the said
+curacies--solely for the purpose that he who there represents your
+royal person may be acquainted with the fact of their renunciation of
+the said assignment--is, in the thought of the reverend archbishop, to
+grant spiritual jurisdiction to the secular governor, and consequently
+for the said religious to become heretics in many and important points.
+
+And since the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara retain their immunity
+and are ranked as spiritual goods, on account of the extreme poverty
+of those servants of God, does the reverend archbishop regard that
+only as a physical lack of riches on their part, and no more? or
+as evangelical poverty which springs from the vow, institute, and
+profession of the life which they have chosen for Christ, and which
+the Apostolic See has approved? If the former, the religious frankly
+state that it is very alien to the ecclesiastical rules, by which the
+exemption and immunity ought to be measured. Otherwise, innumerable
+poor people, of those who are commonly called beggars [35] through
+the streets, would secure, on account of being equally destitute of
+goods with the said nuns of Santa Clara, or perhaps even more so,
+ecclesiastical exemption from secular judges for their furniture and
+petty possessions. If the reverend archbishop answers, "the second,"
+the religious also say, with entire confidence: "What authority is
+that of this prelate, that he should decide in an official utterance
+that there is evangelical poverty in the convent of Santa Clara,
+and not in the other mendicant religious orders? and that the lands
+of the said convent of Santa Clara enjoy exemption on account of
+their evangelical poverty and religious institute, while it may not
+be enjoyed for the same reason by the lands of the other religious
+orders, which are so distinguished, and are approved by the Church?"
+
+Lastly, it follows that the instruction in grammar, philosophy,
+and theology in the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose renders
+their lands spiritual property, and exempts them from the secular
+judge. Yet the preaching of the word of God, the instruction in
+Christian doctrine, the administration of the sacraments of penance
+and communion, the consolation [of the faithful] with the mass,
+the visiting of the sick and dying, the ministrations in jails and
+hospitals, in order that no one may die without the sacraments:
+these and other spiritual works, which the holy religious orders of
+the city of Manila habitually perform with all classes of people,
+are not sufficient [in the archbishop's opinion] to exempt their
+lands from being profane.
+
+If then, Sire, the reverend archbishop has thus conducted himself,
+in matters so delicate and of the highest importance, simply because
+the regulars excused themselves from being parish priests subject to
+his visitation, what may not be feared hereafter? What privileges,
+exemptions, or decrees will be sufficient, so that he may not explain
+them as he pleases, and continually open new doors to dissensions? If
+with such ease he pronounces sentence on the regulars as rebellious,
+contumacious, and disobedient to the Church, what difficulty will he
+find in treating them as such--sometimes alone, and sometimes resorting
+to the royal court for the sake of more forcible demonstrations of
+his displeasure?
+
+The fourth reason: Your Majesty, in dealing with the religious in your
+laws of the Indias, has two especial statutes which not only show your
+desire for peace and your Catholic piety, but most strictly command
+that efforts be made to secure union and concord among the religious
+orders, on account of the many and admirable results which ensue
+therefrom. This union and concord had been established by all the
+religious orders of Filipinas, and its fruits applauded, long before
+the reverend archbishop arrived in Manila; and by it those islands were
+made a paradise for what pertains to the religious orders. The reverend
+archbishop was the only one who was not pleased with this concord;
+and therefore he characterizes it in his letters as a conventicle, [36]
+and of evil tendency and inconsiderate. [37] He not only resented it,
+but displayed and made known his resentment; he tried to disparage it,
+through a third person; he had the idea, and repeated it many times,
+that there was a league against himself; and it is for this reason
+that he secretly obtained information against it, imposing the penalty
+of excommunication on the witnesses to maintain secrecy. So far can
+go the desire of commanding and judging the religious, and grief at
+not accomplishing it.
+
+In so lamentable a condition [are affairs there], when the religious
+desire not only to see themselves free from the charge of the mission
+villages, but, if it be possible, away from those islands, and far
+from a prelate who feels so annoyed at the union and brotherhood of
+the religious orders--a union dictated by the natural light of reason,
+prescribed in their general chapters, inculcated by the generals of
+the orders as being their supreme heads, ordained by your Majesty,
+suggested by the vicars of Christ, promulgated in the sacred writings,
+and bequeathed as in His last will by Christ himself to His disciples;
+and they without it would not have reaped a harvest in the world, nor
+would He have retained them as His missionaries. The religious admit
+that the great horror of this prelate at their concord and union gives
+them much cause for serious reflection; and that when this concord is
+so persecuted on account of the mission curacies, there is no safer
+way to maintain it than to separate themselves from those curacies.
+
+The fifth and last reason: By letters of February in the year 699 it
+is learned that the reverend archbishop has been sending information
+not only against the said concord [of the orders], but against even
+the reverend bishop, the delegate of his Holiness--and all with [the
+threat of] excommunication in order to maintain secrecy. If a bishop
+and delegate of the pope is not secure, how will a religious who is a
+parish priest be so? It seems as if the reverend archbishop now falls
+back from lands to persons, regarding those holdings as property merely
+profane, and the religious as persons without any privilege. At the
+outset he claimed that the regulars, as parish priests, must be subject
+to his investigations and visitation; and now, extending his claims
+further, he invents against them, as religious, a new visitation,
+made up from secret inquiries by dint of censures. How is it possible
+now not only to have but even to imagine peace in the Filipinas? If
+the religious orders do not defend themselves, he endangers their
+reputation in the places where he will send the said information--and
+all the more if those reports go forth authorized by the secretary
+and notary who attest the official documents of the archbishop;
+for the notary, according to popular report, is a relative of his,
+or passes as such; and the secretary is his cousin-german. And it
+appears from the acts (on folio 3) that the notary-public, Master
+Joaquin Ramirez, testified that on November 27 of 697 he had given
+a paper with a letter from the archbishop to Fray Jose del Rosario,
+provincial of the Augustinian Recollects--not casually, but delivered
+into the said provincial's own hands--when the fact is, that this
+provincial had died four years before, as is well-known in Manila,
+and as is evident from the registers of deaths in that province,
+and will also be here. Such were his impetuosity and his mode of
+procedure, without instructing the notary, or the latter knowing,
+of whom he was talking, and confounding times and persons, and the
+living with the dead. And if by such testimonies a man is introduced
+in the documents as alive, when in reality he was dead, what wonder
+will it be if, for the greater disparagement of the regulars, the
+virtues are introduced as dead among them which are alive in them?
+
+But if the religious, invaded in so many ways, look after their
+defense, how will they be to blame in this? And if, in order to defend
+themselves, they so dispose matters that they can have recourse
+and appeal to the delegate, and if the latter ordain something
+and the reverend archbishop will not conform to it, and on both
+sides censures are launched forth--as occurred in the case of the
+lands--who will have been the mover of all this [trouble]? For the
+religious to abandon their reputation wholly is not safe; to defend
+themselves there occasions inconvenience; to let the matter take its
+course, notwithstanding this behavior of the reverend archbishop, is
+an intolerable yoke; and for the regulars to be curas subject to him
+all that is here alleged will not permit. These are the afflictions
+that are now being suffered in Filipinas. The religious there are
+summoned to be mocked; those here, aware of what is going on, are
+reluctant [to take their places]. And since the whole matter takes
+its rise from the curacies and mission villages, and the foregoing
+decrees are rendered null, and our expectations from others in the
+future are dashed: for these reasons and the others here adduced,
+and insisting upon the said order from the provincials to renounce
+the mission curacies, the petitioners, prostrate at the royal feet
+of your Majesty, ask in the name of the said five provinces that
+you will be pleased to consider them as free and exonerated from the
+charge which hitherto they have held in serving as parish priests the
+mission villages that they hold in Filipinas; and for this purpose
+they renounce absolutely the allotment of territories which your
+Majesty had committed to them, in order that others may from this
+time forth administer them, with secure peace and stable tranquillity,
+which they expect from your Majesty's magnificence. [38]
+
+
+Royal decree, May 20, 1700
+
+The King. To my reverend father in Christ, Doctor Don Diego Camacho
+y Avila, archbishop of the metropolitan church of Manila in the
+Filipinas Islands, and member of my Council: In letters of January
+19 and February 20, 1698, you report your arrival in those islands,
+and what you are doing to quell the hatred and enmities which exist
+among your subjects, reclaiming them to a new life by the measures
+which you are applying, and obtaining the peace and tranquillity
+which you were desiring. You also wrote that you had undertaken to
+continue work on the church building there, and had gone to visit
+the secular clergy, in which you had met no hindrance; and that in
+endeavoring to make the visitations in the mission churches served
+by regulars--according to the regulations of the Council of Trent,
+the apostolic letters, and the royal decrees--you were influencing the
+religious by gentle methods to accept such visitation, for this purpose
+drawing up a manifesto, but that these methods were not sufficient to
+induce them to do so voluntarily. For this reason, in fulfilment of
+the obligations of your office you had published an edict for carrying
+out this visitation, and had actually gone to put it into execution
+in the mission stations of regulars at Tondo, Binondoc, Santa Cruz,
+Dilao, and Parian, since you were denied diocesan jurisdiction over
+the ministers who serve in these places--while at the same time,
+in those of Tondo and Binondoc (which are served by religious of
+St. Dominic and St. Augustine) those ministers were abandoning their
+churches, consuming [39] the holy sacrament, and carrying away with
+them the holy oils and ornaments. Consequently you found it necessary
+to place secular priests ad interim in those villages, from which it
+resulted that the religious orders went to offer their renunciation
+of those missions before my governor, without going to you; and in
+this condition of affairs it seemed best to the Audiencia to furnish
+aid so that the religious orders should not abandon these missions,
+and that their renunciation of them should not be accepted. But
+this was not sufficient to prevent the religious from withdrawing
+from those missions, for which reason you found yourself compelled
+to retire to your own church, and to desist from these visitations,
+removing the temporary ministers whom you had appointed, and lifting
+the censures and penalties which you had imposed, without prejudice to
+your dignity and jurisdiction. And finally you recount the very harmful
+results which must follow from the form and method of administration
+which prevails in these mission stations, and the illegal acts which
+are committed by the ministers in charge of them, of which you send a
+summary, stating how impossible you find it to remedy this condition
+of affairs, on account of the reasons which you point out, and asking
+that the necessary measures be taken, and that you be assured of it,
+so that you can visit as you should that archbishopric, in fulfilment
+of your ministry as its pastor. This matter has been considered in
+my Council of the Indias, with the attested copies sent by you of the
+documents therein, with the representations made in your name and in
+those of the religious orders who reside in those islands and hold
+mission posts there. Having fully informed myself on both sides, and
+given the subject special consideration, I have resolved to approve,
+and herewith do approve, all that you have accomplished in this affair,
+and especially your course in having ceased from further action
+therein until you could report it to me and await the measures which
+may be applied to the difficulty, assuring you of my full gratitude
+for your very judicious proceedings and the good management which you
+have showed in the conduct of this important affair. Your procedure
+with the superiors of the religious orders is very suitable to your
+prudence, and quite in accordance with the opinion that I have of your
+zeal and great discretion; and the special service which you have
+rendered to me is strongly commended to my remembrance, that I may
+bear it in mind and favor and honor you on all occasions that shall
+arise. And in view of the grave considerations that are involved in
+this matter, and of your request that the regulations and provisions of
+the sacred canons, councils, and apostolic constitutions, and the laws
+of the Indias be put into execution, in order that the diocesans may,
+as you say, visit the regulars who hold office as curas, in matters
+which pertain to the care of souls, I am undertaking with all the
+attention of my Catholic and pious zeal to furnish the remedies that
+are most suitable and effectual for this object, and for preventing
+any disturbances which may arise in the future, leaving settled and
+established the right of prescription, both canonical and legal. And
+as concerns what is contained in the summary which you have drawn up
+of the illegal acts of the religious who serve the missions, except
+in the question of visitation you shall always have authority to
+receive information, and to demand from the superiors of the orders
+that they reform and correct the religious. And if when they are
+admonished the first and the second time they do not thus act, I
+command that you carry out the said reform with your jurisdiction as
+ordinary. For the better success of this, I decree, by despatches sent
+this day to the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia there,
+that they assist you with their aid on all occasions when you shall
+demand it and shall need it. Of this you are [herewith] notified,
+and you shall inform me of your action in this matter, and of any
+further occurrences. At Aranjuez, May 20 in the year 1700.
+
+
+I the King
+
+By command of the king our sovereign:
+
+Don Manuel de Aperregui
+
+
+[Six rubrics are added at the foot of this document, which appear to
+be those of the members of the Council.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE AUGUSTINIANS IN THE PHILIPPINES, 1670-94
+
+
+[The remainder of Diaz's Conquistas--comprising the fourth hook of
+that work, as found in pp. 689-817--is here presented, partly in full
+translation, partly in synopsis. Numerous extracts have already been
+made from this book, notably as regards the Pardo controversy and some
+insurrections among the natives; these will of course be omitted here.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+[Diaz mentions the calamitous times experienced in the islands
+during the rule of most of the governors from Corcuera to Salcedo,
+which at last are succeeded, in the plan of Providence, by peace and
+comfort.] The peacemaker [iris] whom divine Providence seems to have
+selected for this general benefit was Governor Don Manuel de Leon y
+Sarabia; for his taking possession of his government was the shifting
+of the scenes in this melancholy theater, the calming of the tempests,
+and the succession of rest after fatigue, and peace after war. The
+former lines of commerce were renewed, and other and new ones opened
+up--such as that of the coast of Malabar and Santo Tome, called
+the Coromandel coast; and those of Suratte, Macan and Batavia. All
+these improvements were facilitated by the wholesome purposes and the
+kindly disposition of Don Manuel de Leon, and especially by his great
+disinterestedness; this last would, if it had not been accompanied by
+the rest, have failed of success, as did the lofty and incomparable
+[disinterestedness] of Don Diego Fajardo, since it was obscured by
+his coldness and excessive severity--which, although accompanied by
+justice, was, being excessive, known as injustice.
+
+As soon as the new governor commenced his fortunate rule, he sent
+to Macan General Don Juan Enrique de Losada, accompanied by Father
+Francisco Mecinas, [40] of the Society of Jesus, in order to further
+the interests of that commerce, and to endeavor to open up the richer
+trade of Canton. This was accomplished by the said envoys with so
+much ability that in the following year the Chinese began to come
+[to Manila], with barks from Macan and somas from Canton, with great
+wealth of silks, damasks, and other stuffs. Trade was opened with
+Ningpu, a port of the province of Che-Kian in the empire of China,
+where is cultivated the greater part of the silk which supplies
+the world, a commodity which greatly advanced the commerce of Nueva
+Espana. The governor maintained courteous intercourse with Sipuan,
+the son of Kuesing, and from this originated the frequent visits of
+so many champans from China and somas (which are larger champans)
+from Canton, which every year engage in the commerce with Manila;
+for in some years are counted thirty barks, and nearly as many from
+other regions, which supply merchandise to Manila, and contribute to
+the royal revenues great sums with their customs duties. [41]
+
+The flagship "Buen Socorro," which had made the voyage to Nueva Espana
+in charge of General Diego de Arevalo, had a fortunate arrival at the
+islands--although not at the port of Cavite, but at that of Palapag
+in the province of Leyte, outside of the Embocadero. It brought an
+auditor, Licentiate Don Fernando Escano, a native of Ecija; he was a
+great jurisconsult, as is evident from the learned books which he had
+printed in Espana--De testamento imperfecto, and the history of the
+Order of St. John of Malta, which he wrote in the Latin language,
+by order of his most serene Highness Don Juan of Austria, grand
+prior of Castilla and Leon. He came with his wife, Dona Leonor de
+Cordoba, a native of Sevilla, and four [six] children: Don Fernando,
+who was a captain, and lived but a few years; Don Juan de Escano,
+an alferez who reached the age of fifty years, an unmarried man,
+very virtuous, and an example for laymen; Don Jose and Don Manuel,
+afterward religious of St. Dominic; Don Alonso, who was an Augustinian
+religious, and at his death a minister in Pampanga; and a daughter,
+Dona Maria, who married the sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya y
+Torres, alguazil-mayor of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. The
+auditor's wife was a professed member of our tertiary order; and all
+of them were people of great virtue.
+
+With appointment as bishop of Nueva Segovia came the dean of Manila,
+Master Don Jose Millan de Poblete, a priest of much virtue and
+discretion, and nephew of the archbishop Doctor Don Miguel Millan de
+Poblete, of honored memory. The vigorous age at which this dignity
+came to him (for he was not yet fifty) did not enable him to enjoy it
+[long]; for he lived very few years in the government of that church,
+not long enough to reach his consecration--with general regret in these
+islands at having lost a grand prelate, heir to the many virtues of
+his uncle....
+
+Auditor Don Fernando de Escano began to fill his office with
+great rectitude and disinterestedness, for he was a learned man,
+and stood in fear of God, which is the true wisdom. But, influenced
+by his desires for good, yet lacking in judgment and experience, he
+proceeded to enter the labyrinth of trying to reform more than what
+is in need of reform--being counseled by persons who aimed only at
+gaining by calumny what they could not prove in law. From this he
+undertook to follow the opinions of Auditor Don Salvador Gomez de
+Espinosa, of whom we have already written, and to subscribe to his
+manifestoes, as the Parenetico; and without further investigation than
+the depositions of persons who were prejudiced against the clergy and
+the religious orders, he made attacks on them in letters written to
+his Majesty. Afterward, he recognized that the evidence did not agree
+with what had been told him; and he came to repentance when the shot
+was already fired and much damage done thereby. These false notions,
+and others like them, as well as his considering the little or nothing
+that can be accomplished in these islands by the ministers of his
+Majesty, who never goes beyond what the governors desire, wore him
+out in a few years; and he died as the excellent Christian that he
+was, and so indifferent to worldly advantages that he had not money
+enough for his burial, and was buried in our convent at Manila. All
+his family inherited his virtue, and were the only children of an
+auditor who came out so well, for all strove to grow in virtue to the
+standard of their honored father; they were therefore highly esteemed,
+and their lives came to a holy end. Don Juan de Escano, who attained
+the rank of general, was an example of virtue in Manila, and died
+with the reputation of unbroken chastity [con opinion de virgen];
+and his property, which was large and justly gained, he left, well
+invested as it was, for the building and maintenance of the beaterio
+of Santa Catalina de Sena [i.e., St. Catherine of Sienna], of the
+tertiary Order of St. Dominic in Manila, in which foundation he had
+much share and influence.
+
+About this time came to Manila the prince of Siao, [42] son of the
+king Don Ventura Pinto de Morales, to ask the governor for religious
+of the Society of Jesus to instruct the natives of his little kingdom,
+where there were many Christians--although the majority of that people
+were infected with the errors of the cursed Mahoma. These islands
+are in five and one-half degrees of latitude north, and one hundred
+and forty-nine degrees of longitude from the meridian of Tenerife;
+the seas about them are difficult of navigation, on account of being
+in the midst of a large and widespread bank [placer] of shoals which
+lie on all sides. They share the reputation of Maluco, not only for the
+warlike nature of their inhabitants, but for many spice-bearing trees,
+of clove and nutmeg; but in other means of support that country is
+very poor. This prince was received by the governor with much honor;
+he gave him the use of his own coach, and lodged him at the college of
+San Jose, in charge of the religious of the Society; and he took much
+pains to forward the business of the prince, since it was for so holy
+a purpose, the propagation of our holy faith. The prince returned to
+his own country, with the satisfactory result which he could desire;
+with him went four religious of the Society of Jesus--Father Juan de
+Miedes, [43] a native of Alcala de Henares; Father Jeronimo Cebreros,
+a native of Acapulco; and Fathers Esquibel [44] and Espanol--all well
+fitted for so holy a ministry. The governor gave him twenty Spaniards
+and some Pampangos, to serve as an escort for the religious; and for
+their commander Captain Andres Serrano--a veteran soldier, who had
+just finished a term as alcalde-mayor of Panay (a province in our
+spiritual charge)--as he was a very devout Christian and well suited
+for that occupation, so much to the service of God.
+
+These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao, increasing
+that Christian church; but the enemy of mankind, who resented their
+driving him out after he had so long possessed the souls of those
+unfortunate people, influenced the Dutch heretics of Nueva Batavia, in
+the island of Jacatra, to destroy them by a secular persecution. For,
+as they are lords of all the islands where grows the clove of the
+spice-trade, in Maluco--Amboyno, Tidore, Ternate, Montiel, and many
+others--and this is the commerce which has returned most profits
+to their company they have always endeavored that this aromatic
+merchandise be not transported by any other hands than their own, in
+order to assure their gains. They knew that some Spaniards had settled
+in the islands of Siao, and that by them was carried away the clove
+product of that region, and that it might eventually diminish their own
+commerce. For that astute nation has so perseveringly maintained that
+the Dutch alone shall be absolute masters of the cloves and cinnamon;
+and so skilfully do they manage these commodities that in any year
+when there is an abundant product of cloves they burn such quantity
+of it as they consider superfluous, according to the computation
+that they have made of that crop (which is sufficient for the supply
+of the whole world), in order that their price may not be lowered,
+and that the commodity may not fall in value by becoming common and
+abundant. So great is the wisdom of these children of the world,
+in which they greatly exceed the children of the light.
+
+They manned two ships with three hundred men-at-arms; and when our
+people in Siao were least on their guard the Dutch arrived, and landed
+their men, which the Spaniards were unable to prevent, as they were
+so inferior in numbers. [45] The Dutch committed no other hostility
+than to carry away as prisoners the religious of the Society, and
+Andres Serrano and his soldiers--together with their standard, which
+our men could neither hide nor destroy--all of whom they conveyed
+to Batavia. But before they left the islands of Siao they rooted out
+and cut down all the cinnamon trees that grew there, until no roots
+or other trace of them were left--all which they did quite at their
+leisure, without any one saying a word to them. Andres Serrano died
+in Batavia of grief, although the Dutch treated him and his soldiers
+well, as also the fathers. The religious afterward came to Manila,
+some in the time of this governor, and others during the term of his
+successor, Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado.
+
+All the triennial during which our provincial father Fray Dionisio
+Suarez ruled was very propitious for this province--not only because
+he was a religious very observant, kind, and lovable, but because this
+province possessed so many members of virtue and learning that they
+restored it to its first luster. The ministries in the doctrinas were
+well served, by one or two religious, according to their needs. The
+erection of many new convents was begun, some having been ruined by
+the earthquakes, and others torn down by military orders, when we
+were threatened with the coming of Kuesing Pompoan; but there was so
+much to restore that it kept us busy for more than three succeeding
+trienniums. Our provincial applied himself closely to the repairs on
+the magnificent convent at Manila, which greatly needed them, on the
+plan which he had made in the preceding triennium, when he was prior
+of that house; [and he accomplished] so much that to the diligence
+and zeal of that devout religious may be attributed its preservation.
+
+While he was engaged in these occupations, the time came for him
+to finish the task of his government, so peaceful and prosperous,
+and for holding another chapter-session--to the great regret of all,
+for it seemed as if they divined that it would result less happily;
+but never did they expect that it would be so calamitous as it proved
+to be. For, just as the condition of the commonwealth had experienced
+its change from calamities and miseries to peace and happiness, so this
+our province changed from tranquillity to sudden fear. Tempus pacis,
+tempus belli. [46] And the most remarkable thing is that, just as
+the governor Don Manuel de Leon was the main cause of the peace and
+prosperity of Manila, so this same excellent gentleman was the prime
+cause of many troubles and disturbances, which occurred not only at
+the time of this chapter but throughout the triennium. I do not throw
+all the blame on him, because he was a great governor, very pious
+and of sincere intentions; but all disturbance has another cause, and
+the vulgar and common Spanish adage is very true which says: "He who
+is burning the woods is he who comes out of them." [47] No sensible
+person will admire seeing among religious the activity of flesh and
+blood and the passion of ambition, which they cannot leave behind in
+the world when they take refuge in the asylum of the cloister. [48]...
+
+The fourth definitor, Fray Francisco de Medina Basco, who was
+associate and secretary of the provincial Fray Dionisio Suarez, had
+displayed so much ability and good intention in administering his
+office--for he was an angel of peace, following the advice of our
+holy constitutions--that all desired that he should succeed to the
+office of him to whom he had been so capable an associate. This was
+desired by the provincial most of all; for, as he was of so peaceable
+a disposition, he wished to leave the province in the hands of one
+who could maintain it in the tranquillity which it was enjoying. But
+the malign father of discord was not pleased at seeing the great
+peace and concord which this province had enjoyed for so many years;
+he therefore strove with his arts to disturb and disunite it. The
+time for holding the chapter-session arrived apparently as peaceful
+as usual; and so the religious who were its members assembled, quite
+unconscious of what was to occur.
+
+The chapter was convened on April 23, 1671, in the convent of San
+Pablo at Manila; and its president was father Fray Bernardino Marquez,
+by commission from our very reverend father the general of all the
+order of our father St. Augustine, Master Fray Pedro Lafranconio,
+a native of Ancona; and the other affairs which precede the election
+were transacted that afternoon with great peace and concord. But
+on Saturday, the day for the election of provincial, Governor Don
+Manuel de Leon sent to notify them that he would be present at
+the election, and sent over his official chair. This caused great
+uneasiness, for they recognized that this was an effort to prevent
+the election of the father definitor Fray Francisco de Medina Basco,
+on which thirty-one of the voting fathers were agreed. The father
+president of the chapter was one of the eight who were opposed to
+this election, and these were favored by the governor--which in
+these islands means, to have whatever one may desire. Accordingly,
+the first thing that he did that afternoon was to make charges
+in virtue of which he deprived father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco of the right to vote or to be elected [voz activa y pasiva],
+and commanded him to leave the chapter-meeting--which he did with
+great humility and resignation, saying only those words of Jonah,
+Si propter me orta est haec tempestas, projicite me in mare, [49]
+and went to his convent of Tongdo. On the following day the governor
+came to the convent, accompanied by the senior auditor, Don Francisco
+de Coloma, Sargento-mayor Don Juan de Robles, and Captain Don Pedro
+de Tortesa, with their [military] company, as if it were to invest
+a fort of enemies. The religious were astonished at seeing such a
+military display, but with much decorum and gravity they proceeded
+with the transactions of the chapter; and at the first ballot father
+Fray Francisco de Medina Basco was elected by thirty-one votes, and
+the remaining eight fathers voted for father Fray Juan Caballero
+[50]--a religious who had come to this province two years before,
+as I have already stated, and whose merits deserved such a mark of
+esteem. The governor would not allow them to sing the Te Deum laudamus,
+and the president declared that he would not confirm the election,
+on account of its being inhibited by the suit which Father Francisco
+had brought when Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales was counselor; and one
+heard only protests on both sides, although the voters recognized that
+they would be overpowered by the side which the governor supported.
+
+The latter went out from the hall, leaving the capitulars within
+under the guard of the soldiers, so that these should prevent the
+fathers from going out of the room until they should elect another
+provincial who should not be father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco;
+for father Fray Juan Caballero was not canonically elected, for
+lack of one more than half of the ballots of the voters. All that
+day, until evening, they remained shut up in the chapter-hall,
+experiencing great harshness; for the guards would not allow even
+a pitcher of water to be given to them, a cruelty very unlike the
+kindly nature of Don Manuel de Leon. The provisor and vicar-general
+of the vacant see, Doctor Don Francisco Pizarro Orellana, came out
+in defense of the ecclesiastical immunity, which had been violated
+by that compulsion; and it resulted in the religious being allowed
+to go to their cells, weak from hunger and thirst. But the governor
+ordered that two soldiers should be stationed at the door of each cell,
+so that the fathers could not leave their cells or communicate with
+one another. In these disturbances passed that Saturday until sunset,
+the limit peremptorily allotted by our holy constitutions within which
+the chapter can proceed to the election of a prior provincial; and,
+when that time was spent, the authority for such election devolved upon
+our very reverend general [of the order]. But as this adjustment of
+the limit was made by violence, this prescription of the limit was,
+in a case so irregular as this, invalid. What I can assert, on the
+best information, is the great patience and humility which all the
+fathers of the chapter displayed in these tribulations, enduring great
+privations in this imprisonment, which lasted through Saturday and
+Sunday. Finally, recognizing that their strength was very inferior
+to that which was opposing them, and that further effort was only
+to struggle against the current of a freshet, they, acting on the
+advice of the said provisor, again assembled in the chapter-room
+on the following Monday, and made a new choice, that of father
+Fray Jeronimo de Leon--a native of Mexico, a son of the convent of
+Manila, quite advanced in years; he was an excellent minister in the
+province of Tagalos, and formerly prior of the convent of Bulacan,
+and was much beloved by all for his devout religious spirit and
+peaceable conduct. They appointed as definitors Master Fray Jose de
+Mendoza, father Fray Isidoro Rodriguez, father Fray Luis de Montufar,
+and father Fray Juan Bautista Bover; and for visitors father Fray
+Carlos Bautista and father Fray Jose Duque. [51] As for father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco, they appointed him prior of the convent
+at Cebu and vicar-provincial of that island, which he accepted with
+much resignation and humility. The tempest in the chapter ceased,
+and the province again enjoyed its former tranquillity for some time.
+
+Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco lived but a short time in Cebu,
+for while officiating there human weakness, resulting from melancholy
+and grief at what had occurred, prostrated him with a long illness;
+this time he knew how to improve to good purpose, seeking the
+welfare of his soul. His confessor, director, and teacher was the
+bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Juan Lopez, a prelate of great wisdom and
+virtue, who took such personal interest in the spiritual welfare of
+this afflicted religious that he spent most of his time with him,
+until in his care the sick man gave up his soul to the Lord, with
+great consolation to the holy bishop and to all who were present at
+his death. [The proceedings of] this chapter went to Rome, to our
+very reverend father general; he confirmed father Fray Francisco de
+Medina Basco as provincial, and annulled the second election, that of
+father Fray Jeronimo de Leon, commanding the chapter to guard their
+prerogatives; otherwise, it would have been a legitimate election,
+on account of his having conducted himself as merely passive in his
+election, and it appeared that he had not taken part in the tumults
+of the chapter-session....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+[Chapter ii opens with an account of the rebellion in Oton, already
+told in VOL. XXXIX.] In September of 1671 was celebrated in Manila
+the festival of the dedication of the cathedral, which the holy
+archbishop Don Miguel Millan de Poblete had not been able to attain;
+but this was done by his nephew the dean, Don Jose Millan de Poblete,
+the bishop-elect, of Nueva Segovia. A solemn feast of one week was
+solemnized, beginning with the day of the Nativity of our Lady, and
+there were other demonstrations of public rejoicing; for Don Manuel
+de Leon's term of office produced many of these diversions, through
+the agency of his secretary, Don Jose Sanchez de Castellar--who had
+a very brilliant and versatile mind, and a flowery imagination; he
+had a great propensity for poetry, music, and studies in language,
+and was very liberal, so that he did not hesitate on account of the
+expenses which such festivities demand for their brilliant display.
+
+On one of the nights of this celebration occurred at the port of Cavite
+the destruction by fire, without its being possible to prevent it,
+of the galleon "Nuestra Senora de la Concepcion," one of the largest
+and finest which had been built in these islands; it had served, with
+prosperous voyages, on the trade-route to Nueva Espana. In the year
+1672 also the commonwealth of Manila experienced a great calamity;
+the galleon "San Telmo," which had sailed for Nueva Espana in charge
+of General Antonio Nieto, had to return to Cavite--a misfortune which
+was keenly felt. But very soon afterward the galleon "San Antonio"
+was launched, in order to make a voyage under the command of General
+Don Juan Duran, nephew of the General Pedro Duran de Monforte, who has
+been so often named [in these pages]. The general remained in Nueva
+Espana with his wife, Dona Maria Jimenez, widow of Doctor Don Diego
+de Corbera, his Majesty's fiscal, who died in Luban in the year 1668.
+
+About this time arrived a patache from Macan, in which came a nobleman
+belonging to the Order of Christ, named Don N. de Tabora, who came
+as an envoy from that city on affairs belonging to the commerce of
+both cities. This knight was very hospitably received, and made a
+brilliant figure on all festal occasions (which were many), displaying
+his liberality and magnificence; and he added much to the credit of
+his nation, although it does not need the reputation of individuals.
+
+Among so many gayeties and rejoicings the fear of wars was not
+lacking; for news had come that the son of Kuesing, named Kinsie
+or Sipoan, intended, following his father's example, to fall upon
+the Filipinas. But this was false, for he was of a very different
+opinion--harassed by the Tartars and cornered in Hermosa Island;
+lacking followers and champans for so extensive an undertaking; and,
+besides, very inferior to his father Kuesing in courage and military
+training.
+
+Notwithstanding that all this was well known in Manila, these reports
+came so plausibly fabricated that Don Manuel de Leon thought that
+he ought not to neglect or leave in uncertainty a matter which could
+occasion us irreparable injury; he therefore decided that it was less
+of an evil to seem credulous and over-cautious than to fail in his
+duties as commander through heedlessness and lack of foresight. He
+endeavored to take all precautions for such a contingency, warning
+the Pampangan and Cagayan peoples (who are the most warlike ones) to
+be ready in due time. He regulated the Manila garrison, which needed
+much reformation; and appointed experienced leaders. He commanded
+the armed fleets of the Pintados to be made ready; those of Panay
+and Ogton were taken by Captain Don Jose de San Miguel to be united
+with those of Cebu and Caraga, and all together formed a fleet of
+more than a hundred joangas--which, if occasion arose, would be under
+the command of Don Fernando de Bobadilla. All this armada arrived at
+Manila at a time when it was quite certainly known that Kinsie was
+not undertaking any such attacks, and was quite destitute of forces
+to do so. And as I shall not have occasion to speak of him again, I
+consider it excusable to relate here the condition in which he found
+his affairs after the death of his father Kuesing. [Here follows a
+long account of this matter, which has no further relevance to our
+subject, and is therefore omitted.]
+
+In the ship which came in the year 1672 arrived Doctor Diego Calderon
+y Serrano, a native of Granada--a student in the collegiate school
+[52] of Master Rodrigo at Sevilla, and professor of canon law [53]
+at the university there--who came as auditor of the royal Audiencia
+of Manila; he entered that body to fill the office of fiscal, which
+is customary for the most recent auditor to do, when there is no
+proprietary fiscal. He was married to Dona Catalina Ansaldo, a very
+honorable and virtuous woman, who died soon after her arrival. He
+was one of the excellent, and even of the best, official judges
+that Manila has had--very conscientious, with much fear of God, and
+very disinterested, which is a great virtue in one who is a judge;
+and therefore he always remained poor, contenting himself with the
+income which he received from the royal treasury (which is three
+thousand pesos), and even from that he gave much in alms. He lived
+until the year 1688, and had a very pious death; he humbled himself
+to ask absolution from the censures which he, with his associates,
+had incurred in the banishment and exile of the archbishop Don Fray
+Felipe Pardo, who refused it to the others--as we shall see in the
+proper place, if by God's favor we reach the discussion of those times!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+[Most of chapter iii is devoted to the coming to Manila of a
+French bishop, Francois de Palu, titular bishop of Heliopolis and
+vicar-apostolic for China, accompanied by several other Frenchmen,
+both priests and laymen; he is one of three envoys sent to promote
+the missions in Siam, Camboja, and other provinces, and in China, and
+to endeavor to reopen those of Japan. They make their headquarters at
+Ayudia, the Siamese capital, but their efforts to convert the Siamese
+fail, on account of the obstinacy with which they hold to their false
+religion and idol-worship--in which they surpass all other nations,
+whether heathen or Mahometan, "for it is not known that any Siamese
+has abandoned his idolatry and professed the law of Christ." Moreover,
+the Frenchmen get into a controversy with the Portuguese ecclesiastics
+of Malacca, who claim all the above-named regions as being under their
+spiritual jurisdiction, since they are still classed as missions, not
+having a formal ecclesiastical hierarchy, as do the churches of Manila,
+America, and Goa. Palu's coming to Manila stirs up much commotion in
+official circles. It is reported that he had set out for China, and
+was driven back by unfavorable weather to this port; and the Audiencia
+consider that it will not answer to allow him to go to that country,
+as, having been sent by authority of Alexander VII and the Propaganda,
+his entrance into China on such a mission would be an infringement of
+the royal patronage, since a large part of China is included in the
+demarcation of Castilla laid out by Alexander VI; and ecclesiastical
+appointments and jurisdiction therein belong to the jealously-guarded
+prerogatives of the Spanish crown. The royal officials at Manila
+therefore detain Palu, lodging him at the Jesuit college, where he
+is very hospitably entertained. When the Acapulco galleon is ready to
+sail, these French ecclesiastics are all placed aboard it and sent to
+Nueva Espana, and thence to Madrid. There Palu is well received, and
+has "much communication with the Conde de Medellin, the president of
+the supreme Council of Indias, an able minister and a man of great
+virtue."] The bishop filled him with strange notions, basing his
+information on the little which he could have comprehended of the
+mode of government of these islands, and their religious conditions;
+for his retirement in the college of the Society of Jesus was for a
+short time, and his knowledge came not from ocular experience, but
+only from information by secular persons who visited him--who must
+have been only corrupt alcaldes-mayor who were trying to get rid of
+the gospel ministers, with whom those officials could not be on very
+good terms since the ministers had restrained them in their illegal
+and oppressive acts; this [conflict with the officials] is the greatest
+hardship that is experienced in the ministries. The president, desiring
+to do what was right, listened attentively to the information furnished
+by so reverend a person, not considering that the prejudice of a person
+from a nation so opposed to us, and who had not found at Manila what
+he was expecting, rendered his account unreliable. From these reports
+ensued many royal decrees, which came [to Manila] years afterward,
+with mandates which were very difficult to carry out; because, as
+all the peoples [here] are different, they need different laws and
+rules. From this also originated the ordination of Indians as priests,
+of which there had been no previous example [here]--a wise precaution
+against the inconveniences which the Portuguese had experienced in
+Eastern India from ordaining canerines [54] under the pressure of
+necessity. This is a usage which even the Dutch heretics abominate,
+saying that it is one of the three causes through which India has been
+ruined. And as in Filipinas that necessity does not exist, because
+of the admirable arrangements which the Catholic monarchs of Espana
+have made for sending, at the cost of their royal exchequer, religious
+from their kingdoms as missionaries, there was no need of resorting
+to the extreme measure of ordaining the Indians as priests--as the
+Portuguese of India had done, and as now do the bishops sent out on
+the part of the Congregation of Propaganda Fide in their missions of
+Eastern India; and the latter do so because of their urgent necessity,
+since the said holy Congregation has not the funds for the support of
+European priests. On the contrary, the few whom they have in China,
+Tunquin, and other regions are supported by the alms which the citizens
+of Manila send them--except the bishops and priests of Siam, who have
+more means of support from fixed incomes in France.
+
+This is a subject on which there is much to be said on both sides;
+but this is not the place for it, nor do I feel under obligation to
+continue it. I suppose that many Indians will be more worthy than
+are many Europeans to attain so high a dignity; but since the former
+usually do not enter the priesthood through the gate of a vocation,
+and only strive to attain it for the sake of advantage to themselves
+and their relatives, the danger is evident that the result will seldom
+be satisfactory. They cite the example of the primitive Church, which
+made bishops and ordained priests among the recently converted--like
+St. Paul in Ephesus and Athens, and in other parts of Greece, and
+the holy apostles for all the world; but there is a great difference
+[between that case and this], in the needs of those times and the
+nobility of those nations. These and many other changes resulted
+from the information given in Madrid by the bishop Don Francisco
+Palu, who went to Roma, where also his information caused changes. I
+suppose that the intentions of this holy prelate were good; but he was
+lacking in experience. His representations also affected the governor
+Manuel de Leon and the auditors; for, although the royal Council of
+the Indias approved the caution with which they had acted in this
+so delicate matter, at Roma the result was very different. For his
+Holiness Clement X excommunicated them, and declared that they had
+incurred the censures of the bull In Caena Domini, by a brief which,
+printed and authorized in Roma and Paris in the year 1675, was sent to
+Manila from China and Siam. [Here follows a sketch of Palu's further
+career, his death, and some matters relating to the Chinese missions.]
+
+This year the galleon "San Telmo," which was going to Nueva Espana,
+in command of General Antonio Nieto, was driven back to port, which
+caused great losses in the property of the citizens of Manila.
+
+Not less were the troubles which the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray
+Juan Lopez, encountered from the time when he began to govern his
+church. He was a prelate of great virtue and learning, and of a pacific
+nature, disinclined to quarrels and discords; but as he was very firm
+in the defense of his jurisdiction and dignity, he greatly regretted
+that occasion should arise for disturbing the peace which he so
+loved. During his time, there were many occasions for recourse to the
+royal Audiencia, and controversies over jurisdiction; but that which
+most exercised the patience of this great prelate was the audacious
+conduct of Master Don Jeronimo de Herrera y Figueroa, who filled
+the post of chief chaplain of the royal chapel of the Incarnation;
+this was founded by Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera,
+for the cemetery of Manila, for the burial of his soldiers, as we
+stated in its place. The said chief chaplain attempted to arrogate
+to himself the privileges and exemptions which the army chaplains
+enjoy when they are actually in the field; and thus he sought to be
+exempted from obedience to the archbishop and from his jurisdiction,
+although he was only the chaplain of a chapel in a presidio. He had
+on his side the favor of the governor, Don Manuel de Leon--which in
+Filipinas is to have the lawsuit already gained and all one's efforts
+successful. Made confident and daring by this, he opposed his prelate,
+not only refusing to obey him, but even being so insolent as to post
+the archbishop as excommunicate, to the scandal of all the heathen
+peoples who resort to Manila; and these abominable disputes lasted a
+long time. A long manifesto was written and printed in favor of Don
+Jeronimo de Herrera by Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, an advocate
+in the royal Audiencia, proceeding on the false assumption of the
+privileges and exemptions of the chaplains who go with the armies
+in their campaigns; and reply to him was made, with very superior
+arguments, by the cura of the Spaniards in Manila, Bachelor Don Jose
+de Carrion. But, although the archbishop had justice on his side,
+the opposite side had a hold on the governor, and thus they did not
+care much for the lack of equity. This controversy was so bitter that
+the judges would not decide it, on account of the strained relations
+between them; and so it was necessary to refer the case to Espana,
+to the royal and supreme Council of Indias. They, as unprejudiced
+judges, rendered sentence in favor of the archbishop; but when this
+decision arrived he was already dead. Then the chaplains of the said
+royal chapel learned that they were not exempt from the jurisdiction
+of the ordinary, as the army chaplains are exempt for other and
+reasonable causes.
+
+These and other troubles, together with those of old age, hastened
+the death of the archbishop, Don Fray Juan Lopez; this was as holy as
+his life, and occurred in April of the year 1674. He was buried in the
+convent of Santo Domingo, among his brethren. He was a native of Martin
+Munoz de las Posadas, and came to this province of Santo Rosario in
+the year 1647. He taught theology in the convent of Santo Tomas in
+Manila, and went to Espana and Roma as procurator of the province,
+returning as consecrated bishop of Cebu in the year 1666. In 1672 he
+began to govern the archbishopric of Manila, with great reputation
+as a vigilant pastor, although that church enjoyed only two years
+of his prudent government. The regret for his loss was increased by
+the fact that a general vacancy in the office of consecrated bishop
+ensued in all the islands; this lasted until the year 1680, when
+the bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar arrived here--great
+affliction being caused in all that long period, by the lack of any
+one to confer holy orders on men who might assist the ministers who
+gave instruction. Many, both clerics and regulars, were obliged to
+journey to the kingdom of Siam, where they were ordained by Don Luis
+de Lanoy Faces, bishop of Metelopolis and vicar-apostolic of that
+kingdom; and others went to Nueva Espana to be ordained, for even the
+city of Macan was without a bishop. Don Fray Payo de Ribera, [55] the
+archbishop and viceroy of Mexico, was careful to send them the holy
+oils every year; he belonged to the order of our father St. Augustine,
+and was a prelate worthy of eternal remembrance on account of his great
+virtues--on which he placed the seal by renouncing the bishopric of
+Cuenca and retiring to the convent of our Lady of El Risco. He died
+there, with a great reputation for sanctity, being an example for
+prelates and for very austere religious.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+The triennial of our father Fray Jeronimo de Leon passed with some
+disturbances, which did not fail to cause considerable disquiet in
+the minds of the religious, and disturb the peace of the order. The
+reason was, that after the first year of his term, he began to doubt
+whether he was lawfully elected, as it seemed to him that the real
+provincial was father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; and indeed
+this was the case, as affirmed by our very reverend father general,
+Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna. Father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco had met a holy death in Zebu; and therefore our father Fray
+Dionisio Suarez, as provincial of the preceding chapter, began to
+govern [the province] as rector-provincial. Then Fray Jeronimo de
+Leon had recourse to the royal Audiencia [56] on a plea of fuerza,
+alleging this spoliation. And inasmuch as such proceeding acts as
+a stay, since it is a principle in law that Spoliatus debet ante
+omnia restitui, omni alio casu postposito, [57] they ordered that
+the government be restored to Fray Jeronimo, and that the question
+of title should be acted on later. But as judicial procedure is so
+slow, and of such bounds that they usually make a lawsuit eternal,
+our father Fray Dionisio Suarez was not inclined to secure his right
+at the cost of so much vexation; and therefore the triennial was
+completed in great peace; for father Fray Jeronimo de Leon was a
+religious very affable and worthy of being loved, and he deserved
+that his election should not be hampered by so notable a defect.
+
+The time arrived for holding the session of the provincial chapter--the
+time in which the troubles which so many difficulties had caused to
+this province were to cease, and when not only the former peace and
+concord were to return, but great gains were to be secured in religious
+observance; for from the time of this chapter-meeting this province
+began to grow more strict, and to grow in all that conduces to its
+greater splendor, every chapter-session increasing in strictness of
+observance, to the greater glory of our regular institute. Such are
+usually the benefits that arise from the judicious choice of a good
+superior, who undertakes to fulfil the obligations of his office. The
+chapter was convened in the convent of Manila on April 14, 1674; its
+president was the father definitor Fray Luis de Montuyar, on account
+of the deaths of the two senior definitors, Master Fray Jose de
+Mendoza and Fray Isidro Rodriguez. By general agreement the election
+for provincial fell on our father Fray Jose Duque, commissary of the
+Holy Office. He was a native of Oropesa, and was fifty-six years old;
+a son of the convent of San Felipe at Madrid, and a very near relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesus; and an able minister in the
+province of Pampanga, besides having much to do with its pacification
+in the disturbances in that province which we have already related. He
+came over to this province of Filipinas in the year 1645, and always
+had the reputation of being a religious of very strict observance,
+with great ability as a ruler; and this province found him to be
+such during an experience of many years in his four terms of office
+therein--three as provincial, and one as rector-provincial--being
+always reverenced as the father of it. As definitors were elected
+fathers Fray Enrique de Castro, Fray Jose Gutierrez, Fray Bernardino
+Marquez, and Fray Bartolome de la Torre; and as visitors fathers Fray
+Antonio de Villela and the reader Fray Jose Rubio. Ordinances and
+regulations very suitable for the good government of the province
+were enacted, not many in number but useful and judicious.
+
+At that period, this province was found very deficient in religious,
+on account of the many vacancies caused by death; on this account the
+ministries lacked the service which their extent and the arduous nature
+of some rendered necessary. Accordingly, as soon as the chapter-session
+adjourned the first care to which the new provincial devoted himself
+was to choose a well-qualified religious who might go as procurator
+to the two courts of Roma and Madrid, where the discords of the
+troubled chapter of the year 1671 had made a strong impression. For
+this purpose a private chapter-session was assembled, and therein
+a very judicious choice was made for this position, that of father
+Fray Juan Garcia--a native of Las Encartaciones, and a minister in
+the province of Ilocos. The necessary despatches were given to him,
+and he embarked in the same year for Nueva Espana, in the galleon "San
+Telmo;" it was commanded by General Tomas de Endaya, a most successful
+man in these islands, where he died as his Majesty's master-of-camp
+for them, in the year 1745. This religious had a prosperous voyage,
+and arrived at Nueva Espana and Roma; he successfully fulfilled his
+commission in all respects, and afterward returned to this province
+with a mission of religious, in the year 1679, so long was he detained
+in the negotiations at Roma and Madrid.
+
+Through the peaceful rule of Don Manuel de Leon, in which term all
+was prosperous and fortunate, the Filipinas Islands began to take
+breath after the troubles of so many preceding years; and in a short
+time they were gathering new strength and vigor. Don Manuel de Leon
+was a man of very good intentions, and had the excellent virtue of
+being very disinterested--which is very important in these regions,
+where the vice opposite to that has temptations so ready to make one
+fall headlong into the abyss of greed, which causes so many wrecks,
+as the root of all evils. Trading vessels came frequently from
+China, of which country the Tartars had gained entire possession;
+the Chinese, therefore, having laid aside their defensive arms,
+strove to accommodate themselves to the times, being anxious to
+repair the losses caused by war with the gains from trading--which
+is more adapted to their disposition than is war, Mars giving place
+to Mercury. The Chinese trade is the mainstay of the maintenance
+of Filipinas, by means of the silver which comes from Nueva Espana,
+which is the blood that gives life to this land; for from China come
+the stuffs necessary for clothing, from the shirt in their delicate
+fabrics to the needle and thread. Thence comes the fine earthenware
+which is, with reason, so celebrated throughout the world as choice
+and inimitable, because the material and clay of which it is made are
+found in no other place. Thence come drugs, and very rich coloring
+stuffs--especially vermilion, which is the best in the world. Finally,
+one cannot imagine any exquisite article for the equipment of a house
+which does not come from China, both cheap and excellent--especially
+the wares that come from Japon, with which country the Chinese have
+free commerce, just as it is totally prohibited to us. In some of the
+years of that fortunate governor thirty champans would land at Manila,
+and many from the province of Canton, where is the city of Macan,
+a Portuguese colony--which is so rich in silks that it has enough
+of that noble commodity to supply nearly all of the whole world;
+it is conveyed in ships belonging to the Dutch, English, French,
+and Portuguese, and that which is carried to Manila and thence to
+Nueva Espana is the smallest part of it. The great city of Canton (or
+Kuang-tung, as they call it) is far greater than the great Cairo or
+Babilonia of Egypt, for those who are most moderate in estimating its
+population allow it four millions of inhabitants; but although it is
+so great it is not the largest city in the extensive empire of China,
+for that of Nanking has eight millions, according to Father Martino
+Martinez in his Chinese atlas. [58] It is very commonly said in Manila
+that the city of Canton has sixty thousand silk-looms, on which are
+made various fabrics of cloth and damask; and thus in one month enough
+is woven to lade many ships. By this some idea can be formed of the
+other industries of that city--or rather, that little world.
+
+Commerce was also opened with the Portuguese of Macan, a trade which
+had been quite forgotten with the disturbances in China; and from
+that time it has continued, in varying degree, until this day. This
+trade, moreover, had been prohibited since the year 1640, on account
+of the wars with Portugal; but through the negotiations carried on
+at the court of Madrid by Don Fray Alvaro de Benavente, when he was
+procurator of this province--asserting that this was the best and
+safest means for the entrance into China for the missionaries who were
+going to Filipinas--the trade with Macan was opened and authorized,
+as was accordingly published in Manila by a royal decree; and it was
+made known to the Portuguese at Macan by another from their king,
+Don Pedro II. The pretext which was given for opening this commerce
+was the entrance of the missionaries into China, and its results have
+been various, according to what the Portuguese have found expedient
+for their own interests, on account of the pretensions which they
+make to the [ecclesiastical] patronage of China--in accordance with
+the line of demarcation [between the dominions] of the two crowns,
+by the celebrated bull of Alexander VI, a question which is not yet
+decided by a competent judge; and therefore our missionaries enter
+China when the Portuguese choose to let them do so. But the latter
+come every year to Manila with one or two shiploads of goods, which is
+the most profitable trade that they have, on account of its nearness
+and of their securing in barter the silver that is so esteemed by the
+Chinese. But as the Portuguese are so courtly and liberal a people,
+and inclined to boast of the obligations of nobility, some Portuguese
+gentlemen usually return quite destitute of funds--as occurred this
+year to Juan Tabora, a cavalier of the Order of Christ. He spent the
+wealth which he brought here, which was much, in elegant gallantries
+and in bull-fights; for he arrived here at a time when these and
+other sports were very frequent in Manila--not only on account of the
+prosperity and peace which were experienced during the entire term of
+office of Don Manuel de Leon, but through the jovial disposition of
+his favorite and secretary, Don Jose Castellar, who was a very witty
+and courtly man, and very fond of such pastimes. In these he spent
+whatever he was able to acquire, and when he came to die he was so
+poor that he was buried, through charity, in a chapel of St. Roque
+in the village of Mambong, belonging to the doctrina of Malolos in
+the province of Bulacan, which is in our charge.
+
+Not only was the commerce with China, Canton, and Macan set free in
+the time of the fortunate governor Don Manuel de Leon, but another was
+begun--indeed, almost discovered--which was very large and profitable,
+which has greatly increased the wealth of the citizens of Manila. This
+is the trade and traffic of the coast of Coromandel or Malabar [59]
+in Eastern India. This is the coast which extends from the mouths of
+the river Ganges, at the beginning of the large kingdom of Bengal,
+as far as the cape of Comorin; it is inhabited by Malabars, a people
+very shrewd and intelligent, and fond of work, and so crafty that
+when it is worth their while they deceive [even] the Chinese, who
+excel in the ability to cheat. The Malabar and Bengal people are
+unsurpassed in the art of spinning and weaving cotton cloth; for they
+weave pieces more delicate than the finest cambrics and Dutch linens,
+and gauzes so fine that when they are spread upon a table, the thread
+can hardly be discerned, it is so thin and delicate. But that in which
+they most excel, and have been alone and inimitable, is in their very
+fine cotton cloth dyed exquisitely with the finest colors; and this
+has another quality most excellent and admirable, which is that the
+more it is washed, the finer and more lustrous the colors appear,
+and they never are washed out or become dull. Without doubt these so
+rare colors are those which Job mentions in the twenty-eighth chapter,
+when making comparisons with Wisdom, he says: Non conferetur tinctis
+Indiae coloribus. [60] On this coast of Coromandel the English, Dutch,
+French, and Danes maintain their factories, and possess an extensive
+commerce in cotton cloth, which is consumed throughout Europa--and
+much more in the regions of the north, because cotton is so good
+for protecting them [from the cold]. But the largest settlement,
+and the one most frequented for commerce, is that which the English
+have, named Madrastapan, or Fort St. George; [61] it is peopled
+with innumerable dwellers of all nationalities, not only those of
+India but Europeans. This is greatly favored by the policy that is
+in use in this great town, very different from that which obtains in
+Inglaterra, which is to permit the exercise not only of the apostolic
+Roman Catholic faith, but of all the heathen doctrines and ceremonies;
+and thus the Catholics have their churches, and so do the schismatic
+Armenians, with schismatic Basilian monks. [62] The heretics have
+their meeting-houses, [63] according to their sects; the Moors [i.e.,
+Mahometans] their mosques, and the heathen their pagodas; nor even is
+their synagogue denied to the Jews; and all live peaceably, exercising
+the occupations of trade, as harmoniously as if they all had but one
+faith and religion. About two leguas distant is the city of Santo
+Tome, a noted colony of the Portuguese, which in former times enjoyed
+[the distinction of] being the emporium of all Eastern India; and
+the cause of its destruction was its enormous wealth and the lack of
+harmony among the Portuguese, a people who are naturally inclined to
+disagree. On a lofty height near the city there is an ancient church,
+in which is venerated an image of Our Lady, which is said to have been
+painted by St. Luke and deposited in that place (called Meliapor) by
+the apostle St. Thomas, who preached to the Malabars our holy faith
+and suffered martyrdom in this place--where is guarded a stone cross
+near which he was put to death; and the lance with which they pierced
+him, stained with his holy blood, is displayed, with other memorials
+of this glorious apostle. [Diaz here mentions the great probability,
+fortified by citations from Juan de Barros, that the remains of the
+apostle repose there.] [64]
+
+This commerce with the coast of Coromandel had remained quite neglected
+by the Spaniards of Filipinas--who never had maintained any other trade
+and commerce than that with China, Japon, and Macan--until this year of
+1674. Then a citizen of Manila, a Catalan, named Juan Ventura Sarra,
+a courageous man, having first made with a fragata which he owned
+a voyage to the kingdom of Siam, from which he gained some wealth,
+extended his navigation to this coast of Malabar, where he left trade
+established; and in the following year Don Luis de Matienzo went
+thither, with much silver, and gained enough profit to persuade the
+citizens of Manila to engage in this traffic. The principal commodity
+which is brought from the Coromandel coast is certain webs of cotton,
+many of them forty varas long, which they call "elephants," which are
+highly valued in Nueva Espana; accordingly, it is this merchandise
+which is chiefly shipped to those regions.
+
+The governor placed on the stocks the frame of the galleon "Santa
+Rosa," the work of that accredited master of this important and
+useful art, Juan Bautista Nicola; and it came from them one of
+the finest and largest galleons that had been built in the port of
+Cavite and made very successful voyages, sometimes being driven back
+to port. The governor commanded Juan Canosa Raguses, a very able
+builder of vessels with lateen sails, to build two galleys; these
+proved to be very suitable and swift, and rendered much service in
+driving away the Camucones, very crafty and troublesome pirates,
+who almost every year infest the Pintados Islands, plundering and
+taking captive. This is a barbarous people, cruel, and cowardly;
+indeed, they could not be the one without being also the other. They
+inhabit a chain of small islands, which extends from Paragua to
+Borney; some of them are Mahometans, and others heathen. But they
+[all] cause much damage to the Bisayan Islands, which they ravage
+without opposition--going so far as to carry away, in the year 1672,
+the alcalde-mayor Don Jose de San Miguel, as we have related in another
+place. They have a great advantage in the exceeding swiftness of their
+vessels, which enables them to find their defense in flight. Their
+confidence and boldness reached such a height that they even dared to
+infest the coasts of the island of Manila. The provincial of that time
+(of whom this chapter treats), Fray Jose Duque, while on his way to
+visit the islands of Pintados, came very near being made a captive,
+with his companion Fray Alvaro de Benavente; for they were attacked
+by a squadron of these pirates near the island of Marinduque, where
+they would have been a prey to their cruelty if they had not been
+protected by divine kindness, through the valor of Captain Francisco
+Ponce--a veteran soldier, who killed the captain and another of the
+pirates--and also the coming of a high wind, which gave wings to the
+champan to place itself in safety.
+
+At this time, in the year 1675, Governor Don Manuel de Leon was in
+great danger of dying, on account of having placed himself under
+medical treatment, without being actually sick, solely for the sake
+of improving his health--a proof that it might have cost him his
+life. Don Manuel was a corpulent man, and had grown so fleshy that he
+was almost unable to move about without aid, at which he grieved much
+because he could not attend to many functions which belonged to the
+obligations of his office. In view of this hindrance and his desires,
+Juan Ventura Sarra (whom I have already mentioned in the voyages to
+Siam and the coast of Coromandel) bound himself to cure Don Manuel and
+remove from him that great encumbrance [of flesh]--confident because he
+was a very expert surgeon, and the governor a man of great courage and
+reared in and accustomed to the perils of war. The governor accordingly
+accepted this treatment; and the skilful surgeon opened his abdomen
+in many places and removed from him many lumps of fat, and then sewed
+up and treated the wounds. In a few weeks the governor became well,
+and his flesh was much reduced, to the wonder of those who saw how the
+surgeon cut the flesh from his body, and the courage which the governor
+displayed--and what caused most dread [of the result] was his being an
+aged man, but little less than seventy years old. The king of Leon,
+Don Sancho I, was cured about the year 920 of a similar infirmity of
+excessive obesity, by the physicians of the Moorish king of Cordoba,
+Abderramen; but their treatment was not so harsh and sanguinary. It
+is certain that Juan Ventura Sarra was a great surgeon, and showed
+that he was such not only with this governor, but also in the year
+1682 with his successor, Master-of-camp Don Juan Vargas Hurtado. There
+was no hope for Don Juan's life, on account of a large abscess in the
+hip, which was not understood to be such by the physicians; but Juan
+Ventura knew what it was, and opened the abscess with a large lancet
+which he made from a dagger, more than a tercia [65] long, since the
+cavity was very deep. In this operation he showed his skill as much
+as Don Juan de Vargas displayed his great bravery and endurance,
+which aroused admiration.
+
+Although the cure of Don Manuel de Leon was so marvelous, he did not,
+since that inordinate obesity was now a disease and a corruption of
+nature, long enjoy the agility and lightness of body that the medical
+treatment had obtained for him; and so he gradually fell back into that
+unusual infirmity, and again found himself, as before, without the use
+of his limbs. He had many wounds in his body, which he had received
+in more than fifty years of military life in Flandes, Alemania, and
+Galicia, where he had taken part in battles more celebrated than were
+known in those times [i.e., of which Diaz was writing]. He had been so
+courageous in not fearing dangers that they called Don Manuel de Leon
+"Ironhead." Among these he had one deep wound, which must have been
+imperfectly or only apparently healed; and this in course of time,
+and with the pressure on it that would be caused by the increase of
+flesh, opened, a great flow of blood issuing from it. This occurred
+so inopportunely that he was present in the church of Santo Domingo,
+clothed in mourning garb, assisting in the funeral rites for Dona Maria
+Cuellar, wife of Auditor Don Francisco de Coloma. [66] His blood flowed
+very copiously, but those near him could not see it on account of the
+mourning garments, and because the chair and cushion were of black,
+until he began to swoon, and sank into the chair. They carried him in
+their arms to his coach, and thence he was conveyed to his palace,
+where all the care due to the cure of such a personage as he was
+furnished. The above-mentioned Juan Ventura Sarra treated him, applying
+all means which the art of surgery imparts to those who are so
+skilful as was Juan Ventura, who within four months brought him to
+what seemed a state of convalescence. But as his age was so great, and
+could not give much aid to the medicine (which only assists nature),
+Don Manuel could never regain sound health. The physicians ordered him
+to go to one of the houses that stand by the river opposite Manila,
+where he spent a long time--until, on the night of April 8, 1676,
+they found him dead in his bed, although he had retired without any
+indications of such danger. They found a power of attorney authorizing
+the father provincial of St. Dominic, Master Fray Diego de San Roman,
+to make a will in his name, and directions that he be interred in the
+royal chapel of the Incarnation belonging to the soldiers of Manila,
+where he lies in a little chapel which stands on the gospel side. He
+was one of the best governors who has ruled these Filipinas Islands,
+very disinterested, pious, affable, and clement; and his death was
+therefore regretted by all classes. The estate that he left was
+the only property belonging to a governor that was put to good use,
+[67] the religious who acted as administrator applying it to pious
+works which the governor had named to him--such as the holy Bureau
+of La Misericordia, so that for years many orphan girls were given
+in marriage by means of that part [of the governor's donation] which
+belonged to their dowries, until, with the successive wrecks of the
+two galleons "Santo Cristo de Burgos" and "San Jose," in the years
+1693 and 1695, the principal of that great endowment was entirely
+consumed. He also left directions to found a well-endowed chaplaincy
+in his native place--Paredes de Nava, in the district of Campos--and
+many other good works, worthy of his piety.
+
+On account of his death the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+took charge of the government, in company with auditors Don Francisco
+de Mansilla and Don Diego Calderon y Serrano for civil affairs--for
+already had come the decision, in the controversy between the two
+auditors, by the royal and supreme Council of the Indias in favor of
+Don Francisco de Coloma, although his government lasted but a short
+time, on account of his death. During the time while they governed,
+however, they were very well agreed. The new governor despatched the
+ship "Santa Rosa" (which had just been completed) for Nueva Espana,
+in charge of General Don Francisco de Teja, a Navarrese gentleman;
+and it had a very prosperous voyage, as we shall see in due time.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+All the triennial during which our father Fray Jose Duque ruled was
+a very prosperous time for this province, on account of the great
+improvement which was accomplished by his assiduity in reforming it,
+with both zeal and discretion; for he was as respected as beloved
+by all. The religious greatly regretted that the end of his term of
+office was approaching, and to see themselves deprived of so excellent
+a prelate, who had so built up the edifice of strict observance of our
+rules, and had much better regulated the administration of the mission
+villages and ministries in our charge--his excellent management making
+up for the great deficiency of laborers which existed, which made it
+necessary, in many respects, to burden each minister with the work of
+two. Not his least care was that he had found the common property of
+not only the province but the convent of Manila greatly diminished,
+and everything reduced to the utmost necessity of restoration; for
+this is usually the greatest hindrance and impediment to the superiors
+in promoting with energy the regular observance, which requires many
+means for its preservation. But all was supplied by the diligence of
+that discreet prelate, making easier the removal of the most serious
+hindrances.
+
+The time came for holding the provincial chapter, which assembled
+on May 8 in the year 1677, and, according to custom, in the convent
+of Manila. It was presided over--by commission of our very reverend
+father general, Master Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna--by the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio; and the election for provincial fell, by the
+general consent of all the voting fathers, and with the approval of
+all who were outside of the order, on our father Fray Juan de Jerez, a
+religious excelling in virtue. He was a native of Banos in Extremadura,
+bishopric of Plasencia--a place belonging to the Duke de Bejar and the
+Marques de Montemayor--and was a son of the convent of Valladolid and
+fifty years of age. He had been for many years master of novices in
+the convents of Salamanca and Burgos, which is a sufficient proof of
+his religious devotion and virtue. He left Espana for these islands
+in the year 1669, and had been a minister in Pampanga; and in this
+chapter he cast his first vote as visitor of the province. [68]
+As definitors were elected the fathers Fray Pedro de Mesa, Fray
+Juan Labao, Fray Francisco de Albear, and Fray Pedro Canales; and
+as visitors the fathers Fray Domingo de San Miguel and Fray Juan
+Guedeja. They enacted statutes very useful for the government of the
+province, and for the stricter observance of our religious estate,
+many of which were reproduced in various following chapters, having
+been found by experience to be well-chosen and advantageous.
+
+The acting governor despatched the galleon "San Telmo" for Nueva
+Espana, in charge of General Don Tomas de Endaya, a regidor of the
+city of Manila; and it encountered so many storms before doubling
+the point of Santiago that fears were entertained that it would not
+have time to make the voyage before the vendavals. But the bravery
+of the commander and of his pilot, Leandro Cuello, over-came great
+difficulties, and they succeeded in reaching their destination.
+
+The galleon "Santa Rosa," which had sailed for Nueva Espana the year
+before, had also experienced storms, from the time when it reached the
+Embocadero of San Bernardino. For this reason Sargento-mayor Alfonso
+Fernandez Pacheco came to Manila, bringing the despatches from his
+Majesty and information of the ship's arrival on the thirtieth of
+August. This galleon brought the news that Don Carlos II had begun,
+at the age of fifteen years, to rule the monarchy of Espana in person,
+freed from the guardianship of the queen-mother, Dona Mariana of
+Austria; and commands were issued that his royal name and seal be
+used in the despatches, and that royal fiestas proper to so important
+an event be celebrated--which took place afterward, in the month of
+December, as we shall soon relate.
+
+[At this time] came the despatches for the presentation made by
+his Majesty for the archbishopric of Manila, of the person of
+the very reverend father master Fray Felipe Pardo, of the Order of
+Preachers; he accepted this dignity, and began to govern his church,
+the ecclesiastical cabildo yielding up the government to him. This
+appointment found him at the time engaged in the duties of commissary
+of the Holy Office of the Inquisition; his place therein was taken by
+father Fray Juan de los Angeles, a man who was worthy of such a name on
+account of his virtue and mild disposition. Also came the presentation
+of the reverend father Fray Andres Gonzalez for bishop of Nueva Caceres
+or Camarines; he also accepted, and was consecrated, and ruled that
+church creditably, as he was a devoted religious, and very charitable;
+and he left behind him, when he died, a great reputation for sanctity.
+
+On September 27, the acting governor, Auditor Don Francisco Coloma y
+Maceda, died at the age of sixty years, from an intestinal hemorrhage;
+he was an official of much integrity and uprightness, and was
+buried in the convent of Santo Domingo with his wife, Dona Maria
+de Cuellar. The government was assumed by Auditor Don Francisco de
+Mansilla, a native of Ceniceros in Rioja, who was no less upright than
+his predecessor. His term of office was short, because a proprietary
+governor came in the following year; but even in the short time while
+his rule lasted he showed that he deserved that it should continue
+during his life, on account of the very peaceable and equitable manner
+in which he exercised his office. The first thing which he did was
+to look for all those who had been opposed to him in the year 1668,
+when he was exiled to Iloylo by Don Juan Manuel Bonifaz; and he
+honored all of them, more than some deserved, displaying a generous
+spirit, and that of a Christian ruler, which aroused the admiration
+of those who saw his prudence and moderation. These islands were much
+grieved that he must so soon have a successor, for the people loved
+and reverenced him. He was of corpulent figure and venerable aspect;
+and his hair (which was scanty) and his mustache (which was large)
+were white as snow--all which conciliated respect. Two years afterward,
+promotion came to him, the post of alcalde for criminal cases in [the
+Audiencia of] Mejico; but he died at the height of the voyage. [69] He
+had two sons: Don Felipe Mansilla, a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+who lives in Mejico; and Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of
+Jesus, in these islands.
+
+The city and municipality of Manila having determined to celebrate
+the festivities due to the great rejoicing which was caused in the
+Spanish domains by the assumption of sovereignty over them by their
+king Don Carlos II, decided that these should be actually held in
+December, from the fourth to the seventh day of that month. This was
+done with great pomp and brilliancy. In the morning three sermons
+were preached: one by the dean of the cathedral, Master Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Covarrubias; another by father Fray Alvaro de Benavente of
+the order of our father St. Augustine (the secretary of our province,
+and often named in this history; he died in China, as bishop of Ascalon
+and vicar apostolic of Kiengsi); and the third by the reverend Father
+Jeronimo de Ortega, of the Society of Jesus. For the afternoons there
+were various bull-fights and comedies. On the last day, December 7,
+after the bull-fights and comedies, there were demonstrations of
+rejoicing; and for a climax to the festivities there was, at six
+o'clock in the afternoon, a beautiful and splendid masquerade, with
+magnificent costumes, and parades of servants in costly liveries. The
+most distinguished citizens of Manila went therein, two by two,
+representing the realms of the monarchy of Espana, with shields and
+mottoes proper for each kingdom; those who came last were the two
+alcaldes-in-ordinary of Manila, General Francisco Rayo Doria and
+Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya, representing the kingdoms of
+Castilla and Leon. They rode in pairs on handsomely-caparisoned horses,
+to the destination which was prepared for this purpose with palisades,
+and with so much splendor from wax tapers that the night had no cause
+to envy the brighter day. With this brilliant and elegant masquerade
+these royal festivities came to an end, the city remaining in the
+quiet and silence proper to that hour, which was about seven at night.
+
+Quite ignorant were all those who had celebrated and enjoyed this gay
+festival of the sad and melancholy catastrophe which was to follow
+on this so joyous scene; all were forgetful of the uncertainty of the
+pleasures of this world, which suddenly shifts its scenes, passing from
+gayety to mourning. Hardly had the people time to shelter themselves
+in their houses--some fatigued with the exercises of the masquerade,
+and others sad that the royal festivities had come to an end--when
+at half-past seven in the evening the earth began to tremble with
+horrible vibrations, changing their recent gayety into fear, horror,
+and lamentable perplexity. This first earthquake lasted a long time,
+so that it was feared that the last and fatal day for the sad city
+of Manila had arrived. The continuous and unequal vibrations of the
+ground; the frightful cracking of timbers; the [falling of] tiles
+from the roofs, and of stones which, loosened from the walls, came
+to the ground, raising great clouds of dust: all these made a most
+gloomy night, the image of death. Some hastened to seek confessors,
+and not finding them soon, published aloud their own sins. This first
+motion of the earth ceased, which people affirm to have been more
+violent than that of August 20, 1658, but it did not last so long;
+if it had been equal in duration to that one, it would have caused
+a large amount of havoc in the city of Manila.
+
+It was worth much to the city that the earthquake found it greatly
+improved over former times in regard to the height of its buildings;
+for now they were reduced to more humble stature, and without the
+projections which would cause its greatest destruction, as has been
+experienced in previous earthquakes. The use of the harigues or wooden
+pillars on which the heavy timber-work of the roofs leans and rests was
+recognized to be a sure protection and defense from such disasters;
+and therefore, although the earthquake demolished many buildings,
+breaking open the solid mass of masonry, they did not suffer entire
+ruin by being thrown down to the ground. Some few were destroyed
+through being old and in bad condition; but only one or two persons
+perished, and they of little account in the world. The kind-hearted
+governor went out with many followers to visit the [military] posts of
+the city, and aid, if he could, those who were in need; and the same
+was done by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and the regidors, accompanied
+by many citizens. The religious orders were well occupied in the
+ministries of their profession--some preaching from tables placed
+in the streets, others hastening to hear the confessions of those
+who asked for this sacrament, that is, of all. While all these were
+occupied in exercises so holy and pious, the trembling of the earth
+was again repeated many times; but, through the divine kindness,
+these vibrations were much slighter, continually diminishing--so
+that it seemed as if the divine anger were gradually being appeased,
+just as men were continually showing themselves more penitent. All
+that night until daybreak the earthquake shocks continued; for there
+were so many of them that one man counted forty, although to me it
+seemed as if there were many more. Many came out [from this calamity]
+crippled and lame; but all recognized that it was a miracle that the
+city had not been utterly destroyed with so repeated shocks. Later,
+it was ascertained that some chasms and air-vents in the earth had
+opened, and which is surely the cause of these disturbances. One
+chasm opened in the bounds of the village of Bauang, in the province
+of Balayan; and another in the mountains of Gapang, in Pampanga. Those
+who arrived here after navigating the seas of these islands recounted
+the horrible perils in which they had found themselves, tossed by
+great billows and almost submerged in the swell which was caused in
+the sea by the earthquake; the sea even rose until, in many places,
+it swept over the land, occasioning great damage. With this slight
+mention I will close the sad account of the melancholy termination
+of these royal festivities.
+
+The master-of-camp of these islands died, Don Agustin de Cepeda
+y Carracedo; he was a native of Talavera de la Reina, a relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesus, and more than eighty years
+of age. He was one of the most valiant soldiers who has belonged to
+these regions, and with that reputation he has been mentioned in this
+history in the greatest military exploits of his time, and in the
+government of Zamboanga and Ternate; and, what is his greatest glory,
+he was an excellent Christian, devout and charitable, and died with
+strong indications that he had been very earnestly such. For acting
+master-of-camp the governor appointed General Alonso Lopez, a soldier
+of long standing, and also very aged; and therefore he did not long
+serve in that office.
+
+Governor Don Francisco de Mansilla despatched the galleon for Nueva
+Espana, appointing as its commander his son, Don Felipe de Mansilla
+y Prado, a young man of much courage and ability, who at the time was
+serving in the post of sargento-mayor of the Manila army, which is the
+second, in the esteem of military men, after that of master-of-camp. As
+sargento-mayor of the galleon he appointed Juan Ventura Sarra (the
+Catalan so famous for his successful surgical operations), on account
+of his being a man of much valor, and experienced in military service
+in Flandes and Cataluna. This galleon made a very prosperous voyage,
+both going and returning, as we shall see in the following chapter.
+
+About the end of July in this year of 1678 came news that the galleon
+"San Telmo" had sighted these islands; it was under the command
+of General Don Tomas de Endaya, and had sailed for the port of
+Acapulco in the preceding year. It brought the proprietary governor,
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado, a knight of the Order of
+Santiago; he was a native of Toledo, and nephew of the venerable mother
+Jeronima de la Asuncion, foundress of the convent of Santa Clara in
+Manila--whose admirable life has been written by the father reader Fray
+Antonio de Leytona, [70] of the Observantine Order of St. Francis;
+and the investigations preliminary to her beatification have been
+begun. This knight had served many years in Flandes, Cataluna, and
+Extremadura, always with great commendation for his valor, which
+was as great as his nobility. He came with his wife, Dona Isabel de
+Ardila, a native of Badajoz; and brought in his company her uncle,
+a captain of cuirassiers, Don Francisco Guerrero y Ardila--a man
+of lofty stature, who, like another Saul, surpassed by the head and
+shoulders the tallest man in the Manila garrison--who showed that he
+possessed great valor. The new governor brought with him a numerous and
+brilliant retinue, and those who afterward attained most note were:
+his secretary, Miguel Sanchez Villanueva y Tejada, a man of great
+virtue, who came with his wife and three children, and afterward,
+having lost his wife, was ordained as a priest, and lived a long time
+an example for ecclesiastics, as before he had been one for laymen;
+Captains Don Juan Gallardo, Don Pedro Oriosolo, Don Jacinto Loban,
+Don Tomas Martinez de Trillanes, Don Diego Vivien, Don Felipe Ceballos,
+Don Jose Armijo, Don Francisco Fabra, Don Antonio de Tabora, Don Juan
+Castel, Don Juan de Tricaldir, Don Manuel Alvarado; and others, all
+of whom served long in these islands. As fiscal for his Majesty came
+Licentiate Don Diego de Viga, a native of Bejar; he was afterward
+an auditor for many years, and was a very upright and disinterested
+official. The governor also brought some reenforcements of troops. The
+appointment of commandant of the castle of Santiago came to General
+Fernando de Bobadilla, who afterward was master-of-camp.
+
+On the day of our Lady's nativity Don Juan de Vargas entered Manila,
+being received with great festivities; there were two ingenious
+triumphal arches, which were erected by the religious orders of our
+father St. Augustine and the Society, because both had their houses
+on the principal street through which the procession would pass. Don
+Juan began to govern with much prudence and desire to do well;
+he was very punctual in fulfilling his duties, and never failed in
+his daily attendance on the sessions of the Audiencia (in which some
+governors had displayed much negligence); and therefore in his time the
+court business was despatched more promptly, for he found many suits
+unsettled and delayed. This is an insuperable difficulty in these
+islands, where the lawsuits are eternal and constitute a perpetual
+source of income for court reporters, secretaries, and commissioners
+[71]--who, with the slow steps of judicial procedure, are continually
+plundering the litigants, until, impoverished or exhausted, they give
+up the suit, which is incorporated into a great mass of documents,
+which they call "Proceedings in lawsuits" [autos] in the archives of
+the court. Don Juan de Vargas was more fit for a soldier than for a
+governor; and gradually he looked with distaste on the duties of so
+arduous a post, and turned his attention to the means for securing his
+own advantage. The uncle of his wife, Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila,
+became so much the master of Don Juan that, by his craftiness and great
+ability, he came to be the arbiter of the government. Accordingly, it
+was he who was governor, and he was the drayman who guided Don Juan
+de Vargas, while the latter, like a wagon, was carrying the weight
+of the government. Yet later Don Francisco Guerrero left him alone,
+and went to Nueva Espana, at so important a juncture that he met in
+the Embocadero the succeeding governor, Don Gabriel Crucelaegui,
+and Don Juan de Vargas in the residencia was laden with his own
+transgressions and those of others, as we shall see in due time. He
+had a great advantage for thus making himself arbiter of everything,
+in having more affability and more shrewdness than the governor, who
+was naturally harsh and unamiable and easily fretted. Accordingly,
+every one set on foot his claims with more confidence by the hand
+of the uncle, who, as all knew, was the fly-wheel for the movements
+of the government; and thus in a short time he secured following
+and applause, [although] without the formal marks of respect which
+belong to the dignity of a ruler; and he came to direct the entire
+government, with authority and without opposition. The authority of
+Don Francisco Guerrero was greatly increased because the governor
+had made him master-of-camp, because of the death of Alonso Lopez,
+who died within a short time [after his appointment], at an advanced
+age; this increased Don Francisco's authority, and strengthened his
+influence over the governor. The servants [of the governor] made more
+effort to secure their own advantage than that of their master, and
+therefore Don Juan de Vargas found himself alone in everything that
+was not to the profit of the uncle and his familiars. He appointed as
+castellan and governor of Cavite Don Juan Gallardo; this is the most
+influential and profitable position that the governors of Filipinas
+have at their disposal--although at the present time his Majesty
+fills this office from Madrid; and in this way it was held more
+than twenty-eight years by Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Atienza y
+Banes, who died while holding the post of master-of-camp, in the year
+1718. Another servant, Don Francisco Fabra, he appointed chief guard of
+the Parian, an office which affords great opportunities and facilities
+for securing the best goods; and thus in this occupation he was, so
+to speak, the governor's agent, for which employ he had much ability.
+
+Don Juan de Vargas, during his entire term of office, maintained
+trade and commerce with foreign nations, as those of the Coromandel
+coast, Bengal, and Surrate--which is the greatest emporium of Eastern
+India and of all the kingdoms subject to the emperor the Great Mogor
+[i.e., Mogul], a monarch more powerful than the Great Turk, and
+without doubt more wealthy. From this emporium of Surrate almost
+every year come one or two ships of great burden, like those that
+are called "ships of the line," laden with many and varied wares of
+Eastern India. Within the last few years these traders are Mahometans,
+although before they were heathens; this is because they were obliged
+to accept the cursed doctrine of Mahoma by the former Great Mogor,
+Payxa Ali Ramastican--who, trained up in his early years (when he
+was a fugitive from his family) by the house of Meca, was the cause
+of the total perdition of so many souls; for it is easier to convert
+to our holy faith a thousand heathens than one Mahometan. Trade and
+commerce were also very freely carried on with the Portuguese of
+Macan, and through their agency in Nueva Batavia in the island of
+Jacatra, the capital of the rich factories which the Dutch possess
+throughout India--where of the former Portuguese dominion only
+their language is left, since with that they trade and traffic; for
+they have been deprived of the fortified posts, which promised some
+advantage and profit, leaving to them only Goa (for the interment of
+Portuguese), and some posts to the north, such as Chaud, Dama, Diu,
+and Bassain. Only one who has seen it, as I have, can describe the
+great extent of every kind of trade which Manila enjoyed in the time
+of Don Juan de Vargas de Hurtado; and in that time, therefore, great
+fortunes were accumulated, and the city was adorned with magnificent
+edifices--the old ones being rebuilt, and new ones being erected,
+thus repairing the late havoc and destruction.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+[This is occupied with an account of the attempt made by the
+Augustinian Fray Juan de Rivera to go to the forbidden mission-field of
+Japan; it proved unsuccessful, and he was obliged to return to Manila.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+On the day of the apostle James news came to Manila [in 1679]
+of the safe arrival of the galleon "San Telmo" at these islands,
+and of its being outside of the Embocadero; this news was brought,
+with the royal mails, by Sargento-mayor Juan Ventura Sarra. In this
+galleon came two large and well-selected mission bands of religious;
+one was composed of thirty-one from our order, conducted by father
+Fray Juan de Garcia, who had been sent for this purpose in the year
+1674. The other mission was composed of religious belonging to the
+Society of Jesus, who were brought by Father Francisco Salgado,
+[72] a religious of great learning and virtue. This mission [of
+ours] arrived at the most opportune time that could be imagined,
+for our province found itself in extreme necessity, on account of the
+scarcity of religious; for in ten years it had not received even the
+smallest reenforcement with which to replace them in the extensive
+and numerous ministries in its charge. So great was this lack that
+our province was already taking measures to give up some of those
+ministries; but all the religious orders and the secular clergy were
+suffering from the same need as was our province, on account of not
+having a consecrated bishop who might confer the holy orders. The
+ship "San Telmo" could not enter the Embocadero of San Bernardino,
+for it was hindered by the vendavals; and therefore it made port,
+after many hardships, in Palapag, in the province of Leyte--a very
+safe harbor, but outside of the Embocadero, and more than a hundred
+and twenty leguas distant from Manila. The religious of the mission
+came hither through the provinces of Camarines and Laguna de Bay;
+the roads were bad, for it was the rainy season, but the hardships
+of their journey were alleviated by the charitable hospitality which
+was given to them by the religious of St. Francis--who, heirs of
+that saint's seraphic love, vied with each other, on such occasions,
+in showing themselves true sons of so holy a father.
+
+They arrived at Manila, where they were received by the community
+as sons beloved by their affectionate mother, who was so eagerly
+expecting them; and on September 18--the day of the father of the poor,
+St. Thomas of Villanova--a private meeting of the definitors was held,
+and they were received by this province as her sons.
+
+In this private session father Fray Juan Garcia declared under oath,
+in verbo sacerdotis, that, having kissed the feet of our most holy
+father Innocent XI on September 20, 1677, among other favors which his
+Holiness had granted him the latter had told him that by his apostolic
+authority he made good all the defects which might have occurred in
+the elections of this province, from its foundation until the said
+day. His Holiness granted him several jubilees for certain convents,
+and eleven thousand ordinary indulgences, in the new form which his
+Holiness has promulgated; and gave him two notable relics, a bone of
+St. Venturino the Martyr [73]--the first for the hospice at Mejico,
+and the other for the convent of San Pablo at Manila. Father Fray
+Juan Garcia also obtained from his Holiness, on petition by this
+province, a bull in which he granted that all the procurators who
+may go to Rome and bring hither missions of religious shall enjoy
+the same exemptions which those possess who have been provincials
+(who are called absolutos); this was accepted [by the Council of
+Indias], and father Fray Juan Garcia was the first who enjoyed this
+privilege, all his life. But he, as the devout religious that he
+was, would not allow the religious to address him as "Our Father,"
+as is the custom with the provincials, both active and retired;
+and, retiring to the province of Ilocos, where he was minister,
+he devoted himself to leading an exemplary life, abandoning himself
+entirely to meditation, mortification, and prayer until his death,
+and leaving behind a noble example as a sincere religious.
+
+[The rest of this chapter is occupied with the coming (in the "San
+Telmo") to Manila of Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite
+of the queen-mother, and a sketch of his career in Spain. The last
+paragraph reads thus:] Don Juan de Vargas, learning of his arrival,
+and that he was already coming by land through the province of
+Camarines, sent to escort him General Don Francisco Enriquez
+de Losada and Captain Alfonso de Castillo; they conveyed him to
+the port of Cavite and the fortress of San Felipe. In that place a
+house was built for him, of timber, according to his taste and plan,
+with all possible conveniences; and there he lived--at the beginning,
+with much strictness, watched by sentinels, and receiving few visits;
+but afterward with more freedom, and visited by everyone, but always
+in the presence of Captain Juan de Herrera, the warden's deputy. In
+this seclusion Don Fernando made use of his great mental ability,
+employing for his recreation the many talents which he possessed,
+especially in music and poetry; for in both these arts he had no
+equal in Espana. With the news which came by way of the coast of
+the death of Don Juan of Austria, the severities which, while he
+lived, had been employed toward Don Ferdinand were mitigated; and
+the prisoner enjoyed so much diversion and company that in these
+regions he could not have had more. Every month he was allowed a
+thousand pesos from the royal treasury, which was sufficient for his
+support and comforts, and for the expenses of the amusements which
+his cleverness and ingenuity devised for his recreation. I have taken
+more time than I should in this narration (which might pass for a mere
+ornament of my proper task), because this gentleman was much devoted
+to us--although he had received from us and from the Society of Jesus
+(to whom he acknowledged his obligations) much assistance in his
+seclusion and in certain difficulties which he had experienced. The
+rest of his fortunes I will relate in the proper place, when we
+reach the termination of the ten years of his retirement, his return
+to Nueva Espana, and finally his death. The author of the additions
+to Father Juan de Mariana's Historie general de Espana, [74] at the
+end of the second volume, speaks very sharply and indignantly of this
+gentleman, and as he might speak of a wicked highwayman or of a cruel
+Nero. He certainly was wrong, for Don Fernando de Valenzuela was very
+zealous in the service of his king, and his power and influence in the
+government were very beneficial to the monarchy, as after his fall
+was recognized by all, even his greatest enemies. But flattery [75]
+must have mended the pen for him, so that in this matter he might show
+himself very prejudiced. Let the name of that writer be his apology,
+for it was Don So-and-so. [Fulano] Malo. The posthumous fame of Don
+Fernando de Valenzuela, however, will not be obscured by his errors.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+The government of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado proceeded with prosperous
+results, on account of the favorable seasons and the great abundance
+of the crops which were experienced in the years 1679 and 1680; and
+through the success and extent of the commerce which was maintained
+with China and the Coromandel coast, Surrate, and other ports of
+Oriental India and the kingdoms of the Great Mogor--which formerly
+were more than fifteen in number, and furnished much income to the
+royal treasury with the customs duties [derecho de a nojarifazgo]. Not
+only from the Coromandel coast--on which the Manila trade had founded
+populous settlements, as Portonovo and Cololu--but from the city of
+Goa came ships almost every year, commerce little known [to Manila]
+before, and very remote. The governor devoted much attention to the
+sessions of the Audiencia and the obligations of his office, and
+thus the legal business which devolved upon that court was expedited,
+through the uprightness and integrity of the auditors, Don Francisco
+Mansilla, Don Diego Calderon, and Don Diego de Viga; the last named
+filled the office of fiscal acceptably to all.
+
+About this time there came to the general a solemn embassy from the
+principal ruler of Borney, whom those people revere as an emperor. This
+is the largest island of all Asia, and, according to the best
+cosmographers, has as great an area as all Espana and the kingdom of
+Portugal. It is thinly populated, as its surface is very mountainous;
+and therefore it is only on the shores of the sea and a few leguas
+inland that there are settlements of civilized people, if that name
+can be given to those barbarous nations. Borney has much wax, and in
+its seas are pearl-fisheries; it abounds in amber, camphor, and gold;
+and in its mountains are found large elephants, although smaller than
+those of Siam. Its inhabitants are partly Mahometans, partly heathens;
+but in color and disposition they resemble the natives of Filipinas,
+who say that they had their origin in these islands of Borney [and]
+the coast of Malayo. The ambassador was received with more ostentation
+than his person seemed to merit. Although he was corpulent and robust,
+he and all his retinue (which was not a small one) came barefooted
+and half-naked; he wore a broad bahaque, which tired him more than it
+covered him, and some wore a loose jacket, short and without a shirt
+(which is not known among these peoples); but all were well armed with
+lances and crises--which are swords as short as daggers, with which
+they are well able to defend themselves or attack, for usually they
+have these weapons dipped in poison. He made his entry [into the city]
+with great pomp, in the coach and with the halberdiers of the governor,
+and accompanied by the sargento-mayor of the garrison, Don Jose de
+Robles; and the governor received him under a canopy, as being he who
+represented the royal person. The ambassador's credentials came in the
+Malayan language, written in Arabic characters; these were interpreted
+by the Borneans themselves, and by a Ternatan named Pedro Machado. The
+object of the embassy, they said, was to establish trade and commerce
+on both sides, and to adjust some disputes over the limits of the
+island of Paragua and in regard to some hostile acts which had been
+committed in the lands of Borney by Alcalde-mayor Don Jose de Somonte,
+in vengeance for the injuries which the Camucones had inflicted in our
+islands. Everything was settled to the satisfaction of both parties,
+and the ambassador returned well content and handsomely entertained,
+with a valuable present for his king in return for another (and very
+ordinary) one which he had brought. In the following year, the governor
+sent in turn an ambassador, General Don Juan de Morales Valenzuela,
+a man of gallant nature and tall stature, with a very goodly escort of
+Spaniards. He was very hospitably received by the king of Borney, in
+a large pavilion of bamboo and nipa, which was erected for this solemn
+function; and the king allowed himself to be seen by all his vassals,
+a favor which, they say, is very rare in that royalty. Don Juan de
+Morales returned very successful, the king ceding to the Spaniards
+dominion over all the island of Paragua, and making satisfaction for
+the ravages by the Camucones; and since then we have remained very
+good friends [with the Borneans].
+
+All the three years' term of our father provincial Fray Juan de
+Jerez was very peaceable, our order and the observance of our rules
+nourishing in this province, which continually increased in prosperity
+through the opportune measures which this judicious and devout prelate
+employed; for certainly he was one of the most observant superiors
+it had had, and it made great advancement in every way during the
+time of his government.
+
+At last the time for the chapter-session arrived, and when the voting
+fathers from the four provinces were assembling, with great peace
+and harmony, suddenly a storm arose, which they feared would occasion
+the destruction of peace within the order, and produce divisions and
+contentions very difficult to adjust; and from which might originate
+great losses to the religious and their ministries. The trouble was
+this: some of the religious who were born in Nueva Espana, and others
+born in these islands, where they had assumed the habit of our order,
+attempted to renew the old controversy over the alternate elections
+[76]--which arose in the year 1637, as we have related in book ii,
+chapter 26--incited to this by having found a copy of the first
+bull of Gregory XV, and the royal decree for its passage by the
+supreme Council of the Indias, attested by Don Diego Nunez Crespo,
+at that time court secretary of the royal Audiencia. With this slight
+foundation, without heeding that the matter had already been decided
+by apostolic authority--by the legate of his Holiness, that is, the
+archbishop of Manila who was then in office--according to the bull
+of his Holiness Urban VIII, issued "at Castel Gandolfo, diocese of
+Albano, May 18, 1634" (of which they probably were not aware), [they
+made this claim]. They had on their side many citizens of Manila,
+and employed as their leader Doctor Don Jose Cervantes Altamirano,
+a cleric in minor orders--who afterward was married, and at his death
+was alcalde-mayor of the Parian of the Sangleys, and chief clerk of
+the cabildo and municipality of Manila; he had a very keen mind, and
+with that he would, if he had been master and disciple of himself,
+have made a great jurisconsult.
+
+They appointed as judge-executor Master Jeronimo Fernandez Caravallo,
+cura of the village of Quiapo, a priest of little ability and easily
+influenced. This man accepted the commission with much pleasure,
+believing that it would bring him honor and profit; and he therefore
+set up his tribunal, and appointed as his secretary Bachelor Martin
+Diaz, cura of the natives and Morenos in Manila. At once he sent this
+man to notify the provincial, Fray Juan de Jerez, of the said bull of
+Gregory XV; but the provincial would not accept the notification, not
+recognizing Master Caravallo as a judge until he should establish his
+right as such before a competent tribunal, and because this proceeding
+found him unprepared, and with little knowledge of this controversy,
+because neither official documents nor information about it were
+found in the archives of the province. Investigations were made, and
+the original documents were found in the archiepiscopal tribunal;
+and an authentic transcript of these was found in a writing-desk
+which stood in the cell of the provincials, of which the key could
+not be found, and it served only as an ornament. In the said desk
+was also found the above-mentioned bull of Urban VIII, with which and
+the acts issued in the year 1657 the procurator-general (who was the
+writer of this history) presented himself before his Lordship Don
+Fray Felipe Pardo of the Order of Preachers, the archbishop-elect
+and ruler of this archbishopric, as being the legate appointed by
+his Holiness Urban VIII to render decision and sentence in this
+question. He looked at the bull and declared himself judge, and as
+such examined the documents, with the assistance of his counselor
+the father presentado Fray Raimundo Verart of the same order, a
+doctor in both branches of law from the university of Lerida. They
+found that this controversy was already authoritatively decided,
+[77] and with the lapse of forty-three years had become established
+as a matter of law; that there was not the least room for the claim
+made by the fathers of the Indias; and that the province possessed
+the same right as before of making its choice [of officers] freely,
+without respect of persons. Upon the litigant religious--who had taken
+refuge in, and by order of the royal Audiencia were committed to, the
+college of the Society of Jesus and the convent of San Francisco--was
+imposed perpetual silence; and with censures they were commanded to
+return to their convents, and to follow what obedience should direct to
+them. They did so, and there was no farther discussion of this matter;
+for in the following chapter-meeting attention was given to consoling
+them. Those who made amends for all were the judge-executor, Master
+Jeronimo Caravallo, and Bachelor Martin Diaz, whom the archbishop
+punished with pecuniary fines for not having first appeared before
+him with their commission, and for having erected a tribunal without
+his permission. But intercession was made for them on the part of
+our province, and their fines were diminished. Information of the
+affair was given to our very reverend father general, Fray Domingo
+Valvasorio, of Milan, who commanded that the religious who had been
+the movers of this innovation (which might so greatly have disturbed
+the peace of this province) be punished; and again imposed silence
+regarding the claim to alternation; but the whole matter was adjusted,
+for at the end the order, like a mother, must regard them as her sons.
+
+The time for the chapter-session arrived, which was May 11, 1680, at
+the convent in Manila; its president, by commission from our father
+general already named, was our father Fray Jose Duque; and father Fray
+Diego de Jesus, prior of the convent of Pasig, was elected provincial,
+to the satisfaction of all, by the unanimous vote of all the fathers in
+the chapter. He was a zealous religious, very observant, and enamored
+of poverty; and had great learning, prudence, and discretion. He was
+fifty-eight years of age, a native of Pejar in Extremadura, and a
+son of the convent at Salamanca--where, and in that of San Felipe at
+Madrid, he had been for many years master of the novices. He came to
+this province in the year 1669, as has already been said, influenced
+[to come] at so great an age by scruples at having excused himself in
+the year 1660 from coming as commissary for the mission which reached
+this province in the year of 1663, by the appointment given to him by
+our very reverend father general Master Fray Pablo Luquino, who was
+then visiting the provinces of Espana. The definitors appointed were
+fathers Fray Juan Ponce, Fray Carlos Bautista, Fray Pedro Martinez,
+and Fray Alvaro de Benavente. Father Fray Jose Camello and the father
+reader Fray Juan Martinez were present as visitors from the previous
+triennium; and for the present one were appointed father Fray Juan
+Guedeja and the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio. As procurator for
+going to Espana was appointed father Fray Manuel de la Cruz, a native
+of Toledo, and a son of the convent of Badaya; and they elected him
+definitor of this province for the next general chapter to be held,
+and agreed upon [78] the choice of a discreet for the said general
+chapter. [79] This choice was so judicious that to it is due the
+conservation and advancement of this province, for he fulfilled
+so carefully the obligation of his commission that he conducted to
+Nueva Espana three mission bands--the largest and most distinguished
+that this province has gained, for in all they contained over fifty
+religious--the first in the year 1684, the second in 1699 and 1700,
+and the third in 1712. [80] He himself remained in Mexico, where he
+died with the reputation of great virtue, at the age of seventy-four
+years, in 1712.
+
+It was decided in this chapter to ask our very reverend father
+general to extinguish the votes of the discreet of the convent at
+Manila, and those of the priors of the convents of Hagonoy and San
+Pablo de los Montes in the provinces of Tagalos, Mexico in Pampanga,
+Narvacan in Ilocos, and Dumarao in the province of Panay--on account
+of the usual scarcity of religious, and the deficiency which might be
+caused, by their absence while at the chapter, in Ilocos and Bisayas,
+provinces which are so remote. The other arrangements and ordinances
+which were made in this chapter publish its great zeal for promoting
+the regular observance, and the nourishing condition of that observance
+in this province.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas despatched for Nueva Espana the galleon
+"San Antonio," under command of General Don Francisco Enriquez de
+Losada, then accountant of the royal exchequer; and in this galleon
+went the father procurator Fray Manuel Losada, and in his company
+father Fray Miguel de Negrea--a son of the convent of San Felipe,
+and native of that city [i.e., Madrid]; he was going back to his own
+province, and died on the voyage, in the high northern latitude. The
+voyage was a very distressing one, on account of the severe tempests
+which suddenly came upon them; and many of those on board died, not
+only seamen but passengers. A better voyage was that of the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," which had sailed the preceding year by the same route
+from Nueva Espana, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; for on the
+morning of the day of St. John the Baptist it entered the bay of
+Manila, to the great joy of those who were watching it, and anchored
+at the port of Cavite--a good fortune which seldom has been enjoyed
+in these islands since the banishment of Don Fray Hernando Guerrero,
+in the year 1635, as we have with sadness related. In this galleon
+came Don Fray Diego de Aguilar, of the Order of Preachers, a native
+of Rioseco, as consecrated bishop of Zebu; for several years he had
+been detained in Nueva Espana. He brought in his company father Fray
+Manuel de Olivares, of the same order, who afterward was provincial
+of the province of Mejico; his nephew, Captain Don Juan de Urias;
+and other Spaniards. His arrival occasioned great rejoicing, on
+account of these islands having remained so many years destitute of
+a consecrated bishop, and many clerics and regulars were waiting to
+receive holy orders.
+
+In this galleon arrived three religious belonging to the mission of
+father Fray Juan Garcia; they were choristers, and had been left
+in Nueva Espana, to be ordained as priests, and their names are
+as follows: father Fray Francisco Castrillon, a native of Madrid,
+and son of the convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years
+old, and had spent nine in the order. He was a minister in Tagalos
+until the year 1690, when he returned to Mejico, where he died soon
+afterward. Father Fray Dionisio Navarro, a native of Leganes, and a
+son of the same convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years old,
+and had spent seven in the order. He was a good preacher, and well
+versed in the dialects of the province of Tagalos. He went to Espana
+and returned hither, and died in the convent of Manila from a long and
+painful infirmity, on November 2, 1714. Father Fray Antonio Gutierrez,
+a native of Medina Sidonia, and a son of the province of Andalucia. For
+only a short time he was a minister in Tagalos, because he soon fell
+ill with a contraction of the tendons [tullimiento], which lasted
+until his death; this occurred at Manila, in the year 1693.
+
+The arrival of this bishop of Zebu served as a great spiritual
+consolation for these islands; for he repeatedly performed pontifical
+functions, conferring holy orders on a great number of religious and
+clerics. He interceded with the governor, in order to reconcile with
+him those who had taken refuge in the churches through fear of some
+oppression from the absolute power of the governor--which can not
+be compared with any other power in the universe; and the worst is,
+that no means can be thought of for moderating and tempering it within
+the bounds of reason, because the distance of five thousand leguas
+which lies between the royal court of Madrid and Filipinas cannot
+be diminished. The swiftest post, therefore, requires three years,
+and most of them four; and if it happens that the galleon is obliged
+to put back to port, the mail is delayed to five or six years. At
+the end of so protracted a term as this, the most peremptory royal
+rescript is exposed to the danger of being withheld by the governor,
+according to his pleasure. The lord bishop with his intercession
+withdrew from asylum in the house of the Society of Jesus the secretary
+of Don Juan de Vargas, Captain Miguel Sanchez de Villanueva y Tejada,
+and restored him to favor with his master--although soon afterward
+the governor removed him from his service, making him alcalde-mayor
+of Laguna de Bay.
+
+About this time the convent of Angat in the mountains of the province
+of Bulacan was received, with the title of our mother St. Monica, and
+father Fray Juan de Morelos was appointed its prior. It was composed
+of the visitas of the convent of Quingua--Tabuquillo, Abarungco,
+Catalonan, Guinapusan, and Santa Lucia--which, on account of being
+very distant from Quingua, were administered with much difficulty;
+and therefore the ministry of Angat was founded, more than three
+leguas distant from [the convent of] Sandago at Quingua. It has
+ordinarily two hundred and fifty tributes, with a church and convent
+of wood. The district is very healthful and pleasant, because the
+land is fertilized by a river of the best water that is known in
+these islands; it is the river celebrated by the name of Quingua, the
+waters of which, compared with many others, have been found to weigh
+less. This mission is bounded on every side by very fertile meadows,
+on which abundant harvests of excellent tobacco are gathered; for this
+reason it is thickly settled with people who cultivate this plant,
+which is so esteemed throughout the world, and which now has made
+its way to the chief personages therein. This district has forests,
+although they are scattered, of heavy and valuable timber; for they
+are very dense, and so extensive that they join those of Balete and
+San Mateo, at a distance of more than eight leguas. In the district of
+this ministry the religious of St. John of God possess a fine ranch
+stocked with cattle and horses, which is the most that they have for
+the support of their convent and hospital at Manila, where they aid
+the sick poor with their usual charity. The convent of Angat has no
+vote in the chapter-meetings, and therefore is counted in the number
+of the vicariates of this province.
+
+Although the citizens of Manila are not easy to please, no matter
+how good their governors are, it appears that in the time of which
+we write they had much reason to be discontented with the government
+of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado; for not only did he devote himself
+excessively to his own personal interests, to the detriment of the
+commonwealth, but he was of a harsh and unpleasant nature, and gave
+sharp answers. Besides this he spoke in a treble voice, and people
+heard him with difficulty. He kept every one angered at his harsh
+behavior, and disgusted by his being engrossed with, the pursuit of
+gain. This was recognized in the lading of the galleons, which is the
+net of the merchants; and in this year [of 1680] the galleon "San
+Antonio" was in danger of not making the voyage, on account of its
+being so overloaded by his henchman Don Juan Gallardo, the castellan
+of Cavite--not only with his own goods, but with those of his master
+the governor--that its commander, Don Tomas de Endaya, was compelled
+to unload the vessel and return to lade it anew, accommodating the
+entire cargo to the vessel's capacity. On account of these and other
+well-known animosities against the governor and his retainers, the
+citizens this year determined to inform his Majesty against him; and
+they did so, the auditors and the city uniting for this purpose and
+making charges against him. They sent letters, with great caution,
+in this galleon; and these papers caused his removal in the year 1684.
+
+About October of this year the governor sent to Macan General
+Antonio Nieto, in order to settle some disputes relative to commerce;
+he accomplished this with much discretion, his excellent procedure
+reflecting credit on the Castilian nation. He also, with great charity,
+relieved many cases of necessity, which in the said city are very
+numerous; but this was done without injuring one iota of the Portuguese
+tenacity and pride, in which that people exceed all others in Europa.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+[This chapter describes a remarkable comet which was visible in the
+islands from the middle of November, 1680, to February 14, 1681;
+and relates at much length the condition of the Chinese empire at
+that time, and the founding of Augustinian missions therein. Of this
+matter, we retain only the description of the comet and its course.]
+
+The frightful comet [was] so large that it extended, like a very
+wide belt, from one side of the horizon to the other, with but
+little difference [in its breadth], causing in the darkness of
+the night nearly as much light as the moon in her quadrature. The
+course of this comet was, like those of the planets, a rapid one from
+east to west, so that every day it disappeared and was hidden. The
+other movement was a retrograde one, so that it moved from west to
+east three or four degrees, and sometimes more than five, each day,
+at times less. This movement lasted from November 20 until February
+14, 1681, in which time it passed through the signs of Virgo, Libra,
+Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, and Aries--passing
+the equator from the south, from the handle of Libra and Ophiuchus
+[Serpentario]. It crossed the ecliptic and southern solstice, and
+through the constellation Antinous to the tail of the Dolphin, to the
+tail of the Little Horse [i.e., Equellus], and the breast of Pegasus,
+and thence to the head of Andromeda; and it passed over the equator
+at 310 deg. from the point of Aries. Its magnitude was frightful, for
+its circumference and head [i.e., of the coma and nucleus] was two
+thousand one hundred and four leguas; and its magnitude was equal to
+that of Mercury, which is nineteen times larger than the earth. Its
+tail reached, on January 8, an extent of seventy-five degrees, which at
+its distance made 1,437,919 leguas. It was a celestial comet, and not
+elemental; [81] and according to its parallax it was in the celestial
+quarter distant from us 1,150 semidiameters or halves of the line
+which we regard as crossing the center [82]--which, according to the
+measurement of Father Jose Zaragoza, a distinguished mathematician of
+the Society of Jesus, are 1,153,000 leguas, which was its apogee. Its
+movement was 7,458 times as swift as the velocity of a cannon-ball
+weighing twelve libras, which, according to those who are curious,
+travels in each minute, or sixtieth part of an hour, two-thirds of
+a legua. This comet was visible throughout the world, giving rise
+to much discussion over its effects, which in truth were generally
+very evil. On the second of January it passed the parallel of our
+zenith. These observations were made by Father Eusebius Kino, [83]
+a German, of the Society of Jesus--a mathematician of the university
+of Ingolstad, a missionary in California--while he was in Mejico;
+and he printed them, with a dedication to our Lady of Guadalupe.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+General Antonio Nieto returned from Macan, leaving the affairs of
+the commerce with these islands regulated, as well as the entrance
+of missionaries into China by that door--although it never has been
+assured, because the Portuguese allege that such entrance is opposed
+to the right of patronage of their king, with other absurdities which
+only excite a smile; for it is a fact that many of the more southern
+provinces of China fall within the demarcation of Castilla, in proof of
+which not much mathematics is needed. Moreover, the Portuguese do not
+hold a palmo of conquered land on which they have erected churches, or
+founded bishoprics, with the right of patronage; for in that very city
+of Macan the emperor of China possesses as much authority as in Canton,
+and they pay him customs, duties and other royal tributes. And within
+that same city, while General Antonio Nieto was there, an incident
+occurred which would cause shame [even] to a nation less Catholic
+than the Portuguese, whom no other people outdo in that respect.
+
+In that city the Chinese make their idolatrous processions, and
+commit other abominations, as they do in every other part of their
+lands. It happened that in one of these processions, at that time,
+they carried an idol, a figure of a beautiful woman with a child in
+her arms, whom they call Sanpuerstsa; this is the idol to which they
+pay most devotion, for they call her "Mother of Mercy." This confirms
+what is told by the traditions in China, which declare that our holy
+faith was preached in that country; and that when it was forgotten some
+images of saints remained which were made idols. Captain Nicolas Perez
+looked closely at the idols, and asked a Chinaman in the procession
+what image that was; and the Chinaman replied, "Here, like St. Mary
+at Manila." Nicolas Perez, hearing this, raised his hand, and gave
+the Chinaman a heavy blow in the face. The procession was thrown
+into confusion, and the Chinese and the whole city disturbed; the
+aggressor was seized; and it cost Nicolas Perez and General Nieto
+many pesos and much effort to leave the Chinese satisfied, and the
+Portuguese free from their fear that their city and all their royal
+patronage would be destroyed.
+
+When Antonio Nieto returned to Manila, he was accompanied by three
+clerics, who came to be ordained as priests, as at that time they had
+no bishop in Macan. One was Antonio Melo, the son of a rich Portuguese
+of much repute in Macan named Basco Barbosa; and the others were people
+of the country, that is, mestizos of Portuguese and Chinese blood. They
+were ordained by the bishop of Zebu, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar;
+and soon afterward they returned to Macan in a patache belonging
+to that city, accompanied by two priests of the Society of Jesus,
+mathematicians, who had come in the year 1679 with Father Francisco
+Salgado, assigned by their general to the mission of China. This
+vessel sailed about October, which is the time of the monsoon that
+is unfavorable to this voyage; and no information whatever has been
+received about it, or how or where it was lost, although great efforts
+have been made for this by the citizens of Macan.
+
+[Here follows an account of a punitive expedition against the Zambals,
+which we have already given; see VOL. XXXVIII, pp. 226-228.]
+
+The galleon "San Antonio," which had sailed in the previous year in
+charge of General Don Francisco Enrique de Losada, reached Acapulco,
+although it encountered heavy gales in the high latitudes, and returned
+prosperously to these islands. It had not the good-fortune to come in
+as far as the point of Cavite (a piece of luck which seldom occurs),
+on account of the vendavals having set in steadily; and therefore it
+made port in Solsogon. In this galleon came the following persons: The
+father master Don Fray Gines Barrientos, of the Order of Preachers,
+and preacher to his Majesty, consecrated as bishop of Troya, to
+be assistant for the archbishopric of Manila. He was a son of the
+convent of Pena de Francia, and native of a place in Sayago called
+Barroco Pardo; he was a very learned scholastic, a great preacher,
+and a very observant religious. The father master Don Fray Juan Duran,
+of the Order of Mercy, and a native of Lima; he came as consecrated
+bishop of Sinopolis, and assistant to the bishop of Zebu; he was very
+learned, and of very handsome figure and lofty stature. The entreaties
+of his Majesty had obtained from his Holiness these two auxiliary
+bishops, with two thousand pesos of income from his royal treasury,
+and with the right of future succession to assume the government
+of the vacant sees as they might occur. They brought the bulls and
+pallium for the archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who in virtue of
+these was consecrated on October 28; this was performed by the bishop
+of Zebu, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar and the bishop of Troya, with
+the assistance of the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias,
+who carried the mitre.
+
+Presentation came as bishop of Nueva Segovia to Doctor Don Francisco
+Pizarro de Orellana, the archdeacon of Manila, and a native of that
+city; [the see was vacant] by the death of Master Don Lucas de Arqueros
+de Robles, a native of Vigan in Ilocos; and a son of Lorenzo Arqueros,
+so renowned in the revolt of the Zambals and in their destructive
+raid into Ilocos. [The said archdeacon] was a priest of lofty virtue,
+the fame of which had secured for him this dignity--which he did not
+enjoy, as he lived but a short time, and died before the bulls for
+his consecration arrived.
+
+[Others also] arrived: Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera Grimaldos,
+a native of Mejico--who was a professor in the university there, and
+dean of the faculty of law, and had been counselor of the archbishop of
+Mejico, the viceroy of Nueva Espana, Don Fray Payo de Rivera, of the
+order of our father St. Augustine--who came as auditor of this royal
+Audiencia of Manila. Doctor Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolivar y Mena,
+a native of Mejico--a son of Licentiate Don Juan de Bolivar y Cruz,
+a former auditor of Manila [sic] and Clementina [84] professor--also
+an auditor of this royal Audiencia. Also Doctor Don Lorenzo Esteban
+de la Fuente Alanis, a native of Murcia--a professor in Granada and
+Sevilla, and competitor for positions in Salamanca--as fiscal of the
+Audiencia. All were able lawyers, and the fiscal not only surpassed
+the rest, but was very skilful in music; and he excelled all who had
+been here in the rare art of playing well the guitar [vihuela], [85]
+an instrument handled by many, but understood only by him. Besides
+these came Licentiate Don Miguel de Lanama Altamirano, an advocate of
+this royal Audiencia; he was a married man, as also were the auditors,
+and they brought their wives with them. Don Miguel was a lawyer of much
+ability, and held important positions in his profession. An appointment
+came for Don Francisco Montemayor y Mansilla as alcalde for criminal
+cases in Mejico; he sailed for that country in the second year, with
+his son, Don Felipe Mansilla Prado, and died on the voyage. His son
+is still living--a knight of the Order of Santiago--as also is Father
+Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus.
+
+The bishop of Troya was accompanied by father Fray Alonso Garcia,
+a native of Tamanes in Sayago, a religious of the order of our father
+St. Augustine, who had been left in Mexico, belonging to the mission
+of the year 1679; he was a son of the convent at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and was twenty-five years old; he was a minister in Tagalos, and
+died in the convent at Bulacan, in the year 1704. [With him was]
+also father Fray Jose de Andrada, a Portuguese, a native of Lisboa,
+and a son of the congregation of Eastern India. Having spent several
+years in this province, and desiring to be adopted into it, but
+not being able to secure that privilege for lack of the consent
+and permission of his Majesty and of our very reverend general,
+he went by land to Roma and Madrid--going to Surrate, and thence to
+Alepo and Venecia--and obtained a warrant from our father general,
+and a decree from his Majesty, ordaining that he be received into
+this province, but with a clause which stated that this should not
+be regarded as a precedent. This religious was an excellent minister
+in the province of Ilocos, where he died at an advanced age in the
+year 1705. He deserves that record be made of him, since his adoption
+into this province cost him so many peregrinations and hardships;
+for to obtain it he made the entire circuit of the terraqueous globe.
+
+This galleon brought one of the best and most copious reenforcements
+of soldiers that had been received here; for they numbered more
+than three hundred Europeans, and came from Nueva Espana, without
+the stigma of being convicts or men taken from the jails. [86]
+This accession was very timely for filling up the military forces
+in Manila, which was accomplished by removing many colored men and
+replacing them by Spaniards; for in this Don Juan de Vargas took
+great pains, showing himself an able soldier. Thus in the time of no
+governor since Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera was the garrison of
+Manila in so fine a condition as in that of Don Juan de Vargas. The
+baton of master-of-camp was given to General Don Fernando de Bobadilla
+(who was castellan of Santiago), in place of Don Francisco de Ardilla
+[sic], who held it ad interim. The scene began to change with the
+coming of so many bishops and of auditors and lawyers--an event
+which, it seems, tended rather to augment the forces so that the
+shock of battle might be more violent and fierce for both sides,
+the winds again returning for the fearful commotions which were to
+disturb the peace and tranquillity which the commonwealth of Manila
+had enjoyed. For although the government of Don Juan de Vargas did
+not prove to be what the citizens of Manila desired, on account of
+his natural harshness and his excessive devotion to his own private
+interests, nevertheless, as he did not rob any one of anything, and
+was only a hindrance to the merchants gaining the profits of the trade
+more to their own satisfaction; and as, on the other hand, the islands
+were in a Nourishing condition, the commerce with China and India was
+very firmly established, and wealth was not diminishing, there was
+[something] for all if their desires were not excessive, and for the
+governor more than all together. But, as covetousness is the root of
+all evils, ... from this resulted the greatest troubles and Calamities.
+
+Time had passed agreeably for the people with some festivities that
+were celebrated at the dedication of the church of Santa Potenciana,
+on May 19, which were very diverting and ingenious. There were
+poetical competitions, which were arranged for that celebration by
+the cleverness of Don Jose de Castellar, who had been the secretary
+of Governor Don Manuel de Leon--at whose posthumous expense had
+been rebuilt that church and royal seminary. In these exercises the
+geniuses that are in Filipinas showed that in that remotest corner
+of the world is hidden much that could shine in the principal courts
+of Europa; for the poems that were presented therein, both Latin and
+Castilian, might have been a credit to the leading universities. And
+certainly there was verified the saying and opinion of some critics
+who assert that Filipinas is composed of quintessences, [87] for many
+of these are found there, not only of good but of evil; and therefore
+in the pulpits as well as in theology (both scholastic and moral)
+there never lack stars of the first magnitude; and in all the rest
+"a hair is cut in the air," [88] as the common saying goes.
+
+The first misfortune which was felt was the return to port of the
+galleon "Santa Rosa," in command of General Tomas de Endaya; it is
+these losses which are most deeply felt, since all are interested in
+the prosperous voyages of the galleons; and it is one of the greatest
+troubles of these islands, if not the worst, that all are dependent
+on two bits of wood, [89] and those entrusted to the fickleness
+of the sea--the one that goes [to Acapulco], and the other that
+is expected. The sad news of its return came late in December,
+about Christmas, and caused general sorrow. The year 1682 began
+with the melancholy feeling which was inspired by seeing that we
+were deprived for that year of having a galleon from Nueva Espana,
+which is the artery that communicates the blood and the life for the
+preservation of these isolated islands--that is, the silver which,
+like a lodestone, attracts the most remote nations to the commerce and
+trade; and by the lack of the silver [which comes] with the galleon
+commercial transactions are greatly retarded.
+
+Now, it seems, the two camps had made ready their opposing forces for
+one of the most sanguinary battles which for many generations had been
+waged in these islands; and its consequences lasted many years, and
+its echo was a scandal to the universe. The auditors began the duties
+of their office with great care and attention, for they were all very
+erudite men, who had filled chairs in the universities of Espana;
+but, as the true wisdom is the fear of God, when this is lacking
+all human knowledge is useless.... In the Indias a great source of
+disputes is the desire which some ministers have for extending the
+royal privileges [regalias], expecting through this channel greater
+advancement--as if kings, and especially those who are so Catholic
+and pious as are ours of Espana, would be willing to do anything
+else than to render to God that which is God's, content with what is
+rendered to them, which is Caesar's. The great privileges of the royal
+patronage are not opposed to the integrity of the episcopal dignity and
+ecclesiastical hierarchy; rather, they are in accord with each other,
+and both use their powers to promote the greater prosperity of the
+faith.... And, since the greatest privileges of the patronage of the
+Indias are pontifical concessions, how can they be used against the
+power of him who concedes them, who necessarily must be relatively
+greater?... Therefore, there neither is nor can be wrong in such
+privileges, which are founded in justice and right, and there is no
+opposition between those which are pontifical and those which are
+royal, as there is not and cannot be any between the virtues. The
+fault is in those who interpret these privileges as they do the laws,
+for they say that they give their mind to them, as if they no longer
+had any mind, and were now mente captas. [90]... Excellent and learned
+officials were all the auditors who at that time were members of
+the Audiencia of Manila; but, to judge by results, self-will greatly
+blinded their good understandings, and therefore occurred to them the
+lot of those whom our father St. Augustine mentions (treatise 4 on
+[the gospel of] John): Temporalia perdere timuerunt, et vitam aeternam
+non cogitaverunt; ac sic utrumque amisserunt. [91] The infinite mercy
+of God probably did not permit that, although all met very painful and
+some very sudden deaths--except Doctor Don Diego Calderon y Serrano,
+who died as a good Christian, who did not choose to entrust the safety
+of his soul to opinions. But at the least we saw them lose temporal
+prosperity, when they were confidently expecting even more. [Here
+follows (pp. 751-766) Diaz's account of the Pardo controversy,
+which we omit, since it has been sufficiently used for annotation of
+other documents relating to that subject, for which see VOL. XXXIX,
+pp. 149-275.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+During all the three years' term of the provincial Fray Diego de Jesus
+this province enjoyed great tranquillity, and made great progress
+in strict observance, and in care and watchfulness in the mission
+villages in our charge. All regarded the provincial as a mirror,
+and seeing him they corrected their own negligence, on account of the
+great virtues that shone in him. His poverty and disregard of earthly
+things was of heroic degree. Of many of his surpassing virtues I can
+be a witness, for I had much to do with him during this triennium,
+on account of having duties near his person. It cost much urging to
+make him lay aside a habit, very old and worn, which he had used many
+years; and to induce him to change a hat which was so old that it
+appeared unsuitable and ludicrous. On many occasions he had no water
+even in his cell; and when he needed it, for visitors or for himself,
+he asked for it from others. [92] So close was his attendance in
+the choir that it seemed as if he had no other occupation. He never
+handled money during his term as provincial, to which I can testify,
+since I was his depositary and almoner (for he possessed the virtue
+of charity in a very high degree). He was frequent in prayer, and
+so severely did he mortify the flesh that after death there were
+found on him the marks of the cilices [93] of copper, even to the
+soles of his feet; a little before he died, these had been taken
+from him by father Fray Jose de Orense, of the Order of St. Francis,
+a religious of great ardor, to whom Fray Diego had communicated his
+own. Although I have not reached the time at which his holy death
+occurred, I am not willing to pass over in silence what happened on
+that occasion to this noble religious Fray Jose de Orense. The death
+of our father Fray Diego de Jesus was hastened by his infirmities,
+and by his age, which was seventy-four years. They rang the bell
+for giving him the holy sacraments, and at the same time father Fray
+Jose de Orense came in at the convent door. They told him that his
+dear friend was in danger of death, and he replied with a serene
+face that he already knew this, and had come to the convent on that
+account; for the two had agreed that, whoever should die first, the
+other would assist him at death. The wonderful thing is, that the
+brethren had not informed Fray Jose of it, nor had there been time
+for that. He remained with our father Fray Diego until the latter
+expired in his arms. Our father had completed his term as provincial,
+to the great regret of all, and then retired to a cell, which, during
+the thirteen years while he lived, he did not leave except for the
+choir-services; nor did he go outside [the convent] except with the
+body of religious. In no chapter-meeting which followed would he vote,
+although he was past provincial; and in order to carry this out better
+he endeavored to secure that his brother, Fray Buenaventura de Bejar,
+should obtain the function of voting. If in the year 1686 he presided
+in the chapter-meeting, it was by commission of our very reverend
+father general, and because some persons had magnified it as a charge
+on his conscience that it was important for him to accept that post;
+and therefore he did so, although with evident reluctance. They
+desired to elect him provincial for six years before [his death],
+but they never were able to attain this.
+
+The chapter-session was held in the convent at Manila on May 8,
+1683; and it was presided over by father Fray Juan Ponce, the first
+definitor for the past triennium, as we had not a special appointment
+for that duty from our very reverend father, the general of the whole
+order. The election for provincial fell on our father Fray Jose Duque,
+for the second time, with the unanimous consent of all the voting
+fathers and the general satisfaction of the whole province--who
+knew from long experience his great talent for governing, and his
+great devoutness and prudence; on account of these qualifications
+he was afterward commissary of the Holy Office. As definitors were
+elected our father Fray Juan de Jerez, the father reader Fray Juan
+Bautista Bover, and fathers Fray Alonso de Escos and Fray Francisco de
+Zamora. The visitors for the past triennium were present, the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio and father Fray Juan Guedeja; and the new
+visitors appointed for this triennium were fathers Fray Jose de la
+Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arnillas. The mandates and statutes of this
+chapter-session, although not many, were exceedingly useful for the
+proper government of the province.
+
+Strong recommendations were made that they should send to the
+mission of China religious who might aid fathers Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente and Fray Juan de Rivera; and for this holy employ, after
+a few months, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio offered himself,
+and, renouncing the office of prior of the convent of Cebu and the
+responsibility of vicar-provincial for that island, he embarked for
+China; and afterward he was followed by fathers Fray Jose Gil and
+Fray Francisco Patino, who rendered excellent service for several
+years in those missions--although finally they withdrew on account
+of impaired health, and returned to these islands.
+
+When the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio arrived at Canton, it was but
+a short time after the entrance into China, by way of Hermosa Island,
+of the bishop of Heliopolis, Don Francisco Palu, on a journey from
+Roma; he resided in the city of Moyang, from which place he sent to the
+regulars who were ministers notifications of the decrees of the holy
+Congregation of the Propaganda upon the subjection of the regulars to
+the apostolic vicars. This occasioned great disquiet, and hindered the
+preaching of the gospel; and from it originated bitter controversies,
+which began in that time, and are not ended up to the present; may
+it please God to bring them to an end in future days. Nevertheless,
+at the visit to Roma of father Fray Alvaro de Benavente some relief
+was given by the decree which he obtained from the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda, which suspended the subjection, and left only the
+visitation of the vicars-apostolic and some other and lesser duties
+of obedience, in other matters leaving the regulars subject to their
+own regular superiors--which is the same as to leave them subject
+to two masters. But this is impossible, by the saying of Christ
+our Lord, according to chap. xvii of St. Luke: Nemo potest duobus
+Dominis servire [94]--which is what was attempted in Filipinas
+by the archbishop Don Diego Camacho y Avila. [95] Bishop Palu,
+who styled himself vicar apostolic for the entire empire of China,
+sent to Canton a notification of the bull of his Holiness Clement X
+and the subjection of the regulars, to a French priest named Filibert
+Leblanc--who is still living, a very old man, and is vicar apostolic
+of a province. His coming occasioned much grief to the fathers of
+St. Francis, and to father Fray Miguel Rubio, who made such answer
+as at that time seemed expedient. The bishop of Heliopolis lived but
+a short time in China, dying in the city of Moyang.
+
+This year the governor despatched to Nueva Espana two galleons, with
+a considerable interval between, thus providing a remedy against
+the returns to port which had been experienced in preceding years;
+for it was very possible that, in case one ship were driven back,
+the other could make its voyage--which had been known to occur
+many times, since they could not keep together in that dangerous
+navigation, and might follow very different courses; and one will
+suffer from a storm, and the tempest not reach the region where the
+other vessel is sailing. Accordingly, he sent the galleon "Santa Rosa"
+as flagship, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; and as almiranta the
+galleon "San Telmo," under his follower Admiral Don Francisco Fabra,
+a very sagacious and active man. These two galleons made a prosperous
+voyage and reached the port of Acapulco, where General Antonio Nieto
+remained as castellan of the castle there (until his Majesty should
+give him a proprietary appointment), because he who held this office
+was dead, and the viceroy of Nueva Espana, Marques de Laguna and
+Conde de Paredes de Nava, [96] appointed ad interim General Antonio
+Nieto. [This resulted] to the great improvement of that fort, for he
+strengthened and repaired it, and provided it with military supplies,
+in which it was very deficient--most of this at his own cost, because
+he had a generous disposition.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas also placed on the stocks, at the port of
+Cavite, a galleon to which he gave the name "Santo Nino Jesus de Cebu,"
+one of the largest ships ever built in these islands; its builder was
+Juan Sanchez, a man well skilled in the art of such construction,
+on account of having practiced it many years in Yucatan. So much
+diligence was used in constructing the ship that it made a voyage to
+Acapulco in the year 1684, as we shall relate in its place.
+
+In this year of 1683 there came to Don Juan de Vargas an envoy
+extraordinary from the king of Siam, and from his barcalon (or prime
+minister in all the kingdom), who was a Greek and very Catholic,
+named Constantius Falcon. The envoy was a religious of the order of
+our father St. Augustine, a native of Lisboa, named Fray Esteban
+Sousa; [he was formerly] a lecturer on theology in the convent of
+Evora, and had been rector at Goa and visitor for Macan, and was a
+religious of great learning and greater virtue. It seems that one
+of the things solicited by the barcalon Constantius Falcon was,
+to retire to Manila with his family and all his wealth, which was
+great, on account of his being the royal favorite and having great
+influence with the king of Siam--who, although a barbarian and very
+superstitious, as are all that people, had a very amiable disposition
+and much esteem for Europeans. Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya,
+with whom Constantius was on very intimate terms, dissuaded him from
+this purpose; and certainly the arguments which he brought forward
+were reasonable, based on the extreme and incredible power of the
+governors of Manila, which is very unfriendly to the possessor of
+much wealth, as has been confirmed by experience. I could set down
+here many instances of this which have occurred in my own time;
+but I omit this, as being a matter that is both delicate and offensive.
+
+It would have been very prudent on the part of Constantius to have
+retired from Siam; for within a few years the king died, and his
+successor was not so kind and well-intentioned. This king inflicted on
+Constantius a most cruel death, and appropriated his enormous wealth,
+which, according to report, was counted by millions. It is true that
+Constantius was very guilty, for he had formed an alliance with the
+French, and was planning to surrender to them the kingdom of Siam;
+and for this purpose he had corresponded with the king of France,
+who sent many Frenchmen for this enterprise--which ended very badly,
+and cost most of them their lives; and the missionary bishops suffered
+very great privations. The intention of Constantius was a good one;
+it was, to establish the Catholic faith in Siam, for which he had
+built some churches. For the adornment of these, he sent [orders]
+through the said Don Francisco de Moya for many chalices, monstrances,
+and vessels of silver covered with gold, to be wrought in Nueva Espana;
+on account of his death, these were sold in Manila, and now they are
+in many churches of these islands. Only his wife escaped--a Japanese
+woman, a very good Christian--and a son of his, who went to Francia,
+where the most Christian king conferred honors on him, and gave him
+an income and the title of count.
+
+Father Fray Esteban de Sousa, having concluded the business which
+he had to transact in Manila, returned to Siam; and the king of that
+country sent him as his ambassador to the king of Portugal, accompanied
+by two Siamese nobles [mandarines] who carried a rich present. With
+them he went to Goa, where the viceroy of India sent him on his way
+to Lisboa with the best ship that he had. But when they arrived at
+the Cape of Good Hope the ship was dashed to pieces, at the place
+which is called "the false cape," and most of its people perished,
+including one of the Siamese nobles. Father Fray Esteban and another
+religious of Ours--a Portuguese named Fray Jose de Gracia, who had
+spent several years in Filipinas--with a very few others, saved their
+lives. They traveled by land more than forty leguas, through those
+desert shores of Africa, where they encountered only lions of fearful
+size; they saved themselves from the lions at night by surrounding
+themselves with fires, on account of the antipathy which those fierce
+beasts have for fire. They ate some herbs of the field, and, weakened
+by hunger and fatigue, they fell dead along the way; more than forty
+Portuguese perished, among them two religious of the Society of Jesus,
+for they were old men and unable to travel so far, or to suffer such
+privations. After many days, having endured incredible sufferings,
+they reached a city which the Dutch have at the Cape of Good Hope,
+called Santa Elena; they were received there with much kindness, and
+the Dutch treated them very well, and relieved their many necessities.
+
+Father Fray Esteban returned to Goa, and by order of his provincial
+went back to Siam, where in the Bandel [97] of the Portuguese he
+made a hermitage; and there, allowing his beard to grow, he devoted
+himself wholly to prayer and mortification, being an example for
+all the Europeans in that kingdom. He had his grave always open,
+in which he often placed himself, and there meditated on the end of
+the glories of this world. In the year 1698 he returned to Manila,
+in order to procure a bell for his hermitage and some other articles
+for its adornment, and to collect some alms. In the following year
+he went back to Siam, to continue that mode of life, [which he did]
+until the year 1709, when they found him dead in his hermitage, on his
+knees; they buried him in the grave which he had always kept open. The
+spirit of this religious was approved in Manila by men consummate
+in virtue--especially by fathers Fray Francisco de la Concepcion
+and Fray Jose Orense, Franciscans, who were very spiritual men,
+and well qualified to decide on souls truly mystical. He practiced
+great mortification in his food, for he never ate flesh or fish,
+but only fruits (and those without any additional relish), roasted
+sweet potatoes and bananas, and a little boiled rice.
+
+In a vessel from the Coromandel coast came Juan Antunez de Portugal,
+a knight of the Order of Christ, and a son of the celebrated Portuguese
+jurist Domingo de Antunez de Portugal (of the same order), who wrote
+the very learned book, De regalibus. He came with an appointment from
+his king as governor of the islands of Timor and Solor, and, having
+fallen dangerously ill at Malaca, he feared, as a good Catholic,
+to die among those Calvinistic heretics; and therefore embarked in a
+coasting vessel which was coming to Manila with merchandise. He was
+received by Governor Don Juan de Vargas with the hospitality which
+his person and noble rank merited, and medical treatment was provided
+for him with great care. As soon as he became well and was ready to
+continue his voyage to Timor, the governor sent him, well provided,
+in a very good vessel belonging to some Portuguese traders, and gave
+him some Spaniards to accompany him.
+
+The islands of Timor and Solor are the last of which we have knowledge
+toward the south beyond the island of Jacatra, where the Dutch have
+founded the city of Nueva Batavia, the capital of all the colonies
+and factories that they possess in Eastern India from the Cape of
+Good Hope, which are numerous and rich. The islands of Timor and
+Solor abound with gold, and in them alone grows the sandalwood,
+a very fragrant and esteemed wood, and a great article of trade
+for China--although the transportation of it is very unbecoming for
+Christians, because it is the incense and timiama which the Chinese use
+most in the sacrifices to their idols; and therefore the Portuguese
+have found by experience that wealth gained by this wretched traffic
+never is profitable. These islands are under the Portuguese dominion
+and are relics of its ancient colonies, although they are but little
+subject to it on account of being more than twelve hundred leguas
+from Goa. At that time the rule over them had been usurped by a
+Dutch mestizo (although he feigned to be a Catholic), named Antonio
+de Ornay, a very sagacious man and an able politician, who governed
+them more as a king than as a vassal (as he said he was) of the king
+of Portugal--whom he recognized so far as it seemed good to him, and
+made contributions to his revenues with part of the great and almost
+incredible riches which it was said he possessed, especially in gold;
+but most of his wealth was hidden and buried in the ground. The king
+of Portugal and the viceroy of India, knowing that they could do no
+more, allowed him to remain in that power, and sent him [the insignia
+of] the Order of Christ, and other titles of honor. It seems that
+the cabinet at Lisboa were displeased at the limited power that the
+Portuguese crown possessed in Timor, and decided to send Juan Antunez
+to replace Antonio de Ornay, but armed and escorted only by the royal
+warrant, which is more than enough for Portuguese loyalty. Juan Antunez
+arrived at the principal port of Timor, and found it in hostile array
+and garrisoned by soldiers of all nations, sent by Antonio de Ornay,
+who already had information (by way of Batavia) of his new successor;
+these soldiers had orders from him not to allow Juan Antunez or any
+other person to land from the vessel, and not to accept from him any
+despatch or letter. The new governor spent many days there, waiting to
+see if he could at least write a letter to Antonio de Ornay; but seeing
+that he had no remedy except to return to Manila, he did so, with much
+difficulty and lack of provisions. From Manila he set out for India,
+where he was afterward governor of Mozambique and other places in
+Africa. Antonio de Ornay remained absolute master of Timor and Solor,
+until he died suddenly, of old age; and without the assistance of
+a priest, because the influence [aires] of the neighboring Batavia
+had so weakened his scruples. At his death was present a citizen
+of Macan, Antonio de Vasconcelos, of the same Order of Christ, who
+told us in these islands that all the wealth of Antonio de Ornay, a
+great quantity of gold, had been lost; for, as he had buried all his
+treasures and died suddenly, they remained for the court of Pluto,
+the imaginary god of riches and also of hell.
+
+About the end of the year, Auditor Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera
+Grimaldos died, aged more than seventy years. The cause of his
+death--which came rapidly, in an illness of a few weeks--was that
+a running sore that he had in his right arm became cancerous. It
+is said that it was this arm that he stretched out to seize the
+archbishop when he ordered [the soldiers] to carry out the prelate
+in the chair on which he was sitting; such is the story, but it
+is not confirmed.... What is certainly known is, that he made no
+effort to secure absolution from the excommunication. He publicly
+received the holy viaticum, which was administered to him by the
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; and they buried him in the
+church of the Society of Jesus at Manila. Afterward the archbishop,
+having returned from his exile (as we shall soon relate), by sentence
+and demand from his attorney-general ordered that the auditor's body
+be disinterred; but this proved ineffectual, because it was alleged
+that the body had been buried in a general sepulchre, in which were
+the bones of others of the faithful, and those of the auditor could
+not be recognized. At this, the ecclesiastical officials desisted
+from their attempt; but there was no other declaration to the contrary.
+
+While the archbishop was enduring his exile in Lingayen--or, to speak
+more correctly, his imprisonment, since he had not the liberty that
+exiled persons enjoy--in Manila the tempest continued against the
+religious of St. Dominic, who, as being his brethren in the order,
+had great share in his troubles. The usurping provisor, Dean Don
+Miguel de Covarrubias, and the cabildo, successful in maintaining the
+vacant see [sede vacante], arrested and harassed all those who, as it
+seemed to them, did not agree with their opinion. And as it seemed to
+them that all the force in this opposition came from the religious of
+St. Dominic--especially from the provincial, Fray Antonio Calderon;
+father Fray Cristobal Pedroche, commissary of the Holy Office and
+vicar-provincial; father Fray Bartolome Marron, rector of the college
+of Santo Tomas; and the two lecturers in theology, father Fray Juan
+Ibanez and Fray Francisco de Vargas--they demanded aid from the
+governor, Don Juan de Vargas, to banish those religious. The governor
+issued a royal decree, signed only with his own name, directing the
+provincial to send the five religious above mentioned to the village of
+Lalo, the capital of the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, distant a hundred
+leguas from Manila, on the pretext that some of them were preaching,
+and others teaching, erroneous doctrines in the community. The said
+provincial replied to this that if the errors consisted in saying
+that the cabildo and their provisor had usurped the ecclesiastical
+jurisdiction, and that the persons who had banished the archbishop
+and arrested the ecclesiastics deserved the censures [of the church],
+it was himself who had most influence [in forming that opinion in
+them], and who with most firmness maintained it; and that as his
+subordinates were not to blame in the matter, since they obeyed the
+commands laid on them, he could not fulfil the orders given by the
+royal decree. The said master-of-camp issued a second decree in the
+same form as the first, repeating its commands, and ordering that
+the provincial with the five religious be brought to this capital.
+
+To the end that this order might be executed, he gave commission to
+Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, auditor of that Audiencia--who,
+accompanied by several companies of arquebusiers and other soldiers
+under the command of the said governor, went to the convent of San
+Domingo; and, leaving it surrounded with many of the soldiers, with
+others he entered it to make known the said royal decree. He actually
+notified the provincial and Fray Cristobal Pedroche, commissary of the
+Holy Office and vicar-provincial of Manila; and the soldiers looked
+through the entire convent in search for the rector, Fray Bartolome
+Marron. Not finding him, they went on to the college of Santo Tomas,
+and, after making the same efforts to find the said rector, but
+in vain, notified the two professors of the same decree. They made
+substantially the same reply as the provincial--all of them saying
+that they could not voluntarily leave their offices and province; but
+that they were ready to endure any violence for the sake of God and
+His cause. The news of this was sent to the said master-of-camp Don
+Juan de Vargas, and he was told how in the convent and the college
+all the doors and offices had been opened to the soldiers, without
+resistance; he gave orders that the soldiers should remain round
+about the convent and college, and should not permit the entrance
+of any provision of food or water for the religious until the six
+should be surrendered, and should go alone to the places designated
+in the said royal decree. This blockade, with this rigor, lasted four
+days, and on the last day, which was the day next following Corpus
+[Christi], the same auditor went to the convent; and, having made
+various protestations and requisitions, ordered the usurping provisor
+(who was present) to remove those religious. After some questions
+and replies the provisor commanded the soldiers to carry in chairs,
+in their arms, to the place of embarkation of the provincial and his
+vicar-provincial; this was actually done, carrying them until they
+placed the religious in the vessel which had been made ready for this
+purpose. This having been accomplished at the convent, they went to
+the college of Santo Tomas, and the same thing was done to the two
+professors of theology; and, all being placed together in the same
+vessel, they were conveyed to the port of Cavite. From that place
+the two professors were transported in another vessel to the island
+of Mariveles; and the provincial and vicar-provincial were detained
+there until the time for the sailing of the ship for Nueva Espana,
+in which they were embarked. The said provincial reached the kingdom
+of Espana, where he died a few months after his arrival.
+
+At the same time, by order of the said master-of-camp, Doctor Don
+Diego Calderon went to the convent of the Parian (which is the
+village of the heathen Chinese), with the same display of arms
+and soldiers, in quest of the said vicar-provincial, and searched
+the entire convent--where he could not be found, since he was,
+as has been stated, in the convent of Manila, in company with the
+provincial. With the same commission Captain Don Luis de Morales
+Camacho, alcalde-in-ordinary, went with armed soldiers to a ranch
+named Binan, distant eight leguas from Manila, and belonging to the
+said college, to seize the rector, thinking that they would find him
+there; and General Antonio Vasquez went, with the same accompaniment
+of soldiers, to the convent of Abucay, a ministry for the Indians,
+distant eight leguas from Manila by sea, to look for Fray Raimundo
+Verart; but, as they could not find those two religious, they could
+not in their case put into execution the [sentence for their] removal
+from the islands. Strenuous efforts were made in Manila to look for
+the father rector, Fray Bartolome Marron, but they could not find him;
+for he was safely hidden in the house of a person who was strongly
+attached to the order; so they desisted from their search for him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+The two galleons which had sailed for Nueva Espana in the preceding
+year arrived safely at Filipinas [1684], although they did not make
+port at Cavite, but at Solsogon, within the Embocadero. The flagship
+"Santa Rosa," which had gone out in charge of Antonio Nieto (who had
+remained as warden of the castle at Capulco), brought back as its
+commander Don Juan de Zalaeta, a native of Vizcaya, and a knight of
+the Order of Santiago. He had spent many years in these islands, and
+had been a soldier in Ternate; and, having returned to [Nueva?] Espana,
+had held several honorable offices--as, being alcalde-mayor of Hicayan
+and Puebla de los Angeles, and warden of Acapulco. In this galleon
+came the governor who was to succeed Don Juan de Vargas; this was
+the admiral of galleons, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, a
+knight of the Order of Santiago, and a member of the "twenty-four"
+of Sevilla and of the supreme Council of War. He had been commander
+of the Windward fleet, [98] and had held other responsible positions
+on sea and land; and he was a Vizcayan, a native of Elgoibar. Don
+Juan de Zalaeta carried the commission for taking the residencia of
+Don Juan de Vargas, and other warrants; but the most important person
+among those whose residencias he must take was the master-of-camp Don
+Francisco Guerrero de Ardila, uncle of Don Juan de Vargas's wife. It
+was this man who had enjoyed the profits of the office of government,
+and this year he was returning to Espana as commander of the galleon
+"Santo Nino." That vessel met within the Embocadero the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," and, learning that in the latter had come a successor
+to Don Juan de Vargas, he hoisted the anchors without waiting for
+further information, whether opportune or not [con tiempo o sin
+el], and sailed into the sea outside; and he was not ill-advised
+in this step, since in the residencia he would have been the chief
+personage. When Don Juan de Zalaeta learned that the best of the hunt
+had escaped from him, he was much grieved that he could not catch him;
+although it would have grieved Don Francisco Guerrero more if they
+had seized him. That gentleman knew how to enjoy the advantages of
+Filipinas quite alone, and to go away laughing at the citizens and
+every one else; but Don Juan de Vargas remained behind, in custody,
+to make amends for his own faults and those of others.
+
+In company with the above-mentioned governor came very distinguished
+officers, all Vizcayans; there were Don Jose de Escorta, Don Pedro
+Uriosolo, Don Francisco Alvarez, Don Bernardo de Endaya (who carried
+the despatches from his Majesty), Don Pedro de Avendano, Don Matias
+de Mugortegui, Don Francisco de Leon y Leal, Don Juan Bautista
+Curucelaegui, Don Andres de Mirafuentes, Don Jose de Herrera, Don
+Manuel Gonzalez, Don Lorenzo Mesala, Don Francisco Carsiga (who
+died a priest), Don Jose Arriola, Don Martin Martinez de Tejada,
+and Don Lucas Vais; all of them were generals and sargentos-mayor,
+whom we know as captains, and rendered much service and honor to
+these islands. In this galleon came Don Mateo Lucas de Urquiza;
+also Captain Lorenzo Lazaro, a noted pilot; Captain Don Francisco
+Cortes, boatswain; and for ship's storekeeper Juan de Aramburu,
+a brave Vizcayan who served in many important exploits.
+
+In the almiranta "San Telmo," in which returned the admiral Don
+Francisco Manuel de Fabra, came a numerous and excellent mission of
+religious of our father St. Augustine; it was sent by father Fray
+Manuel de la Cruz, who left these islands in the year 1680; he himself
+had been left in our hospice of Santo Tomas de Villanueva, outside
+the city of Mejico. This galleon "San Telmo" was in great danger of
+not being able to return hither, for, having set sail several days
+after the flagship, on leaving the port the rudder-irons broke, and
+the ship was almost unmanageable--a defect very difficult to repair in
+that place, on account of the scarcity of artisans at Acapulco. If it
+had not been for the diligence and energy of the warden Antonio Nieto,
+who sent to a great distance to get workmen, and made the repairs at
+his own cost and with his personal attention, this loss would have
+been irremediable; but his zeal and good judgment enabled the ship to
+pursue its voyage with but a few days' loss of time, and to succeed
+in making port at these islands.
+
+On the eve of St. Bartholomew's day, August 23, in the afternoon,
+the distinguished mission of our religious entered Manila; in numbers
+it was the largest that had entered this province, [99] and in quality
+unequaled. This province received them with great tokens of rejoicing;
+and the land welcomed them with an earthquake, and not a slight one,
+which occurred that night. On August 29 the private session of the
+definitory was held, to draw up the formal statement of receiving
+and incorporating them [into the province].
+
+On the day following the entry of our religious into Manila, that
+is, the day of St. Bartholomew, the new governor, Don Miguel de
+Curucelaegui y Arriola, made his entry into the city; this was done
+with great pomp, and two triumphal arches were erected for him, by the
+college of the Society of Jesus and our convent, with very ingenious
+emblematic allusions in Latin and Castilian verse, and very expressive
+laudations. At this entry occurred a disaster which might have served
+to the heathen as a bad omen. Hardly had the governor entered through
+the Puerta Real, which they call Puerta de Bagumbayan, when a balcony
+that was on the side within the city wall above the said gate gave
+way, and fell, with great injury to those who were within it; so that
+many were left cripples, and among these a Recollect religious named
+Fray Luis. The fiscal of the royal Audiencia, Doctor Don Esteban de
+la Fuente Alanis, escaped the danger, the falling balcony striking
+his horse's tail; and Captain Don Francisco de Arcocha, the equerry
+of the new governor, was hurt. But, although many were injured,
+the life of no person was endangered.
+
+The religious of this mission brought with them an image for devotion,
+a painting of the holy Christ of Burgos, touched up to accord with
+the original. This was received in Manila with great solemnity,
+in a procession, the new governor taking part therein on account of
+being much given to that devotion, and with him the most distinguished
+persons in the city. The image was deposited in the main chapel, with
+an altar and retable which were very suitable for it, until the Conde
+de Lizarraga, Don Martin de Ursua y Arismendi, provided that which the
+image has at the present time. The governor went to mass every Friday,
+and there was a large attendance of citizens of Manila--I know not
+whether out of complaisance with him; for at the death of Don Gabriel
+de Curucelaegui, who was buried at the foot of the aforesaid altar,
+at the same time was buried with him the devotion of the citizens
+of Manila. The same occurred in the government of the said Conde de
+Lizarraga, who again revived this devotion; for it was likewise buried
+with him, in the same place. So much influence has the example of the
+governors in these islands, and so great is their power, that even
+devotion seems to need their aid. The religious also brought a brief
+from his Holiness Innocent XI for the erection of a confraternity of
+the holy Christ of Burgos; this undertaking was carried out, and its
+first director [100] was this devout governor. In his time it had a
+large membership, but today it has very few confriers; but they are
+most devout and sincere when they are least influenced by vain and
+worldly considerations, and most please the Lord when they are anxious
+to please not princes--men in whom there is no real prosperity--but
+the King of kings, who always repays them in money of infinite value.
+
+Much did the Catholic governor grieve over entering upon his office
+without the benediction of the archbishop, and at finding the people of
+the city as a flock without a shepherd, their consciences loaded with
+scruples over matters of so much importance, and all of them perplexed
+and entangled in these dissensions; and therefore he resolved, with
+firm purpose and heroic determination, to cause the archbishop to
+be restored to his church. The opposition which he encountered among
+the auditors in his efforts to secure this cannot be expressed; but
+he firmly maintained his resolution, even to the extent of saying
+that he would restore the archbishop, even if it should cost him his
+head. He consulted the religious orders, asking them to give him their
+opinions, on the basis of law, both civil and canonical. I have not
+seen what the other corporations replied, which I suppose must have
+been what the governor desired; but I know well that the Order of
+St. Augustine adduced many and very substantial arguments in favor
+of the restitution of the archbishop to his church, and this with
+many citations from the authors on whom the auditors had taken their
+stand--who, as the royal Council of the Indias afterward declared,
+were greatly at error in their method, according to what the royal
+laws ordain in case it should be necessary to enforce the penalty of
+banishment against any prelate. The same error was committed by the
+capitulars of the ecclesiastical cabildo in declaring and proclaiming a
+vacant see, through their misunderstanding of the chapter Si Episcopus,
+"De supplenda negligentia praelatorum," in VI [101]--an error which
+afterward cost them all so dear, especially the dean, Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Cobarrubias.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, determined to restore
+the archbishop to Manila, sent to Lingayen as his agent for
+accomplishing this, General Don Tomas de Endaya; and the city of
+Manila sent a regidor, Sargento-mayor Don Gonzalo de Samaniego, and
+some citizens. With them went the past provincial of Santo Domingo,
+Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, commissary of the Holy Office, and many
+others, with an escort of soldiers. On November 16 the archbishop
+came back from his exile, to the general rejoicing of the entire city,
+which had been so long a time afflicted by the absence of its pastor
+and prelate. The artillery was fired [as a salute], from the castle,
+and from the wall adjoining the gate of Santo Domingo, by which the
+archbishop made his entrance; and after he had visited the church he
+went to the palace, to see his liberator, the Catholic governor--who
+said that, in case his proceeding should displease his Majesty and
+the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, he would regard it as a
+great glory to have a punishment, even were it capital, imposed upon
+him. This may be believed of him, as he was a man of a great soul,
+although small in body; Major in exiguo regnavit corpore virtus. [102]
+What we saw in him was, that he was one of the best governors that
+these islands have had--affable, pious, magnanimous, and in the highest
+degree disinterested, and with this very liberal. And therefore he
+was wont to say that he had come to Filipinas to be poor, where other
+governors had come to be rich. This he said with truth, because in
+Espana and the Indias he had possessed much wealth, gained in the
+many voyages that he had made in command of the fleet and galleons
+to Peru and Nueva Espana, which had been consumed by his ostentation
+and liberality. We may therefore regard it as a punishment of God
+upon these islands that He removed him from us in the fifth year of
+his term of government--in which time he was severe with those only
+to whom he could not in justice be kind--unless it were that divine
+justice chose him for the punishment of those who had deserved it
+before his time. [103]
+
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui began his government with great
+acceptability and satisfaction to all, and taking the measures
+necessary for the maintenance of these islands. The year of 1685 was
+a hard one on account of the general epidemic of smallpox which raged,
+not only in these islands but in all the kingdoms of China and Eastern
+India--especially on the Coromandel coast, where many millions of
+Malabars died. In Filipinas the ravages of the epidemic were great,
+principally among the infants; but the place where, it is affirmed,
+the pest caused incredible loss was in the mountains of Manila where
+the insurgent blacks [i.e., Negritos] dwell, so many dying that those
+mountain districts were left almost uninhabited. But it was not only
+among them that the disease wrought such destruction, but also among
+the deer and wild swine, of which there is an innumerable multitude
+in these mountains, even after they have contributed with their flesh
+to the support of so great a number of blacks. The reason why so many
+die with this contagion is, first, their weak physique; and second,
+the custom that they have of abandoning those who are attacked by the
+disease, on account of which they die much sooner--and, what is worse,
+in their heathen blindness. In China many millions of people died,
+so that there was no one to cultivate the fields; from this resulted
+great famine and mortality, after the epidemic of smallpox.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+The first vessel that the governor despatched for Nueva Espana was
+the galleon "Santa Rosa;" and he appointed as its commander Don
+Francisco Zorrilla, a native of Granada; as its chief pilot, Admiral
+Don Lorenzo Lazcano; and as sargento-mayor, Don Bernardo de Endaya. The
+voyage of this galleon caused great damage to the citizens of Manila,
+on account of the difficulty in disposing of their property caused
+by the poor market [104] that they found at the port of Acapulco,
+because a fleet of many vessels, laden with merchandise, had arrived
+at Vera Cruz. From the time of this voyage, the shipments which
+were sent from these islands to the commerce of Nueva Espana began
+to decrease--not only on account of the above-mentioned fleets, but
+through the numerous imposts and contributions which were levied on the
+galleons of Filipinas, which continually increased; [105] consequently,
+seldom was a voyage made from which the citizens obtained any profits
+beyond their principal from the goods which they shipped.
+
+During the time which the archbishop spent in his exile at Lingayen
+occurred the death of the bishop of Nueva Segovia--Doctor Don
+Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, a native of Manila--at the village of
+Vigan, the capital of the province of Ilocos, a few months after his
+consecration. He was very learned, and greatly beloved for his very
+affable manners and his angelic gentleness. He had been for many
+years provisor and archdeacon, and commissary of the Holy Crusade;
+[106] he was therefore greatly esteemed by all, and his loss was
+keenly felt. His death caused a long vacancy in the said church
+[of Nueva Segovia], which lasted until the year 1704, when his
+successor arrived; this was Master Don Fray Diego Gorospe e Irala,
+of the Order of Preachers, a native of Puebla de los Angeles. This
+prelate made strenuous endeavors to establish the visitation of the
+regulars in charge of missions, and gave much occasion for patience
+to the religious of St. Dominic and St. Augustine as long as he lived,
+which was until May 20, 1715. On account of the death of Don Francisco
+Pizarro, the cabildo of Manila named for governor of that bishopric
+Don Diego de Navas, who had been expelled from the Society of Jesus,
+a man of impetuous disposition; this was one of the charges afterward
+made by the archbishop against the cabildo. That prelate, after he
+was restored to his church, sent his assistant the bishop of Troya,
+Don Fray Gines de Barrientos, to rule that bishopric. [Here follows
+an account of Pardo's dealings with the ecclesiastical cabildo and
+other persons who had been excommunicated on account of their share
+in his banishment, which is here omitted, as having been sufficiently
+recounted in "The Pardo Controversy," VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+This year the galleon "Santo Nino" arrived from Acapulco, and
+Master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero remained behind in Nueva Espana,
+thus escaping from the numerous lawsuits of the residencia, with all
+of which Don Juan de Vargas was laden. It would have been of great
+assistance to him to have had the aforesaid Don Francisco at his side,
+since the latter was very crafty and sagacious, and not so easily
+perplexed in matters that concerned him as was Don Juan de Vargas;
+for the governors in that country need to be very liberal in the
+residencia, and to have much patience and courage.
+
+As commander [of the galleon] in place of Don Francisco Guerrero came
+General Antonio Nieto, because a proprietary appointee had succeeded
+him in the castle of Acapulco. There also came in his company three
+religious, sent by father Fray Manuel de la Cruz--two who had remained
+[in Nueva Espana] sick from the last mission; and the other because
+he had enlisted for this province, a son of Mechoacan. [The next
+two paragraphs relate to the residencia of Vargas; part of this has
+already been used for annotations in the account of that trial in
+VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+The peace and pious tranquillity which this province enjoyed throughout
+the three years' government of our father Fray Jose Duque was like that
+which it had enjoyed during the three years of his former term, and was
+what this province had expected from him on account of the knowledge
+and experience which all had of his piety, great discretion, and
+sagacity in making way through the greatest difficulties. Accordingly,
+they bade farewell to his paternal government with much regret, and
+determined to reelect him for a third term--which they did afterward
+at the proper time, opportunity being afforded for this by the long
+span of his life and the robust constitution with which he was endowed,
+which were astonishing.
+
+The time arrived which our Constitutions assign for holding the
+provincial chapter, and it assembled in the convent of Manila; over
+it presided, with letters from our very reverend father general
+Fray Antonio Paccino, our father Fray Diego de Jesus. Our father
+Fray Juan de Jerez was elected provincial for the second time, with
+great satisfaction to all; and as definitors were chosen the fathers
+Fray Luis Diaz, Fray Juan Garcia, Fray Felipe de Jaurigue, and Fray
+Diego de Alday. The visitors of the past triennium were present,
+Fray Jose de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arniellos; and as visitors
+for this triennium were appointed father Fray Ignacio de Rearcado and
+the father reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte. Very judicious ordinances
+were enacted for the proper government of the province, and for the
+maintenance of the strict regular observance which in those times
+flourished therein--in which the new provincial had taken a prominent
+part in his first triennium (which was from 1677 to 1680), and in
+the past one, in which he had been prior of [the convent in] Manila.
+
+The provincial began to govern with so much zeal and industry that it
+would be tedious for me to tell how much he accomplished in one year
+only--the least being that he had visited all the provinces, even
+to those of Ilocos and Bisayas, without omitting in one point his
+exercises of prayer and mortification. Of this I can give reliable
+testimony, as one who was his secretary and companion during the
+twenty-two months while he governed, his death being caused by the
+great labors of this visitation, in which with holy zeal and activity
+he performed incredible labors in promoting the religious observance,
+and in securing the cleansing and adornment of the altars and the
+ornaments, in which he was exceedingly careful and assiduous. He
+suffered much from the continual harassment of the scruples which
+tormented him, so much that it caused one grief to see the so heavy
+cross which the Lord placed on the shoulders of this His creature,
+which he bore with great fortitude and courage....
+
+Among the excellent arrangements made by this chapter was the chief
+one, which was that father Fray Alvaro de Benavente should go to Espana
+as procurator; he had a few months before returned from China, where
+he left our missions very well established in the kingdom of Canton,
+with houses at Xaoquinfu and Nanhiunfu, and two others in other
+places of less note. At the same time he was appointed definitor for
+the general chapter which was to meet in Roma, to which father Fray
+Alvaro was very desirous of going on account of the affairs of the
+missions conducted by the regulars in China, from whom he carried
+letters and authority to act in regard to the remission of the oath
+of subjection to the apostolic vicars. They gave him the necessary
+despatches, and he determined to make the voyage by way of the Cape
+of Good Hope, because that year there was no galleon going to Nueva
+Espana, the cause of which will be told later. He embarked for Batavia
+on a Portuguese vessel, and as his companion was assigned the brother
+Fray Juan Verganzo, who had come with the mission of the year 1684. He
+arrived at Batavia, where he encountered great difficulties in making
+the voyage to Amsterdam; but all these were overcome by a Dutchman,
+a Calvinist preacher named Teodoro Zas--a very benevolent and courteous
+man, and very fond of doing good to others; this caused grief in those
+who knew him, at seeing him misled by the false doctrines of Calvin,
+when he was so eminent in the moral virtues.
+
+Father Fray Alvaro carried with him the first part of this History,
+which after a long time came from the press, although only as far as
+the year 1616--while I had given it to him complete up to the year
+1647--because at that time this province had not funds at Madrid
+sufficient to print it all. That first division of the history was
+printed at the said court in the year 1698, by Manuel Ruiz de Murga;
+and it was dedicated to her Ladyship the Duquesa de Aveiro, although
+it was my intention that it be dedicated to the king our sovereign,
+in his royal and supreme Council of the Indias. The rest of the said
+first part remained laid aside and forgotten in the convent of San
+Felipe at Madrid, until I determined to write it again and complete
+it, by means of the rough drafts that had remained here. [107]
+
+About April of 1687, father Fray Alvaro sailed from Batavia in
+[one of the] galleons of the Company of Holanda, and after many and
+fearful tempests it reached the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch
+made a halt of two months at the great colony and settlement which
+that nation maintain there for this purpose; it is a very populous
+city, and well supplied with all that is necessary to human life,
+for it possesses a very healthful climate, at the latitude of 36 deg.
+[on the side] of the tropic of Capricorn. In this city they have a
+large hospital for treating the sick, with very skilful physicians
+and surgeons, and with all the comfort that could be found in any
+other part of the world. Among the magnificent and delightful things
+which are in that city is a garden, the largest that is known, which,
+according to report, is only second to the earthly Paradise. It is
+many leguas in circumference, and is divided, like the world, into
+four parts. In the part called Europa, there are trees of all the
+fruits that grow in our Europa; in that called Asia, all those from
+Asia; and the same in those of Africa and America. This garden has
+a river, opened by hand-labor, which waters all the four divisions;
+and for its cultivation many Dutch gardeners and more than two thousand
+Cafres are kept there. In this place is produced very rich wine, which
+they call "Cape wine;" for the climate is the same as in Andalucia and
+Extremadura, although in the opposite zone [tropico], and is different
+only in having summer at Christmas and winter at St. John's day. [108]
+
+Father Fray Alvaro left this pleasant town and pursued his voyage
+to Holanda, and landed at Roterdan, the native place of Desiderius
+Erasmus; [109] and thence he went to Amsterdam, where he remained some
+time. There he made inquiries to ascertain whether he could print the
+history that he carried in that great city, on account of the beautiful
+work done by its famous printers; but he gave up this intention, on
+account of the numerous errors which they made, being ignorant of our
+language. Thence he embarked for Bilbao, where he and his companion
+resumed wearing their habits, which they had laid aside in order to go
+on shore at Batavia. The rest of the tedious peregrinations of father
+Fray Alvaro will be related, if we can reach the time when he returned
+[to Manila] with a mission in the year 1690, when we shall observe
+his entrance into Madrid and his voyage to Roma, and his negotiations
+at that court in behalf of the regulars of the China missions.
+
+For these missions the chapter designated the father reader Fray Juan
+de Aguilar, who remained in them several years, and afterward retired
+on account of failing health; but the chapter sent in his place father
+Fray Juan Gomez, who continued there until his death. Afterward a
+large reenforcement of religious was sent to China for the aforesaid
+missions, which have increased and become very large; and they would
+have prospered much more, if they had not been so hindered by the
+claim of subjection to the vicars-apostolic, who made so strenuous
+efforts to introduce it.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel Curucelaegui, had determined to send this
+year [1686] to Nueva Espana the galleon "Santo Nino," in charge of
+General Lucas Mateo de Urquiza; but his efforts to despatch it were
+ineffectual, because information was received that seven vessels of
+corsairs or pirates were sailing outside of the Embocadero, and it was
+feared that their principal intention was to seize the galleon "San
+Telmo," which was expected on the return trip from Nueva Espana. Two
+fragatas of theirs had been in the Babuyanes Islands, between Cagayan
+and Hermosa Island, and had slain two religious of [the Order of]
+St. Dominic; these were father Fray Jacinto de Samper, a native of
+Caspe, an able minister to the Chinese in the Parian, and father
+Fray Jose Seijas, a nephew of the archbishop of Mejico, Don Francisco
+Seijas, both of them being religious of great virtue. [110] Moreover,
+the pirates had committed other acts of hostility in Cagayan and
+Ilocos. The governor determined to suspend the voyage of the galleon
+for Nueva Espana, and gave orders to equip it for war--cutting in
+it many portholes, in order to furnish it with more than a hundred
+pieces of artillery of large calibre (all of bronze); and placing
+aboard it a thousand soldiers, Spaniards, Pampangos, Merdicas,
+Malays, and Zambal Indian bowmen. In its company went two pataches,
+which had just come for trade with the Coromandel coast, well armed
+and furnished with soldiers; and for commander of this enterprise
+the governor appointed Don Tomas de Endaya, with the title of deputy
+captain-general. To his valor could be entrusted any undertaking,
+however perilous it might be; for he was valiant, and had great skill
+in navigation, and had gone three times to Espana as commander [of the
+galleons]. This splendid armada set out, small in number [of ships],
+but having great strength. Having escorted through the Embocadero and
+secured the galleon "San Telmo" (which reached these islands safely),
+the armada reconnoitered all the places where the piratical enemy might
+be, but did not find them, but learned that there had been no more
+than the two vessels which had been in Babuyanes. Thereupon the armada
+returned to Cavite, without accomplishing anything more than the great
+expenses which the royal treasury had incurred, and having weakened
+the great strength of the galleon "Santo Nino," with the numerous
+portholes which had been cut in it for mounting the artillery; for it
+was necessary for this purpose to cut through the ribs of the ship's
+sides, in the preservation of which consisted its greatest strength.
+
+The two pataches proceeded in search of the pirates to the locality
+of the Babuyanes; and the commander, Don Tomas de Endaya, went with
+a strong force of men by land to the province of Ilocos to look for
+them--where, it was said, the said corsairs had arrived, although
+the news did not prove to be accurate. He went as far as the capital
+town of Vigan, where his encomienda was; and after having spent some
+time there, not receiving information of the enemy, he returned to
+Manila. He left there established a village of the blacks from the
+mountains, called Santo Tomas, between Tarlac and Magalan, headed
+by a notable chief of theirs named Don Juan Valiga. A few months
+after Don Tomas de Endaya had arrived at Manila, he succeeded in the
+office of master-of-camp to Don Fernando de Bobadilla (who held it
+by proprietary appointment from his Majesty), who died about this
+time. The latter was a great soldier, and the governor of Zamboanga,
+and is often named in the history; he was a native of Sevilla, and
+a son of one of the "twenty-four" of that city. The ships that went
+by sea, after having searched many ports where they thought to find
+the corsairs, and having no further news of them, returned to Manila
+without having accomplished anything remarkable. Don Tomas de Endaya
+was confirmed in the post of master-of-camp, and held it twenty-eight
+years; and then he died from old age.
+
+In this year of 1686, about June, occurred the revolt of the Sangleys
+of the Parian of Manila, which I related in book ii, chapter 21, as I
+did not suppose that I would reach these times with the thread of the
+narrative; and therefore I do not repeat it [here], as it was written
+with sufficient fulness, and the curious reader can find it in the
+place I have cited. [This citation is incorrect, in the arrangement of
+the chapters as given in Fray Lopez's edition of Diaz; the number of
+the chapter should be xxxiv. Diaz's account, as there given (pp. 440,
+441), we transfer to this place, adding his comments on the question
+of allowing the Chinese to reside at Manila; it is as follows:]
+
+While these islands were governed by the admiral of the galleons,
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, of the Order of Santiago and
+one of the "twenty-four" of Sevilla, in the year 1686 [misprinted
+1636] there occurred a tumult in the Parian which it was feared would
+become a general uprising [--which was planned,] according to the
+investigations afterward made. In the said market there were many
+recently-arrived Sangleys, of so bad reputation that the Sangley
+merchants themselves had no confidence in these men, and said that
+they were disguised thieves and highwaymen who had come from China
+that year, having fled from a mandarin who was a very severe judge,
+whom the emperor had sent from the court to drive out so mischievous
+a sort of folk from the province of Fo-Kien, which at that time was
+infested by criminals of that sort. The said mandarin had executed
+his commission with such severity that those who were put to death
+numbered more than sixty thousand--which in China is a small number,
+because that country abounds in robbers--and for this reason many
+had made their escape to Manila and other regions, fleeing from the
+harshness of that judge. These people did all the harm that they
+could, robbing inside the Parian the Chinese themselves, when they
+could not rob outsiders.
+
+About this time there came out of the public prison at Manila a Sangley
+named Tingco, who had been imprisoned for the unnatural crime, and
+had been there so long that in prison he had learned to read and write
+our language, and had come to be a sufficiently competent scrivener to
+write petitions and other papers for the rest of the prisoners, for he
+was very clever and had a keen mind. He went about [the prison] freely,
+as being a prisoner of so long standing, and aided the jailer greatly
+by acting as guard to the other prisoners; and he supported himself
+very comfortably on what he gained by his pen. Finally, after many
+years of confinement he succeeded in gaining his full liberty; and,
+as he had a restless disposition and evil inclinations, he associated
+himself with other Chinese criminals, of those who were fugitives
+from the province of Fo-Kien, and they lived on what they could
+plunder from other Sangleys and from the Indians and Spaniards. As
+they regarded this occupation of petty thieving as too disagreeable,
+and it could not extricate them from their wretchedly poor condition,
+they planned to assemble together three hundred of these vagabonds,
+and to undertake some exploit which should better their fortunes so
+that they could return to China free from danger. It seems certain
+that this resolve was talked about with the multitude of the Parian
+who were least supplied with funds, and these were on the watch to aid
+the bold attempt of those promoters if the result had corresponded
+to their plans; and what is most surprising is the secrecy with
+which they kept these from the rich Sangleys--who not only would not
+have entered into the plot, but would have revealed it for their own
+safety; for they were going to lose much and gain little, and with
+very evident risk. The day and hour of the conspiracy having been
+settled--a day in the month of August, at daylight--they assembled in
+a disorderly crowd, armed with such weapons as they could procure by
+stealth, their leader being one who had newly come, that same year,
+from China. In a mob, and without order, they attacked the house of
+the alguacil-mayor, Pedro de Ortega; and they killed him and another
+Spaniard, named Nicolas de Ballena. With this beginning they went to
+the house of the alcalde-mayor of the Parian, Captain Don Diego Vivien,
+and entered it to do the same to him; but, having heard the noise,
+he escaped without clothing, and reached a safe place in the little
+fort which defends the entrance to the great bridge, where there
+is always a garrison of soldiers. The insurgents entered his house,
+and their greed satisfied itself on what they found nearest to their
+hands, although they had not the luck to find three thousand pesos
+in silver which the alcalde possessed. While they halted for this
+pillage there was time to bring up soldiers and other armed men,
+and they easily arrested many of the Sangleys, although most of them
+escaped; and the rest of the Parian remained tranquil. It was made
+known that this conspiracy was plotted in the bakery of Manila, and
+[it was said] that they intended to place pounded glass in the bread,
+in order to kill the Spaniards. This was not positively ascertained,
+but the management of that business was taken from the Chinese--to
+which, however, they afterward returned, at the urgent request of our
+people. This was because, during the time while the Sangleys did not
+carry on this trade, they were replaced by Spaniards who in their own
+country had been bakers, but in Manila they did not succeed in doing
+anything to advantage; the Sangleys therefore again took charge of
+the bakery, after they had been asked by many to furnish the supply
+of bread, of which great quantities are consumed in Manila.
+
+The Sangley Tingco was captured, and in company with ten others
+was hanged and quartered; and the bodies were placed along the
+river of Manila and the estuary of Tondo, as far as Point Tanon in
+Tambobong. The conversion of those who were heathens (as were most
+of them) was secured, and for this conversion labored earnestly
+father Fray Alvaro de Benavente, an Augustinian, and Father Jose de
+Irigoyen of the Society of Jesus, both of whom knew the dialects
+of the provinces from which the criminals came; and for those of
+Fo-Kien the fathers of St. Dominic [ministered]. News came that many
+of the insurgents had taken refuge at Pasay, and General Don Tomas
+de Endaya went out against them with soldiers and Merdicas (who are
+very brave Malay Indians); they came back with eleven heads of those
+whom they could kill, and the disturbance was quieted, nor has any
+other occurred up to the present time.
+
+In this danger Manila maintains her existence, clinging to it as
+the means of her preservation even though she grieves over what is
+the cause of her greatest decline. The shrewdness of the Chinese
+in business dealings and their skill in carrying on the mechanical
+trades turn us from these callings so entirely that Spaniards who in
+their own country practiced them here consider it foolish to do so;
+accordingly they allow the Chinese to conduct and manage the crafts,
+believing that the latter are serving us when they are most imposing
+upon us. And as the Chinese recognize this weakness of ours, and
+see that it is without remedy, on account of the Spanish vanity, they
+treat us with contempt in their acts, although with great submission in
+their words. Whatever they make is defective and does not wear well,
+in order that they may have more work to do. The unnecessary expense
+that Manila suffers on account of the frauds that they practice in
+the trades of baker, candle-maker, and silversmith is very great;
+we recognize this, and endure it through necessity, and the matter is
+not set right, through reluctance to apply the remedy. Many persons
+understand the injury which the Chinese cause here, but much more
+numerous are those who defend them, since this peril is dear to those
+who regard it as an advantage [to have the Chinese here.]
+
+In the year 1678 there reached our hands a very judicious opinion,
+printed at Madrid by a devout person who had had experience in dealing
+with that nation, and was well aware of their acts of guile. It was
+presented before the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, its
+president being the Conde de Medellin; and when the arguments adduced
+therein made a very strong impression, another pamphlet appeared in
+print at the same court, against the former one and in favor of the
+Sangleys; this delayed the decision, so that it seems as if they have
+in all quarters those who defend them. And so we go on, enduring this
+incurable disease--although today the number of the Sangleys is less
+than ever; for it is supposed that the number does not reach the six
+thousand whom the royal decrees allow, and judging by the poverty
+to which the commonwealth of Manila is steadily being reduced, each
+year there will be fewer Chinese here through the lack of profits;
+for that is the craving which draws them from their own country.
+
+I am aware that I have expatiated on a matter which seems to be an
+affair of state, rather than of history, although history, as a teacher
+of truth and a witness of the times, should include all events. I much
+regret that I cannot enlarge my account by saying something of the
+much which I could tell about the great indifference with which the
+Sangleys who are baptized attend to their obligations as Christians;
+most of them do so for worldly objects, such as being married and
+living as lords of the country; but this subject is one for tears
+rather than for the pen. Many lamentations have been made by many
+Jeremiahs zealous for the honor of God; but no results have followed
+beyond the reward which will be given to them in glory for this so holy
+labor. A very learned apologue is kept in the ecclesiastical archives,
+written by the reverend father Fray Alberto Collares of the Order
+of Preachers, at the request of the archbishop of Manila, Doctor Don
+Miguel Millan de Poblete, which causes horror to those who read it;
+and the worst is, that it tells but little, according to the opinion
+of other religious of the said order, who, as ministers to the Parian
+mission, know the Chinese best. And still more is this occasion for
+censure to some of the religious of that order who have been in China,
+and know how much superior the Christians of that empire are to these;
+and therefore they take great care to prevent those who come from
+China (who are few) from holding intercourse with the Christians of
+the Parian, in order that these may not corrupt them. Thus do they
+look upon the matter; and when in our convent at Manila was lodged
+Don Fray Gregorio Lopez, a Basilitan [111] bishop of the Order of
+Preachers, a Chinese by nationality--who was a phoenix among that
+people, on account of his virtue and sanctity--he prevented from
+going to the Parian, whenever he could, two good Chinese Christians
+whom he brought hither in his company.
+
+Many (and most) persons are greatly deceived in imagining that the
+Sangleys who live among the Indian natives outside of Manila do no
+harm to the faith, saying that the Chinese are more atheists than
+idolaters, and that they only seek worldly advantages. But this is
+not always the rule, for some teach sects and doctrines that are very
+evil, as experience shows. In the year 1706, father Fray Antolin de
+Alzaga, one of the apostolic missionaries whom we have in the remote
+mountains of the province of Pampanga, converting and instructing the
+warlike peoples called Italones, Ituries, and Abacas--whose wonderful
+conversions present notable material to him whose duty it is to write
+the history of those times--this apostolic missionary came to Manila,
+making light of the hardships of [travel by] those roads so long
+and rough, in order to ask the governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu,
+to take measures for banishing from these mountains two infidel
+Sangleys, who with greed for the trade in wax had penetrated even
+those unexplored hills, where they taught false dogmas and perverse
+opinions, such as palingenesis, or transmigration of souls--a dogma
+which Pythagoras taught, and which was propagated much among heathen
+peoples. At the present time it is accepted by all nations of Asia,
+and in China and Japon with the greatest tenacity; they believe
+that when a man dies his soul goes to animate another body, either
+rational or brute, according to the deserts of him who is dead,
+and for either punishment or reward; and thus they allot an infinite
+succession of transmigrations. This diabolical dogma was taught by
+these Sangleys to the Italon Indians, with other evil doctrines,
+such as polygamy (which permits a man to have many wives), idolatry,
+and others which ensue from it. That accursed doctrine spread rapidly
+among those simple mountaineers, so much so that it became necessary
+to have recourse to the said governor--who, being so zealous for
+the increase of the Christian faith, sent to the alcalde-mayor of
+Pampanga a very urgent command to expel from those missions the two
+Sangleys, and to be very careful to prevent the entrance of others
+therein; and this order was carried out, to the great tranquillity
+of the new Christian church. Experience has shown the same thing in
+other villages where Sangleys have fixed abodes. I will not delay
+longer over a matter on which there is an endless amount to be said,
+since I have sufficiently exceeded the limits of my obligation; and
+I refer to many persons who have officially discussed these matters,
+although they have obtained no results from their earnest efforts.
+
+The natives regard them with contempt, having no further inclination
+toward them than that of self-interest; consequently, neither
+affection nor fear draws either toward the other. And ordinarily
+selfishness courts the Sangleys, while aversion urges the natives
+to make complaints against them--except that the bond of matrimony
+is a check on the women; for, as is usually the case, if a native
+leads a bad life, he is on the watch for the acts of the Sangleys,
+in order to make the evil-doing of another serve as an excuse for
+greater freedom in his own wrong mode of life. Accordingly, they are
+in more danger from testimony arising from the malice of the accusers
+than from facts brought forward in zeal for their correction--as is
+seen by the few complaints or accusations that are decided against
+them, and how still more rarely do these bring them to punishment. Nor
+can this be attributed to the negligence of the judges, for they are
+delighted to receive the lawsuits of the Sangleys, our covetousness
+selling to them even justice very dear; and when harshness finds
+an object, it makes their punishments (since their wealth offers so
+much to avarice), although less bloody, more keenly felt, since in
+the estimation of the Sangley money is his very heart's blood.
+
+The precedents set by the sovereign kings Don Fernando the Catholic and
+Don Felipe II are examples of their piety, and of their successful
+policy in separating from their Catholic vassals those who are
+perfidious, who if mingled with the others might pervert them, through
+the passion which the Indians and Moros have for propagating their
+[false] sects--a danger much to be feared among the simple people of
+the villages and the common herd.
+
+No doubt, intercourse with these infidels is very necessary, on account
+of the merchandise which they furnish to us from their kingdom; but
+this could, in my opinion, be accomplished without danger to us--for
+one thing, by permitting to remain in these islands [only the] six
+thousand Sangleys, as his Majesty decrees; and for another, by not
+permitting them to trade in the provinces, or to live in the villages
+mingled with the Indians. But they should be kept in subjection, as
+Joshua kept down the Gaboanites, and as now Roma, Florencia, Venecia,
+and Oran hold the Jews in subjection, and our people in Ternate kept
+the Moros in his Majesty's galleys, the rabble of that sort. It is an
+obvious disadvantage to live subjected to such peoples, because the
+law of subjection, the adulation offered to rulers, and ambition to
+secure their favor are powerful to subject religion to their pleasure,
+as has been found by experience in all the countries where this
+misfortune has been suffered--such as Mesopotamia, both the Arabias,
+Egipto, and Africa, and that one which was the supporter of religion,
+Constantinopla, with all of Grecia. And for the same reason heresy has
+so prevailed and lorded it in Inglaterra, Irlanda, Dinamarca, Suecia,
+Sajonia,[i.e., Saxony], the Palatinate, and many other provinces and
+free cities--the most fatal poison that attacks the faith being the
+sovereignty of infidel princes, their grandeur and power being the
+sure ruin of religion. I consider that I have used more space than
+is required by my obligations, in treating of so pernicious a nation,
+which is allowed here in greater number than our needs demand--I know
+not whether through our fault or our misfortune--and maintained in
+the subjection which experience has shown [to be necessary] at times
+when too great confidence has relaxed the rein of caution.
+
+[Here we resume the regular narrative of this period by Diaz,
+at p. 786:] This revolt caused great anxiety to the governor, Don
+Gabriel Curucelaegui, on account of the many champans which had come
+that year from China; but in the course of time the danger disappeared.
+
+Among the great hardships which in this year were suffered in Manila,
+one was that the rains were heavier than any known to living men. Not
+only were they very heavy, but they lasted many months, and were
+the cause of many fields and crops being ruined, which caused a
+great scarcity of provisions; and, as it was impossible to work the
+salt-beds, the price of salt rose so high that it came to be worth
+twelve pesos for half a fanega, although its ordinary price was two
+or three reals--and some years even less, depending on the [height
+of the] water and on the heat of the sun, on which conditions this
+so necessary industry depends.
+
+The most memorable event of this year, and one which may be counted
+among the most important which have occurred in these islands since
+their conquest, is the imprisonment of the auditors, Don Diego Antonio
+de Viga and Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolivar, by the governor. It is an
+event to cause astonishment--and more, as it came so soon after the
+imprisonment and exile of the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo--at
+seeing in so short a time Doctor Don Cristobal de Herrera Grimaldos
+dead, and two auditors deprived forever of their togas (since never
+again could they put these on), and their families ruined and almost
+destroyed. It is not my intention to interpret the inscrutable secrets
+of divine justice, but only to set down the times and occasions in
+which so notable events occurred. [Diaz's account of the imprisonment
+and deaths of the auditors is here omitted, as it has already been
+sufficiently related in VOL. XXXIX.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+The governor, seeing the Audiencia broken up (since it consisted
+of only one individual, the auditor Don Diego Calderon), named two
+associates to assist the auditor in despatching the business of
+this supreme tribunal; these were Licentiate Don Jose de Herrera,
+an advocate of the royal Audiencia, and the doctor and captain whom
+I have already mentioned, Don Jose de Cervantes Altamirano; and
+they issued royal decrees, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente filling
+his office of fiscal. They alleged that there had been a precedent
+for this in the time of Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera,
+when there was no other auditor than Don Marcos Zapata, by whose aid
+was carried out the banishment and imprisonment of Don Fray Fernando
+Guerrero--and this proceeding had been an example to be repeated in
+these times. Afterward, on account of the sickness and death of Don
+Diego Calderon, the governor continued to form an Audiencia with the
+two associates, which the royal Council of the Indias condemned.
+
+Under this kind of government two years passed by, until, in the year
+1688, a new Audiencia arrived, as we shall soon see. The year 1687
+was no less grievous than the preceding one, for various misfortunes
+followed each other, which were generally felt by all the citizens,
+in order that they might share in the punishment merited by their
+offenses, since always proves true the proverb, Delirant reges, semper
+plectuntur Achivi. [112] The first was the failure of the galleon
+from Nueva Espana, for it could not come that year because none had
+been despatched [from Manila] the year before; this was because of
+the armada sent against the pirates, which only served to cause great
+expenses to the royal treasury, the wreck of the galleon "Santo Nino,"
+and the failure of the galleon in this and the following years--which,
+as we have often said, is the life of the poor colony of Manila and
+of all these Filipinas Islands.
+
+The governor, having determined to send to Nueva Espana the galleon
+"Santo Nino," ordered that it be repaired as well as it could be;
+but even then it was not very strong, because most of its strength
+had been taken from it by the windows which had been opened in it for
+the artillery. But there was no other ship to depend upon, for the
+construction of the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," which they had placed
+on the stocks, was only begun. The governor appointed as its commander
+Lucas Mateo Urquina, who sailed for Nueva Espana with but slight hope
+on the part of those who understood the situation for the success of
+the voyage. The worst was, that their fears were realized; for the
+galleon not being able to endure the fierce storms that attacked it
+in high latitudes, it was compelled to put back to port. This it did,
+about the month of November, causing great affliction to all; for it
+came only to aggravate the sufferings that were already experienced
+through the failure to receive a galleon that year.
+
+At night of Holy Thursday, March 28, at the time when in the village
+of Binondo arrangements were being made for the procession which the
+mestizo Sangleys make on the occasion of the "holy burial," (which is
+one of the most brilliant and magnificent of the processions that are
+made in Holy Week), one of the greatest disasters that have ever been
+seen in these islands occurred. Fire caught in the first house on the
+point of land which is called Punta de la Estacada, and the crowd
+of people who had made ready for this devout function were unable
+to extinguish the fire; and the devouring flames made such havoc
+that they destroyed the great number of houses that stood in all the
+territory of the said Estacada, Baybay, and Tondo, finally consuming
+the entire barrio of Bancusay, in which this so widespread settlement
+[of Sangleys] finds its limit. It was no small good-fortune that
+the fire passed by the other side of the river, where lies the great
+town of Binondoc, Tondo, Santa Cruz, and Quiapo--which, as contiguous
+villages, together constitute one body--for [if the fire had reached
+them] the loss would have been irreparable; for many splendid houses
+of wealthy Spaniards and mestizos would have been consumed, and those
+of many Portuguese and Armenian traders who live in those places as
+being more convenient [for their business]. There were no deaths of
+persons from the flames; but great was the loss of the many people
+who saw their poor houses and property disappear.
+
+The gates of Manila were opened, and the governor, in person hastened
+to give aid, with a great number of people, who could check the
+fire so that it should not cross over to the other part of Binondoc
+and Tondo. What was more, he prevented the robberies which in such
+emergencies are committed by some soldiers and wicked people, who on
+such occasions are worse than the fire, as has been found by experience
+at various times; for in times of drouth fires are very frequent in
+the suburbs of Manila, most of them being occasioned by fire set by
+these soulless incendiaries, who find their profit in such destruction.
+
+To this local calamity at La Estacada succeeded another affliction,
+which was general through the greater part of these islands; this was
+a plague of locusts, one of the worst which has been seen in them, for
+the locusts were so many that in dense and opaque clouds they darkened
+the sun, and covered the ground on which they settled. These insects
+ravaged the grain-fields, and left the meadows scorched; and even the
+trees and canebrakes they stripped of the green leaves. These locusts
+were so voracious that they not only laid waste every kind of herbage
+and verdure, but they entered the houses, and gnawed and pierced with
+holes every kind of cloth; and those who flapped sheets and coverlets
+at the locusts to drive them away--as is usually done at other times
+in the invasions of this pest, with some effect--on this occasion
+found that the only result was to ruin those articles, for the locusts
+ate them, and destroyed them with their poisonous jaws. Thereupon the
+people began to feel the loss which ensued from this calamity, in the
+great scarcity and want of provisions--so great that a caban of rice
+(which is half a fanega) came to be worth two pesos and a half, and in
+some places three pesos. (Nor has the poverty been less which is being
+experienced while I am writing this, on account of the great plague
+of locusts which occurred in the past year of 1717 and the present
+one.) And it can be said that the poor died in great numbers, not
+so much because the rice (which is the general food of the regions)
+cost so much, as through their lack of forethought, and of money
+with which to buy rice; and because there was so excessive a number
+of beggars--some through necessity, and others through laziness and
+dislike for work--that it was impossible to relieve them; for when
+there is but little to give it is not possible to divide it so that
+all shall be sufficiently cared for.
+
+To these great troubles was added another; that in that year
+occurred many earthquakes, which although they did not cause the total
+destruction of buildings, left many houses and churches damaged. In the
+province of Cagayan, in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, heavier shocks
+were experienced, for in the mountainous districts of that province
+chasms and vent-holes were opened, a phenomenon which usually results
+from such tremblings of the earth. From this it may be proved that a
+cause of these tremblings and earthquakes is the air which is shut in
+within the caverns of the globe, drawn into them through the crevices
+and openings which the heat causes in the soil, which afterward are
+closed by the rains; a great volume of air being thus gathered, it
+becomes rarefied, and, increasing in quantity or volume, it seeks an
+outlet, directing its force toward its center and causing so terrible
+a commotion. But the safe and useful way of maintaining ourselves
+faithful in the fulfilment of our obligations is to regard these
+earthquakes as tokens of the wrath of God against our transgressions,
+Qui respicit terram et facit eam tremere (Psalm ciii, v. 32).
+
+Not long before these events, the death occurred in Cagayan of the
+auditor Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, a prisoner and exile in
+that province. [Here Diaz relates the circumstances of the deaths of
+Viga and other persons who had been concerned in the Pardo controversy,
+which have already been mentioned in previous documents. He cites a
+letter from Pardo to Curucelaegui, dated December 2, 1687, to show
+that Viga died impenitent; he was buried in the cathedral of Lalo,
+and Pardo connects with this circumstance the calamities which soon
+afterward afflicted the islands. He orders the remains of Viga to be
+disinterred and removed from the cathedral; Diaz thinks that this was
+done, but is not quite certain. He positively asserts, however, that
+Viga was a very upright official, and wholly disinterested; and thinks
+that he perhaps went too far in upholding the royal privileges, through
+misunderstanding their scope. Dona Josefa Bolivar also dies impenitent,
+and Pardo sends Bachelor Don Juan de Cazorla to investigate the matter,
+to know whether she may be buried in consecrated ground; he has her
+buried "in the plaza of the said village of Oriong." Her husband meets
+"a better end;" he is reconciled to the Church, and dies after having
+"devoted himself to exercises of austere penance, fasts and scourgings
+and other mortifications." Auditor Calderon dies at Manila in like
+exemplary manner (July 18, 1687); "this auditor was a very upright
+and disinterested official, a good Christian, pious, and much given to
+good works, and therefore was beloved by the entire community." Master
+Jeronimo de Herrera is sentenced by the archbishop (March 16, 1687)
+to be deprived of all ecclesiastical benefices and offices, and is
+sent to Spain, but dies during the voyage. At this time, Barrientos,
+the bishop of Troya, is absent on official duties in the bishopric
+of Nueva Segovia. He had "issued a decree of excommunication against
+the alcaldes-mayor of Cagayan, Ilocos, and Pangasinan, prohibiting to
+them trade and traffic in those provinces, in virtue of the oath which
+those officials take in the royal Audiencia when they go to exercise
+their offices. This excommunication was the cause of many lawsuits, for
+Captain Don Francisco de Alzaga Voitia, alcalde-mayor of Pangasinan,
+defended them all, and appeared before the royal Audiencia with a
+plea of fuerza, complaining that the bishop of Troya was usurping
+the royal jurisdiction by taking cognizance of the oath taken in
+that court.... On this question royal decrees were issued, and the
+controversy lasted a long time, but the excommunication then laid has
+remained until this day; and the alcaldes-mayor continue with their
+trade and traffic as before, without the least scruple." Returning
+to Manila, Barrientos declines the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, to
+which he is entitled as Pardo's assistant; the archbishop therefore
+despatches to take charge of that diocese Doctor Nicolas de la Vega
+Caballero, then cura of Cavite.]
+
+This province assumed charge of the ministry in the territory of
+Mariquina and Jesus de la Pena, which in times past was a dependency
+of the mission station of Pasig. It had been administered by the
+religious of the Society, by commission of Don Fray Pedro Arce, bishop
+of Cebu and ruler of the archbishopric of Manila, and by approval of
+Governor Don Juan Nino de Tabora, since the year 1630; and now it was
+restored to the ministry of Pasig by sentence of the archbishop, May
+16, 1687, and this province added to that territory the convent of San
+Mateo--establishing the headquarters and residence of the minister at
+Mariquina, whose titular saint is our Lady of Protection; its first
+minister was father Fray Simon Martinez. The aforesaid archbishop
+also added to the said village of Pasig the mission village of San
+Andres Apostol de Cainta, also administered by the said religious of
+the Society, by decree of March 16, 1688--with the approbation, not
+only of this, but of the separation of Mariquina, by the vice-patron,
+Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui. Its first minister was father
+Fray Jose del Valle, and it was preserved as a separate convent with
+the title of vicariate. [113]
+
+We held these ministries, with great labor and inconvenience, until
+the year 1696, when there arrived a royal decree that they should
+again be administered by the fathers of the Society of Jesus, and we
+therefore surrendered them to those fathers. In order to show further
+our good-will and friendly relations with so holy a religious order,
+we exchanged the ministry of San Mateo for that of Binangonan--called
+"Binangonan of the dogs," to distinguish it from the other town of
+the same name, which is on the opposite coast [of the island]; it
+has for its titular St. Ursula and the eleven thousand virgins her
+companions, in a church in Laguna de Bay. This was accomplished by the
+aid of the consent and approbation of the governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+y Gongora. This village of Binangonan is very small, and had been at
+first administered by the religious of St. Francis, who had exchanged
+it for the ministry of Baras, which also belonged to the religious of
+the Society; and because it was so poor a living a visita was added
+to it from the ministry of Pasig, which is called Angono--its patron
+saint being St. Clement, pope and martyr--of a few tribute-payers. To
+this ministry were added fifty pesos more for its support, but it is
+so forlorn a one that even with all these aids the minister suffers a
+great lack of means for his support; and therefore on many occasions
+there has been talk of abandoning this charge, for it is not good for
+any other profit, either spiritual or temporal--not only on account of
+its poverty, but because of the intractable disposition of its people.
+
+On February 19 of this year of 1688, our then father provincial, Fray
+Juan de Jerez, died in the convent of Manila; his illness was caused by
+the great hardships of his visitation of the entire province, and the
+eagerness with which he undertook to perform this task in one year,
+while it was a task for two years, especially since he was sixty-two
+years old, and had many attacks of illness. At last he ended the
+visitation, but it put an end to him. He was one of the most exact
+in fulfilling obligations of all the religious who have been in this
+province, and great was his zeal for the religious observance. His
+solicitude and care for adornment in the things belonging to the divine
+worship was continual, using his utmost endeavors that the altars and
+ornaments should be the best that were possible, and spending on them
+all that he could obtain. The first indication of his [approaching]
+death was that he was freed from the scruples of conscience which had
+been throughout his life a continual torment; but at that time the
+Lord, who had given him these scruples in order to exercise his soul,
+imperavit ventis et mari, et facta est tranquillitas (Matthew viii,
+v. 26). His death was deeply regretted by all; for this province
+loved him as a father, and the people venerated him as a saint. In
+consequence of his death, the government was assumed by our father
+Fray Jose Duque, as being next to the provincial, with the title
+of rector-provincial; for in this province could not be observed
+the same rule as in those of Espana, where our very reverend father
+general makes appointments for the vacancies caused by the deaths of
+provincials, until the time appointed for convening the provincial
+chapter.
+
+Among the troubles and calamities of this year a very great one
+was that occasioned by a pestilential epidemic of influenza, which
+had begun in the preceding year and continued in this year of 1688,
+with great ravages. Many died of this disease, especially children
+and old persons; and by this year the epidemic had so increased that
+many grain-fields could not be cultivated, for lack of people to
+do the work. This caused a great lack of provisions in this and the
+following years, just as the locusts had occasioned like loss in the
+preceding year. So prevalent was the disease that in the province of
+Pampanga, where I was serving in the village of Guagua, as secretary
+and assistant of the rector-provincial, the Indians were not seen in
+the streets, on account of most of them being prostrated by the cruel
+influenza, and the rest of them caring for the sick ones. Accordingly
+the deputies and officials of the confraternities went through the
+streets with jars of [cooked] rice, and went up into the houses and
+provided those who were in need with food; for most of the people
+were without it, and others could not cook it and had no one who was
+able to do so. These influenzas are very frequent in this country,
+but that in this year was the worst that the old men have seen; and
+since then, up to the present time, no other like it has been known.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, desired to put a stop to
+the outrages which were being committed by the rebellious blacks of the
+mountains and the Zambals of the Playa Honda and the uninhabited places
+of the Puntalon (a route in the province of Pangasinan)--killing many
+travelers and cutting off their heads (which is the greatest trophy
+and desire of those people), and daring to approach the villages
+near Tarlac--Magalan, Telban, and Malunguey. The governor therefore
+prepared to make a vigorous invasion, not only with Spaniards,
+but with Pampangos, friendly Zambals, and Merdicas from Maluco;
+and he appointed as their leader Sargento-mayor Martin de Leon,
+and gave him [for officers], as being men experienced in that sort
+of war, Captain Alonso Martin Franco and Captain Bartolome Prieto;
+the master-of-camp of the Merdicas, Cachil-Duco, the prince of
+Tidori; and Sargento-mayor Pedro Machado. He sent orders to the
+alcaldes-mayor of Cagayan and Pangasinan that they, with the best
+troops that they had, should scout through the mountains from north
+to south, so that they might go on until they should meet Martin de
+Leon and his companions, up to a locality and settlement of blacks
+that is called Culianan. Both parties carried out this plan, although
+with great difficulty, on account of those forests being very dense;
+they killed many insurgent blacks and Zambals; but before joining their
+troops they found themselves obliged to retreat, because the epidemic
+of pestilential influenza made great havoc among them, and many died
+from that disease. But the injury which our people could not inflict
+upon the enemy was wrought on them by the pest of the influenza,
+which caused as great ravages among them as the smallpox had made in
+previous years. Martin de Leon, Alonso Martin Franco, and Bartolome
+Prieto came to Guagua in very bad condition; from there they sent word
+to the governor, who commanded them to withdraw [from the enterprise].
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+The Conde de Mondova, [114] viceroy of Nueva Espana, seeing that
+for two successive years there had been no galleons from Filipinas,
+[influenced] not only by the order which the royal Council has given
+for such emergencies, but by finding that he was responsible for
+the despatch of the investigating judge and the new royal Audiencia
+who were on their way to these islands to replace and depose the
+auditors (whom either death or exile had already deposed), ordered
+that a Peruvian patache be made ready which was then at Acapulco, the
+owner of which was Felipe Vertis, a citizen of Callao. The viceroy
+appointed as its commander the then admiral of the Windward fleet,
+Antonio de Astina, a native of San Sebastian; and for seamen the
+best who were found in the said armada. In this patache embarked
+the following persons: The investigating judge, who was Licentiate
+Don Francisco Campos Valdivia, then alcalde de casa y corte [115] of
+Madrid, and royal deputy provincial notary at the said court. The new
+auditors, of whom the senior was Licentiate Don Alonso Abellafuertes,
+a knight of the Order of Alcantara, a native of Oviedo, who had
+recently finished his term as corregidor of the city of Burgos;
+[the others were] Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra y Osorio, a knight of
+the Order of Calatrava, an Asturian, and Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina
+y Havalria, a native of Sevilla--who is still living as a religious
+and priest, a professed of the fourth vow in the Society of Jesus,
+who is an example of virtue and truly exemplary. The auditor second
+in seniority, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima,
+failed to embark on this occasion, on account of being married and
+having a large family, but did so in the following year. As fiscal
+for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Jeronimo de Barredo Valdes, also
+an Asturian. All these four auditors carried appointments as criminal
+auditors for Mejico at the expiration of six years which they were
+to spend in Filipinas, exercising the functions of auditor; and this
+went into force afterward with Auditors Alonso de Abellafuertes and Don
+Juan de Ozaeta, who, after the six years, went to Mexico. Don Juan de
+Sierra also returned, having completed his term as auditor, and died
+at Acapulco, where he found letters promoting him to be auditor at
+Granada; for it must have been of some service to him to be a nephew
+of Don Lope de Sierra, a member of the supreme Council of the Indias.
+
+With the new auditors also embarked very distinguished persons of
+their kindred and households, such as Don Manuel de Argueelles, an
+Asturian, who is still alive, and a general; Don Juan Infanzon, and
+Don Francisco Gimenez de Valerio; the owner of the patache, Felipe
+de Vertis; and others. On this occasion also came father Fray Juan de
+Alarcon, a native of Valladolid and a son of the [Augustinian] house
+there; he had been left in Nueva Espana, and was now very old. He
+retired to this province (for which he had enlisted in 1679), and
+served only a few years on account of poor health; and, while he was
+procurator-general, died in the convent of Manila, in the year 1695.
+
+This patache made its voyage very prosperously, and passed the
+Embocadero without any difficulty, reaching the port of Cavite, where
+it remained until Mateo de Urquiza sailed with the galleon "Santo
+Christo de Burgos" for Nueva Espana. This privilege of entering the
+port of Cavite is, it seems, enjoyed as their own by all the pataches
+which come from Acapulco, which are not built in these islands; as it
+were, they are free from the sin which they contract in the acts of
+oppression and tyranny which are committed, not only in the cutting
+of the timber for them, but in their construction; and, either for
+this or for other and hidden causes, hardly a galleon built in these
+islands succeeds in making the entrance of the port of Cavite.
+
+The auditors on reaching Manila took possession of their offices
+in the hall of the Audiencia, which they found empty of their
+predecessors--some being dead, and another in banishment--and the
+only one they found living was the fiscal, Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis. The investigating judge likewise found the greater part of his
+commission accomplished, which was the deposition of the auditors. He
+sent for Don Pedro Bolivar, who was a prisoner in Cagayan, in the fort
+of Tuao; but he died while on the way, at one of the first villages
+of the province of Ilocos; God gave him a very good end, in return
+for the many excellent traits that he displayed in his life, such as
+being very courteous and very charitable to the poor.
+
+To Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui came very favorable decrees
+from his Majesty--who thanked him for what he had done in the
+restitution of the archbishop, in which his Majesty considered himself
+well served. To the archbishop came others, also very favorable,
+which I do not insert here, in order to avoid being tedious, and
+because that is not in my obligation; and I only repeat here a letter
+or bull which his Holiness Pope Innocent XI sent to the archbishop,
+since that is a very unusual favor, and because he was a pontiff
+so greatly to be venerated by posterity, on account of his great
+sanctity of life. [The letter is given in both Latin and Spanish;
+it simply expresses the approval of the pope for Pardo's course, and
+encouragement to persevere if he shall encounter other like trials.]
+
+The news of what had been done in the banishment and confinement
+of the archbishop produced great disturbance in the royal mind of
+his Majesty and in his ministers of the supreme Council of the
+Indias, as may be imagined from the punishment which by their
+orders was inflicted on Don Juan de Vargas and on the auditors
+and the other persons inculpated therein. It is not denied by this
+atonement and punishment that many cases can occur in which it may
+be lawful to banish bishops and ecclesiastical superiors; and this
+matter is treated at length [lato modo] and very judiciously by many
+writers--Don Cristobal Crespi de Valduura, vice-chancellor of Aragon,
+in his learned Observaciones, obs. iii, illat. iii, no. 19; Solorzano,
+De jure Indico, tom. ii, lib. iii, chap. 29, no. 71; Salgado, De regia
+potestate, part i, chap. 2, no. 276; and others. But this is executed
+by legitimate procedure, and with much circumspection and moderation,
+without touching or impeding the exercise of the episcopal power
+(the opposite seems to be an Anglican dogma, and one of Marsilius
+de Padua), as was done with Don Fray Felipe Pardo--confining his
+person in the village of Lingayen, and suspending his spiritual
+jurisdiction; commanding the cabildo to exercise the right of sede
+vacante; and not accepting the appointment which the archbishop had
+made of the bishop of Troya to govern in his absence--because this
+does not concern the temporal revenues, which the prelates who incur
+the penalty of banishment lose. What causes no little wonder is, that
+all the auditors were very learned, and they four, with the fiscal,
+had held chairs in [the universities of] Mejico, Sevilla, and Granada;
+but when one lacks the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom,
+one cannot gain real success in matters in which his will prevails over
+his judgment. How useful it would be to the governors and auditors of
+Filipinas to have these words written as a reminder in the hall where
+they transact business, the words of the Holy Ghost in chapter vi,
+no. 3 of Wisdom. [116]
+
+The first step made by the investigating judge was to imprison in
+his own house the fiscal, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente Alanis,
+and to bring charges against him, in accordance with the orders that
+he carried from the royal Council of the Indias; he did the same
+with the other auditors, [although they were] dead, through their
+executors. He proceeded with the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas,
+which had been delayed by the challenging of the associate judges;
+and he sent Governor Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado into exile in the
+village of Lingayen, Where the archbishop had been, and he was taken
+away by an escort of soldiers, under the command of Sargento-mayor
+Martinez Leon. He went hither as excommunicated, and unable to have
+any intercourse with any person save those allowed by law. Upon his
+arrival at the said village, he built in it a house of bamboo and nipa,
+where he lived a long time in company with his spirited wife, Dona
+Isabel de Ardila, enduring much loneliness and lack of respect, until
+they recalled him, after two years, in order to send him to Espana;
+and he died during this first voyage [i.e., on the Pacific Ocean].
+
+This gentleman was truly unfortunate, for although he had not been a
+bad governor, his lack of courtesy and his harsh disposition gained
+for him many enemies. The time of his rule was very prosperous,
+and the ample commerce with the neighboring kingdoms engaged many
+persons and brought great gains. He was very diligent in keeping the
+Manila garrison strengthened with capable soldiers, and took much
+pains to have the men well fed and clothed, and military discipline
+strictly maintained--and in this he was surpassed only by Don Sebastian
+Hurtado de Corcuera. His covetousness was not so great as appearances
+indicated, and with it he did not injure the commonwealth, for those
+times furnished [profit] for all. He was very punctual in fulfilling
+the duties of a Christian governor, and also in attending, almost
+without missing a day, all the sessions of the Audiencia and royal
+court; and therefore the lawsuits were not so interminable as we find
+them at the present time.
+
+In his time came a royal decree that investigation should be made of
+the lawfulness of the slavery in which any were held, and that those
+persons whose condition of servitude was not well grounded should
+be set free. This action seems somewhat harsh; for so many persons
+of different nationality were liberated that both the Spaniards
+and the natives were left destitute of servants, and the city and
+the villages were full of beggars--and, what is worse, of thieves
+and incendiaries. This dispossession would have caused the utmost
+distress if General Cristobal Romero, the castellan of Santiago,
+had not resolved to write to the king our sovereign about it, with
+arguments so forcible that a royal decree came directing that the
+execution of the other be suspended.
+
+The new fiscal of his Majesty, Don Jeronimo Barredo y Valdes, a young
+man of suitable age [for this lady?] married the widow of Auditor
+Don Cristobal Grimaldos, Dona Maria Manuela Carrillo y Barrientos--a
+woman in whom, although great was her beauty, virtue was still greater,
+and she furnished an excellent example in the time of her widowhood,
+suffering continually the siege and attacks made against her chastity
+by influential persons. But God recompensed her by giving her a
+numerous offspring and long life, both in these islands and in the
+city of Mejico--from which place no news has come of her death, but
+we have heard that she has remained the widow of Don Jeronimo Barredo,
+who was many years the senior auditor of this royal Audiencia.
+
+The investigating judge, Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, brought [an
+order for] the liberation of the Marques de Villasierra, Don Fernando
+de Valuenzuela, because the term of ten years since his removal from
+the monastery of the Escorial was now completed. The judge went in
+person to Cavite, to notify him of the order and set him at liberty,
+as he did. The marques left the port of Cavite and came to Manila, but
+he took up his residence in a country-house which our Manila convent
+possesses, on a sugar-plantation called Pasay. This house is on the
+sea-shore, in a very convenient location for trips back and forth
+from Manila; and one can easily enjoy visits there, as it is only
+one legua distant from the city. Here the marques lived during all
+the time while he had to wait and make preparations for his journey,
+in order to sail in the first galleon which should return to Nueva
+Espana; for such was the command given to him, until his Majesty
+should decide whether or not he should go to Espana.
+
+He embarked in this year of 1689 and arrived at Mejico, where he found
+as viceroy the Conde de Galves, [117] who, as the son of the Duke de
+Infantado, in whose service Don Fernando de Valuenzuela had begun his
+career of fortune, received him very hospitably, as lords are wont
+to receive persons who have a claim upon such considerations. It
+seems as if the patient endurance of this gentleman had conquered
+the influences of fortune, so various and inconstant in his rise and
+fall; for it was said with good ground that he would be viceroy of
+Nueva Espana; but his death closed the term of his life, which was
+an astonishing one, and an example for the study of admonitions. His
+death was occasioned by the kick of a horse, and on the ninth day a
+fever attacked him from which he died in a few days. He had previously
+fulfilled all the obligations of a Christian, and ordered that his
+body be deposited in the hospice of this province, outside the walls
+of Mejico, where it remained until the marquesa his wife sent orders
+to convey it for burial to the city of Talavera. [Diaz here inserts
+a Latin epitaph on this cavalier, written by some person in Filipinas.]
+
+The investigating judge with his notary managed so well that in
+ten months he had completed all the commissions which he brought
+with him; for he was a man of great activity and energy, and very
+skilful in judicial practice. He brought to an end the residencia
+of Don Juan de Vargas, which was much entangled, and had overstepped
+the peremptory limits of such judgments. He also tried those who were
+accomplices in the imprisonment of Master-of-camp Don Diego de Salcedo,
+of whom now few remained alive, and those were the least guilty; but
+these paid for all the rest, which usually is the purse from which
+[such acts] are paid. He was not as scrupulous as other ministers,
+and as he ought to be, although he affected to be very upright and
+just; and neither he nor his notary went back with empty hands,
+as was proved at Acapulco by some chests of his which were searched,
+notwithstanding the protests that he made that these were the documents
+belonging to his commission. In them were found very valuable goods,
+and very few documents; these would certainly aid him to pass his
+old age in the honorable post which was given to him as soon as he
+arrived at court, that of member of the Treasury Council, which he
+enjoyed for several years.
+
+The archbishop brought to an end the suits which he had begun against
+the principal members of the [cathedral] chapter, of whom only one
+had remained alive, the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; for the
+archdeacon, Don Francisco Deza, had died in an epidemic of influenza,
+and soon afterward Don Francisco Gutierrez Briceno died suddenly in
+the village of Betis. Accordingly the dean, as head of the chapter
+and vicar-general, and the one who had been leader in the arrests of
+Master Juan Gonzalez, the father provincial Fray Antonio Calderon,
+and the father professors Fray Juan Ibanez and Fray Francisco de
+Vargas, on account of these and other occurrences made amends for all
+the chapter-members, and ended by going to Madrid. There he secured
+permission to return to Mejico, his native country, with half the
+income of a dean (which is very small), and with this spent the few
+years of life that remained to him, dying as a good priest.
+
+While Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui was most occupied in
+making ready the galleon in which were to return the investigating
+judge, Don Fernando de Valuenzuela, Fiscal Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis and the admiral of the Windward fleet, Don Antonio de Astina,
+with many other persons who were going to embark--such as the dean
+and father Fray Raimundo Verart, who was going as the archbishop's
+attorney--while busily engaged in these preparations he was assailed
+by death, by means of a painful suppression of urine, which in a few
+days ended his life, after he had received all the holy sacraments. He
+died at ten o'clock at night, on April 27, of this year 1689, at the
+age of more than sixty years. They buried him in our church at Manila,
+at the foot of the altar of the holy Christ of Burgos, to whom he
+had been very devoted, and had gone punctually every Friday to hear
+his mass sung. With him were buried also the devotion and concourse
+to this sacred image, until they were revived twenty years later,
+during the term of government of the Conde de Lizarraga, Don Martin
+de Ursua y Arismendi; this is the usual condition of devotions in
+these islands, for they do not last long, and have their seasons,
+and these are not wont to be very long.
+
+The death of this governor was much regretted by every one; he was
+worthy of being counted among the best whom these islands have had,
+because in him were united the highest qualities which are required to
+constitute an accomplished governor. He was very pacific, and so plain
+in his manners that he was censured for not maintaining his authority;
+he was very charitable, and magnanimous of heart, although small in
+body. He had the noble quality of being exceedingly disinterested,
+and of placing little value on riches--which in these regions,
+where covetousness has so many opportunities to tempt and conquer,
+is the greatest virtue; and it is such even throughout the world,
+since it is almost a miracle.... These islands did not keep him long,
+it may be because they did not deserve him.... For in these regions
+there is little regret for governors who are not good, and little
+esteem for those who are not bad; but he who rules can never find
+himself free from malcontents, because it is not his function to
+please every one. But, since goodness is better recognized after
+it is lost, the governor's death caused much regret. He left as
+his executor Master-of-camp Don Tomas de Endaya, and so small was
+his estate which they found that there was not even enough for the
+expenses of his burial or for the mourning garb of his servants.
+
+On account of his death, the military government was assumed by the
+senior auditor, Licentiate Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, knight of the
+Order of Alcantara; and together with the royal Audiencia [he governed]
+also in civil affairs, as is decreed by royal commands. During the time
+while Don Alonso de Abella governed, which was sixteen months (for it
+was that length of time before Don Fausto Cruzat y Gongora arrived),
+this commonwealth enjoyed great peace and tranquillity. If there were
+any dissensions in the ecclesiastical state, he took no part in them;
+and if it had not been for his great forethought those differences
+would have been greater, as will be related in the proper place.
+
+With the death of the governor, and the excellent intentions of
+the temporary ruler, the affairs of Don Juan de Zalaeta assumed
+another shape. He had suffered great hardships and privations in
+his imprisonment and banishment, and all his property, even to his
+clothing, had been sold at auction; for before his departure from
+these islands the authorities had taken his residencia for the time
+when he was alcalde-mayor of Calamianes, and some charges against him
+resulted. The acting governor ordered that he be released from prison,
+and that both he and Don Miguel de Lezama should come to Manila,
+where their causes were settled with less harshness. Don Juan de
+Zalaeta returned to Espana, thoroughly warned by the bad outcome
+of the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, which he had so eagerly
+desired, imagining that it would be of great honor and profit to
+him. He reached Madrid very poor, and ill provided with supplies,
+and died there suddenly....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+During the fourteen months which remained in the term of office of our
+father provincial Fray Juan de Jerez after his death, the province was
+governed by the experienced prelate our father Fray Jose Duque--so
+successfully and peaceably, and with so much tranquillity in the
+order, that he was able to moderate the great sorrow which all felt
+at the loss of the deceased provincial. In this peaceful condition
+the time came for holding the chapter-session which took place in
+the convent at Manila, on April 30 of this year of 1689; father Fray
+Luis Diaz presided therein, as the eldest definitor of the preceding
+chapter. There was not much discussion among the fathers in their
+effort to find a person whom they might elect as provincial, because
+for a long time all had fixed their attention on father Fray Francisco
+de Zamora, who was then prior of the convent at Manila. He was a
+native of Medina del Campo, and a son of the convent at Valladolid,
+who had come to this province in the year 1669; a religious of great
+prudence, and unusual ability for governing; and for many years they
+had only delayed electing him until he should reach the age of forty
+years, since that is the time fixed in our Constitutions. They found
+that he lacked six months of that age, which, as he alleged, exempted
+him from election for so heavy a burden; but having investigated the
+matter, and basing their action on many previous precedents which had
+occurred not only in this province but in others, in which there had
+been dispensations [from the rule], the father who presided granted
+one in this case, as he was vicar-general, and father Fray Francisco
+was elected provincial on the said date, April 30.
+
+The definitors who were elected were fathers Fray Julian Zapata,
+Fray Juan de San Nicolas, Fray Gaspar de San Agustin, and Fray Simon
+Martinez. The visitors for the preceding triennium were present,
+fathers Fray Ignacio de Mercado and the reader Fray Francisco de
+Ugarte; and as new visitors were appointed father Fray Eusebio de
+Porras and the father reader Fray Jose Lopez. Ordinances were enacted
+that were very useful for the better government of the province,
+and for the administration of the missions in our charge; this is the
+greatest responsibility of the chapters, because the system in this
+province is so different from that in the European provinces, which
+needs very different corporate laws for the preservation of each,
+and for enabling the individuals therein to fulfil the obligations
+of the religious without failing in those of parish priest--which in
+this province is the function of all its members, while in Peru and
+Nueva Espana it is the occupation of but few.
+
+The governor ad interim, Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, began to govern
+with so much prudence and ability that it seemed as if he had the
+benefit of long experience, although he had hardly known a few months
+of such responsibility. The principal cause of this was the concord
+in which he lived with all, as well as the aid which he received from
+his associates, Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina and Don Juan de Sierra,
+who vied with each other in cooperating with their colleague in
+discharging the duties of his office. It is in this direction that
+the ad interim governments of auditors in these islands are weak and
+fail of success; for, peevish because the precedence of seniority
+is not theirs, they try to obscure the credit of him who wields the
+rod of authority, and often show themselves as his worst enemies,
+and thus aristocratic rule is converted into democratic confusion.
+
+His first care was the despatch of the galleon "Santo Nino" to Nueva
+Espana, in charge of General Don Antonio de Astina; for as this
+commander had left the office of admiral of the Windward fleet (for
+which he had a proprietary appointment from his Majesty the king),
+it was not just that a personage of so great merits should return
+as passenger--for the patache "San Fernando," in which he had come,
+was not fit for the return trip of so severe a navigation; and
+it had been laid aside, not only on this account, but because its
+owner, Felipe Vertis, had died suddenly. The investigating judge,
+the alcalde of court Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, embarked with
+his notary; all the commissions which he carried from the supreme
+Council having been concluded, he carried [the documents concerning]
+them with him, as also the copious evidence in the residencia of Don
+Juan de Vargas--who remained for an indefinite time in banishment
+in the village of Lingayen, suffering the hardships and miseries of
+being an excommunicate, denounced as such on the church-doors, and
+with no consolation save his own courage and that of his wife, Dona
+Isabel de Ardila. Don Juan de Zalaeta embarked, under the obligation
+of presenting himself at Madrid with the proceedings in his case. The
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz, was bound on the same errand; and father
+Fray Raimundo Verart went aboard with powers of attorney from the
+archbishop, in whose favor he printed a long and learned manifesto. The
+galleon had a very prosperous voyage, duly arriving at Acapulco;
+and on the return trip it brought us the new proprietary governor.
+
+In this year of 1689, came the end of the long and troubled life of
+the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who was sixty-eight years old,
+an age attained by few persons in these regions; and these years
+were rendered more painful by the many troubles and annoyances
+that had resisted his courage--which was very great, [although]
+in a small body. For many months he had been well prepared for this
+inevitable and impending event, as the devout religious that he was;
+and from his archiepiscopal palace he watched over and promoted the
+rigorous observance of the province of the Holy Rosary of the Order
+of Preachers. A Benjamin of the great patriarch St. Dominic, [118] he
+came to this province in the year 1647, after having taught arts and
+theology in the famous college of San Gregorio at Valladolid; and he
+was therefore regarded as the greatest theological professor who had
+been in these islands. He was provincial during two quadrenniums,
+and prior of Manila for two more; and he was commissary of the
+Holy Office when the appointment as archbishop reached him. We have
+already seen his constancy in defending the episcopal authority. His
+charity was great, for he spent whatever was left from his income
+(which did not exceed five thousand pesos), in aiding the poor;
+and with it he assisted the missionaries of Tungkin. A nephew of his
+came to visit him, but he would not consent that the governor should
+give this man any office or position, and made him go back with very
+little outfit. His death would have been considered, in another man,
+sudden and unexpected; for he was found dead at midnight on the day
+of St. Sylvester, ending [his life] with the year, so that it could
+be said, Et dies pleni inveniuntur in eis (Ps. xii, v. 10). But this
+great prelate awaited the end of his days with full preparation, and
+had just given orders for the making of a red pontifical vestment in
+which he was to be buried; his body, embalmed, was deposited in the
+church of Santo Domingo at Manila.
+
+The see being declared vacant, the cabildo assumed its government;
+and they could have ruled with great peace if they themselves had not
+hunted up discord where they had thought to find greater peace. The
+vacant see was ruled by Master Juan Gonzalez de Guzman, who was now
+dean on account of the absence of Don Miguel Ortiz, and at the same
+time was provisor and vicar-general of the cabildo; and as it seemed
+to them that it would be expedient, for the greater authority of
+the diocese, to cede the government to the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Gines Barrientos, they named him as its head. From this ensued great
+dissensions, for the bishop-governor thought that he was superior to
+the cabildo, and that they had transferred their authority to him,
+leaving themselves entirely stripped of it; this is contrary to
+all the teachings of the sacred canons, which in one precept of law
+declare: Privilegio, quod habes propter me, non potes uti contra me;
+and the established principle which states: Propter quod unumquodque
+tale, illud magis. [119] They tried to persuade him, by very learned
+manifestoes, that the cabildo alone could have constituted him its
+vicar-general, with authority removable at the pleasure of the same
+cabildo; and that they could therefore revoke the appointment which
+they had conferred upon him, whenever they pleased. But the bishop of
+Troya resolved not to yield, but to act as superior to and independent
+of the cabildo. There were bitter disputes, proceeding from both sides,
+so much so that, in order to avoid greater scandals, two members of
+the cabildo--the dean, Master Juan Gonzalez de Guzman, and the cantor,
+Don Esteban de Olmedo Gabaldon, a native of Campo de Critana in La
+Mancha--took refuge in our convent of San Pablo at Manila, from which
+the bishop of Troya would have taken them, if the prudent governor,
+Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, had not refused to give him the aid
+which he asked for that exploit.
+
+The bishop of Troya was very learned, a great theologian and preacher,
+but in this matter he erred as a man, for it seemed to him that
+the rank and consecration of a bishop rendered him superior on that
+occasion to the authority which the cabildo possessed by law in the
+vacant see. Among many other manifestoes which were published in
+defense of the cabildo, one came out which was very well grounded,
+the motto or inscription of which, as being ingenious and apropos,
+is worthy of being noted here; it said, Non licet tibi habere uxorem
+fratris tui Philippi (Mark vi, v. 18), [120] alluding to the name
+of the deceased archbishop, and to their both belonging to the same
+order. But the bishop of Troya, notwithstanding he was so learned
+and so holy, was very hard to dissuade from his opinion, although on
+the present occasion he had every one against him; and although he
+withdrew his claims, on account of the urgent representations made
+by the acting governor and the other auditors and all the religious
+orders, he yielded through constraint and not from conviction. The
+cabildo continued its government, with much peace, during the vacancy
+of the see.
+
+During this interval the year 1690 came in, and the acting governor
+despatched the galleon "Nuestra Senora del Rosario" to Nueva
+Espana, in command of General Don Jose Madrazo; and in it embarked
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas. In order to do this he had left
+his place of banishment at Lingayen, after having suffered great
+hardships; and the end of these was to die on this voyage, in the
+higher latitude. [This occurred] at a place which people call Dona
+Maria de la Jara, of considerable note on account of the many deaths
+which have occurred in that place; for among those who have died
+there are four proprietary governors, and some acting governors, and
+some auditors, and the above-mentioned bishop of Troya. Accordingly
+this place is the dread of those who sail in that navigation, and
+especially for persons of so high degree; for the poor seamen go and
+come past it with greater security.
+
+After this galleon had been despatched, news came about June of the
+landing of the galleon "Santo Nino," which in the preceding year had
+sailed for Acapulco, in charge of Don Antonio de Astina; in it came, as
+its commander, Don Juan de Garaycoechea--a Navarrese, from the valley
+of Baztan--who was married in Manila, and had spent several years in
+Nueva Espana. In the galleon came the new governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+[y] Gongora, a knight of the Order of Santiago; he was a Navarrese,
+a native of Pamplona, of the illustrious lineage of Cruzat--well known
+in that kingdom, since from it have proceeded men so distinguished as
+Don Martin de Redin y Cruzat, grand master of Malta; and his brother
+Don Tiburcio de Redin, well known for his courage and still more for
+his virtue, for, having entered the Capuchin order, he merited that his
+biography should be printed with the title, The Spanish Capuchin, as
+an example for his successors. An illustrious shoot from this house of
+Cruzat is also the glorious St. Francis Javier, the apostle of India.
+
+This gentleman brought his wife, Dona Beatriz de Arostegui y Aguirre,
+a native of Cadiz, a matron of great beauty and still greater virtue;
+three sons, Don Martin, Don Fausto, and Don Juan; and two daughters,
+Dona Ignacia and Dona Teresa. He also brought a sister, named Dona
+Teresa de Arostegui, who afterward married the aforesaid Don Juan de
+Garaycoechea, then a knight of the Order of Santiago, who later died
+in Mejico. Don Fausto had been waiting in that city three years, until
+the term allowed to Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui in the government
+here should be completed; and he would have waited much longer if
+Don Gabriel's death had not dispensed him from a longer detention,
+for with him was begun the practice of sending successors who may be
+on the watch for the governor's [term of] life--I know not whether
+it be to wish him well. Much could be said of this, and of the great
+difficulties which can result from such a precaution--such as the
+sale of offices, as has been done for many years; but it is not my
+obligation to give an opinion on matters of state, but to relate
+facts without contesting the laws.
+
+Governor Don Fausto brought here many persons of good family:
+Don Juan Lingurin, a man of great virtue, who died in Manila with
+the reputation of being a great servant of God; for he was greatly
+addicted to meditation, prayer, and mortification. Sargento-mayor
+Don Fernando Iglesias Montanes, his secretary, who afterward married
+Dona Maria Morante, who came in the suite of the governor's wife. Don
+Juan de Rivas, a native of Galicia, and a general in the army; he
+married another lady of Dona Beatriz's household, named Dona Juana de
+Aragon. Captain Don Miguel de Salazar, of Toledo, who was grievously
+slain in the year 1709. Don Angel Liano, Captain Don Frutos Delgado,
+Don Pedro de Subira, Don Francisco Valdes, Don Jose de Veroluca,
+and many others. [Among these were] General Don Pedro de Lucena
+and Captain Don Lucas de Lucena, brothers, who are still living;
+Captain Don Jose de Luzarrondo, a Navarrese; Captain de Iriarte,
+who afterward returned to Espana; and Master Don Juan Aguilar, the
+governor's chaplain, who had spent some time in these islands, being
+one of the household of the bishop of Sinopolis, Don Fray Juan Duran,
+assistant of the bishop of Cebu. In this galleon came Captain Don
+Patricio de Aguila--an Irishman, brother of the pilot Guillermo de
+Aguila--and Captain Pedro Quijada, both married; and other officers
+who are still living, with an excellent reenforcement of men for the
+Manila garrison.
+
+What is most important for our history is, that a numerous and choice
+mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente, who in 1686 had been sent [to Europa] for this
+purpose, and made his voyage by way of Batavia and Holanda, as we have
+briefly related. That navigation was very difficult, because when the
+Dutch ships with which he was going approached the English Channel they
+learned that at its entrance was a French fleet. For this reason they
+changed their route, doubling Cape Clare, a promontory of Ireland;
+and they went as far as 63 deg. of [north] latitude, so that they could
+sail around the northern extremity of Scotland, and therefore they
+suffered great cold and hardship. As soon as father Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente arrived at Bilbao with his companion Fray Juan Verganzo, he
+set out on his journey to the court, where he presented his despatches,
+and explained the reasons why he had made his voyage by way of Batavia;
+for this route was strictly prohibited by his Majesty, and might cause
+much hindrance to the procurators. Having secured the approval of the
+Duke de Medinaceli and the lords of the royal Council of the Indias,
+he departed for the Roman court, to ask for the relaxation of the
+oaths which the missionaries in China were commanded to take, of
+obedience to the apostolic vicars sent out by the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda. [Diaz relates with some detail the progress and
+success of this embassy by Benavente, because the question at issue
+therein has an important place in the controversy over the line of
+demarcation between the domains of Spain and Portugal in the East;
+but we omit this part, as it is unimportant for our narrative.]
+
+[Father Fray Alvaro] also had to obtain from our very reverend general
+Fray Fulgencio Travalloni various statutes and corporate laws for
+the government of this province; and these were [in the form of]
+fifty-eight decrees, given in the convent of San Martin at Sena [i.e.,
+Sienna], on May 28, 1688, [while the father general was engaged]
+in the general visitation of Italia; father Fray Alvaro brought them
+in printed form, with a Roman imprint. But with the course of time
+it was found by experience that these laws were unduly rigorous,
+and not very satisfactory for the government of this province;
+and it was continually asking for dispensations from them, until our
+father general Fray Adeodato Nuzzi, of Altimira, sent orders that this
+province should change and correct them as it should find expedient;
+and this was done in the intermediate chapter of the year 1710. Father
+Fray Alvaro brought many favors and jubilees from his Holiness for
+many convents of this province, and a bull to the effect that the
+religious who, knowing any language of the provinces under our charge,
+should explain [the Christian doctrine] in the convent of Manila for
+a period of eight years should bear the title of "Master," with the
+exemptions belonging to that dignity, and that he might exercise a
+perpetual vote in the provincial chapters; but up to the present time
+there has been no religious who has devoted himself to that occupation,
+or attracted much importance to this so unusual concession.
+
+For the missionaries in China he gained the subsidy and stipend which
+his Majesty gives to the missionaries of the other religious orders,
+that is, a hundred pesos to each one for a year's support. He obtained
+a royal decree that the trade and commerce with the Portuguese of
+Macan, which until that time had been forbidden and full of risk,
+should be free; and this dispensation was obtained only by the
+information given by father Fray Alvaro de Benavente that this was
+the safest door by which the missionaries could gain entrance into
+China. But the Portuguese, although they enjoy greatly to their
+profit the commerce of Manila, which is the chief means of their
+preservation, carry out very poorly the arrangement, as regards
+giving passage to the missionaries; for not only do they not give
+them entrance, but they inflict many annoyances on the religious,
+as they did with this very father Fray Alvaro, in both his first and
+his second visit to China. What keeps them in this attitude is the
+incorrectly understood patronage of their king of Portugal; for they
+can claim the same things in Mogol, Persia, Turquia and Constantinopla,
+and in the empire of Trapisonda, as included in the hemisphere of their
+demarcation. Father Fray Alvaro returned to Espana with a commission
+of vicar-general (which had been granted to him very fully by our own
+reverend father general); and he busied himself in calling together
+the religious who were to come in the mission [to Filipinas]. Since
+he had passed through the province of Aragon on his return from Roma,
+some religious offered themselves to him there, not only from Aragon
+but from Valencia; and there some others who afterward were enlisted
+by father Fray Pedro Cerro--to whom father Fray Alvaro had delegated
+his own powers, since father Fray Pedro was a religious who was very
+friendly to this province, and zealous for the good of souls.
+
+Before father Fray Alvaro reached Manila with his religious, Governor
+Don Fausto Cruzat y Gongora made his entry into the city; this was
+done on St. James's day, in the afternoon. Two magnificent and very
+beautiful triumphal arches were erected for him, with large emblematic
+representations and ingenious allegories. One was made at the cost and
+by the care of the Society of Jesus; and the other by the care of our
+Augustinian fathers, at the place where the governor would pass our
+convent of San Pablo, with the idea of the history of Janus--with
+ingenious Latin inscriptions and epigrams, explained in Castilian
+eight-line stanzas; and to these were added, in all these places,
+praises [of the governor]. This was the last reception of this sort
+that was given to the governors, its disuse being begun with the next
+governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu--who, as he came wearing mourning
+for the death of our king Don Carlos II, would not allow this festal
+mode of reception.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+On the third day after the solemn entry of the governor, the religious
+of the mission here by father Fray Alvaro de Benavente made their
+entrance into the convent of Manila; and on July 28 a private session
+of the definitory was held in order to admit and adopt them into this
+province. The following is a list of them:
+
+1. Father Fray Diego Banales, a native of Coruna, and a son of the
+convent at Santiago; aged forty years, and twenty-three in the order;
+a preacher and confessor. He came as confessor to the governor's wife;
+was prior of Guadalupe, a definitor, and president of the chapter;
+and died at Manila, on January 29, 1706.
+
+2. The father reader Fray Carlos Terrazas, a son of the house at
+Valencia, thirty-two years old and having professed sixteen years
+before; he was minister in the Pintados or Bisayas provinces, and
+of very great virtue; he died in the convent of Dumarao, on October
+18, 1694.
+
+3. The father reader Fray Nicolas Bernet, a native of the town of
+Epila, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old,
+and a professed for ten years; he was prior of Cebu; and died at
+Manila, on May 1, 1701.
+
+4. The father preacher Fray Jose de Ribera, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; forty years of age, and twenty-three
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Pasig on May 21, 1706.
+
+5. The father preacher Fray Gelasio Gimenez, a son of the convent at
+Valencia; twenty-seven years of age, and ten and a half in the order;
+was minister in the province of Ilocos; and died there on August
+12, 1694.
+
+6. The father reader Fray Jose Carbonel, son of the convent at
+Valencia, and master of the students therein; twenty-five years old,
+and nine in the order; was minister in the province of Ilocos; and
+died at the village of Candong, on March 19, 1711.
+
+7. The father preacher Fray Martin Fuentes, a son of the convent at
+Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old, and nine years and four months
+in the order; has been a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+and a definitor; and is still [121] living, a minister in Bisayas,
+and examiner of literature for the Holy Office.
+
+8. The father preacher Fray Nicolas Servent, a native of Valencia,
+son of the house at Alcoy; aged twenty-eight years, and ten in the
+order. He is still living, a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+the prior of Macabebe.
+
+9. The father preacher Fray Jose de Aranda, a native of Estella,
+and son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged thirty-one years, and five
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Manila, on October 11, 1698.
+
+10. The father reader Fray Blas Diaz, son of the convent at Zaragoza;
+aged twenty-three years, and seven and a half in the order; he was
+minister in the provinces of Tagalos, and returned to Espana.
+
+11. The father preacher Fray Pedro Beltran, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Alcira; aged thirty-two years, and six in
+the order; he is now living, a minister in the provinces of Bisayas.
+
+12. Father Fray Pedro Baldo, son of the convent at Valencia; aged
+twenty-six years, and nine in the order; was minister in Bisayas,
+where he died on April 27, 1716, while prior of the convent at Dumarao.
+
+13. The father preacher Fray Juan Barruelo, a native of Candelario,
+in the bishopric of Plasencia, and son of the convent at Salamanca;
+aged twenty-four years, and six in the order; was minister in China
+for several years, and at the present time is definitor and prior of
+the convent of Apalit in Pampanga.
+
+14. The brother chorister Fray Tomas Ortiz, a native of Duenas, and
+son of the convent at Valladolid; aged twenty-two years, and three in
+the order; was minister in China eighteen years, and vicar-provincial
+of that mission; afterward he was prior of the convent at Manila,
+and still lives, the present provincial of this province.
+
+15. The brother chorister Fray Diego Megia, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; twenty-one years of age, and three
+and a half in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos,
+where he died as prior of the convent of Tanauan, on October 4, 1699.
+
+16. The brother chorister Fray Jose Ruiz, son of the convent at Burgos,
+and native of that city; aged twenty-two years; is minister of the
+province of Ilocos, and has been visitor of this province.
+
+17. The brother [chorister?] Fray Jose de Echebel, son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty-two years, and six in the order;
+was a minister in Bisayas; and died about March, 1706.
+
+18. The brother chorister Fray Facundo Trepat, a native of Caspe,
+son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty years, and three and a
+half in the order; has been definitor, and is now a minister in the
+provinces of Bisayas.
+
+19. The brother chorister Fray Jose Bosquet, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Epila; twenty years of age, and two in the
+order; is a minister in the provinces of Bisayas, and now definitor
+of this province.
+
+20. The brother chorister Fray Guillermo Sebastian, a son of the house
+at Vinaroz; aged nineteen years, and two and a half in the order;
+was a minister in the province of Ilocos, and died as prior of Bantay,
+on December 13, 1698.
+
+21. The brother chorister Fray Eugenio Costales, a son of the convent
+of Sevilla; aged twenty-one years, and three in the order; is now a
+minister in the province of Ilocos.
+
+22. The brother novice Fray Juan Hidalgo Lopez, a native of
+Extremadura; aged twenty-eight years; is a minister in the province
+of Pampanga.
+
+23. The brother novice Fray Juan Nunez, a native of Medina del Campo;
+aged twenty-three years; was a minister in China for many years;
+and at present is a minister in the province of Ilocos, and its
+vicar-provincial.
+
+24. The brother novice Fray Fernando Ricote, a native of Asturias;
+aged twenty-eight years; was a minister in Bisayas; and died at Cebu
+in the year 1698.
+
+25. The brother novice Fray Isidro Lopez, a native of Madrid; aged
+seventeen years; was a minister in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Tagalos; and died while he was visitor, and prior of Guiguinto,
+on February 21, 1716.
+
+26. The lay brother Fray Francisco de Sevilla, a son of the convent at
+Jativa; aged thirty-one years, and five in the order; he was eminent
+in virtue, prayer, and mortification, and rendered much service to
+the convent of Manila, where he met a pious death on March 31, 1711.
+
+27. The lay brother Fray Nicolas Codura, a son of the convent at Epila;
+aged thirty years, and seven in the order; he lives in the convent
+at Manila, where he has rendered good service, and still does so.
+
+All these religious have been very useful to this province in its
+ministries and instruction, and in the missions of China--the progress
+of which from their foundation will be set down separately and all
+together, by way of recapitulation, [122] ending this history with this
+chapter. For if I were to continue it further it would be necessary to
+speak of the living, and [personal] considerations might render the
+truth liable to suspicion; and although truth is the essential form
+and the soul of history it cannot become the instructor of the times,
+or be a [reliable] witness about them, when suspicion can challenge
+it. I will, however, record in this chapter some of the acts of Don
+Fausto in his government [123]--which, although they were just, were
+rendered intolerable by the violence and harshness with which they
+were executed; for the body politic of the Manila colony is not fit
+for so strong cathartic remedies, since its weakness can only endure
+anodynes and emollients.
+
+This gentleman commenced the course of his government with great
+integrity and rectitude, and very clean hands--grand qualities from
+which to expect a good government, although not well liked by all. All
+his desire, assiduity, and effort were directed to the increase of the
+royal revenues; and this he kept up to the end of his government, with
+such extreme application that what appeared to the governor justice
+seemed [to the people] cruelty. But here Justice used only the edges
+of the sword, without weighing with the balances that she held in
+the other hand the difficulties of time and occasion. Don Gabriel de
+Curucelaegui had not pushed this matter very far before troubles which
+gave him greater anxiety diverted his mind from this occupation. In
+a short time Don Fausto acquired great comprehension of the conduct
+of government and of all the measures which could increase the royal
+revenues; and he found that a very considerable amount was due to
+the exchequer, not only from the living but from the dead, from the
+collections of the royal tributes and from other sources. Don Fausto
+applied himself to the collection, with excessive rigor, of what the
+citizens of Manila owed to the royal treasury, without considering that
+most of the debtors were bankrupt, and almost destitute through lack
+of means; others were now dead, and search was made for their heirs and
+executors, in order to compel them to satisfy these claims. [124] While
+these investigations were being made, the prisons and fortifications
+were filled with debtors, more fit to ask alms than to pay their debts;
+others took refuge in the churches, where they remained a long time
+without being able to look for means of support. In every direction
+there were seizures and auctions, exactions and investigations. By
+this assiduity Don Fausto placed much silver in the royal treasury;
+but his Majesty does not choose to flay thus his vassals, but rather,
+as a good shepherd, to shear off the wool without cutting away the skin
+in which it has its roots. This inflexibility in collecting the debts
+owed to the royal exchequer, and his great eagerness to increase it,
+have caused great expenses, some superfluous and others necessary;
+and these traits in Don Fausto continued throughout the period of his
+government--which was the longest that has occurred in these islands,
+since it reached eleven years. [125]
+
+Considering that in these islands there is no equipment of iron-works
+for making anchors, and that the Dutch of Batavia, as they are so
+ingenious, have abundance of all that pertains to navigation, he
+sent Don Pedro de Ariosolo with title of ambassador, accompanied by
+some Spaniards--Don Martin de Tejada, Don Jose Pestano de Cueva,
+Don Juan de Tejada, and others, among the prominent citizens of
+Manila. These envoys were very well received in Batavia, and so well
+did they succeed in their errand that they brought back many and
+excellent anchors, which were used for many years. This transaction
+was repeated afterward by Governor Don Domingo de Zabalburu, who sent
+for the same purpose General Miguel Martinez, Don Gregorio Escalante,
+Don Juan de San Pedro, and others, whose errand was as successful
+as that of the former envoys, through the good management and great
+liberality of the ambassador. Such endeavors have not always had the
+desired effect; for in the past year of 1717 the present governor,
+Mariscal Don Fernando Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda, sent General Don
+Fernando de Angulo as ambassador to Batavia to procure some anchors,
+but he returned without them.
+
+The first galleon that Don Fausto despatched for Nueva Espana was
+the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," in charge of General Don Francisco de
+Arcocha, his pilot being Lazcano; the voyage was a prosperous one,
+and the galleon returned in the following year of 1692, in charge
+of the captain of mounted cuirassiers Don Bernardo de Bayo, who was
+sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves, who took away that office from
+Don Francisco de Arcocha. It is said that the cause of this change
+was resentment on the part of the said Conde because he had in the
+year 1689 sent Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero, a gentleman of his
+household, as commander of the galleon--because the commander who had
+come with the ship, Lucas Mateo de Urquiza, had remained at Acapulco
+sick (not being willing to follow the second route, which Don Pedro
+de Ariosolo was taking)--and Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero had
+returned in the said galleon "Santo Cristo" as a passenger and not
+as a commander (although he died on the way); and, annoyed at this,
+the viceroy had taken the office from Don Francisco de Arcocha and
+given it to Don Bernardo de Bayo. It would have been better if the
+galleon had not come at all, for it was wrecked on the return trip,
+as we shall see later.
+
+With Don Gabriel de Arnedo came the auditor Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima, with his wife and children, who the
+preceding year had not been able to embark on account of the lack
+of accommodations in the patache "San Fernando," in which came the
+investigating judge and the three auditors. Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta was highly esteemed for his learning, and for having been
+an official of great integrity and uprightness. He completed his
+six years' term as auditor of Filipinas, and embarked for Mejico,
+where he was for many years alcalde of criminal cases for that city,
+with the same reputation for integrity and rectitude. The new auditors
+brought orders from his Majesty that two of them should go first to
+visit the provinces [126] of these islands, and draw up an enumeration
+of the royal tributes, their two associates remaining [at Manila] to
+serve in the royal Audiencia. For this task two auditors set out--Don
+Alonso de Abella Fuertes to visit the provinces of Cagayan, Ilocos,
+and Pampanga; and Don Juan de Sierra to visit those of Cebu, Ogton,
+and Panay, although he visited only the last two. After Don Alonso
+Fuertes had returned from his commission, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta
+went to visit the provinces of Tagalos, and made the enumeration of
+the tributes.
+
+Don Fausto placed on the stocks the largest galleon that had ever
+been built; for it was three codos longer than the largest that
+had been built in the world. This enterprise was carried on by
+Master-of-camp Don Tomas de Endaya, who by application had become
+very skilful in this art, and he was therefore the superintendent of
+this construction; which was completed in less than nine months, to
+the astonishment of everyone--although with some cause for scandal,
+since the men worked on it even on the most important feast-days, not
+stopping even on Holy Thursday. He gave it the name of "San Jose,"
+and appointed Don Jose Madrazo its commander; and it was launched
+very successfully. It sailed from this headland of Cavite on the day
+of Sts. Peter and Paul in 1694; [127] and on July 3, in the night,
+it was dashed to pieces on the coast of Luban, and more than four
+hundred persons were drowned. It was reckoned that if the men had
+not worked on the feast-days the vessel would have been completed
+more slowly, and would have sailed many days later, and the furious
+hurricane that was the cause of its wreck would not have caught it on
+the sea, with the deaths of so many persons and the loss of the great
+amount of merchandise that it carried; for it is considered certain
+that no larger or richer galleon had plowed the waters of the sea,
+for the wealth that it carried was incredible.
+
+While this loss was so great, one of the most grievous losses that
+these islands have suffered, it was made worse by the non-arrival of
+the galleon that was expected that year, the "Santo Cristo de Burgos,"
+in charge of General Don Bernardo Ignacio del Bayo--who, as we have
+said, was sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves in the year of 1691, and
+returned in the same ship the following year; and it put back to the
+port of Solsogon, after having endured great tempests. It remained at
+Solsogon in order to continue its voyage the year of 1693, as it did;
+but it not only failed to reach port, but was wrecked, without our
+gaining the least knowledge of the place where that occurred. There
+were some suspicions that it was destroyed by fire (a danger for which
+there is on the sea no help), for at one of the Marianas Islands were
+found fragments of burned wood, which were sent [here] by the governor
+of Filipinas, Don Jose Madrazo, and were recognized to be of woods that
+are found in these islands only. Careful search was made for many years
+along the coasts of South America, and in other regions; but not the
+least news of this ship has been received. Among the persons who were
+lost in this galleon was a religious who was most highly esteemed by
+this province for his great virtue and learning; this was the father
+reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte, a Vizcayan, a native of Marquina,
+who came as superior of the mission which reached this province in the
+year 1684; he had been sent in this galleon to Espana, as procurator
+of the province, to ask for a new reenforcement of missionaries. Much
+could be said of the great virtue of this religious, of his frequent
+prayer and mortification, his poverty, his extraordinary humility
+and affability--which I omit, in order not to seem too partial to
+him, or expose myself to the censure which I have seen incurred by
+many historians among the regulars, who have indulged in so excessive
+praises of this sort that they expose themselves to the charge of being
+too partial, because the persons eulogized are of their own houses.
+
+By these so calamitous events the islands were reduced to a miserable
+condition, on account of the loss of two good galleons and of so much
+wealth, belonging to so many that one might say it was the wealth
+of all [the citizens of Manila]. There was a little alleviation of
+our affliction that year, but it was so little that it could hardly
+be regarded as succor--that before the great galleon left Cavite a
+small patache entered that port which the viceroy of Nueva Espana
+had sent with some slight assistance, in charge of Don Andres de
+Arriola, a Sevillan gentleman of great courage and renown. He
+returned to Nueva Espana in a small vessel which was purchased
+for 6,000 pesos from a Portuguese merchant named Juan de Abreu; it
+was so small that the authorities ordered, under heavy penalties,
+that no citizen should send in this vessel anything except letters,
+a rule which was enforced most rigorously. This patache made a very
+prosperous voyage; for, having passed the Marianas Islands, which is
+the most difficult part of this navigation, and finding that their
+provisions were nearly gone, and that it was almost impossible to
+pursue their voyage, divine Providence aided them by revealing to
+them an unknown island, not set down on any navigation chart. They
+found it uninhabited by men, but abounding in certain birds, large
+and heavy, and little inclined to fly, and so easy to catch that
+the men gave them the name of "fool birds" [128] either because of
+their stupidity, or as being the same as those birds which are found
+in Brasil and some islands of India which the Portuguese call dodos,
+which is the same as tontos [i.e., "stupid"]. The flesh of these birds
+is very good, and so, by killing many of them and drying their flesh
+in the wind, the sailors made a very good provision of food. They
+also found very good water and firewood, so that they were able to
+continue their voyage to Acapulco. What they most regretted was,
+that they could not fix the latitude and situation of this island,
+for lack of seeing the sun; and thus the island became again unknown,
+and inaccessible for another like emergency. [If its location were
+known], it would be a great assistance in making easier this arduous
+and severe navigation from Filipinas to Acapulco.
+
+Don Andres de Arriola was afterward a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+commander of the Windward fleet, and governor of Vera Cruz and of
+Pancacola, where he rendered great services to his Majesty King Don
+Felipe V--his great courage enabling him to furnish large supplies of
+silver [to the king], despite the perils of the sea and the enemies of
+the crown, in the time when the armed fleets of Inglaterra and Holanda
+were infesting the seas and obstructing the commerce with America.
+
+Among the losses which Governor Don Fausto experienced in the time
+of his government, the greatest in his estimation was the death of
+his spouse Dona Beatriz de Arostegui, in 1694; he loved her dearly,
+an affection deserved by her beauty, the many children that she had
+borne him, her great virtues, and sweet disposition--for which all the
+people loved her as the rainbow of peace, as she greatly moderated the
+choleric disposition of her husband. She died, this Rachel in beauty
+and Leah in fruitfulness, in the second year of the government of
+Don Fausto. [129] She was given a burial with honors in our church
+at Manila, and in the following year her remains were transferred
+to a beautiful chapel in the chancel, erected and adorned for this
+purpose. [This chapel contains the sculptured figure of the lady,
+with some Latin inscriptions, which are here omitted.] Well was this
+monument merited by a matron so virtuous, loved and reverenced by all
+for her great virtues; and her death was all the more regretted on
+account of her youth. The funeral honors which were solemnized for
+her were the most splendid ever seen in these islands (and it would
+be difficult to equal them in any other country, even with great
+expenditures); for the great abundance in these islands of wax and
+of the other materials for pomp which can increase the magnificence
+of functions of this kind, render them very easy. But this abuse is
+at present greatly moderated, as a result of the recent royal decree
+which was published that these vain parades be diminished.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
+
+
+The sources of the documents in this volume are as follows:
+
+1. Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.--From the Ventura del Arco
+MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, and 119-133; a contemporaneous
+MS., belonging to Edward E. Ayer; Ventura del Arco MSS., v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206.
+
+2. Augustinians in the Philippines.--From Casimiro Diaz's Conquistas
+(Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, and 689-817; from a copy in the possession
+of James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] At the end of this document appear the following memoranda
+relative to the archbishop's voyage to the islands: "Archbishop Camacho
+embarked at Acapulco for Manila on March 30, 1697. The lading of the
+ship was made in great haste, because there was in Acapulco a fearful
+pestilence. Several died from this pest on the ship, within a few
+days--among whom were the fiscal of his Majesty, and a Jesuit and
+a Dominican. On the 19th of July they encountered a terrible storm,
+from which they escaped only through the intercession of St. Francisco
+Javier, a Jesuit, casting into the water an order of the saint in which
+he promised that they should have no [cause for] fear. On July 24, at
+three o'clock in the afternoon, they anchored in the port of Palapag,
+where they suffered from a baguio. On the eighth day of September,
+the archbishop made his public entry into Manila."
+
+[2] Spanish, realengos; "applied to the villages which are not held
+by seigniors or by the religious orders, and to lands belonging to
+the state" (Barcia).
+
+Auditor Sierra held a commission from the court for legalizing
+the ownership of lands in Filipinas; and in the fulfilment of this
+charge he demanded from the friars the documents which justified their
+right to the magnificent estates of which they called themselves the
+owners." (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, p. 385.)
+
+[3] This bull was a papal sentence of excommunication formerly
+published against heretics every Holy (or Maundy) Thursday; for ages
+it was publicly read on that day, otherwise known as the feria quinta
+in Coena Domini; hence its common title, as given in the text. The
+latest form which this bull assumed was given to it by Urban VIII in
+1627; it is entitled, Pastoralis Romani pontificis vigilantia, and is
+divided into twenty sections or decrees. Of these, no. 15 censures
+such as usurp jurisdiction; it was, then, issued in the interests
+of liberty in court trials. No. 17 censures those who usurp church
+revenues, incomes, and the like; and it thus upheld the rights of
+ownership. This bull is no longer used; its periodical publication was
+discontinued after 1773, and it was suppressed by Pius IX (October 12,
+1869), in force of his constitution, Apostolicae Sedis, issued on that
+date.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[4] The decree here mentioned is dated May 15, 1572, and begins,
+Exposcit debitum pastoralis officii. In it provision is made for
+"appeals from the West Indias, and the islands of the Ocean Sea,
+subject to the king of Spain." It orders that appeals be carried,
+first, from the bishop to the metropolitan; second, from the
+metropolitan to the next neighboring ordinary--that thus justice might
+be secured without delay or so heavy expense. Philip II had petitioned
+to this effect, that cases might be decided by two courts, and no
+appeal be admitted therefrom; hence the bull of Gregory to the king.
+
+In this case, the appeal was from the metropolitan to the bishop
+of Camarines--who probably had been commissioned by the pope to act
+as delegate from an early period in his episcopal career, since he
+himself mentions (post) his having acted in that capacity in the
+time of Archbishop Pardo. In case of the nearest see being vacant,
+the official who acted as its head would be delegate for the time
+being, i.e. would be a vice-ordinary. Also, as those islands were
+too remote for sending thither delegates from Europe, except in
+extraordinary cases, the metropolitan of Manila might send a delegate
+to Camarines. The authority possessed by the delegate in appeal cases
+(as results from the bull of Gregory) would be definitive and final;
+he might overrule and even supersede the metropolitan, as being the
+judge in final appeal.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[5] Probably Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, as he was bishop of
+Puebla in 1696 (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 256).
+
+[6] Cruzat y Gongora's term of office was lengthened by the failure
+of his successor to go to the islands. This was Domingo Zabalburu de
+Echevarri, who was appointed September 18, 1694, but did not reach
+Manila until 1701.
+
+[7] Spanish, sobrino, which may be applied not only to a brother's
+or sister's child, but to that of a cousin-german.
+
+[8] Spanish, ni mejorarla [apelacion]; a legal phrase, meaning "to
+support the appeal before the superior court, after having appealed
+before it, by setting forth the injury that is experienced from any
+act issued by the lower court" (Barcia).
+
+[9] So in Ventura del Arco's transcription; but it would seem to
+be an error for 120--perhaps a copyist's conjecture of an illegible
+character--since it apparently refers to Gregory XIII's decree of 1572
+(ante, p. 27).
+
+[10] He was almost seventy years old, according to Concepcion (Hist. de
+Philipinas, viii, p. 229).
+
+[11] In the Latin Church the ecclesiastical orders are those of
+bishops, priests, deacons, sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers,
+and ostiarii, or doorkeepers. Many theologians reckon the number
+at seven, regarding the episcopate as merely the extension of the
+priesthood (Addis and Arnold, p. 621).
+
+[12] Spanish, seminario conciliar; "the house assigned for the
+education of the young men who devote themselves to the ecclesiastical
+career" (Barcia).
+
+[13] Jose Sarmiento Valladares, Conde de Montezuma, was the successor,
+in the viceroyalty of Nueva Espana, of Gaspar de la Cerda, Conde
+de Galve (whose term of office was November 20, 1688 to May,
+1696). Valladares obtained his title by his marriage with Geronima
+Maria, a lineal descendant of the Mexican emperor, and third countess
+of Montezuma. He took possession of the office on December 18, 1696,
+and held it until November 4, 1701. He was an able and efficient
+governor, and did much to repress crime, improve social conditions, aid
+the Indians in times of distress, and render the City of Mexico more
+strongly fortified. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, pp. 222, 259, 264, 265.)
+
+[14] Miguel Bayot was a discalced Franciscan, an Aragonese, who came to
+the Philippines in 1669; he was employed in ministries to the Indians,
+and was long at the head of the hospice of the order in Mexico City. In
+1695 he was appointed bishop of Cebu, when he was 52 years old, being
+then in Mexico, and took possession of his office in September, 1696;
+he died there on August 28, 1700. When he died, only the sum of five
+reals was found in his possession. (San Antonio, Chronicas, i, p. 212.)
+
+[15] The first page of this MS. is occupied by official attestations
+showing that on January 22, 1699, officially certified copies of
+these decrees by the archbishop were demanded by Antonio de Borja,
+procurator-general of the Jesuit province, from one of the alcaldes
+of Manila, Antonio Basarte, who ordered these copies to be made.
+
+[16] Spanish, casamientos y velaciones; the former the general term
+for marriages, the latter also used thus, but referring especially
+to the nuptial mass or nuptial benedictions (which, however, were
+and are given only at mass). The parties might be married outside
+of mass--as if it were a private marriage, or if they were too poor
+to pay for the mass--and then did not receive the benedictions. But
+if at mass, they were velados--a term recalling an ancient ceremony
+when both parties were veiled at the marriage; i.e., the priest threw
+a veil over their heads. Thus Moroni in his Diccionario, who also
+states that "this custom is still in vogue in some places" (in his
+own day, about thirty years ago). La velacion was another term for
+the marriage ceremony at mass, and was part of the ceremony. Every
+woman (of good standing) is entitled to church marriage--with nuptial
+mass and benediction--but once only: this may be on the occasion of a
+second or third marriage, provided the former marriages were outside
+of mass; but if the first marriage were with the nuptial mass, she
+is barred from enjoying this privilege at subsequent marriages. These
+are the casamientos; the nuptial mass, or marriage accompanied by it,
+the velacion.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[17] Hijo de la Iglesia; a term applied to a foundling or abandoned
+infant; cf., the Italian appellation, "a child of the Madonna."
+
+[18] Spanish, octavas. None of the standard dictionaries give a meaning
+to cover this use of octavas. Dominguez's Diccionario (Supplement)
+states that the word is a term in Roman law, designating an ancient
+form of tribute consisting of one part in eight. Probably it was
+carried over into ecclesiastical law, and here means that the cura
+was expected to pay one-eighth of his fees into the church fund.
+
+[19] Spanish, canonicas monitoriales. In law books, banns (in Latin)
+are styled proclamationes monitoriae.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[20] Spanish, limosna. The fees (derechos) of the cura were determined,
+fixed sums, as in the tariff lists, nor could he change them. The
+limosna--a free offering, and wholly optional with the parties for whom
+he officiated--was over and above the tariff charge. The cura could do
+with this offering what he wished--if he chose, spending it in alms;
+but it was given to him personally, and was for his own use. Cf. the
+gratificacion voluntaria in the following list of fees to be paid
+the parish priest in Cuba, taken from the Manual de la Isla de Cuba,
+by Jose Garcia y Arboleya (2nd ed., Havana, 1859), pp. 316, 317:
+
+
+For baptism: a voluntary offering [gratificacion voluntaria],
+the minimum of which is 6 reals for the cura and 2 for the
+acolyte                                                           $ 1.
+For burial:  of free adult                                          7.50
+             of free child                                          6.50
+             of slave adult                                         5.50
+             of slave child                                         5.
+For prayers--responso with cope, sacristan, and processional cross
+[cruz alta], at the house of the deceased                           7.
+For prayers, with cope, at the burial                               4.
+For office (of three lections)                                      5.
+For mass chanted (body present)                                     6.
+For each halt [posa]                                               12.50
+For processional cross at the grave (without cross, .50)            2.
+For each censer                                                      .50
+For each attendant in surplice                                      1.
+For remaining till end [of interment]                               1.50
+For four [church] bells [tolled]                                    2.
+For three [church] bells [tolled]                                   1.50
+For two [church] bells [tolled]                                     1.
+For low mass [without chant]                                        1.
+For a fiesta [feast-day celebration] with vespers and mass chanted 12.
+For a fiesta with procession                                       14.
+For votive mass chanted                                             6.50
+For marriage                                                        7.25
+For cura at the house [of the parties]                              4.
+For foreigners                                              25. to 30.
+For record of baptism                                               1.
+
+                                          --Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[21] The term Morenos, as has appeared from former documents, was
+applied generally to persons of swarthy complexion--mulattoes, some
+negroes, and Malabar natives, indiscriminately.
+
+[22] Spanish, arraz (arras); a very old term, of Hebrew origin;
+hence the Latin law term of arrha, i.e., anticipated payment of
+part. Arras also means "thirteen pieces of money given to the bride
+by the bridegroom;" this or similar dowry was required by a very old
+and very rigorous law.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+Barcia gives arras the general meaning of "that which is given as a
+pledge or token of any agreement. It was extended also to the marriage
+contract. Also, the thirteen pieces of money which in weddings serve
+for the formality of that function, passing from the hands of the
+bridegroom to those of the bride. In law, the amount which the man
+promises to the woman on account of his marriage to her; it cannot
+exceed, according to law, the tenth part of his possessions." He
+defines arrha (French, arrhes) as "a pledge or token given to secure
+and confirm a contract."
+
+[23] The context would seem to require here the amount of the fee for
+burial of a child; this has apparently been omitted in the MS. by
+a clerical error. The general appearance of the MS., and various
+memoranda on the back, suggest the probability that this was one of
+the copies furnished to the Jesuit Borja.
+
+[24] Spanish, possas. At funerals, prayers were read at different
+points on the way to the cemetery; for instance, at the church door,
+midway on the route, and at the cemetery gate--if not oftener. Of
+course the procession halted while prayers were being read or chanted;
+so for each halt (posa) a fee was due.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[25] Spanish, missas de nouenario; the novenary is a nine days'
+condolence for the deceased. The same term is also applied to a nine
+days' devotion offered to some saint.
+
+[26] Spanish, el velo; literally, the "veil," or the "veiling;"
+evidently referring to the old-time usage of placing a veil over the
+married pair (see note 16, ante), as a part of the ceremonies at the
+nuptial mass. I am told by one of our fathers here at Villanova,
+who lived in Spain years ago, that at marriages in that country
+the bride wears the usual wedding-veil, and continues to wear it
+in public for one week after the marriage; it is white, sometimes
+plain, sometimes adorned with ribbons or flowers of various
+colors.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[27] Spanish, cruz alta con su manga. The processional cross was
+carried on a staff, as used in the United States in processions; at
+funerals the crucifix was covered with black, this funeral trapping
+(manga) covering or veiling the cross as a sign of grief. Sometimes
+the sacristan bore only a small cross, without staff; this depended
+wholly on his fee. In all Catholic churches in the United States, we
+use the crucifixes covered in Holy Week; but we do not veil crosses
+at funerals.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[28] Spanish, por titulo de justicia. Parroco de justicia, so
+frequently used in this document, is the Spanish rendering of the
+technical Latin phrase, parochus de jure--words which show that
+the cura had a right to his office, had been instituted according
+to the canons, and was canonically and legally in office. It is
+practically the same as the English phrase "by right and title." Other
+equivalents are: "by title of law," "by right," and "ordinary." The
+parish priest, whether secular or regular, was an official of the
+Church.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[29] See account of the allotment of diocesan titles in VOL. I, p. 244,
+note 188. Baluffi, there cited, adds: "Relative to the two ninths that
+were given to the king, the first bishop of Mechoacan [in Mexico],
+Mons. Vasco de Quiroga, when organizing his cathedral [clergy] in 1554,
+speaking of the two shares of the tithes that were given to the king,
+remarked that they were thus awarded to his most serene Majesty in
+token of his lordship (superioritalis) and right of patronage."
+
+[30] In text, oneroso, but evidently a transcriber's error for onrroso.
+
+[31] In the text, projimos, "neighbors"--in allusion to the Scriptural
+injunction, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself," a duty strictly
+inculcated in the training of candidates for ordination, especially
+in the Jesuit order.
+
+[32] Alluding to Paul's precept in I Corinthians, vii, v. 20.
+
+[33] That is, a non-resident or merely titular prelate; see VOL. XVIII,
+p. 339, note 101.
+
+[34] The whole sentence, divested of technicalities, simply means that
+one must "look before he leaps;" or that, when one has his eyes open,
+he is supposed to have used them; or that the bishop, should he be
+merely titular, would have no one to blame but himself, and should
+be the last to complain.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[35] Spanish, pordioseros; that is, those who ask alms "for God's
+sake."
+
+[36] Spanish, conciliabulo; like English "conventicle," used to
+designate an unauthorized or illegal assembly.
+
+[37] Spanish, mal sonante y temeraria--literally, "of evil sound and
+reckless." This is part of a legal phrase, taken from Latin forms used
+by the Roman courts when characterizing books, teachings, statements,
+etc., of unorthodox or schismatic bearing.--Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.
+
+[38] This memorial seems to have been written by the Dominican Fray
+Raimundo Berart (see Resena biografica, ii, p. 203); and it was
+printed by Fray Mimbela.
+
+[39] Spanish, consumiendo; "the reception or eating by the priest
+of the body and blood of Christ, in the elements of bread and wine"
+(Dominguez).
+
+[40] Francisco de Mesina was born in Messina, Sicily, in 1614; at
+the age of fifteen he became a Jesuit novice, and in 1643 came to the
+Philippines. He acted as minister at the college of Manila during one
+year, and then went to Camboja with a Spanish expedition who built a
+ship there, ministering to the Spaniards, and to the natives of the
+country. For two years he was rector of Silang, and more than twenty
+years minister to the Chinese at Santa Cruz, near Manila, becoming
+very proficient in their language. He was three years provincial,
+and was sent to Macan and Camboja by the governor "on affairs of the
+royal service;" and he died at Santa Cruz, October 12, 1682. (Murillo
+Velarde, Hist. Philipinas, fol. 354.)
+
+[41] Spanish, almojarifazgo: export and import duties, as our modern
+officials would call them. This tax was first collected by the Moors
+in the cities and coasts of Andalucia, and afterward--in the times of
+St. Fernando, according to various authors--came to be introduced among
+the Christians; and they, on accepting or establishing this impost,
+adopted the name by which the Arabs designated it.--Fray Tirso Lopez
+(editor of Diaz).
+
+[42] Don Francisco Xavier, in the year 1670 (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de
+Philipinas, fol. 300).
+
+[43] Francisco Miedes was a native of Madrid, born about 1621;
+he entered the Jesuit order about 1643, and in 1643 came to the
+islands. During the first year he was an instructor at the college
+of Manila; the rest of his life was spent in the missions of Ternate
+and Siao. He compiled grammars and vocabularies of the dialects
+spoken in those islands, and performed his missionary labors with
+great self-sacrifice and devotion, suffering much from poverty and
+lack of the usual comforts of life. The hardships of this career,
+and his frequent austerities, broke down his strength, and he finally
+died at Iloilo, on June 21, 1674. (Murillo Velarde, ut supra, fol. 352
+b, 353.)
+
+Geronimo Cebreros was born in Mexico on May 30, 1626, and at the age
+of twenty-three entered the Jesuit novitiate, and four years later
+came to the islands. He was a missionary in Ternate and Siao, and for
+six years the superior of those missions; afterward he labored among
+the Spaniards and Tagals in Luzon, and died on August 15, 1713. (Ut
+supra, fol. 400 b.)
+
+[44] Diaz does not give the Christian name of this missionary,
+but Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 300 b), that it was Juan
+de Esquivel; this name, however, is not again mentioned by that
+author. On fol. 284 he gives the following account of Diego de
+Esquivel (of whom Juan may have been a brother): "On the sixth of
+June, 1665, died at Manila Father Diego de Esquivel, at the age of
+forty-two years, after seventeen years as a member of the Society;
+he was a native of the said city, and it was there that he entered
+the Society, in the year 1648. He finished his studies there, and,
+having been ordained as a priest, was sent to Ternate--where he
+learned perfectly the language of the natives, of which he wrote a
+grammar and a vocabulary. Thence he went to Tydore, and afterward
+to Siao, where the natives were living more as barbarians than as
+Christians; and he suffered greatly in that island, on account of
+the poverty of the country. He had his heart set on planting the
+faith and good morals among that people, by means of preaching, the
+good example of his life as a religious, and the charity with which
+he ministered to all; and he gained thereby the great affection of
+the people of Siao. This was known by Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara,
+and therefore after the death of Don Bentura, the king of that island
+(who left a young son), the governor commissioned Father Esquivel with
+the government of that kingdom, as it was under the royal protection,
+to the great satisfaction of the chiefs of its villages; and the
+superiors [of the order] gave him permission, in so far as it was in
+accordance with the sacred canons, to act as counselor of the said
+kingdom. This caused the preservation in our holy faith of the many
+and glorious missions which this province has in the Orient--which
+are the island and kingdom of Siao, and the provinces of Manados
+or Cauripa (which are in the great island of Celebes, or Macazar),
+with other islands and missions, which he frequently visited, by
+which he gained many souls to God. He was sent to Ternate as rector,
+but, moved by affectionate desire for the salvation of his Siaos,
+he left a father as vice-rector of the college [at Ternate], and
+returned to Siao. At this time, orders were given to withdraw the
+garrison from Ternate, and Father Esquivel returned to Manila, and
+many of those natives accompanied him--in order not to lose the faith,
+nobly abandoning their native land. They settled in Maragondong, La
+Estacada, and other places, with the name of Mardicas, and I knew
+in Maragondong some of them who had been born in Ternate. Through
+the hardships of this voyage Father Esquivel contracted an illness,
+which lasted during the remainder of his life. He spent some time as
+minister at Baras, where his sickness became worse; they carried him
+to Manila, where he died with great peace and resignation."
+
+Manuel Espanol was born in Aren, May 11, 1639, and entered the
+Jesuit order on November 21, 1656. Seven years later he came to the
+Philippine Islands. He was minister at the college of Manila two
+years, and afterward labored in the missions of Siao and Ternate for
+many years. He died in Manila, on March 10, 1684. (Murillo Velarde,
+ut supra, fol. 356.)
+
+[45] Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 302): "On the first of
+November, 1677, the Dutch seized Siao, called thither by Don Geronimo
+Daras, a rival and enemy of the king Don Francisco (who was a good
+Catholic, and a friend of the Spaniards); they went to conquer it,
+and left as governor of the island Robert Paagbrugue. They carried
+away to Malayo the fathers who were ministering there. They cut
+down the clove trees, and established several small forts with some
+artillery; and left there about two hundred men, with a preacher,
+who instructed the natives in regard to their errors. At first some
+of the Siaos resisted; but now they are most obstinate heretics, and
+very bitter enemies of the Catholic religion--as I found in some who
+strayed to Manila in those days; although some were finally converted,
+and I baptized a boy of fourteen years who learned the [Christian]
+doctrine readily."
+
+[46] i.e., "a time of peace, a time of war."
+
+[47] Spanish, Del monte sale, quien al monte quema, "indicating
+that the losses we suffer usually proceed from persons allied to us,
+or who live near us" (Dominguez).
+
+[48] Here, as in several other places in our text, we omit various
+pious reflections and citations from Scripture or the fathers of the
+church, simply through the pressure of valuable historical matter
+upon our limited space.
+
+[49] i.e., "If for my sake this tempest has arisen, cast me into the
+sea," paraphrasing rather than quoting the prophet's words (Jonah,
+i, v. 12).
+
+[50] Juan Caballero was born in Cordoba in 1629, and made his
+profession in the Augustinian order at Sevilla (by a typographical
+error in Perez's Catalogo, in 1637; probably, 1657). He came to Manila
+in the mission of 1669; three years later, was elected prior of Cebu,
+and in 1674 prior of Manila, where he died in 1685.
+
+[51] Biographical notices of these friars, and of others mentioned
+by Diaz in like connection, may be found in Perez's Catalogo.
+
+[52] Spanish, colegial del mayor. A colegio mayor is defined
+by Dominguez as "a community of youths, laymen of distinguished
+families, who devote themselves to various studies, living in a
+certain seclusion, and under a collegiate rector, whom they appoint,
+usually each year."
+
+[53] Spanish, catedratico de decreto. The Decreto was the book compiled
+by Gratianus which forms the first part of the canon law.
+
+[54] "More properly Konkanis; the modern division of North Canara
+is part of the territory properly known as the Konkan, and the old
+Portuguese called the natives of their territory, both those of Goa
+and the North (properly the Konkanis), and also those to the southward,
+indiscriminately Canarins." "The Canarins (who are heathen), are of two
+sorts, for such as are engaged in trade and other honorable callings
+are held in much greater respect than those who engage in fishing,
+or practice mechanical crafts." Canarin is the Portuguese form of
+the name applied to the natives of the coast, and interior north of
+Malabar, as far as and including Goa district; another form of the
+name is Karnatic, although it is now applied to the Tamil country on
+the eastern side of the Indian peninsula.--See Voyage of Pyrard de
+Laval (Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1887-88) and notes by
+Gray and Bell, i, pp. 375-376, ii, pp. 35, 405-406.
+
+[55] Payo Enriquez de Rivera was a native of Sevilla, and son of
+the Duke de Alcala, viceroy of Naples. In 1628 he made profession in
+the Augustinian order, and after obtaining his degrees in theology
+and philosophy held various important offices in Spain. In 1657 he
+was presented to the see of Guatemala, and ten years later to that
+of Michoacan; soon afterward he was made archbishop of Mexico,
+which office he assumed in June 1668. The viceroyalty of Mexico
+becoming vacant by the death of Pedro Nuno Colon, Duke de Veraguas,
+a few days after taking possession of that government (December,
+1673), he was immediately succeeded, by a royal order anticipating
+this event, by Fray Payo de Rivera, who ruled Nueva Espana for seven
+years. Rivera was distinguished by his ability as a ruler, not only
+in matters ecclesiastical, but in civil and military affairs--to all
+of which he attended with zeal and prudence; and he was beloved by
+the people. In July, 1681, he set out for Spain, where he had two
+important appointments from the government; but he declined these,
+and retired to the convent of Santa Maria del Risco. He died on April
+8, 1684, honored in both life and death by the government and by his
+people. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 182-187.)
+
+[56] Our Constitutions inhibit such procedure, the applying to
+courts outside the order. For us, appeals lie only to the Pontiff,
+who, being the common father of the faithful, is not considered an
+outsider.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[57] i.e., "The party dispossessed must first of all be restored,
+any other proceeding being deferred."
+
+[58] Referring to a work by the Jesuit writer Martin Martini (1614-61),
+who for many years was a prominent missionary in China. This was his
+Novus atlas Sinensis (Vienna, 1655), which formed part 10 of the great
+atlas published by Joannis Blaeu at Amsterdam (1656). Diaz hispanicizes
+Martini's name, and rather curiously uses the Italian word atlante for
+"atlas" instead of the Spanish atlas.
+
+[59] More strictly the name Coromandel is applied to the eastern
+coast of India north of Cape Comorin, and Malabar to the western coast.
+
+[60] i.e., "It shall not be compared with the dyed colors of India"
+(Job, xxviii, v. 16).
+
+[61] See plan of Madras, and maps of Coromandel coast, in Bellin's
+Atlas maritime, iii, fol. 37-39.
+
+[62] The Basilian order was founded by St. Basil, bishop of Caesarea
+in Cappadocia. His rule became so popular in the East as to supplant
+all others; and at this day it alone is recognized and followed by
+the monks of the Greek Church. This order also made its way into
+southern Italy, Poland, Hungary, and Russia. Nearly all the convents
+of Basilian nuns (founded by St. Macrina, sister of Basil), like those
+of the monks, have embraced the Eastern schism. (Addis and Arnold's
+Catholic Dictionary, citing Helyot's Ordres monastiques.)
+
+[63] Spanish, crescas, a word not given in the lexicons, but evidently,
+from the context, to be thus rendered.
+
+[64] See Linschoten's account of this story of St. Thomas's preaching
+in India, and A. C. Burnell's notes thereon, in Voyage of Linschoten
+(Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1885), i, pp. 83-89. Burnell
+says that this story is unknown to the natives of India, and evidently
+originated in Syria. The inscription on the alleged tomb of St. Thomas
+near Madras is now known to be Nestorian, of about the ninth century
+A. D.
+
+[65] Tercia: the third part of a vara (33.38+ inches), therefore a
+little more than 11 inches; generally used as a measure of length.
+
+[66] Concepcion's account of this occurrence (Hist. de Philipinas,
+vii, pp. 258, 259) contains an explanation somewhat remarkable for a
+period when sanitary science had made little progress, even in Europe.
+
+"Governor Don Manuel de Leon was sick from excessive corpulency; and
+Don Juan de Sarra treated him by making cruel cuts in the flesh of his
+body. He attended, when these incisions were not yet quite healed,
+the funeral of Dona Maria del Cuellar, the deceased wife of Auditor
+Don Francisco Coloma; and in the church the vapors which exhale
+from buried corpses--which, experience proves, cost those so dear,
+who enter the church with sores or wounds, as these are poisoned
+and corrupted by those vapors--had the effect on the governor of
+opening his wounds, and bringing on a hemorrhage which exhausted him,
+[and he died. April 11, 1667]."
+
+[67] Salazar relates the disposition of the governor's estate
+(Hist. Sant. Rosario, pp. 114, 115), saying that, besides the
+provincial, Fray Balthasar de Santa Cruz and General Marcos Quintero
+Ramos were named by Leon as his executors; referring to the prohibition
+(see his p. 43) of such administration to the Dominican friars,
+he adds: "The said fathers could not refuse to accept this onerous
+charge as executors, not only on account of what our order owed to
+the deceased, but because of other circumstances which stood in the
+way and concerned the peace of the community." He states that Fray
+San Roman's death (less than a year after the governor's) did not
+prevent the administration of Leon's estate and the disposal of his
+property, which Santa Cruz carried out, the handling of the money
+being left entirely to Quintero. The governor's fortune amounted to
+250,000 pesos, of which the Dominican order appropriated nothing to
+itself, the money being almost entirely spent in pious foundations
+and charitable works. To the Misericordia was given 50,000 pesos,
+part of which was set aside for the dowries of orphan girls; to Leon's
+native place, 33,000 pesos to found chaplaincies, for the benefit of
+his soul; 12,000 to rebuild the hospital of San Lazaro at Manila,
+and a like sum for rebuilding the seminary of Santa Potenciana;
+and the remainder was spent in various works of piety and charity,
+for the benefit of the community.
+
+[68] Every province was entitled to choose four definitors
+and two visitors. In chapters the voting list is published
+prior to the elections; it contains the name of every person
+entitled to vote therein, with the position entitling him to
+vote.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[69] Spanish, altura; here meaning the most northern part of the
+ship's course, as the ships sailing from Manila took a route far
+northward to avail themselves of the trade-winds.
+
+[70] This should be Antonio de Letona; his book is entitled Perfecta
+religiosa (Puebla, Mexico, 1662). See our VOL. XXXVI, p. 189.
+
+[71] In text, rectores; but, as there is no meaning of that word that
+properly applies here, we conjecture it to be a typographical error
+for receptores.
+
+[72] Francisco Salgado was a native of Galicia, born April 2,
+1629. In 1648 he entered the Jesuit order, and in 1662, came to
+the Philippines. For several years he was teacher in the college
+of Manila; and afterward rector at Silang. He went to Europe (about
+1675?), and returned in 1679 with a mission band; he was rector of
+the Manila college and twice provincial. He died at Manila on July 14,
+1689. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 357.)
+
+[73] The MS. does not state what the other relic was, nor is it easy to
+ascertain; for the English in the latter part of the eighteenth century
+profaned the church of San Agustin at Manila, and took from it all the
+relics, in order to avail themselves of the silver of the reliquaries,
+and of the gold in which many of them were set.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[74] Juan de Mariana (1536-1624) was one of the most noted writers
+among the Spanish Jesuits. The work here referred to is that which he
+published originally in Latin, Historiae de rebus Hispaniae libri XXV
+(Toleti, 1592), which carried the history of the Spanish monarchy down
+to 1516. His own Spanish version of this work, enlarged and corrected,
+appeared at Toledo, 1601. Other writers continued this history to 1649
+and 1669; and the last of these was extended to 1678 by Felix Lucio
+de Espinosa y Malo (Madrid, 1678). This work has had many editions,
+translations, and criticisms--for which see Sommervogel's Bibliotheque
+Comp. de Jesus. One of Mariana's works, De rege et regis institutione
+(Toleti, 1599), was censured by the Parliament of Paris and publicly
+burned by the executioner in 1610; and the French court asked the
+Spanish government to suppress it, which request was refused.
+
+[75] That is, the writer's desire to flatter some influential persons
+who were enemies of Valenzuela.
+
+[76] The alternation [alternativa] of the elections consisted in this,
+that during one triennium the offices were held by natives of Spain,
+and during the next one by those born in the Indias.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[77] Spanish, pasado en authoridad de cosa juzgada (equivalent to
+the Latin res adjudicata).
+
+[78] Spanish, se comprometio. With us elections sometimes go by
+compromissum; that is, where no result is secured as usual by close
+ballot the chapter designate a committee to nominate some person,
+usually with the pledge that the chapter will afterward elect him,
+and thus ratify the committee's choice.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[79] Among the voters at provincial and general chapters are two
+classes especially designated by provinces or convents to represent
+the entire community; these are the definitors and the discreets
+(VOL. XXXIV, p. 419). The conventual discreet is chosen for the
+provincial chapter, and is elected by all the voters of a house in
+chapter assembled. The discreet-general is chosen for the general
+chapter, by the provincial chapter. At the general chapter every
+province is entitled to representation by three voters--the provincial,
+the definitor, and the discreet. At provincial chapter every large
+house, or convent, is entitled similarly to representation by two
+voters, the priors and the discreet (there is no definitor for a
+house).--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[80] There must be some error in the text--probably made in the
+transcriptions of Diaz's manuscript for publication--for Perez says
+(Catalogo, p. 140) that these missions contained 160 religious. The
+father here named is mentioned a little below as Manuel Losada,
+which name (although it does not appear in Perez) was probably his
+baptismal and family name, the other being that assumed by him on
+entering the order.
+
+[81] No elemental; that is, it was not nebulous--as our astronomers
+at this time say, arrogating to themselves this discovery, which
+evidently was not unknown to those of earlier times.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[82] Roughly estimating from the date here given, it seems
+probable that the line here mentioned refers to the diameter of the
+earth. Although that diameter had not been exactly measured at that
+time, a long step toward this had been taken by Picard of France,
+who in 1671 made the first really valuable measure of the arc of a
+meridian, a measure which Isaac Newton used in verifying his idea of
+gravitation. The ambiguous manner in which the line is mentioned by
+the writer (supposedly Kino, as cited by Diaz) was probably due to
+cautious dread lest ecclesiastical penalties be visited on the too
+definite statement of scientific discoveries; for at that time Mexico
+was dominated by the Inquisition, by which tribunal the great Galileo
+had been imprisoned less than fifty years before Kino made these
+observations. The course of this comet can easily be verified, after
+making due allowance for the precession of the equinoxes, on any map
+of the constellations. Information for this note is furnished by Albert
+S. Flint, astronomer of Washburn Observatory, University of Wisconsin.
+
+[83] Eusebius Kino (or Chino) was a noted mathematician and
+explorer. Born near Trent in 1644, he entered the Jesuit order at
+the age of twenty-one, and in 1678 came to America. He soon devoted
+himself to the California missions, and explored and mapped a large
+extent of country in Mexico and Lower California. He died at Magdalena,
+March 15, 1711.
+
+[84] One of the collections of canon law is called "Clementinas"
+(see VOL. XXV, p. 226): they were compiled out of the canons of the
+Council of Vienne (1316) and some of his own constitutions. (Addis
+and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary, p. 106.) The father of Bolivar had
+apparently held the clementina chair of canon law in a university.
+
+[85] The vihuela (or viguela) was the ancient form of the guitar,
+or something between it and the violin. It is mentioned as in use,
+in a poem of the fourteenth century. There were vihuelas de penoia and
+vihuelas de arco--the former played with a plectrum, the latter with a
+bow. Later, the vihuela merged entirely into the guitar. (H. E. Watts,
+in note on his edition of Don Quixote [London, 1895], iv, p. 85.)
+
+[86] "Much difficulty was found in raising the required force for the
+Philippine Islands. Many of the soldiers dreading the climate would
+desert before reaching Acapulco, and new schemes had to be devised
+for raising recruits. Thus in 1677 all criminals willing to enlist
+were pardoned, and 125 pesos a year given them as pay. Still, only
+a small number could be induced to accept this offer." (Bancroft,
+Mexico, iii, p. 185.)
+
+[87] Spanish, quintas esencias (English, "quintessences"); referring
+to the notion in alchemy of a fifth or last and highest essence or
+power in a natural body.
+
+[88] Spanish, se parte un pelo en el aire; an idiomatic expression
+(also written cortar or hender un cabello), signifying the possession
+of great penetration, keenness, dexterity; quick perception, much
+perspicacity. Cf. the common phrases, "to fish for things in the air,"
+"to catch them while flying," etc. (Dominguez). The saying perhaps
+originated in the ability of a good swordsman to cut a hair in two
+instantly with his sword.
+
+[89] Spanish, dos palos; meaning the two wooden ships used for the
+Acapulco trade, which was the sole support of the colony.
+
+[90] That is, "mindless, or silly, or without sense;" a neat and keen
+play on words. The meaning evidently is, that knowledge of law does
+not consist in mere remembrance of law terms, but in discerning their
+force and power.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[91] "They feared to lose temporal goods, and did not reflect on the
+life eternal; and thus they lost both."
+
+[92] This form of bodily mortification can be understood only by those
+who live in hot countries. In Europa it is no mortification at all, and
+there is no religious who does not practice it, as being a precept of
+the rules, which command that neither food nor drink be taken outside
+of fixed hours. But in intertropical countries, with the suffocating
+heat and the continual perspiration it is a necessity to drink water
+and quench one's thirst with great frequency; and on this account
+the superiors have to grant dispensations from some prescribed usages
+that are, if not impossible, exceedingly difficult to fulfil in those
+countries. As a compensation, there are other forms of mortification
+which in cold countries are difficult to practice, such as sleeping
+on the ground, which in the regions that are mentioned above do not
+merit even the name of mortification.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[93] Spanish, cilicios: a term originally derived from the name
+Cilicia, from which country was brought in ancient times a cloth woven
+of hair, called therefore cilicium; applied to a belt or girdle of
+haircloth, or of metallic wires woven together, often with projecting
+points of metal, worn next to the skin by way of mortifying the flesh.
+
+[94] "No one can serve two masters;" in verse 13 of the sixteenth
+(not seventeenth, as in our text) chapter of Luke's gospel.
+
+[95] Although difficulties arise in obeying two superiors, it is
+not impossible, and much less when the respective jurisdiction of
+each is over different activities--as occurs in the missions and
+villages directed by religious, in which the superior of the order is
+responsible for his subordinates conducting themselves as they should
+in their private lives, and the vicar or bishop watches to see that
+they are punctual in the discharge of their ministry as missionaries
+or parish priests. In such cases the gospel text, which speaks of
+those who command opposite things, does not properly apply.--Fray
+Tirso Lopez.
+
+[96] Tomas Antonio de la Cerda, Conde de Paredes and Marques de la
+Laguna, succeeded Archbishop Rivera as viceroy of Nueva Espana on
+November 30, 1680; he held this office six years. During this time
+the shores of Nueva Espana were continually harassed by pirates and
+buccaneers--the most notable event being their capture and sack of
+Vera Cruz in May, 1683.
+
+[97] This word cannot be found in the Spanish lexicons, and is probably
+a Siamese word, since on old maps of Siam are numerous place-names
+which begin with the syllable Ban. Bandel may be a place-name, but
+more probably designates the trading-post occupied by the Portuguese.
+
+[98] The Windward fleet (armada de Barlovento) was maintained
+to protect Spanish commerce in the Atlantic between Spain and
+America. In 1689 it was composed of six ships of the line and a
+frigate. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 224.)
+
+[99] Perez's Catalogo enumerates forty-five in this mission band. Among
+them was a priest, Diego Higinio, who for many years ministered to
+the lepers in Bisayas.
+
+[100] Spanish, hermano mayor, that is, the brother at the head of
+the association.
+
+[101] The reference is to a passage in canon law, in the Corpus Juris,
+which runs thus: Si Episcopus a Paganis aut Schismaticis capiatur,
+non Archiepiscopus, sed Capitulum ... ministrare debebit:... The full
+citation is: Si Episcopus, "De supplenda negligentia Praelatorum,"
+lib. i, cap. iii, in Sexto. The Sextus, or sixth book, from which the
+above is taken, is entitled, Sexti Decretalium Liber, of Pope Boniface
+VIII; and is described in Addis and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary,
+p. 106.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[102] i.e., "Courage holds greater sway in a small body."
+
+[103] That is, who had deserved it before his coming, but thus far
+had managed to escape punishment.
+
+[104] Spanish, mala feria, "a bad fair;" referring to the annual
+gathering of buyers at Acapulco on the arrival of the Manila galleon.
+
+[105] "So closely did the government guard against possible
+independence of the colonists in trade that ships' companies were
+prohibited from purchasing goods of the country, and factors and
+traders on the fleets were not allowed to remain longer than three
+years in America. No foreigner could trade with the colonies,
+nor was one permitted to enter a port without special license. In
+fact the prices of both imports and exports of New Spain, with the
+exception of the precious metals, were under the arbitrary control of
+the merchants of Seville, and later of Cadiz. What further increased
+the drainage of wealth from America was the decadence of manufacturing
+industries in Spain, owing to the immense influx into the Peninsula of
+precious metals. The riches poured into the mother country made labor
+almost unnecessary; hence a general decline in all kinds of industry,
+and Spain had to resort to foreign markets, not only to supply home
+consumption but also the demands of her colonies. Merchandise thus
+procured could only be exported to the American settlements at rates
+increased by additional duties and merchants' profits." Besides
+the commercial restrictions imposed on the colonies by the home
+government, other influences depressed trade--forced loans to the
+king, debased coinage, interference by the church, arbitrary action
+by civil authorities, contraband trade, the ravages of war, and the
+depredations of corsairs. "In time of war commerce with the mother
+country was reduced to the lowest ebb; European goods were poured
+into the Spanish colonies by neutrals, and the contraband trade was
+almost openly carried on." (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 628-630.)
+
+[106] Regarding the bulls of the Crusade (for which see
+VOL. XXVIII, pp. 113-115), the following information is furnished
+by Rev. Dr. William A. Jones, O.S.A., president of the college of
+San Agustin, Havana: "So far as I know, there was no special decree
+suppressing the privileges of the Bula Cruzada. As I understand it from
+those who are well informed, the original privileges contained in the
+Bula Cruzada were exclusively bestowed upon Spanish subjects, and as
+a consequence, followed the Spanish flag. The moment the sovereignty
+of Spain ceased over this island [Cuba], so ceased also the meaning of
+the Bula Cruzada for these rebels to the old dynasty. But some Cubans
+continued to adopt the privileges of the Latin American Council which
+had recently been held in Rome (about five years ago), in virtue
+of which the privileges regarding fasts and abstinence are almost
+identical with the old Bula; those privileges were afterward confirmed,
+and we follow the rules of the Council. As for the Philippines, I infer
+that the Bula ceased there as soon as the Spanish sovereignty ended."
+
+An Augustinian father who has recently come to Villanova
+from the Philippines states that in those islands they have
+dispensations for fasts and abstinence, the same as before the
+revolution; but he could not state the precise date of those
+dispensations.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+A decree of Leo XIII, April 22, 1899, grants the Cuban bishops
+authority for ten years to grant dispensations from fasting and
+abstinence.
+
+[107] Diaz's statement throws an interesting light on the preparation
+and publication of the Conquistas of Fray Gaspar de San Agustin,
+which is the work here referred to. At the beginning are various
+approbations, licenses, etc. The dedication, very flowery and somewhat
+perfunctory, is made to Dona Maria de Guadalupe, Duquesa de Avero
+(with many other titles), as "the learned Minerva, not only of our
+Espana but of the new worlds;" it is signed by Fray Manuel de la Cruz,
+but is undated. The first approbation is signed by Fray Diego de Jesus
+and other Augustinian officials, at Manila, September 2, 1686; and the
+license for its publication is signed by the provincial of the order,
+Juan de Jerez, four days later. The commissary of the Inquisition at
+Manila, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, O.P., approves it on November
+28 following; and the archbishop of Manila, Phelipe Pardo, licenses
+the publication, on December 2. Nothing was done toward printing it
+until 1697; for the next document is the approbation of the work,
+furnished by Alonso Sandin, O.P., who has examined it in obedience
+to the command of Alonso Portillo de Cardos, vicar-general of the
+archdiocese of Toledo; this is dated at Madrid, August 8, 1697. Nine
+days later, Portillo issues the license for printing the book. Next
+follows the approbation of Fray Diego Florez, past provincial of the
+Augustinian province of Castilla, dated at Madrid, September 5. Then
+follow a list of "Erratas," thirteen in number, signed by Martin de
+Ascarza, "corrector-general for his Majesty," dated May 5, 1698; and a
+certificate (dated May 10) that the price at which the said book may be
+sold has been fixed by decree of the royal Council at eight maravedis
+for each printed sheet (pliego). A note at the foot of this page states
+that the book contains 146 pliegos, including unnumbered pages. Nothing
+is said in any of these documents of Diaz's connection with the work.
+
+[108] The first Dutch settlement at the present site of Cape Town was
+made in 1652; it grew very slowly for a long time, for at the end of
+that century it contained only some eighty private houses. In 1658
+negro slaves were carried thither, and later the Dutch sent to Cape
+Town Javanese criminals who had been sentenced at Batavia to penal
+servitude, and political prisoners of rank from India, some of whom
+preferred to remain there for life. With these elements of population
+and the aboriginal Hottentots arose innumerable mixtures of blood, and
+the utmost diversity of color and features among the inhabitants. The
+castle of Good Hope (still standing) was built in 1666-74, as a
+defense for the colony; and in 1672 a formal purchase of land was
+made from the Hottentots by the East India Company. The great garden
+of the Company was partly converted into a nursery for foreign plants
+and trees by Simon van der Stel, commander of the colony from 1680 to
+1699. See Theal's South Africa (New York and London, 1894), pp. 20-57.
+
+In 1688-90 nearly 200 Huguenot refugees from France arrived at the
+Cape, and formed settlements near Cape Town. See Worsfold's South
+Africa (London, 1895), p. 15.
+
+[109] Desiderius Erasmus was born at Rotterdam October 28, 1467. When
+a boy, he was sent to a convent; and in 1492 was ordained a priest,
+at Utrecht. He afterward devoted himself to the study of the classics
+and of divinity, and to literary work; he resided successively in
+Paris, England, and Basle. His Colloquies offended zealous Catholics,
+by attacking the superstitions and abuses in the Church; but he was
+not a supporter of Luther. Erasmus died on July 12, 1536.
+
+[110] They took Father Samper to the island of Paragua, and abandoned
+him there. When this event was learned in Manila, they sent for him;
+but on the way he fell into the hands of the Camucon pirates, who
+took his life.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[111] Basilitano obviously refers to some suppressed or extinct see in
+pagandom, and Fray Lopez would now be styled a "titular bishop." The
+word cannot be found in the lexicons or gazetteers of classical,
+mediaeval, and early Christian geographical terms; and it is evidently
+an adjective of local meaning.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[112] See the Epodes of Horatius, i, 2, l. 14; at first referring
+to the Greeks before Troy, but afterward becoming a general
+proverb--"Whatever errors the great may commit, the people must
+atone for."
+
+[113] Father Fray Joaquin Martinez de Zuniga, in his Historia de
+Filipinas (pp. 384 et seq.), relates the foundation of the curacy of
+Mariquina, its separation from that of Pasig, and the means by which
+this was effected, as also the incorporation [that is, again with
+Pasig] which is here mentioned, and their final separation. And as his
+account differs considerably from that of Father Diaz, and we lack
+the data for deciding which of them is correct, we refer the reader
+to that work that he may examine, compare, and decide. Father Diaz,
+however, may have remained silent on the vexed questions to which
+that establishment gave rise, through consideration of prudence and
+of respect to the living; and in that case there is no contradiction,
+but justifiable omissions.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+The Jesuit account of this controversy is presented by Murillo Velarde
+in Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 344 b, 345.
+
+[114] Melchor Portocarrero, Lasso de la Vega, Conde de Monclove
+(misprinted in our text Mondova), succeeded the Marques de la Laguna
+as viceroy of Mexico, on November 30, 1686; his administration lasted
+nearly two years, and he was an upright and vigilant ruler. He failed,
+however, to protect the Indian natives from cruel oppressions by the
+Spaniards. He was commonly known as Brazo de la Plata, or "Silver
+Arm," on account of wearing a false arm, his own having been lost in
+battle. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, p. 221.)
+
+[115] "An antiquated term, signifying a togated judge, one of those
+who in the court composed what was called "the tribunal of alcaldes,"
+who, together, constituted the fifth tribunal of the famous Council of
+Castilla. These alcaldes no longer exist, nor does the tribunal which
+they formed; because an Audiencia has been established at Madrid,
+according to a decree of January 20, 1834." (Dominguez.)
+
+[116] Reference is here made to the Book of Wisdom, which is found
+in the Douay Bible next after Solomon's "Canticle of Canticles"
+("Song of Songs," in the Protestant Bible); it does not, however,
+occur in the Vulgate. The passage here cited (in Latin, in Diaz's
+text) reads thus in the Douay (English) version: "Learn, ye that are
+judges of the ends of the earth. Give ear, you that rule the people,
+and that please yourselves in multitudes of nations. For power is given
+you by the Lord, and strength by the Most High, who will examine your
+works, and search out your thoughts: because being ministers of his
+kingdom, you have not judged rightly, nor kept the law of justice,
+nor walked according to the will of God. Horribly and speedily will
+he appear to you: for a most severe judgment shall be for them that
+bear rule." These words are found in verses 2-6 of chapter vi.
+
+[117] Gaspar de la Cerda Sandoval Silva y Mendoza, Conde de Galve,
+assumed the office of viceroy of Nueva Espana on November 20,
+1688. The coasts were infested with corsairs up to 1692, but Galve's
+preparations to exterminate them seem to have frightened them away. In
+1690 and 1695 he sent expeditions against the French in Santo Domingo;
+in 1689, one to search for La Salle's Texas colony; and in 1693-94,
+to establish the town of Pensacola, Florida. At his own request, he
+was relieved from the office of viceroy, which he left February 27,
+1696. He then returned to Spain, where he died soon afterward.
+
+[118] Perhaps referring to the fact that Pardo was but fifteen years
+old when he entered the Dominican order, and to his high rank as a
+theologian and a prelate.
+
+[119] The first of these citations reads in English: "The privilege
+that you enjoy through my favor you may not employ to my distress." The
+second is a school axiom, derived from Aristotle, to be encountered
+in higher philosophy and metaphysics; it may be found in glossaries
+or expositions of terms used by schoolmen, but its explanation
+therein is usually somewhat prolix and even obscure. It may be
+translated thus: "Whenever any thing (or cause) is of such or such
+a character (or kind), it possesses that characteristic in higher
+degree than that which derives therefrom (i.e., than its effect or
+result)."--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[120] This doctrine of the Manila cabildo and of the author might at
+that time be quite current; but since then, by the Concordat of 1851,
+and especially by the bull of his Holiness Pius IX, the Roman pontiff,
+issued on August 28, 1873, the church has sanctioned the opposite
+opinion.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[121] It should be remembered that this part of the Conquistas was
+written in 1718.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[122] This recapitulation or resume of the labors of our missionaries
+in China was either not written by Father Diaz, or he wrote it in a
+separate book which we do not possess.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[123] One of the most important acts of this governor was the
+publication (October 1, 1696) of a revision of the "Ordinances of
+good government" which Corcuera had enacted in 1642; some account of
+these will be given in a later volume.
+
+[124] "He devoted himself to the recovery of the immense sums which
+were due to the king from the citizens of Manila; and with these he
+rebuilt the governor's palace, added to it the halls for the royal
+Audiencia, and in the lower story offices for the bureau of accounts,
+established the jail for the court, and began the royal storehouses. By
+various expedients he contrived the saving of thousands of pesos to the
+royal treasury, sums which now are deducted from the situado--although
+this was partly done by greatly curtailing the pay of both officers and
+soldiers, for which he deserves little praise. To the royal treasury
+of Mexico he saved more than five hundred thousand pesos which it was
+owing to that of Philipinas in situados." (Zuniga's Historia, p. 394.)
+
+[125] The sentence pronounced in the residencia of Governor Cruzat y
+Gongora (published June 6, 1602) is given in full in the Ventura del
+Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 209-234. Some forty charges were
+made against him; some were sustained, making him liable to judgments
+of about 31,000 pesos; others were referred to the home government;
+but on the majority he was acquitted.
+
+[126] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 235-244,
+is a summary of a long document, a "Vindication of the official acts
+performed in the visitation of Camarines by Licentiate Don Francisco
+Gueruela, member of his Majesty's Council and alcalde of court in
+the royal Audiencia of these islands, and visitor for the Audiencia
+in that province in the past year, 1702." The summary reads as follows:
+
+It is divided into three parts: the first contains, besides the
+preface, a brief summary of all the edicts which were published in
+those villages, and which are being brought out by his order. The
+second comprises a more than succinct relation of the false charges
+which the said visitation had encountered, and edicts about which with
+Christian impiety they had dissembled to him. The third is reduced to a
+brief legal demonstration of the authority which the visitor possesses
+to institute summary legal proceedings against the religious who are
+in charge of doctrinas, without danger from the bull In caena or any
+other censure whatever.
+
+In the preface--which is crammed with citations from the holy
+fathers, the Scriptures, and [various other] writers--the zealous
+[flamante] auditor Gueruela says that he spent a month in obtaining
+information about the condition of the villages in the province
+of Camarines, before he began the visitation; and in that time,
+through the investigations which he made, he learned that the evils
+which the religious teachers cause to the Indians were deeply rooted,
+and required an effective remedy. He says that as he was uncertain
+by what means to carry out his purposes, he undertook first, to
+induce the religious, through persuasion and careful consideration,
+to agree to a reform of the abuses with which they were oppressing
+the Indians; but that, as they paid no attention to this, he had no
+other recourse than to carry out the visitation, in spite of his fear
+that the religious in the doctrinas would oppose him, and that they
+might as a last resort renounce their charges and entirely abandon the
+villages, which was or would be a misfortune demanding very careful
+consideration. But [he felt] that justice and right had greater power
+[than these considerations], in order to liberate from slavery the
+30,000 souls of that province, whose ruin was being brought about by
+the sixteen religious who were administering those villages, who were
+receiving more than 19,000 pesos.
+
+
+Part first
+
+(In which is contained the summary of all the edicts published in
+the visitation, and the attestation of them separately.)
+
+1. That the natives shall not contribute to the curas of the doctrinas
+any food supplies without pay for the value of these.
+
+2. That they shall not perform any labor or personal services for
+the said religious without pay.
+
+3. That the same be understood for the plain sewing, the spinning,
+and the embroidery for the churches and the sacristies, for the inside
+garments of the religious and their servants.
+
+4. That the young girls [dalagas] shall not sweep the churches and
+their courts; and that, in their place, twenty young men [baguntaos]
+and the boys in the schools shall assist.
+
+5. The said girls shall not pound rice as a repartimiento for the
+religious, or for their treasurers or agents [sindicos o fiscales];
+nor shall they go to the convent for the unthreshed rice [palay],
+nor deliver that which has been cleaned. All this shall be in the
+charge of the gobernadorcillos, their constables, and other officials,
+who shall transport the said produce, see that the rice is pounded,
+and deliver it, to the satisfaction of the religious.
+
+6. Food, wax, candles, etc., shall not be collected from the natives
+under any pretext of usage, custom, or devotion; nor shall they be
+obliged to [render] personal services without pay.
+
+7. They shall not be domestics, cooks, mananguetes, fishermen,
+gardeners, or [act in] other personal employ for the religious,
+without pay.
+
+8. Each entire tribute shall pay three reals a year as a contribution
+to the festivities of the Monument [on Holy Thursday], the Sanctorum
+[i.e., a tax paid by the natives above sixteen years, to the church],
+and the Pintacasi; and four gantas of palay rice besides, for the
+Defunctorum [i.e., masses for the dead?].
+
+9. At the feast of St. Francis the natives shall not work without pay,
+or at their own cost, in the palas-palas [i.e., cutting of?] bamboo
+frames and bejucos, except when they fail to pay the real for the
+Pintacasi. [This word is defined in Noceda and Sanlucar's Tagal
+Vocabulario, "to aid another in seedtime, gratuitously."]
+
+10. The support or pacaen of the religious shall not be contributed
+gratis in the large villages; and in the small ones the obligations
+which the Indians may have formed shall be fulfilled; but if they have
+not done so, as they have no obligations they shall not contribute
+without pay.
+
+11. There shall be no fiscals appointed in the villages by the
+religious, but only guardians, without rods; nor shall there be
+constables; and they shall not be authorized to arrest, flog, or
+punish the natives.
+
+12. The father ministers have no temporal jurisdiction over their
+parishioners; and as little have they ecclesiastical jurisdiction,
+except in the tribunal of conscience, and for admonishing and
+instructing the people, administering the sacraments, saying mass,
+and teaching the [Christian] doctrine, etc.
+
+13. For the same reason the civil government of the villages is not in
+their keeping; nor shall the [local] authorities ask permission from
+the religious to execute the orders of their alcaldes-mayor, or to
+entertain travelers and furnish them what they need for its just value.
+
+14. The wills, contracts, and obligations of the Indians which
+shall hereafter be made, must be sent to the record-office of the
+alcalde-mayor, without registering them in the convents.
+
+15. The religious in charge of doctrinas have no authority to arrest,
+flog, or punish the natives, either in person or through intervening
+agencies; and the Indians, both men and women, must not allow
+themselves to be arrested or flogged by the religious. If this is
+done by order of the syndics and fiscals, let them defend themselves
+against the judges in what way they can.
+
+16. Nothing shall be collected from the natives for burials, baptisms,
+and marriages.
+
+
+
+Then follow comments on these regulations, and in vindication of
+them--exceedingly prolix on account of being full of citations,
+some timely and others the opposite. He states therein that for
+the service of the parish churches he ordered that the following
+should render assistance: Four servants for the parochial house; one
+doorkeeper for each convent; and people enough to carry the hammocks
+and litters [talabones] when the minister shall go forth to administer
+the sacraments. Two sacristans; and the acolytes and the singers for
+the services in the churches. Twenty young men [baguntaos], to sweep
+the churches and their courts every week or every day. Two laundresses,
+for keeping clean the cloths and vestments in the sacristies. All the
+young girls [dalagas], but outside of the convents, to embroider and
+sew all the articles of cloth that are necessary for divine worship. A
+guardian who shall notify the religious of matters pertaining to
+their obligations. A syndic, who shall attend to collecting what
+belongs to them.
+
+
+
+[He says] that the oppressions which are caused by the service which
+was compulsory in furnishing the dalagas consisted in the following:
+Under the pretext of needlework and embroidery, the religious
+compelled the dalagas to be in continual attendance in the houses of
+the syndics and mistresses, where they not only sewed and embroidered
+the articles for the sacristy, but also the inner garments of the
+religious and the outer garments of their servants. Besides, they
+must do whatever was commanded them by the mistresses themselves,
+and their fiscals and syndics, and the fields of all these were
+sown with grain, without pay, by the wretched dalagas. At the same
+time, assessments were levied annually in each village for [church]
+ornaments; and this sum, in the village of Caramuan alone, amounted to
+800 pesos the year before. It must be considered that, besides these
+things, the villages were burdened by the maintenance (at their own
+cost) of two or three pavilions [camarines; for temporary churches],
+for extra supplies of timber of all sizes, and also limestone, for
+the repairs and adornment of the churches.
+
+After presenting various considerations, he proceeds to refute the
+false charges which the Franciscan religious published against him,
+who said that he had treated them as if they were criminals; that he
+had falsified the edicts, varying them from the original process;
+and that all the declarations of the witnesses were false, as also
+the remonstrances of the villages.
+
+[127] In the text, misprinted 1684. Occasional typographical errors
+are found in the printed edition of Diaz, which we correct in our text.
+
+[128] Spanish, pajaros bobos; evidently referring to the bird commonly
+known as "booby" (VOL. XVII, p. 130).
+
+[129] Governor Cruzat y Gongora died at sea, on the voyage from
+Manila to Acapulco, on November 5, 1702; and his youngest daughter
+on December 12 of the same year. (Ventura del Arco MSS., iv, p. 245.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 34384.txt or 34384.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/3/8/34384/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/2021-01-07-34384.zip b/old/2021-01-07-34384.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f8ec28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-01-07-34384.zip
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-0.txt b/old/2021-08-22-34384-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd1ba6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8951 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+       and religious conditions of those islands from their
+       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+       the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2010 [EBook #34384]
+[Most recently updated: August 22, 2021]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLII
+
+
+    Preface                                                            9
+
+    Miscellaneous Documents, 1670-1700
+
+        The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres
+        Gonzalez, O.P.] and others; 1697-1700                         25
+
+        The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro
+        Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718. [From his Conquistas.]           117
+
+    Bibliographical Data                                             313
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from Valentyn's
+    Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien (Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724), i,
+    p. 152; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     147
+
+    Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of map in
+    Coronelli's Atlante Veneto (Venetia, 1696), ii, part 2,
+    p. 122; from original copy in Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris      181
+
+    View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile from Recueil
+    des voiages Comp. Indes orientales (Amsterdam, 1725), iv,
+    p. 512; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     227
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The tone of this volume is mainly ecclesiastical, although many
+sidelights on the civil government and social life are incidentally
+shown. All the intense bitterness that generally accompanies contests
+between the regulars and seculars is seen in the Camacho controversy,
+in which the former recognize that they are fighting for life and
+existence in the Philippines, and hence spare no effort to gain
+their ends. As will be seen later this fight between regulars and
+seculars is quieted only for the moment, to break out with greater
+force under Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina; while in our own day,
+the friar memorial of 1898 (never presented), resorts to the same
+threat of the regulars to resign their curacies. This struggle,
+as well as the history of the Augustinian order in the latter part
+of the seventeenth century (which occupies the greater part of the
+volume), forms a rich commentary on the life of the times, and one
+can reconstruct easily the Manila of that period, and recognize the
+hopes and fears of its various classes.
+
+The noted ecclesiastical controversy between Archbishop Camacho and
+the religious orders, which began with the arrival of that prelate in
+the islands (1697), was hardly second in bitterness and importance to
+that between his predecessor Pardo with the secular government. As
+in the latter case, we furnish accounts of this episode by persons
+actually concerned therein; but all these are written by members
+of the orders, who therefore are opposed to Camacho, no defense of
+his side being at present available. The first of these (unsigned)
+is apparently the usual record of events by the Manila Jesuits. Soon
+after Camacho's arrival, the regulars appeal to him for aid in a
+dispute which they have with the secular government regarding their
+lands; but he makes such aid conditional on their submitting to
+episcopal visitation in those curacies which they serve as parish
+priests. They refuse to do so, and appeal from the archbishop to the
+papal delegate; then a controversy ensues between the two prelates over
+the exemptions claimed by the regulars, each wielding the thunderbolts
+of the Church--censures, fines, and excommunications--against the
+other, a warfare imitated by some of the ecclesiastical rank and
+file with their fists and stones as weapons, all to the scandal of
+the commonwealth. Finally the governor interposes, and the affair
+is settled for the time, the two prelates absolving each other in
+turn. The Audiencia compel the religious orders to pay tithes for the
+support of the church, from the incomes of their large estates. This
+account is followed by a letter (June 2, 1698) from the delegate above
+mentioned to the pope, giving a detailed report of his proceedings
+in the affair, and complaining that the archbishop has defied his
+authority as delegate, and therefore that of the supreme pontiff
+himself. The writer, Fray Andres Gonzalez, advises that new safeguards
+be given to the office of delegate in the islands.
+
+In attempting to enforce his visitation of the regulars who act
+as curas, Camacho makes such official visits in some of the Indian
+villages near Manila, and issues decrees affecting such parishes; two
+specimens of these are given. After censuring the prevalent ignorance
+of Christian doctrine among the native parishioners, the archbishop
+strictly charges the ministers who are over them to give their people
+regular and thorough instruction in the faith; to exact no fees for
+confession and penance; to keep the registers of births, marriages
+and deaths, and records of fees received thereat, more carefully; to
+make no distinction between rich and poor in certain functions; and to
+keep an itemized record of the church incomes and expenditures. Annexed
+thereto is a copy of the revised tariff of fees which may be demanded
+by the curas, singers, and sacristans for their respective functions.
+
+In 1700, the five religious orders in the Philippines present to the
+king, through their representatives at Madrid, a statement of their
+controversy with Archbishop Camacho over his attempt to subject
+the regular curas to episcopal visitation; and they make formal
+renunciation of the mission curacies which they hold in the islands,
+declaring that they cannot longer hold these under Camacho and the
+irksome restrictions which he is attempting to impose upon the regular
+curas. Their reasons for this procedure are stated at length. They did
+not choose service as curas for their calling and profession, yet they
+are willing to fill those positions so long as they can do so under the
+supervision of their own provincials; but subjection to the archbishop
+so changes their estate in life that they cannot endure the additional
+burdens and danger thus imposed. Moreover, justice requires that they
+should, as parish priests, share the privileges and advantages allowed
+to the secular priests, which is not the case. The subjection which
+Camacho claims would destroy the rightful liberty of the religious
+orders, and render them dependent on the wills of the archbishop and
+governor. In case a regular cura shall commit immoral acts, a conflict
+of authority will necessarily arise between his provincial and the
+ecclesiastical authorities; and the difficulties that ensue therefrom
+react to the oppression and vexation of the entire colony. Moreover,
+such controversies can seldom be settled by the home government,
+on account of the great distance of the Philippines from Spain. In
+such case of transgression by a religious another difficulty arises,
+that the necessity of referring the case to the public authorities
+causes undue disgrace to both the offender and his order. The regulars
+are better qualified to save souls than are the secular priests,
+but if they are subjected to the ordinary it will be much harder
+for them--the authority of their provincials over them being thus
+weakened--to observe their priestly vows with due strictness; also,
+some would thus be encouraged to undue self-will, to worldliness,
+and to intrigues for securing worldly advantages--especially by the
+perpetual tenure of ecclesiastical benefices. These arguments are
+supported, too, by both history and experience. The orders then
+refute certain arguments advanced by the archbishop. Their pious
+labors for the benefit of souls, in all ranks and conditions of men,
+are recounted; and many of these, especially in Manila, would never
+be accomplished if they depended on the secular priests. The conduct
+of Camacho in opposing the papal delegate, and in refusing to give
+the orders copies of his decrees concerning them, is censured, his
+own arguments being dexterously turned against him--as is the case
+also with his complaints to the court that his authority, functions,
+and usefulness are restricted by the fact that the regular curas
+are not subjected to him; and his request to be permitted to resign
+his see and return to Europe. The writers support their position by
+reference to what the orders have accomplished in the islands, and
+by the exemptions and privileges granted to them by the Holy See. In
+view of all these things, the orders make formal renunciation of
+their mission curacies--especially as the remoteness of the islands
+gives them little prospect of relief from Spain in these difficulties;
+and even if royal decrees are sent to the islands, the archbishop is
+likely to refuse obedience to them. They make complaint of various
+acts of the bishop against them, especially of the reprimand given
+them by the Audiencia through his influence, and his disregard of
+the immunity of their property. The orders are working in Filipinas
+in entire harmony and amity, but this does not suit the archbishop;
+and they feel that they cannot hope for peace or safety so long
+as they act as curas there with Camacho as archbishop. A decree by
+Carlos II (May 20, 1700) approves the proceedings of the archbishop,
+promises royal aid in adjusting his difficulties with the orders,
+and authorizes him to reform and correct the religious when necessary.
+
+The history of the Augustinian order in Filipinas in the latter part of
+the seventeenth century is recounted by Casimiro Diaz of that order,
+in book iv of his Conquistas (much of which has already appeared in
+our series, and which is here concluded); this final part contains
+an unusual amount of secular history, for which reason we omit but
+little of Diaz's narrative. Beginning with 1671, he gives an account of
+each Augustinian provincial chapter-session, and the officers elected
+therein, up to 1689; and relates various matters concerning his order
+and religious interests generally, with which he interweaves the
+secular annals of that time. The troublous times which the Philippine
+colony has experienced since the days of Corcuera are turned into
+peace under Manuel de León (1669-76). He extends the commerce of
+the islands to China, India, and Java, and thus enables the citizens
+of Manila to attain unusual wealth and prosperity. He sends Jesuit
+missionaries to Siao, but they are afterward seized by the Dutch,
+who conquer that island. Unfortunately, the governor interferes with
+the election of officers in the Augustinian chapter-session of 1671,
+and prevents the election of the father who is desired by the chapter
+as provincial. In this year the new cathedral edifice of Manila is
+dedicated. Reports are circulated of a coming attack on the city by
+Chinese corsairs; due precautions are taken, but no enemy appears. A
+French bishop who stops at Manila on his way to China is detained by
+the authorities and finally sent to Spain; his representations there
+cause the issue of royal decrees which prove troublesome and annoying
+to Philippine ecclesiastics, and afterward the ordination of Indian
+natives as priests--a practice which Diaz disapproves. A controversy
+arises between Archbishop López and Jerónimo de Herrera, chaplain of
+the royal military chapel; this and other troubles, with his old age,
+cause the death of the archbishop (April, 1674).
+
+The chapter-session of 1674 marks the cessation of various troubles
+within the order, occurring within the provincialate of Fray Jerónimo
+de Leon, and the beginning of a great increase in the observance
+of the rules of the order. José Duque is elected provincial at this
+time; he sends a procurator to Europe for more missionaries, a band of
+whom arrive in 1679. Diaz enlarges on the prosperity of Manila during
+this period; caused by its foreign trade, especially that with China
+and India; pleasure and luxury prevail in that city, and fortunes are
+spent therein. He describes the people and industries of the Coromandel
+coast and the Madras settlements of the English and the Portuguese;
+in the former, entire religious toleration prevails, and Christians,
+Jews, Mahometans and heathens live together in entire harmony. In 1676
+occurs the death of Governor Manuel de León, from excessive obesity;
+he leaves all his property for charitable purposes. The election
+of provincial in 1677 falls on Fray Juan de Jeréz; in that year
+also the Dominican Fray Felipe Pardo becomes archbishop of Manila,
+and Auditor Coloma, the acting governor, dies; he is succeeded by
+Auditor Mansilla. The majority of Carlos II of Spain is celebrated
+at Manila with magnificent fiestas, December 4-7, 1677. At the close
+of these gayeties occurs a severe earthquake, which inflicts much
+damage--fortunately, with very little loss of life. In 1678 comes
+the new governor, Juan de Vargas Hurtado. His government begins well,
+but after a time he tires of its burdens, and falls under the sway of
+a relative, Francisco Guerrero, who is crafty and selfish, and gains
+an influence over the governor which enables him to turn everything to
+his own advantage, and to be "the power behind the throne;" afterward,
+in time of need, he escapes to Nueva España, and leaves Vargas to
+bear the penalties for both of them. During Vargas's term of office
+the rich trade with India and other foreign lands is well maintained,
+and the prosperity and wealth of Manila are greatly increased. In 1679
+arrive two bands of new missionaries, who are Jesuits and Augustinians;
+they come (especially the latter) in good time, since the members of
+the order are so few that they cannot fill the ministries allotted
+to them--which is the condition of the other orders, and even of
+the secular clergy. In this galleon comes a political prisoner,
+Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite of Queen Mariana of
+Spain, who is exiled to the Philippines for ten years. The government
+of Vargas is successful, and the prosperity of Manila continues. An
+embassy comes from the ruler of Borneo to ask for the establishment of
+commerce between that island and Manila, and to adjust some disputes
+over the relations between the Spaniards and Borneans.
+
+The Augustinians prosper during Jeréz's term as provincial. Just
+before the chapter-session of 1680 convenes, some of the friars
+who were born in the Indias lay claim to the offices in the order,
+and attempt to enforce this pretension by legal proceedings; the
+archbishop decides against them, and they are punished for their
+rebellion. Fray Diego de Jesús is elected provincial. A bishop for
+the diocese of Cebú arrives this year, the only consecrated bishop
+whom the islands have had for several years; this prelate confers
+holy orders on many who had been waiting for that privilege, and
+reconciles several persons with the governor--which official has by
+this time become highly unpopular with the citizens, on account of
+his greed for gain and his harsh and disagreeable behavior. Charges
+against him are sent to Madrid, which later cause his removal from
+office. In November, 1680, a wonderful comet appears, which in the
+superstitious belief of that time, causes much evil. An envoy is sent
+from Manila to make arrangements with the Portuguese of Macao for the
+regulation of commerce and "the entrance of Spanish missionaries into
+China by that door." With this envoy come to Manila (in 1681) some
+clerics to receive ordination; returning to Macao, with some Jesuits,
+the vessel is lost and never heard from. In this year arrive at Manila
+two assistant bishops, three royal auditors, and a large reënforcement
+of Spanish troops. The galleon which sails this year for Acapulco is
+driven back to the islands by contrary winds, thus causing great loss
+to the citizens. (In each year Diaz relates the departure or arrival
+of the galleons, failure in which is a calamity for Manila.) The
+provincialate of Fray Diego de Jesús is tranquil, and great progress
+is made by the religious in his care; his personal character and piety
+are eulogized by our historian. In 1683 Fray José Duque is elected
+in his place, for a second term. Some of the brethren go to China as
+missionaries; they encounter much annoyance from the requirement there
+made that they must be subject to the apostolic vicars of Rome. This
+subjection, however, is afterward greatly modified and lessened by
+decrees secured (1688) by the procurator of the province at Rome,
+Fray �lvaro de Benavente. In 1683 an envoy from Siam comes to Manila,
+partly to secure permission for the prime minister of that country
+to settle in Manila: this favorite, who was a Greek, intrigues with
+the French to surrender Siam to them, but the enterprise fails, and
+the Greek loses his wealth and his life. The envoy (an Augustinian
+friar named Sousa) encounters shipwreck on another journey, and
+spends the rest of his life as a hermit in Siam. The Portuguese
+governor of Timor and Solor on his way thither halts at Manila,
+ill; Governor Vargas gives him hospitality and medical treatment,
+and some Spaniards as an escort; but Ontuñez finds on reaching his
+islands that a usurper is holding them with armed men, and is obliged
+to return to Manila. In that city, during the exile of the archbishop
+(account of which has been here omitted, to avoid repetition), the
+ecclesiastical cabildo punish his chief supporters with banishment.
+
+In 1684 Governor Curuzelaegui comes to the islands, and with him
+Juan de Zalaeta to take the residencias of Vargas and his favorite
+Guerrero; but the latter escapes from the islands in time to avoid
+this ordeal. A large band of Augustinian religious also arrive. The
+new governor restores the banished archbishop to his see. In 1685 a
+terrible epidemic of smallpox ravages not only the islands but China
+and India, and millions of people die from it; then follows a cruel
+famine, and still more deaths.
+
+At this time begins the decline of Manila's commerce with Nueva
+España, partly because more European goods are being sent thither,
+partly through the heavy taxes and imposts levied on the galleons. The
+bishop of Nueva Segovia dies, and that diocese remains sede vacante
+until 1704. In the Augustinian chapter of 1686 Juan de Jeréz is again
+chosen provincial; he dies within two years, being worn out by overwork
+in the visitation of all the houses of his order in the islands. Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente is sent to Rome as procurator of the province. The
+galleon for Acapulco does not sail this year, for, on the report of
+pirates cruising around the Embocadero, it is equipped as a war-vessel
+to attack them and drive them away; but it does not find them, and
+returns to Manila. In this year of 1686 occurs an abortive insurrection
+among the Chinese in the Parián; it is undertaken by Sangleys who are
+fugitive criminals from China, but the ringleaders are put to death,
+and quiet ensues. Diaz enlarges upon the injurious effects on the
+Spanish colony of allowing its business and industries to fall into
+the hands of the Chinese. They are unscrupulous in their dealings with
+Spaniards; they become Christians through mercenary motives; and they
+undermine the faith of the Christian Filipinos. They should not be
+allowed to live among the natives. In this same year occur excessive
+rains, which ruin the crops and cause great scarcity and suffering;
+and for two years no galleons can sail to Acapulco. A large part of
+the Chinese settlement near Manila is consumed by fire (March 28,
+1688); and the people are harassed by a fearful plague of locusts,
+many earthquakes, and a fatal epidemic of influenza. Diaz relates the
+way in which the persons most prominent in the Pardo controversy ended
+their lives. An expedition is sent to chastise the murderous attacks
+made by the Zambals and Negritos; this is partly accomplished, but
+the troops are attacked by influenza and so weakened that they are
+compelled to return to Manila.
+
+The Audiencia having been broken up by the death or the exile of the
+auditors, a new Audiencia arrives in 1688; also a special commissioner
+to investigate the proceedings of Vargas and other officials. Vargas
+is exiled to the provinces, and afterward sent to Spain, but dies on
+the voyage thither; Diaz characterizes his official character. The
+exiled favorite Valenzuela is set at liberty, but is accidentally
+killed at Mexico. While attending to the despatch of the Acapulco
+galleon, Governor Curucelaegui dies (April 27, 1689); he is praised
+by Diaz as an excellent ruler. In the chapter of 1689 Fray Francisco
+de Zamora is elected provincial. Auditor Abella acts as governor
+ad interim, with much prudence and ability. Archbishop Pardo dies
+in 1689; the cabildo rule the diocese in his place for a time, but
+afterward cede this authority to Barrientos, bishop of Troya. This
+leads to much dissension and trouble for a time, Barrientos claiming
+supreme authority; but he is induced to yield this claim, and peace
+is restored.
+
+In 1690 arrives a new governor, Fausto Cruzat y Góngora. With him
+come a band of Augustinian religious, in charge of Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente; his adventures and the concessions that he obtains are
+recounted. Brief sketches are given of the twenty-seven missionaries
+who come this year. Diaz closes his work with some account of Cruzat's
+government. He is an upright and honorable man, but very harsh and
+severe in collecting the sums due to the government, directing "all
+his efforts to the increase of the royal revenues." He has a new
+galleon built, the largest ever made; but on its first voyage it is
+wrecked on the coast of Lubán--a terrible loss to the islands, since
+it was laden with more and richer merchandise than usual. Another
+galleon is also lost at sea (1693). A patache is sent from Acapulco,
+and on its return trip (1694) encounters an "isle of birds," where
+the crew secure enough provisions and water to complete their voyage
+to Acapulco. Cruzat's wife dies in this same year; Diaz pays high
+tribute to this lady's beauty, goodness, and virtue, which render
+her beloved by all the people.
+
+
+    The Editors
+        August, 1906.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS, 1670-1700
+
+
+    The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres Gonzalez, O.P.],
+    and others; 1697-1700.
+    The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro Diaz,
+    O.S.A.; 1718. [From his Conquistas.]
+
+
+
+Sources: The first of these documents is composed of several parts--the
+first, second, fourth, and fifth of which are obtained from the
+Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, 119-133, v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206, respectively; and the third from a
+contemporary MS. belonging to Edward E. Ayer. The second document is
+from Diaz's Conquistas (Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, 689-817; from a
+copy in the possession of James A. Robertson.
+
+Translations: These are by Emma Helen Blair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CAMACHO ECCLESIASTICAL CONTROVERSY, 1697-1700
+
+
+News from Filipinas since July, 1697
+
+With the arrival of his illustrious Lordship the archbishop, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila, [1] were renewed the former claims for
+the subjection of the regulars to the visitation. He commenced at
+Tondo and Binondo, mission villages of the fathers of St. Dominic
+and St. Augustine, in which places he caused edicts to be read,
+and appointed secular priests as curas. They broke open the doors of
+the said two churches with axes; and on seeing this the provincials,
+all agreeing, presented their renunciation [of those mission fields],
+and ordered all their subordinates to withdraw from the doctrinas
+of these districts, Tagalos, Pampanga, Laguna, and Balayan. When it
+was so quickly seen that they were coming into retirement at Manila,
+[the ecclesiastical authorities] were obliged to desist from their
+purpose, after [having caused the religious] many annoyances.
+
+Claim was made to the [right of] visitation of the hospitals of San
+Gabriel and San Lazaro, and the royal hospital. The Franciscans and
+the Dominicans concealed the keys, and the bishop had to desist,
+as greatly vexed as before. Auditor Don Juan de Sierra, in virtue
+of his commission for the adjustment of lands royal and unassigned,
+[2] cited the regulars to appear before him. He insisted on legal
+proceedings; but they, fortifying themselves with the censures of the
+bull De la Cena, [3] decrees 15 and 17, declined his jurisdiction. The
+judge proceeded to seize the possessions of the regulars; and they
+had recourse to the bishop, in order that he should declare that the
+auditor had incurred censure--asking him to defend the immunity of the
+said property of the regulars. His illustrious Lordship replied that
+first the regulars must submit to his visitation; they would not do
+this, and therefore, when they repeated their request, his illustrious
+Lordship declared that the secular judge was not committing fuerza.
+
+In virtue of the decree of Gregory XIII, [issued] at the instance of
+Felipe II, relative to appeals from the Indians, [4] the regulars
+appealed to the delegate of Camarines, who sent letters to the
+archbishop requiring the latter to send him the documents [in the
+case], with [threats of] censures, and of deprivation ab ingresu
+eclesiæ [i.e., "of entrance into the church"]. Seeing that these
+orders were not obeyed, the regulars again appealed to the delegate,
+Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, who came in person. He demanded aid from
+the governor, and, meeting delays, proceeded to make the necessary
+notifications; then, not being able to obtain from the archbishop
+the acts from which appeal had been taken, the delegate posted him as
+having incurred excommunication, and added the threat that he would
+impose an interdict.
+
+At the same time, the archbishop officiated publicly, and published the
+delegate as excommunicate. But, seeing that various scandals ensued,
+and that contests, not only with their hands but with stones and
+weapons, occurred between some clerics and regulars--some attempting
+to protect, and others to tear down, the writings and censures posted
+on the [church] doors by the delegate--the governor and other persons
+finally interposed, and an agreement was reached by the parties. The
+two prelates absolved each other ad invicem [i.e., in turn], in the
+presence of the governor; and, as Auditor Sierra desisted from his
+proceedings, the two prelates and the regulars continued to maintain
+harmony among themselves. In this condition, therefore, affairs
+remained; and, without proceeding to new acts or investigations,
+each party sent to España an account of what had been thus far done,
+in order to await the decision and sentence from the other side [of
+the world]. This was the attitude of the delegate and the superiors of
+the regulars; the archbishop, nevertheless, continued to bring suits
+against some regulars, whom he censured as agitators. Investigations
+in these cases were made, penalties of censure being imposed on the
+witnesses to secure their secrecy. The fact of this proceeding was,
+however, guessed; and the regulars, aided by the delegate, brought
+forward counter-information of their innocence. But as the case was
+not one for appeal, and did not belong to the delegate, it did not
+admit any recourse to him; so the delegate only caused his notary to
+give an official statement of this [attempt at] recourse, in order that
+the regulars might repair with it to España and Roma, and the generals
+of their orders, to relate these occurrences and the innocence of the
+religious--and, not least, to complain of the opposition and hindrances
+which had been employed here by the tribunals, both ecclesiastical and
+secular, against his use and exercise of the power delegated to him.
+
+Even before the arrival of the said delegate, various other
+investigations had been secretly made in the archiepiscopal court--not
+only against the regulars at large (de vita et moribus [i.e.,
+"in regard to their lives and morals"], and as to their trading and
+trafficking, etc.), but against certain individual religious. In these
+cases, the provincials had, according to their rights, demanded from
+the archbishop that he refrain from further proceedings and surrender
+to them the documents therein, since the said provincials were the
+legitimate superiors and judges of those religious; but this received
+scant attention. It had also previously occurred that the father
+minister of the hospital of San Gabriel (who is a Dominican) refused
+to allow the episcopal visitation, and the [arch]bishop had declared
+him incontinent, and posted him as excommunicate, without paying any
+attention to the appeal which that father immediately made. The said
+father minister amended his conduct, in time; but his name was left
+on the list of excommunicates until, upon the arrival of the delegate,
+the matter was settled and the censure laid on him was raised.
+
+Upon the origin of so many storms in so short a space as eight
+months there was much gossip, with a variety [of opinions]. Some
+attributed the trouble to the influence of the bishop of La Puebla,
+[5] in whose palace the archbishop was a guest for several months;
+others to the promise that the latter had given, on leaving Nueva
+España, to various personages with whom he was intimate in La Puebla
+and Mexico, that he was coming to reduce the regulars of these islands
+to submission or else destroy them. Others blamed the bishop of La
+Puebla; for he had warned the archbishop, in order to render him firm,
+of the disparity of what had been accomplished there by Don Juan de
+Palafox--who met less resistance there because most of the regulars
+in Nueva España were natives of that country, while in Filipinas
+nearly all of them were born in other countries. Others (and these
+were the majority) blamed the senior auditor, Don Geronimo Barredo,
+because with little gratitude for the many thousands [of pesos obtained
+from the orders] as loans and gifts (although he had been so greatly
+benefited thereby), he had repaid the regulars by abandoning [them]
+to the two recently-arrived auditors, Don Francisco Guerruela and
+Don José Pabon. On the one hand, the Audiencia being inclined to
+the opposing side, the regulars were deprived of the recourse which
+they, as vassals, ought to have in the royal tribunal; and on the
+other, it was reported that the said senior auditor made exceedingly
+frequent visits, at unseasonable hours, to the archbishop's palace,
+which were returned by that prelate at the auditor's house. As the
+gossip ran, the auditor directed all the acts and proceedings of the
+archbishop's court.
+
+Still others, reflecting upon the governor and the limits of his term
+of office, regarded him as timorous, considering that, since the
+[commission to take the governor's] residencia [6] had come to the
+said senior auditor in the year 97, the fear of the governor was
+occasioned by the apprehension that the auditor might do him some
+harm in his residencia. Some others (but only a few) attributed these
+many disturbances to the cousin of his illustrious Lordship, named
+Don Juan Camacho, for the sake of his own advantage; and on this
+account, knowing his disposition, people said that Master-of-camp
+Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila had made strenuous efforts, and had
+even offered to his illustrious Lordship in Mexico considerable sums
+of money, to procure that, by sending this cousin [7] to Badajoz,
+his Lordship should not come to these islands with a companion who
+could not render his government peaceable.
+
+Nor must I pass over in silence the fact that on the sixteenth day
+of May the royal Audiencia cited to appear in its hall all the five
+provincials, to whom--without the courteous observances and respectful
+address which his Majesty himself observes in his decrees--the
+Audiencia gave a severe reprimand, throwing on them the blame for the
+late disturbances, and treating them as violators of the peace. The
+most remarkable thing about this censure was, that it proceeded from
+the lips of that very senior auditor who, in especial, was regarded
+as the entire source of the disturbances; and, without permitting
+the provincials to speak, they were, with the same lack of respect,
+dismissed by this same official--who some day will have to give an
+account, before the tribunal of truth, of all these unjust acts.
+
+By the end of the said month, under the compulsion of the threat
+made against the provincials, by the first, second, and third royal
+decrees, of banishment and [privation of their] secular incomes,
+the old-time writ of execution regarding the tithes was enforced,
+and the religious were obliged to obey. No hearing was given to their
+repeated protests, or the petitions interposed for the royal Council;
+nor to their allegations of their rights of prescription in these
+islands, of their apostolic privileges, of the fact that nearly all
+who minister here are regulars, and that they have come to these
+islands not at his Majesty's expense only, but with the greater part
+of those expenses paid by the religious themselves.
+
+The regulars petitioned for, and took measures to push, a demand upon
+the royal treasury for more than 300,000 pesos, the amount spent by
+the religious since the conquest; and another, for another 300,000,
+the amount which was due to them on account of stipends as religious
+teachers, which the government had failed to allow them for a period
+of more than a century--declaring that if these accounts were paid,
+they would pay the tithes which were claimed from them; but no hearing
+was given them. In hatred to the regulars, the tenants on their estates
+were compelled to pay tithes, the amount of these being deducted from
+the value of the rent-money.
+
+
+
+Letter from Andres Gonzalez to the Pope
+
+Most Holy Father:
+
+After kissing with due submission the feet of your Holiness (whom
+may God preserve, for the prosperous government of His Church), in
+fulfilment of the obligations of my office as pastor I set forth to
+your Holiness a very serious controversy in regard to jurisdiction,
+which at this time has arisen between me and the very reverend
+archbishop of this city of Manila in these Filipinas Islands, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila. I do so in order that your Holiness,
+as the person who is most interested in the peace and tranquillity
+of this church, may apply suitable remedy, and fix an end and limit
+to this controversy--the origin and course of which I will relate as
+briefly as possible, in all matters referring to the authentic copy
+of the acts which I send you with this.
+
+To Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra Osorio, former auditor of this royal
+Audiencia, and at present judge of criminal cases in the Audiencia of
+Mejico, was subdelegated the cognizance and settlement of [questions
+relating to] the lands and possessions which, by sale or gift,
+have been alienated from the royal patrimony and dominion of our
+Catholic king and sovereign. In a proclamation which he issued he
+cited and summoned, with the rest of the holders of the said lands
+and possessions, the holy religious orders of these islands, ordering
+them to present, within the limit of one year, the titles, documents,
+and credentials which they hold for these lands--with the warning that
+if these papers were not presented by the end of that period the lands
+would be reunited to the crown. The superiors of the said religious
+orders, mindful of the immunity and exemption of their persons and
+worldly possessions, did not present their documents at the said
+time; therefore the said auditor actually proceeded to appropriate
+the said property. The said superiors had recourse to the said very
+reverend archbishop, asking him to forbid to the said auditor the
+cognizance of the said cause, and to protect the said property as being
+ecclesiastical. The said very reverend archbishop took up the matter,
+and, having drawn up acts, by his definitive sentence (which is found
+in the said authentic copy) refused ecclesiastical immunity to the said
+property. The said superiors appealed twice from the said sentence
+to me, as being the delegate of your Holiness in cases of appeal
+from this archbishopric, in virtue of a brief by his Holiness Gregory
+XIII--issued at the instance of our Catholic king Felipe II (whom may
+God keep). He denied them both these appeals; and, in order to place
+some limit to these proceedings, they presented themselves before me,
+with only the authentic official statement of this denial of the said
+appeals, in course of appeal from that sentence. Having admitted
+this appeal, in order to proceed to the trial of it I addressed to
+the said very reverend archbishop, from my episcopal see and city
+of Nueva Caceres, a compulsatory act in which, as the delegate of
+your Holiness with apostolic authority, I commanded him to order his
+secretary (before whom the said cause took place) within twenty-four
+hours to send me his original acts, or else to begin the copying of
+them and send it to me when completed. Considering the great distance
+which lies between this city of Nueva Caceres and that of Manila, the
+danger and expense of the journeys, the delay of the suit, and the
+injury to the party therein, I laid these commands on the said very
+reverend archbishop under the penalty of suspension from the priestly
+office, latæ sententiæ, and warned him of heavier and still heavier
+censures and penalties in case of his opposition and contumacy. He
+was notified of this act on the twentieth day of last March, by a
+religious of the Society of Jesus, to whom I gave commission for this
+office; for I had learned that no secular priest would dare to make
+this notification. The said very reverend archbishop, having heard the
+[reading of the] act, replied that the said father could not perform
+judicial acts in his archdiocese without presenting a warrant from
+his notary; and, even supposing that the father could thus act, he
+appealed from the said command--for which he implored the royal aid
+against fuerza, and demanded that an official statement be given him,
+and that meanwhile no detriment be caused him. When the statement
+was refused to him he again appealed, and threatened [to procure]
+royal aid against this fuerza; and this alone he gave as his reply,
+before the said notary--without giving any reason for his appeal,
+or reducing it to writing, or arguing it in the superior court [8]
+in legal form, or asking for apostolic letters, up to the present
+time. Nevertheless, he then had, and for twenty-three days had
+kept, the acts in his archives, as appears from a sworn statement
+by Lerma, the secretary of the royal Audiencia, which is sent with
+the documents. On that same day (March 20) and the following, he
+caused to be published and posted on the doors of the churches in
+this city two edicts against my authority as delegate--in which,
+with penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, he commanded
+(in the first edict) that no one, whether secular or regular, in his
+churches should permit the reading, publication, or posting of any
+edicts, or of any other kind of letters or bills whatsoever, except
+those of his provisor, or of the tribunals of the Holy Inquisition
+and the Crusade--as if my tribunal, jurisdiction, and authority,
+which is that of the supreme head of the Church, and resides in me,
+were inferior to those of the said provisor and the said tribunals. In
+the second edict, increasing the penalty of major excommunication with
+the reservation to himself [of absolution], he commanded that no one in
+his archiepiscopal territory should exercise any jurisdiction--whether
+ordinary, delegate, or subdelegate--even if it were from your Holiness,
+unless the originals of the bulls or despatches that he carried be
+first presented to his Lordship, in order that he might give them the
+license and fulfilment which by right they should have. But he does
+not consider that my bull and brief is, and has been for more than 140
+[9] years since the foundation of the bishoprics of these islands,
+current and put into practice in them, as also has been its free and
+independent exercise in this archiepiscopal territory. And I have
+exercised this freedom, on the only two occasions which have been
+presented to me--the first time, while the very reverend archbishop
+Don Fray Felipe Pardo was alive, and the second in the year 91--with
+the knowledge and approbation of the cabildo close by, sede vacante,
+both which are proved by authentic documents. These I do not send at
+this time, as they are in my archives in the city of Nueva Caceres,
+which is distant from this city of Manila sixty leguas; but I
+promise to send them at the first opportunity, which will be next
+year. Notwithstanding all this, the said very reverend archbishop
+published the said two edicts, endeavoring to impede and embarrass,
+by all possible measures, means, and ways, the said my jurisdiction as
+delegate, and to subordinate it to his own, in order that I should
+not exercise or avail myself of it, either in person or through
+intermediate persons. On account of this, the superiors of the said
+religious orders found themselves obliged to resort again to me;
+and they entreated me to come in person to this city of Manila,
+to defend my jurisdiction, and with it the ecclesiastical immunity
+of their property. I did so, notwithstanding my advanced age [10]
+and the painful infirmities that I suffer, since both these causes
+are so important a part of my responsibility and obligation. I came
+to this city on the twelfth day of the past month, May, and with my
+secretary went to a house on the river where the said very reverend
+archbishop was residing. After a short conversation, I begged him
+to be pleased to listen peaceably to an act of which I had come,
+as delegate of his Holiness, to notify him. I told him that this
+business should not be conducted more castrorum [i.e., in hostile
+manner], but that we should listen to each other, and each should
+state his rights. He agreed to this, and my secretary read the said
+act, which contains three points. In the first, I declared the
+said very reverend archbishop to be disobedient, rebellious, and
+contumacious, considering that he had not obeyed as he should the
+said my compulsory act, sent to him from the city of Nueva Caceres;
+likewise, I declared that he had incurred the penalty of suspension
+from the priestly office latæ sententiæ, under which I had commanded
+him to order his secretary within twenty-four hours to surrender the
+acts for which I had asked, or to make an authentic copy of them. And
+because he had exercised the said priestly office on Holy Thursday,
+consecrating the sacred oils; and on Holy Saturday, in conferring
+the higher orders of the ministry; [11] and likewise on other days,
+in saying mass while he was under suspension: I declared that he was
+under censure as irregular. In the second part of the said act, I again
+commanded him, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and of a fine of two thousand pesos to be applied according to law,
+to order his secretary within six days to deliver up the papers as
+aforesaid, or make an authentic copy of them. And in the third part,
+under penalty of being considered rebellious and contumacious, in
+order to place him under greater obligation, I prohibited to him
+in the interim the cognizance of this cause and legal proceeding
+therein. After the said very reverend archbishop had heard the act,
+he appealed from it, in writing, and on the following day brought this
+appeal into court. I did not on this account defer the declaration
+of the said censures, since the appeal was frivolous and useless;
+and I yielded in the matter of the copy of the documents only for
+the reason that he alleged, that the originals of these were in the
+Audiencia. After he had interposed the said appeal, he immediately
+ordered his secretary to notify me of an act by himself, in which he
+commanded me, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and a fine of 4,000 pesos, to depart instantly and without delay
+from this archdiocese, to go to reside in my own bishopric, and
+not to meddle with his jurisdiction. To this I replied that I had
+received this notification, and asked him to give me a copy of the
+said document, solely for the purpose of showing in what consisted his
+illegal and unwarranted act; and I took leave of him and returned to my
+house. On the following day, the thirteenth of the said month of May,
+the said very reverend archbishop sent his secretary to notify me of
+another act, in which also he again commanded me, under penalty of
+major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, and of another 4,000 pesos,
+to depart within two days from the archdiocese. To this I replied
+that I had come [to Manila] on account of the appeal [made to me];
+that I was a delegate of your Holiness, and moreover superior to the
+said very reverend archbishop, and as such I did not listen to his
+acts or censures. On the next day, the fourteenth of the said month
+of May, he sent to me notification of another act; and as I refused
+to listen to it, for the same reason as before, about two o'clock in
+the afternoon he posted on the doors of the churches, and in other
+public places, notices in which he declared me, to the great scandal
+of all this community, to be publicly excommunicated.
+
+On the said thirteenth day of May, in the morning, immediately
+after I had been notified of the second act of the said very
+reverend archbishop, I sent my secretary to his house on the river
+to notify him of another act of mine, in which I commanded him,
+under penalty of major excommunication and another 2,000 pesos,
+to withdraw within twenty-four hours the said edicts which on the
+twentieth and twenty-first days of March he had ordered posted and
+published against my apostolic authority as delegate; and, besides,
+to withdraw the two acts in which, with the said penalties of major
+excommunication and 8,000 pesos, he had commanded me to depart from
+the archdiocese. The said my secretary was told by the servants that
+he was not at home; and I, as this seemed to me only an excuse, and not
+the truth, went in person to the said house. They told me that he had,
+that very morning, gone back to Manila. I came to the city after him,
+and remained at his house, waiting for him, until twelve o'clock;
+and seeing that he had not come by that time (although he came in
+afterward), I went away, leaving a message for him, that he might
+expect me in the afternoon. I returned a little before sunset, but did
+not find him at home this time. My secretary began to read the said
+act in the main room of the archbishop's house; but such disorderly
+yelling and clamorous talk was raised by his servants that my secretary
+could not make himself heard. I therefore determined to wait for him,
+and finally he came--making loud complaints that I was injuring the
+respect and observance due to his house, person, and dignity. I replied
+that his illustrious Lordship had showed greater incivilities to me;
+and that he could and ought to do [what I had done], if I had gone
+about all day, avoiding him [huyendo el cuerpo]. In conclusion, we
+agreed that my secretary should go again, alone, to notify him of the
+act; but, when he went to the house, his illustrious Lordship refused
+to give him entrance. As I was now weary of so much artfulness and
+craft, unworthy of such a station and dignity, I put aside this act,
+and despatched another of like tenor. In this, I summoned him, from
+that hour, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and its publication, to withdraw within half an hour the said two
+acts and two edicts. Notification of this act was made by a Dominican
+religious, my notary, in the archbishop's hall, in the presence of
+many persons, because the said very reverend archbishop had refused
+to listen to it. When the said half-hour had expired, a little while
+after this was told to me I declared and posted him also as publicly
+excommunicated. On the fifteenth of the said month of May, I ordered
+that he be notified, and he was notified in his archiepiscopal hall,
+of another act, in which I repeated the command contained in the
+preceding one--and, still more, that he should take down the notices
+posted against me, under penalty of a general interdict throughout
+his archiepiscopal diocese, latæ sententiæ, giving him a limit of
+twenty-four hours' time; and, in case of his opposition and contumacy,
+I would proceed to the cessation of all divine worship. But, as I
+reflected that it was very near the feast of Corpus Christi, and
+that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of
+secular priests, who were on my side, would not take part in the said
+festival and in the procession, in order not to have communication
+in sacris with the said very reverend archbishop; and on account of
+the commiseration which I felt for this commonwealth; and finally,
+because the governor and captain-general of these islands, and some
+of the auditors of this royal Audiencia interfered in the matter, with
+the stipulations which I will send with the acts: I absolved the said
+very reverend archbishop from the excommunication and suspension which
+he had incurred; and he did the same, without my consent, absolving
+me from his excommunication. I dispensed him from the censure that he
+had incurred as irregular, and, finally, I suspended the declaration
+of the interdict. The whole matter was then left as it was, for the
+time being, until information of all could be given to your Holiness,
+in order that you may take suitable measures in this case. These
+are as follows: That the archbishop (or the cabildo, sede vacante)
+who at the time shall officiate and rule in this archbishopric of
+Manila shall not hinder, restrain, or limit the delegate of your
+Holiness; that, likewise, he who shall be at the time delegate shall,
+in cases of appeal to be taken from the said archbishopric, have the
+free use and exercise of his apostolic authority as delegate in this
+archiepiscopal territory; and that he shall not need, in order to
+enter the said territory or to perform judicial acts in it, whether in
+person or through intermediate persons appointed by him, any license,
+consent, or approbation from the said archbishop or from the cabildo,
+sede vacante. [These things should be done] in order that thus the
+like controversies may be avoided in the future. And I entreat your
+Holiness to be pleased and to deign to command that consideration be
+given to a legal opinion by the reverend father master Fray Juan de
+Paz, of the Order of Preachers, which I send with this; for it may
+be of service for the point at issue, and for your rights. I also
+inform your Holiness that from the day when the said very reverend
+archbishop set foot in these islands--that is, from last September
+to the present time--this entire commonwealth has been a perplexing
+labyrinth of contentions and acts of violence which he has performed
+against the holy religious orders of these islands. For his disposition
+and nature is very hasty, quarrelsome, and bold; and he is, finally,
+a man who does not care for or defend the ecclesiastical immunity--as
+appears from the authentic copy of the acts which I send. May God
+our Lord grant him better judgment; and may He guard and prosper
+your Holiness, as I entreat in my sacrifices and prayers, and as the
+universal Church has need. Manila, June 2 of the year 1698.
+
+
+[Andres Gonzalez, of the Order of Preachers].
+
+
+
+
+[This letter is followed by the following memoranda, apparently notes
+by Ventura del Arco of other letters found in the Jesuit papers in
+the Academia Real de la Historia:]
+
+On the fourth day of June in the same year of 1698 the bishop of Nueva
+Caceres, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, addressed to the king an explanation
+similar to the preceding one which is addressed to his Holiness. On
+the eleventh of June in the same year, he sent to his Holiness another
+account, in the same form; and on the twenty-first of June of the
+same year he wrote another to his Holiness, and another to the king.
+
+The provincials of St. Dominic and St. Augustine, and those of the
+Jesuits and Recollects in Manila drew up [to send] to his Majesty the
+king a statement, dated June 25, 1698, complaining of the defenseless
+condition in which they found themselves against the proceedings
+of the archbishop, who neither heeded nor allowed their appeal; and
+they requested that the Council examine the documents which they sent
+for that purpose, relating to various suits against their religious
+orders--which continued or were renewed, in spite of the agreement
+made with the delegate of his Holiness, the bishop of Camarines. For
+this purpose they sent a copy of the documents.
+
+[On pp. 207, 208 of the same volume is the following abstract:] In
+a letter dated June 9, 1700 the Jesuit Luis de Morales wrote from
+Manla to Father Antonio Jaramillo, procurator-general at Madrid,
+that in the year 1698 the bishop of Troya and Auditor Don Juan de
+Sierra died, on the voyage from Manila to Acapulco. The governor not
+only showed little favor to the missions in the Marianas Islands,
+but in the year 98 he did not send a patache there with succor;
+in 99 he sent the vessel late, and it was driven by storms first
+to China and then to Manila, with damage to its cargo; and he had
+ordered that the ship from Acapulco should not touch at those
+islands. The governor had claimed that the conciliar seminary
+[12] should be placed next to the college of San Jose, to which
+the superior of the Society had answered that there was no room for
+it. All the provincials [of the religious orders] had been commanded to
+present to the archbishop all their bulls and privileges for granting
+dispensation in case of impediments to marriage, for the purpose of
+ascertaining whether these were perpetual or temporary; they presented
+the documents extra-judicially. It seems that the viceroy of Mexico,
+Conde Montezuma, [13] had undertaken that the regulars who were going
+to Filipinas should first take an oath of obedience to the bishops,
+[when the said regulars should act as curas] in the Indian villages;
+in which case, he [i.e., Morales] said, it was preferable to abandon
+the missions. The bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Miguel Bayot, [14] had
+commanded that no layman should possess a slave girl eleven years old
+or upward; and that if such slave were not liberated he declared her
+free--in regard to which some persons had complained [to the] alcalde.
+
+
+
+Preamble of the decree [15] which it has been commanded to place in
+the books of San Pedro Tunasan.
+
+
+In the village of San Juan de Calamba in the province of Bay, on
+the sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight: I, Licentiate Don Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros, secretary in matters [secretario del Govierno y gracia] of
+this archbishopric, and a racionero of the holy metropolitan church of
+Manila, in obedience to the decree of his most illustrious Lordship
+below mentioned, do certify and attest that his most illustrious
+Lordship, having come to make the visitation of this district of
+Tabuco, issued the decree of the following tenor:
+
+Decree: In the village of Calambo in the province of Bay, on the
+sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight, the most illustrious lord Doctor Don
+Diego Camacho y Avila, archbishop of Manila and metropolitan of these
+Philippinas Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty
+and my master, having come here in conformity to the regulations
+of the holy [Church] councils (and especially of the holy general
+Council of Trent), and for the enforcement thereof, to visit this
+district of Tabuco and the places connected with it (which are the
+two villages of San Pedro Tunasan), and its churches, ministers,
+and parishioners, has observed in them a great deal of ignorance of
+the Christian doctrine, even of the doctrines most essential for
+salvation--through the agency of Licentiate Don Juan Melendez, a
+priest whom his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master,
+has brought with him as his assistant for the sole purpose of giving
+examinations and instruction in the Tagálog language (in which the
+said licentiate is very expert) to the Indians of both sexes, to the
+old people as well as to the children, of the villages and districts
+through which his most illustrious Lordship will be passing. This duty
+he has performed and fulfilled in the presence of a great many people,
+assembled in the above-mentioned churches of San Pedro Tunasan and
+Biñan. After the questions which he has asked regarding the principal
+mysteries of the faith, and the explanation which he has made of each
+separately--some in the morning, and some in the afternoon, according
+to the opportunity afforded him by the time--he has preached to them,
+and continues to preach, exhorting them to the love of the virtues
+and to horror for sins. He also gives to all individual instruction,
+and an accurate knowledge of the mysteries of the holy sacrifice of
+mass, and of the virtues and graces which it communicates, as also
+of those which are required in order to resist the temptations of
+the devil; and how to secure, with great ease and confidence, the
+divine aid, by fulfilling and observing the precepts of the Decalogue,
+and the ordinances of our holy Mother Church in the holy sacrament
+of confirmation, which his most illustrious Lordship has solemnly
+conferred and is conferring. Therefore he said that he must command,
+and he did command, the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, cura
+in his own right of the village of Tabuco; and his coadjutor Bachelor
+Nicolas Godiño, who administers the holy sacraments in the village of
+Biñan; and Father Miguel de Salas, a religious of the Society of Jesus,
+who likewise administers the holy sacraments in the village and estate
+of San Pedro Tunasan, which is part of the territory and a visita of
+the cura of the said village of Tabuco; and the curas and ministers
+who shall hereafter officiate in the said villages, and in that of
+Sancto Thomas (which is being administered ad interim by the said
+master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon): that on all the prescribed
+feast-days--especially on Sundays, on which all the parishioners
+assemble in their churches to hear the holy sacrifice of mass--they
+shall question the people, and explain to them the Christian doctrine,
+conformably and pursuant to the Tagálog catechism which is accepted and
+approved in this archbishopric; and that in no form or manner, and for
+no cause or pretext, shall they omit this on any of the above-mentioned
+days, especially Sundays. They shall make the explanations of the
+Christian doctrine to their parishioners before saying mass (which
+all must hear)--not employing the fiscal or any other person for the
+performance of this duty, but doing it themselves--explaining certain
+mysteries of the faith on some Sundays, and others at other times; in
+everything accommodating their speech to the limited capacity of their
+parishioners, in order that these may be more readily instructed, and
+sooner become capable of receiving all the mysteries of our holy faith.
+
+Moreover, considering the great abuses which his most illustrious
+Lordship has known from actual observation, and of which he has been
+informed with all certitude and proof, and the still worse losses,
+both temporal and spiritual, which have resulted to the persons of the
+unhappy Indians, with very great injury to their consciences and almost
+certain peril to the salvation of their souls, his most illustrious
+Lordship must command, and he did command, that the above-mentioned
+persons who are now the curas and ministers of the said villages,
+and those who shall officiate in them hereafter, shall not oblige
+their parishioners, for any cause or pretext, either personally or
+by any agent, to offer them anything for the administration of the
+holy sacrament of penance, especially throughout the season of Lent,
+in which the Indians ordinarily make their confessions in order
+to comply with the precept of the Church. And the said persons who
+now are, or shall hereafter be, curas of the said districts shall
+observe and fulfil all the above commands, under penalty of major
+excommunication, latæ sententiæ, ipso facto incurrenda, and of legal
+proceedings against their persons and goods with the fullest rigor
+of justice, in future visitations.
+
+And his most illustrious Lordship, employing his pastoral kindness
+and clemency, and desiring to secure the salvation of his flock and
+the service of God our Lord, and the greater honor and glory of His
+Divine Majesty, granted and did grant forty days of indulgence to all
+the parishioners of the said villages; who, with devotion and desire
+to profit thereby, attend the explanation of the Christian doctrine in
+their parish churches. And in order that this may be made known to all
+the people, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the above persons who now are, and those who hereafter shall be,
+curas of the said districts shall make publication of the grant of
+the said forty days of indulgence, on every Sunday of the month,
+before or after the explanation of the Christian doctrine, always
+making known to their parishioners the great riches and strength
+contained therein, so that they may obtain and enjoy the indulgence
+with profitable results--in regard to which his most illustrious
+Lordship lays strict charge upon their consciences.
+
+And considering that the visitas of the villages of San Pedro
+Tunasan and Biñan pertain to the cura of the said village of
+Tabuco, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, proprietary cura of
+that village, cause this decree to be observed by his coadjutor,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godiño, in the said church and village of Biñan;
+and by Father Miguel de Salas, the present minister of the village of
+San Pedro Tunasan--sending each a copy, signed with his name, of this
+decree by his illustrious Lordship, which will be left, certified
+and authorized, in the book of burials, baptisms, and marriages of
+the said village of Tabuco. This being done, the said ministers,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godiño and Father Miguel de Salas, will also make in
+the books in their charge a certified copy of the decree--which is to
+be sent immediately, with autograph signature copied at the foot of
+the letter--so that it may be made known to all persons who hereafter
+shall be ministers and curas of the said districts, San Pedro Tunasan,
+Biñan, and Sancto Thomas. And by this decree, accordingly, the above
+is ordained and commanded, and it is signed by his most illustrious
+Lordship the archbishop, my master, as I attest.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+
+The above, a copy from the original decree issued by his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, which is one of
+the acts of the visitation of the village of Tabuco--which are
+in my charge, and to which I refer--is a faithful, accurate, and
+truthful copy, corrected and compared. The witnesses to the copying,
+correction, and comparison were Licentiate Don Diego Martin de la
+Sierra and Bachelor Ignacio Gregorio Manasay, a cleric in minor orders;
+and this document is signed in this village of Calamba, on the said
+day and month and year. In attestation of its correctness, I sign it:
+
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon
+
+
+[Another decree, dated December 7, 1698, concerns the curacy of
+Balayan, with its visitas the village of Nazugbu and the ranch of Lian;
+the curate there was Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, with proprietary
+appointment. After a preamble like that of the former decree, this
+one continues thus, relative to the registers of the parish:]
+
+He declared that he must command, and he did command, that the practice
+be continued, as hitherto, of the separation and division [of the
+records] in three different books: one for recording the baptisms and
+confirmations only, another for the marriages and nuptial benedictions,
+[16] and a third for the deaths; and that in no case should these be
+recorded in one book only; and that in the book of baptisms the names
+of the parents and the sponsors of the person baptized must always
+be set down, and whether he were a legitimate child; and note must
+be made of a child of unknown parents, or of the Church. [17] At the
+same time, they must never fail to set down in the margin the names
+of those who are baptized, and of the villages to which they belong,
+so that it may be easier to search for and find them. In no case
+shall men be allowed to stand as sponsors [saquen de pila] for women,
+or women for men, on account of the grave difficulties which have
+been experienced from this cause, especially among Indians. Moreover,
+in the records of weddings and burials must be set down the fees of
+the minister, so that in future visits it may be easy to compute the
+eighths [18] which belong to the churches, in consideration of having
+a new tariff to which their fees must conform. With this, in the said
+records must be noted in the margin the names of both deceased and
+married persons; and in every instance it must be explained whether
+the deceased person received the sacraments at the hour of death,
+and, if he did not receive them, the reasons therefor. Likewise, in
+the records of marriages not only must the names of the contracting
+parties be set down, and those of their parents, and those of their
+former consorts, if the parties are widowed; but also those of the
+witnesses who made affidavits in the investigations which always ought
+to precede a marriage--whether these be verbal, in the case of ordinary
+Indians; or in writing, when practice [in that art] enables this to
+be done. Thus, if at any time [a legal] impediment should remain,
+those persons can be found and punished as perjurers. Also it must be
+specified whether the three publications of the banns [19] preceded,
+which the law ordains.
+
+Moreover, in the ministries of this province of Balayan his most
+illustrious Lordship has found another abuse introduced therein, that
+the curas and ministers of the Indian villages are accustomed to keep,
+for baptisms and burials, two crosses assigned for this use--one of
+wood, and the other of silver. The wooden one they take out for common
+baptisms and burials, and those of poor persons; and that of silver for
+the baptisms and burials of the rich--as if both crosses ought not to
+have the same value, veneration, and efficacy for the object to which
+they are directed; or as if the silver cross, on account of being of
+richer material, ought to be esteemed more highly than that of wood,
+on which died Christ our Redeemer (a thing which is disgraceful to
+be said or thought among Christians). Therefore his most illustrious
+Lordship, mindful of uprooting thoroughly this almost superstitious
+abuse, commanded and did command the persons who now are, or who shall
+hereafter be, curas in all the districts of this archbishopric that
+in no case and on no pretext shall they practice such a distinction;
+nor are they allowed to require or ask any fee on account of carrying
+the silver cross, whether at baptisms or burials: under penalty of
+major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, ipso facto incurrenda; and
+at any time when information is lodged of violation of this decree,
+proceedings will be instituted against the disobedient person with
+the fullest rigor of justice, without any excuse being allowed to
+shield him.
+
+[Here follow the same commands and penalties as in the preceding
+decree, relative to the proper instruction of the people in
+Christian doctrine, and the prohibition of fees to the cura for the
+administration of the sacrament of penance. The decree continues:]
+Moreover, inasmuch as it is commanded, by a general decree of
+visitation, now obeyed and practiced by all the secular curas of
+this archbishopric, in fulfilment of a royal decree by his Majesty
+(whom may God keep), that the viaticum shall be carried to sick
+Indians in their own houses, and that they shall on no account be
+carried from their houses to the churches to receive it: therefore
+his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the said
+decree shall be observed, fulfilled, and executed in this curacy of
+Balayan, and in its visita of Nazugbu and Lian. And, for its proper
+fulfilment, it is commanded that a reliquary be made of silver or gold,
+in order that when on any occasion there shall not be mode or form
+of the customary external pomp, the viaticum may be carried therein,
+as is commanded, to the sick; and warning is given that, on receiving
+notice of any violation of this decree, proceedings will be instituted
+against the disobedient person against whom there shall be legal cause.
+
+All the above, contained and expressed in the present decree, his most
+illustrious Lordship commanded, and did command, must be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, proprietary
+cura of this district of Balayan, and he must cause it to be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by him who shall in the said cura's place
+administer the holy sacraments in the villages of Nazugbu and Lian;
+and of his punctual obedience the said curate shall notify his most
+illustrious Lordship, at the first opportunity that shall occur, so
+that, in case what is here commanded shall not be duly and effectually
+carried out, his most illustrious Lordship may decide and ordain what
+may be expedient.
+
+Moreover, notwithstanding his most illustrious Lordship has been
+informed of the exterior adornment of the church of the said villages
+of Nazugbu and Lian, yet, inasmuch as the books of receipts and
+expenses of the said church have not been shown, and are not clear,
+his most illustrious Lordship therefore commanded and did command that
+in that church shall be kept a book, in the first half of which shall
+be set down the following, beginning at the first page, with all the
+items clear, separate, and distinct, and with mention of the day,
+month, and year: the eighths of the fees for marriages and burials
+which shall be received from this time forward; and the legacies, and
+donations for pious works, which are made to the said church. Then,
+beginning at the middle of the book, must be set down in the second
+half of it, with the same details, the expenditures which shall be
+made for the church, in order that thus no confusion may arise, and
+that the accounts may be promptly settled in the future visit. By this
+act, therefore, his most illustrious Lordship decreed and commanded
+the above, and signed this paper, which I certify.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow certificates, written in the registers of burials and
+marriages respectively, that they have been duly inspected, and
+referring to the decree itself, which is written in the register
+of baptisms.]
+
+
+
+Tariff
+
+We, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, by the grace of God and of
+the holy Apostolic See, metropolitan archbishop of these Philippinas
+Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva Segovia, now
+vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty. Desiring to
+fulfil the obligations of our ministry and pastoral office, and that by
+the government which is in our charge, especially in the administration
+of the holy sacraments, God our Lord may be followed and the faithful
+edified; and that every one of our curas and ministers who instruct
+the natives--not only in this city, but those of the other parishes
+outside its walls--and their sacristans, shall observe the integrity
+which is fitting in demanding the fees which shall belong to them on
+account of the functions of their ministries and offices, relieving
+their consciences as we do ours; and having examined the tariffs which
+our predecessors have fixed, and seeing the condition of these islands,
+we have decided to issue anew our mandate regarding the said statutes
+and tariffs; and we ordain that from this time forth, in demanding
+the said fees, the following order shall be observed:
+
+Baptisms: For the baptisms the cura shall demand the candle or candles
+which those who can give them may furnish, not obliging them to pay
+a fee [capillo], or to give an offering of money or other things;
+but, if they voluntarily give any free offering, [20] the cura is
+authorized to take it.
+
+Marriages: For publishing the banns, the fiscal shall ask for each
+one real, and he may not demand anything because the parties do not
+rise to their feet at the time when the banns are published. As for
+the natives and Morenos [21] who marry without receiving the nuptial
+benedictions, and shall come to the church or to the cura's house,
+he shall not ask anything from them; but if the cura shall go,
+or send, or give permission for the marriage to be solemnized at
+their own homes, or in some other place, he shall ask three tostones
+for the effort and time spent in going to marry them in a place to
+which he is not obliged to go. If the cura shall go to their house,
+or to some other place where he is not under obligation to go, in
+order to marry any Japanese or Sangley, he shall ask two pesos, and,
+if it shall be outside of the parish, he shall ask three pesos.
+
+Nuptial benedictions: He [i.e., the cura] shall ask thirteen reals
+from the dowry; [22] but if the parties are poor, they may commute
+this for four reals--and [the same] if the woman is a widow and
+has no dowry, provided she received the nuptial benedictions from
+the Church in the first marriage; but if she did not [thus] receive
+them, and have a dowry [she shall pay thirteen]. If several persons
+receive the benedictions at one mass, the cura shall ask from those
+who are blessed a peso from every one of them; and he shall be under
+obligation to say as many masses as there were persons blessed, during
+the following days, for their intention, because this [obligation to
+say mass] for two, or three, or more married pairs who receive the
+benedictions cannot be fulfilled by one mass.
+
+Burials: For burials of children, with prayers read, when the cura goes
+to the house for this purpose he shall ask one peso and four tomins;
+but if the corpse is carried to the door of the church he shall ask
+only one peso. For every burial of children with prayers chanted,
+when the cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask only
+three pesos; and if the corpse be received with prayers chanted at
+the door of the church [23]--whether it be an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, whom his friends desire to be
+interred with pomp and escort--and the cura shall go for the corpse to
+the house, he shall ask ten pesos; but if he shall receive it at the
+door of the church, and prayers be chanted, he shall ask two pesos. For
+every burial accompanied with prayers, of an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, if the cura goes for it to
+the house he shall ask one peso and four tomins; and if he receives
+it at the door of the church he shall ask one peso. If the deceased
+were a slave to Spaniards, the cura shall ask one peso for his fee,
+and exactly six reals as a voluntary offering [limosna] for a mass;
+but if he were a slave to an Indian, the cura shall ask six reals as
+a fee, and four reals for the said offering. We charge it upon the
+consciences of the curas to say these masses for the slaves, and thus
+acquit our own conscience. For the cope which the cura may wear at
+burials he may receive one peso as an offering; but he shall not wear
+the cope when the parties do not ask for it. And for the halts [24]
+the cura, if he shall have chanted the prayers, shall ask a toston
+for each one, if the relatives of the deceased ask for them; but in no
+other way shall he obtain these fees. Item, for the mass sung on the
+day of the funeral, or funeral honors with responses, the cura may ask
+two and one-half pesos; and for chanting the office for the dead, two
+pesos and two reals. And for the novenary masses [25] which are said,
+with a response in each one, on account of the burial of the deceased,
+the cura may receive for each one a peso as offering; and the wax
+candles which remain at the end of the novenary for the burial belong
+to the cura. For masses provided for by will [missas de testamento],
+the cura may receive six reals each, and for those which are ordered
+to be said outside of the testamentary provision four reals each,
+as offerings. The curas must not consent to accept the candles that
+are carried by the persons who accompany the funeral, unless these
+persons leave the candles of their own accord, and present them as
+an offering; and if they do not thus give them up, the curas shall
+not ask anything from them. To each one of those who may assist the
+cura at any burial shall be given, if he is in holy orders, six reals
+and a candle; if he is not yet ordained, four reals and a candle. For
+any peal of the bells [repique] at the burials of children, or the
+tolling of the passing bell [doble], the cura shall ask four reals
+for the eighths [de octava], for the sacristy or the church.
+
+Fees of the sacristans: For aiding at nuptial masses and the
+benediction, [26] the sacristan shall ask for each two reals. The
+sacristan may ask for carrying the processional cross with its veil,
+[27] for any burial, ten reals; and if afterward solemn mass be sung,
+he shall ask eighteen reals for the burial, and a peso for assisting
+at the mass; and if the cross be placed on the grave on the day of the
+funeral, he shall ask a peso. For the small cross carried, without
+its casing, and made of silver, he shall ask six reals; and for the
+ordinary cross of wood he shall ask two; and, if the deceased were
+the slave of an Indian, he shall ask one real. For burning incense
+at the funerals, when the parties ask for it, the sacristan shall
+ask two reals; and at the solemn masses he shall ask another two
+reals. For assisting at each anniversary mass founded in this church,
+which the cura says, the sacristan shall ask one peso. The sacristan
+is under obligation to assist the cura in the administration of the
+holy sacraments, and in the other matters pertaining to the ministry,
+as being his assistant; and if he fail in rendering such aid he shall
+ask only the half [of the usual fees], and the other half the cura
+shall divide between the person who shall assist in the sacristan's
+place and the church fund for its sacristy. Either the sacristan or
+in his place some person not yet ordained, is under obligation to
+carry the cross at burials.
+
+Singers: When the entire choir shall be summoned to any burial,
+they shall ask ten pesos for attending it; and if all the said choir
+assist at mass and the office for the dead [vigilia], they shall ask
+another ten pesos. When the [individual] singers shall go on call to
+any funeral, no more of them shall go than those who are asked for by
+the parties; and each singer shall ask one real. This is understood
+when they go not as a full choir, but in a group of three; and they
+shall not oblige the parties to give them candles, but may take these
+when the parties choose to give them. If only three singers assist
+at mass and the office for the dead, they shall ask three pesos for
+the mass, but not for the office.
+
+We command that all these tariffs and statutes shall be observed and
+fulfilled to the letter by the said our curas for natives, in this
+city and in the rest of the parishes that are outside its walls, and by
+their sacristans, without transgressing them in any way--under penalty
+of four times the amount involved, incurred for every infraction,
+and of being punished in accordance with the law. And no other person,
+whatever his rank may be, shall dare to transgress these our mandates,
+under penalty of legal proceedings against him, under the penalties
+due to those who are disobedient. We command that the curas shall
+keep these said tariffs displayed and posted in some public place,
+where they can be read and understood by all persons. And that this
+may be evident for all time, we command to be issued and we do issue
+the present, signed with our name, and countersigned by our secretary,
+as undersigned. In our archiepiscopal palace at Manila, on the fifth
+day of the month of November in the year one thousand, six hundred
+and ninety-eight.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+By command of his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow several notarial attestations.]
+
+
+
+Memorial by the religious orders
+
+The lecturer Fray Jaime Mimbela, of the Order of Preachers, and
+definitor-general of the province of Santo Rosario; Fray Juan Antonio
+de San Agustin, an Augustinian Recollect; and Antonio Xaramillo, of the
+Society of Jesus--procurators-general of their provinces of Filipinas
+and holding powers of attorney for the holy orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollect
+Augustinians who live in the said islands for the conversion of the
+infidels and the maintenance [in the faith] of those who are already
+converted therein--conforming to the new orders from their provincials
+which they have received (dated February 13 of the past year 1699),
+in regard to what has thus far been alleged and represented, make
+the following declaration:
+
+[Sire:]
+
+The reverend archbishop, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, having
+arrived at Manila in the month of September in the past year of 97,
+undertook, in officio officiando [i.e., "in fulfilling the functions of
+his office"], to visit the regulars who exercise the duties of parish
+priests, desiring that they do so by title of law, [28] subject to
+his jurisdiction. The said holy religious orders, having declined,
+on repeated occasions, to take upon themselves such a burden, making
+this known to the said reverend archbishop with all submission, were
+resolved to abandon all the Indian villages and districts [assigned
+to them], rather than to administer them in that manner. [They asked
+him], in order to preserve the tranquillity which had existed in those
+islands, that at least he would desist from his intention until the
+pope and your Majesty, being informed of the matter, should decide
+it: and represented to him that, taking everything into account,
+irreparable losses of souls would ensue from his persevering in his
+undertaking if the religious orders, in consequence of his violent
+acts, should retire [from the curacies]--since there were not
+secular priests to take the place of the religious in preaching and
+the administration of the sacraments, but it was not possible for
+the said reverend archbishop to yield to [even] these so serious
+representations, nor was he willing to wait for the decisions of
+[even] those so preëminent; on the contrary, he actually began
+the visitation. When the religious answered that now they were not
+parish priests, since they had resigned the Indian villages into
+the hands of their provincials, who had notified your vice-patron of
+it, the reverend archbishop took away two churches from the orders
+of St. Dominic and St. Augustine; and soon the commonwealth found
+itself in a storm, with confusion and affliction such as had never
+before been experienced in those islands. For within a week fifty
+religious who had acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders
+had been given for the retirement of the others--which they would
+actually have done, if the courage of the reverend archbishop himself
+had not been taught by this experience, so costly and unnecessary,
+the truth of what had been often before represented to him, with so
+much humility and entreaty, by the religious.
+
+From that time, troubles continued to crowd together until in all
+those islands the Catholic faith, as concerns God, and the vassalage
+of the Indians to your Majesty, were at the point of destruction;
+for in that country all the villages are inhabited by Indians alone,
+nor is there in them any Spaniard except the religious who is their
+minister--except here and there a village where resides some secular
+priest and the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces. Thus, the villages
+without the religious minister remain as dead, for divine worship and
+for vassalage, as the body without a soul is dead for vital functions.
+
+This truth being so well known--as also is this other, that in the
+religious provinces of those islands there have been and are now many
+religious of distinguished virtues and learning, and very zealous
+for the salvation of souls--affairs have arrived at such a state,
+as is known by the said letters of February, 699, that the regulars
+refuse not only to be ordinaries [parrocos de justicia] and subject
+to the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, but also to act in
+that capacity in the manner which has been hitherto in vogue. They
+ask your Majesty, with the utmost possible reverence, to be pleased to
+regard them as exonerated from the responsibility which they hitherto
+have held of ministering as parish priests to the Indians, and to take
+measures that other persons may look after the Indians in the manner
+which the reverend archbishop desires; and that the religious for whom
+there is no room in the few convents and colleges which the religious
+orders possess in those islands may return to their own provinces--in
+accordance with what your Majesty commands, in one of his laws,
+for the consolation of the distressed religious in those kingdoms.
+
+And since actions so grave in themselves and in their consequences as
+are these--the refusal of the regulars to be parish priests subject to
+the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and their renunciation
+before your Majesty of the assignment of the territories allotted
+to them for ministrations--appear not to have originated only from
+disinclination, but to have sprung from [their claim to] liberty alone,
+their representatives set forth to your Majesty in this document the
+reasons and very weighty arguments by which they are constrained to
+act in both those proceedings. They also offer to present another,
+more copious, in which will be related in sequence and order all the
+occurrences and the exceedingly grievous injuries which the religious
+orders have suffered and still sustain, occasioned by the visitation
+of the curas. [It will also recount] the lands that they possess;
+the tithes [29] that the reverend archbishop has established; the
+testimonies and appeals that he has denied; the arrests that he has
+attempted; the banishments that he has urged [upon the Audiencia];
+the very sharp reprimand that on account of him was given by your
+Audiencia to all the provincials together, with other religious of high
+standing, without permitting them to open their lips--and all with a
+method of procedure so unlike that which the pope, your Majesty, and
+your supreme Council employ on occasions like these, even in cases
+when there is certainty of guilt; and finally, the investigations
+which he makes to obtain information against them which he can use to
+carry out his purposes, and disturb them at Madrid and Roma, in this
+imposing [threats of] excommunication on the witnesses in order that
+everything may remain a secret, and the reputation of the religious
+orders be left more exposed to attack.
+
+The reasons, then, which influence the religious not to be parish
+priests by title in Filipinas, subject to the jurisdiction of
+the reverend archbishop, are the following: First, because it is
+unquestionable, and cannot be in any way denied, that the office of
+parish priest, even with such exemption from [the jurisdiction of]
+the ordinary, is entirely accessory, and, besides, a heavy additional
+burden, to the religious estate--not only to that of monks, but even to
+that of the mendicant regulars; for, in order that they may minister
+in the said office, it has been necessary to obtain a pontifical
+dispensation or arrangement, which is founded on important reasons. And
+this [is a fact], if we consider only what the religious state demands
+of its followers, as is made plain by the general exemption and the
+teaching of holy men. If this mode of administering [the curacies]
+be changed, and the regular who is a parish priest must remain, in
+what concerns that office, under the jurisdiction of the ordinary,
+subject to his correction and visitation, and in the other matters
+subject to the superior of his religious order, it would be a change
+and condition of affairs so remarkable that, in regard to his estate
+and his profession of life, the religious would change his nature--for
+he would be like one cleft in twain, if subject in some cases to one
+superior and in others to another, the two of differing ecclesiastical
+rank; and the consequences would be perilous, as will be considered
+later. In view, then, of a change which would so seriously affect
+their estate, all the regulars of Filipinas declare that, just as
+one's state of life is chosen so as to lead to salvation only when
+it is chosen through the influence and vocation of God, who calls
+and inclines one to it, and that one's choice goes astray when it
+is made through other motives, so, when after choice has been made
+of the state and profession of life some other circumstance arises
+which not only oppresses that state, but changes its very nature--with
+new responsibilities, new obligations, new superiors, and new modes
+of government full of dangers and difficulties--and, above all, the
+rule which he professes, no one can safely add to his mode of life a
+condition so unusual, if God do not incline and call him to it. The
+religious of Filipinas declare that they have no such vocation or
+inclination for being parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary;
+and that without it they cannot expose themselves to so many dangers,
+with evident risk of being ruined thereby. They say that neither when
+they entered the religious life nor when they made their confession
+did they read among the obligations to which they submitted that of
+being parish priests, and much less that of being such by title, and
+subject to the ordinaries; on the other hand, they understood that
+the Apostolic See had exempted them from it. They assert also that
+on going from Europa to the Filipinas they knew that the regulars
+never had ministered to the Indians, nor were they then doing so, as
+being dependent upon the ordinaries, but with pontifical jurisdiction,
+remaining in all matters subject to the visitation and correction of
+their provincials; therefore they must necessarily censure and refuse
+now this new administration and attempted subjection, which they did
+not profess and to which God did not call them.
+
+Nor do the precedents [brought forward] from America militate against
+this argument when it is said that there is but one and the same
+rule, and one and the same form of government, in essentials, for
+the religious order or orders whose sons find themselves in America
+and in Filipinas; for those who are in those islands say, with all
+esteem and reverence, that there are some things more suitable to
+be admired than imitated, and that, while they admire the courage
+[of those in America], they confess that they do not possess courage
+to imitate them in this matter. They add that, if in America and
+Filipinas a religious order is one and the same, likewise throughout
+the world the faith and the church of Jesus Christ is one and the
+same; and nevertheless, if a Catholic, simply because he had chosen
+an estate of life, should exhort all others to embrace the same, it
+would not be judicious counsel, or in conformity to the spirit of God;
+for that Spirit inspires, influences, and calls whomsoever He will,
+choosing some for an occupation, and dissuading others from that same
+employ. And thus it is evident, likewise, that in the one religious
+order some have a vocation for going from Europa to the Indias, and
+others have not. Then why cannot the same occur in regard to being
+or not being parish priests subject to the ordinary?
+
+The reverend archbishop of Manila himself has given and still gives
+to the religious orders of Filipinas a very striking and conclusive
+example in this regard: for before he left España he knew very well
+in what way the regulars acted as curas in those islands, but he
+neither renounced the archbishopric in España, nor gave up going to
+the islands. He knew also that the being united as a spouse to the
+church of Manila is not an accessory matter, but is wholly essential
+to the state of being its archbishop; and that other prelates have
+gone thither without attempting what he claims. Nevertheless, he
+has asked in the royal Audiencia permission to return to España; and
+now he writes resigning the archbishopric, and asking that he may be
+allowed to come here to live and die in retreat in a cell. If it is
+because the religious who are parish priests are not subject to his
+jurisdiction that he offers this resignation--by which he abandons
+all that belongs to his position, and the state of life that he
+chose--how much greater reason the religious will have to imitate
+him, since even when they give up the curacies they remain wholly
+in the estate of religious which they professed. If he makes this
+renunciation in order to avoid controversies, and aspires to live
+and die in a cell, much more natural is this desire of the religious
+to live and die peacefully therein, without obliging themselves to
+endure those controversies; for they do not accept under compulsion a
+new estate to which God does not call them. Likewise, [they decline]
+if, in order to adopt such a model of life, their rule must be the
+pleasure of the archbishop, and not the inspiration of God.
+
+As little is this first argument overcome by [the assertion] that
+the civil law provides that the regular who is a parish priest is
+immediately subject, in what pertains to that office, to the visitation
+and correction of the ordinary. For, laying aside the fact that such
+a law can be abrogated by the supreme pontiff--as actually was done
+by Pius V after the holy Council of Trent, and afterward confirmed
+by Urban VIII; and this very procedure is supported by various
+declarations of the most eminent cardinals--when there is a lack of
+secular priests (as is the case in Filipinas, where for eight hundred
+parishes, the approximate number of those in existence, there are
+hardly sixty seculars in number, and still fewer who have abilities
+for giving instruction and learning languages): laying all this aside,
+the religious assert that the civil law which commands such subjection
+must be understood in the case that the religious who are administering
+curacies, without being subordinate to the ordinary, desire to
+continue thus, being parish priests; but it does not order that they
+be compelled by violence and force to enter that relation. And if a
+secular cleric, to whom with canonical and rigorous institution is
+given a perpetual curacy, can, notwithstanding this, renounce such
+curacy, nor on that account be disqualified by the law as long as he
+lives in immediate subjection to one superior only, who is his bishop:
+how or for what reason can the reverend archbishop of Manila claim that
+the religious cannot peaceably make the same renunciation, in order
+to avoid the risk of having so many superiors? As the religious hold
+the Indian villages not as proprietaries, but removable ad nutum,
+other persons could, for no better reason than their own wishes,
+deprive the religious of those ministries, even though the latter
+live therein with the sanctity of their holy founders; and is it
+possible that, when only the will of another person is sufficient to
+prevent them from being curas, the divine inspiration and their own
+self-reproach will not be sufficient for them?
+
+The second reason that the religious in Filipinas have for refusing
+to be parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary, is that no
+exact idea of this virtue of justice has been formed in considering
+the method in which efforts have been made to constrain the religious
+by it. For either they are or they are not capable of being really
+parish priests, like the secular clerics. If they are, they do not
+accept the parish under any obligation of justice; and even when this
+is conferred on them with canonical institution, they nevertheless do
+not remain ordinaries, as are the secular clerics; for in the latter,
+in order to secure a proprietary benefice, the only points considered
+are the ability to serve as cura, the obligation of law [justicia]
+to which they submit, and the canonical collation with which they are
+inducted into the parish. Including all this in the said supposition,
+the religious cannot well understand why, after all that, they do
+not remain proprietary parish priests. As little do they understand
+how the said ability, obligation of law, and canonical institution
+can make a secular priest a perpetual cura--so that if his conduct
+does not render him unworthy the curacy cannot be taken from him,
+either by ordinary or vice-patron alone, or by both together; while
+a religious who enters the curacy with the same formalities is not
+competent for the same perpetuity, but only for such tenure, even
+in his own territory, that even if he conduct himself as a saint the
+ordinary and vice-patron can, if agreed, deprive him of his benefice
+and give it to another; that is, even after that obligation and
+solemnity he is a parish priest removable ad nutum.
+
+The religious also consider that although the virtue of justice is one
+for all, and alike for all, and the efficacy of canonical institution
+is also one for persons who are qualified for the same office, to the
+secular cleric with the onerous duty of parish priest is given all that
+can favor him; but to the religious, while the entire burden is laid
+upon him, all his energy is checked on account of not giving him all
+which can relieve that burden. This is all placed upon the religious,
+for his responsibility for the feeding of his sheep confines him to
+a district in such a way that his own provincial cannot, by his own
+agency alone, change his district without first resorting to the
+ordinary and the vice-patron, to secure their consent. In this way
+there is a notable decrease of obedience, and the regular observance of
+the rule which he professed is greatly disturbed; and many, continual,
+and insupportable annoyances are heaped upon the provincials. The
+religious loses in great part the privilege of his exemption;
+he remains subject, in so far as he is a cura, to investigations,
+complaints, visitations, and penalties from the ordinary; and with all
+these burdens he has not the comfort of being secure in his parish,
+even if his conduct do not render him unworthy of it, because he does
+not hold it in perpetuity, as the secular does. He is not master of the
+emoluments which the curacy yields, nor are they in justice due to him
+as to the secular, unless he pretends that he is dispensed from the
+essential vow of poverty. Then, if the religious is capable of being
+a parish priest, and that by title of law, as is the secular, who
+has given to justice and to canonical collation such efficacy as with
+them to furnish to the secular what is honorable [30] and favorable,
+yet has so divided it as to impart to the regular what is detestable,
+while yet denying him what may console him?
+
+[Even] if it be granted that the regular is not competent, on account
+of his estate, for being a proprietary parish priest, why is it so
+strictly required of him to enter the curacy with the same formalities
+and ceremony as those with which the clerics enter? Such incompetency
+will be the best justification for the repugnance which the religious
+feel for being curas in the manner which the archbishop insists on.
+
+The third reason is, that if the convents and colleges which the
+religious maintain in Manila be broken up, it can be said with truth
+that there are no other houses of religious community [in the colony];
+for although there are seven other houses besides--in Cavite, Cebu,
+Oton, and Yloilo--divided among the religious orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollects, yet these
+convents and colleges are so small that in each of them there are
+only two or three residents. All the rest of the said provinces is
+composed of Indian villages, [each] served by one minister only; and
+these are such as can be gathered from their respective bishoprics, the
+cathedrals of which neither have nor are capable of having dignities,
+canonries, and other prebends. This being admitted, if the ministers
+in Indian villages remain subject to the ordinary, as the provinces
+are composed almost wholly of such ministers alone, and for their
+removal would then be necessary the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, some provinces would come to be dependent, in the name
+of religious government and in the exercise of secular government,
+on the wills of those two persons, to whom the religious did not in
+their profession promise obedience or subjection.
+
+Then if either of the two, whether the bishop or the governor,
+were displeased with any religious order, or with any minister--and
+especially if it were the governor, whose power in those islands
+cannot be explained, except by their remoteness--in such case they
+could on very specious pretexts either maintain or remove the minister
+against the will of his provincial; and even they could, if necessary,
+threaten the latter with either censures or banishment, to make that
+religious order conform to their authority. How fruitful a source
+this may be of perdition and total ruin for the religious orders,
+all can recognize; but only those who have had experience in those
+islands can fully comprehend it.
+
+The fourth reason: for we have already taken for granted their
+subjection and canonical institution. If a religious who is a minister
+commit a transgression, and his offense apparently belongs on the
+one side to morals and life, and on the other to the office of cura,
+the poor minister remains in the condition of those goods which we
+call mostrencos, on account of their belonging to the first person
+who takes possession of them--and even in a much worse condition,
+on account of the controversies which must naturally ensue. For if
+the provincial begins legal proceedings in the matter, and afterward
+information of it is given to the reverend archbishop, the latter
+issues a decree--and, if it be necessary, a censure--commanding
+the said provincial to revoke all of his proceedings, surrender the
+case to him, and abandon it; that is to say, the right of judicature
+belongs to him alone. The provincial appeals to the judge-delegate
+of his Holiness, who, in order to obtain full information about the
+case, commands the reverend archbishop, with the threat of censure,
+to desist from the cause, and surrender the documents. If the latter
+do not obey, the affair may reach the point where two ecclesiastical
+prelates mutually excommunicate each other, and [the colony] is
+menaced with an interdict and the cessation of divine worship. This
+is not discussing an imaginary thing, but is relating that which has
+just occurred in Manila in a like case--where, in order to prevent the
+regulars from withdrawing from their curacies, [the archbishop] imposed
+on the provincials the penalties of excommunication and a fine of
+2,000 pesos; and conversely, the reverend archbishop and the delegate
+of his Holiness likewise excommunicated each other. The commonwealth
+was disquieted by these occurrences, not knowing where these things
+would end if the interdict which the delegate threatened were carried
+out, since he was followed by the religious orders; for nearly all the
+laymen lean on the orders--making their confessions to the religious,
+receiving instruction from their teaching and example, and with their
+counsels calming the scruples of their consciences. In consequence, it
+would necessarily follow that in case of an interdict and cessation
+of divine services the entire archdiocese would be left in most
+lamentable condition; and without doubt this would have occurred, if
+it had not been for the kindly nature of the delegate and the urgent
+importunities to desist from this purpose that were addressed to him
+by the religious. For, since at the cost of innumerable martyrdoms
+and other hardships they had established the faith in those islands,
+they sought to avert the danger that it would be impaired, even though
+this should be at the cost of contempt for themselves.
+
+It must be added to all the above that if these contentions and
+troubles which are suffered in those islands could be promptly ended
+without going outside of them, toleration in enduring them would be
+less difficult. But this is not so; but these troubles leave behind
+them their consequences, and chains that are very long and heavy,
+which are only fit to drag along those who choose to become slaves
+to the curacies in Filipinas. For in such cases letters are written
+by the governor, the archbishop, the Audiencia, and the religious
+orders to Madrid, and by some of these to Roma also; and terrible
+controversies take shape, with public scandal in both courts. The
+parties are in every way exhausted, and the judges are harassed until
+the [royal] decree in the case is provided: first, because such decree
+is provided for regions so remote, and after it is issued arrives
+there [so late], that those evils are throwing out many roots, and
+these produce anew other discords and evils worse than the first. And
+since it is a fact that, although according to the divine oracles,
+it is not fitting either for the bishop to be contentious, or for the
+minister of souls to preach the gospel in any other way than that of
+peace, the religious orders, in place of experiencing in Filipinas,
+as it were, peace with the fruit of tranquillity, do not find this at
+the present time; but they are burning in a glowing forge, which only
+throws out sparks of discord and dissension. The religious orders,
+Sire, had already made peace among themselves, and are at this day
+maintaining and always will maintain it; for they trust in God that it
+will be so, and the bitter experience of past years has pointed this
+out as a great blessing. Thus, when the reverend archbishop arrived
+here all was quiet and peaceful, but within little more than two months
+after his arrival there was nothing but unrest and disorder--and this
+because the religious had told him, with all courtesy and humility,
+that they would sooner give up the ministries of instruction than hold
+them in the manner that he desired. Herein, which side proceeded most
+comformably to reason? the religious who peaceably leave the curacies,
+in order to avoid disputes; or the reverend archbishop who causes these
+contentions, and who sends to Madrid and Roma in order to obtain that
+the regulars shall be by force and violence parish priests subject to
+his own jurisdiction? In view, then, of disadvantages so serious, what
+religious is there, devoted to his profession, who will consent to be
+a parish priest in Filipinas? Who will leave his province in Europa,
+the retirement and peace of his community, to go, with the perils
+of two ocean voyages, in search of controversies so wearisome and
+noisy over a calling which he did not profess? Herein the religious
+of Filipinas admit that they have taken warning by what has occurred
+in America, that they ought to learn a lesson from it and be cautious
+about having another head.
+
+The fifth reason: If a regular who is a parish priest transgresses,
+and on account of secret faults becomes unworthy of continuing in
+his ministry, yet if he remains in it his salvation may incur a very
+special peril. The provincial has secret knowledge of the case. Here
+justice demands two things: one, the punishment of the fault; the
+other, that the delinquent shall not be rendered infamous. Charity,
+(and even justice itself) demands also that the provincial shall,
+because of his office, remove his subordinate from that risk. If this
+regular who acts as parish priest were administering his functions
+without canonical institution or subjection to the ordinary, as is done
+in the Filipinas Islands, the provincial could with the greatest ease
+settle the whole matter, and justice and charity be satisfied, without
+disgrace to the delinquent and without a stigma on the religious
+order. But when the regular who is a parish priest is subject to
+the ordinary, the provincial cannot remove him by his own authority
+alone; and it is necessary for him to resort to that very ordinary
+and to the vice-patron, and that the two agree on the removal of the
+offender. And, in such case, what has the provincial to say to them? If
+it be answered that by keeping the case entirely secret the provincial
+becomes a sharer in the guilt of his subordinate, he and the superiors
+of the religious orders declare, with all submission and humility,
+that they refuse to put in practice such a form of theology. Can the
+ordinary acting alone, can the governor, the father, and the master,
+each alone, punish and correct the fault--of a priest, of a citizen or
+a soldier, of children, of servants--without the least injury to the
+culprit's honor; and a provincial, who can in innumerable ways do the
+same with any subordinate of his, be obliged to leave the offender
+in disgrace with the heads of the community, ecclesiastical and
+secular? The religious orders would sooner remove [from the islands],
+to transplant themselves to Europa, than submit to so heavy a burden.
+
+If it be said that the provincial need not state the offense, but
+in general terms assert only that he has cause for removing the
+cura, even that would not avoid the difficulty: First, because the
+authorities may think that the provincial says so, in order to carry
+a point for a custom of long standing. Second, even though the cause
+for removing him is not a fault, it will be readily said [that it was
+one]; and if the person himself does not make further explanation,
+in such case the result will be that the fault will be made public
+by his silence. And finally, one's honor is a very delicate thing,
+and is usually much injured by rumors and suspicions alone. And
+since God renders the religious exempt from the secular judges, and
+the Apostolic See from the ordinaries, the regulars represent that,
+as they have not professed to be curas, they do not feel courage to
+fill that office with so many risks and burdens.
+
+The sixth reason: The object for which the religious are in the
+curacies is the salvation of souls; and there is no room for doubt
+that for such a purpose the religious will be all the more fit and
+competent an instrument the more he shall unite with the office
+of cura the regular observance. This greater union, it is certain,
+lies in the method of being curas which has hitherto prevailed, and
+not in that which the archbishop is attempting; for with subjection
+to him the cura does not depend so much on the regular superior, nor
+can the latter freely command him as before, and thus the obedience
+[of the religious] is greatly diminished and injured, without which no
+one deserves the name of religious. [Also the observance of] poverty
+is at great risk; for since the cura ministers through the obligation
+of justice and canonical institution, and this is not given to him
+by the religious order but by the ordinary, some of the curas might
+argue that since the order permits this to them, it also permits
+them to be masters, in whole or in part, of all the emoluments; and
+that with entire freedom, without subjection to or permission from
+their superiors, they can spend or dispose of these revenues as they
+please. This is a danger which is most prolific of innumerable others,
+and in all lines. Their chastity also is much less secure, because
+it is attacked by solitude, by the license which this occasions, by
+the natural compliance of the Indians, and by that almost perpetual
+tenure which in many ministries in America is experienced through the
+obligation of justice and canonical institution under which they are
+administered; and on account of the difficulty which thus arises in
+securing removals, sensuality does not find that remedy of flight
+which St. Paul lays down so prompt and easy as it would be if the
+parish priest depended only on his provincial.
+
+And, finally, the religious do not, by assuming the habit as such,
+strip themselves of the passions of men. There might be one or more
+for whom the subjection and mode of life in a religious community
+becomes wearisome; and such men, knowing that a cura cannot be removed
+from the mission parish without the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, undertake to gain the good-will of those authorities by
+letters and other means, and for the same object to win the friendship
+of officials and dependents, so that these may exert influence in
+order to preserve them in the curacies. And thus gradually they become
+rooted in their liking for a life that is solitary and independent,
+and will reach a state in which they give up the mission parish with
+grief, because they hold it through love for the conveniences of life,
+and more as very secular men of the world than as religious or as
+ministers to souls. In that case the religious orders could say that
+they had lost fervent sons, and the ordinaries that they had not made
+zealous curates.
+
+All this is avoided when the regulars serve as parish priests in
+the same manner as they do now in the Filipinas; for they are wholly
+dependent on their superiors, and cannot dispose of anything without
+their permission. If it be expedient for them to go to some other
+place, there is no difficulty in changing their residence; and as
+they have not that security of perpetual tenure, their only care is
+for their ministries, the door being closed to unworthy measures and
+claims. Hence it follows that this mode of holding curacies is more
+in accordance with the three vows and the other statutes that aim at
+the perfection that is proper for the regulars, and consequently at
+the salvation of the souls [31] for whom they care.
+
+The seventh and last reason--omitting others, either because they
+are included in those already mentioned, or because they may readily
+be deduced from those--is supported by authority. Let the histories
+of the Indias be read, and the laymen and ecclesiastics who have
+written about them; all agree in raising very serious doubts whether
+the regulars should be parish priests or not, and much more whether
+they should be so with title. [These writers] noted many decisions,
+in which entire provinces--composed of religious who were influential,
+experienced, learned, and zealous--resolved in their chapter-meetings
+that the mission curacies should be given up; many [opinions by]
+generals of those same orders, who approved that proceeding; and
+others, by various distinguished men, who expostulated against the
+acceptance of such an encumbrance by their religious order. [They have
+also noted] faults which they contemplated with tears--interminable
+discords, which banished all tranquillity and peace; and innumerable
+other damages, which, even the secular writers on the Indias admit,
+have made the regulars tremble.
+
+If he who sees from [a safe place on] land a fierce hurricane on
+the sea, and that in it are wrecked galleons of great size--some of
+the men on board being drowned, others crying for help, and those
+who by swimming have emerged on the shore taking warning [from this
+misfortune], and causing great fear in those who hear them--trembles
+at [the thought of] venturing upon the sea: what marvel is it that
+the regulars of Filipinas, who have not thus far been inducted into
+this new form of parish tenure which the archbishop is attempting
+[to establish], seeing as if from the solid land so much tempest and
+shipwreck which are occasioned by that form, and which the histories,
+like accurate charts, place before them, tremble, and refuse to embark
+on that sea? When the witnesses are so truthful, and the experiences
+so injurious, it would be a mistake of the utmost importance not to
+believe them, or to expect that [in] trouble one may remedy it by
+regret, or not to avoid it beforehand by prudent measures.
+
+With these reasons, three arguments of which the reverend archbishop
+entertains a high opinion lose their force. One is, to argue [thus]
+in this dilemma: Either the regulars who are parish priests conduct
+themselves well and fulfil their obligations as such, or they do
+not. If this last, it is not right that it be permitted, nor that
+there be any failure to reform with the visitation which he is trying
+to enforce. If in all respects they fulfil their obligations, what
+matters it if he visits them, approves their proceedings, and praises
+them in his report to the king? And with this mode of argument he
+casts suspicion on the regulars, as if they had faults or failings
+as parish priests to conceal.
+
+Answer is made, first: that the religious who are curas conduct
+themselves well in their ministries, and strive so far as their powers
+extend, for the salvation of their parishioners; and that what holds
+them back from being parish priests subject to the reverend archbishop
+is not the fear caused by [the question of] behavior, but dread of
+the inconveniences and dangers above recounted, which it is not easy
+to explain.
+
+Answer is made, second: that in Manila and Cavite--which is distant
+two leguas from this city, and where only the secular priests are
+curas--the reverend archbishop has precedents very effectual for
+ascertaining the consequences of the way in which the religious
+behave in their curacies. For in those two places, where they have
+no obligations as curas, they are the ones who carry the burden
+of the day and of the summer's heat; they alone (or almost alone)
+are the ones who administer throughout the year the sacraments of
+penance and communion--to Spaniards, Indians (Tagálogs, Pampangos,
+and Visayans), mestizos, Cafres, and other peoples who resort thither;
+they alone keep laborers set aside for this task; they alone preach
+frequently. It is they who carry on missions; they who dispense the
+divine word and explain the Christian doctrine in the guard-rooms of
+the soldiers and [among those stationed] at the gates of the city;
+they to whom the slaves from the foundry resort; [they who minister
+to] the prisoners in the jail, and the poor in the hospitals, and the
+seminaries of La Misericordia and Sancta Potenciana. It is they who in
+their churches have separate sermons for the Spaniards, for negroes,
+and for Indians; it is they who are almost continually going forth,
+by day and by night, to the sick and the dying, whatever the weather
+may be. Then who can imagine that where the religious, without being
+curas, have the inclination and zeal to aid the secular curas and the
+reverend archbishop themselves, relieving so greatly the burden of
+their obligations, they will neglect their duties in the villages,
+where the souls have been entrusted to their care alone?
+
+Answer is made, third: that just as the reverend archbishop by his
+arguments strives at Madrid and Roma to subject the regulars to
+his visitation in what concerns them as parish priests, he may also
+plan to subject them in all that concerns morals and life. "For if
+they behave ill, it is not right to permit such conduct; and if
+their conduct is exemplary, what matter is it if he visits them,
+and approves them, in order to report on them with praises?" The
+reply which the reverend archbishop will make to this argument can
+with more reason be applied as the reply and solution to his own. The
+religious orders add that, even though the praises of the reverend
+archbishop are and always will be worthy of the utmost appreciation,
+yet they set a much greater value on following the counsel of the
+apostle about each man abiding in his own calling [32]--which was not
+to be curas--than to be curas and obtain those praises with the risk
+of the troubles that have been considered.
+
+Nor is it right, by the same mode of argument as that of the reverend
+archbishop, that the religious orders should not further make evident
+the importance of their justice and of their labors. This prelate
+greatly resented that the reverend bishop, the delegate and judge of
+his Holiness for cases of appeals, should go to Manila and exercise
+his functions, issuing various acts; and the said reverend archbishop
+also took steps to have the delegate depart immediately from his
+archbishopric, and said (and wrote to Europa) that the religious orders
+were trying to keep the delegate there as their judge-conservator. It
+is here where his own argument presses: either the procedure of
+the reverend archbishop was just, or it was not. If it were just,
+what did it matter that he had before him a judge with authority
+from the pope, and must deliver to this judge the documents which
+he demanded, so that as a judge so superior he might confirm them,
+and make a report on them with commendations? If the archbishop's
+conduct were not just, as little just was it that he should go beyond
+his obligation, in order to obstruct rightful jurisdiction.
+
+The reverend archbishop also refused to the religious orders all the
+copies of documents and the attested statements which they asked
+from him in regard to the visitation which he planned and began,
+but from which he desisted. If what the reverend archbishop did and
+decreed was just, what mattered it that he should command the said
+copies and statements to be given to parties so eminent and worthy
+of respect as were five religious provinces? If it were not just,
+why were these decrees made and executed?
+
+Another argument of which the reverend archbishop avails himself is,
+to say that if the regulars who are parish priests do not submit to
+his visitation and jurisdiction, he will finally be a [mere] bishop
+de anillo. [33] Answer is made, first, that even if this were the
+case (which, however, it is not), the reverend archbishop would not
+have any reason to complain in this particular, as, according to the
+law, no wrong is done to him who, before entering on any negotiation,
+acquaints himself with it and determines it beforehand. [34] For while
+he was yet in España he knew that the regulars in Filipinas were
+not parish priests by title, nor subject as such to the ordinary;
+and if with this knowledge he decided to go to Manila in order to
+be its metropolitan archbishop he ought to take for granted what
+has been proved by experience, and not wonder that the regulars,
+convinced by so effective arguments, are, constrained by these, giving
+up the native curacies, in order not to be ministers of instruction
+at so much risk. Nor will any one grant that reason countenances the
+reverend archbishop more in trying to secure the extension of his
+authority than it does the religious in maintaining themselves as
+much as possible in what they had professed.
+
+Answer is made, second: that, not by commission but by his own proper
+jurisdiction, the reverend archbishop can administer confirmations
+throughout his archbishopric; act as judge of all matrimonial cases
+among the Indians, and those affecting the rest of his flock, in the
+same manner and the same cases as he could if secular priests were the
+curas over them; and ordain priests and consecrate oils--with many
+other things. The exemption of the regulars does not hinder these,
+nor can a bishop who is only titular exercise these functions merely
+through his own choice; and thus the reverend archbishop does not
+come to be such a prelate.
+
+And, finally, according to Christian maxims the religious ought
+to measure the choice of a new form of life, not by the question
+whether the reverend archbishop has or has not more or less under
+his jurisdiction, but by other and loftier principles, which concern
+salvation and the means [to attain it], which they have already chosen,
+by rule and vows, in order to attain with these that final end. And
+the religious of Filipinas declare that if his Reverence the archbishop
+refuses to live [in those islands] and be their prelate, because he has
+not all the authority that he desires, they refuse the said form of
+[serving as] parish priests, in order to avoid the controversies and
+perils here stated, so as to live in the quiet of their profession
+and by means of it to secure more peaceably their eternal salvation.
+
+If the reverend archbishop shall urge the precedents of some religious
+orders in America in regard to the said matter, the religious orders
+of Filipinas state further, besides what is said above, that those
+who gave up the mission villages in America furnish a more effective
+example than do those who remained in those posts subject to the
+ordinary. They also add that for this case more to the purpose
+are the precedents of all the reverend archbishops and bishops of
+Filipinas--of no one of whom it is known, it should be said, that he
+was an archbishop or bishop de anillo. Many of them were entirely
+satisfied at seeing the good work that was wrought in their flocks
+by the religious orders, and thanked them and greatly honored them;
+and even though some few of them desired what the present reverend
+archbishop is attempting to secure, yet on hearing the arguments of
+the regulars the prelates contented themselves with informing the
+Council--without that body changing the former mode, or the prelates
+breaking forth in violence as has been seen in this present time. Then,
+even if the reverend archbishop is somewhat influenced by precedents
+of certain religious orders in America, it seems as if he ought to
+be convinced by those of his predecessors and the others who were
+suffragan bishops in those islands.
+
+The third argument is, that as the regulars who are parish priests are
+not under his jurisdiction, he cannot feed his sheep as it behooves
+him to do, or give account of them to God, with due certainty;
+accordingly he claims that the regulars of Filipinas should be
+compelled not to leave their flocks, and should be forced under his
+jurisdiction. Answer is made, first, that the reverend archbishop can,
+whenever it shall please him, apply himself to an inspection of the
+Indian villages, even those that are furthest from Manila, and view
+the aspect of his flock--who will be greatly edified to see that an
+archbishop undergoes the inconveniences of small boats, and traverses
+dangerous tracts of sea and land, for their spiritual good, as the
+provincials do. Then if he will have taken the trouble to learn some
+languages, as the religious have done, in order to dispense to them
+the divine word, to hear their confessions, give them communion, and
+the sacrament of confirmation, and the rest that they require: then he
+can obtain information about the religious and the spiritual state of
+the villages, give such commands to the Indians as he shall please,
+and confer with the ministers on all that concerns the salvation of
+souls; and not only can he, but he has the right to do so. It cannot
+be doubted that this would be a rich nourishment [to his flock],
+and that these actions of an archbishop are compatible with his not
+having jurisdiction over the regulars; and it would be a great pity
+if all this, which is so proper for a prelate, should fail simply
+because the regular in his curacy remains with the exemption which
+the Apostolic See has granted to him.
+
+In view of these actions which he can perform, the reverend archbishop
+will attach less importance to his not visiting judicially the regular
+who is a parish priest because the latter remains outside of his
+jurisdiction; but it may well be believed that the regular keeps the
+sacrament, the holy oils, and the baptismal font in decent condition;
+that there are registers of baptisms, burials, and marriages; that
+the Christian doctrine is explained to all the people together, and
+to the children separately, as also to the larger boys and girls,
+and all at different times; that not only in times of sickness and
+of danger of death, but in health and safety, the sacraments are
+administered to those who ask for them; and that other things are done
+which are proper for the ministers who are curas. These functions,
+as they have a public interest in themselves for the whole village,
+are known throughout it; and even if any detail should be neglected,
+the reverend archbishop may well believe that neither the provincial
+nor the other responsible officials of the provinces who are designated
+to watch, make decisions, punish, or reward, for the general good,
+will wish to be censured for it.
+
+The reverend archbishop does not doubt that in the church of God the
+holy religious orders form a very numerous assembly, and that their
+sons, every one, are the sheep of the supreme shepherd, the pope,
+who has exempted them from the [jurisdiction of the] ordinaries,
+unburdening his own conscience, and trusting to the vigilance of the
+generals, and other superiors--to whom, as to the guardians of souls,
+he has handed over those of the individuals [who form] the rest
+[of the order]. It has not occurred to any one that on account of
+this exemption the popes cannot feed the universal flock, or appear
+with safety before the tribunal of God; and experience has shown the
+extraordinary benefits which have resulted from it to the church and
+to the religious orders themselves. Why, then, where the vicars of
+Christ are secure, will not an archbishop be so too?
+
+On account of merely the expectation of a great harvest in the
+Indias many popes conferred on the regulars the authority to be
+parish priests, with complete independence from the ordinaries,
+rendering null and void whatever the latter might do in opposition
+to this privilege. No one has said that by this the supreme pontiffs
+placed the ordinaries in danger of rendering their accounts to God
+unsatisfactorily, or hindered them from feeding and edifying their
+flocks; and the result itself has given testimony, with the great
+success of the propagation of the gospel, how successful has been
+that method of having the regulars as curas, seeing that the hope of
+a harvest has now grown to be its actual possession, and realms so
+extensive have been conquered. And therefore the reverend archbishop of
+Manila might have had confidence in commands so sovereign--especially
+in that of Pius V, whose brief is now in full force in Filipinas, as on
+the first day when it was issued; and even the motive therefor, since
+there is so great a deficiency of secular priests that, if the regulars
+should be lacking, the faith would perish in islands so widespread,
+and the people would be as much heathens and idolaters as before.
+
+Answer is made, second: that the generals, the provincials, and the
+main body of the provinces say the same in regard to the religious
+who have professed their rule, that the latter are sheep also of the
+flocks that God has placed in their charge, so long as the government
+remains in their hands; and whatever care and attention the reverend
+archbishop of Manila may give to his sheep the Indians, the regular
+prelates will give to their subordinates in regard to the same account
+which they will have to render for these to God.
+
+But with a very important difference: for the Indians who are not
+converted are under the most serious obligations to join the assembly
+of those who are already converted, and for this object can be forced
+to hear the divine word; and those who have heard and believed it
+[can be obliged] not to forsake what they believed, or depart from
+the bosom of the Church, for it is not possible to be saved in any
+other manner. And when for the attainment of two objects so great as
+these there are no secular priests, and there are only religious,
+who have attained those ends and are still doing so while they are
+exempt curas, it would seem to be also the greatest obligation of
+the ordinary to reconcile himself with such curas, in order not to
+deprive the Church or defraud the blood of Christ of so much fruit.
+
+The religious cannot be forced in the manner which has been stated
+to be curas subject to the ordinary, for besides the estate of the
+Christian they have already professed that of the religious order;
+and therein, without this force and violence, it is quite compatible
+that the religious should be thoroughly subject and obedient to
+their orders, and under their visitation and correction, and at the
+same time as parish priests through charity only, as temporary curas
+[interinos], and as assistants and coadjutors of the ordinaries, may
+render them great service, minister to the Indians, attract others
+who are infidels who thus may receive ministrations, and approve
+themselves to all--just as if they were parish priests by title,
+without the risks and difficulties that have been considered.
+
+For the reverend archbishop, then, to ask now--when without any force
+all this great and well-known benefit to the church in Filipinas may
+be restored--that the religious be threatened and compelled not to
+leave those islands, and accept in them another and new calling,
+so full of peril, and that other religious shall go thither from
+Europa to the same life--and all in order that he may have greater
+authority--this is a great deal to ask, and is not at all in his
+favor before the tribunal of God. Who shall give account to His Divine
+Majesty of the spiritual detriment that must ensue to fifty parishes,
+abandoned for [even] a week--without mass, without instruction,
+and without sacraments for little ones and adults, for the sick
+and the dying? Over and over, before the affair reached this point,
+the religious set forth all these injurious effects, and protested
+against them to the reverend archbishop; and that they were not under
+obligation [to do this], to the peril and [even] ruin of their own
+souls, and that of their profession, [which was] to attend to the
+souls of others. Nevertheless, the reverend archbishop pursued his
+undertaking, and the religious retired [from their curacies]; the
+former was done merely to have [his own] will, the latter through
+necessity based on all that has been stated. Whose part, then, will
+it be to render account of such a result, and to fear to do so? It
+is certain that, according to the apostle, power and jurisdiction is
+not for destruction but for edification.
+
+The reverend archbishop is not ignorant of the necessity for baptism;
+nevertheless, no adult can be forced to receive it. The profession
+of a religious is null, if any notable force intervened to bring it
+about; and marriage is of no validity if a person wholly free were
+in like manner compelled to marry. For these estates demand liberty,
+and, no less, inspiration from God; and there is nothing of this where
+there is only force and violence, for then the estate which was to be
+a means for salvation is converted by such compulsion into a snare and
+destruction. For one who is not a parish priest by title to become
+one is a change of no less importance than for a bachelor to marry,
+or a layman to become a religious; and for the reverend archbishop
+to claim that, where others are free, the religious should be forced
+into a mode of life full of risk, and for an object which can be
+secured without that compulsion, is to extend his claims further
+than perhaps he is aware, and to accumulate more material for the
+account that he so greatly fears. For one thing, [his idea] that,
+even supposing that the regulars are willing to be curas, they can
+be forced into subjection, and this would be more tolerable; and, for
+another, that if they do not choose, for all the reasons here stated,
+to be curas, ecclesiastical and secular authorities may use violence
+to make them enter the office of curas by title--and this is very far
+from what Holy Writ, the general councils, and the holy fathers teach,
+upon which there is ample material for volumes.
+
+The religious orders are greatly surprised that the reverend
+archbishop, occupied with zealous cares for feeding his sheep, and
+by holy fear regarding his account to God, should break out with
+acts of violence against the religious only--and not do so in order
+that secular priests should go from Europa or from Nueva España to
+be parish priests in Filipinas; and that his Majesty may give to the
+said seculars, for their travels and voyages, the aid that he grants
+for the same purpose to the religious. If they should constrain the
+reverend archbishop to state why he does not ask or seek this for
+the seculars, the world would know what the religious orders have
+accomplished and merited in the Filipinas, and what they are still
+doing; and it would also know that, although in the words of Christ
+the laborer is worthy of wages and recompense, in place of any new
+remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop
+is attempting by his claims to introduce them into a labyrinth of
+entanglements, discords, and dissensions.
+
+Granted, now, the fundamental reasons why the regulars have refused
+to be parish priests subject to the ordinary, and [preferred] to
+leave the mission villages rather than serve them in such a manner,
+the greatest affliction of the religious orders in Filipinas goes
+further. Their provincials, in the last conference which they held
+(as they notify us by letters of February in the past year of 699),
+resolved that these petitioners should, as their attorneys and in
+the names of them all, offer before your Council of the Indias an
+absolute renunciation of the allotment of all the territories which
+your Majesty gave to them in order that they might, with pontifical
+jurisdiction, serve therein as parish priests.
+
+The religious are influenced to this action, first: because, even
+though your Majesty command that no change be made in this regard in
+the Filipinas, the religious orders do not now entertain a substantial
+hope that entire obedience would be rendered to this law for peace,
+without which it is intolerable to remain in those islands. The reason
+for this fear and lack of confidence is, that this very thing was
+commanded by your Majesty in a decree issued at Madrid, on November
+27, 1687 (which is in the [book of] ordinances, at folios 8 and 9),
+and the reverend archbishop did the opposite of what was ordained
+therein, in the sight of your governor and Audiencia. If such was the
+heed and observance given to a decree for making no change, even when
+the reverend archbishop was not at variance with the religious orders,
+what can they expect when he is now so exasperated against them?
+
+This argument gains more force when attention is paid to the immense
+distance [from España] of those islands, where this is a current
+saying, or almost a proverb, among those who are in power, "Let them
+write to Madrid and Roma whatever fairy-tale they please at the time;
+no one will be disturbed by it while the letters are on the way, or
+while the decision is being made and until the ordinances arrive." And
+therefore it results that although the reverend archbishop arrived
+at Manila in the year 97, it is now the year 700 when the clamors and
+disturbances which with his arrival were experienced [in the islands]
+find an echo in your Council of the Indias--troubles which still are
+endured, because it is necessary to wait a considerable time for the
+arrival at the islands themselves of your royal provisions. And when
+the decree already mentioned of the year 87, and another previous one
+of the same tenor by the queen-mother our sovereign (who is now with
+God), were not obeyed, there is little or no ground for the religious
+to hope that other decrees of that sort will be obeyed. In both cases,
+the mission curacies were resigned, and in this last one much more
+has been suffered; and as it is not well that these occurrences and
+disputes be repeated, and as it is intolerable to live in controversies
+for the sake of curacies, to any one who is not wedded to them, the
+religious orders intend, by the said resignation, to make an end,
+once for all, of all this contention.
+
+The second reason: In Filipinas today the religious orders see
+themselves dragged along and reduced to a most abject condition, in
+which their ministers can, according to the divine oracles and the
+teaching of holy men, gain little esteem or fruit while they exercise
+these under so much reproach. If the edict of visitation which the
+reverend archbishop commanded to be posted in the village of Tondo (a
+mission village which is in charge of the Order of St. Augustine) be
+read, among innumerable other questions will be found these: "Whether
+the minister in charge goes without the ecclesiastical garb, or without
+suitable clothing? Whether he goes without cutting his beard? Whether
+by day or by night he carries weapons, or is indecently clothed?"
+
+If attention is given to the manner in which the archbishop took away
+the two mission villages of Tondo and Binondo [from the orders], it
+was done by forcibly breaking open the doors of those two churches,
+and surrounding them with soldiers and secular officials, who
+carried with them fetters, as if they went to arrest criminals or
+highwaymen. Similarly, on account of a fit of anger which he felt
+because two of these petitioners had embarked to come to seek redress
+from the Council, the reverend archbishop demanded and obtained a
+vessel, in which both ecclesiastical and secular officials set out to
+arrest the said religious. But as they could not reach the religious,
+as the ship had gained so much headway, the archbishop summoned the
+Portuguese captain of another ship, and commanded him, under penalty
+of major excommunication and a pecuniary fine, to secure the arrest
+of the said two religious at Batavia; and told him that if it should
+be necessary, he must demand aid from the governor there, who is a
+Dutch heretic--although afterward, it is said, the archbishop advised
+him not to do so.
+
+Consider the manner in which the religious had to apply to his
+tribunal; in no case would he accept a document save through the
+hand of the ecclesiastical procurator of his secular court. On one
+occasion he allowed so short a time-limit that the holy religious
+orders were forced to go between twelve and one o'clock at night,
+knocking at the doors of several procurators, because one had excused
+himself on account of the stormy weather--and all this when there was
+no need of or risk in delay; and the reverend archbishop thus gave
+ground for even the laymen to say that he was abusing his authority
+in order to annoy the religious. And it is no wonder that laymen say
+this when the reverend archbishop himself writes (as it were, praising
+himself) that the regulars are almost exhausted and beside themselves
+at seeing how in so short a time he has, if not conquered them all,
+at least broken their courage to a great extent. But the religious
+orders desire for this prelate in the remembrance of posterity more
+praiseworthy sayings than this one which calls them exhausted by
+such means.
+
+The reverend archbishop also writes to individuals who can have no
+voice in these matters, either of justice or government, in such manner
+that the religious find themselves compared to soldiers on horseback,
+and characterized as disobedient to both pontifical and royal laws;
+and of so bad lives and morals that, he says, if he had to make
+informatory reports regarding them there would not be enough paper
+in all China. If he writes thus to Europa, how will he talk there [in
+the islands] with his servants, intimate friends, and acquaintances?
+
+Notice should be taken of the reprimand which through the influence
+of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your
+royal court of Manila, composed of four officials who are young men;
+it is perhaps the most angry and contemptuous which has been offered
+to religious in a Catholic tribunal. In regard to the decrees which
+were issued regarding this particular, by the bishop the delegate of
+his Holiness, it appears that by a royal decree the five provincials,
+the rectors of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose, and two other
+religious, all grave persons, were summoned; and, having made them
+enter the hall, where your ministers were seated on their platforms,
+Licentiate Don Geronimo Barredo began to speak, as being the senior
+auditor; he talked to them, using vos, and impersonal terms that were
+very rude, although the royal sovereignty of your Majesty deigns to
+honor the provincials with the title of "very devout and venerable
+fathers." He called them disturbers of the peace--as it were, the
+causes and authors of the disquieted condition of the commonwealth;
+he blamed them for aiding the reverend bishop the delegate of his
+Holiness, and for some of their subordinates performing the service
+of notaries to him. He threatened them, saying that even though
+they were exempt, yet your ministers could, with the administrative
+power which they hold from your Majesty, banish the religious
+from the islands. When he had ended his censure, he said, "Get
+out!" [Despejad]. The provincial of St. Augustine, with all courtesy
+and submission, asked from his Highness permission to say a word,
+but the said Don Geronimo Barredo refused it, repeating the words,
+"Get out!" Again the provincial urged, with all humility, that they
+hear him; and the reply of that same auditor was to ring his little
+bell, saying in a loud voice, "Get out! Get out!" Accordingly they
+made the religious go away, full of embarrassment, and without any
+further consolation than that of patience.
+
+Such, Sire, was the civility with which that royal court treated all
+that assembly of religious, among them superiors so eminent, ignominy
+being offered to them where they should have encountered the honor
+which your Majesty, by a special law for the Indias, charges upon your
+officials and presidents, in order that the religious may thereby be
+encouraged to labor for the propagation of the faith. In order to stir
+up the community, a royal Audiencia takes action in appeals in obvious
+cases of which the Church, by law, disposes. To furnish notaries to
+a delegate of the pope (which was the same as to furnish them to the
+supreme pontiff) in those islands--when, as the secular priests were
+intimidated by the public decrees of the reverend archbishop, there was
+not one who would aid the delegate--this was an unseemly act of the
+religious orders, and cause why Catholic officials should reprimand
+them! And, finally, the hearing which justice does not deny to the
+worst criminals, was entirely barred to five holy religious orders,
+the anger of striplings foaming over on those so venerable gray hairs.
+
+Your governor knew very well the unsuitableness of this action, and,
+either not liking the matter, or pretending to be ignorant of it, he
+was not present at that session; and with this sort of connivance the
+reverend archbishop succeeded with his designs, and the Audiencia with
+theirs, the religious orders paying for it all. Then if all that is
+mentioned in this second reason ends in the depreciation and public
+ridicule of the religious orders, left defenseless and wounded by
+the heads of the commonwealth, what idea will be formed of them by
+the Indians, mestizos, mulattoes, Cafres, and even those Spaniards
+who have little sense? Such people mould their opinion not by what
+they reason out, but by what they see; and when their eyes record
+so much contempt for the ministers of religion, the consequence is a
+low estimate of their teaching. On this account the religious offer
+their resignation of the mission villages, so that they may with
+better results care for others.
+
+The third reason: Although the immunity of their property which the
+religious possess is a sacred thing, the reverend archbishop regards
+it in such a light, on account of their not having been subjected
+to his visitation, that they dread in the future greater losses and
+difficulties. The regulars had applied to the said reverend archbishop
+to forbid Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra, your auditor, from having
+judicial cognizance in regard to the lands of the religious orders, and
+from molesting them about this matter so much as he was doing--without
+any necessity, as he was merely a lay judge. That prelate issued a
+first and a second inhibitory letter, and, as the said Don Juan did not
+conform to them, the regulars again applied to the reverend archbishop
+to defend them. The latter had already explained his intentions with
+the religious orders, in order that the religious who were parish
+priests might allow themselves to be visited; and therefore he stated
+that, before his issuing the third command regarding their application,
+the religious orders must first answer whether or not they would submit
+to the said visitation. They replied, in the most peaceable manner,
+sometimes verbally, sometimes in writing, that they were resolved to
+give up the mission curacies rather than serve them in that manner;
+and they actually offered their resignations of those offices.
+
+So much did the reverend archbishop resent this that the lands
+belonging to the religious orders, which thus far were privileged,
+on account of being ecclesiastical property, thereafter were not
+exempt. Those which on account of their immunity had deserved two
+inhibitory letters now deserved a decree revoking the said letters,
+the property remaining lay and profane, and subject to the secular
+jurisdiction. The religious were in the said decree canonized as
+rebels, contumacious, disobedient to the Church and to the reverend
+archbishop, and unworthy of his clemency. In this declaration the
+reverend archbishop excepted the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara, and
+those of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose--the former, because
+they belonged to a convent of the utmost poverty; and the latter on
+account of the benefit to the public which their teaching caused.
+
+From this it may be inferred, Sire, that the immunity and exemption of
+property which the religious possess must be, in the apprehension of
+the reverend archbishop, a quality removable ad nutum of his will
+and pleasure, but not permanent, [as it should be] according to
+the direction of the Apostolic See. It will follow that while this
+question is pending whether or not the religious will be parish
+priests by title, some of those very holdings possess sufficient
+spirituality of character for [the issue of] two inhibitory letters
+to the secular judge; and that when the religious refuse this mode
+of life that spiritual character becomes, by a sudden metamorphosis,
+profane secularity. It will follow that the crime of rebellion,
+disobedience to the Church, and ill-desert of kindness is incurred
+by the religious orders for not assuming a state and profession of
+life to which God does not call them, simply because the reverend
+archbishop desires that it be chosen. It will follow that to renounce
+the curacies is not to recognize the jurisdiction of the reverend
+archbishop, and accordingly this is not to recognize that of the
+pope or the authority of your Majesty, since he offers to resign his
+archbishopric. It will follow that, although your Majesty had made
+the assignment of the territories which with pontifical jurisdiction
+the religious administer and have thus far administered, for them
+to offer before your vice-patron their resignation of the said
+curacies--solely for the purpose that he who there represents your
+royal person may be acquainted with the fact of their renunciation of
+the said assignment--is, in the thought of the reverend archbishop, to
+grant spiritual jurisdiction to the secular governor, and consequently
+for the said religious to become heretics in many and important points.
+
+And since the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara retain their immunity
+and are ranked as spiritual goods, on account of the extreme poverty
+of those servants of God, does the reverend archbishop regard that
+only as a physical lack of riches on their part, and no more? or
+as evangelical poverty which springs from the vow, institute, and
+profession of the life which they have chosen for Christ, and which
+the Apostolic See has approved? If the former, the religious frankly
+state that it is very alien to the ecclesiastical rules, by which the
+exemption and immunity ought to be measured. Otherwise, innumerable
+poor people, of those who are commonly called beggars [35] through
+the streets, would secure, on account of being equally destitute of
+goods with the said nuns of Santa Clara, or perhaps even more so,
+ecclesiastical exemption from secular judges for their furniture and
+petty possessions. If the reverend archbishop answers, "the second,"
+the religious also say, with entire confidence: "What authority is
+that of this prelate, that he should decide in an official utterance
+that there is evangelical poverty in the convent of Santa Clara,
+and not in the other mendicant religious orders? and that the lands
+of the said convent of Santa Clara enjoy exemption on account of
+their evangelical poverty and religious institute, while it may not
+be enjoyed for the same reason by the lands of the other religious
+orders, which are so distinguished, and are approved by the Church?"
+
+Lastly, it follows that the instruction in grammar, philosophy,
+and theology in the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose renders
+their lands spiritual property, and exempts them from the secular
+judge. Yet the preaching of the word of God, the instruction in
+Christian doctrine, the administration of the sacraments of penance
+and communion, the consolation [of the faithful] with the mass,
+the visiting of the sick and dying, the ministrations in jails and
+hospitals, in order that no one may die without the sacraments:
+these and other spiritual works, which the holy religious orders of
+the city of Manila habitually perform with all classes of people,
+are not sufficient [in the archbishop's opinion] to exempt their
+lands from being profane.
+
+If then, Sire, the reverend archbishop has thus conducted himself,
+in matters so delicate and of the highest importance, simply because
+the regulars excused themselves from being parish priests subject to
+his visitation, what may not be feared hereafter? What privileges,
+exemptions, or decrees will be sufficient, so that he may not explain
+them as he pleases, and continually open new doors to dissensions? If
+with such ease he pronounces sentence on the regulars as rebellious,
+contumacious, and disobedient to the Church, what difficulty will he
+find in treating them as such--sometimes alone, and sometimes resorting
+to the royal court for the sake of more forcible demonstrations of
+his displeasure?
+
+The fourth reason: Your Majesty, in dealing with the religious in your
+laws of the Indias, has two especial statutes which not only show your
+desire for peace and your Catholic piety, but most strictly command
+that efforts be made to secure union and concord among the religious
+orders, on account of the many and admirable results which ensue
+therefrom. This union and concord had been established by all the
+religious orders of Filipinas, and its fruits applauded, long before
+the reverend archbishop arrived in Manila; and by it those islands were
+made a paradise for what pertains to the religious orders. The reverend
+archbishop was the only one who was not pleased with this concord;
+and therefore he characterizes it in his letters as a conventicle, [36]
+and of evil tendency and inconsiderate. [37] He not only resented it,
+but displayed and made known his resentment; he tried to disparage it,
+through a third person; he had the idea, and repeated it many times,
+that there was a league against himself; and it is for this reason
+that he secretly obtained information against it, imposing the penalty
+of excommunication on the witnesses to maintain secrecy. So far can
+go the desire of commanding and judging the religious, and grief at
+not accomplishing it.
+
+In so lamentable a condition [are affairs there], when the religious
+desire not only to see themselves free from the charge of the mission
+villages, but, if it be possible, away from those islands, and far
+from a prelate who feels so annoyed at the union and brotherhood of
+the religious orders--a union dictated by the natural light of reason,
+prescribed in their general chapters, inculcated by the generals of
+the orders as being their supreme heads, ordained by your Majesty,
+suggested by the vicars of Christ, promulgated in the sacred writings,
+and bequeathed as in His last will by Christ himself to His disciples;
+and they without it would not have reaped a harvest in the world, nor
+would He have retained them as His missionaries. The religious admit
+that the great horror of this prelate at their concord and union gives
+them much cause for serious reflection; and that when this concord is
+so persecuted on account of the mission curacies, there is no safer
+way to maintain it than to separate themselves from those curacies.
+
+The fifth and last reason: By letters of February in the year 699 it
+is learned that the reverend archbishop has been sending information
+not only against the said concord [of the orders], but against even
+the reverend bishop, the delegate of his Holiness--and all with [the
+threat of] excommunication in order to maintain secrecy. If a bishop
+and delegate of the pope is not secure, how will a religious who is a
+parish priest be so? It seems as if the reverend archbishop now falls
+back from lands to persons, regarding those holdings as property merely
+profane, and the religious as persons without any privilege. At the
+outset he claimed that the regulars, as parish priests, must be subject
+to his investigations and visitation; and now, extending his claims
+further, he invents against them, as religious, a new visitation,
+made up from secret inquiries by dint of censures. How is it possible
+now not only to have but even to imagine peace in the Filipinas? If
+the religious orders do not defend themselves, he endangers their
+reputation in the places where he will send the said information--and
+all the more if those reports go forth authorized by the secretary
+and notary who attest the official documents of the archbishop;
+for the notary, according to popular report, is a relative of his,
+or passes as such; and the secretary is his cousin-german. And it
+appears from the acts (on folio 3) that the notary-public, Master
+Joaquin Ramirez, testified that on November 27 of 697 he had given
+a paper with a letter from the archbishop to Fray Jose del Rosario,
+provincial of the Augustinian Recollects--not casually, but delivered
+into the said provincial's own hands--when the fact is, that this
+provincial had died four years before, as is well-known in Manila,
+and as is evident from the registers of deaths in that province,
+and will also be here. Such were his impetuosity and his mode of
+procedure, without instructing the notary, or the latter knowing,
+of whom he was talking, and confounding times and persons, and the
+living with the dead. And if by such testimonies a man is introduced
+in the documents as alive, when in reality he was dead, what wonder
+will it be if, for the greater disparagement of the regulars, the
+virtues are introduced as dead among them which are alive in them?
+
+But if the religious, invaded in so many ways, look after their
+defense, how will they be to blame in this? And if, in order to defend
+themselves, they so dispose matters that they can have recourse
+and appeal to the delegate, and if the latter ordain something
+and the reverend archbishop will not conform to it, and on both
+sides censures are launched forth--as occurred in the case of the
+lands--who will have been the mover of all this [trouble]? For the
+religious to abandon their reputation wholly is not safe; to defend
+themselves there occasions inconvenience; to let the matter take its
+course, notwithstanding this behavior of the reverend archbishop, is
+an intolerable yoke; and for the regulars to be curas subject to him
+all that is here alleged will not permit. These are the afflictions
+that are now being suffered in Filipinas. The religious there are
+summoned to be mocked; those here, aware of what is going on, are
+reluctant [to take their places]. And since the whole matter takes
+its rise from the curacies and mission villages, and the foregoing
+decrees are rendered null, and our expectations from others in the
+future are dashed: for these reasons and the others here adduced,
+and insisting upon the said order from the provincials to renounce
+the mission curacies, the petitioners, prostrate at the royal feet
+of your Majesty, ask in the name of the said five provinces that
+you will be pleased to consider them as free and exonerated from the
+charge which hitherto they have held in serving as parish priests the
+mission villages that they hold in Filipinas; and for this purpose
+they renounce absolutely the allotment of territories which your
+Majesty had committed to them, in order that others may from this
+time forth administer them, with secure peace and stable tranquillity,
+which they expect from your Majesty's magnificence. [38]
+
+
+Royal decree, May 20, 1700
+
+The King. To my reverend father in Christ, Doctor Don Diego Camacho
+y Avila, archbishop of the metropolitan church of Manila in the
+Filipinas Islands, and member of my Council: In letters of January
+19 and February 20, 1698, you report your arrival in those islands,
+and what you are doing to quell the hatred and enmities which exist
+among your subjects, reclaiming them to a new life by the measures
+which you are applying, and obtaining the peace and tranquillity
+which you were desiring. You also wrote that you had undertaken to
+continue work on the church building there, and had gone to visit
+the secular clergy, in which you had met no hindrance; and that in
+endeavoring to make the visitations in the mission churches served
+by regulars--according to the regulations of the Council of Trent,
+the apostolic letters, and the royal decrees--you were influencing the
+religious by gentle methods to accept such visitation, for this purpose
+drawing up a manifesto, but that these methods were not sufficient to
+induce them to do so voluntarily. For this reason, in fulfilment of
+the obligations of your office you had published an edict for carrying
+out this visitation, and had actually gone to put it into execution
+in the mission stations of regulars at Tondo, Binondoc, Santa Cruz,
+Dilao, and Parián, since you were denied diocesan jurisdiction over
+the ministers who serve in these places--while at the same time,
+in those of Tondo and Binondoc (which are served by religious of
+St. Dominic and St. Augustine) those ministers were abandoning their
+churches, consuming [39] the holy sacrament, and carrying away with
+them the holy oils and ornaments. Consequently you found it necessary
+to place secular priests ad interim in those villages, from which it
+resulted that the religious orders went to offer their renunciation
+of those missions before my governor, without going to you; and in
+this condition of affairs it seemed best to the Audiencia to furnish
+aid so that the religious orders should not abandon these missions,
+and that their renunciation of them should not be accepted. But
+this was not sufficient to prevent the religious from withdrawing
+from those missions, for which reason you found yourself compelled
+to retire to your own church, and to desist from these visitations,
+removing the temporary ministers whom you had appointed, and lifting
+the censures and penalties which you had imposed, without prejudice to
+your dignity and jurisdiction. And finally you recount the very harmful
+results which must follow from the form and method of administration
+which prevails in these mission stations, and the illegal acts which
+are committed by the ministers in charge of them, of which you send a
+summary, stating how impossible you find it to remedy this condition
+of affairs, on account of the reasons which you point out, and asking
+that the necessary measures be taken, and that you be assured of it,
+so that you can visit as you should that archbishopric, in fulfilment
+of your ministry as its pastor. This matter has been considered in
+my Council of the Indias, with the attested copies sent by you of the
+documents therein, with the representations made in your name and in
+those of the religious orders who reside in those islands and hold
+mission posts there. Having fully informed myself on both sides, and
+given the subject special consideration, I have resolved to approve,
+and herewith do approve, all that you have accomplished in this affair,
+and especially your course in having ceased from further action
+therein until you could report it to me and await the measures which
+may be applied to the difficulty, assuring you of my full gratitude
+for your very judicious proceedings and the good management which you
+have showed in the conduct of this important affair. Your procedure
+with the superiors of the religious orders is very suitable to your
+prudence, and quite in accordance with the opinion that I have of your
+zeal and great discretion; and the special service which you have
+rendered to me is strongly commended to my remembrance, that I may
+bear it in mind and favor and honor you on all occasions that shall
+arise. And in view of the grave considerations that are involved in
+this matter, and of your request that the regulations and provisions of
+the sacred canons, councils, and apostolic constitutions, and the laws
+of the Indias be put into execution, in order that the diocesans may,
+as you say, visit the regulars who hold office as curas, in matters
+which pertain to the care of souls, I am undertaking with all the
+attention of my Catholic and pious zeal to furnish the remedies that
+are most suitable and effectual for this object, and for preventing
+any disturbances which may arise in the future, leaving settled and
+established the right of prescription, both canonical and legal. And
+as concerns what is contained in the summary which you have drawn up
+of the illegal acts of the religious who serve the missions, except
+in the question of visitation you shall always have authority to
+receive information, and to demand from the superiors of the orders
+that they reform and correct the religious. And if when they are
+admonished the first and the second time they do not thus act, I
+command that you carry out the said reform with your jurisdiction as
+ordinary. For the better success of this, I decree, by despatches sent
+this day to the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia there,
+that they assist you with their aid on all occasions when you shall
+demand it and shall need it. Of this you are [herewith] notified,
+and you shall inform me of your action in this matter, and of any
+further occurrences. At Aranjuez, May 20 in the year 1700.
+
+
+I the King
+
+By command of the king our sovereign:
+
+Don Manuel de Àperregui
+
+
+[Six rubrics are added at the foot of this document, which appear to
+be those of the members of the Council.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE AUGUSTINIANS IN THE PHILIPPINES, 1670-94
+
+
+[The remainder of Diaz's Conquistas--comprising the fourth hook of
+that work, as found in pp. 689-817--is here presented, partly in full
+translation, partly in synopsis. Numerous extracts have already been
+made from this book, notably as regards the Pardo controversy and some
+insurrections among the natives; these will of course be omitted here.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+[Diaz mentions the calamitous times experienced in the islands
+during the rule of most of the governors from Corcuera to Salcedo,
+which at last are succeeded, in the plan of Providence, by peace and
+comfort.] The peacemaker [iris] whom divine Providence seems to have
+selected for this general benefit was Governor Don Manuel de León y
+Sarabia; for his taking possession of his government was the shifting
+of the scenes in this melancholy theater, the calming of the tempests,
+and the succession of rest after fatigue, and peace after war. The
+former lines of commerce were renewed, and other and new ones opened
+up--such as that of the coast of Malabar and Santo Tomé, called
+the Coromandel coast; and those of Suratte, Macán and Batavia. All
+these improvements were facilitated by the wholesome purposes and the
+kindly disposition of Don Manuel de León, and especially by his great
+disinterestedness; this last would, if it had not been accompanied by
+the rest, have failed of success, as did the lofty and incomparable
+[disinterestedness] of Don Diego Fajardo, since it was obscured by
+his coldness and excessive severity--which, although accompanied by
+justice, was, being excessive, known as injustice.
+
+As soon as the new governor commenced his fortunate rule, he sent
+to Macán General Don Juan Enrique de Losada, accompanied by Father
+Francisco Mecinas, [40] of the Society of Jesus, in order to further
+the interests of that commerce, and to endeavor to open up the richer
+trade of Cantón. This was accomplished by the said envoys with so
+much ability that in the following year the Chinese began to come
+[to Manila], with barks from Macán and somas from Cantón, with great
+wealth of silks, damasks, and other stuffs. Trade was opened with
+Ningpú, a port of the province of Che-Kian in the empire of China,
+where is cultivated the greater part of the silk which supplies
+the world, a commodity which greatly advanced the commerce of Nueva
+España. The governor maintained courteous intercourse with Sipuán,
+the son of Kuesing, and from this originated the frequent visits of
+so many champans from China and somas (which are larger champans)
+from Cantón, which every year engage in the commerce with Manila;
+for in some years are counted thirty barks, and nearly as many from
+other regions, which supply merchandise to Manila, and contribute to
+the royal revenues great sums with their customs duties. [41]
+
+The flagship "Buen Socorro," which had made the voyage to Nueva España
+in charge of General Diego de Arévalo, had a fortunate arrival at the
+islands--although not at the port of Cavite, but at that of Palapag
+in the province of Leyte, outside of the Embocadero. It brought an
+auditor, Licentiate Don Fernando Escaño, a native of Ecija; he was a
+great jurisconsult, as is evident from the learned books which he had
+printed in España--De testamento imperfecto, and the history of the
+Order of St. John of Malta, which he wrote in the Latin language,
+by order of his most serene Highness Don Juan of Austria, grand
+prior of Castilla and León. He came with his wife, Doña Leonor de
+Córdoba, a native of Sevilla, and four [six] children: Don Fernando,
+who was a captain, and lived but a few years; Don Juan de Escaño,
+an alférez who reached the age of fifty years, an unmarried man,
+very virtuous, and an example for laymen; Don José and Don Manuel,
+afterward religious of St. Dominic; Don Alonso, who was an Augustinian
+religious, and at his death a minister in Pampanga; and a daughter,
+Doña María, who married the sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya y
+Torres, alguazil-mayor of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. The
+auditor's wife was a professed member of our tertiary order; and all
+of them were people of great virtue.
+
+With appointment as bishop of Nueva Segovia came the dean of Manila,
+Master Don José Millán de Poblete, a priest of much virtue and
+discretion, and nephew of the archbishop Doctor Don Miguel Millán de
+Poblete, of honored memory. The vigorous age at which this dignity
+came to him (for he was not yet fifty) did not enable him to enjoy it
+[long]; for he lived very few years in the government of that church,
+not long enough to reach his consecration--with general regret in these
+islands at having lost a grand prelate, heir to the many virtues of
+his uncle....
+
+Auditor Don Fernando de Escaño began to fill his office with
+great rectitude and disinterestedness, for he was a learned man,
+and stood in fear of God, which is the true wisdom. But, influenced
+by his desires for good, yet lacking in judgment and experience, he
+proceeded to enter the labyrinth of trying to reform more than what
+is in need of reform--being counseled by persons who aimed only at
+gaining by calumny what they could not prove in law. From this he
+undertook to follow the opinions of Auditor Don Salvador Gómez de
+Espinosa, of whom we have already written, and to subscribe to his
+manifestoes, as the Parenético; and without further investigation than
+the depositions of persons who were prejudiced against the clergy and
+the religious orders, he made attacks on them in letters written to
+his Majesty. Afterward, he recognized that the evidence did not agree
+with what had been told him; and he came to repentance when the shot
+was already fired and much damage done thereby. These false notions,
+and others like them, as well as his considering the little or nothing
+that can be accomplished in these islands by the ministers of his
+Majesty, who never goes beyond what the governors desire, wore him
+out in a few years; and he died as the excellent Christian that he
+was, and so indifferent to worldly advantages that he had not money
+enough for his burial, and was buried in our convent at Manila. All
+his family inherited his virtue, and were the only children of an
+auditor who came out so well, for all strove to grow in virtue to the
+standard of their honored father; they were therefore highly esteemed,
+and their lives came to a holy end. Don Juan de Escaño, who attained
+the rank of general, was an example of virtue in Manila, and died
+with the reputation of unbroken chastity [con opinion de virgen];
+and his property, which was large and justly gained, he left, well
+invested as it was, for the building and maintenance of the beaterio
+of Santa Catalina de Sena [i.e., St. Catherine of Sienna], of the
+tertiary Order of St. Dominic in Manila, in which foundation he had
+much share and influence.
+
+About this time came to Manila the prince of Siao, [42] son of the
+king Don Ventura Pinto de Morales, to ask the governor for religious
+of the Society of Jesus to instruct the natives of his little kingdom,
+where there were many Christians--although the majority of that people
+were infected with the errors of the cursed Mahoma. These islands
+are in five and one-half degrees of latitude north, and one hundred
+and forty-nine degrees of longitude from the meridian of Tenerife;
+the seas about them are difficult of navigation, on account of being
+in the midst of a large and widespread bank [placer] of shoals which
+lie on all sides. They share the reputation of Maluco, not only for the
+warlike nature of their inhabitants, but for many spice-bearing trees,
+of clove and nutmeg; but in other means of support that country is
+very poor. This prince was received by the governor with much honor;
+he gave him the use of his own coach, and lodged him at the college of
+San José, in charge of the religious of the Society; and he took much
+pains to forward the business of the prince, since it was for so holy
+a purpose, the propagation of our holy faith. The prince returned to
+his own country, with the satisfactory result which he could desire;
+with him went four religious of the Society of Jesus--Father Juan de
+Miedes, [43] a native of Alcalá de Henares; Father Jerónimo Cebreros,
+a native of Acapulco; and Fathers Esquibel [44] and Español--all well
+fitted for so holy a ministry. The governor gave him twenty Spaniards
+and some Pampangos, to serve as an escort for the religious; and for
+their commander Captain Andrés Serrano--a veteran soldier, who had
+just finished a term as alcalde-mayor of Panay (a province in our
+spiritual charge)--as he was a very devout Christian and well suited
+for that occupation, so much to the service of God.
+
+These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao, increasing
+that Christian church; but the enemy of mankind, who resented their
+driving him out after he had so long possessed the souls of those
+unfortunate people, influenced the Dutch heretics of Nueva Batavia, in
+the island of Jacatra, to destroy them by a secular persecution. For,
+as they are lords of all the islands where grows the clove of the
+spice-trade, in Maluco--Amboyno, Tidore, Ternate, Montiel, and many
+others--and this is the commerce which has returned most profits
+to their company they have always endeavored that this aromatic
+merchandise be not transported by any other hands than their own, in
+order to assure their gains. They knew that some Spaniards had settled
+in the islands of Siao, and that by them was carried away the clove
+product of that region, and that it might eventually diminish their own
+commerce. For that astute nation has so perseveringly maintained that
+the Dutch alone shall be absolute masters of the cloves and cinnamon;
+and so skilfully do they manage these commodities that in any year
+when there is an abundant product of cloves they burn such quantity
+of it as they consider superfluous, according to the computation
+that they have made of that crop (which is sufficient for the supply
+of the whole world), in order that their price may not be lowered,
+and that the commodity may not fall in value by becoming common and
+abundant. So great is the wisdom of these children of the world,
+in which they greatly exceed the children of the light.
+
+They manned two ships with three hundred men-at-arms; and when our
+people in Siao were least on their guard the Dutch arrived, and landed
+their men, which the Spaniards were unable to prevent, as they were
+so inferior in numbers. [45] The Dutch committed no other hostility
+than to carry away as prisoners the religious of the Society, and
+Andrés Serrano and his soldiers--together with their standard, which
+our men could neither hide nor destroy--all of whom they conveyed
+to Batavia. But before they left the islands of Siao they rooted out
+and cut down all the cinnamon trees that grew there, until no roots
+or other trace of them were left--all which they did quite at their
+leisure, without any one saying a word to them. Andrés Serrano died
+in Batavia of grief, although the Dutch treated him and his soldiers
+well, as also the fathers. The religious afterward came to Manila,
+some in the time of this governor, and others during the term of his
+successor, Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado.
+
+All the triennial during which our provincial father Fray Dionisio
+Suárez ruled was very propitious for this province--not only because
+he was a religious very observant, kind, and lovable, but because this
+province possessed so many members of virtue and learning that they
+restored it to its first luster. The ministries in the doctrinas were
+well served, by one or two religious, according to their needs. The
+erection of many new convents was begun, some having been ruined by
+the earthquakes, and others torn down by military orders, when we
+were threatened with the coming of Kuesing Pompoan; but there was so
+much to restore that it kept us busy for more than three succeeding
+trienniums. Our provincial applied himself closely to the repairs on
+the magnificent convent at Manila, which greatly needed them, on the
+plan which he had made in the preceding triennium, when he was prior
+of that house; [and he accomplished] so much that to the diligence
+and zeal of that devout religious may be attributed its preservation.
+
+While he was engaged in these occupations, the time came for him
+to finish the task of his government, so peaceful and prosperous,
+and for holding another chapter-session--to the great regret of all,
+for it seemed as if they divined that it would result less happily;
+but never did they expect that it would be so calamitous as it proved
+to be. For, just as the condition of the commonwealth had experienced
+its change from calamities and miseries to peace and happiness, so this
+our province changed from tranquillity to sudden fear. Tempus pacis,
+tempus belli. [46] And the most remarkable thing is that, just as
+the governor Don Manuel de León was the main cause of the peace and
+prosperity of Manila, so this same excellent gentleman was the prime
+cause of many troubles and disturbances, which occurred not only at
+the time of this chapter but throughout the triennium. I do not throw
+all the blame on him, because he was a great governor, very pious
+and of sincere intentions; but all disturbance has another cause, and
+the vulgar and common Spanish adage is very true which says: "He who
+is burning the woods is he who comes out of them." [47] No sensible
+person will admire seeing among religious the activity of flesh and
+blood and the passion of ambition, which they cannot leave behind in
+the world when they take refuge in the asylum of the cloister. [48]...
+
+The fourth definitor, Fray Francisco de Medina Basco, who was
+associate and secretary of the provincial Fray Dionisio Suárez, had
+displayed so much ability and good intention in administering his
+office--for he was an angel of peace, following the advice of our
+holy constitutions--that all desired that he should succeed to the
+office of him to whom he had been so capable an associate. This was
+desired by the provincial most of all; for, as he was of so peaceable
+a disposition, he wished to leave the province in the hands of one
+who could maintain it in the tranquillity which it was enjoying. But
+the malign father of discord was not pleased at seeing the great
+peace and concord which this province had enjoyed for so many years;
+he therefore strove with his arts to disturb and disunite it. The
+time for holding the chapter-session arrived apparently as peaceful
+as usual; and so the religious who were its members assembled, quite
+unconscious of what was to occur.
+
+The chapter was convened on April 23, 1671, in the convent of San
+Pablo at Manila; and its president was father Fray Bernardino Márquez,
+by commission from our very reverend father the general of all the
+order of our father St. Augustine, Master Fray Pedro Lafranconio,
+a native of Ancona; and the other affairs which precede the election
+were transacted that afternoon with great peace and concord. But
+on Saturday, the day for the election of provincial, Governor Don
+Manuel de León sent to notify them that he would be present at
+the election, and sent over his official chair. This caused great
+uneasiness, for they recognized that this was an effort to prevent
+the election of the father definitor Fray Francisco de Medina Basco,
+on which thirty-one of the voting fathers were agreed. The father
+president of the chapter was one of the eight who were opposed to
+this election, and these were favored by the governor--which in
+these islands means, to have whatever one may desire. Accordingly,
+the first thing that he did that afternoon was to make charges
+in virtue of which he deprived father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco of the right to vote or to be elected [voz activa y pasiva],
+and commanded him to leave the chapter-meeting--which he did with
+great humility and resignation, saying only those words of Jonah,
+Si propter me orta est haec tempestas, projicite me in mare, [49]
+and went to his convent of Tongdo. On the following day the governor
+came to the convent, accompanied by the senior auditor, Don Francisco
+de Coloma, Sargento-mayor Don Juan de Robles, and Captain Don Pedro
+de Tortesa, with their [military] company, as if it were to invest
+a fort of enemies. The religious were astonished at seeing such a
+military display, but with much decorum and gravity they proceeded
+with the transactions of the chapter; and at the first ballot father
+Fray Francisco de Medina Basco was elected by thirty-one votes, and
+the remaining eight fathers voted for father Fray Juan Caballero
+[50]--a religious who had come to this province two years before,
+as I have already stated, and whose merits deserved such a mark of
+esteem. The governor would not allow them to sing the Te Deum laudamus,
+and the president declared that he would not confirm the election,
+on account of its being inhibited by the suit which Father Francisco
+had brought when Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales was counselor; and one
+heard only protests on both sides, although the voters recognized that
+they would be overpowered by the side which the governor supported.
+
+The latter went out from the hall, leaving the capitulars within
+under the guard of the soldiers, so that these should prevent the
+fathers from going out of the room until they should elect another
+provincial who should not be father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco;
+for father Fray Juan Caballero was not canonically elected, for
+lack of one more than half of the ballots of the voters. All that
+day, until evening, they remained shut up in the chapter-hall,
+experiencing great harshness; for the guards would not allow even
+a pitcher of water to be given to them, a cruelty very unlike the
+kindly nature of Don Manuel de León. The provisor and vicar-general
+of the vacant see, Doctor Don Francisco Pizarro Orellana, came out
+in defense of the ecclesiastical immunity, which had been violated
+by that compulsion; and it resulted in the religious being allowed
+to go to their cells, weak from hunger and thirst. But the governor
+ordered that two soldiers should be stationed at the door of each cell,
+so that the fathers could not leave their cells or communicate with
+one another. In these disturbances passed that Saturday until sunset,
+the limit peremptorily allotted by our holy constitutions within which
+the chapter can proceed to the election of a prior provincial; and,
+when that time was spent, the authority for such election devolved upon
+our very reverend general [of the order]. But as this adjustment of
+the limit was made by violence, this prescription of the limit was,
+in a case so irregular as this, invalid. What I can assert, on the
+best information, is the great patience and humility which all the
+fathers of the chapter displayed in these tribulations, enduring great
+privations in this imprisonment, which lasted through Saturday and
+Sunday. Finally, recognizing that their strength was very inferior
+to that which was opposing them, and that further effort was only
+to struggle against the current of a freshet, they, acting on the
+advice of the said provisor, again assembled in the chapter-room
+on the following Monday, and made a new choice, that of father
+Fray Jerónimo de León--a native of Mexico, a son of the convent of
+Manila, quite advanced in years; he was an excellent minister in the
+province of Tagalos, and formerly prior of the convent of Bulacán,
+and was much beloved by all for his devout religious spirit and
+peaceable conduct. They appointed as definitors Master Fray José de
+Mendoza, father Fray Isidoro Rodríguez, father Fray Luis de Montufar,
+and father Fray Juan Bautista Bover; and for visitors father Fray
+Carlos Bautista and father Fray José Duque. [51] As for father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco, they appointed him prior of the convent
+at Cebú and vicar-provincial of that island, which he accepted with
+much resignation and humility. The tempest in the chapter ceased,
+and the province again enjoyed its former tranquillity for some time.
+
+Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco lived but a short time in Cebú,
+for while officiating there human weakness, resulting from melancholy
+and grief at what had occurred, prostrated him with a long illness;
+this time he knew how to improve to good purpose, seeking the
+welfare of his soul. His confessor, director, and teacher was the
+bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Juan López, a prelate of great wisdom and
+virtue, who took such personal interest in the spiritual welfare of
+this afflicted religious that he spent most of his time with him,
+until in his care the sick man gave up his soul to the Lord, with
+great consolation to the holy bishop and to all who were present at
+his death. [The proceedings of] this chapter went to Rome, to our
+very reverend father general; he confirmed father Fray Francisco de
+Medina Basco as provincial, and annulled the second election, that of
+father Fray Jerónimo de León, commanding the chapter to guard their
+prerogatives; otherwise, it would have been a legitimate election,
+on account of his having conducted himself as merely passive in his
+election, and it appeared that he had not taken part in the tumults
+of the chapter-session....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+[Chapter ii opens with an account of the rebellion in Otón, already
+told in VOL. XXXIX.] In September of 1671 was celebrated in Manila
+the festival of the dedication of the cathedral, which the holy
+archbishop Don Miguel Millán de Poblete had not been able to attain;
+but this was done by his nephew the dean, Don José Millán de Poblete,
+the bishop-elect, of Nueva Segovia. A solemn feast of one week was
+solemnized, beginning with the day of the Nativity of our Lady, and
+there were other demonstrations of public rejoicing; for Don Manuel
+de Leon's term of office produced many of these diversions, through
+the agency of his secretary, Don José Sánchez de Castellar--who had
+a very brilliant and versatile mind, and a flowery imagination; he
+had a great propensity for poetry, music, and studies in language,
+and was very liberal, so that he did not hesitate on account of the
+expenses which such festivities demand for their brilliant display.
+
+On one of the nights of this celebration occurred at the port of Cavite
+the destruction by fire, without its being possible to prevent it,
+of the galleon "Nuestra Señora de la Concepción," one of the largest
+and finest which had been built in these islands; it had served, with
+prosperous voyages, on the trade-route to Nueva España. In the year
+1672 also the commonwealth of Manila experienced a great calamity;
+the galleon "San Telmo," which had sailed for Nueva España in charge
+of General Antonio Nieto, had to return to Cavite--a misfortune which
+was keenly felt. But very soon afterward the galleon "San Antonio"
+was launched, in order to make a voyage under the command of General
+Don Juan Durán, nephew of the General Pedro Durán de Monforte, who has
+been so often named [in these pages]. The general remained in Nueva
+España with his wife, Doña María Jiménez, widow of Doctor Don Diego
+de Corbera, his Majesty's fiscal, who died in Lubán in the year 1668.
+
+About this time arrived a patache from Macán, in which came a nobleman
+belonging to the Order of Christ, named Don N. de Tábora, who came
+as an envoy from that city on affairs belonging to the commerce of
+both cities. This knight was very hospitably received, and made a
+brilliant figure on all festal occasions (which were many), displaying
+his liberality and magnificence; and he added much to the credit of
+his nation, although it does not need the reputation of individuals.
+
+Among so many gayeties and rejoicings the fear of wars was not
+lacking; for news had come that the son of Kuesing, named Kinsie
+or Sipoan, intended, following his father's example, to fall upon
+the Filipinas. But this was false, for he was of a very different
+opinion--harassed by the Tartars and cornered in Hermosa Island;
+lacking followers and champans for so extensive an undertaking; and,
+besides, very inferior to his father Kuesing in courage and military
+training.
+
+Notwithstanding that all this was well known in Manila, these reports
+came so plausibly fabricated that Don Manuel de León thought that
+he ought not to neglect or leave in uncertainty a matter which could
+occasion us irreparable injury; he therefore decided that it was less
+of an evil to seem credulous and over-cautious than to fail in his
+duties as commander through heedlessness and lack of foresight. He
+endeavored to take all precautions for such a contingency, warning
+the Pampangan and Cagayan peoples (who are the most warlike ones) to
+be ready in due time. He regulated the Manila garrison, which needed
+much reformation; and appointed experienced leaders. He commanded
+the armed fleets of the Pintados to be made ready; those of Panay
+and Ogton were taken by Captain Don Jose de San Miguel to be united
+with those of Cebú and Caraga, and all together formed a fleet of
+more than a hundred joangas--which, if occasion arose, would be under
+the command of Don Fernando de Bobadilla. All this armada arrived at
+Manila at a time when it was quite certainly known that Kinsie was
+not undertaking any such attacks, and was quite destitute of forces
+to do so. And as I shall not have occasion to speak of him again, I
+consider it excusable to relate here the condition in which he found
+his affairs after the death of his father Kuesing. [Here follows a
+long account of this matter, which has no further relevance to our
+subject, and is therefore omitted.]
+
+In the ship which came in the year 1672 arrived Doctor Diego Calderón
+y Serrano, a native of Granada--a student in the collegiate school
+[52] of Master Rodrigo at Sevilla, and professor of canon law [53]
+at the university there--who came as auditor of the royal Audiencia
+of Manila; he entered that body to fill the office of fiscal, which
+is customary for the most recent auditor to do, when there is no
+proprietary fiscal. He was married to Doña Catalina Ansaldo, a very
+honorable and virtuous woman, who died soon after her arrival. He
+was one of the excellent, and even of the best, official judges
+that Manila has had--very conscientious, with much fear of God, and
+very disinterested, which is a great virtue in one who is a judge;
+and therefore he always remained poor, contenting himself with the
+income which he received from the royal treasury (which is three
+thousand pesos), and even from that he gave much in alms. He lived
+until the year 1688, and had a very pious death; he humbled himself
+to ask absolution from the censures which he, with his associates,
+had incurred in the banishment and exile of the archbishop Don Fray
+Felipe Pardo, who refused it to the others--as we shall see in the
+proper place, if by God's favor we reach the discussion of those times!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+[Most of chapter iii is devoted to the coming to Manila of a
+French bishop, François de Palu, titular bishop of Heliopolis and
+vicar-apostolic for China, accompanied by several other Frenchmen,
+both priests and laymen; he is one of three envoys sent to promote
+the missions in Siam, Camboja, and other provinces, and in China, and
+to endeavor to reopen those of Japan. They make their headquarters at
+Ayudia, the Siamese capital, but their efforts to convert the Siamese
+fail, on account of the obstinacy with which they hold to their false
+religion and idol-worship--in which they surpass all other nations,
+whether heathen or Mahometan, "for it is not known that any Siamese
+has abandoned his idolatry and professed the law of Christ." Moreover,
+the Frenchmen get into a controversy with the Portuguese ecclesiastics
+of Malacca, who claim all the above-named regions as being under their
+spiritual jurisdiction, since they are still classed as missions, not
+having a formal ecclesiastical hierarchy, as do the churches of Manila,
+America, and Goa. Palu's coming to Manila stirs up much commotion in
+official circles. It is reported that he had set out for China, and
+was driven back by unfavorable weather to this port; and the Audiencia
+consider that it will not answer to allow him to go to that country,
+as, having been sent by authority of Alexander VII and the Propaganda,
+his entrance into China on such a mission would be an infringement of
+the royal patronage, since a large part of China is included in the
+demarcation of Castilla laid out by Alexander VI; and ecclesiastical
+appointments and jurisdiction therein belong to the jealously-guarded
+prerogatives of the Spanish crown. The royal officials at Manila
+therefore detain Palu, lodging him at the Jesuit college, where he
+is very hospitably entertained. When the Acapulco galleon is ready to
+sail, these French ecclesiastics are all placed aboard it and sent to
+Nueva España, and thence to Madrid. There Palu is well received, and
+has "much communication with the Conde de Medellín, the president of
+the supreme Council of Indias, an able minister and a man of great
+virtue."] The bishop filled him with strange notions, basing his
+information on the little which he could have comprehended of the
+mode of government of these islands, and their religious conditions;
+for his retirement in the college of the Society of Jesus was for a
+short time, and his knowledge came not from ocular experience, but
+only from information by secular persons who visited him--who must
+have been only corrupt alcaldes-mayor who were trying to get rid of
+the gospel ministers, with whom those officials could not be on very
+good terms since the ministers had restrained them in their illegal
+and oppressive acts; this [conflict with the officials] is the greatest
+hardship that is experienced in the ministries. The president, desiring
+to do what was right, listened attentively to the information furnished
+by so reverend a person, not considering that the prejudice of a person
+from a nation so opposed to us, and who had not found at Manila what
+he was expecting, rendered his account unreliable. From these reports
+ensued many royal decrees, which came [to Manila] years afterward,
+with mandates which were very difficult to carry out; because, as
+all the peoples [here] are different, they need different laws and
+rules. From this also originated the ordination of Indians as priests,
+of which there had been no previous example [here]--a wise precaution
+against the inconveniences which the Portuguese had experienced in
+Eastern India from ordaining canerines [54] under the pressure of
+necessity. This is a usage which even the Dutch heretics abominate,
+saying that it is one of the three causes through which India has been
+ruined. And as in Filipinas that necessity does not exist, because
+of the admirable arrangements which the Catholic monarchs of España
+have made for sending, at the cost of their royal exchequer, religious
+from their kingdoms as missionaries, there was no need of resorting
+to the extreme measure of ordaining the Indians as priests--as the
+Portuguese of India had done, and as now do the bishops sent out on
+the part of the Congregation of Propaganda Fide in their missions of
+Eastern India; and the latter do so because of their urgent necessity,
+since the said holy Congregation has not the funds for the support of
+European priests. On the contrary, the few whom they have in China,
+Tunquín, and other regions are supported by the alms which the citizens
+of Manila send them--except the bishops and priests of Siam, who have
+more means of support from fixed incomes in France.
+
+This is a subject on which there is much to be said on both sides;
+but this is not the place for it, nor do I feel under obligation to
+continue it. I suppose that many Indians will be more worthy than
+are many Europeans to attain so high a dignity; but since the former
+usually do not enter the priesthood through the gate of a vocation,
+and only strive to attain it for the sake of advantage to themselves
+and their relatives, the danger is evident that the result will seldom
+be satisfactory. They cite the example of the primitive Church, which
+made bishops and ordained priests among the recently converted--like
+St. Paul in Ephesus and Athens, and in other parts of Greece, and
+the holy apostles for all the world; but there is a great difference
+[between that case and this], in the needs of those times and the
+nobility of those nations. These and many other changes resulted
+from the information given in Madrid by the bishop Don Francisco
+Palu, who went to Roma, where also his information caused changes. I
+suppose that the intentions of this holy prelate were good; but he was
+lacking in experience. His representations also affected the governor
+Manuel de León and the auditors; for, although the royal Council of
+the Indias approved the caution with which they had acted in this
+so delicate matter, at Roma the result was very different. For his
+Holiness Clement X excommunicated them, and declared that they had
+incurred the censures of the bull In Cæna Domini, by a brief which,
+printed and authorized in Roma and Paris in the year 1675, was sent to
+Manila from China and Siam. [Here follows a sketch of Palu's further
+career, his death, and some matters relating to the Chinese missions.]
+
+This year the galleon "San Telmo," which was going to Nueva España,
+in command of General Antonio Nieto, was driven back to port, which
+caused great losses in the property of the citizens of Manila.
+
+Not less were the troubles which the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray
+Juan López, encountered from the time when he began to govern his
+church. He was a prelate of great virtue and learning, and of a pacific
+nature, disinclined to quarrels and discords; but as he was very firm
+in the defense of his jurisdiction and dignity, he greatly regretted
+that occasion should arise for disturbing the peace which he so
+loved. During his time, there were many occasions for recourse to the
+royal Audiencia, and controversies over jurisdiction; but that which
+most exercised the patience of this great prelate was the audacious
+conduct of Master Don Jerónimo de Herrera y Figueroa, who filled
+the post of chief chaplain of the royal chapel of the Incarnation;
+this was founded by Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera,
+for the cemetery of Manila, for the burial of his soldiers, as we
+stated in its place. The said chief chaplain attempted to arrogate
+to himself the privileges and exemptions which the army chaplains
+enjoy when they are actually in the field; and thus he sought to be
+exempted from obedience to the archbishop and from his jurisdiction,
+although he was only the chaplain of a chapel in a presidio. He had
+on his side the favor of the governor, Don Manuel de León--which in
+Filipinas is to have the lawsuit already gained and all one's efforts
+successful. Made confident and daring by this, he opposed his prelate,
+not only refusing to obey him, but even being so insolent as to post
+the archbishop as excommunicate, to the scandal of all the heathen
+peoples who resort to Manila; and these abominable disputes lasted a
+long time. A long manifesto was written and printed in favor of Don
+Jerónimo de Herrera by Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, an advocate
+in the royal Audiencia, proceeding on the false assumption of the
+privileges and exemptions of the chaplains who go with the armies
+in their campaigns; and reply to him was made, with very superior
+arguments, by the cura of the Spaniards in Manila, Bachelor Don José
+de Carrión. But, although the archbishop had justice on his side,
+the opposite side had a hold on the governor, and thus they did not
+care much for the lack of equity. This controversy was so bitter that
+the judges would not decide it, on account of the strained relations
+between them; and so it was necessary to refer the case to España,
+to the royal and supreme Council of Indias. They, as unprejudiced
+judges, rendered sentence in favor of the archbishop; but when this
+decision arrived he was already dead. Then the chaplains of the said
+royal chapel learned that they were not exempt from the jurisdiction
+of the ordinary, as the army chaplains are exempt for other and
+reasonable causes.
+
+These and other troubles, together with those of old age, hastened
+the death of the archbishop, Don Fray Juan López; this was as holy as
+his life, and occurred in April of the year 1674. He was buried in the
+convent of Santo Domingo, among his brethren. He was a native of Martín
+Muñoz de las Posadas, and came to this province of Santo Rosario in
+the year 1647. He taught theology in the convent of Santo Tomás in
+Manila, and went to España and Roma as procurator of the province,
+returning as consecrated bishop of Cebú in the year 1666. In 1672 he
+began to govern the archbishopric of Manila, with great reputation
+as a vigilant pastor, although that church enjoyed only two years
+of his prudent government. The regret for his loss was increased by
+the fact that a general vacancy in the office of consecrated bishop
+ensued in all the islands; this lasted until the year 1680, when
+the bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar arrived here--great
+affliction being caused in all that long period, by the lack of any
+one to confer holy orders on men who might assist the ministers who
+gave instruction. Many, both clerics and regulars, were obliged to
+journey to the kingdom of Siam, where they were ordained by Don Luis
+de Lanoy Faces, bishop of Metelopolis and vicar-apostolic of that
+kingdom; and others went to Nueva España to be ordained, for even the
+city of Macán was without a bishop. Don Fray Payo de Ribera, [55] the
+archbishop and viceroy of Mexico, was careful to send them the holy
+oils every year; he belonged to the order of our father St. Augustine,
+and was a prelate worthy of eternal remembrance on account of his great
+virtues--on which he placed the seal by renouncing the bishopric of
+Cuenca and retiring to the convent of our Lady of El Risco. He died
+there, with a great reputation for sanctity, being an example for
+prelates and for very austere religious.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+The triennial of our father Fray Jerónimo de León passed with some
+disturbances, which did not fail to cause considerable disquiet in
+the minds of the religious, and disturb the peace of the order. The
+reason was, that after the first year of his term, he began to doubt
+whether he was lawfully elected, as it seemed to him that the real
+provincial was father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; and indeed
+this was the case, as affirmed by our very reverend father general,
+Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna. Father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco had met a holy death in Zebú; and therefore our father Fray
+Dionisio Suárez, as provincial of the preceding chapter, began to
+govern [the province] as rector-provincial. Then Fray Jerónimo de
+León had recourse to the royal Audiencia [56] on a plea of fuerza,
+alleging this spoliation. And inasmuch as such proceeding acts as
+a stay, since it is a principle in law that Spoliatus debet ante
+omnia restitui, omni alio casu postposito, [57] they ordered that
+the government be restored to Fray Jerónimo, and that the question
+of title should be acted on later. But as judicial procedure is so
+slow, and of such bounds that they usually make a lawsuit eternal,
+our father Fray Dionisio Suárez was not inclined to secure his right
+at the cost of so much vexation; and therefore the triennial was
+completed in great peace; for father Fray Jerónimo de León was a
+religious very affable and worthy of being loved, and he deserved
+that his election should not be hampered by so notable a defect.
+
+The time arrived for holding the session of the provincial chapter--the
+time in which the troubles which so many difficulties had caused to
+this province were to cease, and when not only the former peace and
+concord were to return, but great gains were to be secured in religious
+observance; for from the time of this chapter-meeting this province
+began to grow more strict, and to grow in all that conduces to its
+greater splendor, every chapter-session increasing in strictness of
+observance, to the greater glory of our regular institute. Such are
+usually the benefits that arise from the judicious choice of a good
+superior, who undertakes to fulfil the obligations of his office. The
+chapter was convened in the convent of Manila on April 14, 1674; its
+president was the father definitor Fray Luis de Montuyar, on account
+of the deaths of the two senior definitors, Master Fray José de
+Mendoza and Fray Isidro Rodríguez. By general agreement the election
+for provincial fell on our father Fray José Duque, commissary of the
+Holy Office. He was a native of Oropesa, and was fifty-six years old;
+a son of the convent of San Felipe at Madrid, and a very near relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesús; and an able minister in the
+province of Pampanga, besides having much to do with its pacification
+in the disturbances in that province which we have already related. He
+came over to this province of Filipinas in the year 1645, and always
+had the reputation of being a religious of very strict observance,
+with great ability as a ruler; and this province found him to be
+such during an experience of many years in his four terms of office
+therein--three as provincial, and one as rector-provincial--being
+always reverenced as the father of it. As definitors were elected
+fathers Fray Enrique de Castro, Fray José Gutiérrez, Fray Bernardino
+Márquez, and Fray Bartolomé de la Torre; and as visitors fathers Fray
+Antonio de Villela and the reader Fray José Rubio. Ordinances and
+regulations very suitable for the good government of the province
+were enacted, not many in number but useful and judicious.
+
+At that period, this province was found very deficient in religious,
+on account of the many vacancies caused by death; on this account the
+ministries lacked the service which their extent and the arduous nature
+of some rendered necessary. Accordingly, as soon as the chapter-session
+adjourned the first care to which the new provincial devoted himself
+was to choose a well-qualified religious who might go as procurator
+to the two courts of Roma and Madrid, where the discords of the
+troubled chapter of the year 1671 had made a strong impression. For
+this purpose a private chapter-session was assembled, and therein
+a very judicious choice was made for this position, that of father
+Fray Juan García--a native of Las Encartaciones, and a minister in
+the province of Ilocos. The necessary despatches were given to him,
+and he embarked in the same year for Nueva España, in the galleon "San
+Telmo;" it was commanded by General Tomás de Endaya, a most successful
+man in these islands, where he died as his Majesty's master-of-camp
+for them, in the year 1745. This religious had a prosperous voyage,
+and arrived at Nueva España and Roma; he successfully fulfilled his
+commission in all respects, and afterward returned to this province
+with a mission of religious, in the year 1679, so long was he detained
+in the negotiations at Roma and Madrid.
+
+Through the peaceful rule of Don Manuel de León, in which term all
+was prosperous and fortunate, the Filipinas Islands began to take
+breath after the troubles of so many preceding years; and in a short
+time they were gathering new strength and vigor. Don Manuel de León
+was a man of very good intentions, and had the excellent virtue of
+being very disinterested--which is very important in these regions,
+where the vice opposite to that has temptations so ready to make one
+fall headlong into the abyss of greed, which causes so many wrecks,
+as the root of all evils. Trading vessels came frequently from
+China, of which country the Tartars had gained entire possession;
+the Chinese, therefore, having laid aside their defensive arms,
+strove to accommodate themselves to the times, being anxious to
+repair the losses caused by war with the gains from trading--which
+is more adapted to their disposition than is war, Mars giving place
+to Mercury. The Chinese trade is the mainstay of the maintenance
+of Filipinas, by means of the silver which comes from Nueva España,
+which is the blood that gives life to this land; for from China come
+the stuffs necessary for clothing, from the shirt in their delicate
+fabrics to the needle and thread. Thence comes the fine earthenware
+which is, with reason, so celebrated throughout the world as choice
+and inimitable, because the material and clay of which it is made are
+found in no other place. Thence come drugs, and very rich coloring
+stuffs--especially vermilion, which is the best in the world. Finally,
+one cannot imagine any exquisite article for the equipment of a house
+which does not come from China, both cheap and excellent--especially
+the wares that come from Japón, with which country the Chinese have
+free commerce, just as it is totally prohibited to us. In some of the
+years of that fortunate governor thirty champans would land at Manila,
+and many from the province of Cantón, where is the city of Macán,
+a Portuguese colony--which is so rich in silks that it has enough
+of that noble commodity to supply nearly all of the whole world;
+it is conveyed in ships belonging to the Dutch, English, French,
+and Portuguese, and that which is carried to Manila and thence to
+Nueva España is the smallest part of it. The great city of Cantón (or
+Kuang-tung, as they call it) is far greater than the great Cairo or
+Babilonia of Egypt, for those who are most moderate in estimating its
+population allow it four millions of inhabitants; but although it is
+so great it is not the largest city in the extensive empire of China,
+for that of Nanking has eight millions, according to Father Martino
+Martínez in his Chinese atlas. [58] It is very commonly said in Manila
+that the city of Cantón has sixty thousand silk-looms, on which are
+made various fabrics of cloth and damask; and thus in one month enough
+is woven to lade many ships. By this some idea can be formed of the
+other industries of that city--or rather, that little world.
+
+Commerce was also opened with the Portuguese of Macán, a trade which
+had been quite forgotten with the disturbances in China; and from
+that time it has continued, in varying degree, until this day. This
+trade, moreover, had been prohibited since the year 1640, on account
+of the wars with Portugal; but through the negotiations carried on
+at the court of Madrid by Don Fray �lvaro de Benavente, when he was
+procurator of this province--asserting that this was the best and
+safest means for the entrance into China for the missionaries who were
+going to Filipinas--the trade with Macán was opened and authorized,
+as was accordingly published in Manila by a royal decree; and it was
+made known to the Portuguese at Macán by another from their king,
+Don Pedro II. The pretext which was given for opening this commerce
+was the entrance of the missionaries into China, and its results have
+been various, according to what the Portuguese have found expedient
+for their own interests, on account of the pretensions which they
+make to the [ecclesiastical] patronage of China--in accordance with
+the line of demarcation [between the dominions] of the two crowns,
+by the celebrated bull of Alexander VI, a question which is not yet
+decided by a competent judge; and therefore our missionaries enter
+China when the Portuguese choose to let them do so. But the latter
+come every year to Manila with one or two shiploads of goods, which is
+the most profitable trade that they have, on account of its nearness
+and of their securing in barter the silver that is so esteemed by the
+Chinese. But as the Portuguese are so courtly and liberal a people,
+and inclined to boast of the obligations of nobility, some Portuguese
+gentlemen usually return quite destitute of funds--as occurred this
+year to Juan Tabora, a cavalier of the Order of Christ. He spent the
+wealth which he brought here, which was much, in elegant gallantries
+and in bull-fights; for he arrived here at a time when these and
+other sports were very frequent in Manila--not only on account of the
+prosperity and peace which were experienced during the entire term of
+office of Don Manuel de León, but through the jovial disposition of
+his favorite and secretary, Don José Castellar, who was a very witty
+and courtly man, and very fond of such pastimes. In these he spent
+whatever he was able to acquire, and when he came to die he was so
+poor that he was buried, through charity, in a chapel of St. Roque
+in the village of Mambong, belonging to the doctrina of Malolos in
+the province of Bulacán, which is in our charge.
+
+Not only was the commerce with China, Cantón, and Macán set free in
+the time of the fortunate governor Don Manuel de León, but another was
+begun--indeed, almost discovered--which was very large and profitable,
+which has greatly increased the wealth of the citizens of Manila. This
+is the trade and traffic of the coast of Coromandel or Malabar [59]
+in Eastern India. This is the coast which extends from the mouths of
+the river Ganges, at the beginning of the large kingdom of Bengal,
+as far as the cape of Comorin; it is inhabited by Malabars, a people
+very shrewd and intelligent, and fond of work, and so crafty that
+when it is worth their while they deceive [even] the Chinese, who
+excel in the ability to cheat. The Malabar and Bengal people are
+unsurpassed in the art of spinning and weaving cotton cloth; for they
+weave pieces more delicate than the finest cambrics and Dutch linens,
+and gauzes so fine that when they are spread upon a table, the thread
+can hardly be discerned, it is so thin and delicate. But that in which
+they most excel, and have been alone and inimitable, is in their very
+fine cotton cloth dyed exquisitely with the finest colors; and this
+has another quality most excellent and admirable, which is that the
+more it is washed, the finer and more lustrous the colors appear,
+and they never are washed out or become dull. Without doubt these so
+rare colors are those which Job mentions in the twenty-eighth chapter,
+when making comparisons with Wisdom, he says: Non conferetur tinctis
+Indiæ coloribus. [60] On this coast of Coromandel the English, Dutch,
+French, and Danes maintain their factories, and possess an extensive
+commerce in cotton cloth, which is consumed throughout Europa--and
+much more in the regions of the north, because cotton is so good
+for protecting them [from the cold]. But the largest settlement,
+and the one most frequented for commerce, is that which the English
+have, named Madrastapán, or Fort St. George; [61] it is peopled
+with innumerable dwellers of all nationalities, not only those of
+India but Europeans. This is greatly favored by the policy that is
+in use in this great town, very different from that which obtains in
+Inglaterra, which is to permit the exercise not only of the apostolic
+Roman Catholic faith, but of all the heathen doctrines and ceremonies;
+and thus the Catholics have their churches, and so do the schismatic
+Armenians, with schismatic Basilian monks. [62] The heretics have
+their meeting-houses, [63] according to their sects; the Moors [i.e.,
+Mahometans] their mosques, and the heathen their pagodas; nor even is
+their synagogue denied to the Jews; and all live peaceably, exercising
+the occupations of trade, as harmoniously as if they all had but one
+faith and religion. About two leguas distant is the city of Santo
+Tomé, a noted colony of the Portuguese, which in former times enjoyed
+[the distinction of] being the emporium of all Eastern India; and
+the cause of its destruction was its enormous wealth and the lack of
+harmony among the Portuguese, a people who are naturally inclined to
+disagree. On a lofty height near the city there is an ancient church,
+in which is venerated an image of Our Lady, which is said to have been
+painted by St. Luke and deposited in that place (called Meliapor) by
+the apostle St. Thomas, who preached to the Malabars our holy faith
+and suffered martyrdom in this place--where is guarded a stone cross
+near which he was put to death; and the lance with which they pierced
+him, stained with his holy blood, is displayed, with other memorials
+of this glorious apostle. [Diaz here mentions the great probability,
+fortified by citations from Juan de Barros, that the remains of the
+apostle repose there.] [64]
+
+This commerce with the coast of Coromandel had remained quite neglected
+by the Spaniards of Filipinas--who never had maintained any other trade
+and commerce than that with China, Japón, and Macán--until this year of
+1674. Then a citizen of Manila, a Catalan, named Juan Ventura Sarra,
+a courageous man, having first made with a fragata which he owned
+a voyage to the kingdom of Siam, from which he gained some wealth,
+extended his navigation to this coast of Malabar, where he left trade
+established; and in the following year Don Luis de Matienzo went
+thither, with much silver, and gained enough profit to persuade the
+citizens of Manila to engage in this traffic. The principal commodity
+which is brought from the Coromandel coast is certain webs of cotton,
+many of them forty varas long, which they call "elephants," which are
+highly valued in Nueva España; accordingly, it is this merchandise
+which is chiefly shipped to those regions.
+
+The governor placed on the stocks the frame of the galleon "Santa
+Rosa," the work of that accredited master of this important and
+useful art, Juan Bautista Nicolá; and it came from them one of
+the finest and largest galleons that had been built in the port of
+Cavite and made very successful voyages, sometimes being driven back
+to port. The governor commanded Juan Canosa Raguses, a very able
+builder of vessels with lateen sails, to build two galleys; these
+proved to be very suitable and swift, and rendered much service in
+driving away the Camucones, very crafty and troublesome pirates,
+who almost every year infest the Pintados Islands, plundering and
+taking captive. This is a barbarous people, cruel, and cowardly;
+indeed, they could not be the one without being also the other. They
+inhabit a chain of small islands, which extends from Paragua to
+Borney; some of them are Mahometans, and others heathen. But they
+[all] cause much damage to the Bisayan Islands, which they ravage
+without opposition--going so far as to carry away, in the year 1672,
+the alcalde-mayor Don José de San Miguel, as we have related in another
+place. They have a great advantage in the exceeding swiftness of their
+vessels, which enables them to find their defense in flight. Their
+confidence and boldness reached such a height that they even dared to
+infest the coasts of the island of Manila. The provincial of that time
+(of whom this chapter treats), Fray José Duque, while on his way to
+visit the islands of Pintados, came very near being made a captive,
+with his companion Fray Alvaro de Benavente; for they were attacked
+by a squadron of these pirates near the island of Marinduque, where
+they would have been a prey to their cruelty if they had not been
+protected by divine kindness, through the valor of Captain Francisco
+Ponce--a veteran soldier, who killed the captain and another of the
+pirates--and also the coming of a high wind, which gave wings to the
+champan to place itself in safety.
+
+At this time, in the year 1675, Governor Don Manuel de León was in
+great danger of dying, on account of having placed himself under
+medical treatment, without being actually sick, solely for the sake
+of improving his health--a proof that it might have cost him his
+life. Don Manuel was a corpulent man, and had grown so fleshy that he
+was almost unable to move about without aid, at which he grieved much
+because he could not attend to many functions which belonged to the
+obligations of his office. In view of this hindrance and his desires,
+Juan Ventura Sarra (whom I have already mentioned in the voyages to
+Siam and the coast of Coromandel) bound himself to cure Don Manuel and
+remove from him that great encumbrance [of flesh]--confident because he
+was a very expert surgeon, and the governor a man of great courage and
+reared in and accustomed to the perils of war. The governor accordingly
+accepted this treatment; and the skilful surgeon opened his abdomen
+in many places and removed from him many lumps of fat, and then sewed
+up and treated the wounds. In a few weeks the governor became well,
+and his flesh was much reduced, to the wonder of those who saw how the
+surgeon cut the flesh from his body, and the courage which the governor
+displayed--and what caused most dread [of the result] was his being an
+aged man, but little less than seventy years old. The king of León,
+Don Sancho I, was cured about the year 920 of a similar infirmity of
+excessive obesity, by the physicians of the Moorish king of Córdoba,
+Abderramen; but their treatment was not so harsh and sanguinary. It
+is certain that Juan Ventura Sarra was a great surgeon, and showed
+that he was such not only with this governor, but also in the year
+1682 with his successor, Master-of-camp Don Juan Vargas Hurtado. There
+was no hope for Don Juan's life, on account of a large abscess in the
+hip, which was not understood to be such by the physicians; but Juan
+Ventura knew what it was, and opened the abscess with a large lancet
+which he made from a dagger, more than a tercia [65] long, since the
+cavity was very deep. In this operation he showed his skill as much
+as Don Juan de Vargas displayed his great bravery and endurance,
+which aroused admiration.
+
+Although the cure of Don Manuel de León was so marvelous, he did not,
+since that inordinate obesity was now a disease and a corruption of
+nature, long enjoy the agility and lightness of body that the medical
+treatment had obtained for him; and so he gradually fell back into that
+unusual infirmity, and again found himself, as before, without the use
+of his limbs. He had many wounds in his body, which he had received
+in more than fifty years of military life in Flandes, Alemania, and
+Galicia, where he had taken part in battles more celebrated than were
+known in those times [i.e., of which Diaz was writing]. He had been so
+courageous in not fearing dangers that they called Don Manuel de León
+"Ironhead." Among these he had one deep wound, which must have been
+imperfectly or only apparently healed; and this in course of time,
+and with the pressure on it that would be caused by the increase of
+flesh, opened, a great flow of blood issuing from it. This occurred
+so inopportunely that he was present in the church of Santo Domingo,
+clothed in mourning garb, assisting in the funeral rites for Doña María
+Cuéllar, wife of Auditor Don Francisco de Coloma. [66] His blood flowed
+very copiously, but those near him could not see it on account of the
+mourning garments, and because the chair and cushion were of black,
+until he began to swoon, and sank into the chair. They carried him in
+their arms to his coach, and thence he was conveyed to his palace,
+where all the care due to the cure of such a personage as he was
+furnished. The above-mentioned Juan Ventura Sarra treated him, applying
+all means which the art of surgery imparts to those who are so
+skilful as was Juan Ventura, who within four months brought him to
+what seemed a state of convalescence. But as his age was so great, and
+could not give much aid to the medicine (which only assists nature),
+Don Manuel could never regain sound health. The physicians ordered him
+to go to one of the houses that stand by the river opposite Manila,
+where he spent a long time--until, on the night of April 8, 1676,
+they found him dead in his bed, although he had retired without any
+indications of such danger. They found a power of attorney authorizing
+the father provincial of St. Dominic, Master Fray Diego de San Román,
+to make a will in his name, and directions that he be interred in the
+royal chapel of the Incarnation belonging to the soldiers of Manila,
+where he lies in a little chapel which stands on the gospel side. He
+was one of the best governors who has ruled these Filipinas Islands,
+very disinterested, pious, affable, and clement; and his death was
+therefore regretted by all classes. The estate that he left was
+the only property belonging to a governor that was put to good use,
+[67] the religious who acted as administrator applying it to pious
+works which the governor had named to him--such as the holy Bureau
+of La Misericordia, so that for years many orphan girls were given
+in marriage by means of that part [of the governor's donation] which
+belonged to their dowries, until, with the successive wrecks of the
+two galleons "Santo Cristo de Burgos" and "San José," in the years
+1693 and 1695, the principal of that great endowment was entirely
+consumed. He also left directions to found a well-endowed chaplaincy
+in his native place--Paredes de Nava, in the district of Campos--and
+many other good works, worthy of his piety.
+
+On account of his death the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+took charge of the government, in company with auditors Don Francisco
+de Mansilla and Don Diego Calderón y Serrano for civil affairs--for
+already had come the decision, in the controversy between the two
+auditors, by the royal and supreme Council of the Indias in favor of
+Don Francisco de Coloma, although his government lasted but a short
+time, on account of his death. During the time while they governed,
+however, they were very well agreed. The new governor despatched the
+ship "Santa Rosa" (which had just been completed) for Nueva España,
+in charge of General Don Francisco de Teja, a Navarrese gentleman;
+and it had a very prosperous voyage, as we shall see in due time.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+All the triennial during which our father Fray José Duque ruled was
+a very prosperous time for this province, on account of the great
+improvement which was accomplished by his assiduity in reforming it,
+with both zeal and discretion; for he was as respected as beloved
+by all. The religious greatly regretted that the end of his term of
+office was approaching, and to see themselves deprived of so excellent
+a prelate, who had so built up the edifice of strict observance of our
+rules, and had much better regulated the administration of the mission
+villages and ministries in our charge--his excellent management making
+up for the great deficiency of laborers which existed, which made it
+necessary, in many respects, to burden each minister with the work of
+two. Not his least care was that he had found the common property of
+not only the province but the convent of Manila greatly diminished,
+and everything reduced to the utmost necessity of restoration; for
+this is usually the greatest hindrance and impediment to the superiors
+in promoting with energy the regular observance, which requires many
+means for its preservation. But all was supplied by the diligence of
+that discreet prelate, making easier the removal of the most serious
+hindrances.
+
+The time came for holding the provincial chapter, which assembled
+on May 8 in the year 1677, and, according to custom, in the convent
+of Manila. It was presided over--by commission of our very reverend
+father general, Master Fray Nicolás de Oliva, of Sienna--by the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio; and the election for provincial fell, by the
+general consent of all the voting fathers, and with the approval of
+all who were outside of the order, on our father Fray Juan de Jeréz, a
+religious excelling in virtue. He was a native of Baños in Extremadura,
+bishopric of Plasencia--a place belonging to the Duke de Béjar and the
+Marqués de Montemayor--and was a son of the convent of Valladolid and
+fifty years of age. He had been for many years master of novices in
+the convents of Salamanca and Burgos, which is a sufficient proof of
+his religious devotion and virtue. He left España for these islands
+in the year 1669, and had been a minister in Pampanga; and in this
+chapter he cast his first vote as visitor of the province. [68]
+As definitors were elected the fathers Fray Pedro de Mesa, Fray
+Juan Labao, Fray Francisco de Albear, and Fray Pedro Canales; and
+as visitors the fathers Fray Domingo de San Miguel and Fray Juan
+Guedeja. They enacted statutes very useful for the government of the
+province, and for the stricter observance of our religious estate,
+many of which were reproduced in various following chapters, having
+been found by experience to be well-chosen and advantageous.
+
+The acting governor despatched the galleon "San Telmo" for Nueva
+España, in charge of General Don Tomás de Endaya, a regidor of the
+city of Manila; and it encountered so many storms before doubling
+the point of Santiago that fears were entertained that it would not
+have time to make the voyage before the vendavals. But the bravery
+of the commander and of his pilot, Leandro Cuello, over-came great
+difficulties, and they succeeded in reaching their destination.
+
+The galleon "Santa Rosa," which had sailed for Nueva España the year
+before, had also experienced storms, from the time when it reached the
+Embocadero of San Bernardino. For this reason Sargento-mayor Alfonso
+Fernández Pacheco came to Manila, bringing the despatches from his
+Majesty and information of the ship's arrival on the thirtieth of
+August. This galleon brought the news that Don Carlos II had begun,
+at the age of fifteen years, to rule the monarchy of España in person,
+freed from the guardianship of the queen-mother, Doña Mariana of
+Austria; and commands were issued that his royal name and seal be
+used in the despatches, and that royal fiestas proper to so important
+an event be celebrated--which took place afterward, in the month of
+December, as we shall soon relate.
+
+[At this time] came the despatches for the presentation made by
+his Majesty for the archbishopric of Manila, of the person of
+the very reverend father master Fray Felipe Pardo, of the Order of
+Preachers; he accepted this dignity, and began to govern his church,
+the ecclesiastical cabildo yielding up the government to him. This
+appointment found him at the time engaged in the duties of commissary
+of the Holy Office of the Inquisition; his place therein was taken by
+father Fray Juan de los Angeles, a man who was worthy of such a name on
+account of his virtue and mild disposition. Also came the presentation
+of the reverend father Fray Andrés González for bishop of Nueva Cáceres
+or Camarines; he also accepted, and was consecrated, and ruled that
+church creditably, as he was a devoted religious, and very charitable;
+and he left behind him, when he died, a great reputation for sanctity.
+
+On September 27, the acting governor, Auditor Don Francisco Coloma y
+Maceda, died at the age of sixty years, from an intestinal hemorrhage;
+he was an official of much integrity and uprightness, and was
+buried in the convent of Santo Domingo with his wife, Doña María
+de Cuellar. The government was assumed by Auditor Don Francisco de
+Mansilla, a native of Ceniceros in Rioja, who was no less upright than
+his predecessor. His term of office was short, because a proprietary
+governor came in the following year; but even in the short time while
+his rule lasted he showed that he deserved that it should continue
+during his life, on account of the very peaceable and equitable manner
+in which he exercised his office. The first thing which he did was
+to look for all those who had been opposed to him in the year 1668,
+when he was exiled to Iloylo by Don Juan Manuel Bonifaz; and he
+honored all of them, more than some deserved, displaying a generous
+spirit, and that of a Christian ruler, which aroused the admiration
+of those who saw his prudence and moderation. These islands were much
+grieved that he must so soon have a successor, for the people loved
+and reverenced him. He was of corpulent figure and venerable aspect;
+and his hair (which was scanty) and his mustache (which was large)
+were white as snow--all which conciliated respect. Two years afterward,
+promotion came to him, the post of alcalde for criminal cases in [the
+Audiencia of] Méjico; but he died at the height of the voyage. [69] He
+had two sons: Don Felipe Mansilla, a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+who lives in Méjico; and Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of
+Jesus, in these islands.
+
+The city and municipality of Manila having determined to celebrate
+the festivities due to the great rejoicing which was caused in the
+Spanish domains by the assumption of sovereignty over them by their
+king Don Carlos II, decided that these should be actually held in
+December, from the fourth to the seventh day of that month. This was
+done with great pomp and brilliancy. In the morning three sermons
+were preached: one by the dean of the cathedral, Master Don Miguel
+Ortíz de Covarrubias; another by father Fray �lvaro de Benavente of
+the order of our father St. Augustine (the secretary of our province,
+and often named in this history; he died in China, as bishop of Ascalon
+and vicar apostolic of Kiengsi); and the third by the reverend Father
+Jerónimo de Ortega, of the Society of Jesus. For the afternoons there
+were various bull-fights and comedies. On the last day, December 7,
+after the bull-fights and comedies, there were demonstrations of
+rejoicing; and for a climax to the festivities there was, at six
+o'clock in the afternoon, a beautiful and splendid masquerade, with
+magnificent costumes, and parades of servants in costly liveries. The
+most distinguished citizens of Manila went therein, two by two,
+representing the realms of the monarchy of España, with shields and
+mottoes proper for each kingdom; those who came last were the two
+alcaldes-in-ordinary of Manila, General Francisco Rayo Doria and
+Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya, representing the kingdoms of
+Castilla and León. They rode in pairs on handsomely-caparisoned horses,
+to the destination which was prepared for this purpose with palisades,
+and with so much splendor from wax tapers that the night had no cause
+to envy the brighter day. With this brilliant and elegant masquerade
+these royal festivities came to an end, the city remaining in the
+quiet and silence proper to that hour, which was about seven at night.
+
+Quite ignorant were all those who had celebrated and enjoyed this gay
+festival of the sad and melancholy catastrophe which was to follow
+on this so joyous scene; all were forgetful of the uncertainty of the
+pleasures of this world, which suddenly shifts its scenes, passing from
+gayety to mourning. Hardly had the people time to shelter themselves
+in their houses--some fatigued with the exercises of the masquerade,
+and others sad that the royal festivities had come to an end--when
+at half-past seven in the evening the earth began to tremble with
+horrible vibrations, changing their recent gayety into fear, horror,
+and lamentable perplexity. This first earthquake lasted a long time,
+so that it was feared that the last and fatal day for the sad city
+of Manila had arrived. The continuous and unequal vibrations of the
+ground; the frightful cracking of timbers; the [falling of] tiles
+from the roofs, and of stones which, loosened from the walls, came
+to the ground, raising great clouds of dust: all these made a most
+gloomy night, the image of death. Some hastened to seek confessors,
+and not finding them soon, published aloud their own sins. This first
+motion of the earth ceased, which people affirm to have been more
+violent than that of August 20, 1658, but it did not last so long;
+if it had been equal in duration to that one, it would have caused
+a large amount of havoc in the city of Manila.
+
+It was worth much to the city that the earthquake found it greatly
+improved over former times in regard to the height of its buildings;
+for now they were reduced to more humble stature, and without the
+projections which would cause its greatest destruction, as has been
+experienced in previous earthquakes. The use of the harigues or wooden
+pillars on which the heavy timber-work of the roofs leans and rests was
+recognized to be a sure protection and defense from such disasters;
+and therefore, although the earthquake demolished many buildings,
+breaking open the solid mass of masonry, they did not suffer entire
+ruin by being thrown down to the ground. Some few were destroyed
+through being old and in bad condition; but only one or two persons
+perished, and they of little account in the world. The kind-hearted
+governor went out with many followers to visit the [military] posts of
+the city, and aid, if he could, those who were in need; and the same
+was done by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and the regidors, accompanied
+by many citizens. The religious orders were well occupied in the
+ministries of their profession--some preaching from tables placed
+in the streets, others hastening to hear the confessions of those
+who asked for this sacrament, that is, of all. While all these were
+occupied in exercises so holy and pious, the trembling of the earth
+was again repeated many times; but, through the divine kindness,
+these vibrations were much slighter, continually diminishing--so
+that it seemed as if the divine anger were gradually being appeased,
+just as men were continually showing themselves more penitent. All
+that night until daybreak the earthquake shocks continued; for there
+were so many of them that one man counted forty, although to me it
+seemed as if there were many more. Many came out [from this calamity]
+crippled and lame; but all recognized that it was a miracle that the
+city had not been utterly destroyed with so repeated shocks. Later,
+it was ascertained that some chasms and air-vents in the earth had
+opened, and which is surely the cause of these disturbances. One
+chasm opened in the bounds of the village of Bauang, in the province
+of Balayán; and another in the mountains of Gapang, in Pampanga. Those
+who arrived here after navigating the seas of these islands recounted
+the horrible perils in which they had found themselves, tossed by
+great billows and almost submerged in the swell which was caused in
+the sea by the earthquake; the sea even rose until, in many places,
+it swept over the land, occasioning great damage. With this slight
+mention I will close the sad account of the melancholy termination
+of these royal festivities.
+
+The master-of-camp of these islands died, Don Agustín de Cepeda
+y Carracedo; he was a native of Talavera de la Reina, a relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesús, and more than eighty years
+of age. He was one of the most valiant soldiers who has belonged to
+these regions, and with that reputation he has been mentioned in this
+history in the greatest military exploits of his time, and in the
+government of Zamboanga and Ternate; and, what is his greatest glory,
+he was an excellent Christian, devout and charitable, and died with
+strong indications that he had been very earnestly such. For acting
+master-of-camp the governor appointed General Alonso López, a soldier
+of long standing, and also very aged; and therefore he did not long
+serve in that office.
+
+Governor Don Francisco de Mansilla despatched the galleon for Nueva
+España, appointing as its commander his son, Don Felipe de Mansilla
+y Prado, a young man of much courage and ability, who at the time was
+serving in the post of sargento-mayor of the Manila army, which is the
+second, in the esteem of military men, after that of master-of-camp. As
+sargento-mayor of the galleon he appointed Juan Ventura Sarra (the
+Catalan so famous for his successful surgical operations), on account
+of his being a man of much valor, and experienced in military service
+in Flandes and Cataluña. This galleon made a very prosperous voyage,
+both going and returning, as we shall see in the following chapter.
+
+About the end of July in this year of 1678 came news that the galleon
+"San Telmo" had sighted these islands; it was under the command
+of General Don Tomás de Endaya, and had sailed for the port of
+Acapulco in the preceding year. It brought the proprietary governor,
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado, a knight of the Order of
+Santiago; he was a native of Toledo, and nephew of the venerable mother
+Jerónima de la Asunción, foundress of the convent of Santa Clara in
+Manila--whose admirable life has been written by the father reader Fray
+Antonio de Leytona, [70] of the Observantine Order of St. Francis;
+and the investigations preliminary to her beatification have been
+begun. This knight had served many years in Flandes, Cataluña, and
+Extremadura, always with great commendation for his valor, which
+was as great as his nobility. He came with his wife, Doña Isabel de
+Ardila, a native of Badajoz; and brought in his company her uncle,
+a captain of cuirassiers, Don Francisco Guerrero y Ardila--a man
+of lofty stature, who, like another Saul, surpassed by the head and
+shoulders the tallest man in the Manila garrison--who showed that he
+possessed great valor. The new governor brought with him a numerous and
+brilliant retinue, and those who afterward attained most note were:
+his secretary, Miguel Sánchez Villanueva y Tejada, a man of great
+virtue, who came with his wife and three children, and afterward,
+having lost his wife, was ordained as a priest, and lived a long time
+an example for ecclesiastics, as before he had been one for laymen;
+Captains Don Juan Gallardo, Don Pedro Oriosolo, Don Jacinto Lobán,
+Don Tomás Martínez de Trillanes, Don Diego Vivien, Don Felipe Ceballos,
+Don José Armijo, Don Francisco Fabra, Don Antonio de Tabora, Don Juan
+Castel, Don Juan de Tricaldir, Don Manuel Alvarado; and others, all
+of whom served long in these islands. As fiscal for his Majesty came
+Licentiate Don Diego de Viga, a native of Bejar; he was afterward
+an auditor for many years, and was a very upright and disinterested
+official. The governor also brought some reenforcements of troops. The
+appointment of commandant of the castle of Santiago came to General
+Fernando de Bobadilla, who afterward was master-of-camp.
+
+On the day of our Lady's nativity Don Juan de Vargas entered Manila,
+being received with great festivities; there were two ingenious
+triumphal arches, which were erected by the religious orders of our
+father St. Augustine and the Society, because both had their houses
+on the principal street through which the procession would pass. Don
+Juan began to govern with much prudence and desire to do well;
+he was very punctual in fulfilling his duties, and never failed in
+his daily attendance on the sessions of the Audiencia (in which some
+governors had displayed much negligence); and therefore in his time the
+court business was despatched more promptly, for he found many suits
+unsettled and delayed. This is an insuperable difficulty in these
+islands, where the lawsuits are eternal and constitute a perpetual
+source of income for court reporters, secretaries, and commissioners
+[71]--who, with the slow steps of judicial procedure, are continually
+plundering the litigants, until, impoverished or exhausted, they give
+up the suit, which is incorporated into a great mass of documents,
+which they call "Proceedings in lawsuits" [autos] in the archives of
+the court. Don Juan de Vargas was more fit for a soldier than for a
+governor; and gradually he looked with distaste on the duties of so
+arduous a post, and turned his attention to the means for securing his
+own advantage. The uncle of his wife, Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila,
+became so much the master of Don Juan that, by his craftiness and great
+ability, he came to be the arbiter of the government. Accordingly, it
+was he who was governor, and he was the drayman who guided Don Juan
+de Vargas, while the latter, like a wagon, was carrying the weight
+of the government. Yet later Don Francisco Guerrero left him alone,
+and went to Nueva España, at so important a juncture that he met in
+the Embocadero the succeeding governor, Don Gabriel Crucelaegui,
+and Don Juan de Vargas in the residencia was laden with his own
+transgressions and those of others, as we shall see in due time. He
+had a great advantage for thus making himself arbiter of everything,
+in having more affability and more shrewdness than the governor, who
+was naturally harsh and unamiable and easily fretted. Accordingly,
+every one set on foot his claims with more confidence by the hand
+of the uncle, who, as all knew, was the fly-wheel for the movements
+of the government; and thus in a short time he secured following
+and applause, [although] without the formal marks of respect which
+belong to the dignity of a ruler; and he came to direct the entire
+government, with authority and without opposition. The authority of
+Don Francisco Guerrero was greatly increased because the governor
+had made him master-of-camp, because of the death of Alonso López,
+who died within a short time [after his appointment], at an advanced
+age; this increased Don Francisco's authority, and strengthened his
+influence over the governor. The servants [of the governor] made more
+effort to secure their own advantage than that of their master, and
+therefore Don Juan de Vargas found himself alone in everything that
+was not to the profit of the uncle and his familiars. He appointed as
+castellan and governor of Cavite Don Juan Gallardo; this is the most
+influential and profitable position that the governors of Filipinas
+have at their disposal--although at the present time his Majesty
+fills this office from Madrid; and in this way it was held more
+than twenty-eight years by Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Atienza y
+Bañes, who died while holding the post of master-of-camp, in the year
+1718. Another servant, Don Francisco Fabra, he appointed chief guard of
+the Parián, an office which affords great opportunities and facilities
+for securing the best goods; and thus in this occupation he was, so
+to speak, the governor's agent, for which employ he had much ability.
+
+Don Juan de Vargas, during his entire term of office, maintained
+trade and commerce with foreign nations, as those of the Coromandel
+coast, Bengal, and Surrate--which is the greatest emporium of Eastern
+India and of all the kingdoms subject to the emperor the Great Mogor
+[i.e., Mogul], a monarch more powerful than the Great Turk, and
+without doubt more wealthy. From this emporium of Surrate almost
+every year come one or two ships of great burden, like those that
+are called "ships of the line," laden with many and varied wares of
+Eastern India. Within the last few years these traders are Mahometans,
+although before they were heathens; this is because they were obliged
+to accept the cursed doctrine of Mahoma by the former Great Mogor,
+Payxa Ali Ramasticán--who, trained up in his early years (when he
+was a fugitive from his family) by the house of Meca, was the cause
+of the total perdition of so many souls; for it is easier to convert
+to our holy faith a thousand heathens than one Mahometan. Trade and
+commerce were also very freely carried on with the Portuguese of
+Macán, and through their agency in Nueva Batavia in the island of
+Jacatra, the capital of the rich factories which the Dutch possess
+throughout India--where of the former Portuguese dominion only
+their language is left, since with that they trade and traffic; for
+they have been deprived of the fortified posts, which promised some
+advantage and profit, leaving to them only Goa (for the interment of
+Portuguese), and some posts to the north, such as Chaud, Dama, Diu,
+and Bassain. Only one who has seen it, as I have, can describe the
+great extent of every kind of trade which Manila enjoyed in the time
+of Don Juan de Vargas de Hurtado; and in that time, therefore, great
+fortunes were accumulated, and the city was adorned with magnificent
+edifices--the old ones being rebuilt, and new ones being erected,
+thus repairing the late havoc and destruction.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+[This is occupied with an account of the attempt made by the
+Augustinian Fray Juan de Rivera to go to the forbidden mission-field of
+Japan; it proved unsuccessful, and he was obliged to return to Manila.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+On the day of the apostle James news came to Manila [in 1679]
+of the safe arrival of the galleon "San Telmo" at these islands,
+and of its being outside of the Embocadero; this news was brought,
+with the royal mails, by Sargento-mayor Juan Ventura Sarra. In this
+galleon came two large and well-selected mission bands of religious;
+one was composed of thirty-one from our order, conducted by father
+Fray Juan de García, who had been sent for this purpose in the year
+1674. The other mission was composed of religious belonging to the
+Society of Jesus, who were brought by Father Francisco Salgado,
+[72] a religious of great learning and virtue. This mission [of
+ours] arrived at the most opportune time that could be imagined,
+for our province found itself in extreme necessity, on account of the
+scarcity of religious; for in ten years it had not received even the
+smallest reenforcement with which to replace them in the extensive
+and numerous ministries in its charge. So great was this lack that
+our province was already taking measures to give up some of those
+ministries; but all the religious orders and the secular clergy were
+suffering from the same need as was our province, on account of not
+having a consecrated bishop who might confer the holy orders. The
+ship "San Telmo" could not enter the Embocadero of San Bernardino,
+for it was hindered by the vendavals; and therefore it made port,
+after many hardships, in Palapag, in the province of Leyte--a very
+safe harbor, but outside of the Embocadero, and more than a hundred
+and twenty leguas distant from Manila. The religious of the mission
+came hither through the provinces of Camarines and Laguna de Bay;
+the roads were bad, for it was the rainy season, but the hardships
+of their journey were alleviated by the charitable hospitality which
+was given to them by the religious of St. Francis--who, heirs of
+that saint's seraphic love, vied with each other, on such occasions,
+in showing themselves true sons of so holy a father.
+
+They arrived at Manila, where they were received by the community
+as sons beloved by their affectionate mother, who was so eagerly
+expecting them; and on September 18--the day of the father of the poor,
+St. Thomas of Villanova--a private meeting of the definitors was held,
+and they were received by this province as her sons.
+
+In this private session father Fray Juan García declared under oath,
+in verbo sacerdotis, that, having kissed the feet of our most holy
+father Innocent XI on September 20, 1677, among other favors which his
+Holiness had granted him the latter had told him that by his apostolic
+authority he made good all the defects which might have occurred in
+the elections of this province, from its foundation until the said
+day. His Holiness granted him several jubilees for certain convents,
+and eleven thousand ordinary indulgences, in the new form which his
+Holiness has promulgated; and gave him two notable relics, a bone of
+St. Venturino the Martyr [73]--the first for the hospice at Méjico,
+and the other for the convent of San Pablo at Manila. Father Fray
+Juan García also obtained from his Holiness, on petition by this
+province, a bull in which he granted that all the procurators who
+may go to Rome and bring hither missions of religious shall enjoy
+the same exemptions which those possess who have been provincials
+(who are called absolutos); this was accepted [by the Council of
+Indias], and father Fray Juan García was the first who enjoyed this
+privilege, all his life. But he, as the devout religious that he
+was, would not allow the religious to address him as "Our Father,"
+as is the custom with the provincials, both active and retired;
+and, retiring to the province of Ilocos, where he was minister,
+he devoted himself to leading an exemplary life, abandoning himself
+entirely to meditation, mortification, and prayer until his death,
+and leaving behind a noble example as a sincere religious.
+
+[The rest of this chapter is occupied with the coming (in the "San
+Telmo") to Manila of Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite
+of the queen-mother, and a sketch of his career in Spain. The last
+paragraph reads thus:] Don Juan de Vargas, learning of his arrival,
+and that he was already coming by land through the province of
+Camarines, sent to escort him General Don Francisco Enriquez
+de Losada and Captain Alfonso de Castillo; they conveyed him to
+the port of Cavite and the fortress of San Felipe. In that place a
+house was built for him, of timber, according to his taste and plan,
+with all possible conveniences; and there he lived--at the beginning,
+with much strictness, watched by sentinels, and receiving few visits;
+but afterward with more freedom, and visited by everyone, but always
+in the presence of Captain Juan de Herrera, the warden's deputy. In
+this seclusion Don Fernando made use of his great mental ability,
+employing for his recreation the many talents which he possessed,
+especially in music and poetry; for in both these arts he had no
+equal in España. With the news which came by way of the coast of
+the death of Don Juan of Austria, the severities which, while he
+lived, had been employed toward Don Ferdinand were mitigated; and
+the prisoner enjoyed so much diversion and company that in these
+regions he could not have had more. Every month he was allowed a
+thousand pesos from the royal treasury, which was sufficient for his
+support and comforts, and for the expenses of the amusements which
+his cleverness and ingenuity devised for his recreation. I have taken
+more time than I should in this narration (which might pass for a mere
+ornament of my proper task), because this gentleman was much devoted
+to us--although he had received from us and from the Society of Jesus
+(to whom he acknowledged his obligations) much assistance in his
+seclusion and in certain difficulties which he had experienced. The
+rest of his fortunes I will relate in the proper place, when we
+reach the termination of the ten years of his retirement, his return
+to Nueva España, and finally his death. The author of the additions
+to Father Juan de Mariana's Historie general de España, [74] at the
+end of the second volume, speaks very sharply and indignantly of this
+gentleman, and as he might speak of a wicked highwayman or of a cruel
+Nero. He certainly was wrong, for Don Fernando de Valenzuela was very
+zealous in the service of his king, and his power and influence in the
+government were very beneficial to the monarchy, as after his fall
+was recognized by all, even his greatest enemies. But flattery [75]
+must have mended the pen for him, so that in this matter he might show
+himself very prejudiced. Let the name of that writer be his apology,
+for it was Don So-and-so. [Fulano] Malo. The posthumous fame of Don
+Fernando de Valenzuela, however, will not be obscured by his errors.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+The government of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado proceeded with prosperous
+results, on account of the favorable seasons and the great abundance
+of the crops which were experienced in the years 1679 and 1680; and
+through the success and extent of the commerce which was maintained
+with China and the Coromandel coast, Surrate, and other ports of
+Oriental India and the kingdoms of the Great Mogor--which formerly
+were more than fifteen in number, and furnished much income to the
+royal treasury with the customs duties [derecho de a nojarifazgo]. Not
+only from the Coromandel coast--on which the Manila trade had founded
+populous settlements, as Portonovo and Cololu--but from the city of
+Goa came ships almost every year, commerce little known [to Manila]
+before, and very remote. The governor devoted much attention to the
+sessions of the Audiencia and the obligations of his office, and
+thus the legal business which devolved upon that court was expedited,
+through the uprightness and integrity of the auditors, Don Francisco
+Mansilla, Don Diego Calderón, and Don Diego de Viga; the last named
+filled the office of fiscal acceptably to all.
+
+About this time there came to the general a solemn embassy from the
+principal ruler of Borney, whom those people revere as an emperor. This
+is the largest island of all Asia, and, according to the best
+cosmographers, has as great an area as all España and the kingdom of
+Portugal. It is thinly populated, as its surface is very mountainous;
+and therefore it is only on the shores of the sea and a few leguas
+inland that there are settlements of civilized people, if that name
+can be given to those barbarous nations. Borney has much wax, and in
+its seas are pearl-fisheries; it abounds in amber, camphor, and gold;
+and in its mountains are found large elephants, although smaller than
+those of Siám. Its inhabitants are partly Mahometans, partly heathens;
+but in color and disposition they resemble the natives of Filipinas,
+who say that they had their origin in these islands of Borney [and]
+the coast of Malayo. The ambassador was received with more ostentation
+than his person seemed to merit. Although he was corpulent and robust,
+he and all his retinue (which was not a small one) came barefooted
+and half-naked; he wore a broad bahaque, which tired him more than it
+covered him, and some wore a loose jacket, short and without a shirt
+(which is not known among these peoples); but all were well armed with
+lances and crises--which are swords as short as daggers, with which
+they are well able to defend themselves or attack, for usually they
+have these weapons dipped in poison. He made his entry [into the city]
+with great pomp, in the coach and with the halberdiers of the governor,
+and accompanied by the sargento-mayor of the garrison, Don José de
+Robles; and the governor received him under a canopy, as being he who
+represented the royal person. The ambassador's credentials came in the
+Malayan language, written in Arabic characters; these were interpreted
+by the Borneans themselves, and by a Ternatan named Pedro Machado. The
+object of the embassy, they said, was to establish trade and commerce
+on both sides, and to adjust some disputes over the limits of the
+island of Paragua and in regard to some hostile acts which had been
+committed in the lands of Borney by Alcalde-mayor Don José de Somonte,
+in vengeance for the injuries which the Camucones had inflicted in our
+islands. Everything was settled to the satisfaction of both parties,
+and the ambassador returned well content and handsomely entertained,
+with a valuable present for his king in return for another (and very
+ordinary) one which he had brought. In the following year, the governor
+sent in turn an ambassador, General Don Juan de Morales Valenzuela,
+a man of gallant nature and tall stature, with a very goodly escort of
+Spaniards. He was very hospitably received by the king of Borney, in
+a large pavilion of bamboo and nipa, which was erected for this solemn
+function; and the king allowed himself to be seen by all his vassals,
+a favor which, they say, is very rare in that royalty. Don Juan de
+Morales returned very successful, the king ceding to the Spaniards
+dominion over all the island of Paragua, and making satisfaction for
+the ravages by the Camucones; and since then we have remained very
+good friends [with the Borneans].
+
+All the three years' term of our father provincial Fray Juan de
+Jeréz was very peaceable, our order and the observance of our rules
+nourishing in this province, which continually increased in prosperity
+through the opportune measures which this judicious and devout prelate
+employed; for certainly he was one of the most observant superiors
+it had had, and it made great advancement in every way during the
+time of his government.
+
+At last the time for the chapter-session arrived, and when the voting
+fathers from the four provinces were assembling, with great peace
+and harmony, suddenly a storm arose, which they feared would occasion
+the destruction of peace within the order, and produce divisions and
+contentions very difficult to adjust; and from which might originate
+great losses to the religious and their ministries. The trouble was
+this: some of the religious who were born in Nueva España, and others
+born in these islands, where they had assumed the habit of our order,
+attempted to renew the old controversy over the alternate elections
+[76]--which arose in the year 1637, as we have related in book ii,
+chapter 26--incited to this by having found a copy of the first
+bull of Gregory XV, and the royal decree for its passage by the
+supreme Council of the Indias, attested by Don Diego Núñez Crespo,
+at that time court secretary of the royal Audiencia. With this slight
+foundation, without heeding that the matter had already been decided
+by apostolic authority--by the legate of his Holiness, that is, the
+archbishop of Manila who was then in office--according to the bull
+of his Holiness Urban VIII, issued "at Castel Gandolfo, diocese of
+Albano, May 18, 1634" (of which they probably were not aware), [they
+made this claim]. They had on their side many citizens of Manila,
+and employed as their leader Doctor Don José Cervantes Altamirano,
+a cleric in minor orders--who afterward was married, and at his death
+was alcalde-mayor of the Parián of the Sangleys, and chief clerk of
+the cabildo and municipality of Manila; he had a very keen mind, and
+with that he would, if he had been master and disciple of himself,
+have made a great jurisconsult.
+
+They appointed as judge-executor Master Jerónimo Fernández Caravallo,
+cura of the village of Quiapo, a priest of little ability and easily
+influenced. This man accepted the commission with much pleasure,
+believing that it would bring him honor and profit; and he therefore
+set up his tribunal, and appointed as his secretary Bachelor Martín
+Díaz, cura of the natives and Morenos in Manila. At once he sent this
+man to notify the provincial, Fray Juan de Jeréz, of the said bull of
+Gregory XV; but the provincial would not accept the notification, not
+recognizing Master Caravallo as a judge until he should establish his
+right as such before a competent tribunal, and because this proceeding
+found him unprepared, and with little knowledge of this controversy,
+because neither official documents nor information about it were
+found in the archives of the province. Investigations were made, and
+the original documents were found in the archiepiscopal tribunal;
+and an authentic transcript of these was found in a writing-desk
+which stood in the cell of the provincials, of which the key could
+not be found, and it served only as an ornament. In the said desk
+was also found the above-mentioned bull of Urban VIII, with which and
+the acts issued in the year 1657 the procurator-general (who was the
+writer of this history) presented himself before his Lordship Don
+Fray Felipe Pardo of the Order of Preachers, the archbishop-elect
+and ruler of this archbishopric, as being the legate appointed by
+his Holiness Urban VIII to render decision and sentence in this
+question. He looked at the bull and declared himself judge, and as
+such examined the documents, with the assistance of his counselor
+the father presentado Fray Raimundo Verart of the same order, a
+doctor in both branches of law from the university of Lérida. They
+found that this controversy was already authoritatively decided,
+[77] and with the lapse of forty-three years had become established
+as a matter of law; that there was not the least room for the claim
+made by the fathers of the Indias; and that the province possessed
+the same right as before of making its choice [of officers] freely,
+without respect of persons. Upon the litigant religious--who had taken
+refuge in, and by order of the royal Audiencia were committed to, the
+college of the Society of Jesus and the convent of San Francisco--was
+imposed perpetual silence; and with censures they were commanded to
+return to their convents, and to follow what obedience should direct to
+them. They did so, and there was no farther discussion of this matter;
+for in the following chapter-meeting attention was given to consoling
+them. Those who made amends for all were the judge-executor, Master
+Jerónimo Caravallo, and Bachelor Martín Díaz, whom the archbishop
+punished with pecuniary fines for not having first appeared before
+him with their commission, and for having erected a tribunal without
+his permission. But intercession was made for them on the part of
+our province, and their fines were diminished. Information of the
+affair was given to our very reverend father general, Fray Domingo
+Valvasorio, of Milan, who commanded that the religious who had been
+the movers of this innovation (which might so greatly have disturbed
+the peace of this province) be punished; and again imposed silence
+regarding the claim to alternation; but the whole matter was adjusted,
+for at the end the order, like a mother, must regard them as her sons.
+
+The time for the chapter-session arrived, which was May 11, 1680, at
+the convent in Manila; its president, by commission from our father
+general already named, was our father Fray José Duque; and father Fray
+Diego de Jesús, prior of the convent of Pasig, was elected provincial,
+to the satisfaction of all, by the unanimous vote of all the fathers in
+the chapter. He was a zealous religious, very observant, and enamored
+of poverty; and had great learning, prudence, and discretion. He was
+fifty-eight years of age, a native of Pejar in Extremadura, and a
+son of the convent at Salamanca--where, and in that of San Felipe at
+Madrid, he had been for many years master of the novices. He came to
+this province in the year 1669, as has already been said, influenced
+[to come] at so great an age by scruples at having excused himself in
+the year 1660 from coming as commissary for the mission which reached
+this province in the year of 1663, by the appointment given to him by
+our very reverend father general Master Fray Pablo Luquino, who was
+then visiting the provinces of España. The definitors appointed were
+fathers Fray Juan Ponce, Fray Carlos Bautista, Fray Pedro Martínez,
+and Fray �lvaro de Benavente. Father Fray José Camello and the father
+reader Fray Juan Martínez were present as visitors from the previous
+triennium; and for the present one were appointed father Fray Juan
+Guedeja and the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio. As procurator for
+going to España was appointed father Fray Manuel de la Cruz, a native
+of Toledo, and a son of the convent of Badaya; and they elected him
+definitor of this province for the next general chapter to be held,
+and agreed upon [78] the choice of a discreet for the said general
+chapter. [79] This choice was so judicious that to it is due the
+conservation and advancement of this province, for he fulfilled
+so carefully the obligation of his commission that he conducted to
+Nueva España three mission bands--the largest and most distinguished
+that this province has gained, for in all they contained over fifty
+religious--the first in the year 1684, the second in 1699 and 1700,
+and the third in 1712. [80] He himself remained in Mexico, where he
+died with the reputation of great virtue, at the age of seventy-four
+years, in 1712.
+
+It was decided in this chapter to ask our very reverend father
+general to extinguish the votes of the discreet of the convent at
+Manila, and those of the priors of the convents of Hagonoy and San
+Pablo de los Montes in the provinces of Tagalos, Mexico in Pampanga,
+Narvacán in Ilocos, and Dumarao in the province of Panay--on account
+of the usual scarcity of religious, and the deficiency which might be
+caused, by their absence while at the chapter, in Ilocos and Bisayas,
+provinces which are so remote. The other arrangements and ordinances
+which were made in this chapter publish its great zeal for promoting
+the regular observance, and the nourishing condition of that observance
+in this province.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas despatched for Nueva España the galleon
+"San Antonio," under command of General Don Francisco Enríquez de
+Losada, then accountant of the royal exchequer; and in this galleon
+went the father procurator Fray Manuel Losada, and in his company
+father Fray Miguel de Negrea--a son of the convent of San Felipe,
+and native of that city [i.e., Madrid]; he was going back to his own
+province, and died on the voyage, in the high northern latitude. The
+voyage was a very distressing one, on account of the severe tempests
+which suddenly came upon them; and many of those on board died, not
+only seamen but passengers. A better voyage was that of the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," which had sailed the preceding year by the same route
+from Nueva España, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; for on the
+morning of the day of St. John the Baptist it entered the bay of
+Manila, to the great joy of those who were watching it, and anchored
+at the port of Cavite--a good fortune which seldom has been enjoyed
+in these islands since the banishment of Don Fray Hernando Guerrero,
+in the year 1635, as we have with sadness related. In this galleon
+came Don Fray Diego de Aguilar, of the Order of Preachers, a native
+of Rioseco, as consecrated bishop of Zebú; for several years he had
+been detained in Nueva España. He brought in his company father Fray
+Manuel de Olivares, of the same order, who afterward was provincial
+of the province of Méjico; his nephew, Captain Don Juan de Urías;
+and other Spaniards. His arrival occasioned great rejoicing, on
+account of these islands having remained so many years destitute of
+a consecrated bishop, and many clerics and regulars were waiting to
+receive holy orders.
+
+In this galleon arrived three religious belonging to the mission of
+father Fray Juan García; they were choristers, and had been left
+in Nueva España, to be ordained as priests, and their names are
+as follows: father Fray Francisco Castrillón, a native of Madrid,
+and son of the convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years
+old, and had spent nine in the order. He was a minister in Tagalos
+until the year 1690, when he returned to Méjico, where he died soon
+afterward. Father Fray Dionisio Navarro, a native of Leganés, and a
+son of the same convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years old,
+and had spent seven in the order. He was a good preacher, and well
+versed in the dialects of the province of Tagalos. He went to España
+and returned hither, and died in the convent of Manila from a long and
+painful infirmity, on November 2, 1714. Father Fray Antonio Gutiérrez,
+a native of Medina Sidonia, and a son of the province of Andalucía. For
+only a short time he was a minister in Tagalos, because he soon fell
+ill with a contraction of the tendons [tullimiento], which lasted
+until his death; this occurred at Manila, in the year 1693.
+
+The arrival of this bishop of Zebú served as a great spiritual
+consolation for these islands; for he repeatedly performed pontifical
+functions, conferring holy orders on a great number of religious and
+clerics. He interceded with the governor, in order to reconcile with
+him those who had taken refuge in the churches through fear of some
+oppression from the absolute power of the governor--which can not
+be compared with any other power in the universe; and the worst is,
+that no means can be thought of for moderating and tempering it within
+the bounds of reason, because the distance of five thousand leguas
+which lies between the royal court of Madrid and Filipinas cannot
+be diminished. The swiftest post, therefore, requires three years,
+and most of them four; and if it happens that the galleon is obliged
+to put back to port, the mail is delayed to five or six years. At
+the end of so protracted a term as this, the most peremptory royal
+rescript is exposed to the danger of being withheld by the governor,
+according to his pleasure. The lord bishop with his intercession
+withdrew from asylum in the house of the Society of Jesus the secretary
+of Don Juan de Vargas, Captain Miguel Sánchez de Villanueva y Tejada,
+and restored him to favor with his master--although soon afterward
+the governor removed him from his service, making him alcalde-mayor
+of Laguna de Bay.
+
+About this time the convent of Angat in the mountains of the province
+of Bulacán was received, with the title of our mother St. Monica, and
+father Fray Juan de Morelos was appointed its prior. It was composed
+of the visitas of the convent of Quingua--Tabuquillo, Abarungco,
+Catalonan, Guinapusan, and Santa Lucía--which, on account of being
+very distant from Quingua, were administered with much difficulty;
+and therefore the ministry of Angat was founded, more than three
+leguas distant from [the convent of] Sandago at Quingua. It has
+ordinarily two hundred and fifty tributes, with a church and convent
+of wood. The district is very healthful and pleasant, because the
+land is fertilized by a river of the best water that is known in
+these islands; it is the river celebrated by the name of Quingua, the
+waters of which, compared with many others, have been found to weigh
+less. This mission is bounded on every side by very fertile meadows,
+on which abundant harvests of excellent tobacco are gathered; for this
+reason it is thickly settled with people who cultivate this plant,
+which is so esteemed throughout the world, and which now has made
+its way to the chief personages therein. This district has forests,
+although they are scattered, of heavy and valuable timber; for they
+are very dense, and so extensive that they join those of Balete and
+San Mateo, at a distance of more than eight leguas. In the district of
+this ministry the religious of St. John of God possess a fine ranch
+stocked with cattle and horses, which is the most that they have for
+the support of their convent and hospital at Manila, where they aid
+the sick poor with their usual charity. The convent of Angat has no
+vote in the chapter-meetings, and therefore is counted in the number
+of the vicariates of this province.
+
+Although the citizens of Manila are not easy to please, no matter
+how good their governors are, it appears that in the time of which
+we write they had much reason to be discontented with the government
+of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado; for not only did he devote himself
+excessively to his own personal interests, to the detriment of the
+commonwealth, but he was of a harsh and unpleasant nature, and gave
+sharp answers. Besides this he spoke in a treble voice, and people
+heard him with difficulty. He kept every one angered at his harsh
+behavior, and disgusted by his being engrossed with, the pursuit of
+gain. This was recognized in the lading of the galleons, which is the
+net of the merchants; and in this year [of 1680] the galleon "San
+Antonio" was in danger of not making the voyage, on account of its
+being so overloaded by his henchman Don Juan Gallardo, the castellan
+of Cavite--not only with his own goods, but with those of his master
+the governor--that its commander, Don Tomás de Endaya, was compelled
+to unload the vessel and return to lade it anew, accommodating the
+entire cargo to the vessel's capacity. On account of these and other
+well-known animosities against the governor and his retainers, the
+citizens this year determined to inform his Majesty against him; and
+they did so, the auditors and the city uniting for this purpose and
+making charges against him. They sent letters, with great caution,
+in this galleon; and these papers caused his removal in the year 1684.
+
+About October of this year the governor sent to Macán General
+Antonio Nieto, in order to settle some disputes relative to commerce;
+he accomplished this with much discretion, his excellent procedure
+reflecting credit on the Castilian nation. He also, with great charity,
+relieved many cases of necessity, which in the said city are very
+numerous; but this was done without injuring one iota of the Portuguese
+tenacity and pride, in which that people exceed all others in Europa.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+[This chapter describes a remarkable comet which was visible in the
+islands from the middle of November, 1680, to February 14, 1681;
+and relates at much length the condition of the Chinese empire at
+that time, and the founding of Augustinian missions therein. Of this
+matter, we retain only the description of the comet and its course.]
+
+The frightful comet [was] so large that it extended, like a very
+wide belt, from one side of the horizon to the other, with but
+little difference [in its breadth], causing in the darkness of
+the night nearly as much light as the moon in her quadrature. The
+course of this comet was, like those of the planets, a rapid one from
+east to west, so that every day it disappeared and was hidden. The
+other movement was a retrograde one, so that it moved from west to
+east three or four degrees, and sometimes more than five, each day,
+at times less. This movement lasted from November 20 until February
+14, 1681, in which time it passed through the signs of Virgo, Libra,
+Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, and Aries--passing
+the equator from the south, from the handle of Libra and Ophiuchus
+[Serpentario]. It crossed the ecliptic and southern solstice, and
+through the constellation Antinous to the tail of the Dolphin, to the
+tail of the Little Horse [i.e., Equellus], and the breast of Pegasus,
+and thence to the head of Andromeda; and it passed over the equator
+at 310° from the point of Aries. Its magnitude was frightful, for
+its circumference and head [i.e., of the coma and nucleus] was two
+thousand one hundred and four leguas; and its magnitude was equal to
+that of Mercury, which is nineteen times larger than the earth. Its
+tail reached, on January 8, an extent of seventy-five degrees, which at
+its distance made 1,437,919 leguas. It was a celestial comet, and not
+elemental; [81] and according to its parallax it was in the celestial
+quarter distant from us 1,150 semidiameters or halves of the line
+which we regard as crossing the center [82]--which, according to the
+measurement of Father José Zaragoza, a distinguished mathematician of
+the Society of Jesus, are 1,153,000 leguas, which was its apogee. Its
+movement was 7,458 times as swift as the velocity of a cannon-ball
+weighing twelve libras, which, according to those who are curious,
+travels in each minute, or sixtieth part of an hour, two-thirds of
+a legua. This comet was visible throughout the world, giving rise
+to much discussion over its effects, which in truth were generally
+very evil. On the second of January it passed the parallel of our
+zenith. These observations were made by Father Eusebius Kino, [83]
+a German, of the Society of Jesus--a mathematician of the university
+of Ingolstad, a missionary in California--while he was in Méjico;
+and he printed them, with a dedication to our Lady of Guadalupe.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+General Antonio Nieto returned from Macán, leaving the affairs of
+the commerce with these islands regulated, as well as the entrance
+of missionaries into China by that door--although it never has been
+assured, because the Portuguese allege that such entrance is opposed
+to the right of patronage of their king, with other absurdities which
+only excite a smile; for it is a fact that many of the more southern
+provinces of China fall within the demarcation of Castilla, in proof of
+which not much mathematics is needed. Moreover, the Portuguese do not
+hold a palmo of conquered land on which they have erected churches, or
+founded bishoprics, with the right of patronage; for in that very city
+of Macán the emperor of China possesses as much authority as in Cantón,
+and they pay him customs, duties and other royal tributes. And within
+that same city, while General Antonio Nieto was there, an incident
+occurred which would cause shame [even] to a nation less Catholic
+than the Portuguese, whom no other people outdo in that respect.
+
+In that city the Chinese make their idolatrous processions, and
+commit other abominations, as they do in every other part of their
+lands. It happened that in one of these processions, at that time,
+they carried an idol, a figure of a beautiful woman with a child in
+her arms, whom they call Sanpuerstsa; this is the idol to which they
+pay most devotion, for they call her "Mother of Mercy." This confirms
+what is told by the traditions in China, which declare that our holy
+faith was preached in that country; and that when it was forgotten some
+images of saints remained which were made idols. Captain Nicolás Pérez
+looked closely at the idols, and asked a Chinaman in the procession
+what image that was; and the Chinaman replied, "Here, like St. Mary
+at Manila." Nicolás Pérez, hearing this, raised his hand, and gave
+the Chinaman a heavy blow in the face. The procession was thrown
+into confusion, and the Chinese and the whole city disturbed; the
+aggressor was seized; and it cost Nicolás Pérez and General Nieto
+many pesos and much effort to leave the Chinese satisfied, and the
+Portuguese free from their fear that their city and all their royal
+patronage would be destroyed.
+
+When Antonio Nieto returned to Manila, he was accompanied by three
+clerics, who came to be ordained as priests, as at that time they had
+no bishop in Macán. One was Antonio Melo, the son of a rich Portuguese
+of much repute in Macán named Basco Barbosa; and the others were people
+of the country, that is, mestizos of Portuguese and Chinese blood. They
+were ordained by the bishop of Zebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar;
+and soon afterward they returned to Macán in a patache belonging
+to that city, accompanied by two priests of the Society of Jesus,
+mathematicians, who had come in the year 1679 with Father Francisco
+Salgado, assigned by their general to the mission of China. This
+vessel sailed about October, which is the time of the monsoon that
+is unfavorable to this voyage; and no information whatever has been
+received about it, or how or where it was lost, although great efforts
+have been made for this by the citizens of Macán.
+
+[Here follows an account of a punitive expedition against the Zambals,
+which we have already given; see VOL. XXXVIII, pp. 226-228.]
+
+The galleon "San Antonio," which had sailed in the previous year in
+charge of General Don Francisco Enrique de Losada, reached Acapulco,
+although it encountered heavy gales in the high latitudes, and returned
+prosperously to these islands. It had not the good-fortune to come in
+as far as the point of Cavite (a piece of luck which seldom occurs),
+on account of the vendavals having set in steadily; and therefore it
+made port in Solsogón. In this galleon came the following persons: The
+father master Don Fray Ginés Barrientos, of the Order of Preachers,
+and preacher to his Majesty, consecrated as bishop of Troya, to
+be assistant for the archbishopric of Manila. He was a son of the
+convent of Peña de Francia, and native of a place in Sayago called
+Barroco Pardo; he was a very learned scholastic, a great preacher,
+and a very observant religious. The father master Don Fray Juan Durán,
+of the Order of Mercy, and a native of Lima; he came as consecrated
+bishop of Sinopolis, and assistant to the bishop of Zebú; he was very
+learned, and of very handsome figure and lofty stature. The entreaties
+of his Majesty had obtained from his Holiness these two auxiliary
+bishops, with two thousand pesos of income from his royal treasury,
+and with the right of future succession to assume the government
+of the vacant sees as they might occur. They brought the bulls and
+pallium for the archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who in virtue of
+these was consecrated on October 28; this was performed by the bishop
+of Zebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar and the bishop of Troya, with
+the assistance of the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias,
+who carried the mitre.
+
+Presentation came as bishop of Nueva Segovia to Doctor Don Francisco
+Pizarro de Orellana, the archdeacon of Manila, and a native of that
+city; [the see was vacant] by the death of Master Don Lucas de Arqueros
+de Robles, a native of Vigan in Ilocos; and a son of Lorenzo Arqueros,
+so renowned in the revolt of the Zambals and in their destructive
+raid into Ilocos. [The said archdeacon] was a priest of lofty virtue,
+the fame of which had secured for him this dignity--which he did not
+enjoy, as he lived but a short time, and died before the bulls for
+his consecration arrived.
+
+[Others also] arrived: Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera Grimaldos,
+a native of Méjico--who was a professor in the university there, and
+dean of the faculty of law, and had been counselor of the archbishop of
+Méjico, the viceroy of Nueva España, Don Fray Payo de Rivera, of the
+order of our father St. Augustine--who came as auditor of this royal
+Audiencia of Manila. Doctor Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolívar y Mena,
+a native of Méjico--a son of Licentiate Don Juan de Bolívar y Cruz,
+a former auditor of Manila [sic] and Clementina [84] professor--also
+an auditor of this royal Audiencia. Also Doctor Don Lorenzo Esteban
+de la Fuente Alanis, a native of Murcia--a professor in Granada and
+Sevilla, and competitor for positions in Salamanca--as fiscal of the
+Audiencia. All were able lawyers, and the fiscal not only surpassed
+the rest, but was very skilful in music; and he excelled all who had
+been here in the rare art of playing well the guitar [vihuela], [85]
+an instrument handled by many, but understood only by him. Besides
+these came Licentiate Don Miguel de Lanama Altamirano, an advocate of
+this royal Audiencia; he was a married man, as also were the auditors,
+and they brought their wives with them. Don Miguel was a lawyer of much
+ability, and held important positions in his profession. An appointment
+came for Don Francisco Montemayor y Mansilla as alcalde for criminal
+cases in Méjico; he sailed for that country in the second year, with
+his son, Don Felipe Mansilla Prado, and died on the voyage. His son
+is still living--a knight of the Order of Santiago--as also is Father
+Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus.
+
+The bishop of Troya was accompanied by father Fray Alonso García,
+a native of Tamanes in Sayago, a religious of the order of our father
+St. Augustine, who had been left in Mexico, belonging to the mission
+of the year 1679; he was a son of the convent at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and was twenty-five years old; he was a minister in Tagalos, and
+died in the convent at Bulacán, in the year 1704. [With him was]
+also father Fray José de Andrada, a Portuguese, a native of Lisboa,
+and a son of the congregation of Eastern India. Having spent several
+years in this province, and desiring to be adopted into it, but
+not being able to secure that privilege for lack of the consent
+and permission of his Majesty and of our very reverend general,
+he went by land to Roma and Madrid--going to Surrate, and thence to
+Alepo and Venecia--and obtained a warrant from our father general,
+and a decree from his Majesty, ordaining that he be received into
+this province, but with a clause which stated that this should not
+be regarded as a precedent. This religious was an excellent minister
+in the province of Ilocos, where he died at an advanced age in the
+year 1705. He deserves that record be made of him, since his adoption
+into this province cost him so many peregrinations and hardships;
+for to obtain it he made the entire circuit of the terraqueous globe.
+
+This galleon brought one of the best and most copious reënforcements
+of soldiers that had been received here; for they numbered more
+than three hundred Europeans, and came from Nueva España, without
+the stigma of being convicts or men taken from the jails. [86]
+This accession was very timely for filling up the military forces
+in Manila, which was accomplished by removing many colored men and
+replacing them by Spaniards; for in this Don Juan de Vargas took
+great pains, showing himself an able soldier. Thus in the time of no
+governor since Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera was the garrison of
+Manila in so fine a condition as in that of Don Juan de Vargas. The
+baton of master-of-camp was given to General Don Fernando de Bobadilla
+(who was castellan of Santiago), in place of Don Francisco de Ardilla
+[sic], who held it ad interim. The scene began to change with the
+coming of so many bishops and of auditors and lawyers--an event
+which, it seems, tended rather to augment the forces so that the
+shock of battle might be more violent and fierce for both sides,
+the winds again returning for the fearful commotions which were to
+disturb the peace and tranquillity which the commonwealth of Manila
+had enjoyed. For although the government of Don Juan de Vargas did
+not prove to be what the citizens of Manila desired, on account of
+his natural harshness and his excessive devotion to his own private
+interests, nevertheless, as he did not rob any one of anything, and
+was only a hindrance to the merchants gaining the profits of the trade
+more to their own satisfaction; and as, on the other hand, the islands
+were in a Nourishing condition, the commerce with China and India was
+very firmly established, and wealth was not diminishing, there was
+[something] for all if their desires were not excessive, and for the
+governor more than all together. But, as covetousness is the root of
+all evils, ... from this resulted the greatest troubles and Calamities.
+
+Time had passed agreeably for the people with some festivities that
+were celebrated at the dedication of the church of Santa Potenciana,
+on May 19, which were very diverting and ingenious. There were
+poetical competitions, which were arranged for that celebration by
+the cleverness of Don José de Castellar, who had been the secretary
+of Governor Don Manuel de León--at whose posthumous expense had
+been rebuilt that church and royal seminary. In these exercises the
+geniuses that are in Filipinas showed that in that remotest corner
+of the world is hidden much that could shine in the principal courts
+of Europa; for the poems that were presented therein, both Latin and
+Castilian, might have been a credit to the leading universities. And
+certainly there was verified the saying and opinion of some critics
+who assert that Filipinas is composed of quintessences, [87] for many
+of these are found there, not only of good but of evil; and therefore
+in the pulpits as well as in theology (both scholastic and moral)
+there never lack stars of the first magnitude; and in all the rest
+"a hair is cut in the air," [88] as the common saying goes.
+
+The first misfortune which was felt was the return to port of the
+galleon "Santa Rosa," in command of General Tomás de Endaya; it is
+these losses which are most deeply felt, since all are interested in
+the prosperous voyages of the galleons; and it is one of the greatest
+troubles of these islands, if not the worst, that all are dependent
+on two bits of wood, [89] and those entrusted to the fickleness
+of the sea--the one that goes [to Acapulco], and the other that
+is expected. The sad news of its return came late in December,
+about Christmas, and caused general sorrow. The year 1682 began
+with the melancholy feeling which was inspired by seeing that we
+were deprived for that year of having a galleon from Nueva España,
+which is the artery that communicates the blood and the life for the
+preservation of these isolated islands--that is, the silver which,
+like a lodestone, attracts the most remote nations to the commerce and
+trade; and by the lack of the silver [which comes] with the galleon
+commercial transactions are greatly retarded.
+
+Now, it seems, the two camps had made ready their opposing forces for
+one of the most sanguinary battles which for many generations had been
+waged in these islands; and its consequences lasted many years, and
+its echo was a scandal to the universe. The auditors began the duties
+of their office with great care and attention, for they were all very
+erudite men, who had filled chairs in the universities of España;
+but, as the true wisdom is the fear of God, when this is lacking
+all human knowledge is useless.... In the Indias a great source of
+disputes is the desire which some ministers have for extending the
+royal privileges [regalias], expecting through this channel greater
+advancement--as if kings, and especially those who are so Catholic
+and pious as are ours of España, would be willing to do anything
+else than to render to God that which is God's, content with what is
+rendered to them, which is Cæsar's. The great privileges of the royal
+patronage are not opposed to the integrity of the episcopal dignity and
+ecclesiastical hierarchy; rather, they are in accord with each other,
+and both use their powers to promote the greater prosperity of the
+faith.... And, since the greatest privileges of the patronage of the
+Indias are pontifical concessions, how can they be used against the
+power of him who concedes them, who necessarily must be relatively
+greater?... Therefore, there neither is nor can be wrong in such
+privileges, which are founded in justice and right, and there is no
+opposition between those which are pontifical and those which are
+royal, as there is not and cannot be any between the virtues. The
+fault is in those who interpret these privileges as they do the laws,
+for they say that they give their mind to them, as if they no longer
+had any mind, and were now mente captas. [90]... Excellent and learned
+officials were all the auditors who at that time were members of
+the Audiencia of Manila; but, to judge by results, self-will greatly
+blinded their good understandings, and therefore occurred to them the
+lot of those whom our father St. Augustine mentions (treatise 4 on
+[the gospel of] John): Temporalia perdere timuerunt, et vitam æternam
+non cogitaverunt; ac sic utrumque amisserunt. [91] The infinite mercy
+of God probably did not permit that, although all met very painful and
+some very sudden deaths--except Doctor Don Diego Calderón y Serrano,
+who died as a good Christian, who did not choose to entrust the safety
+of his soul to opinions. But at the least we saw them lose temporal
+prosperity, when they were confidently expecting even more. [Here
+follows (pp. 751-766) Diaz's account of the Pardo controversy,
+which we omit, since it has been sufficiently used for annotation of
+other documents relating to that subject, for which see VOL. XXXIX,
+pp. 149-275.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+During all the three years' term of the provincial Fray Diego de Jesús
+this province enjoyed great tranquillity, and made great progress
+in strict observance, and in care and watchfulness in the mission
+villages in our charge. All regarded the provincial as a mirror,
+and seeing him they corrected their own negligence, on account of the
+great virtues that shone in him. His poverty and disregard of earthly
+things was of heroic degree. Of many of his surpassing virtues I can
+be a witness, for I had much to do with him during this triennium,
+on account of having duties near his person. It cost much urging to
+make him lay aside a habit, very old and worn, which he had used many
+years; and to induce him to change a hat which was so old that it
+appeared unsuitable and ludicrous. On many occasions he had no water
+even in his cell; and when he needed it, for visitors or for himself,
+he asked for it from others. [92] So close was his attendance in
+the choir that it seemed as if he had no other occupation. He never
+handled money during his term as provincial, to which I can testify,
+since I was his depositary and almoner (for he possessed the virtue
+of charity in a very high degree). He was frequent in prayer, and
+so severely did he mortify the flesh that after death there were
+found on him the marks of the cilices [93] of copper, even to the
+soles of his feet; a little before he died, these had been taken
+from him by father Fray José de Orense, of the Order of St. Francis,
+a religious of great ardor, to whom Fray Diego had communicated his
+own. Although I have not reached the time at which his holy death
+occurred, I am not willing to pass over in silence what happened on
+that occasion to this noble religious Fray José de Orense. The death
+of our father Fray Diego de Jesús was hastened by his infirmities,
+and by his age, which was seventy-four years. They rang the bell
+for giving him the holy sacraments, and at the same time father Fray
+José de Orense came in at the convent door. They told him that his
+dear friend was in danger of death, and he replied with a serene
+face that he already knew this, and had come to the convent on that
+account; for the two had agreed that, whoever should die first, the
+other would assist him at death. The wonderful thing is, that the
+brethren had not informed Fray José of it, nor had there been time
+for that. He remained with our father Fray Diego until the latter
+expired in his arms. Our father had completed his term as provincial,
+to the great regret of all, and then retired to a cell, which, during
+the thirteen years while he lived, he did not leave except for the
+choir-services; nor did he go outside [the convent] except with the
+body of religious. In no chapter-meeting which followed would he vote,
+although he was past provincial; and in order to carry this out better
+he endeavored to secure that his brother, Fray Buenaventura de Béjar,
+should obtain the function of voting. If in the year 1686 he presided
+in the chapter-meeting, it was by commission of our very reverend
+father general, and because some persons had magnified it as a charge
+on his conscience that it was important for him to accept that post;
+and therefore he did so, although with evident reluctance. They
+desired to elect him provincial for six years before [his death],
+but they never were able to attain this.
+
+The chapter-session was held in the convent at Manila on May 8,
+1683; and it was presided over by father Fray Juan Ponce, the first
+definitor for the past triennium, as we had not a special appointment
+for that duty from our very reverend father, the general of the whole
+order. The election for provincial fell on our father Fray José Duque,
+for the second time, with the unanimous consent of all the voting
+fathers and the general satisfaction of the whole province--who
+knew from long experience his great talent for governing, and his
+great devoutness and prudence; on account of these qualifications
+he was afterward commissary of the Holy Office. As definitors were
+elected our father Fray Juan de Jérez, the father reader Fray Juan
+Bautista Bover, and fathers Fray Alonso de Escos and Fray Francisco de
+Zamora. The visitors for the past triennium were present, the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio and father Fray Juan Guedeja; and the new
+visitors appointed for this triennium were fathers Fray José de la
+Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arnillas. The mandates and statutes of this
+chapter-session, although not many, were exceedingly useful for the
+proper government of the province.
+
+Strong recommendations were made that they should send to the
+mission of China religious who might aid fathers Fray �lvaro de
+Benavente and Fray Juan de Rivera; and for this holy employ, after
+a few months, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio offered himself,
+and, renouncing the office of prior of the convent of Cebú and the
+responsibility of vicar-provincial for that island, he embarked for
+China; and afterward he was followed by fathers Fray José Gil and
+Fray Francisco Patiño, who rendered excellent service for several
+years in those missions--although finally they withdrew on account
+of impaired health, and returned to these islands.
+
+When the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio arrived at Cantón, it was but
+a short time after the entrance into China, by way of Hermosa Island,
+of the bishop of Heliopolis, Don Francisco Palú, on a journey from
+Roma; he resided in the city of Moyang, from which place he sent to the
+regulars who were ministers notifications of the decrees of the holy
+Congregation of the Propaganda upon the subjection of the regulars to
+the apostolic vicars. This occasioned great disquiet, and hindered the
+preaching of the gospel; and from it originated bitter controversies,
+which began in that time, and are not ended up to the present; may
+it please God to bring them to an end in future days. Nevertheless,
+at the visit to Roma of father Fray Alvaro de Benavente some relief
+was given by the decree which he obtained from the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda, which suspended the subjection, and left only the
+visitation of the vicars-apostolic and some other and lesser duties
+of obedience, in other matters leaving the regulars subject to their
+own regular superiors--which is the same as to leave them subject
+to two masters. But this is impossible, by the saying of Christ
+our Lord, according to chap. xvii of St. Luke: Nemo potest duobus
+Dominis servire [94]--which is what was attempted in Filipinas
+by the archbishop Don Diego Camacho y Avila. [95] Bishop Palú,
+who styled himself vicar apostolic for the entire empire of China,
+sent to Cantón a notification of the bull of his Holiness Clement X
+and the subjection of the regulars, to a French priest named Filibert
+Leblanc--who is still living, a very old man, and is vicar apostolic
+of a province. His coming occasioned much grief to the fathers of
+St. Francis, and to father Fray Miguel Rubio, who made such answer
+as at that time seemed expedient. The bishop of Heliopolis lived but
+a short time in China, dying in the city of Moyang.
+
+This year the governor despatched to Nueva España two galleons, with
+a considerable interval between, thus providing a remedy against
+the returns to port which had been experienced in preceding years;
+for it was very possible that, in case one ship were driven back,
+the other could make its voyage--which had been known to occur
+many times, since they could not keep together in that dangerous
+navigation, and might follow very different courses; and one will
+suffer from a storm, and the tempest not reach the region where the
+other vessel is sailing. Accordingly, he sent the galleon "Santa Rosa"
+as flagship, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; and as almiranta the
+galleon "San Telmo," under his follower Admiral Don Francisco Fabra,
+a very sagacious and active man. These two galleons made a prosperous
+voyage and reached the port of Acapulco, where General Antonio Nieto
+remained as castellan of the castle there (until his Majesty should
+give him a proprietary appointment), because he who held this office
+was dead, and the viceroy of Nueva España, Marqués de Laguna and
+Conde de Paredes de Nava, [96] appointed ad interim General Antonio
+Nieto. [This resulted] to the great improvement of that fort, for he
+strengthened and repaired it, and provided it with military supplies,
+in which it was very deficient--most of this at his own cost, because
+he had a generous disposition.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas also placed on the stocks, at the port of
+Cavite, a galleon to which he gave the name "Santo Niño Jesús de Cebú,"
+one of the largest ships ever built in these islands; its builder was
+Juan Sánchez, a man well skilled in the art of such construction,
+on account of having practiced it many years in Yucatán. So much
+diligence was used in constructing the ship that it made a voyage to
+Acapulco in the year 1684, as we shall relate in its place.
+
+In this year of 1683 there came to Don Juan de Vargas an envoy
+extraordinary from the king of Siám, and from his barcalón (or prime
+minister in all the kingdom), who was a Greek and very Catholic,
+named Constantius Falcón. The envoy was a religious of the order of
+our father St. Augustine, a native of Lisboa, named Fray Estebán
+Sousa; [he was formerly] a lecturer on theology in the convent of
+Évora, and had been rector at Goa and visitor for Macán, and was a
+religious of great learning and greater virtue. It seems that one
+of the things solicited by the barcalón Constantius Falcón was,
+to retire to Manila with his family and all his wealth, which was
+great, on account of his being the royal favorite and having great
+influence with the king of Siám--who, although a barbarian and very
+superstitious, as are all that people, had a very amiable disposition
+and much esteem for Europeans. Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya,
+with whom Constantius was on very intimate terms, dissuaded him from
+this purpose; and certainly the arguments which he brought forward
+were reasonable, based on the extreme and incredible power of the
+governors of Manila, which is very unfriendly to the possessor of
+much wealth, as has been confirmed by experience. I could set down
+here many instances of this which have occurred in my own time;
+but I omit this, as being a matter that is both delicate and offensive.
+
+It would have been very prudent on the part of Constantius to have
+retired from Siám; for within a few years the king died, and his
+successor was not so kind and well-intentioned. This king inflicted on
+Constantius a most cruel death, and appropriated his enormous wealth,
+which, according to report, was counted by millions. It is true that
+Constantius was very guilty, for he had formed an alliance with the
+French, and was planning to surrender to them the kingdom of Siám;
+and for this purpose he had corresponded with the king of France,
+who sent many Frenchmen for this enterprise--which ended very badly,
+and cost most of them their lives; and the missionary bishops suffered
+very great privations. The intention of Constantius was a good one;
+it was, to establish the Catholic faith in Siám, for which he had
+built some churches. For the adornment of these, he sent [orders]
+through the said Don Francisco de Moya for many chalices, monstrances,
+and vessels of silver covered with gold, to be wrought in Nueva España;
+on account of his death, these were sold in Manila, and now they are
+in many churches of these islands. Only his wife escaped--a Japanese
+woman, a very good Christian--and a son of his, who went to Francia,
+where the most Christian king conferred honors on him, and gave him
+an income and the title of count.
+
+Father Fray Estebán de Sousa, having concluded the business which
+he had to transact in Manila, returned to Siám; and the king of that
+country sent him as his ambassador to the king of Portugal, accompanied
+by two Siamese nobles [mandarines] who carried a rich present. With
+them he went to Goa, where the viceroy of India sent him on his way
+to Lisboa with the best ship that he had. But when they arrived at
+the Cape of Good Hope the ship was dashed to pieces, at the place
+which is called "the false cape," and most of its people perished,
+including one of the Siamese nobles. Father Fray Estebán and another
+religious of Ours--a Portuguese named Fray José de Gracia, who had
+spent several years in Filipinas--with a very few others, saved their
+lives. They traveled by land more than forty leguas, through those
+desert shores of Africa, where they encountered only lions of fearful
+size; they saved themselves from the lions at night by surrounding
+themselves with fires, on account of the antipathy which those fierce
+beasts have for fire. They ate some herbs of the field, and, weakened
+by hunger and fatigue, they fell dead along the way; more than forty
+Portuguese perished, among them two religious of the Society of Jesus,
+for they were old men and unable to travel so far, or to suffer such
+privations. After many days, having endured incredible sufferings,
+they reached a city which the Dutch have at the Cape of Good Hope,
+called Santa Elena; they were received there with much kindness, and
+the Dutch treated them very well, and relieved their many necessities.
+
+Father Fray Estebán returned to Goa, and by order of his provincial
+went back to Siám, where in the Bandel [97] of the Portuguese he
+made a hermitage; and there, allowing his beard to grow, he devoted
+himself wholly to prayer and mortification, being an example for
+all the Europeans in that kingdom. He had his grave always open,
+in which he often placed himself, and there meditated on the end of
+the glories of this world. In the year 1698 he returned to Manila,
+in order to procure a bell for his hermitage and some other articles
+for its adornment, and to collect some alms. In the following year
+he went back to Siám, to continue that mode of life, [which he did]
+until the year 1709, when they found him dead in his hermitage, on his
+knees; they buried him in the grave which he had always kept open. The
+spirit of this religious was approved in Manila by men consummate
+in virtue--especially by fathers Fray Francisco de la Concepción
+and Fray José Orense, Franciscans, who were very spiritual men,
+and well qualified to decide on souls truly mystical. He practiced
+great mortification in his food, for he never ate flesh or fish,
+but only fruits (and those without any additional relish), roasted
+sweet potatoes and bananas, and a little boiled rice.
+
+In a vessel from the Coromandel coast came Juan Antúnez de Portugal,
+a knight of the Order of Christ, and a son of the celebrated Portuguese
+jurist Domingo de Antúnez de Portugal (of the same order), who wrote
+the very learned book, De regalibus. He came with an appointment from
+his king as governor of the islands of Timor and Solor, and, having
+fallen dangerously ill at Malaca, he feared, as a good Catholic,
+to die among those Calvinistic heretics; and therefore embarked in a
+coasting vessel which was coming to Manila with merchandise. He was
+received by Governor Don Juan de Vargas with the hospitality which
+his person and noble rank merited, and medical treatment was provided
+for him with great care. As soon as he became well and was ready to
+continue his voyage to Timor, the governor sent him, well provided,
+in a very good vessel belonging to some Portuguese traders, and gave
+him some Spaniards to accompany him.
+
+The islands of Timor and Solor are the last of which we have knowledge
+toward the south beyond the island of Jacatra, where the Dutch have
+founded the city of Nueva Batavia, the capital of all the colonies
+and factories that they possess in Eastern India from the Cape of
+Good Hope, which are numerous and rich. The islands of Timor and
+Solor abound with gold, and in them alone grows the sandalwood,
+a very fragrant and esteemed wood, and a great article of trade
+for China--although the transportation of it is very unbecoming for
+Christians, because it is the incense and timiama which the Chinese use
+most in the sacrifices to their idols; and therefore the Portuguese
+have found by experience that wealth gained by this wretched traffic
+never is profitable. These islands are under the Portuguese dominion
+and are relics of its ancient colonies, although they are but little
+subject to it on account of being more than twelve hundred leguas
+from Goa. At that time the rule over them had been usurped by a
+Dutch mestizo (although he feigned to be a Catholic), named Antonio
+de Ornay, a very sagacious man and an able politician, who governed
+them more as a king than as a vassal (as he said he was) of the king
+of Portugal--whom he recognized so far as it seemed good to him, and
+made contributions to his revenues with part of the great and almost
+incredible riches which it was said he possessed, especially in gold;
+but most of his wealth was hidden and buried in the ground. The king
+of Portugal and the viceroy of India, knowing that they could do no
+more, allowed him to remain in that power, and sent him [the insignia
+of] the Order of Christ, and other titles of honor. It seems that
+the cabinet at Lisboa were displeased at the limited power that the
+Portuguese crown possessed in Timor, and decided to send Juan Antúnez
+to replace Antonio de Ornay, but armed and escorted only by the royal
+warrant, which is more than enough for Portuguese loyalty. Juan Antúnez
+arrived at the principal port of Timor, and found it in hostile array
+and garrisoned by soldiers of all nations, sent by Antonio de Ornay,
+who already had information (by way of Batavia) of his new successor;
+these soldiers had orders from him not to allow Juan Antúnez or any
+other person to land from the vessel, and not to accept from him any
+despatch or letter. The new governor spent many days there, waiting to
+see if he could at least write a letter to Antonio de Ornay; but seeing
+that he had no remedy except to return to Manila, he did so, with much
+difficulty and lack of provisions. From Manila he set out for India,
+where he was afterward governor of Mozambique and other places in
+Africa. Antonio de Ornay remained absolute master of Timor and Solor,
+until he died suddenly, of old age; and without the assistance of
+a priest, because the influence [aires] of the neighboring Batavia
+had so weakened his scruples. At his death was present a citizen
+of Macán, Antonio de Vasconcelos, of the same Order of Christ, who
+told us in these islands that all the wealth of Antonio de Ornay, a
+great quantity of gold, had been lost; for, as he had buried all his
+treasures and died suddenly, they remained for the court of Pluto,
+the imaginary god of riches and also of hell.
+
+About the end of the year, Auditor Doctor Don Cristóbal Herrera
+Grimaldos died, aged more than seventy years. The cause of his
+death--which came rapidly, in an illness of a few weeks--was that
+a running sore that he had in his right arm became cancerous. It
+is said that it was this arm that he stretched out to seize the
+archbishop when he ordered [the soldiers] to carry out the prelate
+in the chair on which he was sitting; such is the story, but it
+is not confirmed.... What is certainly known is, that he made no
+effort to secure absolution from the excommunication. He publicly
+received the holy viaticum, which was administered to him by the
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; and they buried him in the
+church of the Society of Jesus at Manila. Afterward the archbishop,
+having returned from his exile (as we shall soon relate), by sentence
+and demand from his attorney-general ordered that the auditor's body
+be disinterred; but this proved ineffectual, because it was alleged
+that the body had been buried in a general sepulchre, in which were
+the bones of others of the faithful, and those of the auditor could
+not be recognized. At this, the ecclesiastical officials desisted
+from their attempt; but there was no other declaration to the contrary.
+
+While the archbishop was enduring his exile in Lingayén--or, to speak
+more correctly, his imprisonment, since he had not the liberty that
+exiled persons enjoy--in Manila the tempest continued against the
+religious of St. Dominic, who, as being his brethren in the order,
+had great share in his troubles. The usurping provisor, Dean Don
+Miguel de Covarrubias, and the cabildo, successful in maintaining the
+vacant see [sede vacante], arrested and harassed all those who, as it
+seemed to them, did not agree with their opinion. And as it seemed to
+them that all the force in this opposition came from the religious of
+St. Dominic--especially from the provincial, Fray Antonio Calderón;
+father Fray Cristóbal Pedroche, commissary of the Holy Office and
+vicar-provincial; father Fray Bartolomé Marrón, rector of the college
+of Santo Tomás; and the two lecturers in theology, father Fray Juan
+Ibáñez and Fray Francisco de Vargas--they demanded aid from the
+governor, Don Juan de Vargas, to banish those religious. The governor
+issued a royal decree, signed only with his own name, directing the
+provincial to send the five religious above mentioned to the village of
+Lalo, the capital of the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, distant a hundred
+leguas from Manila, on the pretext that some of them were preaching,
+and others teaching, erroneous doctrines in the community. The said
+provincial replied to this that if the errors consisted in saying
+that the cabildo and their provisor had usurped the ecclesiastical
+jurisdiction, and that the persons who had banished the archbishop
+and arrested the ecclesiastics deserved the censures [of the church],
+it was himself who had most influence [in forming that opinion in
+them], and who with most firmness maintained it; and that as his
+subordinates were not to blame in the matter, since they obeyed the
+commands laid on them, he could not fulfil the orders given by the
+royal decree. The said master-of-camp issued a second decree in the
+same form as the first, repeating its commands, and ordering that
+the provincial with the five religious be brought to this capital.
+
+To the end that this order might be executed, he gave commission to
+Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, auditor of that Audiencia--who,
+accompanied by several companies of arquebusiers and other soldiers
+under the command of the said governor, went to the convent of San
+Domingo; and, leaving it surrounded with many of the soldiers, with
+others he entered it to make known the said royal decree. He actually
+notified the provincial and Fray Cristóbal Pedroche, commissary of the
+Holy Office and vicar-provincial of Manila; and the soldiers looked
+through the entire convent in search for the rector, Fray Bartolomé
+Marron. Not finding him, they went on to the college of Santo Tomás,
+and, after making the same efforts to find the said rector, but
+in vain, notified the two professors of the same decree. They made
+substantially the same reply as the provincial--all of them saying
+that they could not voluntarily leave their offices and province; but
+that they were ready to endure any violence for the sake of God and
+His cause. The news of this was sent to the said master-of-camp Don
+Juan de Vargas, and he was told how in the convent and the college
+all the doors and offices had been opened to the soldiers, without
+resistance; he gave orders that the soldiers should remain round
+about the convent and college, and should not permit the entrance
+of any provision of food or water for the religious until the six
+should be surrendered, and should go alone to the places designated
+in the said royal decree. This blockade, with this rigor, lasted four
+days, and on the last day, which was the day next following Corpus
+[Christi], the same auditor went to the convent; and, having made
+various protestations and requisitions, ordered the usurping provisor
+(who was present) to remove those religious. After some questions
+and replies the provisor commanded the soldiers to carry in chairs,
+in their arms, to the place of embarkation of the provincial and his
+vicar-provincial; this was actually done, carrying them until they
+placed the religious in the vessel which had been made ready for this
+purpose. This having been accomplished at the convent, they went to
+the college of Santo Tomás, and the same thing was done to the two
+professors of theology; and, all being placed together in the same
+vessel, they were conveyed to the port of Cavite. From that place
+the two professors were transported in another vessel to the island
+of Mariveles; and the provincial and vicar-provincial were detained
+there until the time for the sailing of the ship for Nueva España,
+in which they were embarked. The said provincial reached the kingdom
+of España, where he died a few months after his arrival.
+
+At the same time, by order of the said master-of-camp, Doctor Don
+Diego Calderón went to the convent of the Parián (which is the
+village of the heathen Chinese), with the same display of arms
+and soldiers, in quest of the said vicar-provincial, and searched
+the entire convent--where he could not be found, since he was,
+as has been stated, in the convent of Manila, in company with the
+provincial. With the same commission Captain Don Luis de Morales
+Camacho, alcalde-in-ordinary, went with armed soldiers to a ranch
+named Biñán, distant eight leguas from Manila, and belonging to the
+said college, to seize the rector, thinking that they would find him
+there; and General Antonio Vásquez went, with the same accompaniment
+of soldiers, to the convent of Abucay, a ministry for the Indians,
+distant eight leguas from Manila by sea, to look for Fray Raimundo
+Verart; but, as they could not find those two religious, they could
+not in their case put into execution the [sentence for their] removal
+from the islands. Strenuous efforts were made in Manila to look for
+the father rector, Fray Bartolomé Marron, but they could not find him;
+for he was safely hidden in the house of a person who was strongly
+attached to the order; so they desisted from their search for him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+The two galleons which had sailed for Nueva España in the preceding
+year arrived safely at Filipinas [1684], although they did not make
+port at Cavite, but at Solsogon, within the Embocadero. The flagship
+"Santa Rosa," which had gone out in charge of Antonio Nieto (who had
+remained as warden of the castle at Capulco), brought back as its
+commander Don Juan de Zalaeta, a native of Vizcaya, and a knight of
+the Order of Santiago. He had spent many years in these islands, and
+had been a soldier in Ternate; and, having returned to [Nueva?] España,
+had held several honorable offices--as, being alcalde-mayor of Hicayán
+and Puebla de los Angeles, and warden of Acapulco. In this galleon
+came the governor who was to succeed Don Juan de Vargas; this was
+the admiral of galleons, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, a
+knight of the Order of Santiago, and a member of the "twenty-four"
+of Sevilla and of the supreme Council of War. He had been commander
+of the Windward fleet, [98] and had held other responsible positions
+on sea and land; and he was a Vizcayan, a native of Elgoibar. Don
+Juan de Zalaeta carried the commission for taking the residencia of
+Don Juan de Vargas, and other warrants; but the most important person
+among those whose residencias he must take was the master-of-camp Don
+Francisco Guerrero de Ardila, uncle of Don Juan de Vargas's wife. It
+was this man who had enjoyed the profits of the office of government,
+and this year he was returning to España as commander of the galleon
+"Santo Niño." That vessel met within the Embocadero the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," and, learning that in the latter had come a successor
+to Don Juan de Vargas, he hoisted the anchors without waiting for
+further information, whether opportune or not [con tiempo ó sin
+él], and sailed into the sea outside; and he was not ill-advised
+in this step, since in the residencia he would have been the chief
+personage. When Don Juan de Zalaeta learned that the best of the hunt
+had escaped from him, he was much grieved that he could not catch him;
+although it would have grieved Don Francisco Guerrero more if they
+had seized him. That gentleman knew how to enjoy the advantages of
+Filipinas quite alone, and to go away laughing at the citizens and
+every one else; but Don Juan de Vargas remained behind, in custody,
+to make amends for his own faults and those of others.
+
+In company with the above-mentioned governor came very distinguished
+officers, all Vizcayans; there were Don José de Escorta, Don Pedro
+Uriósolo, Don Francisco Alvarez, Don Bernardo de Endaya (who carried
+the despatches from his Majesty), Don Pedro de Avendaño, Don Matías
+de Mugórtegui, Don Francisco de León y Leal, Don Juan Bautista
+Curucelaegui, Don Andrés de Mirafuentes, Don José de Herrera, Don
+Manuel González, Don Lorenzo Mesala, Don Francisco Carsiga (who
+died a priest), Don José Arriola, Don Martín Martínez de Tejada,
+and Don Lucas Vais; all of them were generals and sargentos-mayor,
+whom we know as captains, and rendered much service and honor to
+these islands. In this galleon came Don Mateo Lucas de Urquiza;
+also Captain Lorenzo Lázaro, a noted pilot; Captain Don Francisco
+Cortés, boatswain; and for ship's storekeeper Juan de Aramburu,
+a brave Vizcayan who served in many important exploits.
+
+In the almiranta "San Telmo," in which returned the admiral Don
+Francisco Manuel de Fabra, came a numerous and excellent mission of
+religious of our father St. Augustine; it was sent by father Fray
+Manuel de la Cruz, who left these islands in the year 1680; he himself
+had been left in our hospice of Santo Tomás de Villanueva, outside
+the city of Méjico. This galleon "San Telmo" was in great danger of
+not being able to return hither, for, having set sail several days
+after the flagship, on leaving the port the rudder-irons broke, and
+the ship was almost unmanageable--a defect very difficult to repair in
+that place, on account of the scarcity of artisans at Acapulco. If it
+had not been for the diligence and energy of the warden Antonio Nieto,
+who sent to a great distance to get workmen, and made the repairs at
+his own cost and with his personal attention, this loss would have
+been irremediable; but his zeal and good judgment enabled the ship to
+pursue its voyage with but a few days' loss of time, and to succeed
+in making port at these islands.
+
+On the eve of St. Bartholomew's day, August 23, in the afternoon,
+the distinguished mission of our religious entered Manila; in numbers
+it was the largest that had entered this province, [99] and in quality
+unequaled. This province received them with great tokens of rejoicing;
+and the land welcomed them with an earthquake, and not a slight one,
+which occurred that night. On August 29 the private session of the
+definitory was held, to draw up the formal statement of receiving
+and incorporating them [into the province].
+
+On the day following the entry of our religious into Manila, that
+is, the day of St. Bartholomew, the new governor, Don Miguel de
+Curucelaegui y Arriola, made his entry into the city; this was done
+with great pomp, and two triumphal arches were erected for him, by the
+college of the Society of Jesus and our convent, with very ingenious
+emblematic allusions in Latin and Castilian verse, and very expressive
+laudations. At this entry occurred a disaster which might have served
+to the heathen as a bad omen. Hardly had the governor entered through
+the Puerta Real, which they call Puerta de Bagumbayan, when a balcony
+that was on the side within the city wall above the said gate gave
+way, and fell, with great injury to those who were within it; so that
+many were left cripples, and among these a Recollect religious named
+Fray Luis. The fiscal of the royal Audiencia, Doctor Don Estebán de
+la Fuente Alanis, escaped the danger, the falling balcony striking
+his horse's tail; and Captain Don Francisco de Arcocha, the equerry
+of the new governor, was hurt. But, although many were injured,
+the life of no person was endangered.
+
+The religious of this mission brought with them an image for devotion,
+a painting of the holy Christ of Burgos, touched up to accord with
+the original. This was received in Manila with great solemnity,
+in a procession, the new governor taking part therein on account of
+being much given to that devotion, and with him the most distinguished
+persons in the city. The image was deposited in the main chapel, with
+an altar and retable which were very suitable for it, until the Conde
+de Lizárraga, Don Martín de Ursua y Arismendi, provided that which the
+image has at the present time. The governor went to mass every Friday,
+and there was a large attendance of citizens of Manila--I know not
+whether out of complaisance with him; for at the death of Don Gabriel
+de Curucelaegui, who was buried at the foot of the aforesaid altar,
+at the same time was buried with him the devotion of the citizens
+of Manila. The same occurred in the government of the said Conde de
+Lizárraga, who again revived this devotion; for it was likewise buried
+with him, in the same place. So much influence has the example of the
+governors in these islands, and so great is their power, that even
+devotion seems to need their aid. The religious also brought a brief
+from his Holiness Innocent XI for the erection of a confraternity of
+the holy Christ of Burgos; this undertaking was carried out, and its
+first director [100] was this devout governor. In his time it had a
+large membership, but today it has very few confriers; but they are
+most devout and sincere when they are least influenced by vain and
+worldly considerations, and most please the Lord when they are anxious
+to please not princes--men in whom there is no real prosperity--but
+the King of kings, who always repays them in money of infinite value.
+
+Much did the Catholic governor grieve over entering upon his office
+without the benediction of the archbishop, and at finding the people of
+the city as a flock without a shepherd, their consciences loaded with
+scruples over matters of so much importance, and all of them perplexed
+and entangled in these dissensions; and therefore he resolved, with
+firm purpose and heroic determination, to cause the archbishop to
+be restored to his church. The opposition which he encountered among
+the auditors in his efforts to secure this cannot be expressed; but
+he firmly maintained his resolution, even to the extent of saying
+that he would restore the archbishop, even if it should cost him his
+head. He consulted the religious orders, asking them to give him their
+opinions, on the basis of law, both civil and canonical. I have not
+seen what the other corporations replied, which I suppose must have
+been what the governor desired; but I know well that the Order of
+St. Augustine adduced many and very substantial arguments in favor
+of the restitution of the archbishop to his church, and this with
+many citations from the authors on whom the auditors had taken their
+stand--who, as the royal Council of the Indias afterward declared,
+were greatly at error in their method, according to what the royal
+laws ordain in case it should be necessary to enforce the penalty of
+banishment against any prelate. The same error was committed by the
+capitulars of the ecclesiastical cabildo in declaring and proclaiming a
+vacant see, through their misunderstanding of the chapter Si Episcopus,
+"De supplenda negligentia prælatorum," in VI [101]--an error which
+afterward cost them all so dear, especially the dean, Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Cóbarrubias.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, determined to restore
+the archbishop to Manila, sent to Lingayén as his agent for
+accomplishing this, General Don Tomás de Endaya; and the city of
+Manila sent a regidor, Sargento-mayor Don Gonzalo de Samaniego, and
+some citizens. With them went the past provincial of Santo Domingo,
+Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, commissary of the Holy Office, and many
+others, with an escort of soldiers. On November 16 the archbishop
+came back from his exile, to the general rejoicing of the entire city,
+which had been so long a time afflicted by the absence of its pastor
+and prelate. The artillery was fired [as a salute], from the castle,
+and from the wall adjoining the gate of Santo Domingo, by which the
+archbishop made his entrance; and after he had visited the church he
+went to the palace, to see his liberator, the Catholic governor--who
+said that, in case his proceeding should displease his Majesty and
+the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, he would regard it as a
+great glory to have a punishment, even were it capital, imposed upon
+him. This may be believed of him, as he was a man of a great soul,
+although small in body; Major in exiguo regnavit corpore virtus. [102]
+What we saw in him was, that he was one of the best governors that
+these islands have had--affable, pious, magnanimous, and in the highest
+degree disinterested, and with this very liberal. And therefore he
+was wont to say that he had come to Filipinas to be poor, where other
+governors had come to be rich. This he said with truth, because in
+España and the Indias he had possessed much wealth, gained in the
+many voyages that he had made in command of the fleet and galleons
+to Perú and Nueva España, which had been consumed by his ostentation
+and liberality. We may therefore regard it as a punishment of God
+upon these islands that He removed him from us in the fifth year of
+his term of government--in which time he was severe with those only
+to whom he could not in justice be kind--unless it were that divine
+justice chose him for the punishment of those who had deserved it
+before his time. [103]
+
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui began his government with great
+acceptability and satisfaction to all, and taking the measures
+necessary for the maintenance of these islands. The year of 1685 was
+a hard one on account of the general epidemic of smallpox which raged,
+not only in these islands but in all the kingdoms of China and Eastern
+India--especially on the Coromandel coast, where many millions of
+Malabàrs died. In Filipinas the ravages of the epidemic were great,
+principally among the infants; but the place where, it is affirmed,
+the pest caused incredible loss was in the mountains of Manila where
+the insurgent blacks [i.e., Negritos] dwell, so many dying that those
+mountain districts were left almost uninhabited. But it was not only
+among them that the disease wrought such destruction, but also among
+the deer and wild swine, of which there is an innumerable multitude
+in these mountains, even after they have contributed with their flesh
+to the support of so great a number of blacks. The reason why so many
+die with this contagion is, first, their weak physique; and second,
+the custom that they have of abandoning those who are attacked by the
+disease, on account of which they die much sooner--and, what is worse,
+in their heathen blindness. In China many millions of people died,
+so that there was no one to cultivate the fields; from this resulted
+great famine and mortality, after the epidemic of smallpox.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+The first vessel that the governor despatched for Nueva España was
+the galleon "Santa Rosa;" and he appointed as its commander Don
+Francisco Zorrilla, a native of Granada; as its chief pilot, Admiral
+Don Lorenzo Lazcano; and as sargento-mayor, Don Bernardo de Endaya. The
+voyage of this galleon caused great damage to the citizens of Manila,
+on account of the difficulty in disposing of their property caused
+by the poor market [104] that they found at the port of Acapulco,
+because a fleet of many vessels, laden with merchandise, had arrived
+at Vera Cruz. From the time of this voyage, the shipments which
+were sent from these islands to the commerce of Nueva España began
+to decrease--not only on account of the above-mentioned fleets, but
+through the numerous imposts and contributions which were levied on the
+galleons of Filipinas, which continually increased; [105] consequently,
+seldom was a voyage made from which the citizens obtained any profits
+beyond their principal from the goods which they shipped.
+
+During the time which the archbishop spent in his exile at Lingayén
+occurred the death of the bishop of Nueva Segovia--Doctor Don
+Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, a native of Manila--at the village of
+Vigan, the capital of the province of Ilocos, a few months after his
+consecration. He was very learned, and greatly beloved for his very
+affable manners and his angelic gentleness. He had been for many
+years provisor and archdeacon, and commissary of the Holy Crusade;
+[106] he was therefore greatly esteemed by all, and his loss was
+keenly felt. His death caused a long vacancy in the said church
+[of Nueva Segovia], which lasted until the year 1704, when his
+successor arrived; this was Master Don Fray Diego Gorospe é Irala,
+of the Order of Preachers, a native of Puebla de los Angeles. This
+prelate made strenuous endeavors to establish the visitation of the
+regulars in charge of missions, and gave much occasion for patience
+to the religious of St. Dominic and St. Augustine as long as he lived,
+which was until May 20, 1715. On account of the death of Don Francisco
+Pizarro, the cabildo of Manila named for governor of that bishopric
+Don Diego de Navas, who had been expelled from the Society of Jesus,
+a man of impetuous disposition; this was one of the charges afterward
+made by the archbishop against the cabildo. That prelate, after he
+was restored to his church, sent his assistant the bishop of Troya,
+Don Fray Ginés de Barrientos, to rule that bishopric. [Here follows
+an account of Pardo's dealings with the ecclesiastical cabildo and
+other persons who had been excommunicated on account of their share
+in his banishment, which is here omitted, as having been sufficiently
+recounted in "The Pardo Controversy," VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+This year the galleon "Santo Niño" arrived from Acapulco, and
+Master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero remained behind in Nueva España,
+thus escaping from the numerous lawsuits of the residencia, with all
+of which Don Juan de Vargas was laden. It would have been of great
+assistance to him to have had the aforesaid Don Francisco at his side,
+since the latter was very crafty and sagacious, and not so easily
+perplexed in matters that concerned him as was Don Juan de Vargas;
+for the governors in that country need to be very liberal in the
+residencia, and to have much patience and courage.
+
+As commander [of the galleon] in place of Don Francisco Guerrero came
+General Antonio Nieto, because a proprietary appointee had succeeded
+him in the castle of Acapulco. There also came in his company three
+religious, sent by father Fray Manuel de la Cruz--two who had remained
+[in Nueva España] sick from the last mission; and the other because
+he had enlisted for this province, a son of Mechoacán. [The next
+two paragraphs relate to the residencia of Vargas; part of this has
+already been used for annotations in the account of that trial in
+VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+The peace and pious tranquillity which this province enjoyed throughout
+the three years' government of our father Fray José Duque was like that
+which it had enjoyed during the three years of his former term, and was
+what this province had expected from him on account of the knowledge
+and experience which all had of his piety, great discretion, and
+sagacity in making way through the greatest difficulties. Accordingly,
+they bade farewell to his paternal government with much regret, and
+determined to reëlect him for a third term--which they did afterward
+at the proper time, opportunity being afforded for this by the long
+span of his life and the robust constitution with which he was endowed,
+which were astonishing.
+
+The time arrived which our Constitutions assign for holding the
+provincial chapter, and it assembled in the convent of Manila; over
+it presided, with letters from our very reverend father general
+Fray Antonio Paccino, our father Fray Diego de Jesús. Our father
+Fray Juan de Jérez was elected provincial for the second time, with
+great satisfaction to all; and as definitors were chosen the fathers
+Fray Luis Diaz, Fray Juan García, Fray Felipe de Jaurigue, and Fray
+Diego de Alday. The visitors of the past triennium were present,
+Fray José de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arniellos; and as visitors
+for this triennium were appointed father Fray Ignacio de Rearcado and
+the father reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte. Very judicious ordinances
+were enacted for the proper government of the province, and for the
+maintenance of the strict regular observance which in those times
+flourished therein--in which the new provincial had taken a prominent
+part in his first triennium (which was from 1677 to 1680), and in
+the past one, in which he had been prior of [the convent in] Manila.
+
+The provincial began to govern with so much zeal and industry that it
+would be tedious for me to tell how much he accomplished in one year
+only--the least being that he had visited all the provinces, even
+to those of Ilocos and Bisayas, without omitting in one point his
+exercises of prayer and mortification. Of this I can give reliable
+testimony, as one who was his secretary and companion during the
+twenty-two months while he governed, his death being caused by the
+great labors of this visitation, in which with holy zeal and activity
+he performed incredible labors in promoting the religious observance,
+and in securing the cleansing and adornment of the altars and the
+ornaments, in which he was exceedingly careful and assiduous. He
+suffered much from the continual harassment of the scruples which
+tormented him, so much that it caused one grief to see the so heavy
+cross which the Lord placed on the shoulders of this His creature,
+which he bore with great fortitude and courage....
+
+Among the excellent arrangements made by this chapter was the chief
+one, which was that father Fray �lvaro de Benavente should go to España
+as procurator; he had a few months before returned from China, where
+he left our missions very well established in the kingdom of Cantón,
+with houses at Xaoquinfú and Nanhiunfú, and two others in other
+places of less note. At the same time he was appointed definitor for
+the general chapter which was to meet in Roma, to which father Fray
+Alvaro was very desirous of going on account of the affairs of the
+missions conducted by the regulars in China, from whom he carried
+letters and authority to act in regard to the remission of the oath
+of subjection to the apostolic vicars. They gave him the necessary
+despatches, and he determined to make the voyage by way of the Cape
+of Good Hope, because that year there was no galleon going to Nueva
+España, the cause of which will be told later. He embarked for Batavia
+on a Portuguese vessel, and as his companion was assigned the brother
+Fray Juan Verganzo, who had come with the mission of the year 1684. He
+arrived at Batavia, where he encountered great difficulties in making
+the voyage to Amsterdam; but all these were overcome by a Dutchman,
+a Calvinist preacher named Teodoro Zas--a very benevolent and courteous
+man, and very fond of doing good to others; this caused grief in those
+who knew him, at seeing him misled by the false doctrines of Calvin,
+when he was so eminent in the moral virtues.
+
+Father Fray Alvaro carried with him the first part of this History,
+which after a long time came from the press, although only as far as
+the year 1616--while I had given it to him complete up to the year
+1647--because at that time this province had not funds at Madrid
+sufficient to print it all. That first division of the history was
+printed at the said court in the year 1698, by Manuel Ruiz de Murga;
+and it was dedicated to her Ladyship the Duquesa de Aveiro, although
+it was my intention that it be dedicated to the king our sovereign,
+in his royal and supreme Council of the Indias. The rest of the said
+first part remained laid aside and forgotten in the convent of San
+Felipe at Madrid, until I determined to write it again and complete
+it, by means of the rough drafts that had remained here. [107]
+
+About April of 1687, father Fray Alvaro sailed from Batavia in
+[one of the] galleons of the Company of Holanda, and after many and
+fearful tempests it reached the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch
+made a halt of two months at the great colony and settlement which
+that nation maintain there for this purpose; it is a very populous
+city, and well supplied with all that is necessary to human life,
+for it possesses a very healthful climate, at the latitude of 36°
+[on the side] of the tropic of Capricorn. In this city they have a
+large hospital for treating the sick, with very skilful physicians
+and surgeons, and with all the comfort that could be found in any
+other part of the world. Among the magnificent and delightful things
+which are in that city is a garden, the largest that is known, which,
+according to report, is only second to the earthly Paradise. It is
+many leguas in circumference, and is divided, like the world, into
+four parts. In the part called Europa, there are trees of all the
+fruits that grow in our Europa; in that called Asia, all those from
+Asia; and the same in those of Africa and America. This garden has
+a river, opened by hand-labor, which waters all the four divisions;
+and for its cultivation many Dutch gardeners and more than two thousand
+Cafres are kept there. In this place is produced very rich wine, which
+they call "Cape wine;" for the climate is the same as in Andalucía and
+Extremadura, although in the opposite zone [trópico], and is different
+only in having summer at Christmas and winter at St. John's day. [108]
+
+Father Fray Alvaro left this pleasant town and pursued his voyage
+to Holanda, and landed at Roterdán, the native place of Desiderius
+Erasmus; [109] and thence he went to Amsterdam, where he remained some
+time. There he made inquiries to ascertain whether he could print the
+history that he carried in that great city, on account of the beautiful
+work done by its famous printers; but he gave up this intention, on
+account of the numerous errors which they made, being ignorant of our
+language. Thence he embarked for Bilbao, where he and his companion
+resumed wearing their habits, which they had laid aside in order to go
+on shore at Batavia. The rest of the tedious peregrinations of father
+Fray Alvaro will be related, if we can reach the time when he returned
+[to Manila] with a mission in the year 1690, when we shall observe
+his entrance into Madrid and his voyage to Roma, and his negotiations
+at that court in behalf of the regulars of the China missions.
+
+For these missions the chapter designated the father reader Fray Juan
+de Aguilar, who remained in them several years, and afterward retired
+on account of failing health; but the chapter sent in his place father
+Fray Juan Gómez, who continued there until his death. Afterward a
+large reënforcement of religious was sent to China for the aforesaid
+missions, which have increased and become very large; and they would
+have prospered much more, if they had not been so hindered by the
+claim of subjection to the vicars-apostolic, who made so strenuous
+efforts to introduce it.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel Curucelaegui, had determined to send this
+year [1686] to Nueva España the galleon "Santo Niño," in charge of
+General Lucas Mateo de Urquiza; but his efforts to despatch it were
+ineffectual, because information was received that seven vessels of
+corsairs or pirates were sailing outside of the Embocadero, and it was
+feared that their principal intention was to seize the galleon "San
+Telmo," which was expected on the return trip from Nueva España. Two
+fragatas of theirs had been in the Babuyanes Islands, between Cagayán
+and Hermosa Island, and had slain two religious of [the Order of]
+St. Dominic; these were father Fray Jacinto de Samper, a native of
+Caspe, an able minister to the Chinese in the Parián, and father
+Fray José Seijas, a nephew of the archbishop of Méjico, Don Francisco
+Seijas, both of them being religious of great virtue. [110] Moreover,
+the pirates had committed other acts of hostility in Cagayán and
+Ilocos. The governor determined to suspend the voyage of the galleon
+for Nueva España, and gave orders to equip it for war--cutting in
+it many portholes, in order to furnish it with more than a hundred
+pieces of artillery of large calibre (all of bronze); and placing
+aboard it a thousand soldiers, Spaniards, Pampangos, Merdicas,
+Malays, and Zambal Indian bowmen. In its company went two pataches,
+which had just come for trade with the Coromandel coast, well armed
+and furnished with soldiers; and for commander of this enterprise
+the governor appointed Don Tomás de Endaya, with the title of deputy
+captain-general. To his valor could be entrusted any undertaking,
+however perilous it might be; for he was valiant, and had great skill
+in navigation, and had gone three times to España as commander [of the
+galleons]. This splendid armada set out, small in number [of ships],
+but having great strength. Having escorted through the Embocadero and
+secured the galleon "San Telmo" (which reached these islands safely),
+the armada reconnoitered all the places where the piratical enemy might
+be, but did not find them, but learned that there had been no more
+than the two vessels which had been in Babuyanes. Thereupon the armada
+returned to Cavite, without accomplishing anything more than the great
+expenses which the royal treasury had incurred, and having weakened
+the great strength of the galleon "Santo Niño," with the numerous
+portholes which had been cut in it for mounting the artillery; for it
+was necessary for this purpose to cut through the ribs of the ship's
+sides, in the preservation of which consisted its greatest strength.
+
+The two pataches proceeded in search of the pirates to the locality
+of the Babuyanes; and the commander, Don Tomás de Endaya, went with
+a strong force of men by land to the province of Ilocos to look for
+them--where, it was said, the said corsairs had arrived, although
+the news did not prove to be accurate. He went as far as the capital
+town of Vigan, where his encomienda was; and after having spent some
+time there, not receiving information of the enemy, he returned to
+Manila. He left there established a village of the blacks from the
+mountains, called Santo Tomás, between Tarlac and Magalan, headed
+by a notable chief of theirs named Don Juan Valiga. A few months
+after Don Tomás de Endaya had arrived at Manila, he succeeded in the
+office of master-of-camp to Don Fernando de Bobadilla (who held it
+by proprietary appointment from his Majesty), who died about this
+time. The latter was a great soldier, and the governor of Zamboanga,
+and is often named in the history; he was a native of Sevilla, and
+a son of one of the "twenty-four" of that city. The ships that went
+by sea, after having searched many ports where they thought to find
+the corsairs, and having no further news of them, returned to Manila
+without having accomplished anything remarkable. Don Tomás de Endaya
+was confirmed in the post of master-of-camp, and held it twenty-eight
+years; and then he died from old age.
+
+In this year of 1686, about June, occurred the revolt of the Sangleys
+of the Parián of Manila, which I related in book ii, chapter 21, as I
+did not suppose that I would reach these times with the thread of the
+narrative; and therefore I do not repeat it [here], as it was written
+with sufficient fulness, and the curious reader can find it in the
+place I have cited. [This citation is incorrect, in the arrangement of
+the chapters as given in Fray Lopez's edition of Diaz; the number of
+the chapter should be xxxiv. Diaz's account, as there given (pp. 440,
+441), we transfer to this place, adding his comments on the question
+of allowing the Chinese to reside at Manila; it is as follows:]
+
+While these islands were governed by the admiral of the galleons,
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, of the Order of Santiago and
+one of the "twenty-four" of Sevilla, in the year 1686 [misprinted
+1636] there occurred a tumult in the Parián which it was feared would
+become a general uprising [--which was planned,] according to the
+investigations afterward made. In the said market there were many
+recently-arrived Sangleys, of so bad reputation that the Sangley
+merchants themselves had no confidence in these men, and said that
+they were disguised thieves and highwaymen who had come from China
+that year, having fled from a mandarin who was a very severe judge,
+whom the emperor had sent from the court to drive out so mischievous
+a sort of folk from the province of Fo-Kien, which at that time was
+infested by criminals of that sort. The said mandarin had executed
+his commission with such severity that those who were put to death
+numbered more than sixty thousand--which in China is a small number,
+because that country abounds in robbers--and for this reason many
+had made their escape to Manila and other regions, fleeing from the
+harshness of that judge. These people did all the harm that they
+could, robbing inside the Parián the Chinese themselves, when they
+could not rob outsiders.
+
+About this time there came out of the public prison at Manila a Sangley
+named Tingco, who had been imprisoned for the unnatural crime, and
+had been there so long that in prison he had learned to read and write
+our language, and had come to be a sufficiently competent scrivener to
+write petitions and other papers for the rest of the prisoners, for he
+was very clever and had a keen mind. He went about [the prison] freely,
+as being a prisoner of so long standing, and aided the jailer greatly
+by acting as guard to the other prisoners; and he supported himself
+very comfortably on what he gained by his pen. Finally, after many
+years of confinement he succeeded in gaining his full liberty; and,
+as he had a restless disposition and evil inclinations, he associated
+himself with other Chinese criminals, of those who were fugitives
+from the province of Fo-Kien, and they lived on what they could
+plunder from other Sangleys and from the Indians and Spaniards. As
+they regarded this occupation of petty thieving as too disagreeable,
+and it could not extricate them from their wretchedly poor condition,
+they planned to assemble together three hundred of these vagabonds,
+and to undertake some exploit which should better their fortunes so
+that they could return to China free from danger. It seems certain
+that this resolve was talked about with the multitude of the Parián
+who were least supplied with funds, and these were on the watch to aid
+the bold attempt of those promoters if the result had corresponded
+to their plans; and what is most surprising is the secrecy with
+which they kept these from the rich Sangleys--who not only would not
+have entered into the plot, but would have revealed it for their own
+safety; for they were going to lose much and gain little, and with
+very evident risk. The day and hour of the conspiracy having been
+settled--a day in the month of August, at daylight--they assembled in
+a disorderly crowd, armed with such weapons as they could procure by
+stealth, their leader being one who had newly come, that same year,
+from China. In a mob, and without order, they attacked the house of
+the alguacil-mayor, Pedro de Ortega; and they killed him and another
+Spaniard, named Nicolás de Ballena. With this beginning they went to
+the house of the alcalde-mayor of the Parián, Captain Don Diego Vivién,
+and entered it to do the same to him; but, having heard the noise,
+he escaped without clothing, and reached a safe place in the little
+fort which defends the entrance to the great bridge, where there
+is always a garrison of soldiers. The insurgents entered his house,
+and their greed satisfied itself on what they found nearest to their
+hands, although they had not the luck to find three thousand pesos
+in silver which the alcalde possessed. While they halted for this
+pillage there was time to bring up soldiers and other armed men,
+and they easily arrested many of the Sangleys, although most of them
+escaped; and the rest of the Parián remained tranquil. It was made
+known that this conspiracy was plotted in the bakery of Manila, and
+[it was said] that they intended to place pounded glass in the bread,
+in order to kill the Spaniards. This was not positively ascertained,
+but the management of that business was taken from the Chinese--to
+which, however, they afterward returned, at the urgent request of our
+people. This was because, during the time while the Sangleys did not
+carry on this trade, they were replaced by Spaniards who in their own
+country had been bakers, but in Manila they did not succeed in doing
+anything to advantage; the Sangleys therefore again took charge of
+the bakery, after they had been asked by many to furnish the supply
+of bread, of which great quantities are consumed in Manila.
+
+The Sangley Tingco was captured, and in company with ten others
+was hanged and quartered; and the bodies were placed along the
+river of Manila and the estuary of Tondo, as far as Point Tañón in
+Tambobong. The conversion of those who were heathens (as were most
+of them) was secured, and for this conversion labored earnestly
+father Fray �lvaro de Benavente, an Augustinian, and Father José de
+Irigoyen of the Society of Jesus, both of whom knew the dialects
+of the provinces from which the criminals came; and for those of
+Fo-Kien the fathers of St. Dominic [ministered]. News came that many
+of the insurgents had taken refuge at Pasay, and General Don Tomás
+de Endaya went out against them with soldiers and Merdicas (who are
+very brave Malay Indians); they came back with eleven heads of those
+whom they could kill, and the disturbance was quieted, nor has any
+other occurred up to the present time.
+
+In this danger Manila maintains her existence, clinging to it as
+the means of her preservation even though she grieves over what is
+the cause of her greatest decline. The shrewdness of the Chinese
+in business dealings and their skill in carrying on the mechanical
+trades turn us from these callings so entirely that Spaniards who in
+their own country practiced them here consider it foolish to do so;
+accordingly they allow the Chinese to conduct and manage the crafts,
+believing that the latter are serving us when they are most imposing
+upon us. And as the Chinese recognize this weakness of ours, and
+see that it is without remedy, on account of the Spanish vanity, they
+treat us with contempt in their acts, although with great submission in
+their words. Whatever they make is defective and does not wear well,
+in order that they may have more work to do. The unnecessary expense
+that Manila suffers on account of the frauds that they practice in
+the trades of baker, candle-maker, and silversmith is very great;
+we recognize this, and endure it through necessity, and the matter is
+not set right, through reluctance to apply the remedy. Many persons
+understand the injury which the Chinese cause here, but much more
+numerous are those who defend them, since this peril is dear to those
+who regard it as an advantage [to have the Chinese here.]
+
+In the year 1678 there reached our hands a very judicious opinion,
+printed at Madrid by a devout person who had had experience in dealing
+with that nation, and was well aware of their acts of guile. It was
+presented before the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, its
+president being the Conde de Medellín; and when the arguments adduced
+therein made a very strong impression, another pamphlet appeared in
+print at the same court, against the former one and in favor of the
+Sangleys; this delayed the decision, so that it seems as if they have
+in all quarters those who defend them. And so we go on, enduring this
+incurable disease--although today the number of the Sangleys is less
+than ever; for it is supposed that the number does not reach the six
+thousand whom the royal decrees allow, and judging by the poverty
+to which the commonwealth of Manila is steadily being reduced, each
+year there will be fewer Chinese here through the lack of profits;
+for that is the craving which draws them from their own country.
+
+I am aware that I have expatiated on a matter which seems to be an
+affair of state, rather than of history, although history, as a teacher
+of truth and a witness of the times, should include all events. I much
+regret that I cannot enlarge my account by saying something of the
+much which I could tell about the great indifference with which the
+Sangleys who are baptized attend to their obligations as Christians;
+most of them do so for worldly objects, such as being married and
+living as lords of the country; but this subject is one for tears
+rather than for the pen. Many lamentations have been made by many
+Jeremiahs zealous for the honor of God; but no results have followed
+beyond the reward which will be given to them in glory for this so holy
+labor. A very learned apologue is kept in the ecclesiastical archives,
+written by the reverend father Fray Alberto Collares of the Order
+of Preachers, at the request of the archbishop of Manila, Doctor Don
+Miguel Millán de Poblete, which causes horror to those who read it;
+and the worst is, that it tells but little, according to the opinion
+of other religious of the said order, who, as ministers to the Parián
+mission, know the Chinese best. And still more is this occasion for
+censure to some of the religious of that order who have been in China,
+and know how much superior the Christians of that empire are to these;
+and therefore they take great care to prevent those who come from
+China (who are few) from holding intercourse with the Christians of
+the Parián, in order that these may not corrupt them. Thus do they
+look upon the matter; and when in our convent at Manila was lodged
+Don Fray Gregorio López, a Basilitan [111] bishop of the Order of
+Preachers, a Chinese by nationality--who was a phoenix among that
+people, on account of his virtue and sanctity--he prevented from
+going to the Parián, whenever he could, two good Chinese Christians
+whom he brought hither in his company.
+
+Many (and most) persons are greatly deceived in imagining that the
+Sangleys who live among the Indian natives outside of Manila do no
+harm to the faith, saying that the Chinese are more atheists than
+idolaters, and that they only seek worldly advantages. But this is
+not always the rule, for some teach sects and doctrines that are very
+evil, as experience shows. In the year 1706, father Fray Antolín de
+Alzaga, one of the apostolic missionaries whom we have in the remote
+mountains of the province of Pampanga, converting and instructing the
+warlike peoples called Italones, Ituriés, and Abacas--whose wonderful
+conversions present notable material to him whose duty it is to write
+the history of those times--this apostolic missionary came to Manila,
+making light of the hardships of [travel by] those roads so long
+and rough, in order to ask the governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu,
+to take measures for banishing from these mountains two infidel
+Sangleys, who with greed for the trade in wax had penetrated even
+those unexplored hills, where they taught false dogmas and perverse
+opinions, such as palingenesis, or transmigration of souls--a dogma
+which Pythagoras taught, and which was propagated much among heathen
+peoples. At the present time it is accepted by all nations of Asia,
+and in China and Japon with the greatest tenacity; they believe
+that when a man dies his soul goes to animate another body, either
+rational or brute, according to the deserts of him who is dead,
+and for either punishment or reward; and thus they allot an infinite
+succession of transmigrations. This diabolical dogma was taught by
+these Sangleys to the Italon Indians, with other evil doctrines,
+such as polygamy (which permits a man to have many wives), idolatry,
+and others which ensue from it. That accursed doctrine spread rapidly
+among those simple mountaineers, so much so that it became necessary
+to have recourse to the said governor--who, being so zealous for
+the increase of the Christian faith, sent to the alcalde-mayor of
+Pampanga a very urgent command to expel from those missions the two
+Sangleys, and to be very careful to prevent the entrance of others
+therein; and this order was carried out, to the great tranquillity
+of the new Christian church. Experience has shown the same thing in
+other villages where Sangleys have fixed abodes. I will not delay
+longer over a matter on which there is an endless amount to be said,
+since I have sufficiently exceeded the limits of my obligation; and
+I refer to many persons who have officially discussed these matters,
+although they have obtained no results from their earnest efforts.
+
+The natives regard them with contempt, having no further inclination
+toward them than that of self-interest; consequently, neither
+affection nor fear draws either toward the other. And ordinarily
+selfishness courts the Sangleys, while aversion urges the natives
+to make complaints against them--except that the bond of matrimony
+is a check on the women; for, as is usually the case, if a native
+leads a bad life, he is on the watch for the acts of the Sangleys,
+in order to make the evil-doing of another serve as an excuse for
+greater freedom in his own wrong mode of life. Accordingly, they are
+in more danger from testimony arising from the malice of the accusers
+than from facts brought forward in zeal for their correction--as is
+seen by the few complaints or accusations that are decided against
+them, and how still more rarely do these bring them to punishment. Nor
+can this be attributed to the negligence of the judges, for they are
+delighted to receive the lawsuits of the Sangleys, our covetousness
+selling to them even justice very dear; and when harshness finds
+an object, it makes their punishments (since their wealth offers so
+much to avarice), although less bloody, more keenly felt, since in
+the estimation of the Sangley money is his very heart's blood.
+
+The precedents set by the sovereign kings Don Fernando the Catholic and
+Don Felipe II are examples of their piety, and of their successful
+policy in separating from their Catholic vassals those who are
+perfidious, who if mingled with the others might pervert them, through
+the passion which the Indians and Moros have for propagating their
+[false] sects--a danger much to be feared among the simple people of
+the villages and the common herd.
+
+No doubt, intercourse with these infidels is very necessary, on account
+of the merchandise which they furnish to us from their kingdom; but
+this could, in my opinion, be accomplished without danger to us--for
+one thing, by permitting to remain in these islands [only the] six
+thousand Sangleys, as his Majesty decrees; and for another, by not
+permitting them to trade in the provinces, or to live in the villages
+mingled with the Indians. But they should be kept in subjection, as
+Joshua kept down the Gaboanites, and as now Roma, Florencia, Venecia,
+and Orán hold the Jews in subjection, and our people in Ternate kept
+the Moros in his Majesty's galleys, the rabble of that sort. It is an
+obvious disadvantage to live subjected to such peoples, because the
+law of subjection, the adulation offered to rulers, and ambition to
+secure their favor are powerful to subject religion to their pleasure,
+as has been found by experience in all the countries where this
+misfortune has been suffered--such as Mesopotamia, both the Arabias,
+Egipto, and Africa, and that one which was the supporter of religion,
+Constantinopla, with all of Grecia. And for the same reason heresy has
+so prevailed and lorded it in Inglaterra, Irlanda, Dinamarca, Suecia,
+Sajonia,[i.e., Saxony], the Palatinate, and many other provinces and
+free cities--the most fatal poison that attacks the faith being the
+sovereignty of infidel princes, their grandeur and power being the
+sure ruin of religion. I consider that I have used more space than
+is required by my obligations, in treating of so pernicious a nation,
+which is allowed here in greater number than our needs demand--I know
+not whether through our fault or our misfortune--and maintained in
+the subjection which experience has shown [to be necessary] at times
+when too great confidence has relaxed the rein of caution.
+
+[Here we resume the regular narrative of this period by Diaz,
+at p. 786:] This revolt caused great anxiety to the governor, Don
+Gabriel Curucelaegui, on account of the many champans which had come
+that year from China; but in the course of time the danger disappeared.
+
+Among the great hardships which in this year were suffered in Manila,
+one was that the rains were heavier than any known to living men. Not
+only were they very heavy, but they lasted many months, and were
+the cause of many fields and crops being ruined, which caused a
+great scarcity of provisions; and, as it was impossible to work the
+salt-beds, the price of salt rose so high that it came to be worth
+twelve pesos for half a fanega, although its ordinary price was two
+or three reals--and some years even less, depending on the [height
+of the] water and on the heat of the sun, on which conditions this
+so necessary industry depends.
+
+The most memorable event of this year, and one which may be counted
+among the most important which have occurred in these islands since
+their conquest, is the imprisonment of the auditors, Don Diego Antonio
+de Viga and Don Pedro Sebastián de Bolivar, by the governor. It is an
+event to cause astonishment--and more, as it came so soon after the
+imprisonment and exile of the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo--at
+seeing in so short a time Doctor Don Cristóbal de Herrera Grimaldos
+dead, and two auditors deprived forever of their togas (since never
+again could they put these on), and their families ruined and almost
+destroyed. It is not my intention to interpret the inscrutable secrets
+of divine justice, but only to set down the times and occasions in
+which so notable events occurred. [Diaz's account of the imprisonment
+and deaths of the auditors is here omitted, as it has already been
+sufficiently related in VOL. XXXIX.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+The governor, seeing the Audiencia broken up (since it consisted
+of only one individual, the auditor Don Diego Calderón), named two
+associates to assist the auditor in despatching the business of
+this supreme tribunal; these were Licentiate Don José de Herrera,
+an advocate of the royal Audiencia, and the doctor and captain whom
+I have already mentioned, Don José de Cervantes Altamirano; and
+they issued royal decrees, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente filling
+his office of fiscal. They alleged that there had been a precedent
+for this in the time of Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera,
+when there was no other auditor than Don Marcos Zapata, by whose aid
+was carried out the banishment and imprisonment of Don Fray Fernando
+Guerrero--and this proceeding had been an example to be repeated in
+these times. Afterward, on account of the sickness and death of Don
+Diego Calderón, the governor continued to form an Audiencia with the
+two associates, which the royal Council of the Indias condemned.
+
+Under this kind of government two years passed by, until, in the year
+1688, a new Audiencia arrived, as we shall soon see. The year 1687
+was no less grievous than the preceding one, for various misfortunes
+followed each other, which were generally felt by all the citizens,
+in order that they might share in the punishment merited by their
+offenses, since always proves true the proverb, Delirant reges, semper
+plectuntur Achivi. [112] The first was the failure of the galleon
+from Nueva España, for it could not come that year because none had
+been despatched [from Manila] the year before; this was because of
+the armada sent against the pirates, which only served to cause great
+expenses to the royal treasury, the wreck of the galleon "Santo Niño,"
+and the failure of the galleon in this and the following years--which,
+as we have often said, is the life of the poor colony of Manila and
+of all these Filipinas Islands.
+
+The governor, having determined to send to Nueva España the galleon
+"Santo Niño," ordered that it be repaired as well as it could be;
+but even then it was not very strong, because most of its strength
+had been taken from it by the windows which had been opened in it for
+the artillery. But there was no other ship to depend upon, for the
+construction of the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," which they had placed
+on the stocks, was only begun. The governor appointed as its commander
+Lucas Mateo Urquina, who sailed for Nueva España with but slight hope
+on the part of those who understood the situation for the success of
+the voyage. The worst was, that their fears were realized; for the
+galleon not being able to endure the fierce storms that attacked it
+in high latitudes, it was compelled to put back to port. This it did,
+about the month of November, causing great affliction to all; for it
+came only to aggravate the sufferings that were already experienced
+through the failure to receive a galleon that year.
+
+At night of Holy Thursday, March 28, at the time when in the village
+of Binondo arrangements were being made for the procession which the
+mestizo Sangleys make on the occasion of the "holy burial," (which is
+one of the most brilliant and magnificent of the processions that are
+made in Holy Week), one of the greatest disasters that have ever been
+seen in these islands occurred. Fire caught in the first house on the
+point of land which is called Punta de la Estacada, and the crowd
+of people who had made ready for this devout function were unable
+to extinguish the fire; and the devouring flames made such havoc
+that they destroyed the great number of houses that stood in all the
+territory of the said Estacada, Baybay, and Tondo, finally consuming
+the entire barrio of Bancusay, in which this so widespread settlement
+[of Sangleys] finds its limit. It was no small good-fortune that
+the fire passed by the other side of the river, where lies the great
+town of Binondoc, Tondo, Santa Cruz, and Quiapo--which, as contiguous
+villages, together constitute one body--for [if the fire had reached
+them] the loss would have been irreparable; for many splendid houses
+of wealthy Spaniards and mestizos would have been consumed, and those
+of many Portuguese and Armenian traders who live in those places as
+being more convenient [for their business]. There were no deaths of
+persons from the flames; but great was the loss of the many people
+who saw their poor houses and property disappear.
+
+The gates of Manila were opened, and the governor, in person hastened
+to give aid, with a great number of people, who could check the
+fire so that it should not cross over to the other part of Binondoc
+and Tondo. What was more, he prevented the robberies which in such
+emergencies are committed by some soldiers and wicked people, who on
+such occasions are worse than the fire, as has been found by experience
+at various times; for in times of drouth fires are very frequent in
+the suburbs of Manila, most of them being occasioned by fire set by
+these soulless incendiaries, who find their profit in such destruction.
+
+To this local calamity at La Estacada succeeded another affliction,
+which was general through the greater part of these islands; this was
+a plague of locusts, one of the worst which has been seen in them, for
+the locusts were so many that in dense and opaque clouds they darkened
+the sun, and covered the ground on which they settled. These insects
+ravaged the grain-fields, and left the meadows scorched; and even the
+trees and canebrakes they stripped of the green leaves. These locusts
+were so voracious that they not only laid waste every kind of herbage
+and verdure, but they entered the houses, and gnawed and pierced with
+holes every kind of cloth; and those who flapped sheets and coverlets
+at the locusts to drive them away--as is usually done at other times
+in the invasions of this pest, with some effect--on this occasion
+found that the only result was to ruin those articles, for the locusts
+ate them, and destroyed them with their poisonous jaws. Thereupon the
+people began to feel the loss which ensued from this calamity, in the
+great scarcity and want of provisions--so great that a cabán of rice
+(which is half a fanega) came to be worth two pesos and a half, and in
+some places three pesos. (Nor has the poverty been less which is being
+experienced while I am writing this, on account of the great plague
+of locusts which occurred in the past year of 1717 and the present
+one.) And it can be said that the poor died in great numbers, not
+so much because the rice (which is the general food of the regions)
+cost so much, as through their lack of forethought, and of money
+with which to buy rice; and because there was so excessive a number
+of beggars--some through necessity, and others through laziness and
+dislike for work--that it was impossible to relieve them; for when
+there is but little to give it is not possible to divide it so that
+all shall be sufficiently cared for.
+
+To these great troubles was added another; that in that year
+occurred many earthquakes, which although they did not cause the total
+destruction of buildings, left many houses and churches damaged. In the
+province of Cagayán, in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, heavier shocks
+were experienced, for in the mountainous districts of that province
+chasms and vent-holes were opened, a phenomenon which usually results
+from such tremblings of the earth. From this it may be proved that a
+cause of these tremblings and earthquakes is the air which is shut in
+within the caverns of the globe, drawn into them through the crevices
+and openings which the heat causes in the soil, which afterward are
+closed by the rains; a great volume of air being thus gathered, it
+becomes rarefied, and, increasing in quantity or volume, it seeks an
+outlet, directing its force toward its center and causing so terrible
+a commotion. But the safe and useful way of maintaining ourselves
+faithful in the fulfilment of our obligations is to regard these
+earthquakes as tokens of the wrath of God against our transgressions,
+Qui respicit terram et facit eam tremere (Psalm ciii, v. 32).
+
+Not long before these events, the death occurred in Cagayán of the
+auditor Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, a prisoner and exile in
+that province. [Here Diaz relates the circumstances of the deaths of
+Viga and other persons who had been concerned in the Pardo controversy,
+which have already been mentioned in previous documents. He cites a
+letter from Pardo to Curucelaegui, dated December 2, 1687, to show
+that Viga died impenitent; he was buried in the cathedral of Lalo,
+and Pardo connects with this circumstance the calamities which soon
+afterward afflicted the islands. He orders the remains of Viga to be
+disinterred and removed from the cathedral; Diaz thinks that this was
+done, but is not quite certain. He positively asserts, however, that
+Viga was a very upright official, and wholly disinterested; and thinks
+that he perhaps went too far in upholding the royal privileges, through
+misunderstanding their scope. Doña Josefa Bolivar also dies impenitent,
+and Pardo sends Bachelor Don Juan de Cazorla to investigate the matter,
+to know whether she may be buried in consecrated ground; he has her
+buried "in the plaza of the said village of Oriong." Her husband meets
+"a better end;" he is reconciled to the Church, and dies after having
+"devoted himself to exercises of austere penance, fasts and scourgings
+and other mortifications." Auditor Calderón dies at Manila in like
+exemplary manner (July 18, 1687); "this auditor was a very upright
+and disinterested official, a good Christian, pious, and much given to
+good works, and therefore was beloved by the entire community." Master
+Jerónimo de Herrera is sentenced by the archbishop (March 16, 1687)
+to be deprived of all ecclesiastical benefices and offices, and is
+sent to Spain, but dies during the voyage. At this time, Barrientos,
+the bishop of Troya, is absent on official duties in the bishopric
+of Nueva Segovia. He had "issued a decree of excommunication against
+the alcaldes-mayor of Cagayán, Ilocos, and Pangasinán, prohibiting to
+them trade and traffic in those provinces, in virtue of the oath which
+those officials take in the royal Audiencia when they go to exercise
+their offices. This excommunication was the cause of many lawsuits, for
+Captain Don Francisco de Alzaga Voitia, alcalde-mayor of Pangasinán,
+defended them all, and appeared before the royal Audiencia with a
+plea of fuerza, complaining that the bishop of Troya was usurping
+the royal jurisdiction by taking cognizance of the oath taken in
+that court.... On this question royal decrees were issued, and the
+controversy lasted a long time, but the excommunication then laid has
+remained until this day; and the alcaldes-mayor continue with their
+trade and traffic as before, without the least scruple." Returning
+to Manila, Barrientos declines the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, to
+which he is entitled as Pardo's assistant; the archbishop therefore
+despatches to take charge of that diocese Doctor Nicolás de la Vega
+Caballero, then cura of Cavite.]
+
+This province assumed charge of the ministry in the territory of
+Mariquina and Jesús de la Peña, which in times past was a dependency
+of the mission station of Pasig. It had been administered by the
+religious of the Society, by commission of Don Fray Pedro Arce, bishop
+of Cebú and ruler of the archbishopric of Manila, and by approval of
+Governor Don Juan Niño de Tabora, since the year 1630; and now it was
+restored to the ministry of Pasig by sentence of the archbishop, May
+16, 1687, and this province added to that territory the convent of San
+Mateo--establishing the headquarters and residence of the minister at
+Mariquina, whose titular saint is our Lady of Protection; its first
+minister was father Fray Simón Martínez. The aforesaid archbishop
+also added to the said village of Pasig the mission village of San
+Andrés Apóstol de Cainta, also administered by the said religious of
+the Society, by decree of March 16, 1688--with the approbation, not
+only of this, but of the separation of Mariquina, by the vice-patron,
+Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui. Its first minister was father
+Fray José del Valle, and it was preserved as a separate convent with
+the title of vicariate. [113]
+
+We held these ministries, with great labor and inconvenience, until
+the year 1696, when there arrived a royal decree that they should
+again be administered by the fathers of the Society of Jesus, and we
+therefore surrendered them to those fathers. In order to show further
+our good-will and friendly relations with so holy a religious order,
+we exchanged the ministry of San Mateo for that of Binangonan--called
+"Binangonan of the dogs," to distinguish it from the other town of
+the same name, which is on the opposite coast [of the island]; it
+has for its titular St. Ursula and the eleven thousand virgins her
+companions, in a church in Laguna de Bay. This was accomplished by the
+aid of the consent and approbation of the governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+y Góngora. This village of Binangonan is very small, and had been at
+first administered by the religious of St. Francis, who had exchanged
+it for the ministry of Baras, which also belonged to the religious of
+the Society; and because it was so poor a living a visita was added
+to it from the ministry of Pasig, which is called Angono--its patron
+saint being St. Clement, pope and martyr--of a few tribute-payers. To
+this ministry were added fifty pesos more for its support, but it is
+so forlorn a one that even with all these aids the minister suffers a
+great lack of means for his support; and therefore on many occasions
+there has been talk of abandoning this charge, for it is not good for
+any other profit, either spiritual or temporal--not only on account of
+its poverty, but because of the intractable disposition of its people.
+
+On February 19 of this year of 1688, our then father provincial, Fray
+Juan de Jeréz, died in the convent of Manila; his illness was caused by
+the great hardships of his visitation of the entire province, and the
+eagerness with which he undertook to perform this task in one year,
+while it was a task for two years, especially since he was sixty-two
+years old, and had many attacks of illness. At last he ended the
+visitation, but it put an end to him. He was one of the most exact
+in fulfilling obligations of all the religious who have been in this
+province, and great was his zeal for the religious observance. His
+solicitude and care for adornment in the things belonging to the divine
+worship was continual, using his utmost endeavors that the altars and
+ornaments should be the best that were possible, and spending on them
+all that he could obtain. The first indication of his [approaching]
+death was that he was freed from the scruples of conscience which had
+been throughout his life a continual torment; but at that time the
+Lord, who had given him these scruples in order to exercise his soul,
+imperavit ventis et mari, et facta est tranquillitas (Matthew viii,
+v. 26). His death was deeply regretted by all; for this province
+loved him as a father, and the people venerated him as a saint. In
+consequence of his death, the government was assumed by our father
+Fray José Duque, as being next to the provincial, with the title
+of rector-provincial; for in this province could not be observed
+the same rule as in those of España, where our very reverend father
+general makes appointments for the vacancies caused by the deaths of
+provincials, until the time appointed for convening the provincial
+chapter.
+
+Among the troubles and calamities of this year a very great one
+was that occasioned by a pestilential epidemic of influenza, which
+had begun in the preceding year and continued in this year of 1688,
+with great ravages. Many died of this disease, especially children
+and old persons; and by this year the epidemic had so increased that
+many grain-fields could not be cultivated, for lack of people to
+do the work. This caused a great lack of provisions in this and the
+following years, just as the locusts had occasioned like loss in the
+preceding year. So prevalent was the disease that in the province of
+Pampanga, where I was serving in the village of Guagua, as secretary
+and assistant of the rector-provincial, the Indians were not seen in
+the streets, on account of most of them being prostrated by the cruel
+influenza, and the rest of them caring for the sick ones. Accordingly
+the deputies and officials of the confraternities went through the
+streets with jars of [cooked] rice, and went up into the houses and
+provided those who were in need with food; for most of the people
+were without it, and others could not cook it and had no one who was
+able to do so. These influenzas are very frequent in this country,
+but that in this year was the worst that the old men have seen; and
+since then, up to the present time, no other like it has been known.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, desired to put a stop to
+the outrages which were being committed by the rebellious blacks of the
+mountains and the Zambals of the Playa Honda and the uninhabited places
+of the Puntalón (a route in the province of Pangasinán)--killing many
+travelers and cutting off their heads (which is the greatest trophy
+and desire of those people), and daring to approach the villages
+near Tarlac--Magalan, Telban, and Malunguey. The governor therefore
+prepared to make a vigorous invasion, not only with Spaniards,
+but with Pampangos, friendly Zambals, and Merdicas from Maluco;
+and he appointed as their leader Sargento-mayor Martín de León,
+and gave him [for officers], as being men experienced in that sort
+of war, Captain Alonso Martín Franco and Captain Bartolomé Prieto;
+the master-of-camp of the Merdicas, Cachil-Duco, the prince of
+Tidori; and Sargento-mayor Pedro Machado. He sent orders to the
+alcaldes-mayor of Cagayán and Pangasinán that they, with the best
+troops that they had, should scout through the mountains from north
+to south, so that they might go on until they should meet Martín de
+León and his companions, up to a locality and settlement of blacks
+that is called Culianán. Both parties carried out this plan, although
+with great difficulty, on account of those forests being very dense;
+they killed many insurgent blacks and Zambals; but before joining their
+troops they found themselves obliged to retreat, because the epidemic
+of pestilential influenza made great havoc among them, and many died
+from that disease. But the injury which our people could not inflict
+upon the enemy was wrought on them by the pest of the influenza,
+which caused as great ravages among them as the smallpox had made in
+previous years. Martín de León, Alonso Martín Franco, and Bartolomé
+Prieto came to Guagua in very bad condition; from there they sent word
+to the governor, who commanded them to withdraw [from the enterprise].
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+The Conde de Mondova, [114] viceroy of Nueva España, seeing that
+for two successive years there had been no galleons from Filipinas,
+[influenced] not only by the order which the royal Council has given
+for such emergencies, but by finding that he was responsible for
+the despatch of the investigating judge and the new royal Audiencia
+who were on their way to these islands to replace and depose the
+auditors (whom either death or exile had already deposed), ordered
+that a Peruvian patache be made ready which was then at Acapulco, the
+owner of which was Felipe Vertis, a citizen of Callao. The viceroy
+appointed as its commander the then admiral of the Windward fleet,
+Antonio de Astina, a native of San Sebastián; and for seamen the
+best who were found in the said armada. In this patache embarked
+the following persons: The investigating judge, who was Licentiate
+Don Francisco Campos Valdivia, then alcalde de casa y corte [115] of
+Madrid, and royal deputy provincial notary at the said court. The new
+auditors, of whom the senior was Licentiate Don Alonso Abellafuertes,
+a knight of the Order of Alcántara, a native of Oviedo, who had
+recently finished his term as corregidor of the city of Burgos;
+[the others were] Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra y Osorio, a knight of
+the Order of Calatrava, an Asturian, and Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina
+y Havalría, a native of Sevilla--who is still living as a religious
+and priest, a professed of the fourth vow in the Society of Jesus,
+who is an example of virtue and truly exemplary. The auditor second
+in seniority, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima,
+failed to embark on this occasion, on account of being married and
+having a large family, but did so in the following year. As fiscal
+for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Jerónimo de Barredo Valdés, also
+an Asturian. All these four auditors carried appointments as criminal
+auditors for Méjico at the expiration of six years which they were
+to spend in Filipinas, exercising the functions of auditor; and this
+went into force afterward with Auditors Alonso de Abellafuertes and Don
+Juan de Ozaeta, who, after the six years, went to Mexico. Don Juan de
+Sierra also returned, having completed his term as auditor, and died
+at Acapulco, where he found letters promoting him to be auditor at
+Granada; for it must have been of some service to him to be a nephew
+of Don Lope de Sierra, a member of the supreme Council of the Indias.
+
+With the new auditors also embarked very distinguished persons of
+their kindred and households, such as Don Manuel de Argüelles, an
+Asturian, who is still alive, and a general; Don Juan Infanzón, and
+Don Francisco Giménez de Valerio; the owner of the patache, Felipe
+de Vertis; and others. On this occasion also came father Fray Juan de
+Alarcón, a native of Valladolid and a son of the [Augustinian] house
+there; he had been left in Nueva España, and was now very old. He
+retired to this province (for which he had enlisted in 1679), and
+served only a few years on account of poor health; and, while he was
+procurator-general, died in the convent of Manila, in the year 1695.
+
+This patache made its voyage very prosperously, and passed the
+Embocadero without any difficulty, reaching the port of Cavite, where
+it remained until Mateo de Urquiza sailed with the galleon "Santo
+Christo de Burgos" for Nueva España. This privilege of entering the
+port of Cavite is, it seems, enjoyed as their own by all the pataches
+which come from Acapulco, which are not built in these islands; as it
+were, they are free from the sin which they contract in the acts of
+oppression and tyranny which are committed, not only in the cutting
+of the timber for them, but in their construction; and, either for
+this or for other and hidden causes, hardly a galleon built in these
+islands succeeds in making the entrance of the port of Cavite.
+
+The auditors on reaching Manila took possession of their offices
+in the hall of the Audiencia, which they found empty of their
+predecessors--some being dead, and another in banishment--and the
+only one they found living was the fiscal, Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis. The investigating judge likewise found the greater part of his
+commission accomplished, which was the deposition of the auditors. He
+sent for Don Pedro Bolivar, who was a prisoner in Cagayán, in the fort
+of Tuao; but he died while on the way, at one of the first villages
+of the province of Ilocos; God gave him a very good end, in return
+for the many excellent traits that he displayed in his life, such as
+being very courteous and very charitable to the poor.
+
+To Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui came very favorable decrees
+from his Majesty--who thanked him for what he had done in the
+restitution of the archbishop, in which his Majesty considered himself
+well served. To the archbishop came others, also very favorable,
+which I do not insert here, in order to avoid being tedious, and
+because that is not in my obligation; and I only repeat here a letter
+or bull which his Holiness Pope Innocent XI sent to the archbishop,
+since that is a very unusual favor, and because he was a pontiff
+so greatly to be venerated by posterity, on account of his great
+sanctity of life. [The letter is given in both Latin and Spanish;
+it simply expresses the approval of the pope for Pardo's course, and
+encouragement to persevere if he shall encounter other like trials.]
+
+The news of what had been done in the banishment and confinement
+of the archbishop produced great disturbance in the royal mind of
+his Majesty and in his ministers of the supreme Council of the
+Indias, as may be imagined from the punishment which by their
+orders was inflicted on Don Juan de Vargas and on the auditors
+and the other persons inculpated therein. It is not denied by this
+atonement and punishment that many cases can occur in which it may
+be lawful to banish bishops and ecclesiastical superiors; and this
+matter is treated at length [lato modo] and very judiciously by many
+writers--Don Cristóbal Crespi de Valduura, vice-chancellor of Aragon,
+in his learned Observaciones, obs. iii, illat. iii, no. 19; Solórzano,
+De jure Indico, tom. ii, lib. iii, chap. 29, no. 71; Salgado, De regia
+potestate, part i, chap. 2, no. 276; and others. But this is executed
+by legitimate procedure, and with much circumspection and moderation,
+without touching or impeding the exercise of the episcopal power
+(the opposite seems to be an Anglican dogma, and one of Marsilius
+de Padua), as was done with Don Fray Felipe Pardo--confining his
+person in the village of Lingayén, and suspending his spiritual
+jurisdiction; commanding the cabildo to exercise the right of sede
+vacante; and not accepting the appointment which the archbishop had
+made of the bishop of Troya to govern in his absence--because this
+does not concern the temporal revenues, which the prelates who incur
+the penalty of banishment lose. What causes no little wonder is, that
+all the auditors were very learned, and they four, with the fiscal,
+had held chairs in [the universities of] Méjico, Sevilla, and Granada;
+but when one lacks the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom,
+one cannot gain real success in matters in which his will prevails over
+his judgment. How useful it would be to the governors and auditors of
+Filipinas to have these words written as a reminder in the hall where
+they transact business, the words of the Holy Ghost in chapter vi,
+no. 3 of Wisdom. [116]
+
+The first step made by the investigating judge was to imprison in
+his own house the fiscal, Doctor Don Estebán de la Fuente Alanis,
+and to bring charges against him, in accordance with the orders that
+he carried from the royal Council of the Indias; he did the same
+with the other auditors, [although they were] dead, through their
+executors. He proceeded with the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas,
+which had been delayed by the challenging of the associate judges;
+and he sent Governor Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado into exile in the
+village of Lingayén, Where the archbishop had been, and he was taken
+away by an escort of soldiers, under the command of Sargento-mayor
+Martínez León. He went hither as excommunicated, and unable to have
+any intercourse with any person save those allowed by law. Upon his
+arrival at the said village, he built in it a house of bamboo and nipa,
+where he lived a long time in company with his spirited wife, Doña
+Isabel de Ardila, enduring much loneliness and lack of respect, until
+they recalled him, after two years, in order to send him to España;
+and he died during this first voyage [i.e., on the Pacific Ocean].
+
+This gentleman was truly unfortunate, for although he had not been a
+bad governor, his lack of courtesy and his harsh disposition gained
+for him many enemies. The time of his rule was very prosperous,
+and the ample commerce with the neighboring kingdoms engaged many
+persons and brought great gains. He was very diligent in keeping the
+Manila garrison strengthened with capable soldiers, and took much
+pains to have the men well fed and clothed, and military discipline
+strictly maintained--and in this he was surpassed only by Don Sebastián
+Hurtado de Corcuera. His covetousness was not so great as appearances
+indicated, and with it he did not injure the commonwealth, for those
+times furnished [profit] for all. He was very punctual in fulfilling
+the duties of a Christian governor, and also in attending, almost
+without missing a day, all the sessions of the Audiencia and royal
+court; and therefore the lawsuits were not so interminable as we find
+them at the present time.
+
+In his time came a royal decree that investigation should be made of
+the lawfulness of the slavery in which any were held, and that those
+persons whose condition of servitude was not well grounded should
+be set free. This action seems somewhat harsh; for so many persons
+of different nationality were liberated that both the Spaniards
+and the natives were left destitute of servants, and the city and
+the villages were full of beggars--and, what is worse, of thieves
+and incendiaries. This dispossession would have caused the utmost
+distress if General Cristóbal Romero, the castellan of Santiago,
+had not resolved to write to the king our sovereign about it, with
+arguments so forcible that a royal decree came directing that the
+execution of the other be suspended.
+
+The new fiscal of his Majesty, Don Jerónimo Barredo y Valdés, a young
+man of suitable age [for this lady?] married the widow of Auditor
+Don Cristóbal Grimaldos, Doña María Manuela Carrillo y Barrientos--a
+woman in whom, although great was her beauty, virtue was still greater,
+and she furnished an excellent example in the time of her widowhood,
+suffering continually the siege and attacks made against her chastity
+by influential persons. But God recompensed her by giving her a
+numerous offspring and long life, both in these islands and in the
+city of Méjico--from which place no news has come of her death, but
+we have heard that she has remained the widow of Don Jerónimo Barredo,
+who was many years the senior auditor of this royal Audiencia.
+
+The investigating judge, Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, brought [an
+order for] the liberation of the Marqués de Villasierra, Don Fernando
+de Valuenzuela, because the term of ten years since his removal from
+the monastery of the Escorial was now completed. The judge went in
+person to Cavite, to notify him of the order and set him at liberty,
+as he did. The marqués left the port of Cavite and came to Manila, but
+he took up his residence in a country-house which our Manila convent
+possesses, on a sugar-plantation called Pasay. This house is on the
+sea-shore, in a very convenient location for trips back and forth
+from Manila; and one can easily enjoy visits there, as it is only
+one legua distant from the city. Here the marqués lived during all
+the time while he had to wait and make preparations for his journey,
+in order to sail in the first galleon which should return to Nueva
+España; for such was the command given to him, until his Majesty
+should decide whether or not he should go to España.
+
+He embarked in this year of 1689 and arrived at Méjico, where he found
+as viceroy the Conde de Galves, [117] who, as the son of the Duke de
+Infantado, in whose service Don Fernando de Valuenzuela had begun his
+career of fortune, received him very hospitably, as lords are wont
+to receive persons who have a claim upon such considerations. It
+seems as if the patient endurance of this gentleman had conquered
+the influences of fortune, so various and inconstant in his rise and
+fall; for it was said with good ground that he would be viceroy of
+Nueva España; but his death closed the term of his life, which was
+an astonishing one, and an example for the study of admonitions. His
+death was occasioned by the kick of a horse, and on the ninth day a
+fever attacked him from which he died in a few days. He had previously
+fulfilled all the obligations of a Christian, and ordered that his
+body be deposited in the hospice of this province, outside the walls
+of Méjico, where it remained until the marquesa his wife sent orders
+to convey it for burial to the city of Talavera. [Diaz here inserts
+a Latin epitaph on this cavalier, written by some person in Filipinas.]
+
+The investigating judge with his notary managed so well that in
+ten months he had completed all the commissions which he brought
+with him; for he was a man of great activity and energy, and very
+skilful in judicial practice. He brought to an end the residencia
+of Don Juan de Vargas, which was much entangled, and had overstepped
+the peremptory limits of such judgments. He also tried those who were
+accomplices in the imprisonment of Master-of-camp Don Diego de Salcedo,
+of whom now few remained alive, and those were the least guilty; but
+these paid for all the rest, which usually is the purse from which
+[such acts] are paid. He was not as scrupulous as other ministers,
+and as he ought to be, although he affected to be very upright and
+just; and neither he nor his notary went back with empty hands,
+as was proved at Acapulco by some chests of his which were searched,
+notwithstanding the protests that he made that these were the documents
+belonging to his commission. In them were found very valuable goods,
+and very few documents; these would certainly aid him to pass his
+old age in the honorable post which was given to him as soon as he
+arrived at court, that of member of the Treasury Council, which he
+enjoyed for several years.
+
+The archbishop brought to an end the suits which he had begun against
+the principal members of the [cathedral] chapter, of whom only one
+had remained alive, the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; for the
+archdeacon, Don Francisco Deza, had died in an epidemic of influenza,
+and soon afterward Don Francisco Gutiérrez Briceño died suddenly in
+the village of Betis. Accordingly the dean, as head of the chapter
+and vicar-general, and the one who had been leader in the arrests of
+Master Juan González, the father provincial Fray Antonio Calderón,
+and the father professors Fray Juan Ibáñez and Fray Francisco de
+Vargas, on account of these and other occurrences made amends for all
+the chapter-members, and ended by going to Madrid. There he secured
+permission to return to Méjico, his native country, with half the
+income of a dean (which is very small), and with this spent the few
+years of life that remained to him, dying as a good priest.
+
+While Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui was most occupied in
+making ready the galleon in which were to return the investigating
+judge, Don Fernando de Valuenzuela, Fiscal Don Estebán de la Fuente
+Alanis and the admiral of the Windward fleet, Don Antonio de Astina,
+with many other persons who were going to embark--such as the dean
+and father Fray Raimundo Verart, who was going as the archbishop's
+attorney--while busily engaged in these preparations he was assailed
+by death, by means of a painful suppression of urine, which in a few
+days ended his life, after he had received all the holy sacraments. He
+died at ten o'clock at night, on April 27, of this year 1689, at the
+age of more than sixty years. They buried him in our church at Manila,
+at the foot of the altar of the holy Christ of Burgos, to whom he
+had been very devoted, and had gone punctually every Friday to hear
+his mass sung. With him were buried also the devotion and concourse
+to this sacred image, until they were revived twenty years later,
+during the term of government of the Conde de Lizárraga, Don Martín
+de Ursua y Arismendi; this is the usual condition of devotions in
+these islands, for they do not last long, and have their seasons,
+and these are not wont to be very long.
+
+The death of this governor was much regretted by every one; he was
+worthy of being counted among the best whom these islands have had,
+because in him were united the highest qualities which are required to
+constitute an accomplished governor. He was very pacific, and so plain
+in his manners that he was censured for not maintaining his authority;
+he was very charitable, and magnanimous of heart, although small in
+body. He had the noble quality of being exceedingly disinterested,
+and of placing little value on riches--which in these regions,
+where covetousness has so many opportunities to tempt and conquer,
+is the greatest virtue; and it is such even throughout the world,
+since it is almost a miracle.... These islands did not keep him long,
+it may be because they did not deserve him.... For in these regions
+there is little regret for governors who are not good, and little
+esteem for those who are not bad; but he who rules can never find
+himself free from malcontents, because it is not his function to
+please every one. But, since goodness is better recognized after
+it is lost, the governor's death caused much regret. He left as
+his executor Master-of-camp Don Tomás de Endaya, and so small was
+his estate which they found that there was not even enough for the
+expenses of his burial or for the mourning garb of his servants.
+
+On account of his death, the military government was assumed by the
+senior auditor, Licentiate Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, knight of the
+Order of Alcántara; and together with the royal Audiencia [he governed]
+also in civil affairs, as is decreed by royal commands. During the time
+while Don Alonso de Abella governed, which was sixteen months (for it
+was that length of time before Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora arrived),
+this commonwealth enjoyed great peace and tranquillity. If there were
+any dissensions in the ecclesiastical state, he took no part in them;
+and if it had not been for his great forethought those differences
+would have been greater, as will be related in the proper place.
+
+With the death of the governor, and the excellent intentions of
+the temporary ruler, the affairs of Don Juan de Zalaeta assumed
+another shape. He had suffered great hardships and privations in
+his imprisonment and banishment, and all his property, even to his
+clothing, had been sold at auction; for before his departure from
+these islands the authorities had taken his residencia for the time
+when he was alcalde-mayor of Calamianes, and some charges against him
+resulted. The acting governor ordered that he be released from prison,
+and that both he and Don Miguel de Lezama should come to Manila,
+where their causes were settled with less harshness. Don Juan de
+Zalaeta returned to España, thoroughly warned by the bad outcome
+of the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, which he had so eagerly
+desired, imagining that it would be of great honor and profit to
+him. He reached Madrid very poor, and ill provided with supplies,
+and died there suddenly....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+During the fourteen months which remained in the term of office of our
+father provincial Fray Juan de Jérez after his death, the province was
+governed by the experienced prelate our father Fray José Duque--so
+successfully and peaceably, and with so much tranquillity in the
+order, that he was able to moderate the great sorrow which all felt
+at the loss of the deceased provincial. In this peaceful condition
+the time came for holding the chapter-session which took place in
+the convent at Manila, on April 30 of this year of 1689; father Fray
+Luis Díaz presided therein, as the eldest definitor of the preceding
+chapter. There was not much discussion among the fathers in their
+effort to find a person whom they might elect as provincial, because
+for a long time all had fixed their attention on father Fray Francisco
+de Zamora, who was then prior of the convent at Manila. He was a
+native of Medina del Campo, and a son of the convent at Valladolid,
+who had come to this province in the year 1669; a religious of great
+prudence, and unusual ability for governing; and for many years they
+had only delayed electing him until he should reach the age of forty
+years, since that is the time fixed in our Constitutions. They found
+that he lacked six months of that age, which, as he alleged, exempted
+him from election for so heavy a burden; but having investigated the
+matter, and basing their action on many previous precedents which had
+occurred not only in this province but in others, in which there had
+been dispensations [from the rule], the father who presided granted
+one in this case, as he was vicar-general, and father Fray Francisco
+was elected provincial on the said date, April 30.
+
+The definitors who were elected were fathers Fray Julián Zapata,
+Fray Juan de San Nicolás, Fray Gaspar de San Agustín, and Fray Simón
+Martínez. The visitors for the preceding triennium were present,
+fathers Fray Ignacio de Mercado and the reader Fray Francisco de
+Ugarte; and as new visitors were appointed father Fray Eusebio de
+Porras and the father reader Fray José López. Ordinances were enacted
+that were very useful for the better government of the province,
+and for the administration of the missions in our charge; this is the
+greatest responsibility of the chapters, because the system in this
+province is so different from that in the European provinces, which
+needs very different corporate laws for the preservation of each,
+and for enabling the individuals therein to fulfil the obligations
+of the religious without failing in those of parish priest--which in
+this province is the function of all its members, while in Perú and
+Nueva España it is the occupation of but few.
+
+The governor ad interim, Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, began to govern
+with so much prudence and ability that it seemed as if he had the
+benefit of long experience, although he had hardly known a few months
+of such responsibility. The principal cause of this was the concord
+in which he lived with all, as well as the aid which he received from
+his associates, Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina and Don Juan de Sierra,
+who vied with each other in cooperating with their colleague in
+discharging the duties of his office. It is in this direction that
+the ad interim governments of auditors in these islands are weak and
+fail of success; for, peevish because the precedence of seniority
+is not theirs, they try to obscure the credit of him who wields the
+rod of authority, and often show themselves as his worst enemies,
+and thus aristocratic rule is converted into democratic confusion.
+
+His first care was the despatch of the galleon "Santo Niño" to Nueva
+España, in charge of General Don Antonio de Astina; for as this
+commander had left the office of admiral of the Windward fleet (for
+which he had a proprietary appointment from his Majesty the king),
+it was not just that a personage of so great merits should return
+as passenger--for the patache "San Fernando," in which he had come,
+was not fit for the return trip of so severe a navigation; and
+it had been laid aside, not only on this account, but because its
+owner, Felipe Vertis, had died suddenly. The investigating judge,
+the alcalde of court Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, embarked with
+his notary; all the commissions which he carried from the supreme
+Council having been concluded, he carried [the documents concerning]
+them with him, as also the copious evidence in the residencia of Don
+Juan de Vargas--who remained for an indefinite time in banishment
+in the village of Lingayén, suffering the hardships and miseries of
+being an excommunicate, denounced as such on the church-doors, and
+with no consolation save his own courage and that of his wife, Doña
+Isabel de Ardila. Don Juan de Zalaeta embarked, under the obligation
+of presenting himself at Madrid with the proceedings in his case. The
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz, was bound on the same errand; and father
+Fray Raimundo Verart went aboard with powers of attorney from the
+archbishop, in whose favor he printed a long and learned manifesto. The
+galleon had a very prosperous voyage, duly arriving at Acapulco;
+and on the return trip it brought us the new proprietary governor.
+
+In this year of 1689, came the end of the long and troubled life of
+the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who was sixty-eight years old,
+an age attained by few persons in these regions; and these years
+were rendered more painful by the many troubles and annoyances
+that had resisted his courage--which was very great, [although]
+in a small body. For many months he had been well prepared for this
+inevitable and impending event, as the devout religious that he was;
+and from his archiepiscopal palace he watched over and promoted the
+rigorous observance of the province of the Holy Rosary of the Order
+of Preachers. A Benjamin of the great patriarch St. Dominic, [118] he
+came to this province in the year 1647, after having taught arts and
+theology in the famous college of San Gregorio at Valladolid; and he
+was therefore regarded as the greatest theological professor who had
+been in these islands. He was provincial during two quadrenniums,
+and prior of Manila for two more; and he was commissary of the
+Holy Office when the appointment as archbishop reached him. We have
+already seen his constancy in defending the episcopal authority. His
+charity was great, for he spent whatever was left from his income
+(which did not exceed five thousand pesos), in aiding the poor;
+and with it he assisted the missionaries of Tungkin. A nephew of his
+came to visit him, but he would not consent that the governor should
+give this man any office or position, and made him go back with very
+little outfit. His death would have been considered, in another man,
+sudden and unexpected; for he was found dead at midnight on the day
+of St. Sylvester, ending [his life] with the year, so that it could
+be said, Et dies pleni inveniuntur in eis (Ps. xii, v. 10). But this
+great prelate awaited the end of his days with full preparation, and
+had just given orders for the making of a red pontifical vestment in
+which he was to be buried; his body, embalmed, was deposited in the
+church of Santo Domingo at Manila.
+
+The see being declared vacant, the cabildo assumed its government;
+and they could have ruled with great peace if they themselves had not
+hunted up discord where they had thought to find greater peace. The
+vacant see was ruled by Master Juan González de Guzmán, who was now
+dean on account of the absence of Don Miguel Ortiz, and at the same
+time was provisor and vicar-general of the cabildo; and as it seemed
+to them that it would be expedient, for the greater authority of
+the diocese, to cede the government to the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Ginés Barrientos, they named him as its head. From this ensued great
+dissensions, for the bishop-governor thought that he was superior to
+the cabildo, and that they had transferred their authority to him,
+leaving themselves entirely stripped of it; this is contrary to
+all the teachings of the sacred canons, which in one precept of law
+declare: Privilegio, quod habes propter me, non potes uti contra me;
+and the established principle which states: Propter quod unumquodque
+tale, illud magis. [119] They tried to persuade him, by very learned
+manifestoes, that the cabildo alone could have constituted him its
+vicar-general, with authority removable at the pleasure of the same
+cabildo; and that they could therefore revoke the appointment which
+they had conferred upon him, whenever they pleased. But the bishop of
+Troya resolved not to yield, but to act as superior to and independent
+of the cabildo. There were bitter disputes, proceeding from both sides,
+so much so that, in order to avoid greater scandals, two members of
+the cabildo--the dean, Master Juan González de Guzmán, and the cantor,
+Don Estebán de Olmedo Gabaldón, a native of Campo de Crítana in La
+Mancha--took refuge in our convent of San Pablo at Manila, from which
+the bishop of Troya would have taken them, if the prudent governor,
+Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, had not refused to give him the aid
+which he asked for that exploit.
+
+The bishop of Troya was very learned, a great theologian and preacher,
+but in this matter he erred as a man, for it seemed to him that
+the rank and consecration of a bishop rendered him superior on that
+occasion to the authority which the cabildo possessed by law in the
+vacant see. Among many other manifestoes which were published in
+defense of the cabildo, one came out which was very well grounded,
+the motto or inscription of which, as being ingenious and apropos,
+is worthy of being noted here; it said, Non licet tibi habere uxorem
+fratris tui Philippi (Mark vi, v. 18), [120] alluding to the name
+of the deceased archbishop, and to their both belonging to the same
+order. But the bishop of Troya, notwithstanding he was so learned
+and so holy, was very hard to dissuade from his opinion, although on
+the present occasion he had every one against him; and although he
+withdrew his claims, on account of the urgent representations made
+by the acting governor and the other auditors and all the religious
+orders, he yielded through constraint and not from conviction. The
+cabildo continued its government, with much peace, during the vacancy
+of the see.
+
+During this interval the year 1690 came in, and the acting governor
+despatched the galleon "Nuestra Señora del Rosario" to Nueva
+España, in command of General Don José Madrazo; and in it embarked
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas. In order to do this he had left
+his place of banishment at Lingayén, after having suffered great
+hardships; and the end of these was to die on this voyage, in the
+higher latitude. [This occurred] at a place which people call Doña
+María de la Jara, of considerable note on account of the many deaths
+which have occurred in that place; for among those who have died
+there are four proprietary governors, and some acting governors, and
+some auditors, and the above-mentioned bishop of Troya. Accordingly
+this place is the dread of those who sail in that navigation, and
+especially for persons of so high degree; for the poor seamen go and
+come past it with greater security.
+
+After this galleon had been despatched, news came about June of the
+landing of the galleon "Santo Niño," which in the preceding year had
+sailed for Acapulco, in charge of Don Antonio de Astina; in it came, as
+its commander, Don Juan de Garaycoechea--a Navarrese, from the valley
+of Baztán--who was married in Manila, and had spent several years in
+Nueva España. In the galleon came the new governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+[y] Góngora, a knight of the Order of Santiago; he was a Navarrese,
+a native of Pamplona, of the illustrious lineage of Cruzat--well known
+in that kingdom, since from it have proceeded men so distinguished as
+Don Martín de Redín y Cruzat, grand master of Malta; and his brother
+Don Tiburcio de Redín, well known for his courage and still more for
+his virtue, for, having entered the Capuchin order, he merited that his
+biography should be printed with the title, The Spanish Capuchin, as
+an example for his successors. An illustrious shoot from this house of
+Cruzat is also the glorious St. Francis Javier, the apostle of India.
+
+This gentleman brought his wife, Doña Beatriz de Aróstegui y Aguirre,
+a native of Cádiz, a matron of great beauty and still greater virtue;
+three sons, Don Martín, Don Fausto, and Don Juan; and two daughters,
+Doña Ignacia and Doña Teresa. He also brought a sister, named Doña
+Teresa de Aróstegui, who afterward married the aforesaid Don Juan de
+Garaycoechea, then a knight of the Order of Santiago, who later died
+in Méjico. Don Fausto had been waiting in that city three years, until
+the term allowed to Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui in the government
+here should be completed; and he would have waited much longer if
+Don Gabriel's death had not dispensed him from a longer detention,
+for with him was begun the practice of sending successors who may be
+on the watch for the governor's [term of] life--I know not whether
+it be to wish him well. Much could be said of this, and of the great
+difficulties which can result from such a precaution--such as the
+sale of offices, as has been done for many years; but it is not my
+obligation to give an opinion on matters of state, but to relate
+facts without contesting the laws.
+
+Governor Don Fausto brought here many persons of good family:
+Don Juan Lingurín, a man of great virtue, who died in Manila with
+the reputation of being a great servant of God; for he was greatly
+addicted to meditation, prayer, and mortification. Sargento-mayor
+Don Fernando Iglesias Montañés, his secretary, who afterward married
+Doña María Morante, who came in the suite of the governor's wife. Don
+Juan de Rivas, a native of Galicia, and a general in the army; he
+married another lady of Doña Beatriz's household, named Doña Juana de
+Aragón. Captain Don Miguel de Salazar, of Toledo, who was grievously
+slain in the year 1709. Don Angel Liaño, Captain Don Frutos Delgado,
+Don Pedro de Subirá, Don Francisco Valdés, Don José de Veroluca,
+and many others. [Among these were] General Don Pedro de Lucena
+and Captain Don Lucas de Lucena, brothers, who are still living;
+Captain Don José de Luzarrondo, a Navarrese; Captain de Iriarte,
+who afterward returned to España; and Master Don Juan Aguilar, the
+governor's chaplain, who had spent some time in these islands, being
+one of the household of the bishop of Sinopolis, Don Fray Juan Durán,
+assistant of the bishop of Cebú. In this galleon came Captain Don
+Patricio de Aguila--an Irishman, brother of the pilot Guillermo de
+Aguila--and Captain Pedro Quijada, both married; and other officers
+who are still living, with an excellent reenforcement of men for the
+Manila garrison.
+
+What is most important for our history is, that a numerous and choice
+mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father Fray
+�lvaro de Benavente, who in 1686 had been sent [to Europa] for this
+purpose, and made his voyage by way of Batavia and Holanda, as we have
+briefly related. That navigation was very difficult, because when the
+Dutch ships with which he was going approached the English Channel they
+learned that at its entrance was a French fleet. For this reason they
+changed their route, doubling Cape Clare, a promontory of Ireland;
+and they went as far as 63° of [north] latitude, so that they could
+sail around the northern extremity of Scotland, and therefore they
+suffered great cold and hardship. As soon as father Fray �lvaro de
+Benavente arrived at Bilbao with his companion Fray Juan Verganzo, he
+set out on his journey to the court, where he presented his despatches,
+and explained the reasons why he had made his voyage by way of Batavia;
+for this route was strictly prohibited by his Majesty, and might cause
+much hindrance to the procurators. Having secured the approval of the
+Duke de Medinaceli and the lords of the royal Council of the Indias,
+he departed for the Roman court, to ask for the relaxation of the
+oaths which the missionaries in China were commanded to take, of
+obedience to the apostolic vicars sent out by the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda. [Diaz relates with some detail the progress and
+success of this embassy by Benavente, because the question at issue
+therein has an important place in the controversy over the line of
+demarcation between the domains of Spain and Portugal in the East;
+but we omit this part, as it is unimportant for our narrative.]
+
+[Father Fray �lvaro] also had to obtain from our very reverend general
+Fray Fulgencio Travalloni various statutes and corporate laws for
+the government of this province; and these were [in the form of]
+fifty-eight decrees, given in the convent of San Martín at Sena [i.e.,
+Sienna], on May 28, 1688, [while the father general was engaged]
+in the general visitation of Italia; father Fray �lvaro brought them
+in printed form, with a Roman imprint. But with the course of time
+it was found by experience that these laws were unduly rigorous,
+and not very satisfactory for the government of this province;
+and it was continually asking for dispensations from them, until our
+father general Fray Adeodato Nuzzi, of Altimira, sent orders that this
+province should change and correct them as it should find expedient;
+and this was done in the intermediate chapter of the year 1710. Father
+Fray �lvaro brought many favors and jubilees from his Holiness for
+many convents of this province, and a bull to the effect that the
+religious who, knowing any language of the provinces under our charge,
+should explain [the Christian doctrine] in the convent of Manila for
+a period of eight years should bear the title of "Master," with the
+exemptions belonging to that dignity, and that he might exercise a
+perpetual vote in the provincial chapters; but up to the present time
+there has been no religious who has devoted himself to that occupation,
+or attracted much importance to this so unusual concession.
+
+For the missionaries in China he gained the subsidy and stipend which
+his Majesty gives to the missionaries of the other religious orders,
+that is, a hundred pesos to each one for a year's support. He obtained
+a royal decree that the trade and commerce with the Portuguese of
+Macán, which until that time had been forbidden and full of risk,
+should be free; and this dispensation was obtained only by the
+information given by father Fray �lvaro de Benavente that this was
+the safest door by which the missionaries could gain entrance into
+China. But the Portuguese, although they enjoy greatly to their
+profit the commerce of Manila, which is the chief means of their
+preservation, carry out very poorly the arrangement, as regards
+giving passage to the missionaries; for not only do they not give
+them entrance, but they inflict many annoyances on the religious,
+as they did with this very father Fray �lvaro, in both his first and
+his second visit to China. What keeps them in this attitude is the
+incorrectly understood patronage of their king of Portugal; for they
+can claim the same things in Mogol, Persia, Turquia and Constantinopla,
+and in the empire of Trapisonda, as included in the hemisphere of their
+demarcation. Father Fray �lvaro returned to España with a commission
+of vicar-general (which had been granted to him very fully by our own
+reverend father general); and he busied himself in calling together
+the religious who were to come in the mission [to Filipinas]. Since
+he had passed through the province of Aragón on his return from Roma,
+some religious offered themselves to him there, not only from Aragón
+but from Valencia; and there some others who afterward were enlisted
+by father Fray Pedro Cerro--to whom father Fray �lvaro had delegated
+his own powers, since father Fray Pedro was a religious who was very
+friendly to this province, and zealous for the good of souls.
+
+Before father Fray �lvaro reached Manila with his religious, Governor
+Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora made his entry into the city; this was
+done on St. James's day, in the afternoon. Two magnificent and very
+beautiful triumphal arches were erected for him, with large emblematic
+representations and ingenious allegories. One was made at the cost and
+by the care of the Society of Jesus; and the other by the care of our
+Augustinian fathers, at the place where the governor would pass our
+convent of San Pablo, with the idea of the history of Janus--with
+ingenious Latin inscriptions and epigrams, explained in Castilian
+eight-line stanzas; and to these were added, in all these places,
+praises [of the governor]. This was the last reception of this sort
+that was given to the governors, its disuse being begun with the next
+governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu--who, as he came wearing mourning
+for the death of our king Don Carlos II, would not allow this festal
+mode of reception.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+On the third day after the solemn entry of the governor, the religious
+of the mission here by father Fray �lvaro de Benavente made their
+entrance into the convent of Manila; and on July 28 a private session
+of the definitory was held in order to admit and adopt them into this
+province. The following is a list of them:
+
+1. Father Fray Diego Bañales, a native of Coruña, and a son of the
+convent at Santiago; aged forty years, and twenty-three in the order;
+a preacher and confessor. He came as confessor to the governor's wife;
+was prior of Guadalupe, a definitor, and president of the chapter;
+and died at Manila, on January 29, 1706.
+
+2. The father reader Fray Carlos Terrazas, a son of the house at
+Valencia, thirty-two years old and having professed sixteen years
+before; he was minister in the Pintados or Bisayas provinces, and
+of very great virtue; he died in the convent of Dumarao, on October
+18, 1694.
+
+3. The father reader Fray Nicolás Bernet, a native of the town of
+Epila, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old,
+and a professed for ten years; he was prior of Cebú; and died at
+Manila, on May 1, 1701.
+
+4. The father preacher Fray José de Ribera, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; forty years of age, and twenty-three
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Pasig on May 21, 1706.
+
+5. The father preacher Fray Gelasio Giménez, a son of the convent at
+Valencia; twenty-seven years of age, and ten and a half in the order;
+was minister in the province of Ilocos; and died there on August
+12, 1694.
+
+6. The father reader Fray José Carbonel, son of the convent at
+Valencia, and master of the students therein; twenty-five years old,
+and nine in the order; was minister in the province of Ilocos; and
+died at the village of Candong, on March 19, 1711.
+
+7. The father preacher Fray Martín Fuentes, a son of the convent at
+Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old, and nine years and four months
+in the order; has been a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+and a definitor; and is still [121] living, a minister in Bisayas,
+and examiner of literature for the Holy Office.
+
+8. The father preacher Fray Nicolás Servent, a native of Valencia,
+son of the house at Alcoy; aged twenty-eight years, and ten in the
+order. He is still living, a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+the prior of Macabebe.
+
+9. The father preacher Fray José de Aranda, a native of Estella,
+and son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged thirty-one years, and five
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Manila, on October 11, 1698.
+
+10. The father reader Fray Blas Díaz, son of the convent at Zaragoza;
+aged twenty-three years, and seven and a half in the order; he was
+minister in the provinces of Tagalos, and returned to España.
+
+11. The father preacher Fray Pedro Beltrán, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Alcira; aged thirty-two years, and six in
+the order; he is now living, a minister in the provinces of Bisayas.
+
+12. Father Fray Pedro Baldo, son of the convent at Valencia; aged
+twenty-six years, and nine in the order; was minister in Bisayas,
+where he died on April 27, 1716, while prior of the convent at Dumarao.
+
+13. The father preacher Fray Juan Barruelo, a native of Candelario,
+in the bishopric of Plasencia, and son of the convent at Salamanca;
+aged twenty-four years, and six in the order; was minister in China
+for several years, and at the present time is definitor and prior of
+the convent of Apalit in Pampanga.
+
+14. The brother chorister Fray Tomás Ortiz, a native of Dueñas, and
+son of the convent at Valladolid; aged twenty-two years, and three in
+the order; was minister in China eighteen years, and vicar-provincial
+of that mission; afterward he was prior of the convent at Manila,
+and still lives, the present provincial of this province.
+
+15. The brother chorister Fray Diego Megía, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; twenty-one years of age, and three
+and a half in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos,
+where he died as prior of the convent of Tanauan, on October 4, 1699.
+
+16. The brother chorister Fray José Ruiz, son of the convent at Burgos,
+and native of that city; aged twenty-two years; is minister of the
+province of Ilocos, and has been visitor of this province.
+
+17. The brother [chorister?] Fray José de Echebel, son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty-two years, and six in the order;
+was a minister in Bisayas; and died about March, 1706.
+
+18. The brother chorister Fray Facundo Trepat, a native of Caspe,
+son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty years, and three and a
+half in the order; has been definitor, and is now a minister in the
+provinces of Bisayas.
+
+19. The brother chorister Fray José Bosquet, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Epila; twenty years of age, and two in the
+order; is a minister in the provinces of Bisayas, and now definitor
+of this province.
+
+20. The brother chorister Fray Guillermo Sebastián, a son of the house
+at Vinaroz; aged nineteen years, and two and a half in the order;
+was a minister in the province of Ilocos, and died as prior of Bantay,
+on December 13, 1698.
+
+21. The brother chorister Fray Eugenio Costales, a son of the convent
+of Sevilla; aged twenty-one years, and three in the order; is now a
+minister in the province of Ilocos.
+
+22. The brother novice Fray Juan Hidalgo López, a native of
+Extremadura; aged twenty-eight years; is a minister in the province
+of Pampanga.
+
+23. The brother novice Fray Juan Núñez, a native of Medina del Campo;
+aged twenty-three years; was a minister in China for many years;
+and at present is a minister in the province of Ilocos, and its
+vicar-provincial.
+
+24. The brother novice Fray Fernando Ricote, a native of Asturias;
+aged twenty-eight years; was a minister in Bisayas; and died at Cebú
+in the year 1698.
+
+25. The brother novice Fray Isidro López, a native of Madrid; aged
+seventeen years; was a minister in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Tagalos; and died while he was visitor, and prior of Guiguinto,
+on February 21, 1716.
+
+26. The lay brother Fray Francisco de Sevilla, a son of the convent at
+Játiva; aged thirty-one years, and five in the order; he was eminent
+in virtue, prayer, and mortification, and rendered much service to
+the convent of Manila, where he met a pious death on March 31, 1711.
+
+27. The lay brother Fray Nicolás Codura, a son of the convent at Epila;
+aged thirty years, and seven in the order; he lives in the convent
+at Manila, where he has rendered good service, and still does so.
+
+All these religious have been very useful to this province in its
+ministries and instruction, and in the missions of China--the progress
+of which from their foundation will be set down separately and all
+together, by way of recapitulation, [122] ending this history with this
+chapter. For if I were to continue it further it would be necessary to
+speak of the living, and [personal] considerations might render the
+truth liable to suspicion; and although truth is the essential form
+and the soul of history it cannot become the instructor of the times,
+or be a [reliable] witness about them, when suspicion can challenge
+it. I will, however, record in this chapter some of the acts of Don
+Fausto in his government [123]--which, although they were just, were
+rendered intolerable by the violence and harshness with which they
+were executed; for the body politic of the Manila colony is not fit
+for so strong cathartic remedies, since its weakness can only endure
+anodynes and emollients.
+
+This gentleman commenced the course of his government with great
+integrity and rectitude, and very clean hands--grand qualities from
+which to expect a good government, although not well liked by all. All
+his desire, assiduity, and effort were directed to the increase of the
+royal revenues; and this he kept up to the end of his government, with
+such extreme application that what appeared to the governor justice
+seemed [to the people] cruelty. But here Justice used only the edges
+of the sword, without weighing with the balances that she held in
+the other hand the difficulties of time and occasion. Don Gabriel de
+Curucelaegui had not pushed this matter very far before troubles which
+gave him greater anxiety diverted his mind from this occupation. In
+a short time Don Fausto acquired great comprehension of the conduct
+of government and of all the measures which could increase the royal
+revenues; and he found that a very considerable amount was due to
+the exchequer, not only from the living but from the dead, from the
+collections of the royal tributes and from other sources. Don Fausto
+applied himself to the collection, with excessive rigor, of what the
+citizens of Manila owed to the royal treasury, without considering that
+most of the debtors were bankrupt, and almost destitute through lack
+of means; others were now dead, and search was made for their heirs and
+executors, in order to compel them to satisfy these claims. [124] While
+these investigations were being made, the prisons and fortifications
+were filled with debtors, more fit to ask alms than to pay their debts;
+others took refuge in the churches, where they remained a long time
+without being able to look for means of support. In every direction
+there were seizures and auctions, exactions and investigations. By
+this assiduity Don Fausto placed much silver in the royal treasury;
+but his Majesty does not choose to flay thus his vassals, but rather,
+as a good shepherd, to shear off the wool without cutting away the skin
+in which it has its roots. This inflexibility in collecting the debts
+owed to the royal exchequer, and his great eagerness to increase it,
+have caused great expenses, some superfluous and others necessary;
+and these traits in Don Fausto continued throughout the period of his
+government--which was the longest that has occurred in these islands,
+since it reached eleven years. [125]
+
+Considering that in these islands there is no equipment of iron-works
+for making anchors, and that the Dutch of Batavia, as they are so
+ingenious, have abundance of all that pertains to navigation, he
+sent Don Pedro de Ariosolo with title of ambassador, accompanied by
+some Spaniards--Don Martín de Tejada, Don José Pestaño de Cueva,
+Don Juan de Tejada, and others, among the prominent citizens of
+Manila. These envoys were very well received in Batavia, and so well
+did they succeed in their errand that they brought back many and
+excellent anchors, which were used for many years. This transaction
+was repeated afterward by Governor Don Domingo de Zabalburu, who sent
+for the same purpose General Miguel Martínez, Don Gregorio Escalante,
+Don Juan de San Pedro, and others, whose errand was as successful
+as that of the former envoys, through the good management and great
+liberality of the ambassador. Such endeavors have not always had the
+desired effect; for in the past year of 1717 the present governor,
+Mariscal Don Fernando Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda, sent General Don
+Fernando de Angulo as ambassador to Batavia to procure some anchors,
+but he returned without them.
+
+The first galleon that Don Fausto despatched for Nueva España was
+the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," in charge of General Don Francisco de
+Arcocha, his pilot being Lazcano; the voyage was a prosperous one,
+and the galleon returned in the following year of 1692, in charge
+of the captain of mounted cuirassiers Don Bernardo de Bayo, who was
+sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves, who took away that office from
+Don Francisco de Arcocha. It is said that the cause of this change
+was resentment on the part of the said Conde because he had in the
+year 1689 sent Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero, a gentleman of his
+household, as commander of the galleon--because the commander who had
+come with the ship, Lucas Mateo de Urquiza, had remained at Acapulco
+sick (not being willing to follow the second route, which Don Pedro
+de Ariosolo was taking)--and Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero had
+returned in the said galleon "Santo Cristo" as a passenger and not
+as a commander (although he died on the way); and, annoyed at this,
+the viceroy had taken the office from Don Francisco de Arcocha and
+given it to Don Bernardo de Bayo. It would have been better if the
+galleon had not come at all, for it was wrecked on the return trip,
+as we shall see later.
+
+With Don Gabriel de Arnedo came the auditor Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima, with his wife and children, who the
+preceding year had not been able to embark on account of the lack
+of accommodations in the patache "San Fernando," in which came the
+investigating judge and the three auditors. Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta was highly esteemed for his learning, and for having been
+an official of great integrity and uprightness. He completed his
+six years' term as auditor of Filipinas, and embarked for Méjico,
+where he was for many years alcalde of criminal cases for that city,
+with the same reputation for integrity and rectitude. The new auditors
+brought orders from his Majesty that two of them should go first to
+visit the provinces [126] of these islands, and draw up an enumeration
+of the royal tributes, their two associates remaining [at Manila] to
+serve in the royal Audiencia. For this task two auditors set out--Don
+Alonso de Abella Fuertes to visit the provinces of Cagayán, Ilocos,
+and Pampanga; and Don Juan de Sierra to visit those of Cebú, Ogtón,
+and Panay, although he visited only the last two. After Don Alonso
+Fuertes had returned from his commission, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta
+went to visit the provinces of Tagalos, and made the enumeration of
+the tributes.
+
+Don Fausto placed on the stocks the largest galleon that had ever
+been built; for it was three codos longer than the largest that
+had been built in the world. This enterprise was carried on by
+Master-of-camp Don Tomás de Endaya, who by application had become
+very skilful in this art, and he was therefore the superintendent of
+this construction; which was completed in less than nine months, to
+the astonishment of everyone--although with some cause for scandal,
+since the men worked on it even on the most important feast-days, not
+stopping even on Holy Thursday. He gave it the name of "San José,"
+and appointed Don José Madrazo its commander; and it was launched
+very successfully. It sailed from this headland of Cavite on the day
+of Sts. Peter and Paul in 1694; [127] and on July 3, in the night,
+it was dashed to pieces on the coast of Lubán, and more than four
+hundred persons were drowned. It was reckoned that if the men had
+not worked on the feast-days the vessel would have been completed
+more slowly, and would have sailed many days later, and the furious
+hurricane that was the cause of its wreck would not have caught it on
+the sea, with the deaths of so many persons and the loss of the great
+amount of merchandise that it carried; for it is considered certain
+that no larger or richer galleon had plowed the waters of the sea,
+for the wealth that it carried was incredible.
+
+While this loss was so great, one of the most grievous losses that
+these islands have suffered, it was made worse by the non-arrival of
+the galleon that was expected that year, the "Santo Cristo de Burgos,"
+in charge of General Don Bernardo Ignacio del Bayo--who, as we have
+said, was sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves in the year of 1691, and
+returned in the same ship the following year; and it put back to the
+port of Solsogón, after having endured great tempests. It remained at
+Solsogón in order to continue its voyage the year of 1693, as it did;
+but it not only failed to reach port, but was wrecked, without our
+gaining the least knowledge of the place where that occurred. There
+were some suspicions that it was destroyed by fire (a danger for which
+there is on the sea no help), for at one of the Marianas Islands were
+found fragments of burned wood, which were sent [here] by the governor
+of Filipinas, Don José Madrazo, and were recognized to be of woods that
+are found in these islands only. Careful search was made for many years
+along the coasts of South America, and in other regions; but not the
+least news of this ship has been received. Among the persons who were
+lost in this galleon was a religious who was most highly esteemed by
+this province for his great virtue and learning; this was the father
+reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte, a Vizcayan, a native of Marquina,
+who came as superior of the mission which reached this province in the
+year 1684; he had been sent in this galleon to España, as procurator
+of the province, to ask for a new reënforcement of missionaries. Much
+could be said of the great virtue of this religious, of his frequent
+prayer and mortification, his poverty, his extraordinary humility
+and affability--which I omit, in order not to seem too partial to
+him, or expose myself to the censure which I have seen incurred by
+many historians among the regulars, who have indulged in so excessive
+praises of this sort that they expose themselves to the charge of being
+too partial, because the persons eulogized are of their own houses.
+
+By these so calamitous events the islands were reduced to a miserable
+condition, on account of the loss of two good galleons and of so much
+wealth, belonging to so many that one might say it was the wealth
+of all [the citizens of Manila]. There was a little alleviation of
+our affliction that year, but it was so little that it could hardly
+be regarded as succor--that before the great galleon left Cavite a
+small patache entered that port which the viceroy of Nueva España
+had sent with some slight assistance, in charge of Don Andrés de
+Arriola, a Sevillan gentleman of great courage and renown. He
+returned to Nueva España in a small vessel which was purchased
+for 6,000 pesos from a Portuguese merchant named Juan de Abreu; it
+was so small that the authorities ordered, under heavy penalties,
+that no citizen should send in this vessel anything except letters,
+a rule which was enforced most rigorously. This patache made a very
+prosperous voyage; for, having passed the Marianas Islands, which is
+the most difficult part of this navigation, and finding that their
+provisions were nearly gone, and that it was almost impossible to
+pursue their voyage, divine Providence aided them by revealing to
+them an unknown island, not set down on any navigation chart. They
+found it uninhabited by men, but abounding in certain birds, large
+and heavy, and little inclined to fly, and so easy to catch that
+the men gave them the name of "fool birds" [128] either because of
+their stupidity, or as being the same as those birds which are found
+in Brasil and some islands of India which the Portuguese call dodos,
+which is the same as tontos [i.e., "stupid"]. The flesh of these birds
+is very good, and so, by killing many of them and drying their flesh
+in the wind, the sailors made a very good provision of food. They
+also found very good water and firewood, so that they were able to
+continue their voyage to Acapulco. What they most regretted was,
+that they could not fix the latitude and situation of this island,
+for lack of seeing the sun; and thus the island became again unknown,
+and inaccessible for another like emergency. [If its location were
+known], it would be a great assistance in making easier this arduous
+and severe navigation from Filipinas to Acapulco.
+
+Don Andrés de Arriola was afterward a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+commander of the Windward fleet, and governor of Vera Cruz and of
+Pançacola, where he rendered great services to his Majesty King Don
+Felipe V--his great courage enabling him to furnish large supplies of
+silver [to the king], despite the perils of the sea and the enemies of
+the crown, in the time when the armed fleets of Inglaterra and Holanda
+were infesting the seas and obstructing the commerce with America.
+
+Among the losses which Governor Don Fausto experienced in the time
+of his government, the greatest in his estimation was the death of
+his spouse Doña Beatriz de Aróstegui, in 1694; he loved her dearly,
+an affection deserved by her beauty, the many children that she had
+borne him, her great virtues, and sweet disposition--for which all the
+people loved her as the rainbow of peace, as she greatly moderated the
+choleric disposition of her husband. She died, this Rachel in beauty
+and Leah in fruitfulness, in the second year of the government of
+Don Fausto. [129] She was given a burial with honors in our church
+at Manila, and in the following year her remains were transferred
+to a beautiful chapel in the chancel, erected and adorned for this
+purpose. [This chapel contains the sculptured figure of the lady,
+with some Latin inscriptions, which are here omitted.] Well was this
+monument merited by a matron so virtuous, loved and reverenced by all
+for her great virtues; and her death was all the more regretted on
+account of her youth. The funeral honors which were solemnized for
+her were the most splendid ever seen in these islands (and it would
+be difficult to equal them in any other country, even with great
+expenditures); for the great abundance in these islands of wax and
+of the other materials for pomp which can increase the magnificence
+of functions of this kind, render them very easy. But this abuse is
+at present greatly moderated, as a result of the recent royal decree
+which was published that these vain parades be diminished.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
+
+
+The sources of the documents in this volume are as follows:
+
+1. Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.--From the Ventura del Arco
+MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, and 119-133; a contemporaneous
+MS., belonging to Edward E. Ayer; Ventura del Arco MSS., v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206.
+
+2. Augustinians in the Philippines.--From Casimiro Diaz's Conquistas
+(Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, and 689-817; from a copy in the possession
+of James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] At the end of this document appear the following memoranda
+relative to the archbishop's voyage to the islands: "Archbishop Camacho
+embarked at Acapulco for Manila on March 30, 1697. The lading of the
+ship was made in great haste, because there was in Acapulco a fearful
+pestilence. Several died from this pest on the ship, within a few
+days--among whom were the fiscal of his Majesty, and a Jesuit and
+a Dominican. On the 19th of July they encountered a terrible storm,
+from which they escaped only through the intercession of St. Francisco
+Javier, a Jesuit, casting into the water an order of the saint in which
+he promised that they should have no [cause for] fear. On July 24, at
+three o'clock in the afternoon, they anchored in the port of Palapag,
+where they suffered from a baguio. On the eighth day of September,
+the archbishop made his public entry into Manila."
+
+[2] Spanish, realengos; "applied to the villages which are not held
+by seigniors or by the religious orders, and to lands belonging to
+the state" (Barcia).
+
+Auditor Sierra held a commission from the court for legalizing
+the ownership of lands in Filipinas; and in the fulfilment of this
+charge he demanded from the friars the documents which justified their
+right to the magnificent estates of which they called themselves the
+owners." (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, p. 385.)
+
+[3] This bull was a papal sentence of excommunication formerly
+published against heretics every Holy (or Maundy) Thursday; for ages
+it was publicly read on that day, otherwise known as the feria quinta
+in Coena Domini; hence its common title, as given in the text. The
+latest form which this bull assumed was given to it by Urban VIII in
+1627; it is entitled, Pastoralis Romani pontificis vigilantia, and is
+divided into twenty sections or decrees. Of these, no. 15 censures
+such as usurp jurisdiction; it was, then, issued in the interests
+of liberty in court trials. No. 17 censures those who usurp church
+revenues, incomes, and the like; and it thus upheld the rights of
+ownership. This bull is no longer used; its periodical publication was
+discontinued after 1773, and it was suppressed by Pius IX (October 12,
+1869), in force of his constitution, Apostolicæ Sedis, issued on that
+date.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[4] The decree here mentioned is dated May 15, 1572, and begins,
+Exposcit debitum pastoralis officii. In it provision is made for
+"appeals from the West Indias, and the islands of the Ocean Sea,
+subject to the king of Spain." It orders that appeals be carried,
+first, from the bishop to the metropolitan; second, from the
+metropolitan to the next neighboring ordinary--that thus justice might
+be secured without delay or so heavy expense. Philip II had petitioned
+to this effect, that cases might be decided by two courts, and no
+appeal be admitted therefrom; hence the bull of Gregory to the king.
+
+In this case, the appeal was from the metropolitan to the bishop
+of Camarines--who probably had been commissioned by the pope to act
+as delegate from an early period in his episcopal career, since he
+himself mentions (post) his having acted in that capacity in the
+time of Archbishop Pardo. In case of the nearest see being vacant,
+the official who acted as its head would be delegate for the time
+being, i.e. would be a vice-ordinary. Also, as those islands were
+too remote for sending thither delegates from Europe, except in
+extraordinary cases, the metropolitan of Manila might send a delegate
+to Camarines. The authority possessed by the delegate in appeal cases
+(as results from the bull of Gregory) would be definitive and final;
+he might overrule and even supersede the metropolitan, as being the
+judge in final appeal.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[5] Probably Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, as he was bishop of
+Puebla in 1696 (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 256).
+
+[6] Cruzat y Gongora's term of office was lengthened by the failure
+of his successor to go to the islands. This was Domingo Zabalburu de
+Echevarri, who was appointed September 18, 1694, but did not reach
+Manila until 1701.
+
+[7] Spanish, sobrino, which may be applied not only to a brother's
+or sister's child, but to that of a cousin-german.
+
+[8] Spanish, ni mejorarla [apelacion]; a legal phrase, meaning "to
+support the appeal before the superior court, after having appealed
+before it, by setting forth the injury that is experienced from any
+act issued by the lower court" (Barcia).
+
+[9] So in Ventura del Arco's transcription; but it would seem to
+be an error for 120--perhaps a copyist's conjecture of an illegible
+character--since it apparently refers to Gregory XIII's decree of 1572
+(ante, p. 27).
+
+[10] He was almost seventy years old, according to Concepción (Hist. de
+Philipinas, viii, p. 229).
+
+[11] In the Latin Church the ecclesiastical orders are those of
+bishops, priests, deacons, sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers,
+and ostiarii, or doorkeepers. Many theologians reckon the number
+at seven, regarding the episcopate as merely the extension of the
+priesthood (Addis and Arnold, p. 621).
+
+[12] Spanish, seminario conciliar; "the house assigned for the
+education of the young men who devote themselves to the ecclesiastical
+career" (Barcia).
+
+[13] José Sarmiento Valladares, Conde de Montezuma, was the successor,
+in the viceroyalty of Nueva España, of Gaspar de la Cerda, Conde
+de Galve (whose term of office was November 20, 1688 to May,
+1696). Valladares obtained his title by his marriage with Gerónima
+María, a lineal descendant of the Mexican emperor, and third countess
+of Montezuma. He took possession of the office on December 18, 1696,
+and held it until November 4, 1701. He was an able and efficient
+governor, and did much to repress crime, improve social conditions, aid
+the Indians in times of distress, and render the City of Mexico more
+strongly fortified. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, pp. 222, 259, 264, 265.)
+
+[14] Miguel Bayót was a discalced Franciscan, an Aragonese, who came to
+the Philippines in 1669; he was employed in ministries to the Indians,
+and was long at the head of the hospice of the order in Mexico City. In
+1695 he was appointed bishop of Cebú, when he was 52 years old, being
+then in Mexico, and took possession of his office in September, 1696;
+he died there on August 28, 1700. When he died, only the sum of five
+reals was found in his possession. (San Antonio, Chronicas, i, p. 212.)
+
+[15] The first page of this MS. is occupied by official attestations
+showing that on January 22, 1699, officially certified copies of
+these decrees by the archbishop were demanded by Antonio de Borja,
+procurator-general of the Jesuit province, from one of the alcaldes
+of Manila, Antonio Basarte, who ordered these copies to be made.
+
+[16] Spanish, casamientos y velaciones; the former the general term
+for marriages, the latter also used thus, but referring especially
+to the nuptial mass or nuptial benedictions (which, however, were
+and are given only at mass). The parties might be married outside
+of mass--as if it were a private marriage, or if they were too poor
+to pay for the mass--and then did not receive the benedictions. But
+if at mass, they were velados--a term recalling an ancient ceremony
+when both parties were veiled at the marriage; i.e., the priest threw
+a veil over their heads. Thus Moroni in his Diccionario, who also
+states that "this custom is still in vogue in some places" (in his
+own day, about thirty years ago). La velacion was another term for
+the marriage ceremony at mass, and was part of the ceremony. Every
+woman (of good standing) is entitled to church marriage--with nuptial
+mass and benediction--but once only: this may be on the occasion of a
+second or third marriage, provided the former marriages were outside
+of mass; but if the first marriage were with the nuptial mass, she
+is barred from enjoying this privilege at subsequent marriages. These
+are the casamientos; the nuptial mass, or marriage accompanied by it,
+the velacion.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[17] Hijo de la Iglesia; a term applied to a foundling or abandoned
+infant; cf., the Italian appellation, "a child of the Madonna."
+
+[18] Spanish, octavas. None of the standard dictionaries give a meaning
+to cover this use of octavas. Dominguez's Diccionario (Supplement)
+states that the word is a term in Roman law, designating an ancient
+form of tribute consisting of one part in eight. Probably it was
+carried over into ecclesiastical law, and here means that the cura
+was expected to pay one-eighth of his fees into the church fund.
+
+[19] Spanish, canonicas monitoriales. In law books, banns (in Latin)
+are styled proclamationes monitoriæ.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[20] Spanish, limosna. The fees (derechos) of the cura were determined,
+fixed sums, as in the tariff lists, nor could he change them. The
+limosna--a free offering, and wholly optional with the parties for whom
+he officiated--was over and above the tariff charge. The cura could do
+with this offering what he wished--if he chose, spending it in alms;
+but it was given to him personally, and was for his own use. Cf. the
+gratificación voluntaria in the following list of fees to be paid
+the parish priest in Cuba, taken from the Manual de la Isla de Cuba,
+by José Garcia y Arboleya (2nd ed., Havana, 1859), pp. 316, 317:
+
+
+For baptism: a voluntary offering [gratificación voluntaria],
+the minimum of which is 6 reals for the cura and 2 for the
+acolyte                                                           $ 1.
+For burial:  of free adult                                          7.50
+             of free child                                          6.50
+             of slave adult                                         5.50
+             of slave child                                         5.
+For prayers--responso with cope, sacristan, and processional cross
+[cruz alta], at the house of the deceased                           7.
+For prayers, with cope, at the burial                               4.
+For office (of three lections)                                      5.
+For mass chanted (body present)                                     6.
+For each halt [posa]                                               12.50
+For processional cross at the grave (without cross, .50)            2.
+For each censer                                                      .50
+For each attendant in surplice                                      1.
+For remaining till end [of interment]                               1.50
+For four [church] bells [tolled]                                    2.
+For three [church] bells [tolled]                                   1.50
+For two [church] bells [tolled]                                     1.
+For low mass [without chant]                                        1.
+For a fiesta [feast-day celebration] with vespers and mass chanted 12.
+For a fiesta with procession                                       14.
+For votive mass chanted                                             6.50
+For marriage                                                        7.25
+For cura at the house [of the parties]                              4.
+For foreigners                                              25. to 30.
+For record of baptism                                               1.
+
+                                          --Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[21] The term Morenos, as has appeared from former documents, was
+applied generally to persons of swarthy complexion--mulattoes, some
+negroes, and Malabar natives, indiscriminately.
+
+[22] Spanish, arraz (arras); a very old term, of Hebrew origin;
+hence the Latin law term of arrha, i.e., anticipated payment of
+part. Arras also means "thirteen pieces of money given to the bride
+by the bridegroom;" this or similar dowry was required by a very old
+and very rigorous law.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+Barcia gives arras the general meaning of "that which is given as a
+pledge or token of any agreement. It was extended also to the marriage
+contract. Also, the thirteen pieces of money which in weddings serve
+for the formality of that function, passing from the hands of the
+bridegroom to those of the bride. In law, the amount which the man
+promises to the woman on account of his marriage to her; it cannot
+exceed, according to law, the tenth part of his possessions." He
+defines arrha (French, arrhes) as "a pledge or token given to secure
+and confirm a contract."
+
+[23] The context would seem to require here the amount of the fee for
+burial of a child; this has apparently been omitted in the MS. by
+a clerical error. The general appearance of the MS., and various
+memoranda on the back, suggest the probability that this was one of
+the copies furnished to the Jesuit Borja.
+
+[24] Spanish, possas. At funerals, prayers were read at different
+points on the way to the cemetery; for instance, at the church door,
+midway on the route, and at the cemetery gate--if not oftener. Of
+course the procession halted while prayers were being read or chanted;
+so for each halt (posa) a fee was due.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[25] Spanish, missas de nouenario; the novenary is a nine days'
+condolence for the deceased. The same term is also applied to a nine
+days' devotion offered to some saint.
+
+[26] Spanish, el velo; literally, the "veil," or the "veiling;"
+evidently referring to the old-time usage of placing a veil over the
+married pair (see note 16, ante), as a part of the ceremonies at the
+nuptial mass. I am told by one of our fathers here at Villanova,
+who lived in Spain years ago, that at marriages in that country
+the bride wears the usual wedding-veil, and continues to wear it
+in public for one week after the marriage; it is white, sometimes
+plain, sometimes adorned with ribbons or flowers of various
+colors.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[27] Spanish, cruz alta con su manga. The processional cross was
+carried on a staff, as used in the United States in processions; at
+funerals the crucifix was covered with black, this funeral trapping
+(manga) covering or veiling the cross as a sign of grief. Sometimes
+the sacristan bore only a small cross, without staff; this depended
+wholly on his fee. In all Catholic churches in the United States, we
+use the crucifixes covered in Holy Week; but we do not veil crosses
+at funerals.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[28] Spanish, por titulo de justicia. Parroco de justicia, so
+frequently used in this document, is the Spanish rendering of the
+technical Latin phrase, parochus de jure--words which show that
+the cura had a right to his office, had been instituted according
+to the canons, and was canonically and legally in office. It is
+practically the same as the English phrase "by right and title." Other
+equivalents are: "by title of law," "by right," and "ordinary." The
+parish priest, whether secular or regular, was an official of the
+Church.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[29] See account of the allotment of diocesan titles in VOL. I, p. 244,
+note 188. Baluffi, there cited, adds: "Relative to the two ninths that
+were given to the king, the first bishop of Mechoacan [in Mexico],
+Mons. Vasco de Quiroga, when organizing his cathedral [clergy] in 1554,
+speaking of the two shares of the tithes that were given to the king,
+remarked that they were thus awarded to his most serene Majesty in
+token of his lordship (superioritalis) and right of patronage."
+
+[30] In text, oneroso, but evidently a transcriber's error for onrroso.
+
+[31] In the text, projimos, "neighbors"--in allusion to the Scriptural
+injunction, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself," a duty strictly
+inculcated in the training of candidates for ordination, especially
+in the Jesuit order.
+
+[32] Alluding to Paul's precept in I Corinthians, vii, v. 20.
+
+[33] That is, a non-resident or merely titular prelate; see VOL. XVIII,
+p. 339, note 101.
+
+[34] The whole sentence, divested of technicalities, simply means that
+one must "look before he leaps;" or that, when one has his eyes open,
+he is supposed to have used them; or that the bishop, should he be
+merely titular, would have no one to blame but himself, and should
+be the last to complain.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[35] Spanish, pordioseros; that is, those who ask alms "for God's
+sake."
+
+[36] Spanish, conciliabulo; like English "conventicle," used to
+designate an unauthorized or illegal assembly.
+
+[37] Spanish, mal sonante y temeraria--literally, "of evil sound and
+reckless." This is part of a legal phrase, taken from Latin forms used
+by the Roman courts when characterizing books, teachings, statements,
+etc., of unorthodox or schismatic bearing.--Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.
+
+[38] This memorial seems to have been written by the Dominican Fray
+Raimundo Berart (see Reseña biográfica, ii, p. 203); and it was
+printed by Fray Mimbela.
+
+[39] Spanish, consumiendo; "the reception or eating by the priest
+of the body and blood of Christ, in the elements of bread and wine"
+(Dominguez).
+
+[40] Francisco de Mesina was born in Messina, Sicily, in 1614; at
+the age of fifteen he became a Jesuit novice, and in 1643 came to the
+Philippines. He acted as minister at the college of Manila during one
+year, and then went to Camboja with a Spanish expedition who built a
+ship there, ministering to the Spaniards, and to the natives of the
+country. For two years he was rector of Silang, and more than twenty
+years minister to the Chinese at Santa Cruz, near Manila, becoming
+very proficient in their language. He was three years provincial,
+and was sent to Macan and Camboja by the governor "on affairs of the
+royal service;" and he died at Santa Cruz, October 12, 1682. (Murillo
+Velarde, Hist. Philipinas, fol. 354.)
+
+[41] Spanish, almojarifazgo: export and import duties, as our modern
+officials would call them. This tax was first collected by the Moors
+in the cities and coasts of Andalucía, and afterward--in the times of
+St. Fernando, according to various authors--came to be introduced among
+the Christians; and they, on accepting or establishing this impost,
+adopted the name by which the Arabs designated it.--Fray Tirso López
+(editor of Diaz).
+
+[42] Don Francísco Xavier, in the year 1670 (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de
+Philipinas, fol. 300).
+
+[43] Francisco Miedes was a native of Madrid, born about 1621;
+he entered the Jesuit order about 1643, and in 1643 came to the
+islands. During the first year he was an instructor at the college
+of Manila; the rest of his life was spent in the missions of Ternate
+and Siao. He compiled grammars and vocabularies of the dialects
+spoken in those islands, and performed his missionary labors with
+great self-sacrifice and devotion, suffering much from poverty and
+lack of the usual comforts of life. The hardships of this career,
+and his frequent austerities, broke down his strength, and he finally
+died at Iloilo, on June 21, 1674. (Murillo Velarde, ut supra, fol. 352
+b, 353.)
+
+Gerónimo Cebreros was born in Mexico on May 30, 1626, and at the age
+of twenty-three entered the Jesuit novitiate, and four years later
+came to the islands. He was a missionary in Ternate and Siao, and for
+six years the superior of those missions; afterward he labored among
+the Spaniards and Tagals in Luzón, and died on August 15, 1713. (Ut
+supra, fol. 400 b.)
+
+[44] Diaz does not give the Christian name of this missionary,
+but Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 300 b), that it was Juan
+de Esquivel; this name, however, is not again mentioned by that
+author. On fol. 284 he gives the following account of Diego de
+Esquivel (of whom Juan may have been a brother): "On the sixth of
+June, 1665, died at Manila Father Diego de Esquivel, at the age of
+forty-two years, after seventeen years as a member of the Society;
+he was a native of the said city, and it was there that he entered
+the Society, in the year 1648. He finished his studies there, and,
+having been ordained as a priest, was sent to Ternate--where he
+learned perfectly the language of the natives, of which he wrote a
+grammar and a vocabulary. Thence he went to Tydore, and afterward
+to Siao, where the natives were living more as barbarians than as
+Christians; and he suffered greatly in that island, on account of
+the poverty of the country. He had his heart set on planting the
+faith and good morals among that people, by means of preaching, the
+good example of his life as a religious, and the charity with which
+he ministered to all; and he gained thereby the great affection of
+the people of Siao. This was known by Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara,
+and therefore after the death of Don Bentura, the king of that island
+(who left a young son), the governor commissioned Father Esquivel with
+the government of that kingdom, as it was under the royal protection,
+to the great satisfaction of the chiefs of its villages; and the
+superiors [of the order] gave him permission, in so far as it was in
+accordance with the sacred canons, to act as counselor of the said
+kingdom. This caused the preservation in our holy faith of the many
+and glorious missions which this province has in the Orient--which
+are the island and kingdom of Siao, and the provinces of Manados
+or Cauripa (which are in the great island of Celebes, or Macazar),
+with other islands and missions, which he frequently visited, by
+which he gained many souls to God. He was sent to Ternate as rector,
+but, moved by affectionate desire for the salvation of his Siaos,
+he left a father as vice-rector of the college [at Ternate], and
+returned to Siao. At this time, orders were given to withdraw the
+garrison from Ternate, and Father Esquivel returned to Manila, and
+many of those natives accompanied him--in order not to lose the faith,
+nobly abandoning their native land. They settled in Maragondong, La
+Estacada, and other places, with the name of Mardicas, and I knew
+in Maragondong some of them who had been born in Ternate. Through
+the hardships of this voyage Father Esquivel contracted an illness,
+which lasted during the remainder of his life. He spent some time as
+minister at Barás, where his sickness became worse; they carried him
+to Manila, where he died with great peace and resignation."
+
+Manuel Español was born in Aren, May 11, 1639, and entered the
+Jesuit order on November 21, 1656. Seven years later he came to the
+Philippine Islands. He was minister at the college of Manila two
+years, and afterward labored in the missions of Siao and Ternate for
+many years. He died in Manila, on March 10, 1684. (Murillo Velarde,
+ut supra, fol. 356.)
+
+[45] Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 302): "On the first of
+November, 1677, the Dutch seized Siao, called thither by Don Geronimo
+Daras, a rival and enemy of the king Don Francisco (who was a good
+Catholic, and a friend of the Spaniards); they went to conquer it,
+and left as governor of the island Robert Paagbrugue. They carried
+away to Malayo the fathers who were ministering there. They cut
+down the clove trees, and established several small forts with some
+artillery; and left there about two hundred men, with a preacher,
+who instructed the natives in regard to their errors. At first some
+of the Siaos resisted; but now they are most obstinate heretics, and
+very bitter enemies of the Catholic religion--as I found in some who
+strayed to Manila in those days; although some were finally converted,
+and I baptized a boy of fourteen years who learned the [Christian]
+doctrine readily."
+
+[46] i.e., "a time of peace, a time of war."
+
+[47] Spanish, Del monte sale, quien al monte quema, "indicating
+that the losses we suffer usually proceed from persons allied to us,
+or who live near us" (Dominguez).
+
+[48] Here, as in several other places in our text, we omit various
+pious reflections and citations from Scripture or the fathers of the
+church, simply through the pressure of valuable historical matter
+upon our limited space.
+
+[49] i.e., "If for my sake this tempest has arisen, cast me into the
+sea," paraphrasing rather than quoting the prophet's words (Jonah,
+i, v. 12).
+
+[50] Juan Caballero was born in Córdoba in 1629, and made his
+profession in the Augustinian order at Sevilla (by a typographical
+error in Pérez's Catálogo, in 1637; probably, 1657). He came to Manila
+in the mission of 1669; three years later, was elected prior of Cebú,
+and in 1674 prior of Manila, where he died in 1685.
+
+[51] Biographical notices of these friars, and of others mentioned
+by Diaz in like connection, may be found in Pérez's Catálogo.
+
+[52] Spanish, colegial del mayor. A colegio mayor is defined
+by Dominguez as "a community of youths, laymen of distinguished
+families, who devote themselves to various studies, living in a
+certain seclusion, and under a collegiate rector, whom they appoint,
+usually each year."
+
+[53] Spanish, catedratico de decreto. The Decreto was the book compiled
+by Gratianus which forms the first part of the canon law.
+
+[54] "More properly Konkanis; the modern division of North Canara
+is part of the territory properly known as the Konkan, and the old
+Portuguese called the natives of their territory, both those of Goa
+and the North (properly the Konkanis), and also those to the southward,
+indiscriminately Canarins." "The Canarins (who are heathen), are of two
+sorts, for such as are engaged in trade and other honorable callings
+are held in much greater respect than those who engage in fishing,
+or practice mechanical crafts." Canarin is the Portuguese form of
+the name applied to the natives of the coast, and interior north of
+Malabar, as far as and including Goa district; another form of the
+name is Karnatic, although it is now applied to the Tamil country on
+the eastern side of the Indian peninsula.--See Voyage of Pyrard de
+Laval (Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1887-88) and notes by
+Gray and Bell, i, pp. 375-376, ii, pp. 35, 405-406.
+
+[55] Payo Enriquez de Rivera was a native of Sevilla, and son of
+the Duke de Alcalá, viceroy of Naples. In 1628 he made profession in
+the Augustinian order, and after obtaining his degrees in theology
+and philosophy held various important offices in Spain. In 1657 he
+was presented to the see of Guatemala, and ten years later to that
+of Michoacan; soon afterward he was made archbishop of Mexico,
+which office he assumed in June 1668. The viceroyalty of Mexico
+becoming vacant by the death of Pedro Nuño Colon, Duke de Veraguas,
+a few days after taking possession of that government (December,
+1673), he was immediately succeeded, by a royal order anticipating
+this event, by Fray Payo de Rivera, who ruled Nueva España for seven
+years. Rivera was distinguished by his ability as a ruler, not only
+in matters ecclesiastical, but in civil and military affairs--to all
+of which he attended with zeal and prudence; and he was beloved by
+the people. In July, 1681, he set out for Spain, where he had two
+important appointments from the government; but he declined these,
+and retired to the convent of Santa María del Risco. He died on April
+8, 1684, honored in both life and death by the government and by his
+people. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 182-187.)
+
+[56] Our Constitutions inhibit such procedure, the applying to
+courts outside the order. For us, appeals lie only to the Pontiff,
+who, being the common father of the faithful, is not considered an
+outsider.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[57] i.e., "The party dispossessed must first of all be restored,
+any other proceeding being deferred."
+
+[58] Referring to a work by the Jesuit writer Martin Martini (1614-61),
+who for many years was a prominent missionary in China. This was his
+Novus atlas Sinensis (Vienna, 1655), which formed part 10 of the great
+atlas published by Joannis Blaeu at Amsterdam (1656). Diaz hispanicizes
+Martini's name, and rather curiously uses the Italian word atlante for
+"atlas" instead of the Spanish atlas.
+
+[59] More strictly the name Coromandel is applied to the eastern
+coast of India north of Cape Comorin, and Malabar to the western coast.
+
+[60] i.e., "It shall not be compared with the dyed colors of India"
+(Job, xxviii, v. 16).
+
+[61] See plan of Madras, and maps of Coromandel coast, in Bellin's
+Atlas maritime, iii, fol. 37-39.
+
+[62] The Basilian order was founded by St. Basil, bishop of Cæsarea
+in Cappadocia. His rule became so popular in the East as to supplant
+all others; and at this day it alone is recognized and followed by
+the monks of the Greek Church. This order also made its way into
+southern Italy, Poland, Hungary, and Russia. Nearly all the convents
+of Basilian nuns (founded by St. Macrina, sister of Basil), like those
+of the monks, have embraced the Eastern schism. (Addis and Arnold's
+Catholic Dictionary, citing Hélyot's Ordres monastiques.)
+
+[63] Spanish, crescas, a word not given in the lexicons, but evidently,
+from the context, to be thus rendered.
+
+[64] See Linschoten's account of this story of St. Thomas's preaching
+in India, and A. C. Burnell's notes thereon, in Voyage of Linschoten
+(Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1885), i, pp. 83-89. Burnell
+says that this story is unknown to the natives of India, and evidently
+originated in Syria. The inscription on the alleged tomb of St. Thomas
+near Madras is now known to be Nestorian, of about the ninth century
+A. D.
+
+[65] Tercia: the third part of a vara (33.38+ inches), therefore a
+little more than 11 inches; generally used as a measure of length.
+
+[66] Concepción's account of this occurrence (Hist. de Philipinas,
+vii, pp. 258, 259) contains an explanation somewhat remarkable for a
+period when sanitary science had made little progress, even in Europe.
+
+"Governor Don Manuel de Leon was sick from excessive corpulency; and
+Don Juan de Sarra treated him by making cruel cuts in the flesh of his
+body. He attended, when these incisions were not yet quite healed,
+the funeral of Doña Maria del Cuellar, the deceased wife of Auditor
+Don Francisco Coloma; and in the church the vapors which exhale
+from buried corpses--which, experience proves, cost those so dear,
+who enter the church with sores or wounds, as these are poisoned
+and corrupted by those vapors--had the effect on the governor of
+opening his wounds, and bringing on a hemorrhage which exhausted him,
+[and he died. April 11, 1667]."
+
+[67] Salazar relates the disposition of the governor's estate
+(Hist. Sant. Rosario, pp. 114, 115), saying that, besides the
+provincial, Fray Balthasar de Santa Cruz and General Marcos Quintero
+Ramos were named by León as his executors; referring to the prohibition
+(see his p. 43) of such administration to the Dominican friars,
+he adds: "The said fathers could not refuse to accept this onerous
+charge as executors, not only on account of what our order owed to
+the deceased, but because of other circumstances which stood in the
+way and concerned the peace of the community." He states that Fray
+San Roman's death (less than a year after the governor's) did not
+prevent the administration of León's estate and the disposal of his
+property, which Santa Cruz carried out, the handling of the money
+being left entirely to Quintero. The governor's fortune amounted to
+250,000 pesos, of which the Dominican order appropriated nothing to
+itself, the money being almost entirely spent in pious foundations
+and charitable works. To the Misericordia was given 50,000 pesos,
+part of which was set aside for the dowries of orphan girls; to León's
+native place, 33,000 pesos to found chaplaincies, for the benefit of
+his soul; 12,000 to rebuild the hospital of San Lazaro at Manila,
+and a like sum for rebuilding the seminary of Santa Potenciana;
+and the remainder was spent in various works of piety and charity,
+for the benefit of the community.
+
+[68] Every province was entitled to choose four definitors
+and two visitors. In chapters the voting list is published
+prior to the elections; it contains the name of every person
+entitled to vote therein, with the position entitling him to
+vote.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[69] Spanish, altura; here meaning the most northern part of the
+ship's course, as the ships sailing from Manila took a route far
+northward to avail themselves of the trade-winds.
+
+[70] This should be Antonio de Letona; his book is entitled Perfecta
+religiosa (Puebla, Mexico, 1662). See our VOL. XXXVI, p. 189.
+
+[71] In text, rectores; but, as there is no meaning of that word that
+properly applies here, we conjecture it to be a typographical error
+for receptores.
+
+[72] Francisco Salgado was a native of Galicia, born April 2,
+1629. In 1648 he entered the Jesuit order, and in 1662, came to
+the Philippines. For several years he was teacher in the college
+of Manila; and afterward rector at Silang. He went to Europe (about
+1675?), and returned in 1679 with a mission band; he was rector of
+the Manila college and twice provincial. He died at Manila on July 14,
+1689. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 357.)
+
+[73] The MS. does not state what the other relic was, nor is it easy to
+ascertain; for the English in the latter part of the eighteenth century
+profaned the church of San Agustín at Manila, and took from it all the
+relics, in order to avail themselves of the silver of the reliquaries,
+and of the gold in which many of them were set.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[74] Juan de Mariana (1536-1624) was one of the most noted writers
+among the Spanish Jesuits. The work here referred to is that which he
+published originally in Latin, Historiæ de rebus Hispaniæ libri XXV
+(Toleti, 1592), which carried the history of the Spanish monarchy down
+to 1516. His own Spanish version of this work, enlarged and corrected,
+appeared at Toledo, 1601. Other writers continued this history to 1649
+and 1669; and the last of these was extended to 1678 by Felix Lucio
+de Espinosa y Malo (Madrid, 1678). This work has had many editions,
+translations, and criticisms--for which see Sommervogel's Bibliothèque
+Comp. de Jesus. One of Mariana's works, De rege et regis institutione
+(Toleti, 1599), was censured by the Parliament of Paris and publicly
+burned by the executioner in 1610; and the French court asked the
+Spanish government to suppress it, which request was refused.
+
+[75] That is, the writer's desire to flatter some influential persons
+who were enemies of Valenzuela.
+
+[76] The alternation [alternativa] of the elections consisted in this,
+that during one triennium the offices were held by natives of Spain,
+and during the next one by those born in the Indias.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[77] Spanish, pasado en authoridad de cosa juzgada (equivalent to
+the Latin res adjudicata).
+
+[78] Spanish, se comprometió. With us elections sometimes go by
+compromissum; that is, where no result is secured as usual by close
+ballot the chapter designate a committee to nominate some person,
+usually with the pledge that the chapter will afterward elect him,
+and thus ratify the committee's choice.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[79] Among the voters at provincial and general chapters are two
+classes especially designated by provinces or convents to represent
+the entire community; these are the definitors and the discreets
+(VOL. XXXIV, p. 419). The conventual discreet is chosen for the
+provincial chapter, and is elected by all the voters of a house in
+chapter assembled. The discreet-general is chosen for the general
+chapter, by the provincial chapter. At the general chapter every
+province is entitled to representation by three voters--the provincial,
+the definitor, and the discreet. At provincial chapter every large
+house, or convent, is entitled similarly to representation by two
+voters, the priors and the discreet (there is no definitor for a
+house).--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[80] There must be some error in the text--probably made in the
+transcriptions of Diaz's manuscript for publication--for Pérez says
+(Catálogo, p. 140) that these missions contained 160 religious. The
+father here named is mentioned a little below as Manuel Losada,
+which name (although it does not appear in Pérez) was probably his
+baptismal and family name, the other being that assumed by him on
+entering the order.
+
+[81] No elemental; that is, it was not nebulous--as our astronomers
+at this time say, arrogating to themselves this discovery, which
+evidently was not unknown to those of earlier times.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[82] Roughly estimating from the date here given, it seems
+probable that the line here mentioned refers to the diameter of the
+earth. Although that diameter had not been exactly measured at that
+time, a long step toward this had been taken by Picard of France,
+who in 1671 made the first really valuable measure of the arc of a
+meridian, a measure which Isaac Newton used in verifying his idea of
+gravitation. The ambiguous manner in which the line is mentioned by
+the writer (supposedly Kino, as cited by Diaz) was probably due to
+cautious dread lest ecclesiastical penalties be visited on the too
+definite statement of scientific discoveries; for at that time Mexico
+was dominated by the Inquisition, by which tribunal the great Galileo
+had been imprisoned less than fifty years before Kino made these
+observations. The course of this comet can easily be verified, after
+making due allowance for the precession of the equinoxes, on any map
+of the constellations. Information for this note is furnished by Albert
+S. Flint, astronomer of Washburn Observatory, University of Wisconsin.
+
+[83] Eusebius Kino (or Chino) was a noted mathematician and
+explorer. Born near Trent in 1644, he entered the Jesuit order at
+the age of twenty-one, and in 1678 came to America. He soon devoted
+himself to the California missions, and explored and mapped a large
+extent of country in Mexico and Lower California. He died at Magdalena,
+March 15, 1711.
+
+[84] One of the collections of canon law is called "Clementinas"
+(see VOL. XXV, p. 226): they were compiled out of the canons of the
+Council of Vienne (1316) and some of his own constitutions. (Addis
+and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary, p. 106.) The father of Bolivar had
+apparently held the clementina chair of canon law in a university.
+
+[85] The vihuela (or viguela) was the ancient form of the guitar,
+or something between it and the violin. It is mentioned as in use,
+in a poem of the fourteenth century. There were vihuelas de penoia and
+vihuelas de arco--the former played with a plectrum, the latter with a
+bow. Later, the vihuela merged entirely into the guitar. (H. E. Watts,
+in note on his edition of Don Quixote [London, 1895], iv, p. 85.)
+
+[86] "Much difficulty was found in raising the required force for the
+Philippine Islands. Many of the soldiers dreading the climate would
+desert before reaching Acapulco, and new schemes had to be devised
+for raising recruits. Thus in 1677 all criminals willing to enlist
+were pardoned, and 125 pesos a year given them as pay. Still, only
+a small number could be induced to accept this offer." (Bancroft,
+Mexico, iii, p. 185.)
+
+[87] Spanish, quintas esencias (English, "quintessences"); referring
+to the notion in alchemy of a fifth or last and highest essence or
+power in a natural body.
+
+[88] Spanish, se parte un pelo en el aire; an idiomatic expression
+(also written cortar or hender un cabello), signifying the possession
+of great penetration, keenness, dexterity; quick perception, much
+perspicacity. Cf. the common phrases, "to fish for things in the air,"
+"to catch them while flying," etc. (Dominguez). The saying perhaps
+originated in the ability of a good swordsman to cut a hair in two
+instantly with his sword.
+
+[89] Spanish, dos palos; meaning the two wooden ships used for the
+Acapulco trade, which was the sole support of the colony.
+
+[90] That is, "mindless, or silly, or without sense;" a neat and keen
+play on words. The meaning evidently is, that knowledge of law does
+not consist in mere remembrance of law terms, but in discerning their
+force and power.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[91] "They feared to lose temporal goods, and did not reflect on the
+life eternal; and thus they lost both."
+
+[92] This form of bodily mortification can be understood only by those
+who live in hot countries. In Europa it is no mortification at all, and
+there is no religious who does not practice it, as being a precept of
+the rules, which command that neither food nor drink be taken outside
+of fixed hours. But in intertropical countries, with the suffocating
+heat and the continual perspiration it is a necessity to drink water
+and quench one's thirst with great frequency; and on this account
+the superiors have to grant dispensations from some prescribed usages
+that are, if not impossible, exceedingly difficult to fulfil in those
+countries. As a compensation, there are other forms of mortification
+which in cold countries are difficult to practice, such as sleeping
+on the ground, which in the regions that are mentioned above do not
+merit even the name of mortification.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[93] Spanish, cilicios: a term originally derived from the name
+Cilicia, from which country was brought in ancient times a cloth woven
+of hair, called therefore cilicium; applied to a belt or girdle of
+haircloth, or of metallic wires woven together, often with projecting
+points of metal, worn next to the skin by way of mortifying the flesh.
+
+[94] "No one can serve two masters;" in verse 13 of the sixteenth
+(not seventeenth, as in our text) chapter of Luke's gospel.
+
+[95] Although difficulties arise in obeying two superiors, it is
+not impossible, and much less when the respective jurisdiction of
+each is over different activities--as occurs in the missions and
+villages directed by religious, in which the superior of the order is
+responsible for his subordinates conducting themselves as they should
+in their private lives, and the vicar or bishop watches to see that
+they are punctual in the discharge of their ministry as missionaries
+or parish priests. In such cases the gospel text, which speaks of
+those who command opposite things, does not properly apply.--Fray
+Tirso López.
+
+[96] Tomás Antonio de la Cerda, Conde de Paredes and Marqués de la
+Laguna, succeeded Archbishop Rivera as viceroy of Nueva España on
+November 30, 1680; he held this office six years. During this time
+the shores of Nueva España were continually harassed by pirates and
+buccaneers--the most notable event being their capture and sack of
+Vera Cruz in May, 1683.
+
+[97] This word cannot be found in the Spanish lexicons, and is probably
+a Siamese word, since on old maps of Siam are numerous place-names
+which begin with the syllable Ban. Bandel may be a place-name, but
+more probably designates the trading-post occupied by the Portuguese.
+
+[98] The Windward fleet (armada de Barlovento) was maintained
+to protect Spanish commerce in the Atlantic between Spain and
+America. In 1689 it was composed of six ships of the line and a
+frigate. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 224.)
+
+[99] Pérez's Catálogo enumerates forty-five in this mission band. Among
+them was a priest, Diego Higinio, who for many years ministered to
+the lepers in Bisayas.
+
+[100] Spanish, hermano mayor, that is, the brother at the head of
+the association.
+
+[101] The reference is to a passage in canon law, in the Corpus Juris,
+which runs thus: Si Episcopus à Paganis aut Schismaticis capiatur,
+non Archiepiscopus, sed Capitulum ... ministrare debebit:... The full
+citation is: Si Episcopus, "De supplenda negligentia Prælatorum,"
+lib. i, cap. iii, in Sexto. The Sextus, or sixth book, from which the
+above is taken, is entitled, Sexti Decretalium Liber, of Pope Boniface
+VIII; and is described in Addis and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary,
+p. 106.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[102] i.e., "Courage holds greater sway in a small body."
+
+[103] That is, who had deserved it before his coming, but thus far
+had managed to escape punishment.
+
+[104] Spanish, mala feria, "a bad fair;" referring to the annual
+gathering of buyers at Acapulco on the arrival of the Manila galleon.
+
+[105] "So closely did the government guard against possible
+independence of the colonists in trade that ships' companies were
+prohibited from purchasing goods of the country, and factors and
+traders on the fleets were not allowed to remain longer than three
+years in America. No foreigner could trade with the colonies,
+nor was one permitted to enter a port without special license. In
+fact the prices of both imports and exports of New Spain, with the
+exception of the precious metals, were under the arbitrary control of
+the merchants of Seville, and later of Cádiz. What further increased
+the drainage of wealth from America was the decadence of manufacturing
+industries in Spain, owing to the immense influx into the Peninsula of
+precious metals. The riches poured into the mother country made labor
+almost unnecessary; hence a general decline in all kinds of industry,
+and Spain had to resort to foreign markets, not only to supply home
+consumption but also the demands of her colonies. Merchandise thus
+procured could only be exported to the American settlements at rates
+increased by additional duties and merchants' profits." Besides
+the commercial restrictions imposed on the colonies by the home
+government, other influences depressed trade--forced loans to the
+king, debased coinage, interference by the church, arbitrary action
+by civil authorities, contraband trade, the ravages of war, and the
+depredations of corsairs. "In time of war commerce with the mother
+country was reduced to the lowest ebb; European goods were poured
+into the Spanish colonies by neutrals, and the contraband trade was
+almost openly carried on." (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 628-630.)
+
+[106] Regarding the bulls of the Crusade (for which see
+VOL. XXVIII, pp. 113-115), the following information is furnished
+by Rev. Dr. William A. Jones, O.S.A., president of the college of
+San Agustín, Havana: "So far as I know, there was no special decree
+suppressing the privileges of the Bula Cruzada. As I understand it from
+those who are well informed, the original privileges contained in the
+Bula Cruzada were exclusively bestowed upon Spanish subjects, and as
+a consequence, followed the Spanish flag. The moment the sovereignty
+of Spain ceased over this island [Cuba], so ceased also the meaning of
+the Bula Cruzada for these rebels to the old dynasty. But some Cubans
+continued to adopt the privileges of the Latin American Council which
+had recently been held in Rome (about five years ago), in virtue
+of which the privileges regarding fasts and abstinence are almost
+identical with the old Bula; those privileges were afterward confirmed,
+and we follow the rules of the Council. As for the Philippines, I infer
+that the Bula ceased there as soon as the Spanish sovereignty ended."
+
+An Augustinian father who has recently come to Villanova
+from the Philippines states that in those islands they have
+dispensations for fasts and abstinence, the same as before the
+revolution; but he could not state the precise date of those
+dispensations.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+A decree of Leo XIII, April 22, 1899, grants the Cuban bishops
+authority for ten years to grant dispensations from fasting and
+abstinence.
+
+[107] Diaz's statement throws an interesting light on the preparation
+and publication of the Conquistas of Fray Gaspar de San Agustín,
+which is the work here referred to. At the beginning are various
+approbations, licenses, etc. The dedication, very flowery and somewhat
+perfunctory, is made to Doña María de Guadalupe, Duquesa de Avero
+(with many other titles), as "the learned Minerva, not only of our
+España but of the new worlds;" it is signed by Fray Manuel de la Cruz,
+but is undated. The first approbation is signed by Fray Diego de Jesús
+and other Augustinian officials, at Manila, September 2, 1686; and the
+license for its publication is signed by the provincial of the order,
+Juan de Jérez, four days later. The commissary of the Inquisition at
+Manila, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, O.P., approves it on November
+28 following; and the archbishop of Manila, Phelipe Pardo, licenses
+the publication, on December 2. Nothing was done toward printing it
+until 1697; for the next document is the approbation of the work,
+furnished by Alonso Sandin, O.P., who has examined it in obedience
+to the command of Alonso Portillo de Cardos, vicar-general of the
+archdiocese of Toledo; this is dated at Madrid, August 8, 1697. Nine
+days later, Portillo issues the license for printing the book. Next
+follows the approbation of Fray Diego Florez, past provincial of the
+Augustinian province of Castilla, dated at Madrid, September 5. Then
+follow a list of "Erratas," thirteen in number, signed by Martin de
+Ascarza, "corrector-general for his Majesty," dated May 5, 1698; and a
+certificate (dated May 10) that the price at which the said book may be
+sold has been fixed by decree of the royal Council at eight maravedis
+for each printed sheet (pliego). A note at the foot of this page states
+that the book contains 146 pliegos, including unnumbered pages. Nothing
+is said in any of these documents of Diaz's connection with the work.
+
+[108] The first Dutch settlement at the present site of Cape Town was
+made in 1652; it grew very slowly for a long time, for at the end of
+that century it contained only some eighty private houses. In 1658
+negro slaves were carried thither, and later the Dutch sent to Cape
+Town Javanese criminals who had been sentenced at Batavia to penal
+servitude, and political prisoners of rank from India, some of whom
+preferred to remain there for life. With these elements of population
+and the aboriginal Hottentots arose innumerable mixtures of blood, and
+the utmost diversity of color and features among the inhabitants. The
+castle of Good Hope (still standing) was built in 1666-74, as a
+defense for the colony; and in 1672 a formal purchase of land was
+made from the Hottentots by the East India Company. The great garden
+of the Company was partly converted into a nursery for foreign plants
+and trees by Simon van der Stel, commander of the colony from 1680 to
+1699. See Theal's South Africa (New York and London, 1894), pp. 20-57.
+
+In 1688-90 nearly 200 Huguenot refugees from France arrived at the
+Cape, and formed settlements near Cape Town. See Worsfold's South
+Africa (London, 1895), p. 15.
+
+[109] Desiderius Erasmus was born at Rotterdam October 28, 1467. When
+a boy, he was sent to a convent; and in 1492 was ordained a priest,
+at Utrecht. He afterward devoted himself to the study of the classics
+and of divinity, and to literary work; he resided successively in
+Paris, England, and Basle. His Colloquies offended zealous Catholics,
+by attacking the superstitions and abuses in the Church; but he was
+not a supporter of Luther. Erasmus died on July 12, 1536.
+
+[110] They took Father Samper to the island of Paragua, and abandoned
+him there. When this event was learned in Manila, they sent for him;
+but on the way he fell into the hands of the Camucon pirates, who
+took his life.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[111] Basilitano obviously refers to some suppressed or extinct see in
+pagandom, and Fray López would now be styled a "titular bishop." The
+word cannot be found in the lexicons or gazetteers of classical,
+mediæval, and early Christian geographical terms; and it is evidently
+an adjective of local meaning.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[112] See the Epodes of Horatius, i, 2, l. 14; at first referring
+to the Greeks before Troy, but afterward becoming a general
+proverb--"Whatever errors the great may commit, the people must
+atone for."
+
+[113] Father Fray Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga, in his Historia de
+Filipinas (pp. 384 et seq.), relates the foundation of the curacy of
+Mariquina, its separation from that of Pasig, and the means by which
+this was effected, as also the incorporation [that is, again with
+Pasig] which is here mentioned, and their final separation. And as his
+account differs considerably from that of Father Diaz, and we lack
+the data for deciding which of them is correct, we refer the reader
+to that work that he may examine, compare, and decide. Father Diaz,
+however, may have remained silent on the vexed questions to which
+that establishment gave rise, through consideration of prudence and
+of respect to the living; and in that case there is no contradiction,
+but justifiable omissions.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+The Jesuit account of this controversy is presented by Murillo Velarde
+in Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 344 b, 345.
+
+[114] Melchor Portocarrero, Lasso de la Vega, Conde de Monclove
+(misprinted in our text Mondova), succeeded the Marqués de la Laguna
+as viceroy of Mexico, on November 30, 1686; his administration lasted
+nearly two years, and he was an upright and vigilant ruler. He failed,
+however, to protect the Indian natives from cruel oppressions by the
+Spaniards. He was commonly known as Brazo de la Plata, or "Silver
+Arm," on account of wearing a false arm, his own having been lost in
+battle. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, p. 221.)
+
+[115] "An antiquated term, signifying a togated judge, one of those
+who in the court composed what was called "the tribunal of alcaldes,"
+who, together, constituted the fifth tribunal of the famous Council of
+Castilla. These alcaldes no longer exist, nor does the tribunal which
+they formed; because an Audiencia has been established at Madrid,
+according to a decree of January 20, 1834." (Dominguez.)
+
+[116] Reference is here made to the Book of Wisdom, which is found
+in the Douay Bible next after Solomon's "Canticle of Canticles"
+("Song of Songs," in the Protestant Bible); it does not, however,
+occur in the Vulgate. The passage here cited (in Latin, in Diaz's
+text) reads thus in the Douay (English) version: "Learn, ye that are
+judges of the ends of the earth. Give ear, you that rule the people,
+and that please yourselves in multitudes of nations. For power is given
+you by the Lord, and strength by the Most High, who will examine your
+works, and search out your thoughts: because being ministers of his
+kingdom, you have not judged rightly, nor kept the law of justice,
+nor walked according to the will of God. Horribly and speedily will
+he appear to you: for a most severe judgment shall be for them that
+bear rule." These words are found in verses 2-6 of chapter vi.
+
+[117] Gaspar de la Cerda Sandoval Silva y Mendoza, Conde de Galve,
+assumed the office of viceroy of Nueva España on November 20,
+1688. The coasts were infested with corsairs up to 1692, but Galve's
+preparations to exterminate them seem to have frightened them away. In
+1690 and 1695 he sent expeditions against the French in Santo Domingo;
+in 1689, one to search for La Salle's Texas colony; and in 1693-94,
+to establish the town of Pensacola, Florida. At his own request, he
+was relieved from the office of viceroy, which he left February 27,
+1696. He then returned to Spain, where he died soon afterward.
+
+[118] Perhaps referring to the fact that Pardo was but fifteen years
+old when he entered the Dominican order, and to his high rank as a
+theologian and a prelate.
+
+[119] The first of these citations reads in English: "The privilege
+that you enjoy through my favor you may not employ to my distress." The
+second is a school axiom, derived from Aristotle, to be encountered
+in higher philosophy and metaphysics; it may be found in glossaries
+or expositions of terms used by schoolmen, but its explanation
+therein is usually somewhat prolix and even obscure. It may be
+translated thus: "Whenever any thing (or cause) is of such or such
+a character (or kind), it possesses that characteristic in higher
+degree than that which derives therefrom (i.e., than its effect or
+result)."--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[120] This doctrine of the Manila cabildo and of the author might at
+that time be quite current; but since then, by the Concordat of 1851,
+and especially by the bull of his Holiness Pius IX, the Roman pontiff,
+issued on August 28, 1873, the church has sanctioned the opposite
+opinion.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[121] It should be remembered that this part of the Conquistas was
+written in 1718.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[122] This recapitulation or resumé of the labors of our missionaries
+in China was either not written by Father Diaz, or he wrote it in a
+separate book which we do not possess.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[123] One of the most important acts of this governor was the
+publication (October 1, 1696) of a revision of the "Ordinances of
+good government" which Corcuera had enacted in 1642; some account of
+these will be given in a later volume.
+
+[124] "He devoted himself to the recovery of the immense sums which
+were due to the king from the citizens of Manila; and with these he
+rebuilt the governor's palace, added to it the halls for the royal
+Audiencia, and in the lower story offices for the bureau of accounts,
+established the jail for the court, and began the royal storehouses. By
+various expedients he contrived the saving of thousands of pesos to the
+royal treasury, sums which now are deducted from the situado--although
+this was partly done by greatly curtailing the pay of both officers and
+soldiers, for which he deserves little praise. To the royal treasury
+of Mexico he saved more than five hundred thousand pesos which it was
+owing to that of Philipinas in situados." (Zúñiga's Historia, p. 394.)
+
+[125] The sentence pronounced in the residencia of Governor Cruzat y
+Gongora (published June 6, 1602) is given in full in the Ventura del
+Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 209-234. Some forty charges were
+made against him; some were sustained, making him liable to judgments
+of about 31,000 pesos; others were referred to the home government;
+but on the majority he was acquitted.
+
+[126] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 235-244,
+is a summary of a long document, a "Vindication of the official acts
+performed in the visitation of Camarines by Licentiate Don Francisco
+Gueruela, member of his Majesty's Council and alcalde of court in
+the royal Audiencia of these islands, and visitor for the Audiencia
+in that province in the past year, 1702." The summary reads as follows:
+
+It is divided into three parts: the first contains, besides the
+preface, a brief summary of all the edicts which were published in
+those villages, and which are being brought out by his order. The
+second comprises a more than succinct relation of the false charges
+which the said visitation had encountered, and edicts about which with
+Christian impiety they had dissembled to him. The third is reduced to a
+brief legal demonstration of the authority which the visitor possesses
+to institute summary legal proceedings against the religious who are
+in charge of doctrinas, without danger from the bull In cæna or any
+other censure whatever.
+
+In the preface--which is crammed with citations from the holy
+fathers, the Scriptures, and [various other] writers--the zealous
+[flamante] auditor Gueruela says that he spent a month in obtaining
+information about the condition of the villages in the province
+of Camarines, before he began the visitation; and in that time,
+through the investigations which he made, he learned that the evils
+which the religious teachers cause to the Indians were deeply rooted,
+and required an effective remedy. He says that as he was uncertain
+by what means to carry out his purposes, he undertook first, to
+induce the religious, through persuasion and careful consideration,
+to agree to a reform of the abuses with which they were oppressing
+the Indians; but that, as they paid no attention to this, he had no
+other recourse than to carry out the visitation, in spite of his fear
+that the religious in the doctrinas would oppose him, and that they
+might as a last resort renounce their charges and entirely abandon the
+villages, which was or would be a misfortune demanding very careful
+consideration. But [he felt] that justice and right had greater power
+[than these considerations], in order to liberate from slavery the
+30,000 souls of that province, whose ruin was being brought about by
+the sixteen religious who were administering those villages, who were
+receiving more than 19,000 pesos.
+
+
+Part first
+
+(In which is contained the summary of all the edicts published in
+the visitation, and the attestation of them separately.)
+
+1. That the natives shall not contribute to the curas of the doctrinas
+any food supplies without pay for the value of these.
+
+2. That they shall not perform any labor or personal services for
+the said religious without pay.
+
+3. That the same be understood for the plain sewing, the spinning,
+and the embroidery for the churches and the sacristies, for the inside
+garments of the religious and their servants.
+
+4. That the young girls [dalagas] shall not sweep the churches and
+their courts; and that, in their place, twenty young men [baguntaos]
+and the boys in the schools shall assist.
+
+5. The said girls shall not pound rice as a repartimiento for the
+religious, or for their treasurers or agents [sindicos o fiscales];
+nor shall they go to the convent for the unthreshed rice [palay],
+nor deliver that which has been cleaned. All this shall be in the
+charge of the gobernadorcillos, their constables, and other officials,
+who shall transport the said produce, see that the rice is pounded,
+and deliver it, to the satisfaction of the religious.
+
+6. Food, wax, candles, etc., shall not be collected from the natives
+under any pretext of usage, custom, or devotion; nor shall they be
+obliged to [render] personal services without pay.
+
+7. They shall not be domestics, cooks, mananguetes, fishermen,
+gardeners, or [act in] other personal employ for the religious,
+without pay.
+
+8. Each entire tribute shall pay three reals a year as a contribution
+to the festivities of the Monument [on Holy Thursday], the Sanctorum
+[i.e., a tax paid by the natives above sixteen years, to the church],
+and the Pintacasi; and four gantas of palay rice besides, for the
+Defunctorum [i.e., masses for the dead?].
+
+9. At the feast of St. Francis the natives shall not work without pay,
+or at their own cost, in the palas-palas [i.e., cutting of?] bamboo
+frames and bejucos, except when they fail to pay the real for the
+Pintacasi. [This word is defined in Noceda and Sanlucar's Tagal
+Vocabulario, "to aid another in seedtime, gratuitously."]
+
+10. The support or pacaen of the religious shall not be contributed
+gratis in the large villages; and in the small ones the obligations
+which the Indians may have formed shall be fulfilled; but if they have
+not done so, as they have no obligations they shall not contribute
+without pay.
+
+11. There shall be no fiscals appointed in the villages by the
+religious, but only guardians, without rods; nor shall there be
+constables; and they shall not be authorized to arrest, flog, or
+punish the natives.
+
+12. The father ministers have no temporal jurisdiction over their
+parishioners; and as little have they ecclesiastical jurisdiction,
+except in the tribunal of conscience, and for admonishing and
+instructing the people, administering the sacraments, saying mass,
+and teaching the [Christian] doctrine, etc.
+
+13. For the same reason the civil government of the villages is not in
+their keeping; nor shall the [local] authorities ask permission from
+the religious to execute the orders of their alcaldes-mayor, or to
+entertain travelers and furnish them what they need for its just value.
+
+14. The wills, contracts, and obligations of the Indians which
+shall hereafter be made, must be sent to the record-office of the
+alcalde-mayor, without registering them in the convents.
+
+15. The religious in charge of doctrinas have no authority to arrest,
+flog, or punish the natives, either in person or through intervening
+agencies; and the Indians, both men and women, must not allow
+themselves to be arrested or flogged by the religious. If this is
+done by order of the syndics and fiscals, let them defend themselves
+against the judges in what way they can.
+
+16. Nothing shall be collected from the natives for burials, baptisms,
+and marriages.
+
+
+
+Then follow comments on these regulations, and in vindication of
+them--exceedingly prolix on account of being full of citations,
+some timely and others the opposite. He states therein that for
+the service of the parish churches he ordered that the following
+should render assistance: Four servants for the parochial house; one
+doorkeeper for each convent; and people enough to carry the hammocks
+and litters [talabones] when the minister shall go forth to administer
+the sacraments. Two sacristans; and the acolytes and the singers for
+the services in the churches. Twenty young men [baguntaos], to sweep
+the churches and their courts every week or every day. Two laundresses,
+for keeping clean the cloths and vestments in the sacristies. All the
+young girls [dalagas], but outside of the convents, to embroider and
+sew all the articles of cloth that are necessary for divine worship. A
+guardian who shall notify the religious of matters pertaining to
+their obligations. A syndic, who shall attend to collecting what
+belongs to them.
+
+
+
+[He says] that the oppressions which are caused by the service which
+was compulsory in furnishing the dalagas consisted in the following:
+Under the pretext of needlework and embroidery, the religious
+compelled the dalagas to be in continual attendance in the houses of
+the syndics and mistresses, where they not only sewed and embroidered
+the articles for the sacristy, but also the inner garments of the
+religious and the outer garments of their servants. Besides, they
+must do whatever was commanded them by the mistresses themselves,
+and their fiscals and syndics, and the fields of all these were
+sown with grain, without pay, by the wretched dalagas. At the same
+time, assessments were levied annually in each village for [church]
+ornaments; and this sum, in the village of Caramuan alone, amounted to
+800 pesos the year before. It must be considered that, besides these
+things, the villages were burdened by the maintenance (at their own
+cost) of two or three pavilions [camarines; for temporary churches],
+for extra supplies of timber of all sizes, and also limestone, for
+the repairs and adornment of the churches.
+
+After presenting various considerations, he proceeds to refute the
+false charges which the Franciscan religious published against him,
+who said that he had treated them as if they were criminals; that he
+had falsified the edicts, varying them from the original process;
+and that all the declarations of the witnesses were false, as also
+the remonstrances of the villages.
+
+[127] In the text, misprinted 1684. Occasional typographical errors
+are found in the printed edition of Diaz, which we correct in our text.
+
+[128] Spanish, pájaros bobos; evidently referring to the bird commonly
+known as "booby" (VOL. XVII, p. 130).
+
+[129] Governor Cruzat y Gongora died at sea, on the voyage from
+Manila to Acapulco, on November 5, 1702; and his youngest daughter
+on December 12 of the same year. (Ventura del Arco MSS., iv, p. 245.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 34384-0.txt or 34384-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/3/8/34384/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-0.zip b/old/2021-08-22-34384-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7179e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-0.zip
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h.zip b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47f34a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h.zip
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/34384-h.htm b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/34384-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a06b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/34384-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10320 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+
+<html lang="en-us">
+<head>
+<meta name="generator" content=
+"HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 25 March 2009), see www.w3.org">
+<title>The Philippine Islands, 1493&ndash;1898: explorations by early
+navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their
+history and records of the catholic missions, as related in
+contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic,
+commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their
+earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth
+century, Volume XLII, 1670&ndash;1700</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<meta name="author" content="E. H. Blair J. A. Robertson">
+<meta name="DC.Creator" content="E. H. Blair J. A. Robertson">
+<meta name="DC.Title" content=
+"The Philippine Islands, 1493&ndash;1898: explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the close of the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670&ndash;1700">
+<meta name="DC.Date" content="####">
+<meta name="DC.Language" content="en-us">
+<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html">
+<meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg">
+<style type="text/css">
+body
+{
+font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+margin: 1.58em 16%;
+text-align: left;
+}
+/* Titlepage */
+.titlePage
+{
+border: #DDDDDD 2px solid;
+margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%;
+padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%;
+text-align: center;
+}
+.titlePage .docTitle
+{
+line-height: 3.5em;
+margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+.titlePage .docTitle .mainTitle
+{
+font-size: 1.8em;
+}
+.titlePage .docTitle .subTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .seriesTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .volumeTitle
+{
+font-size: 1.44em;
+}
+.titlePage .byline
+{
+margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%;
+font-size:1.2em;
+line-height:1.72em;
+}
+.titlePage .byline .docAuthor
+{
+font-size: 1.2em;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+.titlePage .figure
+{
+margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%;
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+}
+.titlePage .docImprint
+{
+margin: 4em 0% 0em 0%;
+font-size: 1.2em;
+line-height: 1.72em;
+}
+.titlePage .docImprint .docDate
+{
+font-size: 1.2em;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+/* End Titlepage */
+.transcribernote
+{
+background-color:#DDE;
+border:black 1px dotted;
+color:#000;
+font-family:sans-serif;
+font-size:80%;
+margin:2em 5%;
+padding:1em;
+}
+.advertisment
+{
+background-color:#FFFEE0;
+border:black 1px dotted;
+color:#000;
+margin:2em 5%;
+padding:1em;
+}
+.width20
+{
+width: 20%;
+}
+.width40
+{
+width: 40%;
+}
+.indextoc
+{
+text-align: center;
+}
+.div0
+{
+padding-top: 5.6em;
+}
+.div1
+{
+padding-top: 4.8em;
+}
+.index
+{
+font-size: 80%;
+}
+.div2
+{
+padding-top: 3.6em;
+}
+.div3, .div4, .div5
+{
+padding-top: 2.4em;
+}
+.footnotes .body,
+.footnotes .div1
+{
+padding: 0;
+}
+.apparatusnote
+{
+text-decoration: none;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, pseudoh4
+{
+clear: both;
+font-style: normal;
+text-transform: none;
+}
+h3, .pseudoh3
+{
+font-size:1.2em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+}
+h3.label
+{
+font-size:1em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h4, pseudoh4
+{
+font-size:1em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+}
+.alignleft
+{
+text-align:left;
+}
+.alignright
+{
+text-align:right;
+}
+.alignblock
+{
+text-align:justify;
+}
+p.tb, hr.tb
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+text-align: center;
+}
+p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument
+{
+font-size:0.9em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+text-indent:0;
+}
+p.argument, p.tocArgument
+{
+margin:1.58em 10%;
+}
+p.tocChapter
+{
+margin:1.58em 0%;
+}
+p.tocSection
+{
+margin:0.7em 5%;
+}
+.opener, .address
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+}
+.addrline
+{
+margin-top: 0;
+margin-bottom: 0;
+}
+.dateline
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+text-align: right;
+}
+.salute
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-left: 3.58em;
+text-indent: -2em;
+}
+.signed
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-left: 3.58em;
+text-indent: -2em;
+}
+.epigraph
+{
+font-size:0.9em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+width: 60%;
+margin-left: auto;
+}
+.epigraph span.bibl
+{
+display: block;
+text-align: right;
+}
+.trailer
+{
+clear: both;
+padding-top: 2.4em;
+padding-bottom: 1.6em;
+}
+.figure
+{
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+}
+.floatLeft
+{
+float:left;
+margin:10px 10px 10px 0;
+}
+.floatRight
+{
+float:right;
+margin:10px 0 10px 10px;
+}
+p.figureHead
+{
+font-size:100%;
+text-align:center;
+}
+.figAnnotation
+{
+font-size:80%;
+position:relative;
+margin: 0 auto; /* center this */
+}
+.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft
+{
+float: left;
+}
+.figTop, .figBottom
+{
+}
+.figTopRight, .figBottomRight
+{
+float: right;
+}
+.figure p
+{
+font-size:80%;
+margin-top:0;
+text-align:center;
+}
+img
+{
+border-width:0;
+}
+p.smallprint,li.smallprint
+{
+color:#666666;
+font-size:80%;
+}
+span.parnum
+{
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+.marginnote
+{
+font-size:0.8em;
+height:0;
+left:1%;
+line-height:1.2em;
+position:absolute;
+text-indent:0;
+width:14%;
+}
+.pagenum
+{
+display:inline;
+font-size:70%;
+font-style:normal;
+margin:0;
+padding:0;
+position:absolute;
+right:1%;
+text-align:right;
+}
+a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref
+{
+font-size: 80%;
+text-decoration: none;
+vertical-align: 0.25em;
+}
+.displayfootnote
+{
+display: none;
+}
+div.footnotes
+{
+font-size: 80%;
+margin-top: 1em;
+padding: 0;
+}
+hr.fnsep
+{
+margin-left: 0;
+margin-right: 0;
+text-align: left;
+width: 25%;
+}
+p.footnote
+{
+margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+p.footnote .label
+{
+float:left;
+width:2em;
+height:12pt;
+display:block;
+}
+/* Tables */
+td.sum
+{
+padding-top: 2px; border-top: solid black 1px;
+}
+/* Poetry */
+.lgouter
+{
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */
+}
+.lg
+{
+text-align: left;
+}
+.lg h4, .lgouter h4
+{
+font-weight: normal;
+}
+.lg .linenum, .sp .linenum
+{
+color:#777;
+font-size:90%;
+left: 16%;
+margin:0;
+position:absolute;
+text-align:center;
+text-indent:0;
+top:auto;
+width:1.75em;
+}
+p.line
+{
+margin: 0 0% 0 0%;
+}
+span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */
+{
+color: white;
+}
+.versenum
+{
+font-weight:bold;
+}
+/* Drama */
+.speaker
+{
+font-weight: bold;
+margin-bottom: 0.4em;
+}
+.sp .line
+{
+margin: 0 10%;
+text-align: left;
+}
+/* End Drama */
+/* right aligned page number in table of contents */
+.tocPagenum, .flushright
+{
+position: absolute;
+right: 16%;
+top: auto;
+}
+span.corr
+{
+border-bottom:1px dotted red;
+}
+span.abbr
+{
+border-bottom:1px dotted gray;
+}
+span.measure
+{
+border-bottom:1px dotted green;
+}
+/* Font Styles and Colors */
+.ex
+{
+letter-spacing: 0.2em;
+}
+.sc
+{
+font-variant: small-caps;
+}
+.uc
+{
+text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+/* overline is actually a bit too high; overtilde is approximated with overline */
+.overline, .overtilde
+{
+text-decoration: overline;
+}
+.rm
+{
+font-style: normal;
+}
+.red
+{
+color: red;
+}
+/* End Font Styles and Colors */
+hr
+{
+clear:both;
+height:1px;
+margin-left:auto;
+margin-right:auto;
+margin-top:1em;
+text-align:center;
+width:45%;
+}
+.aligncenter, div.figure
+{
+text-align:center;
+}
+h1, h2
+{
+font-size:1.44em;
+line-height:1.5em;
+}
+h1.label, h2.label
+{
+font-size:1.2em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h5, h6
+{
+font-size:1em;
+font-style:italic;
+line-height:1em;
+}
+p
+{
+text-indent:0;
+}
+p.firstlinecaps:first-line
+{
+text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+float: left;
+clear: left;
+margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0;
+padding: 0px;
+line-height: 0.8em;
+font-size: 420%;
+vertical-align:super;
+}
+.lg
+{
+padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%;
+}
+p.quote,div.blockquote, div.argument
+{
+font-size:0.9em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+margin:1.58em 5%;
+}
+.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden
+{
+text-decoration:none;
+}
+ul { list-style-type: none; }
+.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; }
+/* External Links */
+.pglink, .catlink, .exlink
+{
+background-repeat: no-repeat;
+background-position: right center;
+}
+.pglink
+{
+background-image: url(images/book.png);
+padding-right: 18px;
+}
+.catlink
+{
+background-image: url(images/card.png);
+padding-right: 17px;
+}
+.exlink
+{
+background-image: url(images/external.png);
+padding-right: 13px;
+}
+.pglink:hover
+{
+background-color: #DCFFDC;
+}
+.catlink:hover
+{
+background-color: #FFFFDC;
+}
+.exlink:hover
+{
+background-color: #FFDCDC;
+}
+body
+{
+background: #FFFFFF;
+font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+}
+body, a.hidden
+{
+color: black;
+}
+.titlePage
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, .pseudoh4
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+p.byline
+{
+font-style: italic;
+margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, .marginnote, p.legend, .versenum, .stage
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+}
+.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a
+{
+color: #AAAAAA;
+}
+a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover
+{
+color: red;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+sub, sup
+{
+line-height: 0;
+}
+.xd20e98width
+{
+width:422px;
+}
+.xd20e1793width
+{
+width:507px;
+}
+.xd20e2096width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e2556width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+              islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+              the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+              and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+              and religious conditions of those islands from their
+              earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+              the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2010 [EBook #34384]
+[Most recently updated: August 22, 2021]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<div class="front">
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<p class="firstpar"></p>
+<div class="figure xd20e98width"><img src="images/titlepage.gif" alt=
+"Original Title Page." width="422" height="720"></div>
+</div>
+<div class="titlePage">
+<div class="docTitle">
+<div class="mainTitle">The Philippine Islands, 1493&ndash;1898</div>
+<br>
+<div class="subTitle">Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of
+the islands and their peoples, their history and records of the
+catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts,
+showing the political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of
+those islands from their earliest relations with European nations to
+the close of the nineteenth century,</div>
+<br>
+<div class="mainTitle">Volume XLII, 1670&ndash;1700</div>
+</div>
+<div class="byline">Edited and annotated by <span class=
+"docAuthor">Emma Helen Blair</span> and <span class="docAuthor">James
+Alexander Robertson</span> with historical introduction and additional
+notes by <span class="docAuthor">Edward Gaylord Bourne</span>.</div>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href="#pb5" name=
+"pb5">5</a>]</span></p>
+<div id="toc" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h2 id="xd20e125" class="main">Contents of Volume XLII</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#pre">Preface</a> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">9</span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670">Miscellaneous Documents, 1670&ndash;1700</a>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#doc1697.1">The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.</a>
+[Andres Gonzalez, O.P.] and others; 1697&ndash;1700
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">25</span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1">The Augustinians in the Philippines,
+1670&ndash;1694.</a> Casimiro Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718. [From his
+<i>Conquistas</i>.] &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">117</span></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#bibl">Bibliographical Data</a> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">313</span></li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href="#pb7" name=
+"pb7">7</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div id="xd20e165" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h2 id="xd20e166" class="main">Illustrations</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#p147">Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from
+Valentyn&rsquo;s <i lang="nl">Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien</i></a>
+(Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724), i, p. 152; from copy in library of
+Wisconsin Historical Society &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">147</span></li>
+<li><a href="#p181">Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of
+map in Coronelli&rsquo;s <i>Atlante Veneto</i></a> (Venetia, 1696), ii,
+part 2, p. 122; from original copy in <span lang=
+"fr">Biblioth&egrave;que Nationale</span>, Paris
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">181</span></li>
+<li><a href="#p227">View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile
+from <i lang="fr">Recueil des voiages Comp. Indes orientales</i></a>
+(Amsterdam, 1725), iv, p. 512; from copy in library of Wisconsin
+Historical Society &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">227</span></li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href="#pb9" name=
+"pb9">9</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div id="pre" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h2 id="xd20e200" class="main">Preface</h2>
+<p class="firstpar">The tone of this volume is mainly ecclesiastical,
+although many sidelights on the civil government and social life are
+incidentally shown. All the intense bitterness that generally
+accompanies contests between the regulars and seculars is seen in the
+Camacho controversy, in which the former recognize that they are
+fighting for life and existence in the Philippines, and hence spare no
+effort to gain their ends. As will be seen later this fight between
+regulars and seculars is quieted only for the moment, to break out with
+greater force under Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina; while in our own
+day, the friar memorial of 1898 (never presented), resorts to the same
+threat of the regulars to resign their curacies. This struggle, as well
+as the history of the Augustinian order in the latter part of the
+seventeenth century (which occupies the greater part of the volume),
+forms a rich commentary on the life of the times, and one can
+reconstruct easily the Manila of that period, and recognize the hopes
+and fears of its various classes.</p>
+<p>The noted ecclesiastical controversy between Archbishop Camacho and
+the religious orders, which began with the arrival of that prelate in
+the islands (1697), was hardly second in bitterness and <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb10" href="#pb10" name=
+"pb10">10</a>]</span>importance to that between his predecessor Pardo
+with the secular government. As in the latter case, we furnish accounts
+of this episode by persons actually concerned therein; but all these
+are written by members of the orders, who therefore are opposed to
+Camacho, no defense of his side being at present available. The first
+of these (unsigned) is apparently the usual record of events by the
+Manila Jesuits. Soon after Camacho&rsquo;s arrival, the regulars appeal
+to him for aid in a dispute which they have with the secular government
+regarding their lands; but he makes such aid conditional on their
+submitting to episcopal visitation in those curacies which they serve
+as parish priests. They refuse to do so, and appeal from the archbishop
+to the papal delegate; then a controversy ensues between the two
+prelates over the exemptions claimed by the regulars, each wielding the
+thunderbolts of the Church&mdash;censures, fines, and
+excommunications&mdash;against the other, a warfare imitated by some of
+the ecclesiastical rank and file with their fists and stones as
+weapons, all to the scandal of the commonwealth. Finally the governor
+interposes, and the affair is settled for the time, the two prelates
+absolving each other in turn. The Audiencia compel the religious orders
+to pay tithes for the support of the church, from the incomes of their
+large estates. This account is followed by a letter (June 2, 1698) from
+the delegate above mentioned to the pope, giving a detailed report of
+his proceedings in the affair, and complaining that the archbishop has
+defied his authority as delegate, and therefore that of the supreme
+pontiff himself. The writer, Fray Andres Gonzalez, advises that new
+safeguards be given to the office of delegate in the islands.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb11" href="#pb11" name=
+"pb11">11</a>]</span></p>
+<p>In attempting to enforce his visitation of the regulars who act as
+curas, Camacho makes such official visits in some of the Indian
+villages near Manila, and issues decrees affecting such parishes; two
+specimens of these are given. After censuring the prevalent ignorance
+of Christian doctrine among the native parishioners, the archbishop
+strictly charges the ministers who are over them to give their people
+regular and thorough instruction in the faith; to exact no fees for
+confession and penance; to keep the registers of births, marriages and
+deaths, and records of fees received thereat, more carefully; to make
+no distinction between rich and poor in certain functions; and to keep
+an itemized record of the church incomes and expenditures. Annexed
+thereto is a copy of the revised tariff of fees which may be demanded
+by the curas, singers, and sacristans for their respective
+functions.</p>
+<p>In 1700, the five religious orders in the Philippines present to the
+king, through their representatives at Madrid, a statement of their
+controversy with Archbishop Camacho over his attempt to subject the
+regular curas to episcopal visitation; and they make formal
+renunciation of the mission curacies which they hold in the islands,
+declaring that they cannot longer hold these under Camacho and the
+irksome restrictions which he is attempting to impose upon the regular
+curas. Their reasons for this procedure are stated at length. They did
+not choose service as curas for their calling and profession, yet they
+are willing to fill those positions so long as they can do so under the
+supervision of their own provincials; but subjection to the archbishop
+so changes their estate in life that they cannot endure the additional
+burdens and danger thus imposed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb12"
+href="#pb12" name="pb12">12</a>]</span>Moreover, justice requires that
+they should, as parish priests, share the privileges and advantages
+allowed to the secular priests, which is not the case. The subjection
+which Camacho claims would destroy the rightful liberty of the
+religious orders, and render them dependent on the wills of the
+archbishop and governor. In case a regular cura shall commit immoral
+acts, a conflict of authority will necessarily arise between his
+provincial and the ecclesiastical authorities; and the difficulties
+that ensue therefrom react to the oppression and vexation of the entire
+colony. Moreover, such controversies can seldom be settled by the home
+government, on account of the great distance of the Philippines from
+Spain. In such case of transgression by a religious another difficulty
+arises, that the necessity of referring the case to the public
+authorities causes undue disgrace to both the offender and his order.
+The regulars are better qualified to save souls than are the secular
+priests, but if they are subjected to the ordinary it will be much
+harder for them&mdash;the authority of their provincials over them
+being thus weakened&mdash;to observe their priestly vows with due
+strictness; also, some would thus be encouraged to undue self-will, to
+worldliness, and to intrigues for securing worldly
+advantages&mdash;especially by the perpetual tenure of ecclesiastical
+benefices. These arguments are supported, too, by both history and
+experience. The orders then refute certain arguments advanced by the
+archbishop. Their pious labors for the benefit of souls, in all ranks
+and conditions of men, are recounted; and many of these, especially in
+Manila, would never be accomplished if they depended on the secular
+priests. The conduct of Camacho in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb13"
+href="#pb13" name="pb13">13</a>]</span>opposing the papal delegate, and
+in refusing to give the orders copies of his decrees concerning them,
+is censured, his own arguments being dexterously turned against
+him&mdash;as is the case also with his complaints to the court that his
+authority, functions, and usefulness are restricted by the fact that
+the regular curas are not subjected to him; and his request to be
+permitted to resign his see and return to Europe. The writers support
+their position by reference to what the orders have accomplished in the
+islands, and by the exemptions and privileges granted to them by the
+Holy See. In view of all these things, the orders make formal
+renunciation of their mission curacies&mdash;especially as the
+remoteness of the islands gives them little prospect of relief from
+Spain in these difficulties; and even if royal decrees are sent to the
+islands, the archbishop is likely to refuse obedience to them. They
+make complaint of various acts of the bishop against them, especially
+of the reprimand given them by the Audiencia through his influence, and
+his disregard of the immunity of their property. The orders are working
+in Filipinas in entire harmony and amity, but this does not suit the
+archbishop; and they feel that they cannot hope for peace or safety so
+long as they act as curas there with Camacho as archbishop. A decree by
+Carlos II (May 20, 1700) approves the proceedings of the archbishop,
+promises royal aid in adjusting his difficulties with the orders, and
+authorizes him to reform and correct the religious when necessary.</p>
+<p>The history of the Augustinian order in Filipinas in the latter part
+of the seventeenth century is recounted by Casimiro Diaz of that order,
+in book iv of his <i>Conquistas</i> (much of which has already appeared
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb14" href="#pb14" name=
+"pb14">14</a>]</span>in our series, and which is here concluded); this
+final part contains an unusual amount of secular history, for which
+reason we omit but little of Diaz&rsquo;s narrative. Beginning with
+1671, he gives an account of each Augustinian provincial
+chapter-session, and the officers elected therein, up to 1689; and
+relates various matters concerning his order and religious interests
+generally, with which he interweaves the secular annals of that time.
+The troublous times which the Philippine colony has experienced since
+the days of Corcuera are turned into peace under Manuel de Le&oacute;n
+(1669&ndash;76). He extends the commerce of the islands to China,
+India, and Java, and thus enables the citizens of Manila to attain
+unusual wealth and prosperity. He sends Jesuit missionaries to Siao,
+but they are afterward seized by the Dutch, who conquer that island.
+Unfortunately, the governor interferes with the election of officers in
+the Augustinian chapter-session of 1671, and prevents the election of
+the father who is desired by the chapter as provincial. In this year
+the new cathedral edifice of Manila is dedicated. Reports are
+circulated of a coming attack on the city by Chinese corsairs; due
+precautions are taken, but no enemy appears. A French bishop who stops
+at Manila on his way to China is detained by the authorities and
+finally sent to Spain; his representations there cause the issue of
+royal decrees which prove troublesome and annoying to Philippine
+ecclesiastics, and afterward the ordination of Indian natives as
+priests&mdash;a practice which Diaz disapproves. A controversy arises
+between Archbishop L&oacute;pez and Jer&oacute;nimo de Herrera,
+chaplain of the royal military chapel; this and other troubles, with
+his old age, cause the death of the archbishop (April, 1674).
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15" name=
+"pb15">15</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The chapter-session of 1674 marks the cessation of various troubles
+within the order, occurring within the provincialate of Fray
+Jer&oacute;nimo de Leon, and the beginning of a great increase in the
+observance of the rules of the order. Jos&eacute; Duque is elected
+provincial at this time; he sends a procurator to Europe for more
+missionaries, a band of whom arrive in 1679. Diaz enlarges on the
+prosperity of Manila during this period; caused by its foreign trade,
+especially that with China and India; pleasure and luxury prevail in
+that city, and fortunes are spent therein. He describes the people and
+industries of the Coromandel coast and the Madras settlements of the
+English and the Portuguese; in the former, entire religious toleration
+prevails, and Christians, Jews, Mahometans and heathens live together
+in entire harmony. In 1676 occurs the death of Governor Manuel de
+Le&oacute;n, from excessive obesity; he leaves all his property for
+charitable purposes. The election of provincial in 1677 falls on Fray
+Juan de Jer&eacute;z; in that year also the Dominican Fray Felipe Pardo
+becomes archbishop of Manila, and Auditor Coloma, the acting governor,
+dies; he is succeeded by Auditor Mansilla. The majority of Carlos II of
+Spain is celebrated at Manila with magnificent fiestas, December
+4&ndash;7, 1677. At the close of these gayeties occurs a severe
+earthquake, which inflicts much damage&mdash;fortunately, with very
+little loss of life. In 1678 comes the new governor, Juan de Vargas
+Hurtado. His government begins well, but after a time he tires of its
+burdens, and falls under the sway of a relative, Francisco Guerrero,
+who is crafty and selfish, and gains an influence over the governor
+which enables him to turn everything to his own advantage, and to be
+&ldquo;the power behind the throne;&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb16" href="#pb16" name=
+"pb16">16</a>]</span>afterward, in time of need, he escapes to Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, and leaves Vargas to bear the penalties for both of
+them. During Vargas&rsquo;s term of office the rich trade with India
+and other foreign lands is well maintained, and the prosperity and
+wealth of Manila are greatly increased. In 1679 arrive two bands of new
+missionaries, who are Jesuits and Augustinians; they come (especially
+the latter) in good time, since the members of the order are so few
+that they cannot fill the ministries allotted to them&mdash;which is
+the condition of the other orders, and even of the secular clergy. In
+this galleon comes a political prisoner, Fernando de Valenzuela, the
+disgraced favorite of Queen Mariana of Spain, who is exiled to the
+Philippines for ten years. The government of Vargas is successful, and
+the prosperity of Manila continues. An embassy comes from the ruler of
+Borneo to ask for the establishment of commerce between that island and
+Manila, and to adjust some disputes over the relations between the
+Spaniards and Borneans.</p>
+<p>The Augustinians prosper during Jer&eacute;z&rsquo;s term as
+provincial. Just before the chapter-session of 1680 convenes, some of
+the friars who were born in the Indias lay claim to the offices in the
+order, and attempt to enforce this pretension by legal proceedings; the
+archbishop decides against them, and they are punished for their
+rebellion. Fray Diego de Jes&uacute;s is elected provincial. A bishop
+for the diocese of Ceb&uacute; arrives this year, the only consecrated
+bishop whom the islands have had for several years; this prelate
+confers holy orders on many who had been waiting for that privilege,
+and reconciles several persons with the governor&mdash;which official
+has <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb17" href="#pb17" name=
+"pb17">17</a>]</span>by this time become highly unpopular with the
+citizens, on account of his greed for gain and his harsh and
+disagreeable behavior. Charges against him are sent to Madrid, which
+later cause his removal from office. In November, 1680, a wonderful
+comet appears, which in the superstitious belief of that time, causes
+much evil. An envoy is sent from Manila to make arrangements with the
+Portuguese of Macao for the regulation of commerce and &ldquo;the
+entrance of Spanish missionaries into China by that door.&rdquo; With
+this envoy come to Manila (in 1681) some clerics to receive ordination;
+returning to Macao, with some Jesuits, the vessel is lost and never
+heard from. In this year arrive at Manila two assistant bishops, three
+royal auditors, and a large re&euml;nforcement of Spanish troops. The
+galleon which sails this year for Acapulco is driven back to the
+islands by contrary winds, thus causing great loss to the citizens. (In
+each year Diaz relates the departure or arrival of the galleons,
+failure in which is a calamity for Manila.) The provincialate of Fray
+Diego de Jes&uacute;s is tranquil, and great progress is made by the
+religious in his care; his personal character and piety are eulogized
+by our historian. In 1683 Fray Jos&eacute; Duque is elected in his
+place, for a second term. Some of the brethren go to China as
+missionaries; they encounter much annoyance from the requirement there
+made that they must be subject to the apostolic vicars of Rome. This
+subjection, however, is afterward greatly modified and lessened by
+decrees secured (1688) by the procurator of the province at Rome, Fray
+&Aacute;lvaro de Benavente. In 1683 an envoy from Siam comes to Manila,
+partly to secure permission for the prime minister of that <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href="#pb18" name="pb18">18</a>]</span>country
+to settle in Manila: this favorite, who was a Greek, intrigues with the
+French to surrender Siam to them, but the enterprise fails, and the
+Greek loses his wealth and his life. The envoy (an Augustinian friar
+named Sousa) encounters shipwreck on another journey, and spends the
+rest of his life as a hermit in Siam. The Portuguese governor of Timor
+and Solor on his way thither halts at Manila, ill; Governor Vargas
+gives him hospitality and medical treatment, and some Spaniards as an
+escort; but Ontu&ntilde;ez finds on reaching his islands that a usurper
+is holding them with armed men, and is obliged to return to Manila. In
+that city, during the exile of the archbishop (account of which has
+been here omitted, to avoid repetition), the ecclesiastical cabildo
+punish his chief supporters with banishment.</p>
+<p>In 1684 Governor Curuzelaegui comes to the islands, and with him
+Juan de Zalaeta to take the residencias of Vargas and his favorite
+Guerrero; but the latter escapes from the islands in time to avoid this
+ordeal. A large band of Augustinian religious also arrive. The new
+governor restores the banished archbishop to his see. In 1685 a
+terrible epidemic of smallpox ravages not only the islands but China
+and India, and millions of people die from it; then follows a cruel
+famine, and still more deaths.</p>
+<p>At this time begins the decline of Manila&rsquo;s commerce with
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, partly because more European goods are being sent
+thither, partly through the heavy taxes and imposts levied on the
+galleons. The bishop of Nueva Segovia dies, and that diocese remains
+<i>sede vacante</i> until 1704. In the Augustinian chapter of 1686 Juan
+de Jer&eacute;z is again <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb19" href=
+"#pb19" name="pb19">19</a>]</span>chosen provincial; he dies within two
+years, being worn out by overwork in the visitation of all the houses
+of his order in the islands. Fray Alvaro de Benavente is sent to Rome
+as procurator of the province. The galleon for Acapulco does not sail
+this year, for, on the report of pirates cruising around the
+Embocadero, it is equipped as a war-vessel to attack them and drive
+them away; but it does not find them, and returns to Manila. In this
+year of 1686 occurs an abortive insurrection among the Chinese in the
+Pari&aacute;n; it is undertaken by Sangleys who are fugitive criminals
+from China, but the ringleaders are put to death, and quiet ensues.
+Diaz enlarges upon the injurious effects on the Spanish colony of
+allowing its business and industries to fall into the hands of the
+Chinese. They are unscrupulous in their dealings with Spaniards; they
+become Christians through mercenary motives; and they undermine the
+faith of the Christian Filipinos. They should not be allowed to live
+among the natives. In this same year occur excessive rains, which ruin
+the crops and cause great scarcity and suffering; and for two years no
+galleons can sail to Acapulco. A large part of the Chinese settlement
+near Manila is consumed by fire (March 28, 1688); and the people are
+harassed by a fearful plague of locusts, many earthquakes, and a fatal
+epidemic of influenza. Diaz relates the way in which the persons most
+prominent in the Pardo controversy ended their lives. An expedition is
+sent to chastise the murderous attacks made by the Zambals and
+Negritos; this is partly accomplished, but the troops are attacked by
+influenza and so weakened that they are compelled to return to Manila.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" href="#pb20" name=
+"pb20">20</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The Audiencia having been broken up by the death or the exile of the
+auditors, a new Audiencia arrives in 1688; also a special commissioner
+to investigate the proceedings of Vargas and other officials. Vargas is
+exiled to the provinces, and afterward sent to Spain, but dies on the
+voyage thither; Diaz characterizes his official character. The exiled
+favorite Valenzuela is set at liberty, but is accidentally killed at
+Mexico. While attending to the despatch of the Acapulco galleon,
+Governor Curucelaegui dies (April 27, 1689); he is praised by Diaz as
+an excellent ruler. In the chapter of 1689 Fray Francisco de Zamora is
+elected provincial. Auditor Abella acts as governor <i lang="la">ad
+interim</i>, with much prudence and ability. Archbishop Pardo dies in
+1689; the cabildo rule the diocese in his place for a time, but
+afterward cede this authority to Barrientos, bishop of Troya. This
+leads to much dissension and trouble for a time, Barrientos claiming
+supreme authority; but he is induced to yield this claim, and peace is
+restored.</p>
+<p>In 1690 arrives a new governor, Fausto Cruzat y G&oacute;ngora. With
+him come a band of Augustinian religious, in charge of Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente; his adventures and the concessions that he obtains are
+recounted. Brief sketches are given of the twenty-seven missionaries
+who come this year. Diaz closes his work with some account of
+Cruzat&rsquo;s government. He is an upright and honorable man, but very
+harsh and severe in collecting the sums due to the government,
+directing &ldquo;all his efforts to the increase of the royal
+revenues.&rdquo; He has a new galleon built, the largest ever made; but
+on its first voyage it is wrecked on the coast of Lub&aacute;n&mdash;a
+terrible loss to the islands, since it was laden with more and richer
+merchandise <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21" name=
+"pb21">21</a>]</span>than usual. Another galleon is also lost at sea
+(1693). A patache is sent from Acapulco, and on its return trip (1694)
+encounters an &ldquo;isle of birds,&rdquo; where the crew secure enough
+provisions and water to complete their voyage to Acapulco.
+Cruzat&rsquo;s wife dies in this same year; Diaz pays high tribute to
+this lady&rsquo;s beauty, goodness, and virtue, which render her
+beloved by all the people.</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">The Editors</span><br>
+August, 1906. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb23" href="#pb23" name=
+"pb23">23</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="body">
+<div class="div0" id="doc1670">
+<h2 id="xd20e263" class="main">Miscellaneous Documents,
+1670&ndash;1700</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#doc1697.1">The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy</a>.
+[Andres Gonzalez, O.P.], and others; 1697&ndash;1700.</li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1">The Augustinians in the Philippines,
+1670&ndash;1694</a>. Casimiro Diaz, O.S.A.; 1718. [From his <i lang=
+"es">Conquistas</i>.]</li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="sc">Sources</span>: The first of these documents is
+composed of several parts&mdash;the first, second, fourth, and fifth of
+which are obtained from the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv,
+pp. 107&ndash;115, 119&ndash;133, v, pp. 231&ndash;296, and iv, pp.
+201&ndash;206, respectively; and the third from a contemporary MS.
+belonging to Edward E. Ayer. The second document is from Diaz&rsquo;s
+<i lang="es">Conquistas</i> (Manila, 1890), pp. 440&ndash;444,
+689&ndash;817; from a copy in the possession of James A. Robertson.</p>
+<p><span class="sc">Translations</span>: These are by Emma Helen Blair.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb25" href="#pb25" name=
+"pb25">25</a>]</span></p>
+<div id="doc1697.1" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h2 id="xd20e290" class="main">The Camacho Ecclesiastical Controversy,
+1697&ndash;1700</h2>
+<p class="firstpar"><i>News from Filipinas since July, 1697</i></p>
+<p>With the arrival of his illustrious Lordship the archbishop, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e298src" href=
+"#xd20e298" name="xd20e298src">1</a> were renewed the former claims for
+the subjection of the regulars to the visitation. He commenced at Tondo
+and Binondo, mission villages of the fathers of St. Dominic and St.
+Augustine, in which places he caused edicts to be read, and appointed
+secular priests as curas. They broke open the doors of the said two
+churches with axes; and on seeing this the provincials, all agreeing,
+presented their renunciation [of those mission fields], and ordered all
+their subordinates to withdraw from the doctrinas of these districts,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href="#pb26" name=
+"pb26">26</a>]</span>Tagalos, Pampanga, Laguna, and Balayan. When it
+was so quickly seen that they were coming into retirement at Manila,
+[the ecclesiastical authorities] were obliged to desist from their
+purpose, after [having caused the religious] many annoyances.</p>
+<p>Claim was made to the [right of] visitation of the hospitals of San
+Gabriel and San Lazaro, and the royal hospital. The Franciscans and the
+Dominicans concealed the keys, and the bishop had to desist, as greatly
+vexed as before. Auditor Don Juan de Sierra, in virtue of his
+commission for the adjustment of lands royal and unassigned,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e305src" href="#xd20e305" name="xd20e305src">2</a>
+cited the regulars to appear before him. He insisted on legal
+proceedings; but they, fortifying themselves with the censures of the
+bull <i>De la Cena</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e320src" href=
+"#xd20e320" name="xd20e320src">3</a> decrees 15 and 17, declined his
+jurisdiction. The judge proceeded to <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb27" href="#pb27" name="pb27">27</a>]</span>seize the possessions of
+the regulars; and they had recourse to the bishop, in order that he
+should declare that the auditor had incurred censure&mdash;asking him
+to defend the immunity of the said property of the regulars. His
+illustrious Lordship replied that first the regulars must submit to his
+visitation; they would not do this, and therefore, when they repeated
+their request, his illustrious Lordship declared that the secular judge
+was not committing fuerza.</p>
+<p>In virtue of the decree of Gregory XIII, [issued] at the instance of
+Felipe II, relative to appeals from the Indians,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e339src" href="#xd20e339" name="xd20e339src">4</a> the regulars
+appealed to the delegate of Camarines, who sent letters to the
+archbishop requiring the latter to send him the documents [in the
+case], with [threats of] censures, and of deprivation <i lang="la">ab
+ingresu eclesi&aelig;</i> [<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;of entrance <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb28" href="#pb28" name="pb28">28</a>]</span>into the
+church&rdquo;]<span class="corr" id="xd20e365" title=
+"Not in source">.</span> Seeing that these orders were not obeyed, the
+regulars again appealed to the delegate, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, who
+came in person. He demanded aid from the governor, and, meeting delays,
+proceeded to make the necessary notifications; then, not being able to
+obtain from the archbishop the acts from which appeal had been taken,
+the delegate posted him as having incurred excommunication, and added
+the threat that he would impose an interdict.</p>
+<p>At the same time, the archbishop officiated publicly, and published
+the delegate as excommunicate. But, seeing that various scandals
+ensued, and that contests, not only with their hands but with stones
+and weapons, occurred between some clerics and regulars&mdash;some
+attempting to protect, and others to tear down, the writings and
+censures posted on the [church] doors by the delegate&mdash;the
+governor and other persons finally interposed, and an agreement was
+reached by the parties. The two prelates absolved each other <i lang=
+"la">ad invicem</i> [<i>i.e.</i>, in turn], in the presence of the
+governor; and, as Auditor Sierra desisted from his proceedings, the two
+prelates and the regulars continued to maintain harmony among
+themselves. In this condition, therefore, affairs remained; and,
+without proceeding to new acts or investigations, each party sent to
+Espa&ntilde;a an account of what had been thus far done, in order to
+await the decision and sentence from the other side [of the world].
+This was the attitude of the delegate and the superiors of the
+regulars; the archbishop, nevertheless, continued to bring suits
+against some regulars, whom he censured as agitators. Investigations in
+these cases were made, penalties of censure being imposed <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href="#pb29" name="pb29">29</a>]</span>on the
+witnesses to secure their secrecy. The fact of this proceeding was,
+however, guessed; and the regulars, aided by the delegate, brought
+forward counter-information of their innocence. But as the case was not
+one for appeal, and did not belong to the delegate, it did not admit
+any recourse to him; so the delegate only caused his notary to give an
+official statement of this [attempt at] recourse, in order that the
+regulars might repair with it to Espa&ntilde;a and Roma, and the
+generals of their orders, to relate these occurrences and the innocence
+of the religious&mdash;and, not least, to complain of the opposition
+and hindrances which had been employed here by the tribunals, both
+ecclesiastical and secular, against his use and exercise of the power
+delegated to him.</p>
+<p>Even before the arrival of the said delegate, various other
+investigations had been secretly made in the archiepiscopal
+court&mdash;not only against the regulars at large (<i lang="la">de
+vita et moribus</i> [<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;in regard to their lives and
+morals&rdquo;], and as to their trading and trafficking, etc.), but
+against certain individual religious. In these cases, the provincials
+had, according to their rights, demanded from the archbishop that he
+refrain from further proceedings and surrender to them the documents
+therein, since the said provincials were the legitimate superiors and
+judges of those religious; but this received scant attention. It had
+also previously occurred that the father minister of the hospital of
+San Gabriel (who is a Dominican) refused to allow the episcopal
+visitation, and the [arch]bishop had declared him incontinent, and
+posted him as excommunicate, without paying any attention to the appeal
+which that father immediately made. The said father minister
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30" name=
+"pb30">30</a>]</span>amended his conduct, in time; but his name was
+left on the list of excommunicates until, upon the arrival of the
+delegate, the matter was settled and the censure laid on him was
+raised.</p>
+<p>Upon the origin of so many storms in so short a space as eight
+months there was much gossip, with a variety [of opinions]. Some
+attributed the trouble to the influence of the bishop of La
+Puebla,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e390src" href="#xd20e390" name=
+"xd20e390src">5</a> in whose palace the archbishop was a guest for
+several months; others to the promise that the latter had given, on
+leaving Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, to various personages with whom he was
+intimate in La Puebla and Mexico, that he was coming to reduce the
+regulars of these islands to submission or else destroy them. Others
+blamed the bishop of La Puebla; for he had warned the archbishop, in
+order to render him firm, of the disparity of what had been
+accomplished there by Don Juan de Palafox&mdash;who met less resistance
+there because most of the regulars in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a were natives
+of that country, while in Filipinas nearly all of them were born in
+other countries. Others (and these were the majority) blamed the senior
+auditor, Don Geronimo Barredo, because with little gratitude for the
+many thousands [of pesos obtained from the orders] as loans and gifts
+(although he had been so greatly benefited thereby), he had repaid the
+regulars by abandoning [them] to the two recently-arrived auditors, Don
+Francisco Guerruela and Don Jos&eacute; Pabon. On the one hand, the
+Audiencia being inclined to the opposing side, the regulars were
+deprived of the recourse which they, as vassals, ought to have in the
+royal tribunal; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31" name=
+"pb31">31</a>]</span>and on the other, it was reported that the said
+senior auditor made exceedingly frequent visits, at unseasonable hours,
+to the archbishop&rsquo;s palace, which were returned by that prelate
+at the auditor&rsquo;s house. As the gossip ran, the auditor directed
+all the acts and proceedings of the archbishop&rsquo;s court.</p>
+<p>Still others, reflecting upon the governor and the limits of his
+term of office, regarded him as timorous, considering that, since the
+[commission to take the governor&rsquo;s] residencia<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e400src" href="#xd20e400" name="xd20e400src">6</a> had come to
+the said senior auditor in the year 97, the fear of the governor was
+occasioned by the apprehension that the auditor might do him some harm
+in his residencia. Some others (but only a few) attributed these many
+disturbances to the cousin of his illustrious Lordship, named Don Juan
+Camacho, for the sake of his own advantage; and on this account,
+knowing his disposition, people said that Master-of-camp Don Francisco
+Guerrero de Ardila had made strenuous efforts, and had even offered to
+his illustrious Lordship in Mexico considerable sums of money, to
+procure that, by sending this cousin<a class="noteref" id="xd20e403src"
+href="#xd20e403" name="xd20e403src">7</a> to Badajoz, his Lordship
+should not come to these islands with a companion who could not render
+his government peaceable.</p>
+<p>Nor must I pass over in silence the fact that on the sixteenth day
+of May the royal Audiencia cited to appear in its hall all the five
+provincials, to whom&mdash;without the courteous observances and
+respectful address which his Majesty himself observes in his
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb32" href="#pb32" name=
+"pb32">32</a>]</span>decrees&mdash;the Audiencia gave a severe
+reprimand, throwing on them the blame for the late disturbances, and
+treating them as violators of the peace. The most remarkable thing
+about this censure was, that it proceeded from the lips of that very
+senior auditor who, in especial, was regarded as the entire source of
+the disturbances; and, without permitting the provincials to speak,
+they were, with the same lack of respect, dismissed by this same
+official&mdash;who some day will have to give an account, before the
+tribunal of truth, of all these unjust acts.</p>
+<p>By the end of the said month, under the compulsion of the threat
+made against the provincials, by the first, second, and third royal
+decrees, of banishment and [privation of their] secular incomes, the
+old-time writ of execution regarding the tithes was enforced, and the
+religious were obliged to obey. No hearing was given to their repeated
+protests, or the petitions interposed for the royal Council; nor to
+their allegations of their rights of prescription in these islands, of
+their apostolic privileges, of the fact that nearly all who minister
+here are regulars, and that they have come to these islands not at his
+Majesty&rsquo;s expense only, but with the greater part of those
+expenses paid by the religious themselves.</p>
+<p>The regulars petitioned for, and took measures to push, a demand
+upon the royal treasury for more than 300,000 pesos, the amount spent
+by the religious since the conquest; and another, for another 300,000,
+the amount which was due to them on account of stipends as religious
+teachers, which the government had failed to allow them for a period of
+more than a century&mdash;declaring that if these accounts were paid,
+they would pay the tithes which were claimed <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33" name="pb33">33</a>]</span>from
+them; but no hearing was given them. In hatred to the regulars, the
+tenants on their estates were compelled to pay tithes, the amount of
+these being deducted from the value of the rent-money.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p><i>Letter from Andres Gonzalez to the Pope</i></p>
+<p>Most Holy Father:</p>
+<p>After kissing with due submission the feet of your Holiness (whom
+may God preserve, for the prosperous government of His Church), in
+fulfilment of the obligations of my office as pastor I set forth to
+your Holiness a very serious controversy in regard to jurisdiction,
+which at this time has arisen between me and the very reverend
+archbishop of this city of Manila in these Filipinas Islands, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila. I do so in order that your Holiness, as the
+person who is most interested in the peace and tranquillity of this
+church, may apply suitable remedy, and fix an end and limit to this
+controversy&mdash;the origin and course of which I will relate as
+briefly as possible, in all matters referring to the authentic copy of
+the acts which I send you with this.</p>
+<p>To Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra Osorio, former auditor of this
+royal Audiencia, and at present judge of criminal cases in the
+Audiencia of Mejico, was subdelegated the cognizance and settlement of
+[questions relating to] the lands and possessions which, by sale or
+gift, have been alienated from the royal patrimony and dominion of our
+Catholic king and sovereign. In a proclamation which he issued he cited
+and summoned, with the rest of the holders of the said lands and
+possessions, the holy religious orders of these islands, ordering them
+to present, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb34" href="#pb34" name=
+"pb34">34</a>]</span>within the limit of one year, the titles,
+documents, and credentials which they hold for these lands&mdash;with
+the warning that if these papers were not presented by the end of that
+period the lands would be reunited to the crown. The superiors of the
+said religious orders, mindful of the immunity and exemption of their
+persons and worldly possessions, did not present their documents at the
+said time; therefore the said auditor actually proceeded to appropriate
+the said property. The said superiors had recourse to the said very
+reverend archbishop, asking him to forbid to the said auditor the
+cognizance of the said cause, and to protect the said property as being
+ecclesiastical. The said very reverend archbishop took up the matter,
+and, having drawn up acts, by his definitive sentence (which is found
+in the said authentic copy) refused ecclesiastical immunity to the said
+property. The said superiors appealed twice from the said sentence to
+me, as being the delegate of your Holiness in cases of appeal from this
+archbishopric, in virtue of a brief by his Holiness Gregory
+XIII&mdash;issued at the instance of our Catholic king Felipe II (whom
+may God keep). He denied them both these appeals; and, in order to
+place some limit to these proceedings, they presented themselves before
+me, with only the authentic official statement of this denial of the
+said appeals, in course of appeal from that sentence. Having admitted
+this appeal, in order to proceed to the trial of it I addressed to the
+said very reverend archbishop, from my episcopal see and city of Nueva
+Caceres, a compulsatory act in which, as the delegate of your Holiness
+with apostolic authority, I commanded him to order his secretary
+(before whom the said cause took <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb35"
+href="#pb35" name="pb35">35</a>]</span>place) within twenty-four hours
+to send me his original acts, or else to begin the copying of them and
+send it to me when completed. Considering the great distance which lies
+between this city of Nueva Caceres and that of Manila, the danger and
+expense of the journeys, the delay of the suit, and the injury to the
+party therein, I laid these commands on the said very reverend
+archbishop under the penalty of suspension from the priestly office,
+<i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;</i>, and warned him of heavier
+and still heavier censures and penalties in case of his opposition and
+contumacy. He was notified of this act on the twentieth day of last
+March, by a religious of the Society of Jesus, to whom I gave
+commission for this office; for I had learned that no secular priest
+would dare to make this notification. The said very reverend
+archbishop, having heard the [reading of the] act, replied that the
+said father could not perform judicial acts in his archdiocese without
+presenting a warrant from his notary; and, even supposing that the
+father could thus act, he appealed from the said command&mdash;for
+which he implored the royal aid against fuerza, and demanded that an
+official statement be given him, and that meanwhile no detriment be
+caused him. When the statement was refused to him he again appealed,
+and threatened [to procure] royal aid against this fuerza; and this
+alone he gave as his reply, before the said notary&mdash;without giving
+any reason for his appeal, or reducing it to writing, or arguing it in
+the superior court<a class="noteref" id="xd20e439src" href="#xd20e439"
+name="xd20e439src">8</a> in legal form, or asking for apostolic
+letters, up to the present time. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb36"
+href="#pb36" name="pb36">36</a>]</span>Nevertheless, he then had, and
+for twenty-three days had kept, the acts in his archives, as appears
+from a sworn statement by Lerma, the secretary of the royal Audiencia,
+which is sent with the documents. On that same day (March 20) and the
+following, he caused to be published and posted on the doors of the
+churches in this city two edicts against my authority as
+delegate&mdash;in which, with penalty of major excommunication,
+<i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;</i>, he commanded (in the first
+edict) that no one, whether secular or regular, in his churches should
+permit the reading, publication, or posting of any edicts, or of any
+other kind of letters or bills whatsoever, except those of his
+provisor, or of the tribunals of the Holy Inquisition and the
+Crusade&mdash;as if my tribunal, jurisdiction, and authority, which is
+that of the supreme head of the Church, and resides in me, were
+inferior to those of the said provisor and the said tribunals. In the
+second edict, increasing the penalty of major excommunication with the
+reservation to himself [of absolution], he commanded that no one in his
+archiepiscopal territory should exercise any jurisdiction&mdash;whether
+ordinary, delegate, or subdelegate&mdash;even if it were from your
+Holiness, unless the originals of the bulls or despatches that he
+carried be first presented to his Lordship, in order that he might give
+them the license and fulfilment which by right they should have. But he
+does not consider that my bull and brief is, and has been for more than
+140<a class="noteref" id="xd20e451src" href="#xd20e451" name=
+"xd20e451src">9</a> years since the foundation of the bishoprics of
+these islands, current and put into practice in them, as also
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37" name=
+"pb37">37</a>]</span>has been its free and independent exercise in this
+archiepiscopal territory. And I have exercised this freedom, on the
+only two occasions which have been presented to me&mdash;the first
+time, while the very reverend archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo was
+alive, and the second in the year 91&mdash;with the knowledge and
+approbation of the cabildo close by, <i lang="la">sede vacante</i>,
+both which are proved by authentic documents. These I do not send at
+this time, as they are in my archives in the city of Nueva Caceres,
+which is distant from this city of Manila sixty leguas; but I promise
+to send them at the first opportunity, which will be next year.
+Notwithstanding all this, the said very reverend archbishop published
+the said two edicts, endeavoring to impede and embarrass, by all
+possible measures, means, and ways, the said my jurisdiction as
+delegate, and to subordinate it to his own, in order that I should not
+exercise or avail myself of it, either in person or through
+intermediate persons. On account of this, the superiors of the said
+religious orders found themselves obliged to resort again to me; and
+they entreated me to come in person to this city of Manila, to defend
+my jurisdiction, and with it the ecclesiastical immunity of their
+property. I did so, notwithstanding my advanced age<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e462src" href="#xd20e462" name="xd20e462src">10</a> and the
+painful infirmities that I suffer, since both these causes are so
+important a part of my responsibility and obligation. I came to this
+city on the twelfth day of the past month, May, and with my secretary
+went to a house on the river where the said very reverend archbishop
+was residing. After a short conversation, I begged him to be pleased to
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb38" href="#pb38" name=
+"pb38">38</a>]</span>listen peaceably to an act of which I had come, as
+delegate of his Holiness, to notify him. I told him that this business
+should not be conducted <i lang="la">more castrorum</i> [<i>i.e.</i>,
+in hostile manner], but that we should listen to each other, and each
+should state his rights. He agreed to this, and my secretary read the
+said act, which contains three points. In the first, I declared the
+said very reverend archbishop to be disobedient, rebellious, and
+contumacious, considering that he had not obeyed as he should the said
+my compulsory act, sent to him from the city of Nueva Caceres;
+likewise, I declared that he had incurred the penalty of suspension
+from the priestly office <i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;</i>,
+under which I had commanded him to order his secretary within
+twenty-four hours to surrender the acts for which I had asked, or to
+make an authentic copy of them. And because he had exercised the said
+priestly office on Holy Thursday, consecrating the sacred oils; and on
+Holy Saturday, in conferring the higher orders of the
+ministry;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e480src" href="#xd20e480" name=
+"xd20e480src">11</a> and likewise on other days, in saying mass while
+he was under suspension: I declared that he was under censure as
+irregular. In the second part of the said act, I again commanded him,
+under penalty of major excommunication, <i lang="la">lat&aelig;
+sententi&aelig;</i>, and of a fine of two thousand pesos to be applied
+according to law, to order his secretary within six days to deliver up
+the papers as aforesaid, or make an authentic copy of them. And in the
+third part, under penalty of being considered rebellious and
+contumacious, in order to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb39" href=
+"#pb39" name="pb39">39</a>]</span>place him under greater obligation, I
+prohibited to him in the interim the cognizance of this cause and legal
+proceeding therein. After the said very reverend archbishop had heard
+the act, he appealed from it, in writing, and on the following day
+brought this appeal into court. I did not on this account defer the
+declaration of the said censures, since the appeal was frivolous and
+useless; and I yielded in the matter of the copy of the documents only
+for the reason that he alleged, that the originals of these were in the
+Audiencia. After he had interposed the said appeal, he immediately
+ordered his secretary to notify me of an act by himself, in which he
+commanded me, under penalty of major excommunication, <i lang=
+"la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;</i>, and a fine of 4,000 pesos, to
+depart instantly and without delay from this archdiocese, to go to
+reside in my own bishopric, and not to meddle with his jurisdiction. To
+this I replied that I had received this notification, and asked him to
+give me a copy of the said document, solely for the purpose of showing
+in what consisted his illegal and unwarranted act; and I took leave of
+him and returned to my house. On the following day, the thirteenth of
+the said month of May, the said very reverend archbishop sent his
+secretary to notify me of another act, in which also he again commanded
+me, under penalty of major excommunication, <i lang="la">lat&aelig;
+sententi&aelig;</i>, and of another 4,000 pesos, to depart within two
+days from the archdiocese. To this I replied that I had come [to
+Manila] on account of the appeal [made to me]; that I was a delegate of
+your Holiness, and moreover superior to the said very reverend
+archbishop, and as such I did not listen to his acts or censures. On
+the next day, the fourteenth <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb40" href=
+"#pb40" name="pb40">40</a>]</span>of the said month of May, he sent to
+me notification of another act; and as I refused to listen to it, for
+the same reason as before, about two o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon he
+posted on the doors of the churches, and in other public places,
+notices in which he declared me, to the great scandal of all this
+community, to be publicly excommunicated.</p>
+<p>On the said thirteenth day of May, in the morning, immediately after
+I had been notified of the second act of the said very reverend
+archbishop, I sent my secretary to his house on the river to notify him
+of another act of mine, in which I commanded him, under penalty of
+major excommunication and another 2,000 pesos, to withdraw within
+twenty-four hours the said edicts which on the twentieth and
+twenty-first days of March he had ordered posted and published against
+my apostolic authority as delegate; and, besides, to withdraw the two
+acts in which, with the said penalties of major excommunication and
+8,000 pesos, he had commanded me to depart from the archdiocese. The
+said my secretary was told by the servants that he was not at home; and
+I, as this seemed to me only an excuse, and not the truth, went in
+person to the said house. They told me that he had, that very morning,
+gone back to Manila. I came to the city after him, and remained at his
+house, waiting for him, until twelve o&rsquo;clock; and seeing that he
+had not come by that time (although he came in afterward), I went away,
+leaving a message for him, that he might expect me in the afternoon. I
+returned a little before sunset, but did not find him at home this
+time. My secretary began to read the said act in the main room of the
+archbishop&rsquo;s house; but such disorderly yelling <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb41" href="#pb41" name="pb41">41</a>]</span>and
+clamorous talk was raised by his servants that my secretary could not
+make himself heard. I therefore determined to wait for him, and finally
+he came&mdash;making loud complaints that I was injuring the respect
+and observance due to his house, person, and dignity. I replied that
+his illustrious Lordship had showed greater incivilities to me; and
+that he could and ought to do [what I had done], if I had gone about
+all day, avoiding him [<i lang="es">huyendo el cuerpo</i>]. In
+conclusion, we agreed that my secretary should go again, alone, to
+notify him of the act; but, when he went to the house, his illustrious
+Lordship refused to give him entrance. As I was now weary of so much
+artfulness and craft, unworthy of such a station and dignity, I put
+aside this act, and despatched another of like tenor. In this, I
+summoned him, from that hour, under penalty of major excommunication,
+<i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;</i>, and its publication, to
+withdraw within half an hour the said two acts and two edicts.
+Notification of this act was made by a Dominican religious, my notary,
+in the archbishop&rsquo;s hall, in the presence of many persons,
+because the said very reverend archbishop had refused to listen to it.
+When the said half-hour had expired, a little while after this was told
+to me I declared and posted him also as publicly excommunicated. On the
+fifteenth of the said month of May, I ordered that he be notified, and
+he was notified in his archiepiscopal hall, of another act, in which I
+repeated the command contained in the preceding one&mdash;and, still
+more, that he should take down the notices posted against me, under
+penalty of a general interdict throughout his archiepiscopal diocese,
+<i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;</i>, giving him a limit of
+twenty-four hours&rsquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href=
+"#pb42" name="pb42">42</a>]</span>time; and, in case of his opposition
+and contumacy, I would proceed to the cessation of all divine worship.
+But, as I reflected that it was very near the feast of Corpus Christi,
+and that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of
+secular priests, who were on my side, would not take part in the said
+festival and in the procession, in order not to have communication
+<i lang="la">in sacris</i> with the said very reverend archbishop; and
+on account of the commiseration which I felt for this commonwealth; and
+finally, because the governor and captain-general of these islands, and
+some of the auditors of this royal Audiencia interfered in the matter,
+with the stipulations which I will send with the acts: I absolved the
+said very reverend archbishop from the excommunication and suspension
+which he had incurred; and he did the same, without my consent,
+absolving me from his excommunication. I dispensed him from the censure
+that he had incurred as irregular, and, finally, I suspended the
+declaration of the interdict. The whole matter was then left as it was,
+for the time being, until information of all could be given to your
+Holiness, in order that you may take suitable measures in this case.
+These are as follows: That the archbishop (or the cabildo, <i lang=
+"la">sede vacante</i>) who at the time shall officiate and rule in this
+archbishopric of Manila shall not hinder, restrain, or limit the
+delegate of your Holiness; that, likewise, he who shall be at the time
+delegate shall, in cases of appeal to be taken from the said
+archbishopric, have the free use and exercise of his apostolic
+authority as delegate in this archiepiscopal territory; and that he
+shall not need, in order to enter the said territory or to perform
+judicial acts in it, whether in person or <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb43" href="#pb43" name="pb43">43</a>]</span>through intermediate
+persons appointed by him, any license, consent, or approbation from the
+said archbishop or from the cabildo, <i lang="la">sede vacante</i>.
+[These things should be done] in order that thus the like controversies
+may be avoided in the future. And I entreat your Holiness to be pleased
+and to deign to command that consideration be given to a legal opinion
+by the reverend father master Fray Juan de Paz, of the Order of
+Preachers, which I send with this; for it may be of service for the
+point at issue, and for your rights. I also inform your Holiness that
+from the day when the said very reverend archbishop set foot in these
+islands&mdash;that is, from last September to the present
+time&mdash;this entire commonwealth has been a perplexing labyrinth of
+contentions and acts of violence which he has performed against the
+holy religious orders of these islands. For his disposition and nature
+is very hasty, quarrelsome, and bold; and he is, finally, a man who
+does not care for or defend the ecclesiastical immunity&mdash;as
+appears from the authentic copy of the acts which I send. May God our
+Lord grant him better judgment; and may He guard and prosper your
+Holiness, as I entreat in my sacrifices and prayers, and as the
+universal Church has need. Manila, June 2 of the year 1698.</p>
+<p class="signed">[<span class="sc">Andres Gonzalez</span>, of the
+Order of Preachers].</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>[This letter is followed by the following memoranda, apparently
+notes by Ventura del Arco of other letters found in the Jesuit papers
+in the Academia Real de la Historia:]</p>
+<p>On the fourth day of June in the same year of 1698 the bishop of
+Nueva Caceres, Don Fray Andres <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb44"
+href="#pb44" name="pb44">44</a>]</span>Gonzalez, addressed to the king
+an explanation similar to the preceding one which is addressed to his
+Holiness. On the eleventh of June in the same year, he sent to his
+Holiness another account, in the same form; and on the twenty-first of
+June of the same year he wrote another to his Holiness, and another to
+the king.</p>
+<p>The provincials of St. Dominic and St. Augustine, and those of the
+Jesuits and Recollects in Manila drew up [to send] to his Majesty the
+king a statement, dated June 25, 1698, complaining of the defenseless
+condition in which they found themselves against the proceedings of the
+archbishop, who neither heeded nor allowed their appeal; and they
+requested that the Council examine the documents which they sent for
+that purpose, relating to various suits against their religious
+orders&mdash;which continued or were renewed, in spite of the agreement
+made with the delegate of his Holiness, the bishop of Camarines. For
+this purpose they sent a copy of the documents.</p>
+<p>[On pp. 207, 208 of the same volume is the following abstract:] In a
+letter dated June 9, 1700 the Jesuit Luis de Morales wrote from Manla
+to Father Antonio Jaramillo, procurator-general at Madrid, that in the
+year 1698 the bishop of Troya and Auditor Don Juan de Sierra died, on
+the voyage from Manila to Acapulco. The governor not only showed little
+favor to the missions in the Marianas Islands, but in the year 98 he
+did not send a patache there with succor; in 99 he sent the vessel
+late, and it was driven by storms first to China and then to Manila,
+with damage to its cargo; and he had ordered that the ship from
+Acapulco should not touch <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href=
+"#pb45" name="pb45">45</a>]</span>at those islands. The governor had
+claimed that the conciliar seminary<a class="noteref" id="xd20e546src"
+href="#xd20e546" name="xd20e546src">12</a> should be placed next to the
+college of San Jose, to which the superior of the Society had answered
+that there was no room for it. All the provincials [of the religious
+orders] had been commanded to present to the archbishop all their bulls
+and privileges for granting dispensation in case of impediments to
+marriage, for the purpose <a id="xd20e552" name="xd20e552"></a> of
+ascertaining whether these were perpetual or temporary; they presented
+the documents extra-judicially. It seems that the viceroy of Mexico,
+Conde Montezuma,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e554src" href="#xd20e554"
+name="xd20e554src">13</a> had undertaken that the regulars who were
+going to Filipinas should first take an oath of obedience to the
+bishops, [when the said regulars should act as curas] in the Indian
+villages; in which case, he [<i>i.e.</i>, Morales] said, it was
+preferable to abandon the missions. The bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Miguel
+Bayot,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e564src" href="#xd20e564" name=
+"xd20e564src">14</a> had commanded that no <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb46" href="#pb46" name="pb46">46</a>]</span>layman
+should possess a slave girl eleven years old or upward; and that if
+such slave were not liberated he declared her free&mdash;in regard to
+which some persons had complained [to the] alcalde.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p><i>Preamble of the decree<a class="noteref" id="xd20e578src" href=
+"#xd20e578" name="xd20e578src">15</a> which it has been commanded to
+place in the books of San Pedro Tunasan.</i></p>
+<p>In the village of San Juan de Calamba in the province of Bay, on the
+sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand six
+hundred and ninety-eight: I, Licentiate Don Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros, secretary in matters [<i lang="es">secretario del Govierno y
+gracia</i>] of this archbishopric, and a racionero of the holy
+metropolitan church of Manila, in obedience to the decree of his most
+illustrious Lordship below mentioned, do certify and attest that his
+most illustrious Lordship, having come to make the visitation of this
+district of Tabuco, issued the decree of the following tenor:</p>
+<p><i>Decree</i>: In the village of Calambo in the province of Bay, on
+the sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand six
+hundred and ninety-eight, the most illustrious lord Doctor Don Diego
+Camacho y Avila, archbishop of Manila and metropolitan of these
+Philippinas Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty and
+my master, having come here in conformity <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb47" href="#pb47" name="pb47">47</a>]</span>to the regulations of the
+holy [Church] councils (and especially of the holy general Council of
+Trent), and for the enforcement thereof, to visit this district of
+Tabuco and the places connected with it (which are the two villages of
+San Pedro Tunasan), and its churches, ministers, and parishioners, has
+observed in them a great deal of ignorance of the Christian doctrine,
+even of the doctrines most essential for salvation&mdash;through the
+agency of Licentiate Don Juan Melendez, a priest whom his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, has brought with him as
+his assistant for the sole purpose of giving examinations and
+instruction in the Tag&aacute;log language (in which the said
+licentiate is very expert) to the Indians of both sexes, to the old
+people as well as to the children, of the villages and districts
+through which his most illustrious Lordship will be passing. This duty
+he has performed and fulfilled in the presence of a great many people,
+assembled in the above-mentioned churches of San Pedro Tunasan and
+Bi&ntilde;an. After the questions which he has asked regarding the
+principal mysteries of the faith, and the explanation which he has made
+of each separately&mdash;some in the morning, and some in the
+afternoon, according to the opportunity afforded him by the
+time&mdash;he has preached to them, and continues to preach, exhorting
+them to the love of the virtues and to horror for sins. He also gives
+to all individual instruction, and an accurate knowledge of the
+mysteries of the holy sacrifice of mass, and of the virtues and graces
+which it communicates, as also of those which are required in order to
+resist the temptations of the devil; and how to secure, with great ease
+and confidence, the divine aid, by fulfilling <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb48" href="#pb48" name="pb48">48</a>]</span>and
+observing the precepts of the Decalogue, and the ordinances of our holy
+Mother Church in the holy sacrament of confirmation, which his most
+illustrious Lordship has solemnly conferred and is conferring.
+Therefore he said that he must command, and he did command, the master
+Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, cura in his own right of the village of
+Tabuco; and his coadjutor Bachelor Nicolas Godi&ntilde;o, who
+administers the holy sacraments in the village of Bi&ntilde;an; and
+Father Miguel de Salas, a religious of the Society of Jesus, who
+likewise administers the holy sacraments in the village and estate of
+San Pedro Tunasan, which is part of the territory and a visita of the
+cura of the said village of Tabuco; and the curas and ministers who
+shall hereafter officiate in the said villages, and in that of Sancto
+Thomas (which is being administered <i lang="la">ad interim</i> by the
+said master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon): that on all the prescribed
+feast-days&mdash;especially on Sundays, on which all the parishioners
+assemble in their churches to hear the holy sacrifice of
+mass&mdash;they shall question the people, and explain to them the
+Christian doctrine, conformably and pursuant to the Tag&aacute;log
+catechism which is accepted and approved in this archbishopric; and
+that in no form or manner, and for no cause or pretext, shall they omit
+this on any of the above-mentioned days, especially Sundays. They shall
+make the explanations of the Christian doctrine to their parishioners
+before saying mass (which all must hear)&mdash;not employing the fiscal
+or any other person for the performance of this duty, but doing it
+themselves&mdash;explaining certain mysteries of the faith on some
+Sundays, and others at other times; in everything <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb49" href="#pb49" name=
+"pb49">49</a>]</span>accommodating their speech to the limited capacity
+of their parishioners, in order that these may be more readily
+instructed, and sooner become capable of receiving all the mysteries of
+our holy faith.</p>
+<p>Moreover, considering the great abuses which his most illustrious
+Lordship has known from actual observation, and of which he has been
+informed with all certitude and proof, and the still worse losses, both
+temporal and spiritual, which have resulted to the persons of the
+unhappy Indians, with very great injury to their consciences and almost
+certain peril to the salvation of their souls, his most illustrious
+Lordship must command, and he did command, that the above-mentioned
+persons who are now the curas and ministers of the said villages, and
+those who shall officiate in them hereafter, shall not oblige their
+parishioners, for any cause or pretext, either personally or by any
+agent, to offer them anything for the administration of the holy
+sacrament of penance, especially throughout the season of Lent, in
+which the Indians ordinarily make their confessions in order to comply
+with the precept of the Church. And the said persons who now are, or
+shall hereafter be, curas of the said districts shall observe and
+fulfil all the above commands, under penalty of major excommunication,
+<i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;, ipso facto incurrenda</i>, and
+of legal proceedings against their persons and goods with the fullest
+rigor of justice, in future visitations.</p>
+<p>And his most illustrious Lordship, employing his pastoral kindness
+and clemency, and desiring to secure the salvation of his flock and the
+service of God our Lord, and the greater honor and glory of His Divine
+Majesty, granted and did grant forty days of <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb50" href="#pb50" name=
+"pb50">50</a>]</span>indulgence to all the parishioners of the said
+villages; who, with devotion and desire to profit thereby, attend the
+explanation of the Christian doctrine in their parish churches. And in
+order that this may be made known to all the people, his most
+illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the above persons
+who now are, and those who hereafter shall be, curas of the said
+districts shall make publication of the grant of the said forty days of
+indulgence, on every Sunday of the month, before or after the
+explanation of the Christian doctrine, always making known to their
+parishioners the great riches and strength contained therein, so that
+they may obtain and enjoy the indulgence with profitable
+results&mdash;in regard to which his most illustrious Lordship lays
+strict charge upon their consciences.</p>
+<p>And considering that the visitas of the villages of San Pedro
+Tunasan and Bi&ntilde;an pertain to the cura of the said village of
+Tabuco, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that
+the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, proprietary cura of that
+village, cause this decree to be observed by his coadjutor, Bachelor
+Nicolas Godi&ntilde;o, in the said church and village of Bi&ntilde;an;
+and by Father Miguel de Salas, the present minister of the village of
+San Pedro Tunasan&mdash;sending each a copy, signed with his name, of
+this decree by his illustrious Lordship, which will be left, certified
+and authorized, in the book of burials, baptisms, and marriages of the
+said village of Tabuco. This being done, the said ministers, Bachelor
+Nicolas Godi&ntilde;o and Father Miguel de Salas, will also make in the
+books in their charge a certified copy of the decree&mdash;which is to
+be sent immediately, with autograph signature copied <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb51" href="#pb51" name="pb51">51</a>]</span>at the
+foot of the letter&mdash;so that it may be made known to all persons
+who hereafter shall be ministers and curas of the said districts, San
+Pedro Tunasan, Bi&ntilde;an, and Sancto Thomas. And by this decree,
+accordingly, the above is ordained and commanded, and it is signed by
+his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, as I
+attest.</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Diego</span>, archbishop of
+Manila.</p>
+<p class="signed">Before me:<br>
+<span class="sc">Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros</span>, secretary.</p>
+<p>The above, a copy from the original decree issued by his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, which is one of the
+acts of the visitation of the village of Tabuco&mdash;which are in my
+charge, and to which I refer&mdash;is a faithful, accurate, and
+truthful copy, corrected and compared. The witnesses to the copying,
+correction, and comparison were Licentiate Don Diego Martin de la
+Sierra and Bachelor Ignacio Gregorio Manasay, a cleric in minor orders;
+and this document is signed in this village of Calamba, on the said day
+and month and year. In attestation of its correctness, I sign it:</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros</span>, secretary.<br>
+<span class="sc">Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon</span></p>
+<p>[Another decree, dated December 7, 1698, concerns the curacy of
+Balayan, with its visitas the village of Nazugbu and the ranch of Lian;
+the curate there was Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, with proprietary
+appointment. After a preamble like that of the former decree, this one
+continues thus, relative to the registers of the parish:]</p>
+<p>He declared that he must command, and he did command, that the
+practice be continued, as hitherto, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb52"
+href="#pb52" name="pb52">52</a>]</span>of the separation and division
+[of the records] in three different books: one for recording the
+baptisms and confirmations only, another for the marriages and nuptial
+benedictions,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e642src" href="#xd20e642" name=
+"xd20e642src">16</a> and a third for the deaths; and that in no case
+should these be recorded in one book only; and that in the book of
+baptisms the names of the parents and the sponsors of the person
+baptized must always be set down, and whether he were a legitimate
+child; and note must be made of a child of unknown parents, or of the
+Church.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e670src" href="#xd20e670" name=
+"xd20e670src">17</a> At the same time, they must never fail to set down
+in the margin the names of those who are baptized, and of the villages
+to which they belong, so that it may be easier to search for and find
+them. In no case shall men be allowed to stand as sponsors [<i lang=
+"es">saquen de pila</i>] for women, or women for men, on account of the
+grave difficulties which have been experienced <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href="#pb53" name="pb53">53</a>]</span>from
+this cause, especially among Indians. Moreover, in the records of
+weddings and burials must be set down the fees of the minister, so that
+in future visits it may be easy to compute the eighths<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e681src" href="#xd20e681" name="xd20e681src">18</a>
+which belong to the churches, in consideration of having a new tariff
+to which their fees must conform. With this, in the said records must
+be noted in the margin the names of both deceased and married persons;
+and in every instance it must be explained whether the deceased person
+received the sacraments at the hour of death, and, if he did not
+receive them, the reasons therefor. Likewise, in the records of
+marriages not only must the names of the contracting parties be set
+down, and those of their parents, and those of their former consorts,
+if the parties are widowed; but also those of the witnesses who made
+affidavits in the investigations which always ought to precede a
+marriage&mdash;whether these be verbal, in the case of ordinary
+Indians; or in writing, when practice [in that art] enables this to be
+done. Thus, if at any time [a legal] impediment should remain, those
+persons can be found and punished as perjurers. Also it must be
+specified whether the three publications of the banns<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e693src" href="#xd20e693" name="xd20e693src">19</a> preceded,
+which the law ordains.</p>
+<p>Moreover, in the ministries of this province of <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb54" href="#pb54" name="pb54">54</a>]</span>Balayan
+his most illustrious Lordship has found another abuse introduced
+therein, that the curas and ministers of the Indian villages are
+accustomed to keep, for baptisms and burials, two crosses assigned for
+this use&mdash;one of wood, and the other of silver. The wooden one
+they take out for common baptisms and burials, and those of poor
+persons; and that of silver for the baptisms and burials of the
+rich&mdash;as if both crosses ought not to have the same value,
+veneration, and efficacy for the object to which they are directed; or
+as if the silver cross, on account of being of richer material, ought
+to be esteemed more highly than that of wood, on which died Christ our
+Redeemer (a thing which is disgraceful to be said or thought among
+Christians). Therefore his most illustrious Lordship, mindful of
+uprooting thoroughly this almost superstitious abuse, commanded and did
+command the persons who now are, or who shall hereafter be, curas in
+all the districts of this archbishopric that in no case and on no
+pretext shall they practice such a distinction; nor are they allowed to
+require or ask any fee on account of carrying the silver cross, whether
+at baptisms or burials: under penalty of major excommunication,
+<i lang="la">lat&aelig; sententi&aelig;, ipso facto incurrenda</i>; and
+at any time when information is lodged of violation of this decree,
+proceedings will be instituted against the disobedient person with the
+fullest rigor of justice, without any excuse being allowed to shield
+him.</p>
+<p>[Here follow the same commands and penalties as in the preceding
+decree, relative to the proper instruction of the people in Christian
+doctrine, and the prohibition of fees to the cura for the
+administration of the sacrament of penance. The decree continues:]
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href="#pb55" name=
+"pb55">55</a>]</span>Moreover, inasmuch as it is commanded, by a
+general decree of visitation, now obeyed and practiced by all the
+secular curas of this archbishopric, in fulfilment of a royal decree by
+his Majesty (whom may God keep), that the viaticum shall be carried to
+sick Indians in their own houses, and that they shall on no account be
+carried from their houses to the churches to receive it: therefore his
+most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the said
+decree shall be observed, fulfilled, and executed in this curacy of
+Balayan, and in its visita of Nazugbu and Lian. And, for its proper
+fulfilment, it is commanded that a reliquary be made of silver or gold,
+in order that when on any occasion there shall not be mode or form of
+the customary external pomp, the viaticum may be carried therein, as is
+commanded, to the sick; and warning is given that, on receiving notice
+of any violation of this decree, proceedings will be instituted against
+the disobedient person against whom there shall be legal cause.</p>
+<p>All the above, contained and expressed in the present decree, his
+most illustrious Lordship commanded, and did command, must be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, proprietary
+cura of this district of Balayan, and he must cause it to be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by him who shall in the said cura&rsquo;s place
+administer the holy sacraments in the villages of Nazugbu and Lian; and
+of his punctual obedience the said curate shall notify his most
+illustrious Lordship, at the first opportunity that shall occur, so
+that, in case what is here commanded shall not be duly and effectually
+carried out, his most illustrious Lordship may decide and ordain what
+may be expedient.</p>
+<p>Moreover, notwithstanding his most illustrious <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb56" href="#pb56" name="pb56">56</a>]</span>Lordship
+has been informed of the exterior adornment of the church of the said
+villages of Nazugbu and Lian, yet, inasmuch as the books of receipts
+and expenses of the said church have not been shown, and are not clear,
+his most illustrious Lordship therefore commanded and did command that
+in that church shall be kept a book, in the first half of which shall
+be set down the following, beginning at the first page, with all the
+items clear, separate, and distinct, and with mention of the day,
+month, and year: the eighths of the fees for marriages and burials
+which shall be received from this time forward; and the legacies, and
+donations for pious works, which are made to the said church. Then,
+beginning at the middle of the book, must be set down in the second
+half of it, with the same details, the expenditures which shall be made
+for the church, in order that thus no confusion may arise, and that the
+accounts may be promptly settled in the future visit. By this act,
+therefore, his most illustrious Lordship decreed and commanded the
+above, and signed this paper, which I certify.</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Diego</span>, archbishop of
+Manila.</p>
+<p>Before me:</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros</span>, secretary.</p>
+<p>[Here follow certificates, written in the registers of burials and
+marriages respectively, that they have been duly inspected, and
+referring to the decree itself, which is written in the register of
+baptisms.]</p>
+<p><i>Tariff</i></p>
+<p>We, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, by the grace of God and of the
+holy Apostolic See, metropolitan archbishop of these Philippinas
+Islands, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href="#pb57" name=
+"pb57">57</a>]</span>ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva Segovia,
+now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty. Desiring to
+fulfil the obligations of our ministry and pastoral office, and that by
+the government which is in our charge, especially in the administration
+of the holy sacraments, God our Lord may be followed and the faithful
+edified; and that every one of our curas and ministers who instruct the
+natives&mdash;not only in this city, but those of the other parishes
+outside its walls&mdash;and their sacristans, shall observe the
+integrity which is fitting in demanding the fees which shall belong to
+them on account of the functions of their ministries and offices,
+relieving their consciences as we do ours; and having examined the
+tariffs which our predecessors have fixed, and seeing the condition of
+these islands, we have decided to issue anew our mandate regarding the
+said statutes and tariffs; and we ordain that from this time forth, in
+demanding the said fees, the following order shall be observed:</p>
+<p><i>Baptisms</i>: For the baptisms the cura shall demand the candle
+or candles which those who can give them may furnish, not obliging them
+to pay a fee [<i lang="es">capillo</i>], or to give an offering of
+money or other things; but, if they voluntarily give any free
+offering,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e750src" href="#xd20e750" name=
+"xd20e750src">20</a> the cura is authorized to take it. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb58" href="#pb58" name="pb58">58</a>]</span></p>
+<p><i>Marriages</i>: For publishing the banns, the fiscal shall ask for
+each one real, and he may not demand anything because the parties do
+not rise to their feet at the time when the banns are published. As for
+the natives and Morenos<a class="noteref" id="xd20e947src" href=
+"#xd20e947" name="xd20e947src">21</a> who marry without receiving the
+nuptial benedictions, and shall come to the church or to the
+cura&rsquo;s house, he shall not ask anything from them; but if the
+cura shall go, or send, or give permission for the marriage to be
+solemnized <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb59" href="#pb59" name=
+"pb59">59</a>]</span>at their own homes, or in some other place, he
+shall ask three tostones for the effort and time spent in going to
+marry them in a place to which he is not obliged to go. If the cura
+shall go to their house, or to some other place where he is not under
+obligation to go, in order to marry any Japanese or Sangley, he shall
+ask two pesos, and, if it shall be outside of the parish, he shall ask
+three pesos.</p>
+<p><i>Nuptial benedictions</i>: He [<i>i.e.</i>, the cura] shall ask
+thirteen reals from the dowry;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e962src" href=
+"#xd20e962" name="xd20e962src">22</a> but if the parties are poor, they
+may commute this for four reals&mdash;and [the same] if the woman is a
+widow and has no dowry, provided she received the nuptial benedictions
+from the Church in the first marriage; but if she did not [thus]
+receive them, and have a dowry [she shall pay thirteen]. If several
+persons receive the benedictions at one mass, the cura shall ask from
+those who are blessed a peso from every one of them; and he shall be
+under obligation to say as many masses as there were persons blessed,
+during the following days, for their intention, because this
+[obligation to say mass] for two, or three, or more married
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb60" href="#pb60" name=
+"pb60">60</a>]</span>pairs who receive the benedictions cannot be
+fulfilled by one mass.</p>
+<p><i>Burials</i>: For burials of children, with prayers read, when the
+cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask one peso and four
+tomins; but if the corpse is carried to the door of the church he shall
+ask only one peso. For every burial of children with prayers chanted,
+when the cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask only
+three pesos; and if the corpse be received with prayers chanted at the
+door of the church<a class="noteref" id="xd20e998src" href="#xd20e998"
+name="xd20e998src">23</a>&mdash;whether it be an Indian chief, a
+timagua, a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, whom his friends
+desire to be interred with pomp and escort&mdash;and the cura shall go
+for the corpse to the house, he shall ask ten pesos; but if he shall
+receive it at the door of the church, and prayers be chanted, he shall
+ask two pesos. For every burial accompanied with prayers, of an Indian
+chief, a timagua, a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, if the cura
+goes for it to the house he shall ask one peso and four tomins; and if
+he receives it at the door of the church he shall ask one peso. If the
+deceased were a slave to Spaniards, the cura shall ask one peso for his
+fee, and exactly six reals as a voluntary offering [<i lang=
+"es">limosna</i>] for a mass; but if he were a slave to an Indian, the
+cura shall ask six reals as a fee, and four reals for the said
+offering. We charge it upon the consciences of the curas to say these
+masses for the slaves, and thus acquit our own conscience. For the cope
+which the cura may <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb61" href="#pb61"
+name="pb61">61</a>]</span>wear at burials he may receive one peso as an
+offering; but he shall not wear the cope when the parties do not ask
+for it. And for the halts<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1006src" href=
+"#xd20e1006" name="xd20e1006src">24</a> the cura, if he shall have
+chanted the prayers, shall ask a toston for each one, if the relatives
+of the deceased ask for them; but in no other way shall he obtain these
+fees. <i>Item</i>, for the mass sung on the day of the funeral, or
+funeral honors with responses, the cura may ask two and one-half pesos;
+and for chanting the office for the dead, two pesos and two reals. And
+for the novenary masses<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1022src" href=
+"#xd20e1022" name="xd20e1022src">25</a> which are said, with a response
+in each one, on account of the burial of the deceased, the cura may
+receive for each one a peso as offering; and the wax candles which
+remain at the end of the novenary for the burial belong to the cura.
+For masses provided for by will [<i lang="es">missas de
+testamento</i>], the cura may receive six reals each, and for those
+which are ordered to be said outside of the testamentary provision four
+reals each, as offerings. The curas must not consent to accept the
+candles that are carried by the persons who accompany the funeral,
+unless these persons leave the candles of their own accord, and present
+them as an offering; and if they do not thus give them up, the curas
+shall not ask anything from them. To each one of those who may assist
+the cura at any burial shall be given, if he is in holy orders, six
+reals and a candle; if he is not yet <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb62" href="#pb62" name="pb62">62</a>]</span>ordained, four reals and
+a candle. For any peal of the bells [<i lang="es">repique</i>] at the
+burials of children, or the tolling of the passing bell [<i lang=
+"es">doble</i>], the cura shall ask four reals for the eighths
+[<i lang="es">de octava</i>], for the sacristy or the church.</p>
+<p><i>Fees of the sacristans</i>: For aiding at nuptial masses and the
+benediction,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1046src" href="#xd20e1046"
+name="xd20e1046src">26</a> the sacristan shall ask for each two reals.
+The sacristan may ask for carrying the processional cross with its
+veil,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1058src" href="#xd20e1058" name=
+"xd20e1058src">27</a> for any burial, ten reals; and if afterward
+solemn mass be sung, he shall ask eighteen reals for the burial, and a
+peso for assisting at the mass; and if the cross be placed on the grave
+on the day of the funeral, he shall ask a peso. For the small cross
+carried, without its casing, and made of silver, he shall ask six
+reals; and for the ordinary cross of wood he shall ask two; and, if the
+deceased were the slave of an Indian, he shall ask one real. For
+burning incense at the funerals, when the parties ask for it, the
+sacristan shall ask two reals; and at the solemn masses <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb63" href="#pb63" name="pb63">63</a>]</span>he shall
+ask another two reals. For assisting at each anniversary mass founded
+in this church, which the cura says, the sacristan shall ask one peso.
+The sacristan is under obligation to assist the cura in the
+administration of the holy sacraments, and in the other matters
+pertaining to the ministry, as being his assistant; and if he fail in
+rendering such aid he shall ask only the half [of the usual fees], and
+the other half the cura shall divide between the person who shall
+assist in the sacristan&rsquo;s place and the church fund for its
+sacristy. Either the sacristan or in his place some person not yet
+ordained, is under obligation to carry the cross at burials.</p>
+<p><i>Singers</i>: When the entire choir shall be summoned to any
+burial, they shall ask ten pesos for attending it; and if all the said
+choir assist at mass and the office for the dead [<i lang=
+"es">vigilia</i>], they shall ask another ten pesos. When the
+[individual] singers shall go on call to any funeral, no more of them
+shall go than those who are asked for by the parties; and each singer
+shall ask one real. This is understood when they go not as a full
+choir, but in a group of three; and they shall not oblige the parties
+to give them candles, but may take these when the parties choose to
+give them. If only three singers assist at mass and the office for the
+dead, they shall ask three pesos for the mass, but not for the
+office.</p>
+<p>We command that all these tariffs and statutes shall be observed and
+fulfilled to the letter by the said our curas for natives, in this city
+and in the rest of the parishes that are outside its walls, and by
+their sacristans, without transgressing them in any way&mdash;under
+penalty of four times the amount involved, incurred for every
+infraction, and of being punished <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb64"
+href="#pb64" name="pb64">64</a>]</span>in accordance with the law. And
+no other person, whatever his rank may be, shall dare to transgress
+these our mandates, under penalty of legal proceedings against him,
+under the penalties due to those who are disobedient. We command that
+the curas shall keep these said tariffs displayed and posted in some
+public place, where they can be read and understood by all persons. And
+that this may be evident for all time, we command to be issued and we
+do issue the present, signed with our name, and countersigned by our
+secretary, as undersigned. In our archiepiscopal palace at Manila, on
+the fifth day of the month of November in the year one thousand, six
+hundred and ninety-eight.</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Diego</span>, archbishop of
+Manila.</p>
+<p>By command of his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my
+master:</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros</span>, secretary.</p>
+<p>[Here follow several notarial attestations.]</p>
+<p><i>Memorial by the religious orders</i></p>
+<p>The lecturer Fray Jaime Mimbela, of the Order of Preachers, and
+definitor-general of the province of Santo Rosario; Fray Juan Antonio
+de San Agustin, an Augustinian Recollect; and Antonio Xaramillo, of the
+Society of Jesus&mdash;procurators-general of their provinces of
+Filipinas and holding powers of attorney for the holy orders of St.
+Dominic, St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the
+Recollect Augustinians who live in the said islands for the conversion
+of the infidels and the maintenance [in the faith] of those who are
+already converted therein&mdash;conforming to the new orders from their
+provincials which they have received (dated <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb65" href="#pb65" name="pb65">65</a>]</span>February
+13 of the past year 1699), in regard to what has thus far been alleged
+and represented, make the following declaration:</p>
+<p>[Sire:]</p>
+<p>The reverend archbishop, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, having
+arrived at Manila in the month of September in the past year of 97,
+undertook, <i lang="la">in officio officiando</i> [<i>i.e.</i>,
+&ldquo;in fulfilling the functions of his office&rdquo;], to visit the
+regulars who exercise the duties of parish priests, desiring that they
+do so by title of law,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1114src" href=
+"#xd20e1114" name="xd20e1114src">28</a> subject to his jurisdiction.
+The said holy religious orders, having declined, on repeated occasions,
+to take upon themselves such a burden, making this known to the said
+reverend archbishop with all submission, were resolved to abandon all
+the Indian villages and districts [assigned to them], rather than to
+administer them in that manner. [They asked him], in order to preserve
+the tranquillity which had existed in those islands, that at least he
+would desist from his intention until the pope and your Majesty, being
+informed of the matter, should decide it: and represented to him that,
+taking everything into account, irreparable losses of souls would ensue
+from his persevering in his undertaking if the religious orders, in
+consequence of his violent acts, should retire [from the
+curacies]&mdash;since there were not secular priests to take the place
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb66" href="#pb66" name=
+"pb66">66</a>]</span>of the religious in preaching and the
+administration of the sacraments, but it was not possible for the said
+reverend archbishop to yield to [even] these so serious
+representations, nor was he willing to wait for the decisions of [even]
+those so pre&euml;minent; on the contrary, he actually began the
+visitation. When the religious answered that now they were not parish
+priests, since they had resigned the Indian villages into the hands of
+their provincials, who had notified your vice-patron of it, the
+reverend archbishop took away two churches from the orders of St.
+Dominic and St. Augustine; and soon the commonwealth found itself in a
+storm, with confusion and affliction such as had never before been
+experienced in those islands. For within a week fifty religious who had
+acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders had been given for the
+retirement of the others&mdash;which they would actually have done, if
+the courage of the reverend archbishop himself had not been taught by
+this experience, so costly and unnecessary, the truth of what had been
+often before represented to him, with so much humility and entreaty, by
+the religious.</p>
+<p>From that time, troubles continued to crowd together until in all
+those islands the Catholic faith, as concerns God, and the vassalage of
+the Indians to your Majesty, were at the point of destruction; for in
+that country all the villages are inhabited by Indians alone, nor is
+there in them any Spaniard except the religious who is their
+minister&mdash;except here and there a village where resides some
+secular priest and the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces. Thus, the
+villages without the religious minister remain as dead, for divine
+worship and for vassalage, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb67" href=
+"#pb67" name="pb67">67</a>]</span>as the body without a soul is dead
+for vital functions.</p>
+<p>This truth being so well known&mdash;as also is this other, that in
+the religious provinces of those islands there have been and are now
+many religious of distinguished virtues and learning, and very zealous
+for the salvation of souls&mdash;affairs have arrived at such a state,
+as is known by the said letters of February, 699, that the regulars
+refuse not only to be ordinaries [<i lang="es">parrocos de
+justicia</i>] and subject to the jurisdiction of the reverend
+archbishop, but also to act in that capacity in the manner which has
+been hitherto in vogue. They ask your Majesty, with the utmost possible
+reverence, to be pleased to regard them as exonerated from the
+responsibility which they hitherto have held of ministering as parish
+priests to the Indians, and to take measures that other persons may
+look after the Indians in the manner which the reverend archbishop
+desires; and that the religious for whom there is no room in the few
+convents and colleges which the religious orders possess in those
+islands may return to their own provinces&mdash;in accordance with what
+your Majesty commands, in one of his laws, for the consolation of the
+distressed religious in those kingdoms.</p>
+<p>And since actions so grave in themselves and in their consequences
+as are these&mdash;the refusal of the regulars to be parish priests
+subject to the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and their
+renunciation before your Majesty of the assignment of the territories
+allotted to them for ministrations&mdash;appear not to have originated
+only from disinclination, but to have sprung from [their claim to]
+liberty alone, their representatives set forth to your Majesty in this
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb68" href="#pb68" name=
+"pb68">68</a>]</span>document the reasons and very weighty arguments by
+which they are constrained to act in both those proceedings. They also
+offer to present another, more copious, in which will be related in
+sequence and order all the occurrences and the exceedingly grievous
+injuries which the religious orders have suffered and still sustain,
+occasioned by the visitation of the curas. [It will also recount] the
+lands that they possess; the tithes<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1144src"
+href="#xd20e1144" name="xd20e1144src">29</a> that the reverend
+archbishop has established; the testimonies and appeals that he has
+denied; the arrests that he has attempted; the banishments that he has
+urged [upon the Audiencia]; the very sharp reprimand that on account of
+him was given by your Audiencia to all the provincials together, with
+other religious of high standing, without permitting them to open their
+lips&mdash;and all with a method of procedure so unlike that which the
+pope, your Majesty, and your supreme Council employ on occasions like
+these, even in cases when there is certainty of guilt; and finally, the
+investigations which he makes to obtain information against them which
+he can use to carry out his purposes, and disturb them at Madrid and
+Roma, in this imposing [threats of] excommunication on the witnesses in
+order that everything may remain a secret, and the reputation of the
+religious orders be left more exposed to attack.</p>
+<p>The reasons, then, which influence the religious <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb69" href="#pb69" name="pb69">69</a>]</span>not to
+be parish priests by title in Filipinas, subject to the jurisdiction of
+the reverend archbishop, are the following: First, because it is
+unquestionable, and cannot be in any way denied, that the office of
+parish priest, even with such exemption from [the jurisdiction of] the
+ordinary, is entirely accessory, and, besides, a heavy additional
+burden, to the religious estate&mdash;not only to that of monks, but
+even to that of the mendicant regulars; for, in order that they may
+minister in the said office, it has been necessary to obtain a
+pontifical dispensation or arrangement, which is founded on important
+reasons. And this [is a fact], if we consider only what the religious
+state demands of its followers, as is made plain by the general
+exemption and the teaching of holy men. If this mode of administering
+[the curacies] be changed, and the regular who is a parish priest must
+remain, in what concerns that office, under the jurisdiction of the
+ordinary, subject to his correction and visitation, and in the other
+matters subject to the superior of his religious order, it would be a
+change and condition of affairs so remarkable that, in regard to his
+estate and his profession of life, the religious would change his
+nature&mdash;for he would be like one cleft in twain, if subject in
+some cases to one superior and in others to another, the two of
+differing ecclesiastical rank; and the consequences would be perilous,
+as will be considered later. In view, then, of a change which would so
+seriously affect their estate, all the regulars of Filipinas declare
+that, just as one&rsquo;s state of life is chosen so as to lead to
+salvation only when it is chosen through the influence and vocation of
+God, who calls and inclines one to it, and that one&rsquo;s choice goes
+astray when it is <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb70" href="#pb70"
+name="pb70">70</a>]</span>made through other motives, so, when after
+choice has been made of the state and profession of life some other
+circumstance arises which not only oppresses that state, but changes
+its very nature&mdash;with new responsibilities, new obligations, new
+superiors, and new modes of government full of dangers and
+difficulties&mdash;and, above all, the rule which he professes, no one
+can safely add to his mode of life a condition so unusual, if God do
+not incline and call him to it. The religious of Filipinas declare that
+they have no such vocation or inclination for being parish priests by
+title, subject to the ordinary; and that without it they cannot expose
+themselves to so many dangers, with evident risk of being ruined
+thereby. They say that neither when they entered the religious life nor
+when they made their confession did they read among the obligations to
+which they submitted that of being parish priests, and much less that
+of being such by title, and subject to the ordinaries; on the other
+hand, they understood that the Apostolic See had exempted them from it.
+They assert also that on going from Europa to the Filipinas they knew
+that the regulars never had ministered to the Indians, nor were they
+then doing so, as being dependent upon the ordinaries, but with
+pontifical jurisdiction, remaining in all matters subject to the
+visitation and correction of their provincials; therefore they must
+necessarily censure and refuse now this new administration and
+attempted subjection, which they did not profess and to which God did
+not call them.</p>
+<p>Nor do the precedents [brought forward] from America militate
+against this argument when it is said that there is but one and the
+same rule, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb71" href="#pb71" name=
+"pb71">71</a>]</span>one and the same form of government, in
+essentials, for the religious order or orders whose sons find
+themselves in America and in Filipinas; for those who are in those
+islands say, with all esteem and reverence, that there are some things
+more suitable to be admired than imitated, and that, while they admire
+the courage [of those in America], they confess that they do not
+possess courage to imitate them in this matter. They add that, if in
+America and Filipinas a religious order is one and the same, likewise
+throughout the world the faith and the church of Jesus Christ is one
+and the same; and nevertheless, if a Catholic, simply because he had
+chosen an estate of life, should exhort all others to embrace the same,
+it would not be judicious counsel, or in conformity to the spirit of
+God; for that Spirit inspires, influences, and calls whomsoever He
+will, choosing some for an occupation, and dissuading others from that
+same employ. And thus it is evident, likewise, that in the one
+religious order some have a vocation for going from Europa to the
+Indias, and others have not. Then why cannot the same occur in regard
+to being or not being parish priests subject to the ordinary?</p>
+<p>The reverend archbishop of Manila himself has given and still gives
+to the religious orders of Filipinas a very striking and conclusive
+example in this regard: for before he left Espa&ntilde;a he knew very
+well in what way the regulars acted as curas in those islands, but he
+neither renounced the archbishopric in Espa&ntilde;a, nor gave up going
+to the islands. He knew also that the being united as a spouse to the
+church of Manila is not an accessory matter, but is wholly essential to
+the state of being its archbishop; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb72"
+href="#pb72" name="pb72">72</a>]</span>and that other prelates have
+gone thither without attempting what he claims. Nevertheless, he has
+asked in the royal Audiencia permission to return to Espa&ntilde;a; and
+now he writes resigning the archbishopric, and asking that he may be
+allowed to come here to live and die in retreat in a cell. If it is
+because the religious who are parish priests are not subject to his
+jurisdiction that he offers this resignation&mdash;by which he abandons
+all that belongs to his position, and the state of life that he
+chose&mdash;how much greater reason the religious will have to imitate
+him, since even when they give up the curacies they remain wholly in
+the estate of religious which they professed. If he makes this
+renunciation in order to avoid controversies, and aspires to live and
+die in a cell, much more natural is this desire of the religious to
+live and die peacefully therein, without obliging themselves to endure
+those controversies; for they do not accept under compulsion a new
+estate to which God does not call them. Likewise, [they decline] if, in
+order to adopt such a model of life, their rule must be the pleasure of
+the archbishop, and not the inspiration of God.</p>
+<p>As little is this first argument overcome by [the assertion] that
+the civil law provides that the regular who is a parish priest is
+immediately subject, in what pertains to that office, to the visitation
+and correction of the ordinary. For, laying aside the fact that such a
+law can be abrogated by the supreme pontiff&mdash;as actually was done
+by Pius V after the holy Council of Trent, and afterward confirmed by
+Urban VIII; and this very procedure is supported by various
+declarations of the most eminent cardinals&mdash;when there is a lack
+of secular priests (as is <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb73" href=
+"#pb73" name="pb73">73</a>]</span>the case in Filipinas, where for
+eight hundred parishes, the approximate number of those in existence,
+there are hardly sixty seculars in number, and still fewer who have
+abilities for giving instruction and learning languages): laying all
+this aside, the religious assert that the civil law which commands such
+subjection must be understood in the case that the religious who are
+administering curacies, without being subordinate to the ordinary,
+desire to continue thus, being parish priests; but it does not order
+that they be compelled by violence and force to enter that relation.
+And if a secular cleric, to whom with canonical and rigorous
+institution is given a perpetual curacy, can, notwithstanding this,
+renounce such curacy, nor on that account be disqualified by the law as
+long as he lives in immediate subjection to one superior only, who is
+his bishop: how or for what reason can the reverend archbishop of
+Manila claim that the religious cannot peaceably make the same
+renunciation, in order to avoid the risk of having so many superiors?
+As the religious hold the Indian villages not as proprietaries, but
+removable <i lang="la">ad nutum</i>, other persons could, for no better
+reason than their own wishes, deprive the religious of those
+ministries, even though the latter live therein with the sanctity of
+their holy founders; and is it possible that, when only the will of
+another person is sufficient to prevent them from being curas, the
+divine inspiration and their own self-reproach will not be sufficient
+for them?</p>
+<p>The second reason that the religious in Filipinas have for refusing
+to be parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary, is that no
+exact idea of this virtue of justice has been formed in considering the
+method <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb74" href="#pb74" name=
+"pb74">74</a>]</span>in which efforts have been made to constrain the
+religious by it. For either they are or they are not capable of being
+really parish priests, like the secular clerics. If they are, they do
+not accept the parish under any obligation of justice; and even when
+this is conferred on them with canonical institution, they nevertheless
+do not remain ordinaries, as are the secular clerics; for in the
+latter, in order to secure a proprietary benefice, the only points
+considered are the ability to serve as cura, the obligation of law
+[<i lang="es">justicia</i>] to which they submit, and the canonical
+collation with which they are inducted into the parish. Including all
+this in the said supposition, the religious cannot well understand why,
+after all that, they do not remain proprietary parish priests. As
+little do they understand how the said ability, obligation of law, and
+canonical institution can make a secular priest a perpetual
+cura&mdash;so that if his conduct does not render him unworthy the
+curacy cannot be taken from him, either by ordinary or vice-patron
+alone, or by both together; while a religious who enters the curacy
+with the same formalities is not competent for the same perpetuity, but
+only for such tenure, even in his own territory, that even if he
+conduct himself as a saint the ordinary and vice-patron can, if agreed,
+deprive him of his benefice and give it to another; that is, even after
+that obligation and solemnity he is a parish priest removable <i lang=
+"la">ad nutum</i>.</p>
+<p>The religious also consider that although the virtue of justice is
+one for all, and alike for all, and the efficacy of canonical
+institution is also one for persons who are qualified for the same
+office, to the secular cleric with the onerous duty of parish priest
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb75" href="#pb75" name=
+"pb75">75</a>]</span>is given all that can favor him; but to the
+religious, while the entire burden is laid upon him, all his energy is
+checked on account of not giving him all which can relieve that burden.
+This is all placed upon the religious, for his responsibility for the
+feeding of his sheep confines him to a district in such a way that his
+own provincial cannot, by his own agency alone, change his district
+without first resorting to the ordinary and the vice-patron, to secure
+their consent. In this way there is a notable decrease of obedience,
+and the regular observance of the rule which he professed is greatly
+disturbed; and many, continual, and insupportable annoyances are heaped
+upon the provincials. The religious loses in great part the privilege
+of his exemption; he remains subject, in so far as he is a cura, to
+investigations, complaints, visitations, and penalties from the
+ordinary; and with all these burdens he has not the comfort of being
+secure in his parish, even if his conduct do not render him unworthy of
+it, because he does not hold it in perpetuity, as the secular does. He
+is not master of the emoluments which the curacy yields, nor are they
+in justice due to him as to the secular, unless he pretends that he is
+dispensed from the essential vow of poverty. Then, if the religious is
+capable of being a parish priest, and that by title of law, as is the
+secular, who has given to justice and to canonical collation such
+efficacy as with them to furnish to the secular what is
+honorable<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1195src" href="#xd20e1195" name=
+"xd20e1195src">30</a> and favorable, yet has so divided it as to impart
+to the regular what is detestable, while yet denying him what may
+console him? <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb76" href="#pb76" name=
+"pb76">76</a>]</span></p>
+<p>[Even] if it be granted that the regular is not competent, on
+account of his estate, for being a proprietary parish priest, why is it
+so strictly required of him to enter the curacy with the same
+formalities and ceremony as those with which the clerics enter? Such
+incompetency will be the best justification for the repugnance which
+the religious feel for being curas in the manner which the archbishop
+insists on.</p>
+<p>The third reason is, that if the convents and colleges which the
+religious maintain in Manila be broken up, it can be said with truth
+that there are no other houses of religious community [in the colony];
+for although there are seven other houses besides&mdash;in Cavite,
+Cebu, Oton, and Yloilo&mdash;divided among the religious orders of St.
+Dominic, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollects, yet
+these convents and colleges are so small that in each of them there are
+only two or three residents. All the rest of the said provinces is
+composed of Indian villages, [each] served by one minister only; and
+these are such as can be gathered from their respective bishoprics, the
+cathedrals of which neither have nor are capable of having dignities,
+canonries, and other prebends. This being admitted, if the ministers in
+Indian villages remain subject to the ordinary, as the provinces are
+composed almost wholly of such ministers alone, and for their removal
+would then be necessary the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, some provinces would come to be dependent, in the name of
+religious government and in the exercise of secular government, on the
+wills of those two persons, to whom the religious did not in their
+profession promise obedience or subjection.</p>
+<p>Then if either of the two, whether the bishop or <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb77" href="#pb77" name="pb77">77</a>]</span>the
+governor, were displeased with any religious order, or with any
+minister&mdash;and especially if it were the governor, whose power in
+those islands cannot be explained, except by their remoteness&mdash;in
+such case they could on very specious pretexts either maintain or
+remove the minister against the will of his provincial; and even they
+could, if necessary, threaten the latter with either censures or
+banishment, to make that religious order conform to their authority.
+How fruitful a source this may be of perdition and total ruin for the
+religious orders, all can recognize; but only those who have had
+experience in those islands can fully comprehend it.</p>
+<p>The fourth reason: for we have already taken for granted their
+subjection and canonical institution. If a religious who is a minister
+commit a transgression, and his offense apparently belongs on the one
+side to morals and life, and on the other to the office of cura, the
+poor minister remains in the condition of those goods which we call
+<i lang="es">mostrencos</i>, on account of their belonging to the first
+person who takes possession of them&mdash;and even in a much worse
+condition, on account of the controversies which must naturally ensue.
+For if the provincial begins legal proceedings in the matter, and
+afterward information of it is given to the reverend archbishop, the
+latter issues a decree&mdash;and, if it be necessary, a
+censure&mdash;commanding the said provincial to revoke all of his
+proceedings, surrender the case to him, and abandon it; that is to say,
+the right of judicature belongs to him alone. The provincial appeals to
+the judge-delegate of his Holiness, who, in order to obtain full
+information about the case, commands the reverend archbishop, with the
+threat of censure, to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb78" href="#pb78"
+name="pb78">78</a>]</span>desist from the cause, and surrender the
+documents. If the latter do not obey, the affair may reach the point
+where two ecclesiastical prelates mutually excommunicate each other,
+and [the colony] is menaced with an interdict and the cessation of
+divine worship. This is not discussing an imaginary thing, but is
+relating that which has just occurred in Manila in a like
+case&mdash;where, in order to prevent the regulars from withdrawing
+from their curacies, [the archbishop] imposed on the provincials the
+penalties of excommunication and a fine of 2,000 pesos; and conversely,
+the reverend archbishop and the delegate of his Holiness likewise
+excommunicated each other. The commonwealth was disquieted by these
+occurrences, not knowing where these things would end if the interdict
+which the delegate threatened were carried out, since he was followed
+by the religious orders; for nearly all the laymen lean on the
+orders&mdash;making their confessions to the religious, receiving
+instruction from their teaching and example, and with their counsels
+calming the scruples of their consciences. In consequence, it would
+necessarily follow that in case of an interdict and cessation of divine
+services the entire archdiocese would be left in most lamentable
+condition; and without doubt this would have occurred, if it had not
+been for the kindly nature of the delegate and the urgent importunities
+to desist from this purpose that were addressed to him by the
+religious. For, since at the cost of innumerable martyrdoms and other
+hardships they had established the faith in those islands, they sought
+to avert the danger that it would be impaired, even though this should
+be at the cost of contempt for themselves. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb79" href="#pb79" name="pb79">79</a>]</span></p>
+<p>It must be added to all the above that if these contentions and
+troubles which are suffered in those islands could be promptly ended
+without going outside of them, toleration in enduring them would be
+less difficult. But this is not so; but these troubles leave behind
+them their consequences, and chains that are very long and heavy, which
+are only fit to drag along those who choose to become slaves to the
+curacies in Filipinas. For in such cases letters are written by the
+governor, the archbishop, the Audiencia, and the religious orders to
+Madrid, and by some of these to Roma also; and terrible controversies
+take shape, with public scandal in both courts. The parties are in
+every way exhausted, and the judges are harassed until the [royal]
+decree in the case is provided: first, because such decree is provided
+for regions so remote, and after it is issued arrives there [so late],
+that those evils are throwing out many roots, and these produce anew
+other discords and evils worse than the first. And since it is a fact
+that, although according to the divine oracles, it is not fitting
+either for the bishop to be contentious, or for the minister of souls
+to preach the gospel in any other way than that of peace, the religious
+orders, in place of experiencing in Filipinas, as it were, peace with
+the fruit of tranquillity, do not find this at the present time; but
+they are burning in a glowing forge, which only throws out sparks of
+discord and dissension. The religious orders, Sire, had already made
+peace among themselves, and are at this day maintaining and always will
+maintain it; for they trust in God that it will be so, and the bitter
+experience of past years has pointed this out as a great blessing.
+Thus, when the reverend archbishop <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb80"
+href="#pb80" name="pb80">80</a>]</span>arrived here all was quiet and
+peaceful, but within little more than two months after his arrival
+there was nothing but unrest and disorder&mdash;and this because the
+religious had told him, with all courtesy and humility, that they would
+sooner give up the ministries of instruction than hold them in the
+manner that he desired. Herein, which side proceeded most comformably
+to reason? the religious who peaceably leave the curacies, in order to
+avoid disputes; or the reverend archbishop who causes these
+contentions, and who sends to Madrid and Roma in order to obtain that
+the regulars shall be by force and violence parish priests subject to
+his own jurisdiction? In view, then, of disadvantages so serious, what
+religious is there, devoted to his profession, who will consent to be a
+parish priest in Filipinas? Who will leave his province in Europa, the
+retirement and peace of his community, to go, with the perils of two
+ocean voyages, in search of controversies so wearisome and noisy over a
+calling which he did not profess? Herein the religious of Filipinas
+admit that they have taken warning by what has occurred in America,
+that they ought to learn a lesson from it and be cautious about having
+another head.</p>
+<p>The fifth reason: If a regular who is a parish priest transgresses,
+and on account of secret faults becomes unworthy of continuing in his
+ministry, yet if he remains in it his salvation may incur a very
+special peril. The provincial has secret knowledge of the case. Here
+justice demands two things: one, the punishment of the fault; the
+other, that the delinquent shall not be rendered infamous. Charity,
+(and even justice itself) demands also that the provincial <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb81" href="#pb81" name="pb81">81</a>]</span>shall,
+because of his office, remove his subordinate from that risk. If this
+regular who acts as parish priest were administering his functions
+without canonical institution or subjection to the ordinary, as is done
+in the Filipinas Islands, the provincial could with the greatest ease
+settle the whole matter, and justice and charity be satisfied, without
+disgrace to the delinquent and without a stigma on the religious order.
+But when the regular who is a parish priest is subject to the ordinary,
+the provincial cannot remove him by his own authority alone; and it is
+necessary for him to resort to that very ordinary and to the
+vice-patron, and that the two agree on the removal of the offender.
+And, in such case, what has the provincial to say to them? If it be
+answered that by keeping the case entirely secret the provincial
+becomes a sharer in the guilt of his subordinate, he and the superiors
+of the religious orders declare, with all submission and humility, that
+they refuse to put in practice such a form of theology. Can the
+ordinary acting alone, can the governor, the father, and the master,
+each alone, punish and correct the fault&mdash;of a priest, of a
+citizen or a soldier, of children, of servants&mdash;without the least
+injury to the culprit&rsquo;s honor; and a provincial, who can in
+innumerable ways do the same with any subordinate of his, be obliged to
+leave the offender in disgrace with the heads of the community,
+ecclesiastical and secular? The religious orders would sooner remove
+[from the islands], to transplant themselves to Europa, than submit to
+so heavy a burden.</p>
+<p>If it be said that the provincial need not state the offense, but in
+general terms assert only that he has cause for removing the cura, even
+that would not <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb82" href="#pb82" name=
+"pb82">82</a>]</span>avoid the difficulty: First, because the
+authorities may think that the provincial says so, in order to carry a
+point for a custom of long standing. Second, even though the cause for
+removing him is not a fault, it will be readily said [that it was one];
+and if the person himself does not make further explanation, in such
+case the result will be that the fault will be made public by his
+silence. And finally, one&rsquo;s honor is a very delicate thing, and
+is usually much injured by rumors and suspicions alone. And since God
+renders the religious exempt from the secular judges, and the Apostolic
+See from the ordinaries, the regulars represent that, as they have not
+professed to be curas, they do not feel courage to fill that office
+with so many risks and burdens.</p>
+<p>The sixth reason: The object for which the religious are in the
+curacies is the salvation of souls; and there is no room for doubt that
+for such a purpose the religious will be all the more fit and competent
+an instrument the more he shall unite with the office of cura the
+regular observance. This greater union, it is certain, lies in the
+method of being curas which has hitherto prevailed, and not in that
+which the archbishop is attempting; for with subjection to him the cura
+does not depend so much on the regular superior, nor can the latter
+freely command him as before, and thus the obedience [of the religious]
+is greatly diminished and injured, without which no one deserves the
+name of religious. [Also the observance of] poverty is at great risk;
+for since the cura ministers through the obligation of justice and
+canonical institution, and this is not given to him by the religious
+order but by the ordinary, some of the curas might argue that since the
+order permits this <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb83" href="#pb83"
+name="pb83">83</a>]</span>to them, it also permits them to be masters,
+in whole or in part, of all the emoluments; and that with entire
+freedom, without subjection to or permission from their superiors, they
+can spend or dispose of these revenues as they please. This is a danger
+which is most prolific of innumerable others, and in all lines. Their
+chastity also is much less secure, because it is attacked by solitude,
+by the license which this occasions, by the natural compliance of the
+Indians, and by that almost perpetual tenure which in many ministries
+in America is experienced through the obligation of justice and
+canonical institution under which they are administered; and on account
+of the difficulty which thus arises in securing removals, sensuality
+does not find that remedy of flight which St. Paul lays down so prompt
+and easy as it would be if the parish priest depended only on his
+provincial.</p>
+<p>And, finally, the religious do not, by assuming the habit as such,
+strip themselves of the passions of men. There might be one or more for
+whom the subjection and mode of life in a religious community becomes
+wearisome; and such men, knowing that a cura cannot be removed from the
+mission parish without the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, undertake to gain the good-will of those authorities by
+letters and other means, and for the same object to win the friendship
+of officials and dependents, so that these may exert influence in order
+to preserve them in the curacies. And thus gradually they become rooted
+in their liking for a life that is solitary and independent, and will
+reach a state in which they give up the mission parish with grief,
+because they hold it through love for the conveniences <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb84" href="#pb84" name="pb84">84</a>]</span>of life,
+and more as very secular men of the world than as religious or as
+ministers to souls. In that case the religious orders could say that
+they had lost fervent sons, and the ordinaries that they had not made
+zealous curates.</p>
+<p>All this is avoided when the regulars serve as parish priests in the
+same manner as they do now in the Filipinas; for they are wholly
+dependent on their superiors, and cannot dispose of anything without
+their permission. If it be expedient for them to go to some other
+place, there is no difficulty in changing their residence; and as they
+have not that security of perpetual tenure, their only care is for
+their ministries, the door being closed to unworthy measures and
+claims. Hence it follows that this mode of holding curacies is more in
+accordance with the three vows and the other statutes that aim at the
+perfection that is proper for the regulars, and consequently at the
+salvation of the souls<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1244src" href=
+"#xd20e1244" name="xd20e1244src">31</a> for whom they care.</p>
+<p>The seventh and last reason&mdash;omitting others, either because
+they are included in those already mentioned, or because they may
+readily be deduced from those&mdash;is supported by authority. Let the
+histories of the Indias be read, and the laymen and ecclesiastics who
+have written about them; all agree in raising very serious doubts
+whether the regulars should be parish priests or not, and much more
+whether they should be so with title. [These writers] noted many
+decisions, in which entire provinces&mdash;composed of religious who
+were influential, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb85" href="#pb85"
+name="pb85">85</a>]</span>experienced, learned, and
+zealous&mdash;resolved in their chapter-meetings that the mission
+curacies should be given up; many [opinions by] generals of those same
+orders, who approved that proceeding; and others, by various
+distinguished men, who expostulated against the acceptance of such an
+encumbrance by their religious order. [They have also noted] faults
+which they contemplated with tears&mdash;interminable discords, which
+banished all tranquillity and peace; and innumerable other damages,
+which, even the secular writers on the Indias admit, have made the
+regulars tremble.</p>
+<p>If he who sees from [a safe place on] land a fierce hurricane on the
+sea, and that in it are wrecked galleons of great size&mdash;some of
+the men on board being drowned, others crying for help, and those who
+by swimming have emerged on the shore taking warning [from this
+misfortune], and causing great fear in those who hear
+them&mdash;trembles at [the thought of] venturing upon the sea: what
+marvel is it that the regulars of Filipinas, who have not thus far been
+inducted into this new form of parish tenure which the archbishop is
+attempting [to establish], seeing as if from the solid land so much
+tempest and shipwreck which are occasioned by that form, and which the
+histories, like accurate charts, place before them, tremble, and refuse
+to embark on that sea? When the witnesses are so truthful, and the
+experiences so injurious, it would be a mistake of the utmost
+importance not to believe them, or to expect that [in] trouble one may
+remedy it by regret, or not to avoid it beforehand by prudent
+measures.</p>
+<p>With these reasons, three arguments of which the reverend archbishop
+entertains a high opinion lose <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb86"
+href="#pb86" name="pb86">86</a>]</span>their force. One is, to argue
+[thus] in this dilemma: Either the regulars who are parish priests
+conduct themselves well and fulfil their obligations as such, or they
+do not. If this last, it is not right that it be permitted, nor that
+there be any failure to reform with the visitation which he is trying
+to enforce. If in all respects they fulfil their obligations, what
+matters it if he visits them, approves their proceedings, and praises
+them in his report to the king? And with this mode of argument he casts
+suspicion on the regulars, as if they had faults or failings as parish
+priests to conceal.</p>
+<p>Answer is made, first: that the religious who are curas conduct
+themselves well in their ministries, and strive so far as their powers
+extend, for the salvation of their parishioners; and that what holds
+them back from being parish priests subject to the reverend archbishop
+is not the fear caused by [the question of] behavior, but dread of the
+inconveniences and dangers above recounted, which it is not easy to
+explain.</p>
+<p>Answer is made, second: that in Manila and Cavite&mdash;which is
+distant two leguas from this city, and where only the secular priests
+are curas&mdash;the reverend archbishop has precedents very effectual
+for ascertaining the consequences of the way in which the religious
+behave in their curacies. For in those two places, where they have no
+obligations as curas, they are the ones who carry the burden of the day
+and of the summer&rsquo;s heat; they alone (or almost alone) are the
+ones who administer throughout the year the sacraments of penance and
+communion&mdash;to Spaniards, Indians (Tag&aacute;logs, Pampangos, and
+Visayans), mestizos, Cafres, and other peoples who resort <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb87" href="#pb87" name="pb87">87</a>]</span>thither;
+they alone keep laborers set aside for this task; they alone preach
+frequently. It is they who carry on missions; they who dispense the
+divine word and explain the Christian doctrine in the guard-rooms of
+the soldiers and [among those stationed] at the gates of the city; they
+to whom the slaves from the foundry resort; [they who minister to] the
+prisoners in the jail, and the poor in the hospitals, and the
+seminaries of La Misericordia and Sancta Potenciana. It is they who in
+their churches have separate sermons for the Spaniards, for negroes,
+and for Indians; it is they who are almost continually going forth, by
+day and by night, to the sick and the dying, whatever the weather may
+be. Then who can imagine that where the religious, without being curas,
+have the inclination and zeal to aid the secular curas and the reverend
+archbishop themselves, relieving so greatly the burden of their
+obligations, they will neglect their duties in the villages, where the
+souls have been entrusted to their care alone?</p>
+<p>Answer is made, third: that just as the reverend archbishop by his
+arguments strives at Madrid and Roma to subject the regulars to his
+visitation in what concerns them as parish priests, he may also plan to
+subject them in all that concerns morals and life. &ldquo;For if they
+behave ill, it is not right to permit such conduct; and if their
+conduct is exemplary, what matter is it if he visits them, and approves
+them, in order to report on them with praises?&rdquo; The reply which
+the reverend archbishop will make to this argument can with more reason
+be applied as the reply and solution to his own. The religious orders
+add that, even though the praises of the reverend <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb88" href="#pb88" name=
+"pb88">88</a>]</span>archbishop are and always will be worthy of the
+utmost appreciation, yet they set a much greater value on following the
+counsel of the apostle about each man abiding in his own
+calling<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1270src" href="#xd20e1270" name=
+"xd20e1270src">32</a>&mdash;which was not to be curas&mdash;than to be
+curas and obtain those praises with the risk of the troubles that have
+been considered.</p>
+<p>Nor is it right, by the same mode of argument as that of the
+reverend archbishop, that the religious orders should not further make
+evident the importance of their justice and of their labors. This
+prelate greatly resented that the reverend bishop, the delegate and
+judge of his Holiness for cases of appeals, should go to Manila and
+exercise his functions, issuing various acts; and the said reverend
+archbishop also took steps to have the delegate depart immediately from
+his archbishopric, and said (and wrote to Europa) that the religious
+orders were trying to keep the delegate there as their
+judge-conservator. It is here where his own argument presses: either
+the procedure of the reverend archbishop was just, or it was not. If it
+were just, what did it matter that he had before him a judge with
+authority from the pope, and must deliver to this judge the documents
+which he demanded, so that as a judge so superior he might confirm
+them, and make a report on them with commendations? If the
+archbishop&rsquo;s conduct were not just, as little just was it that he
+should go beyond his obligation, in order to obstruct rightful
+jurisdiction.</p>
+<p>The reverend archbishop also refused to the religious orders all the
+copies of documents and the attested statements which they asked from
+him in regard <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb89" href="#pb89" name=
+"pb89">89</a>]</span>to the visitation which he planned and began, but
+from which he desisted. If what the reverend archbishop did and decreed
+was just, what mattered it that he should command the said copies and
+statements to be given to parties so eminent and worthy of respect as
+were five religious provinces? If it were not just, why were these
+decrees made and executed?</p>
+<p>Another argument of which the reverend archbishop avails himself is,
+to say that if the regulars who are parish priests do not submit to his
+visitation and jurisdiction, he will finally be a [mere] bishop <i>de
+anillo</i>.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1284src" href="#xd20e1284" name=
+"xd20e1284src">33</a> Answer is made, first, that even if this were the
+case (which, however, it is not), the reverend archbishop would not
+have any reason to complain in this particular, as, according to the
+law, no wrong is done to him who, before entering on any negotiation,
+acquaints himself with it and determines it beforehand.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1290src" href="#xd20e1290" name=
+"xd20e1290src">34</a> For while he was yet in Espa&ntilde;a he knew
+that the regulars in Filipinas were not parish priests by title, nor
+subject as such to the ordinary; and if with this knowledge he decided
+to go to Manila in order to be its metropolitan archbishop he ought to
+take for granted what has been proved by experience, and not wonder
+that the regulars, convinced by so effective arguments, are,
+constrained by these, giving up the native curacies, in order not
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb90" href="#pb90" name=
+"pb90">90</a>]</span>to be ministers of instruction at so much risk.
+Nor will any one grant that reason countenances the reverend archbishop
+more in trying to secure the extension of his authority than it does
+the religious in maintaining themselves as much as possible in what
+they had professed.</p>
+<p>Answer is made, second: that, not by commission but by his own
+proper jurisdiction, the reverend archbishop can administer
+confirmations throughout his archbishopric; act as judge of all
+matrimonial cases among the Indians, and those affecting the rest of
+his flock, in the same manner and the same cases as he could if secular
+priests were the curas over them; and ordain priests and consecrate
+oils&mdash;with many other things. The exemption of the regulars does
+not hinder these, nor can a bishop who is only titular exercise these
+functions merely through his own choice; and thus the reverend
+archbishop does not come to be such a prelate.</p>
+<p>And, finally, according to Christian maxims the religious ought to
+measure the choice of a new form of life, not by the question whether
+the reverend archbishop has or has not more or less under his
+jurisdiction, but by other and loftier principles, which concern
+salvation and the means [to attain it], which they have already chosen,
+by rule and vows, in order to attain with these that final end. And the
+religious of Filipinas declare that if his Reverence the archbishop
+refuses to live [in those islands] and be their prelate, because he has
+not all the authority that he desires, they refuse the said form of
+[serving as] parish priests, in order to avoid the controversies and
+perils here stated, so as to live in the quiet of their profession and
+by means of it to secure more peaceably their eternal salvation.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb91" href="#pb91" name=
+"pb91">91</a>]</span></p>
+<p>If the reverend archbishop shall urge the precedents of some
+religious orders in America in regard to the said matter, the religious
+orders of Filipinas state further, besides what is said above, that
+those who gave up the mission villages in America furnish a more
+effective example than do those who remained in those posts subject to
+the ordinary. They also add that for this case more to the purpose are
+the precedents of all the reverend archbishops and bishops of
+Filipinas&mdash;of no one of whom it is known, it should be said, that
+he was an archbishop or bishop <i>de anillo</i>. Many of them were
+entirely satisfied at seeing the good work that was wrought in their
+flocks by the religious orders, and thanked them and greatly honored
+them; and even though some few of them desired what the present
+reverend archbishop is attempting to secure, yet on hearing the
+arguments of the regulars the prelates contented themselves with
+informing the Council&mdash;without that body changing the former mode,
+or the prelates breaking forth in violence as has been seen in this
+present time. Then, even if the reverend archbishop is somewhat
+influenced by precedents of certain religious orders in America, it
+seems as if he ought to be convinced by those of his predecessors and
+the others who were suffragan bishops in those islands.</p>
+<p>The third argument is, that as the regulars who are parish priests
+are not under his jurisdiction, he cannot feed his sheep as it behooves
+him to do, or give account of them to God, with due certainty;
+accordingly he claims that the regulars of Filipinas should be
+compelled not to leave their flocks, and should be forced under his
+jurisdiction. Answer is made, first, that the reverend archbishop can,
+whenever <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb92" href="#pb92" name=
+"pb92">92</a>]</span>it shall please him, apply himself to an
+inspection of the Indian villages, even those that are furthest from
+Manila, and view the aspect of his flock&mdash;who will be greatly
+edified to see that an archbishop undergoes the inconveniences of small
+boats, and traverses dangerous tracts of sea and land, for their
+spiritual good, as the provincials do. Then if he will have taken the
+trouble to learn some languages, as the religious have done, in order
+to dispense to them the divine word, to hear their confessions, give
+them communion, and the sacrament of confirmation, and the rest that
+they require: then he can obtain information about the religious and
+the spiritual state of the villages, give such commands to the Indians
+as he shall please, and confer with the ministers on all that concerns
+the salvation of souls; and not only can he, but he has the right to do
+so. It cannot be doubted that this would be a rich nourishment [to his
+flock], and that these actions of an archbishop are compatible with his
+not having jurisdiction over the regulars; and it would be a great pity
+if all this, which is so proper for a prelate, should fail simply
+because the regular in his curacy remains with the exemption which the
+Apostolic See has granted to him.</p>
+<p>In view of these actions which he can perform, the reverend
+archbishop will attach less importance to his not visiting judicially
+the regular who is a parish priest because the latter remains outside
+of his jurisdiction; but it may well be believed that the regular keeps
+the sacrament, the holy oils, and the baptismal font in decent
+condition; that there are registers of baptisms, burials, and
+marriages; that the Christian doctrine is explained to all the people
+together, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb93" href="#pb93" name=
+"pb93">93</a>]</span>to the children separately, as also to the larger
+boys and girls, and all at different times; that not only in times of
+sickness and of danger of death, but in health and safety, the
+sacraments are administered to those who ask for them; and that other
+things are done which are proper for the ministers who are curas. These
+functions, as they have a public interest in themselves for the whole
+village, are known throughout it; and even if any detail should be
+neglected, the reverend archbishop may well believe that neither the
+provincial nor the other responsible officials of the provinces who are
+designated to watch, make decisions, punish, or reward, for the general
+good, will wish to be censured for it.</p>
+<p>The reverend archbishop does not doubt that in the church of God the
+holy religious orders form a very numerous assembly, and that their
+sons, every one, are the sheep of the supreme shepherd, the pope, who
+has exempted them from the [jurisdiction of the] ordinaries,
+unburdening his own conscience, and trusting to the vigilance of the
+generals, and other superiors&mdash;to whom, as to the guardians of
+souls, he has handed over those of the individuals [who form] the rest
+[of the order]. It has not occurred to any one that on account of this
+exemption the popes cannot feed the universal flock, or appear with
+safety before the tribunal of God; and experience has shown the
+extraordinary benefits which have resulted from it to the church and to
+the religious orders themselves. Why, then, where the vicars of Christ
+are secure, will not an archbishop be so too?</p>
+<p>On account of merely the expectation of a great harvest in the
+Indias many popes conferred on the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb94"
+href="#pb94" name="pb94">94</a>]</span>regulars the authority to be
+parish priests, with complete independence from the ordinaries,
+rendering null and void whatever the latter might do in opposition to
+this privilege. No one has said that by this the supreme pontiffs
+placed the ordinaries in danger of rendering their accounts to God
+unsatisfactorily, or hindered them from feeding and edifying their
+flocks; and the result itself has given testimony, with the great
+success of the propagation of the gospel, how successful has been that
+method of having the regulars as curas, seeing that the hope of a
+harvest has now grown to be its actual possession, and realms so
+extensive have been conquered. And therefore the reverend archbishop of
+Manila might have had confidence in commands so
+sovereign&mdash;especially in that of Pius V, whose brief is now in
+full force in Filipinas, as on the first day when it was issued; and
+even the motive therefor, since there is so great a deficiency of
+secular priests that, if the regulars should be lacking, the faith
+would perish in islands so widespread, and the people would be as much
+heathens and idolaters as before.</p>
+<p>Answer is made, second: that the generals, the provincials, and the
+main body of the provinces say the same in regard to the religious who
+have professed their rule, that the latter are sheep also of the flocks
+that God has placed in their charge, so long as the government remains
+in their hands; and whatever care and attention the reverend archbishop
+of Manila may give to his sheep the Indians, the regular prelates will
+give to their subordinates in regard to the same account which they
+will have to render for these to God.</p>
+<p>But with a very important difference: for the Indians <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb95" href="#pb95" name="pb95">95</a>]</span>who are
+not converted are under the most serious obligations to join the
+assembly of those who are already converted, and for this object can be
+forced to hear the divine word; and those who have heard and believed
+it [can be obliged] not to forsake what they believed, or depart from
+the bosom of the Church, for it is not possible to be saved in any
+other manner. And when for the attainment of two objects so great as
+these there are no secular priests, and there are only religious, who
+have attained those ends and are still doing so while they are exempt
+curas, it would seem to be also the greatest obligation of the ordinary
+to reconcile himself with such curas, in order not to deprive the
+Church or defraud the blood of Christ of so much fruit.</p>
+<p>The religious cannot be forced in the manner which has been stated
+to be curas subject to the ordinary, for besides the estate of the
+Christian they have already professed that of the religious order; and
+therein, without this force and violence, it is quite compatible that
+the religious should be thoroughly subject and obedient to their
+orders, and under their visitation and correction, and at the same time
+as parish priests through charity only, as temporary curas [<i lang=
+"la">interinos</i>], and as assistants and coadjutors of the
+ordinaries, may render them great service, minister to the Indians,
+attract others who are infidels who thus may receive ministrations, and
+approve themselves to all&mdash;just as if they were parish priests by
+title, without the risks and difficulties that have been
+considered.</p>
+<p>For the reverend archbishop, then, to ask now&mdash;when without any
+force all this great and well-known benefit to the church in Filipinas
+may be restored&mdash;that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb96" href=
+"#pb96" name="pb96">96</a>]</span>the religious be threatened and
+compelled not to leave those islands, and accept in them another and
+new calling, so full of peril, and that other religious shall go
+thither from Europa to the same life&mdash;and all in order that he may
+have greater authority&mdash;this is a great deal to ask, and is not at
+all in his favor before the tribunal of God. Who shall give account to
+His Divine Majesty of the spiritual detriment that must ensue to fifty
+parishes, abandoned for [even] a week&mdash;without mass, without
+instruction, and without sacraments for little ones and adults, for the
+sick and the dying? Over and over, before the affair reached this
+point, the religious set forth all these injurious effects, and
+protested against them to the reverend archbishop; and that they were
+not under obligation [to do this], to the peril and [even] ruin of
+their own souls, and that of their profession, [which was] to attend to
+the souls of others. Nevertheless, the reverend archbishop pursued his
+undertaking, and the religious retired [from their curacies]; the
+former was done merely to have [his own] will, the latter through
+necessity based on all that has been stated. Whose part, then, will it
+be to render account of such a result, and to fear to do so? It is
+certain that, according to the apostle, power and jurisdiction is not
+for destruction but for edification.</p>
+<p>The reverend archbishop is not ignorant of the necessity for
+baptism; nevertheless, no adult can be forced to receive it. The
+profession of a religious is null, if any notable force intervened to
+bring it about; and marriage is of no validity if a person wholly free
+were in like manner compelled to marry. For these estates demand
+liberty, and, no less, inspiration from <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb97" href="#pb97" name="pb97">97</a>]</span>God; and there is nothing
+of this where there is only force and violence, for then the estate
+which was to be a means for salvation is converted by such compulsion
+into a snare and destruction. For one who is not a parish priest by
+title to become one is a change of no less importance than for a
+bachelor to marry, or a layman to become a religious; and for the
+reverend archbishop to claim that, where others are free, the religious
+should be forced into a mode of life full of risk, and for an object
+which can be secured without that compulsion, is to extend his claims
+further than perhaps he is aware, and to accumulate more material for
+the account that he so greatly fears. For one thing, [his idea] that,
+even supposing that the regulars are willing to be curas, they can be
+forced into subjection, and this would be more tolerable; and, for
+another, that if they do not choose, for all the reasons here stated,
+to be curas, ecclesiastical and secular authorities may use violence to
+make them enter the office of curas by title&mdash;and this is very far
+from what Holy Writ, the general councils, and the holy fathers teach,
+upon which there is ample material for volumes.</p>
+<p>The religious orders are greatly surprised that the reverend
+archbishop, occupied with zealous cares for feeding his sheep, and by
+holy fear regarding his account to God, should break out with acts of
+violence against the religious only&mdash;and not do so in order that
+secular priests should go from Europa or from Nueva Espa&ntilde;a to be
+parish priests in Filipinas; and that his Majesty may give to the said
+seculars, for their travels and voyages, the aid that he grants for the
+same purpose to the religious. If they should constrain the reverend
+archbishop to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb98" href="#pb98" name=
+"pb98">98</a>]</span>state why he does not ask or seek this for the
+seculars, the world would know what the religious orders have
+accomplished and merited in the Filipinas, and what they are still
+doing; and it would also know that, although in the words of Christ the
+laborer is worthy of wages and recompense, in place of any new
+remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop is
+attempting by his claims to introduce them into a labyrinth of
+entanglements, discords, and dissensions.</p>
+<p>Granted, now, the fundamental reasons why the regulars have refused
+to be parish priests subject to the ordinary, and [preferred] to leave
+the mission villages rather than serve them in such a manner, the
+greatest affliction of the religious orders in Filipinas goes further.
+Their provincials, in the last conference which they held (as they
+notify us by letters of February in the past year of 699), resolved
+that these petitioners should, as their attorneys and in the names of
+them all, offer before your Council of the Indias an absolute
+renunciation of the allotment of all the territories which your Majesty
+gave to them in order that they might, with pontifical jurisdiction,
+serve therein as parish priests.</p>
+<p>The religious are influenced to this action, first: because, even
+though your Majesty command that no change be made in this regard in
+the Filipinas, the religious orders do not now entertain a substantial
+hope that entire obedience would be rendered to this law for peace,
+without which it is intolerable to remain in those islands. The reason
+for this fear and lack of confidence is, that this very thing was
+commanded by your Majesty in a decree issued at Madrid, on November 27,
+1687 (which is in the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb99" href="#pb99"
+name="pb99">99</a>]</span>[book of] ordinances, at folios 8 and 9), and
+the reverend archbishop did the opposite of what was ordained therein,
+in the sight of your governor and Audiencia. If such was the heed and
+observance given to a decree for making no change, even when the
+reverend archbishop was not at variance with the religious orders, what
+can they expect when he is now so exasperated against them?</p>
+<p>This argument gains more force when attention is paid to the immense
+distance [from Espa&ntilde;a] of those islands, where this is a current
+saying, or almost a proverb, among those who are in power, &ldquo;Let
+them write to Madrid and Roma whatever fairy-tale they please at the
+time; no one will be disturbed by it while the letters are on the way,
+or while the decision is being made and until the ordinances
+arrive.&rdquo; And therefore it results that although the reverend
+archbishop arrived at Manila in the year 97, it is now the year 700
+when the clamors and disturbances which with his arrival were
+experienced [in the islands] find an echo in your Council of the
+Indias&mdash;troubles which still are endured, because it is necessary
+to wait a considerable time for the arrival at the islands themselves
+of your royal provisions. And when the decree already mentioned of the
+year 87, and another previous one of the same tenor by the queen-mother
+our sovereign (who is now with God), were not obeyed, there is little
+or no ground for the religious to hope that other decrees of that sort
+will be obeyed. In both cases, the mission curacies were resigned, and
+in this last one much more has been suffered; and as it is not well
+that these occurrences and disputes be repeated, and as it is
+intolerable to live <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb100" href="#pb100"
+name="pb100">100</a>]</span>in controversies for the sake of curacies,
+to any one who is not wedded to them, the religious orders intend, by
+the said resignation, to make an end, once for all, of all this
+contention.</p>
+<p>The second reason: In Filipinas today the religious orders see
+themselves dragged along and reduced to a most abject condition, in
+which their ministers can, according to the divine oracles and the
+teaching of holy men, gain little esteem or fruit while they exercise
+these under so much reproach. If the edict of visitation which the
+reverend archbishop commanded to be posted in the village of Tondo (a
+mission village which is in charge of the Order of St. Augustine) be
+read, among innumerable other questions will be found these:
+&ldquo;Whether the minister in charge goes without the ecclesiastical
+garb, or without suitable clothing? Whether he goes without cutting his
+beard? Whether by day or by night he carries weapons, or is indecently
+clothed?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>If attention is given to the manner in which the archbishop took
+away the two mission villages of Tondo and Binondo [from the orders],
+it was done by forcibly breaking open the doors of those two churches,
+and surrounding them with soldiers and secular officials, who carried
+with them fetters, as if they went to arrest criminals or highwaymen.
+Similarly, on account of a fit of anger which he felt because two of
+these petitioners had embarked to come to seek redress from the
+Council, the reverend archbishop demanded and obtained a vessel, in
+which both ecclesiastical and secular officials set out to arrest the
+said religious. But as they could not reach the religious, as the ship
+had gained so much <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb101" href="#pb101"
+name="pb101">101</a>]</span>headway, the archbishop summoned the
+Portuguese captain of another ship, and commanded him, under penalty of
+major excommunication and a pecuniary fine, to secure the arrest of the
+said two religious at Batavia; and told him that if it should be
+necessary, he must demand aid from the governor there, who is a Dutch
+heretic&mdash;although afterward, it is said, the archbishop advised
+him not to do so.</p>
+<p>Consider the manner in which the religious had to apply to his
+tribunal; in no case would he accept a document save through the hand
+of the ecclesiastical procurator of his secular court. On one occasion
+he allowed so short a time-limit that the holy religious orders were
+forced to go between twelve and one o&rsquo;clock at night, knocking at
+the doors of several procurators, because one had excused himself on
+account of the stormy weather&mdash;and all this when there was no need
+of or risk in delay; and the reverend archbishop thus gave ground for
+even the laymen to say that he was abusing his authority in order to
+annoy the religious. And it is no wonder that laymen say this when the
+reverend archbishop himself writes (as it were, praising himself) that
+the regulars are almost exhausted and beside themselves at seeing how
+in so short a time he has, if not conquered them all, at least broken
+their courage to a great extent. But the religious orders desire for
+this prelate in the remembrance of posterity more praiseworthy sayings
+than this one which calls them exhausted by such means.</p>
+<p>The reverend archbishop also writes to individuals who can have no
+voice in these matters, either of justice or government, in such manner
+that the religious find themselves compared to soldiers on horseback,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb102" href="#pb102" name=
+"pb102">102</a>]</span>and characterized as disobedient to both
+pontifical and royal laws; and of so bad lives and morals that, he
+says, if he had to make informatory reports regarding them there would
+not be enough paper in all China. If he writes thus to Europa, how will
+he talk there [in the islands] with his servants, intimate friends, and
+acquaintances?</p>
+<p>Notice should be taken of the reprimand which through the influence
+of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your
+royal court of Manila, composed of four officials who are young men; it
+is perhaps the most angry and contemptuous which has been offered to
+religious in a Catholic tribunal. In regard to the decrees which were
+issued regarding this particular, by the bishop the delegate of his
+Holiness, it appears that by a royal decree the five provincials, the
+rectors of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose, and two other
+religious, all grave persons, were summoned; and, having made them
+enter the hall, where your ministers were seated on their platforms,
+Licentiate Don Geronimo Barredo began to speak, as being the senior
+auditor; he talked to them, using <i lang="es">vos</i>, and impersonal
+terms that were very rude, although the royal sovereignty of your
+Majesty deigns to honor the provincials with the title of &ldquo;very
+devout and venerable fathers.&rdquo; He called them disturbers of the
+peace&mdash;as it were, the causes and authors of the disquieted
+condition of the commonwealth; he blamed them for aiding the reverend
+bishop the delegate of his Holiness, and for some of their subordinates
+performing the service of notaries to him. He threatened them, saying
+that even though they were exempt, yet your ministers could, with the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb103" href="#pb103" name=
+"pb103">103</a>]</span>administrative power which they hold from your
+Majesty, banish the religious from the islands. When he had ended his
+censure, he said, &ldquo;Get out!&rdquo; [<i lang="es">Despejad</i>].
+The provincial of St. Augustine, with all courtesy and submission,
+asked from his Highness permission to say a word, but the said Don
+Geronimo Barredo refused it, repeating the words, &ldquo;Get
+out!&rdquo; Again the provincial urged, with all humility, that they
+hear him; and the reply of that same auditor was to ring his little
+bell, saying in a loud voice, &ldquo;Get out! Get out!&rdquo;
+Accordingly they made the religious go away, full of embarrassment, and
+without any further consolation than that of patience.</p>
+<p>Such, Sire, was the civility with which that royal court treated all
+that assembly of religious, among them superiors so eminent, ignominy
+being offered to them where they should have encountered the honor
+which your Majesty, by a special law for the Indias, charges upon your
+officials and presidents, in order that the religious may thereby be
+encouraged to labor for the propagation of the faith. In order to stir
+up the community, a royal Audiencia takes action in appeals in obvious
+cases of which the Church, by law, disposes. To furnish notaries to a
+delegate of the pope (which was the same as to furnish them to the
+supreme pontiff) in those islands&mdash;when, as the secular priests
+were intimidated by the public decrees of the reverend archbishop,
+there was not one who would aid the delegate&mdash;this was an unseemly
+act of the religious orders, and cause why Catholic officials should
+reprimand them! And, finally, the hearing which justice does not deny
+to the worst criminals, was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb104" href=
+"#pb104" name="pb104">104</a>]</span>entirely barred to five holy
+religious orders, the anger of striplings foaming over on those so
+venerable gray hairs.</p>
+<p>Your governor knew very well the unsuitableness of this action, and,
+either not liking the matter, or pretending to be ignorant of it, he
+was not present at that session; and with this sort of connivance the
+reverend archbishop succeeded with his designs, and the Audiencia with
+theirs, the religious orders paying for it all. Then if all that is
+mentioned in this second reason ends in the depreciation and public
+ridicule of the religious orders, left defenseless and wounded by the
+heads of the commonwealth, what idea will be formed of them by the
+Indians, mestizos, mulattoes, Cafres, and even those Spaniards who have
+little sense? Such people mould their opinion not by what they reason
+out, but by what they see; and when their eyes record so much contempt
+for the ministers of religion, the consequence is a low estimate of
+their teaching. On this account the religious offer their resignation
+of the mission villages, so that they may with better results care for
+others.</p>
+<p>The third reason: Although the immunity of their property which the
+religious possess is a sacred thing, the reverend archbishop regards it
+in such a light, on account of their not having been subjected to his
+visitation, that they dread in the future greater losses and
+difficulties. The regulars had applied to the said reverend archbishop
+to forbid Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra, your auditor, from having
+judicial cognizance in regard to the lands of the religious orders, and
+from molesting them about this matter so much as he was
+doing&mdash;without any necessity, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb105"
+href="#pb105" name="pb105">105</a>]</span>as he was merely a lay judge.
+That prelate issued a first and a second inhibitory letter, and, as the
+said Don Juan did not conform to them, the regulars again applied to
+the reverend archbishop to defend them. The latter had already
+explained his intentions with the religious orders, in order that the
+religious who were parish priests might allow themselves to be visited;
+and therefore he stated that, before his issuing the third command
+regarding their application, the religious orders must first answer
+whether or not they would submit to the said visitation. They replied,
+in the most peaceable manner, sometimes verbally, sometimes in writing,
+that they were resolved to give up the mission curacies rather than
+serve them in that manner; and they actually offered their resignations
+of those offices.</p>
+<p>So much did the reverend archbishop resent this that the lands
+belonging to the religious orders, which thus far were privileged, on
+account of being ecclesiastical property, thereafter were not exempt.
+Those which on account of their immunity had deserved two inhibitory
+letters now deserved a decree revoking the said letters, the property
+remaining lay and profane, and subject to the secular jurisdiction. The
+religious were in the said decree canonized as rebels, contumacious,
+disobedient to the Church and to the reverend archbishop, and unworthy
+of his clemency. In this declaration the reverend archbishop excepted
+the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara, and those of the colleges of
+Santo Tomas and San Jose&mdash;the former, because they belonged to a
+convent of the utmost poverty; and the latter on account of the benefit
+to the public which their teaching caused. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb106" href="#pb106" name="pb106">106</a>]</span></p>
+<p>From this it may be inferred, Sire, that the immunity and exemption
+of property which the religious possess must be, in the apprehension of
+the reverend archbishop, a quality removable <i lang="la">ad nutum</i>
+of his will and pleasure, but not permanent, [as it should be]
+according to the direction of the Apostolic See. It will follow that
+while this question is pending whether or not the religious will be
+parish priests by title, some of those very holdings possess sufficient
+spirituality of character for [the issue of] two inhibitory letters to
+the secular judge; and that when the religious refuse this mode of life
+that spiritual character becomes, by a sudden metamorphosis, profane
+secularity. It will follow that the crime of rebellion, disobedience to
+the Church, and ill-desert of kindness is incurred by the religious
+orders for not assuming a state and profession of life to which God
+does not call them, simply because the reverend archbishop desires that
+it be chosen. It will follow that to renounce the curacies is not to
+recognize the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and accordingly
+this is not to recognize that of the pope or the authority of your
+Majesty, since he offers to resign his archbishopric. It will follow
+that, although your Majesty had made the assignment of the territories
+which with pontifical jurisdiction the religious administer and have
+thus far administered, for them to offer before your vice-patron their
+resignation of the said curacies&mdash;solely for the purpose that he
+who there represents your royal person may be acquainted with the fact
+of their renunciation of the said assignment&mdash;is, in the thought
+of the reverend archbishop, to grant spiritual jurisdiction to the
+secular governor, and consequently <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb107"
+href="#pb107" name="pb107">107</a>]</span>for the said religious to
+become heretics in many and important points.</p>
+<p>And since the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara retain their immunity
+and are ranked as spiritual goods, on account of the extreme poverty of
+those servants of God, does the reverend archbishop regard that only as
+a physical lack of riches on their part, and no more? or as evangelical
+poverty which springs from the vow, institute, and profession of the
+life which they have chosen for Christ, and which the Apostolic See has
+approved? If the former, the religious frankly state that it is very
+alien to the ecclesiastical rules, by which the exemption and immunity
+ought to be measured. Otherwise, innumerable poor people, of those who
+are commonly called beggars<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1401src" href=
+"#xd20e1401" name="xd20e1401src">35</a> through the streets, would
+secure, on account of being equally destitute of goods with the said
+nuns of Santa Clara, or perhaps even more so, ecclesiastical exemption
+from secular judges for their furniture and petty possessions. If the
+reverend archbishop answers, &ldquo;the second,&rdquo; the religious
+also say, with entire confidence: &ldquo;What authority is that of this
+prelate, that he should decide in an official utterance that there is
+evangelical poverty in the convent of Santa Clara, and not in the other
+mendicant religious orders? and that the lands of the said convent of
+Santa Clara enjoy exemption on account of their evangelical poverty and
+religious institute, while it may not be enjoyed for the same reason by
+the lands of the other religious orders, which are so distinguished,
+and are approved by the Church?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb108" href="#pb108" name="pb108">108</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Lastly, it follows that the instruction in grammar, philosophy, and
+theology in the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose renders their
+lands spiritual property, and exempts them from the secular judge. Yet
+the preaching of the word of God, the instruction in Christian
+doctrine, the administration of the sacraments of penance and
+communion, the consolation [of the faithful] with the mass, the
+visiting of the sick and dying, the ministrations in jails and
+hospitals, in order that no one may die without the sacraments: these
+and other spiritual works, which the holy religious orders of the city
+of Manila habitually perform with all classes of people, are not
+sufficient [in the archbishop&rsquo;s opinion] to exempt their lands
+from being profane.</p>
+<p>If then, Sire, the reverend archbishop has thus conducted himself,
+in matters so delicate and of the highest importance, simply because
+the regulars excused themselves from being parish priests subject to
+his visitation, what may not be feared hereafter? What privileges,
+exemptions, or decrees will be sufficient, so that he may not explain
+them as he pleases, and continually open new doors to dissensions? If
+with such ease he pronounces sentence on the regulars as rebellious,
+contumacious, and disobedient to the Church, what difficulty will he
+find in treating them as such&mdash;sometimes alone, and sometimes
+resorting to the royal court for the sake of more forcible
+demonstrations of his displeasure?</p>
+<p>The fourth reason: Your Majesty, in dealing with the religious in
+your laws of the Indias, has two especial statutes which not only show
+your desire for peace and your Catholic piety, but most strictly
+command that efforts be made to secure <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb109" href="#pb109" name="pb109">109</a>]</span>union and concord
+among the religious orders, on account of the many and admirable
+results which ensue therefrom. This union and concord had been
+established by all the religious orders of Filipinas, and its fruits
+applauded, long before the reverend archbishop arrived in Manila; and
+by it those islands were made a paradise for what pertains to the
+religious orders. The reverend archbishop was the only one who was not
+pleased with this concord; and therefore he characterizes it in his
+letters as a conventicle,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1416src" href=
+"#xd20e1416" name="xd20e1416src">36</a> and of evil tendency and
+inconsiderate.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1422src" href="#xd20e1422"
+name="xd20e1422src">37</a> He not only resented it, but displayed and
+made known his resentment; he tried to disparage it, through a third
+person; he had the idea, and repeated it many times, that there was a
+league against himself; and it is for this reason that he secretly
+obtained information against it, imposing the penalty of
+excommunication on the witnesses to maintain secrecy. So far can go the
+desire of commanding and judging the religious, and grief at not
+accomplishing it.</p>
+<p>In so lamentable a condition [are affairs there], when the religious
+desire not only to see themselves free from the charge of the mission
+villages, but, if it be possible, away from those islands, and far from
+a prelate who feels so annoyed at the union and brotherhood of the
+religious orders&mdash;a union dictated by the natural light of reason,
+prescribed in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb110" href="#pb110" name=
+"pb110">110</a>]</span>their general chapters, inculcated by the
+generals of the orders as being their supreme heads, ordained by your
+Majesty, suggested by the vicars of Christ, promulgated in the sacred
+writings, and bequeathed as in His last will by Christ himself to His
+disciples; and they without it would not have reaped a harvest in the
+world, nor would He have retained them as His missionaries. The
+religious admit that the great horror of this prelate at their concord
+and union gives them much cause for serious reflection; and that when
+this concord is so persecuted on account of the mission curacies, there
+is no safer way to maintain it than to separate themselves from those
+curacies.</p>
+<p>The fifth and last reason: By letters of February in the year 699 it
+is learned that the reverend archbishop has been sending information
+not only against the said concord [of the orders], but against even the
+reverend bishop, the delegate of his Holiness&mdash;and all with [the
+threat of] excommunication in order to maintain secrecy. If a bishop
+and delegate of the pope is not secure, how will a religious who is a
+parish priest be so? It seems as if the reverend archbishop now falls
+back from lands to persons, regarding those holdings as property merely
+profane, and the religious as persons without any privilege. At the
+outset he claimed that the regulars, as parish priests, must be subject
+to his investigations and visitation; and now, extending his claims
+further, he invents against them, as religious, a new visitation, made
+up from secret inquiries by dint of censures. How is it possible now
+not only to have but even to imagine peace in the Filipinas? If the
+religious orders do not defend themselves, he endangers <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb111" href="#pb111" name=
+"pb111">111</a>]</span>their reputation in the places where he will
+send the said information&mdash;and all the more if those reports go
+forth authorized by the secretary and notary who attest the official
+documents of the archbishop; for the notary, according to popular
+report, is a relative of his, or passes as such; and the secretary is
+his cousin-german. And it appears from the acts (on folio 3) that the
+notary-public, Master Joaquin Ramirez, testified that on November 27 of
+697 he had given a paper with a letter from the archbishop to Fray Jose
+del Rosario, provincial of the Augustinian Recollects&mdash;not
+casually, but delivered into the said provincial&rsquo;s own
+hands&mdash;when the fact is, that this provincial had died four years
+before, as is well-known in Manila, and as is evident from the
+registers of deaths in that province, and will also be here. Such were
+his impetuosity and his mode of procedure, without instructing the
+notary, or the latter knowing, of whom he was talking, and confounding
+times and persons, and the living with the dead. And if by such
+testimonies a man is introduced in the documents as alive, when in
+reality he was dead, what wonder will it be if, for the greater
+disparagement of the regulars, the virtues are introduced as dead among
+them which are alive in them?</p>
+<p>But if the religious, invaded in so many ways, look after their
+defense, how will they be to blame in this? And if, in order to defend
+themselves, they so dispose matters that they can have recourse and
+appeal to the delegate, and if the latter ordain something and the
+reverend archbishop will not conform to it, and on both sides censures
+are launched forth&mdash;as occurred in the case of the lands&mdash;who
+will have <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb112" href="#pb112" name=
+"pb112">112</a>]</span>been the mover of all this [trouble]? For the
+religious to abandon their reputation wholly is not safe; to defend
+themselves there occasions inconvenience; to let the matter take its
+course, notwithstanding this behavior of the reverend archbishop, is an
+intolerable yoke; and for the regulars to be curas subject to him all
+that is here alleged will not permit. These are the afflictions that
+are now being suffered in Filipinas. The religious there are summoned
+to be mocked; those here, aware of what is going on, are reluctant [to
+take their places]. And since the whole matter takes its rise from the
+curacies and mission villages, and the foregoing decrees are rendered
+null, and our expectations from others in the future are dashed: for
+these reasons and the others here adduced, and insisting upon the said
+order from the provincials to renounce the mission curacies, the
+petitioners, prostrate at the royal feet of your Majesty, ask in the
+name of the said five provinces that you will be pleased to consider
+them as free and exonerated from the charge which hitherto they have
+held in serving as parish priests the mission villages that they hold
+in Filipinas; and for this purpose they renounce absolutely the
+allotment of territories which your Majesty had committed to them, in
+order that others may from this time forth administer them, with secure
+peace and stable tranquillity, which they expect from your
+Majesty&rsquo;s magnificence.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1443src" href=
+"#xd20e1443" name="xd20e1443src">38</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb113" href="#pb113" name="pb113">113</a>]</span></p>
+<p><i>Royal decree, May 20, 1700</i></p>
+<p>The King. To my reverend father in Christ, Doctor Don Diego Camacho
+y Avila, archbishop of the metropolitan church of Manila in the
+Filipinas Islands, and member of my Council: In letters of January 19
+and February 20, 1698, you report your arrival in those islands, and
+what you are doing to quell the hatred and enmities which exist among
+your subjects, reclaiming them to a new life by the measures which you
+are applying, and obtaining the peace and tranquillity which you were
+desiring. You also wrote that you had undertaken to continue work on
+the church building there, and had gone to visit the secular clergy, in
+which you had met no hindrance; and that in endeavoring to make the
+visitations in the mission churches served by regulars&mdash;according
+to the regulations of the Council of Trent, the apostolic letters, and
+the royal decrees&mdash;you were influencing the religious by gentle
+methods to accept such visitation, for this purpose drawing up a
+manifesto, but that these methods were not sufficient to induce them to
+do so voluntarily. For this reason, in fulfilment of the obligations of
+your office you had published an edict for carrying out this
+visitation, and had actually gone to put it into execution in the
+mission stations of regulars at Tondo, Binondoc, Santa Cruz, Dilao, and
+Pari&aacute;n, since you were denied diocesan jurisdiction over the
+ministers who serve in these places&mdash;while at the same time, in
+those of Tondo and Binondoc (which are served by religious of St.
+Dominic and St. Augustine) those ministers were abandoning their
+churches, consuming<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1457src" href=
+"#xd20e1457" name="xd20e1457src">39</a> the holy sacrament, and
+carrying away with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb114" href="#pb114"
+name="pb114">114</a>]</span>them the holy oils and ornaments.
+Consequently you found it necessary to place secular priests <i lang=
+"la">ad interim</i> in those villages, from which it resulted that the
+religious orders went to offer their renunciation of those missions
+before my governor, without going to you; and in this condition of
+affairs it seemed best to the Audiencia to furnish aid so that the
+religious orders should not abandon these missions, and that their
+renunciation of them should not be accepted. But this was not
+sufficient to prevent the religious from withdrawing from those
+missions, for which reason you found yourself compelled to retire to
+your own church, and to desist from these visitations, removing the
+temporary ministers whom you had appointed, and lifting the censures
+and penalties which you had imposed, without prejudice to your dignity
+and jurisdiction. And finally you recount the very harmful results
+which must follow from the form and method of administration which
+prevails in these mission stations, and the illegal acts which are
+committed by the ministers in charge of them, of which you send a
+summary, stating how impossible you find it to remedy this condition of
+affairs, on account of the reasons which you point out, and asking that
+the necessary measures be taken, and that you be assured of it, so that
+you can visit as you should that archbishopric, in fulfilment of your
+ministry as its pastor. This matter has been considered in my Council
+of the Indias, with the attested copies sent by you of the documents
+therein, with the representations made in your name and in those of the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb115" href="#pb115" name=
+"pb115">115</a>]</span>religious orders who reside in those islands and
+hold mission posts there. Having fully informed myself on both sides,
+and given the subject special consideration, I have resolved to
+approve, and herewith do approve, all that you have accomplished in
+this affair, and especially your course in having ceased from further
+action therein until you could report it to me and await the measures
+which may be applied to the difficulty, assuring you of my full
+gratitude for your very judicious proceedings and the good management
+which you have showed in the conduct of this important affair. Your
+procedure with the superiors of the religious orders is very suitable
+to your prudence, and quite in accordance with the opinion that I have
+of your zeal and great discretion; and the special service which you
+have rendered to me is strongly commended to my remembrance, that I may
+bear it in mind and favor and honor you on all occasions that shall
+arise. And in view of the grave considerations that are involved in
+this matter, and of your request that the regulations and provisions of
+the sacred canons, councils, and apostolic constitutions, and the laws
+of the Indias be put into execution, in order that the diocesans may,
+as you say, visit the regulars who hold office as curas, in matters
+which pertain to the care of souls, I am undertaking with all the
+attention of my Catholic and pious zeal to furnish the remedies that
+are most suitable and effectual for this object, and for preventing any
+disturbances which may arise in the future, leaving settled and
+established the right of prescription, both canonical and legal. And as
+concerns what is contained in the summary which you have drawn up of
+the illegal acts of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb116" href=
+"#pb116" name="pb116">116</a>]</span>religious who serve the missions,
+except in the question of visitation you shall always have authority to
+receive information, and to demand from the superiors of the orders
+that they reform and correct the religious. And if when they are
+admonished the first and the second time they do not thus act, I
+command that you carry out the said reform with your jurisdiction as
+ordinary. For the better success of this, I decree, by despatches sent
+this day to the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia there,
+that they assist you with their aid on all occasions when you shall
+demand it and shall need it. Of this you are [herewith] notified, and
+you shall inform me of your action in this matter, and of any further
+occurrences. At Aranjuez, May 20 in the year 1700.</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">I the King</span></p>
+<p>By command of the king our sovereign:</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Don Manuel de
+&Agrave;perregui</span></p>
+<p>[Six rubrics are added at the foot of this document, which appear to
+be those of the members of the Council.] <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb117" href="#pb117" name="pb117">117</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e298" href="#xd20e298src" name="xd20e298">1</a></span> At the end
+of this document appear the following memoranda relative to the
+archbishop&rsquo;s voyage to the islands: &ldquo;Archbishop Camacho
+embarked at Acapulco for Manila on March 30, 1697. The lading of the
+ship was made in great haste, because there was in Acapulco a fearful
+pestilence. Several died from this pest on the ship, within a few
+days&mdash;among whom were the fiscal of his Majesty, and a Jesuit and
+a Dominican. On the 19th of July they encountered a terrible storm,
+from which they escaped only through the intercession of St. Francisco
+Javier, a Jesuit, casting into the water an order of the saint in which
+he promised that they should have no [cause for] fear. On July 24, at
+three o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, they anchored in the port of
+Palapag, where they suffered from a baguio. On the eighth day of
+September, the archbishop made his public entry into Manila.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e305" href="#xd20e305src" name="xd20e305">2</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">realengos</i>; &ldquo;applied to the villages which are
+not held by seigniors or by the religious orders, and to lands
+belonging to the state&rdquo; (Barcia).</p>
+<p class="footnote">Auditor Sierra held a commission from the court for
+legalizing the ownership of lands in Filipinas; and in the fulfilment
+of this charge he demanded from the friars the documents which
+justified their right to the magnificent estates of which they called
+themselves the owners.&rdquo; (Montero y Vidal, <i lang="es">Hist. de
+Filipinas</i>, p. 385.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e320" href="#xd20e320src" name="xd20e320">3</a></span> This bull
+was a papal sentence of excommunication formerly published against
+heretics every Holy (or Maundy) Thursday; for ages it was publicly read
+on that day, otherwise known as the <i lang="la">feria quinta in
+C&oelig;na Domini</i>; hence its common title, as given in the text.
+The latest form which this bull assumed was given to it by Urban VIII
+in 1627; it is entitled, <i>Pastoralis Romani pontificis
+vigilantia</i>, and is divided into twenty sections or decrees. Of
+these, no. 15 censures such as usurp jurisdiction; it was, then, issued
+in the interests of liberty in court trials. No. 17 censures those who
+usurp church revenues, incomes, and the like; and it thus upheld the
+rights of ownership. This bull is no longer used; its periodical
+publication was discontinued after 1773, and it was suppressed by Pius
+IX (October 12, 1869), in force of his constitution, <i lang=
+"la">Apostolic&aelig; Sedis</i>, issued on that
+date.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e339" href="#xd20e339src" name="xd20e339">4</a></span> The decree
+here mentioned is dated May 15, 1572, and begins, <i lang="la">Exposcit
+debitum pastoralis officii</i>. In it provision is made for
+&ldquo;appeals from the West Indias, and the islands of the Ocean Sea,
+subject to the king of Spain.&rdquo; It orders that appeals be carried,
+first, from the bishop to the metropolitan; second, from the
+metropolitan to the next neighboring ordinary&mdash;that thus justice
+might be secured without delay or so heavy expense. Philip II had
+petitioned to this effect, that cases might be decided by two courts,
+and no appeal be admitted therefrom; hence the bull of Gregory to the
+king.</p>
+<p class="footnote">In this case, the appeal was from the metropolitan
+to the bishop of Camarines&mdash;who probably had been commissioned by
+the pope to act as delegate from an early period in his episcopal
+career, since he himself mentions (<i>post</i>) his having acted in
+that capacity in the time of Archbishop Pardo. In case of the nearest
+see being vacant, the official who acted as its head would be delegate
+for the time being, <i>i.e.</i> would be a vice-ordinary. Also, as
+those islands were too remote for sending thither delegates from
+Europe, except in extraordinary cases, the metropolitan of Manila might
+send a delegate to Camarines. The authority possessed by the delegate
+in appeal cases (as results from the bull of Gregory) would be
+definitive and final; he might overrule and even supersede the
+metropolitan, as being the judge in final appeal.&mdash;<span class=
+"sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e390" href="#xd20e390src" name="xd20e390">5</a></span> Probably
+Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, as he was bishop of Puebla in 1696
+(Bancroft&rsquo;s <i>Mexico</i>, iii, p. 256).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e400" href="#xd20e400src" name="xd20e400">6</a></span> Cruzat y
+Gongora&rsquo;s term of office was lengthened by the failure of his
+successor to go to the islands. This was Domingo Zabalburu de
+Echevarri, who was appointed September 18, 1694, but did not reach
+Manila until 1701.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e403" href="#xd20e403src" name="xd20e403">7</a></span> Spanish,
+<i>sobrino</i>, which may be applied not only to a brother&rsquo;s or
+sister&rsquo;s child, but to that of a cousin-german.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e439" href="#xd20e439src" name="xd20e439">8</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">ni mejorarla [apelacion]</i>; a legal phrase, meaning
+&ldquo;to support the appeal before the superior court, after having
+appealed before it, by setting forth the injury that is experienced
+from any act issued by the lower court&rdquo; (Barcia).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e451" href="#xd20e451src" name="xd20e451">9</a></span> So in
+Ventura del Arco&rsquo;s transcription; but it would seem to be an
+error for 120&mdash;perhaps a copyist&rsquo;s conjecture of an
+illegible character&mdash;since it apparently refers to Gregory
+XIII&rsquo;s decree of 1572 (<i lang="la">ante</i>, p. 27).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e462" href="#xd20e462src" name="xd20e462">10</a></span> He was
+almost seventy years old, according to Concepci&oacute;n (<i lang=
+"es">Hist. de Philipinas</i>, viii, p. 229).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e480" href="#xd20e480src" name="xd20e480">11</a></span> In the
+Latin Church the ecclesiastical orders are those of bishops, priests,
+deacons, sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers, and <i lang=
+"la">ostiarii</i>, or doorkeepers. Many theologians reckon the number
+at seven, regarding the episcopate as merely the extension of the
+priesthood (Addis and Arnold, p. 621).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e546" href="#xd20e546src" name="xd20e546">12</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">seminario conciliar</i>; &ldquo;the house assigned for the
+education of the young men who devote themselves to the ecclesiastical
+career&rdquo; (Barcia).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e554" href="#xd20e554src" name="xd20e554">13</a></span>
+Jos&eacute; Sarmiento Valladares, Conde de Montezuma, was the
+successor, in the viceroyalty of Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, of Gaspar de la
+Cerda, Conde de Galve (whose term of office was November 20, 1688 to
+May, 1696). Valladares obtained his title by his marriage with
+Ger&oacute;nima Mar&iacute;a, a lineal descendant of the Mexican
+emperor, and third countess of Montezuma. He took possession of the
+office on December 18, 1696, and held it until November 4, 1701. He was
+an able and efficient governor, and did much to repress crime, improve
+social conditions, aid the Indians in times of distress, and render the
+City of Mexico more strongly fortified. (Bancroft, <i>Mexico</i>, iii,
+pp. 222, 259, 264, 265.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e564" href="#xd20e564src" name="xd20e564">14</a></span> Miguel
+Bay&oacute;t was a discalced Franciscan, an Aragonese, who came to the
+Philippines in 1669; he was employed in ministries to the Indians, and
+was long at the head of the hospice of the order in Mexico City. In
+1695 he was appointed bishop of Ceb&uacute;, when he was 52 years old,
+being then in Mexico, and took possession of his office in September,
+1696; he died there on August 28, 1700. When he died, only the sum of
+five reals was found in his possession. (San Antonio, <i lang=
+"es">Chronicas</i>, i, p. 212.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e578" href="#xd20e578src" name="xd20e578">15</a></span> The first
+page of this MS. is occupied by official attestations showing that on
+January 22, 1699, officially certified copies of these decrees by the
+archbishop were demanded by Antonio de Borja, procurator-general of the
+Jesuit province, from one of the alcaldes of Manila, Antonio Basarte,
+who ordered these copies to be made.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e642" href="#xd20e642src" name="xd20e642">16</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">casamientos y velaciones</i>; the former the general term
+for marriages, the latter also used thus, but referring especially to
+the nuptial mass or nuptial benedictions (which, however, were and are
+given only at mass). The parties might be married outside of
+mass&mdash;as if it were a private marriage, or if they were too poor
+to pay for the mass&mdash;and then did not receive the benedictions.
+But if at mass, they were <i lang="es">velados</i>&mdash;a term
+recalling an ancient ceremony when both parties were veiled at the
+marriage; <i>i.e.</i>, the priest threw a veil over their heads. Thus
+Moroni in his <i lang="es">Diccionario</i>, who also states that
+&ldquo;this custom is still in vogue in some places&rdquo; (in his own
+day, about thirty years ago). <i lang="es">La velacion</i> was another
+term for the marriage ceremony at mass, and was part of the ceremony.
+Every woman (of good standing) is entitled to church
+marriage&mdash;with nuptial mass and benediction&mdash;but once only:
+this may be on the occasion of a second or third marriage, provided the
+former marriages were outside of mass; but if the first marriage were
+with the nuptial mass, she is barred from enjoying this privilege at
+subsequent marriages. These are the <i lang="es">casamientos</i>; the
+nuptial mass, or marriage accompanied by it, the <i lang=
+"es">velacion</i>.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>,
+O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e670" href="#xd20e670src" name="xd20e670">17</a></span> <i lang=
+"es">Hijo de la Iglesia</i>; a term applied to a foundling or abandoned
+infant; cf., the Italian appellation, &ldquo;a child of the
+Madonna.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e681" href="#xd20e681src" name="xd20e681">18</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">octavas</i>. None of the standard dictionaries give a
+meaning to cover this use of <i lang="es">octavas</i>.
+Dominguez&rsquo;s <i lang="es">Diccionario</i> (Supplement) states that
+the word is a term in Roman law, designating an ancient form of tribute
+consisting of one part in eight. Probably it was carried over into
+ecclesiastical law, and here means that the cura was expected to pay
+one-eighth of his fees into the church fund.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e693" href="#xd20e693src" name="xd20e693">19</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">canonicas monitoriales</i>. In law books, banns (in Latin)
+are styled <i lang="la">proclamationes
+monitori&aelig;</i>.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C.
+Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e750" href="#xd20e750src" name="xd20e750">20</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">limosna</i>. The fees (<i lang="es">derechos</i>) of the
+cura were determined, fixed sums, as in the tariff lists, nor could he
+change them. The <i lang="es">limosna</i>&mdash;a free offering, and
+wholly optional with the parties for whom he officiated&mdash;was over
+and above the tariff charge. The cura could do with this offering what
+he wished&mdash;if he chose, spending it in alms; but it was given to
+him personally, and was for his own use. Cf. the <i lang=
+"es">gratificaci&oacute;n voluntaria</i> in the following list of fees
+to be paid the parish priest in Cuba, taken from the <i lang=
+"es">Manual de la Isla de Cuba</i>, by Jos&eacute; Garcia y Arboleya
+(2nd ed., Havana, 1859), pp. 316, 317:</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For baptism: a voluntary offering
+[<i lang="es">gratificaci&oacute;n voluntaria</i>], the minimum of
+which is 6 reals for the cura <span class="corr" id="xd20e778" title=
+"Source: annd">and</span> 2 for the acolyte</td>
+<td valign="top">$ 1.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top">For burial:</td>
+<td valign="top">of free adult</td>
+<td valign="top">7.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top"></td>
+<td valign="top">of free child</td>
+<td valign="top">6.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top"></td>
+<td valign="top">of slave adult</td>
+<td valign="top">5.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top"></td>
+<td valign="top">of slave child</td>
+<td valign="top">5.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For prayers&mdash;<i lang=
+"es">responso</i> with cope, sacristan, and processional cross
+[<i lang="es">cruz alta</i>], at the house of the deceased</td>
+<td valign="top">7.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For prayers, with cope, at the burial</td>
+<td valign="top">4.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For office (of three lections)</td>
+<td valign="top">5.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For mass chanted (body present)</td>
+<td valign="top">6.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For each halt [<i lang="es">posa</i>]</td>
+<td valign="top">12.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For processional cross at the grave
+(without cross, .50)</td>
+<td valign="top">2.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For each censer</td>
+<td valign="top">.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For each attendant in surplice</td>
+<td valign="top">1.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For remaining till end [of interment]</td>
+<td valign="top">1.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For four [church] bells [tolled]</td>
+<td valign="top">2.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For three [church] bells [tolled]</td>
+<td valign="top">1.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For two [church] bells [tolled]</td>
+<td valign="top">1.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For low mass [without chant]</td>
+<td valign="top">1.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For a <i>fiesta</i> [feast-day
+celebration] with vespers and mass chanted</td>
+<td valign="top">12.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For a fiesta with procession</td>
+<td valign="top">14.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For votive mass chanted</td>
+<td valign="top">6.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For marriage</td>
+<td valign="top">7.25</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For cura at the house [of the
+parties]</td>
+<td valign="top">4.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For foreigners</td>
+<td valign="top">25. to 30.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td valign="top" colspan="2">For record of baptism</td>
+<td valign="top">1.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p class="footnote">&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C.
+Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e947" href="#xd20e947src" name="xd20e947">21</a></span> The term
+<i>Morenos</i>, as has appeared from former documents, was applied
+generally to persons of swarthy complexion&mdash;mulattoes, some
+negroes, and Malabar natives, indiscriminately.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e962" href="#xd20e962src" name="xd20e962">22</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">arraz</i> (arras); a very old term, of Hebrew origin;
+hence the Latin law term of <i>arrha</i>, <i>i.e.</i>, anticipated
+payment of part. <i>Arras</i> also means &ldquo;thirteen pieces of
+money given to the bride by the bridegroom;&rdquo; this or similar
+dowry was required by a very old and very rigorous
+law.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote">Barcia gives <i>arras</i> the general meaning of
+&ldquo;that which is given as a pledge or token of any agreement. It
+was extended also to the marriage contract. Also, the thirteen pieces
+of money which in weddings serve for the formality of that function,
+passing from the hands of the bridegroom to those of the bride. In law,
+the amount which the man promises to the woman on account of his
+marriage to her; it cannot exceed, according to law, the tenth part of
+his possessions.&rdquo; He defines <i>arrha</i> (French, <i>arrhes</i>)
+as &ldquo;a pledge or token given to secure and confirm a
+contract.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e998" href="#xd20e998src" name="xd20e998">23</a></span> The
+context would seem to require here the amount of the fee for burial of
+a child; this has apparently been omitted in the MS. by a clerical
+error. The general appearance of the MS., and various memoranda on the
+back, suggest the probability that this was one of the copies furnished
+to the Jesuit Borja.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1006" href="#xd20e1006src" name="xd20e1006">24</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">possas</i>. At funerals, prayers were read at
+different points on the way to the cemetery; for instance, at the
+church door, midway on the route, and at the cemetery gate&mdash;if not
+oftener. Of course the procession halted while prayers were being read
+or chanted; so for each halt (<i lang="es">posa</i>) a fee was
+due.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1022" href="#xd20e1022src" name="xd20e1022">25</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">missas de nouenario</i>; the novenary is a nine
+days&rsquo; condolence for the deceased. The same term is also applied
+to a nine days&rsquo; devotion offered to some saint.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1046" href="#xd20e1046src" name="xd20e1046">26</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">el velo</i>; literally, the &ldquo;veil,&rdquo;
+or the &ldquo;veiling;&rdquo; evidently referring to the old-time usage
+of placing a veil over the married pair (see note 16, <i>ante</i>), as
+a part of the ceremonies at the nuptial mass. I am told by one of our
+fathers here at Villanova, who lived in Spain years ago, that at
+marriages in that country the bride wears the usual wedding-veil, and
+continues to wear it in public for one week after the marriage; it is
+white, sometimes plain, sometimes adorned with ribbons or flowers of
+various colors.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>,
+O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1058" href="#xd20e1058src" name="xd20e1058">27</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">cruz alta con su manga</i>. The processional
+cross was carried on a staff, as used in the United States in
+processions; at funerals the crucifix was covered with black, this
+funeral trapping (<i>manga</i>) covering or veiling the cross as a sign
+of grief. Sometimes the sacristan bore only a small cross, without
+staff; this depended wholly on his fee. In all Catholic churches in the
+United States, we use the crucifixes covered in Holy Week; but we do
+not veil crosses at funerals.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C.
+Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1114" href="#xd20e1114src" name="xd20e1114">28</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">por titulo de justicia</i>. <i lang="es">Parroco
+de justicia</i>, so frequently used in this document, is the Spanish
+rendering of the technical Latin phrase, <i lang="la">parochus de
+jure</i>&mdash;words which show that the cura had a right to his
+office, had been instituted according to the canons, and was
+canonically and legally in office. It is practically the same as the
+English phrase &ldquo;by right and title.&rdquo; Other equivalents are:
+&ldquo;by title of law,&rdquo; &ldquo;by right,&rdquo; and
+&ldquo;ordinary.&rdquo; The parish priest, whether secular or regular,
+was an official of the Church.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C.
+Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1144" href="#xd20e1144src" name="xd20e1144">29</a></span> See
+account of the allotment of diocesan titles in <span class="sc">VOL.
+I</span>, p. 244, note 188. Baluffi, there cited, adds: &ldquo;Relative
+to the two ninths that were given to the king, the first bishop of
+Mechoacan [<i>in Mexico</i>], Mons. Vasco de Quiroga, when organizing
+his cathedral [<i>clergy</i>] in 1554, speaking of the two shares of
+the tithes that were given to the king, remarked that they were thus
+awarded to his most serene Majesty in token of his lordship (<i lang=
+"la">superioritalis</i>) and right of patronage.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1195" href="#xd20e1195src" name="xd20e1195">30</a></span> In
+text, <i>oneroso</i>, but evidently a transcriber&rsquo;s error for
+<i>onrroso</i>.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1244" href="#xd20e1244src" name="xd20e1244">31</a></span> In the
+text, <i lang="es">projimos</i>, &ldquo;neighbors&rdquo;&mdash;in
+allusion to the Scriptural injunction, &ldquo;Thou shalt love thy
+neighbor as thyself,&rdquo; a duty strictly inculcated in the training
+of candidates for ordination, especially in the Jesuit order.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1270" href="#xd20e1270src" name="xd20e1270">32</a></span>
+Alluding to Paul&rsquo;s precept in I Corinthians, vii, v. 20.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1284" href="#xd20e1284src" name="xd20e1284">33</a></span> That
+is, a non-resident or merely titular prelate; see <span class="sc">VOL.
+XVIII</span>, p. 339, note 101.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1290" href="#xd20e1290src" name="xd20e1290">34</a></span> The
+whole sentence, divested of technicalities, simply means that one must
+&ldquo;look before he leaps;&rdquo; or that, when one has his eyes
+open, he is supposed to have used them; or that the bishop, should he
+be merely titular, would have no one to blame but himself, and should
+be the last to complain.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1401" href="#xd20e1401src" name="xd20e1401">35</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">pordioseros</i>; that is, those who ask alms
+&ldquo;for God&rsquo;s sake.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1416" href="#xd20e1416src" name="xd20e1416">36</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">conciliabulo</i>; like English
+&ldquo;conventicle,&rdquo; used to designate an unauthorized or illegal
+assembly.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1422" href="#xd20e1422src" name="xd20e1422">37</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">mal sonante y temeraria</i>&mdash;literally,
+&ldquo;of evil sound and reckless.&rdquo; This is part of a legal
+phrase, taken from Latin forms used by the Roman courts when
+characterizing books, teachings, statements, etc., of unorthodox or
+schismatic bearing.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>,
+O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1443" href="#xd20e1443src" name="xd20e1443">38</a></span> This
+memorial seems to have been written by the Dominican Fray Raimundo
+Berart (see <i lang="es">Rese&ntilde;a biogr&aacute;fica</i>, ii, p.
+203); and it was printed by Fray Mimbela.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1457" href="#xd20e1457src" name="xd20e1457">39</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">consumiendo</i>; &ldquo;the reception or eating
+by the priest of the body and blood of Christ, in the elements of bread
+and wine&rdquo; (Dominguez).</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="doc1670.1" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h2 id="xd20e1488" class="main">The Augustinians in the Philippines,
+1670&ndash;94</h2>
+<p class="firstpar">[The remainder of Diaz&rsquo;s <i lang=
+"es">Conquistas</i>&mdash;comprising the fourth hook of that work, as
+found in pp. 689&ndash;817&mdash;is here presented, partly in full
+translation, partly in synopsis. Numerous extracts have already been
+made from this book, notably as regards the Pardo controversy and some
+insurrections among the natives; these will of course be omitted
+here.]</p>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e1496" class="main">Chapter I</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">[Diaz mentions the calamitous times experienced in
+the islands during the rule of most of the governors from Corcuera to
+Salcedo, which at last are succeeded, in the plan of Providence, by
+peace and comfort.] The peacemaker [<i>iris</i>] whom divine Providence
+seems to have selected for this general benefit was Governor Don Manuel
+de Le&oacute;n y Sarabia; for his taking possession of his government
+was the shifting of the scenes in this melancholy theater, the calming
+of the tempests, and the succession of rest after fatigue, and peace
+after war. The former lines of commerce were renewed, and other and new
+ones opened up&mdash;such as that of the coast of Malabar and Santo
+Tom&eacute;, called the Coromandel <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb118"
+href="#pb118" name="pb118">118</a>]</span>coast; and those of Suratte,
+Mac&aacute;n and Batavia. All these improvements were facilitated by
+the wholesome purposes and the kindly disposition of Don Manuel de
+Le&oacute;n, and especially by his great disinterestedness; this last
+would, if it had not been accompanied by the rest, have failed of
+success, as did the lofty and incomparable [disinterestedness] of Don
+Diego Fajardo, since it was obscured by his coldness and excessive
+severity&mdash;which, although accompanied by justice, was, being
+excessive, known as injustice.</p>
+<p>As soon as the new governor commenced his fortunate rule, he sent to
+Mac&aacute;n General Don Juan Enrique de Losada, accompanied by Father
+Francisco Mecinas,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1507src" href=
+"#xd20e1507" name="xd20e1507src">1</a> of the Society of Jesus, in
+order to further the interests of that commerce, and to endeavor to
+open up the richer trade of Cant&oacute;n. This was accomplished by the
+said envoys with so much ability that in the following year the Chinese
+began to come [to Manila], with barks from Mac&aacute;n and somas from
+Cant&oacute;n, with great wealth of silks, damasks, and other stuffs.
+Trade was opened with Ningp&uacute;, a port of the province of Che-Kian
+in the empire of China, where is cultivated the greater part of the
+silk which supplies the world, a commodity <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb119" href="#pb119" name=
+"pb119">119</a>]</span>which greatly advanced the commerce of Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a. The governor maintained courteous intercourse with
+Sipu&aacute;n, the son of Kuesing, and from this originated the
+frequent visits of so many champans from China and somas (which are
+larger champans) from Cant&oacute;n, which every year engage in the
+commerce with Manila; for in some years are counted thirty barks, and
+nearly as many from other regions, which supply merchandise to Manila,
+and contribute to the royal revenues great sums with their customs
+duties.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1515src" href="#xd20e1515" name=
+"xd20e1515src">2</a></p>
+<p>The flagship &ldquo;Buen Socorro,&rdquo; which had made the voyage
+to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a in charge of General Diego de Ar&eacute;valo,
+had a fortunate arrival at the islands&mdash;although not at the port
+of Cavite, but at that of Palapag in the province of Leyte, outside of
+the Embocadero. It brought an auditor, Licentiate Don Fernando
+Esca&ntilde;o, a native of Ecija; he was a great jurisconsult, as is
+evident from the learned books which he had printed in
+Espa&ntilde;a&mdash;<i lang="es">De testamento imperfecto</i>, and the
+history of the Order of St. John of Malta, which he wrote in the Latin
+language, by order of his most serene Highness Don Juan of Austria,
+grand prior of Castilla and Le&oacute;n. He came with his wife,
+Do&ntilde;a Leonor de C&oacute;rdoba, a native of Sevilla, and four
+[six] children: Don Fernando, who was a captain, and lived but a few
+years; Don Juan de Esca&ntilde;o, an alf&eacute;rez who reached the age
+of fifty years, an unmarried man, very virtuous, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb120" href="#pb120" name="pb120">120</a>]</span>and
+an example for laymen; Don Jos&eacute; and Don Manuel, afterward
+religious of St. Dominic; Don Alonso, who was an Augustinian religious,
+and at his death a minister in Pampanga; and a daughter, Do&ntilde;a
+Mar&iacute;a, who married the sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya y
+Torres, alguazil-mayor of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. The
+auditor&rsquo;s wife was a professed member of our tertiary order; and
+all of them were people of great virtue.</p>
+<p>With appointment as bishop of Nueva Segovia came the dean of Manila,
+Master Don Jos&eacute; Mill&aacute;n de Poblete, a priest of much
+virtue and discretion, and nephew of the archbishop Doctor Don Miguel
+Mill&aacute;n de Poblete, of honored memory. The vigorous age at which
+this dignity came to him (for he was not yet fifty) did not enable him
+to enjoy it [long]; for he lived very few years in the government of
+that church, not long enough to reach his consecration&mdash;with
+general regret in these islands at having lost a grand prelate, heir to
+the many virtues of his uncle....</p>
+<p>Auditor Don Fernando de Esca&ntilde;o began to fill his office with
+great rectitude and disinterestedness, for he was a learned man, and
+stood in fear of God, which is the true wisdom. But, influenced by his
+desires for good, yet lacking in judgment and experience, he proceeded
+to enter the labyrinth of trying to reform more than what is in need of
+reform&mdash;being counseled by persons who aimed only at gaining by
+calumny what they could not prove in law. From this he undertook to
+follow the opinions of Auditor Don Salvador G&oacute;mez de Espinosa,
+of whom we have already written, and to subscribe to his manifestoes,
+as the <i lang="es">Paren&eacute;tico</i>; and without further
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb121" href="#pb121" name=
+"pb121">121</a>]</span>investigation than the depositions of persons
+who were prejudiced against the clergy and the religious orders, he
+made attacks on them in letters written to his Majesty. Afterward, he
+recognized that the evidence did not agree with what had been told him;
+and he came to repentance when the shot was already fired and much
+damage done thereby. These false notions, and others like them, as well
+as his considering the little or nothing that can be accomplished in
+these islands by the ministers of his Majesty, who never goes beyond
+what the governors desire, wore him out in a few years; and he died as
+the excellent Christian that he was, and so indifferent to worldly
+advantages that he had not money enough for his burial, and was buried
+in our convent at Manila. All his family inherited his virtue, and were
+the only children of an auditor who came out so well, for all strove to
+grow in virtue to the standard of their honored father; they were
+therefore highly esteemed, and their lives came to a holy end. Don Juan
+de Esca&ntilde;o, who attained the rank of general, was an example of
+virtue in Manila, and died with the reputation of unbroken chastity
+[<i lang="es">con opinion de virgen</i>]; and his property, which was
+large and justly gained, he left, well invested as it was, for the
+building and maintenance of the beaterio of Santa Catalina de Sena
+[<i>i.e.</i>, St. Catherine of Sienna], of the tertiary Order of St.
+Dominic in Manila, in which foundation he had much share and
+influence.</p>
+<p>About this time came to Manila the prince of Siao,<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e1548src" href="#xd20e1548" name="xd20e1548src">3</a> son of
+the king Don Ventura Pinto de Morales, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb122" href="#pb122" name="pb122">122</a>]</span>to ask the governor
+for religious of the Society of Jesus to instruct the natives of his
+little kingdom, where there were many Christians&mdash;although the
+majority of that people were infected with the errors of the cursed
+Mahoma. These islands are in five and one-half degrees of latitude
+north, and one hundred and forty-nine degrees of longitude from the
+meridian of Tenerife; the seas about them are difficult of navigation,
+on account of being in the midst of a large and widespread bank
+[<i lang="es">placer</i>] of shoals which lie on all sides. They share
+the reputation of Maluco, not only for the warlike nature of their
+inhabitants, but for many spice-bearing trees, of clove and nutmeg; but
+in other means of support that country is very poor. This prince was
+received by the governor with much honor; he gave him the use of his
+own coach, and lodged him at the college of San Jos&eacute;, in charge
+of the religious of the Society; and he took much pains to forward the
+business of the prince, since it was for so holy a purpose, the
+propagation of our holy faith. The prince returned to his own country,
+with the satisfactory result which he could desire; with him went four
+religious of the Society of Jesus&mdash;Father Juan de Miedes,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1559src" href="#xd20e1559" name="xd20e1559src">4</a>
+a native of Alcal&aacute; de Henares; Father <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb123" href="#pb123" name=
+"pb123">123</a>]</span>Jer&oacute;nimo Cebreros, a native of Acapulco;
+and Fathers Esquibel<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1576src" href=
+"#xd20e1576" name="xd20e1576src">5</a> and Espa&ntilde;ol&mdash;all
+well fitted for so holy a ministry. The governor gave him twenty
+Spaniards and some Pampangos, to serve as an escort for the religious;
+and for their commander Captain Andr&eacute;s Serrano&mdash;a veteran
+soldier, who had just finished a term as alcalde-mayor of Panay (a
+province in our spiritual charge)&mdash;as he was a very devout
+Christian and well suited for that occupation, so much to the service
+of God.</p>
+<p>These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao,
+increasing that Christian church; but the enemy of mankind, who
+resented their driving <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb124" href=
+"#pb124" name="pb124">124</a>]</span>him out after he had so long
+possessed the souls of those unfortunate people, influenced the Dutch
+heretics of Nueva Batavia, in the island of Jacatra, to destroy them by
+a secular persecution. For, as they are lords of all the islands where
+grows the clove of the spice-trade, in Maluco&mdash;Amboyno, Tidore,
+Ternate, Montiel, and many others&mdash;and this is the commerce which
+has returned most profits to their company they have always endeavored
+that this aromatic merchandise be not transported by any other hands
+than their own, in order to assure their gains. They knew that some
+Spaniards <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb125" href="#pb125" name=
+"pb125">125</a>]</span>had settled in the islands of Siao, and that by
+them was carried away the clove product of that region, and that it
+might eventually diminish their own commerce. For that astute nation
+has so perseveringly maintained that the Dutch alone shall be absolute
+masters of the cloves and cinnamon; and so skilfully do they manage
+these commodities that in any year when there is an abundant product of
+cloves they burn such quantity of it as they consider superfluous,
+according to the computation that they have made of that crop (which is
+sufficient for the supply of the whole world), in order that their
+price may not be lowered, and that the commodity may not fall in value
+by becoming common and abundant. So great is the wisdom of these
+children of the world, in which they greatly exceed the children of the
+light.</p>
+<p>They manned two ships with three hundred men-at-arms; and when our
+people in Siao were least on their guard the Dutch arrived, and landed
+their men, which the Spaniards were unable to prevent, as they were so
+inferior in numbers.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1598src" href=
+"#xd20e1598" name="xd20e1598src">6</a> The Dutch committed no other
+hostility than to carry away as <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb126"
+href="#pb126" name="pb126">126</a>]</span>prisoners the religious of
+the Society, and Andr&eacute;s Serrano and his soldiers&mdash;together
+with their standard, which our men could neither hide nor
+destroy&mdash;all of whom they conveyed to Batavia. But before they
+left the islands of Siao they rooted out and cut down all the cinnamon
+trees that grew there, until no roots or other trace of them were
+left&mdash;all which they did quite at their leisure, without any one
+saying a word to them. Andr&eacute;s Serrano died in Batavia of grief,
+although the Dutch treated him and his soldiers well, as also the
+fathers. The religious afterward came to Manila, some in the time of
+this governor, and others during the term of his successor, Don Juan de
+Vargas Hurtado.</p>
+<p>All the triennial during which our provincial father Fray Dionisio
+Su&aacute;rez ruled was very propitious for this province&mdash;not
+only because he was a religious very observant, kind, and lovable, but
+because this province possessed so many members of virtue and learning
+that they restored it to its first luster. The ministries in the
+doctrinas were well served, by one or two religious, according to their
+needs. The erection of many new convents was begun, some having been
+ruined by the earthquakes, and others torn down by military orders,
+when we were threatened with the coming of Kuesing Pompoan; but there
+was so much to restore that it kept us busy for more than three
+succeeding trienniums. Our provincial applied himself closely to the
+repairs on the magnificent convent at Manila, which greatly needed
+them, on the plan which he had made in the preceding triennium, when he
+was prior of that house; [and he accomplished] so much that to the
+diligence and zeal of that devout religious may be attributed its
+preservation. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb127" href="#pb127" name=
+"pb127">127</a>]</span></p>
+<p>While he was engaged in these occupations, the time came for him to
+finish the task of his government, so peaceful and prosperous, and for
+holding another chapter-session&mdash;to the great regret of all, for
+it seemed as if they divined that it would result less happily; but
+never did they expect that it would be so calamitous as it proved to
+be. For, just as the condition of the commonwealth had experienced its
+change from calamities and miseries to peace and happiness, so this our
+province changed from tranquillity to sudden fear. <i lang="la">Tempus
+pacis, tempus belli</i>.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1614src" href=
+"#xd20e1614" name="xd20e1614src">7</a> And the most remarkable thing is
+that, just as the governor Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n was the main cause
+of the peace and prosperity of Manila, so this same excellent gentleman
+was the prime cause of many troubles and disturbances, which occurred
+not only at the time of this chapter but throughout the triennium. I do
+not throw all the blame on him, because he was a great governor, very
+pious and of sincere intentions; but all disturbance has another cause,
+and the vulgar and common Spanish adage is very true which says:
+&ldquo;He who is burning the woods is he who comes out of
+them.&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1619src" href="#xd20e1619"
+name="xd20e1619src">8</a> No sensible person will admire seeing among
+religious the activity of flesh and blood and the passion of ambition,
+which they cannot leave behind in the world when they take refuge in
+the asylum of the cloister.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1625src" href=
+"#xd20e1625" name="xd20e1625src">9</a>... <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb128" href="#pb128" name="pb128">128</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The fourth definitor, Fray Francisco de Medina Basco, who was
+associate and secretary of the provincial Fray Dionisio Su&aacute;rez,
+had displayed so much ability and good intention in administering his
+office&mdash;for he was an angel of peace, following the advice of our
+holy constitutions&mdash;that all desired that he should succeed to the
+office of him to whom he had been so capable an associate. This was
+desired by the provincial most of all; for, as he was of so peaceable a
+disposition, he wished to leave the province in the hands of one who
+could maintain it in the tranquillity which it was enjoying. But the
+malign father of discord was not pleased at seeing the great peace and
+concord which this province had enjoyed for so many years; he therefore
+strove with his arts to disturb and disunite it. The time for holding
+the chapter-session arrived apparently as peaceful as usual; and so the
+religious who were its members assembled, quite unconscious of what was
+to occur.</p>
+<p>The chapter was convened on April 23, 1671, in the convent of San
+Pablo at Manila; and its president was father Fray Bernardino
+M&aacute;rquez, by commission from our very reverend father the general
+of all the order of our father St. Augustine, Master Fray Pedro
+Lafranconio, a native of Ancona; and the other affairs which precede
+the election were transacted that afternoon with great peace and
+concord. But on Saturday, the day for the election of provincial,
+Governor Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n sent to notify them that he would be
+present at the election, and sent over his official chair. This caused
+great uneasiness, for they recognized that this was an effort to
+prevent the election of the father definitor Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco, on which thirty-one <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb129" href=
+"#pb129" name="pb129">129</a>]</span>of the voting fathers were agreed.
+The father president of the chapter was one of the eight who were
+opposed to this election, and these were favored by the
+governor&mdash;which in these islands means, to have whatever one may
+desire. Accordingly, the first thing that he did that afternoon was to
+make charges in virtue of which he deprived father Fray Francisco de
+Medina Basco of the right to vote or to be elected [<i lang="es">voz
+activa y pasiva</i>], and commanded him to leave the
+chapter-meeting&mdash;which he did with great humility and resignation,
+saying only those words of Jonah, <i lang="la">Si propter me orta est
+haec tempestas, projicite me in mare</i>,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1642src" href="#xd20e1642" name="xd20e1642src">10</a> and went to
+his convent of Tongdo. On the following day the governor came to the
+convent, accompanied by the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+Sargento-mayor Don Juan de Robles, and Captain Don Pedro de Tortesa,
+with their [military] company, as if it were to invest a fort of
+enemies. The religious were astonished at seeing such a military
+display, but with much decorum and gravity they proceeded with the
+transactions of the chapter; and at the first ballot father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco was elected by thirty-one votes, and the
+remaining eight fathers voted for father Fray Juan Caballero<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1647src" href="#xd20e1647" name=
+"xd20e1647src">11</a>&mdash;a religious who had come to this province
+two years before, as I have already stated, and whose merits deserved
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb130" href="#pb130" name=
+"pb130">130</a>]</span>such a mark of esteem. The governor would not
+allow them to sing the <i lang="la">Te Deum laudamus</i>, and the
+president declared that he would not confirm the election, on account
+of its being inhibited by the suit which Father Francisco had brought
+when Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales was counselor; and one heard only
+protests on both sides, although the voters recognized that they would
+be overpowered by the side which the governor supported.</p>
+<p>The latter went out from the hall, leaving the capitulars within
+under the guard of the soldiers, so that these should prevent the
+fathers from going out of the room until they should elect another
+provincial who should not be father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; for
+father Fray Juan Caballero was not canonically elected, for lack of one
+more than half of the ballots of the voters. All that day, until
+evening, they remained shut up in the chapter-hall, experiencing great
+harshness; for the guards would not allow even a pitcher of water to be
+given to them, a cruelty very unlike the kindly nature of Don Manuel de
+Le&oacute;n. The provisor and vicar-general of the vacant see, Doctor
+Don Francisco Pizarro Orellana, came out in defense of the
+ecclesiastical immunity, which had been violated by that compulsion;
+and it resulted in the religious being allowed to go to their cells,
+weak from hunger and thirst. But the governor ordered that two soldiers
+should be stationed at the door of each cell, so that the fathers could
+not leave their cells or communicate with one another. In these
+disturbances passed that Saturday until sunset, the limit peremptorily
+allotted by our holy constitutions within which the chapter can proceed
+to the election of a prior provincial; and, when that time was spent,
+the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb131" href="#pb131" name=
+"pb131">131</a>]</span>authority for such election devolved upon our
+very reverend general [of the order]. But as this adjustment of the
+limit was made by violence, this prescription of the limit was, in a
+case so irregular as this, invalid. What I can assert, on the best
+information, is the great patience and humility which all the fathers
+of the chapter displayed in these tribulations, enduring great
+privations in this imprisonment, which lasted through Saturday and
+Sunday. Finally, recognizing that their strength was very inferior to
+that which was opposing them, and that further effort was only to
+struggle against the current of a freshet, they, acting on the advice
+of the said provisor, again assembled in the chapter-room on the
+following Monday, and made a new choice, that of father Fray
+Jer&oacute;nimo de Le&oacute;n&mdash;a native of Mexico, a son of the
+convent of Manila, quite advanced in years; he was an excellent
+minister in the province of Tagalos, and formerly prior of the convent
+of Bulac&aacute;n, and was much beloved by all for his devout religious
+spirit and peaceable conduct. They appointed as definitors Master Fray
+Jos&eacute; de Mendoza, father Fray Isidoro Rodr&iacute;guez, father
+Fray Luis de Montufar, and father Fray Juan Bautista Bover; and for
+visitors father Fray Carlos Bautista and father Fray Jos&eacute;
+Duque.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1663src" href="#xd20e1663" name=
+"xd20e1663src">12</a> As for father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco,
+they appointed him prior of the convent at Ceb&uacute; and
+vicar-provincial of that island, which he accepted with much
+resignation and humility. The tempest in the chapter ceased, and the
+province again enjoyed its former tranquillity for some time.</p>
+<p>Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco lived <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb132" href="#pb132" name="pb132">132</a>]</span>but
+a short time in Ceb&uacute;, for while officiating there human
+weakness, resulting from melancholy and grief at what had occurred,
+prostrated him with a long illness; this time he knew how to improve to
+good purpose, seeking the welfare of his soul. His confessor, director,
+and teacher was the bishop of Ceb&uacute;, Don Fray Juan L&oacute;pez,
+a prelate of great wisdom and virtue, who took such personal interest
+in the spiritual welfare of this afflicted religious that he spent most
+of his time with him, until in his care the sick man gave up his soul
+to the Lord, with great consolation to the holy bishop and to all who
+were present at his death. [The proceedings of] this chapter went to
+Rome, to our very reverend father general; he confirmed father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco as provincial, and annulled the second
+election, that of father Fray Jer&oacute;nimo de Le&oacute;n,
+commanding the chapter to guard their prerogatives; otherwise, it would
+have been a legitimate election, on account of his having conducted
+himself as merely passive in his election, and it appeared that he had
+not taken part in the tumults of the chapter-session....</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e1674" class="main">Chapter II</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">[Chapter ii opens with an account of the rebellion
+in Ot&oacute;n, already told in <span class="sc">VOL. XXXIX</span>.] In
+September of 1671 was celebrated in Manila the festival of the
+dedication of the cathedral, which the holy archbishop Don Miguel
+Mill&aacute;n de Poblete had not been able to attain; but this was done
+by his nephew the dean, Don Jos&eacute; Mill&aacute;n de Poblete, the
+bishop-elect, of Nueva Segovia. A solemn feast of one week was
+solemnized, beginning with the day of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb133" href="#pb133" name="pb133">133</a>]</span>Nativity of our Lady,
+and there were other demonstrations of public rejoicing; for Don Manuel
+de Leon&rsquo;s term of office produced many of these diversions,
+through the agency of his secretary, Don Jos&eacute; S&aacute;nchez de
+Castellar&mdash;who had a very brilliant and versatile mind, and a
+flowery imagination; he had a great propensity for poetry, music, and
+studies in language, and was very liberal, so that he did not hesitate
+on account of the expenses which such festivities demand for their
+brilliant display.</p>
+<p>On one of the nights of this celebration occurred at the port of
+Cavite the destruction by fire, without its being possible to prevent
+it, of the galleon &ldquo;Nuestra Se&ntilde;ora de la
+Concepci&oacute;n,&rdquo; one of the largest and finest which had been
+built in these islands; it had served, with prosperous voyages, on the
+trade-route to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a. In the year 1672 also the
+commonwealth of Manila experienced a great calamity; the galleon
+&ldquo;San Telmo,&rdquo; which had sailed for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a in
+charge of General Antonio Nieto, had to return to Cavite&mdash;a
+misfortune which was keenly felt. But very soon afterward the galleon
+&ldquo;San Antonio&rdquo; was launched, in order to make a voyage under
+the command of General Don Juan Dur&aacute;n, nephew of the General
+Pedro Dur&aacute;n de Monforte, who has been so often named [in these
+pages]. The general remained in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a with his wife,
+Do&ntilde;a Mar&iacute;a Jim&eacute;nez, widow of Doctor Don Diego de
+Corbera, his Majesty&rsquo;s fiscal, who died in Lub&aacute;n in the
+year 1668.</p>
+<p>About this time arrived a patache from Mac&aacute;n, in which came a
+nobleman belonging to the Order of Christ, named Don N. de
+T&aacute;bora, who came as an envoy from that city on affairs belonging
+to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb134" href="#pb134" name=
+"pb134">134</a>]</span>commerce of both cities. This knight was very
+hospitably received, and made a brilliant figure on all festal
+occasions (which were many), displaying his liberality and
+magnificence; and he added much to the credit of his nation, although
+it does not need the reputation of individuals.</p>
+<p>Among so many gayeties and rejoicings the fear of wars was not
+lacking; for news had come that the son of Kuesing, named Kinsie or
+Sipoan, intended, following his father&rsquo;s example, to fall upon
+the Filipinas. But this was false, for he was of a very different
+opinion&mdash;harassed by the Tartars and cornered in Hermosa Island;
+lacking followers and champans for so extensive an undertaking; and,
+besides, very inferior to his father Kuesing in courage and military
+training.</p>
+<p>Notwithstanding that all this was well known in Manila, these
+reports came so plausibly fabricated that Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n
+thought that he ought not to neglect or leave in uncertainty a matter
+which could occasion us irreparable injury; he therefore decided that
+it was less of an evil to seem credulous and over-cautious than to fail
+in his duties as commander through heedlessness and lack of foresight.
+He endeavored to take all precautions for such a contingency, warning
+the Pampangan and Cagayan peoples (who are the most warlike ones) to be
+ready in due time. He regulated the Manila garrison, which needed much
+reformation; and appointed experienced leaders. He commanded the armed
+fleets of the Pintados to be made ready; those of Panay and Ogton were
+taken by Captain Don Jose de San Miguel to be united with those of
+Ceb&uacute; and Caraga, and all together formed <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb135" href="#pb135" name="pb135">135</a>]</span>a
+fleet of more than a hundred joangas&mdash;which, if occasion arose,
+would be under the command of Don Fernando de Bobadilla. All this
+armada arrived at Manila at a time when it was quite certainly known
+that Kinsie was not undertaking any such attacks, and was quite
+destitute of forces to do so. And as I shall not have occasion to speak
+of him again, I consider it excusable to relate here the condition in
+which he found his affairs after the death of his father Kuesing. [Here
+follows a long account of this matter, which has no further relevance
+to our subject, and is therefore omitted.]</p>
+<p>In the ship which came in the year 1672 arrived Doctor Diego
+Calder&oacute;n y Serrano, a native of Granada&mdash;a student in the
+collegiate school<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1697src" href="#xd20e1697"
+name="xd20e1697src">13</a> of Master Rodrigo at Sevilla, and professor
+of canon law<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1706src" href="#xd20e1706"
+name="xd20e1706src">14</a> at the university there&mdash;who came as
+auditor of the royal Audiencia of Manila; he entered that body to fill
+the office of fiscal, which is customary for the most recent auditor to
+do, when there is no proprietary fiscal. He was married to Do&ntilde;a
+Catalina Ansaldo, a very honorable and virtuous woman, who died soon
+after her arrival. He was one of the excellent, and even of the best,
+official judges that Manila has had&mdash;very conscientious, with much
+fear of God, and very disinterested, which is a great virtue in one who
+is a judge; and therefore he <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb136" href=
+"#pb136" name="pb136">136</a>]</span>always remained poor, contenting
+himself with the income which he received from the royal treasury
+(which is three thousand pesos), and even from that he gave much in
+alms. He lived until the year 1688, and had a very pious death; he
+humbled himself to ask absolution from the censures which he, with his
+associates, had incurred in the banishment and exile of the archbishop
+Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who refused it to the others&mdash;as we shall
+see in the proper place, if by God&rsquo;s favor we reach the
+discussion of those times!</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.3"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e1718" class="main">Chapter III</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">[Most of chapter iii is devoted to the coming to
+Manila of a French bishop, Fran&ccedil;ois de Palu, titular bishop of
+Heliopolis and vicar-apostolic for China, accompanied by several other
+Frenchmen, both priests and laymen; he is one of three envoys sent to
+promote the missions in Siam, Camboja, and other provinces, and in
+China, and to endeavor to reopen those of Japan. They make their
+headquarters at Ayudia, the Siamese capital, but their efforts to
+convert the Siamese fail, on account of the obstinacy with which they
+hold to their false religion and idol-worship&mdash;in which they
+surpass all other nations, whether heathen or Mahometan, &ldquo;for it
+is not known that any Siamese has abandoned his idolatry and professed
+the law of Christ.&rdquo; Moreover, the Frenchmen get into a
+controversy with the Portuguese ecclesiastics of Malacca, who claim all
+the above-named regions as being under their spiritual jurisdiction,
+since they are still classed as missions, not having a formal
+ecclesiastical hierarchy, as do the churches of Manila, America, and
+Goa. Palu&rsquo;s <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb137" href="#pb137"
+name="pb137">137</a>]</span>coming to Manila stirs up much commotion in
+official circles. It is reported that he had set out for China, and was
+driven back by unfavorable weather to this port; and the Audiencia
+consider that it will not answer to allow him to go to that country,
+as, having been sent by authority of Alexander VII and the Propaganda,
+his entrance into China on such a mission would be an infringement of
+the royal patronage, since a large part of China is included in the
+demarcation of Castilla laid out by Alexander VI; and ecclesiastical
+appointments and jurisdiction therein belong to the jealously-guarded
+prerogatives of the Spanish crown. The royal officials at Manila
+therefore detain Palu, lodging him at the Jesuit college, where he is
+very hospitably entertained. When the Acapulco galleon is ready to
+sail, these French ecclesiastics are all placed aboard it and sent to
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, and thence to Madrid. There Palu is well received,
+and has &ldquo;much communication with the Conde de Medell&iacute;n,
+the president of the supreme Council of Indias, an able minister and a
+man of great virtue.&rdquo;] The bishop filled him with strange
+notions, basing his information on the little which he could have
+comprehended of the mode of government of these islands, and their
+religious conditions; for his retirement in the college of the Society
+of Jesus was for a short time, and his knowledge came not from ocular
+experience, but only from information by secular persons who visited
+him&mdash;who must have been only corrupt alcaldes-mayor who were
+trying to get rid of the gospel ministers, with whom those officials
+could not be on very good terms since the ministers had restrained them
+in their illegal and oppressive acts; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb138" href="#pb138" name="pb138">138</a>]</span>this [conflict with
+the officials] is the greatest hardship that is experienced in the
+ministries. The president, desiring to do what was right, listened
+attentively to the information furnished by so reverend a person, not
+considering that the prejudice of a person from a nation so opposed to
+us, and who had not found at Manila what he was expecting, rendered his
+account unreliable. From these reports ensued many royal decrees, which
+came [to Manila] years afterward, with mandates which were very
+difficult to carry out; because, as all the peoples [here] are
+different, they need different laws and rules. From this also
+originated the ordination of Indians as priests, of which there had
+been no previous example [here]&mdash;a wise precaution against the
+inconveniences which the Portuguese had experienced in Eastern India
+from ordaining <i>canerines</i><a class="noteref" id="xd20e1728src"
+href="#xd20e1728" name="xd20e1728src">15</a> under the pressure of
+necessity. This is a usage which even the Dutch heretics abominate,
+saying that it is one of the three causes through which India has been
+ruined. And as in Filipinas that necessity does not exist, because of
+the admirable arrangements which the Catholic monarchs of <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb139" href="#pb139" name=
+"pb139">139</a>]</span>Espa&ntilde;a have made for sending, at the cost
+of their royal exchequer, religious from their kingdoms as
+missionaries, there was no need of resorting to the extreme measure of
+ordaining the Indians as priests&mdash;as the Portuguese of India had
+done, and as now do the bishops sent out on the part of the
+Congregation of <i>Propaganda Fide</i> in their missions of Eastern
+India; and the latter do so because of their urgent necessity, since
+the said holy Congregation has not the funds for the support of
+European priests. On the contrary, the few whom they have in China,
+Tunqu&iacute;n, and other regions are supported by the alms which the
+citizens of Manila send them&mdash;except the bishops and priests of
+Siam, who have more means of support from fixed incomes in France.</p>
+<p>This is a subject on which there is much to be said on both sides;
+but this is not the place for it, nor do I feel under obligation to
+continue it. I suppose that many Indians will be more worthy than are
+many Europeans to attain so high a dignity; but since the former
+usually do not enter the priesthood through the gate of a vocation, and
+only strive to attain it for the sake of advantage to themselves and
+their relatives, the danger is evident that the result will seldom be
+satisfactory. They cite the example of the primitive Church, which made
+bishops and ordained priests among the recently converted&mdash;like
+St. Paul in Ephesus and Athens, and in other parts of Greece, and the
+holy apostles for all the world; but there is a great difference
+[between that case and this], in the needs of those times and the
+nobility of those nations. These and many other changes resulted from
+the information given in Madrid by <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb140"
+href="#pb140" name="pb140">140</a>]</span>the bishop Don Francisco
+Palu, who went to Roma, where also his information caused changes. I
+suppose that the intentions of this holy prelate were good; but he was
+lacking in experience. His representations also affected the governor
+Manuel de Le&oacute;n and the auditors; for, although the royal Council
+of the Indias approved the caution with which they had acted in this so
+delicate matter, at Roma the result was very different. For his
+Holiness Clement X excommunicated them, and declared that they had
+incurred the censures of the bull <i lang="la">In C&aelig;na
+Domini</i>, by a brief which, printed and authorized in Roma and Paris
+in the year 1675, was sent to Manila from China and Siam. [Here follows
+a sketch of Palu&rsquo;s further career, his death, and some matters
+relating to the Chinese missions.]</p>
+<p>This year the galleon &ldquo;San Telmo,&rdquo; which was going to
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in command of General Antonio Nieto, was driven
+back to port, which caused great losses in the property of the citizens
+of Manila.</p>
+<p>Not less were the troubles which the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray
+Juan L&oacute;pez, encountered from the time when he began to govern
+his church. He was a prelate of great virtue and learning, and of a
+pacific nature, disinclined to quarrels and discords; but as he was
+very firm in the defense of his jurisdiction and dignity, he greatly
+regretted that occasion should arise for disturbing the peace which he
+so loved. During his time, there were many occasions for recourse to
+the royal Audiencia, and controversies over jurisdiction; but that
+which most exercised the patience of this great prelate was the
+audacious conduct of Master Don Jer&oacute;nimo de <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb141" href="#pb141" name=
+"pb141">141</a>]</span>Herrera y Figueroa, who filled the post of chief
+chaplain of the royal chapel of the Incarnation; this was founded by
+Governor Don Sebasti&aacute;n Hurtado de Corcuera, for the cemetery of
+Manila, for the burial of his soldiers, as we stated in its place. The
+said chief chaplain attempted to arrogate to himself the privileges and
+exemptions which the army chaplains enjoy when they are actually in the
+field; and thus he sought to be exempted from obedience to the
+archbishop and from his jurisdiction, although he was only the chaplain
+of a chapel in a presidio. He had on his side the favor of the
+governor, Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n&mdash;which in Filipinas is to have
+the lawsuit already gained and all one&rsquo;s efforts successful. Made
+confident and daring by this, he opposed his prelate, not only refusing
+to obey him, but even being so insolent as to post the archbishop as
+excommunicate, to the scandal of all the heathen peoples who resort to
+Manila; and these abominable disputes lasted a long time. A long
+manifesto was written and printed in favor of Don Jer&oacute;nimo de
+Herrera by Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, an advocate in the royal
+Audiencia, proceeding on the false assumption of the privileges and
+exemptions of the chaplains who go with the armies in their campaigns;
+and reply to him was made, with very superior arguments, by the cura of
+the Spaniards in Manila, Bachelor Don Jos&eacute; de Carri&oacute;n.
+But, although the archbishop had justice on his side, the opposite side
+had a hold on the governor, and thus they did not care much for the
+lack of equity. This controversy was so bitter that the judges would
+not decide it, on account of the strained relations between them; and
+so it was necessary to refer the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb142"
+href="#pb142" name="pb142">142</a>]</span>case to Espa&ntilde;a, to the
+royal and supreme Council of Indias. They, as unprejudiced judges,
+rendered sentence in favor of the archbishop; but when this decision
+arrived he was already dead. Then the chaplains of the said royal
+chapel learned that they were not exempt from the jurisdiction of the
+ordinary, as the army chaplains are exempt for other and reasonable
+causes.</p>
+<p>These and other troubles, together with those of old age, hastened
+the death of the archbishop, Don Fray Juan L&oacute;pez; this was as
+holy as his life, and occurred in April of the year 1674. He was buried
+in the convent of Santo Domingo, among his brethren. He was a native of
+Mart&iacute;n Mu&ntilde;oz de las Posadas, and came to this province of
+Santo Rosario in the year 1647. He taught theology in the convent of
+Santo Tom&aacute;s in Manila, and went to Espa&ntilde;a and Roma as
+procurator of the province, returning as consecrated bishop of
+Ceb&uacute; in the year 1666. In 1672 he began to govern the
+archbishopric of Manila, with great reputation as a vigilant pastor,
+although that church enjoyed only two years of his prudent government.
+The regret for his loss was increased by the fact that a general
+vacancy in the office of consecrated bishop ensued in all the islands;
+this lasted until the year 1680, when the bishop of Ceb&uacute;, Don
+Fray Diego de Aguilar arrived here&mdash;great affliction being caused
+in all that long period, by the lack of any one to confer holy orders
+on men who might assist the ministers who gave instruction. Many, both
+clerics and regulars, were obliged to journey to the kingdom of Siam,
+where they were ordained by Don Luis de Lanoy Faces, bishop of
+Metelopolis and vicar-apostolic of that kingdom; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb143" href="#pb143" name="pb143">143</a>]</span>and
+others went to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a to be ordained, for even the city of
+Mac&aacute;n was without a bishop. Don Fray Payo de Ribera,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1758src" href="#xd20e1758" name=
+"xd20e1758src">16</a> the archbishop and viceroy of Mexico, was careful
+to send them the holy oils every year; he belonged to the order of our
+father St. Augustine, and was a prelate worthy of eternal remembrance
+on account of his great virtues&mdash;on which he placed the seal by
+renouncing the bishopric of Cuenca and retiring to the convent of our
+Lady of El Risco. He died there, with a great reputation for sanctity,
+being an example for prelates and for very austere religious.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.4"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e1765" class="main">Chapter IV</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The triennial of our father Fray Jer&oacute;nimo de
+Le&oacute;n passed with some disturbances, which did not fail to cause
+considerable disquiet in the minds of the religious, and disturb the
+peace of the order. The reason was, that after the first year of his
+term, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb144" href="#pb144" name=
+"pb144">144</a>]</span>he began to doubt whether he was lawfully
+elected, as it seemed to him that the real provincial was father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco; and indeed this was the case, as affirmed by
+our very reverend father general, Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna.
+Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco had met a holy death in
+Zeb&uacute;; and therefore our father Fray Dionisio Su&aacute;rez, as
+provincial of the preceding chapter, began to govern [the province] as
+rector-provincial. Then Fray Jer&oacute;nimo de Le&oacute;n had
+recourse to the royal Audiencia<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1771src"
+href="#xd20e1771" name="xd20e1771src">17</a> on a plea of fuerza,
+alleging this spoliation. And inasmuch as such proceeding acts as a
+stay, since it is a principle in law that <i lang="la">Spoliatus debet
+ante omnia restitui, omni alio casu postposito</i>,<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e1779src" href="#xd20e1779" name="xd20e1779src">18</a> they
+ordered that the government be restored to Fray Jer&oacute;nimo, and
+that the question of title should be acted on later. But as judicial
+procedure is so slow, and of such bounds that they usually make a
+lawsuit eternal, our father Fray Dionisio Su&aacute;rez was not
+inclined to secure his right at the cost of so much vexation; and
+therefore the triennial was completed in great peace; for father Fray
+Jer&oacute;nimo de Le&oacute;n was a religious very affable and worthy
+of being loved, and he deserved that his election should not be
+hampered by so notable a defect.</p>
+<p>The time arrived for holding the session of the provincial
+chapter&mdash;the time in which the troubles which so many difficulties
+had caused to this province <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb145" href=
+"#pb145" name="pb145">145</a>]</span>were to cease, and when not only
+the former peace and concord were to return, but great gains were to be
+secured in religious observance; for from the time of this
+chapter-meeting this province began to grow more strict, and to grow in
+all that conduces to its greater splendor, every chapter-session
+increasing in strictness of observance, to the greater glory of our
+regular institute. Such are usually the benefits that arise from the
+judicious choice of a good superior, who undertakes to fulfil the
+obligations of his office. The chapter was convened in the convent of
+Manila on April 14, 1674; its president was the father definitor Fray
+Luis de Montuyar, on account of the deaths of the two senior
+definitors, Master Fray Jos&eacute; de Mendoza and Fray Isidro
+Rodr&iacute;guez. By general agreement the election for provincial fell
+on our father Fray Jos&eacute; Duque, commissary of the Holy Office. He
+was a native of Oropesa, and was fifty-six years old; a son of the
+convent of San Felipe at Madrid, and a very near relative of the
+glorious saint Teresa de Jes&uacute;s; and an able minister in the
+province of Pampanga, besides having much to do with its pacification
+in the disturbances in that province which we have already related. He
+came over to this province of Filipinas in the year 1645, and always
+had the reputation of being a religious of very strict observance, with
+great ability as a ruler; and this province found him to be such during
+an experience of many years in his four terms of office
+therein&mdash;three as provincial, and one as
+rector-provincial&mdash;being always reverenced as the father of it. As
+definitors were elected fathers Fray Enrique de Castro, Fray
+Jos&eacute; Guti&eacute;rrez, Fray Bernardino M&aacute;rquez, and Fray
+Bartolom&eacute; de la Torre; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb146"
+href="#pb146" name="pb146">146</a>]</span>and as visitors fathers Fray
+Antonio de Villela and the reader Fray Jos&eacute; Rubio. Ordinances
+and regulations very suitable for the good government of the province
+were enacted, not many in number but useful and judicious.</p>
+<p>At that period, this province was found very deficient in religious,
+on account of the many vacancies caused by death; on this account the
+ministries lacked the service which their extent and the arduous nature
+of some rendered necessary. Accordingly, as soon as the chapter-session
+adjourned the first care to which the new provincial devoted himself
+was to choose a well-qualified religious who might go as procurator to
+the two courts of Roma and Madrid, where the discords of the troubled
+chapter of the year 1671 had made a strong impression. For this purpose
+a private chapter-session was assembled, and therein a very judicious
+choice was made for this position, that of father Fray Juan
+Garc&iacute;a&mdash;a native of Las Encartaciones, and a minister in
+the province of Ilocos. The necessary despatches were given to him, and
+he embarked in the same year for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in the galleon
+&ldquo;San Telmo;&rdquo; it was commanded by General Tom&aacute;s de
+Endaya, a most successful man in these islands, where he died as his
+Majesty&rsquo;s master-of-camp for them, in the year 1745. This
+religious had a prosperous voyage, and arrived at Nueva Espa&ntilde;a
+and Roma; he successfully fulfilled his commission in all respects, and
+afterward returned to this province with a mission of religious, in the
+year 1679, so long was he detained in the negotiations at Roma and
+Madrid.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e1793width" id="p147"><img src="images/p147.jpg"
+alt=
+"Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from Valentyn&rsquo;s Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien (Dordrecht en Amsterdam, 1724)"
+width="507" height="529">
+<p class="figureHead">Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from
+Valentyn&rsquo;s <i>Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien</i> (Dordrecht en
+Amsterdam, 1724)</p>
+<p class="firstpar">[<i>From copy in library of Wisconsin Historical
+Society</i>]</p>
+</div>
+<p>Through the peaceful rule of Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n, in which
+term all was prosperous and fortunate, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb149" href="#pb149" name="pb149">149</a>]</span>the Filipinas Islands
+began to take breath after the troubles of so many preceding years; and
+in a short time they were gathering new strength and vigor. Don Manuel
+de Le&oacute;n was a man of very good intentions, and had the excellent
+virtue of being very disinterested&mdash;which is very important in
+these regions, where the vice opposite to that has temptations so ready
+to make one fall headlong into the abyss of greed, which causes so many
+wrecks, as the root of all evils. Trading vessels came frequently from
+China, of which country the Tartars had gained entire possession; the
+Chinese, therefore, having laid aside their defensive arms, strove to
+accommodate themselves to the times, being anxious to repair the losses
+caused by war with the gains from trading&mdash;which is more adapted
+to their disposition than is war, Mars giving place to Mercury. The
+Chinese trade is the mainstay of the maintenance of Filipinas, by means
+of the silver which comes from Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, which is the blood
+that gives life to this land; for from China come the stuffs necessary
+for clothing, from the shirt in their delicate fabrics to the needle
+and thread. Thence comes the fine earthenware which is, with reason, so
+celebrated throughout the world as choice and inimitable, because the
+material and clay of which it is made are found in no other place.
+Thence come drugs, and very rich coloring stuffs&mdash;especially
+vermilion, which is the best in the world. Finally, one cannot imagine
+any exquisite article for the equipment of a house which does not come
+from China, both cheap and excellent&mdash;especially the wares that
+come from Jap&oacute;n, with which country the Chinese have free
+commerce, just as it is totally prohibited <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb150" href="#pb150" name="pb150">150</a>]</span>to
+us. In some of the years of that fortunate governor thirty champans
+would land at Manila, and many from the province of Cant&oacute;n,
+where is the city of Mac&aacute;n, a Portuguese colony&mdash;which is
+so rich in silks that it has enough of that noble commodity to supply
+nearly all of the whole world; it is conveyed in ships belonging to the
+Dutch, English, French, and Portuguese, and that which is carried to
+Manila and thence to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a is the smallest part of it.
+The great city of Cant&oacute;n (or Kuang-tung, as they call it) is far
+greater than the great Cairo or Babilonia of Egypt, for those who are
+most moderate in estimating its population allow it four millions of
+inhabitants; but although it is so great it is not the largest city in
+the extensive empire of China, for that of Nanking has eight millions,
+according to Father Martino Mart&iacute;nez in his Chinese
+atlas.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1811src" href="#xd20e1811" name=
+"xd20e1811src">19</a> It is very commonly said in Manila that the city
+of Cant&oacute;n has sixty thousand silk-looms, on which are made
+various fabrics of cloth and damask; and thus in one month enough is
+woven to lade many ships. By this some idea can be formed of the other
+industries of that city&mdash;or rather, that little world.</p>
+<p>Commerce was also opened with the Portuguese of Mac&aacute;n, a
+trade which had been quite forgotten with the disturbances in China;
+and from that time it has continued, in varying degree, until this day.
+This trade, moreover, had been prohibited since the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb151" href="#pb151" name="pb151">151</a>]</span>year
+1640, on account of the wars with Portugal; but through the
+negotiations carried on at the court of Madrid by Don Fray
+&Aacute;lvaro de Benavente, when he was procurator of this
+province&mdash;asserting that this was the best and safest means for
+the entrance into China for the missionaries who were going to
+Filipinas&mdash;the trade with Mac&aacute;n was opened and authorized,
+as was accordingly published in Manila by a royal decree; and it was
+made known to the Portuguese at Mac&aacute;n by another from their
+king, Don Pedro II. The pretext which was given for opening this
+commerce was the entrance of the missionaries into China, and its
+results have been various, according to what the Portuguese have found
+expedient for their own interests, on account of the pretensions which
+they make to the [ecclesiastical] patronage of China&mdash;in
+accordance with the line of demarcation [between the dominions] of the
+two crowns, by the celebrated bull of Alexander VI, a question which is
+not yet decided by a competent judge; and therefore our missionaries
+enter China when the Portuguese choose to let them do so. But the
+latter come every year to Manila with one or two shiploads of goods,
+which is the most profitable trade that they have, on account of its
+nearness and of their securing in barter the silver that is so esteemed
+by the Chinese. But as the Portuguese are so courtly and liberal a
+people, and inclined to boast of the obligations of nobility, some
+Portuguese gentlemen usually return quite destitute of funds&mdash;as
+occurred this year to Juan Tabora, a cavalier of the Order of Christ.
+He spent the wealth which he brought here, which was much, in elegant
+gallantries and in bull-fights; for he arrived here at a time
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb152" href="#pb152" name=
+"pb152">152</a>]</span>when these and other sports were very frequent
+in Manila&mdash;not only on account of the prosperity and peace which
+were experienced during the entire term of office of Don Manuel de
+Le&oacute;n, but through the jovial disposition of his favorite and
+secretary, Don Jos&eacute; Castellar, who was a very witty and courtly
+man, and very fond of such pastimes. In these he spent whatever he was
+able to acquire, and when he came to die he was so poor that he was
+buried, through charity, in a chapel of St. Roque in the village of
+Mambong, belonging to the doctrina of Malolos in the province of
+Bulac&aacute;n, which is in our charge.</p>
+<p>Not only was the commerce with China, Cant&oacute;n, and
+Mac&aacute;n set free in the time of the fortunate governor Don Manuel
+de Le&oacute;n, but another was begun&mdash;indeed, almost
+discovered&mdash;which was very large and profitable, which has greatly
+increased the wealth of the citizens of Manila. This is the trade and
+traffic of the coast of Coromandel or Malabar<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1831src" href="#xd20e1831" name="xd20e1831src">20</a> in Eastern
+India. This is the coast which extends from the mouths of the river
+Ganges, at the beginning of the large kingdom of Bengal, as far as the
+cape of Comorin; it is inhabited by Malabars, a people very shrewd and
+intelligent, and fond of work, and so crafty that when it is worth
+their while they deceive [even] the Chinese, who excel in the ability
+to cheat. The Malabar and Bengal people are unsurpassed in the art of
+spinning and weaving cotton cloth; for they weave pieces more delicate
+than the finest cambrics and Dutch linens, and <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb153" href="#pb153" name=
+"pb153">153</a>]</span>gauzes so fine that when they are spread upon a
+table, the thread can hardly be discerned, it is so thin and delicate.
+But that in which they most excel, and have been alone and inimitable,
+is in their very fine cotton cloth dyed exquisitely with the finest
+colors; and this has another quality most excellent and admirable,
+which is that the more it is washed, the finer and more lustrous the
+colors appear, and they never are washed out or become dull. Without
+doubt these so rare colors are those which Job mentions in the
+twenty-eighth chapter, when making comparisons with Wisdom, he says:
+<i lang="la">Non conferetur tinctis Indi&aelig; coloribus</i>.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1839src" href="#xd20e1839" name=
+"xd20e1839src">21</a> On this coast of Coromandel the English, Dutch,
+French, and Danes maintain their factories, and possess an extensive
+commerce in cotton cloth, which is consumed throughout Europa&mdash;and
+much more in the regions of the north, because cotton is so good for
+protecting them [from the cold]. But the largest settlement, and the
+one most frequented for commerce, is that which the English have, named
+Madrastap&aacute;n, or Fort St. George;<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1844src" href="#xd20e1844" name="xd20e1844src">22</a> it is
+peopled with innumerable dwellers of all nationalities, not only those
+of India but Europeans. This is greatly favored by the policy that is
+in use in this great town, very different from that which obtains in
+Inglaterra, which is to permit the exercise not only of the apostolic
+Roman Catholic faith, but of all the heathen doctrines and ceremonies;
+and thus the Catholics have their churches, and so do the schismatic
+Armenians, with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb154" href="#pb154"
+name="pb154">154</a>]</span>schismatic Basilian monks.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1853src" href="#xd20e1853" name=
+"xd20e1853src">23</a> The heretics have their meeting-houses,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1862src" href="#xd20e1862" name=
+"xd20e1862src">24</a> according to their sects; the Moors [<i>i.e.</i>,
+Mahometans] their mosques, and the heathen their pagodas; nor even is
+their synagogue denied to the Jews; and all live peaceably, exercising
+the occupations of trade, as harmoniously as if they all had but one
+faith and religion. About two leguas distant is the city of Santo
+Tom&eacute;, a noted colony of the Portuguese, which in former times
+enjoyed [the distinction of] being the emporium of all Eastern India;
+and the cause of its destruction was its enormous wealth and the lack
+of harmony among the Portuguese, a people who are naturally inclined to
+disagree. On a lofty height near the city there is an ancient church,
+in which is venerated an image of Our Lady, which is said to have been
+painted by St. Luke and deposited in that place (called Meliapor) by
+the apostle St. Thomas, who preached to the Malabars our holy faith and
+suffered martyrdom in this place&mdash;where is guarded a stone cross
+near which he was put to death; and the lance with which they pierced
+him, stained with his holy blood, is displayed, with other memorials of
+this glorious apostle. [Diaz here mentions the great probability,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb155" href="#pb155" name=
+"pb155">155</a>]</span>fortified by citations from Juan de Barros, that
+the remains of the apostle repose there.]<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1873src" href="#xd20e1873" name="xd20e1873src">25</a></p>
+<p>This commerce with the coast of Coromandel had remained quite
+neglected by the Spaniards of Filipinas&mdash;who never had maintained
+any other trade and commerce than that with China, Jap&oacute;n, and
+Mac&aacute;n&mdash;until this year of 1674. Then a citizen of Manila, a
+Catalan, named Juan Ventura Sarra, a courageous man, having first made
+with a fragata which he owned a voyage to the kingdom of Siam, from
+which he gained some wealth, extended his navigation to this coast of
+Malabar, where he left trade established; and in the following year Don
+Luis de Matienzo went thither, with much silver, and gained enough
+profit to persuade the citizens of Manila to engage in this traffic.
+The principal commodity which is brought from the Coromandel coast is
+certain webs of cotton, many of them forty varas long, which they call
+&ldquo;elephants,&rdquo; which are highly valued in Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a; accordingly, it is this merchandise which is chiefly
+shipped to those regions.</p>
+<p>The governor placed on the stocks the frame of the galleon
+&ldquo;Santa Rosa,&rdquo; the work of that accredited master of this
+important and useful art, Juan Bautista Nicol&aacute;; and it came from
+them one of the finest and largest galleons that had been built in the
+port of Cavite and made very successful voyages, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb156" href="#pb156" name=
+"pb156">156</a>]</span>sometimes being driven back to port. The
+governor commanded Juan Canosa Raguses, a very able builder of vessels
+with lateen sails, to build two galleys; these proved to be very
+suitable and swift, and rendered much service in driving away the
+Camucones, very crafty and troublesome pirates, who almost every year
+infest the Pintados Islands, plundering and taking captive. This is a
+barbarous people, cruel, and cowardly; indeed, they could not be the
+one without being also the other. They inhabit a chain of small
+islands, which extends from Paragua to Borney; some of them are
+Mahometans, and others heathen. But they [all] cause much damage to the
+Bisayan Islands, which they ravage without opposition&mdash;going so
+far as to carry away, in the year 1672, the alcalde-mayor Don
+Jos&eacute; de San Miguel, as we have related in another place. They
+have a great advantage in the exceeding swiftness of their vessels,
+which enables them to find their defense in flight. Their confidence
+and boldness reached such a height that they even dared to infest the
+coasts of the island of Manila. The provincial of that time (of whom
+this chapter treats), Fray Jos&eacute; Duque, while on his way to visit
+the islands of Pintados, came very near being made a captive, with his
+companion Fray Alvaro de Benavente; for they were attacked by a
+squadron of these pirates near the island of Marinduque, where they
+would have been a prey to their cruelty if they had not been protected
+by divine kindness, through the valor of Captain Francisco
+Ponce&mdash;a veteran soldier, who killed the captain and another of
+the pirates&mdash;and also the coming of a high wind, which gave wings
+to the champan to place itself in safety. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb157" href="#pb157" name="pb157">157</a>]</span></p>
+<p>At this time, in the year 1675, Governor Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n
+was in great danger of dying, on account of having placed himself under
+medical treatment, without being actually sick, solely for the sake of
+improving his health&mdash;a proof that it might have cost him his
+life. Don Manuel was a corpulent man, and had grown so fleshy that he
+was almost unable to move about without aid, at which he grieved much
+because he could not attend to many functions which belonged to the
+obligations of his office. In view of this hindrance and his desires,
+Juan Ventura Sarra (whom I have already mentioned in the voyages to
+Siam and the coast of Coromandel) bound himself to cure Don Manuel and
+remove from him that great encumbrance [of flesh]&mdash;confident
+because he was a very expert surgeon, and the governor a man of great
+courage and reared in and accustomed to the perils of war. The governor
+accordingly accepted this treatment; and the skilful surgeon opened his
+abdomen in many places and removed from him many lumps of fat, and then
+sewed up and treated the wounds. In a few weeks the governor became
+well, and his flesh was much reduced, to the wonder of those who saw
+how the surgeon cut the flesh from his body, and the courage which the
+governor displayed&mdash;and what caused most dread [of the result] was
+his being an aged man, but little less than seventy years old. The king
+of Le&oacute;n, Don Sancho I, was cured about the year 920 of a similar
+infirmity of excessive obesity, by the physicians of the Moorish king
+of C&oacute;rdoba, Abderramen; but their treatment was not so harsh and
+sanguinary. It is certain that Juan Ventura Sarra was a great surgeon,
+and showed that he was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb158" href=
+"#pb158" name="pb158">158</a>]</span>such not only with this governor,
+but also in the year 1682 with his successor, Master-of-camp Don Juan
+Vargas Hurtado. There was no hope for Don Juan&rsquo;s life, on account
+of a large abscess in the hip, which was not understood to be such by
+the physicians; but Juan Ventura knew what it was, and opened the
+abscess with a large lancet which he made from a dagger, more than a
+tercia<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1890src" href="#xd20e1890" name=
+"xd20e1890src">26</a> long, since the cavity was very deep. In this
+operation he showed his skill as much as Don Juan de Vargas displayed
+his great bravery and endurance, which aroused admiration.</p>
+<p>Although the cure of Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n was so marvelous, he
+did not, since that inordinate obesity was now a disease and a
+corruption of nature, long enjoy the agility and lightness of body that
+the medical treatment had obtained for him; and so he gradually fell
+back into that unusual infirmity, and again found himself, as before,
+without the use of his limbs. He had many wounds in his body, which he
+had received in more than fifty years of military life in Flandes,
+Alemania, and Galicia, where he had taken part in battles more
+celebrated than were known in those times [<i>i.e.</i>, of which Diaz
+was writing]. He had been so courageous in not fearing dangers that
+they called Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n &ldquo;Ironhead.&rdquo; Among
+these he had one deep wound, which must have been imperfectly or only
+apparently healed; and this in course of time, and with the pressure on
+it that would be caused by the increase of flesh, opened, a great flow
+of blood issuing from it. This occurred so inopportunely <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb159" href="#pb159" name="pb159">159</a>]</span>that
+he was present in the church of Santo Domingo, clothed in mourning
+garb, assisting in the funeral rites for Do&ntilde;a Mar&iacute;a
+Cu&eacute;llar, wife of Auditor Don Francisco de Coloma.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1903src" href="#xd20e1903" name=
+"xd20e1903src">27</a> His blood flowed very copiously, but those near
+him could not see it on account of the mourning garments, and because
+the chair and cushion were of black, until he began to swoon, and sank
+into the chair. They carried him in their arms to his coach, and thence
+he was conveyed to his palace, where all the care due to the cure of
+such a personage as he was furnished. The above-mentioned Juan Ventura
+Sarra treated him, applying all means which the art of surgery imparts
+to those who are so skilful as was Juan Ventura, who within four months
+brought him to what seemed a state of convalescence. But as his age was
+so great, and could not give much aid to the medicine (which only
+assists nature), Don Manuel could never regain sound health. The
+physicians ordered him to go to one of the houses that stand by the
+river opposite Manila, where he spent a long time&mdash;until, on the
+night of April 8, 1676, they found him dead in his bed, although he had
+retired without any indications <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb160"
+href="#pb160" name="pb160">160</a>]</span>of such danger. They found a
+power of attorney authorizing the father provincial of St. Dominic,
+Master Fray Diego de San Rom&aacute;n, to make a will in his name, and
+directions that he be interred in the royal chapel of the Incarnation
+belonging to the soldiers of Manila, where he lies in a little chapel
+which stands on the gospel side. He was one of the best governors who
+has ruled these Filipinas Islands, very disinterested, pious, affable,
+and clement; and his death was therefore regretted by all classes. The
+estate that he left was the only property belonging to a governor that
+was put to good use,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1914src" href=
+"#xd20e1914" name="xd20e1914src">28</a> the religious who acted as
+administrator applying it to pious works which the governor had named
+to him&mdash;such as the holy Bureau of La Misericordia, so that for
+years many orphan girls were given in marriage by means of that part
+[of the governor&rsquo;s donation] <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb161"
+href="#pb161" name="pb161">161</a>]</span>which belonged to their
+dowries, until, with the successive wrecks of the two galleons
+&ldquo;Santo Cristo de Burgos&rdquo; and &ldquo;San Jos&eacute;,&rdquo;
+in the years 1693 and 1695, the principal of that great endowment was
+entirely consumed. He also left directions to found a well-endowed
+chaplaincy in his native place&mdash;Paredes de Nava, in the district
+of Campos&mdash;and many other good works, worthy of his piety.</p>
+<p>On account of his death the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+took charge of the government, in company with auditors Don Francisco
+de Mansilla and Don Diego Calder&oacute;n y Serrano for civil
+affairs&mdash;for already had come the decision, in the controversy
+between the two auditors, by the royal and supreme Council of the
+Indias in favor of Don Francisco de Coloma, although his government
+lasted but a short time, on account of his death. During the time while
+they governed, however, they were very well agreed. The new governor
+despatched the ship &ldquo;Santa Rosa&rdquo; (which had just been
+completed) for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in charge of General Don Francisco
+de Teja, a Navarrese gentleman; and it had a very prosperous voyage, as
+we shall see in due time.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.5"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e1926" class="main">Chapter V</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">All the triennial during which our father Fray
+Jos&eacute; Duque ruled was a very prosperous time for this province,
+on account of the great improvement which was accomplished by his
+assiduity in reforming it, with both zeal and discretion; for he was as
+respected as beloved by all. The religious greatly regretted that the
+end of his term of office was approaching, and to see themselves
+deprived of so <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb162" href="#pb162" name=
+"pb162">162</a>]</span>excellent a prelate, who had so built up the
+edifice of strict observance of our rules, and had much better
+regulated the administration of the mission villages and ministries in
+our charge&mdash;his excellent management making up for the great
+deficiency of laborers which existed, which made it necessary, in many
+respects, to burden each minister with the work of two. Not his least
+care was that he had found the common property of not only the province
+but the convent of Manila greatly diminished, and everything reduced to
+the utmost necessity of restoration; for this is usually the greatest
+hindrance and impediment to the superiors in promoting with energy the
+regular observance, which requires many means for its preservation. But
+all was supplied by the diligence of that discreet prelate, making
+easier the removal of the most serious hindrances.</p>
+<p>The time came for holding the provincial chapter, which assembled on
+May 8 in the year 1677, and, according to custom, in the convent of
+Manila. It was presided over&mdash;by commission of our very reverend
+father general, Master Fray Nicol&aacute;s de Oliva, of Sienna&mdash;by
+the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio; and the election for provincial
+fell, by the general consent of all the voting fathers, and with the
+approval of all who were outside of the order, on our father Fray Juan
+de Jer&eacute;z, a religious excelling in virtue. He was a native of
+Ba&ntilde;os in Extremadura, bishopric of Plasencia&mdash;a place
+belonging to the Duke de B&eacute;jar and the Marqu&eacute;s de
+Montemayor&mdash;and was a son of the convent of Valladolid and fifty
+years of age. He had been for many years master of novices in the
+convents of Salamanca and Burgos, which is a sufficient proof
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb163" href="#pb163" name=
+"pb163">163</a>]</span>of his religious devotion and virtue. He left
+Espa&ntilde;a for these islands in the year 1669, and had been a
+minister in Pampanga; and in this chapter he cast his first vote as
+visitor of the province.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1936src" href=
+"#xd20e1936" name="xd20e1936src">29</a> As definitors were elected the
+fathers Fray Pedro de Mesa, Fray Juan Labao, Fray Francisco de Albear,
+and Fray Pedro Canales; and as visitors the fathers Fray Domingo de San
+Miguel and Fray Juan Guedeja. They enacted statutes very useful for the
+government of the province, and for the stricter observance of our
+religious estate, many of which were reproduced in various following
+chapters, having been found by experience to be well-chosen and
+advantageous.</p>
+<p>The acting governor despatched the galleon &ldquo;San Telmo&rdquo;
+for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in charge of General Don Tom&aacute;s de
+Endaya, a regidor of the city of Manila; and it encountered so many
+storms before doubling the point of Santiago that fears were
+entertained that it would not have time to make the voyage before the
+vendavals. But the bravery of the commander and of his pilot, Leandro
+Cuello, over-came great difficulties, and they succeeded in reaching
+their destination.</p>
+<p>The galleon &ldquo;Santa Rosa,&rdquo; which had sailed for Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a the year before, had also experienced storms, from the
+time when it reached the Embocadero of San Bernardino. For this reason
+Sargento-mayor Alfonso Fern&aacute;ndez Pacheco came to Manila,
+bringing the despatches from his Majesty and information of the
+ship&rsquo;s arrival on the thirtieth of <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb164" href="#pb164" name="pb164">164</a>]</span>August. This galleon
+brought the news that Don Carlos II had begun, at the age of fifteen
+years, to rule the monarchy of Espa&ntilde;a in person, freed from the
+guardianship of the queen-mother, Do&ntilde;a Mariana of Austria; and
+commands were issued that his royal name and seal be used in the
+despatches, and that royal fiestas proper to so important an event be
+celebrated&mdash;which took place afterward, in the month of December,
+as we shall soon relate.</p>
+<p>[At this time] came the despatches for the presentation made by his
+Majesty for the archbishopric of Manila, of the person of the very
+reverend father master Fray Felipe Pardo, of the Order of Preachers; he
+accepted this dignity, and began to govern his church, the
+ecclesiastical cabildo yielding up the government to him. This
+appointment found him at the time engaged in the duties of commissary
+of the Holy Office of the Inquisition; his place therein was taken by
+father Fray Juan de los Angeles, a man who was worthy of such a name on
+account of his virtue and mild disposition. Also came the presentation
+of the reverend father Fray Andr&eacute;s Gonz&aacute;lez for bishop of
+Nueva C&aacute;ceres or Camarines; he also accepted, and was
+consecrated, and ruled that church creditably, as he was a devoted
+religious, and very charitable; and he left behind him, when he died, a
+great reputation for sanctity.</p>
+<p>On September 27, the acting governor, Auditor Don Francisco Coloma y
+Maceda, died at the age of sixty years, from an intestinal hemorrhage;
+he was an official of much integrity and uprightness, and was buried in
+the convent of Santo Domingo with his wife, Do&ntilde;a Mar&iacute;a de
+Cuellar. The government was assumed by Auditor Don Francisco de
+Mansilla, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb165" href="#pb165" name=
+"pb165">165</a>]</span>a native of Ceniceros in Rioja, who was no less
+upright than his predecessor. His term of office was short, because a
+proprietary governor came in the following year; but even in the short
+time while his rule lasted he showed that he deserved that it should
+continue during his life, on account of the very peaceable and
+equitable manner in which he exercised his office. The first thing
+which he did was to look for all those who had been opposed to him in
+the year 1668, when he was exiled to Iloylo by Don Juan Manuel Bonifaz;
+and he honored all of them, more than some deserved, displaying a
+generous spirit, and that of a Christian ruler, which aroused the
+admiration of those who saw his prudence and moderation. These islands
+were much grieved that he must so soon have a successor, for the people
+loved and reverenced him. He was of corpulent figure and venerable
+aspect; and his hair (which was scanty) and his mustache (which was
+large) were white as snow&mdash;all which conciliated respect. Two
+years afterward, promotion came to him, the post of alcalde for
+criminal cases in [the Audiencia of] M&eacute;jico; but he died at the
+height of the voyage.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1953src" href=
+"#xd20e1953" name="xd20e1953src">30</a> He had two sons: Don Felipe
+Mansilla, a knight of the Order of Santiago, who lives in
+M&eacute;jico; and Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus, in
+these islands.</p>
+<p>The city and municipality of Manila having determined to celebrate
+the festivities due to the great rejoicing which was caused in the
+Spanish domains by the assumption of sovereignty over them by their
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb166" href="#pb166" name=
+"pb166">166</a>]</span>king Don Carlos II, decided that these should be
+actually held in December, from the fourth to the seventh day of that
+month. This was done with great pomp and brilliancy. In the morning
+three sermons were preached: one by the dean of the cathedral, Master
+Don Miguel Ort&iacute;z de Covarrubias; another by father Fray
+&Aacute;lvaro de Benavente of the order of our father St. Augustine
+(the secretary of our province, and often named in this history; he
+died in China, as bishop of Ascalon and vicar apostolic of Kiengsi);
+and the third by the reverend Father Jer&oacute;nimo de Ortega, of the
+Society of Jesus. For the afternoons there were various bull-fights and
+comedies. On the last day, December 7, after the bull-fights and
+comedies, there were demonstrations of rejoicing; and for a climax to
+the festivities there was, at six o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, a
+beautiful and splendid masquerade, with magnificent costumes, and
+parades of servants in costly liveries. The most distinguished citizens
+of Manila went therein, two by two, representing the realms of the
+monarchy of Espa&ntilde;a, with shields and mottoes proper for each
+kingdom; those who came last were the two alcaldes-in-ordinary of
+Manila, General Francisco Rayo Doria and Sargento-mayor Don Francisco
+de Moya, representing the kingdoms of Castilla and Le&oacute;n. They
+rode in pairs on handsomely-caparisoned horses, to the destination
+which was prepared for this purpose with palisades, and with so much
+splendor from wax tapers that the night had no cause to envy the
+brighter day. With this brilliant and elegant masquerade these royal
+festivities came to an end, the city remaining in the quiet and silence
+proper to that hour, which was about seven at night. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb167" href="#pb167" name="pb167">167</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Quite ignorant were all those who had celebrated and enjoyed this
+gay festival of the sad and melancholy catastrophe which was to follow
+on this so joyous scene; all were forgetful of the uncertainty of the
+pleasures of this world, which suddenly shifts its scenes, passing from
+gayety to mourning. Hardly had the people time to shelter themselves in
+their houses&mdash;some fatigued with the exercises of the masquerade,
+and others sad that the royal festivities had come to an end&mdash;when
+at half-past seven in the evening the earth began to tremble with
+horrible vibrations, changing their recent gayety into fear, horror,
+and lamentable perplexity. This first earthquake lasted a long time, so
+that it was feared that the last and fatal day for the sad city of
+Manila had arrived. The continuous and unequal vibrations of the
+ground; the frightful cracking of timbers; the [falling of] tiles from
+the roofs, and of stones which, loosened from the walls, came to the
+ground, raising great clouds of dust: all these made a most gloomy
+night, the image of death. Some hastened to seek confessors, and not
+finding them soon, published aloud their own sins. This first motion of
+the earth ceased, which people affirm to have been more violent than
+that of August 20, 1658, but it did not last so long; if it had been
+equal in duration to that one, it would have caused a large amount of
+havoc in the city of Manila.</p>
+<p>It was worth much to the city that the earthquake found it greatly
+improved over former times in regard to the height of its buildings;
+for now they were reduced to more humble stature, and without the
+projections which would cause its greatest destruction, as has been
+experienced in previous earthquakes. The use of the <i lang=
+"es">harigues</i> or wooden pillars <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb168" href="#pb168" name="pb168">168</a>]</span>on which the heavy
+timber-work of the roofs leans and rests was recognized to be a sure
+protection and defense from such disasters; and therefore, although the
+earthquake demolished many buildings, breaking open the solid mass of
+masonry, they did not suffer entire ruin by being thrown down to the
+ground. Some few were destroyed through being old and in bad condition;
+but only one or two persons perished, and they of little account in the
+world. The kind-hearted governor went out with many followers to visit
+the [military] posts of the city, and aid, if he could, those who were
+in need; and the same was done by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and the
+regidors, accompanied by many citizens. The religious orders were well
+occupied in the ministries of their profession&mdash;some preaching
+from tables placed in the streets, others hastening to hear the
+confessions of those who asked for this sacrament, that is, of all.
+While all these were occupied in exercises so holy and pious, the
+trembling of the earth was again repeated many times; but, through the
+divine kindness, these vibrations were much slighter, continually
+diminishing&mdash;so that it seemed as if the divine anger were
+gradually being appeased, just as men were continually showing
+themselves more penitent. All that night until daybreak the earthquake
+shocks continued; for there were so many of them that one man counted
+forty, although to me it seemed as if there were many more. Many came
+out [from this calamity] crippled and lame; but all recognized that it
+was a miracle that the city had not been utterly destroyed with so
+repeated shocks. Later, it was ascertained that some chasms and
+air-vents in the earth had opened, and which is <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb169" href="#pb169" name=
+"pb169">169</a>]</span>surely the cause of these disturbances. One
+chasm opened in the bounds of the village of Bauang, in the province of
+Balay&aacute;n; and another in the mountains of Gapang, in Pampanga.
+Those who arrived here after navigating the seas of these islands
+recounted the horrible perils in which they had found themselves,
+tossed by great billows and almost submerged in the swell which was
+caused in the sea by the earthquake; the sea even rose until, in many
+places, it swept over the land, occasioning great damage. With this
+slight mention I will close the sad account of the melancholy
+termination of these royal festivities.</p>
+<p>The master-of-camp of these islands died, Don Agust&iacute;n de
+Cepeda y Carracedo; he was a native of Talavera de la Reina, a relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jes&uacute;s, and more than eighty
+years of age. He was one of the most valiant soldiers who has belonged
+to these regions, and with that reputation he has been mentioned in
+this history in the greatest military exploits of his time, and in the
+government of Zamboanga and Ternate; and, what is his greatest glory,
+he was an excellent Christian, devout and charitable, and died with
+strong indications that he had been very earnestly such. For acting
+master-of-camp the governor appointed General Alonso L&oacute;pez, a
+soldier of long standing, and also very aged; and therefore he did not
+long serve in that office.</p>
+<p>Governor Don Francisco de Mansilla despatched the galleon for Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, appointing as its commander his son, Don Felipe de
+Mansilla y Prado, a young man of much courage and ability, who at the
+time was serving in the post of sargento-mayor <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb170" href="#pb170" name="pb170">170</a>]</span>of
+the Manila army, which is the second, in the esteem of military men,
+after that of master-of-camp. As sargento-mayor of the galleon he
+appointed Juan Ventura Sarra (the Catalan so famous for his successful
+surgical operations), on account of his being a man of much valor, and
+experienced in military service in Flandes and Catalu&ntilde;a. This
+galleon made a very prosperous voyage, both going and returning, as we
+shall see in the following chapter.</p>
+<p>About the end of July in this year of 1678 came news that the
+galleon &ldquo;San Telmo&rdquo; had sighted these islands; it was under
+the command of General Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya, and had sailed for
+the port of Acapulco in the preceding year. It brought the proprietary
+governor, Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado, a knight of the
+Order of Santiago; he was a native of Toledo, and nephew of the
+venerable mother Jer&oacute;nima de la Asunci&oacute;n, foundress of
+the convent of Santa Clara in Manila&mdash;whose admirable life has
+been written by the father reader Fray Antonio de Leytona,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1984src" href="#xd20e1984" name=
+"xd20e1984src">31</a> of the Observantine Order of St. Francis; and the
+investigations preliminary to her beatification have been begun. This
+knight had served many years in Flandes, Catalu&ntilde;a, and
+Extremadura, always with great commendation for his valor, which was as
+great as his nobility. He came with his wife, Do&ntilde;a Isabel de
+Ardila, a native of Badajoz; and brought in his company her uncle, a
+captain of cuirassiers, Don Francisco Guerrero y Ardila&mdash;a man of
+lofty stature, who, like another <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb171"
+href="#pb171" name="pb171">171</a>]</span>Saul, surpassed by the head
+and shoulders the tallest man in the Manila garrison&mdash;who showed
+that he possessed great valor. The new governor brought with him a
+numerous and brilliant retinue, and those who afterward attained most
+note were: his secretary, Miguel S&aacute;nchez Villanueva y Tejada, a
+man of great virtue, who came with his wife and three children, and
+afterward, having lost his wife, was ordained as a priest, and lived a
+long time an example for ecclesiastics, as before he had been one for
+laymen; Captains Don Juan Gallardo, Don Pedro Oriosolo, Don Jacinto
+Lob&aacute;n, Don Tom&aacute;s Mart&iacute;nez de Trillanes, Don Diego
+Vivien, Don Felipe Ceballos, Don Jos&eacute; Armijo, Don Francisco
+Fabra, Don Antonio de Tabora, Don Juan Castel, Don Juan de Tricaldir,
+Don Manuel Alvarado; and others, all of whom served long in these
+islands. As fiscal for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Diego de Viga, a
+native of Bejar; he was afterward an auditor for many years, and was a
+very upright and disinterested official. The governor also brought some
+reenforcements of troops. The appointment of commandant of the castle
+of Santiago came to General Fernando de Bobadilla, who afterward was
+master-of-camp.</p>
+<p>On the day of our Lady&rsquo;s nativity Don Juan de Vargas entered
+Manila, being received with great festivities; there were two ingenious
+triumphal arches, which were erected by the religious orders of our
+father St. Augustine and the Society, because both had their houses on
+the principal street through which the procession would pass. Don Juan
+began to govern with much prudence and desire to do well; he was very
+punctual in fulfilling his duties, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb172" href="#pb172" name="pb172">172</a>]</span>never failed in his
+daily attendance on the sessions of the Audiencia (in which some
+governors had displayed much negligence); and therefore in his time the
+court business was despatched more promptly, for he found many suits
+unsettled and delayed. This is an insuperable difficulty in these
+islands, where the lawsuits are eternal and constitute a perpetual
+source of income for court reporters, secretaries, and
+commissioners<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1999src" href="#xd20e1999"
+name="xd20e1999src">32</a>&mdash;who, with the slow steps of judicial
+procedure, are continually plundering the litigants, until,
+impoverished or exhausted, they give up the suit, which is incorporated
+into a great mass of documents, which they call &ldquo;Proceedings in
+lawsuits&rdquo; [<i lang="es">autos</i>] in the archives of the court.
+Don Juan de Vargas was more fit for a soldier than for a governor; and
+gradually he looked with distaste on the duties of so arduous a post,
+and turned his attention to the means for securing his own advantage.
+The uncle of his wife, Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila, became so much
+the master of Don Juan that, by his craftiness and great ability, he
+came to be the arbiter of the government. Accordingly, it was he who
+was governor, and he was the drayman who guided Don Juan de Vargas,
+while the latter, like a wagon, was carrying the weight of the
+government. Yet later Don Francisco Guerrero left him alone, and went
+to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, at so important a juncture that he met in the
+Embocadero the succeeding governor, Don Gabriel Crucelaegui, and Don
+Juan de Vargas in the residencia was laden with his own transgressions
+and those of others, as we shall <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb173"
+href="#pb173" name="pb173">173</a>]</span>see in due time. He had a
+great advantage for thus making himself arbiter of everything, in
+having more affability and more shrewdness than the governor, who was
+naturally harsh and unamiable and easily fretted. Accordingly, every
+one set on foot his claims with more confidence by the hand of the
+uncle, who, as all knew, was the fly-wheel for the movements of the
+government; and thus in a short time he secured following and applause,
+[although] without the formal marks of respect which belong to the
+dignity of a ruler; and he came to direct the entire government, with
+authority and without opposition. The authority of Don Francisco
+Guerrero was greatly increased because the governor had made him
+master-of-camp, because of the death of Alonso L&oacute;pez, who died
+within a short time [after his appointment], at an advanced age; this
+increased Don Francisco&rsquo;s authority, and strengthened his
+influence over the governor. The servants [of the governor] made more
+effort to secure their own advantage than that of their master, and
+therefore Don Juan de Vargas found himself alone in everything that was
+not to the profit of the uncle and his familiars. He appointed as
+castellan and governor of Cavite Don Juan Gallardo; this is the most
+influential and profitable position that the governors of Filipinas
+have at their disposal&mdash;although at the present time his Majesty
+fills this office from Madrid; and in this way it was held more than
+twenty-eight years by Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Atienza y
+Ba&ntilde;es, who died while holding the post of master-of-camp, in the
+year 1718. Another servant, Don Francisco Fabra, he appointed chief
+guard of the Pari&aacute;n, an office which affords great <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb174" href="#pb174" name=
+"pb174">174</a>]</span>opportunities and facilities for securing the
+best goods; and thus in this occupation he was, so to speak, the
+governor&rsquo;s agent, for which employ he had much ability.</p>
+<p>Don Juan de Vargas, during his entire term of office, maintained
+trade and commerce with foreign nations, as those of the Coromandel
+coast, Bengal, and Surrate&mdash;which is the greatest emporium of
+Eastern India and of all the kingdoms subject to the emperor the Great
+Mogor [<i>i.e.</i>, Mogul], a monarch more powerful than the Great
+Turk, and without doubt more wealthy. From this emporium of Surrate
+almost every year come one or two ships of great burden, like those
+that are called &ldquo;ships of the line,&rdquo; laden with many and
+varied wares of Eastern India. Within the last few years these traders
+are Mahometans, although before they were heathens; this is because
+they were obliged to accept the cursed doctrine of Mahoma by the former
+Great Mogor, Payxa Ali Ramastic&aacute;n&mdash;who, trained up in his
+early years (when he was a fugitive from his family) by the house of
+Meca, was the cause of the total perdition of so many souls; for it is
+easier to convert to our holy faith a thousand heathens than one
+Mahometan. Trade and commerce were also very freely carried on with the
+Portuguese of Mac&aacute;n, and through their agency in Nueva Batavia
+in the island of Jacatra, the capital of the rich factories which the
+Dutch possess throughout India&mdash;where of the former Portuguese
+dominion only their language is left, since with that they trade and
+traffic; for they have been deprived of the fortified posts, which
+promised some advantage and profit, leaving to them only Goa (for the
+interment <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb175" href="#pb175" name=
+"pb175">175</a>]</span>of Portuguese), and some posts to the north,
+such as Chaud, Dama, Diu, and Bassain. Only one who has seen it, as I
+have, can describe the great extent of every kind of trade which Manila
+enjoyed in the time of Don Juan de Vargas de Hurtado; and in that time,
+therefore, great fortunes were accumulated, and the city was adorned
+with magnificent edifices&mdash;the old ones being rebuilt, and new
+ones being erected, thus repairing the late havoc and destruction.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.6"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2023" class="main">Chapter VI</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">[This is occupied with an account of the attempt
+made by the Augustinian Fray Juan de Rivera to go to the forbidden
+mission-field of Japan; it proved unsuccessful, and he was obliged to
+return to Manila.]</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.7"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2028" class="main">Chapter VII</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">On the day of the apostle James news came to Manila
+[in 1679] of the safe arrival of the galleon &ldquo;San Telmo&rdquo; at
+these islands, and of its being outside of the Embocadero; this news
+was brought, with the royal mails, by Sargento-mayor Juan Ventura
+Sarra. In this galleon came two large and well-selected mission bands
+of religious; one was composed of thirty-one from our order, conducted
+by father Fray Juan de Garc&iacute;a, who had been sent for this
+purpose in the year 1674. The other mission was composed of religious
+belonging to the Society of Jesus, who were brought by Father Francisco
+Salgado,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2032src" href="#xd20e2032" name=
+"xd20e2032src">33</a> a religious of great learning and virtue.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb176" href="#pb176" name=
+"pb176">176</a>]</span>This mission [of ours] arrived at the most
+opportune time that could be imagined, for our province found itself in
+extreme necessity, on account of the scarcity of religious; for in ten
+years it had not received even the smallest reenforcement with which to
+replace them in the extensive and numerous ministries in its charge. So
+great was this lack that our province was already taking measures to
+give up some of those ministries; but all the religious orders and the
+secular clergy were suffering from the same need as was our province,
+on account of not having a consecrated bishop who might confer the holy
+orders. The ship &ldquo;San Telmo&rdquo; could not enter the Embocadero
+of San Bernardino, for it was hindered by the vendavals; and therefore
+it made port, after many hardships, in Palapag, in the province of
+Leyte&mdash;a very safe harbor, but outside of the Embocadero, and more
+than a hundred and twenty leguas distant from Manila. The religious of
+the mission came hither through the provinces of Camarines and Laguna
+de Bay; the roads were bad, for it was the rainy season, but the
+hardships of their journey were alleviated by the charitable
+hospitality which was given to them by the religious of St.
+Francis&mdash;who, heirs of that saint&rsquo;s seraphic love, vied with
+each other, on such occasions, in showing themselves true sons of so
+holy a father.</p>
+<p>They arrived at Manila, where they were received by the community as
+sons beloved by their affectionate <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb177"
+href="#pb177" name="pb177">177</a>]</span>mother, who was so eagerly
+expecting them; and on September 18&mdash;the day of the father of the
+poor, St. Thomas of Villanova&mdash;a private meeting of the definitors
+was held, and they were received by this province as her sons.</p>
+<p>In this private session father Fray Juan Garc&iacute;a declared
+under oath, <i lang="la">in verbo sacerdotis</i>, that, having kissed
+the feet of our most holy father Innocent XI on September 20, 1677,
+among other favors which his Holiness had granted him the latter had
+told him that by his apostolic authority he made good all the defects
+which might have occurred in the elections of this province, from its
+foundation until the said day. His Holiness granted him several
+jubilees for certain convents, and eleven thousand ordinary
+indulgences, in the new form which his Holiness has promulgated; and
+gave him two notable relics, a bone of St. Venturino the
+Martyr<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2051src" href="#xd20e2051" name=
+"xd20e2051src">34</a>&mdash;the first for the hospice at M&eacute;jico,
+and the other for the convent of San Pablo at Manila. Father Fray Juan
+Garc&iacute;a also obtained from his Holiness, on petition by this
+province, a bull in which he granted that all the procurators who may
+go to Rome and bring hither missions of religious shall enjoy the same
+exemptions which those possess who have been provincials (who are
+called <i lang="es">absolutos</i>); this was accepted [by the Council
+of Indias], and father Fray Juan Garc&iacute;a was the first who
+enjoyed this privilege, all his life. But he, as the devout religious
+that he was, would <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb178" href="#pb178"
+name="pb178">178</a>]</span>not allow the religious to address him as
+&ldquo;Our Father,&rdquo; as is the custom with the provincials, both
+active and retired; and, retiring to the province of Ilocos, where he
+was minister, he devoted himself to leading an exemplary life,
+abandoning himself entirely to meditation, mortification, and prayer
+until his death, and leaving behind a noble example as a sincere
+religious.</p>
+<p>[The rest of this chapter is occupied with the coming (in the
+&ldquo;San Telmo&rdquo;) to Manila of Fernando de Valenzuela, the
+disgraced favorite of the queen-mother, and a sketch of his career in
+Spain. The last paragraph reads thus:] Don Juan de Vargas, learning of
+his arrival, and that he was already coming by land through the
+province of Camarines, sent to escort him General Don Francisco
+Enriquez de Losada and Captain Alfonso de Castillo; they conveyed him
+to the port of Cavite and the fortress of San Felipe. In that place a
+house was built for him, of timber, according to his taste and plan,
+with all possible conveniences; and there he lived&mdash;at the
+beginning, with much strictness, watched by sentinels, and receiving
+few visits; but afterward with more freedom, and visited by everyone,
+but always in the presence of Captain Juan de Herrera, the
+warden&rsquo;s deputy. In this seclusion Don Fernando made use of his
+great mental ability, employing for his recreation the many talents
+which he possessed, especially in music and poetry; for in both these
+arts he had no equal in Espa&ntilde;a. With the news which came by way
+of the coast of the death of Don Juan of Austria, the severities which,
+while he lived, had been employed toward Don Ferdinand were mitigated;
+and the prisoner enjoyed so much <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb179"
+href="#pb179" name="pb179">179</a>]</span>diversion and company that in
+these regions he could not have had more. Every month he was allowed a
+thousand pesos from the royal treasury, which was sufficient for his
+support and comforts, and for the expenses of the amusements which his
+cleverness and ingenuity devised for his recreation. I have taken more
+time than I should in this narration (which might pass for a mere
+ornament of my proper task), because this gentleman was much devoted to
+us&mdash;although he had received from us and from the Society of Jesus
+(to whom he acknowledged his obligations) much assistance in his
+seclusion and in certain difficulties which he had experienced. The
+rest of his fortunes I will relate in the proper place, when we reach
+the termination of the ten years of his retirement, his return to Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, and finally his death. The author of the additions to
+Father Juan de Mariana&rsquo;s <i lang="es">Historie general de
+Espa&ntilde;a</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2068src" href=
+"#xd20e2068" name="xd20e2068src">35</a> at the end of the second
+volume, speaks very sharply and indignantly of this gentleman, and as
+he might speak of a wicked highwayman or of a cruel Nero. He certainly
+was wrong, for Don Fernando de Valenzuela was very zealous in the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb180" href="#pb180" name=
+"pb180">180</a>]</span>service of his king, and his power and influence
+in the government were very beneficial to the monarchy, as after his
+fall was recognized by all, even his greatest enemies. But
+flattery<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2082src" href="#xd20e2082" name=
+"xd20e2082src">36</a> must have mended the pen for him, so that in this
+matter he might show himself very prejudiced. Let the name of that
+writer be his apology, for it was Don So-and-so. [Fulano] Malo. The
+posthumous fame of Don Fernando de Valenzuela, however, will not be
+obscured by his errors.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.8"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2086" class="main">Chapter VIII</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The government of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado
+proceeded with prosperous results, on account of the favorable seasons
+and the great abundance of the crops which were experienced in the
+years 1679 and 1680; and through the success and extent of the commerce
+which was maintained with China and the Coromandel coast, Surrate, and
+other ports of Oriental India and the kingdoms of the Great
+Mogor&mdash;which formerly were more than fifteen in number, and
+furnished much income to the royal treasury with the customs duties
+[<i lang="es">derecho de a nojarifazgo</i>]. Not only from the
+Coromandel coast&mdash;on which the Manila trade had founded populous
+settlements, as Portonovo and Cololu&mdash;but from the city of Goa
+came ships almost every year, commerce little known [to Manila] before,
+and very remote. The governor devoted much attention to the sessions of
+the Audiencia and the obligations of his office, and thus the legal
+business which devolved upon that court was expedited, through the
+uprightness <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb183" href="#pb183" name=
+"pb183">183</a>]</span>and integrity of the auditors, Don Francisco
+Mansilla, Don Diego Calder&oacute;n, and Don Diego de Viga; the last
+named filled the office of fiscal acceptably to all.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e2096width" id="p181"><img src="images/p181.jpg"
+alt=
+"Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of map in Coronelli&rsquo;s Atlante Veneto (Venetia, 1696)"
+width="720" height="554">
+<p class="figureHead">Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of
+map in Coronelli&rsquo;s <i>Atlante Veneto</i> (Venetia, 1696)</p>
+<p class="firstpar">[<i>from original copy in <span lang=
+"fr">Biblioth&egrave;que Nationale</span>, Paris</i>]</p>
+</div>
+<p>About this time there came to the general a solemn embassy from the
+principal ruler of Borney, whom those people revere as an emperor. This
+is the largest island of all Asia, and, according to the best
+cosmographers, has as great an area as all Espa&ntilde;a and the
+kingdom of Portugal. It is thinly populated, as its surface is very
+mountainous; and therefore it is only on the shores of the sea and a
+few leguas inland that there are settlements of civilized people, if
+that name can be given to those barbarous nations. Borney has much wax,
+and in its seas are pearl-fisheries; it abounds in amber, camphor, and
+gold; and in its mountains are found large elephants, although smaller
+than those of Si&aacute;m. Its inhabitants are partly Mahometans,
+partly heathens; but in color and disposition they resemble the natives
+of Filipinas, who say that they had their origin in these islands of
+Borney [and] the coast of Malayo. The ambassador was received with more
+ostentation than his person seemed to merit. Although he was corpulent
+and robust, he and all his retinue (which was not a small one) came
+barefooted and half-naked; he wore a broad <i lang="es">bahaque</i>,
+which tired him more than it covered him, and some wore a loose jacket,
+short and without a shirt (which is not known among these peoples); but
+all were well armed with lances and crises&mdash;which are swords as
+short as daggers, with which they are well able to defend themselves or
+attack, for usually they have these weapons dipped in poison. He made
+his entry [into the city] with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb184"
+href="#pb184" name="pb184">184</a>]</span>great pomp, in the coach and
+with the halberdiers of the governor, and accompanied by the
+sargento-mayor of the garrison, Don Jos&eacute; de Robles; and the
+governor received him under a canopy, as being he who represented the
+royal person. The ambassador&rsquo;s credentials came in the Malayan
+language, written in Arabic characters; these were interpreted by the
+Borneans themselves, and by a Ternatan named Pedro Machado. The object
+of the embassy, they said, was to establish trade and commerce on both
+sides, and to adjust some disputes over the limits of the island of
+Paragua and in regard to some hostile acts which had been committed in
+the lands of Borney by Alcalde-mayor Don Jos&eacute; de Somonte, in
+vengeance for the injuries which the Camucones had inflicted in our
+islands. Everything was settled to the satisfaction of both parties,
+and the ambassador returned well content and handsomely entertained,
+with a valuable present for his king in return for another (and very
+ordinary) one which he had brought. In the following year, the governor
+sent in turn an ambassador, General Don Juan de Morales Valenzuela, a
+man of gallant nature and tall stature, with a very goodly escort of
+Spaniards. He was very hospitably received by the king of Borney, in a
+large pavilion of bamboo and nipa, which was erected for this solemn
+function; and the king allowed himself to be seen by all his vassals, a
+favor which, they say, is very rare in that royalty. Don Juan de
+Morales returned very successful, the king ceding to the Spaniards
+dominion over all the island of Paragua, and making satisfaction for
+the ravages by the Camucones; and since then we have remained very good
+friends [with the Borneans]. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb185" href=
+"#pb185" name="pb185">185</a>]</span></p>
+<p>All the three years&rsquo; term of our father provincial Fray Juan
+de Jer&eacute;z was very peaceable, our order and the observance of our
+rules nourishing in this province, which continually increased in
+prosperity through the opportune measures which this judicious and
+devout prelate employed; for certainly he was one of the most observant
+superiors it had had, and it made great advancement in every way during
+the time of his government.</p>
+<p>At last the time for the chapter-session arrived, and when the
+voting fathers from the four provinces were assembling, with great
+peace and harmony, suddenly a storm arose, which they feared would
+occasion the destruction of peace within the order, and produce
+divisions and contentions very difficult to adjust; and from which
+might originate great losses to the religious and their ministries. The
+trouble was this: some of the religious who were born in Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, and others born in these islands, where they had assumed
+the habit of our order, attempted to renew the old controversy over the
+alternate elections<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2123src" href=
+"#xd20e2123" name="xd20e2123src">37</a>&mdash;which arose in the year
+1637, as we have related in book ii, chapter 26&mdash;incited to this
+by having found a copy of the first bull of Gregory XV, and the royal
+decree for its passage by the supreme Council of the Indias, attested
+by Don Diego N&uacute;&ntilde;ez Crespo, at that time court secretary
+of the royal Audiencia. With this slight foundation, without heeding
+that the matter had already been decided by apostolic
+authority&mdash;by the legate of his Holiness, that is, the archbishop
+of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb186" href="#pb186" name=
+"pb186">186</a>]</span>Manila who was then in office&mdash;according to
+the bull of his Holiness Urban VIII, issued &ldquo;at Castel Gandolfo,
+diocese of Albano, May 18, 1634&rdquo; (of which they probably were not
+aware), [they made this claim]. They had on their side many citizens of
+Manila, and employed as their leader Doctor Don Jos&eacute; Cervantes
+Altamirano, a cleric in minor orders&mdash;who afterward was married,
+and at his death was alcalde-mayor of the Pari&aacute;n of the
+Sangleys, and chief clerk of the cabildo and municipality of Manila; he
+had a very keen mind, and with that he would, if he had been master and
+disciple of himself, have made a great jurisconsult.</p>
+<p>They appointed as judge-executor Master Jer&oacute;nimo
+Fern&aacute;ndez Caravallo, cura of the village of Quiapo, a priest of
+little ability and easily influenced. This man accepted the commission
+with much pleasure, believing that it would bring him honor and profit;
+and he therefore set up his tribunal, and appointed as his secretary
+Bachelor Mart&iacute;n D&iacute;az, cura of the natives and Morenos in
+Manila. At once he sent this man to notify the provincial, Fray Juan de
+Jer&eacute;z, of the said bull of Gregory XV; but the provincial would
+not accept the notification, not recognizing Master Caravallo as a
+judge until he should establish his right as such before a competent
+tribunal, and because this proceeding found him unprepared, and with
+little knowledge of this controversy, because neither official
+documents nor information about it were found in the archives of the
+province. Investigations were made, and the original documents were
+found in the archiepiscopal tribunal; and an authentic transcript of
+these was found in a writing-desk which stood in the cell of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb187" href="#pb187" name=
+"pb187">187</a>]</span>the provincials, of which the key could not be
+found, and it served only as an ornament. In the said desk was also
+found the above-mentioned bull of Urban VIII, with which and the acts
+issued in the year 1657 the procurator-general (who was the writer of
+this history) presented himself before his Lordship Don Fray Felipe
+Pardo of the Order of Preachers, the archbishop-elect and ruler of this
+archbishopric, as being the legate appointed by his Holiness Urban VIII
+to render decision and sentence in this question. He looked at the bull
+and declared himself judge, and as such examined the documents, with
+the assistance of his counselor the father presentado Fray Raimundo
+Verart of the same order, a doctor in both branches of law from the
+university of L&eacute;rida. They found that this controversy was
+already authoritatively decided,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2137src"
+href="#xd20e2137" name="xd20e2137src">38</a> and with the lapse of
+forty-three years had become established as a matter of law; that there
+was not the least room for the claim made by the fathers of the Indias;
+and that the province possessed the same right as before of making its
+choice [of officers] freely, without respect of persons. Upon the
+litigant religious&mdash;who had taken refuge in, and by order of the
+royal Audiencia were committed to, the college of the Society of Jesus
+and the convent of San Francisco&mdash;was imposed perpetual silence;
+and with censures they were commanded to return to their convents, and
+to follow what obedience should direct to them. They did so, and there
+was no farther discussion of this matter; for in the following
+chapter-meeting attention was given to consoling them. Those who
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb188" href="#pb188" name=
+"pb188">188</a>]</span>made amends for all were the judge-executor,
+Master Jer&oacute;nimo Caravallo, and Bachelor Mart&iacute;n
+D&iacute;az, whom the archbishop punished with pecuniary fines for not
+having first appeared before him with their commission, and for having
+erected a tribunal without his permission. But intercession was made
+for them on the part of our province, and their fines were diminished.
+Information of the affair was given to our very reverend father
+general, Fray Domingo Valvasorio, of Milan, who commanded that the
+religious who had been the movers of this innovation (which might so
+greatly have disturbed the peace of this province) be punished; and
+again imposed silence regarding the claim to alternation; but the whole
+matter was adjusted, for at the end the order, like a mother, must
+regard them as her sons.</p>
+<p>The time for the chapter-session arrived, which was May 11, 1680, at
+the convent in Manila; its president, by commission from our father
+general already named, was our father Fray Jos&eacute; Duque; and
+father Fray Diego de Jes&uacute;s, prior of the convent of Pasig, was
+elected provincial, to the satisfaction of all, by the unanimous vote
+of all the fathers in the chapter. He was a zealous religious, very
+observant, and enamored of poverty; and had great learning, prudence,
+and discretion. He was fifty-eight years of age, a native of Pejar in
+Extremadura, and a son of the convent at Salamanca&mdash;where, and in
+that of San Felipe at Madrid, he had been for many years master of the
+novices. He came to this province in the year 1669, as has already been
+said, influenced [to come] at so great an age by scruples at having
+excused himself in the year 1660 from coming as commissary for the
+mission which reached this <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb189" href=
+"#pb189" name="pb189">189</a>]</span>province in the year of 1663, by
+the appointment given to him by our very reverend father general Master
+Fray Pablo Luquino, who was then visiting the provinces of
+Espa&ntilde;a. The definitors appointed were fathers Fray Juan Ponce,
+Fray Carlos Bautista, Fray Pedro Mart&iacute;nez, and Fray
+&Aacute;lvaro de Benavente. Father Fray Jos&eacute; Camello and the
+father reader Fray Juan Mart&iacute;nez were present as visitors from
+the previous triennium; and for the present one were appointed father
+Fray Juan Guedeja and the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio. As
+procurator for going to Espa&ntilde;a was appointed father Fray Manuel
+de la Cruz, a native of Toledo, and a son of the convent of Badaya; and
+they elected him definitor of this province for the next general
+chapter to be held, and agreed upon<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2152src"
+href="#xd20e2152" name="xd20e2152src">39</a> the choice of a discreet
+for the said general chapter.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2164src" href=
+"#xd20e2164" name="xd20e2164src">40</a> This choice was so judicious
+that to it is due the conservation and advancement of this province,
+for he fulfilled so carefully the obligation of his commission that he
+conducted to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a three <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb190" href="#pb190" name="pb190">190</a>]</span>mission
+bands&mdash;the largest and most distinguished that this province has
+gained, for in all they contained over fifty religious&mdash;the first
+in the year 1684, the second in 1699 and 1700, and the third in
+1712.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2175src" href="#xd20e2175" name=
+"xd20e2175src">41</a> He himself remained in Mexico, where he died with
+the reputation of great virtue, at the age of seventy-four years, in
+1712.</p>
+<p>It was decided in this chapter to ask our very reverend father
+general to extinguish the votes of the discreet of the convent at
+Manila, and those of the priors of the convents of Hagonoy and San
+Pablo de los Montes in the provinces of Tagalos, Mexico in Pampanga,
+Narvac&aacute;n in Ilocos, and Dumarao in the province of
+Panay&mdash;on account of the usual scarcity of religious, and the
+deficiency which might be caused, by their absence while at the
+chapter, in Ilocos and Bisayas, provinces which are so remote. The
+other arrangements and ordinances which were made in this chapter
+publish its great zeal for promoting the regular observance, and the
+nourishing condition of that observance in this province.</p>
+<p>Governor Don Juan de Vargas despatched for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a the
+galleon &ldquo;San Antonio,&rdquo; under command of General Don
+Francisco Enr&iacute;quez de Losada, then accountant of the royal
+exchequer; and in this galleon went the father procurator Fray Manuel
+Losada, and in his company father Fray Miguel de Negrea&mdash;a son of
+the convent of San <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb191" href="#pb191"
+name="pb191">191</a>]</span>Felipe, and native of that city
+[<i>i.e.</i>, Madrid]; he was going back to his own province, and died
+on the voyage, in the high northern latitude. The voyage was a very
+distressing one, on account of the severe tempests which suddenly came
+upon them; and many of those on board died, not only seamen but
+passengers. A better voyage was that of the galleon &ldquo;Santa
+Rosa,&rdquo; which had sailed the preceding year by the same route from
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; for on the
+morning of the day of St. John the Baptist it entered the bay of
+Manila, to the great joy of those who were watching it, and anchored at
+the port of Cavite&mdash;a good fortune which seldom has been enjoyed
+in these islands since the banishment of Don Fray Hernando Guerrero, in
+the year 1635, as we have with sadness related. In this galleon came
+Don Fray Diego de Aguilar, of the Order of Preachers, a native of
+Rioseco, as consecrated bishop of Zeb&uacute;; for several years he had
+been detained in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a. He brought in his company father
+Fray Manuel de Olivares, of the same order, who afterward was
+provincial of the province of M&eacute;jico; his nephew, Captain Don
+Juan de Ur&iacute;as; and other Spaniards. His arrival occasioned great
+rejoicing, on account of these islands having remained so many years
+destitute of a consecrated bishop, and many clerics and regulars were
+waiting to receive holy orders.</p>
+<p>In this galleon arrived three religious belonging to the mission of
+father Fray Juan Garc&iacute;a; they were choristers, and had been left
+in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, to be ordained as priests, and their names are
+as follows: father Fray Francisco Castrill&oacute;n, a native of
+Madrid, and son of the convent of San Felipe; he <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb192" href="#pb192" name="pb192">192</a>]</span>was
+twenty-four years old, and had spent nine in the order. He was a
+minister in Tagalos until the year 1690, when he returned to
+M&eacute;jico, where he died soon afterward. Father Fray Dionisio
+Navarro, a native of Legan&eacute;s, and a son of the same convent of
+San Felipe; he was twenty-four years old, and had spent seven in the
+order. He was a good preacher, and well versed in the dialects of the
+province of Tagalos. He went to Espa&ntilde;a and returned hither, and
+died in the convent of Manila from a long and painful infirmity, on
+November 2, 1714. Father Fray Antonio Guti&eacute;rrez, a native of
+Medina Sidonia, and a son of the province of Andaluc&iacute;a. For only
+a short time he was a minister in Tagalos, because he soon fell ill
+with a contraction of the tendons [<i>tullimiento</i>], which lasted
+until his death; this occurred at Manila, in the year 1693.</p>
+<p>The arrival of this bishop of Zeb&uacute; served as a great
+spiritual consolation for these islands; for he repeatedly performed
+pontifical functions, conferring holy orders on a great number of
+religious and clerics. He interceded with the governor, in order to
+reconcile with him those who had taken refuge in the churches through
+fear of some oppression from the absolute power of the
+governor&mdash;which can not be compared with any other power in the
+universe; and the worst is, that no means can be thought of for
+moderating and tempering it within the bounds of reason, because the
+distance of five thousand leguas which lies between the royal court of
+Madrid and Filipinas cannot be diminished. The swiftest post,
+therefore, requires three years, and most of them four; and if it
+happens that the galleon is obliged to put back to port, the mail is
+delayed to five or six <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb193" href=
+"#pb193" name="pb193">193</a>]</span>years. At the end of so protracted
+a term as this, the most peremptory royal rescript is exposed to the
+danger of being withheld by the governor, according to his pleasure.
+The lord bishop with his intercession withdrew from asylum in the house
+of the Society of Jesus the secretary of Don Juan de Vargas, Captain
+Miguel S&aacute;nchez de Villanueva y Tejada, and restored him to favor
+with his master&mdash;although soon afterward the governor removed him
+from his service, making him alcalde-mayor of Laguna de Bay.</p>
+<p>About this time the convent of Angat in the mountains of the
+province of Bulac&aacute;n was received, with the title of our mother
+St. Monica, and father Fray Juan de Morelos was appointed its prior. It
+was composed of the visitas of the convent of Quingua&mdash;Tabuquillo,
+Abarungco, Catalonan, Guinapusan, and Santa Luc&iacute;a&mdash;which,
+on account of being very distant from Quingua, were administered with
+much difficulty; and therefore the ministry of Angat was founded, more
+than three leguas distant from [the convent of] Sandago at Quingua. It
+has ordinarily two hundred and fifty tributes, with a church and
+convent of wood. The district is very healthful and pleasant, because
+the land is fertilized by a river of the best water that is known in
+these islands; it is the river celebrated by the name of Quingua, the
+waters of which, compared with many others, have been found to weigh
+less. This mission is bounded on every side by very fertile meadows, on
+which abundant harvests of excellent tobacco are gathered; for this
+reason it is thickly settled with people who cultivate this plant,
+which is so esteemed throughout the world, and which now has made its
+way to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb194" href="#pb194" name=
+"pb194">194</a>]</span>chief personages therein. This district has
+forests, although they are scattered, of heavy and valuable timber; for
+they are very dense, and so extensive that they join those of Balete
+and San Mateo, at a distance of more than eight leguas. In the district
+of this ministry the religious of St. John of God possess a fine ranch
+stocked with cattle and horses, which is the most that they have for
+the support of their convent and hospital at Manila, where they aid the
+sick poor with their usual charity. The convent of Angat has no vote in
+the chapter-meetings, and therefore is counted in the number of the
+vicariates of this province.</p>
+<p>Although the citizens of Manila are not easy to please, no matter
+how good their governors are, it appears that in the time of which we
+write they had much reason to be discontented with the government of
+Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado; for not only did he devote himself
+excessively to his own personal interests, to the detriment of the
+commonwealth, but he was of a harsh and unpleasant nature, and gave
+sharp answers. Besides this he spoke in a treble voice, and people
+heard him with difficulty. He kept every one angered at his harsh
+behavior, and disgusted by his being engrossed with, the pursuit of
+gain. This was recognized in the lading of the galleons, which is the
+net of the merchants; and in this year [of 1680] the galleon &ldquo;San
+Antonio&rdquo; was in danger of not making the voyage, on account of
+its being so overloaded by his henchman Don Juan Gallardo, the
+castellan of Cavite&mdash;not only with his own goods, but with those
+of his master the governor&mdash;that its commander, Don Tom&aacute;s
+de Endaya, was compelled to unload the vessel and return to lade
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb195" href="#pb195" name=
+"pb195">195</a>]</span>it anew, accommodating the entire cargo to the
+vessel&rsquo;s capacity. On account of these and other well-known
+animosities against the governor and his retainers, the citizens this
+year determined to inform his Majesty against him; and they did so, the
+auditors and the city uniting for this purpose and making charges
+against him. They sent letters, with great caution, in this galleon;
+and these papers caused his removal in the year 1684.</p>
+<p>About October of this year the governor sent to Mac&aacute;n General
+Antonio Nieto, in order to settle some disputes relative to commerce; he
+accomplished this with much discretion, his excellent procedure
+reflecting credit on the Castilian nation. He also, with great charity,
+relieved many cases of necessity, which in the said city are very
+numerous; but this was done without injuring one iota of the Portuguese
+tenacity and pride, in which that people exceed all others in
+Europa.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.9"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2213" class="main">Chapter IX</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">[This chapter describes a remarkable comet which
+was visible in the islands from the middle of November, 1680, to
+February 14, 1681; and relates at much length the condition of the
+Chinese empire at that time, and the founding of Augustinian missions
+therein. Of this matter, we retain only the description of the comet
+and its course.]</p>
+<p>The frightful comet [was] so large that it extended, like a very
+wide belt, from one side of the horizon to the other, with but little
+difference [in its breadth], causing in the darkness of the night
+nearly as much light as the moon in her quadrature. The course of this
+comet was, like those of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb196" href=
+"#pb196" name="pb196">196</a>]</span>planets, a rapid one from east to
+west, so that every day it disappeared and was hidden. The other
+movement was a retrograde one, so that it moved from west to east three
+or four degrees, and sometimes more than five, each day, at times less.
+This movement lasted from November 20 until February 14, 1681, in which
+time it passed through the signs of Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius,
+Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, and Aries&mdash;passing the equator from
+the south, from the handle of Libra and Ophiuchus [<i lang=
+"es">Serpentario</i>]. It crossed the ecliptic and southern solstice,
+and through the constellation Antinous to the tail of the Dolphin, to
+the tail of the Little Horse [<i>i.e.</i>, Equellus], and the breast of
+Pegasus, and thence to the head of Andromeda; and it passed over the
+equator at 310&deg; from the point of Aries. Its magnitude was
+frightful, for its circumference and head [<i>i.e.</i>, of the coma and
+nucleus] was two thousand one hundred and four leguas; and its
+magnitude was equal to that of Mercury, which is nineteen times larger
+than the earth. Its tail reached, on January 8, an extent of
+seventy-five degrees, which at its distance made 1,437,919 leguas. It
+was a celestial comet, and not elemental;<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2230src" href="#xd20e2230" name="xd20e2230src">42</a> and
+according to its parallax it was in the celestial quarter distant from
+us 1,150 semidiameters or halves of the line which we regard as
+crossing the center<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2238src" href=
+"#xd20e2238" name="xd20e2238src">43</a>&mdash;<span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb197" href="#pb197" name=
+"pb197">197</a>]</span>which, according to the measurement of Father
+Jos&eacute; Zaragoza, a distinguished mathematician of the Society of
+Jesus, are 1,153,000 leguas, which was its apogee. Its movement was
+7,458 times as swift as the velocity of a cannon-ball weighing twelve
+libras, which, according to those who are curious, travels in each
+minute, or sixtieth part of an hour, two-thirds of a legua. This comet
+was visible throughout the world, giving rise to much discussion over
+its effects, which in truth were generally very evil. On the second of
+January it passed the parallel of our zenith. These observations were
+made by Father Eusebius Kino,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2245src" href=
+"#xd20e2245" name="xd20e2245src">44</a> a German, of the Society of
+Jesus&mdash;a mathematician of the university of Ingolstad, a
+missionary in California&mdash;while he was in M&eacute;jico; and he
+printed them, with a dedication to our Lady of Guadalupe. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb198" href="#pb198" name="pb198">198</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.10"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2251" class="main">Chapter X</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">General Antonio Nieto returned from Mac&aacute;n,
+leaving the affairs of the commerce with these islands regulated, as
+well as the entrance of missionaries into China by that
+door&mdash;although it never has been assured, because the Portuguese
+allege that such entrance is opposed to the right of patronage of their
+king, with other absurdities which only excite a smile; for it is a
+fact that many of the more southern provinces of China fall within the
+demarcation of Castilla, in proof of which not much mathematics is
+needed. Moreover, the Portuguese do not hold a palmo of conquered land
+on which they have erected churches, or founded bishoprics, with the
+right of patronage; for in that very city of Mac&aacute;n the emperor
+of China possesses as much authority as in Cant&oacute;n, and they pay
+him customs, duties and other royal tributes. And within that same
+city, while General Antonio Nieto was there, an incident occurred which
+would cause shame [even] to a nation less Catholic than the Portuguese,
+whom no other people outdo in that respect.</p>
+<p>In that city the Chinese make their idolatrous processions, and
+commit other abominations, as they do in every other part of their
+lands. It happened that in one of these processions, at that time, they
+carried an idol, a figure of a beautiful woman with a child in her
+arms, whom they call Sanpuerstsa; this is the idol to which they pay
+most devotion, for they call her &ldquo;Mother of Mercy.&rdquo; This
+confirms what is told by the traditions in China, which declare that
+our holy faith was preached in that country; and that when it was
+forgotten some images of saints remained which were made idols. Captain
+Nicol&aacute;s P&eacute;rez <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb199" href=
+"#pb199" name="pb199">199</a>]</span>looked closely at the idols, and
+asked a Chinaman in the procession what image that was; and the
+Chinaman replied, &ldquo;Here, like St. Mary at Manila.&rdquo;
+Nicol&aacute;s P&eacute;rez, hearing this, raised his hand, and gave
+the Chinaman a heavy blow in the face. The procession was thrown into
+confusion, and the Chinese and the whole city disturbed; the aggressor
+was seized; and it cost Nicol&aacute;s P&eacute;rez and General Nieto
+many pesos and much effort to leave the Chinese satisfied, and the
+Portuguese free from their fear that their city and all their royal
+patronage would be destroyed.</p>
+<p>When Antonio Nieto returned to Manila, he was accompanied by three
+clerics, who came to be ordained as priests, as at that time they had
+no bishop in Mac&aacute;n. One was Antonio Melo, the son of a rich
+Portuguese of much repute in Mac&aacute;n named Basco Barbosa; and the
+others were people of the country, that is, mestizos of Portuguese and
+Chinese blood. They were ordained by the bishop of Zeb&uacute;, Don
+Fray Diego de Aguilar; and soon afterward they returned to Mac&aacute;n
+in a patache belonging to that city, accompanied by two priests of the
+Society of Jesus, mathematicians, who had come in the year 1679 with
+Father Francisco Salgado, assigned by their general to the mission of
+China. This vessel sailed about October, which is the time of the
+monsoon that is unfavorable to this voyage; and no information whatever
+has been received about it, or how or where it was lost, although great
+efforts have been made for this by the citizens of Mac&aacute;n.</p>
+<p>[Here follows an account of a punitive expedition against the
+Zambals, which we have already given; see <span class="sc">VOL.
+XXXVIII</span>, pp. 226&ndash;228.]</p>
+<p>The galleon &ldquo;San Antonio,&rdquo; which had sailed in
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb200" href="#pb200" name=
+"pb200">200</a>]</span>the previous year in charge of General Don
+Francisco Enrique de Losada, reached Acapulco, although it encountered
+heavy gales in the high latitudes, and returned prosperously to these
+islands. It had not the good-fortune to come in as far as the point of
+Cavite (a piece of luck which seldom occurs), on account of the
+vendavals having set in steadily; and therefore it made port in
+Solsog&oacute;n. In this galleon came the following persons: The father
+master Don Fray Gin&eacute;s Barrientos, of the Order of Preachers, and
+preacher to his Majesty, consecrated as bishop of Troya, to be
+assistant for the archbishopric of Manila. He was a son of the convent
+of Pe&ntilde;a de Francia, and native of a place in Sayago called
+Barroco Pardo; he was a very learned scholastic, a great preacher, and
+a very observant religious. The father master Don Fray Juan
+Dur&aacute;n, of the Order of Mercy, and a native of Lima; he came as
+consecrated bishop of Sinopolis, and assistant to the bishop of
+Zeb&uacute;; he was very learned, and of very handsome figure and lofty
+stature. The entreaties of his Majesty had obtained from his Holiness
+these two auxiliary bishops, with two thousand pesos of income from his
+royal treasury, and with the right of future succession to assume the
+government of the vacant sees as they might occur. They brought the
+bulls and pallium for the archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who in
+virtue of these was consecrated on October 28; this was performed by
+the bishop of Zeb&uacute;, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar and the bishop of
+Troya, with the assistance of the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de
+Covarrubias, who carried the mitre. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb201" href="#pb201" name="pb201">201</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Presentation came as bishop of Nueva Segovia to Doctor Don Francisco
+Pizarro de Orellana, the archdeacon of Manila, and a native of that
+city; [the see was vacant] by the death of Master Don Lucas de Arqueros
+de Robles, a native of Vigan in Ilocos; and a son of Lorenzo Arqueros,
+so renowned in the revolt of the Zambals and in their destructive raid
+into Ilocos. [The said archdeacon] was a priest of lofty virtue, the
+fame of which had secured for him this dignity&mdash;which he did not
+enjoy, as he lived but a short time, and died before the bulls for his
+consecration arrived.</p>
+<p>[Others also] arrived: Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera Grimaldos, a
+native of M&eacute;jico&mdash;who was a professor in the university
+there, and dean of the faculty of law, and had been counselor of the
+archbishop of M&eacute;jico, the viceroy of Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, Don
+Fray Payo de Rivera, of the order of our father St. Augustine&mdash;who
+came as auditor of this royal Audiencia of Manila. Doctor Don Pedro
+Sebastian de Bol&iacute;var y Mena, a native of M&eacute;jico&mdash;a
+son of Licentiate Don Juan de Bol&iacute;var y Cruz, a former auditor
+of Manila [<i>sic</i>] and Clementina<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2278src" href="#xd20e2278" name="xd20e2278src">45</a>
+professor&mdash;also an auditor of this royal Audiencia. Also Doctor
+Don Lorenzo Esteban de la Fuente Alanis, a native of Murcia&mdash;a
+professor in Granada and Sevilla, and competitor for positions in
+Salamanca&mdash;as fiscal of the Audiencia. All were able lawyers, and
+the fiscal not only surpassed the rest, but was <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb202" href="#pb202" name="pb202">202</a>]</span>very
+skilful in music; and he excelled all who had been here in the rare art
+of playing well the guitar [<i>vihuela</i>],<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2292src" href="#xd20e2292" name="xd20e2292src">46</a> an
+instrument handled by many, but understood only by him. Besides these
+came Licentiate Don Miguel de Lanama Altamirano, an advocate of this
+royal Audiencia; he was a married man, as also were the auditors, and
+they brought their wives with them. Don Miguel was a lawyer of much
+ability, and held important positions in his profession. An appointment
+came for Don Francisco Montemayor y Mansilla as alcalde for criminal
+cases in M&eacute;jico; he sailed for that country in the second year,
+with his son, Don Felipe Mansilla Prado, and died on the voyage. His
+son is still living&mdash;a knight of the Order of Santiago&mdash;as
+also is Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus.</p>
+<p>The bishop of Troya was accompanied by father Fray Alonso
+Garc&iacute;a, a native of Tamanes in Sayago, a religious of the order
+of our father St. Augustine, who had been left in Mexico, belonging to
+the mission of the year 1679; he was a son of the convent at Ciudad
+Rodrigo, and was twenty-five years old; he was a minister in Tagalos,
+and died in the convent at Bulac&aacute;n, in the year 1704. [With him
+was] also father Fray Jos&eacute; de Andrada, a Portuguese, a native of
+Lisboa, and a son of the congregation of Eastern India. Having spent
+several years in this province, and desiring to be adopted into it, but
+not being able <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb203" href="#pb203" name=
+"pb203">203</a>]</span>to secure that privilege for lack of the consent
+and permission of his Majesty and of our very reverend general, he went
+by land to Roma and Madrid&mdash;going to Surrate, and thence to Alepo
+and Venecia&mdash;and obtained a warrant from our father general, and a
+decree from his Majesty, ordaining that he be received into this
+province, but with a clause which stated that this should not be
+regarded as a precedent. This religious was an excellent minister in
+the province of Ilocos, where he died at an advanced age in the year
+1705. He deserves that record be made of him, since his adoption into
+this province cost him so many peregrinations and hardships; for to
+obtain it he made the entire circuit of the terraqueous globe.</p>
+<p>This galleon brought one of the best and most copious
+re&euml;nforcements of soldiers that had been received here; for they
+numbered more than three hundred Europeans, and came from Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, without the stigma of being convicts or men taken from
+the jails.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2320src" href="#xd20e2320" name=
+"xd20e2320src">47</a> This accession was very timely for filling up the
+military forces in Manila, which was accomplished by removing many
+colored men and replacing them by Spaniards; for in this Don Juan de
+Vargas took great pains, showing himself an able soldier. Thus in the
+time of no governor since Don Sebasti&aacute;n Hurtado de Corcuera was
+the garrison of Manila in so fine a condition as in that of Don Juan
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb204" href="#pb204" name=
+"pb204">204</a>]</span>de Vargas. The baton of master-of-camp was given
+to General Don Fernando de Bobadilla (who was castellan of Santiago),
+in place of Don Francisco de Ardilla [<i>sic</i>], who held it <i lang=
+"la">ad interim</i>. The scene began to change with the coming of so
+many bishops and of auditors and lawyers&mdash;an event which, it
+seems, tended rather to augment the forces so that the shock of battle
+might be more violent and fierce for both sides, the winds again
+returning for the fearful commotions which were to disturb the peace
+and tranquillity which the commonwealth of Manila had enjoyed. For
+although the government of Don Juan de Vargas did not prove to be what
+the citizens of Manila desired, on account of his natural harshness and
+his excessive devotion to his own private interests, nevertheless, as
+he did not rob any one of anything, and was only a hindrance to the
+merchants gaining the profits of the trade more to their own
+satisfaction; and as, on the other hand, the islands were in a
+Nourishing condition, the commerce with China and India was very firmly
+established, and wealth was not diminishing, there was [something] for
+all if their desires were not excessive, and for the governor more than
+all together. But, as covetousness is the root of all evils, ... from
+this resulted the greatest troubles and Calamities.</p>
+<p>Time had passed agreeably for the people with some festivities that
+were celebrated at the dedication of the church of Santa Potenciana, on
+May 19, which were very diverting and ingenious. There were poetical
+competitions, which were arranged for that celebration by the
+cleverness of Don Jos&eacute; de Castellar, who had been the secretary
+of Governor Don Manuel de Le&oacute;n&mdash;at whose <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb205" href="#pb205" name=
+"pb205">205</a>]</span>posthumous expense had been rebuilt that church
+and royal seminary. In these exercises the geniuses that are in
+Filipinas showed that in that remotest corner of the world is hidden
+much that could shine in the principal courts of Europa; for the poems
+that were presented therein, both Latin and Castilian, might have been
+a credit to the leading universities. And certainly there was verified
+the saying and opinion of some critics who assert that Filipinas is
+composed of quintessences,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2338src" href=
+"#xd20e2338" name="xd20e2338src">48</a> for many of these are found
+there, not only of good but of evil; and therefore in the pulpits as
+well as in theology (both scholastic and moral) there never lack stars
+of the first magnitude; and in all the rest &ldquo;a hair is cut in the
+air,&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2344src" href="#xd20e2344" name=
+"xd20e2344src">49</a> as the common saying goes.</p>
+<p>The first misfortune which was felt was the return to port of the
+galleon &ldquo;Santa Rosa,&rdquo; in command of General Tom&aacute;s de
+Endaya; it is these losses which are most deeply felt, since all are
+interested in the prosperous voyages of the galleons; and it is one of
+the greatest troubles of these islands, if not the worst, that all are
+dependent on two bits of wood,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2359src"
+href="#xd20e2359" name="xd20e2359src">50</a> and those entrusted to the
+fickleness of the sea&mdash;the one that goes [to Acapulco], and the
+other that is expected. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb206" href=
+"#pb206" name="pb206">206</a>]</span>The sad news of its return came
+late in December, about Christmas, and caused general sorrow. The year
+1682 began with the melancholy feeling which was inspired by seeing
+that we were deprived for that year of having a galleon from Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, which is the artery that communicates the blood and the
+life for the preservation of these isolated islands&mdash;that is, the
+silver which, like a lodestone, attracts the most remote nations to the
+commerce and trade; and by the lack of the silver [which comes] with
+the galleon commercial transactions are greatly retarded.</p>
+<p>Now, it seems, the two camps had made ready their opposing forces
+for one of the most sanguinary battles which for many generations had
+been waged in these islands; and its consequences lasted many years,
+and its echo was a scandal to the universe. The auditors began the
+duties of their office with great care and attention, for they were all
+very erudite men, who had filled chairs in the universities of
+Espa&ntilde;a; but, as the true wisdom is the fear of God, when this is
+lacking all human knowledge is useless.... In the Indias a great source
+of disputes is the desire which some ministers have for extending the
+royal privileges [<i lang="la">regalias</i>], expecting through this
+channel greater advancement&mdash;as if kings, and especially those who
+are so Catholic and pious as are ours of Espa&ntilde;a, would be
+willing to do anything else than to render to God that which is
+God&rsquo;s, content with what is rendered to them, which is
+C&aelig;sar&rsquo;s. The great privileges of the royal patronage are
+not opposed to the integrity of the episcopal dignity and
+ecclesiastical hierarchy; rather, they are in accord with each other,
+and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb207" href="#pb207" name=
+"pb207">207</a>]</span>both use their powers to promote the greater
+prosperity of the faith.... And, since the greatest privileges of the
+patronage of the Indias are pontifical concessions, how can they be
+used against the power of him who concedes them, who necessarily must
+be relatively greater?... Therefore, there neither is nor can be wrong
+in such privileges, which are founded in justice and right, and there
+is no opposition between those which are pontifical and those which are
+royal, as there is not and cannot be any between the virtues. The fault
+is in those who interpret these privileges as they do the laws, for
+they say that they give their mind to them, as if they no longer had
+any mind, and were now <i lang="es">mente captas</i>.<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e2377src" href="#xd20e2377" name="xd20e2377src">51</a>...
+Excellent and learned officials were all the auditors who at that time
+were members of the Audiencia of Manila; but, to judge by results,
+self-will greatly blinded their good understandings, and therefore
+occurred to them the lot of those whom our father St. Augustine
+mentions (treatise 4 on [the gospel of] John): <i lang="la">Temporalia
+perdere timuerunt, et vitam &aelig;ternam non cogitaverunt; ac sic
+utrumque amisserunt</i>.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2387src" href=
+"#xd20e2387" name="xd20e2387src">52</a> The infinite mercy of God
+probably did not permit that, although all met very painful and some
+very sudden deaths&mdash;except Doctor Don Diego Calder&oacute;n y
+Serrano, who died as a good Christian, who did not choose to entrust
+the safety of his soul to opinions. But at the least we saw them lose
+temporal prosperity, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb208" href="#pb208"
+name="pb208">208</a>]</span>when they were confidently expecting even
+more. [Here follows (pp. 751&ndash;766) Diaz&rsquo;s account of the
+Pardo controversy, which we omit, since it has been sufficiently used
+for annotation of other documents relating to that subject, for which
+see <span class="sc">VOL. XXXIX</span>, pp. 149&ndash;275.]</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.13"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2396" class="main">Chapter XIII</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">During all the three years&rsquo; term of the
+provincial Fray Diego de Jes&uacute;s this province enjoyed great
+tranquillity, and made great progress in strict observance, and in care
+and watchfulness in the mission villages in our charge. All regarded
+the provincial as a mirror, and seeing him they corrected their own
+negligence, on account of the great virtues that shone in him. His
+poverty and disregard of earthly things was of heroic degree. Of many
+of his surpassing virtues I can be a witness, for I had much to do with
+him during this triennium, on account of having duties near his person.
+It cost much urging to make him lay aside a habit, very old and worn,
+which he had used many years; and to induce him to change a hat which
+was so old that it appeared unsuitable and ludicrous. On many occasions
+he had no water even in his cell; and when he needed it, for visitors
+or for himself, he asked for it from others.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2400src" href="#xd20e2400" name="xd20e2400src">53</a> So
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb209" href="#pb209" name=
+"pb209">209</a>]</span>close was his attendance in the choir that it
+seemed as if he had no other occupation. He never handled money during
+his term as provincial, to which I can testify, since I was his
+depositary and almoner (for he possessed the virtue of charity in a
+very high degree). He was frequent in prayer, and so severely did he
+mortify the flesh that after death there were found on him the marks of
+the cilices<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2409src" href="#xd20e2409" name=
+"xd20e2409src">54</a> of copper, even to the soles of his feet; a
+little before he died, these had been taken from him by father Fray
+Jos&eacute; de Orense, of the Order of St. Francis, a religious of
+great ardor, to whom Fray Diego had communicated his own. Although I
+have not reached the time at which his holy death occurred, I am not
+willing to pass over in silence what happened on that occasion to this
+noble religious Fray Jos&eacute; <span class="corr" id="xd20e2418"
+title="Not in source">de</span> Orense. The death of our father Fray
+Diego de Jes&uacute;s was hastened by his infirmities, and by his age,
+which was seventy-four years. They rang the bell for giving him the
+holy sacraments, and at the same time father Fray Jos&eacute; de Orense
+came in at the convent door. They told him that his dear friend was in
+danger of death, and he replied with a serene face that he already knew
+this, and had come to the convent on that account; for the two had
+agreed that, whoever should die first, the other would assist him at
+death. The wonderful thing is, that the brethren had not <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb210" href="#pb210" name=
+"pb210">210</a>]</span>informed Fray Jos&eacute; of it, nor had there
+been time for that. He remained with our father Fray Diego until the
+latter expired in his arms. Our father had completed his term as
+provincial, to the great regret of all, and then retired to a cell,
+which, during the thirteen years while he lived, he did not leave
+except for the choir-services; nor did he go outside [the convent]
+except with the body of religious. In no chapter-meeting which followed
+would he vote, although he was past provincial; and in order to carry
+this out better he endeavored to secure that his brother, Fray
+Buenaventura de B&eacute;jar, should obtain the function of voting. If
+in the year 1686 he presided in the chapter-meeting, it was by
+commission of our very reverend father general, and because some
+persons had magnified it as a charge on his conscience that it was
+important for him to accept that post; and therefore he did so,
+although with evident reluctance. They desired to elect him provincial
+for six years before [his death], but they never were able to attain
+this.</p>
+<p>The chapter-session was held in the convent at Manila on May 8,
+1683; and it was presided over by father Fray Juan Ponce, the first
+definitor for the past triennium, as we had not a special appointment
+for that duty from our very reverend father, the general of the whole
+order. The election for provincial fell on our father Fray Jos&eacute;
+Duque, for the second time, with the unanimous consent of all the
+voting fathers and the general satisfaction of the whole
+province&mdash;who knew from long experience his great talent for
+governing, and his great devoutness and prudence; on account of these
+qualifications <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb211" href="#pb211" name=
+"pb211">211</a>]</span>he was afterward commissary of the Holy Office.
+As definitors were elected our father Fray Juan de J&eacute;rez, the
+father reader Fray Juan Bautista Bover, and fathers Fray Alonso de
+Escos and Fray Francisco de Zamora. The visitors for the past triennium
+were present, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio and father Fray Juan
+Guedeja; and the new visitors appointed for this triennium were fathers
+Fray Jos&eacute; de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arnillas. The mandates
+and statutes of this chapter-session, although not many, were
+exceedingly useful for the proper government of the province.</p>
+<p>Strong recommendations were made that they should send to the
+mission of China religious who might aid fathers Fray &Aacute;lvaro de
+Benavente and Fray Juan de Rivera; and for this holy employ, after a
+few months, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio offered himself, and,
+renouncing the office of prior of the convent of Ceb&uacute; and the
+responsibility of vicar-provincial for that island, he embarked for
+China; and afterward he was followed by fathers Fray Jos&eacute; Gil
+and Fray Francisco Pati&ntilde;o, who rendered excellent service for
+several years in those missions&mdash;although finally they withdrew on
+account of impaired health, and returned to these islands.</p>
+<p>When the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio arrived at Cant&oacute;n,
+it was but a short time after the entrance into China, by way of
+Hermosa Island, of the bishop of Heliopolis, Don Francisco Pal&uacute;,
+on a journey from Roma; he resided in the city of Moyang, from which
+place he sent to the regulars who were ministers notifications of the
+decrees of the holy Congregation of the Propaganda upon the subjection
+of the regulars to the apostolic vicars. This <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb212" href="#pb212" name=
+"pb212">212</a>]</span>occasioned great disquiet, and hindered the
+preaching of the gospel; and from it originated bitter controversies,
+which began in that time, and are not ended up to the present; may it
+please God to bring them to an end in future days. Nevertheless, at the
+visit to Roma of father Fray Alvaro de Benavente some relief was given
+by the decree which he obtained from the holy Congregation of the
+Propaganda, which suspended the subjection, and left only the
+visitation of the vicars-apostolic and some other and lesser duties of
+obedience, in other matters leaving the regulars subject to their own
+regular superiors&mdash;which is the same as to leave them subject to
+two masters. But this is impossible, by the saying of Christ our Lord,
+according to chap. xvii of St. Luke: <i lang="la">Nemo potest duobus
+Dominis servire</i><a class="noteref" id="xd20e2438src"
+href="#xd20e2438" name= "xd20e2438src">55</a>&mdash;which is what was
+attempted in Filipinas by the archbishop Don Diego Camacho y Avila.<a
+class="noteref" id= "xd20e2441src" href="#xd20e2441"
+name="xd20e2441src">56</a> Bishop Pal&uacute;, who styled himself vicar
+apostolic for the entire empire of China, sent to Cant&oacute;n a
+notification of the bull of his Holiness Clement X and the subjection
+of the regulars, to a French priest named Filibert Leblanc&mdash;who is
+still living, a very old man, and is vicar apostolic of a province. His
+coming occasioned much grief to the fathers of St. Francis, and to
+father <span class= "pagenum">[<a id="pb213" href="#pb213"
+name="pb213">213</a>]</span>Fray Miguel Rubio, who made such answer as
+at that time seemed expedient. The bishop of Heliopolis lived but a
+short time in China, dying in the city of Moyang.</p>
+<p>This year the governor despatched to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a two
+galleons, with a considerable interval between, thus providing a remedy
+against the returns to port which had been experienced in preceding
+years; for it was very possible that, in case one ship were driven
+back, the other could make its voyage&mdash;which had been known to
+occur many times, since they could not keep together in that dangerous
+navigation, and might follow very different courses; and one will
+suffer from a storm, and the tempest not reach the region where the
+other vessel is sailing. Accordingly, he sent the galleon &ldquo;Santa
+Rosa&rdquo; as flagship, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; and as
+almiranta the galleon &ldquo;San Telmo,&rdquo; under his follower
+Admiral Don Francisco Fabra, a very sagacious and active man. These two
+galleons made a prosperous voyage and reached the port of Acapulco,
+where General Antonio Nieto remained as castellan of the castle there
+(until his Majesty should give him a proprietary appointment), because
+he who held this office was dead, and the viceroy of Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a, Marqu&eacute;s de Laguna and Conde de Paredes de
+Nava,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2450src" href="#xd20e2450" name=
+"xd20e2450src">57</a> appointed <i lang="la">ad interim</i> General
+Antonio Nieto. [This resulted] to the great improvement of that fort,
+for he strengthened and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb214" href=
+"#pb214" name="pb214">214</a>]</span>repaired it, and provided it with
+military supplies, in which it was very deficient&mdash;most of this at
+his own cost, because he had a generous disposition.</p>
+<p>Governor Don Juan de Vargas also placed on the stocks, at the port
+of Cavite, a galleon to which he gave the name &ldquo;Santo Ni&ntilde;o
+Jes&uacute;s de Ceb&uacute;,&rdquo; one of the largest ships ever built
+in these islands; its builder was Juan S&aacute;nchez, a man well
+skilled in the art of such construction, on account of having practiced
+it many years in Yucat&aacute;n. So much diligence was used in
+constructing the ship that it made a voyage to Acapulco in the year
+1684, as we shall relate in its place.</p>
+<p>In this year of 1683 there came to Don Juan de Vargas an envoy
+extraordinary from the king of Si&aacute;m, and from his <i lang=
+"es">barcal&oacute;n</i> (or prime minister in all the kingdom), who
+was a Greek and very Catholic, named Constantius Falc&oacute;n. The
+envoy was a religious of the order of our father St. Augustine, a
+native of Lisboa, named Fray Esteb&aacute;n Sousa; [he was formerly] a
+lecturer on theology in the convent of &Eacute;vora, and had been
+rector at Goa and visitor for Mac&aacute;n, and was a religious of
+great learning and greater virtue. It seems that one of the things
+solicited by the <i lang="es">barcal&oacute;n</i> Constantius
+Falc&oacute;n was, to retire to Manila with his family and all his
+wealth, which was great, on account of his being the royal favorite and
+having great influence with the king of Si&aacute;m&mdash;who, although
+a barbarian and very superstitious, as are all that people, had a very
+amiable disposition and much esteem for Europeans. Sargento-mayor Don
+Francisco de Moya, with whom Constantius was on very intimate terms,
+dissuaded him from this purpose; and certainly the arguments which he
+brought forward were reasonable, based <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb215" href="#pb215" name="pb215">215</a>]</span>on the extreme and
+incredible power of the governors of Manila, which is very unfriendly
+to the possessor of much wealth, as has been confirmed by experience. I
+could set down here many instances of this which have occurred in my
+own time; but I omit this, as being a matter that is both delicate and
+offensive.</p>
+<p>It would have been very prudent on the part of Constantius to have
+retired from Si&aacute;m; for within a few years the king died, and his
+successor was not so kind and well-intentioned. This king inflicted on
+Constantius a most cruel death, and appropriated his enormous wealth,
+which, according to report, was counted by millions. It is true that
+Constantius was very guilty, for he had formed an alliance with the
+French, and was planning to surrender to them the kingdom of
+Si&aacute;m; and for this purpose he had corresponded with the king of
+France, who sent many Frenchmen for this enterprise&mdash;which ended
+very badly, and cost most of them their lives; and the missionary
+bishops suffered very great privations. The intention of Constantius
+was a good one; it was, to establish the Catholic faith in Si&aacute;m,
+for which he had built some churches. For the adornment of these, he
+sent [orders] through the said Don Francisco de Moya for many chalices,
+monstrances, and vessels of silver covered with gold, to be wrought in
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a; on account of his death, these were sold in
+Manila, and now they are in many churches of these islands. Only his
+wife escaped&mdash;a Japanese woman, a very good Christian&mdash;and a
+son of his, who went to Francia, where the most Christian king
+conferred honors on him, and gave him an income and the title of
+count.</p>
+<p>Father Fray Esteb&aacute;n de Sousa, having concluded <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb216" href="#pb216" name="pb216">216</a>]</span>the
+business which he had to transact in Manila, returned to Si&aacute;m;
+and the king of that country sent him as his ambassador to the king of
+Portugal, accompanied by two Siamese nobles [<i lang=
+"es">mandarines</i>] who carried a rich present. With them he went to
+Goa, where the viceroy of India sent him on his way to Lisboa with the
+best ship that he had. But when they arrived at the Cape of Good Hope
+the ship was dashed to pieces, at the place which is called &ldquo;the
+false cape,&rdquo; and most of its people perished, including one of
+the Siamese nobles. Father Fray Esteb&aacute;n and another religious of
+Ours&mdash;a Portuguese named Fray Jos&eacute; de Gracia, who had spent
+several years in Filipinas&mdash;with a very few others, saved their
+lives. They traveled by land more than forty leguas, through those
+desert shores of Africa, where they encountered only lions of fearful
+size; they saved themselves from the lions at night by surrounding
+themselves with fires, on account of the antipathy which those fierce
+beasts have for fire. They ate some herbs of the field, and, weakened
+by hunger and fatigue, they fell dead along the way; more than forty
+Portuguese perished, among them two religious of the Society of Jesus,
+for they were old men and unable to travel so far, or to suffer such
+privations. After many days, having endured incredible sufferings, they
+reached a city which the Dutch have at the Cape of Good Hope, called
+Santa Elena; they were received there with much kindness, and the Dutch
+treated them very well, and relieved their many necessities.</p>
+<p>Father Fray Esteb&aacute;n returned to Goa, and by order of his
+provincial went back to Si&aacute;m, where in the Bandel<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e2481src" href="#xd20e2481" name=
+"xd20e2481src">58</a> of the Portuguese he made a hermitage;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb217" href="#pb217" name=
+"pb217">217</a>]</span>and there, allowing his beard to grow, he
+devoted himself wholly to prayer and mortification, being an example
+for all the Europeans in that kingdom. He had his grave always open, in
+which he often placed himself, and there meditated on the end of the
+glories of this world. In the year 1698 he returned to Manila, in order
+to procure a bell for his hermitage and some other articles for its
+adornment, and to collect some alms. In the following year he went back
+to Si&aacute;m, to continue that mode of life, [which he did] until the
+year 1709, when they found him dead in his hermitage, on his knees;
+they buried him in the grave which he had always kept open. The spirit
+of this religious was approved in Manila by men consummate in
+virtue&mdash;especially by fathers Fray Francisco de la
+Concepci&oacute;n and Fray Jos&eacute; Orense, Franciscans, who were
+very spiritual men, and well qualified to decide on souls truly
+mystical. He practiced great mortification in his food, for he never
+ate flesh or fish, but only fruits (and those without any additional
+relish), roasted sweet potatoes and bananas, and a little boiled
+rice.</p>
+<p>In a vessel from the Coromandel coast came Juan Ant&uacute;nez de
+Portugal, a knight of the Order of Christ, and a son of the celebrated
+Portuguese jurist Domingo de Ant&uacute;nez de Portugal (of the same
+order), who wrote the very learned book, <i lang="la">De regalibus</i>.
+He came with an appointment from his king as governor of the islands of
+Timor and Solor, and, having fallen dangerously ill at Malaca, he
+feared, as a good Catholic, to die among those Calvinistic <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb218" href="#pb218" name=
+"pb218">218</a>]</span>heretics; and therefore embarked in a coasting
+vessel which was coming to Manila with merchandise. He was received by
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas with the hospitality which his person and
+noble rank merited, and medical treatment was provided for him with
+great care. As soon as he became well and was ready to continue his
+voyage to Timor, the governor sent him, well provided, in a very good
+vessel belonging to some Portuguese traders, and gave him some
+Spaniards to accompany him.</p>
+<p>The islands of Timor and Solor are the last of which we have
+knowledge toward the south beyond the island of Jacatra, where the
+Dutch have founded the city of Nueva Batavia, the capital of all the
+colonies and factories that they possess in Eastern India from the Cape
+of Good Hope, which are numerous and rich. The islands of Timor and
+Solor abound with gold, and in them alone grows the sandalwood, a very
+fragrant and esteemed wood, and a great article of trade for
+China&mdash;although the transportation of it is very unbecoming for
+Christians, because it is the incense and <i>timiama</i> which the
+Chinese use most in the sacrifices to their idols; and therefore the
+Portuguese have found by experience that wealth gained by this wretched
+traffic never is profitable. These islands are under the Portuguese
+dominion and are relics of its ancient colonies, although they are but
+little subject to it on account of being more than twelve hundred
+leguas from Goa. At that time the rule over them had been usurped by a
+Dutch mestizo (although he feigned to be a Catholic), named Antonio de
+Ornay, a very sagacious man and an able politician, who governed
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb219" href="#pb219" name=
+"pb219">219</a>]</span>them more as a king than as a vassal (as he said
+he was) of the king of Portugal&mdash;whom he recognized so far as it
+seemed good to him, and made contributions to his revenues with part of
+the great and almost incredible riches which it was said he possessed,
+especially in gold; but most of his wealth was hidden and buried in the
+ground. The king of Portugal and the viceroy of India, knowing that
+they could do no more, allowed him to remain in that power, and sent
+him [the insignia of] the Order of Christ, and other titles of honor.
+It seems that the cabinet at Lisboa were displeased at the limited
+power that the Portuguese crown possessed in Timor, and decided to send
+Juan Ant&uacute;nez to replace Antonio de Ornay, but armed and escorted
+only by the royal warrant, which is more than enough for Portuguese
+loyalty. Juan Ant&uacute;nez arrived at the principal port of Timor,
+and found it in hostile array and garrisoned by soldiers of all
+nations, sent by Antonio de Ornay, who already had information (by way
+of Batavia) of his new successor; these soldiers had orders from him
+not to allow Juan Ant&uacute;nez or any other person to land from the
+vessel, and not to accept from him any despatch or letter. The new
+governor spent many days there, waiting to see if he could at least
+write a letter to Antonio de Ornay; but seeing that he had no remedy
+except to return to Manila, he did so, with much difficulty and lack of
+provisions. From Manila he set out for India, where he was afterward
+governor of Mozambique and other places in Africa. Antonio de Ornay
+remained absolute master of Timor and Solor, until he died suddenly, of
+old age; and without the assistance of a priest, because the influence
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb220" href="#pb220" name=
+"pb220">220</a>]</span>[<i>aires</i>] of the neighboring Batavia had so
+weakened his scruples. At his death was present a citizen of
+Mac&aacute;n, Antonio de Vasconcelos, of the same Order of Christ, who
+told us in these islands that all the wealth of Antonio de Ornay, a
+great quantity of gold, had been lost; for, as he had buried all his
+treasures and died suddenly, they remained for the court of Pluto, the
+imaginary god of riches and also of hell.</p>
+<p>About the end of the year, Auditor Doctor Don Crist&oacute;bal
+Herrera Grimaldos died, aged more than seventy years. The cause of his
+death&mdash;which came rapidly, in an illness of a few weeks&mdash;was
+that a running sore that he had in his right arm became cancerous. It
+is said that it was this arm that he stretched out to seize the
+archbishop when he ordered [the soldiers] to carry out the prelate in
+the chair on which he was sitting; such is the story, but it is not
+confirmed.... What is certainly known is, that he made no effort to
+secure absolution from the excommunication. He publicly received the
+holy viaticum, which was administered to him by the dean, Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Covarrubias; and they buried him in the church of the Society
+of Jesus at Manila. Afterward the archbishop, having returned from his
+exile (as we shall soon relate), by sentence and demand from his
+attorney-general ordered that the auditor&rsquo;s body be disinterred;
+but this proved ineffectual, because it was alleged that the body had
+been buried in a general sepulchre, in which were the bones of others
+of the faithful, and those of the auditor could not be recognized. At
+this, the ecclesiastical officials desisted from their attempt; but
+there was no other declaration to the contrary. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb221" href="#pb221" name="pb221">221</a>]</span></p>
+<p>While the archbishop was enduring his exile in
+Lingay&eacute;n&mdash;or, to speak more correctly, his imprisonment,
+since he had not the liberty that exiled persons enjoy&mdash;in Manila
+the tempest continued against the religious of St. Dominic, who, as
+being his brethren in the order, had great share in his troubles. The
+usurping provisor, Dean Don Miguel de Covarrubias, and the cabildo,
+successful in maintaining the vacant see [<i lang="la">sede
+vacante</i>], arrested and harassed all those who, as it seemed to
+them, did not agree with their opinion. And as it seemed to them that
+all the force in this opposition came from the religious of St.
+Dominic&mdash;especially from the provincial, Fray Antonio
+Calder&oacute;n; father Fray Crist&oacute;bal Pedroche, commissary of
+the Holy Office and vicar-provincial; father Fray Bartolom&eacute;
+Marr&oacute;n, rector of the college of Santo Tom&aacute;s; and the two
+lecturers in theology, father Fray Juan Ib&aacute;&ntilde;ez and Fray
+Francisco de Vargas&mdash;they demanded aid from the governor, Don Juan
+de Vargas, to banish those religious. The governor issued a royal
+decree, signed only with his own name, directing the provincial to send
+the five religious above mentioned to the village of Lalo, the capital
+of the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, distant a hundred leguas from
+Manila, on the pretext that some of them were preaching, and others
+teaching, erroneous doctrines in the community. The said provincial
+replied to this that if the errors consisted in saying that the cabildo
+and their provisor had usurped the ecclesiastical jurisdiction, and
+that the persons who had banished the archbishop and arrested the
+ecclesiastics deserved the censures [of the church], it was himself who
+had most influence [in forming that opinion in them], and who with
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb222" href="#pb222" name=
+"pb222">222</a>]</span>most firmness maintained it; and that as his
+subordinates were not to blame in the matter, since they obeyed the
+commands laid on them, he could not fulfil the orders given by the
+royal decree. The said master-of-camp issued a second decree in the
+same form as the first, repeating its commands, and ordering that the
+provincial with the five religious be brought to this capital.</p>
+<p>To the end that this order might be executed, he gave commission to
+Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, auditor of that
+Audiencia&mdash;who, accompanied by several companies of arquebusiers
+and other soldiers under the command of the said governor, went to the
+convent of San Domingo; and, leaving it surrounded with many of the
+soldiers, with others he entered it to make known the said royal
+decree. He actually notified the provincial and Fray Crist&oacute;bal
+Pedroche, commissary of the Holy Office and vicar-provincial of Manila;
+and the soldiers looked through the entire convent in search for the
+rector, Fray Bartolom&eacute; Marron. Not finding him, they went on to
+the college of Santo Tom&aacute;s, and, after making the same efforts
+to find the said rector, but in vain, notified the two professors of
+the same decree. They made substantially the same reply as the
+provincial&mdash;all of them saying that they could not voluntarily
+leave their offices and province; but that they were ready to endure
+any violence for the sake of God and His cause. The news of this was
+sent to the said master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas, and he was told how
+in the convent and the college all the doors and offices had been
+opened to the soldiers, without resistance; he gave orders that the
+soldiers should remain round about the convent <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb223" href="#pb223" name="pb223">223</a>]</span>and
+college, and should not permit the entrance of any provision of food or
+water for the religious until the six should be surrendered, and should
+go alone to the places designated in the said royal decree. This
+blockade, with this rigor, lasted four days, and on the last day, which
+was the day next following Corpus [Christi], the same auditor went to
+the convent; and, having made various protestations and requisitions,
+ordered the usurping provisor (who was present) to remove those
+religious. After some questions and replies the provisor commanded the
+soldiers to carry in chairs, in their arms, to the place of embarkation
+of the provincial and his vicar-provincial; this was actually done,
+carrying them until they placed the religious in the vessel which had
+been made ready for this purpose. This having been accomplished at the
+convent, they went to the college of Santo Tom&aacute;s, and the same
+thing was done to the two professors of theology; and, all being placed
+together in the same vessel, they were conveyed to the port of Cavite.
+From that place the two professors were transported in another vessel
+to the island of Mariveles; and the provincial and vicar-provincial
+were detained there until the time for the sailing of the ship for
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in which they were embarked. The said provincial
+reached the kingdom of Espa&ntilde;a, where he died a few months after
+his arrival.</p>
+<p>At the same time, by order of the said master-of-camp, Doctor Don
+Diego Calder&oacute;n went to the convent of the Pari&aacute;n (which
+is the village of the heathen Chinese), with the same display of arms
+and soldiers, in quest of the said vicar-provincial, and searched the
+entire convent&mdash;where he could not be <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb224" href="#pb224" name=
+"pb224">224</a>]</span>found, since he was, as has been stated, in the
+convent of Manila, in company with the provincial. With the same
+commission Captain Don Luis de Morales Camacho, alcalde-in-ordinary,
+went with armed soldiers to a ranch named Bi&ntilde;&aacute;n, distant
+eight leguas from Manila, and belonging to the said college, to seize
+the rector, thinking that they would find him there; and General
+Antonio V&aacute;squez went, with the same accompaniment of soldiers,
+to the convent of Abucay, a ministry for the Indians, distant eight
+leguas from Manila by sea, to look for Fray Raimundo Verart; but, as
+they could not find those two religious, they could not in their case
+put into execution the [sentence for their] removal from the islands.
+Strenuous efforts were made in Manila to look for the father rector,
+Fray Bartolom&eacute; Marron, but they could not find him; for he was
+safely hidden in the house of a person who was strongly attached to the
+order; so they desisted from their search for him.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.14"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2533" class="main">Chapter XIV</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The two galleons which had sailed for Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a in the preceding year arrived safely at Filipinas [1684],
+although they did not make port at Cavite, but at Solsogon, within the
+Embocadero. The flagship &ldquo;Santa Rosa,&rdquo; which had gone out
+in charge of Antonio Nieto (who had remained as warden of the castle at
+Capulco), brought back as its commander Don Juan de Zalaeta, a native
+of Vizcaya, and a knight of the Order of Santiago. He had spent many
+years in these islands, and had been a soldier in Ternate; and, having
+returned to [Nueva?] Espa&ntilde;a, had held several honorable
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb225" href="#pb225" name=
+"pb225">225</a>]</span>offices&mdash;as, being alcalde-mayor of
+Hicay&aacute;n and Puebla de los Angeles, and warden of Acapulco. In
+this galleon came the governor who was to succeed Don Juan de Vargas;
+this was the admiral of galleons, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y
+Arriola, a knight of the Order of Santiago, and a member of the
+&ldquo;twenty-four&rdquo; of Sevilla and of the supreme Council of War.
+He had been commander of the Windward fleet,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2539src" href="#xd20e2539" name="xd20e2539src">59</a> and had
+held other responsible positions on sea and land; and he was a
+Vizcayan, a native of Elgoibar. Don Juan de Zalaeta carried the
+commission for taking the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, and other
+warrants; but the most important person among those whose residencias
+he must take was the master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila,
+uncle of Don Juan de Vargas&rsquo;s wife. It was this man who had
+enjoyed the profits of the office of government, and this year he was
+returning to Espa&ntilde;a as commander of the galleon &ldquo;Santo
+Ni&ntilde;o.&rdquo; That vessel met within the Embocadero the galleon
+&ldquo;Santa Rosa,&rdquo; and, learning that in the latter had come a
+successor to Don Juan de Vargas, he hoisted the anchors without waiting
+for further information, whether opportune or not [<i lang="es">con
+tiempo &oacute; sin &eacute;l</i>], and sailed into the sea outside;
+and he was not ill-advised in this step, since in the residencia he
+would have been the chief personage. When Don Juan de Zalaeta learned
+that the best of the hunt had escaped from him, he was much grieved
+that he could not catch him; although it would have grieved Don
+Francisco Guerrero more <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb226" href=
+"#pb226" name="pb226">226</a>]</span>if they had seized him. That
+gentleman knew how to enjoy the advantages of Filipinas quite alone,
+and to go away laughing at the citizens and every one else; but Don
+Juan de Vargas remained behind, in custody, to make amends for his own
+faults and those of others.</p>
+<p>In company with the above-mentioned governor came very distinguished
+officers, all Vizcayans; there were Don Jos&eacute; de Escorta, Don
+Pedro Uri&oacute;solo, Don Francisco Alvarez, Don Bernardo de Endaya
+(who carried the despatches from his Majesty), Don Pedro de
+Avenda&ntilde;o, Don Mat&iacute;as de Mug&oacute;rtegui, Don Francisco
+de Le&oacute;n y Leal, Don Juan Bautista Curucelaegui, Don
+Andr&eacute;s de Mirafuentes, Don Jos&eacute; de Herrera, Don Manuel
+Gonz&aacute;lez, Don Lorenzo Mesala, Don Francisco Carsiga (who died a
+priest), Don Jos&eacute; Arriola, Don Mart&iacute;n Mart&iacute;nez de
+Tejada, and Don Lucas Vais; all of them were generals and
+sargentos-mayor, whom we know as captains, and rendered much service
+and honor to these islands. In this galleon came Don Mateo Lucas de
+Urquiza; also Captain Lorenzo L&aacute;zaro, a noted pilot; Captain Don
+Francisco Cort&eacute;s, boatswain; and for ship&rsquo;s storekeeper
+Juan de Aramburu, a brave Vizcayan who served in many important
+exploits.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e2556width" id="p227"><img src="images/p227.jpg"
+alt=
+"View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile from Recueil des voiages Comp. Indes orientales (Amsterdam, 1725)"
+width="720" height="263">
+<p class="figureHead">View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile
+from <i lang="fr">Recueil des voiages Comp. Indes orientales</i>
+(Amsterdam, 1725)</p>
+<p class="firstpar">[<i>from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical
+Society</i>]</p>
+</div>
+<p>In the almiranta &ldquo;San Telmo,&rdquo; in which returned the
+admiral Don Francisco Manuel de Fabra, came a numerous and excellent
+mission of religious of our father St. Augustine; it was sent by father
+Fray Manuel de la Cruz, who left these islands in the year 1680; he
+himself had been left in our hospice of Santo Tom&aacute;s de
+Villanueva, outside the city of M&eacute;jico. This galleon &ldquo;San
+Telmo&rdquo; was in great <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb229" href=
+"#pb229" name="pb229">229</a>]</span>danger of not being able to return
+hither, for, having set sail several days after the flagship, on
+leaving the port the rudder-irons broke, and the ship was almost
+unmanageable&mdash;a defect very difficult to repair in that place, on
+account of the scarcity of artisans at Acapulco. If it had not been for
+the diligence and energy of the warden Antonio Nieto, who sent to a
+great distance to get workmen, and made the repairs at his own cost and
+with his personal attention, this loss would have been irremediable;
+but his zeal and good judgment enabled the ship to pursue its voyage
+with but a few days&rsquo; loss of time, and to succeed in making port
+at these islands.</p>
+<p>On the eve of St. Bartholomew&rsquo;s day, August 23, in the
+afternoon, the distinguished mission of our religious entered Manila;
+in numbers it was the largest that had entered this province,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e2574src" href="#xd20e2574" name=
+"xd20e2574src">60</a> and in quality unequaled. This province received
+them with great tokens of rejoicing; and the land welcomed them with an
+earthquake, and not a slight one, which occurred that night. On August
+29 the private session of the definitory was held, to draw up the
+formal statement of receiving and incorporating them [into the
+province].</p>
+<p>On the day following the entry of our religious into Manila, that
+is, the day of St. Bartholomew, the new governor, Don Miguel de
+Curucelaegui y Arriola, made his entry into the city; this was done
+with great pomp, and two triumphal arches were erected for him, by the
+college of the Society of Jesus and our convent, with very ingenious
+emblematic <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb230" href="#pb230" name=
+"pb230">230</a>]</span>allusions in Latin and Castilian verse, and very
+expressive laudations. At this entry occurred a disaster which might
+have served to the heathen as a bad omen. Hardly had the governor
+entered through the Puerta Real, which they call Puerta de Bagumbayan,
+when a balcony that was on the side within the city wall above the said
+gate gave way, and fell, with great injury to those who were within it;
+so that many were left cripples, and among these a Recollect religious
+named Fray Luis. The fiscal of the royal Audiencia, Doctor Don
+Esteb&aacute;n de la Fuente Alanis, escaped the danger, the falling
+balcony striking his horse&rsquo;s tail; and Captain Don Francisco de
+Arcocha, the equerry of the new governor, was hurt. But, although many
+were injured, the life of no person was endangered.</p>
+<p>The religious of this mission brought with them an image for
+devotion, a painting of the holy Christ of Burgos, touched up to accord
+with the original. This was received in Manila with great solemnity, in
+a procession, the new governor taking part therein on account of being
+much given to that devotion, and with him the most distinguished
+persons in the city. The image was deposited in the main chapel, with
+an altar and retable which were very suitable for it, until the Conde
+de Liz&aacute;rraga, Don Mart&iacute;n de Ursua y Arismendi, provided
+that which the image has at the present time. The governor went to mass
+every Friday, and there was a large attendance of citizens of
+Manila&mdash;I know not whether out of complaisance with him; for at
+the death of Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, who was buried at the foot of
+the aforesaid altar, at the same time was buried with him the devotion
+of the citizens of Manila. The <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb231"
+href="#pb231" name="pb231">231</a>]</span>same occurred in the
+government of the said Conde de Liz&aacute;rraga, who again revived
+this devotion; for it was likewise buried with him, in the same place.
+So much influence has the example of the governors in these islands,
+and so great is their power, that even devotion seems to need their
+aid. The religious also brought a brief from his Holiness Innocent XI
+for the erection of a confraternity of the holy Christ of Burgos; this
+undertaking was carried out, and its first director<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e2588src" href="#xd20e2588" name="xd20e2588src">61</a> was this
+devout governor. In his time it had a large membership, but today it
+has very few confriers; but they are most devout and sincere when they
+are least influenced by vain and worldly considerations, and most
+please the Lord when they are anxious to please not princes&mdash;men
+in whom there is no real prosperity&mdash;but the King of kings, who
+always repays them in money of infinite value.</p>
+<p>Much did the Catholic governor grieve over entering upon his office
+without the benediction of the archbishop, and at finding the people of
+the city as a flock without a shepherd, their consciences loaded with
+scruples over matters of so much importance, and all of them perplexed
+and entangled in these dissensions; and therefore he resolved, with
+firm purpose and heroic determination, to cause the archbishop to be
+restored to his church. The opposition which he encountered among the
+auditors in his efforts to secure this cannot be expressed; but he
+firmly maintained his resolution, even to the extent of saying that he
+would restore the archbishop, even if it should cost him his head. He
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb232" href="#pb232" name=
+"pb232">232</a>]</span>consulted the religious orders, asking them to
+give him their opinions, on the basis of law, both civil and canonical.
+I have not seen what the other corporations replied, which I suppose
+must have been what the governor desired; but I know well that the
+Order of St. Augustine adduced many and very substantial arguments in
+favor of the restitution of the archbishop to his church, and this with
+many citations from the authors on whom the auditors had taken their
+stand&mdash;who, as the royal Council of the Indias afterward declared,
+were greatly at error in their method, according to what the royal laws
+ordain in case it should be necessary to enforce the penalty of
+banishment against any prelate. The same error was committed by the
+capitulars of the ecclesiastical cabildo in declaring and proclaiming a
+vacant see, through their misunderstanding of the chapter <i lang=
+"la">Si Episcopus, &ldquo;De supplenda negligentia
+pr&aelig;latorum,&rdquo;</i> in VI<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2601src"
+href="#xd20e2601" name="xd20e2601src">62</a>&mdash;an error which
+afterward cost them all so dear, especially the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz
+de C&oacute;barrubias.</p>
+<p>The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, determined to restore the
+archbishop to Manila, sent to Lingay&eacute;n as his agent for
+accomplishing this, General Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya; and the city of
+Manila sent a regidor, Sargento-mayor Don Gonzalo de Samaniego, and
+some citizens. With them <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb233" href=
+"#pb233" name="pb233">233</a>]</span>went the past provincial of Santo
+Domingo, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, commissary of the Holy Office,
+and many others, with an escort of soldiers. On November 16 the
+archbishop came back from his exile, to the general rejoicing of the
+entire city, which had been so long a time afflicted by the absence of
+its pastor and prelate. The artillery was fired [as a salute], from the
+castle, and from the wall adjoining the gate of Santo Domingo, by which
+the archbishop made his entrance; and after he had visited the church
+he went to the palace, to see his liberator, the Catholic
+governor&mdash;who said that, in case his proceeding should displease
+his Majesty and the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, he would
+regard it as a great glory to have a punishment, even were it capital,
+imposed upon him. This may be believed of him, as he was a man of a
+great soul, although small in body; <i lang="la">Major in exiguo
+regnavit corpore virtus</i>.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2636src" href=
+"#xd20e2636" name="xd20e2636src">63</a> What we saw in him was, that he
+was one of the best governors that these islands have
+had&mdash;affable, pious, magnanimous, and in the highest degree
+disinterested, and with this very liberal. And therefore he was wont to
+say that he had come to Filipinas to be poor, where other governors had
+come to be rich. This he said with truth, because in Espa&ntilde;a and
+the Indias he had possessed much wealth, gained in the many voyages
+that he had made in command of the fleet and galleons to Per&uacute;
+and Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, which had been consumed by his ostentation and
+liberality. We may therefore regard it as a punishment of God upon
+these islands that He removed him from us in the fifth year of his term
+of government&mdash;in which time <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb234"
+href="#pb234" name="pb234">234</a>]</span>he was severe with those only
+to whom he could not in justice be kind&mdash;unless it were that
+divine justice chose him for the punishment of those who had deserved
+it before his time.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2643src" href=
+"#xd20e2643" name="xd20e2643src">64</a></p>
+<p>Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui began his government with great
+acceptability and satisfaction to all, and taking the measures
+necessary for the maintenance of these islands. The year of 1685 was a
+hard one on account of the general epidemic of smallpox which raged,
+not only in these islands but in all the kingdoms of China and Eastern
+India&mdash;especially on the Coromandel coast, where many millions of
+Malab&agrave;rs died. In Filipinas the ravages of the epidemic were
+great, principally among the infants; but the place where, it is
+affirmed, the pest caused incredible loss was in the mountains of
+Manila where the insurgent blacks [<i>i.e.</i>, Negritos] dwell, so
+many dying that those mountain districts were left almost uninhabited.
+But it was not only among them that the disease wrought such
+destruction, but also among the deer and wild swine, of which there is
+an innumerable multitude in these mountains, even after they have
+contributed with their flesh to the support of so great a number of
+blacks. The reason why so many die with this contagion is, first, their
+weak physique; and second, the custom that they have of abandoning
+those who are attacked by the disease, on account of which they die
+much sooner&mdash;and, what is worse, in their heathen blindness. In
+China many millions of people died, so that there was no one to
+cultivate the fields; from this resulted great famine and mortality,
+after the epidemic of smallpox. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb235"
+href="#pb235" name="pb235">235</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.15"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2653" class="main">Chapter XV</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The first vessel that the governor despatched for
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a was the galleon &ldquo;Santa Rosa;&rdquo; and he
+appointed as its commander Don Francisco Zorrilla, a native of Granada;
+as its chief pilot, Admiral Don Lorenzo Lazcano; and as sargento-mayor,
+Don Bernardo de Endaya. The voyage of this galleon caused great damage
+to the citizens of Manila, on account of the difficulty in disposing of
+their property caused by the poor market<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2657src" href="#xd20e2657" name="xd20e2657src">65</a> that they
+found at the port of Acapulco, because a fleet of many vessels, laden
+with merchandise, had arrived at Vera Cruz. From the time of this
+voyage, the shipments which were sent from these islands to the
+commerce of Nueva Espa&ntilde;a began to decrease&mdash;not only on
+account of the above-mentioned fleets, but through the numerous imposts
+and contributions which were levied on the galleons of Filipinas, which
+continually increased;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2663src" href=
+"#xd20e2663" name="xd20e2663src">66</a> consequently, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb236" href="#pb236" name=
+"pb236">236</a>]</span>seldom was a voyage made from which the citizens
+obtained any profits beyond their principal from the goods which they
+shipped.</p>
+<p>During the time which the archbishop spent in his exile at
+Lingay&eacute;n occurred the death of the bishop of Nueva
+Segovia&mdash;Doctor Don Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, a native of
+Manila&mdash;at the village of Vigan, the capital of the province of
+Ilocos, a few months after his consecration. He was very learned, and
+greatly beloved for his very affable manners and his angelic
+gentleness. He had been for many years provisor and archdeacon, and
+commissary of the Holy Crusade;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2675src"
+href="#xd20e2675" name="xd20e2675src">67</a> he was therefore greatly
+esteemed by all, and his loss was keenly felt. His death caused
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb237" href="#pb237" name=
+"pb237">237</a>]</span>a long vacancy in the said church [of Nueva
+Segovia], which lasted until the year 1704, when his successor arrived;
+this was Master Don Fray Diego Gorospe &eacute; Irala, of the Order of
+Preachers, a native of Puebla de los Angeles. This prelate made
+strenuous endeavors to establish the visitation of the regulars in
+charge of missions, and gave much occasion for patience to the
+religious of St. Dominic and St. Augustine as long as he lived, which
+was until May 20, 1715. On account of the death of Don Francisco
+Pizarro, the cabildo of Manila named for governor of that bishopric Don
+Diego de Navas, who had been expelled from the Society of Jesus, a man
+of impetuous disposition; this was one of the charges afterward made by
+the archbishop against the cabildo. That prelate, after he was restored
+to his church, sent his assistant the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Gin&eacute;s de Barrientos, to rule that bishopric. [Here follows an
+account of Pardo&rsquo;s dealings with the ecclesiastical cabildo and
+other persons who had been excommunicated on account of their share in
+his banishment, which is here omitted, as having been sufficiently
+recounted in &ldquo;The Pardo Controversy,&rdquo; <span class="sc">VOL.
+XXXIX</span>, <i>q.v.</i>]</p>
+<p>This year the galleon &ldquo;Santo Ni&ntilde;o&rdquo; arrived from
+Acapulco, and Master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb238" href="#pb238" name=
+"pb238">238</a>]</span>remained behind in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, thus
+escaping from the numerous lawsuits of the residencia, with all of
+which Don Juan de Vargas was laden. It would have been of great
+assistance to him to have had the aforesaid Don Francisco at his side,
+since the latter was very crafty and sagacious, and not so easily
+perplexed in matters that concerned him as was Don Juan de Vargas; for
+the governors in that country need to be very liberal in the
+residencia, and to have much patience and courage.</p>
+<p>As commander [of the galleon] in place of Don Francisco Guerrero
+came General Antonio Nieto, because a proprietary appointee had
+succeeded him in the castle of Acapulco. There also came in his company
+three religious, sent by father Fray Manuel de la Cruz&mdash;two who
+had remained [in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a] sick from the last mission; and
+the other because he had enlisted for this province, a son of
+Mechoac&aacute;n. [The next two paragraphs relate to the residencia of
+Vargas; part of this has already been used for annotations in the
+account of that trial in <span class="sc">VOL. XXXIX</span>,
+<i>q.v.</i>]</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.16"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2728" class="main">Chapter XVI</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The peace and pious tranquillity which this
+province enjoyed throughout the three years&rsquo; government of our
+father Fray Jos&eacute; Duque was like that which it had enjoyed during
+the three years of his former term, and was what this province had
+expected from him on account of the knowledge and experience which all
+had of his piety, great discretion, and sagacity in making way through
+the greatest difficulties. Accordingly, they bade farewell to his
+paternal government with much regret, and determined <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb239" href="#pb239" name="pb239">239</a>]</span>to
+re&euml;lect him for a third term&mdash;which they did afterward at the
+proper time, opportunity being afforded for this by the long span of
+his life and the robust constitution with which he was endowed, which
+were astonishing.</p>
+<p>The time arrived which our Constitutions assign for holding the
+provincial chapter, and it assembled in the convent of Manila; over it
+presided, with letters from our very reverend father general Fray
+Antonio Paccino, our father Fray Diego de Jes&uacute;s. Our father Fray
+Juan de J&eacute;rez was elected provincial for the second time, with
+great satisfaction to all; and as definitors were chosen the fathers
+Fray Luis Diaz, Fray Juan Garc&iacute;a, Fray Felipe de Jaurigue, and
+Fray Diego de Alday. The visitors of the past triennium were present,
+Fray Jos&eacute; de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arniellos; and as
+visitors for this triennium were appointed father Fray Ignacio de
+Rearcado and the father reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte. Very judicious
+ordinances were enacted for the proper government of the province, and
+for the maintenance of the strict regular observance which in those
+times flourished therein&mdash;in which the new provincial had taken a
+prominent part in his first triennium (which was from 1677 to 1680),
+and in the past one, in which he had been prior of [the convent in]
+Manila.</p>
+<p>The provincial began to govern with so much zeal and industry that
+it would be tedious for me to tell how much he accomplished in one year
+only&mdash;the least being that he had visited all the provinces, even
+to those of Ilocos and Bisayas, without omitting in one point his
+exercises of prayer and mortification. Of this I can give reliable
+testimony, as one who was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb240" href=
+"#pb240" name="pb240">240</a>]</span>his secretary and companion during
+the twenty-two months while he governed, his death being caused by the
+great labors of this visitation, in which with holy zeal and activity
+he performed incredible labors in promoting the religious observance,
+and in securing the cleansing and adornment of the altars and the
+ornaments, in which he was exceedingly careful and assiduous. He
+suffered much from the continual harassment of the scruples which
+tormented him, so much that it caused one grief to see the so heavy
+cross which the Lord placed on the shoulders of this His creature,
+which he bore with great fortitude and courage....</p>
+<p>Among the excellent arrangements made by this chapter was the chief
+one, which was that father Fray &Aacute;lvaro de Benavente should go to
+Espa&ntilde;a as procurator; he had a few months before returned from
+China, where he left our missions very well established in the kingdom
+of Cant&oacute;n, with houses at Xaoquinf&uacute; and Nanhiunf&uacute;,
+and two others in other places of less note. At the same time he was
+appointed definitor for the general chapter which was to meet in Roma,
+to which father Fray Alvaro was very desirous of going on account of
+the affairs of the missions conducted by the regulars in China, from
+whom he carried letters and authority to act in regard to the remission
+of the oath of subjection to the apostolic vicars. They gave him the
+necessary despatches, and he determined to make the voyage by way of
+the Cape of Good Hope, because that year there was no galleon going to
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, the cause of which will be told later. He embarked
+for Batavia on a Portuguese vessel, and as his companion was assigned
+the brother Fray Juan Verganzo, who <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb241" href="#pb241" name="pb241">241</a>]</span>had come with the
+mission of the year 1684. He arrived at Batavia, where he encountered
+great difficulties in making the voyage to Amsterdam; but all these
+were overcome by a Dutchman, a Calvinist preacher named Teodoro
+Zas&mdash;a very benevolent and courteous man, and very fond of doing
+good to others; this caused grief in those who knew him, at seeing him
+misled by the false doctrines of Calvin, when he was so eminent in the
+moral virtues.</p>
+<p>Father Fray Alvaro carried with him the first part of this History,
+which after a long time came from the press, although only as far as
+the year 1616&mdash;while I had given it to him complete up to the year
+1647&mdash;because at that time this province had not funds at Madrid
+sufficient to print it all. That first division of the history was
+printed at the said court in the year 1698, by Manuel Ruiz de Murga;
+and it was dedicated to her Ladyship the Duquesa de Aveiro, although it
+was my intention that it be dedicated to the king our sovereign, in his
+royal and supreme Council of the Indias. The rest of the said first
+part remained laid aside and forgotten in the convent of San Felipe at
+Madrid, until I determined to write it again and complete it, by means
+of the rough drafts that had remained here.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2746src" href="#xd20e2746" name="xd20e2746src">68</a>
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb242" href="#pb242" name=
+"pb242">242</a>]</span></p>
+<p>About April of 1687, father Fray Alvaro sailed from Batavia in [one
+of the] galleons of the Company of Holanda, and after many and fearful
+tempests it reached the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch made a halt
+of two months at the great colony and settlement which that nation
+maintain there for this purpose; it is a very populous city, and well
+supplied with all that is necessary to human life, for it possesses a
+very healthful climate, at the latitude of 36&deg; [on the side] of the
+tropic of Capricorn. In this city they have a large hospital for
+treating the sick, with very skilful physicians and surgeons, and with
+all the comfort that could be found in any other part of the world.
+Among the magnificent and delightful things which are in that city is a
+garden, the largest that is known, which, according to report, is only
+second to the earthly Paradise. It is many leguas in circumference, and
+is divided, like the world, into four parts. In the part called Europa,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb243" href="#pb243" name=
+"pb243">243</a>]</span>there are trees of all the fruits that grow in
+our Europa; in that called Asia, all those from Asia; and the same in
+those of Africa and America. This garden has a river, opened by
+hand-labor, which waters all the four divisions; and for its
+cultivation many Dutch gardeners and more than two thousand Cafres are
+kept there. In this place is produced very rich wine, which they call
+&ldquo;Cape wine;&rdquo; for the climate is the same as in
+Andaluc&iacute;a and Extremadura, although in the opposite zone
+[<i lang="es">tr&oacute;pico</i>], and is different only in having
+summer at Christmas and winter at St. John&rsquo;s day.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e2768src" href="#xd20e2768" name=
+"xd20e2768src">69</a></p>
+<p>Father Fray Alvaro left this pleasant town and pursued his voyage to
+Holanda, and landed at Roterd&aacute;n, the native place of Desiderius
+Erasmus;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2782src" href="#xd20e2782" name=
+"xd20e2782src">70</a> and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb244" href=
+"#pb244" name="pb244">244</a>]</span>thence he went to Amsterdam, where
+he remained some time. There he made inquiries to ascertain whether he
+could print the history that he carried in that great city, on account
+of the beautiful work done by its famous printers; but he gave up this
+intention, on account of the numerous errors which they made, being
+ignorant of our language. Thence he embarked for Bilbao, where he and
+his companion resumed wearing their habits, which they had laid aside
+in order to go on shore at Batavia. The rest of the tedious
+peregrinations of father Fray Alvaro will be related, if we can reach
+the time when he returned [to Manila] with a mission in the year 1690,
+when we shall observe his entrance into Madrid and his voyage to Roma,
+and his negotiations at that court in behalf of the regulars of the
+China missions.</p>
+<p>For these missions the chapter designated the father reader Fray
+Juan de Aguilar, who remained in them several years, and afterward
+retired on account of failing health; but the chapter sent in his place
+father Fray Juan G&oacute;mez, who continued there until his death.
+Afterward a large re&euml;nforcement of religious was sent to China for
+the aforesaid missions, which have increased and become very large; and
+they would have prospered much more, if they had not been so hindered
+by the claim of subjection to the vicars-apostolic, who made so
+strenuous efforts to introduce it.</p>
+<p>The governor, Don Gabriel Curucelaegui, had determined to send this
+year [1686] to Nueva <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb245" href="#pb245"
+name="pb245">245</a>]</span>Espa&ntilde;a the galleon &ldquo;Santo
+Ni&ntilde;o,&rdquo; in charge of General Lucas Mateo de Urquiza; but
+his efforts to despatch it were ineffectual, because information was
+received that seven vessels of corsairs or pirates were sailing outside
+of the Embocadero, and it was feared that their principal intention was
+to seize the galleon &ldquo;San Telmo,&rdquo; which was expected on the
+return trip from Nueva Espa&ntilde;a. Two fragatas of theirs had been
+in the Babuyanes Islands, between Cagay&aacute;n and Hermosa Island,
+and had slain two religious of [the Order of] St. Dominic; these were
+father Fray Jacinto de Samper, a native of Caspe, an able minister to
+the Chinese in the Pari&aacute;n, and father Fray Jos&eacute; Seijas, a
+nephew of the archbishop of M&eacute;jico, Don Francisco Seijas, both
+of them being religious of great virtue.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2798src" href="#xd20e2798" name="xd20e2798src">71</a> Moreover,
+the pirates had committed other acts of hostility in Cagay&aacute;n and
+Ilocos. The governor determined to suspend the voyage of the galleon
+for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, and gave orders to equip it for
+war&mdash;cutting in it many portholes, in order to furnish it with
+more than a hundred pieces of artillery of large calibre (all of
+bronze); and placing aboard it a thousand soldiers, Spaniards,
+Pampangos, Merdicas, Malays, and Zambal Indian bowmen. In its company
+went two pataches, which had just come for trade with the Coromandel
+coast, well armed and furnished with soldiers; and for commander of
+this enterprise the governor appointed Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya, with
+the title of deputy captain-general. To his valor could be entrusted
+any undertaking, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb246" href="#pb246"
+name="pb246">246</a>]</span>however perilous it might be; for he was
+valiant, and had great skill in navigation, and had gone three times to
+Espa&ntilde;a as commander [of the galleons]. This splendid armada set
+out, small in number [of ships], but having great strength. Having
+escorted through the Embocadero and secured the galleon &ldquo;San
+Telmo&rdquo; (which reached these islands safely), the armada
+reconnoitered all the places where the piratical enemy might be, but
+did not find them, but learned that there had been no more than the two
+vessels which had been in Babuyanes. Thereupon the armada returned to
+Cavite, without accomplishing anything more than the great expenses
+which the royal treasury had incurred, and having weakened the great
+strength of the galleon &ldquo;Santo Ni&ntilde;o,&rdquo; with the
+numerous portholes which had been cut in it for mounting the artillery;
+for it was necessary for this purpose to cut through the ribs of the
+ship&rsquo;s sides, in the preservation of which consisted its greatest
+strength.</p>
+<p>The two pataches proceeded in search of the pirates to the locality
+of the Babuyanes; and the commander, Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya, went
+with a strong force of men by land to the province of Ilocos to look
+for them&mdash;where, it was said, the said corsairs had arrived,
+although the news did not prove to be accurate. He went as far as the
+capital town of Vigan, where his encomienda was; and after having spent
+some time there, not receiving information of the enemy, he returned to
+Manila. He left there established a village of the blacks from the
+mountains, called Santo Tom&aacute;s, between Tarlac and Magalan,
+headed by a notable chief of theirs named Don Juan Valiga. A few months
+after Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb247"
+href="#pb247" name="pb247">247</a>]</span>had arrived at Manila, he
+succeeded in the office of master-of-camp to Don Fernando de Bobadilla
+(who held it by proprietary appointment from his Majesty), who died
+about this time. The latter was a great soldier, and the governor of
+Zamboanga, and is often named in the history; he was a native of
+Sevilla, and a son of one of the &ldquo;twenty-four&rdquo; of that
+city. The ships that went by sea, after having searched many ports
+where they thought to find the corsairs, and having no further news of
+them, returned to Manila without having accomplished anything
+remarkable. Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya was confirmed in the post of
+master-of-camp, and held it twenty-eight years; and then he died from
+old age.</p>
+<p>In this year of 1686, about June, occurred the revolt of the
+Sangleys of the Pari&aacute;n of Manila, which I related in book ii,
+chapter 21, as I did not suppose that I would reach these times with
+the thread of the narrative; and therefore I do not repeat it [here],
+as it was written with sufficient fulness, and the curious reader can
+find it in the place I have cited. [This citation is incorrect, in the
+arrangement of the chapters as given in Fray Lopez&rsquo;s edition of
+Diaz; the number of the chapter should be xxxiv. Diaz&rsquo;s account,
+as there given (pp. 440, 441), we transfer to this place, adding his
+comments on the question of allowing the Chinese to reside at Manila;
+it is as follows:]</p>
+<p>While these islands were governed by the admiral of the galleons,
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, of the Order of Santiago and one
+of the &ldquo;twenty-four&rdquo; of Sevilla, in the year 1686
+[<i>misprinted</i> 1636] there occurred a tumult in the Pari&aacute;n
+which it was feared would become a general uprising <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb248" href="#pb248" name=
+"pb248">248</a>]</span>[&mdash;which was planned,] according to the
+investigations afterward made. In the said market there were many
+recently-arrived Sangleys, of so bad reputation that the Sangley
+merchants themselves had no confidence in these men, and said that they
+were disguised thieves and highwaymen who had come from China that
+year, having fled from a mandarin who was a very severe judge, whom the
+emperor had sent from the court to drive out so mischievous a sort of
+folk from the province of Fo-Kien, which at that time was infested by
+criminals of that sort. The said mandarin had executed his commission
+with such severity that those who were put to death numbered more than
+sixty thousand&mdash;which in China is a small number, because that
+country abounds in robbers&mdash;and for this reason many had made
+their escape to Manila and other regions, fleeing from the harshness of
+that judge. These people did all the harm that they could, robbing
+inside the Pari&aacute;n the Chinese themselves, when they could not
+rob outsiders.</p>
+<p>About this time there came out of the public prison at Manila a
+Sangley named Tingco, who had been imprisoned for the unnatural crime,
+and had been there so long that in prison he had learned to read and
+write our language, and had come to be a sufficiently competent
+scrivener to write petitions and other papers for the rest of the
+prisoners, for he was very clever and had a keen mind. He went about
+[the prison] freely, as being a prisoner of so long standing, and aided
+the jailer greatly by acting as guard to the other prisoners; and he
+supported himself very comfortably on what he gained by his pen.
+Finally, after many years of confinement he <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb249" href="#pb249" name=
+"pb249">249</a>]</span>succeeded in gaining his full liberty; and, as
+he had a restless disposition and evil inclinations, he associated
+himself with other Chinese criminals, of those who were fugitives from
+the province of Fo-Kien, and they lived on what they could plunder from
+other Sangleys and from the Indians and Spaniards. As they regarded
+this occupation of petty thieving as too disagreeable, and it could not
+extricate them from their wretchedly poor condition, they planned to
+assemble together three hundred of these vagabonds, and to undertake
+some exploit which should better their fortunes so that they could
+return to China free from danger. It seems certain that this resolve
+was talked about with the multitude of the Pari&aacute;n who were least
+supplied with funds, and these were on the watch to aid the bold
+attempt of those promoters if the result had corresponded to their
+plans; and what is most surprising is the secrecy with which they kept
+these from the rich Sangleys&mdash;who not only would not have entered
+into the plot, but would have revealed it for their own safety; for
+they were going to lose much and gain little, and with very evident
+risk. The day and hour of the conspiracy having been settled&mdash;a
+day in the month of August, at daylight&mdash;they assembled in a
+disorderly crowd, armed with such weapons as they could procure by
+stealth, their leader being one who had newly come, that same year,
+from China. In a mob, and without order, they attacked the house of the
+alguacil-mayor, Pedro de Ortega; and they killed him and another
+Spaniard, named Nicol&aacute;s de Ballena. With this beginning they
+went to the house of the alcalde-mayor of the Pari&aacute;n, Captain
+Don Diego Vivi&eacute;n, and entered <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb250" href="#pb250" name="pb250">250</a>]</span>it to do the same to
+him; but, having heard the noise, he escaped without clothing, and
+reached a safe place in the little fort which defends the entrance to
+the great bridge, where there is always a garrison of soldiers. The
+insurgents entered his house, and their greed satisfied itself on what
+they found nearest to their hands, although they had not the luck to
+find three thousand pesos in silver which the alcalde possessed. While
+they halted for this pillage there was time to bring up soldiers and
+other armed men, and they easily arrested many of the Sangleys,
+although most of them escaped; and the rest of the Pari&aacute;n
+remained tranquil. It was made known that this conspiracy was plotted
+in the bakery of Manila, and [it was said] that they intended to place
+pounded glass in the bread, in order to kill the Spaniards. This was
+not positively ascertained, but the management of that business was
+taken from the Chinese&mdash;to which, however, they afterward
+returned, at the urgent request of our people. This was because, during
+the time while the Sangleys did not carry on this trade, they were
+replaced by Spaniards who in their own country had been bakers, but in
+Manila they did not succeed in doing anything to advantage; the
+Sangleys therefore again took charge of the bakery, after they had been
+asked by many to furnish the supply of bread, of which great quantities
+are consumed in Manila.</p>
+<p>The Sangley Tingco was captured, and in company with ten others was
+hanged and quartered; and the bodies were placed along the river of
+Manila and the estuary of Tondo, as far as Point Ta&ntilde;&oacute;n in
+Tambobong. The conversion of those who were heathens (as were most of
+them) was secured, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb251" href=
+"#pb251" name="pb251">251</a>]</span>for this conversion labored
+earnestly father Fray &Aacute;lvaro de Benavente, an Augustinian, and
+Father Jos&eacute; de Irigoyen of the Society of Jesus, both of whom
+knew the dialects of the provinces from which the criminals came; and
+for those of Fo-Kien the fathers of St. Dominic [ministered]. News came
+that many of the insurgents had taken refuge at Pasay, and General Don
+Tom&aacute;s de Endaya went out against them with soldiers and Merdicas
+(who are very brave Malay Indians); they came back with eleven heads of
+those whom they could kill, and the disturbance was quieted, nor has
+any other occurred up to the present time.</p>
+<p>In this danger Manila maintains her existence, clinging to it as the
+means of her preservation even though she grieves over what is the
+cause of her greatest decline. The shrewdness of the Chinese in
+business dealings and their skill in carrying on the mechanical trades
+turn us from these callings so entirely that Spaniards who in their own
+country practiced them here consider it foolish to do so; accordingly
+they allow the Chinese to conduct and manage the crafts, believing that
+the latter are serving us when they are most imposing upon us. And as
+the Chinese recognize this weakness of ours, and see that it is without
+remedy, on account of the Spanish vanity, they treat us with contempt
+in their acts, although with great submission in their words. Whatever
+they make is defective and does not wear well, in order that they may
+have more work to do. The unnecessary expense that Manila suffers on
+account of the frauds that they practice in the trades of baker,
+candle-maker, and silversmith is very great; we recognize this, and
+endure it through <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb252" href="#pb252"
+name="pb252">252</a>]</span>necessity, and the matter is not set right,
+through reluctance to apply the remedy. Many persons understand the
+injury which the Chinese cause here, but much more numerous are those
+who defend them, since this peril is dear to those who regard it as an
+advantage [to have the Chinese here.]</p>
+<p>In the year 1678 there reached our hands a very judicious opinion,
+printed at Madrid by a devout person who had had experience in dealing
+with that nation, and was well aware of their acts of guile. It was
+presented before the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, its
+president being the Conde de Medell&iacute;n; and when the arguments
+adduced therein made a very strong impression, another pamphlet
+appeared in print at the same court, against the former one and in
+favor of the Sangleys; this delayed the decision, so that it seems as
+if they have in all quarters those who defend them. And so we go on,
+enduring this incurable disease&mdash;although today the number of the
+Sangleys is less than ever; for it is supposed that the number does not
+reach the six thousand whom the royal decrees allow, and judging by the
+poverty to which the commonwealth of Manila is steadily being reduced,
+each year there will be fewer Chinese here through the lack of profits;
+for that is the craving which draws them from their own country.</p>
+<p>I am aware that I have expatiated on a matter which seems to be an
+affair of state, rather than of history, although history, as a teacher
+of truth and a witness of the times, should include all events. I much
+regret that I cannot enlarge my account by saying something of the much
+which I could tell about the great indifference with which the Sangleys
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb253" href="#pb253" name=
+"pb253">253</a>]</span>who are baptized attend to their obligations as
+Christians; most of them do so for worldly objects, such as being
+married and living as lords of the country; but this subject is one for
+tears rather than for the pen. Many lamentations have been made by many
+Jeremiahs zealous for the honor of God; but no results have followed
+beyond the reward which will be given to them in glory for this so holy
+labor. A very learned apologue is kept in the ecclesiastical archives,
+written by the reverend father Fray Alberto Collares of the Order of
+Preachers, at the request of the archbishop of Manila, Doctor Don
+Miguel Mill&aacute;n de Poblete, which causes horror to those who read
+it; and the worst is, that it tells but little, according to the
+opinion of other religious of the said order, who, as ministers to the
+Pari&aacute;n mission, know the Chinese best. And still more is this
+occasion for censure to some of the religious of that order who have
+been in China, and know how much superior the Christians of that empire
+are to these; and therefore they take great care to prevent those who
+come from China (who are few) from holding intercourse with the
+Christians of the Pari&aacute;n, in order that these may not corrupt
+them. Thus do they look upon the matter; and when in our convent at
+Manila was lodged Don Fray Gregorio L&oacute;pez, a Basilitan<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e2839src" href="#xd20e2839" name=
+"xd20e2839src">72</a> bishop of the Order of Preachers, a Chinese by
+nationality&mdash;who was a ph&oelig;nix among that people, on account
+of his virtue and sanctity&mdash;he <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb254" href="#pb254" name="pb254">254</a>]</span>prevented from going
+to the Pari&aacute;n, whenever he could, two good Chinese Christians
+whom he brought hither in his company.</p>
+<p>Many (and most) persons are greatly deceived in imagining that the
+Sangleys who live among the Indian natives outside of Manila do no harm
+to the faith, saying that the Chinese are more atheists than idolaters,
+and that they only seek worldly advantages. But this is not always the
+rule, for some teach sects and doctrines that are very evil, as
+experience shows. In the year 1706, father Fray Antol&iacute;n de
+Alzaga, one of the apostolic missionaries whom we have in the remote
+mountains of the province of Pampanga, converting and instructing the
+warlike peoples called Italones, Ituri&eacute;s, and Abacas&mdash;whose
+wonderful conversions present notable material to him whose duty it is
+to write the history of those times&mdash;this apostolic missionary
+came to Manila, making light of the hardships of [travel by] those
+roads so long and rough, in order to ask the governor, Don Domingo de
+Zabalburu, to take measures for banishing from these mountains two
+infidel Sangleys, who with greed for the trade in wax had penetrated
+even those unexplored hills, where they taught false dogmas and
+perverse opinions, such as palingenesis, or transmigration of
+souls&mdash;a dogma which Pythagoras taught, and which was propagated
+much among heathen peoples. At the present time it is accepted by all
+nations of Asia, and in China and Japon with the greatest tenacity;
+they believe that when a man dies his soul goes to animate another
+body, either rational or brute, according to the deserts of him who is
+dead, and for either punishment or reward; and thus they allot an
+infinite <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb255" href="#pb255" name=
+"pb255">255</a>]</span>succession of transmigrations. This diabolical
+dogma was taught by these Sangleys to the Italon Indians, with other
+evil doctrines, such as polygamy (which permits a man to have many
+wives), idolatry, and others which ensue from it. That accursed
+doctrine spread rapidly among those simple mountaineers, so much so
+that it became necessary to have recourse to the said
+governor&mdash;who, being so zealous for the increase of the Christian
+faith, sent to the alcalde-mayor of Pampanga a very urgent command to
+expel from those missions the two Sangleys, and to be very careful to
+prevent the entrance of others therein; and this order was carried out,
+to the great tranquillity of the new Christian church. Experience has
+shown the same thing in other villages where Sangleys have fixed
+abodes. I will not delay longer over a matter on which there is an
+endless amount to be said, since I have sufficiently exceeded the
+limits of my obligation; and I refer to many persons who have
+officially discussed these matters, although they have obtained no
+results from their earnest efforts.</p>
+<p>The natives regard them with contempt, having no further inclination
+toward them than that of self-interest; consequently, neither affection
+nor fear draws either toward the other. And ordinarily selfishness
+courts the Sangleys, while aversion urges the natives to make
+complaints against them&mdash;except that the bond of matrimony is a
+check on the women; for, as is usually the case, if a native leads a
+bad life, he is on the watch for the acts of the Sangleys, in order to
+make the evil-doing of another serve as an excuse for greater freedom
+in his own wrong mode of life. Accordingly, they are in more danger
+from <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb256" href="#pb256" name=
+"pb256">256</a>]</span>testimony arising from the malice of the
+accusers than from facts brought forward in zeal for their
+correction&mdash;as is seen by the few complaints or accusations that
+are decided against them, and how still more rarely do these bring them
+to punishment. Nor can this be attributed to the negligence of the
+judges, for they are delighted to receive the lawsuits of the Sangleys,
+our covetousness selling to them even justice very dear; and when
+harshness finds an object, it makes their punishments (since their
+wealth offers so much to avarice), although less bloody, more keenly
+felt, since in the estimation of the Sangley money is his very
+heart&rsquo;s blood.</p>
+<p>The precedents set by the sovereign kings Don Fernando the Catholic
+and Don Felipe II are examples of their piety, and of their successful
+policy in separating from their Catholic vassals those who are
+perfidious, who if mingled with the others might pervert them, through
+the passion which the Indians and Moros have for propagating their
+[false] sects&mdash;a danger much to be feared among the simple people
+of the villages and the common herd.</p>
+<p>No doubt, intercourse with these infidels is very necessary, on
+account of the merchandise which they furnish to us from their kingdom;
+but this could, in my opinion, be accomplished without danger to
+us&mdash;for one thing, by permitting to remain in these islands [only
+the] six thousand Sangleys, as his Majesty decrees; and for another, by
+not permitting them to trade in the provinces, or to live in the
+villages mingled with the Indians. But they should be kept in
+subjection, as Joshua kept down the Gaboanites, and as now Roma,
+Florencia, Venecia, and Or&aacute;n hold the Jews in subjection, and
+our people in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb257" href="#pb257" name=
+"pb257">257</a>]</span>Ternate kept the Moros in his Majesty&rsquo;s
+galleys, the rabble of that sort. It is an obvious disadvantage to live
+subjected to such peoples, because the law of subjection, the adulation
+offered to rulers, and ambition to secure their favor are powerful to
+subject religion to their pleasure, as has been found by experience in
+all the countries where this misfortune has been suffered&mdash;such as
+Mesopotamia, both the Arabias, Egipto, and Africa, and that one which
+was the supporter of religion, Constantinopla, with all of Grecia. And
+for the same reason heresy has so prevailed and lorded it in
+Inglaterra, Irlanda, Dinamarca, Suecia, Sajonia,[<i>i.e.</i>, Saxony],
+the Palatinate, and many other provinces and free cities&mdash;the most
+fatal poison that attacks the faith being the sovereignty of infidel
+princes, their grandeur and power being the sure ruin of religion. I
+consider that I have used more space than is required by my
+obligations, in treating of so pernicious a nation, which is allowed
+here in greater number than our needs demand&mdash;I know not whether
+through our fault or our misfortune&mdash;and maintained in the
+subjection which experience has shown [to be necessary] at times when
+too great confidence has relaxed the rein of caution.</p>
+<p>[Here we resume the regular narrative of this period by Diaz, at p.
+786:] This revolt caused great anxiety to the governor, Don Gabriel
+Curucelaegui, on account of the many champans which had come that year
+from China; but in the course of time the danger disappeared.</p>
+<p>Among the great hardships which in this year were suffered in
+Manila, one was that the rains were heavier than any known to living
+men. Not only <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb258" href="#pb258" name=
+"pb258">258</a>]</span>were they very heavy, but they lasted many
+months, and were the cause of many fields and crops being ruined, which
+caused a great scarcity of provisions; and, as it was impossible to
+work the salt-beds, the price of salt rose so high that it came to be
+worth twelve pesos for half a fanega, although its ordinary price was
+two or three reals&mdash;and some years even less, depending on the
+[height of the] water and on the heat of the sun, on which conditions
+this so necessary industry depends.</p>
+<p>The most memorable event of this year, and one which may be counted
+among the most important which have occurred in these islands since
+their conquest, is the imprisonment of the auditors, Don Diego Antonio
+de Viga and Don Pedro Sebasti&aacute;n de Bolivar, by the governor. It
+is an event to cause astonishment&mdash;and more, as it came so soon
+after the imprisonment and exile of the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe
+Pardo&mdash;at seeing in so short a time Doctor Don Crist&oacute;bal de
+Herrera Grimaldos dead, and two auditors deprived forever of their
+togas (since never again could they put these on), and their families
+ruined and almost destroyed. It is not my intention to interpret the
+inscrutable secrets of divine justice, but only to set down the times
+and occasions in which so notable events occurred. [Diaz&rsquo;s
+account of the imprisonment and deaths of the auditors is here omitted,
+as it has already been sufficiently related in <span class="sc">VOL.
+XXXIX</span>.]</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.17"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2879" class="main">Chapter XVII</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The governor, seeing the Audiencia broken up (since
+it consisted of only one individual, the auditor Don Diego
+Calder&oacute;n), named two associates to assist <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb259" href="#pb259" name="pb259">259</a>]</span>the
+auditor in despatching the business of this supreme tribunal; these
+were Licentiate Don Jos&eacute; de Herrera, an advocate of the royal
+Audiencia, and the doctor and captain whom I have already mentioned,
+Don Jos&eacute; de Cervantes Altamirano; and they issued royal decrees,
+Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente filling his office of fiscal. They
+alleged that there had been a precedent for this in the time of
+Governor Don Sebasti&aacute;n Hurtado de Corcuera, when there was no
+other auditor than Don Marcos Zapata, by whose aid was carried out the
+banishment and imprisonment of Don Fray Fernando Guerrero&mdash;and
+this proceeding had been an example to be repeated in these times.
+Afterward, on account of the sickness and death of Don Diego
+Calder&oacute;n, the governor continued to form an Audiencia with the
+two associates, which the royal Council of the Indias condemned.</p>
+<p>Under this kind of government two years passed by, until, in the
+year 1688, a new Audiencia arrived, as we shall soon see. The year 1687
+was no less grievous than the preceding one, for various misfortunes
+followed each other, which were generally felt by all the citizens, in
+order that they might share in the punishment merited by their
+offenses, since always proves true the proverb, <i lang="la">Delirant
+reges, semper plectuntur Achivi</i>.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2890src" href="#xd20e2890" name="xd20e2890src">73</a> The first
+was the failure of the galleon from Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, for it could
+not come that year because none had been despatched [from Manila] the
+year before; this was because of the armada sent against the pirates,
+which only served to cause great expenses to the royal treasury,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb260" href="#pb260" name=
+"pb260">260</a>]</span>the wreck of the galleon &ldquo;Santo
+Ni&ntilde;o,&rdquo; and the failure of the galleon in this and the
+following years&mdash;which, as we have often said, is the life of the
+poor colony of Manila and of all these Filipinas Islands.</p>
+<p>The governor, having determined to send to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a the
+galleon &ldquo;Santo Ni&ntilde;o,&rdquo; ordered that it be repaired as
+well as it could be; but even then it was not very strong, because most
+of its strength had been taken from it by the windows which had been
+opened in it for the artillery. But there was no other ship to depend
+upon, for the construction of the &ldquo;Santo Cristo de Burgos,&rdquo;
+which they had placed on the stocks, was only begun. The governor
+appointed as its commander Lucas Mateo Urquina, who sailed for Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a with but slight hope on the part of those who understood
+the situation for the success of the voyage. The worst was, that their
+fears were realized; for the galleon not being able to endure the
+fierce storms that attacked it in high latitudes, it was compelled to
+put back to port. This it did, about the month of November, causing
+great affliction to all; for it came only to aggravate the sufferings
+that were already experienced through the failure to receive a galleon
+that year.</p>
+<p>At night of Holy Thursday, March 28, at the time when in the village
+of Binondo arrangements were being made for the procession which the
+mestizo Sangleys make on the occasion of the &ldquo;holy burial,&rdquo;
+(which is one of the most brilliant and magnificent of the processions
+that are made in Holy Week), one of the greatest disasters that have
+ever been seen in these islands occurred. Fire caught in the first
+house on the point of land which is called Punta de <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb261" href="#pb261" name="pb261">261</a>]</span>la
+Estacada, and the crowd of people who had made ready for this devout
+function were unable to extinguish the fire; and the devouring flames
+made such havoc that they destroyed the great number of houses that
+stood in all the territory of the said Estacada, Baybay, and Tondo,
+finally consuming the entire barrio of Bancusay, in which this so
+widespread settlement [of Sangleys] finds its limit. It was no small
+good-fortune that the fire passed by the other side of the river, where
+lies the great town of Binondoc, Tondo, Santa Cruz, and
+Quiapo&mdash;which, as contiguous villages, together constitute one
+body&mdash;for [if the fire had reached them] the loss would have been
+irreparable; for many splendid houses of wealthy Spaniards and mestizos
+would have been consumed, and those of many Portuguese and Armenian
+traders who live in those places as being more convenient [for their
+business]. There were no deaths of persons from the flames; but great
+was the loss of the many people who saw their poor houses and property
+disappear.</p>
+<p>The gates of Manila were opened, and the governor, in person
+hastened to give aid, with a great number of people, who could check
+the fire so that it should not cross over to the other part of Binondoc
+and Tondo. What was more, he prevented the robberies which in such
+emergencies are committed by some soldiers and wicked people, who on
+such occasions are worse than the fire, as has been found by experience
+at various times; for in times of drouth fires are very frequent in the
+suburbs of Manila, most of them being occasioned by fire set by these
+soulless incendiaries, who find their profit in such destruction.</p>
+<p>To this local calamity at La Estacada succeeded <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb262" href="#pb262" name=
+"pb262">262</a>]</span>another affliction, which was general through
+the greater part of these islands; this was a plague of locusts, one of
+the worst which has been seen in them, for the locusts were so many
+that in dense and opaque clouds they darkened the sun, and covered the
+ground on which they settled. These insects ravaged the grain-fields,
+and left the meadows scorched; and even the trees and canebrakes they
+stripped of the green leaves. These locusts were so voracious that they
+not only laid waste every kind of herbage and verdure, but they entered
+the houses, and gnawed and pierced with holes every kind of cloth; and
+those who flapped sheets and coverlets at the locusts to drive them
+away&mdash;as is usually done at other times in the invasions of this
+pest, with some effect&mdash;on this occasion found that the only
+result was to ruin those articles, for the locusts ate them, and
+destroyed them with their poisonous jaws. Thereupon the people began to
+feel the loss which ensued from this calamity, in the great scarcity
+and want of provisions&mdash;so great that a cab&aacute;n of rice
+(which is half a fanega) came to be worth two pesos and a half, and in
+some places three pesos. (Nor has the poverty been less which is being
+experienced while I am writing this, on account of the great plague of
+locusts which occurred in the past year of 1717 and the present one.)
+And it can be said that the poor died in great numbers, not so much
+because the rice (which is the general food of the regions) cost so
+much, as through their lack of forethought, and of money with which to
+buy rice; and because there was so excessive a number of
+beggars&mdash;some through necessity, and others through laziness and
+dislike for work&mdash;that it was impossible to relieve them; for
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb263" href="#pb263" name=
+"pb263">263</a>]</span>when there is but little to give it is not
+possible to divide it so that all shall be sufficiently cared for.</p>
+<p>To these great troubles was added another; that in that year
+occurred many earthquakes, which although they did not cause the total
+destruction of buildings, left many houses and churches damaged. In the
+province of Cagay&aacute;n, in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, heavier
+shocks were experienced, for in the mountainous districts of that
+province chasms and vent-holes were opened, a phenomenon which usually
+results from such tremblings of the earth. From this it may be proved
+that a cause of these tremblings and earthquakes is the air which is
+shut in within the caverns of the globe, drawn into them through the
+crevices and openings which the heat causes in the soil, which
+afterward are closed by the rains; a great volume of air being thus
+gathered, it becomes rarefied, and, increasing in quantity or volume,
+it seeks an outlet, directing its force toward its center and causing
+so terrible a commotion. But the safe and useful way of maintaining
+ourselves faithful in the fulfilment of our obligations is to regard
+these earthquakes as tokens of the wrath of God against our
+transgressions, <i lang="la">Qui respicit terram et facit eam
+tremere</i> (Psalm ciii, v. 32).</p>
+<p>Not long before these events, the death occurred in Cagay&aacute;n
+of the auditor Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, a prisoner and
+exile in that province. [Here Diaz relates the circumstances of the
+deaths of Viga and other persons who had been concerned in the Pardo
+controversy, which have already been mentioned in previous documents.
+He cites a letter from Pardo to Curucelaegui, dated December 2, 1687,
+to show that Viga died impenitent; he was <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb264" href="#pb264" name="pb264">264</a>]</span>buried in the
+cathedral of Lalo, and Pardo connects with this circumstance the
+calamities which soon afterward afflicted the islands. He orders the
+remains of Viga to be disinterred and removed from the cathedral; Diaz
+thinks that this was done, but is not quite certain. He positively
+asserts, however, that Viga was a very upright official, and wholly
+disinterested; and thinks that he perhaps went too far in upholding the
+royal privileges, through misunderstanding their scope. Do&ntilde;a
+Josefa Bolivar also dies impenitent, and Pardo sends Bachelor Don Juan
+de Cazorla to investigate the matter, to know whether she may be buried
+in consecrated ground; he has her buried &ldquo;in the plaza of the
+said village of Oriong.&rdquo; Her husband meets &ldquo;a better
+end;&rdquo; he is reconciled to the Church, and dies after having
+&ldquo;devoted himself to exercises of austere penance, fasts and
+scourgings and other mortifications.&rdquo; Auditor Calder&oacute;n
+dies at Manila in like exemplary manner (July 18, 1687); &ldquo;this
+auditor was a very upright and disinterested official, a good
+Christian, pious, and much given to good works, and therefore was
+beloved by the entire community.&rdquo; Master Jer&oacute;nimo de
+Herrera is sentenced by the archbishop (March 16, 1687) to be deprived
+of all ecclesiastical benefices and offices, and is sent to Spain, but
+dies during the voyage. At this time, Barrientos, the bishop of Troya,
+is absent on official duties in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia. He had
+&ldquo;issued a decree of excommunication against the alcaldes-mayor of
+Cagay&aacute;n, Ilocos, and Pangasin&aacute;n, prohibiting to them
+trade and traffic in those provinces, in virtue of the oath which those
+officials take in the royal Audiencia when they go to exercise their
+offices. This excommunication <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb265"
+href="#pb265" name="pb265">265</a>]</span>was the cause of many
+lawsuits, for Captain Don Francisco de Alzaga Voitia, alcalde-mayor of
+Pangasin&aacute;n, defended them all, and appeared before the royal
+Audiencia with a plea of fuerza, complaining that the bishop of Troya
+was usurping the royal jurisdiction by taking cognizance of the oath
+taken in that court.... On this question royal decrees were issued, and
+the controversy lasted a long time, but the excommunication then laid
+has remained until this day; and the alcaldes-mayor continue with their
+trade and traffic as before, without the least scruple.&rdquo;
+Returning to Manila, Barrientos declines the bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, to which he is entitled as Pardo&rsquo;s assistant; the
+archbishop therefore despatches to take charge of that diocese Doctor
+Nicol&aacute;s de la Vega Caballero, then cura of Cavite.]</p>
+<p>This province assumed charge of the ministry in the territory of
+Mariquina and Jes&uacute;s de la Pe&ntilde;a, which in times past was a
+dependency of the mission station of Pasig. It had been administered by
+the religious of the Society, by commission of Don Fray Pedro Arce,
+bishop of Ceb&uacute; and ruler of the archbishopric of Manila, and by
+approval of Governor Don Juan Ni&ntilde;o de Tabora, since the year
+1630; and now it was restored to the ministry of Pasig by sentence of
+the archbishop, May 16, 1687, and this province added to that territory
+the convent of San Mateo&mdash;establishing the headquarters and
+residence of the minister at Mariquina, whose titular saint is our Lady
+of Protection; its first minister was father Fray Sim&oacute;n
+Mart&iacute;nez. The aforesaid archbishop also added to the said
+village of Pasig the mission village of San Andr&eacute;s
+Ap&oacute;stol de Cainta, also administered by the said religious of
+the Society, by <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb266" href="#pb266"
+name="pb266">266</a>]</span>decree of March 16, 1688&mdash;with the
+approbation, not only of this, but of the separation of Mariquina, by
+the vice-patron, Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui. Its first
+minister was father Fray Jos&eacute; del Valle, and it was preserved as
+a separate convent with the title of vicariate.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2927src" href="#xd20e2927" name="xd20e2927src">74</a></p>
+<p>We held these ministries, with great labor and inconvenience, until
+the year 1696, when there arrived a royal decree that they should again
+be administered by the fathers of the Society of Jesus, and we
+therefore surrendered them to those fathers. In order to show further
+our good-will and friendly relations with so holy a religious order, we
+exchanged the ministry of San Mateo for that of Binangonan&mdash;called
+&ldquo;Binangonan of the dogs,&rdquo; to distinguish it from the other
+town of the same name, which is on the opposite coast [of the island];
+it has for its titular St. Ursula and the eleven thousand virgins her
+companions, in a church in Laguna de Bay. This was accomplished by the
+aid of the consent and approbation of the governor, Don Fausto Cruzat y
+G&oacute;ngora. This village of Binangonan is very small, and had been
+at first administered by the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb267" href=
+"#pb267" name="pb267">267</a>]</span>religious of St. Francis, who had
+exchanged it for the ministry of Baras, which also belonged to the
+religious of the Society; and because it was so poor a living a visita
+was added to it from the ministry of Pasig, which is called
+Angono&mdash;its patron saint being St. Clement, pope and
+martyr&mdash;of a few tribute-payers. To this ministry were added fifty
+pesos more for its support, but it is so forlorn a one that even with
+all these aids the minister suffers a great lack of means for his
+support; and therefore on many occasions there has been talk of
+abandoning this charge, for it is not good for any other profit, either
+spiritual or temporal&mdash;not only on account of its poverty, but
+because of the intractable disposition of its people.</p>
+<p>On February 19 of this year of 1688, our then father provincial,
+Fray Juan de Jer&eacute;z, died in the convent of Manila; his illness
+was caused by the great hardships of his visitation of the entire
+province, and the eagerness with which he undertook to perform this
+task in one year, while it was a task for two years, especially since
+he was sixty-two years old, and had many attacks of illness. At last he
+ended the visitation, but it put an end to him. He was one of the most
+exact in fulfilling obligations of all the religious who have been in
+this province, and great was his zeal for the religious observance. His
+solicitude and care for adornment in the things belonging to the divine
+worship was continual, using his utmost endeavors that the altars and
+ornaments should be the best that were possible, and spending on them
+all that he could obtain. The first indication of his [approaching]
+death was that he was freed from the scruples of conscience which had
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb268" href="#pb268" name=
+"pb268">268</a>]</span>been throughout his life a continual torment;
+but at that time the Lord, who had given him these scruples in order to
+exercise his soul, <i lang="la">imperavit ventis et mari, et facta est
+tranquillitas</i> (Matthew viii, v. 26). His death was deeply regretted
+by all; for this province loved him as a father, and the people
+venerated him as a saint. In consequence of his death, the government
+was assumed by our father Fray Jos&eacute; Duque, as being next to the
+provincial, with the title of rector-provincial; for in this province
+could not be observed the same rule as in those of Espa&ntilde;a, where
+our very reverend father general makes appointments for the vacancies
+caused by the deaths of provincials, until the time appointed for
+convening the provincial chapter.</p>
+<p>Among the troubles and calamities of this year a very great one was
+that occasioned by a pestilential epidemic of influenza, which had
+begun in the preceding year and continued in this year of 1688, with
+great ravages. Many died of this disease, especially children and old
+persons; and by this year the epidemic had so increased that many
+grain-fields could not be cultivated, for lack of people to do the
+work. This caused a great lack of provisions in this and the following
+years, just as the locusts had occasioned like loss in the preceding
+year. So prevalent was the disease that in the province of Pampanga,
+where I was serving in the village of Guagua, as secretary and
+assistant of the rector-provincial, the Indians were not seen in the
+streets, on account of most of them being prostrated by the cruel
+influenza, and the rest of them caring for the sick ones. Accordingly
+the deputies and officials of the confraternities went through the
+streets with jars of [cooked] <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb269"
+href="#pb269" name="pb269">269</a>]</span>rice, and went up into the
+houses and provided those who were in need with food; for most of the
+people were without it, and others could not cook it and had no one who
+was able to do so. These influenzas are very frequent in this country,
+but that in this year was the worst that the old men have seen; and
+since then, up to the present time, no other like it has been
+known.</p>
+<p>The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, desired to put a stop to
+the outrages which were being committed by the rebellious blacks of the
+mountains and the Zambals of the Playa Honda and the uninhabited places
+of the Puntal&oacute;n (a route in the province of
+Pangasin&aacute;n)&mdash;killing many travelers and cutting off their
+heads (which is the greatest trophy and desire of those people), and
+daring to approach the villages near Tarlac&mdash;Magalan, Telban, and
+Malunguey. The governor therefore prepared to make a vigorous invasion,
+not only with Spaniards, but with Pampangos, friendly Zambals, and
+Merdicas from Maluco; and he appointed as their leader Sargento-mayor
+Mart&iacute;n de Le&oacute;n, and gave him [for officers], as being men
+experienced in that sort of war, Captain Alonso Mart&iacute;n Franco
+and Captain Bartolom&eacute; Prieto; the master-of-camp of the
+Merdicas, Cachil-Duco, the prince of Tidori; and Sargento-mayor Pedro
+Machado. He sent orders to the alcaldes-mayor of Cagay&aacute;n and
+Pangasin&aacute;n that they, with the best troops that they had, should
+scout through the mountains from north to south, so that they might go
+on until they should meet Mart&iacute;n de Le&oacute;n and his
+companions, up to a locality and settlement of blacks that is called
+Culian&aacute;n. Both parties carried out this plan, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb270" href="#pb270" name=
+"pb270">270</a>]</span>although with great difficulty, on account of
+those forests being very dense; they killed many insurgent blacks and
+Zambals; but before joining their troops they found themselves obliged
+to retreat, because the epidemic of pestilential influenza made great
+havoc among them, and many died from that disease. But the injury which
+our people could not inflict upon the enemy was wrought on them by the
+pest of the influenza, which caused as great ravages among them as the
+smallpox had made in previous years. Mart&iacute;n de Le&oacute;n,
+Alonso Mart&iacute;n Franco, and Bartolom&eacute; Prieto came to Guagua
+in very bad condition; from there they sent word to the governor, who
+commanded them to withdraw [from the enterprise].</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.18"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e2966" class="main">Chapter XVIII</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">The Conde de Mondova,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2970src" href="#xd20e2970" name="xd20e2970src">75</a> viceroy of
+Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, seeing that for two successive years there had
+been no galleons from Filipinas, [influenced] not only by the order
+which the royal Council has given for such emergencies, but by finding
+that he was responsible for the despatch of the investigating judge and
+the new royal Audiencia who were on their way to these islands to
+replace and depose the auditors (whom either death or exile had already
+deposed), ordered that a Peruvian patache be made ready which was then
+at Acapulco, the owner of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb271" href=
+"#pb271" name="pb271">271</a>]</span>which was Felipe Vertis, a citizen
+of Callao. The viceroy appointed as its commander the then admiral of
+the Windward fleet, Antonio de Astina, a native of San
+Sebasti&aacute;n; and for seamen the best who were found in the said
+armada. In this patache embarked the following persons: The
+investigating judge, who was Licentiate Don Francisco Campos Valdivia,
+then alcalde <i lang="es">de casa y corte</i><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2980src" href="#xd20e2980" name="xd20e2980src">76</a> of Madrid,
+and royal deputy provincial notary at the said court. The new auditors,
+of whom the senior was Licentiate Don Alonso Abellafuertes, a knight of
+the Order of Alc&aacute;ntara, a native of Oviedo, who had recently
+finished his term as corregidor of the city of Burgos; [the others
+were] Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra y Osorio, a knight of the Order of
+Calatrava, an Asturian, and Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina y
+Havalr&iacute;a, a native of Sevilla&mdash;who is still living as a
+religious and priest, a professed of the fourth vow in the Society of
+Jesus, who is an example of virtue and truly exemplary. The auditor
+second in seniority, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta y Oro, a native of
+Lima, failed to embark on this occasion, on account of being married
+and having a large family, but did so in the following year. As fiscal
+for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Jer&oacute;nimo de Barredo
+Vald&eacute;s, also an Asturian. All these four auditors carried
+appointments as criminal auditors for M&eacute;jico at the expiration
+of six years which they <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb272" href=
+"#pb272" name="pb272">272</a>]</span>were to spend in Filipinas,
+exercising the functions of auditor; and this went into force afterward
+with Auditors Alonso de Abellafuertes and Don Juan de Ozaeta, who,
+after the six years, went to Mexico. Don Juan de Sierra also returned,
+having completed his term as auditor, and died at Acapulco, where he
+found letters promoting him to be auditor at Granada; for it must have
+been of some service to him to be a nephew of Don Lope de Sierra, a
+member of the supreme Council of the Indias.</p>
+<p>With the new auditors also embarked very distinguished persons of
+their kindred and households, such as Don Manuel de Arg&uuml;elles, an
+Asturian, who is still alive, and a general; Don Juan Infanz&oacute;n,
+and Don Francisco Gim&eacute;nez de Valerio; the owner of the patache,
+Felipe de Vertis; and others. On this occasion also came father Fray
+Juan de Alarc&oacute;n, a native of Valladolid and a son of the
+[Augustinian] house there; he had been left in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, and
+was now very old. He retired to this province (for which he had
+enlisted in 1679), and served only a few years on account of poor
+health; and, while he was procurator-general, died in the convent of
+Manila, in the year 1695.</p>
+<p>This patache made its voyage very prosperously, and passed the
+Embocadero without any difficulty, reaching the port of Cavite, where
+it remained until Mateo de Urquiza sailed with the galleon &ldquo;Santo
+Christo de Burgos&rdquo; for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a. This privilege of
+entering the port of Cavite is, it seems, enjoyed as their own by all
+the pataches which come from Acapulco, which are not built in these
+islands; as it were, they are free from the sin which they contract in
+the acts of oppression and tyranny which are <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb273" href="#pb273" name=
+"pb273">273</a>]</span>committed, not only in the cutting of the timber
+for them, but in their construction; and, either for this or for other
+and hidden causes, hardly a galleon built in these islands succeeds in
+making the entrance of the port of Cavite.</p>
+<p>The auditors on reaching Manila took possession of their offices in
+the hall of the Audiencia, which they found empty of their
+predecessors&mdash;some being dead, and another in banishment&mdash;and
+the only one they found living was the fiscal, Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis. The investigating judge likewise found the greater part of his
+commission accomplished, which was the deposition of the auditors. He
+sent for Don Pedro Bolivar, who was a prisoner in Cagay&aacute;n, in
+the fort of Tuao; but he died while on the way, at one of the first
+villages of the province of Ilocos; God gave him a very good end, in
+return for the many excellent traits that he displayed in his life,
+such as being very courteous and very charitable to the poor.</p>
+<p>To Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui came very favorable decrees
+from his Majesty&mdash;who thanked him for what he had done in the
+restitution of the archbishop, in which his Majesty considered himself
+well served. To the archbishop came others, also very favorable, which
+I do not insert here, in order to avoid being tedious, and because that
+is not in my obligation; and I only repeat here a letter or bull which
+his Holiness Pope Innocent XI sent to the archbishop, since that is a
+very unusual favor, and because he was a pontiff so greatly to be
+venerated by posterity, on account of his great sanctity of life. [The
+letter is given in both Latin and Spanish; it simply expresses the
+approval of the pope for <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb274" href=
+"#pb274" name="pb274">274</a>]</span>Pardo&rsquo;s course, and
+encouragement to persevere if he shall encounter other like
+trials.]</p>
+<p>The news of what had been done in the banishment and confinement of
+the archbishop produced great disturbance in the royal mind of his
+Majesty and in his ministers of the supreme Council of the Indias, as
+may be imagined from the punishment which by their orders was inflicted
+on Don Juan de Vargas and on the auditors and the other persons
+inculpated therein. It is not denied by this atonement and punishment
+that many cases can occur in which it may be lawful to banish bishops
+and ecclesiastical superiors; and this matter is treated at length
+[<i lang="la">lato modo</i>] and very judiciously by many
+writers&mdash;Don Crist&oacute;bal Crespi de Valduura, vice-chancellor
+of Aragon, in his learned <i lang="es">Observaciones</i>, obs. iii,
+illat. iii, no. 19; Sol&oacute;rzano, <i lang="la">De jure Indico</i>,
+tom. ii, lib. iii, chap. 29, no. 71; Salgado, <i lang="la">De regia
+potestate</i>, part i, chap. 2, no. 276; and others. But this is
+executed by legitimate procedure, and with much circumspection and
+moderation, without touching or impeding the exercise of the episcopal
+power (the opposite seems to be an Anglican dogma, and one of Marsilius
+de Padua), as was done with Don Fray Felipe Pardo&mdash;confining his
+person in the village of Lingay&eacute;n, and suspending his spiritual
+jurisdiction; commanding the cabildo to exercise the right of <i lang=
+"la">sede vacante</i>; and not accepting the appointment which the
+archbishop had made of the bishop of Troya to govern in his
+absence&mdash;because this does not concern the temporal revenues,
+which the prelates who incur the penalty of banishment lose. What
+causes no little wonder is, that all the auditors were very learned,
+and they four, with the fiscal, had held <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb275" href="#pb275" name="pb275">275</a>]</span>chairs in [the
+universities of] M&eacute;jico, Sevilla, and Granada; but when one
+lacks the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom, one cannot
+gain real success in matters in which his will prevails over his
+judgment. How useful it would be to the governors and auditors of
+Filipinas to have these words written as a reminder in the hall where
+they transact business, the words of the Holy Ghost in chapter vi, no.
+3 of Wisdom.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3017src" href="#xd20e3017"
+name="xd20e3017src">77</a></p>
+<p>The first step made by the investigating judge was to imprison in
+his own house the fiscal, Doctor Don Esteb&aacute;n de la Fuente
+Alanis, and to bring charges against him, in accordance with the orders
+that he carried from the royal Council of the Indias; he did the same
+with the other auditors, [although they were] dead, through their
+executors. He proceeded with the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas,
+which had been delayed by the challenging of the associate judges; and
+he sent Governor Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado into exile in the village
+of Lingay&eacute;n, Where the archbishop had been, and he was taken
+away by an escort of soldiers, under the command of Sargento-mayor
+Mart&iacute;nez Le&oacute;n. He went hither as <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb276" href="#pb276" name=
+"pb276">276</a>]</span>excommunicated, and unable to have any
+intercourse with any person save those allowed by law. Upon his arrival
+at the said village, he built in it a house of bamboo and nipa, where
+he lived a long time in company with his spirited wife, Do&ntilde;a
+Isabel de Ardila, enduring much loneliness and lack of respect, until
+they recalled him, after two years, in order to send him to
+Espa&ntilde;a; and he died during this first voyage [<i>i.e.</i>, on
+the Pacific Ocean].</p>
+<p>This gentleman was truly unfortunate, for although he had not been a
+bad governor, his lack of courtesy and his harsh disposition gained for
+him many enemies. The time of his rule was very prosperous, and the
+ample commerce with the neighboring kingdoms engaged many persons and
+brought great gains. He was very diligent in keeping the Manila
+garrison strengthened with capable soldiers, and took much pains to
+have the men well fed and clothed, and military discipline strictly
+maintained&mdash;and in this he was surpassed only by Don
+Sebasti&aacute;n Hurtado de Corcuera. His covetousness was not so great
+as appearances indicated, and with it he did not injure the
+commonwealth, for those times furnished [profit] for all. He was very
+punctual in fulfilling the duties of a Christian governor, and also in
+attending, almost without missing a day, all the sessions of the
+Audiencia and royal court; and therefore the lawsuits were not so
+interminable as we find them at the present time.</p>
+<p>In his time came a royal decree that investigation should be made of
+the lawfulness of the slavery in which any were held, and that those
+persons whose condition of servitude was not well grounded should be
+set free. This action seems somewhat harsh; for <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb277" href="#pb277" name="pb277">277</a>]</span>so
+many persons of different nationality were liberated that both the
+Spaniards and the natives were left destitute of servants, and the city
+and the villages were full of beggars&mdash;and, what is worse, of
+thieves and incendiaries. This dispossession would have caused the
+utmost distress if General Crist&oacute;bal Romero, the castellan of
+Santiago, had not resolved to write to the king our sovereign about it,
+with arguments so forcible that a royal decree came directing that the
+execution of the other be suspended.</p>
+<p>The new fiscal of his Majesty, Don Jer&oacute;nimo Barredo y
+Vald&eacute;s, a young man of suitable age [for this lady?] married the
+widow of Auditor Don Crist&oacute;bal Grimaldos, Do&ntilde;a
+Mar&iacute;a Manuela Carrillo y Barrientos&mdash;a woman in whom,
+although great was her beauty, virtue was still greater, and she
+furnished an excellent example in the time of her widowhood, suffering
+continually the siege and attacks made against her chastity by
+influential persons. But God recompensed her by giving her a numerous
+offspring and long life, both in these islands and in the city of
+M&eacute;jico&mdash;from which place no news has come of her death, but
+we have heard that she has remained the widow of Don Jer&oacute;nimo
+Barredo, who was many years the senior auditor of this royal
+Audiencia.</p>
+<p>The investigating judge, Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, brought
+[an order for] the liberation of the Marqu&eacute;s de Villasierra, Don
+Fernando de Valuenzuela, because the term of ten years since his
+removal from the monastery of the Escorial was now completed. The judge
+went in person to Cavite, to notify him of the order and set him at
+liberty, as he did. The marqu&eacute;s left the port of Cavite and came
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb278" href="#pb278" name=
+"pb278">278</a>]</span>to Manila, but he took up his residence in a
+country-house which our Manila convent possesses, on a sugar-plantation
+called Pasay. This house is on the sea-shore, in a very convenient
+location for trips back and forth from Manila; and one can easily enjoy
+visits there, as it is only one legua distant from the city. Here the
+marqu&eacute;s lived during all the time while he had to wait and make
+preparations for his journey, in order to sail in the first galleon
+which should return to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a; for such was the command
+given to him, until his Majesty should decide whether or not he should
+go to Espa&ntilde;a.</p>
+<p>He embarked in this year of 1689 and arrived at M&eacute;jico, where
+he found as viceroy the Conde de Galves,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3042src" href="#xd20e3042" name="xd20e3042src">78</a> who, as the
+son of the Duke de Infantado, in whose service Don Fernando de
+Valuenzuela had begun his career of fortune, received him very
+hospitably, as lords are wont to receive persons who have a claim upon
+such considerations. It seems as if the patient endurance of this
+gentleman had conquered the influences of fortune, so various and
+inconstant in his rise and fall; for it was said with good ground that
+he would be viceroy of Nueva Espa&ntilde;a; but his death closed the
+term of his life, which was an astonishing one, and an example for the
+study of admonitions. His death was occasioned by the kick of a horse,
+and on the ninth day a fever <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb279" href=
+"#pb279" name="pb279">279</a>]</span>attacked him from which he died in
+a few days. He had previously fulfilled all the obligations of a
+Christian, and ordered that his body be deposited in the hospice of
+this province, outside the walls of M&eacute;jico, where it remained
+until the marquesa his wife sent orders to convey it for burial to the
+city of Talavera. [Diaz here inserts a Latin epitaph on this cavalier,
+written by some person in Filipinas.]</p>
+<p>The investigating judge with his notary managed so well that in ten
+months he had completed all the commissions which he brought with him;
+for he was a man of great activity and energy, and very skilful in
+judicial practice. He brought to an end the residencia of Don Juan de
+Vargas, which was much entangled, and had overstepped the peremptory
+limits of such judgments. He also tried those who were accomplices in
+the imprisonment of Master-of-camp Don Diego de Salcedo, of whom now
+few remained alive, and those were the least guilty; but these paid for
+all the rest, which usually is the purse from which [such acts] are
+paid. He was not as scrupulous as other ministers, and as he ought to
+be, although he affected to be very upright and just; and neither he
+nor his notary went back with empty hands, as was proved at Acapulco by
+some chests of his which were searched, notwithstanding the protests
+that he made that these were the documents belonging to his commission.
+In them were found very valuable goods, and very few documents; these
+would certainly aid him to pass his old age in the honorable post which
+was given to him as soon as he arrived at court, that of member of the
+Treasury Council, which he enjoyed for several years.</p>
+<p>The archbishop brought to an end the suits which he had begun
+against the principal members of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb280" href="#pb280" name="pb280">280</a>]</span>[cathedral] chapter,
+of whom only one had remained alive, the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de
+Covarrubias; for the archdeacon, Don Francisco Deza, had died in an
+epidemic of influenza, and soon afterward Don Francisco
+Guti&eacute;rrez Brice&ntilde;o died suddenly in the village of Betis.
+Accordingly the dean, as head of the chapter and vicar-general, and the
+one who had been leader in the arrests of Master Juan Gonz&aacute;lez,
+the father provincial Fray Antonio Calder&oacute;n, and the father
+professors Fray Juan Ib&aacute;&ntilde;ez and Fray Francisco de Vargas,
+on account of these and other occurrences made amends for all the
+chapter-members, and ended by going to Madrid. There he secured
+permission to return to M&eacute;jico, his native country, with half
+the income of a dean (which is very small), and with this spent the few
+years of life that remained to him, dying as a good priest.</p>
+<p>While Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui was most occupied in
+making ready the galleon in which were to return the investigating
+judge, Don Fernando de Valuenzuela, Fiscal Don Esteb&aacute;n de la
+Fuente Alanis and the admiral of the Windward fleet, Don Antonio de
+Astina, with many other persons who were going to embark&mdash;such as
+the dean and father Fray Raimundo Verart, who was going as the
+archbishop&rsquo;s attorney&mdash;while busily engaged in these
+preparations he was assailed by death, by means of a painful
+suppression of urine, which in a few days ended his life, after he had
+received all the holy sacraments. He died at ten o&rsquo;clock at
+night, on April 27, of this year 1689, at the age of more than sixty
+years. They buried him in our church at Manila, at the foot of the
+altar of the holy Christ of Burgos, to whom he had been very devoted,
+and had <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb281" href="#pb281" name=
+"pb281">281</a>]</span>gone punctually every Friday to hear his mass
+sung. With him were buried also the devotion and concourse to this
+sacred image, until they were revived twenty years later, during the
+term of government of the Conde de Liz&aacute;rraga, Don Mart&iacute;n
+de Ursua y Arismendi; this is the usual condition of devotions in these
+islands, for they do not last long, and have their seasons, and these
+are not wont to be very long.</p>
+<p>The death of this governor was much regretted by every one; he was
+worthy of being counted among the best whom these islands have had,
+because in him were united the highest qualities which are required to
+constitute an accomplished governor. He was very pacific, and so plain
+in his manners that he was censured for not maintaining his authority;
+he was very charitable, and magnanimous of heart, although small in
+body. He had the noble quality of being exceedingly disinterested, and
+of placing little value on riches&mdash;which in these regions, where
+covetousness has so many opportunities to tempt and conquer, is the
+greatest virtue; and it is such even throughout the world, since it is
+almost a miracle.... These islands did not keep him long, it may be
+because they did not deserve him.... For in these regions there is
+little regret for governors who are not good, and little esteem for
+those who are not bad; but he who rules can never find himself free
+from malcontents, because it is not his function to please every one.
+But, since goodness is better recognized after it is lost, the
+governor&rsquo;s death caused much regret. He left as his executor
+Master-of-camp Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya, and so small was his estate
+which they found that there was not even enough for the expenses of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb282" href="#pb282" name=
+"pb282">282</a>]</span>his burial or for the mourning garb of his
+servants.</p>
+<p>On account of his death, the military government was assumed by the
+senior auditor, Licentiate Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, knight of the
+Order of Alc&aacute;ntara; and together with the royal Audiencia [he
+governed] also in civil affairs, as is decreed by royal commands.
+During the time while Don Alonso de Abella governed, which was sixteen
+months (for it was that length of time before Don Fausto Cruzat y
+G&oacute;ngora arrived), this commonwealth enjoyed great peace and
+tranquillity. If there were any dissensions in the ecclesiastical
+state, he took no part in them; and if it had not been for his great
+forethought those differences would have been greater, as will be
+related in the proper place.</p>
+<p>With the death of the governor, and the excellent intentions of the
+temporary ruler, the affairs of Don Juan de Zalaeta assumed another
+shape. He had suffered great hardships and privations in his
+imprisonment and banishment, and all his property, even to his
+clothing, had been sold at auction; for before his departure from these
+islands the authorities had taken his residencia for the time when he
+was alcalde-mayor of Calamianes, and some charges against him resulted.
+The acting governor ordered that he be released from prison, and that
+both he and Don Miguel de Lezama should come to Manila, where their
+causes were settled with less harshness. Don Juan de Zalaeta returned
+to Espa&ntilde;a, thoroughly warned by the bad outcome of the
+residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, which he had so eagerly desired,
+imagining that it would be of great honor and profit to him. He reached
+Madrid very poor, and ill provided with supplies, and died there
+suddenly.... <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb283" href="#pb283" name=
+"pb283">283</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.19"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e3067" class="main">Chapter XIX</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">During the fourteen months which remained in the
+term of office of our father provincial Fray Juan de J&eacute;rez after
+his death, the province was governed by the experienced prelate our
+father Fray Jos&eacute; Duque&mdash;so successfully and peaceably, and
+with so much tranquillity in the order, that he was able to moderate
+the great sorrow which all felt at the loss of the deceased provincial.
+In this peaceful condition the time came for holding the
+chapter-session which took place in the convent at Manila, on April 30
+of this year of 1689; father Fray Luis D&iacute;az presided therein, as
+the eldest definitor of the preceding chapter. There was not much
+discussion among the fathers in their effort to find a person whom they
+might elect as provincial, because for a long time all had fixed their
+attention on father Fray Francisco de Zamora, who was then prior of the
+convent at Manila. He was a native of Medina del Campo, and a son of
+the convent at Valladolid, who had come to this province in the year
+1669; a religious of great prudence, and unusual ability for governing;
+and for many years they had only delayed electing him until he should
+reach the age of forty years, since that is the time fixed in our
+Constitutions. They found that he lacked six months of that age, which,
+as he alleged, exempted him from election for so heavy a burden; but
+having investigated the matter, and basing their action on many
+previous precedents which had occurred not only in this province but in
+others, in which there had been dispensations [from the rule], the
+father who presided granted one in this case, as he was vicar-general,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb284" href="#pb284" name=
+"pb284">284</a>]</span>and father Fray Francisco was elected provincial
+on the said date, April 30.</p>
+<p>The definitors who were elected were fathers Fray Juli&aacute;n
+Zapata, Fray Juan de San Nicol&aacute;s, Fray Gaspar de San
+Agust&iacute;n, and Fray Sim&oacute;n Mart&iacute;nez. The visitors for
+the preceding triennium were present, fathers Fray Ignacio de Mercado
+and the reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte; and as new visitors were
+appointed father Fray Eusebio de Porras and the father reader Fray
+Jos&eacute; L&oacute;pez. Ordinances were enacted that were very useful
+for the better government of the province, and for the administration
+of the missions in our charge; this is the greatest responsibility of
+the chapters, because the system in this province is so different from
+that in the European provinces, which needs very different corporate
+laws for the preservation of each, and for enabling the individuals
+therein to fulfil the obligations of the religious without failing in
+those of parish priest&mdash;which in this province is the function of
+all its members, while in Per&uacute; and Nueva Espa&ntilde;a it is the
+occupation of but few.</p>
+<p>The governor <i lang="la">ad interim</i>, Don Alonso de Abella
+Fuertes, began to govern with so much prudence and ability that it
+seemed as if he had the benefit of long experience, although he had
+hardly known a few months of such responsibility. The principal cause
+of this was the concord in which he lived with all, as well as the aid
+which he received from his associates, Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina and
+Don Juan de Sierra, who vied with each other in cooperating with their
+colleague in discharging the duties of his office. It is in this
+direction that the <i lang="la">ad interim</i> governments of auditors
+in these islands are weak and fail of success; for, peevish because the
+precedence <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb285" href="#pb285" name=
+"pb285">285</a>]</span>of seniority is not theirs, they try to obscure
+the credit of him who wields the rod of authority, and often show
+themselves as his worst enemies, and thus aristocratic rule is
+converted into democratic confusion.</p>
+<p>His first care was the despatch of the galleon &ldquo;Santo
+Ni&ntilde;o&rdquo; to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in charge of General Don
+Antonio de Astina; for as this commander had left the office of admiral
+of the Windward fleet (for which he had a proprietary appointment from
+his Majesty the king), it was not just that a personage of so great
+merits should return as passenger&mdash;for the patache &ldquo;San
+Fernando,&rdquo; in which he had come, was not fit for the return trip
+of so severe a navigation; and it had been laid aside, not only on this
+account, but because its owner, Felipe Vertis, had died suddenly. The
+investigating judge, the alcalde of court Don Francisco Campos de
+Valdivia, embarked with his notary; all the commissions which he
+carried from the supreme Council having been concluded, he carried [the
+documents concerning] them with him, as also the copious evidence in
+the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas&mdash;who remained for an
+indefinite time in banishment in the village of Lingay&eacute;n,
+suffering the hardships and miseries of being an excommunicate,
+denounced as such on the church-doors, and with no consolation save his
+own courage and that of his wife, Do&ntilde;a Isabel de Ardila. Don
+Juan de Zalaeta embarked, under the obligation of presenting himself at
+Madrid with the proceedings in his case. The dean, Don Miguel Ortiz,
+was bound on the same errand; and father Fray Raimundo Verart went
+aboard with powers of attorney from the archbishop, in whose favor he
+printed a long and learned manifesto. The <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb286" href="#pb286" name="pb286">286</a>]</span>galleon had a very
+prosperous voyage, duly arriving at Acapulco; and on the return trip it
+brought us the new proprietary governor.</p>
+<p>In this year of 1689, came the end of the long and troubled life of
+the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who was sixty-eight years old,
+an age attained by few persons in these regions; and these years were
+rendered more painful by the many troubles and annoyances that had
+resisted his courage&mdash;which was very great, [although] in a small
+body. For many months he had been well prepared for this inevitable and
+impending event, as the devout religious that he was; and from his
+archiepiscopal palace he watched over and promoted the rigorous
+observance of the province of the Holy Rosary of the Order of
+Preachers. A Benjamin of the great patriarch St. Dominic,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e3091src" href="#xd20e3091" name=
+"xd20e3091src">79</a> he came to this province in the year 1647, after
+having taught arts and theology in the famous college of San Gregorio
+at Valladolid; and he was therefore regarded as the greatest
+theological professor who had been in these islands. He was provincial
+during two quadrenniums, and prior of Manila for two more; and he was
+commissary of the Holy Office when the appointment as archbishop
+reached him. We have already seen his constancy in defending the
+episcopal authority. His charity was great, for he spent whatever was
+left from his income (which did not exceed five thousand pesos), in
+aiding the poor; and with it he assisted the missionaries of Tungkin. A
+nephew of his came to visit him, but he would not consent that the
+governor should give <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb287" href="#pb287"
+name="pb287">287</a>]</span>this man any office or position, and made
+him go back with very little outfit. His death would have been
+considered, in another man, sudden and unexpected; for he was found
+dead at midnight on the day of St. Sylvester, ending [his life] with
+the year, so that it could be said, <i lang="la">Et dies pleni
+inveniuntur in eis</i> (Ps. xii, v. 10). But this great prelate awaited
+the end of his days with full preparation, and had just given orders
+for the making of a red pontifical vestment in which he was to be
+buried; his body, embalmed, was deposited in the church of Santo
+Domingo at Manila.</p>
+<p>The see being declared vacant, the cabildo assumed its government;
+and they could have ruled with great peace if they themselves had not
+hunted up discord where they had thought to find greater peace. The
+vacant see was ruled by Master Juan Gonz&aacute;lez de Guzm&aacute;n,
+who was now dean on account of the absence of Don Miguel Ortiz, and at
+the same time was provisor and vicar-general of the cabildo; and as it
+seemed to them that it would be expedient, for the greater authority of
+the diocese, to cede the government to the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Gin&eacute;s Barrientos, they named him as its head. From this ensued
+great dissensions, for the bishop-governor thought that he was superior
+to the cabildo, and that they had transferred their authority to him,
+leaving themselves entirely stripped of it; this is contrary to all the
+teachings of the sacred canons, which in one precept of law declare:
+<i lang="la">Privilegio, quod habes propter me, non potes uti contra
+me</i>; and the established principle which states: <i lang=
+"la">Propter quod unumquodque tale, illud magis</i>.<a class="noteref"
+id="xd20e3107src" href="#xd20e3107" name="xd20e3107src">80</a> They
+tried to persuade him, by very <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb288"
+href="#pb288" name="pb288">288</a>]</span>learned manifestoes, that the
+cabildo alone could have constituted him its vicar-general, with
+authority removable at the pleasure of the same cabildo; and that they
+could therefore revoke the appointment which they had conferred upon
+him, whenever they pleased. But the bishop of Troya resolved not to
+yield, but to act as superior to and independent of the cabildo. There
+were bitter disputes, proceeding from both sides, so much so that, in
+order to avoid greater scandals, two members of the cabildo&mdash;the
+dean, Master Juan Gonz&aacute;lez de Guzm&aacute;n, and the cantor, Don
+Esteb&aacute;n de Olmedo Gabald&oacute;n, a native of Campo de
+Cr&iacute;tana in La Mancha&mdash;took refuge in our convent of San
+Pablo at Manila, from which the bishop of Troya would have taken them,
+if the prudent governor, Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, had not refused
+to give him the aid which he asked for that exploit.</p>
+<p>The bishop of Troya was very learned, a great theologian and
+preacher, but in this matter he erred as a man, for it seemed to him
+that the rank and consecration of a bishop rendered him superior on
+that occasion to the authority which the cabildo possessed by law in
+the vacant see. Among many other manifestoes which were published in
+defense of the cabildo, one came out which was very well grounded, the
+motto or inscription of which, as being ingenious <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb289" href="#pb289" name="pb289">289</a>]</span>and
+apropos, is worthy of being noted here; it said, <i lang="la">Non licet
+tibi habere uxorem fratris tui Philippi</i> (Mark vi, v. 18),<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e3127src" href="#xd20e3127" name=
+"xd20e3127src">81</a> alluding to the name of the deceased archbishop,
+and to their both belonging to the same order. But the bishop of Troya,
+notwithstanding he was so learned and so holy, was very hard to
+dissuade from his opinion, although on the present occasion he had
+every one against him; and although he withdrew his claims, on account
+of the urgent representations made by the acting governor and the other
+auditors and all the religious orders, he yielded through constraint
+and not from conviction. The cabildo continued its government, with
+much peace, during the vacancy of the see.</p>
+<p>During this interval the year 1690 came in, and the acting governor
+despatched the galleon &ldquo;Nuestra Se&ntilde;ora del Rosario&rdquo;
+to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a, in command of General Don Jos&eacute; Madrazo;
+and in it embarked Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas. In order to do
+this he had left his place of banishment at Lingay&eacute;n, after
+having suffered great hardships; and the end of these was to die on
+this voyage, in the higher latitude. [This occurred] at a place which
+people call Do&ntilde;a Mar&iacute;a de la Jara, of considerable note
+on account of the many deaths which have occurred in that place; for
+among those who have died there are four proprietary governors, and
+some acting governors, and some auditors, and the above-mentioned
+bishop of Troya. Accordingly this place is the dread of those who sail
+in that navigation, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb290" href=
+"#pb290" name="pb290">290</a>]</span>especially for persons of so high
+degree; for the poor seamen go and come past it with greater
+security.</p>
+<p>After this galleon had been despatched, news came about June of the
+landing of the galleon &ldquo;Santo Ni&ntilde;o,&rdquo; which in the
+preceding year had sailed for Acapulco, in charge of Don Antonio de
+Astina; in it came, as its commander, Don Juan de Garaycoechea&mdash;a
+Navarrese, from the valley of Bazt&aacute;n&mdash;who was married in
+Manila, and had spent several years in Nueva Espa&ntilde;a. In the
+galleon came the new governor, Don Fausto Cruzat [y] G&oacute;ngora, a
+knight of the Order of Santiago; he was a Navarrese, a native of
+Pamplona, of the illustrious lineage of Cruzat&mdash;well known in that
+kingdom, since from it have proceeded men so distinguished as Don
+Mart&iacute;n de Red&iacute;n y Cruzat, grand master of Malta; and his
+brother Don Tiburcio de Red&iacute;n, well known for his courage and
+still more for his virtue, for, having entered the Capuchin order, he
+merited that his biography should be printed with the title, <i>The
+Spanish Capuchin</i>, as an example for his successors. An illustrious
+shoot from this house of Cruzat is also the glorious St. Francis
+Javier, the apostle of India.</p>
+<p>This gentleman brought his wife, Do&ntilde;a Beatriz de
+Ar&oacute;stegui y Aguirre, a native of C&aacute;diz, a matron of great
+beauty and still greater virtue; three sons, Don Mart&iacute;n, Don
+Fausto, and Don Juan; and two daughters, Do&ntilde;a Ignacia and
+Do&ntilde;a Teresa. He also brought a sister, named Do&ntilde;a Teresa
+de Ar&oacute;stegui, who afterward married the aforesaid Don Juan de
+Garaycoechea, then a knight of the Order of Santiago, who later died in
+M&eacute;jico. Don Fausto had been waiting in that city three years,
+until the term allowed to Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui in the government
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb291" href="#pb291" name=
+"pb291">291</a>]</span>here should be completed; and he would have
+waited much longer if Don Gabriel&rsquo;s death had not dispensed him
+from a longer detention, for with him was begun the practice of sending
+successors who may be on the watch for the governor&rsquo;s [term of]
+life&mdash;I know not whether it be to wish him well. Much could be
+said of this, and of the great difficulties which can result from such
+a precaution&mdash;such as the sale of offices, as has been done for
+many years; but it is not my obligation to give an opinion on matters
+of state, but to relate facts without contesting the laws.</p>
+<p>Governor Don Fausto brought here many persons of good family: Don
+Juan Lingur&iacute;n, a man of great virtue, who died in Manila with
+the reputation of being a great servant of God; for he was greatly
+addicted to meditation, prayer, and mortification. Sargento-mayor Don
+Fernando Iglesias Monta&ntilde;&eacute;s, his secretary, who afterward
+married Do&ntilde;a Mar&iacute;a Morante, who came in the suite of the
+governor&rsquo;s wife. Don Juan de Rivas, a native of Galicia, and a
+general in the army; he married another lady of Do&ntilde;a
+Beatriz&rsquo;s household, named Do&ntilde;a Juana de Arag&oacute;n.
+Captain Don Miguel de Salazar, of Toledo, who was grievously slain in
+the year 1709. Don Angel Lia&ntilde;o, Captain Don Frutos Delgado, Don
+Pedro de Subir&aacute;, Don Francisco Vald&eacute;s, Don Jos&eacute; de
+Veroluca, and many others. [Among these were] General Don Pedro de
+Lucena and Captain Don Lucas de Lucena, brothers, who are still living;
+Captain Don Jos&eacute; de Luzarrondo, a Navarrese; Captain de Iriarte,
+who afterward returned to Espa&ntilde;a; and Master Don Juan Aguilar,
+the governor&rsquo;s chaplain, who had spent some time in these
+islands, being one <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb292" href="#pb292"
+name="pb292">292</a>]</span>of the household of the bishop of
+Sinopolis, Don Fray Juan Dur&aacute;n, assistant of the bishop of
+Ceb&uacute;. In this galleon came Captain Don Patricio de
+Aguila&mdash;an Irishman, brother of the pilot Guillermo de
+Aguila&mdash;and Captain Pedro Quijada, both married; and other
+officers who are still living, with an excellent reenforcement of men
+for the Manila garrison.</p>
+<p>What is most important for our history is, that a numerous and
+choice mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father
+Fray &Aacute;lvaro de Benavente, who in 1686 had been sent [to Europa]
+for this purpose, and made his voyage by way of Batavia and Holanda, as
+we have briefly related. That navigation was very difficult, because
+when the Dutch ships with which he was going approached the English
+Channel they learned that at its entrance was a French fleet. For this
+reason they changed their route, doubling Cape Clare, a promontory of
+Ireland; and they went as far as 63&deg; of [north] latitude, so that
+they could sail around the northern extremity of Scotland, and
+therefore they suffered great cold and hardship. As soon as father Fray
+&Aacute;lvaro de Benavente arrived at Bilbao with his companion Fray
+Juan Verganzo, he set out on his journey to the court, where he
+presented his despatches, and explained the reasons why he had made his
+voyage by way of Batavia; for this route was strictly prohibited by his
+Majesty, and might cause much hindrance to the procurators. Having
+secured the approval of the Duke de Medinaceli and the lords of the
+royal Council of the Indias, he departed for the Roman court, to ask
+for the relaxation of the oaths which the missionaries in China were
+commanded <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb293" href="#pb293" name=
+"pb293">293</a>]</span>to take, of obedience to the apostolic vicars
+sent out by the holy Congregation of the Propaganda. [Diaz relates with
+some detail the progress and success of this embassy by Benavente,
+because the question at issue therein has an important place in the
+controversy over the line of demarcation between the domains of Spain
+and Portugal in the East; but we omit this part, as it is unimportant
+for our narrative.]</p>
+<p>[Father Fray &Aacute;lvaro] also had to obtain from our very
+reverend general Fray Fulgencio Travalloni various statutes and
+corporate laws for the government of this province; and these were [in
+the form of] fifty-eight decrees, given in the convent of San
+Mart&iacute;n at Sena [<i>i.e.</i>, Sienna], on May 28, 1688, [while
+the father general was engaged] in the general visitation of Italia;
+father Fray &Aacute;lvaro brought them in printed form, with a Roman
+imprint. But with the course of time it was found by experience that
+these laws were unduly rigorous, and not very satisfactory for the
+government of this province; and it was continually asking for
+dispensations from them, until our father general Fray Adeodato Nuzzi,
+of Altimira, sent orders that this province should change and correct
+them as it should find expedient; and this was done in the intermediate
+chapter of the year 1710. Father Fray &Aacute;lvaro brought many favors
+and jubilees from his Holiness for many convents of this province, and
+a bull to the effect that the religious who, knowing any language of
+the provinces under our charge, should explain [the Christian doctrine]
+in the convent of Manila for a period of eight years should bear the
+title of &ldquo;Master,&rdquo; with the exemptions belonging to that
+dignity, and that he might <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb294" href=
+"#pb294" name="pb294">294</a>]</span>exercise a perpetual vote in the
+provincial chapters; but up to the present time there has been no
+religious who has devoted himself to that occupation, or attracted much
+importance to this so unusual concession.</p>
+<p>For the missionaries in China he gained the subsidy and stipend
+which his Majesty gives to the missionaries of the other religious
+orders, that is, a hundred pesos to each one for a year&rsquo;s
+support. He obtained a royal decree that the trade and commerce with
+the Portuguese of Mac&aacute;n, which until that time had been
+forbidden and full of risk, should be free; and this dispensation was
+obtained only by the information given by father Fray &Aacute;lvaro de
+Benavente that this was the safest door by which the missionaries could
+gain entrance into China. But the Portuguese, although they enjoy
+greatly to their profit the commerce of Manila, which is the chief
+means of their preservation, carry out very poorly the arrangement, as
+regards giving passage to the missionaries; for not only do they not
+give them entrance, but they inflict many annoyances on the religious,
+as they did with this very father Fray &Aacute;lvaro, in both his first
+and his second visit to China. What keeps them in this attitude is the
+incorrectly understood patronage of their king of Portugal; for they
+can claim the same things in Mogol, Persia, Turquia and Constantinopla,
+and in the empire of Trapisonda, as included in the hemisphere of their
+demarcation. Father Fray &Aacute;lvaro returned to Espa&ntilde;a with a
+commission of vicar-general (which had been granted to him very fully
+by our own reverend father general); and he busied himself in calling
+together the religious who were to come in the mission [to Filipinas].
+Since he <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb295" href="#pb295" name=
+"pb295">295</a>]</span>had passed through the province of Arag&oacute;n
+on his return from Roma, some religious offered themselves to him
+there, not only from Arag&oacute;n but from Valencia; and there some
+others who afterward were enlisted by father Fray Pedro Cerro&mdash;to
+whom father Fray &Aacute;lvaro had delegated his own powers, since
+father Fray Pedro was a religious who was very friendly to this
+province, and zealous for the good of souls.</p>
+<p>Before father Fray &Aacute;lvaro reached Manila with his religious,
+Governor Don Fausto Cruzat y G&oacute;ngora made his entry into the
+city; this was done on St. James&rsquo;s day, in the afternoon. Two
+magnificent and very beautiful triumphal arches were erected for him,
+with large emblematic representations and ingenious allegories. One was
+made at the cost and by the care of the Society of Jesus; and the other
+by the care of our Augustinian fathers, at the place where the governor
+would pass our convent of San Pablo, with the idea of the history of
+Janus&mdash;with ingenious Latin inscriptions and epigrams, explained
+in Castilian eight-line stanzas; and to these were added, in all these
+places, praises [of the governor]. This was the last reception of this
+sort that was given to the governors, its disuse being begun with the
+next governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu&mdash;who, as he came wearing
+mourning for the death of our king Don Carlos II, would not allow this
+festal mode of reception.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2" id="doc1670.1.20"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h3 id="xd20e3168" class="main">Chapter XX</h3>
+<p class="firstpar">On the third day after the solemn entry of the
+governor, the religious of the mission here by father Fray
+&Aacute;lvaro de Benavente made their entrance into <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb296" href="#pb296" name="pb296">296</a>]</span>the
+convent of Manila; and on July 28 a private session of the definitory
+was held in order to admit and adopt them into this province. The
+following is a list of them:</p>
+<p>1. Father Fray Diego Ba&ntilde;ales, a native of Coru&ntilde;a, and
+a son of the convent at Santiago; aged forty years, and twenty-three in
+the order; a preacher and confessor. He came as confessor to the
+governor&rsquo;s wife; was prior of Guadalupe, a definitor, and
+president of the chapter; and died at Manila, on January 29, 1706.</p>
+<p>2. The father reader Fray Carlos Terrazas, a son of the house at
+Valencia, thirty-two years old and having professed sixteen years
+before; he was minister in the Pintados or Bisayas provinces, and of
+very great virtue; he died in the convent of Dumarao, on October 18,
+1694.</p>
+<p>3. The father reader Fray Nicol&aacute;s Bernet, a native of the
+town of Epila, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years
+old, and a professed for ten years; he was prior of Ceb&uacute;; and
+died at Manila, on May 1, 1701.</p>
+<p>4. The father preacher Fray Jos&eacute; de Ribera, a native of
+Madrid, and son of the convent of San Felipe; forty years of age, and
+twenty-three in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos;
+and died at Pasig on May 21, 1706.</p>
+<p>5. The father preacher Fray Gelasio Gim&eacute;nez, a son of the
+convent at Valencia; twenty-seven years of age, and ten and a half in
+the order; was minister in the province of Ilocos; and died there on
+August 12, 1694.</p>
+<p>6. The father reader Fray Jos&eacute; Carbonel, son of the convent
+at Valencia, and master of the students <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb297" href="#pb297" name="pb297">297</a>]</span>therein; twenty-five
+years old, and nine in the order; was minister in the province of
+Ilocos; and died at the village of Candong, on March 19, 1711.</p>
+<p>7. The father preacher Fray Mart&iacute;n Fuentes, a son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old, and nine years and four
+months in the order; has been a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+and a definitor; and is still<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3190src" href=
+"#xd20e3190" name="xd20e3190src">82</a> living, a minister in Bisayas,
+and examiner of literature for the Holy Office.</p>
+<p>8. The father preacher Fray Nicol&aacute;s Servent, a native of
+Valencia, son of the house at Alcoy; aged twenty-eight years, and ten
+in the order. He is still living, a minister in the province of
+Pampanga, the prior of Macabebe.</p>
+<p>9. The father preacher Fray Jos&eacute; de Aranda, a native of
+Estella, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged thirty-one years, and
+five in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died
+at Manila, on October 11, 1698.</p>
+<p>10. The father reader Fray Blas D&iacute;az, son of the convent at
+Zaragoza; aged twenty-three years, and seven and a half in the order;
+he was minister in the provinces of Tagalos, and returned to
+Espa&ntilde;a.</p>
+<p>11. The father preacher Fray Pedro Beltr&aacute;n, a native of
+Valencia, and son of the house at Alcira; aged thirty-two years, and
+six in the order; he is now living, a minister in the provinces of
+Bisayas.</p>
+<p>12. Father Fray Pedro Baldo, son of the convent at Valencia; aged
+twenty-six years, and nine in the order; was minister in Bisayas, where
+he died on <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb298" href="#pb298" name=
+"pb298">298</a>]</span>April 27, 1716, while prior of the convent at
+Dumarao.</p>
+<p>13. The father preacher Fray Juan Barruelo, a native of Candelario,
+in the bishopric of Plasencia, and son of the convent at Salamanca;
+aged twenty-four years, and six in the order; was minister in China for
+several years, and at the present time is definitor and prior of the
+convent of Apalit in Pampanga.</p>
+<p>14. The brother chorister Fray Tom&aacute;s Ortiz, a native of
+Due&ntilde;as, and son of the convent at Valladolid; aged twenty-two
+years, and three in the order; was minister in China eighteen years,
+and vicar-provincial of that mission; afterward he was prior of the
+convent at Manila, and still lives, the present provincial of this
+province.</p>
+<p>15. The brother chorister Fray Diego Meg&iacute;a, a native of
+Madrid, and son of the convent of San Felipe; twenty-one years of age,
+and three and a half in the order; was minister in the provinces of
+Tagalos, where he died as prior of the convent of Tanauan, on October
+4, 1699.</p>
+<p>16. The brother chorister Fray Jos&eacute; Ruiz, son of the convent
+at Burgos, and native of that city; aged twenty-two years; is minister
+of the province of Ilocos, and has been visitor of this province.</p>
+<p>17. The brother [chorister?] Fray Jos&eacute; de Echebel, son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty-two years, and six in the order; was a
+minister in Bisayas; and died about March, 1706.</p>
+<p>18. The brother chorister Fray Facundo Trepat, a native of Caspe,
+son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty years, and three and a half
+in the order; has been definitor, and is now a minister in the
+provinces of Bisayas. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb299" href=
+"#pb299" name="pb299">299</a>]</span></p>
+<p>19. The brother chorister Fray Jos&eacute; Bosquet, a native of
+Valencia, and son of the house at Epila; twenty years of age, and two
+in the order; is a minister in the provinces of Bisayas, and now
+definitor of this province.</p>
+<p>20. The brother chorister Fray Guillermo Sebasti&aacute;n, a son of
+the house at Vinaroz; aged nineteen years, and two and a half in the
+order; was a minister in the province of Ilocos, and died as prior of
+Bantay, on December 13, 1698.</p>
+<p>21. The brother chorister Fray Eugenio Costales, a son of the
+convent of Sevilla; aged twenty-one years, and three in the order; is
+now a minister in the province of Ilocos.</p>
+<p>22. The brother novice Fray Juan Hidalgo L&oacute;pez, a native of
+Extremadura; aged twenty-eight years; is a minister in the province of
+Pampanga.</p>
+<p>23. The brother novice Fray Juan N&uacute;&ntilde;ez, a native of
+Medina del Campo; aged twenty-three years; was a minister in China for
+many years; and at present is a minister in the province of Ilocos, and
+its vicar-provincial.</p>
+<p>24. The brother novice Fray Fernando Ricote, a native of Asturias;
+aged twenty-eight years; was a minister in Bisayas; and died at
+Ceb&uacute; in the year 1698.</p>
+<p>25. The brother novice Fray Isidro L&oacute;pez, a native of Madrid;
+aged seventeen years; was a minister in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Tagalos; and died while he was visitor, and prior of Guiguinto, on
+February 21, 1716.</p>
+<p>26. The lay brother Fray Francisco de Sevilla, a son of the convent
+at J&aacute;tiva; aged thirty-one years, and five in the order; he was
+eminent in virtue, prayer, and mortification, and rendered much service
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb300" href="#pb300" name=
+"pb300">300</a>]</span>to the convent of Manila, where he met a pious
+death on March 31, 1711.</p>
+<p>27. The lay brother Fray Nicol&aacute;s Codura, a son of the convent
+at Epila; aged thirty years, and seven in the order; he lives in the
+convent at Manila, where he has rendered good service, and still does
+so.</p>
+<p>All these religious have been very useful to this province in its
+ministries and instruction, and in the missions of China&mdash;the
+progress of which from their foundation will be set down separately and
+all together, by way of recapitulation,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3247src" href="#xd20e3247" name="xd20e3247src">83</a> ending this
+history with this chapter. For if I were to continue it further it
+would be necessary to speak of the living, and [personal]
+considerations might render the truth liable to suspicion; and although
+truth is the essential form and the soul of history it cannot become
+the instructor of the times, or be a [reliable] witness about them,
+when suspicion can challenge it. I will, however, record in this
+chapter some of the acts of Don Fausto in his government<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e3252src" href="#xd20e3252" name=
+"xd20e3252src">84</a>&mdash;which, although they were just, were
+rendered intolerable by the violence and harshness with which they were
+executed; for the body politic of the Manila colony is not fit for so
+strong cathartic remedies, since its weakness can only endure anodynes
+and emollients.</p>
+<p>This gentleman commenced the course of his government with great
+integrity and rectitude, and very <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb301"
+href="#pb301" name="pb301">301</a>]</span>clean hands&mdash;grand
+qualities from which to expect a good government, although not well
+liked by all. All his desire, assiduity, and effort were directed to
+the increase of the royal revenues; and this he kept up to the end of
+his government, with such extreme application that what appeared to the
+governor justice seemed [to the people] cruelty. But here Justice used
+only the edges of the sword, without weighing with the balances that
+she held in the other hand the difficulties of time and occasion. Don
+Gabriel de Curucelaegui had not pushed this matter very far before
+troubles which gave him greater anxiety diverted his mind from this
+occupation. In a short time Don Fausto acquired great comprehension of
+the conduct of government and of all the measures which could increase
+the royal revenues; and he found that a very considerable amount was
+due to the exchequer, not only from the living but from the dead, from
+the collections of the royal tributes and from other sources. Don
+Fausto applied himself to the collection, with excessive rigor, of what
+the citizens of Manila owed to the royal treasury, without considering
+that most of the debtors were bankrupt, and almost destitute through
+lack of means; others were now dead, and search was made for their
+heirs and executors, in order to compel them to satisfy these
+claims.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3259src" href="#xd20e3259" name=
+"xd20e3259src">85</a> While these <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb302"
+href="#pb302" name="pb302">302</a>]</span>investigations were being
+made, the prisons and fortifications were filled with debtors, more fit
+to ask alms than to pay their debts; others took refuge in the
+churches, where they remained a long time without being able to look
+for means of support. In every direction there were seizures and
+auctions, exactions and investigations. By this assiduity Don Fausto
+placed much silver in the royal treasury; but his Majesty does not
+choose to flay thus his vassals, but rather, as a good shepherd, to
+shear off the wool without cutting away the skin in which it has its
+roots. This inflexibility in collecting the debts owed to the royal
+exchequer, and his great eagerness to increase it, have caused great
+expenses, some superfluous and others necessary; and these traits in
+Don Fausto continued throughout the period of his
+government&mdash;which was the longest that has occurred in these
+islands, since it reached eleven years.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3269src" href="#xd20e3269" name="xd20e3269src">86</a></p>
+<p>Considering that in these islands there is no equipment of
+iron-works for making anchors, and that the Dutch of Batavia, as they
+are so ingenious, have abundance of all that pertains to navigation, he
+sent Don Pedro de Ariosolo with title of ambassador, accompanied by
+some Spaniards&mdash;Don Mart&iacute;n de Tejada, Don Jos&eacute;
+Pesta&ntilde;o de Cueva, Don Juan de Tejada, and others, among the
+prominent citizens of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb303" href=
+"#pb303" name="pb303">303</a>]</span>Manila. These envoys were very
+well received in Batavia, and so well did they succeed in their errand
+that they brought back many and excellent anchors, which were used for
+many years. This transaction was repeated afterward by Governor Don
+Domingo de Zabalburu, who sent for the same purpose General Miguel
+Mart&iacute;nez, Don Gregorio Escalante, Don Juan de San Pedro, and
+others, whose errand was as successful as that of the former envoys,
+through the good management and great liberality of the ambassador.
+Such endeavors have not always had the desired effect; for in the past
+year of 1717 the present governor, Mariscal Don Fernando Bustillo
+Bustamente y Rueda, sent General Don Fernando de Angulo as ambassador
+to Batavia to procure some anchors, but he returned without them.</p>
+<p>The first galleon that Don Fausto despatched for Nueva Espa&ntilde;a
+was the &ldquo;Santo Cristo de Burgos,&rdquo; in charge of General Don
+Francisco de Arcocha, his pilot being Lazcano; the voyage was a
+prosperous one, and the galleon returned in the following year of 1692,
+in charge of the captain of mounted cuirassiers Don Bernardo de Bayo,
+who was sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves, who took away that office
+from Don Francisco de Arcocha. It is said that the cause of this change
+was resentment on the part of the said Conde because he had in the year
+1689 sent Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero, a gentleman of his
+household, as commander of the galleon&mdash;because the commander who
+had come with the ship, Lucas Mateo de Urquiza, had remained at
+Acapulco sick (not being willing to follow the second route, which Don
+Pedro de Ariosolo was taking)&mdash;and Don Gabriel de Arnedo y
+Escudero <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb304" href="#pb304" name=
+"pb304">304</a>]</span>had returned in the said galleon &ldquo;Santo
+Cristo&rdquo; as a passenger and not as a commander (although he died
+on the way); and, annoyed at this, the viceroy had taken the office
+from Don Francisco de Arcocha and given it to Don Bernardo de Bayo. It
+would have been better if the galleon had not come at all, for it was
+wrecked on the return trip, as we shall see later.</p>
+<p>With Don Gabriel de Arnedo came the auditor Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima, with his wife and children, who the
+preceding year had not been able to embark on account of the lack of
+accommodations in the patache &ldquo;San Fernando,&rdquo; in which came
+the investigating judge and the three auditors. Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta was highly esteemed for his learning, and for having been an
+official of great integrity and uprightness. He completed his six
+years&rsquo; term as auditor of Filipinas, and embarked for
+M&eacute;jico, where he was for many years alcalde of criminal cases
+for that city, with the same reputation for integrity and rectitude.
+The new auditors brought orders from his Majesty that two of them
+should go first to visit the provinces<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3283src" href="#xd20e3283" name="xd20e3283src">87</a> of these
+islands, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb305" href="#pb305" name=
+"pb305">305</a>]</span>draw up an enumeration of the royal tributes,
+their two associates remaining [at Manila] to serve in the royal
+Audiencia. For this task two auditors set out&mdash;<span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb306" href="#pb306" name="pb306">306</a>]</span>Don
+Alonso de Abella Fuertes to visit the provinces of Cagay&aacute;n,
+Ilocos, and Pampanga; and Don Juan de Sierra to visit those of
+Ceb&uacute;, Ogt&oacute;n, and Panay, although he visited only the last
+two. After Don Alonso Fuertes had returned from his commission,
+Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta went to visit the provinces of Tagalos,
+and made the enumeration of the tributes. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb307" href="#pb307" name="pb307">307</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Don Fausto placed on the stocks the largest galleon that had ever
+been built; for it was three codos longer than the largest that had
+been built in the world. This enterprise was carried on by
+Master-of-camp Don Tom&aacute;s de Endaya, who by application had
+become very skilful in this art, and he was therefore the
+superintendent of this construction; which was completed in less than
+nine months, to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb308" href="#pb308"
+name="pb308">308</a>]</span>astonishment of everyone&mdash;although
+with some cause for scandal, since the men worked on it even on the
+most important feast-days, not stopping even on Holy Thursday. He gave
+it the name of &ldquo;San Jos&eacute;,&rdquo; and appointed Don
+Jos&eacute; Madrazo its commander; and it was launched very
+successfully. It sailed from this headland of Cavite on the day of Sts.
+Peter and Paul in 1694;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3420src" href=
+"#xd20e3420" name="xd20e3420src">88</a> and on July 3, in the night, it
+was dashed to pieces on the coast of Lub&aacute;n, and more than four
+hundred persons were drowned. It was reckoned that if the men had not
+worked on the feast-days the vessel would have been completed more
+slowly, and would have sailed many days later, and the furious
+hurricane that was the cause of its wreck would not have caught it on
+the sea, with the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb309" href="#pb309"
+name="pb309">309</a>]</span>deaths of so many persons and the loss of
+the great amount of merchandise that it carried; for it is considered
+certain that no larger or richer galleon had plowed the waters of the
+sea, for the wealth that it carried was incredible.</p>
+<p>While this loss was so great, one of the most grievous losses that
+these islands have suffered, it was made worse by the non-arrival of
+the galleon that was expected that year, the &ldquo;Santo Cristo de
+Burgos,&rdquo; in charge of General Don Bernardo Ignacio del
+Bayo&mdash;who, as we have said, was sent by the viceroy Conde de
+Galves in the year of 1691, and returned in the same ship the following
+year; and it put back to the port of Solsog&oacute;n, after having
+endured great tempests. It remained at Solsog&oacute;n in order to
+continue its voyage the year of 1693, as it did; but it not only failed
+to reach port, but was wrecked, without our gaining the least knowledge
+of the place where that occurred. There were some suspicions that it
+was destroyed by fire (a danger for which there is on the sea no help),
+for at one of the Marianas Islands were found fragments of burned wood,
+which were sent [here] by the governor of Filipinas, Don Jos&eacute;
+Madrazo, and were recognized to be of woods that are found in these
+islands only. Careful search was made for many years along the coasts
+of South America, and in other regions; but not the least news of this
+ship has been received. Among the persons who were lost in this galleon
+was a religious who was most highly esteemed by this province for his
+great virtue and learning; this was the father reader Fray Francisco de
+Ugarte, a Vizcayan, a native of Marquina, who came as superior of the
+mission which reached this province in the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb310" href="#pb310" name="pb310">310</a>]</span>year
+1684; he had been sent in this galleon to Espa&ntilde;a, as procurator
+of the province, to ask for a new re&euml;nforcement of missionaries.
+Much could be said of the great virtue of this religious, of his
+frequent prayer and mortification, his poverty, his extraordinary
+humility and affability&mdash;which I omit, in order not to seem too
+partial to him, or expose myself to the censure which I have seen
+incurred by many historians among the regulars, who have indulged in so
+excessive praises of this sort that they expose themselves to the
+charge of being too partial, because the persons eulogized are of their
+own houses.</p>
+<p>By these so calamitous events the islands were reduced to a
+miserable condition, on account of the loss of two good galleons and of
+so much wealth, belonging to so many that one might say it was the
+wealth of all [the citizens of Manila]. There was a little alleviation
+of our affliction that year, but it was so little that it could hardly
+be regarded as succor&mdash;that before the great galleon left Cavite a
+small patache entered that port which the viceroy of Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a had sent with some slight assistance, in charge of Don
+Andr&eacute;s de Arriola, a Sevillan gentleman of great courage and
+renown. He returned to Nueva Espa&ntilde;a in a small vessel which was
+purchased for 6,000 pesos from a Portuguese merchant named Juan de
+Abreu; it was so small that the authorities ordered, under heavy
+penalties, that no citizen should send in this vessel anything except
+letters, a rule which was enforced most rigorously. This patache made a
+very prosperous voyage; for, having passed the Marianas Islands, which
+is the most difficult part of this navigation, and finding that their
+provisions were nearly gone, and that it was almost impossible to
+pursue their voyage, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb311" href="#pb311"
+name="pb311">311</a>]</span>divine Providence aided them by revealing
+to them an unknown island, not set down on any navigation chart. They
+found it uninhabited by men, but abounding in certain birds, large and
+heavy, and little inclined to fly, and so easy to catch that the men
+gave them the name of &ldquo;fool birds&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3433src" href="#xd20e3433" name="xd20e3433src">89</a> either
+because of their stupidity, or as being the same as those birds which
+are found in Brasil and some islands of India which the Portuguese call
+<i>dodos</i>, which is the same as <i>tontos</i> [<i>i.e.</i>,
+&ldquo;stupid&rdquo;]. The flesh of these birds is very good, and so,
+by killing many of them and drying their flesh in the wind, the sailors
+made a very good provision of food. They also found very good water and
+firewood, so that they were able to continue their voyage to Acapulco.
+What they most regretted was, that they could not fix the latitude and
+situation of this island, for lack of seeing the sun; and thus the
+island became again unknown, and inaccessible for another like
+emergency. [If its location were known], it would be a great assistance
+in making easier this arduous and severe navigation from Filipinas to
+Acapulco.</p>
+<p>Don Andr&eacute;s de Arriola was afterward a knight of the Order of
+Santiago, commander of the Windward fleet, and governor of Vera Cruz
+and of Pan&ccedil;acola, where he rendered great services to his
+Majesty King Don Felipe V&mdash;his great courage enabling him to
+furnish large supplies of silver [to the king], despite the perils of
+the sea and the enemies of the crown, in the time when the armed fleets
+of Inglaterra and Holanda were infesting the seas and obstructing the
+commerce with America.</p>
+<p>Among the losses which Governor Don Fausto <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb312" href="#pb312" name=
+"pb312">312</a>]</span>experienced in the time of his government, the
+greatest in his estimation was the death of his spouse Do&ntilde;a
+Beatriz de Ar&oacute;stegui, in 1694; he loved her dearly, an affection
+deserved by her beauty, the many children that she had borne him, her
+great virtues, and sweet disposition&mdash;for which all the people
+loved her as the rainbow of peace, as she greatly moderated the
+choleric disposition of her husband. She died, this Rachel in beauty
+and Leah in fruitfulness, in the second year of the government of Don
+Fausto.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3457src" href="#xd20e3457" name=
+"xd20e3457src">90</a> She was given a burial with honors in our church
+at Manila, and in the following year her remains were transferred to a
+beautiful chapel in the chancel, erected and adorned for this purpose.
+[This chapel contains the sculptured figure of the lady, with some
+Latin inscriptions, which are here omitted.] Well was this monument
+merited by a matron so virtuous, loved and reverenced by all for her
+great virtues; and her death was all the more regretted on account of
+her youth. The funeral honors which were solemnized for her were the
+most splendid ever seen in these islands (and it would be difficult to
+equal them in any other country, even with great expenditures); for the
+great abundance in these islands of wax and of the other materials for
+pomp which can increase the magnificence of functions of this kind,
+render them very easy. But this abuse is at present greatly moderated,
+as a result of the recent royal decree which was published that these
+vain parades be diminished. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb313" href=
+"#pb313" name="pb313">313</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1507" href="#xd20e1507src" name="xd20e1507">1</a></span>
+Francisco de Mesina was born in Messina, Sicily, in 1614; at the age of
+fifteen he became a Jesuit novice, and in 1643 came to the Philippines.
+He acted as minister at the college of Manila during one year, and then
+went to Camboja with a Spanish expedition who built a ship there,
+ministering to the Spaniards, and to the natives of the country. For
+two years he was rector of Silang, and more than twenty years minister
+to the Chinese at Santa Cruz, near Manila, becoming very proficient in
+their language. He was three years provincial, and was sent to Macan
+and Camboja by the governor &ldquo;on affairs of the royal
+service;&rdquo; and he died at Santa Cruz, October 12, 1682. (Murillo
+Velarde, <i lang="es">Hist. Philipinas</i>, fol. 354.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1515" href="#xd20e1515src" name="xd20e1515">2</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">almojarifazgo</i>: export and import duties, as our modern
+officials would call them. This tax was first collected by the Moors in
+the cities and coasts of Andaluc&iacute;a, and afterward&mdash;in the
+times of St. Fernando, according to various authors&mdash;came to be
+introduced among the Christians; and they, on accepting or establishing
+this impost, adopted the name by which the Arabs designated
+it.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez</span> (editor of
+Diaz).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1548" href="#xd20e1548src" name="xd20e1548">3</a></span> Don
+Franc&iacute;sco Xavier, in the year 1670 (Murillo Velarde, <i lang=
+"es">Hist. de Philipinas</i>, fol. 300).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1559" href="#xd20e1559src" name="xd20e1559">4</a></span>
+Francisco Miedes was a native of Madrid, born about 1621; he entered
+the Jesuit order about 1643, and in 1643 came to the islands. During
+the first year he was an instructor at the college of Manila; the rest
+of his life was spent in the missions of Ternate and Siao. He compiled
+grammars and vocabularies of the dialects spoken in those islands, and
+performed his missionary labors with great self-sacrifice and devotion,
+suffering much from poverty and lack of the usual comforts of life. The
+hardships of this career, and his frequent austerities, broke down his
+strength, and he finally died at Iloilo, on June 21, 1674. (Murillo
+Velarde, <i>ut supra</i>, fol. 352 b, 353.)</p>
+<p class="footnote">Ger&oacute;nimo Cebreros was born in Mexico on May
+30, 1626, and at the age of twenty-three entered the Jesuit novitiate,
+and four years later came to the islands. He was a missionary in
+Ternate and Siao, and for six years the superior of those missions;
+afterward he labored among the Spaniards and Tagals in Luz&oacute;n,
+and died on August 15, 1713. (<i lang="la">Ut supra</i>, fol. 400
+b.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1576" href="#xd20e1576src" name="xd20e1576">5</a></span> Diaz
+does not give the Christian name of this missionary, but Murillo
+Velarde says (<i lang="la">ut supra</i>, fol. 300 b), that it was Juan
+de Esquivel; this name, however, is not again mentioned by that author.
+On fol. 284 he gives the following account of Diego de Esquivel (of
+whom Juan may have been a brother): &ldquo;On the sixth of June, 1665,
+died at Manila Father Diego de Esquivel, at the age of forty-two years,
+after seventeen years as a member of the Society; he was a native of
+the said city, and it was there that he entered the Society, in the
+year 1648. He finished his studies there, and, having been ordained as
+a priest, was sent to Ternate&mdash;where he learned perfectly the
+language of the natives, of which he wrote a grammar and a vocabulary.
+Thence he went to Tydore, and afterward to Siao, where the natives were
+living more as barbarians than as Christians; and he suffered greatly
+in that island, on account of the poverty of the country. He had his
+heart set on planting the faith and good morals among that people, by
+means of preaching, the good example of his life as a religious, and
+the charity with which he ministered to all; and he gained thereby the
+great affection of the people of Siao. This was known by Don Sabiniano
+Manrique de Lara, and therefore after the death of Don Bentura, the
+king of that island (who left a young son), the governor commissioned
+Father Esquivel with the government of that kingdom, as it was under
+the royal protection, to the great satisfaction of the chiefs of its
+villages; and the superiors [of the order] gave him permission, in so
+far as it was in accordance with the sacred canons, to act as counselor
+of the said kingdom. This caused the preservation in our holy faith of
+the many and glorious missions which this province has in the
+Orient&mdash;which are the island and kingdom of Siao, and the
+provinces of Manados or Cauripa (which are in the great island of
+Celebes, or Macazar), with other islands and missions, which he
+frequently visited, by which he gained many souls to God. He was sent
+to Ternate as rector, but, moved by affectionate desire for the
+salvation of his Siaos, he left a father as vice-rector of the college
+[at Ternate], and returned to Siao. At this time, orders were given to
+withdraw the garrison from Ternate, and Father Esquivel returned to
+Manila, and many of those natives accompanied him&mdash;in order not to
+lose the faith, nobly abandoning their native land. They settled in
+Maragondong, La Estacada, and other places, with the name of Mardicas,
+and I knew in Maragondong some of them who had been born in Ternate.
+Through the hardships of this voyage Father Esquivel contracted an
+illness, which lasted during the remainder of his life. He spent some
+time as minister at Bar&aacute;s, where his sickness became worse; they
+carried him to Manila, where he died with great peace and
+resignation.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote">Manuel Espa&ntilde;ol was born in Aren, May 11,
+1639, and entered the Jesuit order on November 21, 1656. Seven years
+later he came to the Philippine Islands. He was minister at the college
+of Manila two years, and afterward labored in the missions of Siao and
+Ternate for many years. He died in Manila, on March 10, 1684. (Murillo
+Velarde, <i lang="la">ut supra</i>, fol. 356.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1598" href="#xd20e1598src" name="xd20e1598">6</a></span> Murillo
+Velarde says (<i lang="la">ut supra</i>, fol. 302): &ldquo;On the first
+of November, 1677, the Dutch seized Siao, called thither by Don
+Geronimo Daras, a rival and enemy of the king Don Francisco (who was a
+good Catholic, and a friend of the Spaniards); they went to conquer it,
+and left as governor of the island Robert Paagbrugue. They carried away
+to Malayo the fathers who were ministering there. They cut down the
+clove trees, and established several small forts with some artillery;
+and left there about two hundred men, with a preacher, who instructed
+the natives in regard to their errors. At first some of the Siaos
+resisted; but now they are most obstinate heretics, and very bitter
+enemies of the Catholic religion&mdash;as I found in some who strayed
+to Manila in those days; although some were finally converted, and I
+baptized a boy of fourteen years who learned the [Christian] doctrine
+readily.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1614" href="#xd20e1614src" name="xd20e1614">7</a></span>
+<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;a time of peace, a time of war.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1619" href="#xd20e1619src" name="xd20e1619">8</a></span> Spanish,
+<i lang="es">Del monte sale, quien al monte quema</i>,
+&ldquo;indicating that the losses we suffer usually proceed from
+persons allied to us, or who live near us&rdquo; (Dominguez).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1625" href="#xd20e1625src" name="xd20e1625">9</a></span> Here, as
+in several other places in our text, we omit various pious reflections
+and citations from Scripture or the fathers of the church, simply
+through the pressure of valuable historical matter upon our limited
+space.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1642" href="#xd20e1642src" name="xd20e1642">10</a></span>
+<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;If for my sake this tempest has arisen, cast me
+into the sea,&rdquo; paraphrasing rather than quoting the
+prophet&rsquo;s words (Jonah, i, v. 12).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1647" href="#xd20e1647src" name="xd20e1647">11</a></span> Juan
+Caballero was born in C&oacute;rdoba in 1629, and made his profession
+in the Augustinian order at Sevilla (by a typographical error in
+P&eacute;rez&rsquo;s <i lang="es">Cat&aacute;logo</i>, in 1637;
+probably, 1657). He came to Manila in the mission of 1669; three years
+later, was elected prior of Ceb&uacute;, and in 1674 prior of Manila,
+where he died in 1685.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1663" href="#xd20e1663src" name="xd20e1663">12</a></span>
+Biographical notices of these friars, and of others mentioned by Diaz
+in like connection, may be found in P&eacute;rez&rsquo;s <i lang=
+"es">Cat&aacute;logo</i>.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1697" href="#xd20e1697src" name="xd20e1697">13</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">colegial del mayor</i>. A <i lang="es">colegio
+mayor</i> is defined by Dominguez as &ldquo;a community of youths,
+laymen of distinguished families, who devote themselves to various
+studies, living in a certain seclusion, and under a collegiate rector,
+whom they appoint, usually each year.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1706" href="#xd20e1706src" name="xd20e1706">14</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">catedratico de decreto</i>. The <i lang=
+"es">Decreto</i> was the book compiled by Gratianus which forms the
+first part of the canon law.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1728" href="#xd20e1728src" name="xd20e1728">15</a></span>
+&ldquo;More properly Konkanis; the modern division of North Canara is
+part of the territory properly known as the Konkan, and the old
+Portuguese called the natives of their territory, both those of Goa and
+the North (properly the Konkanis), and also those to the southward,
+indiscriminately Canarins.&rdquo; &ldquo;The Canarins (who are
+heathen), are of two sorts, for such as are engaged in trade and other
+honorable callings are held in much greater respect than those who
+engage in fishing, or practice mechanical crafts.&rdquo; Canarin is the
+Portuguese form of the name applied to the natives of the coast, and
+interior north of Malabar, as far as and including Goa district;
+another form of the name is Karnatic, although it is now applied to the
+Tamil country on the eastern side of the Indian peninsula.&mdash;See
+<i>Voyage of Pyrard de Laval</i> (Hakluyt Society Publications, London,
+1887&ndash;88) and notes by Gray and Bell, i, pp. 375&ndash;376, ii,
+pp. 35, 405&ndash;406.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1758" href="#xd20e1758src" name="xd20e1758">16</a></span> Payo
+Enriquez de Rivera was a native of Sevilla, and son of the Duke de
+Alcal&aacute;, viceroy of Naples. In 1628 he made profession in the
+Augustinian order, and after obtaining his degrees in theology and
+philosophy held various important offices in Spain. In 1657 he was
+presented to the see of Guatemala, and ten years later to that of
+Michoacan; soon afterward he was made archbishop of Mexico, which
+office he assumed in June 1668. The viceroyalty of Mexico becoming
+vacant by the death of Pedro Nu&ntilde;o Colon, Duke de Veraguas, a few
+days after taking possession of that government (December, 1673), he
+was immediately succeeded, by a royal order anticipating this event, by
+Fray Payo de Rivera, who ruled Nueva Espa&ntilde;a for seven years.
+Rivera was distinguished by his ability as a ruler, not only in matters
+ecclesiastical, but in civil and military affairs&mdash;to all of which
+he attended with zeal and prudence; and he was beloved by the people.
+In July, 1681, he set out for Spain, where he had two important
+appointments from the government; but he declined these, and retired to
+the convent of Santa Mar&iacute;a del Risco. He died on April 8, 1684,
+honored in both life and death by the government and by his people.
+(Bancroft&rsquo;s <i>Mexico</i>, iii, pp. 182&ndash;187.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1771" href="#xd20e1771src" name="xd20e1771">17</a></span> Our
+Constitutions inhibit such procedure, the applying to courts outside
+the order. For us, appeals lie only to the Pontiff, who, being the
+common father of the faithful, is not considered an
+outsider.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1779" href="#xd20e1779src" name="xd20e1779">18</a></span>
+<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;The party dispossessed must first of all be
+restored, any other proceeding being deferred.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1811" href="#xd20e1811src" name="xd20e1811">19</a></span>
+Referring to a work by the Jesuit writer Martin Martini
+(1614&ndash;61), who for many years was a prominent missionary in
+China. This was his <i lang="la">Novus atlas Sinensis</i> (Vienna,
+1655), which formed part 10 of the great atlas published by Joannis
+Blaeu at Amsterdam (1656). Diaz hispanicizes Martini&rsquo;s name, and
+rather curiously uses the Italian word <i lang="it">atlante</i> for
+&ldquo;atlas&rdquo; instead of the Spanish <i lang="es">atlas</i>.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1831" href="#xd20e1831src" name="xd20e1831">20</a></span> More
+strictly the name Coromandel is applied to the eastern coast of India
+north of Cape Comorin, and Malabar to the western coast.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1839" href="#xd20e1839src" name="xd20e1839">21</a></span>
+<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;It shall not be compared with the dyed colors of
+India&rdquo; (Job, xxviii, v. 16).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1844" href="#xd20e1844src" name="xd20e1844">22</a></span> See
+plan of Madras, and maps of Coromandel coast, in Bellin&rsquo;s
+<i lang="la">Atlas maritime</i>, iii, fol. 37&ndash;39.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1853" href="#xd20e1853src" name="xd20e1853">23</a></span> The
+Basilian order was founded by St. Basil, bishop of C&aelig;sarea in
+Cappadocia. His rule became so popular in the East as to supplant all
+others; and at this day it alone is recognized and followed by the
+monks of the Greek Church. This order also made its way into southern
+Italy, Poland, Hungary, and Russia. Nearly all the convents of Basilian
+nuns (founded by St. Macrina, sister of Basil), like those of the
+monks, have embraced the Eastern schism. (Addis and Arnold&rsquo;s
+<i>Catholic Dictionary</i>, citing H&eacute;lyot&rsquo;s <i lang=
+"fr">Ordres monastiques</i>.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1862" href="#xd20e1862src" name="xd20e1862">24</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">crescas</i>, a word not given in the lexicons,
+but evidently, from the context, to be thus rendered.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1873" href="#xd20e1873src" name="xd20e1873">25</a></span> See
+Linschoten&rsquo;s account of this story of St. Thomas&rsquo;s
+preaching in India, and A. C. Burnell&rsquo;s notes thereon, in
+<i>Voyage of Linschoten</i> (Hakluyt Society Publications, London,
+1885), i, pp. 83&ndash;89. Burnell says that this story is unknown to
+the natives of India, and evidently originated in Syria. The
+inscription on the alleged tomb of St. Thomas near Madras is now known
+to be Nestorian, of about the ninth century A. D.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1890" href="#xd20e1890src" name="xd20e1890">26</a></span>
+<i>Tercia</i>: the third part of a vara (33.38+ inches), therefore a
+little more than 11 inches; generally used as a measure of length.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1903" href="#xd20e1903src" name="xd20e1903">27</a></span>
+Concepci&oacute;n&rsquo;s account of this occurrence (<i lang=
+"es">Hist. de Philipinas</i>, vii, pp. 258, 259) contains an
+explanation somewhat remarkable for a period when sanitary science had
+made little progress, even in Europe.</p>
+<p class="footnote">&ldquo;Governor Don Manuel de Leon was sick from
+excessive corpulency; and Don Juan de Sarra treated him by making cruel
+cuts in the flesh of his body. He attended, when these incisions were
+not yet quite healed, the funeral of Do&ntilde;a Maria del Cuellar, the
+deceased wife of Auditor Don Francisco Coloma; and in the church the
+vapors which exhale from buried corpses&mdash;which, experience proves,
+cost those so dear, who enter the church with sores or wounds, as these
+are poisoned and corrupted by those vapors&mdash;had the effect on the
+governor of opening his wounds, and bringing on a hemorrhage which
+exhausted him, [and he died. April 11, 1667].&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1914" href="#xd20e1914src" name="xd20e1914">28</a></span> Salazar
+relates the disposition of the governor&rsquo;s estate (<i lang=
+"es">Hist. Sant. Rosario</i>, pp. 114, 115), saying that, besides the
+provincial, Fray Balthasar de Santa Cruz and General Marcos Quintero
+Ramos were named by Le&oacute;n as his executors; referring to the
+prohibition (see his p. 43) of such administration to the Dominican
+friars, he adds: &ldquo;The said fathers could not refuse to accept
+this onerous charge as executors, not only on account of what our order
+owed to the deceased, but because of other circumstances which stood in
+the way and concerned the peace of the community.&rdquo; He states that
+Fray San Roman&rsquo;s death (less than a year after the
+governor&rsquo;s) did not prevent the administration of
+Le&oacute;n&rsquo;s estate and the disposal of his property, which
+Santa Cruz carried out, the handling of the money being left entirely
+to Quintero. The governor&rsquo;s fortune amounted to 250,000 pesos, of
+which the Dominican order appropriated nothing to itself, the money
+being almost entirely spent in pious foundations and charitable works.
+To the Misericordia was given 50,000 pesos, part of which was set aside
+for the dowries of orphan girls; to Le&oacute;n&rsquo;s native place,
+33,000 pesos to found chaplaincies, for the benefit of his soul; 12,000
+to rebuild the hospital of San Lazaro at Manila, and a like sum for
+rebuilding the seminary of Santa Potenciana; and the remainder was
+spent in various works of piety and charity, for the benefit of the
+community.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1936" href="#xd20e1936src" name="xd20e1936">29</a></span> Every
+province was entitled to choose four definitors and two visitors. In
+chapters the voting list is published prior to the elections; it
+contains the name of every person entitled to vote therein, with the
+position entitling him to vote.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C.
+Middleton, O.S.A.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1953" href="#xd20e1953src" name="xd20e1953">30</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">altura</i>; here meaning the most northern part
+of the ship&rsquo;s course, as the ships sailing from Manila took a
+route far northward to avail themselves of the trade-winds.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1984" href="#xd20e1984src" name="xd20e1984">31</a></span> This
+should be Antonio de Letona; his book is entitled <i lang="es">Perfecta
+religiosa</i> (Puebla, Mexico, 1662). See our <span class="sc">VOL.
+XXXVI</span>, p. 189.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1999" href="#xd20e1999src" name="xd20e1999">32</a></span> In
+text, <i lang="es">rectores</i>; but, as there is no meaning of that
+word that properly applies here, we conjecture it to be a typographical
+error for <i lang="es">receptores</i>.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2032" href="#xd20e2032src" name="xd20e2032">33</a></span>
+Francisco Salgado was a native of Galicia, born April 2, 1629. In 1648
+he entered the Jesuit order, and in 1662, came to the Philippines. For
+several years he was teacher in the college of Manila; and afterward
+rector at Silang. He went to Europe (about 1675?), and returned in 1679
+with a mission band; he was rector of the Manila college and twice
+provincial. He died at Manila on July 14, 1689. (Murillo Velarde,
+<i lang="es">Hist. de Philipinas</i>, fol. 357.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2051" href="#xd20e2051src" name="xd20e2051">34</a></span> The MS.
+does not state what the other relic was, nor is it easy to ascertain;
+for the English in the latter part of the eighteenth century profaned
+the church of San Agust&iacute;n at Manila, and took from it all the
+relics, in order to avail themselves of the silver of the reliquaries,
+and of the gold in which many of them were set.&mdash;<span class=
+"sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2068" href="#xd20e2068src" name="xd20e2068">35</a></span> Juan de
+Mariana (1536&ndash;1624) was one of the most noted writers among the
+Spanish Jesuits. The work here referred to is that which he published
+originally in Latin, <i lang="la">Histori&aelig; de rebus
+Hispani&aelig; libri XXV</i> (Toleti, 1592), which carried the history
+of the Spanish monarchy down to 1516. His own Spanish version of this
+work, enlarged and corrected, appeared at Toledo, 1601. Other writers
+continued this history to 1649 and 1669; and the last of these was
+extended to 1678 by Felix Lucio de Espinosa y Malo (Madrid, 1678). This
+work has had many editions, translations, and criticisms&mdash;for
+which see Sommervogel&rsquo;s <i lang="fr">Biblioth&egrave;que Comp. de
+Jesus</i>. One of Mariana&rsquo;s works, <i lang="la">De rege et regis
+institutione</i> (Toleti, 1599), was censured by the Parliament of
+Paris and publicly burned by the executioner in 1610; and the French
+court asked the Spanish government to suppress it, which request was
+refused.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2082" href="#xd20e2082src" name="xd20e2082">36</a></span> That
+is, the writer&rsquo;s desire to flatter some influential persons who
+were enemies of Valenzuela.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2123" href="#xd20e2123src" name="xd20e2123">37</a></span> The
+alternation [<i lang="es">alternativa</i>] of the elections consisted
+in this, that during one triennium the offices were held by natives of
+Spain, and during the next one by those born in the
+Indias.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2137" href="#xd20e2137src" name="xd20e2137">38</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">pasado en authoridad de cosa juzgada</i>
+(equivalent to the Latin <i lang="la">res adjudicata</i>).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2152" href="#xd20e2152src" name="xd20e2152">39</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">se comprometi&oacute;</i>. With us elections
+sometimes go by <i lang="la">compromissum</i>; that is, where no result
+is secured as usual by close ballot the chapter designate a committee
+to nominate some person, usually with the pledge that the chapter will
+afterward elect him, and thus ratify the committee&rsquo;s
+choice.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2164" href="#xd20e2164src" name="xd20e2164">40</a></span> Among
+the voters at provincial and general chapters are two classes
+especially designated by provinces or convents to represent the entire
+community; these are the definitors and the discreets (<span class=
+"sc">VOL. XXXIV</span>, p. 419). The conventual discreet is chosen for
+the provincial chapter, and is elected by all the voters of a house in
+chapter assembled. The discreet-general is chosen for the general
+chapter, by the provincial chapter. At the general chapter every
+province is entitled to representation by three voters&mdash;the
+provincial, the definitor, and the discreet. At provincial chapter
+every large house, or convent, is entitled similarly to representation
+by two voters, the priors and the discreet (there is no definitor for a
+house).&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2175" href="#xd20e2175src" name="xd20e2175">41</a></span> There
+must be some error in the text&mdash;probably made in the
+transcriptions of Diaz&rsquo;s manuscript for publication&mdash;for
+P&eacute;rez says (<i lang="es">Cat&aacute;logo</i>, p. 140) that these
+missions contained 160 religious. The father here named is mentioned a
+little below as Manuel Losada, which name (although it does not appear
+in P&eacute;rez) was probably his baptismal and family name, the other
+being that assumed by him on entering the order.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2230" href="#xd20e2230src" name="xd20e2230">42</a></span>
+<i lang="es">No elemental</i>; that is, it was not nebulous&mdash;as
+our astronomers at this time say, arrogating to themselves this
+discovery, which evidently was not unknown to those of earlier
+times.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2238" href="#xd20e2238src" name="xd20e2238">43</a></span> Roughly
+estimating from the date here given, it seems probable that the line
+here mentioned refers to the diameter of the earth. Although that
+diameter had not been exactly measured at that time, a long step toward
+this had been taken by Picard of France, who in 1671 made the first
+really valuable measure of the arc of a meridian, a measure which Isaac
+Newton used in verifying his idea of gravitation. The ambiguous manner
+in which the line is mentioned by the writer (supposedly Kino, as cited
+by Diaz) was probably due to cautious dread lest ecclesiastical
+penalties be visited on the too definite statement of scientific
+discoveries; for at that time Mexico was dominated by the Inquisition,
+by which tribunal the great Galileo had been imprisoned less than fifty
+years before Kino made these observations. The course of this comet can
+easily be verified, after making due allowance for the precession of
+the equinoxes, on any map of the constellations. Information for this
+note is furnished by Albert S. Flint, astronomer of Washburn
+Observatory, University of Wisconsin.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2245" href="#xd20e2245src" name="xd20e2245">44</a></span>
+Eusebius Kino (or Chino) was a noted mathematician and explorer. Born
+near Trent in 1644, he entered the Jesuit order at the age of
+twenty-one, and in 1678 came to America. He soon devoted himself to the
+California missions, and explored and mapped a large extent of country
+in Mexico and Lower California. He died at Magdalena, March 15,
+1711.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2278" href="#xd20e2278src" name="xd20e2278">45</a></span> One of
+the collections of canon law is called &ldquo;Clementinas&rdquo; (see
+<span class="sc">VOL. XXV</span>, p. 226): they were compiled out of
+the canons of the Council of Vienne (1316) and some of his own
+constitutions. (Addis and Arnold&rsquo;s <i>Catholic Dictionary</i>, p.
+106.) The father of Bolivar had apparently held the clementina chair of
+canon law in a university.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2292" href="#xd20e2292src" name="xd20e2292">46</a></span> The
+<i>vihuela</i> (or <i>viguela</i>) was the ancient form of the guitar,
+or something between it and the violin. It is mentioned as in use, in a
+poem of the fourteenth century. There were <i lang="es">vihuelas de
+penoia</i> and <i lang="es">vihuelas de arco</i>&mdash;the former
+played with a <i>plectrum</i>, the latter with a bow. Later, the
+vihuela merged entirely into the guitar. (H. E. Watts, in note on his
+edition of <i>Don Quixote</i> [London, 1895], iv, p. 85.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2320" href="#xd20e2320src" name="xd20e2320">47</a></span>
+&ldquo;Much difficulty was found in raising the required force for the
+Philippine Islands. Many of the soldiers dreading the climate would
+desert before reaching Acapulco, and new schemes had to be devised for
+raising recruits. Thus in 1677 all criminals willing to enlist were
+pardoned, and 125 pesos a year given them as pay. Still, only a small
+number could be induced to accept this offer.&rdquo; (Bancroft,
+<i>Mexico</i>, iii, p. 185.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2338" href="#xd20e2338src" name="xd20e2338">48</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">quintas esencias</i> (English,
+&ldquo;quintessences&rdquo;); referring to the notion in alchemy of a
+fifth or last and highest essence or power in a natural body.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2344" href="#xd20e2344src" name="xd20e2344">49</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">se parte un pelo en el aire</i>; an idiomatic
+expression (also written <i lang="es">cortar</i> or <i lang="es">hender
+un cabello</i>), signifying the possession of great penetration,
+keenness, dexterity; quick perception, much perspicacity. Cf. the
+common phrases, &ldquo;to fish for things in the air,&rdquo; &ldquo;to
+catch them while flying,&rdquo; etc. (Dominguez). The saying perhaps
+originated in the ability of a good swordsman to cut a hair in two
+instantly with his sword.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2359" href="#xd20e2359src" name="xd20e2359">50</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">dos palos</i>; meaning the two wooden ships used
+for the Acapulco trade, which was the sole support of the colony.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2377" href="#xd20e2377src" name="xd20e2377">51</a></span> That
+is, &ldquo;mindless, or silly, or without sense;&rdquo; a neat and keen
+play on words. The meaning evidently is, that knowledge of law does not
+consist in mere remembrance of law terms, but in discerning their force
+and power.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>,
+O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2387" href="#xd20e2387src" name="xd20e2387">52</a></span>
+&ldquo;They feared to lose temporal goods, and did not reflect on the
+life eternal; and thus they lost both.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2400" href="#xd20e2400src" name="xd20e2400">53</a></span> This
+form of bodily mortification can be understood only by those who live
+in hot countries. In Europa it is no mortification at all, and there is
+no religious who does not practice it, as being a precept of the rules,
+which command that neither food nor drink be taken outside of fixed
+hours. But in intertropical countries, with the suffocating heat and
+the continual perspiration it is a necessity to drink water and quench
+one&rsquo;s thirst with great frequency; and on this account the
+superiors have to grant dispensations from some prescribed usages that
+are, if not impossible, exceedingly difficult to fulfil in those
+countries. As a compensation, there are other forms of mortification
+which in cold countries are difficult to practice, such as sleeping on
+the ground, which in the regions that are mentioned above do not merit
+even the name of mortification.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso
+L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2409" href="#xd20e2409src" name="xd20e2409">54</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">cilicios</i>: a term originally derived from the
+name Cilicia, from which country was brought in ancient times a cloth
+woven of hair, called therefore <i lang="es">cilicium</i>; applied to a
+belt or girdle of haircloth, or of metallic wires woven together, often
+with projecting points of metal, worn next to the skin by way of
+mortifying the flesh.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2438" href="#xd20e2438src" name="xd20e2438">55</a></span>
+&ldquo;No one can serve two masters;&rdquo; in verse 13 of the
+sixteenth (not seventeenth, as in our text) chapter of Luke&rsquo;s
+gospel.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2441" href="#xd20e2441src" name="xd20e2441">56</a></span>
+Although difficulties arise in obeying two superiors, it is not
+impossible, and much less when the respective jurisdiction of each is
+over different activities&mdash;as occurs in the missions and villages
+directed by religious, in which the superior of the order is
+responsible for his subordinates conducting themselves as they should
+in their private lives, and the vicar or bishop watches to see that
+they are punctual in the discharge of their ministry as missionaries or
+parish priests. In such cases the gospel text, which speaks of those
+who command opposite things, does not properly
+apply.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2450" href="#xd20e2450src" name="xd20e2450">57</a></span>
+Tom&aacute;s Antonio de la Cerda, Conde de Paredes and Marqu&eacute;s
+de la Laguna, succeeded Archbishop Rivera as viceroy of Nueva
+Espa&ntilde;a on November 30, 1680; he held this office six years.
+During this time the shores of Nueva Espa&ntilde;a were continually
+harassed by pirates and buccaneers&mdash;the most notable event being
+their capture and sack of Vera Cruz in May, 1683.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2481" href="#xd20e2481src" name="xd20e2481">58</a></span> This
+word cannot be found in the Spanish lexicons, and is probably a Siamese
+word, since on old maps of Siam are numerous place-names which begin
+with the syllable <i>Ban</i>. <i>Bandel</i> may be a place-name, but
+more probably designates the trading-post occupied by the
+Portuguese.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2539" href="#xd20e2539src" name="xd20e2539">59</a></span> The
+Windward fleet (<i lang="es">armada de Barlovento</i>) was maintained
+to protect Spanish commerce in the Atlantic between Spain and America.
+In 1689 it was composed of six ships of the line and a frigate.
+(Bancroft&rsquo;s <i>Mexico</i>, iii, p. 224.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2574" href="#xd20e2574src" name="xd20e2574">60</a></span>
+P&eacute;rez&rsquo;s <i lang="es">Cat&aacute;logo</i> enumerates
+forty-five in this mission band. Among them was a priest, Diego
+Higinio, who for many years ministered to the lepers in Bisayas.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2588" href="#xd20e2588src" name="xd20e2588">61</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">hermano mayor</i>, that is, the brother at the
+head of the association.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2601" href="#xd20e2601src" name="xd20e2601">62</a></span> The
+reference is to a passage in canon law, in the <i lang="la">Corpus
+Juris</i>, which runs thus: <i lang="la">Si Episcopus &agrave; Paganis
+aut Schismaticis capiatur, non Archiepiscopus, sed Capitulum ...
+ministrare debebit:...</i> The full citation is: <i lang="la">Si
+Episcopus, &ldquo;De supplenda negligentia Pr&aelig;latorum,&rdquo;</i>
+lib. i, cap. iii, <i lang="la">in Sexto</i>. The <i>Sextus</i>, or
+sixth book, from which the above is taken, is entitled, <i lang=
+"la">Sexti Decretalium Liber</i>, of Pope Boniface VIII; and is
+described in Addis and Arnold&rsquo;s <i>Catholic Dictionary</i>, p.
+106.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2636" href="#xd20e2636src" name="xd20e2636">63</a></span>
+<i>i.e.</i>, &ldquo;Courage holds greater sway in a small
+body.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2643" href="#xd20e2643src" name="xd20e2643">64</a></span> That
+is, who had deserved it before his coming, but thus far had managed to
+escape punishment.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2657" href="#xd20e2657src" name="xd20e2657">65</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">mala feria</i>, &ldquo;a bad fair;&rdquo;
+referring to the annual gathering of buyers at Acapulco on the arrival
+of the Manila galleon.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2663" href="#xd20e2663src" name="xd20e2663">66</a></span>
+&ldquo;So closely did the government guard against possible
+independence of the colonists in trade that ships&rsquo; companies were
+prohibited from purchasing goods of the country, and factors and
+traders on the fleets were not allowed to remain longer than three
+years in America. No foreigner could trade with the colonies, nor was
+one permitted to enter a port without special license. In fact the
+prices of both imports and exports of New Spain, with the exception of
+the precious metals, were under the arbitrary control of the merchants
+of Seville, and later of C&aacute;diz. What further increased the
+drainage of wealth from America was the decadence of manufacturing
+industries in Spain, owing to the immense influx into the Peninsula of
+precious metals. The riches poured into the mother country made labor
+almost unnecessary; hence a general decline in all kinds of industry,
+and Spain had to resort to foreign markets, not only to supply home
+consumption but also the demands of her colonies. Merchandise thus
+procured could only be exported to the American settlements at rates
+increased by additional duties and merchants&rsquo; profits.&rdquo;
+Besides the commercial restrictions imposed on the colonies by the home
+government, other influences depressed trade&mdash;forced loans to the
+king, debased coinage, interference by the church, arbitrary action by
+civil authorities, contraband trade, the ravages of war, and the
+depredations of corsairs. &ldquo;In time of war commerce with the
+mother country was reduced to the lowest ebb; European goods were
+poured into the Spanish colonies by neutrals, and the contraband trade
+was almost openly carried on.&rdquo; (Bancroft&rsquo;s <i>Mexico</i>,
+iii, pp. 628&ndash;630.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2675" href="#xd20e2675src" name="xd20e2675">67</a></span>
+Regarding the bulls of the Crusade (for which see <span class="sc">VOL.
+XXVIII</span>, pp. 113&ndash;115), the following information is
+furnished by Rev. Dr. William A. Jones, O.S.A., president of the
+college of San Agust&iacute;n, Havana: &ldquo;So far as I know, there
+was no special decree suppressing the privileges of the <i>Bula
+Cruzada</i>. As I understand it from those who are well informed, the
+original privileges contained in the <i>Bula Cruzada</i> were
+exclusively bestowed upon Spanish subjects, and as a consequence,
+followed the Spanish flag. The moment the sovereignty of Spain ceased
+over this island [Cuba], so ceased also the meaning of the <i>Bula
+Cruzada</i> for these rebels to the old dynasty. But some Cubans
+continued to adopt the privileges of the Latin American Council which
+had recently been held in Rome (about five years ago), in virtue of
+which the privileges regarding fasts and abstinence are almost
+identical with the old <i>Bula</i>; those privileges were afterward
+confirmed, and we follow the rules of the Council. As for the
+Philippines, I infer that the <i>Bula</i> ceased there as soon as the
+Spanish sovereignty ended.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote">An Augustinian father who has recently come to
+Villanova from the Philippines states that in those islands they have
+dispensations for fasts and abstinence, the same as before the
+revolution; but he could not state the precise date of those
+dispensations.&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>,
+O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote">A decree of Leo XIII, April 22, 1899, grants the
+Cuban bishops authority for ten years to grant dispensations from
+fasting and abstinence.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2746" href="#xd20e2746src" name="xd20e2746">68</a></span>
+Diaz&rsquo;s statement throws an interesting light on the preparation
+and publication of the <i lang="es">Conquistas</i> of Fray Gaspar de
+San Agust&iacute;n, which is the work here referred to. At the
+beginning are various approbations, licenses, etc. The dedication, very
+flowery and somewhat perfunctory, is made to Do&ntilde;a Mar&iacute;a
+de Guadalupe, Duquesa de Avero (with many other titles), as &ldquo;the
+learned Minerva, not only of our Espa&ntilde;a but of the new
+worlds;&rdquo; it is signed by Fray Manuel de la Cruz, but is undated.
+The first approbation is signed by Fray Diego de Jes&uacute;s and other
+Augustinian officials, at Manila, September 2, 1686; and the license
+for its publication is signed by the provincial of the order, Juan de
+J&eacute;rez, four days later. The commissary of the Inquisition at
+Manila, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, O.P., approves it on November 28
+following; and the archbishop of Manila, Phelipe Pardo, licenses the
+publication, on December 2. Nothing was done toward printing it until
+1697; for the next document is the approbation of the work, furnished
+by Alonso Sandin, O.P., who has examined it in obedience to the command
+of Alonso Portillo de Cardos, vicar-general of the archdiocese of
+Toledo; this is dated at Madrid, August 8, 1697. Nine days later,
+Portillo issues the license for printing the book. Next follows the
+approbation of Fray Diego Florez, past provincial of the Augustinian
+province of Castilla, dated at Madrid, September 5. Then follow a list
+of &ldquo;Erratas,&rdquo; thirteen in number, signed by Martin de
+Ascarza, &ldquo;corrector-general for his Majesty,&rdquo; dated May 5,
+1698; and a certificate (dated May 10) that the price at which the said
+book may be sold has been fixed by decree of the royal Council at eight
+maravedis for each printed sheet (<i lang="es">pliego</i>). A note at
+the foot of this page states that the book contains 146 <span lang=
+"es">pliegos</span>, including unnumbered pages. Nothing is said in any
+of these documents of Diaz&rsquo;s connection with the work.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2768" href="#xd20e2768src" name="xd20e2768">69</a></span> The
+first Dutch settlement at the present site of Cape Town was made in
+1652; it grew very slowly for a long time, for at the end of that
+century it contained only some eighty private houses. In 1658 negro
+slaves were carried thither, and later the Dutch sent to Cape Town
+Javanese criminals who had been sentenced at Batavia to penal
+servitude, and political prisoners of rank from India, some of whom
+preferred to remain there for life. With these elements of population
+and the aboriginal Hottentots arose innumerable mixtures of blood, and
+the utmost diversity of color and features among the inhabitants. The
+castle of Good Hope (still standing) was built in 1666&ndash;74, as a
+defense for the colony; and in 1672 a formal purchase of land was made
+from the Hottentots by the East India Company. The great garden of the
+Company was partly converted into a nursery for foreign plants and
+trees by Simon van der Stel, commander of the colony from 1680 to 1699.
+See Theal&rsquo;s <i>South Africa</i> (New York and London, 1894), pp.
+20&ndash;57.</p>
+<p class="footnote">In 1688&ndash;90 nearly 200 Huguenot refugees from
+France arrived at the Cape, and formed settlements near Cape Town. See
+Worsfold&rsquo;s <i>South Africa</i> (London, 1895), p. 15.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2782" href="#xd20e2782src" name="xd20e2782">70</a></span>
+Desiderius Erasmus was born at Rotterdam October 28, 1467. When a boy,
+he was sent to a convent; and in 1492 was ordained a priest, at
+Utrecht. He afterward devoted himself to the study of the classics and
+of divinity, and to literary work; he resided successively in Paris,
+England, and Basle. His <i>Colloquies</i> offended zealous Catholics,
+by attacking the superstitions and abuses in the Church; but he was not
+a supporter of Luther. Erasmus died on July 12, 1536.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2798" href="#xd20e2798src" name="xd20e2798">71</a></span> They
+took Father Samper to the island of Paragua, and abandoned him there.
+When this event was learned in Manila, they sent for him; but on the
+way he fell into the hands of the Camucon pirates, who took his
+life.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2839" href="#xd20e2839src" name="xd20e2839">72</a></span>
+<i>Basilitano</i> obviously refers to some suppressed or extinct see in
+pagandom, and Fray L&oacute;pez would now be styled a &ldquo;titular
+bishop.&rdquo; The word cannot be found in the lexicons or gazetteers
+of classical, medi&aelig;val, and early Christian geographical terms;
+and it is evidently an adjective of local meaning.&mdash;<span class=
+"sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>, O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2890" href="#xd20e2890src" name="xd20e2890">73</a></span> See the
+<i>Epodes</i> of Horatius, i, 2, l. 14; at first referring to the
+Greeks before Troy, but afterward becoming a general
+proverb&mdash;&ldquo;Whatever errors the great may commit, the people
+must atone for.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2927" href="#xd20e2927src" name="xd20e2927">74</a></span> Father
+Fray Joaqu&iacute;n Mart&iacute;nez de Z&uacute;&ntilde;iga, in his
+<i lang="es">Historia de Filipinas</i> (pp. 384 <i lang="la">et
+seq.</i>), relates the foundation of the curacy of Mariquina, its
+separation from that of Pasig, and the means by which this was
+effected, as also the incorporation [that is, again with Pasig] which
+is here mentioned, and their final separation. And as his account
+differs considerably from that of Father Diaz, and we lack the data for
+deciding which of them is correct, we refer the reader to that work
+that he may examine, compare, and decide. Father Diaz, however, may
+have remained silent on the vexed questions to which that establishment
+gave rise, through consideration of prudence and of respect to the
+living; and in that case there is no contradiction, but justifiable
+omissions.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote">The Jesuit account of this controversy is presented
+by Murillo Velarde in <i lang="es">Hist. de Philipinas</i>, fol. 344 b,
+345.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2970" href="#xd20e2970src" name="xd20e2970">75</a></span> Melchor
+Portocarrero, Lasso de la Vega, Conde de Monclove (misprinted in our
+text Mondova), succeeded the Marqu&eacute;s de la Laguna as viceroy of
+Mexico, on November 30, 1686; his administration lasted nearly two
+years, and he was an upright and vigilant ruler. He failed, however, to
+protect the Indian natives from cruel oppressions by the Spaniards. He
+was commonly known as Brazo de la Plata, or &ldquo;Silver Arm,&rdquo;
+on account of wearing a false arm, his own having been lost in battle.
+(Bancroft, <i>Mexico</i>, iii, p. 221.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2980" href="#xd20e2980src" name="xd20e2980">76</a></span>
+&ldquo;An antiquated term, signifying a togated judge, one of those who
+in the court composed what was called &ldquo;the tribunal of
+alcaldes,&rdquo; who, together, constituted the fifth tribunal of the
+famous Council of Castilla. These alcaldes no longer exist, nor does
+the tribunal which they formed; because an Audiencia has been
+established at Madrid, according to a decree of January 20,
+1834.&rdquo; (Dominguez.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3017" href="#xd20e3017src" name="xd20e3017">77</a></span>
+Reference is here made to the Book of Wisdom, which is found in the
+Douay Bible next after Solomon&rsquo;s &ldquo;Canticle of
+Canticles&rdquo; (&ldquo;Song of Songs,&rdquo; in the Protestant
+Bible); it does not, however, occur in the Vulgate. The passage here
+cited (in Latin, in Diaz&rsquo;s text) reads thus in the Douay
+(English) version: &ldquo;Learn, ye that are judges of the ends of the
+earth. Give ear, you that rule the people, and that please yourselves
+in multitudes of nations. For power is given you by the Lord, and
+strength by the Most High, who will examine your works, and search out
+your thoughts: because being ministers of his kingdom, you have not
+judged rightly, nor kept the law of justice, nor walked according to
+the will of God. Horribly and speedily will he appear to you: for a
+most severe judgment shall be for them that bear rule.&rdquo; These
+words are found in verses 2&ndash;6 of chapter vi.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3042" href="#xd20e3042src" name="xd20e3042">78</a></span> Gaspar
+de la Cerda Sandoval Silva y Mendoza, Conde de Galve, assumed the
+office of viceroy of Nueva Espa&ntilde;a on November 20, 1688. The
+coasts were infested with corsairs up to 1692, but Galve&rsquo;s
+preparations to exterminate them seem to have frightened them away. In
+1690 and 1695 he sent expeditions against the French in Santo Domingo;
+in 1689, one to search for La Salle&rsquo;s Texas colony; and in
+1693&ndash;94, to establish the town of Pensacola, Florida. At his own
+request, he was relieved from the office of viceroy, which he left
+February 27, 1696. He then returned to Spain, where he died soon
+afterward.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3091" href="#xd20e3091src" name="xd20e3091">79</a></span> Perhaps
+referring to the fact that Pardo was but fifteen years old when he
+entered the Dominican order, and to his high rank as a theologian and a
+prelate.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3107" href="#xd20e3107src" name="xd20e3107">80</a></span> The
+first of these citations reads in English: &ldquo;The privilege that
+you enjoy through my favor you may not employ to my distress.&rdquo;
+The second is a school axiom, derived from Aristotle, to be encountered
+in higher philosophy and metaphysics; it may be found in glossaries or
+expositions of terms used by schoolmen, but its explanation therein is
+usually somewhat prolix and even obscure. It may be translated thus:
+&ldquo;Whenever any thing (or cause) is of such or such a character (or
+kind), it possesses that characteristic in higher degree than that
+which derives therefrom (<i>i.e.</i>, than its effect or
+result).&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="sc">Rev. T. C. Middleton</span>,
+O.S.A.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3127" href="#xd20e3127src" name="xd20e3127">81</a></span> This
+doctrine of the Manila cabildo and of the author might at that time be
+quite current; but since then, by the Concordat of 1851, and especially
+by the bull of his Holiness Pius IX, the Roman pontiff, issued on
+August 28, 1873, the church has sanctioned the opposite
+opinion.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3190" href="#xd20e3190src" name="xd20e3190">82</a></span> It
+should be remembered that this part of the <i lang="es">Conquistas</i>
+was written in 1718.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray Tirso
+L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3247" href="#xd20e3247src" name="xd20e3247">83</a></span> This
+recapitulation or resum&eacute; of the labors of our missionaries in
+China was either not written by Father Diaz, or he wrote it in a
+separate book which we do not possess.&mdash;<span class="sc">Fray
+Tirso L&oacute;pez.</span></p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3252" href="#xd20e3252src" name="xd20e3252">84</a></span> One of
+the most important acts of this governor was the publication (October
+1, 1696) of a revision of the &ldquo;Ordinances of good
+government&rdquo; which Corcuera had enacted in 1642; some account of
+these will be given in a later volume.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3259" href="#xd20e3259src" name="xd20e3259">85</a></span>
+&ldquo;He devoted himself to the recovery of the immense sums which
+were due to the king from the citizens of Manila; and with these he
+rebuilt the governor&rsquo;s palace, added to it the halls for the
+royal Audiencia, and in the lower story offices for the bureau of
+accounts, established the jail for the court, and began the royal
+storehouses. By various expedients he contrived the saving of thousands
+of pesos to the royal treasury, sums which now are deducted from the
+situado&mdash;although this was partly done by greatly curtailing the
+pay of both officers and soldiers, for which he deserves little praise.
+To the royal treasury of Mexico he saved more than five hundred
+thousand pesos which it was owing to that of Philipinas in
+situados.&rdquo; (Z&uacute;&ntilde;iga&rsquo;s <i lang=
+"es">Historia</i>, p. 394.)</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3269" href="#xd20e3269src" name="xd20e3269">86</a></span> The
+sentence pronounced in the residencia of Governor Cruzat y Gongora
+(published June 6, 1602) is given in full in the Ventura del Arco MSS.
+(Ayer library), iv, pp. 209&ndash;234. Some forty charges were made
+against him; some were sustained, making him liable to judgments of
+about 31,000 pesos; others were referred to the home government; but on
+the majority he was acquitted.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3283" href="#xd20e3283src" name="xd20e3283">87</a></span> In the
+Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 235&ndash;244, is a
+summary of a long document, a &ldquo;Vindication of the official acts
+performed in the visitation of Camarines by Licentiate Don Francisco
+Gueruela, member of his Majesty&rsquo;s Council and alcalde of court in
+the royal Audiencia of these islands, and visitor for the Audiencia in
+that province in the past year, 1702.&rdquo; The summary reads as
+follows:</p>
+<p class="footnote">It is divided into three parts: the first contains,
+besides the preface, a brief summary of all the edicts which were
+published in those villages, and which are being brought out by his
+order. The second comprises a more than succinct relation of the false
+charges which the said visitation had encountered, and edicts about
+which with Christian impiety they had dissembled to him. The third is
+reduced to a brief legal demonstration of the authority which the
+visitor possesses to institute summary legal proceedings against the
+religious who are in charge of doctrinas, without danger from the bull
+<i lang="la">In c&aelig;na</i> or any other censure whatever.</p>
+<p class="footnote">In the preface&mdash;which is crammed with
+citations from the holy fathers, the Scriptures, and [various other]
+writers&mdash;the zealous [<i>flamante</i>] auditor Gueruela says that
+he spent a month in obtaining information about the condition of the
+villages in the province of Camarines, before he began the visitation;
+and in that time, through the investigations which he made, he learned
+that the evils which the religious teachers cause to the Indians were
+deeply rooted, and required an effective remedy. He says that as he was
+uncertain by what means to carry out his purposes, he undertook first,
+to induce the religious, through persuasion and careful consideration,
+to agree to a reform of the abuses with which they were oppressing the
+Indians; but that, as they paid no attention to this, he had no other
+recourse than to carry out the visitation, in spite of his fear that
+the religious in the doctrinas would oppose him, and that they might as
+a last resort renounce their charges and entirely abandon the villages,
+which was or would be a misfortune demanding very careful
+consideration. But [he felt] that justice and right had greater power
+[than these considerations], in order to liberate from slavery the
+30,000 souls of that province, whose ruin was being brought about by
+the sixteen religious who were administering those villages, who were
+receiving more than 19,000 pesos.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><i>Part first</i></p>
+<p class="footnote">(In which is contained the summary of all the
+edicts published in the visitation, and the attestation of them
+separately.)</p>
+<p class="footnote">1. That the natives shall not contribute to the
+curas of the doctrinas any food supplies without pay for the value of
+these.</p>
+<p class="footnote">2. That they shall not perform any labor or
+personal services for the said religious without pay.</p>
+<p class="footnote">3. That the same be understood for the plain
+sewing, the spinning, and the embroidery for the churches and the
+sacristies, for the inside garments of the religious and their
+servants.</p>
+<p class="footnote">4. That the young girls [<i lang="es">dalagas</i>]
+shall not sweep the churches and their courts; and that, in their
+place, twenty young men [<i lang="es">baguntaos</i>] and the boys in
+the schools shall assist.</p>
+<p class="footnote">5. The said girls shall not pound rice as a
+<span lang="es">repartimiento</span> for the religious, or for their
+treasurers or agents [<i lang="es">sindicos o fiscales</i>]; nor shall
+they go to the convent for the unthreshed rice [<i lang=
+"es">palay</i>], nor deliver that which has been cleaned. All this
+shall be in the charge of the gobernadorcillos, their constables, and
+other officials, who shall transport the said produce, see that the
+rice is pounded, and deliver it, to the satisfaction of the
+religious.</p>
+<p class="footnote">6. Food, wax, candles, etc., shall not be collected
+from the natives under any pretext of usage, custom, or devotion; nor
+shall they be obliged to [render] personal services without pay.</p>
+<p class="footnote">7. They shall not be domestics, cooks, <i lang=
+"es">mananguetes</i>, fishermen, gardeners, or [act in] other personal
+employ for the religious, without pay.</p>
+<p class="footnote">8. Each entire tribute shall pay three reals a year
+as a contribution to the festivities of the Monument [on Holy
+Thursday], the <i lang="la">Sanctorum</i> [i.e., a tax paid by the
+natives above sixteen years, to the church], and the <i lang=
+"es">Pintacasi</i>; and four gantas of palay rice besides, for the
+<i lang="la">Defunctorum</i> [<i>i.e.</i>, masses for the dead?].</p>
+<p class="footnote">9. At the feast of St. Francis the natives shall
+not work without pay, or at their own cost, in the <i lang=
+"es">palas-palas</i> [<i>i.e.</i>, cutting of?] bamboo frames and
+bejucos, except when they fail to pay the real for the <i lang=
+"es">Pintacasi</i>. [This word is defined in Noceda and
+Sanlucar&rsquo;s Tagal <i lang="es">Vocabulario</i>, &ldquo;to aid
+another in seedtime, gratuitously.&rdquo;]</p>
+<p class="footnote">10. The support or <i lang="es">pacaen</i> of the
+religious shall not be contributed gratis in the large villages; and in
+the small ones the obligations which the Indians may have formed shall
+be fulfilled; but if they have not done so, as they have no obligations
+they shall not contribute without pay.</p>
+<p class="footnote">11. There shall be no fiscals appointed in the
+villages by the religious, but only guardians, without rods; nor shall
+there be constables; and they shall not be authorized to arrest, flog,
+or punish the natives.</p>
+<p class="footnote">12. The father ministers have no temporal
+jurisdiction over their parishioners; and as little have they
+ecclesiastical jurisdiction, except in the tribunal of conscience, and
+for admonishing and instructing the people, administering the
+sacraments, saying mass, and teaching the [Christian] doctrine,
+etc.</p>
+<p class="footnote">13. For the same reason the civil government of the
+villages is not in their keeping; nor shall the [local] authorities ask
+permission from the religious to execute the orders of their
+alcaldes-mayor, or to entertain travelers and furnish them what they
+need for its just value.</p>
+<p class="footnote">14. The wills, contracts, and obligations of the
+Indians which shall hereafter be made, must be sent to the
+record-office of the alcalde-mayor, without registering them in the
+convents.</p>
+<p class="footnote">15. The religious in charge of doctrinas have no
+authority to arrest, flog, or punish the natives, either in person or
+through intervening agencies; and the Indians, both men and women, must
+not allow themselves to be arrested or flogged by the religious. If
+this is done by order of the syndics and fiscals, let them defend
+themselves against the judges in what way they can.</p>
+<p class="footnote">16. Nothing shall be collected from the natives for
+burials, baptisms, and marriages.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="footnote">Then follow comments on these regulations, and in
+vindication of them&mdash;exceedingly prolix on account of being full
+of citations, some timely and others the opposite. He states therein
+that for the service of the parish churches he ordered that the
+following should render assistance: Four servants for the parochial
+house; one doorkeeper for each convent; and people enough to carry the
+hammocks and litters [<i lang="es">talabones</i>] when the minister
+shall go forth to administer the sacraments. Two sacristans; and the
+acolytes and the singers for the services in the churches. Twenty young
+men [<i lang="es">baguntaos</i>], to sweep the churches and their
+courts every week or every day. Two laundresses, for keeping clean the
+cloths and vestments in the sacristies. All the young girls [<i lang=
+"es">dalagas</i>], but outside of the convents, to embroider and sew
+all the articles of cloth that are necessary for divine worship. A
+guardian who shall notify the religious of matters pertaining to their
+obligations. A syndic, who shall attend to collecting what belongs to
+them.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="footnote">[He says] that the oppressions which are caused by
+the service which was compulsory in furnishing the dalagas consisted in
+the following: Under the pretext of needlework and embroidery, the
+religious compelled the dalagas to be in continual attendance in the
+houses of the syndics and mistresses, where they not only sewed and
+embroidered the articles for the sacristy, but also the inner garments
+of the religious and the outer garments of their servants. Besides,
+they must do whatever was commanded them by the mistresses themselves,
+and their fiscals and syndics, and the fields of all these were sown
+with grain, without pay, by the wretched dalagas. At the same time,
+assessments were levied annually in each village for [church]
+ornaments; and this sum, in the village of Caramuan alone, amounted to
+800 pesos the year before. It must be considered that, besides these
+things, the villages were burdened by the maintenance (at their own
+cost) of two or three pavilions [<i lang="es">camarines</i>; for
+temporary churches], for extra supplies of timber of all sizes, and
+also limestone, for the repairs and adornment of the churches.</p>
+<p class="footnote">After presenting various considerations, he
+proceeds to refute the false charges which the Franciscan religious
+published against him, who said that he had treated them as if they
+were criminals; that he had falsified the edicts, varying them from the
+original process; and that all the declarations of the witnesses were
+false, as also the remonstrances of the villages.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3420" href="#xd20e3420src" name="xd20e3420">88</a></span> In the
+text, misprinted 1684. Occasional typographical errors are found in the
+printed edition of Diaz, which we correct in our text.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3433" href="#xd20e3433src" name="xd20e3433">89</a></span>
+Spanish, <i lang="es">p&aacute;jaros bobos</i>; evidently referring to
+the bird commonly known as &ldquo;booby&rdquo; (<span class="sc">VOL.
+XVII</span>, p. 130).</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3457" href="#xd20e3457src" name="xd20e3457">90</a></span>
+Governor Cruzat y Gongora died at sea, on the voyage from Manila to
+Acapulco, on November 5, 1702; and his youngest daughter on December 12
+of the same year. (Ventura del Arco MSS., iv, p. 245.)</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="back">
+<div id="bibl" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<h2 id="xd20e3463" class="main">Bibliographical Data</h2>
+<p class="firstpar">The sources of the documents in this volume are as
+follows:</p>
+<p>1. <i>Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.</i>&mdash;From the Ventura
+del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107&ndash;115, and 119&ndash;133;
+a contemporaneous MS., belonging to Edward E. Ayer; Ventura del Arco
+MSS., v, pp. 231&ndash;296, and iv, pp. 201&ndash;206.</p>
+<p>2. <i>Augustinians in the Philippines.</i>&mdash;From Casimiro
+Diaz&rsquo;s <i lang="es">Conquistas</i> (Manila, 1890), pp.
+440&ndash;444, and 689&ndash;817; from a copy in the possession of
+James A. Robertson.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div1">
+<h2 class="main">Table of Contents</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#toc">Contents of Volume XLII</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e125">5</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#xd20e165">Illustrations</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e166">7</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#pre">Preface</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e200">9</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670">Miscellaneous Documents,
+1670&ndash;1700</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e263">23</a></span>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#doc1697.1">The Camacho Ecclesiastical Controversy,
+1697&ndash;1700</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e290">25</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1">The Augustinians in the Philippines,
+1670&ndash;94</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e1488">117</a></span>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.1">Chapter I</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e1496">117</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.2">Chapter II</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e1674">132</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.3">Chapter III</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e1718">136</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.4">Chapter IV</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e1765">143</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.5">Chapter V</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e1926">161</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.6">Chapter VI</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2023">175</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.7">Chapter VII</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2028">175</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.8">Chapter VIII</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2086">180</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.9">Chapter IX</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2213">195</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.10">Chapter X</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2251">198</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.13">Chapter XIII</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2396">208</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.14">Chapter XIV</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2533">224</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.15">Chapter XV</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2653">235</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.16">Chapter XVI</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2728">238</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.17">Chapter XVII</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2879">258</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.18">Chapter XVIII</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e2966">270</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.19">Chapter XIX</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e3067">283</a></span></li>
+<li><a href="#doc1670.1.20">Chapter XX</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e3168">295</a></span></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><a href="#bibl">Bibliographical Data</a>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e3463">313</a></span></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<div class="transcribernote">
+<h2 class="main">Colophon</h2>
+<h3 class="main">Corrections</h3>
+<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p>
+<table width="75%" summary=
+"Overview of corrections applied to the text.">
+<tr>
+<th>Page</th>
+<th>Source</th>
+<th>Correction</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e365">28</a></td>
+<td class="width40">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td class="width40">.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e552">45</a></td>
+<td class="width40">in case of impediments to marriage, for the
+purpose</td>
+<td class="width40">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e778">N.A.</a></td>
+<td class="width40">annd</td>
+<td class="width40">and</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e2418">209</a></td>
+<td class="width40">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td class="width40">de</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 34384-h.htm or 34384-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/3/8/34384/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/book.png b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/book.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..963d165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/book.png
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/external.png b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/external.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba4f205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/external.png
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p147.jpg b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p147.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14d5bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p147.jpg
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p181.jpg b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p181.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0320aa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p181.jpg
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p227.jpg b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p227.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..357fcc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/p227.jpg
diff --git a/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/titlepage.gif b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/titlepage.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35f23d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/2021-08-22-34384-h/images/titlepage.gif
diff --git a/old/34384-8.txt b/old/34384-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37b76f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/34384-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8950 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+       and religious conditions of those islands from their
+       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+       the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2010 [EBook #34384]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLII
+
+
+    Preface                                                            9
+
+    Miscellaneous Documents, 1670-1700
+
+        The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres
+        Gonzalez, O.P.] and others; 1697-1700                         25
+
+        The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro
+        Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718. [From his Conquistas.]           117
+
+    Bibliographical Data                                             313
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from Valentyn's
+    Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien (Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724), i,
+    p. 152; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     147
+
+    Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of map in
+    Coronelli's Atlante Veneto (Venetia, 1696), ii, part 2,
+    p. 122; from original copy in Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris      181
+
+    View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile from Recueil
+    des voiages Comp. Indes orientales (Amsterdam, 1725), iv,
+    p. 512; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     227
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The tone of this volume is mainly ecclesiastical, although many
+sidelights on the civil government and social life are incidentally
+shown. All the intense bitterness that generally accompanies contests
+between the regulars and seculars is seen in the Camacho controversy,
+in which the former recognize that they are fighting for life and
+existence in the Philippines, and hence spare no effort to gain
+their ends. As will be seen later this fight between regulars and
+seculars is quieted only for the moment, to break out with greater
+force under Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina; while in our own day,
+the friar memorial of 1898 (never presented), resorts to the same
+threat of the regulars to resign their curacies. This struggle,
+as well as the history of the Augustinian order in the latter part
+of the seventeenth century (which occupies the greater part of the
+volume), forms a rich commentary on the life of the times, and one
+can reconstruct easily the Manila of that period, and recognize the
+hopes and fears of its various classes.
+
+The noted ecclesiastical controversy between Archbishop Camacho and
+the religious orders, which began with the arrival of that prelate in
+the islands (1697), was hardly second in bitterness and importance to
+that between his predecessor Pardo with the secular government. As
+in the latter case, we furnish accounts of this episode by persons
+actually concerned therein; but all these are written by members
+of the orders, who therefore are opposed to Camacho, no defense of
+his side being at present available. The first of these (unsigned)
+is apparently the usual record of events by the Manila Jesuits. Soon
+after Camacho's arrival, the regulars appeal to him for aid in a
+dispute which they have with the secular government regarding their
+lands; but he makes such aid conditional on their submitting to
+episcopal visitation in those curacies which they serve as parish
+priests. They refuse to do so, and appeal from the archbishop to the
+papal delegate; then a controversy ensues between the two prelates over
+the exemptions claimed by the regulars, each wielding the thunderbolts
+of the Church--censures, fines, and excommunications--against the
+other, a warfare imitated by some of the ecclesiastical rank and
+file with their fists and stones as weapons, all to the scandal of
+the commonwealth. Finally the governor interposes, and the affair
+is settled for the time, the two prelates absolving each other in
+turn. The Audiencia compel the religious orders to pay tithes for the
+support of the church, from the incomes of their large estates. This
+account is followed by a letter (June 2, 1698) from the delegate above
+mentioned to the pope, giving a detailed report of his proceedings
+in the affair, and complaining that the archbishop has defied his
+authority as delegate, and therefore that of the supreme pontiff
+himself. The writer, Fray Andres Gonzalez, advises that new safeguards
+be given to the office of delegate in the islands.
+
+In attempting to enforce his visitation of the regulars who act
+as curas, Camacho makes such official visits in some of the Indian
+villages near Manila, and issues decrees affecting such parishes; two
+specimens of these are given. After censuring the prevalent ignorance
+of Christian doctrine among the native parishioners, the archbishop
+strictly charges the ministers who are over them to give their people
+regular and thorough instruction in the faith; to exact no fees for
+confession and penance; to keep the registers of births, marriages
+and deaths, and records of fees received thereat, more carefully; to
+make no distinction between rich and poor in certain functions; and to
+keep an itemized record of the church incomes and expenditures. Annexed
+thereto is a copy of the revised tariff of fees which may be demanded
+by the curas, singers, and sacristans for their respective functions.
+
+In 1700, the five religious orders in the Philippines present to the
+king, through their representatives at Madrid, a statement of their
+controversy with Archbishop Camacho over his attempt to subject
+the regular curas to episcopal visitation; and they make formal
+renunciation of the mission curacies which they hold in the islands,
+declaring that they cannot longer hold these under Camacho and the
+irksome restrictions which he is attempting to impose upon the regular
+curas. Their reasons for this procedure are stated at length. They did
+not choose service as curas for their calling and profession, yet they
+are willing to fill those positions so long as they can do so under the
+supervision of their own provincials; but subjection to the archbishop
+so changes their estate in life that they cannot endure the additional
+burdens and danger thus imposed. Moreover, justice requires that they
+should, as parish priests, share the privileges and advantages allowed
+to the secular priests, which is not the case. The subjection which
+Camacho claims would destroy the rightful liberty of the religious
+orders, and render them dependent on the wills of the archbishop and
+governor. In case a regular cura shall commit immoral acts, a conflict
+of authority will necessarily arise between his provincial and the
+ecclesiastical authorities; and the difficulties that ensue therefrom
+react to the oppression and vexation of the entire colony. Moreover,
+such controversies can seldom be settled by the home government,
+on account of the great distance of the Philippines from Spain. In
+such case of transgression by a religious another difficulty arises,
+that the necessity of referring the case to the public authorities
+causes undue disgrace to both the offender and his order. The regulars
+are better qualified to save souls than are the secular priests,
+but if they are subjected to the ordinary it will be much harder
+for them--the authority of their provincials over them being thus
+weakened--to observe their priestly vows with due strictness; also,
+some would thus be encouraged to undue self-will, to worldliness,
+and to intrigues for securing worldly advantages--especially by the
+perpetual tenure of ecclesiastical benefices. These arguments are
+supported, too, by both history and experience. The orders then
+refute certain arguments advanced by the archbishop. Their pious
+labors for the benefit of souls, in all ranks and conditions of men,
+are recounted; and many of these, especially in Manila, would never
+be accomplished if they depended on the secular priests. The conduct
+of Camacho in opposing the papal delegate, and in refusing to give
+the orders copies of his decrees concerning them, is censured, his
+own arguments being dexterously turned against him--as is the case
+also with his complaints to the court that his authority, functions,
+and usefulness are restricted by the fact that the regular curas
+are not subjected to him; and his request to be permitted to resign
+his see and return to Europe. The writers support their position by
+reference to what the orders have accomplished in the islands, and
+by the exemptions and privileges granted to them by the Holy See. In
+view of all these things, the orders make formal renunciation of
+their mission curacies--especially as the remoteness of the islands
+gives them little prospect of relief from Spain in these difficulties;
+and even if royal decrees are sent to the islands, the archbishop is
+likely to refuse obedience to them. They make complaint of various
+acts of the bishop against them, especially of the reprimand given
+them by the Audiencia through his influence, and his disregard of
+the immunity of their property. The orders are working in Filipinas
+in entire harmony and amity, but this does not suit the archbishop;
+and they feel that they cannot hope for peace or safety so long
+as they act as curas there with Camacho as archbishop. A decree by
+Carlos II (May 20, 1700) approves the proceedings of the archbishop,
+promises royal aid in adjusting his difficulties with the orders,
+and authorizes him to reform and correct the religious when necessary.
+
+The history of the Augustinian order in Filipinas in the latter part of
+the seventeenth century is recounted by Casimiro Diaz of that order,
+in book iv of his Conquistas (much of which has already appeared in
+our series, and which is here concluded); this final part contains
+an unusual amount of secular history, for which reason we omit but
+little of Diaz's narrative. Beginning with 1671, he gives an account of
+each Augustinian provincial chapter-session, and the officers elected
+therein, up to 1689; and relates various matters concerning his order
+and religious interests generally, with which he interweaves the
+secular annals of that time. The troublous times which the Philippine
+colony has experienced since the days of Corcuera are turned into
+peace under Manuel de León (1669-76). He extends the commerce of
+the islands to China, India, and Java, and thus enables the citizens
+of Manila to attain unusual wealth and prosperity. He sends Jesuit
+missionaries to Siao, but they are afterward seized by the Dutch,
+who conquer that island. Unfortunately, the governor interferes with
+the election of officers in the Augustinian chapter-session of 1671,
+and prevents the election of the father who is desired by the chapter
+as provincial. In this year the new cathedral edifice of Manila is
+dedicated. Reports are circulated of a coming attack on the city by
+Chinese corsairs; due precautions are taken, but no enemy appears. A
+French bishop who stops at Manila on his way to China is detained by
+the authorities and finally sent to Spain; his representations there
+cause the issue of royal decrees which prove troublesome and annoying
+to Philippine ecclesiastics, and afterward the ordination of Indian
+natives as priests--a practice which Diaz disapproves. A controversy
+arises between Archbishop López and Jerónimo de Herrera, chaplain of
+the royal military chapel; this and other troubles, with his old age,
+cause the death of the archbishop (April, 1674).
+
+The chapter-session of 1674 marks the cessation of various troubles
+within the order, occurring within the provincialate of Fray Jerónimo
+de Leon, and the beginning of a great increase in the observance
+of the rules of the order. José Duque is elected provincial at this
+time; he sends a procurator to Europe for more missionaries, a band of
+whom arrive in 1679. Diaz enlarges on the prosperity of Manila during
+this period; caused by its foreign trade, especially that with China
+and India; pleasure and luxury prevail in that city, and fortunes are
+spent therein. He describes the people and industries of the Coromandel
+coast and the Madras settlements of the English and the Portuguese;
+in the former, entire religious toleration prevails, and Christians,
+Jews, Mahometans and heathens live together in entire harmony. In 1676
+occurs the death of Governor Manuel de León, from excessive obesity;
+he leaves all his property for charitable purposes. The election
+of provincial in 1677 falls on Fray Juan de Jeréz; in that year
+also the Dominican Fray Felipe Pardo becomes archbishop of Manila,
+and Auditor Coloma, the acting governor, dies; he is succeeded by
+Auditor Mansilla. The majority of Carlos II of Spain is celebrated
+at Manila with magnificent fiestas, December 4-7, 1677. At the close
+of these gayeties occurs a severe earthquake, which inflicts much
+damage--fortunately, with very little loss of life. In 1678 comes
+the new governor, Juan de Vargas Hurtado. His government begins well,
+but after a time he tires of its burdens, and falls under the sway of
+a relative, Francisco Guerrero, who is crafty and selfish, and gains
+an influence over the governor which enables him to turn everything to
+his own advantage, and to be "the power behind the throne;" afterward,
+in time of need, he escapes to Nueva España, and leaves Vargas to
+bear the penalties for both of them. During Vargas's term of office
+the rich trade with India and other foreign lands is well maintained,
+and the prosperity and wealth of Manila are greatly increased. In 1679
+arrive two bands of new missionaries, who are Jesuits and Augustinians;
+they come (especially the latter) in good time, since the members of
+the order are so few that they cannot fill the ministries allotted
+to them--which is the condition of the other orders, and even of
+the secular clergy. In this galleon comes a political prisoner,
+Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite of Queen Mariana of
+Spain, who is exiled to the Philippines for ten years. The government
+of Vargas is successful, and the prosperity of Manila continues. An
+embassy comes from the ruler of Borneo to ask for the establishment of
+commerce between that island and Manila, and to adjust some disputes
+over the relations between the Spaniards and Borneans.
+
+The Augustinians prosper during Jeréz's term as provincial. Just
+before the chapter-session of 1680 convenes, some of the friars
+who were born in the Indias lay claim to the offices in the order,
+and attempt to enforce this pretension by legal proceedings; the
+archbishop decides against them, and they are punished for their
+rebellion. Fray Diego de Jesús is elected provincial. A bishop for
+the diocese of Cebú arrives this year, the only consecrated bishop
+whom the islands have had for several years; this prelate confers
+holy orders on many who had been waiting for that privilege, and
+reconciles several persons with the governor--which official has by
+this time become highly unpopular with the citizens, on account of
+his greed for gain and his harsh and disagreeable behavior. Charges
+against him are sent to Madrid, which later cause his removal from
+office. In November, 1680, a wonderful comet appears, which in the
+superstitious belief of that time, causes much evil. An envoy is sent
+from Manila to make arrangements with the Portuguese of Macao for the
+regulation of commerce and "the entrance of Spanish missionaries into
+China by that door." With this envoy come to Manila (in 1681) some
+clerics to receive ordination; returning to Macao, with some Jesuits,
+the vessel is lost and never heard from. In this year arrive at Manila
+two assistant bishops, three royal auditors, and a large reënforcement
+of Spanish troops. The galleon which sails this year for Acapulco is
+driven back to the islands by contrary winds, thus causing great loss
+to the citizens. (In each year Diaz relates the departure or arrival
+of the galleons, failure in which is a calamity for Manila.) The
+provincialate of Fray Diego de Jesús is tranquil, and great progress
+is made by the religious in his care; his personal character and piety
+are eulogized by our historian. In 1683 Fray José Duque is elected
+in his place, for a second term. Some of the brethren go to China as
+missionaries; they encounter much annoyance from the requirement there
+made that they must be subject to the apostolic vicars of Rome. This
+subjection, however, is afterward greatly modified and lessened by
+decrees secured (1688) by the procurator of the province at Rome,
+Fray Álvaro de Benavente. In 1683 an envoy from Siam comes to Manila,
+partly to secure permission for the prime minister of that country
+to settle in Manila: this favorite, who was a Greek, intrigues with
+the French to surrender Siam to them, but the enterprise fails, and
+the Greek loses his wealth and his life. The envoy (an Augustinian
+friar named Sousa) encounters shipwreck on another journey, and
+spends the rest of his life as a hermit in Siam. The Portuguese
+governor of Timor and Solor on his way thither halts at Manila,
+ill; Governor Vargas gives him hospitality and medical treatment,
+and some Spaniards as an escort; but Ontuñez finds on reaching his
+islands that a usurper is holding them with armed men, and is obliged
+to return to Manila. In that city, during the exile of the archbishop
+(account of which has been here omitted, to avoid repetition), the
+ecclesiastical cabildo punish his chief supporters with banishment.
+
+In 1684 Governor Curuzelaegui comes to the islands, and with him
+Juan de Zalaeta to take the residencias of Vargas and his favorite
+Guerrero; but the latter escapes from the islands in time to avoid
+this ordeal. A large band of Augustinian religious also arrive. The
+new governor restores the banished archbishop to his see. In 1685 a
+terrible epidemic of smallpox ravages not only the islands but China
+and India, and millions of people die from it; then follows a cruel
+famine, and still more deaths.
+
+At this time begins the decline of Manila's commerce with Nueva
+España, partly because more European goods are being sent thither,
+partly through the heavy taxes and imposts levied on the galleons. The
+bishop of Nueva Segovia dies, and that diocese remains sede vacante
+until 1704. In the Augustinian chapter of 1686 Juan de Jeréz is again
+chosen provincial; he dies within two years, being worn out by overwork
+in the visitation of all the houses of his order in the islands. Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente is sent to Rome as procurator of the province. The
+galleon for Acapulco does not sail this year, for, on the report of
+pirates cruising around the Embocadero, it is equipped as a war-vessel
+to attack them and drive them away; but it does not find them, and
+returns to Manila. In this year of 1686 occurs an abortive insurrection
+among the Chinese in the Parián; it is undertaken by Sangleys who are
+fugitive criminals from China, but the ringleaders are put to death,
+and quiet ensues. Diaz enlarges upon the injurious effects on the
+Spanish colony of allowing its business and industries to fall into
+the hands of the Chinese. They are unscrupulous in their dealings with
+Spaniards; they become Christians through mercenary motives; and they
+undermine the faith of the Christian Filipinos. They should not be
+allowed to live among the natives. In this same year occur excessive
+rains, which ruin the crops and cause great scarcity and suffering;
+and for two years no galleons can sail to Acapulco. A large part of
+the Chinese settlement near Manila is consumed by fire (March 28,
+1688); and the people are harassed by a fearful plague of locusts,
+many earthquakes, and a fatal epidemic of influenza. Diaz relates the
+way in which the persons most prominent in the Pardo controversy ended
+their lives. An expedition is sent to chastise the murderous attacks
+made by the Zambals and Negritos; this is partly accomplished, but
+the troops are attacked by influenza and so weakened that they are
+compelled to return to Manila.
+
+The Audiencia having been broken up by the death or the exile of the
+auditors, a new Audiencia arrives in 1688; also a special commissioner
+to investigate the proceedings of Vargas and other officials. Vargas
+is exiled to the provinces, and afterward sent to Spain, but dies on
+the voyage thither; Diaz characterizes his official character. The
+exiled favorite Valenzuela is set at liberty, but is accidentally
+killed at Mexico. While attending to the despatch of the Acapulco
+galleon, Governor Curucelaegui dies (April 27, 1689); he is praised
+by Diaz as an excellent ruler. In the chapter of 1689 Fray Francisco
+de Zamora is elected provincial. Auditor Abella acts as governor
+ad interim, with much prudence and ability. Archbishop Pardo dies
+in 1689; the cabildo rule the diocese in his place for a time, but
+afterward cede this authority to Barrientos, bishop of Troya. This
+leads to much dissension and trouble for a time, Barrientos claiming
+supreme authority; but he is induced to yield this claim, and peace
+is restored.
+
+In 1690 arrives a new governor, Fausto Cruzat y Góngora. With him
+come a band of Augustinian religious, in charge of Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente; his adventures and the concessions that he obtains are
+recounted. Brief sketches are given of the twenty-seven missionaries
+who come this year. Diaz closes his work with some account of Cruzat's
+government. He is an upright and honorable man, but very harsh and
+severe in collecting the sums due to the government, directing "all
+his efforts to the increase of the royal revenues." He has a new
+galleon built, the largest ever made; but on its first voyage it is
+wrecked on the coast of Lubán--a terrible loss to the islands, since
+it was laden with more and richer merchandise than usual. Another
+galleon is also lost at sea (1693). A patache is sent from Acapulco,
+and on its return trip (1694) encounters an "isle of birds," where
+the crew secure enough provisions and water to complete their voyage
+to Acapulco. Cruzat's wife dies in this same year; Diaz pays high
+tribute to this lady's beauty, goodness, and virtue, which render
+her beloved by all the people.
+
+
+    The Editors
+        August, 1906.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS, 1670-1700
+
+
+    The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres Gonzalez, O.P.],
+    and others; 1697-1700.
+    The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro Diaz,
+    O.S.A.; 1718. [From his Conquistas.]
+
+
+
+Sources: The first of these documents is composed of several parts--the
+first, second, fourth, and fifth of which are obtained from the
+Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, 119-133, v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206, respectively; and the third from a
+contemporary MS. belonging to Edward E. Ayer. The second document is
+from Diaz's Conquistas (Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, 689-817; from a
+copy in the possession of James A. Robertson.
+
+Translations: These are by Emma Helen Blair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CAMACHO ECCLESIASTICAL CONTROVERSY, 1697-1700
+
+
+News from Filipinas since July, 1697
+
+With the arrival of his illustrious Lordship the archbishop, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila, [1] were renewed the former claims for
+the subjection of the regulars to the visitation. He commenced at
+Tondo and Binondo, mission villages of the fathers of St. Dominic
+and St. Augustine, in which places he caused edicts to be read,
+and appointed secular priests as curas. They broke open the doors of
+the said two churches with axes; and on seeing this the provincials,
+all agreeing, presented their renunciation [of those mission fields],
+and ordered all their subordinates to withdraw from the doctrinas
+of these districts, Tagalos, Pampanga, Laguna, and Balayan. When it
+was so quickly seen that they were coming into retirement at Manila,
+[the ecclesiastical authorities] were obliged to desist from their
+purpose, after [having caused the religious] many annoyances.
+
+Claim was made to the [right of] visitation of the hospitals of San
+Gabriel and San Lazaro, and the royal hospital. The Franciscans and
+the Dominicans concealed the keys, and the bishop had to desist,
+as greatly vexed as before. Auditor Don Juan de Sierra, in virtue
+of his commission for the adjustment of lands royal and unassigned,
+[2] cited the regulars to appear before him. He insisted on legal
+proceedings; but they, fortifying themselves with the censures of the
+bull De la Cena, [3] decrees 15 and 17, declined his jurisdiction. The
+judge proceeded to seize the possessions of the regulars; and they
+had recourse to the bishop, in order that he should declare that the
+auditor had incurred censure--asking him to defend the immunity of the
+said property of the regulars. His illustrious Lordship replied that
+first the regulars must submit to his visitation; they would not do
+this, and therefore, when they repeated their request, his illustrious
+Lordship declared that the secular judge was not committing fuerza.
+
+In virtue of the decree of Gregory XIII, [issued] at the instance of
+Felipe II, relative to appeals from the Indians, [4] the regulars
+appealed to the delegate of Camarines, who sent letters to the
+archbishop requiring the latter to send him the documents [in the
+case], with [threats of] censures, and of deprivation ab ingresu
+eclesiæ [i.e., "of entrance into the church"]. Seeing that these
+orders were not obeyed, the regulars again appealed to the delegate,
+Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, who came in person. He demanded aid from
+the governor, and, meeting delays, proceeded to make the necessary
+notifications; then, not being able to obtain from the archbishop
+the acts from which appeal had been taken, the delegate posted him as
+having incurred excommunication, and added the threat that he would
+impose an interdict.
+
+At the same time, the archbishop officiated publicly, and published the
+delegate as excommunicate. But, seeing that various scandals ensued,
+and that contests, not only with their hands but with stones and
+weapons, occurred between some clerics and regulars--some attempting
+to protect, and others to tear down, the writings and censures posted
+on the [church] doors by the delegate--the governor and other persons
+finally interposed, and an agreement was reached by the parties. The
+two prelates absolved each other ad invicem [i.e., in turn], in the
+presence of the governor; and, as Auditor Sierra desisted from his
+proceedings, the two prelates and the regulars continued to maintain
+harmony among themselves. In this condition, therefore, affairs
+remained; and, without proceeding to new acts or investigations,
+each party sent to España an account of what had been thus far done,
+in order to await the decision and sentence from the other side [of
+the world]. This was the attitude of the delegate and the superiors of
+the regulars; the archbishop, nevertheless, continued to bring suits
+against some regulars, whom he censured as agitators. Investigations
+in these cases were made, penalties of censure being imposed on the
+witnesses to secure their secrecy. The fact of this proceeding was,
+however, guessed; and the regulars, aided by the delegate, brought
+forward counter-information of their innocence. But as the case was
+not one for appeal, and did not belong to the delegate, it did not
+admit any recourse to him; so the delegate only caused his notary to
+give an official statement of this [attempt at] recourse, in order that
+the regulars might repair with it to España and Roma, and the generals
+of their orders, to relate these occurrences and the innocence of the
+religious--and, not least, to complain of the opposition and hindrances
+which had been employed here by the tribunals, both ecclesiastical and
+secular, against his use and exercise of the power delegated to him.
+
+Even before the arrival of the said delegate, various other
+investigations had been secretly made in the archiepiscopal court--not
+only against the regulars at large (de vita et moribus [i.e.,
+"in regard to their lives and morals"], and as to their trading and
+trafficking, etc.), but against certain individual religious. In these
+cases, the provincials had, according to their rights, demanded from
+the archbishop that he refrain from further proceedings and surrender
+to them the documents therein, since the said provincials were the
+legitimate superiors and judges of those religious; but this received
+scant attention. It had also previously occurred that the father
+minister of the hospital of San Gabriel (who is a Dominican) refused
+to allow the episcopal visitation, and the [arch]bishop had declared
+him incontinent, and posted him as excommunicate, without paying any
+attention to the appeal which that father immediately made. The said
+father minister amended his conduct, in time; but his name was left
+on the list of excommunicates until, upon the arrival of the delegate,
+the matter was settled and the censure laid on him was raised.
+
+Upon the origin of so many storms in so short a space as eight
+months there was much gossip, with a variety [of opinions]. Some
+attributed the trouble to the influence of the bishop of La Puebla,
+[5] in whose palace the archbishop was a guest for several months;
+others to the promise that the latter had given, on leaving Nueva
+España, to various personages with whom he was intimate in La Puebla
+and Mexico, that he was coming to reduce the regulars of these islands
+to submission or else destroy them. Others blamed the bishop of La
+Puebla; for he had warned the archbishop, in order to render him firm,
+of the disparity of what had been accomplished there by Don Juan de
+Palafox--who met less resistance there because most of the regulars
+in Nueva España were natives of that country, while in Filipinas
+nearly all of them were born in other countries. Others (and these
+were the majority) blamed the senior auditor, Don Geronimo Barredo,
+because with little gratitude for the many thousands [of pesos obtained
+from the orders] as loans and gifts (although he had been so greatly
+benefited thereby), he had repaid the regulars by abandoning [them]
+to the two recently-arrived auditors, Don Francisco Guerruela and
+Don José Pabon. On the one hand, the Audiencia being inclined to
+the opposing side, the regulars were deprived of the recourse which
+they, as vassals, ought to have in the royal tribunal; and on the
+other, it was reported that the said senior auditor made exceedingly
+frequent visits, at unseasonable hours, to the archbishop's palace,
+which were returned by that prelate at the auditor's house. As the
+gossip ran, the auditor directed all the acts and proceedings of the
+archbishop's court.
+
+Still others, reflecting upon the governor and the limits of his term
+of office, regarded him as timorous, considering that, since the
+[commission to take the governor's] residencia [6] had come to the
+said senior auditor in the year 97, the fear of the governor was
+occasioned by the apprehension that the auditor might do him some
+harm in his residencia. Some others (but only a few) attributed these
+many disturbances to the cousin of his illustrious Lordship, named
+Don Juan Camacho, for the sake of his own advantage; and on this
+account, knowing his disposition, people said that Master-of-camp
+Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila had made strenuous efforts, and had
+even offered to his illustrious Lordship in Mexico considerable sums
+of money, to procure that, by sending this cousin [7] to Badajoz,
+his Lordship should not come to these islands with a companion who
+could not render his government peaceable.
+
+Nor must I pass over in silence the fact that on the sixteenth day
+of May the royal Audiencia cited to appear in its hall all the five
+provincials, to whom--without the courteous observances and respectful
+address which his Majesty himself observes in his decrees--the
+Audiencia gave a severe reprimand, throwing on them the blame for the
+late disturbances, and treating them as violators of the peace. The
+most remarkable thing about this censure was, that it proceeded from
+the lips of that very senior auditor who, in especial, was regarded
+as the entire source of the disturbances; and, without permitting
+the provincials to speak, they were, with the same lack of respect,
+dismissed by this same official--who some day will have to give an
+account, before the tribunal of truth, of all these unjust acts.
+
+By the end of the said month, under the compulsion of the threat
+made against the provincials, by the first, second, and third royal
+decrees, of banishment and [privation of their] secular incomes,
+the old-time writ of execution regarding the tithes was enforced,
+and the religious were obliged to obey. No hearing was given to their
+repeated protests, or the petitions interposed for the royal Council;
+nor to their allegations of their rights of prescription in these
+islands, of their apostolic privileges, of the fact that nearly all
+who minister here are regulars, and that they have come to these
+islands not at his Majesty's expense only, but with the greater part
+of those expenses paid by the religious themselves.
+
+The regulars petitioned for, and took measures to push, a demand upon
+the royal treasury for more than 300,000 pesos, the amount spent by
+the religious since the conquest; and another, for another 300,000,
+the amount which was due to them on account of stipends as religious
+teachers, which the government had failed to allow them for a period
+of more than a century--declaring that if these accounts were paid,
+they would pay the tithes which were claimed from them; but no hearing
+was given them. In hatred to the regulars, the tenants on their estates
+were compelled to pay tithes, the amount of these being deducted from
+the value of the rent-money.
+
+
+
+Letter from Andres Gonzalez to the Pope
+
+Most Holy Father:
+
+After kissing with due submission the feet of your Holiness (whom
+may God preserve, for the prosperous government of His Church), in
+fulfilment of the obligations of my office as pastor I set forth to
+your Holiness a very serious controversy in regard to jurisdiction,
+which at this time has arisen between me and the very reverend
+archbishop of this city of Manila in these Filipinas Islands, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila. I do so in order that your Holiness,
+as the person who is most interested in the peace and tranquillity
+of this church, may apply suitable remedy, and fix an end and limit
+to this controversy--the origin and course of which I will relate as
+briefly as possible, in all matters referring to the authentic copy
+of the acts which I send you with this.
+
+To Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra Osorio, former auditor of this royal
+Audiencia, and at present judge of criminal cases in the Audiencia of
+Mejico, was subdelegated the cognizance and settlement of [questions
+relating to] the lands and possessions which, by sale or gift,
+have been alienated from the royal patrimony and dominion of our
+Catholic king and sovereign. In a proclamation which he issued he
+cited and summoned, with the rest of the holders of the said lands
+and possessions, the holy religious orders of these islands, ordering
+them to present, within the limit of one year, the titles, documents,
+and credentials which they hold for these lands--with the warning that
+if these papers were not presented by the end of that period the lands
+would be reunited to the crown. The superiors of the said religious
+orders, mindful of the immunity and exemption of their persons and
+worldly possessions, did not present their documents at the said
+time; therefore the said auditor actually proceeded to appropriate
+the said property. The said superiors had recourse to the said very
+reverend archbishop, asking him to forbid to the said auditor the
+cognizance of the said cause, and to protect the said property as being
+ecclesiastical. The said very reverend archbishop took up the matter,
+and, having drawn up acts, by his definitive sentence (which is found
+in the said authentic copy) refused ecclesiastical immunity to the said
+property. The said superiors appealed twice from the said sentence
+to me, as being the delegate of your Holiness in cases of appeal
+from this archbishopric, in virtue of a brief by his Holiness Gregory
+XIII--issued at the instance of our Catholic king Felipe II (whom may
+God keep). He denied them both these appeals; and, in order to place
+some limit to these proceedings, they presented themselves before me,
+with only the authentic official statement of this denial of the said
+appeals, in course of appeal from that sentence. Having admitted
+this appeal, in order to proceed to the trial of it I addressed to
+the said very reverend archbishop, from my episcopal see and city
+of Nueva Caceres, a compulsatory act in which, as the delegate of
+your Holiness with apostolic authority, I commanded him to order his
+secretary (before whom the said cause took place) within twenty-four
+hours to send me his original acts, or else to begin the copying of
+them and send it to me when completed. Considering the great distance
+which lies between this city of Nueva Caceres and that of Manila, the
+danger and expense of the journeys, the delay of the suit, and the
+injury to the party therein, I laid these commands on the said very
+reverend archbishop under the penalty of suspension from the priestly
+office, latæ sententiæ, and warned him of heavier and still heavier
+censures and penalties in case of his opposition and contumacy. He
+was notified of this act on the twentieth day of last March, by a
+religious of the Society of Jesus, to whom I gave commission for this
+office; for I had learned that no secular priest would dare to make
+this notification. The said very reverend archbishop, having heard the
+[reading of the] act, replied that the said father could not perform
+judicial acts in his archdiocese without presenting a warrant from
+his notary; and, even supposing that the father could thus act, he
+appealed from the said command--for which he implored the royal aid
+against fuerza, and demanded that an official statement be given him,
+and that meanwhile no detriment be caused him. When the statement
+was refused to him he again appealed, and threatened [to procure]
+royal aid against this fuerza; and this alone he gave as his reply,
+before the said notary--without giving any reason for his appeal,
+or reducing it to writing, or arguing it in the superior court [8]
+in legal form, or asking for apostolic letters, up to the present
+time. Nevertheless, he then had, and for twenty-three days had
+kept, the acts in his archives, as appears from a sworn statement
+by Lerma, the secretary of the royal Audiencia, which is sent with
+the documents. On that same day (March 20) and the following, he
+caused to be published and posted on the doors of the churches in
+this city two edicts against my authority as delegate--in which,
+with penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, he commanded
+(in the first edict) that no one, whether secular or regular, in his
+churches should permit the reading, publication, or posting of any
+edicts, or of any other kind of letters or bills whatsoever, except
+those of his provisor, or of the tribunals of the Holy Inquisition
+and the Crusade--as if my tribunal, jurisdiction, and authority,
+which is that of the supreme head of the Church, and resides in me,
+were inferior to those of the said provisor and the said tribunals. In
+the second edict, increasing the penalty of major excommunication with
+the reservation to himself [of absolution], he commanded that no one in
+his archiepiscopal territory should exercise any jurisdiction--whether
+ordinary, delegate, or subdelegate--even if it were from your Holiness,
+unless the originals of the bulls or despatches that he carried be
+first presented to his Lordship, in order that he might give them the
+license and fulfilment which by right they should have. But he does
+not consider that my bull and brief is, and has been for more than 140
+[9] years since the foundation of the bishoprics of these islands,
+current and put into practice in them, as also has been its free and
+independent exercise in this archiepiscopal territory. And I have
+exercised this freedom, on the only two occasions which have been
+presented to me--the first time, while the very reverend archbishop
+Don Fray Felipe Pardo was alive, and the second in the year 91--with
+the knowledge and approbation of the cabildo close by, sede vacante,
+both which are proved by authentic documents. These I do not send at
+this time, as they are in my archives in the city of Nueva Caceres,
+which is distant from this city of Manila sixty leguas; but I
+promise to send them at the first opportunity, which will be next
+year. Notwithstanding all this, the said very reverend archbishop
+published the said two edicts, endeavoring to impede and embarrass,
+by all possible measures, means, and ways, the said my jurisdiction as
+delegate, and to subordinate it to his own, in order that I should
+not exercise or avail myself of it, either in person or through
+intermediate persons. On account of this, the superiors of the said
+religious orders found themselves obliged to resort again to me;
+and they entreated me to come in person to this city of Manila,
+to defend my jurisdiction, and with it the ecclesiastical immunity
+of their property. I did so, notwithstanding my advanced age [10]
+and the painful infirmities that I suffer, since both these causes
+are so important a part of my responsibility and obligation. I came
+to this city on the twelfth day of the past month, May, and with my
+secretary went to a house on the river where the said very reverend
+archbishop was residing. After a short conversation, I begged him
+to be pleased to listen peaceably to an act of which I had come,
+as delegate of his Holiness, to notify him. I told him that this
+business should not be conducted more castrorum [i.e., in hostile
+manner], but that we should listen to each other, and each should
+state his rights. He agreed to this, and my secretary read the said
+act, which contains three points. In the first, I declared the
+said very reverend archbishop to be disobedient, rebellious, and
+contumacious, considering that he had not obeyed as he should the
+said my compulsory act, sent to him from the city of Nueva Caceres;
+likewise, I declared that he had incurred the penalty of suspension
+from the priestly office latæ sententiæ, under which I had commanded
+him to order his secretary within twenty-four hours to surrender the
+acts for which I had asked, or to make an authentic copy of them. And
+because he had exercised the said priestly office on Holy Thursday,
+consecrating the sacred oils; and on Holy Saturday, in conferring
+the higher orders of the ministry; [11] and likewise on other days,
+in saying mass while he was under suspension: I declared that he was
+under censure as irregular. In the second part of the said act, I again
+commanded him, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and of a fine of two thousand pesos to be applied according to law,
+to order his secretary within six days to deliver up the papers as
+aforesaid, or make an authentic copy of them. And in the third part,
+under penalty of being considered rebellious and contumacious, in
+order to place him under greater obligation, I prohibited to him
+in the interim the cognizance of this cause and legal proceeding
+therein. After the said very reverend archbishop had heard the act,
+he appealed from it, in writing, and on the following day brought this
+appeal into court. I did not on this account defer the declaration
+of the said censures, since the appeal was frivolous and useless;
+and I yielded in the matter of the copy of the documents only for
+the reason that he alleged, that the originals of these were in the
+Audiencia. After he had interposed the said appeal, he immediately
+ordered his secretary to notify me of an act by himself, in which he
+commanded me, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and a fine of 4,000 pesos, to depart instantly and without delay
+from this archdiocese, to go to reside in my own bishopric, and
+not to meddle with his jurisdiction. To this I replied that I had
+received this notification, and asked him to give me a copy of the
+said document, solely for the purpose of showing in what consisted his
+illegal and unwarranted act; and I took leave of him and returned to my
+house. On the following day, the thirteenth of the said month of May,
+the said very reverend archbishop sent his secretary to notify me of
+another act, in which also he again commanded me, under penalty of
+major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, and of another 4,000 pesos,
+to depart within two days from the archdiocese. To this I replied
+that I had come [to Manila] on account of the appeal [made to me];
+that I was a delegate of your Holiness, and moreover superior to the
+said very reverend archbishop, and as such I did not listen to his
+acts or censures. On the next day, the fourteenth of the said month
+of May, he sent to me notification of another act; and as I refused
+to listen to it, for the same reason as before, about two o'clock in
+the afternoon he posted on the doors of the churches, and in other
+public places, notices in which he declared me, to the great scandal
+of all this community, to be publicly excommunicated.
+
+On the said thirteenth day of May, in the morning, immediately
+after I had been notified of the second act of the said very
+reverend archbishop, I sent my secretary to his house on the river
+to notify him of another act of mine, in which I commanded him,
+under penalty of major excommunication and another 2,000 pesos,
+to withdraw within twenty-four hours the said edicts which on the
+twentieth and twenty-first days of March he had ordered posted and
+published against my apostolic authority as delegate; and, besides,
+to withdraw the two acts in which, with the said penalties of major
+excommunication and 8,000 pesos, he had commanded me to depart from
+the archdiocese. The said my secretary was told by the servants that
+he was not at home; and I, as this seemed to me only an excuse, and not
+the truth, went in person to the said house. They told me that he had,
+that very morning, gone back to Manila. I came to the city after him,
+and remained at his house, waiting for him, until twelve o'clock;
+and seeing that he had not come by that time (although he came in
+afterward), I went away, leaving a message for him, that he might
+expect me in the afternoon. I returned a little before sunset, but did
+not find him at home this time. My secretary began to read the said
+act in the main room of the archbishop's house; but such disorderly
+yelling and clamorous talk was raised by his servants that my secretary
+could not make himself heard. I therefore determined to wait for him,
+and finally he came--making loud complaints that I was injuring the
+respect and observance due to his house, person, and dignity. I replied
+that his illustrious Lordship had showed greater incivilities to me;
+and that he could and ought to do [what I had done], if I had gone
+about all day, avoiding him [huyendo el cuerpo]. In conclusion, we
+agreed that my secretary should go again, alone, to notify him of the
+act; but, when he went to the house, his illustrious Lordship refused
+to give him entrance. As I was now weary of so much artfulness and
+craft, unworthy of such a station and dignity, I put aside this act,
+and despatched another of like tenor. In this, I summoned him, from
+that hour, under penalty of major excommunication, latæ sententiæ,
+and its publication, to withdraw within half an hour the said two
+acts and two edicts. Notification of this act was made by a Dominican
+religious, my notary, in the archbishop's hall, in the presence of
+many persons, because the said very reverend archbishop had refused
+to listen to it. When the said half-hour had expired, a little while
+after this was told to me I declared and posted him also as publicly
+excommunicated. On the fifteenth of the said month of May, I ordered
+that he be notified, and he was notified in his archiepiscopal hall,
+of another act, in which I repeated the command contained in the
+preceding one--and, still more, that he should take down the notices
+posted against me, under penalty of a general interdict throughout
+his archiepiscopal diocese, latæ sententiæ, giving him a limit of
+twenty-four hours' time; and, in case of his opposition and contumacy,
+I would proceed to the cessation of all divine worship. But, as I
+reflected that it was very near the feast of Corpus Christi, and
+that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of
+secular priests, who were on my side, would not take part in the said
+festival and in the procession, in order not to have communication
+in sacris with the said very reverend archbishop; and on account of
+the commiseration which I felt for this commonwealth; and finally,
+because the governor and captain-general of these islands, and some
+of the auditors of this royal Audiencia interfered in the matter, with
+the stipulations which I will send with the acts: I absolved the said
+very reverend archbishop from the excommunication and suspension which
+he had incurred; and he did the same, without my consent, absolving
+me from his excommunication. I dispensed him from the censure that he
+had incurred as irregular, and, finally, I suspended the declaration
+of the interdict. The whole matter was then left as it was, for the
+time being, until information of all could be given to your Holiness,
+in order that you may take suitable measures in this case. These
+are as follows: That the archbishop (or the cabildo, sede vacante)
+who at the time shall officiate and rule in this archbishopric of
+Manila shall not hinder, restrain, or limit the delegate of your
+Holiness; that, likewise, he who shall be at the time delegate shall,
+in cases of appeal to be taken from the said archbishopric, have the
+free use and exercise of his apostolic authority as delegate in this
+archiepiscopal territory; and that he shall not need, in order to
+enter the said territory or to perform judicial acts in it, whether in
+person or through intermediate persons appointed by him, any license,
+consent, or approbation from the said archbishop or from the cabildo,
+sede vacante. [These things should be done] in order that thus the
+like controversies may be avoided in the future. And I entreat your
+Holiness to be pleased and to deign to command that consideration be
+given to a legal opinion by the reverend father master Fray Juan de
+Paz, of the Order of Preachers, which I send with this; for it may
+be of service for the point at issue, and for your rights. I also
+inform your Holiness that from the day when the said very reverend
+archbishop set foot in these islands--that is, from last September
+to the present time--this entire commonwealth has been a perplexing
+labyrinth of contentions and acts of violence which he has performed
+against the holy religious orders of these islands. For his disposition
+and nature is very hasty, quarrelsome, and bold; and he is, finally,
+a man who does not care for or defend the ecclesiastical immunity--as
+appears from the authentic copy of the acts which I send. May God
+our Lord grant him better judgment; and may He guard and prosper
+your Holiness, as I entreat in my sacrifices and prayers, and as the
+universal Church has need. Manila, June 2 of the year 1698.
+
+
+[Andres Gonzalez, of the Order of Preachers].
+
+
+
+
+[This letter is followed by the following memoranda, apparently notes
+by Ventura del Arco of other letters found in the Jesuit papers in
+the Academia Real de la Historia:]
+
+On the fourth day of June in the same year of 1698 the bishop of Nueva
+Caceres, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, addressed to the king an explanation
+similar to the preceding one which is addressed to his Holiness. On
+the eleventh of June in the same year, he sent to his Holiness another
+account, in the same form; and on the twenty-first of June of the
+same year he wrote another to his Holiness, and another to the king.
+
+The provincials of St. Dominic and St. Augustine, and those of the
+Jesuits and Recollects in Manila drew up [to send] to his Majesty the
+king a statement, dated June 25, 1698, complaining of the defenseless
+condition in which they found themselves against the proceedings
+of the archbishop, who neither heeded nor allowed their appeal; and
+they requested that the Council examine the documents which they sent
+for that purpose, relating to various suits against their religious
+orders--which continued or were renewed, in spite of the agreement
+made with the delegate of his Holiness, the bishop of Camarines. For
+this purpose they sent a copy of the documents.
+
+[On pp. 207, 208 of the same volume is the following abstract:] In
+a letter dated June 9, 1700 the Jesuit Luis de Morales wrote from
+Manla to Father Antonio Jaramillo, procurator-general at Madrid,
+that in the year 1698 the bishop of Troya and Auditor Don Juan de
+Sierra died, on the voyage from Manila to Acapulco. The governor not
+only showed little favor to the missions in the Marianas Islands,
+but in the year 98 he did not send a patache there with succor;
+in 99 he sent the vessel late, and it was driven by storms first
+to China and then to Manila, with damage to its cargo; and he had
+ordered that the ship from Acapulco should not touch at those
+islands. The governor had claimed that the conciliar seminary
+[12] should be placed next to the college of San Jose, to which
+the superior of the Society had answered that there was no room for
+it. All the provincials [of the religious orders] had been commanded to
+present to the archbishop all their bulls and privileges for granting
+dispensation in case of impediments to marriage, for the purpose of
+ascertaining whether these were perpetual or temporary; they presented
+the documents extra-judicially. It seems that the viceroy of Mexico,
+Conde Montezuma, [13] had undertaken that the regulars who were going
+to Filipinas should first take an oath of obedience to the bishops,
+[when the said regulars should act as curas] in the Indian villages;
+in which case, he [i.e., Morales] said, it was preferable to abandon
+the missions. The bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Miguel Bayot, [14] had
+commanded that no layman should possess a slave girl eleven years old
+or upward; and that if such slave were not liberated he declared her
+free--in regard to which some persons had complained [to the] alcalde.
+
+
+
+Preamble of the decree [15] which it has been commanded to place in
+the books of San Pedro Tunasan.
+
+
+In the village of San Juan de Calamba in the province of Bay, on
+the sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight: I, Licentiate Don Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros, secretary in matters [secretario del Govierno y gracia] of
+this archbishopric, and a racionero of the holy metropolitan church of
+Manila, in obedience to the decree of his most illustrious Lordship
+below mentioned, do certify and attest that his most illustrious
+Lordship, having come to make the visitation of this district of
+Tabuco, issued the decree of the following tenor:
+
+Decree: In the village of Calambo in the province of Bay, on the
+sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight, the most illustrious lord Doctor Don
+Diego Camacho y Avila, archbishop of Manila and metropolitan of these
+Philippinas Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty
+and my master, having come here in conformity to the regulations
+of the holy [Church] councils (and especially of the holy general
+Council of Trent), and for the enforcement thereof, to visit this
+district of Tabuco and the places connected with it (which are the
+two villages of San Pedro Tunasan), and its churches, ministers,
+and parishioners, has observed in them a great deal of ignorance of
+the Christian doctrine, even of the doctrines most essential for
+salvation--through the agency of Licentiate Don Juan Melendez, a
+priest whom his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master,
+has brought with him as his assistant for the sole purpose of giving
+examinations and instruction in the Tagálog language (in which the
+said licentiate is very expert) to the Indians of both sexes, to the
+old people as well as to the children, of the villages and districts
+through which his most illustrious Lordship will be passing. This duty
+he has performed and fulfilled in the presence of a great many people,
+assembled in the above-mentioned churches of San Pedro Tunasan and
+Biñan. After the questions which he has asked regarding the principal
+mysteries of the faith, and the explanation which he has made of each
+separately--some in the morning, and some in the afternoon, according
+to the opportunity afforded him by the time--he has preached to them,
+and continues to preach, exhorting them to the love of the virtues
+and to horror for sins. He also gives to all individual instruction,
+and an accurate knowledge of the mysteries of the holy sacrifice of
+mass, and of the virtues and graces which it communicates, as also
+of those which are required in order to resist the temptations of
+the devil; and how to secure, with great ease and confidence, the
+divine aid, by fulfilling and observing the precepts of the Decalogue,
+and the ordinances of our holy Mother Church in the holy sacrament
+of confirmation, which his most illustrious Lordship has solemnly
+conferred and is conferring. Therefore he said that he must command,
+and he did command, the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, cura
+in his own right of the village of Tabuco; and his coadjutor Bachelor
+Nicolas Godiño, who administers the holy sacraments in the village of
+Biñan; and Father Miguel de Salas, a religious of the Society of Jesus,
+who likewise administers the holy sacraments in the village and estate
+of San Pedro Tunasan, which is part of the territory and a visita of
+the cura of the said village of Tabuco; and the curas and ministers
+who shall hereafter officiate in the said villages, and in that of
+Sancto Thomas (which is being administered ad interim by the said
+master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon): that on all the prescribed
+feast-days--especially on Sundays, on which all the parishioners
+assemble in their churches to hear the holy sacrifice of mass--they
+shall question the people, and explain to them the Christian doctrine,
+conformably and pursuant to the Tagálog catechism which is accepted and
+approved in this archbishopric; and that in no form or manner, and for
+no cause or pretext, shall they omit this on any of the above-mentioned
+days, especially Sundays. They shall make the explanations of the
+Christian doctrine to their parishioners before saying mass (which
+all must hear)--not employing the fiscal or any other person for the
+performance of this duty, but doing it themselves--explaining certain
+mysteries of the faith on some Sundays, and others at other times; in
+everything accommodating their speech to the limited capacity of their
+parishioners, in order that these may be more readily instructed, and
+sooner become capable of receiving all the mysteries of our holy faith.
+
+Moreover, considering the great abuses which his most illustrious
+Lordship has known from actual observation, and of which he has been
+informed with all certitude and proof, and the still worse losses,
+both temporal and spiritual, which have resulted to the persons of the
+unhappy Indians, with very great injury to their consciences and almost
+certain peril to the salvation of their souls, his most illustrious
+Lordship must command, and he did command, that the above-mentioned
+persons who are now the curas and ministers of the said villages,
+and those who shall officiate in them hereafter, shall not oblige
+their parishioners, for any cause or pretext, either personally or
+by any agent, to offer them anything for the administration of the
+holy sacrament of penance, especially throughout the season of Lent,
+in which the Indians ordinarily make their confessions in order
+to comply with the precept of the Church. And the said persons who
+now are, or shall hereafter be, curas of the said districts shall
+observe and fulfil all the above commands, under penalty of major
+excommunication, latæ sententiæ, ipso facto incurrenda, and of legal
+proceedings against their persons and goods with the fullest rigor
+of justice, in future visitations.
+
+And his most illustrious Lordship, employing his pastoral kindness
+and clemency, and desiring to secure the salvation of his flock and
+the service of God our Lord, and the greater honor and glory of His
+Divine Majesty, granted and did grant forty days of indulgence to all
+the parishioners of the said villages; who, with devotion and desire
+to profit thereby, attend the explanation of the Christian doctrine in
+their parish churches. And in order that this may be made known to all
+the people, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the above persons who now are, and those who hereafter shall be,
+curas of the said districts shall make publication of the grant of
+the said forty days of indulgence, on every Sunday of the month,
+before or after the explanation of the Christian doctrine, always
+making known to their parishioners the great riches and strength
+contained therein, so that they may obtain and enjoy the indulgence
+with profitable results--in regard to which his most illustrious
+Lordship lays strict charge upon their consciences.
+
+And considering that the visitas of the villages of San Pedro
+Tunasan and Biñan pertain to the cura of the said village of
+Tabuco, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, proprietary cura of
+that village, cause this decree to be observed by his coadjutor,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godiño, in the said church and village of Biñan;
+and by Father Miguel de Salas, the present minister of the village of
+San Pedro Tunasan--sending each a copy, signed with his name, of this
+decree by his illustrious Lordship, which will be left, certified
+and authorized, in the book of burials, baptisms, and marriages of
+the said village of Tabuco. This being done, the said ministers,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godiño and Father Miguel de Salas, will also make in
+the books in their charge a certified copy of the decree--which is to
+be sent immediately, with autograph signature copied at the foot of
+the letter--so that it may be made known to all persons who hereafter
+shall be ministers and curas of the said districts, San Pedro Tunasan,
+Biñan, and Sancto Thomas. And by this decree, accordingly, the above
+is ordained and commanded, and it is signed by his most illustrious
+Lordship the archbishop, my master, as I attest.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+
+The above, a copy from the original decree issued by his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, which is one of
+the acts of the visitation of the village of Tabuco--which are
+in my charge, and to which I refer--is a faithful, accurate, and
+truthful copy, corrected and compared. The witnesses to the copying,
+correction, and comparison were Licentiate Don Diego Martin de la
+Sierra and Bachelor Ignacio Gregorio Manasay, a cleric in minor orders;
+and this document is signed in this village of Calamba, on the said
+day and month and year. In attestation of its correctness, I sign it:
+
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon
+
+
+[Another decree, dated December 7, 1698, concerns the curacy of
+Balayan, with its visitas the village of Nazugbu and the ranch of Lian;
+the curate there was Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, with proprietary
+appointment. After a preamble like that of the former decree, this
+one continues thus, relative to the registers of the parish:]
+
+He declared that he must command, and he did command, that the practice
+be continued, as hitherto, of the separation and division [of the
+records] in three different books: one for recording the baptisms and
+confirmations only, another for the marriages and nuptial benedictions,
+[16] and a third for the deaths; and that in no case should these be
+recorded in one book only; and that in the book of baptisms the names
+of the parents and the sponsors of the person baptized must always
+be set down, and whether he were a legitimate child; and note must
+be made of a child of unknown parents, or of the Church. [17] At the
+same time, they must never fail to set down in the margin the names
+of those who are baptized, and of the villages to which they belong,
+so that it may be easier to search for and find them. In no case
+shall men be allowed to stand as sponsors [saquen de pila] for women,
+or women for men, on account of the grave difficulties which have
+been experienced from this cause, especially among Indians. Moreover,
+in the records of weddings and burials must be set down the fees of
+the minister, so that in future visits it may be easy to compute the
+eighths [18] which belong to the churches, in consideration of having
+a new tariff to which their fees must conform. With this, in the said
+records must be noted in the margin the names of both deceased and
+married persons; and in every instance it must be explained whether
+the deceased person received the sacraments at the hour of death,
+and, if he did not receive them, the reasons therefor. Likewise, in
+the records of marriages not only must the names of the contracting
+parties be set down, and those of their parents, and those of their
+former consorts, if the parties are widowed; but also those of the
+witnesses who made affidavits in the investigations which always ought
+to precede a marriage--whether these be verbal, in the case of ordinary
+Indians; or in writing, when practice [in that art] enables this to
+be done. Thus, if at any time [a legal] impediment should remain,
+those persons can be found and punished as perjurers. Also it must be
+specified whether the three publications of the banns [19] preceded,
+which the law ordains.
+
+Moreover, in the ministries of this province of Balayan his most
+illustrious Lordship has found another abuse introduced therein, that
+the curas and ministers of the Indian villages are accustomed to keep,
+for baptisms and burials, two crosses assigned for this use--one of
+wood, and the other of silver. The wooden one they take out for common
+baptisms and burials, and those of poor persons; and that of silver for
+the baptisms and burials of the rich--as if both crosses ought not to
+have the same value, veneration, and efficacy for the object to which
+they are directed; or as if the silver cross, on account of being of
+richer material, ought to be esteemed more highly than that of wood,
+on which died Christ our Redeemer (a thing which is disgraceful to
+be said or thought among Christians). Therefore his most illustrious
+Lordship, mindful of uprooting thoroughly this almost superstitious
+abuse, commanded and did command the persons who now are, or who shall
+hereafter be, curas in all the districts of this archbishopric that
+in no case and on no pretext shall they practice such a distinction;
+nor are they allowed to require or ask any fee on account of carrying
+the silver cross, whether at baptisms or burials: under penalty of
+major excommunication, latæ sententiæ, ipso facto incurrenda; and
+at any time when information is lodged of violation of this decree,
+proceedings will be instituted against the disobedient person with
+the fullest rigor of justice, without any excuse being allowed to
+shield him.
+
+[Here follow the same commands and penalties as in the preceding
+decree, relative to the proper instruction of the people in
+Christian doctrine, and the prohibition of fees to the cura for the
+administration of the sacrament of penance. The decree continues:]
+Moreover, inasmuch as it is commanded, by a general decree of
+visitation, now obeyed and practiced by all the secular curas of
+this archbishopric, in fulfilment of a royal decree by his Majesty
+(whom may God keep), that the viaticum shall be carried to sick
+Indians in their own houses, and that they shall on no account be
+carried from their houses to the churches to receive it: therefore
+his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the said
+decree shall be observed, fulfilled, and executed in this curacy of
+Balayan, and in its visita of Nazugbu and Lian. And, for its proper
+fulfilment, it is commanded that a reliquary be made of silver or gold,
+in order that when on any occasion there shall not be mode or form
+of the customary external pomp, the viaticum may be carried therein,
+as is commanded, to the sick; and warning is given that, on receiving
+notice of any violation of this decree, proceedings will be instituted
+against the disobedient person against whom there shall be legal cause.
+
+All the above, contained and expressed in the present decree, his most
+illustrious Lordship commanded, and did command, must be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, proprietary
+cura of this district of Balayan, and he must cause it to be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by him who shall in the said cura's place
+administer the holy sacraments in the villages of Nazugbu and Lian;
+and of his punctual obedience the said curate shall notify his most
+illustrious Lordship, at the first opportunity that shall occur, so
+that, in case what is here commanded shall not be duly and effectually
+carried out, his most illustrious Lordship may decide and ordain what
+may be expedient.
+
+Moreover, notwithstanding his most illustrious Lordship has been
+informed of the exterior adornment of the church of the said villages
+of Nazugbu and Lian, yet, inasmuch as the books of receipts and
+expenses of the said church have not been shown, and are not clear,
+his most illustrious Lordship therefore commanded and did command that
+in that church shall be kept a book, in the first half of which shall
+be set down the following, beginning at the first page, with all the
+items clear, separate, and distinct, and with mention of the day,
+month, and year: the eighths of the fees for marriages and burials
+which shall be received from this time forward; and the legacies, and
+donations for pious works, which are made to the said church. Then,
+beginning at the middle of the book, must be set down in the second
+half of it, with the same details, the expenditures which shall be
+made for the church, in order that thus no confusion may arise, and
+that the accounts may be promptly settled in the future visit. By this
+act, therefore, his most illustrious Lordship decreed and commanded
+the above, and signed this paper, which I certify.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow certificates, written in the registers of burials and
+marriages respectively, that they have been duly inspected, and
+referring to the decree itself, which is written in the register
+of baptisms.]
+
+
+
+Tariff
+
+We, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, by the grace of God and of
+the holy Apostolic See, metropolitan archbishop of these Philippinas
+Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva Segovia, now
+vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty. Desiring to
+fulfil the obligations of our ministry and pastoral office, and that by
+the government which is in our charge, especially in the administration
+of the holy sacraments, God our Lord may be followed and the faithful
+edified; and that every one of our curas and ministers who instruct
+the natives--not only in this city, but those of the other parishes
+outside its walls--and their sacristans, shall observe the integrity
+which is fitting in demanding the fees which shall belong to them on
+account of the functions of their ministries and offices, relieving
+their consciences as we do ours; and having examined the tariffs which
+our predecessors have fixed, and seeing the condition of these islands,
+we have decided to issue anew our mandate regarding the said statutes
+and tariffs; and we ordain that from this time forth, in demanding
+the said fees, the following order shall be observed:
+
+Baptisms: For the baptisms the cura shall demand the candle or candles
+which those who can give them may furnish, not obliging them to pay
+a fee [capillo], or to give an offering of money or other things;
+but, if they voluntarily give any free offering, [20] the cura is
+authorized to take it.
+
+Marriages: For publishing the banns, the fiscal shall ask for each
+one real, and he may not demand anything because the parties do not
+rise to their feet at the time when the banns are published. As for
+the natives and Morenos [21] who marry without receiving the nuptial
+benedictions, and shall come to the church or to the cura's house,
+he shall not ask anything from them; but if the cura shall go,
+or send, or give permission for the marriage to be solemnized at
+their own homes, or in some other place, he shall ask three tostones
+for the effort and time spent in going to marry them in a place to
+which he is not obliged to go. If the cura shall go to their house,
+or to some other place where he is not under obligation to go, in
+order to marry any Japanese or Sangley, he shall ask two pesos, and,
+if it shall be outside of the parish, he shall ask three pesos.
+
+Nuptial benedictions: He [i.e., the cura] shall ask thirteen reals
+from the dowry; [22] but if the parties are poor, they may commute
+this for four reals--and [the same] if the woman is a widow and
+has no dowry, provided she received the nuptial benedictions from
+the Church in the first marriage; but if she did not [thus] receive
+them, and have a dowry [she shall pay thirteen]. If several persons
+receive the benedictions at one mass, the cura shall ask from those
+who are blessed a peso from every one of them; and he shall be under
+obligation to say as many masses as there were persons blessed, during
+the following days, for their intention, because this [obligation to
+say mass] for two, or three, or more married pairs who receive the
+benedictions cannot be fulfilled by one mass.
+
+Burials: For burials of children, with prayers read, when the cura goes
+to the house for this purpose he shall ask one peso and four tomins;
+but if the corpse is carried to the door of the church he shall ask
+only one peso. For every burial of children with prayers chanted,
+when the cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask only
+three pesos; and if the corpse be received with prayers chanted at
+the door of the church [23]--whether it be an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, whom his friends desire to be
+interred with pomp and escort--and the cura shall go for the corpse to
+the house, he shall ask ten pesos; but if he shall receive it at the
+door of the church, and prayers be chanted, he shall ask two pesos. For
+every burial accompanied with prayers, of an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, if the cura goes for it to
+the house he shall ask one peso and four tomins; and if he receives
+it at the door of the church he shall ask one peso. If the deceased
+were a slave to Spaniards, the cura shall ask one peso for his fee,
+and exactly six reals as a voluntary offering [limosna] for a mass;
+but if he were a slave to an Indian, the cura shall ask six reals as
+a fee, and four reals for the said offering. We charge it upon the
+consciences of the curas to say these masses for the slaves, and thus
+acquit our own conscience. For the cope which the cura may wear at
+burials he may receive one peso as an offering; but he shall not wear
+the cope when the parties do not ask for it. And for the halts [24]
+the cura, if he shall have chanted the prayers, shall ask a toston
+for each one, if the relatives of the deceased ask for them; but in no
+other way shall he obtain these fees. Item, for the mass sung on the
+day of the funeral, or funeral honors with responses, the cura may ask
+two and one-half pesos; and for chanting the office for the dead, two
+pesos and two reals. And for the novenary masses [25] which are said,
+with a response in each one, on account of the burial of the deceased,
+the cura may receive for each one a peso as offering; and the wax
+candles which remain at the end of the novenary for the burial belong
+to the cura. For masses provided for by will [missas de testamento],
+the cura may receive six reals each, and for those which are ordered
+to be said outside of the testamentary provision four reals each,
+as offerings. The curas must not consent to accept the candles that
+are carried by the persons who accompany the funeral, unless these
+persons leave the candles of their own accord, and present them as
+an offering; and if they do not thus give them up, the curas shall
+not ask anything from them. To each one of those who may assist the
+cura at any burial shall be given, if he is in holy orders, six reals
+and a candle; if he is not yet ordained, four reals and a candle. For
+any peal of the bells [repique] at the burials of children, or the
+tolling of the passing bell [doble], the cura shall ask four reals
+for the eighths [de octava], for the sacristy or the church.
+
+Fees of the sacristans: For aiding at nuptial masses and the
+benediction, [26] the sacristan shall ask for each two reals. The
+sacristan may ask for carrying the processional cross with its veil,
+[27] for any burial, ten reals; and if afterward solemn mass be sung,
+he shall ask eighteen reals for the burial, and a peso for assisting
+at the mass; and if the cross be placed on the grave on the day of the
+funeral, he shall ask a peso. For the small cross carried, without
+its casing, and made of silver, he shall ask six reals; and for the
+ordinary cross of wood he shall ask two; and, if the deceased were
+the slave of an Indian, he shall ask one real. For burning incense
+at the funerals, when the parties ask for it, the sacristan shall
+ask two reals; and at the solemn masses he shall ask another two
+reals. For assisting at each anniversary mass founded in this church,
+which the cura says, the sacristan shall ask one peso. The sacristan
+is under obligation to assist the cura in the administration of the
+holy sacraments, and in the other matters pertaining to the ministry,
+as being his assistant; and if he fail in rendering such aid he shall
+ask only the half [of the usual fees], and the other half the cura
+shall divide between the person who shall assist in the sacristan's
+place and the church fund for its sacristy. Either the sacristan or
+in his place some person not yet ordained, is under obligation to
+carry the cross at burials.
+
+Singers: When the entire choir shall be summoned to any burial,
+they shall ask ten pesos for attending it; and if all the said choir
+assist at mass and the office for the dead [vigilia], they shall ask
+another ten pesos. When the [individual] singers shall go on call to
+any funeral, no more of them shall go than those who are asked for by
+the parties; and each singer shall ask one real. This is understood
+when they go not as a full choir, but in a group of three; and they
+shall not oblige the parties to give them candles, but may take these
+when the parties choose to give them. If only three singers assist
+at mass and the office for the dead, they shall ask three pesos for
+the mass, but not for the office.
+
+We command that all these tariffs and statutes shall be observed and
+fulfilled to the letter by the said our curas for natives, in this
+city and in the rest of the parishes that are outside its walls, and by
+their sacristans, without transgressing them in any way--under penalty
+of four times the amount involved, incurred for every infraction,
+and of being punished in accordance with the law. And no other person,
+whatever his rank may be, shall dare to transgress these our mandates,
+under penalty of legal proceedings against him, under the penalties
+due to those who are disobedient. We command that the curas shall
+keep these said tariffs displayed and posted in some public place,
+where they can be read and understood by all persons. And that this
+may be evident for all time, we command to be issued and we do issue
+the present, signed with our name, and countersigned by our secretary,
+as undersigned. In our archiepiscopal palace at Manila, on the fifth
+day of the month of November in the year one thousand, six hundred
+and ninety-eight.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+By command of his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow several notarial attestations.]
+
+
+
+Memorial by the religious orders
+
+The lecturer Fray Jaime Mimbela, of the Order of Preachers, and
+definitor-general of the province of Santo Rosario; Fray Juan Antonio
+de San Agustin, an Augustinian Recollect; and Antonio Xaramillo, of the
+Society of Jesus--procurators-general of their provinces of Filipinas
+and holding powers of attorney for the holy orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollect
+Augustinians who live in the said islands for the conversion of the
+infidels and the maintenance [in the faith] of those who are already
+converted therein--conforming to the new orders from their provincials
+which they have received (dated February 13 of the past year 1699),
+in regard to what has thus far been alleged and represented, make
+the following declaration:
+
+[Sire:]
+
+The reverend archbishop, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, having
+arrived at Manila in the month of September in the past year of 97,
+undertook, in officio officiando [i.e., "in fulfilling the functions of
+his office"], to visit the regulars who exercise the duties of parish
+priests, desiring that they do so by title of law, [28] subject to
+his jurisdiction. The said holy religious orders, having declined,
+on repeated occasions, to take upon themselves such a burden, making
+this known to the said reverend archbishop with all submission, were
+resolved to abandon all the Indian villages and districts [assigned
+to them], rather than to administer them in that manner. [They asked
+him], in order to preserve the tranquillity which had existed in those
+islands, that at least he would desist from his intention until the
+pope and your Majesty, being informed of the matter, should decide
+it: and represented to him that, taking everything into account,
+irreparable losses of souls would ensue from his persevering in his
+undertaking if the religious orders, in consequence of his violent
+acts, should retire [from the curacies]--since there were not
+secular priests to take the place of the religious in preaching and
+the administration of the sacraments, but it was not possible for
+the said reverend archbishop to yield to [even] these so serious
+representations, nor was he willing to wait for the decisions of
+[even] those so preëminent; on the contrary, he actually began
+the visitation. When the religious answered that now they were not
+parish priests, since they had resigned the Indian villages into
+the hands of their provincials, who had notified your vice-patron of
+it, the reverend archbishop took away two churches from the orders
+of St. Dominic and St. Augustine; and soon the commonwealth found
+itself in a storm, with confusion and affliction such as had never
+before been experienced in those islands. For within a week fifty
+religious who had acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders
+had been given for the retirement of the others--which they would
+actually have done, if the courage of the reverend archbishop himself
+had not been taught by this experience, so costly and unnecessary,
+the truth of what had been often before represented to him, with so
+much humility and entreaty, by the religious.
+
+From that time, troubles continued to crowd together until in all
+those islands the Catholic faith, as concerns God, and the vassalage
+of the Indians to your Majesty, were at the point of destruction;
+for in that country all the villages are inhabited by Indians alone,
+nor is there in them any Spaniard except the religious who is their
+minister--except here and there a village where resides some secular
+priest and the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces. Thus, the villages
+without the religious minister remain as dead, for divine worship and
+for vassalage, as the body without a soul is dead for vital functions.
+
+This truth being so well known--as also is this other, that in the
+religious provinces of those islands there have been and are now many
+religious of distinguished virtues and learning, and very zealous
+for the salvation of souls--affairs have arrived at such a state,
+as is known by the said letters of February, 699, that the regulars
+refuse not only to be ordinaries [parrocos de justicia] and subject
+to the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, but also to act in
+that capacity in the manner which has been hitherto in vogue. They
+ask your Majesty, with the utmost possible reverence, to be pleased to
+regard them as exonerated from the responsibility which they hitherto
+have held of ministering as parish priests to the Indians, and to take
+measures that other persons may look after the Indians in the manner
+which the reverend archbishop desires; and that the religious for whom
+there is no room in the few convents and colleges which the religious
+orders possess in those islands may return to their own provinces--in
+accordance with what your Majesty commands, in one of his laws,
+for the consolation of the distressed religious in those kingdoms.
+
+And since actions so grave in themselves and in their consequences as
+are these--the refusal of the regulars to be parish priests subject to
+the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and their renunciation
+before your Majesty of the assignment of the territories allotted
+to them for ministrations--appear not to have originated only from
+disinclination, but to have sprung from [their claim to] liberty alone,
+their representatives set forth to your Majesty in this document the
+reasons and very weighty arguments by which they are constrained to
+act in both those proceedings. They also offer to present another,
+more copious, in which will be related in sequence and order all the
+occurrences and the exceedingly grievous injuries which the religious
+orders have suffered and still sustain, occasioned by the visitation
+of the curas. [It will also recount] the lands that they possess;
+the tithes [29] that the reverend archbishop has established; the
+testimonies and appeals that he has denied; the arrests that he has
+attempted; the banishments that he has urged [upon the Audiencia];
+the very sharp reprimand that on account of him was given by your
+Audiencia to all the provincials together, with other religious of high
+standing, without permitting them to open their lips--and all with a
+method of procedure so unlike that which the pope, your Majesty, and
+your supreme Council employ on occasions like these, even in cases
+when there is certainty of guilt; and finally, the investigations
+which he makes to obtain information against them which he can use to
+carry out his purposes, and disturb them at Madrid and Roma, in this
+imposing [threats of] excommunication on the witnesses in order that
+everything may remain a secret, and the reputation of the religious
+orders be left more exposed to attack.
+
+The reasons, then, which influence the religious not to be parish
+priests by title in Filipinas, subject to the jurisdiction of
+the reverend archbishop, are the following: First, because it is
+unquestionable, and cannot be in any way denied, that the office of
+parish priest, even with such exemption from [the jurisdiction of]
+the ordinary, is entirely accessory, and, besides, a heavy additional
+burden, to the religious estate--not only to that of monks, but even to
+that of the mendicant regulars; for, in order that they may minister
+in the said office, it has been necessary to obtain a pontifical
+dispensation or arrangement, which is founded on important reasons. And
+this [is a fact], if we consider only what the religious state demands
+of its followers, as is made plain by the general exemption and the
+teaching of holy men. If this mode of administering [the curacies]
+be changed, and the regular who is a parish priest must remain, in
+what concerns that office, under the jurisdiction of the ordinary,
+subject to his correction and visitation, and in the other matters
+subject to the superior of his religious order, it would be a change
+and condition of affairs so remarkable that, in regard to his estate
+and his profession of life, the religious would change his nature--for
+he would be like one cleft in twain, if subject in some cases to one
+superior and in others to another, the two of differing ecclesiastical
+rank; and the consequences would be perilous, as will be considered
+later. In view, then, of a change which would so seriously affect
+their estate, all the regulars of Filipinas declare that, just as
+one's state of life is chosen so as to lead to salvation only when
+it is chosen through the influence and vocation of God, who calls
+and inclines one to it, and that one's choice goes astray when it
+is made through other motives, so, when after choice has been made
+of the state and profession of life some other circumstance arises
+which not only oppresses that state, but changes its very nature--with
+new responsibilities, new obligations, new superiors, and new modes
+of government full of dangers and difficulties--and, above all, the
+rule which he professes, no one can safely add to his mode of life a
+condition so unusual, if God do not incline and call him to it. The
+religious of Filipinas declare that they have no such vocation or
+inclination for being parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary;
+and that without it they cannot expose themselves to so many dangers,
+with evident risk of being ruined thereby. They say that neither when
+they entered the religious life nor when they made their confession
+did they read among the obligations to which they submitted that of
+being parish priests, and much less that of being such by title, and
+subject to the ordinaries; on the other hand, they understood that
+the Apostolic See had exempted them from it. They assert also that
+on going from Europa to the Filipinas they knew that the regulars
+never had ministered to the Indians, nor were they then doing so, as
+being dependent upon the ordinaries, but with pontifical jurisdiction,
+remaining in all matters subject to the visitation and correction of
+their provincials; therefore they must necessarily censure and refuse
+now this new administration and attempted subjection, which they did
+not profess and to which God did not call them.
+
+Nor do the precedents [brought forward] from America militate against
+this argument when it is said that there is but one and the same
+rule, and one and the same form of government, in essentials, for
+the religious order or orders whose sons find themselves in America
+and in Filipinas; for those who are in those islands say, with all
+esteem and reverence, that there are some things more suitable to
+be admired than imitated, and that, while they admire the courage
+[of those in America], they confess that they do not possess courage
+to imitate them in this matter. They add that, if in America and
+Filipinas a religious order is one and the same, likewise throughout
+the world the faith and the church of Jesus Christ is one and the
+same; and nevertheless, if a Catholic, simply because he had chosen
+an estate of life, should exhort all others to embrace the same, it
+would not be judicious counsel, or in conformity to the spirit of God;
+for that Spirit inspires, influences, and calls whomsoever He will,
+choosing some for an occupation, and dissuading others from that same
+employ. And thus it is evident, likewise, that in the one religious
+order some have a vocation for going from Europa to the Indias, and
+others have not. Then why cannot the same occur in regard to being
+or not being parish priests subject to the ordinary?
+
+The reverend archbishop of Manila himself has given and still gives
+to the religious orders of Filipinas a very striking and conclusive
+example in this regard: for before he left España he knew very well
+in what way the regulars acted as curas in those islands, but he
+neither renounced the archbishopric in España, nor gave up going to
+the islands. He knew also that the being united as a spouse to the
+church of Manila is not an accessory matter, but is wholly essential
+to the state of being its archbishop; and that other prelates have
+gone thither without attempting what he claims. Nevertheless, he
+has asked in the royal Audiencia permission to return to España; and
+now he writes resigning the archbishopric, and asking that he may be
+allowed to come here to live and die in retreat in a cell. If it is
+because the religious who are parish priests are not subject to his
+jurisdiction that he offers this resignation--by which he abandons
+all that belongs to his position, and the state of life that he
+chose--how much greater reason the religious will have to imitate
+him, since even when they give up the curacies they remain wholly
+in the estate of religious which they professed. If he makes this
+renunciation in order to avoid controversies, and aspires to live
+and die in a cell, much more natural is this desire of the religious
+to live and die peacefully therein, without obliging themselves to
+endure those controversies; for they do not accept under compulsion a
+new estate to which God does not call them. Likewise, [they decline]
+if, in order to adopt such a model of life, their rule must be the
+pleasure of the archbishop, and not the inspiration of God.
+
+As little is this first argument overcome by [the assertion] that
+the civil law provides that the regular who is a parish priest is
+immediately subject, in what pertains to that office, to the visitation
+and correction of the ordinary. For, laying aside the fact that such
+a law can be abrogated by the supreme pontiff--as actually was done
+by Pius V after the holy Council of Trent, and afterward confirmed
+by Urban VIII; and this very procedure is supported by various
+declarations of the most eminent cardinals--when there is a lack of
+secular priests (as is the case in Filipinas, where for eight hundred
+parishes, the approximate number of those in existence, there are
+hardly sixty seculars in number, and still fewer who have abilities
+for giving instruction and learning languages): laying all this aside,
+the religious assert that the civil law which commands such subjection
+must be understood in the case that the religious who are administering
+curacies, without being subordinate to the ordinary, desire to
+continue thus, being parish priests; but it does not order that they
+be compelled by violence and force to enter that relation. And if a
+secular cleric, to whom with canonical and rigorous institution is
+given a perpetual curacy, can, notwithstanding this, renounce such
+curacy, nor on that account be disqualified by the law as long as he
+lives in immediate subjection to one superior only, who is his bishop:
+how or for what reason can the reverend archbishop of Manila claim that
+the religious cannot peaceably make the same renunciation, in order
+to avoid the risk of having so many superiors? As the religious hold
+the Indian villages not as proprietaries, but removable ad nutum,
+other persons could, for no better reason than their own wishes,
+deprive the religious of those ministries, even though the latter
+live therein with the sanctity of their holy founders; and is it
+possible that, when only the will of another person is sufficient to
+prevent them from being curas, the divine inspiration and their own
+self-reproach will not be sufficient for them?
+
+The second reason that the religious in Filipinas have for refusing
+to be parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary, is that no
+exact idea of this virtue of justice has been formed in considering
+the method in which efforts have been made to constrain the religious
+by it. For either they are or they are not capable of being really
+parish priests, like the secular clerics. If they are, they do not
+accept the parish under any obligation of justice; and even when this
+is conferred on them with canonical institution, they nevertheless do
+not remain ordinaries, as are the secular clerics; for in the latter,
+in order to secure a proprietary benefice, the only points considered
+are the ability to serve as cura, the obligation of law [justicia]
+to which they submit, and the canonical collation with which they are
+inducted into the parish. Including all this in the said supposition,
+the religious cannot well understand why, after all that, they do
+not remain proprietary parish priests. As little do they understand
+how the said ability, obligation of law, and canonical institution
+can make a secular priest a perpetual cura--so that if his conduct
+does not render him unworthy the curacy cannot be taken from him,
+either by ordinary or vice-patron alone, or by both together; while
+a religious who enters the curacy with the same formalities is not
+competent for the same perpetuity, but only for such tenure, even
+in his own territory, that even if he conduct himself as a saint the
+ordinary and vice-patron can, if agreed, deprive him of his benefice
+and give it to another; that is, even after that obligation and
+solemnity he is a parish priest removable ad nutum.
+
+The religious also consider that although the virtue of justice is one
+for all, and alike for all, and the efficacy of canonical institution
+is also one for persons who are qualified for the same office, to the
+secular cleric with the onerous duty of parish priest is given all that
+can favor him; but to the religious, while the entire burden is laid
+upon him, all his energy is checked on account of not giving him all
+which can relieve that burden. This is all placed upon the religious,
+for his responsibility for the feeding of his sheep confines him to
+a district in such a way that his own provincial cannot, by his own
+agency alone, change his district without first resorting to the
+ordinary and the vice-patron, to secure their consent. In this way
+there is a notable decrease of obedience, and the regular observance of
+the rule which he professed is greatly disturbed; and many, continual,
+and insupportable annoyances are heaped upon the provincials. The
+religious loses in great part the privilege of his exemption;
+he remains subject, in so far as he is a cura, to investigations,
+complaints, visitations, and penalties from the ordinary; and with all
+these burdens he has not the comfort of being secure in his parish,
+even if his conduct do not render him unworthy of it, because he does
+not hold it in perpetuity, as the secular does. He is not master of the
+emoluments which the curacy yields, nor are they in justice due to him
+as to the secular, unless he pretends that he is dispensed from the
+essential vow of poverty. Then, if the religious is capable of being
+a parish priest, and that by title of law, as is the secular, who
+has given to justice and to canonical collation such efficacy as with
+them to furnish to the secular what is honorable [30] and favorable,
+yet has so divided it as to impart to the regular what is detestable,
+while yet denying him what may console him?
+
+[Even] if it be granted that the regular is not competent, on account
+of his estate, for being a proprietary parish priest, why is it so
+strictly required of him to enter the curacy with the same formalities
+and ceremony as those with which the clerics enter? Such incompetency
+will be the best justification for the repugnance which the religious
+feel for being curas in the manner which the archbishop insists on.
+
+The third reason is, that if the convents and colleges which the
+religious maintain in Manila be broken up, it can be said with truth
+that there are no other houses of religious community [in the colony];
+for although there are seven other houses besides--in Cavite, Cebu,
+Oton, and Yloilo--divided among the religious orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollects, yet these
+convents and colleges are so small that in each of them there are
+only two or three residents. All the rest of the said provinces is
+composed of Indian villages, [each] served by one minister only; and
+these are such as can be gathered from their respective bishoprics, the
+cathedrals of which neither have nor are capable of having dignities,
+canonries, and other prebends. This being admitted, if the ministers
+in Indian villages remain subject to the ordinary, as the provinces
+are composed almost wholly of such ministers alone, and for their
+removal would then be necessary the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, some provinces would come to be dependent, in the name
+of religious government and in the exercise of secular government,
+on the wills of those two persons, to whom the religious did not in
+their profession promise obedience or subjection.
+
+Then if either of the two, whether the bishop or the governor,
+were displeased with any religious order, or with any minister--and
+especially if it were the governor, whose power in those islands
+cannot be explained, except by their remoteness--in such case they
+could on very specious pretexts either maintain or remove the minister
+against the will of his provincial; and even they could, if necessary,
+threaten the latter with either censures or banishment, to make that
+religious order conform to their authority. How fruitful a source
+this may be of perdition and total ruin for the religious orders,
+all can recognize; but only those who have had experience in those
+islands can fully comprehend it.
+
+The fourth reason: for we have already taken for granted their
+subjection and canonical institution. If a religious who is a minister
+commit a transgression, and his offense apparently belongs on the
+one side to morals and life, and on the other to the office of cura,
+the poor minister remains in the condition of those goods which we
+call mostrencos, on account of their belonging to the first person
+who takes possession of them--and even in a much worse condition,
+on account of the controversies which must naturally ensue. For if
+the provincial begins legal proceedings in the matter, and afterward
+information of it is given to the reverend archbishop, the latter
+issues a decree--and, if it be necessary, a censure--commanding
+the said provincial to revoke all of his proceedings, surrender the
+case to him, and abandon it; that is to say, the right of judicature
+belongs to him alone. The provincial appeals to the judge-delegate
+of his Holiness, who, in order to obtain full information about the
+case, commands the reverend archbishop, with the threat of censure,
+to desist from the cause, and surrender the documents. If the latter
+do not obey, the affair may reach the point where two ecclesiastical
+prelates mutually excommunicate each other, and [the colony] is
+menaced with an interdict and the cessation of divine worship. This
+is not discussing an imaginary thing, but is relating that which has
+just occurred in Manila in a like case--where, in order to prevent the
+regulars from withdrawing from their curacies, [the archbishop] imposed
+on the provincials the penalties of excommunication and a fine of
+2,000 pesos; and conversely, the reverend archbishop and the delegate
+of his Holiness likewise excommunicated each other. The commonwealth
+was disquieted by these occurrences, not knowing where these things
+would end if the interdict which the delegate threatened were carried
+out, since he was followed by the religious orders; for nearly all the
+laymen lean on the orders--making their confessions to the religious,
+receiving instruction from their teaching and example, and with their
+counsels calming the scruples of their consciences. In consequence, it
+would necessarily follow that in case of an interdict and cessation
+of divine services the entire archdiocese would be left in most
+lamentable condition; and without doubt this would have occurred, if
+it had not been for the kindly nature of the delegate and the urgent
+importunities to desist from this purpose that were addressed to him
+by the religious. For, since at the cost of innumerable martyrdoms
+and other hardships they had established the faith in those islands,
+they sought to avert the danger that it would be impaired, even though
+this should be at the cost of contempt for themselves.
+
+It must be added to all the above that if these contentions and
+troubles which are suffered in those islands could be promptly ended
+without going outside of them, toleration in enduring them would be
+less difficult. But this is not so; but these troubles leave behind
+them their consequences, and chains that are very long and heavy,
+which are only fit to drag along those who choose to become slaves
+to the curacies in Filipinas. For in such cases letters are written
+by the governor, the archbishop, the Audiencia, and the religious
+orders to Madrid, and by some of these to Roma also; and terrible
+controversies take shape, with public scandal in both courts. The
+parties are in every way exhausted, and the judges are harassed until
+the [royal] decree in the case is provided: first, because such decree
+is provided for regions so remote, and after it is issued arrives
+there [so late], that those evils are throwing out many roots, and
+these produce anew other discords and evils worse than the first. And
+since it is a fact that, although according to the divine oracles,
+it is not fitting either for the bishop to be contentious, or for the
+minister of souls to preach the gospel in any other way than that of
+peace, the religious orders, in place of experiencing in Filipinas,
+as it were, peace with the fruit of tranquillity, do not find this at
+the present time; but they are burning in a glowing forge, which only
+throws out sparks of discord and dissension. The religious orders,
+Sire, had already made peace among themselves, and are at this day
+maintaining and always will maintain it; for they trust in God that it
+will be so, and the bitter experience of past years has pointed this
+out as a great blessing. Thus, when the reverend archbishop arrived
+here all was quiet and peaceful, but within little more than two months
+after his arrival there was nothing but unrest and disorder--and this
+because the religious had told him, with all courtesy and humility,
+that they would sooner give up the ministries of instruction than hold
+them in the manner that he desired. Herein, which side proceeded most
+comformably to reason? the religious who peaceably leave the curacies,
+in order to avoid disputes; or the reverend archbishop who causes these
+contentions, and who sends to Madrid and Roma in order to obtain that
+the regulars shall be by force and violence parish priests subject to
+his own jurisdiction? In view, then, of disadvantages so serious, what
+religious is there, devoted to his profession, who will consent to be
+a parish priest in Filipinas? Who will leave his province in Europa,
+the retirement and peace of his community, to go, with the perils
+of two ocean voyages, in search of controversies so wearisome and
+noisy over a calling which he did not profess? Herein the religious
+of Filipinas admit that they have taken warning by what has occurred
+in America, that they ought to learn a lesson from it and be cautious
+about having another head.
+
+The fifth reason: If a regular who is a parish priest transgresses,
+and on account of secret faults becomes unworthy of continuing in
+his ministry, yet if he remains in it his salvation may incur a very
+special peril. The provincial has secret knowledge of the case. Here
+justice demands two things: one, the punishment of the fault; the
+other, that the delinquent shall not be rendered infamous. Charity,
+(and even justice itself) demands also that the provincial shall,
+because of his office, remove his subordinate from that risk. If this
+regular who acts as parish priest were administering his functions
+without canonical institution or subjection to the ordinary, as is done
+in the Filipinas Islands, the provincial could with the greatest ease
+settle the whole matter, and justice and charity be satisfied, without
+disgrace to the delinquent and without a stigma on the religious
+order. But when the regular who is a parish priest is subject to
+the ordinary, the provincial cannot remove him by his own authority
+alone; and it is necessary for him to resort to that very ordinary
+and to the vice-patron, and that the two agree on the removal of the
+offender. And, in such case, what has the provincial to say to them? If
+it be answered that by keeping the case entirely secret the provincial
+becomes a sharer in the guilt of his subordinate, he and the superiors
+of the religious orders declare, with all submission and humility,
+that they refuse to put in practice such a form of theology. Can the
+ordinary acting alone, can the governor, the father, and the master,
+each alone, punish and correct the fault--of a priest, of a citizen or
+a soldier, of children, of servants--without the least injury to the
+culprit's honor; and a provincial, who can in innumerable ways do the
+same with any subordinate of his, be obliged to leave the offender
+in disgrace with the heads of the community, ecclesiastical and
+secular? The religious orders would sooner remove [from the islands],
+to transplant themselves to Europa, than submit to so heavy a burden.
+
+If it be said that the provincial need not state the offense, but
+in general terms assert only that he has cause for removing the
+cura, even that would not avoid the difficulty: First, because the
+authorities may think that the provincial says so, in order to carry
+a point for a custom of long standing. Second, even though the cause
+for removing him is not a fault, it will be readily said [that it was
+one]; and if the person himself does not make further explanation,
+in such case the result will be that the fault will be made public
+by his silence. And finally, one's honor is a very delicate thing,
+and is usually much injured by rumors and suspicions alone. And
+since God renders the religious exempt from the secular judges, and
+the Apostolic See from the ordinaries, the regulars represent that,
+as they have not professed to be curas, they do not feel courage to
+fill that office with so many risks and burdens.
+
+The sixth reason: The object for which the religious are in the
+curacies is the salvation of souls; and there is no room for doubt
+that for such a purpose the religious will be all the more fit and
+competent an instrument the more he shall unite with the office
+of cura the regular observance. This greater union, it is certain,
+lies in the method of being curas which has hitherto prevailed, and
+not in that which the archbishop is attempting; for with subjection
+to him the cura does not depend so much on the regular superior, nor
+can the latter freely command him as before, and thus the obedience
+[of the religious] is greatly diminished and injured, without which no
+one deserves the name of religious. [Also the observance of] poverty
+is at great risk; for since the cura ministers through the obligation
+of justice and canonical institution, and this is not given to him
+by the religious order but by the ordinary, some of the curas might
+argue that since the order permits this to them, it also permits
+them to be masters, in whole or in part, of all the emoluments; and
+that with entire freedom, without subjection to or permission from
+their superiors, they can spend or dispose of these revenues as they
+please. This is a danger which is most prolific of innumerable others,
+and in all lines. Their chastity also is much less secure, because
+it is attacked by solitude, by the license which this occasions, by
+the natural compliance of the Indians, and by that almost perpetual
+tenure which in many ministries in America is experienced through the
+obligation of justice and canonical institution under which they are
+administered; and on account of the difficulty which thus arises in
+securing removals, sensuality does not find that remedy of flight
+which St. Paul lays down so prompt and easy as it would be if the
+parish priest depended only on his provincial.
+
+And, finally, the religious do not, by assuming the habit as such,
+strip themselves of the passions of men. There might be one or more
+for whom the subjection and mode of life in a religious community
+becomes wearisome; and such men, knowing that a cura cannot be removed
+from the mission parish without the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, undertake to gain the good-will of those authorities by
+letters and other means, and for the same object to win the friendship
+of officials and dependents, so that these may exert influence in
+order to preserve them in the curacies. And thus gradually they become
+rooted in their liking for a life that is solitary and independent,
+and will reach a state in which they give up the mission parish with
+grief, because they hold it through love for the conveniences of life,
+and more as very secular men of the world than as religious or as
+ministers to souls. In that case the religious orders could say that
+they had lost fervent sons, and the ordinaries that they had not made
+zealous curates.
+
+All this is avoided when the regulars serve as parish priests in
+the same manner as they do now in the Filipinas; for they are wholly
+dependent on their superiors, and cannot dispose of anything without
+their permission. If it be expedient for them to go to some other
+place, there is no difficulty in changing their residence; and as
+they have not that security of perpetual tenure, their only care is
+for their ministries, the door being closed to unworthy measures and
+claims. Hence it follows that this mode of holding curacies is more
+in accordance with the three vows and the other statutes that aim at
+the perfection that is proper for the regulars, and consequently at
+the salvation of the souls [31] for whom they care.
+
+The seventh and last reason--omitting others, either because they
+are included in those already mentioned, or because they may readily
+be deduced from those--is supported by authority. Let the histories
+of the Indias be read, and the laymen and ecclesiastics who have
+written about them; all agree in raising very serious doubts whether
+the regulars should be parish priests or not, and much more whether
+they should be so with title. [These writers] noted many decisions,
+in which entire provinces--composed of religious who were influential,
+experienced, learned, and zealous--resolved in their chapter-meetings
+that the mission curacies should be given up; many [opinions by]
+generals of those same orders, who approved that proceeding; and
+others, by various distinguished men, who expostulated against the
+acceptance of such an encumbrance by their religious order. [They have
+also noted] faults which they contemplated with tears--interminable
+discords, which banished all tranquillity and peace; and innumerable
+other damages, which, even the secular writers on the Indias admit,
+have made the regulars tremble.
+
+If he who sees from [a safe place on] land a fierce hurricane on
+the sea, and that in it are wrecked galleons of great size--some of
+the men on board being drowned, others crying for help, and those
+who by swimming have emerged on the shore taking warning [from this
+misfortune], and causing great fear in those who hear them--trembles
+at [the thought of] venturing upon the sea: what marvel is it that
+the regulars of Filipinas, who have not thus far been inducted into
+this new form of parish tenure which the archbishop is attempting
+[to establish], seeing as if from the solid land so much tempest and
+shipwreck which are occasioned by that form, and which the histories,
+like accurate charts, place before them, tremble, and refuse to embark
+on that sea? When the witnesses are so truthful, and the experiences
+so injurious, it would be a mistake of the utmost importance not to
+believe them, or to expect that [in] trouble one may remedy it by
+regret, or not to avoid it beforehand by prudent measures.
+
+With these reasons, three arguments of which the reverend archbishop
+entertains a high opinion lose their force. One is, to argue [thus]
+in this dilemma: Either the regulars who are parish priests conduct
+themselves well and fulfil their obligations as such, or they do
+not. If this last, it is not right that it be permitted, nor that
+there be any failure to reform with the visitation which he is trying
+to enforce. If in all respects they fulfil their obligations, what
+matters it if he visits them, approves their proceedings, and praises
+them in his report to the king? And with this mode of argument he
+casts suspicion on the regulars, as if they had faults or failings
+as parish priests to conceal.
+
+Answer is made, first: that the religious who are curas conduct
+themselves well in their ministries, and strive so far as their powers
+extend, for the salvation of their parishioners; and that what holds
+them back from being parish priests subject to the reverend archbishop
+is not the fear caused by [the question of] behavior, but dread of
+the inconveniences and dangers above recounted, which it is not easy
+to explain.
+
+Answer is made, second: that in Manila and Cavite--which is distant
+two leguas from this city, and where only the secular priests are
+curas--the reverend archbishop has precedents very effectual for
+ascertaining the consequences of the way in which the religious
+behave in their curacies. For in those two places, where they have
+no obligations as curas, they are the ones who carry the burden
+of the day and of the summer's heat; they alone (or almost alone)
+are the ones who administer throughout the year the sacraments of
+penance and communion--to Spaniards, Indians (Tagálogs, Pampangos,
+and Visayans), mestizos, Cafres, and other peoples who resort thither;
+they alone keep laborers set aside for this task; they alone preach
+frequently. It is they who carry on missions; they who dispense the
+divine word and explain the Christian doctrine in the guard-rooms of
+the soldiers and [among those stationed] at the gates of the city;
+they to whom the slaves from the foundry resort; [they who minister
+to] the prisoners in the jail, and the poor in the hospitals, and the
+seminaries of La Misericordia and Sancta Potenciana. It is they who in
+their churches have separate sermons for the Spaniards, for negroes,
+and for Indians; it is they who are almost continually going forth,
+by day and by night, to the sick and the dying, whatever the weather
+may be. Then who can imagine that where the religious, without being
+curas, have the inclination and zeal to aid the secular curas and the
+reverend archbishop themselves, relieving so greatly the burden of
+their obligations, they will neglect their duties in the villages,
+where the souls have been entrusted to their care alone?
+
+Answer is made, third: that just as the reverend archbishop by his
+arguments strives at Madrid and Roma to subject the regulars to
+his visitation in what concerns them as parish priests, he may also
+plan to subject them in all that concerns morals and life. "For if
+they behave ill, it is not right to permit such conduct; and if
+their conduct is exemplary, what matter is it if he visits them,
+and approves them, in order to report on them with praises?" The
+reply which the reverend archbishop will make to this argument can
+with more reason be applied as the reply and solution to his own. The
+religious orders add that, even though the praises of the reverend
+archbishop are and always will be worthy of the utmost appreciation,
+yet they set a much greater value on following the counsel of the
+apostle about each man abiding in his own calling [32]--which was not
+to be curas--than to be curas and obtain those praises with the risk
+of the troubles that have been considered.
+
+Nor is it right, by the same mode of argument as that of the reverend
+archbishop, that the religious orders should not further make evident
+the importance of their justice and of their labors. This prelate
+greatly resented that the reverend bishop, the delegate and judge of
+his Holiness for cases of appeals, should go to Manila and exercise
+his functions, issuing various acts; and the said reverend archbishop
+also took steps to have the delegate depart immediately from his
+archbishopric, and said (and wrote to Europa) that the religious orders
+were trying to keep the delegate there as their judge-conservator. It
+is here where his own argument presses: either the procedure of
+the reverend archbishop was just, or it was not. If it were just,
+what did it matter that he had before him a judge with authority
+from the pope, and must deliver to this judge the documents which
+he demanded, so that as a judge so superior he might confirm them,
+and make a report on them with commendations? If the archbishop's
+conduct were not just, as little just was it that he should go beyond
+his obligation, in order to obstruct rightful jurisdiction.
+
+The reverend archbishop also refused to the religious orders all the
+copies of documents and the attested statements which they asked
+from him in regard to the visitation which he planned and began,
+but from which he desisted. If what the reverend archbishop did and
+decreed was just, what mattered it that he should command the said
+copies and statements to be given to parties so eminent and worthy
+of respect as were five religious provinces? If it were not just,
+why were these decrees made and executed?
+
+Another argument of which the reverend archbishop avails himself is,
+to say that if the regulars who are parish priests do not submit to
+his visitation and jurisdiction, he will finally be a [mere] bishop
+de anillo. [33] Answer is made, first, that even if this were the
+case (which, however, it is not), the reverend archbishop would not
+have any reason to complain in this particular, as, according to the
+law, no wrong is done to him who, before entering on any negotiation,
+acquaints himself with it and determines it beforehand. [34] For while
+he was yet in España he knew that the regulars in Filipinas were
+not parish priests by title, nor subject as such to the ordinary;
+and if with this knowledge he decided to go to Manila in order to
+be its metropolitan archbishop he ought to take for granted what
+has been proved by experience, and not wonder that the regulars,
+convinced by so effective arguments, are, constrained by these, giving
+up the native curacies, in order not to be ministers of instruction
+at so much risk. Nor will any one grant that reason countenances the
+reverend archbishop more in trying to secure the extension of his
+authority than it does the religious in maintaining themselves as
+much as possible in what they had professed.
+
+Answer is made, second: that, not by commission but by his own proper
+jurisdiction, the reverend archbishop can administer confirmations
+throughout his archbishopric; act as judge of all matrimonial cases
+among the Indians, and those affecting the rest of his flock, in the
+same manner and the same cases as he could if secular priests were the
+curas over them; and ordain priests and consecrate oils--with many
+other things. The exemption of the regulars does not hinder these,
+nor can a bishop who is only titular exercise these functions merely
+through his own choice; and thus the reverend archbishop does not
+come to be such a prelate.
+
+And, finally, according to Christian maxims the religious ought
+to measure the choice of a new form of life, not by the question
+whether the reverend archbishop has or has not more or less under
+his jurisdiction, but by other and loftier principles, which concern
+salvation and the means [to attain it], which they have already chosen,
+by rule and vows, in order to attain with these that final end. And
+the religious of Filipinas declare that if his Reverence the archbishop
+refuses to live [in those islands] and be their prelate, because he has
+not all the authority that he desires, they refuse the said form of
+[serving as] parish priests, in order to avoid the controversies and
+perils here stated, so as to live in the quiet of their profession
+and by means of it to secure more peaceably their eternal salvation.
+
+If the reverend archbishop shall urge the precedents of some religious
+orders in America in regard to the said matter, the religious orders
+of Filipinas state further, besides what is said above, that those
+who gave up the mission villages in America furnish a more effective
+example than do those who remained in those posts subject to the
+ordinary. They also add that for this case more to the purpose
+are the precedents of all the reverend archbishops and bishops of
+Filipinas--of no one of whom it is known, it should be said, that he
+was an archbishop or bishop de anillo. Many of them were entirely
+satisfied at seeing the good work that was wrought in their flocks
+by the religious orders, and thanked them and greatly honored them;
+and even though some few of them desired what the present reverend
+archbishop is attempting to secure, yet on hearing the arguments of
+the regulars the prelates contented themselves with informing the
+Council--without that body changing the former mode, or the prelates
+breaking forth in violence as has been seen in this present time. Then,
+even if the reverend archbishop is somewhat influenced by precedents
+of certain religious orders in America, it seems as if he ought to
+be convinced by those of his predecessors and the others who were
+suffragan bishops in those islands.
+
+The third argument is, that as the regulars who are parish priests are
+not under his jurisdiction, he cannot feed his sheep as it behooves
+him to do, or give account of them to God, with due certainty;
+accordingly he claims that the regulars of Filipinas should be
+compelled not to leave their flocks, and should be forced under his
+jurisdiction. Answer is made, first, that the reverend archbishop can,
+whenever it shall please him, apply himself to an inspection of the
+Indian villages, even those that are furthest from Manila, and view
+the aspect of his flock--who will be greatly edified to see that an
+archbishop undergoes the inconveniences of small boats, and traverses
+dangerous tracts of sea and land, for their spiritual good, as the
+provincials do. Then if he will have taken the trouble to learn some
+languages, as the religious have done, in order to dispense to them
+the divine word, to hear their confessions, give them communion, and
+the sacrament of confirmation, and the rest that they require: then he
+can obtain information about the religious and the spiritual state of
+the villages, give such commands to the Indians as he shall please,
+and confer with the ministers on all that concerns the salvation of
+souls; and not only can he, but he has the right to do so. It cannot
+be doubted that this would be a rich nourishment [to his flock],
+and that these actions of an archbishop are compatible with his not
+having jurisdiction over the regulars; and it would be a great pity
+if all this, which is so proper for a prelate, should fail simply
+because the regular in his curacy remains with the exemption which
+the Apostolic See has granted to him.
+
+In view of these actions which he can perform, the reverend archbishop
+will attach less importance to his not visiting judicially the regular
+who is a parish priest because the latter remains outside of his
+jurisdiction; but it may well be believed that the regular keeps the
+sacrament, the holy oils, and the baptismal font in decent condition;
+that there are registers of baptisms, burials, and marriages; that
+the Christian doctrine is explained to all the people together, and
+to the children separately, as also to the larger boys and girls,
+and all at different times; that not only in times of sickness and
+of danger of death, but in health and safety, the sacraments are
+administered to those who ask for them; and that other things are done
+which are proper for the ministers who are curas. These functions,
+as they have a public interest in themselves for the whole village,
+are known throughout it; and even if any detail should be neglected,
+the reverend archbishop may well believe that neither the provincial
+nor the other responsible officials of the provinces who are designated
+to watch, make decisions, punish, or reward, for the general good,
+will wish to be censured for it.
+
+The reverend archbishop does not doubt that in the church of God the
+holy religious orders form a very numerous assembly, and that their
+sons, every one, are the sheep of the supreme shepherd, the pope,
+who has exempted them from the [jurisdiction of the] ordinaries,
+unburdening his own conscience, and trusting to the vigilance of the
+generals, and other superiors--to whom, as to the guardians of souls,
+he has handed over those of the individuals [who form] the rest
+[of the order]. It has not occurred to any one that on account of
+this exemption the popes cannot feed the universal flock, or appear
+with safety before the tribunal of God; and experience has shown the
+extraordinary benefits which have resulted from it to the church and
+to the religious orders themselves. Why, then, where the vicars of
+Christ are secure, will not an archbishop be so too?
+
+On account of merely the expectation of a great harvest in the
+Indias many popes conferred on the regulars the authority to be
+parish priests, with complete independence from the ordinaries,
+rendering null and void whatever the latter might do in opposition
+to this privilege. No one has said that by this the supreme pontiffs
+placed the ordinaries in danger of rendering their accounts to God
+unsatisfactorily, or hindered them from feeding and edifying their
+flocks; and the result itself has given testimony, with the great
+success of the propagation of the gospel, how successful has been
+that method of having the regulars as curas, seeing that the hope of
+a harvest has now grown to be its actual possession, and realms so
+extensive have been conquered. And therefore the reverend archbishop of
+Manila might have had confidence in commands so sovereign--especially
+in that of Pius V, whose brief is now in full force in Filipinas, as on
+the first day when it was issued; and even the motive therefor, since
+there is so great a deficiency of secular priests that, if the regulars
+should be lacking, the faith would perish in islands so widespread,
+and the people would be as much heathens and idolaters as before.
+
+Answer is made, second: that the generals, the provincials, and the
+main body of the provinces say the same in regard to the religious
+who have professed their rule, that the latter are sheep also of the
+flocks that God has placed in their charge, so long as the government
+remains in their hands; and whatever care and attention the reverend
+archbishop of Manila may give to his sheep the Indians, the regular
+prelates will give to their subordinates in regard to the same account
+which they will have to render for these to God.
+
+But with a very important difference: for the Indians who are not
+converted are under the most serious obligations to join the assembly
+of those who are already converted, and for this object can be forced
+to hear the divine word; and those who have heard and believed it
+[can be obliged] not to forsake what they believed, or depart from
+the bosom of the Church, for it is not possible to be saved in any
+other manner. And when for the attainment of two objects so great as
+these there are no secular priests, and there are only religious,
+who have attained those ends and are still doing so while they are
+exempt curas, it would seem to be also the greatest obligation of
+the ordinary to reconcile himself with such curas, in order not to
+deprive the Church or defraud the blood of Christ of so much fruit.
+
+The religious cannot be forced in the manner which has been stated
+to be curas subject to the ordinary, for besides the estate of the
+Christian they have already professed that of the religious order;
+and therein, without this force and violence, it is quite compatible
+that the religious should be thoroughly subject and obedient to
+their orders, and under their visitation and correction, and at the
+same time as parish priests through charity only, as temporary curas
+[interinos], and as assistants and coadjutors of the ordinaries, may
+render them great service, minister to the Indians, attract others
+who are infidels who thus may receive ministrations, and approve
+themselves to all--just as if they were parish priests by title,
+without the risks and difficulties that have been considered.
+
+For the reverend archbishop, then, to ask now--when without any force
+all this great and well-known benefit to the church in Filipinas may
+be restored--that the religious be threatened and compelled not to
+leave those islands, and accept in them another and new calling,
+so full of peril, and that other religious shall go thither from
+Europa to the same life--and all in order that he may have greater
+authority--this is a great deal to ask, and is not at all in his
+favor before the tribunal of God. Who shall give account to His Divine
+Majesty of the spiritual detriment that must ensue to fifty parishes,
+abandoned for [even] a week--without mass, without instruction,
+and without sacraments for little ones and adults, for the sick
+and the dying? Over and over, before the affair reached this point,
+the religious set forth all these injurious effects, and protested
+against them to the reverend archbishop; and that they were not under
+obligation [to do this], to the peril and [even] ruin of their own
+souls, and that of their profession, [which was] to attend to the
+souls of others. Nevertheless, the reverend archbishop pursued his
+undertaking, and the religious retired [from their curacies]; the
+former was done merely to have [his own] will, the latter through
+necessity based on all that has been stated. Whose part, then, will
+it be to render account of such a result, and to fear to do so? It
+is certain that, according to the apostle, power and jurisdiction is
+not for destruction but for edification.
+
+The reverend archbishop is not ignorant of the necessity for baptism;
+nevertheless, no adult can be forced to receive it. The profession
+of a religious is null, if any notable force intervened to bring it
+about; and marriage is of no validity if a person wholly free were
+in like manner compelled to marry. For these estates demand liberty,
+and, no less, inspiration from God; and there is nothing of this where
+there is only force and violence, for then the estate which was to be
+a means for salvation is converted by such compulsion into a snare and
+destruction. For one who is not a parish priest by title to become
+one is a change of no less importance than for a bachelor to marry,
+or a layman to become a religious; and for the reverend archbishop
+to claim that, where others are free, the religious should be forced
+into a mode of life full of risk, and for an object which can be
+secured without that compulsion, is to extend his claims further
+than perhaps he is aware, and to accumulate more material for the
+account that he so greatly fears. For one thing, [his idea] that,
+even supposing that the regulars are willing to be curas, they can
+be forced into subjection, and this would be more tolerable; and, for
+another, that if they do not choose, for all the reasons here stated,
+to be curas, ecclesiastical and secular authorities may use violence
+to make them enter the office of curas by title--and this is very far
+from what Holy Writ, the general councils, and the holy fathers teach,
+upon which there is ample material for volumes.
+
+The religious orders are greatly surprised that the reverend
+archbishop, occupied with zealous cares for feeding his sheep, and
+by holy fear regarding his account to God, should break out with
+acts of violence against the religious only--and not do so in order
+that secular priests should go from Europa or from Nueva España to
+be parish priests in Filipinas; and that his Majesty may give to the
+said seculars, for their travels and voyages, the aid that he grants
+for the same purpose to the religious. If they should constrain the
+reverend archbishop to state why he does not ask or seek this for
+the seculars, the world would know what the religious orders have
+accomplished and merited in the Filipinas, and what they are still
+doing; and it would also know that, although in the words of Christ
+the laborer is worthy of wages and recompense, in place of any new
+remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop
+is attempting by his claims to introduce them into a labyrinth of
+entanglements, discords, and dissensions.
+
+Granted, now, the fundamental reasons why the regulars have refused
+to be parish priests subject to the ordinary, and [preferred] to
+leave the mission villages rather than serve them in such a manner,
+the greatest affliction of the religious orders in Filipinas goes
+further. Their provincials, in the last conference which they held
+(as they notify us by letters of February in the past year of 699),
+resolved that these petitioners should, as their attorneys and in
+the names of them all, offer before your Council of the Indias an
+absolute renunciation of the allotment of all the territories which
+your Majesty gave to them in order that they might, with pontifical
+jurisdiction, serve therein as parish priests.
+
+The religious are influenced to this action, first: because, even
+though your Majesty command that no change be made in this regard in
+the Filipinas, the religious orders do not now entertain a substantial
+hope that entire obedience would be rendered to this law for peace,
+without which it is intolerable to remain in those islands. The reason
+for this fear and lack of confidence is, that this very thing was
+commanded by your Majesty in a decree issued at Madrid, on November
+27, 1687 (which is in the [book of] ordinances, at folios 8 and 9),
+and the reverend archbishop did the opposite of what was ordained
+therein, in the sight of your governor and Audiencia. If such was the
+heed and observance given to a decree for making no change, even when
+the reverend archbishop was not at variance with the religious orders,
+what can they expect when he is now so exasperated against them?
+
+This argument gains more force when attention is paid to the immense
+distance [from España] of those islands, where this is a current
+saying, or almost a proverb, among those who are in power, "Let them
+write to Madrid and Roma whatever fairy-tale they please at the time;
+no one will be disturbed by it while the letters are on the way, or
+while the decision is being made and until the ordinances arrive." And
+therefore it results that although the reverend archbishop arrived
+at Manila in the year 97, it is now the year 700 when the clamors and
+disturbances which with his arrival were experienced [in the islands]
+find an echo in your Council of the Indias--troubles which still are
+endured, because it is necessary to wait a considerable time for the
+arrival at the islands themselves of your royal provisions. And when
+the decree already mentioned of the year 87, and another previous one
+of the same tenor by the queen-mother our sovereign (who is now with
+God), were not obeyed, there is little or no ground for the religious
+to hope that other decrees of that sort will be obeyed. In both cases,
+the mission curacies were resigned, and in this last one much more
+has been suffered; and as it is not well that these occurrences and
+disputes be repeated, and as it is intolerable to live in controversies
+for the sake of curacies, to any one who is not wedded to them, the
+religious orders intend, by the said resignation, to make an end,
+once for all, of all this contention.
+
+The second reason: In Filipinas today the religious orders see
+themselves dragged along and reduced to a most abject condition, in
+which their ministers can, according to the divine oracles and the
+teaching of holy men, gain little esteem or fruit while they exercise
+these under so much reproach. If the edict of visitation which the
+reverend archbishop commanded to be posted in the village of Tondo (a
+mission village which is in charge of the Order of St. Augustine) be
+read, among innumerable other questions will be found these: "Whether
+the minister in charge goes without the ecclesiastical garb, or without
+suitable clothing? Whether he goes without cutting his beard? Whether
+by day or by night he carries weapons, or is indecently clothed?"
+
+If attention is given to the manner in which the archbishop took away
+the two mission villages of Tondo and Binondo [from the orders], it
+was done by forcibly breaking open the doors of those two churches,
+and surrounding them with soldiers and secular officials, who
+carried with them fetters, as if they went to arrest criminals or
+highwaymen. Similarly, on account of a fit of anger which he felt
+because two of these petitioners had embarked to come to seek redress
+from the Council, the reverend archbishop demanded and obtained a
+vessel, in which both ecclesiastical and secular officials set out to
+arrest the said religious. But as they could not reach the religious,
+as the ship had gained so much headway, the archbishop summoned the
+Portuguese captain of another ship, and commanded him, under penalty
+of major excommunication and a pecuniary fine, to secure the arrest
+of the said two religious at Batavia; and told him that if it should
+be necessary, he must demand aid from the governor there, who is a
+Dutch heretic--although afterward, it is said, the archbishop advised
+him not to do so.
+
+Consider the manner in which the religious had to apply to his
+tribunal; in no case would he accept a document save through the
+hand of the ecclesiastical procurator of his secular court. On one
+occasion he allowed so short a time-limit that the holy religious
+orders were forced to go between twelve and one o'clock at night,
+knocking at the doors of several procurators, because one had excused
+himself on account of the stormy weather--and all this when there was
+no need of or risk in delay; and the reverend archbishop thus gave
+ground for even the laymen to say that he was abusing his authority
+in order to annoy the religious. And it is no wonder that laymen say
+this when the reverend archbishop himself writes (as it were, praising
+himself) that the regulars are almost exhausted and beside themselves
+at seeing how in so short a time he has, if not conquered them all,
+at least broken their courage to a great extent. But the religious
+orders desire for this prelate in the remembrance of posterity more
+praiseworthy sayings than this one which calls them exhausted by
+such means.
+
+The reverend archbishop also writes to individuals who can have no
+voice in these matters, either of justice or government, in such manner
+that the religious find themselves compared to soldiers on horseback,
+and characterized as disobedient to both pontifical and royal laws;
+and of so bad lives and morals that, he says, if he had to make
+informatory reports regarding them there would not be enough paper
+in all China. If he writes thus to Europa, how will he talk there [in
+the islands] with his servants, intimate friends, and acquaintances?
+
+Notice should be taken of the reprimand which through the influence
+of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your
+royal court of Manila, composed of four officials who are young men;
+it is perhaps the most angry and contemptuous which has been offered
+to religious in a Catholic tribunal. In regard to the decrees which
+were issued regarding this particular, by the bishop the delegate of
+his Holiness, it appears that by a royal decree the five provincials,
+the rectors of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose, and two other
+religious, all grave persons, were summoned; and, having made them
+enter the hall, where your ministers were seated on their platforms,
+Licentiate Don Geronimo Barredo began to speak, as being the senior
+auditor; he talked to them, using vos, and impersonal terms that were
+very rude, although the royal sovereignty of your Majesty deigns to
+honor the provincials with the title of "very devout and venerable
+fathers." He called them disturbers of the peace--as it were, the
+causes and authors of the disquieted condition of the commonwealth;
+he blamed them for aiding the reverend bishop the delegate of his
+Holiness, and for some of their subordinates performing the service
+of notaries to him. He threatened them, saying that even though
+they were exempt, yet your ministers could, with the administrative
+power which they hold from your Majesty, banish the religious
+from the islands. When he had ended his censure, he said, "Get
+out!" [Despejad]. The provincial of St. Augustine, with all courtesy
+and submission, asked from his Highness permission to say a word,
+but the said Don Geronimo Barredo refused it, repeating the words,
+"Get out!" Again the provincial urged, with all humility, that they
+hear him; and the reply of that same auditor was to ring his little
+bell, saying in a loud voice, "Get out! Get out!" Accordingly they
+made the religious go away, full of embarrassment, and without any
+further consolation than that of patience.
+
+Such, Sire, was the civility with which that royal court treated all
+that assembly of religious, among them superiors so eminent, ignominy
+being offered to them where they should have encountered the honor
+which your Majesty, by a special law for the Indias, charges upon your
+officials and presidents, in order that the religious may thereby be
+encouraged to labor for the propagation of the faith. In order to stir
+up the community, a royal Audiencia takes action in appeals in obvious
+cases of which the Church, by law, disposes. To furnish notaries to
+a delegate of the pope (which was the same as to furnish them to the
+supreme pontiff) in those islands--when, as the secular priests were
+intimidated by the public decrees of the reverend archbishop, there was
+not one who would aid the delegate--this was an unseemly act of the
+religious orders, and cause why Catholic officials should reprimand
+them! And, finally, the hearing which justice does not deny to the
+worst criminals, was entirely barred to five holy religious orders,
+the anger of striplings foaming over on those so venerable gray hairs.
+
+Your governor knew very well the unsuitableness of this action, and,
+either not liking the matter, or pretending to be ignorant of it, he
+was not present at that session; and with this sort of connivance the
+reverend archbishop succeeded with his designs, and the Audiencia with
+theirs, the religious orders paying for it all. Then if all that is
+mentioned in this second reason ends in the depreciation and public
+ridicule of the religious orders, left defenseless and wounded by
+the heads of the commonwealth, what idea will be formed of them by
+the Indians, mestizos, mulattoes, Cafres, and even those Spaniards
+who have little sense? Such people mould their opinion not by what
+they reason out, but by what they see; and when their eyes record
+so much contempt for the ministers of religion, the consequence is a
+low estimate of their teaching. On this account the religious offer
+their resignation of the mission villages, so that they may with
+better results care for others.
+
+The third reason: Although the immunity of their property which the
+religious possess is a sacred thing, the reverend archbishop regards
+it in such a light, on account of their not having been subjected
+to his visitation, that they dread in the future greater losses and
+difficulties. The regulars had applied to the said reverend archbishop
+to forbid Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra, your auditor, from having
+judicial cognizance in regard to the lands of the religious orders, and
+from molesting them about this matter so much as he was doing--without
+any necessity, as he was merely a lay judge. That prelate issued a
+first and a second inhibitory letter, and, as the said Don Juan did not
+conform to them, the regulars again applied to the reverend archbishop
+to defend them. The latter had already explained his intentions with
+the religious orders, in order that the religious who were parish
+priests might allow themselves to be visited; and therefore he stated
+that, before his issuing the third command regarding their application,
+the religious orders must first answer whether or not they would submit
+to the said visitation. They replied, in the most peaceable manner,
+sometimes verbally, sometimes in writing, that they were resolved to
+give up the mission curacies rather than serve them in that manner;
+and they actually offered their resignations of those offices.
+
+So much did the reverend archbishop resent this that the lands
+belonging to the religious orders, which thus far were privileged,
+on account of being ecclesiastical property, thereafter were not
+exempt. Those which on account of their immunity had deserved two
+inhibitory letters now deserved a decree revoking the said letters,
+the property remaining lay and profane, and subject to the secular
+jurisdiction. The religious were in the said decree canonized as
+rebels, contumacious, disobedient to the Church and to the reverend
+archbishop, and unworthy of his clemency. In this declaration the
+reverend archbishop excepted the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara, and
+those of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose--the former, because
+they belonged to a convent of the utmost poverty; and the latter on
+account of the benefit to the public which their teaching caused.
+
+From this it may be inferred, Sire, that the immunity and exemption of
+property which the religious possess must be, in the apprehension of
+the reverend archbishop, a quality removable ad nutum of his will
+and pleasure, but not permanent, [as it should be] according to
+the direction of the Apostolic See. It will follow that while this
+question is pending whether or not the religious will be parish
+priests by title, some of those very holdings possess sufficient
+spirituality of character for [the issue of] two inhibitory letters
+to the secular judge; and that when the religious refuse this mode
+of life that spiritual character becomes, by a sudden metamorphosis,
+profane secularity. It will follow that the crime of rebellion,
+disobedience to the Church, and ill-desert of kindness is incurred
+by the religious orders for not assuming a state and profession of
+life to which God does not call them, simply because the reverend
+archbishop desires that it be chosen. It will follow that to renounce
+the curacies is not to recognize the jurisdiction of the reverend
+archbishop, and accordingly this is not to recognize that of the
+pope or the authority of your Majesty, since he offers to resign his
+archbishopric. It will follow that, although your Majesty had made
+the assignment of the territories which with pontifical jurisdiction
+the religious administer and have thus far administered, for them
+to offer before your vice-patron their resignation of the said
+curacies--solely for the purpose that he who there represents your
+royal person may be acquainted with the fact of their renunciation of
+the said assignment--is, in the thought of the reverend archbishop, to
+grant spiritual jurisdiction to the secular governor, and consequently
+for the said religious to become heretics in many and important points.
+
+And since the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara retain their immunity
+and are ranked as spiritual goods, on account of the extreme poverty
+of those servants of God, does the reverend archbishop regard that
+only as a physical lack of riches on their part, and no more? or
+as evangelical poverty which springs from the vow, institute, and
+profession of the life which they have chosen for Christ, and which
+the Apostolic See has approved? If the former, the religious frankly
+state that it is very alien to the ecclesiastical rules, by which the
+exemption and immunity ought to be measured. Otherwise, innumerable
+poor people, of those who are commonly called beggars [35] through
+the streets, would secure, on account of being equally destitute of
+goods with the said nuns of Santa Clara, or perhaps even more so,
+ecclesiastical exemption from secular judges for their furniture and
+petty possessions. If the reverend archbishop answers, "the second,"
+the religious also say, with entire confidence: "What authority is
+that of this prelate, that he should decide in an official utterance
+that there is evangelical poverty in the convent of Santa Clara,
+and not in the other mendicant religious orders? and that the lands
+of the said convent of Santa Clara enjoy exemption on account of
+their evangelical poverty and religious institute, while it may not
+be enjoyed for the same reason by the lands of the other religious
+orders, which are so distinguished, and are approved by the Church?"
+
+Lastly, it follows that the instruction in grammar, philosophy,
+and theology in the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose renders
+their lands spiritual property, and exempts them from the secular
+judge. Yet the preaching of the word of God, the instruction in
+Christian doctrine, the administration of the sacraments of penance
+and communion, the consolation [of the faithful] with the mass,
+the visiting of the sick and dying, the ministrations in jails and
+hospitals, in order that no one may die without the sacraments:
+these and other spiritual works, which the holy religious orders of
+the city of Manila habitually perform with all classes of people,
+are not sufficient [in the archbishop's opinion] to exempt their
+lands from being profane.
+
+If then, Sire, the reverend archbishop has thus conducted himself,
+in matters so delicate and of the highest importance, simply because
+the regulars excused themselves from being parish priests subject to
+his visitation, what may not be feared hereafter? What privileges,
+exemptions, or decrees will be sufficient, so that he may not explain
+them as he pleases, and continually open new doors to dissensions? If
+with such ease he pronounces sentence on the regulars as rebellious,
+contumacious, and disobedient to the Church, what difficulty will he
+find in treating them as such--sometimes alone, and sometimes resorting
+to the royal court for the sake of more forcible demonstrations of
+his displeasure?
+
+The fourth reason: Your Majesty, in dealing with the religious in your
+laws of the Indias, has two especial statutes which not only show your
+desire for peace and your Catholic piety, but most strictly command
+that efforts be made to secure union and concord among the religious
+orders, on account of the many and admirable results which ensue
+therefrom. This union and concord had been established by all the
+religious orders of Filipinas, and its fruits applauded, long before
+the reverend archbishop arrived in Manila; and by it those islands were
+made a paradise for what pertains to the religious orders. The reverend
+archbishop was the only one who was not pleased with this concord;
+and therefore he characterizes it in his letters as a conventicle, [36]
+and of evil tendency and inconsiderate. [37] He not only resented it,
+but displayed and made known his resentment; he tried to disparage it,
+through a third person; he had the idea, and repeated it many times,
+that there was a league against himself; and it is for this reason
+that he secretly obtained information against it, imposing the penalty
+of excommunication on the witnesses to maintain secrecy. So far can
+go the desire of commanding and judging the religious, and grief at
+not accomplishing it.
+
+In so lamentable a condition [are affairs there], when the religious
+desire not only to see themselves free from the charge of the mission
+villages, but, if it be possible, away from those islands, and far
+from a prelate who feels so annoyed at the union and brotherhood of
+the religious orders--a union dictated by the natural light of reason,
+prescribed in their general chapters, inculcated by the generals of
+the orders as being their supreme heads, ordained by your Majesty,
+suggested by the vicars of Christ, promulgated in the sacred writings,
+and bequeathed as in His last will by Christ himself to His disciples;
+and they without it would not have reaped a harvest in the world, nor
+would He have retained them as His missionaries. The religious admit
+that the great horror of this prelate at their concord and union gives
+them much cause for serious reflection; and that when this concord is
+so persecuted on account of the mission curacies, there is no safer
+way to maintain it than to separate themselves from those curacies.
+
+The fifth and last reason: By letters of February in the year 699 it
+is learned that the reverend archbishop has been sending information
+not only against the said concord [of the orders], but against even
+the reverend bishop, the delegate of his Holiness--and all with [the
+threat of] excommunication in order to maintain secrecy. If a bishop
+and delegate of the pope is not secure, how will a religious who is a
+parish priest be so? It seems as if the reverend archbishop now falls
+back from lands to persons, regarding those holdings as property merely
+profane, and the religious as persons without any privilege. At the
+outset he claimed that the regulars, as parish priests, must be subject
+to his investigations and visitation; and now, extending his claims
+further, he invents against them, as religious, a new visitation,
+made up from secret inquiries by dint of censures. How is it possible
+now not only to have but even to imagine peace in the Filipinas? If
+the religious orders do not defend themselves, he endangers their
+reputation in the places where he will send the said information--and
+all the more if those reports go forth authorized by the secretary
+and notary who attest the official documents of the archbishop;
+for the notary, according to popular report, is a relative of his,
+or passes as such; and the secretary is his cousin-german. And it
+appears from the acts (on folio 3) that the notary-public, Master
+Joaquin Ramirez, testified that on November 27 of 697 he had given
+a paper with a letter from the archbishop to Fray Jose del Rosario,
+provincial of the Augustinian Recollects--not casually, but delivered
+into the said provincial's own hands--when the fact is, that this
+provincial had died four years before, as is well-known in Manila,
+and as is evident from the registers of deaths in that province,
+and will also be here. Such were his impetuosity and his mode of
+procedure, without instructing the notary, or the latter knowing,
+of whom he was talking, and confounding times and persons, and the
+living with the dead. And if by such testimonies a man is introduced
+in the documents as alive, when in reality he was dead, what wonder
+will it be if, for the greater disparagement of the regulars, the
+virtues are introduced as dead among them which are alive in them?
+
+But if the religious, invaded in so many ways, look after their
+defense, how will they be to blame in this? And if, in order to defend
+themselves, they so dispose matters that they can have recourse
+and appeal to the delegate, and if the latter ordain something
+and the reverend archbishop will not conform to it, and on both
+sides censures are launched forth--as occurred in the case of the
+lands--who will have been the mover of all this [trouble]? For the
+religious to abandon their reputation wholly is not safe; to defend
+themselves there occasions inconvenience; to let the matter take its
+course, notwithstanding this behavior of the reverend archbishop, is
+an intolerable yoke; and for the regulars to be curas subject to him
+all that is here alleged will not permit. These are the afflictions
+that are now being suffered in Filipinas. The religious there are
+summoned to be mocked; those here, aware of what is going on, are
+reluctant [to take their places]. And since the whole matter takes
+its rise from the curacies and mission villages, and the foregoing
+decrees are rendered null, and our expectations from others in the
+future are dashed: for these reasons and the others here adduced,
+and insisting upon the said order from the provincials to renounce
+the mission curacies, the petitioners, prostrate at the royal feet
+of your Majesty, ask in the name of the said five provinces that
+you will be pleased to consider them as free and exonerated from the
+charge which hitherto they have held in serving as parish priests the
+mission villages that they hold in Filipinas; and for this purpose
+they renounce absolutely the allotment of territories which your
+Majesty had committed to them, in order that others may from this
+time forth administer them, with secure peace and stable tranquillity,
+which they expect from your Majesty's magnificence. [38]
+
+
+Royal decree, May 20, 1700
+
+The King. To my reverend father in Christ, Doctor Don Diego Camacho
+y Avila, archbishop of the metropolitan church of Manila in the
+Filipinas Islands, and member of my Council: In letters of January
+19 and February 20, 1698, you report your arrival in those islands,
+and what you are doing to quell the hatred and enmities which exist
+among your subjects, reclaiming them to a new life by the measures
+which you are applying, and obtaining the peace and tranquillity
+which you were desiring. You also wrote that you had undertaken to
+continue work on the church building there, and had gone to visit
+the secular clergy, in which you had met no hindrance; and that in
+endeavoring to make the visitations in the mission churches served
+by regulars--according to the regulations of the Council of Trent,
+the apostolic letters, and the royal decrees--you were influencing the
+religious by gentle methods to accept such visitation, for this purpose
+drawing up a manifesto, but that these methods were not sufficient to
+induce them to do so voluntarily. For this reason, in fulfilment of
+the obligations of your office you had published an edict for carrying
+out this visitation, and had actually gone to put it into execution
+in the mission stations of regulars at Tondo, Binondoc, Santa Cruz,
+Dilao, and Parián, since you were denied diocesan jurisdiction over
+the ministers who serve in these places--while at the same time,
+in those of Tondo and Binondoc (which are served by religious of
+St. Dominic and St. Augustine) those ministers were abandoning their
+churches, consuming [39] the holy sacrament, and carrying away with
+them the holy oils and ornaments. Consequently you found it necessary
+to place secular priests ad interim in those villages, from which it
+resulted that the religious orders went to offer their renunciation
+of those missions before my governor, without going to you; and in
+this condition of affairs it seemed best to the Audiencia to furnish
+aid so that the religious orders should not abandon these missions,
+and that their renunciation of them should not be accepted. But
+this was not sufficient to prevent the religious from withdrawing
+from those missions, for which reason you found yourself compelled
+to retire to your own church, and to desist from these visitations,
+removing the temporary ministers whom you had appointed, and lifting
+the censures and penalties which you had imposed, without prejudice to
+your dignity and jurisdiction. And finally you recount the very harmful
+results which must follow from the form and method of administration
+which prevails in these mission stations, and the illegal acts which
+are committed by the ministers in charge of them, of which you send a
+summary, stating how impossible you find it to remedy this condition
+of affairs, on account of the reasons which you point out, and asking
+that the necessary measures be taken, and that you be assured of it,
+so that you can visit as you should that archbishopric, in fulfilment
+of your ministry as its pastor. This matter has been considered in
+my Council of the Indias, with the attested copies sent by you of the
+documents therein, with the representations made in your name and in
+those of the religious orders who reside in those islands and hold
+mission posts there. Having fully informed myself on both sides, and
+given the subject special consideration, I have resolved to approve,
+and herewith do approve, all that you have accomplished in this affair,
+and especially your course in having ceased from further action
+therein until you could report it to me and await the measures which
+may be applied to the difficulty, assuring you of my full gratitude
+for your very judicious proceedings and the good management which you
+have showed in the conduct of this important affair. Your procedure
+with the superiors of the religious orders is very suitable to your
+prudence, and quite in accordance with the opinion that I have of your
+zeal and great discretion; and the special service which you have
+rendered to me is strongly commended to my remembrance, that I may
+bear it in mind and favor and honor you on all occasions that shall
+arise. And in view of the grave considerations that are involved in
+this matter, and of your request that the regulations and provisions of
+the sacred canons, councils, and apostolic constitutions, and the laws
+of the Indias be put into execution, in order that the diocesans may,
+as you say, visit the regulars who hold office as curas, in matters
+which pertain to the care of souls, I am undertaking with all the
+attention of my Catholic and pious zeal to furnish the remedies that
+are most suitable and effectual for this object, and for preventing
+any disturbances which may arise in the future, leaving settled and
+established the right of prescription, both canonical and legal. And
+as concerns what is contained in the summary which you have drawn up
+of the illegal acts of the religious who serve the missions, except
+in the question of visitation you shall always have authority to
+receive information, and to demand from the superiors of the orders
+that they reform and correct the religious. And if when they are
+admonished the first and the second time they do not thus act, I
+command that you carry out the said reform with your jurisdiction as
+ordinary. For the better success of this, I decree, by despatches sent
+this day to the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia there,
+that they assist you with their aid on all occasions when you shall
+demand it and shall need it. Of this you are [herewith] notified,
+and you shall inform me of your action in this matter, and of any
+further occurrences. At Aranjuez, May 20 in the year 1700.
+
+
+I the King
+
+By command of the king our sovereign:
+
+Don Manuel de Àperregui
+
+
+[Six rubrics are added at the foot of this document, which appear to
+be those of the members of the Council.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE AUGUSTINIANS IN THE PHILIPPINES, 1670-94
+
+
+[The remainder of Diaz's Conquistas--comprising the fourth hook of
+that work, as found in pp. 689-817--is here presented, partly in full
+translation, partly in synopsis. Numerous extracts have already been
+made from this book, notably as regards the Pardo controversy and some
+insurrections among the natives; these will of course be omitted here.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+[Diaz mentions the calamitous times experienced in the islands
+during the rule of most of the governors from Corcuera to Salcedo,
+which at last are succeeded, in the plan of Providence, by peace and
+comfort.] The peacemaker [iris] whom divine Providence seems to have
+selected for this general benefit was Governor Don Manuel de León y
+Sarabia; for his taking possession of his government was the shifting
+of the scenes in this melancholy theater, the calming of the tempests,
+and the succession of rest after fatigue, and peace after war. The
+former lines of commerce were renewed, and other and new ones opened
+up--such as that of the coast of Malabar and Santo Tomé, called
+the Coromandel coast; and those of Suratte, Macán and Batavia. All
+these improvements were facilitated by the wholesome purposes and the
+kindly disposition of Don Manuel de León, and especially by his great
+disinterestedness; this last would, if it had not been accompanied by
+the rest, have failed of success, as did the lofty and incomparable
+[disinterestedness] of Don Diego Fajardo, since it was obscured by
+his coldness and excessive severity--which, although accompanied by
+justice, was, being excessive, known as injustice.
+
+As soon as the new governor commenced his fortunate rule, he sent
+to Macán General Don Juan Enrique de Losada, accompanied by Father
+Francisco Mecinas, [40] of the Society of Jesus, in order to further
+the interests of that commerce, and to endeavor to open up the richer
+trade of Cantón. This was accomplished by the said envoys with so
+much ability that in the following year the Chinese began to come
+[to Manila], with barks from Macán and somas from Cantón, with great
+wealth of silks, damasks, and other stuffs. Trade was opened with
+Ningpú, a port of the province of Che-Kian in the empire of China,
+where is cultivated the greater part of the silk which supplies
+the world, a commodity which greatly advanced the commerce of Nueva
+España. The governor maintained courteous intercourse with Sipuán,
+the son of Kuesing, and from this originated the frequent visits of
+so many champans from China and somas (which are larger champans)
+from Cantón, which every year engage in the commerce with Manila;
+for in some years are counted thirty barks, and nearly as many from
+other regions, which supply merchandise to Manila, and contribute to
+the royal revenues great sums with their customs duties. [41]
+
+The flagship "Buen Socorro," which had made the voyage to Nueva España
+in charge of General Diego de Arévalo, had a fortunate arrival at the
+islands--although not at the port of Cavite, but at that of Palapag
+in the province of Leyte, outside of the Embocadero. It brought an
+auditor, Licentiate Don Fernando Escaño, a native of Ecija; he was a
+great jurisconsult, as is evident from the learned books which he had
+printed in España--De testamento imperfecto, and the history of the
+Order of St. John of Malta, which he wrote in the Latin language,
+by order of his most serene Highness Don Juan of Austria, grand
+prior of Castilla and León. He came with his wife, Doña Leonor de
+Córdoba, a native of Sevilla, and four [six] children: Don Fernando,
+who was a captain, and lived but a few years; Don Juan de Escaño,
+an alférez who reached the age of fifty years, an unmarried man,
+very virtuous, and an example for laymen; Don José and Don Manuel,
+afterward religious of St. Dominic; Don Alonso, who was an Augustinian
+religious, and at his death a minister in Pampanga; and a daughter,
+Doña María, who married the sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya y
+Torres, alguazil-mayor of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. The
+auditor's wife was a professed member of our tertiary order; and all
+of them were people of great virtue.
+
+With appointment as bishop of Nueva Segovia came the dean of Manila,
+Master Don José Millán de Poblete, a priest of much virtue and
+discretion, and nephew of the archbishop Doctor Don Miguel Millán de
+Poblete, of honored memory. The vigorous age at which this dignity
+came to him (for he was not yet fifty) did not enable him to enjoy it
+[long]; for he lived very few years in the government of that church,
+not long enough to reach his consecration--with general regret in these
+islands at having lost a grand prelate, heir to the many virtues of
+his uncle....
+
+Auditor Don Fernando de Escaño began to fill his office with
+great rectitude and disinterestedness, for he was a learned man,
+and stood in fear of God, which is the true wisdom. But, influenced
+by his desires for good, yet lacking in judgment and experience, he
+proceeded to enter the labyrinth of trying to reform more than what
+is in need of reform--being counseled by persons who aimed only at
+gaining by calumny what they could not prove in law. From this he
+undertook to follow the opinions of Auditor Don Salvador Gómez de
+Espinosa, of whom we have already written, and to subscribe to his
+manifestoes, as the Parenético; and without further investigation than
+the depositions of persons who were prejudiced against the clergy and
+the religious orders, he made attacks on them in letters written to
+his Majesty. Afterward, he recognized that the evidence did not agree
+with what had been told him; and he came to repentance when the shot
+was already fired and much damage done thereby. These false notions,
+and others like them, as well as his considering the little or nothing
+that can be accomplished in these islands by the ministers of his
+Majesty, who never goes beyond what the governors desire, wore him
+out in a few years; and he died as the excellent Christian that he
+was, and so indifferent to worldly advantages that he had not money
+enough for his burial, and was buried in our convent at Manila. All
+his family inherited his virtue, and were the only children of an
+auditor who came out so well, for all strove to grow in virtue to the
+standard of their honored father; they were therefore highly esteemed,
+and their lives came to a holy end. Don Juan de Escaño, who attained
+the rank of general, was an example of virtue in Manila, and died
+with the reputation of unbroken chastity [con opinion de virgen];
+and his property, which was large and justly gained, he left, well
+invested as it was, for the building and maintenance of the beaterio
+of Santa Catalina de Sena [i.e., St. Catherine of Sienna], of the
+tertiary Order of St. Dominic in Manila, in which foundation he had
+much share and influence.
+
+About this time came to Manila the prince of Siao, [42] son of the
+king Don Ventura Pinto de Morales, to ask the governor for religious
+of the Society of Jesus to instruct the natives of his little kingdom,
+where there were many Christians--although the majority of that people
+were infected with the errors of the cursed Mahoma. These islands
+are in five and one-half degrees of latitude north, and one hundred
+and forty-nine degrees of longitude from the meridian of Tenerife;
+the seas about them are difficult of navigation, on account of being
+in the midst of a large and widespread bank [placer] of shoals which
+lie on all sides. They share the reputation of Maluco, not only for the
+warlike nature of their inhabitants, but for many spice-bearing trees,
+of clove and nutmeg; but in other means of support that country is
+very poor. This prince was received by the governor with much honor;
+he gave him the use of his own coach, and lodged him at the college of
+San José, in charge of the religious of the Society; and he took much
+pains to forward the business of the prince, since it was for so holy
+a purpose, the propagation of our holy faith. The prince returned to
+his own country, with the satisfactory result which he could desire;
+with him went four religious of the Society of Jesus--Father Juan de
+Miedes, [43] a native of Alcalá de Henares; Father Jerónimo Cebreros,
+a native of Acapulco; and Fathers Esquibel [44] and Español--all well
+fitted for so holy a ministry. The governor gave him twenty Spaniards
+and some Pampangos, to serve as an escort for the religious; and for
+their commander Captain Andrés Serrano--a veteran soldier, who had
+just finished a term as alcalde-mayor of Panay (a province in our
+spiritual charge)--as he was a very devout Christian and well suited
+for that occupation, so much to the service of God.
+
+These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao, increasing
+that Christian church; but the enemy of mankind, who resented their
+driving him out after he had so long possessed the souls of those
+unfortunate people, influenced the Dutch heretics of Nueva Batavia, in
+the island of Jacatra, to destroy them by a secular persecution. For,
+as they are lords of all the islands where grows the clove of the
+spice-trade, in Maluco--Amboyno, Tidore, Ternate, Montiel, and many
+others--and this is the commerce which has returned most profits
+to their company they have always endeavored that this aromatic
+merchandise be not transported by any other hands than their own, in
+order to assure their gains. They knew that some Spaniards had settled
+in the islands of Siao, and that by them was carried away the clove
+product of that region, and that it might eventually diminish their own
+commerce. For that astute nation has so perseveringly maintained that
+the Dutch alone shall be absolute masters of the cloves and cinnamon;
+and so skilfully do they manage these commodities that in any year
+when there is an abundant product of cloves they burn such quantity
+of it as they consider superfluous, according to the computation
+that they have made of that crop (which is sufficient for the supply
+of the whole world), in order that their price may not be lowered,
+and that the commodity may not fall in value by becoming common and
+abundant. So great is the wisdom of these children of the world,
+in which they greatly exceed the children of the light.
+
+They manned two ships with three hundred men-at-arms; and when our
+people in Siao were least on their guard the Dutch arrived, and landed
+their men, which the Spaniards were unable to prevent, as they were
+so inferior in numbers. [45] The Dutch committed no other hostility
+than to carry away as prisoners the religious of the Society, and
+Andrés Serrano and his soldiers--together with their standard, which
+our men could neither hide nor destroy--all of whom they conveyed
+to Batavia. But before they left the islands of Siao they rooted out
+and cut down all the cinnamon trees that grew there, until no roots
+or other trace of them were left--all which they did quite at their
+leisure, without any one saying a word to them. Andrés Serrano died
+in Batavia of grief, although the Dutch treated him and his soldiers
+well, as also the fathers. The religious afterward came to Manila,
+some in the time of this governor, and others during the term of his
+successor, Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado.
+
+All the triennial during which our provincial father Fray Dionisio
+Suárez ruled was very propitious for this province--not only because
+he was a religious very observant, kind, and lovable, but because this
+province possessed so many members of virtue and learning that they
+restored it to its first luster. The ministries in the doctrinas were
+well served, by one or two religious, according to their needs. The
+erection of many new convents was begun, some having been ruined by
+the earthquakes, and others torn down by military orders, when we
+were threatened with the coming of Kuesing Pompoan; but there was so
+much to restore that it kept us busy for more than three succeeding
+trienniums. Our provincial applied himself closely to the repairs on
+the magnificent convent at Manila, which greatly needed them, on the
+plan which he had made in the preceding triennium, when he was prior
+of that house; [and he accomplished] so much that to the diligence
+and zeal of that devout religious may be attributed its preservation.
+
+While he was engaged in these occupations, the time came for him
+to finish the task of his government, so peaceful and prosperous,
+and for holding another chapter-session--to the great regret of all,
+for it seemed as if they divined that it would result less happily;
+but never did they expect that it would be so calamitous as it proved
+to be. For, just as the condition of the commonwealth had experienced
+its change from calamities and miseries to peace and happiness, so this
+our province changed from tranquillity to sudden fear. Tempus pacis,
+tempus belli. [46] And the most remarkable thing is that, just as
+the governor Don Manuel de León was the main cause of the peace and
+prosperity of Manila, so this same excellent gentleman was the prime
+cause of many troubles and disturbances, which occurred not only at
+the time of this chapter but throughout the triennium. I do not throw
+all the blame on him, because he was a great governor, very pious
+and of sincere intentions; but all disturbance has another cause, and
+the vulgar and common Spanish adage is very true which says: "He who
+is burning the woods is he who comes out of them." [47] No sensible
+person will admire seeing among religious the activity of flesh and
+blood and the passion of ambition, which they cannot leave behind in
+the world when they take refuge in the asylum of the cloister. [48]...
+
+The fourth definitor, Fray Francisco de Medina Basco, who was
+associate and secretary of the provincial Fray Dionisio Suárez, had
+displayed so much ability and good intention in administering his
+office--for he was an angel of peace, following the advice of our
+holy constitutions--that all desired that he should succeed to the
+office of him to whom he had been so capable an associate. This was
+desired by the provincial most of all; for, as he was of so peaceable
+a disposition, he wished to leave the province in the hands of one
+who could maintain it in the tranquillity which it was enjoying. But
+the malign father of discord was not pleased at seeing the great
+peace and concord which this province had enjoyed for so many years;
+he therefore strove with his arts to disturb and disunite it. The
+time for holding the chapter-session arrived apparently as peaceful
+as usual; and so the religious who were its members assembled, quite
+unconscious of what was to occur.
+
+The chapter was convened on April 23, 1671, in the convent of San
+Pablo at Manila; and its president was father Fray Bernardino Márquez,
+by commission from our very reverend father the general of all the
+order of our father St. Augustine, Master Fray Pedro Lafranconio,
+a native of Ancona; and the other affairs which precede the election
+were transacted that afternoon with great peace and concord. But
+on Saturday, the day for the election of provincial, Governor Don
+Manuel de León sent to notify them that he would be present at
+the election, and sent over his official chair. This caused great
+uneasiness, for they recognized that this was an effort to prevent
+the election of the father definitor Fray Francisco de Medina Basco,
+on which thirty-one of the voting fathers were agreed. The father
+president of the chapter was one of the eight who were opposed to
+this election, and these were favored by the governor--which in
+these islands means, to have whatever one may desire. Accordingly,
+the first thing that he did that afternoon was to make charges
+in virtue of which he deprived father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco of the right to vote or to be elected [voz activa y pasiva],
+and commanded him to leave the chapter-meeting--which he did with
+great humility and resignation, saying only those words of Jonah,
+Si propter me orta est haec tempestas, projicite me in mare, [49]
+and went to his convent of Tongdo. On the following day the governor
+came to the convent, accompanied by the senior auditor, Don Francisco
+de Coloma, Sargento-mayor Don Juan de Robles, and Captain Don Pedro
+de Tortesa, with their [military] company, as if it were to invest
+a fort of enemies. The religious were astonished at seeing such a
+military display, but with much decorum and gravity they proceeded
+with the transactions of the chapter; and at the first ballot father
+Fray Francisco de Medina Basco was elected by thirty-one votes, and
+the remaining eight fathers voted for father Fray Juan Caballero
+[50]--a religious who had come to this province two years before,
+as I have already stated, and whose merits deserved such a mark of
+esteem. The governor would not allow them to sing the Te Deum laudamus,
+and the president declared that he would not confirm the election,
+on account of its being inhibited by the suit which Father Francisco
+had brought when Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales was counselor; and one
+heard only protests on both sides, although the voters recognized that
+they would be overpowered by the side which the governor supported.
+
+The latter went out from the hall, leaving the capitulars within
+under the guard of the soldiers, so that these should prevent the
+fathers from going out of the room until they should elect another
+provincial who should not be father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco;
+for father Fray Juan Caballero was not canonically elected, for
+lack of one more than half of the ballots of the voters. All that
+day, until evening, they remained shut up in the chapter-hall,
+experiencing great harshness; for the guards would not allow even
+a pitcher of water to be given to them, a cruelty very unlike the
+kindly nature of Don Manuel de León. The provisor and vicar-general
+of the vacant see, Doctor Don Francisco Pizarro Orellana, came out
+in defense of the ecclesiastical immunity, which had been violated
+by that compulsion; and it resulted in the religious being allowed
+to go to their cells, weak from hunger and thirst. But the governor
+ordered that two soldiers should be stationed at the door of each cell,
+so that the fathers could not leave their cells or communicate with
+one another. In these disturbances passed that Saturday until sunset,
+the limit peremptorily allotted by our holy constitutions within which
+the chapter can proceed to the election of a prior provincial; and,
+when that time was spent, the authority for such election devolved upon
+our very reverend general [of the order]. But as this adjustment of
+the limit was made by violence, this prescription of the limit was,
+in a case so irregular as this, invalid. What I can assert, on the
+best information, is the great patience and humility which all the
+fathers of the chapter displayed in these tribulations, enduring great
+privations in this imprisonment, which lasted through Saturday and
+Sunday. Finally, recognizing that their strength was very inferior
+to that which was opposing them, and that further effort was only
+to struggle against the current of a freshet, they, acting on the
+advice of the said provisor, again assembled in the chapter-room
+on the following Monday, and made a new choice, that of father
+Fray Jerónimo de León--a native of Mexico, a son of the convent of
+Manila, quite advanced in years; he was an excellent minister in the
+province of Tagalos, and formerly prior of the convent of Bulacán,
+and was much beloved by all for his devout religious spirit and
+peaceable conduct. They appointed as definitors Master Fray José de
+Mendoza, father Fray Isidoro Rodríguez, father Fray Luis de Montufar,
+and father Fray Juan Bautista Bover; and for visitors father Fray
+Carlos Bautista and father Fray José Duque. [51] As for father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco, they appointed him prior of the convent
+at Cebú and vicar-provincial of that island, which he accepted with
+much resignation and humility. The tempest in the chapter ceased,
+and the province again enjoyed its former tranquillity for some time.
+
+Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco lived but a short time in Cebú,
+for while officiating there human weakness, resulting from melancholy
+and grief at what had occurred, prostrated him with a long illness;
+this time he knew how to improve to good purpose, seeking the
+welfare of his soul. His confessor, director, and teacher was the
+bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Juan López, a prelate of great wisdom and
+virtue, who took such personal interest in the spiritual welfare of
+this afflicted religious that he spent most of his time with him,
+until in his care the sick man gave up his soul to the Lord, with
+great consolation to the holy bishop and to all who were present at
+his death. [The proceedings of] this chapter went to Rome, to our
+very reverend father general; he confirmed father Fray Francisco de
+Medina Basco as provincial, and annulled the second election, that of
+father Fray Jerónimo de León, commanding the chapter to guard their
+prerogatives; otherwise, it would have been a legitimate election,
+on account of his having conducted himself as merely passive in his
+election, and it appeared that he had not taken part in the tumults
+of the chapter-session....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+[Chapter ii opens with an account of the rebellion in Otón, already
+told in VOL. XXXIX.] In September of 1671 was celebrated in Manila
+the festival of the dedication of the cathedral, which the holy
+archbishop Don Miguel Millán de Poblete had not been able to attain;
+but this was done by his nephew the dean, Don José Millán de Poblete,
+the bishop-elect, of Nueva Segovia. A solemn feast of one week was
+solemnized, beginning with the day of the Nativity of our Lady, and
+there were other demonstrations of public rejoicing; for Don Manuel
+de Leon's term of office produced many of these diversions, through
+the agency of his secretary, Don José Sánchez de Castellar--who had
+a very brilliant and versatile mind, and a flowery imagination; he
+had a great propensity for poetry, music, and studies in language,
+and was very liberal, so that he did not hesitate on account of the
+expenses which such festivities demand for their brilliant display.
+
+On one of the nights of this celebration occurred at the port of Cavite
+the destruction by fire, without its being possible to prevent it,
+of the galleon "Nuestra Señora de la Concepción," one of the largest
+and finest which had been built in these islands; it had served, with
+prosperous voyages, on the trade-route to Nueva España. In the year
+1672 also the commonwealth of Manila experienced a great calamity;
+the galleon "San Telmo," which had sailed for Nueva España in charge
+of General Antonio Nieto, had to return to Cavite--a misfortune which
+was keenly felt. But very soon afterward the galleon "San Antonio"
+was launched, in order to make a voyage under the command of General
+Don Juan Durán, nephew of the General Pedro Durán de Monforte, who has
+been so often named [in these pages]. The general remained in Nueva
+España with his wife, Doña María Jiménez, widow of Doctor Don Diego
+de Corbera, his Majesty's fiscal, who died in Lubán in the year 1668.
+
+About this time arrived a patache from Macán, in which came a nobleman
+belonging to the Order of Christ, named Don N. de Tábora, who came
+as an envoy from that city on affairs belonging to the commerce of
+both cities. This knight was very hospitably received, and made a
+brilliant figure on all festal occasions (which were many), displaying
+his liberality and magnificence; and he added much to the credit of
+his nation, although it does not need the reputation of individuals.
+
+Among so many gayeties and rejoicings the fear of wars was not
+lacking; for news had come that the son of Kuesing, named Kinsie
+or Sipoan, intended, following his father's example, to fall upon
+the Filipinas. But this was false, for he was of a very different
+opinion--harassed by the Tartars and cornered in Hermosa Island;
+lacking followers and champans for so extensive an undertaking; and,
+besides, very inferior to his father Kuesing in courage and military
+training.
+
+Notwithstanding that all this was well known in Manila, these reports
+came so plausibly fabricated that Don Manuel de León thought that
+he ought not to neglect or leave in uncertainty a matter which could
+occasion us irreparable injury; he therefore decided that it was less
+of an evil to seem credulous and over-cautious than to fail in his
+duties as commander through heedlessness and lack of foresight. He
+endeavored to take all precautions for such a contingency, warning
+the Pampangan and Cagayan peoples (who are the most warlike ones) to
+be ready in due time. He regulated the Manila garrison, which needed
+much reformation; and appointed experienced leaders. He commanded
+the armed fleets of the Pintados to be made ready; those of Panay
+and Ogton were taken by Captain Don Jose de San Miguel to be united
+with those of Cebú and Caraga, and all together formed a fleet of
+more than a hundred joangas--which, if occasion arose, would be under
+the command of Don Fernando de Bobadilla. All this armada arrived at
+Manila at a time when it was quite certainly known that Kinsie was
+not undertaking any such attacks, and was quite destitute of forces
+to do so. And as I shall not have occasion to speak of him again, I
+consider it excusable to relate here the condition in which he found
+his affairs after the death of his father Kuesing. [Here follows a
+long account of this matter, which has no further relevance to our
+subject, and is therefore omitted.]
+
+In the ship which came in the year 1672 arrived Doctor Diego Calderón
+y Serrano, a native of Granada--a student in the collegiate school
+[52] of Master Rodrigo at Sevilla, and professor of canon law [53]
+at the university there--who came as auditor of the royal Audiencia
+of Manila; he entered that body to fill the office of fiscal, which
+is customary for the most recent auditor to do, when there is no
+proprietary fiscal. He was married to Doña Catalina Ansaldo, a very
+honorable and virtuous woman, who died soon after her arrival. He
+was one of the excellent, and even of the best, official judges
+that Manila has had--very conscientious, with much fear of God, and
+very disinterested, which is a great virtue in one who is a judge;
+and therefore he always remained poor, contenting himself with the
+income which he received from the royal treasury (which is three
+thousand pesos), and even from that he gave much in alms. He lived
+until the year 1688, and had a very pious death; he humbled himself
+to ask absolution from the censures which he, with his associates,
+had incurred in the banishment and exile of the archbishop Don Fray
+Felipe Pardo, who refused it to the others--as we shall see in the
+proper place, if by God's favor we reach the discussion of those times!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+[Most of chapter iii is devoted to the coming to Manila of a
+French bishop, François de Palu, titular bishop of Heliopolis and
+vicar-apostolic for China, accompanied by several other Frenchmen,
+both priests and laymen; he is one of three envoys sent to promote
+the missions in Siam, Camboja, and other provinces, and in China, and
+to endeavor to reopen those of Japan. They make their headquarters at
+Ayudia, the Siamese capital, but their efforts to convert the Siamese
+fail, on account of the obstinacy with which they hold to their false
+religion and idol-worship--in which they surpass all other nations,
+whether heathen or Mahometan, "for it is not known that any Siamese
+has abandoned his idolatry and professed the law of Christ." Moreover,
+the Frenchmen get into a controversy with the Portuguese ecclesiastics
+of Malacca, who claim all the above-named regions as being under their
+spiritual jurisdiction, since they are still classed as missions, not
+having a formal ecclesiastical hierarchy, as do the churches of Manila,
+America, and Goa. Palu's coming to Manila stirs up much commotion in
+official circles. It is reported that he had set out for China, and
+was driven back by unfavorable weather to this port; and the Audiencia
+consider that it will not answer to allow him to go to that country,
+as, having been sent by authority of Alexander VII and the Propaganda,
+his entrance into China on such a mission would be an infringement of
+the royal patronage, since a large part of China is included in the
+demarcation of Castilla laid out by Alexander VI; and ecclesiastical
+appointments and jurisdiction therein belong to the jealously-guarded
+prerogatives of the Spanish crown. The royal officials at Manila
+therefore detain Palu, lodging him at the Jesuit college, where he
+is very hospitably entertained. When the Acapulco galleon is ready to
+sail, these French ecclesiastics are all placed aboard it and sent to
+Nueva España, and thence to Madrid. There Palu is well received, and
+has "much communication with the Conde de Medellín, the president of
+the supreme Council of Indias, an able minister and a man of great
+virtue."] The bishop filled him with strange notions, basing his
+information on the little which he could have comprehended of the
+mode of government of these islands, and their religious conditions;
+for his retirement in the college of the Society of Jesus was for a
+short time, and his knowledge came not from ocular experience, but
+only from information by secular persons who visited him--who must
+have been only corrupt alcaldes-mayor who were trying to get rid of
+the gospel ministers, with whom those officials could not be on very
+good terms since the ministers had restrained them in their illegal
+and oppressive acts; this [conflict with the officials] is the greatest
+hardship that is experienced in the ministries. The president, desiring
+to do what was right, listened attentively to the information furnished
+by so reverend a person, not considering that the prejudice of a person
+from a nation so opposed to us, and who had not found at Manila what
+he was expecting, rendered his account unreliable. From these reports
+ensued many royal decrees, which came [to Manila] years afterward,
+with mandates which were very difficult to carry out; because, as
+all the peoples [here] are different, they need different laws and
+rules. From this also originated the ordination of Indians as priests,
+of which there had been no previous example [here]--a wise precaution
+against the inconveniences which the Portuguese had experienced in
+Eastern India from ordaining canerines [54] under the pressure of
+necessity. This is a usage which even the Dutch heretics abominate,
+saying that it is one of the three causes through which India has been
+ruined. And as in Filipinas that necessity does not exist, because
+of the admirable arrangements which the Catholic monarchs of España
+have made for sending, at the cost of their royal exchequer, religious
+from their kingdoms as missionaries, there was no need of resorting
+to the extreme measure of ordaining the Indians as priests--as the
+Portuguese of India had done, and as now do the bishops sent out on
+the part of the Congregation of Propaganda Fide in their missions of
+Eastern India; and the latter do so because of their urgent necessity,
+since the said holy Congregation has not the funds for the support of
+European priests. On the contrary, the few whom they have in China,
+Tunquín, and other regions are supported by the alms which the citizens
+of Manila send them--except the bishops and priests of Siam, who have
+more means of support from fixed incomes in France.
+
+This is a subject on which there is much to be said on both sides;
+but this is not the place for it, nor do I feel under obligation to
+continue it. I suppose that many Indians will be more worthy than
+are many Europeans to attain so high a dignity; but since the former
+usually do not enter the priesthood through the gate of a vocation,
+and only strive to attain it for the sake of advantage to themselves
+and their relatives, the danger is evident that the result will seldom
+be satisfactory. They cite the example of the primitive Church, which
+made bishops and ordained priests among the recently converted--like
+St. Paul in Ephesus and Athens, and in other parts of Greece, and
+the holy apostles for all the world; but there is a great difference
+[between that case and this], in the needs of those times and the
+nobility of those nations. These and many other changes resulted
+from the information given in Madrid by the bishop Don Francisco
+Palu, who went to Roma, where also his information caused changes. I
+suppose that the intentions of this holy prelate were good; but he was
+lacking in experience. His representations also affected the governor
+Manuel de León and the auditors; for, although the royal Council of
+the Indias approved the caution with which they had acted in this
+so delicate matter, at Roma the result was very different. For his
+Holiness Clement X excommunicated them, and declared that they had
+incurred the censures of the bull In Cæna Domini, by a brief which,
+printed and authorized in Roma and Paris in the year 1675, was sent to
+Manila from China and Siam. [Here follows a sketch of Palu's further
+career, his death, and some matters relating to the Chinese missions.]
+
+This year the galleon "San Telmo," which was going to Nueva España,
+in command of General Antonio Nieto, was driven back to port, which
+caused great losses in the property of the citizens of Manila.
+
+Not less were the troubles which the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray
+Juan López, encountered from the time when he began to govern his
+church. He was a prelate of great virtue and learning, and of a pacific
+nature, disinclined to quarrels and discords; but as he was very firm
+in the defense of his jurisdiction and dignity, he greatly regretted
+that occasion should arise for disturbing the peace which he so
+loved. During his time, there were many occasions for recourse to the
+royal Audiencia, and controversies over jurisdiction; but that which
+most exercised the patience of this great prelate was the audacious
+conduct of Master Don Jerónimo de Herrera y Figueroa, who filled
+the post of chief chaplain of the royal chapel of the Incarnation;
+this was founded by Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera,
+for the cemetery of Manila, for the burial of his soldiers, as we
+stated in its place. The said chief chaplain attempted to arrogate
+to himself the privileges and exemptions which the army chaplains
+enjoy when they are actually in the field; and thus he sought to be
+exempted from obedience to the archbishop and from his jurisdiction,
+although he was only the chaplain of a chapel in a presidio. He had
+on his side the favor of the governor, Don Manuel de León--which in
+Filipinas is to have the lawsuit already gained and all one's efforts
+successful. Made confident and daring by this, he opposed his prelate,
+not only refusing to obey him, but even being so insolent as to post
+the archbishop as excommunicate, to the scandal of all the heathen
+peoples who resort to Manila; and these abominable disputes lasted a
+long time. A long manifesto was written and printed in favor of Don
+Jerónimo de Herrera by Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, an advocate
+in the royal Audiencia, proceeding on the false assumption of the
+privileges and exemptions of the chaplains who go with the armies
+in their campaigns; and reply to him was made, with very superior
+arguments, by the cura of the Spaniards in Manila, Bachelor Don José
+de Carrión. But, although the archbishop had justice on his side,
+the opposite side had a hold on the governor, and thus they did not
+care much for the lack of equity. This controversy was so bitter that
+the judges would not decide it, on account of the strained relations
+between them; and so it was necessary to refer the case to España,
+to the royal and supreme Council of Indias. They, as unprejudiced
+judges, rendered sentence in favor of the archbishop; but when this
+decision arrived he was already dead. Then the chaplains of the said
+royal chapel learned that they were not exempt from the jurisdiction
+of the ordinary, as the army chaplains are exempt for other and
+reasonable causes.
+
+These and other troubles, together with those of old age, hastened
+the death of the archbishop, Don Fray Juan López; this was as holy as
+his life, and occurred in April of the year 1674. He was buried in the
+convent of Santo Domingo, among his brethren. He was a native of Martín
+Muñoz de las Posadas, and came to this province of Santo Rosario in
+the year 1647. He taught theology in the convent of Santo Tomás in
+Manila, and went to España and Roma as procurator of the province,
+returning as consecrated bishop of Cebú in the year 1666. In 1672 he
+began to govern the archbishopric of Manila, with great reputation
+as a vigilant pastor, although that church enjoyed only two years
+of his prudent government. The regret for his loss was increased by
+the fact that a general vacancy in the office of consecrated bishop
+ensued in all the islands; this lasted until the year 1680, when
+the bishop of Cebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar arrived here--great
+affliction being caused in all that long period, by the lack of any
+one to confer holy orders on men who might assist the ministers who
+gave instruction. Many, both clerics and regulars, were obliged to
+journey to the kingdom of Siam, where they were ordained by Don Luis
+de Lanoy Faces, bishop of Metelopolis and vicar-apostolic of that
+kingdom; and others went to Nueva España to be ordained, for even the
+city of Macán was without a bishop. Don Fray Payo de Ribera, [55] the
+archbishop and viceroy of Mexico, was careful to send them the holy
+oils every year; he belonged to the order of our father St. Augustine,
+and was a prelate worthy of eternal remembrance on account of his great
+virtues--on which he placed the seal by renouncing the bishopric of
+Cuenca and retiring to the convent of our Lady of El Risco. He died
+there, with a great reputation for sanctity, being an example for
+prelates and for very austere religious.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+The triennial of our father Fray Jerónimo de León passed with some
+disturbances, which did not fail to cause considerable disquiet in
+the minds of the religious, and disturb the peace of the order. The
+reason was, that after the first year of his term, he began to doubt
+whether he was lawfully elected, as it seemed to him that the real
+provincial was father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; and indeed
+this was the case, as affirmed by our very reverend father general,
+Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna. Father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco had met a holy death in Zebú; and therefore our father Fray
+Dionisio Suárez, as provincial of the preceding chapter, began to
+govern [the province] as rector-provincial. Then Fray Jerónimo de
+León had recourse to the royal Audiencia [56] on a plea of fuerza,
+alleging this spoliation. And inasmuch as such proceeding acts as
+a stay, since it is a principle in law that Spoliatus debet ante
+omnia restitui, omni alio casu postposito, [57] they ordered that
+the government be restored to Fray Jerónimo, and that the question
+of title should be acted on later. But as judicial procedure is so
+slow, and of such bounds that they usually make a lawsuit eternal,
+our father Fray Dionisio Suárez was not inclined to secure his right
+at the cost of so much vexation; and therefore the triennial was
+completed in great peace; for father Fray Jerónimo de León was a
+religious very affable and worthy of being loved, and he deserved
+that his election should not be hampered by so notable a defect.
+
+The time arrived for holding the session of the provincial chapter--the
+time in which the troubles which so many difficulties had caused to
+this province were to cease, and when not only the former peace and
+concord were to return, but great gains were to be secured in religious
+observance; for from the time of this chapter-meeting this province
+began to grow more strict, and to grow in all that conduces to its
+greater splendor, every chapter-session increasing in strictness of
+observance, to the greater glory of our regular institute. Such are
+usually the benefits that arise from the judicious choice of a good
+superior, who undertakes to fulfil the obligations of his office. The
+chapter was convened in the convent of Manila on April 14, 1674; its
+president was the father definitor Fray Luis de Montuyar, on account
+of the deaths of the two senior definitors, Master Fray José de
+Mendoza and Fray Isidro Rodríguez. By general agreement the election
+for provincial fell on our father Fray José Duque, commissary of the
+Holy Office. He was a native of Oropesa, and was fifty-six years old;
+a son of the convent of San Felipe at Madrid, and a very near relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesús; and an able minister in the
+province of Pampanga, besides having much to do with its pacification
+in the disturbances in that province which we have already related. He
+came over to this province of Filipinas in the year 1645, and always
+had the reputation of being a religious of very strict observance,
+with great ability as a ruler; and this province found him to be
+such during an experience of many years in his four terms of office
+therein--three as provincial, and one as rector-provincial--being
+always reverenced as the father of it. As definitors were elected
+fathers Fray Enrique de Castro, Fray José Gutiérrez, Fray Bernardino
+Márquez, and Fray Bartolomé de la Torre; and as visitors fathers Fray
+Antonio de Villela and the reader Fray José Rubio. Ordinances and
+regulations very suitable for the good government of the province
+were enacted, not many in number but useful and judicious.
+
+At that period, this province was found very deficient in religious,
+on account of the many vacancies caused by death; on this account the
+ministries lacked the service which their extent and the arduous nature
+of some rendered necessary. Accordingly, as soon as the chapter-session
+adjourned the first care to which the new provincial devoted himself
+was to choose a well-qualified religious who might go as procurator
+to the two courts of Roma and Madrid, where the discords of the
+troubled chapter of the year 1671 had made a strong impression. For
+this purpose a private chapter-session was assembled, and therein
+a very judicious choice was made for this position, that of father
+Fray Juan García--a native of Las Encartaciones, and a minister in
+the province of Ilocos. The necessary despatches were given to him,
+and he embarked in the same year for Nueva España, in the galleon "San
+Telmo;" it was commanded by General Tomás de Endaya, a most successful
+man in these islands, where he died as his Majesty's master-of-camp
+for them, in the year 1745. This religious had a prosperous voyage,
+and arrived at Nueva España and Roma; he successfully fulfilled his
+commission in all respects, and afterward returned to this province
+with a mission of religious, in the year 1679, so long was he detained
+in the negotiations at Roma and Madrid.
+
+Through the peaceful rule of Don Manuel de León, in which term all
+was prosperous and fortunate, the Filipinas Islands began to take
+breath after the troubles of so many preceding years; and in a short
+time they were gathering new strength and vigor. Don Manuel de León
+was a man of very good intentions, and had the excellent virtue of
+being very disinterested--which is very important in these regions,
+where the vice opposite to that has temptations so ready to make one
+fall headlong into the abyss of greed, which causes so many wrecks,
+as the root of all evils. Trading vessels came frequently from
+China, of which country the Tartars had gained entire possession;
+the Chinese, therefore, having laid aside their defensive arms,
+strove to accommodate themselves to the times, being anxious to
+repair the losses caused by war with the gains from trading--which
+is more adapted to their disposition than is war, Mars giving place
+to Mercury. The Chinese trade is the mainstay of the maintenance
+of Filipinas, by means of the silver which comes from Nueva España,
+which is the blood that gives life to this land; for from China come
+the stuffs necessary for clothing, from the shirt in their delicate
+fabrics to the needle and thread. Thence comes the fine earthenware
+which is, with reason, so celebrated throughout the world as choice
+and inimitable, because the material and clay of which it is made are
+found in no other place. Thence come drugs, and very rich coloring
+stuffs--especially vermilion, which is the best in the world. Finally,
+one cannot imagine any exquisite article for the equipment of a house
+which does not come from China, both cheap and excellent--especially
+the wares that come from Japón, with which country the Chinese have
+free commerce, just as it is totally prohibited to us. In some of the
+years of that fortunate governor thirty champans would land at Manila,
+and many from the province of Cantón, where is the city of Macán,
+a Portuguese colony--which is so rich in silks that it has enough
+of that noble commodity to supply nearly all of the whole world;
+it is conveyed in ships belonging to the Dutch, English, French,
+and Portuguese, and that which is carried to Manila and thence to
+Nueva España is the smallest part of it. The great city of Cantón (or
+Kuang-tung, as they call it) is far greater than the great Cairo or
+Babilonia of Egypt, for those who are most moderate in estimating its
+population allow it four millions of inhabitants; but although it is
+so great it is not the largest city in the extensive empire of China,
+for that of Nanking has eight millions, according to Father Martino
+Martínez in his Chinese atlas. [58] It is very commonly said in Manila
+that the city of Cantón has sixty thousand silk-looms, on which are
+made various fabrics of cloth and damask; and thus in one month enough
+is woven to lade many ships. By this some idea can be formed of the
+other industries of that city--or rather, that little world.
+
+Commerce was also opened with the Portuguese of Macán, a trade which
+had been quite forgotten with the disturbances in China; and from
+that time it has continued, in varying degree, until this day. This
+trade, moreover, had been prohibited since the year 1640, on account
+of the wars with Portugal; but through the negotiations carried on
+at the court of Madrid by Don Fray Álvaro de Benavente, when he was
+procurator of this province--asserting that this was the best and
+safest means for the entrance into China for the missionaries who were
+going to Filipinas--the trade with Macán was opened and authorized,
+as was accordingly published in Manila by a royal decree; and it was
+made known to the Portuguese at Macán by another from their king,
+Don Pedro II. The pretext which was given for opening this commerce
+was the entrance of the missionaries into China, and its results have
+been various, according to what the Portuguese have found expedient
+for their own interests, on account of the pretensions which they
+make to the [ecclesiastical] patronage of China--in accordance with
+the line of demarcation [between the dominions] of the two crowns,
+by the celebrated bull of Alexander VI, a question which is not yet
+decided by a competent judge; and therefore our missionaries enter
+China when the Portuguese choose to let them do so. But the latter
+come every year to Manila with one or two shiploads of goods, which is
+the most profitable trade that they have, on account of its nearness
+and of their securing in barter the silver that is so esteemed by the
+Chinese. But as the Portuguese are so courtly and liberal a people,
+and inclined to boast of the obligations of nobility, some Portuguese
+gentlemen usually return quite destitute of funds--as occurred this
+year to Juan Tabora, a cavalier of the Order of Christ. He spent the
+wealth which he brought here, which was much, in elegant gallantries
+and in bull-fights; for he arrived here at a time when these and
+other sports were very frequent in Manila--not only on account of the
+prosperity and peace which were experienced during the entire term of
+office of Don Manuel de León, but through the jovial disposition of
+his favorite and secretary, Don José Castellar, who was a very witty
+and courtly man, and very fond of such pastimes. In these he spent
+whatever he was able to acquire, and when he came to die he was so
+poor that he was buried, through charity, in a chapel of St. Roque
+in the village of Mambong, belonging to the doctrina of Malolos in
+the province of Bulacán, which is in our charge.
+
+Not only was the commerce with China, Cantón, and Macán set free in
+the time of the fortunate governor Don Manuel de León, but another was
+begun--indeed, almost discovered--which was very large and profitable,
+which has greatly increased the wealth of the citizens of Manila. This
+is the trade and traffic of the coast of Coromandel or Malabar [59]
+in Eastern India. This is the coast which extends from the mouths of
+the river Ganges, at the beginning of the large kingdom of Bengal,
+as far as the cape of Comorin; it is inhabited by Malabars, a people
+very shrewd and intelligent, and fond of work, and so crafty that
+when it is worth their while they deceive [even] the Chinese, who
+excel in the ability to cheat. The Malabar and Bengal people are
+unsurpassed in the art of spinning and weaving cotton cloth; for they
+weave pieces more delicate than the finest cambrics and Dutch linens,
+and gauzes so fine that when they are spread upon a table, the thread
+can hardly be discerned, it is so thin and delicate. But that in which
+they most excel, and have been alone and inimitable, is in their very
+fine cotton cloth dyed exquisitely with the finest colors; and this
+has another quality most excellent and admirable, which is that the
+more it is washed, the finer and more lustrous the colors appear,
+and they never are washed out or become dull. Without doubt these so
+rare colors are those which Job mentions in the twenty-eighth chapter,
+when making comparisons with Wisdom, he says: Non conferetur tinctis
+Indiæ coloribus. [60] On this coast of Coromandel the English, Dutch,
+French, and Danes maintain their factories, and possess an extensive
+commerce in cotton cloth, which is consumed throughout Europa--and
+much more in the regions of the north, because cotton is so good
+for protecting them [from the cold]. But the largest settlement,
+and the one most frequented for commerce, is that which the English
+have, named Madrastapán, or Fort St. George; [61] it is peopled
+with innumerable dwellers of all nationalities, not only those of
+India but Europeans. This is greatly favored by the policy that is
+in use in this great town, very different from that which obtains in
+Inglaterra, which is to permit the exercise not only of the apostolic
+Roman Catholic faith, but of all the heathen doctrines and ceremonies;
+and thus the Catholics have their churches, and so do the schismatic
+Armenians, with schismatic Basilian monks. [62] The heretics have
+their meeting-houses, [63] according to their sects; the Moors [i.e.,
+Mahometans] their mosques, and the heathen their pagodas; nor even is
+their synagogue denied to the Jews; and all live peaceably, exercising
+the occupations of trade, as harmoniously as if they all had but one
+faith and religion. About two leguas distant is the city of Santo
+Tomé, a noted colony of the Portuguese, which in former times enjoyed
+[the distinction of] being the emporium of all Eastern India; and
+the cause of its destruction was its enormous wealth and the lack of
+harmony among the Portuguese, a people who are naturally inclined to
+disagree. On a lofty height near the city there is an ancient church,
+in which is venerated an image of Our Lady, which is said to have been
+painted by St. Luke and deposited in that place (called Meliapor) by
+the apostle St. Thomas, who preached to the Malabars our holy faith
+and suffered martyrdom in this place--where is guarded a stone cross
+near which he was put to death; and the lance with which they pierced
+him, stained with his holy blood, is displayed, with other memorials
+of this glorious apostle. [Diaz here mentions the great probability,
+fortified by citations from Juan de Barros, that the remains of the
+apostle repose there.] [64]
+
+This commerce with the coast of Coromandel had remained quite neglected
+by the Spaniards of Filipinas--who never had maintained any other trade
+and commerce than that with China, Japón, and Macán--until this year of
+1674. Then a citizen of Manila, a Catalan, named Juan Ventura Sarra,
+a courageous man, having first made with a fragata which he owned
+a voyage to the kingdom of Siam, from which he gained some wealth,
+extended his navigation to this coast of Malabar, where he left trade
+established; and in the following year Don Luis de Matienzo went
+thither, with much silver, and gained enough profit to persuade the
+citizens of Manila to engage in this traffic. The principal commodity
+which is brought from the Coromandel coast is certain webs of cotton,
+many of them forty varas long, which they call "elephants," which are
+highly valued in Nueva España; accordingly, it is this merchandise
+which is chiefly shipped to those regions.
+
+The governor placed on the stocks the frame of the galleon "Santa
+Rosa," the work of that accredited master of this important and
+useful art, Juan Bautista Nicolá; and it came from them one of
+the finest and largest galleons that had been built in the port of
+Cavite and made very successful voyages, sometimes being driven back
+to port. The governor commanded Juan Canosa Raguses, a very able
+builder of vessels with lateen sails, to build two galleys; these
+proved to be very suitable and swift, and rendered much service in
+driving away the Camucones, very crafty and troublesome pirates,
+who almost every year infest the Pintados Islands, plundering and
+taking captive. This is a barbarous people, cruel, and cowardly;
+indeed, they could not be the one without being also the other. They
+inhabit a chain of small islands, which extends from Paragua to
+Borney; some of them are Mahometans, and others heathen. But they
+[all] cause much damage to the Bisayan Islands, which they ravage
+without opposition--going so far as to carry away, in the year 1672,
+the alcalde-mayor Don José de San Miguel, as we have related in another
+place. They have a great advantage in the exceeding swiftness of their
+vessels, which enables them to find their defense in flight. Their
+confidence and boldness reached such a height that they even dared to
+infest the coasts of the island of Manila. The provincial of that time
+(of whom this chapter treats), Fray José Duque, while on his way to
+visit the islands of Pintados, came very near being made a captive,
+with his companion Fray Alvaro de Benavente; for they were attacked
+by a squadron of these pirates near the island of Marinduque, where
+they would have been a prey to their cruelty if they had not been
+protected by divine kindness, through the valor of Captain Francisco
+Ponce--a veteran soldier, who killed the captain and another of the
+pirates--and also the coming of a high wind, which gave wings to the
+champan to place itself in safety.
+
+At this time, in the year 1675, Governor Don Manuel de León was in
+great danger of dying, on account of having placed himself under
+medical treatment, without being actually sick, solely for the sake
+of improving his health--a proof that it might have cost him his
+life. Don Manuel was a corpulent man, and had grown so fleshy that he
+was almost unable to move about without aid, at which he grieved much
+because he could not attend to many functions which belonged to the
+obligations of his office. In view of this hindrance and his desires,
+Juan Ventura Sarra (whom I have already mentioned in the voyages to
+Siam and the coast of Coromandel) bound himself to cure Don Manuel and
+remove from him that great encumbrance [of flesh]--confident because he
+was a very expert surgeon, and the governor a man of great courage and
+reared in and accustomed to the perils of war. The governor accordingly
+accepted this treatment; and the skilful surgeon opened his abdomen
+in many places and removed from him many lumps of fat, and then sewed
+up and treated the wounds. In a few weeks the governor became well,
+and his flesh was much reduced, to the wonder of those who saw how the
+surgeon cut the flesh from his body, and the courage which the governor
+displayed--and what caused most dread [of the result] was his being an
+aged man, but little less than seventy years old. The king of León,
+Don Sancho I, was cured about the year 920 of a similar infirmity of
+excessive obesity, by the physicians of the Moorish king of Córdoba,
+Abderramen; but their treatment was not so harsh and sanguinary. It
+is certain that Juan Ventura Sarra was a great surgeon, and showed
+that he was such not only with this governor, but also in the year
+1682 with his successor, Master-of-camp Don Juan Vargas Hurtado. There
+was no hope for Don Juan's life, on account of a large abscess in the
+hip, which was not understood to be such by the physicians; but Juan
+Ventura knew what it was, and opened the abscess with a large lancet
+which he made from a dagger, more than a tercia [65] long, since the
+cavity was very deep. In this operation he showed his skill as much
+as Don Juan de Vargas displayed his great bravery and endurance,
+which aroused admiration.
+
+Although the cure of Don Manuel de León was so marvelous, he did not,
+since that inordinate obesity was now a disease and a corruption of
+nature, long enjoy the agility and lightness of body that the medical
+treatment had obtained for him; and so he gradually fell back into that
+unusual infirmity, and again found himself, as before, without the use
+of his limbs. He had many wounds in his body, which he had received
+in more than fifty years of military life in Flandes, Alemania, and
+Galicia, where he had taken part in battles more celebrated than were
+known in those times [i.e., of which Diaz was writing]. He had been so
+courageous in not fearing dangers that they called Don Manuel de León
+"Ironhead." Among these he had one deep wound, which must have been
+imperfectly or only apparently healed; and this in course of time,
+and with the pressure on it that would be caused by the increase of
+flesh, opened, a great flow of blood issuing from it. This occurred
+so inopportunely that he was present in the church of Santo Domingo,
+clothed in mourning garb, assisting in the funeral rites for Doña María
+Cuéllar, wife of Auditor Don Francisco de Coloma. [66] His blood flowed
+very copiously, but those near him could not see it on account of the
+mourning garments, and because the chair and cushion were of black,
+until he began to swoon, and sank into the chair. They carried him in
+their arms to his coach, and thence he was conveyed to his palace,
+where all the care due to the cure of such a personage as he was
+furnished. The above-mentioned Juan Ventura Sarra treated him, applying
+all means which the art of surgery imparts to those who are so
+skilful as was Juan Ventura, who within four months brought him to
+what seemed a state of convalescence. But as his age was so great, and
+could not give much aid to the medicine (which only assists nature),
+Don Manuel could never regain sound health. The physicians ordered him
+to go to one of the houses that stand by the river opposite Manila,
+where he spent a long time--until, on the night of April 8, 1676,
+they found him dead in his bed, although he had retired without any
+indications of such danger. They found a power of attorney authorizing
+the father provincial of St. Dominic, Master Fray Diego de San Román,
+to make a will in his name, and directions that he be interred in the
+royal chapel of the Incarnation belonging to the soldiers of Manila,
+where he lies in a little chapel which stands on the gospel side. He
+was one of the best governors who has ruled these Filipinas Islands,
+very disinterested, pious, affable, and clement; and his death was
+therefore regretted by all classes. The estate that he left was
+the only property belonging to a governor that was put to good use,
+[67] the religious who acted as administrator applying it to pious
+works which the governor had named to him--such as the holy Bureau
+of La Misericordia, so that for years many orphan girls were given
+in marriage by means of that part [of the governor's donation] which
+belonged to their dowries, until, with the successive wrecks of the
+two galleons "Santo Cristo de Burgos" and "San José," in the years
+1693 and 1695, the principal of that great endowment was entirely
+consumed. He also left directions to found a well-endowed chaplaincy
+in his native place--Paredes de Nava, in the district of Campos--and
+many other good works, worthy of his piety.
+
+On account of his death the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+took charge of the government, in company with auditors Don Francisco
+de Mansilla and Don Diego Calderón y Serrano for civil affairs--for
+already had come the decision, in the controversy between the two
+auditors, by the royal and supreme Council of the Indias in favor of
+Don Francisco de Coloma, although his government lasted but a short
+time, on account of his death. During the time while they governed,
+however, they were very well agreed. The new governor despatched the
+ship "Santa Rosa" (which had just been completed) for Nueva España,
+in charge of General Don Francisco de Teja, a Navarrese gentleman;
+and it had a very prosperous voyage, as we shall see in due time.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+All the triennial during which our father Fray José Duque ruled was
+a very prosperous time for this province, on account of the great
+improvement which was accomplished by his assiduity in reforming it,
+with both zeal and discretion; for he was as respected as beloved
+by all. The religious greatly regretted that the end of his term of
+office was approaching, and to see themselves deprived of so excellent
+a prelate, who had so built up the edifice of strict observance of our
+rules, and had much better regulated the administration of the mission
+villages and ministries in our charge--his excellent management making
+up for the great deficiency of laborers which existed, which made it
+necessary, in many respects, to burden each minister with the work of
+two. Not his least care was that he had found the common property of
+not only the province but the convent of Manila greatly diminished,
+and everything reduced to the utmost necessity of restoration; for
+this is usually the greatest hindrance and impediment to the superiors
+in promoting with energy the regular observance, which requires many
+means for its preservation. But all was supplied by the diligence of
+that discreet prelate, making easier the removal of the most serious
+hindrances.
+
+The time came for holding the provincial chapter, which assembled
+on May 8 in the year 1677, and, according to custom, in the convent
+of Manila. It was presided over--by commission of our very reverend
+father general, Master Fray Nicolás de Oliva, of Sienna--by the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio; and the election for provincial fell, by the
+general consent of all the voting fathers, and with the approval of
+all who were outside of the order, on our father Fray Juan de Jeréz, a
+religious excelling in virtue. He was a native of Baños in Extremadura,
+bishopric of Plasencia--a place belonging to the Duke de Béjar and the
+Marqués de Montemayor--and was a son of the convent of Valladolid and
+fifty years of age. He had been for many years master of novices in
+the convents of Salamanca and Burgos, which is a sufficient proof of
+his religious devotion and virtue. He left España for these islands
+in the year 1669, and had been a minister in Pampanga; and in this
+chapter he cast his first vote as visitor of the province. [68]
+As definitors were elected the fathers Fray Pedro de Mesa, Fray
+Juan Labao, Fray Francisco de Albear, and Fray Pedro Canales; and
+as visitors the fathers Fray Domingo de San Miguel and Fray Juan
+Guedeja. They enacted statutes very useful for the government of the
+province, and for the stricter observance of our religious estate,
+many of which were reproduced in various following chapters, having
+been found by experience to be well-chosen and advantageous.
+
+The acting governor despatched the galleon "San Telmo" for Nueva
+España, in charge of General Don Tomás de Endaya, a regidor of the
+city of Manila; and it encountered so many storms before doubling
+the point of Santiago that fears were entertained that it would not
+have time to make the voyage before the vendavals. But the bravery
+of the commander and of his pilot, Leandro Cuello, over-came great
+difficulties, and they succeeded in reaching their destination.
+
+The galleon "Santa Rosa," which had sailed for Nueva España the year
+before, had also experienced storms, from the time when it reached the
+Embocadero of San Bernardino. For this reason Sargento-mayor Alfonso
+Fernández Pacheco came to Manila, bringing the despatches from his
+Majesty and information of the ship's arrival on the thirtieth of
+August. This galleon brought the news that Don Carlos II had begun,
+at the age of fifteen years, to rule the monarchy of España in person,
+freed from the guardianship of the queen-mother, Doña Mariana of
+Austria; and commands were issued that his royal name and seal be
+used in the despatches, and that royal fiestas proper to so important
+an event be celebrated--which took place afterward, in the month of
+December, as we shall soon relate.
+
+[At this time] came the despatches for the presentation made by
+his Majesty for the archbishopric of Manila, of the person of
+the very reverend father master Fray Felipe Pardo, of the Order of
+Preachers; he accepted this dignity, and began to govern his church,
+the ecclesiastical cabildo yielding up the government to him. This
+appointment found him at the time engaged in the duties of commissary
+of the Holy Office of the Inquisition; his place therein was taken by
+father Fray Juan de los Angeles, a man who was worthy of such a name on
+account of his virtue and mild disposition. Also came the presentation
+of the reverend father Fray Andrés González for bishop of Nueva Cáceres
+or Camarines; he also accepted, and was consecrated, and ruled that
+church creditably, as he was a devoted religious, and very charitable;
+and he left behind him, when he died, a great reputation for sanctity.
+
+On September 27, the acting governor, Auditor Don Francisco Coloma y
+Maceda, died at the age of sixty years, from an intestinal hemorrhage;
+he was an official of much integrity and uprightness, and was
+buried in the convent of Santo Domingo with his wife, Doña María
+de Cuellar. The government was assumed by Auditor Don Francisco de
+Mansilla, a native of Ceniceros in Rioja, who was no less upright than
+his predecessor. His term of office was short, because a proprietary
+governor came in the following year; but even in the short time while
+his rule lasted he showed that he deserved that it should continue
+during his life, on account of the very peaceable and equitable manner
+in which he exercised his office. The first thing which he did was
+to look for all those who had been opposed to him in the year 1668,
+when he was exiled to Iloylo by Don Juan Manuel Bonifaz; and he
+honored all of them, more than some deserved, displaying a generous
+spirit, and that of a Christian ruler, which aroused the admiration
+of those who saw his prudence and moderation. These islands were much
+grieved that he must so soon have a successor, for the people loved
+and reverenced him. He was of corpulent figure and venerable aspect;
+and his hair (which was scanty) and his mustache (which was large)
+were white as snow--all which conciliated respect. Two years afterward,
+promotion came to him, the post of alcalde for criminal cases in [the
+Audiencia of] Méjico; but he died at the height of the voyage. [69] He
+had two sons: Don Felipe Mansilla, a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+who lives in Méjico; and Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of
+Jesus, in these islands.
+
+The city and municipality of Manila having determined to celebrate
+the festivities due to the great rejoicing which was caused in the
+Spanish domains by the assumption of sovereignty over them by their
+king Don Carlos II, decided that these should be actually held in
+December, from the fourth to the seventh day of that month. This was
+done with great pomp and brilliancy. In the morning three sermons
+were preached: one by the dean of the cathedral, Master Don Miguel
+Ortíz de Covarrubias; another by father Fray Álvaro de Benavente of
+the order of our father St. Augustine (the secretary of our province,
+and often named in this history; he died in China, as bishop of Ascalon
+and vicar apostolic of Kiengsi); and the third by the reverend Father
+Jerónimo de Ortega, of the Society of Jesus. For the afternoons there
+were various bull-fights and comedies. On the last day, December 7,
+after the bull-fights and comedies, there were demonstrations of
+rejoicing; and for a climax to the festivities there was, at six
+o'clock in the afternoon, a beautiful and splendid masquerade, with
+magnificent costumes, and parades of servants in costly liveries. The
+most distinguished citizens of Manila went therein, two by two,
+representing the realms of the monarchy of España, with shields and
+mottoes proper for each kingdom; those who came last were the two
+alcaldes-in-ordinary of Manila, General Francisco Rayo Doria and
+Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya, representing the kingdoms of
+Castilla and León. They rode in pairs on handsomely-caparisoned horses,
+to the destination which was prepared for this purpose with palisades,
+and with so much splendor from wax tapers that the night had no cause
+to envy the brighter day. With this brilliant and elegant masquerade
+these royal festivities came to an end, the city remaining in the
+quiet and silence proper to that hour, which was about seven at night.
+
+Quite ignorant were all those who had celebrated and enjoyed this gay
+festival of the sad and melancholy catastrophe which was to follow
+on this so joyous scene; all were forgetful of the uncertainty of the
+pleasures of this world, which suddenly shifts its scenes, passing from
+gayety to mourning. Hardly had the people time to shelter themselves
+in their houses--some fatigued with the exercises of the masquerade,
+and others sad that the royal festivities had come to an end--when
+at half-past seven in the evening the earth began to tremble with
+horrible vibrations, changing their recent gayety into fear, horror,
+and lamentable perplexity. This first earthquake lasted a long time,
+so that it was feared that the last and fatal day for the sad city
+of Manila had arrived. The continuous and unequal vibrations of the
+ground; the frightful cracking of timbers; the [falling of] tiles
+from the roofs, and of stones which, loosened from the walls, came
+to the ground, raising great clouds of dust: all these made a most
+gloomy night, the image of death. Some hastened to seek confessors,
+and not finding them soon, published aloud their own sins. This first
+motion of the earth ceased, which people affirm to have been more
+violent than that of August 20, 1658, but it did not last so long;
+if it had been equal in duration to that one, it would have caused
+a large amount of havoc in the city of Manila.
+
+It was worth much to the city that the earthquake found it greatly
+improved over former times in regard to the height of its buildings;
+for now they were reduced to more humble stature, and without the
+projections which would cause its greatest destruction, as has been
+experienced in previous earthquakes. The use of the harigues or wooden
+pillars on which the heavy timber-work of the roofs leans and rests was
+recognized to be a sure protection and defense from such disasters;
+and therefore, although the earthquake demolished many buildings,
+breaking open the solid mass of masonry, they did not suffer entire
+ruin by being thrown down to the ground. Some few were destroyed
+through being old and in bad condition; but only one or two persons
+perished, and they of little account in the world. The kind-hearted
+governor went out with many followers to visit the [military] posts of
+the city, and aid, if he could, those who were in need; and the same
+was done by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and the regidors, accompanied
+by many citizens. The religious orders were well occupied in the
+ministries of their profession--some preaching from tables placed
+in the streets, others hastening to hear the confessions of those
+who asked for this sacrament, that is, of all. While all these were
+occupied in exercises so holy and pious, the trembling of the earth
+was again repeated many times; but, through the divine kindness,
+these vibrations were much slighter, continually diminishing--so
+that it seemed as if the divine anger were gradually being appeased,
+just as men were continually showing themselves more penitent. All
+that night until daybreak the earthquake shocks continued; for there
+were so many of them that one man counted forty, although to me it
+seemed as if there were many more. Many came out [from this calamity]
+crippled and lame; but all recognized that it was a miracle that the
+city had not been utterly destroyed with so repeated shocks. Later,
+it was ascertained that some chasms and air-vents in the earth had
+opened, and which is surely the cause of these disturbances. One
+chasm opened in the bounds of the village of Bauang, in the province
+of Balayán; and another in the mountains of Gapang, in Pampanga. Those
+who arrived here after navigating the seas of these islands recounted
+the horrible perils in which they had found themselves, tossed by
+great billows and almost submerged in the swell which was caused in
+the sea by the earthquake; the sea even rose until, in many places,
+it swept over the land, occasioning great damage. With this slight
+mention I will close the sad account of the melancholy termination
+of these royal festivities.
+
+The master-of-camp of these islands died, Don Agustín de Cepeda
+y Carracedo; he was a native of Talavera de la Reina, a relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesús, and more than eighty years
+of age. He was one of the most valiant soldiers who has belonged to
+these regions, and with that reputation he has been mentioned in this
+history in the greatest military exploits of his time, and in the
+government of Zamboanga and Ternate; and, what is his greatest glory,
+he was an excellent Christian, devout and charitable, and died with
+strong indications that he had been very earnestly such. For acting
+master-of-camp the governor appointed General Alonso López, a soldier
+of long standing, and also very aged; and therefore he did not long
+serve in that office.
+
+Governor Don Francisco de Mansilla despatched the galleon for Nueva
+España, appointing as its commander his son, Don Felipe de Mansilla
+y Prado, a young man of much courage and ability, who at the time was
+serving in the post of sargento-mayor of the Manila army, which is the
+second, in the esteem of military men, after that of master-of-camp. As
+sargento-mayor of the galleon he appointed Juan Ventura Sarra (the
+Catalan so famous for his successful surgical operations), on account
+of his being a man of much valor, and experienced in military service
+in Flandes and Cataluña. This galleon made a very prosperous voyage,
+both going and returning, as we shall see in the following chapter.
+
+About the end of July in this year of 1678 came news that the galleon
+"San Telmo" had sighted these islands; it was under the command
+of General Don Tomás de Endaya, and had sailed for the port of
+Acapulco in the preceding year. It brought the proprietary governor,
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado, a knight of the Order of
+Santiago; he was a native of Toledo, and nephew of the venerable mother
+Jerónima de la Asunción, foundress of the convent of Santa Clara in
+Manila--whose admirable life has been written by the father reader Fray
+Antonio de Leytona, [70] of the Observantine Order of St. Francis;
+and the investigations preliminary to her beatification have been
+begun. This knight had served many years in Flandes, Cataluña, and
+Extremadura, always with great commendation for his valor, which
+was as great as his nobility. He came with his wife, Doña Isabel de
+Ardila, a native of Badajoz; and brought in his company her uncle,
+a captain of cuirassiers, Don Francisco Guerrero y Ardila--a man
+of lofty stature, who, like another Saul, surpassed by the head and
+shoulders the tallest man in the Manila garrison--who showed that he
+possessed great valor. The new governor brought with him a numerous and
+brilliant retinue, and those who afterward attained most note were:
+his secretary, Miguel Sánchez Villanueva y Tejada, a man of great
+virtue, who came with his wife and three children, and afterward,
+having lost his wife, was ordained as a priest, and lived a long time
+an example for ecclesiastics, as before he had been one for laymen;
+Captains Don Juan Gallardo, Don Pedro Oriosolo, Don Jacinto Lobán,
+Don Tomás Martínez de Trillanes, Don Diego Vivien, Don Felipe Ceballos,
+Don José Armijo, Don Francisco Fabra, Don Antonio de Tabora, Don Juan
+Castel, Don Juan de Tricaldir, Don Manuel Alvarado; and others, all
+of whom served long in these islands. As fiscal for his Majesty came
+Licentiate Don Diego de Viga, a native of Bejar; he was afterward
+an auditor for many years, and was a very upright and disinterested
+official. The governor also brought some reenforcements of troops. The
+appointment of commandant of the castle of Santiago came to General
+Fernando de Bobadilla, who afterward was master-of-camp.
+
+On the day of our Lady's nativity Don Juan de Vargas entered Manila,
+being received with great festivities; there were two ingenious
+triumphal arches, which were erected by the religious orders of our
+father St. Augustine and the Society, because both had their houses
+on the principal street through which the procession would pass. Don
+Juan began to govern with much prudence and desire to do well;
+he was very punctual in fulfilling his duties, and never failed in
+his daily attendance on the sessions of the Audiencia (in which some
+governors had displayed much negligence); and therefore in his time the
+court business was despatched more promptly, for he found many suits
+unsettled and delayed. This is an insuperable difficulty in these
+islands, where the lawsuits are eternal and constitute a perpetual
+source of income for court reporters, secretaries, and commissioners
+[71]--who, with the slow steps of judicial procedure, are continually
+plundering the litigants, until, impoverished or exhausted, they give
+up the suit, which is incorporated into a great mass of documents,
+which they call "Proceedings in lawsuits" [autos] in the archives of
+the court. Don Juan de Vargas was more fit for a soldier than for a
+governor; and gradually he looked with distaste on the duties of so
+arduous a post, and turned his attention to the means for securing his
+own advantage. The uncle of his wife, Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila,
+became so much the master of Don Juan that, by his craftiness and great
+ability, he came to be the arbiter of the government. Accordingly, it
+was he who was governor, and he was the drayman who guided Don Juan
+de Vargas, while the latter, like a wagon, was carrying the weight
+of the government. Yet later Don Francisco Guerrero left him alone,
+and went to Nueva España, at so important a juncture that he met in
+the Embocadero the succeeding governor, Don Gabriel Crucelaegui,
+and Don Juan de Vargas in the residencia was laden with his own
+transgressions and those of others, as we shall see in due time. He
+had a great advantage for thus making himself arbiter of everything,
+in having more affability and more shrewdness than the governor, who
+was naturally harsh and unamiable and easily fretted. Accordingly,
+every one set on foot his claims with more confidence by the hand
+of the uncle, who, as all knew, was the fly-wheel for the movements
+of the government; and thus in a short time he secured following
+and applause, [although] without the formal marks of respect which
+belong to the dignity of a ruler; and he came to direct the entire
+government, with authority and without opposition. The authority of
+Don Francisco Guerrero was greatly increased because the governor
+had made him master-of-camp, because of the death of Alonso López,
+who died within a short time [after his appointment], at an advanced
+age; this increased Don Francisco's authority, and strengthened his
+influence over the governor. The servants [of the governor] made more
+effort to secure their own advantage than that of their master, and
+therefore Don Juan de Vargas found himself alone in everything that
+was not to the profit of the uncle and his familiars. He appointed as
+castellan and governor of Cavite Don Juan Gallardo; this is the most
+influential and profitable position that the governors of Filipinas
+have at their disposal--although at the present time his Majesty
+fills this office from Madrid; and in this way it was held more
+than twenty-eight years by Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Atienza y
+Bañes, who died while holding the post of master-of-camp, in the year
+1718. Another servant, Don Francisco Fabra, he appointed chief guard of
+the Parián, an office which affords great opportunities and facilities
+for securing the best goods; and thus in this occupation he was, so
+to speak, the governor's agent, for which employ he had much ability.
+
+Don Juan de Vargas, during his entire term of office, maintained
+trade and commerce with foreign nations, as those of the Coromandel
+coast, Bengal, and Surrate--which is the greatest emporium of Eastern
+India and of all the kingdoms subject to the emperor the Great Mogor
+[i.e., Mogul], a monarch more powerful than the Great Turk, and
+without doubt more wealthy. From this emporium of Surrate almost
+every year come one or two ships of great burden, like those that
+are called "ships of the line," laden with many and varied wares of
+Eastern India. Within the last few years these traders are Mahometans,
+although before they were heathens; this is because they were obliged
+to accept the cursed doctrine of Mahoma by the former Great Mogor,
+Payxa Ali Ramasticán--who, trained up in his early years (when he
+was a fugitive from his family) by the house of Meca, was the cause
+of the total perdition of so many souls; for it is easier to convert
+to our holy faith a thousand heathens than one Mahometan. Trade and
+commerce were also very freely carried on with the Portuguese of
+Macán, and through their agency in Nueva Batavia in the island of
+Jacatra, the capital of the rich factories which the Dutch possess
+throughout India--where of the former Portuguese dominion only
+their language is left, since with that they trade and traffic; for
+they have been deprived of the fortified posts, which promised some
+advantage and profit, leaving to them only Goa (for the interment of
+Portuguese), and some posts to the north, such as Chaud, Dama, Diu,
+and Bassain. Only one who has seen it, as I have, can describe the
+great extent of every kind of trade which Manila enjoyed in the time
+of Don Juan de Vargas de Hurtado; and in that time, therefore, great
+fortunes were accumulated, and the city was adorned with magnificent
+edifices--the old ones being rebuilt, and new ones being erected,
+thus repairing the late havoc and destruction.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+[This is occupied with an account of the attempt made by the
+Augustinian Fray Juan de Rivera to go to the forbidden mission-field of
+Japan; it proved unsuccessful, and he was obliged to return to Manila.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+On the day of the apostle James news came to Manila [in 1679]
+of the safe arrival of the galleon "San Telmo" at these islands,
+and of its being outside of the Embocadero; this news was brought,
+with the royal mails, by Sargento-mayor Juan Ventura Sarra. In this
+galleon came two large and well-selected mission bands of religious;
+one was composed of thirty-one from our order, conducted by father
+Fray Juan de García, who had been sent for this purpose in the year
+1674. The other mission was composed of religious belonging to the
+Society of Jesus, who were brought by Father Francisco Salgado,
+[72] a religious of great learning and virtue. This mission [of
+ours] arrived at the most opportune time that could be imagined,
+for our province found itself in extreme necessity, on account of the
+scarcity of religious; for in ten years it had not received even the
+smallest reenforcement with which to replace them in the extensive
+and numerous ministries in its charge. So great was this lack that
+our province was already taking measures to give up some of those
+ministries; but all the religious orders and the secular clergy were
+suffering from the same need as was our province, on account of not
+having a consecrated bishop who might confer the holy orders. The
+ship "San Telmo" could not enter the Embocadero of San Bernardino,
+for it was hindered by the vendavals; and therefore it made port,
+after many hardships, in Palapag, in the province of Leyte--a very
+safe harbor, but outside of the Embocadero, and more than a hundred
+and twenty leguas distant from Manila. The religious of the mission
+came hither through the provinces of Camarines and Laguna de Bay;
+the roads were bad, for it was the rainy season, but the hardships
+of their journey were alleviated by the charitable hospitality which
+was given to them by the religious of St. Francis--who, heirs of
+that saint's seraphic love, vied with each other, on such occasions,
+in showing themselves true sons of so holy a father.
+
+They arrived at Manila, where they were received by the community
+as sons beloved by their affectionate mother, who was so eagerly
+expecting them; and on September 18--the day of the father of the poor,
+St. Thomas of Villanova--a private meeting of the definitors was held,
+and they were received by this province as her sons.
+
+In this private session father Fray Juan García declared under oath,
+in verbo sacerdotis, that, having kissed the feet of our most holy
+father Innocent XI on September 20, 1677, among other favors which his
+Holiness had granted him the latter had told him that by his apostolic
+authority he made good all the defects which might have occurred in
+the elections of this province, from its foundation until the said
+day. His Holiness granted him several jubilees for certain convents,
+and eleven thousand ordinary indulgences, in the new form which his
+Holiness has promulgated; and gave him two notable relics, a bone of
+St. Venturino the Martyr [73]--the first for the hospice at Méjico,
+and the other for the convent of San Pablo at Manila. Father Fray
+Juan García also obtained from his Holiness, on petition by this
+province, a bull in which he granted that all the procurators who
+may go to Rome and bring hither missions of religious shall enjoy
+the same exemptions which those possess who have been provincials
+(who are called absolutos); this was accepted [by the Council of
+Indias], and father Fray Juan García was the first who enjoyed this
+privilege, all his life. But he, as the devout religious that he
+was, would not allow the religious to address him as "Our Father,"
+as is the custom with the provincials, both active and retired;
+and, retiring to the province of Ilocos, where he was minister,
+he devoted himself to leading an exemplary life, abandoning himself
+entirely to meditation, mortification, and prayer until his death,
+and leaving behind a noble example as a sincere religious.
+
+[The rest of this chapter is occupied with the coming (in the "San
+Telmo") to Manila of Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite
+of the queen-mother, and a sketch of his career in Spain. The last
+paragraph reads thus:] Don Juan de Vargas, learning of his arrival,
+and that he was already coming by land through the province of
+Camarines, sent to escort him General Don Francisco Enriquez
+de Losada and Captain Alfonso de Castillo; they conveyed him to
+the port of Cavite and the fortress of San Felipe. In that place a
+house was built for him, of timber, according to his taste and plan,
+with all possible conveniences; and there he lived--at the beginning,
+with much strictness, watched by sentinels, and receiving few visits;
+but afterward with more freedom, and visited by everyone, but always
+in the presence of Captain Juan de Herrera, the warden's deputy. In
+this seclusion Don Fernando made use of his great mental ability,
+employing for his recreation the many talents which he possessed,
+especially in music and poetry; for in both these arts he had no
+equal in España. With the news which came by way of the coast of
+the death of Don Juan of Austria, the severities which, while he
+lived, had been employed toward Don Ferdinand were mitigated; and
+the prisoner enjoyed so much diversion and company that in these
+regions he could not have had more. Every month he was allowed a
+thousand pesos from the royal treasury, which was sufficient for his
+support and comforts, and for the expenses of the amusements which
+his cleverness and ingenuity devised for his recreation. I have taken
+more time than I should in this narration (which might pass for a mere
+ornament of my proper task), because this gentleman was much devoted
+to us--although he had received from us and from the Society of Jesus
+(to whom he acknowledged his obligations) much assistance in his
+seclusion and in certain difficulties which he had experienced. The
+rest of his fortunes I will relate in the proper place, when we
+reach the termination of the ten years of his retirement, his return
+to Nueva España, and finally his death. The author of the additions
+to Father Juan de Mariana's Historie general de España, [74] at the
+end of the second volume, speaks very sharply and indignantly of this
+gentleman, and as he might speak of a wicked highwayman or of a cruel
+Nero. He certainly was wrong, for Don Fernando de Valenzuela was very
+zealous in the service of his king, and his power and influence in the
+government were very beneficial to the monarchy, as after his fall
+was recognized by all, even his greatest enemies. But flattery [75]
+must have mended the pen for him, so that in this matter he might show
+himself very prejudiced. Let the name of that writer be his apology,
+for it was Don So-and-so. [Fulano] Malo. The posthumous fame of Don
+Fernando de Valenzuela, however, will not be obscured by his errors.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+The government of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado proceeded with prosperous
+results, on account of the favorable seasons and the great abundance
+of the crops which were experienced in the years 1679 and 1680; and
+through the success and extent of the commerce which was maintained
+with China and the Coromandel coast, Surrate, and other ports of
+Oriental India and the kingdoms of the Great Mogor--which formerly
+were more than fifteen in number, and furnished much income to the
+royal treasury with the customs duties [derecho de a nojarifazgo]. Not
+only from the Coromandel coast--on which the Manila trade had founded
+populous settlements, as Portonovo and Cololu--but from the city of
+Goa came ships almost every year, commerce little known [to Manila]
+before, and very remote. The governor devoted much attention to the
+sessions of the Audiencia and the obligations of his office, and
+thus the legal business which devolved upon that court was expedited,
+through the uprightness and integrity of the auditors, Don Francisco
+Mansilla, Don Diego Calderón, and Don Diego de Viga; the last named
+filled the office of fiscal acceptably to all.
+
+About this time there came to the general a solemn embassy from the
+principal ruler of Borney, whom those people revere as an emperor. This
+is the largest island of all Asia, and, according to the best
+cosmographers, has as great an area as all España and the kingdom of
+Portugal. It is thinly populated, as its surface is very mountainous;
+and therefore it is only on the shores of the sea and a few leguas
+inland that there are settlements of civilized people, if that name
+can be given to those barbarous nations. Borney has much wax, and in
+its seas are pearl-fisheries; it abounds in amber, camphor, and gold;
+and in its mountains are found large elephants, although smaller than
+those of Siám. Its inhabitants are partly Mahometans, partly heathens;
+but in color and disposition they resemble the natives of Filipinas,
+who say that they had their origin in these islands of Borney [and]
+the coast of Malayo. The ambassador was received with more ostentation
+than his person seemed to merit. Although he was corpulent and robust,
+he and all his retinue (which was not a small one) came barefooted
+and half-naked; he wore a broad bahaque, which tired him more than it
+covered him, and some wore a loose jacket, short and without a shirt
+(which is not known among these peoples); but all were well armed with
+lances and crises--which are swords as short as daggers, with which
+they are well able to defend themselves or attack, for usually they
+have these weapons dipped in poison. He made his entry [into the city]
+with great pomp, in the coach and with the halberdiers of the governor,
+and accompanied by the sargento-mayor of the garrison, Don José de
+Robles; and the governor received him under a canopy, as being he who
+represented the royal person. The ambassador's credentials came in the
+Malayan language, written in Arabic characters; these were interpreted
+by the Borneans themselves, and by a Ternatan named Pedro Machado. The
+object of the embassy, they said, was to establish trade and commerce
+on both sides, and to adjust some disputes over the limits of the
+island of Paragua and in regard to some hostile acts which had been
+committed in the lands of Borney by Alcalde-mayor Don José de Somonte,
+in vengeance for the injuries which the Camucones had inflicted in our
+islands. Everything was settled to the satisfaction of both parties,
+and the ambassador returned well content and handsomely entertained,
+with a valuable present for his king in return for another (and very
+ordinary) one which he had brought. In the following year, the governor
+sent in turn an ambassador, General Don Juan de Morales Valenzuela,
+a man of gallant nature and tall stature, with a very goodly escort of
+Spaniards. He was very hospitably received by the king of Borney, in
+a large pavilion of bamboo and nipa, which was erected for this solemn
+function; and the king allowed himself to be seen by all his vassals,
+a favor which, they say, is very rare in that royalty. Don Juan de
+Morales returned very successful, the king ceding to the Spaniards
+dominion over all the island of Paragua, and making satisfaction for
+the ravages by the Camucones; and since then we have remained very
+good friends [with the Borneans].
+
+All the three years' term of our father provincial Fray Juan de
+Jeréz was very peaceable, our order and the observance of our rules
+nourishing in this province, which continually increased in prosperity
+through the opportune measures which this judicious and devout prelate
+employed; for certainly he was one of the most observant superiors
+it had had, and it made great advancement in every way during the
+time of his government.
+
+At last the time for the chapter-session arrived, and when the voting
+fathers from the four provinces were assembling, with great peace
+and harmony, suddenly a storm arose, which they feared would occasion
+the destruction of peace within the order, and produce divisions and
+contentions very difficult to adjust; and from which might originate
+great losses to the religious and their ministries. The trouble was
+this: some of the religious who were born in Nueva España, and others
+born in these islands, where they had assumed the habit of our order,
+attempted to renew the old controversy over the alternate elections
+[76]--which arose in the year 1637, as we have related in book ii,
+chapter 26--incited to this by having found a copy of the first
+bull of Gregory XV, and the royal decree for its passage by the
+supreme Council of the Indias, attested by Don Diego Núñez Crespo,
+at that time court secretary of the royal Audiencia. With this slight
+foundation, without heeding that the matter had already been decided
+by apostolic authority--by the legate of his Holiness, that is, the
+archbishop of Manila who was then in office--according to the bull
+of his Holiness Urban VIII, issued "at Castel Gandolfo, diocese of
+Albano, May 18, 1634" (of which they probably were not aware), [they
+made this claim]. They had on their side many citizens of Manila,
+and employed as their leader Doctor Don José Cervantes Altamirano,
+a cleric in minor orders--who afterward was married, and at his death
+was alcalde-mayor of the Parián of the Sangleys, and chief clerk of
+the cabildo and municipality of Manila; he had a very keen mind, and
+with that he would, if he had been master and disciple of himself,
+have made a great jurisconsult.
+
+They appointed as judge-executor Master Jerónimo Fernández Caravallo,
+cura of the village of Quiapo, a priest of little ability and easily
+influenced. This man accepted the commission with much pleasure,
+believing that it would bring him honor and profit; and he therefore
+set up his tribunal, and appointed as his secretary Bachelor Martín
+Díaz, cura of the natives and Morenos in Manila. At once he sent this
+man to notify the provincial, Fray Juan de Jeréz, of the said bull of
+Gregory XV; but the provincial would not accept the notification, not
+recognizing Master Caravallo as a judge until he should establish his
+right as such before a competent tribunal, and because this proceeding
+found him unprepared, and with little knowledge of this controversy,
+because neither official documents nor information about it were
+found in the archives of the province. Investigations were made, and
+the original documents were found in the archiepiscopal tribunal;
+and an authentic transcript of these was found in a writing-desk
+which stood in the cell of the provincials, of which the key could
+not be found, and it served only as an ornament. In the said desk
+was also found the above-mentioned bull of Urban VIII, with which and
+the acts issued in the year 1657 the procurator-general (who was the
+writer of this history) presented himself before his Lordship Don
+Fray Felipe Pardo of the Order of Preachers, the archbishop-elect
+and ruler of this archbishopric, as being the legate appointed by
+his Holiness Urban VIII to render decision and sentence in this
+question. He looked at the bull and declared himself judge, and as
+such examined the documents, with the assistance of his counselor
+the father presentado Fray Raimundo Verart of the same order, a
+doctor in both branches of law from the university of Lérida. They
+found that this controversy was already authoritatively decided,
+[77] and with the lapse of forty-three years had become established
+as a matter of law; that there was not the least room for the claim
+made by the fathers of the Indias; and that the province possessed
+the same right as before of making its choice [of officers] freely,
+without respect of persons. Upon the litigant religious--who had taken
+refuge in, and by order of the royal Audiencia were committed to, the
+college of the Society of Jesus and the convent of San Francisco--was
+imposed perpetual silence; and with censures they were commanded to
+return to their convents, and to follow what obedience should direct to
+them. They did so, and there was no farther discussion of this matter;
+for in the following chapter-meeting attention was given to consoling
+them. Those who made amends for all were the judge-executor, Master
+Jerónimo Caravallo, and Bachelor Martín Díaz, whom the archbishop
+punished with pecuniary fines for not having first appeared before
+him with their commission, and for having erected a tribunal without
+his permission. But intercession was made for them on the part of
+our province, and their fines were diminished. Information of the
+affair was given to our very reverend father general, Fray Domingo
+Valvasorio, of Milan, who commanded that the religious who had been
+the movers of this innovation (which might so greatly have disturbed
+the peace of this province) be punished; and again imposed silence
+regarding the claim to alternation; but the whole matter was adjusted,
+for at the end the order, like a mother, must regard them as her sons.
+
+The time for the chapter-session arrived, which was May 11, 1680, at
+the convent in Manila; its president, by commission from our father
+general already named, was our father Fray José Duque; and father Fray
+Diego de Jesús, prior of the convent of Pasig, was elected provincial,
+to the satisfaction of all, by the unanimous vote of all the fathers in
+the chapter. He was a zealous religious, very observant, and enamored
+of poverty; and had great learning, prudence, and discretion. He was
+fifty-eight years of age, a native of Pejar in Extremadura, and a
+son of the convent at Salamanca--where, and in that of San Felipe at
+Madrid, he had been for many years master of the novices. He came to
+this province in the year 1669, as has already been said, influenced
+[to come] at so great an age by scruples at having excused himself in
+the year 1660 from coming as commissary for the mission which reached
+this province in the year of 1663, by the appointment given to him by
+our very reverend father general Master Fray Pablo Luquino, who was
+then visiting the provinces of España. The definitors appointed were
+fathers Fray Juan Ponce, Fray Carlos Bautista, Fray Pedro Martínez,
+and Fray Álvaro de Benavente. Father Fray José Camello and the father
+reader Fray Juan Martínez were present as visitors from the previous
+triennium; and for the present one were appointed father Fray Juan
+Guedeja and the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio. As procurator for
+going to España was appointed father Fray Manuel de la Cruz, a native
+of Toledo, and a son of the convent of Badaya; and they elected him
+definitor of this province for the next general chapter to be held,
+and agreed upon [78] the choice of a discreet for the said general
+chapter. [79] This choice was so judicious that to it is due the
+conservation and advancement of this province, for he fulfilled
+so carefully the obligation of his commission that he conducted to
+Nueva España three mission bands--the largest and most distinguished
+that this province has gained, for in all they contained over fifty
+religious--the first in the year 1684, the second in 1699 and 1700,
+and the third in 1712. [80] He himself remained in Mexico, where he
+died with the reputation of great virtue, at the age of seventy-four
+years, in 1712.
+
+It was decided in this chapter to ask our very reverend father
+general to extinguish the votes of the discreet of the convent at
+Manila, and those of the priors of the convents of Hagonoy and San
+Pablo de los Montes in the provinces of Tagalos, Mexico in Pampanga,
+Narvacán in Ilocos, and Dumarao in the province of Panay--on account
+of the usual scarcity of religious, and the deficiency which might be
+caused, by their absence while at the chapter, in Ilocos and Bisayas,
+provinces which are so remote. The other arrangements and ordinances
+which were made in this chapter publish its great zeal for promoting
+the regular observance, and the nourishing condition of that observance
+in this province.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas despatched for Nueva España the galleon
+"San Antonio," under command of General Don Francisco Enríquez de
+Losada, then accountant of the royal exchequer; and in this galleon
+went the father procurator Fray Manuel Losada, and in his company
+father Fray Miguel de Negrea--a son of the convent of San Felipe,
+and native of that city [i.e., Madrid]; he was going back to his own
+province, and died on the voyage, in the high northern latitude. The
+voyage was a very distressing one, on account of the severe tempests
+which suddenly came upon them; and many of those on board died, not
+only seamen but passengers. A better voyage was that of the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," which had sailed the preceding year by the same route
+from Nueva España, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; for on the
+morning of the day of St. John the Baptist it entered the bay of
+Manila, to the great joy of those who were watching it, and anchored
+at the port of Cavite--a good fortune which seldom has been enjoyed
+in these islands since the banishment of Don Fray Hernando Guerrero,
+in the year 1635, as we have with sadness related. In this galleon
+came Don Fray Diego de Aguilar, of the Order of Preachers, a native
+of Rioseco, as consecrated bishop of Zebú; for several years he had
+been detained in Nueva España. He brought in his company father Fray
+Manuel de Olivares, of the same order, who afterward was provincial
+of the province of Méjico; his nephew, Captain Don Juan de Urías;
+and other Spaniards. His arrival occasioned great rejoicing, on
+account of these islands having remained so many years destitute of
+a consecrated bishop, and many clerics and regulars were waiting to
+receive holy orders.
+
+In this galleon arrived three religious belonging to the mission of
+father Fray Juan García; they were choristers, and had been left
+in Nueva España, to be ordained as priests, and their names are
+as follows: father Fray Francisco Castrillón, a native of Madrid,
+and son of the convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years
+old, and had spent nine in the order. He was a minister in Tagalos
+until the year 1690, when he returned to Méjico, where he died soon
+afterward. Father Fray Dionisio Navarro, a native of Leganés, and a
+son of the same convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years old,
+and had spent seven in the order. He was a good preacher, and well
+versed in the dialects of the province of Tagalos. He went to España
+and returned hither, and died in the convent of Manila from a long and
+painful infirmity, on November 2, 1714. Father Fray Antonio Gutiérrez,
+a native of Medina Sidonia, and a son of the province of Andalucía. For
+only a short time he was a minister in Tagalos, because he soon fell
+ill with a contraction of the tendons [tullimiento], which lasted
+until his death; this occurred at Manila, in the year 1693.
+
+The arrival of this bishop of Zebú served as a great spiritual
+consolation for these islands; for he repeatedly performed pontifical
+functions, conferring holy orders on a great number of religious and
+clerics. He interceded with the governor, in order to reconcile with
+him those who had taken refuge in the churches through fear of some
+oppression from the absolute power of the governor--which can not
+be compared with any other power in the universe; and the worst is,
+that no means can be thought of for moderating and tempering it within
+the bounds of reason, because the distance of five thousand leguas
+which lies between the royal court of Madrid and Filipinas cannot
+be diminished. The swiftest post, therefore, requires three years,
+and most of them four; and if it happens that the galleon is obliged
+to put back to port, the mail is delayed to five or six years. At
+the end of so protracted a term as this, the most peremptory royal
+rescript is exposed to the danger of being withheld by the governor,
+according to his pleasure. The lord bishop with his intercession
+withdrew from asylum in the house of the Society of Jesus the secretary
+of Don Juan de Vargas, Captain Miguel Sánchez de Villanueva y Tejada,
+and restored him to favor with his master--although soon afterward
+the governor removed him from his service, making him alcalde-mayor
+of Laguna de Bay.
+
+About this time the convent of Angat in the mountains of the province
+of Bulacán was received, with the title of our mother St. Monica, and
+father Fray Juan de Morelos was appointed its prior. It was composed
+of the visitas of the convent of Quingua--Tabuquillo, Abarungco,
+Catalonan, Guinapusan, and Santa Lucía--which, on account of being
+very distant from Quingua, were administered with much difficulty;
+and therefore the ministry of Angat was founded, more than three
+leguas distant from [the convent of] Sandago at Quingua. It has
+ordinarily two hundred and fifty tributes, with a church and convent
+of wood. The district is very healthful and pleasant, because the
+land is fertilized by a river of the best water that is known in
+these islands; it is the river celebrated by the name of Quingua, the
+waters of which, compared with many others, have been found to weigh
+less. This mission is bounded on every side by very fertile meadows,
+on which abundant harvests of excellent tobacco are gathered; for this
+reason it is thickly settled with people who cultivate this plant,
+which is so esteemed throughout the world, and which now has made
+its way to the chief personages therein. This district has forests,
+although they are scattered, of heavy and valuable timber; for they
+are very dense, and so extensive that they join those of Balete and
+San Mateo, at a distance of more than eight leguas. In the district of
+this ministry the religious of St. John of God possess a fine ranch
+stocked with cattle and horses, which is the most that they have for
+the support of their convent and hospital at Manila, where they aid
+the sick poor with their usual charity. The convent of Angat has no
+vote in the chapter-meetings, and therefore is counted in the number
+of the vicariates of this province.
+
+Although the citizens of Manila are not easy to please, no matter
+how good their governors are, it appears that in the time of which
+we write they had much reason to be discontented with the government
+of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado; for not only did he devote himself
+excessively to his own personal interests, to the detriment of the
+commonwealth, but he was of a harsh and unpleasant nature, and gave
+sharp answers. Besides this he spoke in a treble voice, and people
+heard him with difficulty. He kept every one angered at his harsh
+behavior, and disgusted by his being engrossed with, the pursuit of
+gain. This was recognized in the lading of the galleons, which is the
+net of the merchants; and in this year [of 1680] the galleon "San
+Antonio" was in danger of not making the voyage, on account of its
+being so overloaded by his henchman Don Juan Gallardo, the castellan
+of Cavite--not only with his own goods, but with those of his master
+the governor--that its commander, Don Tomás de Endaya, was compelled
+to unload the vessel and return to lade it anew, accommodating the
+entire cargo to the vessel's capacity. On account of these and other
+well-known animosities against the governor and his retainers, the
+citizens this year determined to inform his Majesty against him; and
+they did so, the auditors and the city uniting for this purpose and
+making charges against him. They sent letters, with great caution,
+in this galleon; and these papers caused his removal in the year 1684.
+
+About October of this year the governor sent to Macán General
+Antonio Nieto, in order to settle some disputes relative to commerce;
+he accomplished this with much discretion, his excellent procedure
+reflecting credit on the Castilian nation. He also, with great charity,
+relieved many cases of necessity, which in the said city are very
+numerous; but this was done without injuring one iota of the Portuguese
+tenacity and pride, in which that people exceed all others in Europa.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+[This chapter describes a remarkable comet which was visible in the
+islands from the middle of November, 1680, to February 14, 1681;
+and relates at much length the condition of the Chinese empire at
+that time, and the founding of Augustinian missions therein. Of this
+matter, we retain only the description of the comet and its course.]
+
+The frightful comet [was] so large that it extended, like a very
+wide belt, from one side of the horizon to the other, with but
+little difference [in its breadth], causing in the darkness of
+the night nearly as much light as the moon in her quadrature. The
+course of this comet was, like those of the planets, a rapid one from
+east to west, so that every day it disappeared and was hidden. The
+other movement was a retrograde one, so that it moved from west to
+east three or four degrees, and sometimes more than five, each day,
+at times less. This movement lasted from November 20 until February
+14, 1681, in which time it passed through the signs of Virgo, Libra,
+Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, and Aries--passing
+the equator from the south, from the handle of Libra and Ophiuchus
+[Serpentario]. It crossed the ecliptic and southern solstice, and
+through the constellation Antinous to the tail of the Dolphin, to the
+tail of the Little Horse [i.e., Equellus], and the breast of Pegasus,
+and thence to the head of Andromeda; and it passed over the equator
+at 310° from the point of Aries. Its magnitude was frightful, for
+its circumference and head [i.e., of the coma and nucleus] was two
+thousand one hundred and four leguas; and its magnitude was equal to
+that of Mercury, which is nineteen times larger than the earth. Its
+tail reached, on January 8, an extent of seventy-five degrees, which at
+its distance made 1,437,919 leguas. It was a celestial comet, and not
+elemental; [81] and according to its parallax it was in the celestial
+quarter distant from us 1,150 semidiameters or halves of the line
+which we regard as crossing the center [82]--which, according to the
+measurement of Father José Zaragoza, a distinguished mathematician of
+the Society of Jesus, are 1,153,000 leguas, which was its apogee. Its
+movement was 7,458 times as swift as the velocity of a cannon-ball
+weighing twelve libras, which, according to those who are curious,
+travels in each minute, or sixtieth part of an hour, two-thirds of
+a legua. This comet was visible throughout the world, giving rise
+to much discussion over its effects, which in truth were generally
+very evil. On the second of January it passed the parallel of our
+zenith. These observations were made by Father Eusebius Kino, [83]
+a German, of the Society of Jesus--a mathematician of the university
+of Ingolstad, a missionary in California--while he was in Méjico;
+and he printed them, with a dedication to our Lady of Guadalupe.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+General Antonio Nieto returned from Macán, leaving the affairs of
+the commerce with these islands regulated, as well as the entrance
+of missionaries into China by that door--although it never has been
+assured, because the Portuguese allege that such entrance is opposed
+to the right of patronage of their king, with other absurdities which
+only excite a smile; for it is a fact that many of the more southern
+provinces of China fall within the demarcation of Castilla, in proof of
+which not much mathematics is needed. Moreover, the Portuguese do not
+hold a palmo of conquered land on which they have erected churches, or
+founded bishoprics, with the right of patronage; for in that very city
+of Macán the emperor of China possesses as much authority as in Cantón,
+and they pay him customs, duties and other royal tributes. And within
+that same city, while General Antonio Nieto was there, an incident
+occurred which would cause shame [even] to a nation less Catholic
+than the Portuguese, whom no other people outdo in that respect.
+
+In that city the Chinese make their idolatrous processions, and
+commit other abominations, as they do in every other part of their
+lands. It happened that in one of these processions, at that time,
+they carried an idol, a figure of a beautiful woman with a child in
+her arms, whom they call Sanpuerstsa; this is the idol to which they
+pay most devotion, for they call her "Mother of Mercy." This confirms
+what is told by the traditions in China, which declare that our holy
+faith was preached in that country; and that when it was forgotten some
+images of saints remained which were made idols. Captain Nicolás Pérez
+looked closely at the idols, and asked a Chinaman in the procession
+what image that was; and the Chinaman replied, "Here, like St. Mary
+at Manila." Nicolás Pérez, hearing this, raised his hand, and gave
+the Chinaman a heavy blow in the face. The procession was thrown
+into confusion, and the Chinese and the whole city disturbed; the
+aggressor was seized; and it cost Nicolás Pérez and General Nieto
+many pesos and much effort to leave the Chinese satisfied, and the
+Portuguese free from their fear that their city and all their royal
+patronage would be destroyed.
+
+When Antonio Nieto returned to Manila, he was accompanied by three
+clerics, who came to be ordained as priests, as at that time they had
+no bishop in Macán. One was Antonio Melo, the son of a rich Portuguese
+of much repute in Macán named Basco Barbosa; and the others were people
+of the country, that is, mestizos of Portuguese and Chinese blood. They
+were ordained by the bishop of Zebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar;
+and soon afterward they returned to Macán in a patache belonging
+to that city, accompanied by two priests of the Society of Jesus,
+mathematicians, who had come in the year 1679 with Father Francisco
+Salgado, assigned by their general to the mission of China. This
+vessel sailed about October, which is the time of the monsoon that
+is unfavorable to this voyage; and no information whatever has been
+received about it, or how or where it was lost, although great efforts
+have been made for this by the citizens of Macán.
+
+[Here follows an account of a punitive expedition against the Zambals,
+which we have already given; see VOL. XXXVIII, pp. 226-228.]
+
+The galleon "San Antonio," which had sailed in the previous year in
+charge of General Don Francisco Enrique de Losada, reached Acapulco,
+although it encountered heavy gales in the high latitudes, and returned
+prosperously to these islands. It had not the good-fortune to come in
+as far as the point of Cavite (a piece of luck which seldom occurs),
+on account of the vendavals having set in steadily; and therefore it
+made port in Solsogón. In this galleon came the following persons: The
+father master Don Fray Ginés Barrientos, of the Order of Preachers,
+and preacher to his Majesty, consecrated as bishop of Troya, to
+be assistant for the archbishopric of Manila. He was a son of the
+convent of Peña de Francia, and native of a place in Sayago called
+Barroco Pardo; he was a very learned scholastic, a great preacher,
+and a very observant religious. The father master Don Fray Juan Durán,
+of the Order of Mercy, and a native of Lima; he came as consecrated
+bishop of Sinopolis, and assistant to the bishop of Zebú; he was very
+learned, and of very handsome figure and lofty stature. The entreaties
+of his Majesty had obtained from his Holiness these two auxiliary
+bishops, with two thousand pesos of income from his royal treasury,
+and with the right of future succession to assume the government
+of the vacant sees as they might occur. They brought the bulls and
+pallium for the archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who in virtue of
+these was consecrated on October 28; this was performed by the bishop
+of Zebú, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar and the bishop of Troya, with
+the assistance of the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias,
+who carried the mitre.
+
+Presentation came as bishop of Nueva Segovia to Doctor Don Francisco
+Pizarro de Orellana, the archdeacon of Manila, and a native of that
+city; [the see was vacant] by the death of Master Don Lucas de Arqueros
+de Robles, a native of Vigan in Ilocos; and a son of Lorenzo Arqueros,
+so renowned in the revolt of the Zambals and in their destructive
+raid into Ilocos. [The said archdeacon] was a priest of lofty virtue,
+the fame of which had secured for him this dignity--which he did not
+enjoy, as he lived but a short time, and died before the bulls for
+his consecration arrived.
+
+[Others also] arrived: Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera Grimaldos,
+a native of Méjico--who was a professor in the university there, and
+dean of the faculty of law, and had been counselor of the archbishop of
+Méjico, the viceroy of Nueva España, Don Fray Payo de Rivera, of the
+order of our father St. Augustine--who came as auditor of this royal
+Audiencia of Manila. Doctor Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolívar y Mena,
+a native of Méjico--a son of Licentiate Don Juan de Bolívar y Cruz,
+a former auditor of Manila [sic] and Clementina [84] professor--also
+an auditor of this royal Audiencia. Also Doctor Don Lorenzo Esteban
+de la Fuente Alanis, a native of Murcia--a professor in Granada and
+Sevilla, and competitor for positions in Salamanca--as fiscal of the
+Audiencia. All were able lawyers, and the fiscal not only surpassed
+the rest, but was very skilful in music; and he excelled all who had
+been here in the rare art of playing well the guitar [vihuela], [85]
+an instrument handled by many, but understood only by him. Besides
+these came Licentiate Don Miguel de Lanama Altamirano, an advocate of
+this royal Audiencia; he was a married man, as also were the auditors,
+and they brought their wives with them. Don Miguel was a lawyer of much
+ability, and held important positions in his profession. An appointment
+came for Don Francisco Montemayor y Mansilla as alcalde for criminal
+cases in Méjico; he sailed for that country in the second year, with
+his son, Don Felipe Mansilla Prado, and died on the voyage. His son
+is still living--a knight of the Order of Santiago--as also is Father
+Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus.
+
+The bishop of Troya was accompanied by father Fray Alonso García,
+a native of Tamanes in Sayago, a religious of the order of our father
+St. Augustine, who had been left in Mexico, belonging to the mission
+of the year 1679; he was a son of the convent at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and was twenty-five years old; he was a minister in Tagalos, and
+died in the convent at Bulacán, in the year 1704. [With him was]
+also father Fray José de Andrada, a Portuguese, a native of Lisboa,
+and a son of the congregation of Eastern India. Having spent several
+years in this province, and desiring to be adopted into it, but
+not being able to secure that privilege for lack of the consent
+and permission of his Majesty and of our very reverend general,
+he went by land to Roma and Madrid--going to Surrate, and thence to
+Alepo and Venecia--and obtained a warrant from our father general,
+and a decree from his Majesty, ordaining that he be received into
+this province, but with a clause which stated that this should not
+be regarded as a precedent. This religious was an excellent minister
+in the province of Ilocos, where he died at an advanced age in the
+year 1705. He deserves that record be made of him, since his adoption
+into this province cost him so many peregrinations and hardships;
+for to obtain it he made the entire circuit of the terraqueous globe.
+
+This galleon brought one of the best and most copious reënforcements
+of soldiers that had been received here; for they numbered more
+than three hundred Europeans, and came from Nueva España, without
+the stigma of being convicts or men taken from the jails. [86]
+This accession was very timely for filling up the military forces
+in Manila, which was accomplished by removing many colored men and
+replacing them by Spaniards; for in this Don Juan de Vargas took
+great pains, showing himself an able soldier. Thus in the time of no
+governor since Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera was the garrison of
+Manila in so fine a condition as in that of Don Juan de Vargas. The
+baton of master-of-camp was given to General Don Fernando de Bobadilla
+(who was castellan of Santiago), in place of Don Francisco de Ardilla
+[sic], who held it ad interim. The scene began to change with the
+coming of so many bishops and of auditors and lawyers--an event
+which, it seems, tended rather to augment the forces so that the
+shock of battle might be more violent and fierce for both sides,
+the winds again returning for the fearful commotions which were to
+disturb the peace and tranquillity which the commonwealth of Manila
+had enjoyed. For although the government of Don Juan de Vargas did
+not prove to be what the citizens of Manila desired, on account of
+his natural harshness and his excessive devotion to his own private
+interests, nevertheless, as he did not rob any one of anything, and
+was only a hindrance to the merchants gaining the profits of the trade
+more to their own satisfaction; and as, on the other hand, the islands
+were in a Nourishing condition, the commerce with China and India was
+very firmly established, and wealth was not diminishing, there was
+[something] for all if their desires were not excessive, and for the
+governor more than all together. But, as covetousness is the root of
+all evils, ... from this resulted the greatest troubles and Calamities.
+
+Time had passed agreeably for the people with some festivities that
+were celebrated at the dedication of the church of Santa Potenciana,
+on May 19, which were very diverting and ingenious. There were
+poetical competitions, which were arranged for that celebration by
+the cleverness of Don José de Castellar, who had been the secretary
+of Governor Don Manuel de León--at whose posthumous expense had
+been rebuilt that church and royal seminary. In these exercises the
+geniuses that are in Filipinas showed that in that remotest corner
+of the world is hidden much that could shine in the principal courts
+of Europa; for the poems that were presented therein, both Latin and
+Castilian, might have been a credit to the leading universities. And
+certainly there was verified the saying and opinion of some critics
+who assert that Filipinas is composed of quintessences, [87] for many
+of these are found there, not only of good but of evil; and therefore
+in the pulpits as well as in theology (both scholastic and moral)
+there never lack stars of the first magnitude; and in all the rest
+"a hair is cut in the air," [88] as the common saying goes.
+
+The first misfortune which was felt was the return to port of the
+galleon "Santa Rosa," in command of General Tomás de Endaya; it is
+these losses which are most deeply felt, since all are interested in
+the prosperous voyages of the galleons; and it is one of the greatest
+troubles of these islands, if not the worst, that all are dependent
+on two bits of wood, [89] and those entrusted to the fickleness
+of the sea--the one that goes [to Acapulco], and the other that
+is expected. The sad news of its return came late in December,
+about Christmas, and caused general sorrow. The year 1682 began
+with the melancholy feeling which was inspired by seeing that we
+were deprived for that year of having a galleon from Nueva España,
+which is the artery that communicates the blood and the life for the
+preservation of these isolated islands--that is, the silver which,
+like a lodestone, attracts the most remote nations to the commerce and
+trade; and by the lack of the silver [which comes] with the galleon
+commercial transactions are greatly retarded.
+
+Now, it seems, the two camps had made ready their opposing forces for
+one of the most sanguinary battles which for many generations had been
+waged in these islands; and its consequences lasted many years, and
+its echo was a scandal to the universe. The auditors began the duties
+of their office with great care and attention, for they were all very
+erudite men, who had filled chairs in the universities of España;
+but, as the true wisdom is the fear of God, when this is lacking
+all human knowledge is useless.... In the Indias a great source of
+disputes is the desire which some ministers have for extending the
+royal privileges [regalias], expecting through this channel greater
+advancement--as if kings, and especially those who are so Catholic
+and pious as are ours of España, would be willing to do anything
+else than to render to God that which is God's, content with what is
+rendered to them, which is Cæsar's. The great privileges of the royal
+patronage are not opposed to the integrity of the episcopal dignity and
+ecclesiastical hierarchy; rather, they are in accord with each other,
+and both use their powers to promote the greater prosperity of the
+faith.... And, since the greatest privileges of the patronage of the
+Indias are pontifical concessions, how can they be used against the
+power of him who concedes them, who necessarily must be relatively
+greater?... Therefore, there neither is nor can be wrong in such
+privileges, which are founded in justice and right, and there is no
+opposition between those which are pontifical and those which are
+royal, as there is not and cannot be any between the virtues. The
+fault is in those who interpret these privileges as they do the laws,
+for they say that they give their mind to them, as if they no longer
+had any mind, and were now mente captas. [90]... Excellent and learned
+officials were all the auditors who at that time were members of
+the Audiencia of Manila; but, to judge by results, self-will greatly
+blinded their good understandings, and therefore occurred to them the
+lot of those whom our father St. Augustine mentions (treatise 4 on
+[the gospel of] John): Temporalia perdere timuerunt, et vitam æternam
+non cogitaverunt; ac sic utrumque amisserunt. [91] The infinite mercy
+of God probably did not permit that, although all met very painful and
+some very sudden deaths--except Doctor Don Diego Calderón y Serrano,
+who died as a good Christian, who did not choose to entrust the safety
+of his soul to opinions. But at the least we saw them lose temporal
+prosperity, when they were confidently expecting even more. [Here
+follows (pp. 751-766) Diaz's account of the Pardo controversy,
+which we omit, since it has been sufficiently used for annotation of
+other documents relating to that subject, for which see VOL. XXXIX,
+pp. 149-275.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+During all the three years' term of the provincial Fray Diego de Jesús
+this province enjoyed great tranquillity, and made great progress
+in strict observance, and in care and watchfulness in the mission
+villages in our charge. All regarded the provincial as a mirror,
+and seeing him they corrected their own negligence, on account of the
+great virtues that shone in him. His poverty and disregard of earthly
+things was of heroic degree. Of many of his surpassing virtues I can
+be a witness, for I had much to do with him during this triennium,
+on account of having duties near his person. It cost much urging to
+make him lay aside a habit, very old and worn, which he had used many
+years; and to induce him to change a hat which was so old that it
+appeared unsuitable and ludicrous. On many occasions he had no water
+even in his cell; and when he needed it, for visitors or for himself,
+he asked for it from others. [92] So close was his attendance in
+the choir that it seemed as if he had no other occupation. He never
+handled money during his term as provincial, to which I can testify,
+since I was his depositary and almoner (for he possessed the virtue
+of charity in a very high degree). He was frequent in prayer, and
+so severely did he mortify the flesh that after death there were
+found on him the marks of the cilices [93] of copper, even to the
+soles of his feet; a little before he died, these had been taken
+from him by father Fray José de Orense, of the Order of St. Francis,
+a religious of great ardor, to whom Fray Diego had communicated his
+own. Although I have not reached the time at which his holy death
+occurred, I am not willing to pass over in silence what happened on
+that occasion to this noble religious Fray José de Orense. The death
+of our father Fray Diego de Jesús was hastened by his infirmities,
+and by his age, which was seventy-four years. They rang the bell
+for giving him the holy sacraments, and at the same time father Fray
+José de Orense came in at the convent door. They told him that his
+dear friend was in danger of death, and he replied with a serene
+face that he already knew this, and had come to the convent on that
+account; for the two had agreed that, whoever should die first, the
+other would assist him at death. The wonderful thing is, that the
+brethren had not informed Fray José of it, nor had there been time
+for that. He remained with our father Fray Diego until the latter
+expired in his arms. Our father had completed his term as provincial,
+to the great regret of all, and then retired to a cell, which, during
+the thirteen years while he lived, he did not leave except for the
+choir-services; nor did he go outside [the convent] except with the
+body of religious. In no chapter-meeting which followed would he vote,
+although he was past provincial; and in order to carry this out better
+he endeavored to secure that his brother, Fray Buenaventura de Béjar,
+should obtain the function of voting. If in the year 1686 he presided
+in the chapter-meeting, it was by commission of our very reverend
+father general, and because some persons had magnified it as a charge
+on his conscience that it was important for him to accept that post;
+and therefore he did so, although with evident reluctance. They
+desired to elect him provincial for six years before [his death],
+but they never were able to attain this.
+
+The chapter-session was held in the convent at Manila on May 8,
+1683; and it was presided over by father Fray Juan Ponce, the first
+definitor for the past triennium, as we had not a special appointment
+for that duty from our very reverend father, the general of the whole
+order. The election for provincial fell on our father Fray José Duque,
+for the second time, with the unanimous consent of all the voting
+fathers and the general satisfaction of the whole province--who
+knew from long experience his great talent for governing, and his
+great devoutness and prudence; on account of these qualifications
+he was afterward commissary of the Holy Office. As definitors were
+elected our father Fray Juan de Jérez, the father reader Fray Juan
+Bautista Bover, and fathers Fray Alonso de Escos and Fray Francisco de
+Zamora. The visitors for the past triennium were present, the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio and father Fray Juan Guedeja; and the new
+visitors appointed for this triennium were fathers Fray José de la
+Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arnillas. The mandates and statutes of this
+chapter-session, although not many, were exceedingly useful for the
+proper government of the province.
+
+Strong recommendations were made that they should send to the
+mission of China religious who might aid fathers Fray Álvaro de
+Benavente and Fray Juan de Rivera; and for this holy employ, after
+a few months, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio offered himself,
+and, renouncing the office of prior of the convent of Cebú and the
+responsibility of vicar-provincial for that island, he embarked for
+China; and afterward he was followed by fathers Fray José Gil and
+Fray Francisco Patiño, who rendered excellent service for several
+years in those missions--although finally they withdrew on account
+of impaired health, and returned to these islands.
+
+When the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio arrived at Cantón, it was but
+a short time after the entrance into China, by way of Hermosa Island,
+of the bishop of Heliopolis, Don Francisco Palú, on a journey from
+Roma; he resided in the city of Moyang, from which place he sent to the
+regulars who were ministers notifications of the decrees of the holy
+Congregation of the Propaganda upon the subjection of the regulars to
+the apostolic vicars. This occasioned great disquiet, and hindered the
+preaching of the gospel; and from it originated bitter controversies,
+which began in that time, and are not ended up to the present; may
+it please God to bring them to an end in future days. Nevertheless,
+at the visit to Roma of father Fray Alvaro de Benavente some relief
+was given by the decree which he obtained from the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda, which suspended the subjection, and left only the
+visitation of the vicars-apostolic and some other and lesser duties
+of obedience, in other matters leaving the regulars subject to their
+own regular superiors--which is the same as to leave them subject
+to two masters. But this is impossible, by the saying of Christ
+our Lord, according to chap. xvii of St. Luke: Nemo potest duobus
+Dominis servire [94]--which is what was attempted in Filipinas
+by the archbishop Don Diego Camacho y Avila. [95] Bishop Palú,
+who styled himself vicar apostolic for the entire empire of China,
+sent to Cantón a notification of the bull of his Holiness Clement X
+and the subjection of the regulars, to a French priest named Filibert
+Leblanc--who is still living, a very old man, and is vicar apostolic
+of a province. His coming occasioned much grief to the fathers of
+St. Francis, and to father Fray Miguel Rubio, who made such answer
+as at that time seemed expedient. The bishop of Heliopolis lived but
+a short time in China, dying in the city of Moyang.
+
+This year the governor despatched to Nueva España two galleons, with
+a considerable interval between, thus providing a remedy against
+the returns to port which had been experienced in preceding years;
+for it was very possible that, in case one ship were driven back,
+the other could make its voyage--which had been known to occur
+many times, since they could not keep together in that dangerous
+navigation, and might follow very different courses; and one will
+suffer from a storm, and the tempest not reach the region where the
+other vessel is sailing. Accordingly, he sent the galleon "Santa Rosa"
+as flagship, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; and as almiranta the
+galleon "San Telmo," under his follower Admiral Don Francisco Fabra,
+a very sagacious and active man. These two galleons made a prosperous
+voyage and reached the port of Acapulco, where General Antonio Nieto
+remained as castellan of the castle there (until his Majesty should
+give him a proprietary appointment), because he who held this office
+was dead, and the viceroy of Nueva España, Marqués de Laguna and
+Conde de Paredes de Nava, [96] appointed ad interim General Antonio
+Nieto. [This resulted] to the great improvement of that fort, for he
+strengthened and repaired it, and provided it with military supplies,
+in which it was very deficient--most of this at his own cost, because
+he had a generous disposition.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas also placed on the stocks, at the port of
+Cavite, a galleon to which he gave the name "Santo Niño Jesús de Cebú,"
+one of the largest ships ever built in these islands; its builder was
+Juan Sánchez, a man well skilled in the art of such construction,
+on account of having practiced it many years in Yucatán. So much
+diligence was used in constructing the ship that it made a voyage to
+Acapulco in the year 1684, as we shall relate in its place.
+
+In this year of 1683 there came to Don Juan de Vargas an envoy
+extraordinary from the king of Siám, and from his barcalón (or prime
+minister in all the kingdom), who was a Greek and very Catholic,
+named Constantius Falcón. The envoy was a religious of the order of
+our father St. Augustine, a native of Lisboa, named Fray Estebán
+Sousa; [he was formerly] a lecturer on theology in the convent of
+Évora, and had been rector at Goa and visitor for Macán, and was a
+religious of great learning and greater virtue. It seems that one
+of the things solicited by the barcalón Constantius Falcón was,
+to retire to Manila with his family and all his wealth, which was
+great, on account of his being the royal favorite and having great
+influence with the king of Siám--who, although a barbarian and very
+superstitious, as are all that people, had a very amiable disposition
+and much esteem for Europeans. Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya,
+with whom Constantius was on very intimate terms, dissuaded him from
+this purpose; and certainly the arguments which he brought forward
+were reasonable, based on the extreme and incredible power of the
+governors of Manila, which is very unfriendly to the possessor of
+much wealth, as has been confirmed by experience. I could set down
+here many instances of this which have occurred in my own time;
+but I omit this, as being a matter that is both delicate and offensive.
+
+It would have been very prudent on the part of Constantius to have
+retired from Siám; for within a few years the king died, and his
+successor was not so kind and well-intentioned. This king inflicted on
+Constantius a most cruel death, and appropriated his enormous wealth,
+which, according to report, was counted by millions. It is true that
+Constantius was very guilty, for he had formed an alliance with the
+French, and was planning to surrender to them the kingdom of Siám;
+and for this purpose he had corresponded with the king of France,
+who sent many Frenchmen for this enterprise--which ended very badly,
+and cost most of them their lives; and the missionary bishops suffered
+very great privations. The intention of Constantius was a good one;
+it was, to establish the Catholic faith in Siám, for which he had
+built some churches. For the adornment of these, he sent [orders]
+through the said Don Francisco de Moya for many chalices, monstrances,
+and vessels of silver covered with gold, to be wrought in Nueva España;
+on account of his death, these were sold in Manila, and now they are
+in many churches of these islands. Only his wife escaped--a Japanese
+woman, a very good Christian--and a son of his, who went to Francia,
+where the most Christian king conferred honors on him, and gave him
+an income and the title of count.
+
+Father Fray Estebán de Sousa, having concluded the business which
+he had to transact in Manila, returned to Siám; and the king of that
+country sent him as his ambassador to the king of Portugal, accompanied
+by two Siamese nobles [mandarines] who carried a rich present. With
+them he went to Goa, where the viceroy of India sent him on his way
+to Lisboa with the best ship that he had. But when they arrived at
+the Cape of Good Hope the ship was dashed to pieces, at the place
+which is called "the false cape," and most of its people perished,
+including one of the Siamese nobles. Father Fray Estebán and another
+religious of Ours--a Portuguese named Fray José de Gracia, who had
+spent several years in Filipinas--with a very few others, saved their
+lives. They traveled by land more than forty leguas, through those
+desert shores of Africa, where they encountered only lions of fearful
+size; they saved themselves from the lions at night by surrounding
+themselves with fires, on account of the antipathy which those fierce
+beasts have for fire. They ate some herbs of the field, and, weakened
+by hunger and fatigue, they fell dead along the way; more than forty
+Portuguese perished, among them two religious of the Society of Jesus,
+for they were old men and unable to travel so far, or to suffer such
+privations. After many days, having endured incredible sufferings,
+they reached a city which the Dutch have at the Cape of Good Hope,
+called Santa Elena; they were received there with much kindness, and
+the Dutch treated them very well, and relieved their many necessities.
+
+Father Fray Estebán returned to Goa, and by order of his provincial
+went back to Siám, where in the Bandel [97] of the Portuguese he
+made a hermitage; and there, allowing his beard to grow, he devoted
+himself wholly to prayer and mortification, being an example for
+all the Europeans in that kingdom. He had his grave always open,
+in which he often placed himself, and there meditated on the end of
+the glories of this world. In the year 1698 he returned to Manila,
+in order to procure a bell for his hermitage and some other articles
+for its adornment, and to collect some alms. In the following year
+he went back to Siám, to continue that mode of life, [which he did]
+until the year 1709, when they found him dead in his hermitage, on his
+knees; they buried him in the grave which he had always kept open. The
+spirit of this religious was approved in Manila by men consummate
+in virtue--especially by fathers Fray Francisco de la Concepción
+and Fray José Orense, Franciscans, who were very spiritual men,
+and well qualified to decide on souls truly mystical. He practiced
+great mortification in his food, for he never ate flesh or fish,
+but only fruits (and those without any additional relish), roasted
+sweet potatoes and bananas, and a little boiled rice.
+
+In a vessel from the Coromandel coast came Juan Antúnez de Portugal,
+a knight of the Order of Christ, and a son of the celebrated Portuguese
+jurist Domingo de Antúnez de Portugal (of the same order), who wrote
+the very learned book, De regalibus. He came with an appointment from
+his king as governor of the islands of Timor and Solor, and, having
+fallen dangerously ill at Malaca, he feared, as a good Catholic,
+to die among those Calvinistic heretics; and therefore embarked in a
+coasting vessel which was coming to Manila with merchandise. He was
+received by Governor Don Juan de Vargas with the hospitality which
+his person and noble rank merited, and medical treatment was provided
+for him with great care. As soon as he became well and was ready to
+continue his voyage to Timor, the governor sent him, well provided,
+in a very good vessel belonging to some Portuguese traders, and gave
+him some Spaniards to accompany him.
+
+The islands of Timor and Solor are the last of which we have knowledge
+toward the south beyond the island of Jacatra, where the Dutch have
+founded the city of Nueva Batavia, the capital of all the colonies
+and factories that they possess in Eastern India from the Cape of
+Good Hope, which are numerous and rich. The islands of Timor and
+Solor abound with gold, and in them alone grows the sandalwood,
+a very fragrant and esteemed wood, and a great article of trade
+for China--although the transportation of it is very unbecoming for
+Christians, because it is the incense and timiama which the Chinese use
+most in the sacrifices to their idols; and therefore the Portuguese
+have found by experience that wealth gained by this wretched traffic
+never is profitable. These islands are under the Portuguese dominion
+and are relics of its ancient colonies, although they are but little
+subject to it on account of being more than twelve hundred leguas
+from Goa. At that time the rule over them had been usurped by a
+Dutch mestizo (although he feigned to be a Catholic), named Antonio
+de Ornay, a very sagacious man and an able politician, who governed
+them more as a king than as a vassal (as he said he was) of the king
+of Portugal--whom he recognized so far as it seemed good to him, and
+made contributions to his revenues with part of the great and almost
+incredible riches which it was said he possessed, especially in gold;
+but most of his wealth was hidden and buried in the ground. The king
+of Portugal and the viceroy of India, knowing that they could do no
+more, allowed him to remain in that power, and sent him [the insignia
+of] the Order of Christ, and other titles of honor. It seems that
+the cabinet at Lisboa were displeased at the limited power that the
+Portuguese crown possessed in Timor, and decided to send Juan Antúnez
+to replace Antonio de Ornay, but armed and escorted only by the royal
+warrant, which is more than enough for Portuguese loyalty. Juan Antúnez
+arrived at the principal port of Timor, and found it in hostile array
+and garrisoned by soldiers of all nations, sent by Antonio de Ornay,
+who already had information (by way of Batavia) of his new successor;
+these soldiers had orders from him not to allow Juan Antúnez or any
+other person to land from the vessel, and not to accept from him any
+despatch or letter. The new governor spent many days there, waiting to
+see if he could at least write a letter to Antonio de Ornay; but seeing
+that he had no remedy except to return to Manila, he did so, with much
+difficulty and lack of provisions. From Manila he set out for India,
+where he was afterward governor of Mozambique and other places in
+Africa. Antonio de Ornay remained absolute master of Timor and Solor,
+until he died suddenly, of old age; and without the assistance of
+a priest, because the influence [aires] of the neighboring Batavia
+had so weakened his scruples. At his death was present a citizen
+of Macán, Antonio de Vasconcelos, of the same Order of Christ, who
+told us in these islands that all the wealth of Antonio de Ornay, a
+great quantity of gold, had been lost; for, as he had buried all his
+treasures and died suddenly, they remained for the court of Pluto,
+the imaginary god of riches and also of hell.
+
+About the end of the year, Auditor Doctor Don Cristóbal Herrera
+Grimaldos died, aged more than seventy years. The cause of his
+death--which came rapidly, in an illness of a few weeks--was that
+a running sore that he had in his right arm became cancerous. It
+is said that it was this arm that he stretched out to seize the
+archbishop when he ordered [the soldiers] to carry out the prelate
+in the chair on which he was sitting; such is the story, but it
+is not confirmed.... What is certainly known is, that he made no
+effort to secure absolution from the excommunication. He publicly
+received the holy viaticum, which was administered to him by the
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; and they buried him in the
+church of the Society of Jesus at Manila. Afterward the archbishop,
+having returned from his exile (as we shall soon relate), by sentence
+and demand from his attorney-general ordered that the auditor's body
+be disinterred; but this proved ineffectual, because it was alleged
+that the body had been buried in a general sepulchre, in which were
+the bones of others of the faithful, and those of the auditor could
+not be recognized. At this, the ecclesiastical officials desisted
+from their attempt; but there was no other declaration to the contrary.
+
+While the archbishop was enduring his exile in Lingayén--or, to speak
+more correctly, his imprisonment, since he had not the liberty that
+exiled persons enjoy--in Manila the tempest continued against the
+religious of St. Dominic, who, as being his brethren in the order,
+had great share in his troubles. The usurping provisor, Dean Don
+Miguel de Covarrubias, and the cabildo, successful in maintaining the
+vacant see [sede vacante], arrested and harassed all those who, as it
+seemed to them, did not agree with their opinion. And as it seemed to
+them that all the force in this opposition came from the religious of
+St. Dominic--especially from the provincial, Fray Antonio Calderón;
+father Fray Cristóbal Pedroche, commissary of the Holy Office and
+vicar-provincial; father Fray Bartolomé Marrón, rector of the college
+of Santo Tomás; and the two lecturers in theology, father Fray Juan
+Ibáñez and Fray Francisco de Vargas--they demanded aid from the
+governor, Don Juan de Vargas, to banish those religious. The governor
+issued a royal decree, signed only with his own name, directing the
+provincial to send the five religious above mentioned to the village of
+Lalo, the capital of the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, distant a hundred
+leguas from Manila, on the pretext that some of them were preaching,
+and others teaching, erroneous doctrines in the community. The said
+provincial replied to this that if the errors consisted in saying
+that the cabildo and their provisor had usurped the ecclesiastical
+jurisdiction, and that the persons who had banished the archbishop
+and arrested the ecclesiastics deserved the censures [of the church],
+it was himself who had most influence [in forming that opinion in
+them], and who with most firmness maintained it; and that as his
+subordinates were not to blame in the matter, since they obeyed the
+commands laid on them, he could not fulfil the orders given by the
+royal decree. The said master-of-camp issued a second decree in the
+same form as the first, repeating its commands, and ordering that
+the provincial with the five religious be brought to this capital.
+
+To the end that this order might be executed, he gave commission to
+Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, auditor of that Audiencia--who,
+accompanied by several companies of arquebusiers and other soldiers
+under the command of the said governor, went to the convent of San
+Domingo; and, leaving it surrounded with many of the soldiers, with
+others he entered it to make known the said royal decree. He actually
+notified the provincial and Fray Cristóbal Pedroche, commissary of the
+Holy Office and vicar-provincial of Manila; and the soldiers looked
+through the entire convent in search for the rector, Fray Bartolomé
+Marron. Not finding him, they went on to the college of Santo Tomás,
+and, after making the same efforts to find the said rector, but
+in vain, notified the two professors of the same decree. They made
+substantially the same reply as the provincial--all of them saying
+that they could not voluntarily leave their offices and province; but
+that they were ready to endure any violence for the sake of God and
+His cause. The news of this was sent to the said master-of-camp Don
+Juan de Vargas, and he was told how in the convent and the college
+all the doors and offices had been opened to the soldiers, without
+resistance; he gave orders that the soldiers should remain round
+about the convent and college, and should not permit the entrance
+of any provision of food or water for the religious until the six
+should be surrendered, and should go alone to the places designated
+in the said royal decree. This blockade, with this rigor, lasted four
+days, and on the last day, which was the day next following Corpus
+[Christi], the same auditor went to the convent; and, having made
+various protestations and requisitions, ordered the usurping provisor
+(who was present) to remove those religious. After some questions
+and replies the provisor commanded the soldiers to carry in chairs,
+in their arms, to the place of embarkation of the provincial and his
+vicar-provincial; this was actually done, carrying them until they
+placed the religious in the vessel which had been made ready for this
+purpose. This having been accomplished at the convent, they went to
+the college of Santo Tomás, and the same thing was done to the two
+professors of theology; and, all being placed together in the same
+vessel, they were conveyed to the port of Cavite. From that place
+the two professors were transported in another vessel to the island
+of Mariveles; and the provincial and vicar-provincial were detained
+there until the time for the sailing of the ship for Nueva España,
+in which they were embarked. The said provincial reached the kingdom
+of España, where he died a few months after his arrival.
+
+At the same time, by order of the said master-of-camp, Doctor Don
+Diego Calderón went to the convent of the Parián (which is the
+village of the heathen Chinese), with the same display of arms
+and soldiers, in quest of the said vicar-provincial, and searched
+the entire convent--where he could not be found, since he was,
+as has been stated, in the convent of Manila, in company with the
+provincial. With the same commission Captain Don Luis de Morales
+Camacho, alcalde-in-ordinary, went with armed soldiers to a ranch
+named Biñán, distant eight leguas from Manila, and belonging to the
+said college, to seize the rector, thinking that they would find him
+there; and General Antonio Vásquez went, with the same accompaniment
+of soldiers, to the convent of Abucay, a ministry for the Indians,
+distant eight leguas from Manila by sea, to look for Fray Raimundo
+Verart; but, as they could not find those two religious, they could
+not in their case put into execution the [sentence for their] removal
+from the islands. Strenuous efforts were made in Manila to look for
+the father rector, Fray Bartolomé Marron, but they could not find him;
+for he was safely hidden in the house of a person who was strongly
+attached to the order; so they desisted from their search for him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+The two galleons which had sailed for Nueva España in the preceding
+year arrived safely at Filipinas [1684], although they did not make
+port at Cavite, but at Solsogon, within the Embocadero. The flagship
+"Santa Rosa," which had gone out in charge of Antonio Nieto (who had
+remained as warden of the castle at Capulco), brought back as its
+commander Don Juan de Zalaeta, a native of Vizcaya, and a knight of
+the Order of Santiago. He had spent many years in these islands, and
+had been a soldier in Ternate; and, having returned to [Nueva?] España,
+had held several honorable offices--as, being alcalde-mayor of Hicayán
+and Puebla de los Angeles, and warden of Acapulco. In this galleon
+came the governor who was to succeed Don Juan de Vargas; this was
+the admiral of galleons, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, a
+knight of the Order of Santiago, and a member of the "twenty-four"
+of Sevilla and of the supreme Council of War. He had been commander
+of the Windward fleet, [98] and had held other responsible positions
+on sea and land; and he was a Vizcayan, a native of Elgoibar. Don
+Juan de Zalaeta carried the commission for taking the residencia of
+Don Juan de Vargas, and other warrants; but the most important person
+among those whose residencias he must take was the master-of-camp Don
+Francisco Guerrero de Ardila, uncle of Don Juan de Vargas's wife. It
+was this man who had enjoyed the profits of the office of government,
+and this year he was returning to España as commander of the galleon
+"Santo Niño." That vessel met within the Embocadero the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," and, learning that in the latter had come a successor
+to Don Juan de Vargas, he hoisted the anchors without waiting for
+further information, whether opportune or not [con tiempo ó sin
+él], and sailed into the sea outside; and he was not ill-advised
+in this step, since in the residencia he would have been the chief
+personage. When Don Juan de Zalaeta learned that the best of the hunt
+had escaped from him, he was much grieved that he could not catch him;
+although it would have grieved Don Francisco Guerrero more if they
+had seized him. That gentleman knew how to enjoy the advantages of
+Filipinas quite alone, and to go away laughing at the citizens and
+every one else; but Don Juan de Vargas remained behind, in custody,
+to make amends for his own faults and those of others.
+
+In company with the above-mentioned governor came very distinguished
+officers, all Vizcayans; there were Don José de Escorta, Don Pedro
+Uriósolo, Don Francisco Alvarez, Don Bernardo de Endaya (who carried
+the despatches from his Majesty), Don Pedro de Avendaño, Don Matías
+de Mugórtegui, Don Francisco de León y Leal, Don Juan Bautista
+Curucelaegui, Don Andrés de Mirafuentes, Don José de Herrera, Don
+Manuel González, Don Lorenzo Mesala, Don Francisco Carsiga (who
+died a priest), Don José Arriola, Don Martín Martínez de Tejada,
+and Don Lucas Vais; all of them were generals and sargentos-mayor,
+whom we know as captains, and rendered much service and honor to
+these islands. In this galleon came Don Mateo Lucas de Urquiza;
+also Captain Lorenzo Lázaro, a noted pilot; Captain Don Francisco
+Cortés, boatswain; and for ship's storekeeper Juan de Aramburu,
+a brave Vizcayan who served in many important exploits.
+
+In the almiranta "San Telmo," in which returned the admiral Don
+Francisco Manuel de Fabra, came a numerous and excellent mission of
+religious of our father St. Augustine; it was sent by father Fray
+Manuel de la Cruz, who left these islands in the year 1680; he himself
+had been left in our hospice of Santo Tomás de Villanueva, outside
+the city of Méjico. This galleon "San Telmo" was in great danger of
+not being able to return hither, for, having set sail several days
+after the flagship, on leaving the port the rudder-irons broke, and
+the ship was almost unmanageable--a defect very difficult to repair in
+that place, on account of the scarcity of artisans at Acapulco. If it
+had not been for the diligence and energy of the warden Antonio Nieto,
+who sent to a great distance to get workmen, and made the repairs at
+his own cost and with his personal attention, this loss would have
+been irremediable; but his zeal and good judgment enabled the ship to
+pursue its voyage with but a few days' loss of time, and to succeed
+in making port at these islands.
+
+On the eve of St. Bartholomew's day, August 23, in the afternoon,
+the distinguished mission of our religious entered Manila; in numbers
+it was the largest that had entered this province, [99] and in quality
+unequaled. This province received them with great tokens of rejoicing;
+and the land welcomed them with an earthquake, and not a slight one,
+which occurred that night. On August 29 the private session of the
+definitory was held, to draw up the formal statement of receiving
+and incorporating them [into the province].
+
+On the day following the entry of our religious into Manila, that
+is, the day of St. Bartholomew, the new governor, Don Miguel de
+Curucelaegui y Arriola, made his entry into the city; this was done
+with great pomp, and two triumphal arches were erected for him, by the
+college of the Society of Jesus and our convent, with very ingenious
+emblematic allusions in Latin and Castilian verse, and very expressive
+laudations. At this entry occurred a disaster which might have served
+to the heathen as a bad omen. Hardly had the governor entered through
+the Puerta Real, which they call Puerta de Bagumbayan, when a balcony
+that was on the side within the city wall above the said gate gave
+way, and fell, with great injury to those who were within it; so that
+many were left cripples, and among these a Recollect religious named
+Fray Luis. The fiscal of the royal Audiencia, Doctor Don Estebán de
+la Fuente Alanis, escaped the danger, the falling balcony striking
+his horse's tail; and Captain Don Francisco de Arcocha, the equerry
+of the new governor, was hurt. But, although many were injured,
+the life of no person was endangered.
+
+The religious of this mission brought with them an image for devotion,
+a painting of the holy Christ of Burgos, touched up to accord with
+the original. This was received in Manila with great solemnity,
+in a procession, the new governor taking part therein on account of
+being much given to that devotion, and with him the most distinguished
+persons in the city. The image was deposited in the main chapel, with
+an altar and retable which were very suitable for it, until the Conde
+de Lizárraga, Don Martín de Ursua y Arismendi, provided that which the
+image has at the present time. The governor went to mass every Friday,
+and there was a large attendance of citizens of Manila--I know not
+whether out of complaisance with him; for at the death of Don Gabriel
+de Curucelaegui, who was buried at the foot of the aforesaid altar,
+at the same time was buried with him the devotion of the citizens
+of Manila. The same occurred in the government of the said Conde de
+Lizárraga, who again revived this devotion; for it was likewise buried
+with him, in the same place. So much influence has the example of the
+governors in these islands, and so great is their power, that even
+devotion seems to need their aid. The religious also brought a brief
+from his Holiness Innocent XI for the erection of a confraternity of
+the holy Christ of Burgos; this undertaking was carried out, and its
+first director [100] was this devout governor. In his time it had a
+large membership, but today it has very few confriers; but they are
+most devout and sincere when they are least influenced by vain and
+worldly considerations, and most please the Lord when they are anxious
+to please not princes--men in whom there is no real prosperity--but
+the King of kings, who always repays them in money of infinite value.
+
+Much did the Catholic governor grieve over entering upon his office
+without the benediction of the archbishop, and at finding the people of
+the city as a flock without a shepherd, their consciences loaded with
+scruples over matters of so much importance, and all of them perplexed
+and entangled in these dissensions; and therefore he resolved, with
+firm purpose and heroic determination, to cause the archbishop to
+be restored to his church. The opposition which he encountered among
+the auditors in his efforts to secure this cannot be expressed; but
+he firmly maintained his resolution, even to the extent of saying
+that he would restore the archbishop, even if it should cost him his
+head. He consulted the religious orders, asking them to give him their
+opinions, on the basis of law, both civil and canonical. I have not
+seen what the other corporations replied, which I suppose must have
+been what the governor desired; but I know well that the Order of
+St. Augustine adduced many and very substantial arguments in favor
+of the restitution of the archbishop to his church, and this with
+many citations from the authors on whom the auditors had taken their
+stand--who, as the royal Council of the Indias afterward declared,
+were greatly at error in their method, according to what the royal
+laws ordain in case it should be necessary to enforce the penalty of
+banishment against any prelate. The same error was committed by the
+capitulars of the ecclesiastical cabildo in declaring and proclaiming a
+vacant see, through their misunderstanding of the chapter Si Episcopus,
+"De supplenda negligentia prælatorum," in VI [101]--an error which
+afterward cost them all so dear, especially the dean, Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Cóbarrubias.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, determined to restore
+the archbishop to Manila, sent to Lingayén as his agent for
+accomplishing this, General Don Tomás de Endaya; and the city of
+Manila sent a regidor, Sargento-mayor Don Gonzalo de Samaniego, and
+some citizens. With them went the past provincial of Santo Domingo,
+Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, commissary of the Holy Office, and many
+others, with an escort of soldiers. On November 16 the archbishop
+came back from his exile, to the general rejoicing of the entire city,
+which had been so long a time afflicted by the absence of its pastor
+and prelate. The artillery was fired [as a salute], from the castle,
+and from the wall adjoining the gate of Santo Domingo, by which the
+archbishop made his entrance; and after he had visited the church he
+went to the palace, to see his liberator, the Catholic governor--who
+said that, in case his proceeding should displease his Majesty and
+the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, he would regard it as a
+great glory to have a punishment, even were it capital, imposed upon
+him. This may be believed of him, as he was a man of a great soul,
+although small in body; Major in exiguo regnavit corpore virtus. [102]
+What we saw in him was, that he was one of the best governors that
+these islands have had--affable, pious, magnanimous, and in the highest
+degree disinterested, and with this very liberal. And therefore he
+was wont to say that he had come to Filipinas to be poor, where other
+governors had come to be rich. This he said with truth, because in
+España and the Indias he had possessed much wealth, gained in the
+many voyages that he had made in command of the fleet and galleons
+to Perú and Nueva España, which had been consumed by his ostentation
+and liberality. We may therefore regard it as a punishment of God
+upon these islands that He removed him from us in the fifth year of
+his term of government--in which time he was severe with those only
+to whom he could not in justice be kind--unless it were that divine
+justice chose him for the punishment of those who had deserved it
+before his time. [103]
+
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui began his government with great
+acceptability and satisfaction to all, and taking the measures
+necessary for the maintenance of these islands. The year of 1685 was
+a hard one on account of the general epidemic of smallpox which raged,
+not only in these islands but in all the kingdoms of China and Eastern
+India--especially on the Coromandel coast, where many millions of
+Malabàrs died. In Filipinas the ravages of the epidemic were great,
+principally among the infants; but the place where, it is affirmed,
+the pest caused incredible loss was in the mountains of Manila where
+the insurgent blacks [i.e., Negritos] dwell, so many dying that those
+mountain districts were left almost uninhabited. But it was not only
+among them that the disease wrought such destruction, but also among
+the deer and wild swine, of which there is an innumerable multitude
+in these mountains, even after they have contributed with their flesh
+to the support of so great a number of blacks. The reason why so many
+die with this contagion is, first, their weak physique; and second,
+the custom that they have of abandoning those who are attacked by the
+disease, on account of which they die much sooner--and, what is worse,
+in their heathen blindness. In China many millions of people died,
+so that there was no one to cultivate the fields; from this resulted
+great famine and mortality, after the epidemic of smallpox.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+The first vessel that the governor despatched for Nueva España was
+the galleon "Santa Rosa;" and he appointed as its commander Don
+Francisco Zorrilla, a native of Granada; as its chief pilot, Admiral
+Don Lorenzo Lazcano; and as sargento-mayor, Don Bernardo de Endaya. The
+voyage of this galleon caused great damage to the citizens of Manila,
+on account of the difficulty in disposing of their property caused
+by the poor market [104] that they found at the port of Acapulco,
+because a fleet of many vessels, laden with merchandise, had arrived
+at Vera Cruz. From the time of this voyage, the shipments which
+were sent from these islands to the commerce of Nueva España began
+to decrease--not only on account of the above-mentioned fleets, but
+through the numerous imposts and contributions which were levied on the
+galleons of Filipinas, which continually increased; [105] consequently,
+seldom was a voyage made from which the citizens obtained any profits
+beyond their principal from the goods which they shipped.
+
+During the time which the archbishop spent in his exile at Lingayén
+occurred the death of the bishop of Nueva Segovia--Doctor Don
+Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, a native of Manila--at the village of
+Vigan, the capital of the province of Ilocos, a few months after his
+consecration. He was very learned, and greatly beloved for his very
+affable manners and his angelic gentleness. He had been for many
+years provisor and archdeacon, and commissary of the Holy Crusade;
+[106] he was therefore greatly esteemed by all, and his loss was
+keenly felt. His death caused a long vacancy in the said church
+[of Nueva Segovia], which lasted until the year 1704, when his
+successor arrived; this was Master Don Fray Diego Gorospe é Irala,
+of the Order of Preachers, a native of Puebla de los Angeles. This
+prelate made strenuous endeavors to establish the visitation of the
+regulars in charge of missions, and gave much occasion for patience
+to the religious of St. Dominic and St. Augustine as long as he lived,
+which was until May 20, 1715. On account of the death of Don Francisco
+Pizarro, the cabildo of Manila named for governor of that bishopric
+Don Diego de Navas, who had been expelled from the Society of Jesus,
+a man of impetuous disposition; this was one of the charges afterward
+made by the archbishop against the cabildo. That prelate, after he
+was restored to his church, sent his assistant the bishop of Troya,
+Don Fray Ginés de Barrientos, to rule that bishopric. [Here follows
+an account of Pardo's dealings with the ecclesiastical cabildo and
+other persons who had been excommunicated on account of their share
+in his banishment, which is here omitted, as having been sufficiently
+recounted in "The Pardo Controversy," VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+This year the galleon "Santo Niño" arrived from Acapulco, and
+Master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero remained behind in Nueva España,
+thus escaping from the numerous lawsuits of the residencia, with all
+of which Don Juan de Vargas was laden. It would have been of great
+assistance to him to have had the aforesaid Don Francisco at his side,
+since the latter was very crafty and sagacious, and not so easily
+perplexed in matters that concerned him as was Don Juan de Vargas;
+for the governors in that country need to be very liberal in the
+residencia, and to have much patience and courage.
+
+As commander [of the galleon] in place of Don Francisco Guerrero came
+General Antonio Nieto, because a proprietary appointee had succeeded
+him in the castle of Acapulco. There also came in his company three
+religious, sent by father Fray Manuel de la Cruz--two who had remained
+[in Nueva España] sick from the last mission; and the other because
+he had enlisted for this province, a son of Mechoacán. [The next
+two paragraphs relate to the residencia of Vargas; part of this has
+already been used for annotations in the account of that trial in
+VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+The peace and pious tranquillity which this province enjoyed throughout
+the three years' government of our father Fray José Duque was like that
+which it had enjoyed during the three years of his former term, and was
+what this province had expected from him on account of the knowledge
+and experience which all had of his piety, great discretion, and
+sagacity in making way through the greatest difficulties. Accordingly,
+they bade farewell to his paternal government with much regret, and
+determined to reëlect him for a third term--which they did afterward
+at the proper time, opportunity being afforded for this by the long
+span of his life and the robust constitution with which he was endowed,
+which were astonishing.
+
+The time arrived which our Constitutions assign for holding the
+provincial chapter, and it assembled in the convent of Manila; over
+it presided, with letters from our very reverend father general
+Fray Antonio Paccino, our father Fray Diego de Jesús. Our father
+Fray Juan de Jérez was elected provincial for the second time, with
+great satisfaction to all; and as definitors were chosen the fathers
+Fray Luis Diaz, Fray Juan García, Fray Felipe de Jaurigue, and Fray
+Diego de Alday. The visitors of the past triennium were present,
+Fray José de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arniellos; and as visitors
+for this triennium were appointed father Fray Ignacio de Rearcado and
+the father reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte. Very judicious ordinances
+were enacted for the proper government of the province, and for the
+maintenance of the strict regular observance which in those times
+flourished therein--in which the new provincial had taken a prominent
+part in his first triennium (which was from 1677 to 1680), and in
+the past one, in which he had been prior of [the convent in] Manila.
+
+The provincial began to govern with so much zeal and industry that it
+would be tedious for me to tell how much he accomplished in one year
+only--the least being that he had visited all the provinces, even
+to those of Ilocos and Bisayas, without omitting in one point his
+exercises of prayer and mortification. Of this I can give reliable
+testimony, as one who was his secretary and companion during the
+twenty-two months while he governed, his death being caused by the
+great labors of this visitation, in which with holy zeal and activity
+he performed incredible labors in promoting the religious observance,
+and in securing the cleansing and adornment of the altars and the
+ornaments, in which he was exceedingly careful and assiduous. He
+suffered much from the continual harassment of the scruples which
+tormented him, so much that it caused one grief to see the so heavy
+cross which the Lord placed on the shoulders of this His creature,
+which he bore with great fortitude and courage....
+
+Among the excellent arrangements made by this chapter was the chief
+one, which was that father Fray Álvaro de Benavente should go to España
+as procurator; he had a few months before returned from China, where
+he left our missions very well established in the kingdom of Cantón,
+with houses at Xaoquinfú and Nanhiunfú, and two others in other
+places of less note. At the same time he was appointed definitor for
+the general chapter which was to meet in Roma, to which father Fray
+Alvaro was very desirous of going on account of the affairs of the
+missions conducted by the regulars in China, from whom he carried
+letters and authority to act in regard to the remission of the oath
+of subjection to the apostolic vicars. They gave him the necessary
+despatches, and he determined to make the voyage by way of the Cape
+of Good Hope, because that year there was no galleon going to Nueva
+España, the cause of which will be told later. He embarked for Batavia
+on a Portuguese vessel, and as his companion was assigned the brother
+Fray Juan Verganzo, who had come with the mission of the year 1684. He
+arrived at Batavia, where he encountered great difficulties in making
+the voyage to Amsterdam; but all these were overcome by a Dutchman,
+a Calvinist preacher named Teodoro Zas--a very benevolent and courteous
+man, and very fond of doing good to others; this caused grief in those
+who knew him, at seeing him misled by the false doctrines of Calvin,
+when he was so eminent in the moral virtues.
+
+Father Fray Alvaro carried with him the first part of this History,
+which after a long time came from the press, although only as far as
+the year 1616--while I had given it to him complete up to the year
+1647--because at that time this province had not funds at Madrid
+sufficient to print it all. That first division of the history was
+printed at the said court in the year 1698, by Manuel Ruiz de Murga;
+and it was dedicated to her Ladyship the Duquesa de Aveiro, although
+it was my intention that it be dedicated to the king our sovereign,
+in his royal and supreme Council of the Indias. The rest of the said
+first part remained laid aside and forgotten in the convent of San
+Felipe at Madrid, until I determined to write it again and complete
+it, by means of the rough drafts that had remained here. [107]
+
+About April of 1687, father Fray Alvaro sailed from Batavia in
+[one of the] galleons of the Company of Holanda, and after many and
+fearful tempests it reached the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch
+made a halt of two months at the great colony and settlement which
+that nation maintain there for this purpose; it is a very populous
+city, and well supplied with all that is necessary to human life,
+for it possesses a very healthful climate, at the latitude of 36°
+[on the side] of the tropic of Capricorn. In this city they have a
+large hospital for treating the sick, with very skilful physicians
+and surgeons, and with all the comfort that could be found in any
+other part of the world. Among the magnificent and delightful things
+which are in that city is a garden, the largest that is known, which,
+according to report, is only second to the earthly Paradise. It is
+many leguas in circumference, and is divided, like the world, into
+four parts. In the part called Europa, there are trees of all the
+fruits that grow in our Europa; in that called Asia, all those from
+Asia; and the same in those of Africa and America. This garden has
+a river, opened by hand-labor, which waters all the four divisions;
+and for its cultivation many Dutch gardeners and more than two thousand
+Cafres are kept there. In this place is produced very rich wine, which
+they call "Cape wine;" for the climate is the same as in Andalucía and
+Extremadura, although in the opposite zone [trópico], and is different
+only in having summer at Christmas and winter at St. John's day. [108]
+
+Father Fray Alvaro left this pleasant town and pursued his voyage
+to Holanda, and landed at Roterdán, the native place of Desiderius
+Erasmus; [109] and thence he went to Amsterdam, where he remained some
+time. There he made inquiries to ascertain whether he could print the
+history that he carried in that great city, on account of the beautiful
+work done by its famous printers; but he gave up this intention, on
+account of the numerous errors which they made, being ignorant of our
+language. Thence he embarked for Bilbao, where he and his companion
+resumed wearing their habits, which they had laid aside in order to go
+on shore at Batavia. The rest of the tedious peregrinations of father
+Fray Alvaro will be related, if we can reach the time when he returned
+[to Manila] with a mission in the year 1690, when we shall observe
+his entrance into Madrid and his voyage to Roma, and his negotiations
+at that court in behalf of the regulars of the China missions.
+
+For these missions the chapter designated the father reader Fray Juan
+de Aguilar, who remained in them several years, and afterward retired
+on account of failing health; but the chapter sent in his place father
+Fray Juan Gómez, who continued there until his death. Afterward a
+large reënforcement of religious was sent to China for the aforesaid
+missions, which have increased and become very large; and they would
+have prospered much more, if they had not been so hindered by the
+claim of subjection to the vicars-apostolic, who made so strenuous
+efforts to introduce it.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel Curucelaegui, had determined to send this
+year [1686] to Nueva España the galleon "Santo Niño," in charge of
+General Lucas Mateo de Urquiza; but his efforts to despatch it were
+ineffectual, because information was received that seven vessels of
+corsairs or pirates were sailing outside of the Embocadero, and it was
+feared that their principal intention was to seize the galleon "San
+Telmo," which was expected on the return trip from Nueva España. Two
+fragatas of theirs had been in the Babuyanes Islands, between Cagayán
+and Hermosa Island, and had slain two religious of [the Order of]
+St. Dominic; these were father Fray Jacinto de Samper, a native of
+Caspe, an able minister to the Chinese in the Parián, and father
+Fray José Seijas, a nephew of the archbishop of Méjico, Don Francisco
+Seijas, both of them being religious of great virtue. [110] Moreover,
+the pirates had committed other acts of hostility in Cagayán and
+Ilocos. The governor determined to suspend the voyage of the galleon
+for Nueva España, and gave orders to equip it for war--cutting in
+it many portholes, in order to furnish it with more than a hundred
+pieces of artillery of large calibre (all of bronze); and placing
+aboard it a thousand soldiers, Spaniards, Pampangos, Merdicas,
+Malays, and Zambal Indian bowmen. In its company went two pataches,
+which had just come for trade with the Coromandel coast, well armed
+and furnished with soldiers; and for commander of this enterprise
+the governor appointed Don Tomás de Endaya, with the title of deputy
+captain-general. To his valor could be entrusted any undertaking,
+however perilous it might be; for he was valiant, and had great skill
+in navigation, and had gone three times to España as commander [of the
+galleons]. This splendid armada set out, small in number [of ships],
+but having great strength. Having escorted through the Embocadero and
+secured the galleon "San Telmo" (which reached these islands safely),
+the armada reconnoitered all the places where the piratical enemy might
+be, but did not find them, but learned that there had been no more
+than the two vessels which had been in Babuyanes. Thereupon the armada
+returned to Cavite, without accomplishing anything more than the great
+expenses which the royal treasury had incurred, and having weakened
+the great strength of the galleon "Santo Niño," with the numerous
+portholes which had been cut in it for mounting the artillery; for it
+was necessary for this purpose to cut through the ribs of the ship's
+sides, in the preservation of which consisted its greatest strength.
+
+The two pataches proceeded in search of the pirates to the locality
+of the Babuyanes; and the commander, Don Tomás de Endaya, went with
+a strong force of men by land to the province of Ilocos to look for
+them--where, it was said, the said corsairs had arrived, although
+the news did not prove to be accurate. He went as far as the capital
+town of Vigan, where his encomienda was; and after having spent some
+time there, not receiving information of the enemy, he returned to
+Manila. He left there established a village of the blacks from the
+mountains, called Santo Tomás, between Tarlac and Magalan, headed
+by a notable chief of theirs named Don Juan Valiga. A few months
+after Don Tomás de Endaya had arrived at Manila, he succeeded in the
+office of master-of-camp to Don Fernando de Bobadilla (who held it
+by proprietary appointment from his Majesty), who died about this
+time. The latter was a great soldier, and the governor of Zamboanga,
+and is often named in the history; he was a native of Sevilla, and
+a son of one of the "twenty-four" of that city. The ships that went
+by sea, after having searched many ports where they thought to find
+the corsairs, and having no further news of them, returned to Manila
+without having accomplished anything remarkable. Don Tomás de Endaya
+was confirmed in the post of master-of-camp, and held it twenty-eight
+years; and then he died from old age.
+
+In this year of 1686, about June, occurred the revolt of the Sangleys
+of the Parián of Manila, which I related in book ii, chapter 21, as I
+did not suppose that I would reach these times with the thread of the
+narrative; and therefore I do not repeat it [here], as it was written
+with sufficient fulness, and the curious reader can find it in the
+place I have cited. [This citation is incorrect, in the arrangement of
+the chapters as given in Fray Lopez's edition of Diaz; the number of
+the chapter should be xxxiv. Diaz's account, as there given (pp. 440,
+441), we transfer to this place, adding his comments on the question
+of allowing the Chinese to reside at Manila; it is as follows:]
+
+While these islands were governed by the admiral of the galleons,
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, of the Order of Santiago and
+one of the "twenty-four" of Sevilla, in the year 1686 [misprinted
+1636] there occurred a tumult in the Parián which it was feared would
+become a general uprising [--which was planned,] according to the
+investigations afterward made. In the said market there were many
+recently-arrived Sangleys, of so bad reputation that the Sangley
+merchants themselves had no confidence in these men, and said that
+they were disguised thieves and highwaymen who had come from China
+that year, having fled from a mandarin who was a very severe judge,
+whom the emperor had sent from the court to drive out so mischievous
+a sort of folk from the province of Fo-Kien, which at that time was
+infested by criminals of that sort. The said mandarin had executed
+his commission with such severity that those who were put to death
+numbered more than sixty thousand--which in China is a small number,
+because that country abounds in robbers--and for this reason many
+had made their escape to Manila and other regions, fleeing from the
+harshness of that judge. These people did all the harm that they
+could, robbing inside the Parián the Chinese themselves, when they
+could not rob outsiders.
+
+About this time there came out of the public prison at Manila a Sangley
+named Tingco, who had been imprisoned for the unnatural crime, and
+had been there so long that in prison he had learned to read and write
+our language, and had come to be a sufficiently competent scrivener to
+write petitions and other papers for the rest of the prisoners, for he
+was very clever and had a keen mind. He went about [the prison] freely,
+as being a prisoner of so long standing, and aided the jailer greatly
+by acting as guard to the other prisoners; and he supported himself
+very comfortably on what he gained by his pen. Finally, after many
+years of confinement he succeeded in gaining his full liberty; and,
+as he had a restless disposition and evil inclinations, he associated
+himself with other Chinese criminals, of those who were fugitives
+from the province of Fo-Kien, and they lived on what they could
+plunder from other Sangleys and from the Indians and Spaniards. As
+they regarded this occupation of petty thieving as too disagreeable,
+and it could not extricate them from their wretchedly poor condition,
+they planned to assemble together three hundred of these vagabonds,
+and to undertake some exploit which should better their fortunes so
+that they could return to China free from danger. It seems certain
+that this resolve was talked about with the multitude of the Parián
+who were least supplied with funds, and these were on the watch to aid
+the bold attempt of those promoters if the result had corresponded
+to their plans; and what is most surprising is the secrecy with
+which they kept these from the rich Sangleys--who not only would not
+have entered into the plot, but would have revealed it for their own
+safety; for they were going to lose much and gain little, and with
+very evident risk. The day and hour of the conspiracy having been
+settled--a day in the month of August, at daylight--they assembled in
+a disorderly crowd, armed with such weapons as they could procure by
+stealth, their leader being one who had newly come, that same year,
+from China. In a mob, and without order, they attacked the house of
+the alguacil-mayor, Pedro de Ortega; and they killed him and another
+Spaniard, named Nicolás de Ballena. With this beginning they went to
+the house of the alcalde-mayor of the Parián, Captain Don Diego Vivién,
+and entered it to do the same to him; but, having heard the noise,
+he escaped without clothing, and reached a safe place in the little
+fort which defends the entrance to the great bridge, where there
+is always a garrison of soldiers. The insurgents entered his house,
+and their greed satisfied itself on what they found nearest to their
+hands, although they had not the luck to find three thousand pesos
+in silver which the alcalde possessed. While they halted for this
+pillage there was time to bring up soldiers and other armed men,
+and they easily arrested many of the Sangleys, although most of them
+escaped; and the rest of the Parián remained tranquil. It was made
+known that this conspiracy was plotted in the bakery of Manila, and
+[it was said] that they intended to place pounded glass in the bread,
+in order to kill the Spaniards. This was not positively ascertained,
+but the management of that business was taken from the Chinese--to
+which, however, they afterward returned, at the urgent request of our
+people. This was because, during the time while the Sangleys did not
+carry on this trade, they were replaced by Spaniards who in their own
+country had been bakers, but in Manila they did not succeed in doing
+anything to advantage; the Sangleys therefore again took charge of
+the bakery, after they had been asked by many to furnish the supply
+of bread, of which great quantities are consumed in Manila.
+
+The Sangley Tingco was captured, and in company with ten others
+was hanged and quartered; and the bodies were placed along the
+river of Manila and the estuary of Tondo, as far as Point Tañón in
+Tambobong. The conversion of those who were heathens (as were most
+of them) was secured, and for this conversion labored earnestly
+father Fray Álvaro de Benavente, an Augustinian, and Father José de
+Irigoyen of the Society of Jesus, both of whom knew the dialects
+of the provinces from which the criminals came; and for those of
+Fo-Kien the fathers of St. Dominic [ministered]. News came that many
+of the insurgents had taken refuge at Pasay, and General Don Tomás
+de Endaya went out against them with soldiers and Merdicas (who are
+very brave Malay Indians); they came back with eleven heads of those
+whom they could kill, and the disturbance was quieted, nor has any
+other occurred up to the present time.
+
+In this danger Manila maintains her existence, clinging to it as
+the means of her preservation even though she grieves over what is
+the cause of her greatest decline. The shrewdness of the Chinese
+in business dealings and their skill in carrying on the mechanical
+trades turn us from these callings so entirely that Spaniards who in
+their own country practiced them here consider it foolish to do so;
+accordingly they allow the Chinese to conduct and manage the crafts,
+believing that the latter are serving us when they are most imposing
+upon us. And as the Chinese recognize this weakness of ours, and
+see that it is without remedy, on account of the Spanish vanity, they
+treat us with contempt in their acts, although with great submission in
+their words. Whatever they make is defective and does not wear well,
+in order that they may have more work to do. The unnecessary expense
+that Manila suffers on account of the frauds that they practice in
+the trades of baker, candle-maker, and silversmith is very great;
+we recognize this, and endure it through necessity, and the matter is
+not set right, through reluctance to apply the remedy. Many persons
+understand the injury which the Chinese cause here, but much more
+numerous are those who defend them, since this peril is dear to those
+who regard it as an advantage [to have the Chinese here.]
+
+In the year 1678 there reached our hands a very judicious opinion,
+printed at Madrid by a devout person who had had experience in dealing
+with that nation, and was well aware of their acts of guile. It was
+presented before the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, its
+president being the Conde de Medellín; and when the arguments adduced
+therein made a very strong impression, another pamphlet appeared in
+print at the same court, against the former one and in favor of the
+Sangleys; this delayed the decision, so that it seems as if they have
+in all quarters those who defend them. And so we go on, enduring this
+incurable disease--although today the number of the Sangleys is less
+than ever; for it is supposed that the number does not reach the six
+thousand whom the royal decrees allow, and judging by the poverty
+to which the commonwealth of Manila is steadily being reduced, each
+year there will be fewer Chinese here through the lack of profits;
+for that is the craving which draws them from their own country.
+
+I am aware that I have expatiated on a matter which seems to be an
+affair of state, rather than of history, although history, as a teacher
+of truth and a witness of the times, should include all events. I much
+regret that I cannot enlarge my account by saying something of the
+much which I could tell about the great indifference with which the
+Sangleys who are baptized attend to their obligations as Christians;
+most of them do so for worldly objects, such as being married and
+living as lords of the country; but this subject is one for tears
+rather than for the pen. Many lamentations have been made by many
+Jeremiahs zealous for the honor of God; but no results have followed
+beyond the reward which will be given to them in glory for this so holy
+labor. A very learned apologue is kept in the ecclesiastical archives,
+written by the reverend father Fray Alberto Collares of the Order
+of Preachers, at the request of the archbishop of Manila, Doctor Don
+Miguel Millán de Poblete, which causes horror to those who read it;
+and the worst is, that it tells but little, according to the opinion
+of other religious of the said order, who, as ministers to the Parián
+mission, know the Chinese best. And still more is this occasion for
+censure to some of the religious of that order who have been in China,
+and know how much superior the Christians of that empire are to these;
+and therefore they take great care to prevent those who come from
+China (who are few) from holding intercourse with the Christians of
+the Parián, in order that these may not corrupt them. Thus do they
+look upon the matter; and when in our convent at Manila was lodged
+Don Fray Gregorio López, a Basilitan [111] bishop of the Order of
+Preachers, a Chinese by nationality--who was a phoenix among that
+people, on account of his virtue and sanctity--he prevented from
+going to the Parián, whenever he could, two good Chinese Christians
+whom he brought hither in his company.
+
+Many (and most) persons are greatly deceived in imagining that the
+Sangleys who live among the Indian natives outside of Manila do no
+harm to the faith, saying that the Chinese are more atheists than
+idolaters, and that they only seek worldly advantages. But this is
+not always the rule, for some teach sects and doctrines that are very
+evil, as experience shows. In the year 1706, father Fray Antolín de
+Alzaga, one of the apostolic missionaries whom we have in the remote
+mountains of the province of Pampanga, converting and instructing the
+warlike peoples called Italones, Ituriés, and Abacas--whose wonderful
+conversions present notable material to him whose duty it is to write
+the history of those times--this apostolic missionary came to Manila,
+making light of the hardships of [travel by] those roads so long
+and rough, in order to ask the governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu,
+to take measures for banishing from these mountains two infidel
+Sangleys, who with greed for the trade in wax had penetrated even
+those unexplored hills, where they taught false dogmas and perverse
+opinions, such as palingenesis, or transmigration of souls--a dogma
+which Pythagoras taught, and which was propagated much among heathen
+peoples. At the present time it is accepted by all nations of Asia,
+and in China and Japon with the greatest tenacity; they believe
+that when a man dies his soul goes to animate another body, either
+rational or brute, according to the deserts of him who is dead,
+and for either punishment or reward; and thus they allot an infinite
+succession of transmigrations. This diabolical dogma was taught by
+these Sangleys to the Italon Indians, with other evil doctrines,
+such as polygamy (which permits a man to have many wives), idolatry,
+and others which ensue from it. That accursed doctrine spread rapidly
+among those simple mountaineers, so much so that it became necessary
+to have recourse to the said governor--who, being so zealous for
+the increase of the Christian faith, sent to the alcalde-mayor of
+Pampanga a very urgent command to expel from those missions the two
+Sangleys, and to be very careful to prevent the entrance of others
+therein; and this order was carried out, to the great tranquillity
+of the new Christian church. Experience has shown the same thing in
+other villages where Sangleys have fixed abodes. I will not delay
+longer over a matter on which there is an endless amount to be said,
+since I have sufficiently exceeded the limits of my obligation; and
+I refer to many persons who have officially discussed these matters,
+although they have obtained no results from their earnest efforts.
+
+The natives regard them with contempt, having no further inclination
+toward them than that of self-interest; consequently, neither
+affection nor fear draws either toward the other. And ordinarily
+selfishness courts the Sangleys, while aversion urges the natives
+to make complaints against them--except that the bond of matrimony
+is a check on the women; for, as is usually the case, if a native
+leads a bad life, he is on the watch for the acts of the Sangleys,
+in order to make the evil-doing of another serve as an excuse for
+greater freedom in his own wrong mode of life. Accordingly, they are
+in more danger from testimony arising from the malice of the accusers
+than from facts brought forward in zeal for their correction--as is
+seen by the few complaints or accusations that are decided against
+them, and how still more rarely do these bring them to punishment. Nor
+can this be attributed to the negligence of the judges, for they are
+delighted to receive the lawsuits of the Sangleys, our covetousness
+selling to them even justice very dear; and when harshness finds
+an object, it makes their punishments (since their wealth offers so
+much to avarice), although less bloody, more keenly felt, since in
+the estimation of the Sangley money is his very heart's blood.
+
+The precedents set by the sovereign kings Don Fernando the Catholic and
+Don Felipe II are examples of their piety, and of their successful
+policy in separating from their Catholic vassals those who are
+perfidious, who if mingled with the others might pervert them, through
+the passion which the Indians and Moros have for propagating their
+[false] sects--a danger much to be feared among the simple people of
+the villages and the common herd.
+
+No doubt, intercourse with these infidels is very necessary, on account
+of the merchandise which they furnish to us from their kingdom; but
+this could, in my opinion, be accomplished without danger to us--for
+one thing, by permitting to remain in these islands [only the] six
+thousand Sangleys, as his Majesty decrees; and for another, by not
+permitting them to trade in the provinces, or to live in the villages
+mingled with the Indians. But they should be kept in subjection, as
+Joshua kept down the Gaboanites, and as now Roma, Florencia, Venecia,
+and Orán hold the Jews in subjection, and our people in Ternate kept
+the Moros in his Majesty's galleys, the rabble of that sort. It is an
+obvious disadvantage to live subjected to such peoples, because the
+law of subjection, the adulation offered to rulers, and ambition to
+secure their favor are powerful to subject religion to their pleasure,
+as has been found by experience in all the countries where this
+misfortune has been suffered--such as Mesopotamia, both the Arabias,
+Egipto, and Africa, and that one which was the supporter of religion,
+Constantinopla, with all of Grecia. And for the same reason heresy has
+so prevailed and lorded it in Inglaterra, Irlanda, Dinamarca, Suecia,
+Sajonia,[i.e., Saxony], the Palatinate, and many other provinces and
+free cities--the most fatal poison that attacks the faith being the
+sovereignty of infidel princes, their grandeur and power being the
+sure ruin of religion. I consider that I have used more space than
+is required by my obligations, in treating of so pernicious a nation,
+which is allowed here in greater number than our needs demand--I know
+not whether through our fault or our misfortune--and maintained in
+the subjection which experience has shown [to be necessary] at times
+when too great confidence has relaxed the rein of caution.
+
+[Here we resume the regular narrative of this period by Diaz,
+at p. 786:] This revolt caused great anxiety to the governor, Don
+Gabriel Curucelaegui, on account of the many champans which had come
+that year from China; but in the course of time the danger disappeared.
+
+Among the great hardships which in this year were suffered in Manila,
+one was that the rains were heavier than any known to living men. Not
+only were they very heavy, but they lasted many months, and were
+the cause of many fields and crops being ruined, which caused a
+great scarcity of provisions; and, as it was impossible to work the
+salt-beds, the price of salt rose so high that it came to be worth
+twelve pesos for half a fanega, although its ordinary price was two
+or three reals--and some years even less, depending on the [height
+of the] water and on the heat of the sun, on which conditions this
+so necessary industry depends.
+
+The most memorable event of this year, and one which may be counted
+among the most important which have occurred in these islands since
+their conquest, is the imprisonment of the auditors, Don Diego Antonio
+de Viga and Don Pedro Sebastián de Bolivar, by the governor. It is an
+event to cause astonishment--and more, as it came so soon after the
+imprisonment and exile of the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo--at
+seeing in so short a time Doctor Don Cristóbal de Herrera Grimaldos
+dead, and two auditors deprived forever of their togas (since never
+again could they put these on), and their families ruined and almost
+destroyed. It is not my intention to interpret the inscrutable secrets
+of divine justice, but only to set down the times and occasions in
+which so notable events occurred. [Diaz's account of the imprisonment
+and deaths of the auditors is here omitted, as it has already been
+sufficiently related in VOL. XXXIX.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+The governor, seeing the Audiencia broken up (since it consisted
+of only one individual, the auditor Don Diego Calderón), named two
+associates to assist the auditor in despatching the business of
+this supreme tribunal; these were Licentiate Don José de Herrera,
+an advocate of the royal Audiencia, and the doctor and captain whom
+I have already mentioned, Don José de Cervantes Altamirano; and
+they issued royal decrees, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente filling
+his office of fiscal. They alleged that there had been a precedent
+for this in the time of Governor Don Sebastián Hurtado de Corcuera,
+when there was no other auditor than Don Marcos Zapata, by whose aid
+was carried out the banishment and imprisonment of Don Fray Fernando
+Guerrero--and this proceeding had been an example to be repeated in
+these times. Afterward, on account of the sickness and death of Don
+Diego Calderón, the governor continued to form an Audiencia with the
+two associates, which the royal Council of the Indias condemned.
+
+Under this kind of government two years passed by, until, in the year
+1688, a new Audiencia arrived, as we shall soon see. The year 1687
+was no less grievous than the preceding one, for various misfortunes
+followed each other, which were generally felt by all the citizens,
+in order that they might share in the punishment merited by their
+offenses, since always proves true the proverb, Delirant reges, semper
+plectuntur Achivi. [112] The first was the failure of the galleon
+from Nueva España, for it could not come that year because none had
+been despatched [from Manila] the year before; this was because of
+the armada sent against the pirates, which only served to cause great
+expenses to the royal treasury, the wreck of the galleon "Santo Niño,"
+and the failure of the galleon in this and the following years--which,
+as we have often said, is the life of the poor colony of Manila and
+of all these Filipinas Islands.
+
+The governor, having determined to send to Nueva España the galleon
+"Santo Niño," ordered that it be repaired as well as it could be;
+but even then it was not very strong, because most of its strength
+had been taken from it by the windows which had been opened in it for
+the artillery. But there was no other ship to depend upon, for the
+construction of the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," which they had placed
+on the stocks, was only begun. The governor appointed as its commander
+Lucas Mateo Urquina, who sailed for Nueva España with but slight hope
+on the part of those who understood the situation for the success of
+the voyage. The worst was, that their fears were realized; for the
+galleon not being able to endure the fierce storms that attacked it
+in high latitudes, it was compelled to put back to port. This it did,
+about the month of November, causing great affliction to all; for it
+came only to aggravate the sufferings that were already experienced
+through the failure to receive a galleon that year.
+
+At night of Holy Thursday, March 28, at the time when in the village
+of Binondo arrangements were being made for the procession which the
+mestizo Sangleys make on the occasion of the "holy burial," (which is
+one of the most brilliant and magnificent of the processions that are
+made in Holy Week), one of the greatest disasters that have ever been
+seen in these islands occurred. Fire caught in the first house on the
+point of land which is called Punta de la Estacada, and the crowd
+of people who had made ready for this devout function were unable
+to extinguish the fire; and the devouring flames made such havoc
+that they destroyed the great number of houses that stood in all the
+territory of the said Estacada, Baybay, and Tondo, finally consuming
+the entire barrio of Bancusay, in which this so widespread settlement
+[of Sangleys] finds its limit. It was no small good-fortune that
+the fire passed by the other side of the river, where lies the great
+town of Binondoc, Tondo, Santa Cruz, and Quiapo--which, as contiguous
+villages, together constitute one body--for [if the fire had reached
+them] the loss would have been irreparable; for many splendid houses
+of wealthy Spaniards and mestizos would have been consumed, and those
+of many Portuguese and Armenian traders who live in those places as
+being more convenient [for their business]. There were no deaths of
+persons from the flames; but great was the loss of the many people
+who saw their poor houses and property disappear.
+
+The gates of Manila were opened, and the governor, in person hastened
+to give aid, with a great number of people, who could check the
+fire so that it should not cross over to the other part of Binondoc
+and Tondo. What was more, he prevented the robberies which in such
+emergencies are committed by some soldiers and wicked people, who on
+such occasions are worse than the fire, as has been found by experience
+at various times; for in times of drouth fires are very frequent in
+the suburbs of Manila, most of them being occasioned by fire set by
+these soulless incendiaries, who find their profit in such destruction.
+
+To this local calamity at La Estacada succeeded another affliction,
+which was general through the greater part of these islands; this was
+a plague of locusts, one of the worst which has been seen in them, for
+the locusts were so many that in dense and opaque clouds they darkened
+the sun, and covered the ground on which they settled. These insects
+ravaged the grain-fields, and left the meadows scorched; and even the
+trees and canebrakes they stripped of the green leaves. These locusts
+were so voracious that they not only laid waste every kind of herbage
+and verdure, but they entered the houses, and gnawed and pierced with
+holes every kind of cloth; and those who flapped sheets and coverlets
+at the locusts to drive them away--as is usually done at other times
+in the invasions of this pest, with some effect--on this occasion
+found that the only result was to ruin those articles, for the locusts
+ate them, and destroyed them with their poisonous jaws. Thereupon the
+people began to feel the loss which ensued from this calamity, in the
+great scarcity and want of provisions--so great that a cabán of rice
+(which is half a fanega) came to be worth two pesos and a half, and in
+some places three pesos. (Nor has the poverty been less which is being
+experienced while I am writing this, on account of the great plague
+of locusts which occurred in the past year of 1717 and the present
+one.) And it can be said that the poor died in great numbers, not
+so much because the rice (which is the general food of the regions)
+cost so much, as through their lack of forethought, and of money
+with which to buy rice; and because there was so excessive a number
+of beggars--some through necessity, and others through laziness and
+dislike for work--that it was impossible to relieve them; for when
+there is but little to give it is not possible to divide it so that
+all shall be sufficiently cared for.
+
+To these great troubles was added another; that in that year
+occurred many earthquakes, which although they did not cause the total
+destruction of buildings, left many houses and churches damaged. In the
+province of Cagayán, in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, heavier shocks
+were experienced, for in the mountainous districts of that province
+chasms and vent-holes were opened, a phenomenon which usually results
+from such tremblings of the earth. From this it may be proved that a
+cause of these tremblings and earthquakes is the air which is shut in
+within the caverns of the globe, drawn into them through the crevices
+and openings which the heat causes in the soil, which afterward are
+closed by the rains; a great volume of air being thus gathered, it
+becomes rarefied, and, increasing in quantity or volume, it seeks an
+outlet, directing its force toward its center and causing so terrible
+a commotion. But the safe and useful way of maintaining ourselves
+faithful in the fulfilment of our obligations is to regard these
+earthquakes as tokens of the wrath of God against our transgressions,
+Qui respicit terram et facit eam tremere (Psalm ciii, v. 32).
+
+Not long before these events, the death occurred in Cagayán of the
+auditor Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, a prisoner and exile in
+that province. [Here Diaz relates the circumstances of the deaths of
+Viga and other persons who had been concerned in the Pardo controversy,
+which have already been mentioned in previous documents. He cites a
+letter from Pardo to Curucelaegui, dated December 2, 1687, to show
+that Viga died impenitent; he was buried in the cathedral of Lalo,
+and Pardo connects with this circumstance the calamities which soon
+afterward afflicted the islands. He orders the remains of Viga to be
+disinterred and removed from the cathedral; Diaz thinks that this was
+done, but is not quite certain. He positively asserts, however, that
+Viga was a very upright official, and wholly disinterested; and thinks
+that he perhaps went too far in upholding the royal privileges, through
+misunderstanding their scope. Doña Josefa Bolivar also dies impenitent,
+and Pardo sends Bachelor Don Juan de Cazorla to investigate the matter,
+to know whether she may be buried in consecrated ground; he has her
+buried "in the plaza of the said village of Oriong." Her husband meets
+"a better end;" he is reconciled to the Church, and dies after having
+"devoted himself to exercises of austere penance, fasts and scourgings
+and other mortifications." Auditor Calderón dies at Manila in like
+exemplary manner (July 18, 1687); "this auditor was a very upright
+and disinterested official, a good Christian, pious, and much given to
+good works, and therefore was beloved by the entire community." Master
+Jerónimo de Herrera is sentenced by the archbishop (March 16, 1687)
+to be deprived of all ecclesiastical benefices and offices, and is
+sent to Spain, but dies during the voyage. At this time, Barrientos,
+the bishop of Troya, is absent on official duties in the bishopric
+of Nueva Segovia. He had "issued a decree of excommunication against
+the alcaldes-mayor of Cagayán, Ilocos, and Pangasinán, prohibiting to
+them trade and traffic in those provinces, in virtue of the oath which
+those officials take in the royal Audiencia when they go to exercise
+their offices. This excommunication was the cause of many lawsuits, for
+Captain Don Francisco de Alzaga Voitia, alcalde-mayor of Pangasinán,
+defended them all, and appeared before the royal Audiencia with a
+plea of fuerza, complaining that the bishop of Troya was usurping
+the royal jurisdiction by taking cognizance of the oath taken in
+that court.... On this question royal decrees were issued, and the
+controversy lasted a long time, but the excommunication then laid has
+remained until this day; and the alcaldes-mayor continue with their
+trade and traffic as before, without the least scruple." Returning
+to Manila, Barrientos declines the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, to
+which he is entitled as Pardo's assistant; the archbishop therefore
+despatches to take charge of that diocese Doctor Nicolás de la Vega
+Caballero, then cura of Cavite.]
+
+This province assumed charge of the ministry in the territory of
+Mariquina and Jesús de la Peña, which in times past was a dependency
+of the mission station of Pasig. It had been administered by the
+religious of the Society, by commission of Don Fray Pedro Arce, bishop
+of Cebú and ruler of the archbishopric of Manila, and by approval of
+Governor Don Juan Niño de Tabora, since the year 1630; and now it was
+restored to the ministry of Pasig by sentence of the archbishop, May
+16, 1687, and this province added to that territory the convent of San
+Mateo--establishing the headquarters and residence of the minister at
+Mariquina, whose titular saint is our Lady of Protection; its first
+minister was father Fray Simón Martínez. The aforesaid archbishop
+also added to the said village of Pasig the mission village of San
+Andrés Apóstol de Cainta, also administered by the said religious of
+the Society, by decree of March 16, 1688--with the approbation, not
+only of this, but of the separation of Mariquina, by the vice-patron,
+Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui. Its first minister was father
+Fray José del Valle, and it was preserved as a separate convent with
+the title of vicariate. [113]
+
+We held these ministries, with great labor and inconvenience, until
+the year 1696, when there arrived a royal decree that they should
+again be administered by the fathers of the Society of Jesus, and we
+therefore surrendered them to those fathers. In order to show further
+our good-will and friendly relations with so holy a religious order,
+we exchanged the ministry of San Mateo for that of Binangonan--called
+"Binangonan of the dogs," to distinguish it from the other town of
+the same name, which is on the opposite coast [of the island]; it
+has for its titular St. Ursula and the eleven thousand virgins her
+companions, in a church in Laguna de Bay. This was accomplished by the
+aid of the consent and approbation of the governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+y Góngora. This village of Binangonan is very small, and had been at
+first administered by the religious of St. Francis, who had exchanged
+it for the ministry of Baras, which also belonged to the religious of
+the Society; and because it was so poor a living a visita was added
+to it from the ministry of Pasig, which is called Angono--its patron
+saint being St. Clement, pope and martyr--of a few tribute-payers. To
+this ministry were added fifty pesos more for its support, but it is
+so forlorn a one that even with all these aids the minister suffers a
+great lack of means for his support; and therefore on many occasions
+there has been talk of abandoning this charge, for it is not good for
+any other profit, either spiritual or temporal--not only on account of
+its poverty, but because of the intractable disposition of its people.
+
+On February 19 of this year of 1688, our then father provincial, Fray
+Juan de Jeréz, died in the convent of Manila; his illness was caused by
+the great hardships of his visitation of the entire province, and the
+eagerness with which he undertook to perform this task in one year,
+while it was a task for two years, especially since he was sixty-two
+years old, and had many attacks of illness. At last he ended the
+visitation, but it put an end to him. He was one of the most exact
+in fulfilling obligations of all the religious who have been in this
+province, and great was his zeal for the religious observance. His
+solicitude and care for adornment in the things belonging to the divine
+worship was continual, using his utmost endeavors that the altars and
+ornaments should be the best that were possible, and spending on them
+all that he could obtain. The first indication of his [approaching]
+death was that he was freed from the scruples of conscience which had
+been throughout his life a continual torment; but at that time the
+Lord, who had given him these scruples in order to exercise his soul,
+imperavit ventis et mari, et facta est tranquillitas (Matthew viii,
+v. 26). His death was deeply regretted by all; for this province
+loved him as a father, and the people venerated him as a saint. In
+consequence of his death, the government was assumed by our father
+Fray José Duque, as being next to the provincial, with the title
+of rector-provincial; for in this province could not be observed
+the same rule as in those of España, where our very reverend father
+general makes appointments for the vacancies caused by the deaths of
+provincials, until the time appointed for convening the provincial
+chapter.
+
+Among the troubles and calamities of this year a very great one
+was that occasioned by a pestilential epidemic of influenza, which
+had begun in the preceding year and continued in this year of 1688,
+with great ravages. Many died of this disease, especially children
+and old persons; and by this year the epidemic had so increased that
+many grain-fields could not be cultivated, for lack of people to
+do the work. This caused a great lack of provisions in this and the
+following years, just as the locusts had occasioned like loss in the
+preceding year. So prevalent was the disease that in the province of
+Pampanga, where I was serving in the village of Guagua, as secretary
+and assistant of the rector-provincial, the Indians were not seen in
+the streets, on account of most of them being prostrated by the cruel
+influenza, and the rest of them caring for the sick ones. Accordingly
+the deputies and officials of the confraternities went through the
+streets with jars of [cooked] rice, and went up into the houses and
+provided those who were in need with food; for most of the people
+were without it, and others could not cook it and had no one who was
+able to do so. These influenzas are very frequent in this country,
+but that in this year was the worst that the old men have seen; and
+since then, up to the present time, no other like it has been known.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, desired to put a stop to
+the outrages which were being committed by the rebellious blacks of the
+mountains and the Zambals of the Playa Honda and the uninhabited places
+of the Puntalón (a route in the province of Pangasinán)--killing many
+travelers and cutting off their heads (which is the greatest trophy
+and desire of those people), and daring to approach the villages
+near Tarlac--Magalan, Telban, and Malunguey. The governor therefore
+prepared to make a vigorous invasion, not only with Spaniards,
+but with Pampangos, friendly Zambals, and Merdicas from Maluco;
+and he appointed as their leader Sargento-mayor Martín de León,
+and gave him [for officers], as being men experienced in that sort
+of war, Captain Alonso Martín Franco and Captain Bartolomé Prieto;
+the master-of-camp of the Merdicas, Cachil-Duco, the prince of
+Tidori; and Sargento-mayor Pedro Machado. He sent orders to the
+alcaldes-mayor of Cagayán and Pangasinán that they, with the best
+troops that they had, should scout through the mountains from north
+to south, so that they might go on until they should meet Martín de
+León and his companions, up to a locality and settlement of blacks
+that is called Culianán. Both parties carried out this plan, although
+with great difficulty, on account of those forests being very dense;
+they killed many insurgent blacks and Zambals; but before joining their
+troops they found themselves obliged to retreat, because the epidemic
+of pestilential influenza made great havoc among them, and many died
+from that disease. But the injury which our people could not inflict
+upon the enemy was wrought on them by the pest of the influenza,
+which caused as great ravages among them as the smallpox had made in
+previous years. Martín de León, Alonso Martín Franco, and Bartolomé
+Prieto came to Guagua in very bad condition; from there they sent word
+to the governor, who commanded them to withdraw [from the enterprise].
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+The Conde de Mondova, [114] viceroy of Nueva España, seeing that
+for two successive years there had been no galleons from Filipinas,
+[influenced] not only by the order which the royal Council has given
+for such emergencies, but by finding that he was responsible for
+the despatch of the investigating judge and the new royal Audiencia
+who were on their way to these islands to replace and depose the
+auditors (whom either death or exile had already deposed), ordered
+that a Peruvian patache be made ready which was then at Acapulco, the
+owner of which was Felipe Vertis, a citizen of Callao. The viceroy
+appointed as its commander the then admiral of the Windward fleet,
+Antonio de Astina, a native of San Sebastián; and for seamen the
+best who were found in the said armada. In this patache embarked
+the following persons: The investigating judge, who was Licentiate
+Don Francisco Campos Valdivia, then alcalde de casa y corte [115] of
+Madrid, and royal deputy provincial notary at the said court. The new
+auditors, of whom the senior was Licentiate Don Alonso Abellafuertes,
+a knight of the Order of Alcántara, a native of Oviedo, who had
+recently finished his term as corregidor of the city of Burgos;
+[the others were] Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra y Osorio, a knight of
+the Order of Calatrava, an Asturian, and Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina
+y Havalría, a native of Sevilla--who is still living as a religious
+and priest, a professed of the fourth vow in the Society of Jesus,
+who is an example of virtue and truly exemplary. The auditor second
+in seniority, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima,
+failed to embark on this occasion, on account of being married and
+having a large family, but did so in the following year. As fiscal
+for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Jerónimo de Barredo Valdés, also
+an Asturian. All these four auditors carried appointments as criminal
+auditors for Méjico at the expiration of six years which they were
+to spend in Filipinas, exercising the functions of auditor; and this
+went into force afterward with Auditors Alonso de Abellafuertes and Don
+Juan de Ozaeta, who, after the six years, went to Mexico. Don Juan de
+Sierra also returned, having completed his term as auditor, and died
+at Acapulco, where he found letters promoting him to be auditor at
+Granada; for it must have been of some service to him to be a nephew
+of Don Lope de Sierra, a member of the supreme Council of the Indias.
+
+With the new auditors also embarked very distinguished persons of
+their kindred and households, such as Don Manuel de Argüelles, an
+Asturian, who is still alive, and a general; Don Juan Infanzón, and
+Don Francisco Giménez de Valerio; the owner of the patache, Felipe
+de Vertis; and others. On this occasion also came father Fray Juan de
+Alarcón, a native of Valladolid and a son of the [Augustinian] house
+there; he had been left in Nueva España, and was now very old. He
+retired to this province (for which he had enlisted in 1679), and
+served only a few years on account of poor health; and, while he was
+procurator-general, died in the convent of Manila, in the year 1695.
+
+This patache made its voyage very prosperously, and passed the
+Embocadero without any difficulty, reaching the port of Cavite, where
+it remained until Mateo de Urquiza sailed with the galleon "Santo
+Christo de Burgos" for Nueva España. This privilege of entering the
+port of Cavite is, it seems, enjoyed as their own by all the pataches
+which come from Acapulco, which are not built in these islands; as it
+were, they are free from the sin which they contract in the acts of
+oppression and tyranny which are committed, not only in the cutting
+of the timber for them, but in their construction; and, either for
+this or for other and hidden causes, hardly a galleon built in these
+islands succeeds in making the entrance of the port of Cavite.
+
+The auditors on reaching Manila took possession of their offices
+in the hall of the Audiencia, which they found empty of their
+predecessors--some being dead, and another in banishment--and the
+only one they found living was the fiscal, Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis. The investigating judge likewise found the greater part of his
+commission accomplished, which was the deposition of the auditors. He
+sent for Don Pedro Bolivar, who was a prisoner in Cagayán, in the fort
+of Tuao; but he died while on the way, at one of the first villages
+of the province of Ilocos; God gave him a very good end, in return
+for the many excellent traits that he displayed in his life, such as
+being very courteous and very charitable to the poor.
+
+To Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui came very favorable decrees
+from his Majesty--who thanked him for what he had done in the
+restitution of the archbishop, in which his Majesty considered himself
+well served. To the archbishop came others, also very favorable,
+which I do not insert here, in order to avoid being tedious, and
+because that is not in my obligation; and I only repeat here a letter
+or bull which his Holiness Pope Innocent XI sent to the archbishop,
+since that is a very unusual favor, and because he was a pontiff
+so greatly to be venerated by posterity, on account of his great
+sanctity of life. [The letter is given in both Latin and Spanish;
+it simply expresses the approval of the pope for Pardo's course, and
+encouragement to persevere if he shall encounter other like trials.]
+
+The news of what had been done in the banishment and confinement
+of the archbishop produced great disturbance in the royal mind of
+his Majesty and in his ministers of the supreme Council of the
+Indias, as may be imagined from the punishment which by their
+orders was inflicted on Don Juan de Vargas and on the auditors
+and the other persons inculpated therein. It is not denied by this
+atonement and punishment that many cases can occur in which it may
+be lawful to banish bishops and ecclesiastical superiors; and this
+matter is treated at length [lato modo] and very judiciously by many
+writers--Don Cristóbal Crespi de Valduura, vice-chancellor of Aragon,
+in his learned Observaciones, obs. iii, illat. iii, no. 19; Solórzano,
+De jure Indico, tom. ii, lib. iii, chap. 29, no. 71; Salgado, De regia
+potestate, part i, chap. 2, no. 276; and others. But this is executed
+by legitimate procedure, and with much circumspection and moderation,
+without touching or impeding the exercise of the episcopal power
+(the opposite seems to be an Anglican dogma, and one of Marsilius
+de Padua), as was done with Don Fray Felipe Pardo--confining his
+person in the village of Lingayén, and suspending his spiritual
+jurisdiction; commanding the cabildo to exercise the right of sede
+vacante; and not accepting the appointment which the archbishop had
+made of the bishop of Troya to govern in his absence--because this
+does not concern the temporal revenues, which the prelates who incur
+the penalty of banishment lose. What causes no little wonder is, that
+all the auditors were very learned, and they four, with the fiscal,
+had held chairs in [the universities of] Méjico, Sevilla, and Granada;
+but when one lacks the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom,
+one cannot gain real success in matters in which his will prevails over
+his judgment. How useful it would be to the governors and auditors of
+Filipinas to have these words written as a reminder in the hall where
+they transact business, the words of the Holy Ghost in chapter vi,
+no. 3 of Wisdom. [116]
+
+The first step made by the investigating judge was to imprison in
+his own house the fiscal, Doctor Don Estebán de la Fuente Alanis,
+and to bring charges against him, in accordance with the orders that
+he carried from the royal Council of the Indias; he did the same
+with the other auditors, [although they were] dead, through their
+executors. He proceeded with the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas,
+which had been delayed by the challenging of the associate judges;
+and he sent Governor Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado into exile in the
+village of Lingayén, Where the archbishop had been, and he was taken
+away by an escort of soldiers, under the command of Sargento-mayor
+Martínez León. He went hither as excommunicated, and unable to have
+any intercourse with any person save those allowed by law. Upon his
+arrival at the said village, he built in it a house of bamboo and nipa,
+where he lived a long time in company with his spirited wife, Doña
+Isabel de Ardila, enduring much loneliness and lack of respect, until
+they recalled him, after two years, in order to send him to España;
+and he died during this first voyage [i.e., on the Pacific Ocean].
+
+This gentleman was truly unfortunate, for although he had not been a
+bad governor, his lack of courtesy and his harsh disposition gained
+for him many enemies. The time of his rule was very prosperous,
+and the ample commerce with the neighboring kingdoms engaged many
+persons and brought great gains. He was very diligent in keeping the
+Manila garrison strengthened with capable soldiers, and took much
+pains to have the men well fed and clothed, and military discipline
+strictly maintained--and in this he was surpassed only by Don Sebastián
+Hurtado de Corcuera. His covetousness was not so great as appearances
+indicated, and with it he did not injure the commonwealth, for those
+times furnished [profit] for all. He was very punctual in fulfilling
+the duties of a Christian governor, and also in attending, almost
+without missing a day, all the sessions of the Audiencia and royal
+court; and therefore the lawsuits were not so interminable as we find
+them at the present time.
+
+In his time came a royal decree that investigation should be made of
+the lawfulness of the slavery in which any were held, and that those
+persons whose condition of servitude was not well grounded should
+be set free. This action seems somewhat harsh; for so many persons
+of different nationality were liberated that both the Spaniards
+and the natives were left destitute of servants, and the city and
+the villages were full of beggars--and, what is worse, of thieves
+and incendiaries. This dispossession would have caused the utmost
+distress if General Cristóbal Romero, the castellan of Santiago,
+had not resolved to write to the king our sovereign about it, with
+arguments so forcible that a royal decree came directing that the
+execution of the other be suspended.
+
+The new fiscal of his Majesty, Don Jerónimo Barredo y Valdés, a young
+man of suitable age [for this lady?] married the widow of Auditor
+Don Cristóbal Grimaldos, Doña María Manuela Carrillo y Barrientos--a
+woman in whom, although great was her beauty, virtue was still greater,
+and she furnished an excellent example in the time of her widowhood,
+suffering continually the siege and attacks made against her chastity
+by influential persons. But God recompensed her by giving her a
+numerous offspring and long life, both in these islands and in the
+city of Méjico--from which place no news has come of her death, but
+we have heard that she has remained the widow of Don Jerónimo Barredo,
+who was many years the senior auditor of this royal Audiencia.
+
+The investigating judge, Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, brought [an
+order for] the liberation of the Marqués de Villasierra, Don Fernando
+de Valuenzuela, because the term of ten years since his removal from
+the monastery of the Escorial was now completed. The judge went in
+person to Cavite, to notify him of the order and set him at liberty,
+as he did. The marqués left the port of Cavite and came to Manila, but
+he took up his residence in a country-house which our Manila convent
+possesses, on a sugar-plantation called Pasay. This house is on the
+sea-shore, in a very convenient location for trips back and forth
+from Manila; and one can easily enjoy visits there, as it is only
+one legua distant from the city. Here the marqués lived during all
+the time while he had to wait and make preparations for his journey,
+in order to sail in the first galleon which should return to Nueva
+España; for such was the command given to him, until his Majesty
+should decide whether or not he should go to España.
+
+He embarked in this year of 1689 and arrived at Méjico, where he found
+as viceroy the Conde de Galves, [117] who, as the son of the Duke de
+Infantado, in whose service Don Fernando de Valuenzuela had begun his
+career of fortune, received him very hospitably, as lords are wont
+to receive persons who have a claim upon such considerations. It
+seems as if the patient endurance of this gentleman had conquered
+the influences of fortune, so various and inconstant in his rise and
+fall; for it was said with good ground that he would be viceroy of
+Nueva España; but his death closed the term of his life, which was
+an astonishing one, and an example for the study of admonitions. His
+death was occasioned by the kick of a horse, and on the ninth day a
+fever attacked him from which he died in a few days. He had previously
+fulfilled all the obligations of a Christian, and ordered that his
+body be deposited in the hospice of this province, outside the walls
+of Méjico, where it remained until the marquesa his wife sent orders
+to convey it for burial to the city of Talavera. [Diaz here inserts
+a Latin epitaph on this cavalier, written by some person in Filipinas.]
+
+The investigating judge with his notary managed so well that in
+ten months he had completed all the commissions which he brought
+with him; for he was a man of great activity and energy, and very
+skilful in judicial practice. He brought to an end the residencia
+of Don Juan de Vargas, which was much entangled, and had overstepped
+the peremptory limits of such judgments. He also tried those who were
+accomplices in the imprisonment of Master-of-camp Don Diego de Salcedo,
+of whom now few remained alive, and those were the least guilty; but
+these paid for all the rest, which usually is the purse from which
+[such acts] are paid. He was not as scrupulous as other ministers,
+and as he ought to be, although he affected to be very upright and
+just; and neither he nor his notary went back with empty hands,
+as was proved at Acapulco by some chests of his which were searched,
+notwithstanding the protests that he made that these were the documents
+belonging to his commission. In them were found very valuable goods,
+and very few documents; these would certainly aid him to pass his
+old age in the honorable post which was given to him as soon as he
+arrived at court, that of member of the Treasury Council, which he
+enjoyed for several years.
+
+The archbishop brought to an end the suits which he had begun against
+the principal members of the [cathedral] chapter, of whom only one
+had remained alive, the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; for the
+archdeacon, Don Francisco Deza, had died in an epidemic of influenza,
+and soon afterward Don Francisco Gutiérrez Briceño died suddenly in
+the village of Betis. Accordingly the dean, as head of the chapter
+and vicar-general, and the one who had been leader in the arrests of
+Master Juan González, the father provincial Fray Antonio Calderón,
+and the father professors Fray Juan Ibáñez and Fray Francisco de
+Vargas, on account of these and other occurrences made amends for all
+the chapter-members, and ended by going to Madrid. There he secured
+permission to return to Méjico, his native country, with half the
+income of a dean (which is very small), and with this spent the few
+years of life that remained to him, dying as a good priest.
+
+While Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui was most occupied in
+making ready the galleon in which were to return the investigating
+judge, Don Fernando de Valuenzuela, Fiscal Don Estebán de la Fuente
+Alanis and the admiral of the Windward fleet, Don Antonio de Astina,
+with many other persons who were going to embark--such as the dean
+and father Fray Raimundo Verart, who was going as the archbishop's
+attorney--while busily engaged in these preparations he was assailed
+by death, by means of a painful suppression of urine, which in a few
+days ended his life, after he had received all the holy sacraments. He
+died at ten o'clock at night, on April 27, of this year 1689, at the
+age of more than sixty years. They buried him in our church at Manila,
+at the foot of the altar of the holy Christ of Burgos, to whom he
+had been very devoted, and had gone punctually every Friday to hear
+his mass sung. With him were buried also the devotion and concourse
+to this sacred image, until they were revived twenty years later,
+during the term of government of the Conde de Lizárraga, Don Martín
+de Ursua y Arismendi; this is the usual condition of devotions in
+these islands, for they do not last long, and have their seasons,
+and these are not wont to be very long.
+
+The death of this governor was much regretted by every one; he was
+worthy of being counted among the best whom these islands have had,
+because in him were united the highest qualities which are required to
+constitute an accomplished governor. He was very pacific, and so plain
+in his manners that he was censured for not maintaining his authority;
+he was very charitable, and magnanimous of heart, although small in
+body. He had the noble quality of being exceedingly disinterested,
+and of placing little value on riches--which in these regions,
+where covetousness has so many opportunities to tempt and conquer,
+is the greatest virtue; and it is such even throughout the world,
+since it is almost a miracle.... These islands did not keep him long,
+it may be because they did not deserve him.... For in these regions
+there is little regret for governors who are not good, and little
+esteem for those who are not bad; but he who rules can never find
+himself free from malcontents, because it is not his function to
+please every one. But, since goodness is better recognized after
+it is lost, the governor's death caused much regret. He left as
+his executor Master-of-camp Don Tomás de Endaya, and so small was
+his estate which they found that there was not even enough for the
+expenses of his burial or for the mourning garb of his servants.
+
+On account of his death, the military government was assumed by the
+senior auditor, Licentiate Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, knight of the
+Order of Alcántara; and together with the royal Audiencia [he governed]
+also in civil affairs, as is decreed by royal commands. During the time
+while Don Alonso de Abella governed, which was sixteen months (for it
+was that length of time before Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora arrived),
+this commonwealth enjoyed great peace and tranquillity. If there were
+any dissensions in the ecclesiastical state, he took no part in them;
+and if it had not been for his great forethought those differences
+would have been greater, as will be related in the proper place.
+
+With the death of the governor, and the excellent intentions of
+the temporary ruler, the affairs of Don Juan de Zalaeta assumed
+another shape. He had suffered great hardships and privations in
+his imprisonment and banishment, and all his property, even to his
+clothing, had been sold at auction; for before his departure from
+these islands the authorities had taken his residencia for the time
+when he was alcalde-mayor of Calamianes, and some charges against him
+resulted. The acting governor ordered that he be released from prison,
+and that both he and Don Miguel de Lezama should come to Manila,
+where their causes were settled with less harshness. Don Juan de
+Zalaeta returned to España, thoroughly warned by the bad outcome
+of the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, which he had so eagerly
+desired, imagining that it would be of great honor and profit to
+him. He reached Madrid very poor, and ill provided with supplies,
+and died there suddenly....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+During the fourteen months which remained in the term of office of our
+father provincial Fray Juan de Jérez after his death, the province was
+governed by the experienced prelate our father Fray José Duque--so
+successfully and peaceably, and with so much tranquillity in the
+order, that he was able to moderate the great sorrow which all felt
+at the loss of the deceased provincial. In this peaceful condition
+the time came for holding the chapter-session which took place in
+the convent at Manila, on April 30 of this year of 1689; father Fray
+Luis Díaz presided therein, as the eldest definitor of the preceding
+chapter. There was not much discussion among the fathers in their
+effort to find a person whom they might elect as provincial, because
+for a long time all had fixed their attention on father Fray Francisco
+de Zamora, who was then prior of the convent at Manila. He was a
+native of Medina del Campo, and a son of the convent at Valladolid,
+who had come to this province in the year 1669; a religious of great
+prudence, and unusual ability for governing; and for many years they
+had only delayed electing him until he should reach the age of forty
+years, since that is the time fixed in our Constitutions. They found
+that he lacked six months of that age, which, as he alleged, exempted
+him from election for so heavy a burden; but having investigated the
+matter, and basing their action on many previous precedents which had
+occurred not only in this province but in others, in which there had
+been dispensations [from the rule], the father who presided granted
+one in this case, as he was vicar-general, and father Fray Francisco
+was elected provincial on the said date, April 30.
+
+The definitors who were elected were fathers Fray Julián Zapata,
+Fray Juan de San Nicolás, Fray Gaspar de San Agustín, and Fray Simón
+Martínez. The visitors for the preceding triennium were present,
+fathers Fray Ignacio de Mercado and the reader Fray Francisco de
+Ugarte; and as new visitors were appointed father Fray Eusebio de
+Porras and the father reader Fray José López. Ordinances were enacted
+that were very useful for the better government of the province,
+and for the administration of the missions in our charge; this is the
+greatest responsibility of the chapters, because the system in this
+province is so different from that in the European provinces, which
+needs very different corporate laws for the preservation of each,
+and for enabling the individuals therein to fulfil the obligations
+of the religious without failing in those of parish priest--which in
+this province is the function of all its members, while in Perú and
+Nueva España it is the occupation of but few.
+
+The governor ad interim, Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, began to govern
+with so much prudence and ability that it seemed as if he had the
+benefit of long experience, although he had hardly known a few months
+of such responsibility. The principal cause of this was the concord
+in which he lived with all, as well as the aid which he received from
+his associates, Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina and Don Juan de Sierra,
+who vied with each other in cooperating with their colleague in
+discharging the duties of his office. It is in this direction that
+the ad interim governments of auditors in these islands are weak and
+fail of success; for, peevish because the precedence of seniority
+is not theirs, they try to obscure the credit of him who wields the
+rod of authority, and often show themselves as his worst enemies,
+and thus aristocratic rule is converted into democratic confusion.
+
+His first care was the despatch of the galleon "Santo Niño" to Nueva
+España, in charge of General Don Antonio de Astina; for as this
+commander had left the office of admiral of the Windward fleet (for
+which he had a proprietary appointment from his Majesty the king),
+it was not just that a personage of so great merits should return
+as passenger--for the patache "San Fernando," in which he had come,
+was not fit for the return trip of so severe a navigation; and
+it had been laid aside, not only on this account, but because its
+owner, Felipe Vertis, had died suddenly. The investigating judge,
+the alcalde of court Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, embarked with
+his notary; all the commissions which he carried from the supreme
+Council having been concluded, he carried [the documents concerning]
+them with him, as also the copious evidence in the residencia of Don
+Juan de Vargas--who remained for an indefinite time in banishment
+in the village of Lingayén, suffering the hardships and miseries of
+being an excommunicate, denounced as such on the church-doors, and
+with no consolation save his own courage and that of his wife, Doña
+Isabel de Ardila. Don Juan de Zalaeta embarked, under the obligation
+of presenting himself at Madrid with the proceedings in his case. The
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz, was bound on the same errand; and father
+Fray Raimundo Verart went aboard with powers of attorney from the
+archbishop, in whose favor he printed a long and learned manifesto. The
+galleon had a very prosperous voyage, duly arriving at Acapulco;
+and on the return trip it brought us the new proprietary governor.
+
+In this year of 1689, came the end of the long and troubled life of
+the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who was sixty-eight years old,
+an age attained by few persons in these regions; and these years
+were rendered more painful by the many troubles and annoyances
+that had resisted his courage--which was very great, [although]
+in a small body. For many months he had been well prepared for this
+inevitable and impending event, as the devout religious that he was;
+and from his archiepiscopal palace he watched over and promoted the
+rigorous observance of the province of the Holy Rosary of the Order
+of Preachers. A Benjamin of the great patriarch St. Dominic, [118] he
+came to this province in the year 1647, after having taught arts and
+theology in the famous college of San Gregorio at Valladolid; and he
+was therefore regarded as the greatest theological professor who had
+been in these islands. He was provincial during two quadrenniums,
+and prior of Manila for two more; and he was commissary of the
+Holy Office when the appointment as archbishop reached him. We have
+already seen his constancy in defending the episcopal authority. His
+charity was great, for he spent whatever was left from his income
+(which did not exceed five thousand pesos), in aiding the poor;
+and with it he assisted the missionaries of Tungkin. A nephew of his
+came to visit him, but he would not consent that the governor should
+give this man any office or position, and made him go back with very
+little outfit. His death would have been considered, in another man,
+sudden and unexpected; for he was found dead at midnight on the day
+of St. Sylvester, ending [his life] with the year, so that it could
+be said, Et dies pleni inveniuntur in eis (Ps. xii, v. 10). But this
+great prelate awaited the end of his days with full preparation, and
+had just given orders for the making of a red pontifical vestment in
+which he was to be buried; his body, embalmed, was deposited in the
+church of Santo Domingo at Manila.
+
+The see being declared vacant, the cabildo assumed its government;
+and they could have ruled with great peace if they themselves had not
+hunted up discord where they had thought to find greater peace. The
+vacant see was ruled by Master Juan González de Guzmán, who was now
+dean on account of the absence of Don Miguel Ortiz, and at the same
+time was provisor and vicar-general of the cabildo; and as it seemed
+to them that it would be expedient, for the greater authority of
+the diocese, to cede the government to the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Ginés Barrientos, they named him as its head. From this ensued great
+dissensions, for the bishop-governor thought that he was superior to
+the cabildo, and that they had transferred their authority to him,
+leaving themselves entirely stripped of it; this is contrary to
+all the teachings of the sacred canons, which in one precept of law
+declare: Privilegio, quod habes propter me, non potes uti contra me;
+and the established principle which states: Propter quod unumquodque
+tale, illud magis. [119] They tried to persuade him, by very learned
+manifestoes, that the cabildo alone could have constituted him its
+vicar-general, with authority removable at the pleasure of the same
+cabildo; and that they could therefore revoke the appointment which
+they had conferred upon him, whenever they pleased. But the bishop of
+Troya resolved not to yield, but to act as superior to and independent
+of the cabildo. There were bitter disputes, proceeding from both sides,
+so much so that, in order to avoid greater scandals, two members of
+the cabildo--the dean, Master Juan González de Guzmán, and the cantor,
+Don Estebán de Olmedo Gabaldón, a native of Campo de Crítana in La
+Mancha--took refuge in our convent of San Pablo at Manila, from which
+the bishop of Troya would have taken them, if the prudent governor,
+Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, had not refused to give him the aid
+which he asked for that exploit.
+
+The bishop of Troya was very learned, a great theologian and preacher,
+but in this matter he erred as a man, for it seemed to him that
+the rank and consecration of a bishop rendered him superior on that
+occasion to the authority which the cabildo possessed by law in the
+vacant see. Among many other manifestoes which were published in
+defense of the cabildo, one came out which was very well grounded,
+the motto or inscription of which, as being ingenious and apropos,
+is worthy of being noted here; it said, Non licet tibi habere uxorem
+fratris tui Philippi (Mark vi, v. 18), [120] alluding to the name
+of the deceased archbishop, and to their both belonging to the same
+order. But the bishop of Troya, notwithstanding he was so learned
+and so holy, was very hard to dissuade from his opinion, although on
+the present occasion he had every one against him; and although he
+withdrew his claims, on account of the urgent representations made
+by the acting governor and the other auditors and all the religious
+orders, he yielded through constraint and not from conviction. The
+cabildo continued its government, with much peace, during the vacancy
+of the see.
+
+During this interval the year 1690 came in, and the acting governor
+despatched the galleon "Nuestra Señora del Rosario" to Nueva
+España, in command of General Don José Madrazo; and in it embarked
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas. In order to do this he had left
+his place of banishment at Lingayén, after having suffered great
+hardships; and the end of these was to die on this voyage, in the
+higher latitude. [This occurred] at a place which people call Doña
+María de la Jara, of considerable note on account of the many deaths
+which have occurred in that place; for among those who have died
+there are four proprietary governors, and some acting governors, and
+some auditors, and the above-mentioned bishop of Troya. Accordingly
+this place is the dread of those who sail in that navigation, and
+especially for persons of so high degree; for the poor seamen go and
+come past it with greater security.
+
+After this galleon had been despatched, news came about June of the
+landing of the galleon "Santo Niño," which in the preceding year had
+sailed for Acapulco, in charge of Don Antonio de Astina; in it came, as
+its commander, Don Juan de Garaycoechea--a Navarrese, from the valley
+of Baztán--who was married in Manila, and had spent several years in
+Nueva España. In the galleon came the new governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+[y] Góngora, a knight of the Order of Santiago; he was a Navarrese,
+a native of Pamplona, of the illustrious lineage of Cruzat--well known
+in that kingdom, since from it have proceeded men so distinguished as
+Don Martín de Redín y Cruzat, grand master of Malta; and his brother
+Don Tiburcio de Redín, well known for his courage and still more for
+his virtue, for, having entered the Capuchin order, he merited that his
+biography should be printed with the title, The Spanish Capuchin, as
+an example for his successors. An illustrious shoot from this house of
+Cruzat is also the glorious St. Francis Javier, the apostle of India.
+
+This gentleman brought his wife, Doña Beatriz de Aróstegui y Aguirre,
+a native of Cádiz, a matron of great beauty and still greater virtue;
+three sons, Don Martín, Don Fausto, and Don Juan; and two daughters,
+Doña Ignacia and Doña Teresa. He also brought a sister, named Doña
+Teresa de Aróstegui, who afterward married the aforesaid Don Juan de
+Garaycoechea, then a knight of the Order of Santiago, who later died
+in Méjico. Don Fausto had been waiting in that city three years, until
+the term allowed to Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui in the government
+here should be completed; and he would have waited much longer if
+Don Gabriel's death had not dispensed him from a longer detention,
+for with him was begun the practice of sending successors who may be
+on the watch for the governor's [term of] life--I know not whether
+it be to wish him well. Much could be said of this, and of the great
+difficulties which can result from such a precaution--such as the
+sale of offices, as has been done for many years; but it is not my
+obligation to give an opinion on matters of state, but to relate
+facts without contesting the laws.
+
+Governor Don Fausto brought here many persons of good family:
+Don Juan Lingurín, a man of great virtue, who died in Manila with
+the reputation of being a great servant of God; for he was greatly
+addicted to meditation, prayer, and mortification. Sargento-mayor
+Don Fernando Iglesias Montañés, his secretary, who afterward married
+Doña María Morante, who came in the suite of the governor's wife. Don
+Juan de Rivas, a native of Galicia, and a general in the army; he
+married another lady of Doña Beatriz's household, named Doña Juana de
+Aragón. Captain Don Miguel de Salazar, of Toledo, who was grievously
+slain in the year 1709. Don Angel Liaño, Captain Don Frutos Delgado,
+Don Pedro de Subirá, Don Francisco Valdés, Don José de Veroluca,
+and many others. [Among these were] General Don Pedro de Lucena
+and Captain Don Lucas de Lucena, brothers, who are still living;
+Captain Don José de Luzarrondo, a Navarrese; Captain de Iriarte,
+who afterward returned to España; and Master Don Juan Aguilar, the
+governor's chaplain, who had spent some time in these islands, being
+one of the household of the bishop of Sinopolis, Don Fray Juan Durán,
+assistant of the bishop of Cebú. In this galleon came Captain Don
+Patricio de Aguila--an Irishman, brother of the pilot Guillermo de
+Aguila--and Captain Pedro Quijada, both married; and other officers
+who are still living, with an excellent reenforcement of men for the
+Manila garrison.
+
+What is most important for our history is, that a numerous and choice
+mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father Fray
+Álvaro de Benavente, who in 1686 had been sent [to Europa] for this
+purpose, and made his voyage by way of Batavia and Holanda, as we have
+briefly related. That navigation was very difficult, because when the
+Dutch ships with which he was going approached the English Channel they
+learned that at its entrance was a French fleet. For this reason they
+changed their route, doubling Cape Clare, a promontory of Ireland;
+and they went as far as 63° of [north] latitude, so that they could
+sail around the northern extremity of Scotland, and therefore they
+suffered great cold and hardship. As soon as father Fray Álvaro de
+Benavente arrived at Bilbao with his companion Fray Juan Verganzo, he
+set out on his journey to the court, where he presented his despatches,
+and explained the reasons why he had made his voyage by way of Batavia;
+for this route was strictly prohibited by his Majesty, and might cause
+much hindrance to the procurators. Having secured the approval of the
+Duke de Medinaceli and the lords of the royal Council of the Indias,
+he departed for the Roman court, to ask for the relaxation of the
+oaths which the missionaries in China were commanded to take, of
+obedience to the apostolic vicars sent out by the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda. [Diaz relates with some detail the progress and
+success of this embassy by Benavente, because the question at issue
+therein has an important place in the controversy over the line of
+demarcation between the domains of Spain and Portugal in the East;
+but we omit this part, as it is unimportant for our narrative.]
+
+[Father Fray Álvaro] also had to obtain from our very reverend general
+Fray Fulgencio Travalloni various statutes and corporate laws for
+the government of this province; and these were [in the form of]
+fifty-eight decrees, given in the convent of San Martín at Sena [i.e.,
+Sienna], on May 28, 1688, [while the father general was engaged]
+in the general visitation of Italia; father Fray Álvaro brought them
+in printed form, with a Roman imprint. But with the course of time
+it was found by experience that these laws were unduly rigorous,
+and not very satisfactory for the government of this province;
+and it was continually asking for dispensations from them, until our
+father general Fray Adeodato Nuzzi, of Altimira, sent orders that this
+province should change and correct them as it should find expedient;
+and this was done in the intermediate chapter of the year 1710. Father
+Fray Álvaro brought many favors and jubilees from his Holiness for
+many convents of this province, and a bull to the effect that the
+religious who, knowing any language of the provinces under our charge,
+should explain [the Christian doctrine] in the convent of Manila for
+a period of eight years should bear the title of "Master," with the
+exemptions belonging to that dignity, and that he might exercise a
+perpetual vote in the provincial chapters; but up to the present time
+there has been no religious who has devoted himself to that occupation,
+or attracted much importance to this so unusual concession.
+
+For the missionaries in China he gained the subsidy and stipend which
+his Majesty gives to the missionaries of the other religious orders,
+that is, a hundred pesos to each one for a year's support. He obtained
+a royal decree that the trade and commerce with the Portuguese of
+Macán, which until that time had been forbidden and full of risk,
+should be free; and this dispensation was obtained only by the
+information given by father Fray Álvaro de Benavente that this was
+the safest door by which the missionaries could gain entrance into
+China. But the Portuguese, although they enjoy greatly to their
+profit the commerce of Manila, which is the chief means of their
+preservation, carry out very poorly the arrangement, as regards
+giving passage to the missionaries; for not only do they not give
+them entrance, but they inflict many annoyances on the religious,
+as they did with this very father Fray Álvaro, in both his first and
+his second visit to China. What keeps them in this attitude is the
+incorrectly understood patronage of their king of Portugal; for they
+can claim the same things in Mogol, Persia, Turquia and Constantinopla,
+and in the empire of Trapisonda, as included in the hemisphere of their
+demarcation. Father Fray Álvaro returned to España with a commission
+of vicar-general (which had been granted to him very fully by our own
+reverend father general); and he busied himself in calling together
+the religious who were to come in the mission [to Filipinas]. Since
+he had passed through the province of Aragón on his return from Roma,
+some religious offered themselves to him there, not only from Aragón
+but from Valencia; and there some others who afterward were enlisted
+by father Fray Pedro Cerro--to whom father Fray Álvaro had delegated
+his own powers, since father Fray Pedro was a religious who was very
+friendly to this province, and zealous for the good of souls.
+
+Before father Fray Álvaro reached Manila with his religious, Governor
+Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora made his entry into the city; this was
+done on St. James's day, in the afternoon. Two magnificent and very
+beautiful triumphal arches were erected for him, with large emblematic
+representations and ingenious allegories. One was made at the cost and
+by the care of the Society of Jesus; and the other by the care of our
+Augustinian fathers, at the place where the governor would pass our
+convent of San Pablo, with the idea of the history of Janus--with
+ingenious Latin inscriptions and epigrams, explained in Castilian
+eight-line stanzas; and to these were added, in all these places,
+praises [of the governor]. This was the last reception of this sort
+that was given to the governors, its disuse being begun with the next
+governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu--who, as he came wearing mourning
+for the death of our king Don Carlos II, would not allow this festal
+mode of reception.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+On the third day after the solemn entry of the governor, the religious
+of the mission here by father Fray Álvaro de Benavente made their
+entrance into the convent of Manila; and on July 28 a private session
+of the definitory was held in order to admit and adopt them into this
+province. The following is a list of them:
+
+1. Father Fray Diego Bañales, a native of Coruña, and a son of the
+convent at Santiago; aged forty years, and twenty-three in the order;
+a preacher and confessor. He came as confessor to the governor's wife;
+was prior of Guadalupe, a definitor, and president of the chapter;
+and died at Manila, on January 29, 1706.
+
+2. The father reader Fray Carlos Terrazas, a son of the house at
+Valencia, thirty-two years old and having professed sixteen years
+before; he was minister in the Pintados or Bisayas provinces, and
+of very great virtue; he died in the convent of Dumarao, on October
+18, 1694.
+
+3. The father reader Fray Nicolás Bernet, a native of the town of
+Epila, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old,
+and a professed for ten years; he was prior of Cebú; and died at
+Manila, on May 1, 1701.
+
+4. The father preacher Fray José de Ribera, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; forty years of age, and twenty-three
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Pasig on May 21, 1706.
+
+5. The father preacher Fray Gelasio Giménez, a son of the convent at
+Valencia; twenty-seven years of age, and ten and a half in the order;
+was minister in the province of Ilocos; and died there on August
+12, 1694.
+
+6. The father reader Fray José Carbonel, son of the convent at
+Valencia, and master of the students therein; twenty-five years old,
+and nine in the order; was minister in the province of Ilocos; and
+died at the village of Candong, on March 19, 1711.
+
+7. The father preacher Fray Martín Fuentes, a son of the convent at
+Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old, and nine years and four months
+in the order; has been a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+and a definitor; and is still [121] living, a minister in Bisayas,
+and examiner of literature for the Holy Office.
+
+8. The father preacher Fray Nicolás Servent, a native of Valencia,
+son of the house at Alcoy; aged twenty-eight years, and ten in the
+order. He is still living, a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+the prior of Macabebe.
+
+9. The father preacher Fray José de Aranda, a native of Estella,
+and son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged thirty-one years, and five
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Manila, on October 11, 1698.
+
+10. The father reader Fray Blas Díaz, son of the convent at Zaragoza;
+aged twenty-three years, and seven and a half in the order; he was
+minister in the provinces of Tagalos, and returned to España.
+
+11. The father preacher Fray Pedro Beltrán, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Alcira; aged thirty-two years, and six in
+the order; he is now living, a minister in the provinces of Bisayas.
+
+12. Father Fray Pedro Baldo, son of the convent at Valencia; aged
+twenty-six years, and nine in the order; was minister in Bisayas,
+where he died on April 27, 1716, while prior of the convent at Dumarao.
+
+13. The father preacher Fray Juan Barruelo, a native of Candelario,
+in the bishopric of Plasencia, and son of the convent at Salamanca;
+aged twenty-four years, and six in the order; was minister in China
+for several years, and at the present time is definitor and prior of
+the convent of Apalit in Pampanga.
+
+14. The brother chorister Fray Tomás Ortiz, a native of Dueñas, and
+son of the convent at Valladolid; aged twenty-two years, and three in
+the order; was minister in China eighteen years, and vicar-provincial
+of that mission; afterward he was prior of the convent at Manila,
+and still lives, the present provincial of this province.
+
+15. The brother chorister Fray Diego Megía, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; twenty-one years of age, and three
+and a half in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos,
+where he died as prior of the convent of Tanauan, on October 4, 1699.
+
+16. The brother chorister Fray José Ruiz, son of the convent at Burgos,
+and native of that city; aged twenty-two years; is minister of the
+province of Ilocos, and has been visitor of this province.
+
+17. The brother [chorister?] Fray José de Echebel, son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty-two years, and six in the order;
+was a minister in Bisayas; and died about March, 1706.
+
+18. The brother chorister Fray Facundo Trepat, a native of Caspe,
+son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty years, and three and a
+half in the order; has been definitor, and is now a minister in the
+provinces of Bisayas.
+
+19. The brother chorister Fray José Bosquet, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Epila; twenty years of age, and two in the
+order; is a minister in the provinces of Bisayas, and now definitor
+of this province.
+
+20. The brother chorister Fray Guillermo Sebastián, a son of the house
+at Vinaroz; aged nineteen years, and two and a half in the order;
+was a minister in the province of Ilocos, and died as prior of Bantay,
+on December 13, 1698.
+
+21. The brother chorister Fray Eugenio Costales, a son of the convent
+of Sevilla; aged twenty-one years, and three in the order; is now a
+minister in the province of Ilocos.
+
+22. The brother novice Fray Juan Hidalgo López, a native of
+Extremadura; aged twenty-eight years; is a minister in the province
+of Pampanga.
+
+23. The brother novice Fray Juan Núñez, a native of Medina del Campo;
+aged twenty-three years; was a minister in China for many years;
+and at present is a minister in the province of Ilocos, and its
+vicar-provincial.
+
+24. The brother novice Fray Fernando Ricote, a native of Asturias;
+aged twenty-eight years; was a minister in Bisayas; and died at Cebú
+in the year 1698.
+
+25. The brother novice Fray Isidro López, a native of Madrid; aged
+seventeen years; was a minister in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Tagalos; and died while he was visitor, and prior of Guiguinto,
+on February 21, 1716.
+
+26. The lay brother Fray Francisco de Sevilla, a son of the convent at
+Játiva; aged thirty-one years, and five in the order; he was eminent
+in virtue, prayer, and mortification, and rendered much service to
+the convent of Manila, where he met a pious death on March 31, 1711.
+
+27. The lay brother Fray Nicolás Codura, a son of the convent at Epila;
+aged thirty years, and seven in the order; he lives in the convent
+at Manila, where he has rendered good service, and still does so.
+
+All these religious have been very useful to this province in its
+ministries and instruction, and in the missions of China--the progress
+of which from their foundation will be set down separately and all
+together, by way of recapitulation, [122] ending this history with this
+chapter. For if I were to continue it further it would be necessary to
+speak of the living, and [personal] considerations might render the
+truth liable to suspicion; and although truth is the essential form
+and the soul of history it cannot become the instructor of the times,
+or be a [reliable] witness about them, when suspicion can challenge
+it. I will, however, record in this chapter some of the acts of Don
+Fausto in his government [123]--which, although they were just, were
+rendered intolerable by the violence and harshness with which they
+were executed; for the body politic of the Manila colony is not fit
+for so strong cathartic remedies, since its weakness can only endure
+anodynes and emollients.
+
+This gentleman commenced the course of his government with great
+integrity and rectitude, and very clean hands--grand qualities from
+which to expect a good government, although not well liked by all. All
+his desire, assiduity, and effort were directed to the increase of the
+royal revenues; and this he kept up to the end of his government, with
+such extreme application that what appeared to the governor justice
+seemed [to the people] cruelty. But here Justice used only the edges
+of the sword, without weighing with the balances that she held in
+the other hand the difficulties of time and occasion. Don Gabriel de
+Curucelaegui had not pushed this matter very far before troubles which
+gave him greater anxiety diverted his mind from this occupation. In
+a short time Don Fausto acquired great comprehension of the conduct
+of government and of all the measures which could increase the royal
+revenues; and he found that a very considerable amount was due to
+the exchequer, not only from the living but from the dead, from the
+collections of the royal tributes and from other sources. Don Fausto
+applied himself to the collection, with excessive rigor, of what the
+citizens of Manila owed to the royal treasury, without considering that
+most of the debtors were bankrupt, and almost destitute through lack
+of means; others were now dead, and search was made for their heirs and
+executors, in order to compel them to satisfy these claims. [124] While
+these investigations were being made, the prisons and fortifications
+were filled with debtors, more fit to ask alms than to pay their debts;
+others took refuge in the churches, where they remained a long time
+without being able to look for means of support. In every direction
+there were seizures and auctions, exactions and investigations. By
+this assiduity Don Fausto placed much silver in the royal treasury;
+but his Majesty does not choose to flay thus his vassals, but rather,
+as a good shepherd, to shear off the wool without cutting away the skin
+in which it has its roots. This inflexibility in collecting the debts
+owed to the royal exchequer, and his great eagerness to increase it,
+have caused great expenses, some superfluous and others necessary;
+and these traits in Don Fausto continued throughout the period of his
+government--which was the longest that has occurred in these islands,
+since it reached eleven years. [125]
+
+Considering that in these islands there is no equipment of iron-works
+for making anchors, and that the Dutch of Batavia, as they are so
+ingenious, have abundance of all that pertains to navigation, he
+sent Don Pedro de Ariosolo with title of ambassador, accompanied by
+some Spaniards--Don Martín de Tejada, Don José Pestaño de Cueva,
+Don Juan de Tejada, and others, among the prominent citizens of
+Manila. These envoys were very well received in Batavia, and so well
+did they succeed in their errand that they brought back many and
+excellent anchors, which were used for many years. This transaction
+was repeated afterward by Governor Don Domingo de Zabalburu, who sent
+for the same purpose General Miguel Martínez, Don Gregorio Escalante,
+Don Juan de San Pedro, and others, whose errand was as successful
+as that of the former envoys, through the good management and great
+liberality of the ambassador. Such endeavors have not always had the
+desired effect; for in the past year of 1717 the present governor,
+Mariscal Don Fernando Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda, sent General Don
+Fernando de Angulo as ambassador to Batavia to procure some anchors,
+but he returned without them.
+
+The first galleon that Don Fausto despatched for Nueva España was
+the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," in charge of General Don Francisco de
+Arcocha, his pilot being Lazcano; the voyage was a prosperous one,
+and the galleon returned in the following year of 1692, in charge
+of the captain of mounted cuirassiers Don Bernardo de Bayo, who was
+sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves, who took away that office from
+Don Francisco de Arcocha. It is said that the cause of this change
+was resentment on the part of the said Conde because he had in the
+year 1689 sent Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero, a gentleman of his
+household, as commander of the galleon--because the commander who had
+come with the ship, Lucas Mateo de Urquiza, had remained at Acapulco
+sick (not being willing to follow the second route, which Don Pedro
+de Ariosolo was taking)--and Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero had
+returned in the said galleon "Santo Cristo" as a passenger and not
+as a commander (although he died on the way); and, annoyed at this,
+the viceroy had taken the office from Don Francisco de Arcocha and
+given it to Don Bernardo de Bayo. It would have been better if the
+galleon had not come at all, for it was wrecked on the return trip,
+as we shall see later.
+
+With Don Gabriel de Arnedo came the auditor Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima, with his wife and children, who the
+preceding year had not been able to embark on account of the lack
+of accommodations in the patache "San Fernando," in which came the
+investigating judge and the three auditors. Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta was highly esteemed for his learning, and for having been
+an official of great integrity and uprightness. He completed his
+six years' term as auditor of Filipinas, and embarked for Méjico,
+where he was for many years alcalde of criminal cases for that city,
+with the same reputation for integrity and rectitude. The new auditors
+brought orders from his Majesty that two of them should go first to
+visit the provinces [126] of these islands, and draw up an enumeration
+of the royal tributes, their two associates remaining [at Manila] to
+serve in the royal Audiencia. For this task two auditors set out--Don
+Alonso de Abella Fuertes to visit the provinces of Cagayán, Ilocos,
+and Pampanga; and Don Juan de Sierra to visit those of Cebú, Ogtón,
+and Panay, although he visited only the last two. After Don Alonso
+Fuertes had returned from his commission, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta
+went to visit the provinces of Tagalos, and made the enumeration of
+the tributes.
+
+Don Fausto placed on the stocks the largest galleon that had ever
+been built; for it was three codos longer than the largest that
+had been built in the world. This enterprise was carried on by
+Master-of-camp Don Tomás de Endaya, who by application had become
+very skilful in this art, and he was therefore the superintendent of
+this construction; which was completed in less than nine months, to
+the astonishment of everyone--although with some cause for scandal,
+since the men worked on it even on the most important feast-days, not
+stopping even on Holy Thursday. He gave it the name of "San José,"
+and appointed Don José Madrazo its commander; and it was launched
+very successfully. It sailed from this headland of Cavite on the day
+of Sts. Peter and Paul in 1694; [127] and on July 3, in the night,
+it was dashed to pieces on the coast of Lubán, and more than four
+hundred persons were drowned. It was reckoned that if the men had
+not worked on the feast-days the vessel would have been completed
+more slowly, and would have sailed many days later, and the furious
+hurricane that was the cause of its wreck would not have caught it on
+the sea, with the deaths of so many persons and the loss of the great
+amount of merchandise that it carried; for it is considered certain
+that no larger or richer galleon had plowed the waters of the sea,
+for the wealth that it carried was incredible.
+
+While this loss was so great, one of the most grievous losses that
+these islands have suffered, it was made worse by the non-arrival of
+the galleon that was expected that year, the "Santo Cristo de Burgos,"
+in charge of General Don Bernardo Ignacio del Bayo--who, as we have
+said, was sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves in the year of 1691, and
+returned in the same ship the following year; and it put back to the
+port of Solsogón, after having endured great tempests. It remained at
+Solsogón in order to continue its voyage the year of 1693, as it did;
+but it not only failed to reach port, but was wrecked, without our
+gaining the least knowledge of the place where that occurred. There
+were some suspicions that it was destroyed by fire (a danger for which
+there is on the sea no help), for at one of the Marianas Islands were
+found fragments of burned wood, which were sent [here] by the governor
+of Filipinas, Don José Madrazo, and were recognized to be of woods that
+are found in these islands only. Careful search was made for many years
+along the coasts of South America, and in other regions; but not the
+least news of this ship has been received. Among the persons who were
+lost in this galleon was a religious who was most highly esteemed by
+this province for his great virtue and learning; this was the father
+reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte, a Vizcayan, a native of Marquina,
+who came as superior of the mission which reached this province in the
+year 1684; he had been sent in this galleon to España, as procurator
+of the province, to ask for a new reënforcement of missionaries. Much
+could be said of the great virtue of this religious, of his frequent
+prayer and mortification, his poverty, his extraordinary humility
+and affability--which I omit, in order not to seem too partial to
+him, or expose myself to the censure which I have seen incurred by
+many historians among the regulars, who have indulged in so excessive
+praises of this sort that they expose themselves to the charge of being
+too partial, because the persons eulogized are of their own houses.
+
+By these so calamitous events the islands were reduced to a miserable
+condition, on account of the loss of two good galleons and of so much
+wealth, belonging to so many that one might say it was the wealth
+of all [the citizens of Manila]. There was a little alleviation of
+our affliction that year, but it was so little that it could hardly
+be regarded as succor--that before the great galleon left Cavite a
+small patache entered that port which the viceroy of Nueva España
+had sent with some slight assistance, in charge of Don Andrés de
+Arriola, a Sevillan gentleman of great courage and renown. He
+returned to Nueva España in a small vessel which was purchased
+for 6,000 pesos from a Portuguese merchant named Juan de Abreu; it
+was so small that the authorities ordered, under heavy penalties,
+that no citizen should send in this vessel anything except letters,
+a rule which was enforced most rigorously. This patache made a very
+prosperous voyage; for, having passed the Marianas Islands, which is
+the most difficult part of this navigation, and finding that their
+provisions were nearly gone, and that it was almost impossible to
+pursue their voyage, divine Providence aided them by revealing to
+them an unknown island, not set down on any navigation chart. They
+found it uninhabited by men, but abounding in certain birds, large
+and heavy, and little inclined to fly, and so easy to catch that
+the men gave them the name of "fool birds" [128] either because of
+their stupidity, or as being the same as those birds which are found
+in Brasil and some islands of India which the Portuguese call dodos,
+which is the same as tontos [i.e., "stupid"]. The flesh of these birds
+is very good, and so, by killing many of them and drying their flesh
+in the wind, the sailors made a very good provision of food. They
+also found very good water and firewood, so that they were able to
+continue their voyage to Acapulco. What they most regretted was,
+that they could not fix the latitude and situation of this island,
+for lack of seeing the sun; and thus the island became again unknown,
+and inaccessible for another like emergency. [If its location were
+known], it would be a great assistance in making easier this arduous
+and severe navigation from Filipinas to Acapulco.
+
+Don Andrés de Arriola was afterward a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+commander of the Windward fleet, and governor of Vera Cruz and of
+Pançacola, where he rendered great services to his Majesty King Don
+Felipe V--his great courage enabling him to furnish large supplies of
+silver [to the king], despite the perils of the sea and the enemies of
+the crown, in the time when the armed fleets of Inglaterra and Holanda
+were infesting the seas and obstructing the commerce with America.
+
+Among the losses which Governor Don Fausto experienced in the time
+of his government, the greatest in his estimation was the death of
+his spouse Doña Beatriz de Aróstegui, in 1694; he loved her dearly,
+an affection deserved by her beauty, the many children that she had
+borne him, her great virtues, and sweet disposition--for which all the
+people loved her as the rainbow of peace, as she greatly moderated the
+choleric disposition of her husband. She died, this Rachel in beauty
+and Leah in fruitfulness, in the second year of the government of
+Don Fausto. [129] She was given a burial with honors in our church
+at Manila, and in the following year her remains were transferred
+to a beautiful chapel in the chancel, erected and adorned for this
+purpose. [This chapel contains the sculptured figure of the lady,
+with some Latin inscriptions, which are here omitted.] Well was this
+monument merited by a matron so virtuous, loved and reverenced by all
+for her great virtues; and her death was all the more regretted on
+account of her youth. The funeral honors which were solemnized for
+her were the most splendid ever seen in these islands (and it would
+be difficult to equal them in any other country, even with great
+expenditures); for the great abundance in these islands of wax and
+of the other materials for pomp which can increase the magnificence
+of functions of this kind, render them very easy. But this abuse is
+at present greatly moderated, as a result of the recent royal decree
+which was published that these vain parades be diminished.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
+
+
+The sources of the documents in this volume are as follows:
+
+1. Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.--From the Ventura del Arco
+MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, and 119-133; a contemporaneous
+MS., belonging to Edward E. Ayer; Ventura del Arco MSS., v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206.
+
+2. Augustinians in the Philippines.--From Casimiro Diaz's Conquistas
+(Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, and 689-817; from a copy in the possession
+of James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] At the end of this document appear the following memoranda
+relative to the archbishop's voyage to the islands: "Archbishop Camacho
+embarked at Acapulco for Manila on March 30, 1697. The lading of the
+ship was made in great haste, because there was in Acapulco a fearful
+pestilence. Several died from this pest on the ship, within a few
+days--among whom were the fiscal of his Majesty, and a Jesuit and
+a Dominican. On the 19th of July they encountered a terrible storm,
+from which they escaped only through the intercession of St. Francisco
+Javier, a Jesuit, casting into the water an order of the saint in which
+he promised that they should have no [cause for] fear. On July 24, at
+three o'clock in the afternoon, they anchored in the port of Palapag,
+where they suffered from a baguio. On the eighth day of September,
+the archbishop made his public entry into Manila."
+
+[2] Spanish, realengos; "applied to the villages which are not held
+by seigniors or by the religious orders, and to lands belonging to
+the state" (Barcia).
+
+Auditor Sierra held a commission from the court for legalizing
+the ownership of lands in Filipinas; and in the fulfilment of this
+charge he demanded from the friars the documents which justified their
+right to the magnificent estates of which they called themselves the
+owners." (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, p. 385.)
+
+[3] This bull was a papal sentence of excommunication formerly
+published against heretics every Holy (or Maundy) Thursday; for ages
+it was publicly read on that day, otherwise known as the feria quinta
+in Coena Domini; hence its common title, as given in the text. The
+latest form which this bull assumed was given to it by Urban VIII in
+1627; it is entitled, Pastoralis Romani pontificis vigilantia, and is
+divided into twenty sections or decrees. Of these, no. 15 censures
+such as usurp jurisdiction; it was, then, issued in the interests
+of liberty in court trials. No. 17 censures those who usurp church
+revenues, incomes, and the like; and it thus upheld the rights of
+ownership. This bull is no longer used; its periodical publication was
+discontinued after 1773, and it was suppressed by Pius IX (October 12,
+1869), in force of his constitution, Apostolicæ Sedis, issued on that
+date.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[4] The decree here mentioned is dated May 15, 1572, and begins,
+Exposcit debitum pastoralis officii. In it provision is made for
+"appeals from the West Indias, and the islands of the Ocean Sea,
+subject to the king of Spain." It orders that appeals be carried,
+first, from the bishop to the metropolitan; second, from the
+metropolitan to the next neighboring ordinary--that thus justice might
+be secured without delay or so heavy expense. Philip II had petitioned
+to this effect, that cases might be decided by two courts, and no
+appeal be admitted therefrom; hence the bull of Gregory to the king.
+
+In this case, the appeal was from the metropolitan to the bishop
+of Camarines--who probably had been commissioned by the pope to act
+as delegate from an early period in his episcopal career, since he
+himself mentions (post) his having acted in that capacity in the
+time of Archbishop Pardo. In case of the nearest see being vacant,
+the official who acted as its head would be delegate for the time
+being, i.e. would be a vice-ordinary. Also, as those islands were
+too remote for sending thither delegates from Europe, except in
+extraordinary cases, the metropolitan of Manila might send a delegate
+to Camarines. The authority possessed by the delegate in appeal cases
+(as results from the bull of Gregory) would be definitive and final;
+he might overrule and even supersede the metropolitan, as being the
+judge in final appeal.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[5] Probably Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, as he was bishop of
+Puebla in 1696 (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 256).
+
+[6] Cruzat y Gongora's term of office was lengthened by the failure
+of his successor to go to the islands. This was Domingo Zabalburu de
+Echevarri, who was appointed September 18, 1694, but did not reach
+Manila until 1701.
+
+[7] Spanish, sobrino, which may be applied not only to a brother's
+or sister's child, but to that of a cousin-german.
+
+[8] Spanish, ni mejorarla [apelacion]; a legal phrase, meaning "to
+support the appeal before the superior court, after having appealed
+before it, by setting forth the injury that is experienced from any
+act issued by the lower court" (Barcia).
+
+[9] So in Ventura del Arco's transcription; but it would seem to
+be an error for 120--perhaps a copyist's conjecture of an illegible
+character--since it apparently refers to Gregory XIII's decree of 1572
+(ante, p. 27).
+
+[10] He was almost seventy years old, according to Concepción (Hist. de
+Philipinas, viii, p. 229).
+
+[11] In the Latin Church the ecclesiastical orders are those of
+bishops, priests, deacons, sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers,
+and ostiarii, or doorkeepers. Many theologians reckon the number
+at seven, regarding the episcopate as merely the extension of the
+priesthood (Addis and Arnold, p. 621).
+
+[12] Spanish, seminario conciliar; "the house assigned for the
+education of the young men who devote themselves to the ecclesiastical
+career" (Barcia).
+
+[13] José Sarmiento Valladares, Conde de Montezuma, was the successor,
+in the viceroyalty of Nueva España, of Gaspar de la Cerda, Conde
+de Galve (whose term of office was November 20, 1688 to May,
+1696). Valladares obtained his title by his marriage with Gerónima
+María, a lineal descendant of the Mexican emperor, and third countess
+of Montezuma. He took possession of the office on December 18, 1696,
+and held it until November 4, 1701. He was an able and efficient
+governor, and did much to repress crime, improve social conditions, aid
+the Indians in times of distress, and render the City of Mexico more
+strongly fortified. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, pp. 222, 259, 264, 265.)
+
+[14] Miguel Bayót was a discalced Franciscan, an Aragonese, who came to
+the Philippines in 1669; he was employed in ministries to the Indians,
+and was long at the head of the hospice of the order in Mexico City. In
+1695 he was appointed bishop of Cebú, when he was 52 years old, being
+then in Mexico, and took possession of his office in September, 1696;
+he died there on August 28, 1700. When he died, only the sum of five
+reals was found in his possession. (San Antonio, Chronicas, i, p. 212.)
+
+[15] The first page of this MS. is occupied by official attestations
+showing that on January 22, 1699, officially certified copies of
+these decrees by the archbishop were demanded by Antonio de Borja,
+procurator-general of the Jesuit province, from one of the alcaldes
+of Manila, Antonio Basarte, who ordered these copies to be made.
+
+[16] Spanish, casamientos y velaciones; the former the general term
+for marriages, the latter also used thus, but referring especially
+to the nuptial mass or nuptial benedictions (which, however, were
+and are given only at mass). The parties might be married outside
+of mass--as if it were a private marriage, or if they were too poor
+to pay for the mass--and then did not receive the benedictions. But
+if at mass, they were velados--a term recalling an ancient ceremony
+when both parties were veiled at the marriage; i.e., the priest threw
+a veil over their heads. Thus Moroni in his Diccionario, who also
+states that "this custom is still in vogue in some places" (in his
+own day, about thirty years ago). La velacion was another term for
+the marriage ceremony at mass, and was part of the ceremony. Every
+woman (of good standing) is entitled to church marriage--with nuptial
+mass and benediction--but once only: this may be on the occasion of a
+second or third marriage, provided the former marriages were outside
+of mass; but if the first marriage were with the nuptial mass, she
+is barred from enjoying this privilege at subsequent marriages. These
+are the casamientos; the nuptial mass, or marriage accompanied by it,
+the velacion.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[17] Hijo de la Iglesia; a term applied to a foundling or abandoned
+infant; cf., the Italian appellation, "a child of the Madonna."
+
+[18] Spanish, octavas. None of the standard dictionaries give a meaning
+to cover this use of octavas. Dominguez's Diccionario (Supplement)
+states that the word is a term in Roman law, designating an ancient
+form of tribute consisting of one part in eight. Probably it was
+carried over into ecclesiastical law, and here means that the cura
+was expected to pay one-eighth of his fees into the church fund.
+
+[19] Spanish, canonicas monitoriales. In law books, banns (in Latin)
+are styled proclamationes monitoriæ.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[20] Spanish, limosna. The fees (derechos) of the cura were determined,
+fixed sums, as in the tariff lists, nor could he change them. The
+limosna--a free offering, and wholly optional with the parties for whom
+he officiated--was over and above the tariff charge. The cura could do
+with this offering what he wished--if he chose, spending it in alms;
+but it was given to him personally, and was for his own use. Cf. the
+gratificación voluntaria in the following list of fees to be paid
+the parish priest in Cuba, taken from the Manual de la Isla de Cuba,
+by José Garcia y Arboleya (2nd ed., Havana, 1859), pp. 316, 317:
+
+
+For baptism: a voluntary offering [gratificación voluntaria],
+the minimum of which is 6 reals for the cura and 2 for the
+acolyte                                                           $ 1.
+For burial:  of free adult                                          7.50
+             of free child                                          6.50
+             of slave adult                                         5.50
+             of slave child                                         5.
+For prayers--responso with cope, sacristan, and processional cross
+[cruz alta], at the house of the deceased                           7.
+For prayers, with cope, at the burial                               4.
+For office (of three lections)                                      5.
+For mass chanted (body present)                                     6.
+For each halt [posa]                                               12.50
+For processional cross at the grave (without cross, .50)            2.
+For each censer                                                      .50
+For each attendant in surplice                                      1.
+For remaining till end [of interment]                               1.50
+For four [church] bells [tolled]                                    2.
+For three [church] bells [tolled]                                   1.50
+For two [church] bells [tolled]                                     1.
+For low mass [without chant]                                        1.
+For a fiesta [feast-day celebration] with vespers and mass chanted 12.
+For a fiesta with procession                                       14.
+For votive mass chanted                                             6.50
+For marriage                                                        7.25
+For cura at the house [of the parties]                              4.
+For foreigners                                              25. to 30.
+For record of baptism                                               1.
+
+                                          --Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[21] The term Morenos, as has appeared from former documents, was
+applied generally to persons of swarthy complexion--mulattoes, some
+negroes, and Malabar natives, indiscriminately.
+
+[22] Spanish, arraz (arras); a very old term, of Hebrew origin;
+hence the Latin law term of arrha, i.e., anticipated payment of
+part. Arras also means "thirteen pieces of money given to the bride
+by the bridegroom;" this or similar dowry was required by a very old
+and very rigorous law.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+Barcia gives arras the general meaning of "that which is given as a
+pledge or token of any agreement. It was extended also to the marriage
+contract. Also, the thirteen pieces of money which in weddings serve
+for the formality of that function, passing from the hands of the
+bridegroom to those of the bride. In law, the amount which the man
+promises to the woman on account of his marriage to her; it cannot
+exceed, according to law, the tenth part of his possessions." He
+defines arrha (French, arrhes) as "a pledge or token given to secure
+and confirm a contract."
+
+[23] The context would seem to require here the amount of the fee for
+burial of a child; this has apparently been omitted in the MS. by
+a clerical error. The general appearance of the MS., and various
+memoranda on the back, suggest the probability that this was one of
+the copies furnished to the Jesuit Borja.
+
+[24] Spanish, possas. At funerals, prayers were read at different
+points on the way to the cemetery; for instance, at the church door,
+midway on the route, and at the cemetery gate--if not oftener. Of
+course the procession halted while prayers were being read or chanted;
+so for each halt (posa) a fee was due.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[25] Spanish, missas de nouenario; the novenary is a nine days'
+condolence for the deceased. The same term is also applied to a nine
+days' devotion offered to some saint.
+
+[26] Spanish, el velo; literally, the "veil," or the "veiling;"
+evidently referring to the old-time usage of placing a veil over the
+married pair (see note 16, ante), as a part of the ceremonies at the
+nuptial mass. I am told by one of our fathers here at Villanova,
+who lived in Spain years ago, that at marriages in that country
+the bride wears the usual wedding-veil, and continues to wear it
+in public for one week after the marriage; it is white, sometimes
+plain, sometimes adorned with ribbons or flowers of various
+colors.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[27] Spanish, cruz alta con su manga. The processional cross was
+carried on a staff, as used in the United States in processions; at
+funerals the crucifix was covered with black, this funeral trapping
+(manga) covering or veiling the cross as a sign of grief. Sometimes
+the sacristan bore only a small cross, without staff; this depended
+wholly on his fee. In all Catholic churches in the United States, we
+use the crucifixes covered in Holy Week; but we do not veil crosses
+at funerals.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[28] Spanish, por titulo de justicia. Parroco de justicia, so
+frequently used in this document, is the Spanish rendering of the
+technical Latin phrase, parochus de jure--words which show that
+the cura had a right to his office, had been instituted according
+to the canons, and was canonically and legally in office. It is
+practically the same as the English phrase "by right and title." Other
+equivalents are: "by title of law," "by right," and "ordinary." The
+parish priest, whether secular or regular, was an official of the
+Church.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[29] See account of the allotment of diocesan titles in VOL. I, p. 244,
+note 188. Baluffi, there cited, adds: "Relative to the two ninths that
+were given to the king, the first bishop of Mechoacan [in Mexico],
+Mons. Vasco de Quiroga, when organizing his cathedral [clergy] in 1554,
+speaking of the two shares of the tithes that were given to the king,
+remarked that they were thus awarded to his most serene Majesty in
+token of his lordship (superioritalis) and right of patronage."
+
+[30] In text, oneroso, but evidently a transcriber's error for onrroso.
+
+[31] In the text, projimos, "neighbors"--in allusion to the Scriptural
+injunction, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself," a duty strictly
+inculcated in the training of candidates for ordination, especially
+in the Jesuit order.
+
+[32] Alluding to Paul's precept in I Corinthians, vii, v. 20.
+
+[33] That is, a non-resident or merely titular prelate; see VOL. XVIII,
+p. 339, note 101.
+
+[34] The whole sentence, divested of technicalities, simply means that
+one must "look before he leaps;" or that, when one has his eyes open,
+he is supposed to have used them; or that the bishop, should he be
+merely titular, would have no one to blame but himself, and should
+be the last to complain.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[35] Spanish, pordioseros; that is, those who ask alms "for God's
+sake."
+
+[36] Spanish, conciliabulo; like English "conventicle," used to
+designate an unauthorized or illegal assembly.
+
+[37] Spanish, mal sonante y temeraria--literally, "of evil sound and
+reckless." This is part of a legal phrase, taken from Latin forms used
+by the Roman courts when characterizing books, teachings, statements,
+etc., of unorthodox or schismatic bearing.--Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.
+
+[38] This memorial seems to have been written by the Dominican Fray
+Raimundo Berart (see Reseña biográfica, ii, p. 203); and it was
+printed by Fray Mimbela.
+
+[39] Spanish, consumiendo; "the reception or eating by the priest
+of the body and blood of Christ, in the elements of bread and wine"
+(Dominguez).
+
+[40] Francisco de Mesina was born in Messina, Sicily, in 1614; at
+the age of fifteen he became a Jesuit novice, and in 1643 came to the
+Philippines. He acted as minister at the college of Manila during one
+year, and then went to Camboja with a Spanish expedition who built a
+ship there, ministering to the Spaniards, and to the natives of the
+country. For two years he was rector of Silang, and more than twenty
+years minister to the Chinese at Santa Cruz, near Manila, becoming
+very proficient in their language. He was three years provincial,
+and was sent to Macan and Camboja by the governor "on affairs of the
+royal service;" and he died at Santa Cruz, October 12, 1682. (Murillo
+Velarde, Hist. Philipinas, fol. 354.)
+
+[41] Spanish, almojarifazgo: export and import duties, as our modern
+officials would call them. This tax was first collected by the Moors
+in the cities and coasts of Andalucía, and afterward--in the times of
+St. Fernando, according to various authors--came to be introduced among
+the Christians; and they, on accepting or establishing this impost,
+adopted the name by which the Arabs designated it.--Fray Tirso López
+(editor of Diaz).
+
+[42] Don Francísco Xavier, in the year 1670 (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de
+Philipinas, fol. 300).
+
+[43] Francisco Miedes was a native of Madrid, born about 1621;
+he entered the Jesuit order about 1643, and in 1643 came to the
+islands. During the first year he was an instructor at the college
+of Manila; the rest of his life was spent in the missions of Ternate
+and Siao. He compiled grammars and vocabularies of the dialects
+spoken in those islands, and performed his missionary labors with
+great self-sacrifice and devotion, suffering much from poverty and
+lack of the usual comforts of life. The hardships of this career,
+and his frequent austerities, broke down his strength, and he finally
+died at Iloilo, on June 21, 1674. (Murillo Velarde, ut supra, fol. 352
+b, 353.)
+
+Gerónimo Cebreros was born in Mexico on May 30, 1626, and at the age
+of twenty-three entered the Jesuit novitiate, and four years later
+came to the islands. He was a missionary in Ternate and Siao, and for
+six years the superior of those missions; afterward he labored among
+the Spaniards and Tagals in Luzón, and died on August 15, 1713. (Ut
+supra, fol. 400 b.)
+
+[44] Diaz does not give the Christian name of this missionary,
+but Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 300 b), that it was Juan
+de Esquivel; this name, however, is not again mentioned by that
+author. On fol. 284 he gives the following account of Diego de
+Esquivel (of whom Juan may have been a brother): "On the sixth of
+June, 1665, died at Manila Father Diego de Esquivel, at the age of
+forty-two years, after seventeen years as a member of the Society;
+he was a native of the said city, and it was there that he entered
+the Society, in the year 1648. He finished his studies there, and,
+having been ordained as a priest, was sent to Ternate--where he
+learned perfectly the language of the natives, of which he wrote a
+grammar and a vocabulary. Thence he went to Tydore, and afterward
+to Siao, where the natives were living more as barbarians than as
+Christians; and he suffered greatly in that island, on account of
+the poverty of the country. He had his heart set on planting the
+faith and good morals among that people, by means of preaching, the
+good example of his life as a religious, and the charity with which
+he ministered to all; and he gained thereby the great affection of
+the people of Siao. This was known by Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara,
+and therefore after the death of Don Bentura, the king of that island
+(who left a young son), the governor commissioned Father Esquivel with
+the government of that kingdom, as it was under the royal protection,
+to the great satisfaction of the chiefs of its villages; and the
+superiors [of the order] gave him permission, in so far as it was in
+accordance with the sacred canons, to act as counselor of the said
+kingdom. This caused the preservation in our holy faith of the many
+and glorious missions which this province has in the Orient--which
+are the island and kingdom of Siao, and the provinces of Manados
+or Cauripa (which are in the great island of Celebes, or Macazar),
+with other islands and missions, which he frequently visited, by
+which he gained many souls to God. He was sent to Ternate as rector,
+but, moved by affectionate desire for the salvation of his Siaos,
+he left a father as vice-rector of the college [at Ternate], and
+returned to Siao. At this time, orders were given to withdraw the
+garrison from Ternate, and Father Esquivel returned to Manila, and
+many of those natives accompanied him--in order not to lose the faith,
+nobly abandoning their native land. They settled in Maragondong, La
+Estacada, and other places, with the name of Mardicas, and I knew
+in Maragondong some of them who had been born in Ternate. Through
+the hardships of this voyage Father Esquivel contracted an illness,
+which lasted during the remainder of his life. He spent some time as
+minister at Barás, where his sickness became worse; they carried him
+to Manila, where he died with great peace and resignation."
+
+Manuel Español was born in Aren, May 11, 1639, and entered the
+Jesuit order on November 21, 1656. Seven years later he came to the
+Philippine Islands. He was minister at the college of Manila two
+years, and afterward labored in the missions of Siao and Ternate for
+many years. He died in Manila, on March 10, 1684. (Murillo Velarde,
+ut supra, fol. 356.)
+
+[45] Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 302): "On the first of
+November, 1677, the Dutch seized Siao, called thither by Don Geronimo
+Daras, a rival and enemy of the king Don Francisco (who was a good
+Catholic, and a friend of the Spaniards); they went to conquer it,
+and left as governor of the island Robert Paagbrugue. They carried
+away to Malayo the fathers who were ministering there. They cut
+down the clove trees, and established several small forts with some
+artillery; and left there about two hundred men, with a preacher,
+who instructed the natives in regard to their errors. At first some
+of the Siaos resisted; but now they are most obstinate heretics, and
+very bitter enemies of the Catholic religion--as I found in some who
+strayed to Manila in those days; although some were finally converted,
+and I baptized a boy of fourteen years who learned the [Christian]
+doctrine readily."
+
+[46] i.e., "a time of peace, a time of war."
+
+[47] Spanish, Del monte sale, quien al monte quema, "indicating
+that the losses we suffer usually proceed from persons allied to us,
+or who live near us" (Dominguez).
+
+[48] Here, as in several other places in our text, we omit various
+pious reflections and citations from Scripture or the fathers of the
+church, simply through the pressure of valuable historical matter
+upon our limited space.
+
+[49] i.e., "If for my sake this tempest has arisen, cast me into the
+sea," paraphrasing rather than quoting the prophet's words (Jonah,
+i, v. 12).
+
+[50] Juan Caballero was born in Córdoba in 1629, and made his
+profession in the Augustinian order at Sevilla (by a typographical
+error in Pérez's Catálogo, in 1637; probably, 1657). He came to Manila
+in the mission of 1669; three years later, was elected prior of Cebú,
+and in 1674 prior of Manila, where he died in 1685.
+
+[51] Biographical notices of these friars, and of others mentioned
+by Diaz in like connection, may be found in Pérez's Catálogo.
+
+[52] Spanish, colegial del mayor. A colegio mayor is defined
+by Dominguez as "a community of youths, laymen of distinguished
+families, who devote themselves to various studies, living in a
+certain seclusion, and under a collegiate rector, whom they appoint,
+usually each year."
+
+[53] Spanish, catedratico de decreto. The Decreto was the book compiled
+by Gratianus which forms the first part of the canon law.
+
+[54] "More properly Konkanis; the modern division of North Canara
+is part of the territory properly known as the Konkan, and the old
+Portuguese called the natives of their territory, both those of Goa
+and the North (properly the Konkanis), and also those to the southward,
+indiscriminately Canarins." "The Canarins (who are heathen), are of two
+sorts, for such as are engaged in trade and other honorable callings
+are held in much greater respect than those who engage in fishing,
+or practice mechanical crafts." Canarin is the Portuguese form of
+the name applied to the natives of the coast, and interior north of
+Malabar, as far as and including Goa district; another form of the
+name is Karnatic, although it is now applied to the Tamil country on
+the eastern side of the Indian peninsula.--See Voyage of Pyrard de
+Laval (Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1887-88) and notes by
+Gray and Bell, i, pp. 375-376, ii, pp. 35, 405-406.
+
+[55] Payo Enriquez de Rivera was a native of Sevilla, and son of
+the Duke de Alcalá, viceroy of Naples. In 1628 he made profession in
+the Augustinian order, and after obtaining his degrees in theology
+and philosophy held various important offices in Spain. In 1657 he
+was presented to the see of Guatemala, and ten years later to that
+of Michoacan; soon afterward he was made archbishop of Mexico,
+which office he assumed in June 1668. The viceroyalty of Mexico
+becoming vacant by the death of Pedro Nuño Colon, Duke de Veraguas,
+a few days after taking possession of that government (December,
+1673), he was immediately succeeded, by a royal order anticipating
+this event, by Fray Payo de Rivera, who ruled Nueva España for seven
+years. Rivera was distinguished by his ability as a ruler, not only
+in matters ecclesiastical, but in civil and military affairs--to all
+of which he attended with zeal and prudence; and he was beloved by
+the people. In July, 1681, he set out for Spain, where he had two
+important appointments from the government; but he declined these,
+and retired to the convent of Santa María del Risco. He died on April
+8, 1684, honored in both life and death by the government and by his
+people. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 182-187.)
+
+[56] Our Constitutions inhibit such procedure, the applying to
+courts outside the order. For us, appeals lie only to the Pontiff,
+who, being the common father of the faithful, is not considered an
+outsider.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[57] i.e., "The party dispossessed must first of all be restored,
+any other proceeding being deferred."
+
+[58] Referring to a work by the Jesuit writer Martin Martini (1614-61),
+who for many years was a prominent missionary in China. This was his
+Novus atlas Sinensis (Vienna, 1655), which formed part 10 of the great
+atlas published by Joannis Blaeu at Amsterdam (1656). Diaz hispanicizes
+Martini's name, and rather curiously uses the Italian word atlante for
+"atlas" instead of the Spanish atlas.
+
+[59] More strictly the name Coromandel is applied to the eastern
+coast of India north of Cape Comorin, and Malabar to the western coast.
+
+[60] i.e., "It shall not be compared with the dyed colors of India"
+(Job, xxviii, v. 16).
+
+[61] See plan of Madras, and maps of Coromandel coast, in Bellin's
+Atlas maritime, iii, fol. 37-39.
+
+[62] The Basilian order was founded by St. Basil, bishop of Cæsarea
+in Cappadocia. His rule became so popular in the East as to supplant
+all others; and at this day it alone is recognized and followed by
+the monks of the Greek Church. This order also made its way into
+southern Italy, Poland, Hungary, and Russia. Nearly all the convents
+of Basilian nuns (founded by St. Macrina, sister of Basil), like those
+of the monks, have embraced the Eastern schism. (Addis and Arnold's
+Catholic Dictionary, citing Hélyot's Ordres monastiques.)
+
+[63] Spanish, crescas, a word not given in the lexicons, but evidently,
+from the context, to be thus rendered.
+
+[64] See Linschoten's account of this story of St. Thomas's preaching
+in India, and A. C. Burnell's notes thereon, in Voyage of Linschoten
+(Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1885), i, pp. 83-89. Burnell
+says that this story is unknown to the natives of India, and evidently
+originated in Syria. The inscription on the alleged tomb of St. Thomas
+near Madras is now known to be Nestorian, of about the ninth century
+A. D.
+
+[65] Tercia: the third part of a vara (33.38+ inches), therefore a
+little more than 11 inches; generally used as a measure of length.
+
+[66] Concepción's account of this occurrence (Hist. de Philipinas,
+vii, pp. 258, 259) contains an explanation somewhat remarkable for a
+period when sanitary science had made little progress, even in Europe.
+
+"Governor Don Manuel de Leon was sick from excessive corpulency; and
+Don Juan de Sarra treated him by making cruel cuts in the flesh of his
+body. He attended, when these incisions were not yet quite healed,
+the funeral of Doña Maria del Cuellar, the deceased wife of Auditor
+Don Francisco Coloma; and in the church the vapors which exhale
+from buried corpses--which, experience proves, cost those so dear,
+who enter the church with sores or wounds, as these are poisoned
+and corrupted by those vapors--had the effect on the governor of
+opening his wounds, and bringing on a hemorrhage which exhausted him,
+[and he died. April 11, 1667]."
+
+[67] Salazar relates the disposition of the governor's estate
+(Hist. Sant. Rosario, pp. 114, 115), saying that, besides the
+provincial, Fray Balthasar de Santa Cruz and General Marcos Quintero
+Ramos were named by León as his executors; referring to the prohibition
+(see his p. 43) of such administration to the Dominican friars,
+he adds: "The said fathers could not refuse to accept this onerous
+charge as executors, not only on account of what our order owed to
+the deceased, but because of other circumstances which stood in the
+way and concerned the peace of the community." He states that Fray
+San Roman's death (less than a year after the governor's) did not
+prevent the administration of León's estate and the disposal of his
+property, which Santa Cruz carried out, the handling of the money
+being left entirely to Quintero. The governor's fortune amounted to
+250,000 pesos, of which the Dominican order appropriated nothing to
+itself, the money being almost entirely spent in pious foundations
+and charitable works. To the Misericordia was given 50,000 pesos,
+part of which was set aside for the dowries of orphan girls; to León's
+native place, 33,000 pesos to found chaplaincies, for the benefit of
+his soul; 12,000 to rebuild the hospital of San Lazaro at Manila,
+and a like sum for rebuilding the seminary of Santa Potenciana;
+and the remainder was spent in various works of piety and charity,
+for the benefit of the community.
+
+[68] Every province was entitled to choose four definitors
+and two visitors. In chapters the voting list is published
+prior to the elections; it contains the name of every person
+entitled to vote therein, with the position entitling him to
+vote.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[69] Spanish, altura; here meaning the most northern part of the
+ship's course, as the ships sailing from Manila took a route far
+northward to avail themselves of the trade-winds.
+
+[70] This should be Antonio de Letona; his book is entitled Perfecta
+religiosa (Puebla, Mexico, 1662). See our VOL. XXXVI, p. 189.
+
+[71] In text, rectores; but, as there is no meaning of that word that
+properly applies here, we conjecture it to be a typographical error
+for receptores.
+
+[72] Francisco Salgado was a native of Galicia, born April 2,
+1629. In 1648 he entered the Jesuit order, and in 1662, came to
+the Philippines. For several years he was teacher in the college
+of Manila; and afterward rector at Silang. He went to Europe (about
+1675?), and returned in 1679 with a mission band; he was rector of
+the Manila college and twice provincial. He died at Manila on July 14,
+1689. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 357.)
+
+[73] The MS. does not state what the other relic was, nor is it easy to
+ascertain; for the English in the latter part of the eighteenth century
+profaned the church of San Agustín at Manila, and took from it all the
+relics, in order to avail themselves of the silver of the reliquaries,
+and of the gold in which many of them were set.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[74] Juan de Mariana (1536-1624) was one of the most noted writers
+among the Spanish Jesuits. The work here referred to is that which he
+published originally in Latin, Historiæ de rebus Hispaniæ libri XXV
+(Toleti, 1592), which carried the history of the Spanish monarchy down
+to 1516. His own Spanish version of this work, enlarged and corrected,
+appeared at Toledo, 1601. Other writers continued this history to 1649
+and 1669; and the last of these was extended to 1678 by Felix Lucio
+de Espinosa y Malo (Madrid, 1678). This work has had many editions,
+translations, and criticisms--for which see Sommervogel's Bibliothèque
+Comp. de Jesus. One of Mariana's works, De rege et regis institutione
+(Toleti, 1599), was censured by the Parliament of Paris and publicly
+burned by the executioner in 1610; and the French court asked the
+Spanish government to suppress it, which request was refused.
+
+[75] That is, the writer's desire to flatter some influential persons
+who were enemies of Valenzuela.
+
+[76] The alternation [alternativa] of the elections consisted in this,
+that during one triennium the offices were held by natives of Spain,
+and during the next one by those born in the Indias.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[77] Spanish, pasado en authoridad de cosa juzgada (equivalent to
+the Latin res adjudicata).
+
+[78] Spanish, se comprometió. With us elections sometimes go by
+compromissum; that is, where no result is secured as usual by close
+ballot the chapter designate a committee to nominate some person,
+usually with the pledge that the chapter will afterward elect him,
+and thus ratify the committee's choice.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[79] Among the voters at provincial and general chapters are two
+classes especially designated by provinces or convents to represent
+the entire community; these are the definitors and the discreets
+(VOL. XXXIV, p. 419). The conventual discreet is chosen for the
+provincial chapter, and is elected by all the voters of a house in
+chapter assembled. The discreet-general is chosen for the general
+chapter, by the provincial chapter. At the general chapter every
+province is entitled to representation by three voters--the provincial,
+the definitor, and the discreet. At provincial chapter every large
+house, or convent, is entitled similarly to representation by two
+voters, the priors and the discreet (there is no definitor for a
+house).--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[80] There must be some error in the text--probably made in the
+transcriptions of Diaz's manuscript for publication--for Pérez says
+(Catálogo, p. 140) that these missions contained 160 religious. The
+father here named is mentioned a little below as Manuel Losada,
+which name (although it does not appear in Pérez) was probably his
+baptismal and family name, the other being that assumed by him on
+entering the order.
+
+[81] No elemental; that is, it was not nebulous--as our astronomers
+at this time say, arrogating to themselves this discovery, which
+evidently was not unknown to those of earlier times.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[82] Roughly estimating from the date here given, it seems
+probable that the line here mentioned refers to the diameter of the
+earth. Although that diameter had not been exactly measured at that
+time, a long step toward this had been taken by Picard of France,
+who in 1671 made the first really valuable measure of the arc of a
+meridian, a measure which Isaac Newton used in verifying his idea of
+gravitation. The ambiguous manner in which the line is mentioned by
+the writer (supposedly Kino, as cited by Diaz) was probably due to
+cautious dread lest ecclesiastical penalties be visited on the too
+definite statement of scientific discoveries; for at that time Mexico
+was dominated by the Inquisition, by which tribunal the great Galileo
+had been imprisoned less than fifty years before Kino made these
+observations. The course of this comet can easily be verified, after
+making due allowance for the precession of the equinoxes, on any map
+of the constellations. Information for this note is furnished by Albert
+S. Flint, astronomer of Washburn Observatory, University of Wisconsin.
+
+[83] Eusebius Kino (or Chino) was a noted mathematician and
+explorer. Born near Trent in 1644, he entered the Jesuit order at
+the age of twenty-one, and in 1678 came to America. He soon devoted
+himself to the California missions, and explored and mapped a large
+extent of country in Mexico and Lower California. He died at Magdalena,
+March 15, 1711.
+
+[84] One of the collections of canon law is called "Clementinas"
+(see VOL. XXV, p. 226): they were compiled out of the canons of the
+Council of Vienne (1316) and some of his own constitutions. (Addis
+and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary, p. 106.) The father of Bolivar had
+apparently held the clementina chair of canon law in a university.
+
+[85] The vihuela (or viguela) was the ancient form of the guitar,
+or something between it and the violin. It is mentioned as in use,
+in a poem of the fourteenth century. There were vihuelas de penoia and
+vihuelas de arco--the former played with a plectrum, the latter with a
+bow. Later, the vihuela merged entirely into the guitar. (H. E. Watts,
+in note on his edition of Don Quixote [London, 1895], iv, p. 85.)
+
+[86] "Much difficulty was found in raising the required force for the
+Philippine Islands. Many of the soldiers dreading the climate would
+desert before reaching Acapulco, and new schemes had to be devised
+for raising recruits. Thus in 1677 all criminals willing to enlist
+were pardoned, and 125 pesos a year given them as pay. Still, only
+a small number could be induced to accept this offer." (Bancroft,
+Mexico, iii, p. 185.)
+
+[87] Spanish, quintas esencias (English, "quintessences"); referring
+to the notion in alchemy of a fifth or last and highest essence or
+power in a natural body.
+
+[88] Spanish, se parte un pelo en el aire; an idiomatic expression
+(also written cortar or hender un cabello), signifying the possession
+of great penetration, keenness, dexterity; quick perception, much
+perspicacity. Cf. the common phrases, "to fish for things in the air,"
+"to catch them while flying," etc. (Dominguez). The saying perhaps
+originated in the ability of a good swordsman to cut a hair in two
+instantly with his sword.
+
+[89] Spanish, dos palos; meaning the two wooden ships used for the
+Acapulco trade, which was the sole support of the colony.
+
+[90] That is, "mindless, or silly, or without sense;" a neat and keen
+play on words. The meaning evidently is, that knowledge of law does
+not consist in mere remembrance of law terms, but in discerning their
+force and power.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[91] "They feared to lose temporal goods, and did not reflect on the
+life eternal; and thus they lost both."
+
+[92] This form of bodily mortification can be understood only by those
+who live in hot countries. In Europa it is no mortification at all, and
+there is no religious who does not practice it, as being a precept of
+the rules, which command that neither food nor drink be taken outside
+of fixed hours. But in intertropical countries, with the suffocating
+heat and the continual perspiration it is a necessity to drink water
+and quench one's thirst with great frequency; and on this account
+the superiors have to grant dispensations from some prescribed usages
+that are, if not impossible, exceedingly difficult to fulfil in those
+countries. As a compensation, there are other forms of mortification
+which in cold countries are difficult to practice, such as sleeping
+on the ground, which in the regions that are mentioned above do not
+merit even the name of mortification.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[93] Spanish, cilicios: a term originally derived from the name
+Cilicia, from which country was brought in ancient times a cloth woven
+of hair, called therefore cilicium; applied to a belt or girdle of
+haircloth, or of metallic wires woven together, often with projecting
+points of metal, worn next to the skin by way of mortifying the flesh.
+
+[94] "No one can serve two masters;" in verse 13 of the sixteenth
+(not seventeenth, as in our text) chapter of Luke's gospel.
+
+[95] Although difficulties arise in obeying two superiors, it is
+not impossible, and much less when the respective jurisdiction of
+each is over different activities--as occurs in the missions and
+villages directed by religious, in which the superior of the order is
+responsible for his subordinates conducting themselves as they should
+in their private lives, and the vicar or bishop watches to see that
+they are punctual in the discharge of their ministry as missionaries
+or parish priests. In such cases the gospel text, which speaks of
+those who command opposite things, does not properly apply.--Fray
+Tirso López.
+
+[96] Tomás Antonio de la Cerda, Conde de Paredes and Marqués de la
+Laguna, succeeded Archbishop Rivera as viceroy of Nueva España on
+November 30, 1680; he held this office six years. During this time
+the shores of Nueva España were continually harassed by pirates and
+buccaneers--the most notable event being their capture and sack of
+Vera Cruz in May, 1683.
+
+[97] This word cannot be found in the Spanish lexicons, and is probably
+a Siamese word, since on old maps of Siam are numerous place-names
+which begin with the syllable Ban. Bandel may be a place-name, but
+more probably designates the trading-post occupied by the Portuguese.
+
+[98] The Windward fleet (armada de Barlovento) was maintained
+to protect Spanish commerce in the Atlantic between Spain and
+America. In 1689 it was composed of six ships of the line and a
+frigate. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 224.)
+
+[99] Pérez's Catálogo enumerates forty-five in this mission band. Among
+them was a priest, Diego Higinio, who for many years ministered to
+the lepers in Bisayas.
+
+[100] Spanish, hermano mayor, that is, the brother at the head of
+the association.
+
+[101] The reference is to a passage in canon law, in the Corpus Juris,
+which runs thus: Si Episcopus à Paganis aut Schismaticis capiatur,
+non Archiepiscopus, sed Capitulum ... ministrare debebit:... The full
+citation is: Si Episcopus, "De supplenda negligentia Prælatorum,"
+lib. i, cap. iii, in Sexto. The Sextus, or sixth book, from which the
+above is taken, is entitled, Sexti Decretalium Liber, of Pope Boniface
+VIII; and is described in Addis and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary,
+p. 106.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[102] i.e., "Courage holds greater sway in a small body."
+
+[103] That is, who had deserved it before his coming, but thus far
+had managed to escape punishment.
+
+[104] Spanish, mala feria, "a bad fair;" referring to the annual
+gathering of buyers at Acapulco on the arrival of the Manila galleon.
+
+[105] "So closely did the government guard against possible
+independence of the colonists in trade that ships' companies were
+prohibited from purchasing goods of the country, and factors and
+traders on the fleets were not allowed to remain longer than three
+years in America. No foreigner could trade with the colonies,
+nor was one permitted to enter a port without special license. In
+fact the prices of both imports and exports of New Spain, with the
+exception of the precious metals, were under the arbitrary control of
+the merchants of Seville, and later of Cádiz. What further increased
+the drainage of wealth from America was the decadence of manufacturing
+industries in Spain, owing to the immense influx into the Peninsula of
+precious metals. The riches poured into the mother country made labor
+almost unnecessary; hence a general decline in all kinds of industry,
+and Spain had to resort to foreign markets, not only to supply home
+consumption but also the demands of her colonies. Merchandise thus
+procured could only be exported to the American settlements at rates
+increased by additional duties and merchants' profits." Besides
+the commercial restrictions imposed on the colonies by the home
+government, other influences depressed trade--forced loans to the
+king, debased coinage, interference by the church, arbitrary action
+by civil authorities, contraband trade, the ravages of war, and the
+depredations of corsairs. "In time of war commerce with the mother
+country was reduced to the lowest ebb; European goods were poured
+into the Spanish colonies by neutrals, and the contraband trade was
+almost openly carried on." (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 628-630.)
+
+[106] Regarding the bulls of the Crusade (for which see
+VOL. XXVIII, pp. 113-115), the following information is furnished
+by Rev. Dr. William A. Jones, O.S.A., president of the college of
+San Agustín, Havana: "So far as I know, there was no special decree
+suppressing the privileges of the Bula Cruzada. As I understand it from
+those who are well informed, the original privileges contained in the
+Bula Cruzada were exclusively bestowed upon Spanish subjects, and as
+a consequence, followed the Spanish flag. The moment the sovereignty
+of Spain ceased over this island [Cuba], so ceased also the meaning of
+the Bula Cruzada for these rebels to the old dynasty. But some Cubans
+continued to adopt the privileges of the Latin American Council which
+had recently been held in Rome (about five years ago), in virtue
+of which the privileges regarding fasts and abstinence are almost
+identical with the old Bula; those privileges were afterward confirmed,
+and we follow the rules of the Council. As for the Philippines, I infer
+that the Bula ceased there as soon as the Spanish sovereignty ended."
+
+An Augustinian father who has recently come to Villanova
+from the Philippines states that in those islands they have
+dispensations for fasts and abstinence, the same as before the
+revolution; but he could not state the precise date of those
+dispensations.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+A decree of Leo XIII, April 22, 1899, grants the Cuban bishops
+authority for ten years to grant dispensations from fasting and
+abstinence.
+
+[107] Diaz's statement throws an interesting light on the preparation
+and publication of the Conquistas of Fray Gaspar de San Agustín,
+which is the work here referred to. At the beginning are various
+approbations, licenses, etc. The dedication, very flowery and somewhat
+perfunctory, is made to Doña María de Guadalupe, Duquesa de Avero
+(with many other titles), as "the learned Minerva, not only of our
+España but of the new worlds;" it is signed by Fray Manuel de la Cruz,
+but is undated. The first approbation is signed by Fray Diego de Jesús
+and other Augustinian officials, at Manila, September 2, 1686; and the
+license for its publication is signed by the provincial of the order,
+Juan de Jérez, four days later. The commissary of the Inquisition at
+Manila, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, O.P., approves it on November
+28 following; and the archbishop of Manila, Phelipe Pardo, licenses
+the publication, on December 2. Nothing was done toward printing it
+until 1697; for the next document is the approbation of the work,
+furnished by Alonso Sandin, O.P., who has examined it in obedience
+to the command of Alonso Portillo de Cardos, vicar-general of the
+archdiocese of Toledo; this is dated at Madrid, August 8, 1697. Nine
+days later, Portillo issues the license for printing the book. Next
+follows the approbation of Fray Diego Florez, past provincial of the
+Augustinian province of Castilla, dated at Madrid, September 5. Then
+follow a list of "Erratas," thirteen in number, signed by Martin de
+Ascarza, "corrector-general for his Majesty," dated May 5, 1698; and a
+certificate (dated May 10) that the price at which the said book may be
+sold has been fixed by decree of the royal Council at eight maravedis
+for each printed sheet (pliego). A note at the foot of this page states
+that the book contains 146 pliegos, including unnumbered pages. Nothing
+is said in any of these documents of Diaz's connection with the work.
+
+[108] The first Dutch settlement at the present site of Cape Town was
+made in 1652; it grew very slowly for a long time, for at the end of
+that century it contained only some eighty private houses. In 1658
+negro slaves were carried thither, and later the Dutch sent to Cape
+Town Javanese criminals who had been sentenced at Batavia to penal
+servitude, and political prisoners of rank from India, some of whom
+preferred to remain there for life. With these elements of population
+and the aboriginal Hottentots arose innumerable mixtures of blood, and
+the utmost diversity of color and features among the inhabitants. The
+castle of Good Hope (still standing) was built in 1666-74, as a
+defense for the colony; and in 1672 a formal purchase of land was
+made from the Hottentots by the East India Company. The great garden
+of the Company was partly converted into a nursery for foreign plants
+and trees by Simon van der Stel, commander of the colony from 1680 to
+1699. See Theal's South Africa (New York and London, 1894), pp. 20-57.
+
+In 1688-90 nearly 200 Huguenot refugees from France arrived at the
+Cape, and formed settlements near Cape Town. See Worsfold's South
+Africa (London, 1895), p. 15.
+
+[109] Desiderius Erasmus was born at Rotterdam October 28, 1467. When
+a boy, he was sent to a convent; and in 1492 was ordained a priest,
+at Utrecht. He afterward devoted himself to the study of the classics
+and of divinity, and to literary work; he resided successively in
+Paris, England, and Basle. His Colloquies offended zealous Catholics,
+by attacking the superstitions and abuses in the Church; but he was
+not a supporter of Luther. Erasmus died on July 12, 1536.
+
+[110] They took Father Samper to the island of Paragua, and abandoned
+him there. When this event was learned in Manila, they sent for him;
+but on the way he fell into the hands of the Camucon pirates, who
+took his life.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[111] Basilitano obviously refers to some suppressed or extinct see in
+pagandom, and Fray López would now be styled a "titular bishop." The
+word cannot be found in the lexicons or gazetteers of classical,
+mediæval, and early Christian geographical terms; and it is evidently
+an adjective of local meaning.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[112] See the Epodes of Horatius, i, 2, l. 14; at first referring
+to the Greeks before Troy, but afterward becoming a general
+proverb--"Whatever errors the great may commit, the people must
+atone for."
+
+[113] Father Fray Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga, in his Historia de
+Filipinas (pp. 384 et seq.), relates the foundation of the curacy of
+Mariquina, its separation from that of Pasig, and the means by which
+this was effected, as also the incorporation [that is, again with
+Pasig] which is here mentioned, and their final separation. And as his
+account differs considerably from that of Father Diaz, and we lack
+the data for deciding which of them is correct, we refer the reader
+to that work that he may examine, compare, and decide. Father Diaz,
+however, may have remained silent on the vexed questions to which
+that establishment gave rise, through consideration of prudence and
+of respect to the living; and in that case there is no contradiction,
+but justifiable omissions.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+The Jesuit account of this controversy is presented by Murillo Velarde
+in Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 344 b, 345.
+
+[114] Melchor Portocarrero, Lasso de la Vega, Conde de Monclove
+(misprinted in our text Mondova), succeeded the Marqués de la Laguna
+as viceroy of Mexico, on November 30, 1686; his administration lasted
+nearly two years, and he was an upright and vigilant ruler. He failed,
+however, to protect the Indian natives from cruel oppressions by the
+Spaniards. He was commonly known as Brazo de la Plata, or "Silver
+Arm," on account of wearing a false arm, his own having been lost in
+battle. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, p. 221.)
+
+[115] "An antiquated term, signifying a togated judge, one of those
+who in the court composed what was called "the tribunal of alcaldes,"
+who, together, constituted the fifth tribunal of the famous Council of
+Castilla. These alcaldes no longer exist, nor does the tribunal which
+they formed; because an Audiencia has been established at Madrid,
+according to a decree of January 20, 1834." (Dominguez.)
+
+[116] Reference is here made to the Book of Wisdom, which is found
+in the Douay Bible next after Solomon's "Canticle of Canticles"
+("Song of Songs," in the Protestant Bible); it does not, however,
+occur in the Vulgate. The passage here cited (in Latin, in Diaz's
+text) reads thus in the Douay (English) version: "Learn, ye that are
+judges of the ends of the earth. Give ear, you that rule the people,
+and that please yourselves in multitudes of nations. For power is given
+you by the Lord, and strength by the Most High, who will examine your
+works, and search out your thoughts: because being ministers of his
+kingdom, you have not judged rightly, nor kept the law of justice,
+nor walked according to the will of God. Horribly and speedily will
+he appear to you: for a most severe judgment shall be for them that
+bear rule." These words are found in verses 2-6 of chapter vi.
+
+[117] Gaspar de la Cerda Sandoval Silva y Mendoza, Conde de Galve,
+assumed the office of viceroy of Nueva España on November 20,
+1688. The coasts were infested with corsairs up to 1692, but Galve's
+preparations to exterminate them seem to have frightened them away. In
+1690 and 1695 he sent expeditions against the French in Santo Domingo;
+in 1689, one to search for La Salle's Texas colony; and in 1693-94,
+to establish the town of Pensacola, Florida. At his own request, he
+was relieved from the office of viceroy, which he left February 27,
+1696. He then returned to Spain, where he died soon afterward.
+
+[118] Perhaps referring to the fact that Pardo was but fifteen years
+old when he entered the Dominican order, and to his high rank as a
+theologian and a prelate.
+
+[119] The first of these citations reads in English: "The privilege
+that you enjoy through my favor you may not employ to my distress." The
+second is a school axiom, derived from Aristotle, to be encountered
+in higher philosophy and metaphysics; it may be found in glossaries
+or expositions of terms used by schoolmen, but its explanation
+therein is usually somewhat prolix and even obscure. It may be
+translated thus: "Whenever any thing (or cause) is of such or such
+a character (or kind), it possesses that characteristic in higher
+degree than that which derives therefrom (i.e., than its effect or
+result)."--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[120] This doctrine of the Manila cabildo and of the author might at
+that time be quite current; but since then, by the Concordat of 1851,
+and especially by the bull of his Holiness Pius IX, the Roman pontiff,
+issued on August 28, 1873, the church has sanctioned the opposite
+opinion.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[121] It should be remembered that this part of the Conquistas was
+written in 1718.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[122] This recapitulation or resumé of the labors of our missionaries
+in China was either not written by Father Diaz, or he wrote it in a
+separate book which we do not possess.--Fray Tirso López.
+
+[123] One of the most important acts of this governor was the
+publication (October 1, 1696) of a revision of the "Ordinances of
+good government" which Corcuera had enacted in 1642; some account of
+these will be given in a later volume.
+
+[124] "He devoted himself to the recovery of the immense sums which
+were due to the king from the citizens of Manila; and with these he
+rebuilt the governor's palace, added to it the halls for the royal
+Audiencia, and in the lower story offices for the bureau of accounts,
+established the jail for the court, and began the royal storehouses. By
+various expedients he contrived the saving of thousands of pesos to the
+royal treasury, sums which now are deducted from the situado--although
+this was partly done by greatly curtailing the pay of both officers and
+soldiers, for which he deserves little praise. To the royal treasury
+of Mexico he saved more than five hundred thousand pesos which it was
+owing to that of Philipinas in situados." (Zúñiga's Historia, p. 394.)
+
+[125] The sentence pronounced in the residencia of Governor Cruzat y
+Gongora (published June 6, 1602) is given in full in the Ventura del
+Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 209-234. Some forty charges were
+made against him; some were sustained, making him liable to judgments
+of about 31,000 pesos; others were referred to the home government;
+but on the majority he was acquitted.
+
+[126] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 235-244,
+is a summary of a long document, a "Vindication of the official acts
+performed in the visitation of Camarines by Licentiate Don Francisco
+Gueruela, member of his Majesty's Council and alcalde of court in
+the royal Audiencia of these islands, and visitor for the Audiencia
+in that province in the past year, 1702." The summary reads as follows:
+
+It is divided into three parts: the first contains, besides the
+preface, a brief summary of all the edicts which were published in
+those villages, and which are being brought out by his order. The
+second comprises a more than succinct relation of the false charges
+which the said visitation had encountered, and edicts about which with
+Christian impiety they had dissembled to him. The third is reduced to a
+brief legal demonstration of the authority which the visitor possesses
+to institute summary legal proceedings against the religious who are
+in charge of doctrinas, without danger from the bull In cæna or any
+other censure whatever.
+
+In the preface--which is crammed with citations from the holy
+fathers, the Scriptures, and [various other] writers--the zealous
+[flamante] auditor Gueruela says that he spent a month in obtaining
+information about the condition of the villages in the province
+of Camarines, before he began the visitation; and in that time,
+through the investigations which he made, he learned that the evils
+which the religious teachers cause to the Indians were deeply rooted,
+and required an effective remedy. He says that as he was uncertain
+by what means to carry out his purposes, he undertook first, to
+induce the religious, through persuasion and careful consideration,
+to agree to a reform of the abuses with which they were oppressing
+the Indians; but that, as they paid no attention to this, he had no
+other recourse than to carry out the visitation, in spite of his fear
+that the religious in the doctrinas would oppose him, and that they
+might as a last resort renounce their charges and entirely abandon the
+villages, which was or would be a misfortune demanding very careful
+consideration. But [he felt] that justice and right had greater power
+[than these considerations], in order to liberate from slavery the
+30,000 souls of that province, whose ruin was being brought about by
+the sixteen religious who were administering those villages, who were
+receiving more than 19,000 pesos.
+
+
+Part first
+
+(In which is contained the summary of all the edicts published in
+the visitation, and the attestation of them separately.)
+
+1. That the natives shall not contribute to the curas of the doctrinas
+any food supplies without pay for the value of these.
+
+2. That they shall not perform any labor or personal services for
+the said religious without pay.
+
+3. That the same be understood for the plain sewing, the spinning,
+and the embroidery for the churches and the sacristies, for the inside
+garments of the religious and their servants.
+
+4. That the young girls [dalagas] shall not sweep the churches and
+their courts; and that, in their place, twenty young men [baguntaos]
+and the boys in the schools shall assist.
+
+5. The said girls shall not pound rice as a repartimiento for the
+religious, or for their treasurers or agents [sindicos o fiscales];
+nor shall they go to the convent for the unthreshed rice [palay],
+nor deliver that which has been cleaned. All this shall be in the
+charge of the gobernadorcillos, their constables, and other officials,
+who shall transport the said produce, see that the rice is pounded,
+and deliver it, to the satisfaction of the religious.
+
+6. Food, wax, candles, etc., shall not be collected from the natives
+under any pretext of usage, custom, or devotion; nor shall they be
+obliged to [render] personal services without pay.
+
+7. They shall not be domestics, cooks, mananguetes, fishermen,
+gardeners, or [act in] other personal employ for the religious,
+without pay.
+
+8. Each entire tribute shall pay three reals a year as a contribution
+to the festivities of the Monument [on Holy Thursday], the Sanctorum
+[i.e., a tax paid by the natives above sixteen years, to the church],
+and the Pintacasi; and four gantas of palay rice besides, for the
+Defunctorum [i.e., masses for the dead?].
+
+9. At the feast of St. Francis the natives shall not work without pay,
+or at their own cost, in the palas-palas [i.e., cutting of?] bamboo
+frames and bejucos, except when they fail to pay the real for the
+Pintacasi. [This word is defined in Noceda and Sanlucar's Tagal
+Vocabulario, "to aid another in seedtime, gratuitously."]
+
+10. The support or pacaen of the religious shall not be contributed
+gratis in the large villages; and in the small ones the obligations
+which the Indians may have formed shall be fulfilled; but if they have
+not done so, as they have no obligations they shall not contribute
+without pay.
+
+11. There shall be no fiscals appointed in the villages by the
+religious, but only guardians, without rods; nor shall there be
+constables; and they shall not be authorized to arrest, flog, or
+punish the natives.
+
+12. The father ministers have no temporal jurisdiction over their
+parishioners; and as little have they ecclesiastical jurisdiction,
+except in the tribunal of conscience, and for admonishing and
+instructing the people, administering the sacraments, saying mass,
+and teaching the [Christian] doctrine, etc.
+
+13. For the same reason the civil government of the villages is not in
+their keeping; nor shall the [local] authorities ask permission from
+the religious to execute the orders of their alcaldes-mayor, or to
+entertain travelers and furnish them what they need for its just value.
+
+14. The wills, contracts, and obligations of the Indians which
+shall hereafter be made, must be sent to the record-office of the
+alcalde-mayor, without registering them in the convents.
+
+15. The religious in charge of doctrinas have no authority to arrest,
+flog, or punish the natives, either in person or through intervening
+agencies; and the Indians, both men and women, must not allow
+themselves to be arrested or flogged by the religious. If this is
+done by order of the syndics and fiscals, let them defend themselves
+against the judges in what way they can.
+
+16. Nothing shall be collected from the natives for burials, baptisms,
+and marriages.
+
+
+
+Then follow comments on these regulations, and in vindication of
+them--exceedingly prolix on account of being full of citations,
+some timely and others the opposite. He states therein that for
+the service of the parish churches he ordered that the following
+should render assistance: Four servants for the parochial house; one
+doorkeeper for each convent; and people enough to carry the hammocks
+and litters [talabones] when the minister shall go forth to administer
+the sacraments. Two sacristans; and the acolytes and the singers for
+the services in the churches. Twenty young men [baguntaos], to sweep
+the churches and their courts every week or every day. Two laundresses,
+for keeping clean the cloths and vestments in the sacristies. All the
+young girls [dalagas], but outside of the convents, to embroider and
+sew all the articles of cloth that are necessary for divine worship. A
+guardian who shall notify the religious of matters pertaining to
+their obligations. A syndic, who shall attend to collecting what
+belongs to them.
+
+
+
+[He says] that the oppressions which are caused by the service which
+was compulsory in furnishing the dalagas consisted in the following:
+Under the pretext of needlework and embroidery, the religious
+compelled the dalagas to be in continual attendance in the houses of
+the syndics and mistresses, where they not only sewed and embroidered
+the articles for the sacristy, but also the inner garments of the
+religious and the outer garments of their servants. Besides, they
+must do whatever was commanded them by the mistresses themselves,
+and their fiscals and syndics, and the fields of all these were
+sown with grain, without pay, by the wretched dalagas. At the same
+time, assessments were levied annually in each village for [church]
+ornaments; and this sum, in the village of Caramuan alone, amounted to
+800 pesos the year before. It must be considered that, besides these
+things, the villages were burdened by the maintenance (at their own
+cost) of two or three pavilions [camarines; for temporary churches],
+for extra supplies of timber of all sizes, and also limestone, for
+the repairs and adornment of the churches.
+
+After presenting various considerations, he proceeds to refute the
+false charges which the Franciscan religious published against him,
+who said that he had treated them as if they were criminals; that he
+had falsified the edicts, varying them from the original process;
+and that all the declarations of the witnesses were false, as also
+the remonstrances of the villages.
+
+[127] In the text, misprinted 1684. Occasional typographical errors
+are found in the printed edition of Diaz, which we correct in our text.
+
+[128] Spanish, pájaros bobos; evidently referring to the bird commonly
+known as "booby" (VOL. XVII, p. 130).
+
+[129] Governor Cruzat y Gongora died at sea, on the voyage from
+Manila to Acapulco, on November 5, 1702; and his youngest daughter
+on December 12 of the same year. (Ventura del Arco MSS., iv, p. 245.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 34384-8.txt or 34384-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/3/8/34384/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/34384-8.zip b/old/34384-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ca1912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/34384-8.zip
diff --git a/old/34384.txt b/old/34384.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..228f3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/34384.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8950 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+       and religious conditions of those islands from their
+       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+       the nineteenth century, Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+Author: Various
+
+Editor: E. H. Blair
+
+Release Date: November 20, 2010 [EBook #34384]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XLII, 1670-1700
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLII
+
+
+    Preface                                                            9
+
+    Miscellaneous Documents, 1670-1700
+
+        The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres
+        Gonzalez, O.P.] and others; 1697-1700                         25
+
+        The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro
+        Diaz, O.S.A.; Manila, 1718. [From his Conquistas.]           117
+
+    Bibliographical Data                                             313
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+    Chart of Manila Bay; photographic facsimile from Valentyn's
+    Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien (Dordrecht and Amsterdam, 1724), i,
+    p. 152; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     147
+
+    Map of Eastern Islands; photographic facsimile of map in
+    Coronelli's Atlante Veneto (Venetia, 1696), ii, part 2,
+    p. 122; from original copy in Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris      181
+
+    View of Strait of Manila; photographic facsimile from Recueil
+    des voiages Comp. Indes orientales (Amsterdam, 1725), iv,
+    p. 512; from copy in library of Wisconsin Historical Society     227
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+The tone of this volume is mainly ecclesiastical, although many
+sidelights on the civil government and social life are incidentally
+shown. All the intense bitterness that generally accompanies contests
+between the regulars and seculars is seen in the Camacho controversy,
+in which the former recognize that they are fighting for life and
+existence in the Philippines, and hence spare no effort to gain
+their ends. As will be seen later this fight between regulars and
+seculars is quieted only for the moment, to break out with greater
+force under Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina; while in our own day,
+the friar memorial of 1898 (never presented), resorts to the same
+threat of the regulars to resign their curacies. This struggle,
+as well as the history of the Augustinian order in the latter part
+of the seventeenth century (which occupies the greater part of the
+volume), forms a rich commentary on the life of the times, and one
+can reconstruct easily the Manila of that period, and recognize the
+hopes and fears of its various classes.
+
+The noted ecclesiastical controversy between Archbishop Camacho and
+the religious orders, which began with the arrival of that prelate in
+the islands (1697), was hardly second in bitterness and importance to
+that between his predecessor Pardo with the secular government. As
+in the latter case, we furnish accounts of this episode by persons
+actually concerned therein; but all these are written by members
+of the orders, who therefore are opposed to Camacho, no defense of
+his side being at present available. The first of these (unsigned)
+is apparently the usual record of events by the Manila Jesuits. Soon
+after Camacho's arrival, the regulars appeal to him for aid in a
+dispute which they have with the secular government regarding their
+lands; but he makes such aid conditional on their submitting to
+episcopal visitation in those curacies which they serve as parish
+priests. They refuse to do so, and appeal from the archbishop to the
+papal delegate; then a controversy ensues between the two prelates over
+the exemptions claimed by the regulars, each wielding the thunderbolts
+of the Church--censures, fines, and excommunications--against the
+other, a warfare imitated by some of the ecclesiastical rank and
+file with their fists and stones as weapons, all to the scandal of
+the commonwealth. Finally the governor interposes, and the affair
+is settled for the time, the two prelates absolving each other in
+turn. The Audiencia compel the religious orders to pay tithes for the
+support of the church, from the incomes of their large estates. This
+account is followed by a letter (June 2, 1698) from the delegate above
+mentioned to the pope, giving a detailed report of his proceedings
+in the affair, and complaining that the archbishop has defied his
+authority as delegate, and therefore that of the supreme pontiff
+himself. The writer, Fray Andres Gonzalez, advises that new safeguards
+be given to the office of delegate in the islands.
+
+In attempting to enforce his visitation of the regulars who act
+as curas, Camacho makes such official visits in some of the Indian
+villages near Manila, and issues decrees affecting such parishes; two
+specimens of these are given. After censuring the prevalent ignorance
+of Christian doctrine among the native parishioners, the archbishop
+strictly charges the ministers who are over them to give their people
+regular and thorough instruction in the faith; to exact no fees for
+confession and penance; to keep the registers of births, marriages
+and deaths, and records of fees received thereat, more carefully; to
+make no distinction between rich and poor in certain functions; and to
+keep an itemized record of the church incomes and expenditures. Annexed
+thereto is a copy of the revised tariff of fees which may be demanded
+by the curas, singers, and sacristans for their respective functions.
+
+In 1700, the five religious orders in the Philippines present to the
+king, through their representatives at Madrid, a statement of their
+controversy with Archbishop Camacho over his attempt to subject
+the regular curas to episcopal visitation; and they make formal
+renunciation of the mission curacies which they hold in the islands,
+declaring that they cannot longer hold these under Camacho and the
+irksome restrictions which he is attempting to impose upon the regular
+curas. Their reasons for this procedure are stated at length. They did
+not choose service as curas for their calling and profession, yet they
+are willing to fill those positions so long as they can do so under the
+supervision of their own provincials; but subjection to the archbishop
+so changes their estate in life that they cannot endure the additional
+burdens and danger thus imposed. Moreover, justice requires that they
+should, as parish priests, share the privileges and advantages allowed
+to the secular priests, which is not the case. The subjection which
+Camacho claims would destroy the rightful liberty of the religious
+orders, and render them dependent on the wills of the archbishop and
+governor. In case a regular cura shall commit immoral acts, a conflict
+of authority will necessarily arise between his provincial and the
+ecclesiastical authorities; and the difficulties that ensue therefrom
+react to the oppression and vexation of the entire colony. Moreover,
+such controversies can seldom be settled by the home government,
+on account of the great distance of the Philippines from Spain. In
+such case of transgression by a religious another difficulty arises,
+that the necessity of referring the case to the public authorities
+causes undue disgrace to both the offender and his order. The regulars
+are better qualified to save souls than are the secular priests,
+but if they are subjected to the ordinary it will be much harder
+for them--the authority of their provincials over them being thus
+weakened--to observe their priestly vows with due strictness; also,
+some would thus be encouraged to undue self-will, to worldliness,
+and to intrigues for securing worldly advantages--especially by the
+perpetual tenure of ecclesiastical benefices. These arguments are
+supported, too, by both history and experience. The orders then
+refute certain arguments advanced by the archbishop. Their pious
+labors for the benefit of souls, in all ranks and conditions of men,
+are recounted; and many of these, especially in Manila, would never
+be accomplished if they depended on the secular priests. The conduct
+of Camacho in opposing the papal delegate, and in refusing to give
+the orders copies of his decrees concerning them, is censured, his
+own arguments being dexterously turned against him--as is the case
+also with his complaints to the court that his authority, functions,
+and usefulness are restricted by the fact that the regular curas
+are not subjected to him; and his request to be permitted to resign
+his see and return to Europe. The writers support their position by
+reference to what the orders have accomplished in the islands, and
+by the exemptions and privileges granted to them by the Holy See. In
+view of all these things, the orders make formal renunciation of
+their mission curacies--especially as the remoteness of the islands
+gives them little prospect of relief from Spain in these difficulties;
+and even if royal decrees are sent to the islands, the archbishop is
+likely to refuse obedience to them. They make complaint of various
+acts of the bishop against them, especially of the reprimand given
+them by the Audiencia through his influence, and his disregard of
+the immunity of their property. The orders are working in Filipinas
+in entire harmony and amity, but this does not suit the archbishop;
+and they feel that they cannot hope for peace or safety so long
+as they act as curas there with Camacho as archbishop. A decree by
+Carlos II (May 20, 1700) approves the proceedings of the archbishop,
+promises royal aid in adjusting his difficulties with the orders,
+and authorizes him to reform and correct the religious when necessary.
+
+The history of the Augustinian order in Filipinas in the latter part of
+the seventeenth century is recounted by Casimiro Diaz of that order,
+in book iv of his Conquistas (much of which has already appeared in
+our series, and which is here concluded); this final part contains
+an unusual amount of secular history, for which reason we omit but
+little of Diaz's narrative. Beginning with 1671, he gives an account of
+each Augustinian provincial chapter-session, and the officers elected
+therein, up to 1689; and relates various matters concerning his order
+and religious interests generally, with which he interweaves the
+secular annals of that time. The troublous times which the Philippine
+colony has experienced since the days of Corcuera are turned into
+peace under Manuel de Leon (1669-76). He extends the commerce of
+the islands to China, India, and Java, and thus enables the citizens
+of Manila to attain unusual wealth and prosperity. He sends Jesuit
+missionaries to Siao, but they are afterward seized by the Dutch,
+who conquer that island. Unfortunately, the governor interferes with
+the election of officers in the Augustinian chapter-session of 1671,
+and prevents the election of the father who is desired by the chapter
+as provincial. In this year the new cathedral edifice of Manila is
+dedicated. Reports are circulated of a coming attack on the city by
+Chinese corsairs; due precautions are taken, but no enemy appears. A
+French bishop who stops at Manila on his way to China is detained by
+the authorities and finally sent to Spain; his representations there
+cause the issue of royal decrees which prove troublesome and annoying
+to Philippine ecclesiastics, and afterward the ordination of Indian
+natives as priests--a practice which Diaz disapproves. A controversy
+arises between Archbishop Lopez and Jeronimo de Herrera, chaplain of
+the royal military chapel; this and other troubles, with his old age,
+cause the death of the archbishop (April, 1674).
+
+The chapter-session of 1674 marks the cessation of various troubles
+within the order, occurring within the provincialate of Fray Jeronimo
+de Leon, and the beginning of a great increase in the observance
+of the rules of the order. Jose Duque is elected provincial at this
+time; he sends a procurator to Europe for more missionaries, a band of
+whom arrive in 1679. Diaz enlarges on the prosperity of Manila during
+this period; caused by its foreign trade, especially that with China
+and India; pleasure and luxury prevail in that city, and fortunes are
+spent therein. He describes the people and industries of the Coromandel
+coast and the Madras settlements of the English and the Portuguese;
+in the former, entire religious toleration prevails, and Christians,
+Jews, Mahometans and heathens live together in entire harmony. In 1676
+occurs the death of Governor Manuel de Leon, from excessive obesity;
+he leaves all his property for charitable purposes. The election
+of provincial in 1677 falls on Fray Juan de Jerez; in that year
+also the Dominican Fray Felipe Pardo becomes archbishop of Manila,
+and Auditor Coloma, the acting governor, dies; he is succeeded by
+Auditor Mansilla. The majority of Carlos II of Spain is celebrated
+at Manila with magnificent fiestas, December 4-7, 1677. At the close
+of these gayeties occurs a severe earthquake, which inflicts much
+damage--fortunately, with very little loss of life. In 1678 comes
+the new governor, Juan de Vargas Hurtado. His government begins well,
+but after a time he tires of its burdens, and falls under the sway of
+a relative, Francisco Guerrero, who is crafty and selfish, and gains
+an influence over the governor which enables him to turn everything to
+his own advantage, and to be "the power behind the throne;" afterward,
+in time of need, he escapes to Nueva Espana, and leaves Vargas to
+bear the penalties for both of them. During Vargas's term of office
+the rich trade with India and other foreign lands is well maintained,
+and the prosperity and wealth of Manila are greatly increased. In 1679
+arrive two bands of new missionaries, who are Jesuits and Augustinians;
+they come (especially the latter) in good time, since the members of
+the order are so few that they cannot fill the ministries allotted
+to them--which is the condition of the other orders, and even of
+the secular clergy. In this galleon comes a political prisoner,
+Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite of Queen Mariana of
+Spain, who is exiled to the Philippines for ten years. The government
+of Vargas is successful, and the prosperity of Manila continues. An
+embassy comes from the ruler of Borneo to ask for the establishment of
+commerce between that island and Manila, and to adjust some disputes
+over the relations between the Spaniards and Borneans.
+
+The Augustinians prosper during Jerez's term as provincial. Just
+before the chapter-session of 1680 convenes, some of the friars
+who were born in the Indias lay claim to the offices in the order,
+and attempt to enforce this pretension by legal proceedings; the
+archbishop decides against them, and they are punished for their
+rebellion. Fray Diego de Jesus is elected provincial. A bishop for
+the diocese of Cebu arrives this year, the only consecrated bishop
+whom the islands have had for several years; this prelate confers
+holy orders on many who had been waiting for that privilege, and
+reconciles several persons with the governor--which official has by
+this time become highly unpopular with the citizens, on account of
+his greed for gain and his harsh and disagreeable behavior. Charges
+against him are sent to Madrid, which later cause his removal from
+office. In November, 1680, a wonderful comet appears, which in the
+superstitious belief of that time, causes much evil. An envoy is sent
+from Manila to make arrangements with the Portuguese of Macao for the
+regulation of commerce and "the entrance of Spanish missionaries into
+China by that door." With this envoy come to Manila (in 1681) some
+clerics to receive ordination; returning to Macao, with some Jesuits,
+the vessel is lost and never heard from. In this year arrive at Manila
+two assistant bishops, three royal auditors, and a large reenforcement
+of Spanish troops. The galleon which sails this year for Acapulco is
+driven back to the islands by contrary winds, thus causing great loss
+to the citizens. (In each year Diaz relates the departure or arrival
+of the galleons, failure in which is a calamity for Manila.) The
+provincialate of Fray Diego de Jesus is tranquil, and great progress
+is made by the religious in his care; his personal character and piety
+are eulogized by our historian. In 1683 Fray Jose Duque is elected
+in his place, for a second term. Some of the brethren go to China as
+missionaries; they encounter much annoyance from the requirement there
+made that they must be subject to the apostolic vicars of Rome. This
+subjection, however, is afterward greatly modified and lessened by
+decrees secured (1688) by the procurator of the province at Rome,
+Fray Alvaro de Benavente. In 1683 an envoy from Siam comes to Manila,
+partly to secure permission for the prime minister of that country
+to settle in Manila: this favorite, who was a Greek, intrigues with
+the French to surrender Siam to them, but the enterprise fails, and
+the Greek loses his wealth and his life. The envoy (an Augustinian
+friar named Sousa) encounters shipwreck on another journey, and
+spends the rest of his life as a hermit in Siam. The Portuguese
+governor of Timor and Solor on his way thither halts at Manila,
+ill; Governor Vargas gives him hospitality and medical treatment,
+and some Spaniards as an escort; but Ontunez finds on reaching his
+islands that a usurper is holding them with armed men, and is obliged
+to return to Manila. In that city, during the exile of the archbishop
+(account of which has been here omitted, to avoid repetition), the
+ecclesiastical cabildo punish his chief supporters with banishment.
+
+In 1684 Governor Curuzelaegui comes to the islands, and with him
+Juan de Zalaeta to take the residencias of Vargas and his favorite
+Guerrero; but the latter escapes from the islands in time to avoid
+this ordeal. A large band of Augustinian religious also arrive. The
+new governor restores the banished archbishop to his see. In 1685 a
+terrible epidemic of smallpox ravages not only the islands but China
+and India, and millions of people die from it; then follows a cruel
+famine, and still more deaths.
+
+At this time begins the decline of Manila's commerce with Nueva
+Espana, partly because more European goods are being sent thither,
+partly through the heavy taxes and imposts levied on the galleons. The
+bishop of Nueva Segovia dies, and that diocese remains sede vacante
+until 1704. In the Augustinian chapter of 1686 Juan de Jerez is again
+chosen provincial; he dies within two years, being worn out by overwork
+in the visitation of all the houses of his order in the islands. Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente is sent to Rome as procurator of the province. The
+galleon for Acapulco does not sail this year, for, on the report of
+pirates cruising around the Embocadero, it is equipped as a war-vessel
+to attack them and drive them away; but it does not find them, and
+returns to Manila. In this year of 1686 occurs an abortive insurrection
+among the Chinese in the Parian; it is undertaken by Sangleys who are
+fugitive criminals from China, but the ringleaders are put to death,
+and quiet ensues. Diaz enlarges upon the injurious effects on the
+Spanish colony of allowing its business and industries to fall into
+the hands of the Chinese. They are unscrupulous in their dealings with
+Spaniards; they become Christians through mercenary motives; and they
+undermine the faith of the Christian Filipinos. They should not be
+allowed to live among the natives. In this same year occur excessive
+rains, which ruin the crops and cause great scarcity and suffering;
+and for two years no galleons can sail to Acapulco. A large part of
+the Chinese settlement near Manila is consumed by fire (March 28,
+1688); and the people are harassed by a fearful plague of locusts,
+many earthquakes, and a fatal epidemic of influenza. Diaz relates the
+way in which the persons most prominent in the Pardo controversy ended
+their lives. An expedition is sent to chastise the murderous attacks
+made by the Zambals and Negritos; this is partly accomplished, but
+the troops are attacked by influenza and so weakened that they are
+compelled to return to Manila.
+
+The Audiencia having been broken up by the death or the exile of the
+auditors, a new Audiencia arrives in 1688; also a special commissioner
+to investigate the proceedings of Vargas and other officials. Vargas
+is exiled to the provinces, and afterward sent to Spain, but dies on
+the voyage thither; Diaz characterizes his official character. The
+exiled favorite Valenzuela is set at liberty, but is accidentally
+killed at Mexico. While attending to the despatch of the Acapulco
+galleon, Governor Curucelaegui dies (April 27, 1689); he is praised
+by Diaz as an excellent ruler. In the chapter of 1689 Fray Francisco
+de Zamora is elected provincial. Auditor Abella acts as governor
+ad interim, with much prudence and ability. Archbishop Pardo dies
+in 1689; the cabildo rule the diocese in his place for a time, but
+afterward cede this authority to Barrientos, bishop of Troya. This
+leads to much dissension and trouble for a time, Barrientos claiming
+supreme authority; but he is induced to yield this claim, and peace
+is restored.
+
+In 1690 arrives a new governor, Fausto Cruzat y Gongora. With him
+come a band of Augustinian religious, in charge of Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente; his adventures and the concessions that he obtains are
+recounted. Brief sketches are given of the twenty-seven missionaries
+who come this year. Diaz closes his work with some account of Cruzat's
+government. He is an upright and honorable man, but very harsh and
+severe in collecting the sums due to the government, directing "all
+his efforts to the increase of the royal revenues." He has a new
+galleon built, the largest ever made; but on its first voyage it is
+wrecked on the coast of Luban--a terrible loss to the islands, since
+it was laden with more and richer merchandise than usual. Another
+galleon is also lost at sea (1693). A patache is sent from Acapulco,
+and on its return trip (1694) encounters an "isle of birds," where
+the crew secure enough provisions and water to complete their voyage
+to Acapulco. Cruzat's wife dies in this same year; Diaz pays high
+tribute to this lady's beauty, goodness, and virtue, which render
+her beloved by all the people.
+
+
+    The Editors
+        August, 1906.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS, 1670-1700
+
+
+    The Camacho ecclesiastical controversy. [Andres Gonzalez, O.P.],
+    and others; 1697-1700.
+    The Augustinians in the Philippines, 1670-1694. Casimiro Diaz,
+    O.S.A.; 1718. [From his Conquistas.]
+
+
+
+Sources: The first of these documents is composed of several parts--the
+first, second, fourth, and fifth of which are obtained from the
+Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, 119-133, v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206, respectively; and the third from a
+contemporary MS. belonging to Edward E. Ayer. The second document is
+from Diaz's Conquistas (Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, 689-817; from a
+copy in the possession of James A. Robertson.
+
+Translations: These are by Emma Helen Blair.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CAMACHO ECCLESIASTICAL CONTROVERSY, 1697-1700
+
+
+News from Filipinas since July, 1697
+
+With the arrival of his illustrious Lordship the archbishop, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila, [1] were renewed the former claims for
+the subjection of the regulars to the visitation. He commenced at
+Tondo and Binondo, mission villages of the fathers of St. Dominic
+and St. Augustine, in which places he caused edicts to be read,
+and appointed secular priests as curas. They broke open the doors of
+the said two churches with axes; and on seeing this the provincials,
+all agreeing, presented their renunciation [of those mission fields],
+and ordered all their subordinates to withdraw from the doctrinas
+of these districts, Tagalos, Pampanga, Laguna, and Balayan. When it
+was so quickly seen that they were coming into retirement at Manila,
+[the ecclesiastical authorities] were obliged to desist from their
+purpose, after [having caused the religious] many annoyances.
+
+Claim was made to the [right of] visitation of the hospitals of San
+Gabriel and San Lazaro, and the royal hospital. The Franciscans and
+the Dominicans concealed the keys, and the bishop had to desist,
+as greatly vexed as before. Auditor Don Juan de Sierra, in virtue
+of his commission for the adjustment of lands royal and unassigned,
+[2] cited the regulars to appear before him. He insisted on legal
+proceedings; but they, fortifying themselves with the censures of the
+bull De la Cena, [3] decrees 15 and 17, declined his jurisdiction. The
+judge proceeded to seize the possessions of the regulars; and they
+had recourse to the bishop, in order that he should declare that the
+auditor had incurred censure--asking him to defend the immunity of the
+said property of the regulars. His illustrious Lordship replied that
+first the regulars must submit to his visitation; they would not do
+this, and therefore, when they repeated their request, his illustrious
+Lordship declared that the secular judge was not committing fuerza.
+
+In virtue of the decree of Gregory XIII, [issued] at the instance of
+Felipe II, relative to appeals from the Indians, [4] the regulars
+appealed to the delegate of Camarines, who sent letters to the
+archbishop requiring the latter to send him the documents [in the
+case], with [threats of] censures, and of deprivation ab ingresu
+eclesiae [i.e., "of entrance into the church"]. Seeing that these
+orders were not obeyed, the regulars again appealed to the delegate,
+Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, who came in person. He demanded aid from
+the governor, and, meeting delays, proceeded to make the necessary
+notifications; then, not being able to obtain from the archbishop
+the acts from which appeal had been taken, the delegate posted him as
+having incurred excommunication, and added the threat that he would
+impose an interdict.
+
+At the same time, the archbishop officiated publicly, and published the
+delegate as excommunicate. But, seeing that various scandals ensued,
+and that contests, not only with their hands but with stones and
+weapons, occurred between some clerics and regulars--some attempting
+to protect, and others to tear down, the writings and censures posted
+on the [church] doors by the delegate--the governor and other persons
+finally interposed, and an agreement was reached by the parties. The
+two prelates absolved each other ad invicem [i.e., in turn], in the
+presence of the governor; and, as Auditor Sierra desisted from his
+proceedings, the two prelates and the regulars continued to maintain
+harmony among themselves. In this condition, therefore, affairs
+remained; and, without proceeding to new acts or investigations,
+each party sent to Espana an account of what had been thus far done,
+in order to await the decision and sentence from the other side [of
+the world]. This was the attitude of the delegate and the superiors of
+the regulars; the archbishop, nevertheless, continued to bring suits
+against some regulars, whom he censured as agitators. Investigations
+in these cases were made, penalties of censure being imposed on the
+witnesses to secure their secrecy. The fact of this proceeding was,
+however, guessed; and the regulars, aided by the delegate, brought
+forward counter-information of their innocence. But as the case was
+not one for appeal, and did not belong to the delegate, it did not
+admit any recourse to him; so the delegate only caused his notary to
+give an official statement of this [attempt at] recourse, in order that
+the regulars might repair with it to Espana and Roma, and the generals
+of their orders, to relate these occurrences and the innocence of the
+religious--and, not least, to complain of the opposition and hindrances
+which had been employed here by the tribunals, both ecclesiastical and
+secular, against his use and exercise of the power delegated to him.
+
+Even before the arrival of the said delegate, various other
+investigations had been secretly made in the archiepiscopal court--not
+only against the regulars at large (de vita et moribus [i.e.,
+"in regard to their lives and morals"], and as to their trading and
+trafficking, etc.), but against certain individual religious. In these
+cases, the provincials had, according to their rights, demanded from
+the archbishop that he refrain from further proceedings and surrender
+to them the documents therein, since the said provincials were the
+legitimate superiors and judges of those religious; but this received
+scant attention. It had also previously occurred that the father
+minister of the hospital of San Gabriel (who is a Dominican) refused
+to allow the episcopal visitation, and the [arch]bishop had declared
+him incontinent, and posted him as excommunicate, without paying any
+attention to the appeal which that father immediately made. The said
+father minister amended his conduct, in time; but his name was left
+on the list of excommunicates until, upon the arrival of the delegate,
+the matter was settled and the censure laid on him was raised.
+
+Upon the origin of so many storms in so short a space as eight
+months there was much gossip, with a variety [of opinions]. Some
+attributed the trouble to the influence of the bishop of La Puebla,
+[5] in whose palace the archbishop was a guest for several months;
+others to the promise that the latter had given, on leaving Nueva
+Espana, to various personages with whom he was intimate in La Puebla
+and Mexico, that he was coming to reduce the regulars of these islands
+to submission or else destroy them. Others blamed the bishop of La
+Puebla; for he had warned the archbishop, in order to render him firm,
+of the disparity of what had been accomplished there by Don Juan de
+Palafox--who met less resistance there because most of the regulars
+in Nueva Espana were natives of that country, while in Filipinas
+nearly all of them were born in other countries. Others (and these
+were the majority) blamed the senior auditor, Don Geronimo Barredo,
+because with little gratitude for the many thousands [of pesos obtained
+from the orders] as loans and gifts (although he had been so greatly
+benefited thereby), he had repaid the regulars by abandoning [them]
+to the two recently-arrived auditors, Don Francisco Guerruela and
+Don Jose Pabon. On the one hand, the Audiencia being inclined to
+the opposing side, the regulars were deprived of the recourse which
+they, as vassals, ought to have in the royal tribunal; and on the
+other, it was reported that the said senior auditor made exceedingly
+frequent visits, at unseasonable hours, to the archbishop's palace,
+which were returned by that prelate at the auditor's house. As the
+gossip ran, the auditor directed all the acts and proceedings of the
+archbishop's court.
+
+Still others, reflecting upon the governor and the limits of his term
+of office, regarded him as timorous, considering that, since the
+[commission to take the governor's] residencia [6] had come to the
+said senior auditor in the year 97, the fear of the governor was
+occasioned by the apprehension that the auditor might do him some
+harm in his residencia. Some others (but only a few) attributed these
+many disturbances to the cousin of his illustrious Lordship, named
+Don Juan Camacho, for the sake of his own advantage; and on this
+account, knowing his disposition, people said that Master-of-camp
+Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila had made strenuous efforts, and had
+even offered to his illustrious Lordship in Mexico considerable sums
+of money, to procure that, by sending this cousin [7] to Badajoz,
+his Lordship should not come to these islands with a companion who
+could not render his government peaceable.
+
+Nor must I pass over in silence the fact that on the sixteenth day
+of May the royal Audiencia cited to appear in its hall all the five
+provincials, to whom--without the courteous observances and respectful
+address which his Majesty himself observes in his decrees--the
+Audiencia gave a severe reprimand, throwing on them the blame for the
+late disturbances, and treating them as violators of the peace. The
+most remarkable thing about this censure was, that it proceeded from
+the lips of that very senior auditor who, in especial, was regarded
+as the entire source of the disturbances; and, without permitting
+the provincials to speak, they were, with the same lack of respect,
+dismissed by this same official--who some day will have to give an
+account, before the tribunal of truth, of all these unjust acts.
+
+By the end of the said month, under the compulsion of the threat
+made against the provincials, by the first, second, and third royal
+decrees, of banishment and [privation of their] secular incomes,
+the old-time writ of execution regarding the tithes was enforced,
+and the religious were obliged to obey. No hearing was given to their
+repeated protests, or the petitions interposed for the royal Council;
+nor to their allegations of their rights of prescription in these
+islands, of their apostolic privileges, of the fact that nearly all
+who minister here are regulars, and that they have come to these
+islands not at his Majesty's expense only, but with the greater part
+of those expenses paid by the religious themselves.
+
+The regulars petitioned for, and took measures to push, a demand upon
+the royal treasury for more than 300,000 pesos, the amount spent by
+the religious since the conquest; and another, for another 300,000,
+the amount which was due to them on account of stipends as religious
+teachers, which the government had failed to allow them for a period
+of more than a century--declaring that if these accounts were paid,
+they would pay the tithes which were claimed from them; but no hearing
+was given them. In hatred to the regulars, the tenants on their estates
+were compelled to pay tithes, the amount of these being deducted from
+the value of the rent-money.
+
+
+
+Letter from Andres Gonzalez to the Pope
+
+Most Holy Father:
+
+After kissing with due submission the feet of your Holiness (whom
+may God preserve, for the prosperous government of His Church), in
+fulfilment of the obligations of my office as pastor I set forth to
+your Holiness a very serious controversy in regard to jurisdiction,
+which at this time has arisen between me and the very reverend
+archbishop of this city of Manila in these Filipinas Islands, Doctor
+Don Diego Camacho y Avila. I do so in order that your Holiness,
+as the person who is most interested in the peace and tranquillity
+of this church, may apply suitable remedy, and fix an end and limit
+to this controversy--the origin and course of which I will relate as
+briefly as possible, in all matters referring to the authentic copy
+of the acts which I send you with this.
+
+To Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra Osorio, former auditor of this royal
+Audiencia, and at present judge of criminal cases in the Audiencia of
+Mejico, was subdelegated the cognizance and settlement of [questions
+relating to] the lands and possessions which, by sale or gift,
+have been alienated from the royal patrimony and dominion of our
+Catholic king and sovereign. In a proclamation which he issued he
+cited and summoned, with the rest of the holders of the said lands
+and possessions, the holy religious orders of these islands, ordering
+them to present, within the limit of one year, the titles, documents,
+and credentials which they hold for these lands--with the warning that
+if these papers were not presented by the end of that period the lands
+would be reunited to the crown. The superiors of the said religious
+orders, mindful of the immunity and exemption of their persons and
+worldly possessions, did not present their documents at the said
+time; therefore the said auditor actually proceeded to appropriate
+the said property. The said superiors had recourse to the said very
+reverend archbishop, asking him to forbid to the said auditor the
+cognizance of the said cause, and to protect the said property as being
+ecclesiastical. The said very reverend archbishop took up the matter,
+and, having drawn up acts, by his definitive sentence (which is found
+in the said authentic copy) refused ecclesiastical immunity to the said
+property. The said superiors appealed twice from the said sentence
+to me, as being the delegate of your Holiness in cases of appeal
+from this archbishopric, in virtue of a brief by his Holiness Gregory
+XIII--issued at the instance of our Catholic king Felipe II (whom may
+God keep). He denied them both these appeals; and, in order to place
+some limit to these proceedings, they presented themselves before me,
+with only the authentic official statement of this denial of the said
+appeals, in course of appeal from that sentence. Having admitted
+this appeal, in order to proceed to the trial of it I addressed to
+the said very reverend archbishop, from my episcopal see and city
+of Nueva Caceres, a compulsatory act in which, as the delegate of
+your Holiness with apostolic authority, I commanded him to order his
+secretary (before whom the said cause took place) within twenty-four
+hours to send me his original acts, or else to begin the copying of
+them and send it to me when completed. Considering the great distance
+which lies between this city of Nueva Caceres and that of Manila, the
+danger and expense of the journeys, the delay of the suit, and the
+injury to the party therein, I laid these commands on the said very
+reverend archbishop under the penalty of suspension from the priestly
+office, latae sententiae, and warned him of heavier and still heavier
+censures and penalties in case of his opposition and contumacy. He
+was notified of this act on the twentieth day of last March, by a
+religious of the Society of Jesus, to whom I gave commission for this
+office; for I had learned that no secular priest would dare to make
+this notification. The said very reverend archbishop, having heard the
+[reading of the] act, replied that the said father could not perform
+judicial acts in his archdiocese without presenting a warrant from
+his notary; and, even supposing that the father could thus act, he
+appealed from the said command--for which he implored the royal aid
+against fuerza, and demanded that an official statement be given him,
+and that meanwhile no detriment be caused him. When the statement
+was refused to him he again appealed, and threatened [to procure]
+royal aid against this fuerza; and this alone he gave as his reply,
+before the said notary--without giving any reason for his appeal,
+or reducing it to writing, or arguing it in the superior court [8]
+in legal form, or asking for apostolic letters, up to the present
+time. Nevertheless, he then had, and for twenty-three days had
+kept, the acts in his archives, as appears from a sworn statement
+by Lerma, the secretary of the royal Audiencia, which is sent with
+the documents. On that same day (March 20) and the following, he
+caused to be published and posted on the doors of the churches in
+this city two edicts against my authority as delegate--in which,
+with penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae, he commanded
+(in the first edict) that no one, whether secular or regular, in his
+churches should permit the reading, publication, or posting of any
+edicts, or of any other kind of letters or bills whatsoever, except
+those of his provisor, or of the tribunals of the Holy Inquisition
+and the Crusade--as if my tribunal, jurisdiction, and authority,
+which is that of the supreme head of the Church, and resides in me,
+were inferior to those of the said provisor and the said tribunals. In
+the second edict, increasing the penalty of major excommunication with
+the reservation to himself [of absolution], he commanded that no one in
+his archiepiscopal territory should exercise any jurisdiction--whether
+ordinary, delegate, or subdelegate--even if it were from your Holiness,
+unless the originals of the bulls or despatches that he carried be
+first presented to his Lordship, in order that he might give them the
+license and fulfilment which by right they should have. But he does
+not consider that my bull and brief is, and has been for more than 140
+[9] years since the foundation of the bishoprics of these islands,
+current and put into practice in them, as also has been its free and
+independent exercise in this archiepiscopal territory. And I have
+exercised this freedom, on the only two occasions which have been
+presented to me--the first time, while the very reverend archbishop
+Don Fray Felipe Pardo was alive, and the second in the year 91--with
+the knowledge and approbation of the cabildo close by, sede vacante,
+both which are proved by authentic documents. These I do not send at
+this time, as they are in my archives in the city of Nueva Caceres,
+which is distant from this city of Manila sixty leguas; but I
+promise to send them at the first opportunity, which will be next
+year. Notwithstanding all this, the said very reverend archbishop
+published the said two edicts, endeavoring to impede and embarrass,
+by all possible measures, means, and ways, the said my jurisdiction as
+delegate, and to subordinate it to his own, in order that I should
+not exercise or avail myself of it, either in person or through
+intermediate persons. On account of this, the superiors of the said
+religious orders found themselves obliged to resort again to me;
+and they entreated me to come in person to this city of Manila,
+to defend my jurisdiction, and with it the ecclesiastical immunity
+of their property. I did so, notwithstanding my advanced age [10]
+and the painful infirmities that I suffer, since both these causes
+are so important a part of my responsibility and obligation. I came
+to this city on the twelfth day of the past month, May, and with my
+secretary went to a house on the river where the said very reverend
+archbishop was residing. After a short conversation, I begged him
+to be pleased to listen peaceably to an act of which I had come,
+as delegate of his Holiness, to notify him. I told him that this
+business should not be conducted more castrorum [i.e., in hostile
+manner], but that we should listen to each other, and each should
+state his rights. He agreed to this, and my secretary read the said
+act, which contains three points. In the first, I declared the
+said very reverend archbishop to be disobedient, rebellious, and
+contumacious, considering that he had not obeyed as he should the
+said my compulsory act, sent to him from the city of Nueva Caceres;
+likewise, I declared that he had incurred the penalty of suspension
+from the priestly office latae sententiae, under which I had commanded
+him to order his secretary within twenty-four hours to surrender the
+acts for which I had asked, or to make an authentic copy of them. And
+because he had exercised the said priestly office on Holy Thursday,
+consecrating the sacred oils; and on Holy Saturday, in conferring
+the higher orders of the ministry; [11] and likewise on other days,
+in saying mass while he was under suspension: I declared that he was
+under censure as irregular. In the second part of the said act, I again
+commanded him, under penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae,
+and of a fine of two thousand pesos to be applied according to law,
+to order his secretary within six days to deliver up the papers as
+aforesaid, or make an authentic copy of them. And in the third part,
+under penalty of being considered rebellious and contumacious, in
+order to place him under greater obligation, I prohibited to him
+in the interim the cognizance of this cause and legal proceeding
+therein. After the said very reverend archbishop had heard the act,
+he appealed from it, in writing, and on the following day brought this
+appeal into court. I did not on this account defer the declaration
+of the said censures, since the appeal was frivolous and useless;
+and I yielded in the matter of the copy of the documents only for
+the reason that he alleged, that the originals of these were in the
+Audiencia. After he had interposed the said appeal, he immediately
+ordered his secretary to notify me of an act by himself, in which he
+commanded me, under penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae,
+and a fine of 4,000 pesos, to depart instantly and without delay
+from this archdiocese, to go to reside in my own bishopric, and
+not to meddle with his jurisdiction. To this I replied that I had
+received this notification, and asked him to give me a copy of the
+said document, solely for the purpose of showing in what consisted his
+illegal and unwarranted act; and I took leave of him and returned to my
+house. On the following day, the thirteenth of the said month of May,
+the said very reverend archbishop sent his secretary to notify me of
+another act, in which also he again commanded me, under penalty of
+major excommunication, latae sententiae, and of another 4,000 pesos,
+to depart within two days from the archdiocese. To this I replied
+that I had come [to Manila] on account of the appeal [made to me];
+that I was a delegate of your Holiness, and moreover superior to the
+said very reverend archbishop, and as such I did not listen to his
+acts or censures. On the next day, the fourteenth of the said month
+of May, he sent to me notification of another act; and as I refused
+to listen to it, for the same reason as before, about two o'clock in
+the afternoon he posted on the doors of the churches, and in other
+public places, notices in which he declared me, to the great scandal
+of all this community, to be publicly excommunicated.
+
+On the said thirteenth day of May, in the morning, immediately
+after I had been notified of the second act of the said very
+reverend archbishop, I sent my secretary to his house on the river
+to notify him of another act of mine, in which I commanded him,
+under penalty of major excommunication and another 2,000 pesos,
+to withdraw within twenty-four hours the said edicts which on the
+twentieth and twenty-first days of March he had ordered posted and
+published against my apostolic authority as delegate; and, besides,
+to withdraw the two acts in which, with the said penalties of major
+excommunication and 8,000 pesos, he had commanded me to depart from
+the archdiocese. The said my secretary was told by the servants that
+he was not at home; and I, as this seemed to me only an excuse, and not
+the truth, went in person to the said house. They told me that he had,
+that very morning, gone back to Manila. I came to the city after him,
+and remained at his house, waiting for him, until twelve o'clock;
+and seeing that he had not come by that time (although he came in
+afterward), I went away, leaving a message for him, that he might
+expect me in the afternoon. I returned a little before sunset, but did
+not find him at home this time. My secretary began to read the said
+act in the main room of the archbishop's house; but such disorderly
+yelling and clamorous talk was raised by his servants that my secretary
+could not make himself heard. I therefore determined to wait for him,
+and finally he came--making loud complaints that I was injuring the
+respect and observance due to his house, person, and dignity. I replied
+that his illustrious Lordship had showed greater incivilities to me;
+and that he could and ought to do [what I had done], if I had gone
+about all day, avoiding him [huyendo el cuerpo]. In conclusion, we
+agreed that my secretary should go again, alone, to notify him of the
+act; but, when he went to the house, his illustrious Lordship refused
+to give him entrance. As I was now weary of so much artfulness and
+craft, unworthy of such a station and dignity, I put aside this act,
+and despatched another of like tenor. In this, I summoned him, from
+that hour, under penalty of major excommunication, latae sententiae,
+and its publication, to withdraw within half an hour the said two
+acts and two edicts. Notification of this act was made by a Dominican
+religious, my notary, in the archbishop's hall, in the presence of
+many persons, because the said very reverend archbishop had refused
+to listen to it. When the said half-hour had expired, a little while
+after this was told to me I declared and posted him also as publicly
+excommunicated. On the fifteenth of the said month of May, I ordered
+that he be notified, and he was notified in his archiepiscopal hall,
+of another act, in which I repeated the command contained in the
+preceding one--and, still more, that he should take down the notices
+posted against me, under penalty of a general interdict throughout
+his archiepiscopal diocese, latae sententiae, giving him a limit of
+twenty-four hours' time; and, in case of his opposition and contumacy,
+I would proceed to the cessation of all divine worship. But, as I
+reflected that it was very near the feast of Corpus Christi, and
+that all the religious orders of this city and a great number of
+secular priests, who were on my side, would not take part in the said
+festival and in the procession, in order not to have communication
+in sacris with the said very reverend archbishop; and on account of
+the commiseration which I felt for this commonwealth; and finally,
+because the governor and captain-general of these islands, and some
+of the auditors of this royal Audiencia interfered in the matter, with
+the stipulations which I will send with the acts: I absolved the said
+very reverend archbishop from the excommunication and suspension which
+he had incurred; and he did the same, without my consent, absolving
+me from his excommunication. I dispensed him from the censure that he
+had incurred as irregular, and, finally, I suspended the declaration
+of the interdict. The whole matter was then left as it was, for the
+time being, until information of all could be given to your Holiness,
+in order that you may take suitable measures in this case. These
+are as follows: That the archbishop (or the cabildo, sede vacante)
+who at the time shall officiate and rule in this archbishopric of
+Manila shall not hinder, restrain, or limit the delegate of your
+Holiness; that, likewise, he who shall be at the time delegate shall,
+in cases of appeal to be taken from the said archbishopric, have the
+free use and exercise of his apostolic authority as delegate in this
+archiepiscopal territory; and that he shall not need, in order to
+enter the said territory or to perform judicial acts in it, whether in
+person or through intermediate persons appointed by him, any license,
+consent, or approbation from the said archbishop or from the cabildo,
+sede vacante. [These things should be done] in order that thus the
+like controversies may be avoided in the future. And I entreat your
+Holiness to be pleased and to deign to command that consideration be
+given to a legal opinion by the reverend father master Fray Juan de
+Paz, of the Order of Preachers, which I send with this; for it may
+be of service for the point at issue, and for your rights. I also
+inform your Holiness that from the day when the said very reverend
+archbishop set foot in these islands--that is, from last September
+to the present time--this entire commonwealth has been a perplexing
+labyrinth of contentions and acts of violence which he has performed
+against the holy religious orders of these islands. For his disposition
+and nature is very hasty, quarrelsome, and bold; and he is, finally,
+a man who does not care for or defend the ecclesiastical immunity--as
+appears from the authentic copy of the acts which I send. May God
+our Lord grant him better judgment; and may He guard and prosper
+your Holiness, as I entreat in my sacrifices and prayers, and as the
+universal Church has need. Manila, June 2 of the year 1698.
+
+
+[Andres Gonzalez, of the Order of Preachers].
+
+
+
+
+[This letter is followed by the following memoranda, apparently notes
+by Ventura del Arco of other letters found in the Jesuit papers in
+the Academia Real de la Historia:]
+
+On the fourth day of June in the same year of 1698 the bishop of Nueva
+Caceres, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, addressed to the king an explanation
+similar to the preceding one which is addressed to his Holiness. On
+the eleventh of June in the same year, he sent to his Holiness another
+account, in the same form; and on the twenty-first of June of the
+same year he wrote another to his Holiness, and another to the king.
+
+The provincials of St. Dominic and St. Augustine, and those of the
+Jesuits and Recollects in Manila drew up [to send] to his Majesty the
+king a statement, dated June 25, 1698, complaining of the defenseless
+condition in which they found themselves against the proceedings
+of the archbishop, who neither heeded nor allowed their appeal; and
+they requested that the Council examine the documents which they sent
+for that purpose, relating to various suits against their religious
+orders--which continued or were renewed, in spite of the agreement
+made with the delegate of his Holiness, the bishop of Camarines. For
+this purpose they sent a copy of the documents.
+
+[On pp. 207, 208 of the same volume is the following abstract:] In
+a letter dated June 9, 1700 the Jesuit Luis de Morales wrote from
+Manla to Father Antonio Jaramillo, procurator-general at Madrid,
+that in the year 1698 the bishop of Troya and Auditor Don Juan de
+Sierra died, on the voyage from Manila to Acapulco. The governor not
+only showed little favor to the missions in the Marianas Islands,
+but in the year 98 he did not send a patache there with succor;
+in 99 he sent the vessel late, and it was driven by storms first
+to China and then to Manila, with damage to its cargo; and he had
+ordered that the ship from Acapulco should not touch at those
+islands. The governor had claimed that the conciliar seminary
+[12] should be placed next to the college of San Jose, to which
+the superior of the Society had answered that there was no room for
+it. All the provincials [of the religious orders] had been commanded to
+present to the archbishop all their bulls and privileges for granting
+dispensation in case of impediments to marriage, for the purpose of
+ascertaining whether these were perpetual or temporary; they presented
+the documents extra-judicially. It seems that the viceroy of Mexico,
+Conde Montezuma, [13] had undertaken that the regulars who were going
+to Filipinas should first take an oath of obedience to the bishops,
+[when the said regulars should act as curas] in the Indian villages;
+in which case, he [i.e., Morales] said, it was preferable to abandon
+the missions. The bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Miguel Bayot, [14] had
+commanded that no layman should possess a slave girl eleven years old
+or upward; and that if such slave were not liberated he declared her
+free--in regard to which some persons had complained [to the] alcalde.
+
+
+
+Preamble of the decree [15] which it has been commanded to place in
+the books of San Pedro Tunasan.
+
+
+In the village of San Juan de Calamba in the province of Bay, on
+the sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight: I, Licentiate Don Francisco Sanctos de
+Oliveros, secretary in matters [secretario del Govierno y gracia] of
+this archbishopric, and a racionero of the holy metropolitan church of
+Manila, in obedience to the decree of his most illustrious Lordship
+below mentioned, do certify and attest that his most illustrious
+Lordship, having come to make the visitation of this district of
+Tabuco, issued the decree of the following tenor:
+
+Decree: In the village of Calambo in the province of Bay, on the
+sixteenth day of the month of November in the year one thousand
+six hundred and ninety-eight, the most illustrious lord Doctor Don
+Diego Camacho y Avila, archbishop of Manila and metropolitan of these
+Philippinas Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, now vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty
+and my master, having come here in conformity to the regulations
+of the holy [Church] councils (and especially of the holy general
+Council of Trent), and for the enforcement thereof, to visit this
+district of Tabuco and the places connected with it (which are the
+two villages of San Pedro Tunasan), and its churches, ministers,
+and parishioners, has observed in them a great deal of ignorance of
+the Christian doctrine, even of the doctrines most essential for
+salvation--through the agency of Licentiate Don Juan Melendez, a
+priest whom his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master,
+has brought with him as his assistant for the sole purpose of giving
+examinations and instruction in the Tagalog language (in which the
+said licentiate is very expert) to the Indians of both sexes, to the
+old people as well as to the children, of the villages and districts
+through which his most illustrious Lordship will be passing. This duty
+he has performed and fulfilled in the presence of a great many people,
+assembled in the above-mentioned churches of San Pedro Tunasan and
+Binan. After the questions which he has asked regarding the principal
+mysteries of the faith, and the explanation which he has made of each
+separately--some in the morning, and some in the afternoon, according
+to the opportunity afforded him by the time--he has preached to them,
+and continues to preach, exhorting them to the love of the virtues
+and to horror for sins. He also gives to all individual instruction,
+and an accurate knowledge of the mysteries of the holy sacrifice of
+mass, and of the virtues and graces which it communicates, as also
+of those which are required in order to resist the temptations of
+the devil; and how to secure, with great ease and confidence, the
+divine aid, by fulfilling and observing the precepts of the Decalogue,
+and the ordinances of our holy Mother Church in the holy sacrament
+of confirmation, which his most illustrious Lordship has solemnly
+conferred and is conferring. Therefore he said that he must command,
+and he did command, the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, cura
+in his own right of the village of Tabuco; and his coadjutor Bachelor
+Nicolas Godino, who administers the holy sacraments in the village of
+Binan; and Father Miguel de Salas, a religious of the Society of Jesus,
+who likewise administers the holy sacraments in the village and estate
+of San Pedro Tunasan, which is part of the territory and a visita of
+the cura of the said village of Tabuco; and the curas and ministers
+who shall hereafter officiate in the said villages, and in that of
+Sancto Thomas (which is being administered ad interim by the said
+master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon): that on all the prescribed
+feast-days--especially on Sundays, on which all the parishioners
+assemble in their churches to hear the holy sacrifice of mass--they
+shall question the people, and explain to them the Christian doctrine,
+conformably and pursuant to the Tagalog catechism which is accepted and
+approved in this archbishopric; and that in no form or manner, and for
+no cause or pretext, shall they omit this on any of the above-mentioned
+days, especially Sundays. They shall make the explanations of the
+Christian doctrine to their parishioners before saying mass (which
+all must hear)--not employing the fiscal or any other person for the
+performance of this duty, but doing it themselves--explaining certain
+mysteries of the faith on some Sundays, and others at other times; in
+everything accommodating their speech to the limited capacity of their
+parishioners, in order that these may be more readily instructed, and
+sooner become capable of receiving all the mysteries of our holy faith.
+
+Moreover, considering the great abuses which his most illustrious
+Lordship has known from actual observation, and of which he has been
+informed with all certitude and proof, and the still worse losses,
+both temporal and spiritual, which have resulted to the persons of the
+unhappy Indians, with very great injury to their consciences and almost
+certain peril to the salvation of their souls, his most illustrious
+Lordship must command, and he did command, that the above-mentioned
+persons who are now the curas and ministers of the said villages,
+and those who shall officiate in them hereafter, shall not oblige
+their parishioners, for any cause or pretext, either personally or
+by any agent, to offer them anything for the administration of the
+holy sacrament of penance, especially throughout the season of Lent,
+in which the Indians ordinarily make their confessions in order
+to comply with the precept of the Church. And the said persons who
+now are, or shall hereafter be, curas of the said districts shall
+observe and fulfil all the above commands, under penalty of major
+excommunication, latae sententiae, ipso facto incurrenda, and of legal
+proceedings against their persons and goods with the fullest rigor
+of justice, in future visitations.
+
+And his most illustrious Lordship, employing his pastoral kindness
+and clemency, and desiring to secure the salvation of his flock and
+the service of God our Lord, and the greater honor and glory of His
+Divine Majesty, granted and did grant forty days of indulgence to all
+the parishioners of the said villages; who, with devotion and desire
+to profit thereby, attend the explanation of the Christian doctrine in
+their parish churches. And in order that this may be made known to all
+the people, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the above persons who now are, and those who hereafter shall be,
+curas of the said districts shall make publication of the grant of
+the said forty days of indulgence, on every Sunday of the month,
+before or after the explanation of the Christian doctrine, always
+making known to their parishioners the great riches and strength
+contained therein, so that they may obtain and enjoy the indulgence
+with profitable results--in regard to which his most illustrious
+Lordship lays strict charge upon their consciences.
+
+And considering that the visitas of the villages of San Pedro
+Tunasan and Binan pertain to the cura of the said village of
+Tabuco, his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command
+that the master Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon, proprietary cura of
+that village, cause this decree to be observed by his coadjutor,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godino, in the said church and village of Binan;
+and by Father Miguel de Salas, the present minister of the village of
+San Pedro Tunasan--sending each a copy, signed with his name, of this
+decree by his illustrious Lordship, which will be left, certified
+and authorized, in the book of burials, baptisms, and marriages of
+the said village of Tabuco. This being done, the said ministers,
+Bachelor Nicolas Godino and Father Miguel de Salas, will also make in
+the books in their charge a certified copy of the decree--which is to
+be sent immediately, with autograph signature copied at the foot of
+the letter--so that it may be made known to all persons who hereafter
+shall be ministers and curas of the said districts, San Pedro Tunasan,
+Binan, and Sancto Thomas. And by this decree, accordingly, the above
+is ordained and commanded, and it is signed by his most illustrious
+Lordship the archbishop, my master, as I attest.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+
+The above, a copy from the original decree issued by his most
+illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master, which is one of
+the acts of the visitation of the village of Tabuco--which are
+in my charge, and to which I refer--is a faithful, accurate, and
+truthful copy, corrected and compared. The witnesses to the copying,
+correction, and comparison were Licentiate Don Diego Martin de la
+Sierra and Bachelor Ignacio Gregorio Manasay, a cleric in minor orders;
+and this document is signed in this village of Calamba, on the said
+day and month and year. In attestation of its correctness, I sign it:
+
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+Licentiate Don Manuel de Leon
+
+
+[Another decree, dated December 7, 1698, concerns the curacy of
+Balayan, with its visitas the village of Nazugbu and the ranch of Lian;
+the curate there was Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, with proprietary
+appointment. After a preamble like that of the former decree, this
+one continues thus, relative to the registers of the parish:]
+
+He declared that he must command, and he did command, that the practice
+be continued, as hitherto, of the separation and division [of the
+records] in three different books: one for recording the baptisms and
+confirmations only, another for the marriages and nuptial benedictions,
+[16] and a third for the deaths; and that in no case should these be
+recorded in one book only; and that in the book of baptisms the names
+of the parents and the sponsors of the person baptized must always
+be set down, and whether he were a legitimate child; and note must
+be made of a child of unknown parents, or of the Church. [17] At the
+same time, they must never fail to set down in the margin the names
+of those who are baptized, and of the villages to which they belong,
+so that it may be easier to search for and find them. In no case
+shall men be allowed to stand as sponsors [saquen de pila] for women,
+or women for men, on account of the grave difficulties which have
+been experienced from this cause, especially among Indians. Moreover,
+in the records of weddings and burials must be set down the fees of
+the minister, so that in future visits it may be easy to compute the
+eighths [18] which belong to the churches, in consideration of having
+a new tariff to which their fees must conform. With this, in the said
+records must be noted in the margin the names of both deceased and
+married persons; and in every instance it must be explained whether
+the deceased person received the sacraments at the hour of death,
+and, if he did not receive them, the reasons therefor. Likewise, in
+the records of marriages not only must the names of the contracting
+parties be set down, and those of their parents, and those of their
+former consorts, if the parties are widowed; but also those of the
+witnesses who made affidavits in the investigations which always ought
+to precede a marriage--whether these be verbal, in the case of ordinary
+Indians; or in writing, when practice [in that art] enables this to
+be done. Thus, if at any time [a legal] impediment should remain,
+those persons can be found and punished as perjurers. Also it must be
+specified whether the three publications of the banns [19] preceded,
+which the law ordains.
+
+Moreover, in the ministries of this province of Balayan his most
+illustrious Lordship has found another abuse introduced therein, that
+the curas and ministers of the Indian villages are accustomed to keep,
+for baptisms and burials, two crosses assigned for this use--one of
+wood, and the other of silver. The wooden one they take out for common
+baptisms and burials, and those of poor persons; and that of silver for
+the baptisms and burials of the rich--as if both crosses ought not to
+have the same value, veneration, and efficacy for the object to which
+they are directed; or as if the silver cross, on account of being of
+richer material, ought to be esteemed more highly than that of wood,
+on which died Christ our Redeemer (a thing which is disgraceful to
+be said or thought among Christians). Therefore his most illustrious
+Lordship, mindful of uprooting thoroughly this almost superstitious
+abuse, commanded and did command the persons who now are, or who shall
+hereafter be, curas in all the districts of this archbishopric that
+in no case and on no pretext shall they practice such a distinction;
+nor are they allowed to require or ask any fee on account of carrying
+the silver cross, whether at baptisms or burials: under penalty of
+major excommunication, latae sententiae, ipso facto incurrenda; and
+at any time when information is lodged of violation of this decree,
+proceedings will be instituted against the disobedient person with
+the fullest rigor of justice, without any excuse being allowed to
+shield him.
+
+[Here follow the same commands and penalties as in the preceding
+decree, relative to the proper instruction of the people in
+Christian doctrine, and the prohibition of fees to the cura for the
+administration of the sacrament of penance. The decree continues:]
+Moreover, inasmuch as it is commanded, by a general decree of
+visitation, now obeyed and practiced by all the secular curas of
+this archbishopric, in fulfilment of a royal decree by his Majesty
+(whom may God keep), that the viaticum shall be carried to sick
+Indians in their own houses, and that they shall on no account be
+carried from their houses to the churches to receive it: therefore
+his most illustrious Lordship commanded and did command that the said
+decree shall be observed, fulfilled, and executed in this curacy of
+Balayan, and in its visita of Nazugbu and Lian. And, for its proper
+fulfilment, it is commanded that a reliquary be made of silver or gold,
+in order that when on any occasion there shall not be mode or form
+of the customary external pomp, the viaticum may be carried therein,
+as is commanded, to the sick; and warning is given that, on receiving
+notice of any violation of this decree, proceedings will be instituted
+against the disobedient person against whom there shall be legal cause.
+
+All the above, contained and expressed in the present decree, his most
+illustrious Lordship commanded, and did command, must be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by Bachelor Don Juan de Llamas, proprietary
+cura of this district of Balayan, and he must cause it to be observed,
+fulfilled, and executed by him who shall in the said cura's place
+administer the holy sacraments in the villages of Nazugbu and Lian;
+and of his punctual obedience the said curate shall notify his most
+illustrious Lordship, at the first opportunity that shall occur, so
+that, in case what is here commanded shall not be duly and effectually
+carried out, his most illustrious Lordship may decide and ordain what
+may be expedient.
+
+Moreover, notwithstanding his most illustrious Lordship has been
+informed of the exterior adornment of the church of the said villages
+of Nazugbu and Lian, yet, inasmuch as the books of receipts and
+expenses of the said church have not been shown, and are not clear,
+his most illustrious Lordship therefore commanded and did command that
+in that church shall be kept a book, in the first half of which shall
+be set down the following, beginning at the first page, with all the
+items clear, separate, and distinct, and with mention of the day,
+month, and year: the eighths of the fees for marriages and burials
+which shall be received from this time forward; and the legacies, and
+donations for pious works, which are made to the said church. Then,
+beginning at the middle of the book, must be set down in the second
+half of it, with the same details, the expenditures which shall be
+made for the church, in order that thus no confusion may arise, and
+that the accounts may be promptly settled in the future visit. By this
+act, therefore, his most illustrious Lordship decreed and commanded
+the above, and signed this paper, which I certify.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+Before me:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow certificates, written in the registers of burials and
+marriages respectively, that they have been duly inspected, and
+referring to the decree itself, which is written in the register
+of baptisms.]
+
+
+
+Tariff
+
+We, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, by the grace of God and of
+the holy Apostolic See, metropolitan archbishop of these Philippinas
+Islands, and ruler of the suffragan bishopric of Nueva Segovia, now
+vacant, and member of the Council of his royal Majesty. Desiring to
+fulfil the obligations of our ministry and pastoral office, and that by
+the government which is in our charge, especially in the administration
+of the holy sacraments, God our Lord may be followed and the faithful
+edified; and that every one of our curas and ministers who instruct
+the natives--not only in this city, but those of the other parishes
+outside its walls--and their sacristans, shall observe the integrity
+which is fitting in demanding the fees which shall belong to them on
+account of the functions of their ministries and offices, relieving
+their consciences as we do ours; and having examined the tariffs which
+our predecessors have fixed, and seeing the condition of these islands,
+we have decided to issue anew our mandate regarding the said statutes
+and tariffs; and we ordain that from this time forth, in demanding
+the said fees, the following order shall be observed:
+
+Baptisms: For the baptisms the cura shall demand the candle or candles
+which those who can give them may furnish, not obliging them to pay
+a fee [capillo], or to give an offering of money or other things;
+but, if they voluntarily give any free offering, [20] the cura is
+authorized to take it.
+
+Marriages: For publishing the banns, the fiscal shall ask for each
+one real, and he may not demand anything because the parties do not
+rise to their feet at the time when the banns are published. As for
+the natives and Morenos [21] who marry without receiving the nuptial
+benedictions, and shall come to the church or to the cura's house,
+he shall not ask anything from them; but if the cura shall go,
+or send, or give permission for the marriage to be solemnized at
+their own homes, or in some other place, he shall ask three tostones
+for the effort and time spent in going to marry them in a place to
+which he is not obliged to go. If the cura shall go to their house,
+or to some other place where he is not under obligation to go, in
+order to marry any Japanese or Sangley, he shall ask two pesos, and,
+if it shall be outside of the parish, he shall ask three pesos.
+
+Nuptial benedictions: He [i.e., the cura] shall ask thirteen reals
+from the dowry; [22] but if the parties are poor, they may commute
+this for four reals--and [the same] if the woman is a widow and
+has no dowry, provided she received the nuptial benedictions from
+the Church in the first marriage; but if she did not [thus] receive
+them, and have a dowry [she shall pay thirteen]. If several persons
+receive the benedictions at one mass, the cura shall ask from those
+who are blessed a peso from every one of them; and he shall be under
+obligation to say as many masses as there were persons blessed, during
+the following days, for their intention, because this [obligation to
+say mass] for two, or three, or more married pairs who receive the
+benedictions cannot be fulfilled by one mass.
+
+Burials: For burials of children, with prayers read, when the cura goes
+to the house for this purpose he shall ask one peso and four tomins;
+but if the corpse is carried to the door of the church he shall ask
+only one peso. For every burial of children with prayers chanted,
+when the cura goes to the house for this purpose he shall ask only
+three pesos; and if the corpse be received with prayers chanted at
+the door of the church [23]--whether it be an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, whom his friends desire to be
+interred with pomp and escort--and the cura shall go for the corpse to
+the house, he shall ask ten pesos; but if he shall receive it at the
+door of the church, and prayers be chanted, he shall ask two pesos. For
+every burial accompanied with prayers, of an Indian chief, a timagua,
+a Sangley, a Japanese, or a free negro, if the cura goes for it to
+the house he shall ask one peso and four tomins; and if he receives
+it at the door of the church he shall ask one peso. If the deceased
+were a slave to Spaniards, the cura shall ask one peso for his fee,
+and exactly six reals as a voluntary offering [limosna] for a mass;
+but if he were a slave to an Indian, the cura shall ask six reals as
+a fee, and four reals for the said offering. We charge it upon the
+consciences of the curas to say these masses for the slaves, and thus
+acquit our own conscience. For the cope which the cura may wear at
+burials he may receive one peso as an offering; but he shall not wear
+the cope when the parties do not ask for it. And for the halts [24]
+the cura, if he shall have chanted the prayers, shall ask a toston
+for each one, if the relatives of the deceased ask for them; but in no
+other way shall he obtain these fees. Item, for the mass sung on the
+day of the funeral, or funeral honors with responses, the cura may ask
+two and one-half pesos; and for chanting the office for the dead, two
+pesos and two reals. And for the novenary masses [25] which are said,
+with a response in each one, on account of the burial of the deceased,
+the cura may receive for each one a peso as offering; and the wax
+candles which remain at the end of the novenary for the burial belong
+to the cura. For masses provided for by will [missas de testamento],
+the cura may receive six reals each, and for those which are ordered
+to be said outside of the testamentary provision four reals each,
+as offerings. The curas must not consent to accept the candles that
+are carried by the persons who accompany the funeral, unless these
+persons leave the candles of their own accord, and present them as
+an offering; and if they do not thus give them up, the curas shall
+not ask anything from them. To each one of those who may assist the
+cura at any burial shall be given, if he is in holy orders, six reals
+and a candle; if he is not yet ordained, four reals and a candle. For
+any peal of the bells [repique] at the burials of children, or the
+tolling of the passing bell [doble], the cura shall ask four reals
+for the eighths [de octava], for the sacristy or the church.
+
+Fees of the sacristans: For aiding at nuptial masses and the
+benediction, [26] the sacristan shall ask for each two reals. The
+sacristan may ask for carrying the processional cross with its veil,
+[27] for any burial, ten reals; and if afterward solemn mass be sung,
+he shall ask eighteen reals for the burial, and a peso for assisting
+at the mass; and if the cross be placed on the grave on the day of the
+funeral, he shall ask a peso. For the small cross carried, without
+its casing, and made of silver, he shall ask six reals; and for the
+ordinary cross of wood he shall ask two; and, if the deceased were
+the slave of an Indian, he shall ask one real. For burning incense
+at the funerals, when the parties ask for it, the sacristan shall
+ask two reals; and at the solemn masses he shall ask another two
+reals. For assisting at each anniversary mass founded in this church,
+which the cura says, the sacristan shall ask one peso. The sacristan
+is under obligation to assist the cura in the administration of the
+holy sacraments, and in the other matters pertaining to the ministry,
+as being his assistant; and if he fail in rendering such aid he shall
+ask only the half [of the usual fees], and the other half the cura
+shall divide between the person who shall assist in the sacristan's
+place and the church fund for its sacristy. Either the sacristan or
+in his place some person not yet ordained, is under obligation to
+carry the cross at burials.
+
+Singers: When the entire choir shall be summoned to any burial,
+they shall ask ten pesos for attending it; and if all the said choir
+assist at mass and the office for the dead [vigilia], they shall ask
+another ten pesos. When the [individual] singers shall go on call to
+any funeral, no more of them shall go than those who are asked for by
+the parties; and each singer shall ask one real. This is understood
+when they go not as a full choir, but in a group of three; and they
+shall not oblige the parties to give them candles, but may take these
+when the parties choose to give them. If only three singers assist
+at mass and the office for the dead, they shall ask three pesos for
+the mass, but not for the office.
+
+We command that all these tariffs and statutes shall be observed and
+fulfilled to the letter by the said our curas for natives, in this
+city and in the rest of the parishes that are outside its walls, and by
+their sacristans, without transgressing them in any way--under penalty
+of four times the amount involved, incurred for every infraction,
+and of being punished in accordance with the law. And no other person,
+whatever his rank may be, shall dare to transgress these our mandates,
+under penalty of legal proceedings against him, under the penalties
+due to those who are disobedient. We command that the curas shall
+keep these said tariffs displayed and posted in some public place,
+where they can be read and understood by all persons. And that this
+may be evident for all time, we command to be issued and we do issue
+the present, signed with our name, and countersigned by our secretary,
+as undersigned. In our archiepiscopal palace at Manila, on the fifth
+day of the month of November in the year one thousand, six hundred
+and ninety-eight.
+
+
+Diego, archbishop of Manila.
+
+By command of his most illustrious Lordship the archbishop, my master:
+
+Francisco Sanctos de Oliveros, secretary.
+
+[Here follow several notarial attestations.]
+
+
+
+Memorial by the religious orders
+
+The lecturer Fray Jaime Mimbela, of the Order of Preachers, and
+definitor-general of the province of Santo Rosario; Fray Juan Antonio
+de San Agustin, an Augustinian Recollect; and Antonio Xaramillo, of the
+Society of Jesus--procurators-general of their provinces of Filipinas
+and holding powers of attorney for the holy orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollect
+Augustinians who live in the said islands for the conversion of the
+infidels and the maintenance [in the faith] of those who are already
+converted therein--conforming to the new orders from their provincials
+which they have received (dated February 13 of the past year 1699),
+in regard to what has thus far been alleged and represented, make
+the following declaration:
+
+[Sire:]
+
+The reverend archbishop, Doctor Don Diego Camacho y Avila, having
+arrived at Manila in the month of September in the past year of 97,
+undertook, in officio officiando [i.e., "in fulfilling the functions of
+his office"], to visit the regulars who exercise the duties of parish
+priests, desiring that they do so by title of law, [28] subject to
+his jurisdiction. The said holy religious orders, having declined,
+on repeated occasions, to take upon themselves such a burden, making
+this known to the said reverend archbishop with all submission, were
+resolved to abandon all the Indian villages and districts [assigned
+to them], rather than to administer them in that manner. [They asked
+him], in order to preserve the tranquillity which had existed in those
+islands, that at least he would desist from his intention until the
+pope and your Majesty, being informed of the matter, should decide
+it: and represented to him that, taking everything into account,
+irreparable losses of souls would ensue from his persevering in his
+undertaking if the religious orders, in consequence of his violent
+acts, should retire [from the curacies]--since there were not
+secular priests to take the place of the religious in preaching and
+the administration of the sacraments, but it was not possible for
+the said reverend archbishop to yield to [even] these so serious
+representations, nor was he willing to wait for the decisions of
+[even] those so preeminent; on the contrary, he actually began
+the visitation. When the religious answered that now they were not
+parish priests, since they had resigned the Indian villages into
+the hands of their provincials, who had notified your vice-patron of
+it, the reverend archbishop took away two churches from the orders
+of St. Dominic and St. Augustine; and soon the commonwealth found
+itself in a storm, with confusion and affliction such as had never
+before been experienced in those islands. For within a week fifty
+religious who had acted as curas had retired to Manila, and orders
+had been given for the retirement of the others--which they would
+actually have done, if the courage of the reverend archbishop himself
+had not been taught by this experience, so costly and unnecessary,
+the truth of what had been often before represented to him, with so
+much humility and entreaty, by the religious.
+
+From that time, troubles continued to crowd together until in all
+those islands the Catholic faith, as concerns God, and the vassalage
+of the Indians to your Majesty, were at the point of destruction;
+for in that country all the villages are inhabited by Indians alone,
+nor is there in them any Spaniard except the religious who is their
+minister--except here and there a village where resides some secular
+priest and the alcaldes-mayor of the provinces. Thus, the villages
+without the religious minister remain as dead, for divine worship and
+for vassalage, as the body without a soul is dead for vital functions.
+
+This truth being so well known--as also is this other, that in the
+religious provinces of those islands there have been and are now many
+religious of distinguished virtues and learning, and very zealous
+for the salvation of souls--affairs have arrived at such a state,
+as is known by the said letters of February, 699, that the regulars
+refuse not only to be ordinaries [parrocos de justicia] and subject
+to the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, but also to act in
+that capacity in the manner which has been hitherto in vogue. They
+ask your Majesty, with the utmost possible reverence, to be pleased to
+regard them as exonerated from the responsibility which they hitherto
+have held of ministering as parish priests to the Indians, and to take
+measures that other persons may look after the Indians in the manner
+which the reverend archbishop desires; and that the religious for whom
+there is no room in the few convents and colleges which the religious
+orders possess in those islands may return to their own provinces--in
+accordance with what your Majesty commands, in one of his laws,
+for the consolation of the distressed religious in those kingdoms.
+
+And since actions so grave in themselves and in their consequences as
+are these--the refusal of the regulars to be parish priests subject to
+the jurisdiction of the reverend archbishop, and their renunciation
+before your Majesty of the assignment of the territories allotted
+to them for ministrations--appear not to have originated only from
+disinclination, but to have sprung from [their claim to] liberty alone,
+their representatives set forth to your Majesty in this document the
+reasons and very weighty arguments by which they are constrained to
+act in both those proceedings. They also offer to present another,
+more copious, in which will be related in sequence and order all the
+occurrences and the exceedingly grievous injuries which the religious
+orders have suffered and still sustain, occasioned by the visitation
+of the curas. [It will also recount] the lands that they possess;
+the tithes [29] that the reverend archbishop has established; the
+testimonies and appeals that he has denied; the arrests that he has
+attempted; the banishments that he has urged [upon the Audiencia];
+the very sharp reprimand that on account of him was given by your
+Audiencia to all the provincials together, with other religious of high
+standing, without permitting them to open their lips--and all with a
+method of procedure so unlike that which the pope, your Majesty, and
+your supreme Council employ on occasions like these, even in cases
+when there is certainty of guilt; and finally, the investigations
+which he makes to obtain information against them which he can use to
+carry out his purposes, and disturb them at Madrid and Roma, in this
+imposing [threats of] excommunication on the witnesses in order that
+everything may remain a secret, and the reputation of the religious
+orders be left more exposed to attack.
+
+The reasons, then, which influence the religious not to be parish
+priests by title in Filipinas, subject to the jurisdiction of
+the reverend archbishop, are the following: First, because it is
+unquestionable, and cannot be in any way denied, that the office of
+parish priest, even with such exemption from [the jurisdiction of]
+the ordinary, is entirely accessory, and, besides, a heavy additional
+burden, to the religious estate--not only to that of monks, but even to
+that of the mendicant regulars; for, in order that they may minister
+in the said office, it has been necessary to obtain a pontifical
+dispensation or arrangement, which is founded on important reasons. And
+this [is a fact], if we consider only what the religious state demands
+of its followers, as is made plain by the general exemption and the
+teaching of holy men. If this mode of administering [the curacies]
+be changed, and the regular who is a parish priest must remain, in
+what concerns that office, under the jurisdiction of the ordinary,
+subject to his correction and visitation, and in the other matters
+subject to the superior of his religious order, it would be a change
+and condition of affairs so remarkable that, in regard to his estate
+and his profession of life, the religious would change his nature--for
+he would be like one cleft in twain, if subject in some cases to one
+superior and in others to another, the two of differing ecclesiastical
+rank; and the consequences would be perilous, as will be considered
+later. In view, then, of a change which would so seriously affect
+their estate, all the regulars of Filipinas declare that, just as
+one's state of life is chosen so as to lead to salvation only when
+it is chosen through the influence and vocation of God, who calls
+and inclines one to it, and that one's choice goes astray when it
+is made through other motives, so, when after choice has been made
+of the state and profession of life some other circumstance arises
+which not only oppresses that state, but changes its very nature--with
+new responsibilities, new obligations, new superiors, and new modes
+of government full of dangers and difficulties--and, above all, the
+rule which he professes, no one can safely add to his mode of life a
+condition so unusual, if God do not incline and call him to it. The
+religious of Filipinas declare that they have no such vocation or
+inclination for being parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary;
+and that without it they cannot expose themselves to so many dangers,
+with evident risk of being ruined thereby. They say that neither when
+they entered the religious life nor when they made their confession
+did they read among the obligations to which they submitted that of
+being parish priests, and much less that of being such by title, and
+subject to the ordinaries; on the other hand, they understood that
+the Apostolic See had exempted them from it. They assert also that
+on going from Europa to the Filipinas they knew that the regulars
+never had ministered to the Indians, nor were they then doing so, as
+being dependent upon the ordinaries, but with pontifical jurisdiction,
+remaining in all matters subject to the visitation and correction of
+their provincials; therefore they must necessarily censure and refuse
+now this new administration and attempted subjection, which they did
+not profess and to which God did not call them.
+
+Nor do the precedents [brought forward] from America militate against
+this argument when it is said that there is but one and the same
+rule, and one and the same form of government, in essentials, for
+the religious order or orders whose sons find themselves in America
+and in Filipinas; for those who are in those islands say, with all
+esteem and reverence, that there are some things more suitable to
+be admired than imitated, and that, while they admire the courage
+[of those in America], they confess that they do not possess courage
+to imitate them in this matter. They add that, if in America and
+Filipinas a religious order is one and the same, likewise throughout
+the world the faith and the church of Jesus Christ is one and the
+same; and nevertheless, if a Catholic, simply because he had chosen
+an estate of life, should exhort all others to embrace the same, it
+would not be judicious counsel, or in conformity to the spirit of God;
+for that Spirit inspires, influences, and calls whomsoever He will,
+choosing some for an occupation, and dissuading others from that same
+employ. And thus it is evident, likewise, that in the one religious
+order some have a vocation for going from Europa to the Indias, and
+others have not. Then why cannot the same occur in regard to being
+or not being parish priests subject to the ordinary?
+
+The reverend archbishop of Manila himself has given and still gives
+to the religious orders of Filipinas a very striking and conclusive
+example in this regard: for before he left Espana he knew very well
+in what way the regulars acted as curas in those islands, but he
+neither renounced the archbishopric in Espana, nor gave up going to
+the islands. He knew also that the being united as a spouse to the
+church of Manila is not an accessory matter, but is wholly essential
+to the state of being its archbishop; and that other prelates have
+gone thither without attempting what he claims. Nevertheless, he
+has asked in the royal Audiencia permission to return to Espana; and
+now he writes resigning the archbishopric, and asking that he may be
+allowed to come here to live and die in retreat in a cell. If it is
+because the religious who are parish priests are not subject to his
+jurisdiction that he offers this resignation--by which he abandons
+all that belongs to his position, and the state of life that he
+chose--how much greater reason the religious will have to imitate
+him, since even when they give up the curacies they remain wholly
+in the estate of religious which they professed. If he makes this
+renunciation in order to avoid controversies, and aspires to live
+and die in a cell, much more natural is this desire of the religious
+to live and die peacefully therein, without obliging themselves to
+endure those controversies; for they do not accept under compulsion a
+new estate to which God does not call them. Likewise, [they decline]
+if, in order to adopt such a model of life, their rule must be the
+pleasure of the archbishop, and not the inspiration of God.
+
+As little is this first argument overcome by [the assertion] that
+the civil law provides that the regular who is a parish priest is
+immediately subject, in what pertains to that office, to the visitation
+and correction of the ordinary. For, laying aside the fact that such
+a law can be abrogated by the supreme pontiff--as actually was done
+by Pius V after the holy Council of Trent, and afterward confirmed
+by Urban VIII; and this very procedure is supported by various
+declarations of the most eminent cardinals--when there is a lack of
+secular priests (as is the case in Filipinas, where for eight hundred
+parishes, the approximate number of those in existence, there are
+hardly sixty seculars in number, and still fewer who have abilities
+for giving instruction and learning languages): laying all this aside,
+the religious assert that the civil law which commands such subjection
+must be understood in the case that the religious who are administering
+curacies, without being subordinate to the ordinary, desire to
+continue thus, being parish priests; but it does not order that they
+be compelled by violence and force to enter that relation. And if a
+secular cleric, to whom with canonical and rigorous institution is
+given a perpetual curacy, can, notwithstanding this, renounce such
+curacy, nor on that account be disqualified by the law as long as he
+lives in immediate subjection to one superior only, who is his bishop:
+how or for what reason can the reverend archbishop of Manila claim that
+the religious cannot peaceably make the same renunciation, in order
+to avoid the risk of having so many superiors? As the religious hold
+the Indian villages not as proprietaries, but removable ad nutum,
+other persons could, for no better reason than their own wishes,
+deprive the religious of those ministries, even though the latter
+live therein with the sanctity of their holy founders; and is it
+possible that, when only the will of another person is sufficient to
+prevent them from being curas, the divine inspiration and their own
+self-reproach will not be sufficient for them?
+
+The second reason that the religious in Filipinas have for refusing
+to be parish priests by title, subject to the ordinary, is that no
+exact idea of this virtue of justice has been formed in considering
+the method in which efforts have been made to constrain the religious
+by it. For either they are or they are not capable of being really
+parish priests, like the secular clerics. If they are, they do not
+accept the parish under any obligation of justice; and even when this
+is conferred on them with canonical institution, they nevertheless do
+not remain ordinaries, as are the secular clerics; for in the latter,
+in order to secure a proprietary benefice, the only points considered
+are the ability to serve as cura, the obligation of law [justicia]
+to which they submit, and the canonical collation with which they are
+inducted into the parish. Including all this in the said supposition,
+the religious cannot well understand why, after all that, they do
+not remain proprietary parish priests. As little do they understand
+how the said ability, obligation of law, and canonical institution
+can make a secular priest a perpetual cura--so that if his conduct
+does not render him unworthy the curacy cannot be taken from him,
+either by ordinary or vice-patron alone, or by both together; while
+a religious who enters the curacy with the same formalities is not
+competent for the same perpetuity, but only for such tenure, even
+in his own territory, that even if he conduct himself as a saint the
+ordinary and vice-patron can, if agreed, deprive him of his benefice
+and give it to another; that is, even after that obligation and
+solemnity he is a parish priest removable ad nutum.
+
+The religious also consider that although the virtue of justice is one
+for all, and alike for all, and the efficacy of canonical institution
+is also one for persons who are qualified for the same office, to the
+secular cleric with the onerous duty of parish priest is given all that
+can favor him; but to the religious, while the entire burden is laid
+upon him, all his energy is checked on account of not giving him all
+which can relieve that burden. This is all placed upon the religious,
+for his responsibility for the feeding of his sheep confines him to
+a district in such a way that his own provincial cannot, by his own
+agency alone, change his district without first resorting to the
+ordinary and the vice-patron, to secure their consent. In this way
+there is a notable decrease of obedience, and the regular observance of
+the rule which he professed is greatly disturbed; and many, continual,
+and insupportable annoyances are heaped upon the provincials. The
+religious loses in great part the privilege of his exemption;
+he remains subject, in so far as he is a cura, to investigations,
+complaints, visitations, and penalties from the ordinary; and with all
+these burdens he has not the comfort of being secure in his parish,
+even if his conduct do not render him unworthy of it, because he does
+not hold it in perpetuity, as the secular does. He is not master of the
+emoluments which the curacy yields, nor are they in justice due to him
+as to the secular, unless he pretends that he is dispensed from the
+essential vow of poverty. Then, if the religious is capable of being
+a parish priest, and that by title of law, as is the secular, who
+has given to justice and to canonical collation such efficacy as with
+them to furnish to the secular what is honorable [30] and favorable,
+yet has so divided it as to impart to the regular what is detestable,
+while yet denying him what may console him?
+
+[Even] if it be granted that the regular is not competent, on account
+of his estate, for being a proprietary parish priest, why is it so
+strictly required of him to enter the curacy with the same formalities
+and ceremony as those with which the clerics enter? Such incompetency
+will be the best justification for the repugnance which the religious
+feel for being curas in the manner which the archbishop insists on.
+
+The third reason is, that if the convents and colleges which the
+religious maintain in Manila be broken up, it can be said with truth
+that there are no other houses of religious community [in the colony];
+for although there are seven other houses besides--in Cavite, Cebu,
+Oton, and Yloilo--divided among the religious orders of St. Dominic,
+St. Augustine, the Society of Jesus, and the Recollects, yet these
+convents and colleges are so small that in each of them there are
+only two or three residents. All the rest of the said provinces is
+composed of Indian villages, [each] served by one minister only; and
+these are such as can be gathered from their respective bishoprics, the
+cathedrals of which neither have nor are capable of having dignities,
+canonries, and other prebends. This being admitted, if the ministers
+in Indian villages remain subject to the ordinary, as the provinces
+are composed almost wholly of such ministers alone, and for their
+removal would then be necessary the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, some provinces would come to be dependent, in the name
+of religious government and in the exercise of secular government,
+on the wills of those two persons, to whom the religious did not in
+their profession promise obedience or subjection.
+
+Then if either of the two, whether the bishop or the governor,
+were displeased with any religious order, or with any minister--and
+especially if it were the governor, whose power in those islands
+cannot be explained, except by their remoteness--in such case they
+could on very specious pretexts either maintain or remove the minister
+against the will of his provincial; and even they could, if necessary,
+threaten the latter with either censures or banishment, to make that
+religious order conform to their authority. How fruitful a source
+this may be of perdition and total ruin for the religious orders,
+all can recognize; but only those who have had experience in those
+islands can fully comprehend it.
+
+The fourth reason: for we have already taken for granted their
+subjection and canonical institution. If a religious who is a minister
+commit a transgression, and his offense apparently belongs on the
+one side to morals and life, and on the other to the office of cura,
+the poor minister remains in the condition of those goods which we
+call mostrencos, on account of their belonging to the first person
+who takes possession of them--and even in a much worse condition,
+on account of the controversies which must naturally ensue. For if
+the provincial begins legal proceedings in the matter, and afterward
+information of it is given to the reverend archbishop, the latter
+issues a decree--and, if it be necessary, a censure--commanding
+the said provincial to revoke all of his proceedings, surrender the
+case to him, and abandon it; that is to say, the right of judicature
+belongs to him alone. The provincial appeals to the judge-delegate
+of his Holiness, who, in order to obtain full information about the
+case, commands the reverend archbishop, with the threat of censure,
+to desist from the cause, and surrender the documents. If the latter
+do not obey, the affair may reach the point where two ecclesiastical
+prelates mutually excommunicate each other, and [the colony] is
+menaced with an interdict and the cessation of divine worship. This
+is not discussing an imaginary thing, but is relating that which has
+just occurred in Manila in a like case--where, in order to prevent the
+regulars from withdrawing from their curacies, [the archbishop] imposed
+on the provincials the penalties of excommunication and a fine of
+2,000 pesos; and conversely, the reverend archbishop and the delegate
+of his Holiness likewise excommunicated each other. The commonwealth
+was disquieted by these occurrences, not knowing where these things
+would end if the interdict which the delegate threatened were carried
+out, since he was followed by the religious orders; for nearly all the
+laymen lean on the orders--making their confessions to the religious,
+receiving instruction from their teaching and example, and with their
+counsels calming the scruples of their consciences. In consequence, it
+would necessarily follow that in case of an interdict and cessation
+of divine services the entire archdiocese would be left in most
+lamentable condition; and without doubt this would have occurred, if
+it had not been for the kindly nature of the delegate and the urgent
+importunities to desist from this purpose that were addressed to him
+by the religious. For, since at the cost of innumerable martyrdoms
+and other hardships they had established the faith in those islands,
+they sought to avert the danger that it would be impaired, even though
+this should be at the cost of contempt for themselves.
+
+It must be added to all the above that if these contentions and
+troubles which are suffered in those islands could be promptly ended
+without going outside of them, toleration in enduring them would be
+less difficult. But this is not so; but these troubles leave behind
+them their consequences, and chains that are very long and heavy,
+which are only fit to drag along those who choose to become slaves
+to the curacies in Filipinas. For in such cases letters are written
+by the governor, the archbishop, the Audiencia, and the religious
+orders to Madrid, and by some of these to Roma also; and terrible
+controversies take shape, with public scandal in both courts. The
+parties are in every way exhausted, and the judges are harassed until
+the [royal] decree in the case is provided: first, because such decree
+is provided for regions so remote, and after it is issued arrives
+there [so late], that those evils are throwing out many roots, and
+these produce anew other discords and evils worse than the first. And
+since it is a fact that, although according to the divine oracles,
+it is not fitting either for the bishop to be contentious, or for the
+minister of souls to preach the gospel in any other way than that of
+peace, the religious orders, in place of experiencing in Filipinas,
+as it were, peace with the fruit of tranquillity, do not find this at
+the present time; but they are burning in a glowing forge, which only
+throws out sparks of discord and dissension. The religious orders,
+Sire, had already made peace among themselves, and are at this day
+maintaining and always will maintain it; for they trust in God that it
+will be so, and the bitter experience of past years has pointed this
+out as a great blessing. Thus, when the reverend archbishop arrived
+here all was quiet and peaceful, but within little more than two months
+after his arrival there was nothing but unrest and disorder--and this
+because the religious had told him, with all courtesy and humility,
+that they would sooner give up the ministries of instruction than hold
+them in the manner that he desired. Herein, which side proceeded most
+comformably to reason? the religious who peaceably leave the curacies,
+in order to avoid disputes; or the reverend archbishop who causes these
+contentions, and who sends to Madrid and Roma in order to obtain that
+the regulars shall be by force and violence parish priests subject to
+his own jurisdiction? In view, then, of disadvantages so serious, what
+religious is there, devoted to his profession, who will consent to be
+a parish priest in Filipinas? Who will leave his province in Europa,
+the retirement and peace of his community, to go, with the perils
+of two ocean voyages, in search of controversies so wearisome and
+noisy over a calling which he did not profess? Herein the religious
+of Filipinas admit that they have taken warning by what has occurred
+in America, that they ought to learn a lesson from it and be cautious
+about having another head.
+
+The fifth reason: If a regular who is a parish priest transgresses,
+and on account of secret faults becomes unworthy of continuing in
+his ministry, yet if he remains in it his salvation may incur a very
+special peril. The provincial has secret knowledge of the case. Here
+justice demands two things: one, the punishment of the fault; the
+other, that the delinquent shall not be rendered infamous. Charity,
+(and even justice itself) demands also that the provincial shall,
+because of his office, remove his subordinate from that risk. If this
+regular who acts as parish priest were administering his functions
+without canonical institution or subjection to the ordinary, as is done
+in the Filipinas Islands, the provincial could with the greatest ease
+settle the whole matter, and justice and charity be satisfied, without
+disgrace to the delinquent and without a stigma on the religious
+order. But when the regular who is a parish priest is subject to
+the ordinary, the provincial cannot remove him by his own authority
+alone; and it is necessary for him to resort to that very ordinary
+and to the vice-patron, and that the two agree on the removal of the
+offender. And, in such case, what has the provincial to say to them? If
+it be answered that by keeping the case entirely secret the provincial
+becomes a sharer in the guilt of his subordinate, he and the superiors
+of the religious orders declare, with all submission and humility,
+that they refuse to put in practice such a form of theology. Can the
+ordinary acting alone, can the governor, the father, and the master,
+each alone, punish and correct the fault--of a priest, of a citizen or
+a soldier, of children, of servants--without the least injury to the
+culprit's honor; and a provincial, who can in innumerable ways do the
+same with any subordinate of his, be obliged to leave the offender
+in disgrace with the heads of the community, ecclesiastical and
+secular? The religious orders would sooner remove [from the islands],
+to transplant themselves to Europa, than submit to so heavy a burden.
+
+If it be said that the provincial need not state the offense, but
+in general terms assert only that he has cause for removing the
+cura, even that would not avoid the difficulty: First, because the
+authorities may think that the provincial says so, in order to carry
+a point for a custom of long standing. Second, even though the cause
+for removing him is not a fault, it will be readily said [that it was
+one]; and if the person himself does not make further explanation,
+in such case the result will be that the fault will be made public
+by his silence. And finally, one's honor is a very delicate thing,
+and is usually much injured by rumors and suspicions alone. And
+since God renders the religious exempt from the secular judges, and
+the Apostolic See from the ordinaries, the regulars represent that,
+as they have not professed to be curas, they do not feel courage to
+fill that office with so many risks and burdens.
+
+The sixth reason: The object for which the religious are in the
+curacies is the salvation of souls; and there is no room for doubt
+that for such a purpose the religious will be all the more fit and
+competent an instrument the more he shall unite with the office
+of cura the regular observance. This greater union, it is certain,
+lies in the method of being curas which has hitherto prevailed, and
+not in that which the archbishop is attempting; for with subjection
+to him the cura does not depend so much on the regular superior, nor
+can the latter freely command him as before, and thus the obedience
+[of the religious] is greatly diminished and injured, without which no
+one deserves the name of religious. [Also the observance of] poverty
+is at great risk; for since the cura ministers through the obligation
+of justice and canonical institution, and this is not given to him
+by the religious order but by the ordinary, some of the curas might
+argue that since the order permits this to them, it also permits
+them to be masters, in whole or in part, of all the emoluments; and
+that with entire freedom, without subjection to or permission from
+their superiors, they can spend or dispose of these revenues as they
+please. This is a danger which is most prolific of innumerable others,
+and in all lines. Their chastity also is much less secure, because
+it is attacked by solitude, by the license which this occasions, by
+the natural compliance of the Indians, and by that almost perpetual
+tenure which in many ministries in America is experienced through the
+obligation of justice and canonical institution under which they are
+administered; and on account of the difficulty which thus arises in
+securing removals, sensuality does not find that remedy of flight
+which St. Paul lays down so prompt and easy as it would be if the
+parish priest depended only on his provincial.
+
+And, finally, the religious do not, by assuming the habit as such,
+strip themselves of the passions of men. There might be one or more
+for whom the subjection and mode of life in a religious community
+becomes wearisome; and such men, knowing that a cura cannot be removed
+from the mission parish without the agreement of the ordinary and the
+vice-patron, undertake to gain the good-will of those authorities by
+letters and other means, and for the same object to win the friendship
+of officials and dependents, so that these may exert influence in
+order to preserve them in the curacies. And thus gradually they become
+rooted in their liking for a life that is solitary and independent,
+and will reach a state in which they give up the mission parish with
+grief, because they hold it through love for the conveniences of life,
+and more as very secular men of the world than as religious or as
+ministers to souls. In that case the religious orders could say that
+they had lost fervent sons, and the ordinaries that they had not made
+zealous curates.
+
+All this is avoided when the regulars serve as parish priests in
+the same manner as they do now in the Filipinas; for they are wholly
+dependent on their superiors, and cannot dispose of anything without
+their permission. If it be expedient for them to go to some other
+place, there is no difficulty in changing their residence; and as
+they have not that security of perpetual tenure, their only care is
+for their ministries, the door being closed to unworthy measures and
+claims. Hence it follows that this mode of holding curacies is more
+in accordance with the three vows and the other statutes that aim at
+the perfection that is proper for the regulars, and consequently at
+the salvation of the souls [31] for whom they care.
+
+The seventh and last reason--omitting others, either because they
+are included in those already mentioned, or because they may readily
+be deduced from those--is supported by authority. Let the histories
+of the Indias be read, and the laymen and ecclesiastics who have
+written about them; all agree in raising very serious doubts whether
+the regulars should be parish priests or not, and much more whether
+they should be so with title. [These writers] noted many decisions,
+in which entire provinces--composed of religious who were influential,
+experienced, learned, and zealous--resolved in their chapter-meetings
+that the mission curacies should be given up; many [opinions by]
+generals of those same orders, who approved that proceeding; and
+others, by various distinguished men, who expostulated against the
+acceptance of such an encumbrance by their religious order. [They have
+also noted] faults which they contemplated with tears--interminable
+discords, which banished all tranquillity and peace; and innumerable
+other damages, which, even the secular writers on the Indias admit,
+have made the regulars tremble.
+
+If he who sees from [a safe place on] land a fierce hurricane on
+the sea, and that in it are wrecked galleons of great size--some of
+the men on board being drowned, others crying for help, and those
+who by swimming have emerged on the shore taking warning [from this
+misfortune], and causing great fear in those who hear them--trembles
+at [the thought of] venturing upon the sea: what marvel is it that
+the regulars of Filipinas, who have not thus far been inducted into
+this new form of parish tenure which the archbishop is attempting
+[to establish], seeing as if from the solid land so much tempest and
+shipwreck which are occasioned by that form, and which the histories,
+like accurate charts, place before them, tremble, and refuse to embark
+on that sea? When the witnesses are so truthful, and the experiences
+so injurious, it would be a mistake of the utmost importance not to
+believe them, or to expect that [in] trouble one may remedy it by
+regret, or not to avoid it beforehand by prudent measures.
+
+With these reasons, three arguments of which the reverend archbishop
+entertains a high opinion lose their force. One is, to argue [thus]
+in this dilemma: Either the regulars who are parish priests conduct
+themselves well and fulfil their obligations as such, or they do
+not. If this last, it is not right that it be permitted, nor that
+there be any failure to reform with the visitation which he is trying
+to enforce. If in all respects they fulfil their obligations, what
+matters it if he visits them, approves their proceedings, and praises
+them in his report to the king? And with this mode of argument he
+casts suspicion on the regulars, as if they had faults or failings
+as parish priests to conceal.
+
+Answer is made, first: that the religious who are curas conduct
+themselves well in their ministries, and strive so far as their powers
+extend, for the salvation of their parishioners; and that what holds
+them back from being parish priests subject to the reverend archbishop
+is not the fear caused by [the question of] behavior, but dread of
+the inconveniences and dangers above recounted, which it is not easy
+to explain.
+
+Answer is made, second: that in Manila and Cavite--which is distant
+two leguas from this city, and where only the secular priests are
+curas--the reverend archbishop has precedents very effectual for
+ascertaining the consequences of the way in which the religious
+behave in their curacies. For in those two places, where they have
+no obligations as curas, they are the ones who carry the burden
+of the day and of the summer's heat; they alone (or almost alone)
+are the ones who administer throughout the year the sacraments of
+penance and communion--to Spaniards, Indians (Tagalogs, Pampangos,
+and Visayans), mestizos, Cafres, and other peoples who resort thither;
+they alone keep laborers set aside for this task; they alone preach
+frequently. It is they who carry on missions; they who dispense the
+divine word and explain the Christian doctrine in the guard-rooms of
+the soldiers and [among those stationed] at the gates of the city;
+they to whom the slaves from the foundry resort; [they who minister
+to] the prisoners in the jail, and the poor in the hospitals, and the
+seminaries of La Misericordia and Sancta Potenciana. It is they who in
+their churches have separate sermons for the Spaniards, for negroes,
+and for Indians; it is they who are almost continually going forth,
+by day and by night, to the sick and the dying, whatever the weather
+may be. Then who can imagine that where the religious, without being
+curas, have the inclination and zeal to aid the secular curas and the
+reverend archbishop themselves, relieving so greatly the burden of
+their obligations, they will neglect their duties in the villages,
+where the souls have been entrusted to their care alone?
+
+Answer is made, third: that just as the reverend archbishop by his
+arguments strives at Madrid and Roma to subject the regulars to
+his visitation in what concerns them as parish priests, he may also
+plan to subject them in all that concerns morals and life. "For if
+they behave ill, it is not right to permit such conduct; and if
+their conduct is exemplary, what matter is it if he visits them,
+and approves them, in order to report on them with praises?" The
+reply which the reverend archbishop will make to this argument can
+with more reason be applied as the reply and solution to his own. The
+religious orders add that, even though the praises of the reverend
+archbishop are and always will be worthy of the utmost appreciation,
+yet they set a much greater value on following the counsel of the
+apostle about each man abiding in his own calling [32]--which was not
+to be curas--than to be curas and obtain those praises with the risk
+of the troubles that have been considered.
+
+Nor is it right, by the same mode of argument as that of the reverend
+archbishop, that the religious orders should not further make evident
+the importance of their justice and of their labors. This prelate
+greatly resented that the reverend bishop, the delegate and judge of
+his Holiness for cases of appeals, should go to Manila and exercise
+his functions, issuing various acts; and the said reverend archbishop
+also took steps to have the delegate depart immediately from his
+archbishopric, and said (and wrote to Europa) that the religious orders
+were trying to keep the delegate there as their judge-conservator. It
+is here where his own argument presses: either the procedure of
+the reverend archbishop was just, or it was not. If it were just,
+what did it matter that he had before him a judge with authority
+from the pope, and must deliver to this judge the documents which
+he demanded, so that as a judge so superior he might confirm them,
+and make a report on them with commendations? If the archbishop's
+conduct were not just, as little just was it that he should go beyond
+his obligation, in order to obstruct rightful jurisdiction.
+
+The reverend archbishop also refused to the religious orders all the
+copies of documents and the attested statements which they asked
+from him in regard to the visitation which he planned and began,
+but from which he desisted. If what the reverend archbishop did and
+decreed was just, what mattered it that he should command the said
+copies and statements to be given to parties so eminent and worthy
+of respect as were five religious provinces? If it were not just,
+why were these decrees made and executed?
+
+Another argument of which the reverend archbishop avails himself is,
+to say that if the regulars who are parish priests do not submit to
+his visitation and jurisdiction, he will finally be a [mere] bishop
+de anillo. [33] Answer is made, first, that even if this were the
+case (which, however, it is not), the reverend archbishop would not
+have any reason to complain in this particular, as, according to the
+law, no wrong is done to him who, before entering on any negotiation,
+acquaints himself with it and determines it beforehand. [34] For while
+he was yet in Espana he knew that the regulars in Filipinas were
+not parish priests by title, nor subject as such to the ordinary;
+and if with this knowledge he decided to go to Manila in order to
+be its metropolitan archbishop he ought to take for granted what
+has been proved by experience, and not wonder that the regulars,
+convinced by so effective arguments, are, constrained by these, giving
+up the native curacies, in order not to be ministers of instruction
+at so much risk. Nor will any one grant that reason countenances the
+reverend archbishop more in trying to secure the extension of his
+authority than it does the religious in maintaining themselves as
+much as possible in what they had professed.
+
+Answer is made, second: that, not by commission but by his own proper
+jurisdiction, the reverend archbishop can administer confirmations
+throughout his archbishopric; act as judge of all matrimonial cases
+among the Indians, and those affecting the rest of his flock, in the
+same manner and the same cases as he could if secular priests were the
+curas over them; and ordain priests and consecrate oils--with many
+other things. The exemption of the regulars does not hinder these,
+nor can a bishop who is only titular exercise these functions merely
+through his own choice; and thus the reverend archbishop does not
+come to be such a prelate.
+
+And, finally, according to Christian maxims the religious ought
+to measure the choice of a new form of life, not by the question
+whether the reverend archbishop has or has not more or less under
+his jurisdiction, but by other and loftier principles, which concern
+salvation and the means [to attain it], which they have already chosen,
+by rule and vows, in order to attain with these that final end. And
+the religious of Filipinas declare that if his Reverence the archbishop
+refuses to live [in those islands] and be their prelate, because he has
+not all the authority that he desires, they refuse the said form of
+[serving as] parish priests, in order to avoid the controversies and
+perils here stated, so as to live in the quiet of their profession
+and by means of it to secure more peaceably their eternal salvation.
+
+If the reverend archbishop shall urge the precedents of some religious
+orders in America in regard to the said matter, the religious orders
+of Filipinas state further, besides what is said above, that those
+who gave up the mission villages in America furnish a more effective
+example than do those who remained in those posts subject to the
+ordinary. They also add that for this case more to the purpose
+are the precedents of all the reverend archbishops and bishops of
+Filipinas--of no one of whom it is known, it should be said, that he
+was an archbishop or bishop de anillo. Many of them were entirely
+satisfied at seeing the good work that was wrought in their flocks
+by the religious orders, and thanked them and greatly honored them;
+and even though some few of them desired what the present reverend
+archbishop is attempting to secure, yet on hearing the arguments of
+the regulars the prelates contented themselves with informing the
+Council--without that body changing the former mode, or the prelates
+breaking forth in violence as has been seen in this present time. Then,
+even if the reverend archbishop is somewhat influenced by precedents
+of certain religious orders in America, it seems as if he ought to
+be convinced by those of his predecessors and the others who were
+suffragan bishops in those islands.
+
+The third argument is, that as the regulars who are parish priests are
+not under his jurisdiction, he cannot feed his sheep as it behooves
+him to do, or give account of them to God, with due certainty;
+accordingly he claims that the regulars of Filipinas should be
+compelled not to leave their flocks, and should be forced under his
+jurisdiction. Answer is made, first, that the reverend archbishop can,
+whenever it shall please him, apply himself to an inspection of the
+Indian villages, even those that are furthest from Manila, and view
+the aspect of his flock--who will be greatly edified to see that an
+archbishop undergoes the inconveniences of small boats, and traverses
+dangerous tracts of sea and land, for their spiritual good, as the
+provincials do. Then if he will have taken the trouble to learn some
+languages, as the religious have done, in order to dispense to them
+the divine word, to hear their confessions, give them communion, and
+the sacrament of confirmation, and the rest that they require: then he
+can obtain information about the religious and the spiritual state of
+the villages, give such commands to the Indians as he shall please,
+and confer with the ministers on all that concerns the salvation of
+souls; and not only can he, but he has the right to do so. It cannot
+be doubted that this would be a rich nourishment [to his flock],
+and that these actions of an archbishop are compatible with his not
+having jurisdiction over the regulars; and it would be a great pity
+if all this, which is so proper for a prelate, should fail simply
+because the regular in his curacy remains with the exemption which
+the Apostolic See has granted to him.
+
+In view of these actions which he can perform, the reverend archbishop
+will attach less importance to his not visiting judicially the regular
+who is a parish priest because the latter remains outside of his
+jurisdiction; but it may well be believed that the regular keeps the
+sacrament, the holy oils, and the baptismal font in decent condition;
+that there are registers of baptisms, burials, and marriages; that
+the Christian doctrine is explained to all the people together, and
+to the children separately, as also to the larger boys and girls,
+and all at different times; that not only in times of sickness and
+of danger of death, but in health and safety, the sacraments are
+administered to those who ask for them; and that other things are done
+which are proper for the ministers who are curas. These functions,
+as they have a public interest in themselves for the whole village,
+are known throughout it; and even if any detail should be neglected,
+the reverend archbishop may well believe that neither the provincial
+nor the other responsible officials of the provinces who are designated
+to watch, make decisions, punish, or reward, for the general good,
+will wish to be censured for it.
+
+The reverend archbishop does not doubt that in the church of God the
+holy religious orders form a very numerous assembly, and that their
+sons, every one, are the sheep of the supreme shepherd, the pope,
+who has exempted them from the [jurisdiction of the] ordinaries,
+unburdening his own conscience, and trusting to the vigilance of the
+generals, and other superiors--to whom, as to the guardians of souls,
+he has handed over those of the individuals [who form] the rest
+[of the order]. It has not occurred to any one that on account of
+this exemption the popes cannot feed the universal flock, or appear
+with safety before the tribunal of God; and experience has shown the
+extraordinary benefits which have resulted from it to the church and
+to the religious orders themselves. Why, then, where the vicars of
+Christ are secure, will not an archbishop be so too?
+
+On account of merely the expectation of a great harvest in the
+Indias many popes conferred on the regulars the authority to be
+parish priests, with complete independence from the ordinaries,
+rendering null and void whatever the latter might do in opposition
+to this privilege. No one has said that by this the supreme pontiffs
+placed the ordinaries in danger of rendering their accounts to God
+unsatisfactorily, or hindered them from feeding and edifying their
+flocks; and the result itself has given testimony, with the great
+success of the propagation of the gospel, how successful has been
+that method of having the regulars as curas, seeing that the hope of
+a harvest has now grown to be its actual possession, and realms so
+extensive have been conquered. And therefore the reverend archbishop of
+Manila might have had confidence in commands so sovereign--especially
+in that of Pius V, whose brief is now in full force in Filipinas, as on
+the first day when it was issued; and even the motive therefor, since
+there is so great a deficiency of secular priests that, if the regulars
+should be lacking, the faith would perish in islands so widespread,
+and the people would be as much heathens and idolaters as before.
+
+Answer is made, second: that the generals, the provincials, and the
+main body of the provinces say the same in regard to the religious
+who have professed their rule, that the latter are sheep also of the
+flocks that God has placed in their charge, so long as the government
+remains in their hands; and whatever care and attention the reverend
+archbishop of Manila may give to his sheep the Indians, the regular
+prelates will give to their subordinates in regard to the same account
+which they will have to render for these to God.
+
+But with a very important difference: for the Indians who are not
+converted are under the most serious obligations to join the assembly
+of those who are already converted, and for this object can be forced
+to hear the divine word; and those who have heard and believed it
+[can be obliged] not to forsake what they believed, or depart from
+the bosom of the Church, for it is not possible to be saved in any
+other manner. And when for the attainment of two objects so great as
+these there are no secular priests, and there are only religious,
+who have attained those ends and are still doing so while they are
+exempt curas, it would seem to be also the greatest obligation of
+the ordinary to reconcile himself with such curas, in order not to
+deprive the Church or defraud the blood of Christ of so much fruit.
+
+The religious cannot be forced in the manner which has been stated
+to be curas subject to the ordinary, for besides the estate of the
+Christian they have already professed that of the religious order;
+and therein, without this force and violence, it is quite compatible
+that the religious should be thoroughly subject and obedient to
+their orders, and under their visitation and correction, and at the
+same time as parish priests through charity only, as temporary curas
+[interinos], and as assistants and coadjutors of the ordinaries, may
+render them great service, minister to the Indians, attract others
+who are infidels who thus may receive ministrations, and approve
+themselves to all--just as if they were parish priests by title,
+without the risks and difficulties that have been considered.
+
+For the reverend archbishop, then, to ask now--when without any force
+all this great and well-known benefit to the church in Filipinas may
+be restored--that the religious be threatened and compelled not to
+leave those islands, and accept in them another and new calling,
+so full of peril, and that other religious shall go thither from
+Europa to the same life--and all in order that he may have greater
+authority--this is a great deal to ask, and is not at all in his
+favor before the tribunal of God. Who shall give account to His Divine
+Majesty of the spiritual detriment that must ensue to fifty parishes,
+abandoned for [even] a week--without mass, without instruction,
+and without sacraments for little ones and adults, for the sick
+and the dying? Over and over, before the affair reached this point,
+the religious set forth all these injurious effects, and protested
+against them to the reverend archbishop; and that they were not under
+obligation [to do this], to the peril and [even] ruin of their own
+souls, and that of their profession, [which was] to attend to the
+souls of others. Nevertheless, the reverend archbishop pursued his
+undertaking, and the religious retired [from their curacies]; the
+former was done merely to have [his own] will, the latter through
+necessity based on all that has been stated. Whose part, then, will
+it be to render account of such a result, and to fear to do so? It
+is certain that, according to the apostle, power and jurisdiction is
+not for destruction but for edification.
+
+The reverend archbishop is not ignorant of the necessity for baptism;
+nevertheless, no adult can be forced to receive it. The profession
+of a religious is null, if any notable force intervened to bring it
+about; and marriage is of no validity if a person wholly free were
+in like manner compelled to marry. For these estates demand liberty,
+and, no less, inspiration from God; and there is nothing of this where
+there is only force and violence, for then the estate which was to be
+a means for salvation is converted by such compulsion into a snare and
+destruction. For one who is not a parish priest by title to become
+one is a change of no less importance than for a bachelor to marry,
+or a layman to become a religious; and for the reverend archbishop
+to claim that, where others are free, the religious should be forced
+into a mode of life full of risk, and for an object which can be
+secured without that compulsion, is to extend his claims further
+than perhaps he is aware, and to accumulate more material for the
+account that he so greatly fears. For one thing, [his idea] that,
+even supposing that the regulars are willing to be curas, they can
+be forced into subjection, and this would be more tolerable; and, for
+another, that if they do not choose, for all the reasons here stated,
+to be curas, ecclesiastical and secular authorities may use violence
+to make them enter the office of curas by title--and this is very far
+from what Holy Writ, the general councils, and the holy fathers teach,
+upon which there is ample material for volumes.
+
+The religious orders are greatly surprised that the reverend
+archbishop, occupied with zealous cares for feeding his sheep, and
+by holy fear regarding his account to God, should break out with
+acts of violence against the religious only--and not do so in order
+that secular priests should go from Europa or from Nueva Espana to
+be parish priests in Filipinas; and that his Majesty may give to the
+said seculars, for their travels and voyages, the aid that he grants
+for the same purpose to the religious. If they should constrain the
+reverend archbishop to state why he does not ask or seek this for
+the seculars, the world would know what the religious orders have
+accomplished and merited in the Filipinas, and what they are still
+doing; and it would also know that, although in the words of Christ
+the laborer is worthy of wages and recompense, in place of any new
+remuneration to the said religious orders the reverend archbishop
+is attempting by his claims to introduce them into a labyrinth of
+entanglements, discords, and dissensions.
+
+Granted, now, the fundamental reasons why the regulars have refused
+to be parish priests subject to the ordinary, and [preferred] to
+leave the mission villages rather than serve them in such a manner,
+the greatest affliction of the religious orders in Filipinas goes
+further. Their provincials, in the last conference which they held
+(as they notify us by letters of February in the past year of 699),
+resolved that these petitioners should, as their attorneys and in
+the names of them all, offer before your Council of the Indias an
+absolute renunciation of the allotment of all the territories which
+your Majesty gave to them in order that they might, with pontifical
+jurisdiction, serve therein as parish priests.
+
+The religious are influenced to this action, first: because, even
+though your Majesty command that no change be made in this regard in
+the Filipinas, the religious orders do not now entertain a substantial
+hope that entire obedience would be rendered to this law for peace,
+without which it is intolerable to remain in those islands. The reason
+for this fear and lack of confidence is, that this very thing was
+commanded by your Majesty in a decree issued at Madrid, on November
+27, 1687 (which is in the [book of] ordinances, at folios 8 and 9),
+and the reverend archbishop did the opposite of what was ordained
+therein, in the sight of your governor and Audiencia. If such was the
+heed and observance given to a decree for making no change, even when
+the reverend archbishop was not at variance with the religious orders,
+what can they expect when he is now so exasperated against them?
+
+This argument gains more force when attention is paid to the immense
+distance [from Espana] of those islands, where this is a current
+saying, or almost a proverb, among those who are in power, "Let them
+write to Madrid and Roma whatever fairy-tale they please at the time;
+no one will be disturbed by it while the letters are on the way, or
+while the decision is being made and until the ordinances arrive." And
+therefore it results that although the reverend archbishop arrived
+at Manila in the year 97, it is now the year 700 when the clamors and
+disturbances which with his arrival were experienced [in the islands]
+find an echo in your Council of the Indias--troubles which still are
+endured, because it is necessary to wait a considerable time for the
+arrival at the islands themselves of your royal provisions. And when
+the decree already mentioned of the year 87, and another previous one
+of the same tenor by the queen-mother our sovereign (who is now with
+God), were not obeyed, there is little or no ground for the religious
+to hope that other decrees of that sort will be obeyed. In both cases,
+the mission curacies were resigned, and in this last one much more
+has been suffered; and as it is not well that these occurrences and
+disputes be repeated, and as it is intolerable to live in controversies
+for the sake of curacies, to any one who is not wedded to them, the
+religious orders intend, by the said resignation, to make an end,
+once for all, of all this contention.
+
+The second reason: In Filipinas today the religious orders see
+themselves dragged along and reduced to a most abject condition, in
+which their ministers can, according to the divine oracles and the
+teaching of holy men, gain little esteem or fruit while they exercise
+these under so much reproach. If the edict of visitation which the
+reverend archbishop commanded to be posted in the village of Tondo (a
+mission village which is in charge of the Order of St. Augustine) be
+read, among innumerable other questions will be found these: "Whether
+the minister in charge goes without the ecclesiastical garb, or without
+suitable clothing? Whether he goes without cutting his beard? Whether
+by day or by night he carries weapons, or is indecently clothed?"
+
+If attention is given to the manner in which the archbishop took away
+the two mission villages of Tondo and Binondo [from the orders], it
+was done by forcibly breaking open the doors of those two churches,
+and surrounding them with soldiers and secular officials, who
+carried with them fetters, as if they went to arrest criminals or
+highwaymen. Similarly, on account of a fit of anger which he felt
+because two of these petitioners had embarked to come to seek redress
+from the Council, the reverend archbishop demanded and obtained a
+vessel, in which both ecclesiastical and secular officials set out to
+arrest the said religious. But as they could not reach the religious,
+as the ship had gained so much headway, the archbishop summoned the
+Portuguese captain of another ship, and commanded him, under penalty
+of major excommunication and a pecuniary fine, to secure the arrest
+of the said two religious at Batavia; and told him that if it should
+be necessary, he must demand aid from the governor there, who is a
+Dutch heretic--although afterward, it is said, the archbishop advised
+him not to do so.
+
+Consider the manner in which the religious had to apply to his
+tribunal; in no case would he accept a document save through the
+hand of the ecclesiastical procurator of his secular court. On one
+occasion he allowed so short a time-limit that the holy religious
+orders were forced to go between twelve and one o'clock at night,
+knocking at the doors of several procurators, because one had excused
+himself on account of the stormy weather--and all this when there was
+no need of or risk in delay; and the reverend archbishop thus gave
+ground for even the laymen to say that he was abusing his authority
+in order to annoy the religious. And it is no wonder that laymen say
+this when the reverend archbishop himself writes (as it were, praising
+himself) that the regulars are almost exhausted and beside themselves
+at seeing how in so short a time he has, if not conquered them all,
+at least broken their courage to a great extent. But the religious
+orders desire for this prelate in the remembrance of posterity more
+praiseworthy sayings than this one which calls them exhausted by
+such means.
+
+The reverend archbishop also writes to individuals who can have no
+voice in these matters, either of justice or government, in such manner
+that the religious find themselves compared to soldiers on horseback,
+and characterized as disobedient to both pontifical and royal laws;
+and of so bad lives and morals that, he says, if he had to make
+informatory reports regarding them there would not be enough paper
+in all China. If he writes thus to Europa, how will he talk there [in
+the islands] with his servants, intimate friends, and acquaintances?
+
+Notice should be taken of the reprimand which through the influence
+of the reverend archbishop was given to the religious orders by your
+royal court of Manila, composed of four officials who are young men;
+it is perhaps the most angry and contemptuous which has been offered
+to religious in a Catholic tribunal. In regard to the decrees which
+were issued regarding this particular, by the bishop the delegate of
+his Holiness, it appears that by a royal decree the five provincials,
+the rectors of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose, and two other
+religious, all grave persons, were summoned; and, having made them
+enter the hall, where your ministers were seated on their platforms,
+Licentiate Don Geronimo Barredo began to speak, as being the senior
+auditor; he talked to them, using vos, and impersonal terms that were
+very rude, although the royal sovereignty of your Majesty deigns to
+honor the provincials with the title of "very devout and venerable
+fathers." He called them disturbers of the peace--as it were, the
+causes and authors of the disquieted condition of the commonwealth;
+he blamed them for aiding the reverend bishop the delegate of his
+Holiness, and for some of their subordinates performing the service
+of notaries to him. He threatened them, saying that even though
+they were exempt, yet your ministers could, with the administrative
+power which they hold from your Majesty, banish the religious
+from the islands. When he had ended his censure, he said, "Get
+out!" [Despejad]. The provincial of St. Augustine, with all courtesy
+and submission, asked from his Highness permission to say a word,
+but the said Don Geronimo Barredo refused it, repeating the words,
+"Get out!" Again the provincial urged, with all humility, that they
+hear him; and the reply of that same auditor was to ring his little
+bell, saying in a loud voice, "Get out! Get out!" Accordingly they
+made the religious go away, full of embarrassment, and without any
+further consolation than that of patience.
+
+Such, Sire, was the civility with which that royal court treated all
+that assembly of religious, among them superiors so eminent, ignominy
+being offered to them where they should have encountered the honor
+which your Majesty, by a special law for the Indias, charges upon your
+officials and presidents, in order that the religious may thereby be
+encouraged to labor for the propagation of the faith. In order to stir
+up the community, a royal Audiencia takes action in appeals in obvious
+cases of which the Church, by law, disposes. To furnish notaries to
+a delegate of the pope (which was the same as to furnish them to the
+supreme pontiff) in those islands--when, as the secular priests were
+intimidated by the public decrees of the reverend archbishop, there was
+not one who would aid the delegate--this was an unseemly act of the
+religious orders, and cause why Catholic officials should reprimand
+them! And, finally, the hearing which justice does not deny to the
+worst criminals, was entirely barred to five holy religious orders,
+the anger of striplings foaming over on those so venerable gray hairs.
+
+Your governor knew very well the unsuitableness of this action, and,
+either not liking the matter, or pretending to be ignorant of it, he
+was not present at that session; and with this sort of connivance the
+reverend archbishop succeeded with his designs, and the Audiencia with
+theirs, the religious orders paying for it all. Then if all that is
+mentioned in this second reason ends in the depreciation and public
+ridicule of the religious orders, left defenseless and wounded by
+the heads of the commonwealth, what idea will be formed of them by
+the Indians, mestizos, mulattoes, Cafres, and even those Spaniards
+who have little sense? Such people mould their opinion not by what
+they reason out, but by what they see; and when their eyes record
+so much contempt for the ministers of religion, the consequence is a
+low estimate of their teaching. On this account the religious offer
+their resignation of the mission villages, so that they may with
+better results care for others.
+
+The third reason: Although the immunity of their property which the
+religious possess is a sacred thing, the reverend archbishop regards
+it in such a light, on account of their not having been subjected
+to his visitation, that they dread in the future greater losses and
+difficulties. The regulars had applied to the said reverend archbishop
+to forbid Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra, your auditor, from having
+judicial cognizance in regard to the lands of the religious orders, and
+from molesting them about this matter so much as he was doing--without
+any necessity, as he was merely a lay judge. That prelate issued a
+first and a second inhibitory letter, and, as the said Don Juan did not
+conform to them, the regulars again applied to the reverend archbishop
+to defend them. The latter had already explained his intentions with
+the religious orders, in order that the religious who were parish
+priests might allow themselves to be visited; and therefore he stated
+that, before his issuing the third command regarding their application,
+the religious orders must first answer whether or not they would submit
+to the said visitation. They replied, in the most peaceable manner,
+sometimes verbally, sometimes in writing, that they were resolved to
+give up the mission curacies rather than serve them in that manner;
+and they actually offered their resignations of those offices.
+
+So much did the reverend archbishop resent this that the lands
+belonging to the religious orders, which thus far were privileged,
+on account of being ecclesiastical property, thereafter were not
+exempt. Those which on account of their immunity had deserved two
+inhibitory letters now deserved a decree revoking the said letters,
+the property remaining lay and profane, and subject to the secular
+jurisdiction. The religious were in the said decree canonized as
+rebels, contumacious, disobedient to the Church and to the reverend
+archbishop, and unworthy of his clemency. In this declaration the
+reverend archbishop excepted the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara, and
+those of the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose--the former, because
+they belonged to a convent of the utmost poverty; and the latter on
+account of the benefit to the public which their teaching caused.
+
+From this it may be inferred, Sire, that the immunity and exemption of
+property which the religious possess must be, in the apprehension of
+the reverend archbishop, a quality removable ad nutum of his will
+and pleasure, but not permanent, [as it should be] according to
+the direction of the Apostolic See. It will follow that while this
+question is pending whether or not the religious will be parish
+priests by title, some of those very holdings possess sufficient
+spirituality of character for [the issue of] two inhibitory letters
+to the secular judge; and that when the religious refuse this mode
+of life that spiritual character becomes, by a sudden metamorphosis,
+profane secularity. It will follow that the crime of rebellion,
+disobedience to the Church, and ill-desert of kindness is incurred
+by the religious orders for not assuming a state and profession of
+life to which God does not call them, simply because the reverend
+archbishop desires that it be chosen. It will follow that to renounce
+the curacies is not to recognize the jurisdiction of the reverend
+archbishop, and accordingly this is not to recognize that of the
+pope or the authority of your Majesty, since he offers to resign his
+archbishopric. It will follow that, although your Majesty had made
+the assignment of the territories which with pontifical jurisdiction
+the religious administer and have thus far administered, for them
+to offer before your vice-patron their resignation of the said
+curacies--solely for the purpose that he who there represents your
+royal person may be acquainted with the fact of their renunciation of
+the said assignment--is, in the thought of the reverend archbishop, to
+grant spiritual jurisdiction to the secular governor, and consequently
+for the said religious to become heretics in many and important points.
+
+And since the lands of the nuns of Santa Clara retain their immunity
+and are ranked as spiritual goods, on account of the extreme poverty
+of those servants of God, does the reverend archbishop regard that
+only as a physical lack of riches on their part, and no more? or
+as evangelical poverty which springs from the vow, institute, and
+profession of the life which they have chosen for Christ, and which
+the Apostolic See has approved? If the former, the religious frankly
+state that it is very alien to the ecclesiastical rules, by which the
+exemption and immunity ought to be measured. Otherwise, innumerable
+poor people, of those who are commonly called beggars [35] through
+the streets, would secure, on account of being equally destitute of
+goods with the said nuns of Santa Clara, or perhaps even more so,
+ecclesiastical exemption from secular judges for their furniture and
+petty possessions. If the reverend archbishop answers, "the second,"
+the religious also say, with entire confidence: "What authority is
+that of this prelate, that he should decide in an official utterance
+that there is evangelical poverty in the convent of Santa Clara,
+and not in the other mendicant religious orders? and that the lands
+of the said convent of Santa Clara enjoy exemption on account of
+their evangelical poverty and religious institute, while it may not
+be enjoyed for the same reason by the lands of the other religious
+orders, which are so distinguished, and are approved by the Church?"
+
+Lastly, it follows that the instruction in grammar, philosophy,
+and theology in the colleges of Santo Tomas and San Jose renders
+their lands spiritual property, and exempts them from the secular
+judge. Yet the preaching of the word of God, the instruction in
+Christian doctrine, the administration of the sacraments of penance
+and communion, the consolation [of the faithful] with the mass,
+the visiting of the sick and dying, the ministrations in jails and
+hospitals, in order that no one may die without the sacraments:
+these and other spiritual works, which the holy religious orders of
+the city of Manila habitually perform with all classes of people,
+are not sufficient [in the archbishop's opinion] to exempt their
+lands from being profane.
+
+If then, Sire, the reverend archbishop has thus conducted himself,
+in matters so delicate and of the highest importance, simply because
+the regulars excused themselves from being parish priests subject to
+his visitation, what may not be feared hereafter? What privileges,
+exemptions, or decrees will be sufficient, so that he may not explain
+them as he pleases, and continually open new doors to dissensions? If
+with such ease he pronounces sentence on the regulars as rebellious,
+contumacious, and disobedient to the Church, what difficulty will he
+find in treating them as such--sometimes alone, and sometimes resorting
+to the royal court for the sake of more forcible demonstrations of
+his displeasure?
+
+The fourth reason: Your Majesty, in dealing with the religious in your
+laws of the Indias, has two especial statutes which not only show your
+desire for peace and your Catholic piety, but most strictly command
+that efforts be made to secure union and concord among the religious
+orders, on account of the many and admirable results which ensue
+therefrom. This union and concord had been established by all the
+religious orders of Filipinas, and its fruits applauded, long before
+the reverend archbishop arrived in Manila; and by it those islands were
+made a paradise for what pertains to the religious orders. The reverend
+archbishop was the only one who was not pleased with this concord;
+and therefore he characterizes it in his letters as a conventicle, [36]
+and of evil tendency and inconsiderate. [37] He not only resented it,
+but displayed and made known his resentment; he tried to disparage it,
+through a third person; he had the idea, and repeated it many times,
+that there was a league against himself; and it is for this reason
+that he secretly obtained information against it, imposing the penalty
+of excommunication on the witnesses to maintain secrecy. So far can
+go the desire of commanding and judging the religious, and grief at
+not accomplishing it.
+
+In so lamentable a condition [are affairs there], when the religious
+desire not only to see themselves free from the charge of the mission
+villages, but, if it be possible, away from those islands, and far
+from a prelate who feels so annoyed at the union and brotherhood of
+the religious orders--a union dictated by the natural light of reason,
+prescribed in their general chapters, inculcated by the generals of
+the orders as being their supreme heads, ordained by your Majesty,
+suggested by the vicars of Christ, promulgated in the sacred writings,
+and bequeathed as in His last will by Christ himself to His disciples;
+and they without it would not have reaped a harvest in the world, nor
+would He have retained them as His missionaries. The religious admit
+that the great horror of this prelate at their concord and union gives
+them much cause for serious reflection; and that when this concord is
+so persecuted on account of the mission curacies, there is no safer
+way to maintain it than to separate themselves from those curacies.
+
+The fifth and last reason: By letters of February in the year 699 it
+is learned that the reverend archbishop has been sending information
+not only against the said concord [of the orders], but against even
+the reverend bishop, the delegate of his Holiness--and all with [the
+threat of] excommunication in order to maintain secrecy. If a bishop
+and delegate of the pope is not secure, how will a religious who is a
+parish priest be so? It seems as if the reverend archbishop now falls
+back from lands to persons, regarding those holdings as property merely
+profane, and the religious as persons without any privilege. At the
+outset he claimed that the regulars, as parish priests, must be subject
+to his investigations and visitation; and now, extending his claims
+further, he invents against them, as religious, a new visitation,
+made up from secret inquiries by dint of censures. How is it possible
+now not only to have but even to imagine peace in the Filipinas? If
+the religious orders do not defend themselves, he endangers their
+reputation in the places where he will send the said information--and
+all the more if those reports go forth authorized by the secretary
+and notary who attest the official documents of the archbishop;
+for the notary, according to popular report, is a relative of his,
+or passes as such; and the secretary is his cousin-german. And it
+appears from the acts (on folio 3) that the notary-public, Master
+Joaquin Ramirez, testified that on November 27 of 697 he had given
+a paper with a letter from the archbishop to Fray Jose del Rosario,
+provincial of the Augustinian Recollects--not casually, but delivered
+into the said provincial's own hands--when the fact is, that this
+provincial had died four years before, as is well-known in Manila,
+and as is evident from the registers of deaths in that province,
+and will also be here. Such were his impetuosity and his mode of
+procedure, without instructing the notary, or the latter knowing,
+of whom he was talking, and confounding times and persons, and the
+living with the dead. And if by such testimonies a man is introduced
+in the documents as alive, when in reality he was dead, what wonder
+will it be if, for the greater disparagement of the regulars, the
+virtues are introduced as dead among them which are alive in them?
+
+But if the religious, invaded in so many ways, look after their
+defense, how will they be to blame in this? And if, in order to defend
+themselves, they so dispose matters that they can have recourse
+and appeal to the delegate, and if the latter ordain something
+and the reverend archbishop will not conform to it, and on both
+sides censures are launched forth--as occurred in the case of the
+lands--who will have been the mover of all this [trouble]? For the
+religious to abandon their reputation wholly is not safe; to defend
+themselves there occasions inconvenience; to let the matter take its
+course, notwithstanding this behavior of the reverend archbishop, is
+an intolerable yoke; and for the regulars to be curas subject to him
+all that is here alleged will not permit. These are the afflictions
+that are now being suffered in Filipinas. The religious there are
+summoned to be mocked; those here, aware of what is going on, are
+reluctant [to take their places]. And since the whole matter takes
+its rise from the curacies and mission villages, and the foregoing
+decrees are rendered null, and our expectations from others in the
+future are dashed: for these reasons and the others here adduced,
+and insisting upon the said order from the provincials to renounce
+the mission curacies, the petitioners, prostrate at the royal feet
+of your Majesty, ask in the name of the said five provinces that
+you will be pleased to consider them as free and exonerated from the
+charge which hitherto they have held in serving as parish priests the
+mission villages that they hold in Filipinas; and for this purpose
+they renounce absolutely the allotment of territories which your
+Majesty had committed to them, in order that others may from this
+time forth administer them, with secure peace and stable tranquillity,
+which they expect from your Majesty's magnificence. [38]
+
+
+Royal decree, May 20, 1700
+
+The King. To my reverend father in Christ, Doctor Don Diego Camacho
+y Avila, archbishop of the metropolitan church of Manila in the
+Filipinas Islands, and member of my Council: In letters of January
+19 and February 20, 1698, you report your arrival in those islands,
+and what you are doing to quell the hatred and enmities which exist
+among your subjects, reclaiming them to a new life by the measures
+which you are applying, and obtaining the peace and tranquillity
+which you were desiring. You also wrote that you had undertaken to
+continue work on the church building there, and had gone to visit
+the secular clergy, in which you had met no hindrance; and that in
+endeavoring to make the visitations in the mission churches served
+by regulars--according to the regulations of the Council of Trent,
+the apostolic letters, and the royal decrees--you were influencing the
+religious by gentle methods to accept such visitation, for this purpose
+drawing up a manifesto, but that these methods were not sufficient to
+induce them to do so voluntarily. For this reason, in fulfilment of
+the obligations of your office you had published an edict for carrying
+out this visitation, and had actually gone to put it into execution
+in the mission stations of regulars at Tondo, Binondoc, Santa Cruz,
+Dilao, and Parian, since you were denied diocesan jurisdiction over
+the ministers who serve in these places--while at the same time,
+in those of Tondo and Binondoc (which are served by religious of
+St. Dominic and St. Augustine) those ministers were abandoning their
+churches, consuming [39] the holy sacrament, and carrying away with
+them the holy oils and ornaments. Consequently you found it necessary
+to place secular priests ad interim in those villages, from which it
+resulted that the religious orders went to offer their renunciation
+of those missions before my governor, without going to you; and in
+this condition of affairs it seemed best to the Audiencia to furnish
+aid so that the religious orders should not abandon these missions,
+and that their renunciation of them should not be accepted. But
+this was not sufficient to prevent the religious from withdrawing
+from those missions, for which reason you found yourself compelled
+to retire to your own church, and to desist from these visitations,
+removing the temporary ministers whom you had appointed, and lifting
+the censures and penalties which you had imposed, without prejudice to
+your dignity and jurisdiction. And finally you recount the very harmful
+results which must follow from the form and method of administration
+which prevails in these mission stations, and the illegal acts which
+are committed by the ministers in charge of them, of which you send a
+summary, stating how impossible you find it to remedy this condition
+of affairs, on account of the reasons which you point out, and asking
+that the necessary measures be taken, and that you be assured of it,
+so that you can visit as you should that archbishopric, in fulfilment
+of your ministry as its pastor. This matter has been considered in
+my Council of the Indias, with the attested copies sent by you of the
+documents therein, with the representations made in your name and in
+those of the religious orders who reside in those islands and hold
+mission posts there. Having fully informed myself on both sides, and
+given the subject special consideration, I have resolved to approve,
+and herewith do approve, all that you have accomplished in this affair,
+and especially your course in having ceased from further action
+therein until you could report it to me and await the measures which
+may be applied to the difficulty, assuring you of my full gratitude
+for your very judicious proceedings and the good management which you
+have showed in the conduct of this important affair. Your procedure
+with the superiors of the religious orders is very suitable to your
+prudence, and quite in accordance with the opinion that I have of your
+zeal and great discretion; and the special service which you have
+rendered to me is strongly commended to my remembrance, that I may
+bear it in mind and favor and honor you on all occasions that shall
+arise. And in view of the grave considerations that are involved in
+this matter, and of your request that the regulations and provisions of
+the sacred canons, councils, and apostolic constitutions, and the laws
+of the Indias be put into execution, in order that the diocesans may,
+as you say, visit the regulars who hold office as curas, in matters
+which pertain to the care of souls, I am undertaking with all the
+attention of my Catholic and pious zeal to furnish the remedies that
+are most suitable and effectual for this object, and for preventing
+any disturbances which may arise in the future, leaving settled and
+established the right of prescription, both canonical and legal. And
+as concerns what is contained in the summary which you have drawn up
+of the illegal acts of the religious who serve the missions, except
+in the question of visitation you shall always have authority to
+receive information, and to demand from the superiors of the orders
+that they reform and correct the religious. And if when they are
+admonished the first and the second time they do not thus act, I
+command that you carry out the said reform with your jurisdiction as
+ordinary. For the better success of this, I decree, by despatches sent
+this day to the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia there,
+that they assist you with their aid on all occasions when you shall
+demand it and shall need it. Of this you are [herewith] notified,
+and you shall inform me of your action in this matter, and of any
+further occurrences. At Aranjuez, May 20 in the year 1700.
+
+
+I the King
+
+By command of the king our sovereign:
+
+Don Manuel de Aperregui
+
+
+[Six rubrics are added at the foot of this document, which appear to
+be those of the members of the Council.]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE AUGUSTINIANS IN THE PHILIPPINES, 1670-94
+
+
+[The remainder of Diaz's Conquistas--comprising the fourth hook of
+that work, as found in pp. 689-817--is here presented, partly in full
+translation, partly in synopsis. Numerous extracts have already been
+made from this book, notably as regards the Pardo controversy and some
+insurrections among the natives; these will of course be omitted here.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+[Diaz mentions the calamitous times experienced in the islands
+during the rule of most of the governors from Corcuera to Salcedo,
+which at last are succeeded, in the plan of Providence, by peace and
+comfort.] The peacemaker [iris] whom divine Providence seems to have
+selected for this general benefit was Governor Don Manuel de Leon y
+Sarabia; for his taking possession of his government was the shifting
+of the scenes in this melancholy theater, the calming of the tempests,
+and the succession of rest after fatigue, and peace after war. The
+former lines of commerce were renewed, and other and new ones opened
+up--such as that of the coast of Malabar and Santo Tome, called
+the Coromandel coast; and those of Suratte, Macan and Batavia. All
+these improvements were facilitated by the wholesome purposes and the
+kindly disposition of Don Manuel de Leon, and especially by his great
+disinterestedness; this last would, if it had not been accompanied by
+the rest, have failed of success, as did the lofty and incomparable
+[disinterestedness] of Don Diego Fajardo, since it was obscured by
+his coldness and excessive severity--which, although accompanied by
+justice, was, being excessive, known as injustice.
+
+As soon as the new governor commenced his fortunate rule, he sent
+to Macan General Don Juan Enrique de Losada, accompanied by Father
+Francisco Mecinas, [40] of the Society of Jesus, in order to further
+the interests of that commerce, and to endeavor to open up the richer
+trade of Canton. This was accomplished by the said envoys with so
+much ability that in the following year the Chinese began to come
+[to Manila], with barks from Macan and somas from Canton, with great
+wealth of silks, damasks, and other stuffs. Trade was opened with
+Ningpu, a port of the province of Che-Kian in the empire of China,
+where is cultivated the greater part of the silk which supplies
+the world, a commodity which greatly advanced the commerce of Nueva
+Espana. The governor maintained courteous intercourse with Sipuan,
+the son of Kuesing, and from this originated the frequent visits of
+so many champans from China and somas (which are larger champans)
+from Canton, which every year engage in the commerce with Manila;
+for in some years are counted thirty barks, and nearly as many from
+other regions, which supply merchandise to Manila, and contribute to
+the royal revenues great sums with their customs duties. [41]
+
+The flagship "Buen Socorro," which had made the voyage to Nueva Espana
+in charge of General Diego de Arevalo, had a fortunate arrival at the
+islands--although not at the port of Cavite, but at that of Palapag
+in the province of Leyte, outside of the Embocadero. It brought an
+auditor, Licentiate Don Fernando Escano, a native of Ecija; he was a
+great jurisconsult, as is evident from the learned books which he had
+printed in Espana--De testamento imperfecto, and the history of the
+Order of St. John of Malta, which he wrote in the Latin language,
+by order of his most serene Highness Don Juan of Austria, grand
+prior of Castilla and Leon. He came with his wife, Dona Leonor de
+Cordoba, a native of Sevilla, and four [six] children: Don Fernando,
+who was a captain, and lived but a few years; Don Juan de Escano,
+an alferez who reached the age of fifty years, an unmarried man,
+very virtuous, and an example for laymen; Don Jose and Don Manuel,
+afterward religious of St. Dominic; Don Alonso, who was an Augustinian
+religious, and at his death a minister in Pampanga; and a daughter,
+Dona Maria, who married the sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya y
+Torres, alguazil-mayor of the Holy Office of the Inquisition. The
+auditor's wife was a professed member of our tertiary order; and all
+of them were people of great virtue.
+
+With appointment as bishop of Nueva Segovia came the dean of Manila,
+Master Don Jose Millan de Poblete, a priest of much virtue and
+discretion, and nephew of the archbishop Doctor Don Miguel Millan de
+Poblete, of honored memory. The vigorous age at which this dignity
+came to him (for he was not yet fifty) did not enable him to enjoy it
+[long]; for he lived very few years in the government of that church,
+not long enough to reach his consecration--with general regret in these
+islands at having lost a grand prelate, heir to the many virtues of
+his uncle....
+
+Auditor Don Fernando de Escano began to fill his office with
+great rectitude and disinterestedness, for he was a learned man,
+and stood in fear of God, which is the true wisdom. But, influenced
+by his desires for good, yet lacking in judgment and experience, he
+proceeded to enter the labyrinth of trying to reform more than what
+is in need of reform--being counseled by persons who aimed only at
+gaining by calumny what they could not prove in law. From this he
+undertook to follow the opinions of Auditor Don Salvador Gomez de
+Espinosa, of whom we have already written, and to subscribe to his
+manifestoes, as the Parenetico; and without further investigation than
+the depositions of persons who were prejudiced against the clergy and
+the religious orders, he made attacks on them in letters written to
+his Majesty. Afterward, he recognized that the evidence did not agree
+with what had been told him; and he came to repentance when the shot
+was already fired and much damage done thereby. These false notions,
+and others like them, as well as his considering the little or nothing
+that can be accomplished in these islands by the ministers of his
+Majesty, who never goes beyond what the governors desire, wore him
+out in a few years; and he died as the excellent Christian that he
+was, and so indifferent to worldly advantages that he had not money
+enough for his burial, and was buried in our convent at Manila. All
+his family inherited his virtue, and were the only children of an
+auditor who came out so well, for all strove to grow in virtue to the
+standard of their honored father; they were therefore highly esteemed,
+and their lives came to a holy end. Don Juan de Escano, who attained
+the rank of general, was an example of virtue in Manila, and died
+with the reputation of unbroken chastity [con opinion de virgen];
+and his property, which was large and justly gained, he left, well
+invested as it was, for the building and maintenance of the beaterio
+of Santa Catalina de Sena [i.e., St. Catherine of Sienna], of the
+tertiary Order of St. Dominic in Manila, in which foundation he had
+much share and influence.
+
+About this time came to Manila the prince of Siao, [42] son of the
+king Don Ventura Pinto de Morales, to ask the governor for religious
+of the Society of Jesus to instruct the natives of his little kingdom,
+where there were many Christians--although the majority of that people
+were infected with the errors of the cursed Mahoma. These islands
+are in five and one-half degrees of latitude north, and one hundred
+and forty-nine degrees of longitude from the meridian of Tenerife;
+the seas about them are difficult of navigation, on account of being
+in the midst of a large and widespread bank [placer] of shoals which
+lie on all sides. They share the reputation of Maluco, not only for the
+warlike nature of their inhabitants, but for many spice-bearing trees,
+of clove and nutmeg; but in other means of support that country is
+very poor. This prince was received by the governor with much honor;
+he gave him the use of his own coach, and lodged him at the college of
+San Jose, in charge of the religious of the Society; and he took much
+pains to forward the business of the prince, since it was for so holy
+a purpose, the propagation of our holy faith. The prince returned to
+his own country, with the satisfactory result which he could desire;
+with him went four religious of the Society of Jesus--Father Juan de
+Miedes, [43] a native of Alcala de Henares; Father Jeronimo Cebreros,
+a native of Acapulco; and Fathers Esquibel [44] and Espanol--all well
+fitted for so holy a ministry. The governor gave him twenty Spaniards
+and some Pampangos, to serve as an escort for the religious; and for
+their commander Captain Andres Serrano--a veteran soldier, who had
+just finished a term as alcalde-mayor of Panay (a province in our
+spiritual charge)--as he was a very devout Christian and well suited
+for that occupation, so much to the service of God.
+
+These religious remained a long time in the islands of Siao, increasing
+that Christian church; but the enemy of mankind, who resented their
+driving him out after he had so long possessed the souls of those
+unfortunate people, influenced the Dutch heretics of Nueva Batavia, in
+the island of Jacatra, to destroy them by a secular persecution. For,
+as they are lords of all the islands where grows the clove of the
+spice-trade, in Maluco--Amboyno, Tidore, Ternate, Montiel, and many
+others--and this is the commerce which has returned most profits
+to their company they have always endeavored that this aromatic
+merchandise be not transported by any other hands than their own, in
+order to assure their gains. They knew that some Spaniards had settled
+in the islands of Siao, and that by them was carried away the clove
+product of that region, and that it might eventually diminish their own
+commerce. For that astute nation has so perseveringly maintained that
+the Dutch alone shall be absolute masters of the cloves and cinnamon;
+and so skilfully do they manage these commodities that in any year
+when there is an abundant product of cloves they burn such quantity
+of it as they consider superfluous, according to the computation
+that they have made of that crop (which is sufficient for the supply
+of the whole world), in order that their price may not be lowered,
+and that the commodity may not fall in value by becoming common and
+abundant. So great is the wisdom of these children of the world,
+in which they greatly exceed the children of the light.
+
+They manned two ships with three hundred men-at-arms; and when our
+people in Siao were least on their guard the Dutch arrived, and landed
+their men, which the Spaniards were unable to prevent, as they were
+so inferior in numbers. [45] The Dutch committed no other hostility
+than to carry away as prisoners the religious of the Society, and
+Andres Serrano and his soldiers--together with their standard, which
+our men could neither hide nor destroy--all of whom they conveyed
+to Batavia. But before they left the islands of Siao they rooted out
+and cut down all the cinnamon trees that grew there, until no roots
+or other trace of them were left--all which they did quite at their
+leisure, without any one saying a word to them. Andres Serrano died
+in Batavia of grief, although the Dutch treated him and his soldiers
+well, as also the fathers. The religious afterward came to Manila,
+some in the time of this governor, and others during the term of his
+successor, Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado.
+
+All the triennial during which our provincial father Fray Dionisio
+Suarez ruled was very propitious for this province--not only because
+he was a religious very observant, kind, and lovable, but because this
+province possessed so many members of virtue and learning that they
+restored it to its first luster. The ministries in the doctrinas were
+well served, by one or two religious, according to their needs. The
+erection of many new convents was begun, some having been ruined by
+the earthquakes, and others torn down by military orders, when we
+were threatened with the coming of Kuesing Pompoan; but there was so
+much to restore that it kept us busy for more than three succeeding
+trienniums. Our provincial applied himself closely to the repairs on
+the magnificent convent at Manila, which greatly needed them, on the
+plan which he had made in the preceding triennium, when he was prior
+of that house; [and he accomplished] so much that to the diligence
+and zeal of that devout religious may be attributed its preservation.
+
+While he was engaged in these occupations, the time came for him
+to finish the task of his government, so peaceful and prosperous,
+and for holding another chapter-session--to the great regret of all,
+for it seemed as if they divined that it would result less happily;
+but never did they expect that it would be so calamitous as it proved
+to be. For, just as the condition of the commonwealth had experienced
+its change from calamities and miseries to peace and happiness, so this
+our province changed from tranquillity to sudden fear. Tempus pacis,
+tempus belli. [46] And the most remarkable thing is that, just as
+the governor Don Manuel de Leon was the main cause of the peace and
+prosperity of Manila, so this same excellent gentleman was the prime
+cause of many troubles and disturbances, which occurred not only at
+the time of this chapter but throughout the triennium. I do not throw
+all the blame on him, because he was a great governor, very pious
+and of sincere intentions; but all disturbance has another cause, and
+the vulgar and common Spanish adage is very true which says: "He who
+is burning the woods is he who comes out of them." [47] No sensible
+person will admire seeing among religious the activity of flesh and
+blood and the passion of ambition, which they cannot leave behind in
+the world when they take refuge in the asylum of the cloister. [48]...
+
+The fourth definitor, Fray Francisco de Medina Basco, who was
+associate and secretary of the provincial Fray Dionisio Suarez, had
+displayed so much ability and good intention in administering his
+office--for he was an angel of peace, following the advice of our
+holy constitutions--that all desired that he should succeed to the
+office of him to whom he had been so capable an associate. This was
+desired by the provincial most of all; for, as he was of so peaceable
+a disposition, he wished to leave the province in the hands of one
+who could maintain it in the tranquillity which it was enjoying. But
+the malign father of discord was not pleased at seeing the great
+peace and concord which this province had enjoyed for so many years;
+he therefore strove with his arts to disturb and disunite it. The
+time for holding the chapter-session arrived apparently as peaceful
+as usual; and so the religious who were its members assembled, quite
+unconscious of what was to occur.
+
+The chapter was convened on April 23, 1671, in the convent of San
+Pablo at Manila; and its president was father Fray Bernardino Marquez,
+by commission from our very reverend father the general of all the
+order of our father St. Augustine, Master Fray Pedro Lafranconio,
+a native of Ancona; and the other affairs which precede the election
+were transacted that afternoon with great peace and concord. But
+on Saturday, the day for the election of provincial, Governor Don
+Manuel de Leon sent to notify them that he would be present at
+the election, and sent over his official chair. This caused great
+uneasiness, for they recognized that this was an effort to prevent
+the election of the father definitor Fray Francisco de Medina Basco,
+on which thirty-one of the voting fathers were agreed. The father
+president of the chapter was one of the eight who were opposed to
+this election, and these were favored by the governor--which in
+these islands means, to have whatever one may desire. Accordingly,
+the first thing that he did that afternoon was to make charges
+in virtue of which he deprived father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco of the right to vote or to be elected [voz activa y pasiva],
+and commanded him to leave the chapter-meeting--which he did with
+great humility and resignation, saying only those words of Jonah,
+Si propter me orta est haec tempestas, projicite me in mare, [49]
+and went to his convent of Tongdo. On the following day the governor
+came to the convent, accompanied by the senior auditor, Don Francisco
+de Coloma, Sargento-mayor Don Juan de Robles, and Captain Don Pedro
+de Tortesa, with their [military] company, as if it were to invest
+a fort of enemies. The religious were astonished at seeing such a
+military display, but with much decorum and gravity they proceeded
+with the transactions of the chapter; and at the first ballot father
+Fray Francisco de Medina Basco was elected by thirty-one votes, and
+the remaining eight fathers voted for father Fray Juan Caballero
+[50]--a religious who had come to this province two years before,
+as I have already stated, and whose merits deserved such a mark of
+esteem. The governor would not allow them to sing the Te Deum laudamus,
+and the president declared that he would not confirm the election,
+on account of its being inhibited by the suit which Father Francisco
+had brought when Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales was counselor; and one
+heard only protests on both sides, although the voters recognized that
+they would be overpowered by the side which the governor supported.
+
+The latter went out from the hall, leaving the capitulars within
+under the guard of the soldiers, so that these should prevent the
+fathers from going out of the room until they should elect another
+provincial who should not be father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco;
+for father Fray Juan Caballero was not canonically elected, for
+lack of one more than half of the ballots of the voters. All that
+day, until evening, they remained shut up in the chapter-hall,
+experiencing great harshness; for the guards would not allow even
+a pitcher of water to be given to them, a cruelty very unlike the
+kindly nature of Don Manuel de Leon. The provisor and vicar-general
+of the vacant see, Doctor Don Francisco Pizarro Orellana, came out
+in defense of the ecclesiastical immunity, which had been violated
+by that compulsion; and it resulted in the religious being allowed
+to go to their cells, weak from hunger and thirst. But the governor
+ordered that two soldiers should be stationed at the door of each cell,
+so that the fathers could not leave their cells or communicate with
+one another. In these disturbances passed that Saturday until sunset,
+the limit peremptorily allotted by our holy constitutions within which
+the chapter can proceed to the election of a prior provincial; and,
+when that time was spent, the authority for such election devolved upon
+our very reverend general [of the order]. But as this adjustment of
+the limit was made by violence, this prescription of the limit was,
+in a case so irregular as this, invalid. What I can assert, on the
+best information, is the great patience and humility which all the
+fathers of the chapter displayed in these tribulations, enduring great
+privations in this imprisonment, which lasted through Saturday and
+Sunday. Finally, recognizing that their strength was very inferior
+to that which was opposing them, and that further effort was only
+to struggle against the current of a freshet, they, acting on the
+advice of the said provisor, again assembled in the chapter-room
+on the following Monday, and made a new choice, that of father
+Fray Jeronimo de Leon--a native of Mexico, a son of the convent of
+Manila, quite advanced in years; he was an excellent minister in the
+province of Tagalos, and formerly prior of the convent of Bulacan,
+and was much beloved by all for his devout religious spirit and
+peaceable conduct. They appointed as definitors Master Fray Jose de
+Mendoza, father Fray Isidoro Rodriguez, father Fray Luis de Montufar,
+and father Fray Juan Bautista Bover; and for visitors father Fray
+Carlos Bautista and father Fray Jose Duque. [51] As for father Fray
+Francisco de Medina Basco, they appointed him prior of the convent
+at Cebu and vicar-provincial of that island, which he accepted with
+much resignation and humility. The tempest in the chapter ceased,
+and the province again enjoyed its former tranquillity for some time.
+
+Father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco lived but a short time in Cebu,
+for while officiating there human weakness, resulting from melancholy
+and grief at what had occurred, prostrated him with a long illness;
+this time he knew how to improve to good purpose, seeking the
+welfare of his soul. His confessor, director, and teacher was the
+bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Juan Lopez, a prelate of great wisdom and
+virtue, who took such personal interest in the spiritual welfare of
+this afflicted religious that he spent most of his time with him,
+until in his care the sick man gave up his soul to the Lord, with
+great consolation to the holy bishop and to all who were present at
+his death. [The proceedings of] this chapter went to Rome, to our
+very reverend father general; he confirmed father Fray Francisco de
+Medina Basco as provincial, and annulled the second election, that of
+father Fray Jeronimo de Leon, commanding the chapter to guard their
+prerogatives; otherwise, it would have been a legitimate election,
+on account of his having conducted himself as merely passive in his
+election, and it appeared that he had not taken part in the tumults
+of the chapter-session....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+[Chapter ii opens with an account of the rebellion in Oton, already
+told in VOL. XXXIX.] In September of 1671 was celebrated in Manila
+the festival of the dedication of the cathedral, which the holy
+archbishop Don Miguel Millan de Poblete had not been able to attain;
+but this was done by his nephew the dean, Don Jose Millan de Poblete,
+the bishop-elect, of Nueva Segovia. A solemn feast of one week was
+solemnized, beginning with the day of the Nativity of our Lady, and
+there were other demonstrations of public rejoicing; for Don Manuel
+de Leon's term of office produced many of these diversions, through
+the agency of his secretary, Don Jose Sanchez de Castellar--who had
+a very brilliant and versatile mind, and a flowery imagination; he
+had a great propensity for poetry, music, and studies in language,
+and was very liberal, so that he did not hesitate on account of the
+expenses which such festivities demand for their brilliant display.
+
+On one of the nights of this celebration occurred at the port of Cavite
+the destruction by fire, without its being possible to prevent it,
+of the galleon "Nuestra Senora de la Concepcion," one of the largest
+and finest which had been built in these islands; it had served, with
+prosperous voyages, on the trade-route to Nueva Espana. In the year
+1672 also the commonwealth of Manila experienced a great calamity;
+the galleon "San Telmo," which had sailed for Nueva Espana in charge
+of General Antonio Nieto, had to return to Cavite--a misfortune which
+was keenly felt. But very soon afterward the galleon "San Antonio"
+was launched, in order to make a voyage under the command of General
+Don Juan Duran, nephew of the General Pedro Duran de Monforte, who has
+been so often named [in these pages]. The general remained in Nueva
+Espana with his wife, Dona Maria Jimenez, widow of Doctor Don Diego
+de Corbera, his Majesty's fiscal, who died in Luban in the year 1668.
+
+About this time arrived a patache from Macan, in which came a nobleman
+belonging to the Order of Christ, named Don N. de Tabora, who came
+as an envoy from that city on affairs belonging to the commerce of
+both cities. This knight was very hospitably received, and made a
+brilliant figure on all festal occasions (which were many), displaying
+his liberality and magnificence; and he added much to the credit of
+his nation, although it does not need the reputation of individuals.
+
+Among so many gayeties and rejoicings the fear of wars was not
+lacking; for news had come that the son of Kuesing, named Kinsie
+or Sipoan, intended, following his father's example, to fall upon
+the Filipinas. But this was false, for he was of a very different
+opinion--harassed by the Tartars and cornered in Hermosa Island;
+lacking followers and champans for so extensive an undertaking; and,
+besides, very inferior to his father Kuesing in courage and military
+training.
+
+Notwithstanding that all this was well known in Manila, these reports
+came so plausibly fabricated that Don Manuel de Leon thought that
+he ought not to neglect or leave in uncertainty a matter which could
+occasion us irreparable injury; he therefore decided that it was less
+of an evil to seem credulous and over-cautious than to fail in his
+duties as commander through heedlessness and lack of foresight. He
+endeavored to take all precautions for such a contingency, warning
+the Pampangan and Cagayan peoples (who are the most warlike ones) to
+be ready in due time. He regulated the Manila garrison, which needed
+much reformation; and appointed experienced leaders. He commanded
+the armed fleets of the Pintados to be made ready; those of Panay
+and Ogton were taken by Captain Don Jose de San Miguel to be united
+with those of Cebu and Caraga, and all together formed a fleet of
+more than a hundred joangas--which, if occasion arose, would be under
+the command of Don Fernando de Bobadilla. All this armada arrived at
+Manila at a time when it was quite certainly known that Kinsie was
+not undertaking any such attacks, and was quite destitute of forces
+to do so. And as I shall not have occasion to speak of him again, I
+consider it excusable to relate here the condition in which he found
+his affairs after the death of his father Kuesing. [Here follows a
+long account of this matter, which has no further relevance to our
+subject, and is therefore omitted.]
+
+In the ship which came in the year 1672 arrived Doctor Diego Calderon
+y Serrano, a native of Granada--a student in the collegiate school
+[52] of Master Rodrigo at Sevilla, and professor of canon law [53]
+at the university there--who came as auditor of the royal Audiencia
+of Manila; he entered that body to fill the office of fiscal, which
+is customary for the most recent auditor to do, when there is no
+proprietary fiscal. He was married to Dona Catalina Ansaldo, a very
+honorable and virtuous woman, who died soon after her arrival. He
+was one of the excellent, and even of the best, official judges
+that Manila has had--very conscientious, with much fear of God, and
+very disinterested, which is a great virtue in one who is a judge;
+and therefore he always remained poor, contenting himself with the
+income which he received from the royal treasury (which is three
+thousand pesos), and even from that he gave much in alms. He lived
+until the year 1688, and had a very pious death; he humbled himself
+to ask absolution from the censures which he, with his associates,
+had incurred in the banishment and exile of the archbishop Don Fray
+Felipe Pardo, who refused it to the others--as we shall see in the
+proper place, if by God's favor we reach the discussion of those times!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+[Most of chapter iii is devoted to the coming to Manila of a
+French bishop, Francois de Palu, titular bishop of Heliopolis and
+vicar-apostolic for China, accompanied by several other Frenchmen,
+both priests and laymen; he is one of three envoys sent to promote
+the missions in Siam, Camboja, and other provinces, and in China, and
+to endeavor to reopen those of Japan. They make their headquarters at
+Ayudia, the Siamese capital, but their efforts to convert the Siamese
+fail, on account of the obstinacy with which they hold to their false
+religion and idol-worship--in which they surpass all other nations,
+whether heathen or Mahometan, "for it is not known that any Siamese
+has abandoned his idolatry and professed the law of Christ." Moreover,
+the Frenchmen get into a controversy with the Portuguese ecclesiastics
+of Malacca, who claim all the above-named regions as being under their
+spiritual jurisdiction, since they are still classed as missions, not
+having a formal ecclesiastical hierarchy, as do the churches of Manila,
+America, and Goa. Palu's coming to Manila stirs up much commotion in
+official circles. It is reported that he had set out for China, and
+was driven back by unfavorable weather to this port; and the Audiencia
+consider that it will not answer to allow him to go to that country,
+as, having been sent by authority of Alexander VII and the Propaganda,
+his entrance into China on such a mission would be an infringement of
+the royal patronage, since a large part of China is included in the
+demarcation of Castilla laid out by Alexander VI; and ecclesiastical
+appointments and jurisdiction therein belong to the jealously-guarded
+prerogatives of the Spanish crown. The royal officials at Manila
+therefore detain Palu, lodging him at the Jesuit college, where he
+is very hospitably entertained. When the Acapulco galleon is ready to
+sail, these French ecclesiastics are all placed aboard it and sent to
+Nueva Espana, and thence to Madrid. There Palu is well received, and
+has "much communication with the Conde de Medellin, the president of
+the supreme Council of Indias, an able minister and a man of great
+virtue."] The bishop filled him with strange notions, basing his
+information on the little which he could have comprehended of the
+mode of government of these islands, and their religious conditions;
+for his retirement in the college of the Society of Jesus was for a
+short time, and his knowledge came not from ocular experience, but
+only from information by secular persons who visited him--who must
+have been only corrupt alcaldes-mayor who were trying to get rid of
+the gospel ministers, with whom those officials could not be on very
+good terms since the ministers had restrained them in their illegal
+and oppressive acts; this [conflict with the officials] is the greatest
+hardship that is experienced in the ministries. The president, desiring
+to do what was right, listened attentively to the information furnished
+by so reverend a person, not considering that the prejudice of a person
+from a nation so opposed to us, and who had not found at Manila what
+he was expecting, rendered his account unreliable. From these reports
+ensued many royal decrees, which came [to Manila] years afterward,
+with mandates which were very difficult to carry out; because, as
+all the peoples [here] are different, they need different laws and
+rules. From this also originated the ordination of Indians as priests,
+of which there had been no previous example [here]--a wise precaution
+against the inconveniences which the Portuguese had experienced in
+Eastern India from ordaining canerines [54] under the pressure of
+necessity. This is a usage which even the Dutch heretics abominate,
+saying that it is one of the three causes through which India has been
+ruined. And as in Filipinas that necessity does not exist, because
+of the admirable arrangements which the Catholic monarchs of Espana
+have made for sending, at the cost of their royal exchequer, religious
+from their kingdoms as missionaries, there was no need of resorting
+to the extreme measure of ordaining the Indians as priests--as the
+Portuguese of India had done, and as now do the bishops sent out on
+the part of the Congregation of Propaganda Fide in their missions of
+Eastern India; and the latter do so because of their urgent necessity,
+since the said holy Congregation has not the funds for the support of
+European priests. On the contrary, the few whom they have in China,
+Tunquin, and other regions are supported by the alms which the citizens
+of Manila send them--except the bishops and priests of Siam, who have
+more means of support from fixed incomes in France.
+
+This is a subject on which there is much to be said on both sides;
+but this is not the place for it, nor do I feel under obligation to
+continue it. I suppose that many Indians will be more worthy than
+are many Europeans to attain so high a dignity; but since the former
+usually do not enter the priesthood through the gate of a vocation,
+and only strive to attain it for the sake of advantage to themselves
+and their relatives, the danger is evident that the result will seldom
+be satisfactory. They cite the example of the primitive Church, which
+made bishops and ordained priests among the recently converted--like
+St. Paul in Ephesus and Athens, and in other parts of Greece, and
+the holy apostles for all the world; but there is a great difference
+[between that case and this], in the needs of those times and the
+nobility of those nations. These and many other changes resulted
+from the information given in Madrid by the bishop Don Francisco
+Palu, who went to Roma, where also his information caused changes. I
+suppose that the intentions of this holy prelate were good; but he was
+lacking in experience. His representations also affected the governor
+Manuel de Leon and the auditors; for, although the royal Council of
+the Indias approved the caution with which they had acted in this
+so delicate matter, at Roma the result was very different. For his
+Holiness Clement X excommunicated them, and declared that they had
+incurred the censures of the bull In Caena Domini, by a brief which,
+printed and authorized in Roma and Paris in the year 1675, was sent to
+Manila from China and Siam. [Here follows a sketch of Palu's further
+career, his death, and some matters relating to the Chinese missions.]
+
+This year the galleon "San Telmo," which was going to Nueva Espana,
+in command of General Antonio Nieto, was driven back to port, which
+caused great losses in the property of the citizens of Manila.
+
+Not less were the troubles which the archbishop of Manila, Don Fray
+Juan Lopez, encountered from the time when he began to govern his
+church. He was a prelate of great virtue and learning, and of a pacific
+nature, disinclined to quarrels and discords; but as he was very firm
+in the defense of his jurisdiction and dignity, he greatly regretted
+that occasion should arise for disturbing the peace which he so
+loved. During his time, there were many occasions for recourse to the
+royal Audiencia, and controversies over jurisdiction; but that which
+most exercised the patience of this great prelate was the audacious
+conduct of Master Don Jeronimo de Herrera y Figueroa, who filled
+the post of chief chaplain of the royal chapel of the Incarnation;
+this was founded by Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera,
+for the cemetery of Manila, for the burial of his soldiers, as we
+stated in its place. The said chief chaplain attempted to arrogate
+to himself the privileges and exemptions which the army chaplains
+enjoy when they are actually in the field; and thus he sought to be
+exempted from obedience to the archbishop and from his jurisdiction,
+although he was only the chaplain of a chapel in a presidio. He had
+on his side the favor of the governor, Don Manuel de Leon--which in
+Filipinas is to have the lawsuit already gained and all one's efforts
+successful. Made confident and daring by this, he opposed his prelate,
+not only refusing to obey him, but even being so insolent as to post
+the archbishop as excommunicate, to the scandal of all the heathen
+peoples who resort to Manila; and these abominable disputes lasted a
+long time. A long manifesto was written and printed in favor of Don
+Jeronimo de Herrera by Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, an advocate
+in the royal Audiencia, proceeding on the false assumption of the
+privileges and exemptions of the chaplains who go with the armies
+in their campaigns; and reply to him was made, with very superior
+arguments, by the cura of the Spaniards in Manila, Bachelor Don Jose
+de Carrion. But, although the archbishop had justice on his side,
+the opposite side had a hold on the governor, and thus they did not
+care much for the lack of equity. This controversy was so bitter that
+the judges would not decide it, on account of the strained relations
+between them; and so it was necessary to refer the case to Espana,
+to the royal and supreme Council of Indias. They, as unprejudiced
+judges, rendered sentence in favor of the archbishop; but when this
+decision arrived he was already dead. Then the chaplains of the said
+royal chapel learned that they were not exempt from the jurisdiction
+of the ordinary, as the army chaplains are exempt for other and
+reasonable causes.
+
+These and other troubles, together with those of old age, hastened
+the death of the archbishop, Don Fray Juan Lopez; this was as holy as
+his life, and occurred in April of the year 1674. He was buried in the
+convent of Santo Domingo, among his brethren. He was a native of Martin
+Munoz de las Posadas, and came to this province of Santo Rosario in
+the year 1647. He taught theology in the convent of Santo Tomas in
+Manila, and went to Espana and Roma as procurator of the province,
+returning as consecrated bishop of Cebu in the year 1666. In 1672 he
+began to govern the archbishopric of Manila, with great reputation
+as a vigilant pastor, although that church enjoyed only two years
+of his prudent government. The regret for his loss was increased by
+the fact that a general vacancy in the office of consecrated bishop
+ensued in all the islands; this lasted until the year 1680, when
+the bishop of Cebu, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar arrived here--great
+affliction being caused in all that long period, by the lack of any
+one to confer holy orders on men who might assist the ministers who
+gave instruction. Many, both clerics and regulars, were obliged to
+journey to the kingdom of Siam, where they were ordained by Don Luis
+de Lanoy Faces, bishop of Metelopolis and vicar-apostolic of that
+kingdom; and others went to Nueva Espana to be ordained, for even the
+city of Macan was without a bishop. Don Fray Payo de Ribera, [55] the
+archbishop and viceroy of Mexico, was careful to send them the holy
+oils every year; he belonged to the order of our father St. Augustine,
+and was a prelate worthy of eternal remembrance on account of his great
+virtues--on which he placed the seal by renouncing the bishopric of
+Cuenca and retiring to the convent of our Lady of El Risco. He died
+there, with a great reputation for sanctity, being an example for
+prelates and for very austere religious.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+The triennial of our father Fray Jeronimo de Leon passed with some
+disturbances, which did not fail to cause considerable disquiet in
+the minds of the religious, and disturb the peace of the order. The
+reason was, that after the first year of his term, he began to doubt
+whether he was lawfully elected, as it seemed to him that the real
+provincial was father Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; and indeed
+this was the case, as affirmed by our very reverend father general,
+Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna. Father Fray Francisco de Medina
+Basco had met a holy death in Zebu; and therefore our father Fray
+Dionisio Suarez, as provincial of the preceding chapter, began to
+govern [the province] as rector-provincial. Then Fray Jeronimo de
+Leon had recourse to the royal Audiencia [56] on a plea of fuerza,
+alleging this spoliation. And inasmuch as such proceeding acts as
+a stay, since it is a principle in law that Spoliatus debet ante
+omnia restitui, omni alio casu postposito, [57] they ordered that
+the government be restored to Fray Jeronimo, and that the question
+of title should be acted on later. But as judicial procedure is so
+slow, and of such bounds that they usually make a lawsuit eternal,
+our father Fray Dionisio Suarez was not inclined to secure his right
+at the cost of so much vexation; and therefore the triennial was
+completed in great peace; for father Fray Jeronimo de Leon was a
+religious very affable and worthy of being loved, and he deserved
+that his election should not be hampered by so notable a defect.
+
+The time arrived for holding the session of the provincial chapter--the
+time in which the troubles which so many difficulties had caused to
+this province were to cease, and when not only the former peace and
+concord were to return, but great gains were to be secured in religious
+observance; for from the time of this chapter-meeting this province
+began to grow more strict, and to grow in all that conduces to its
+greater splendor, every chapter-session increasing in strictness of
+observance, to the greater glory of our regular institute. Such are
+usually the benefits that arise from the judicious choice of a good
+superior, who undertakes to fulfil the obligations of his office. The
+chapter was convened in the convent of Manila on April 14, 1674; its
+president was the father definitor Fray Luis de Montuyar, on account
+of the deaths of the two senior definitors, Master Fray Jose de
+Mendoza and Fray Isidro Rodriguez. By general agreement the election
+for provincial fell on our father Fray Jose Duque, commissary of the
+Holy Office. He was a native of Oropesa, and was fifty-six years old;
+a son of the convent of San Felipe at Madrid, and a very near relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesus; and an able minister in the
+province of Pampanga, besides having much to do with its pacification
+in the disturbances in that province which we have already related. He
+came over to this province of Filipinas in the year 1645, and always
+had the reputation of being a religious of very strict observance,
+with great ability as a ruler; and this province found him to be
+such during an experience of many years in his four terms of office
+therein--three as provincial, and one as rector-provincial--being
+always reverenced as the father of it. As definitors were elected
+fathers Fray Enrique de Castro, Fray Jose Gutierrez, Fray Bernardino
+Marquez, and Fray Bartolome de la Torre; and as visitors fathers Fray
+Antonio de Villela and the reader Fray Jose Rubio. Ordinances and
+regulations very suitable for the good government of the province
+were enacted, not many in number but useful and judicious.
+
+At that period, this province was found very deficient in religious,
+on account of the many vacancies caused by death; on this account the
+ministries lacked the service which their extent and the arduous nature
+of some rendered necessary. Accordingly, as soon as the chapter-session
+adjourned the first care to which the new provincial devoted himself
+was to choose a well-qualified religious who might go as procurator
+to the two courts of Roma and Madrid, where the discords of the
+troubled chapter of the year 1671 had made a strong impression. For
+this purpose a private chapter-session was assembled, and therein
+a very judicious choice was made for this position, that of father
+Fray Juan Garcia--a native of Las Encartaciones, and a minister in
+the province of Ilocos. The necessary despatches were given to him,
+and he embarked in the same year for Nueva Espana, in the galleon "San
+Telmo;" it was commanded by General Tomas de Endaya, a most successful
+man in these islands, where he died as his Majesty's master-of-camp
+for them, in the year 1745. This religious had a prosperous voyage,
+and arrived at Nueva Espana and Roma; he successfully fulfilled his
+commission in all respects, and afterward returned to this province
+with a mission of religious, in the year 1679, so long was he detained
+in the negotiations at Roma and Madrid.
+
+Through the peaceful rule of Don Manuel de Leon, in which term all
+was prosperous and fortunate, the Filipinas Islands began to take
+breath after the troubles of so many preceding years; and in a short
+time they were gathering new strength and vigor. Don Manuel de Leon
+was a man of very good intentions, and had the excellent virtue of
+being very disinterested--which is very important in these regions,
+where the vice opposite to that has temptations so ready to make one
+fall headlong into the abyss of greed, which causes so many wrecks,
+as the root of all evils. Trading vessels came frequently from
+China, of which country the Tartars had gained entire possession;
+the Chinese, therefore, having laid aside their defensive arms,
+strove to accommodate themselves to the times, being anxious to
+repair the losses caused by war with the gains from trading--which
+is more adapted to their disposition than is war, Mars giving place
+to Mercury. The Chinese trade is the mainstay of the maintenance
+of Filipinas, by means of the silver which comes from Nueva Espana,
+which is the blood that gives life to this land; for from China come
+the stuffs necessary for clothing, from the shirt in their delicate
+fabrics to the needle and thread. Thence comes the fine earthenware
+which is, with reason, so celebrated throughout the world as choice
+and inimitable, because the material and clay of which it is made are
+found in no other place. Thence come drugs, and very rich coloring
+stuffs--especially vermilion, which is the best in the world. Finally,
+one cannot imagine any exquisite article for the equipment of a house
+which does not come from China, both cheap and excellent--especially
+the wares that come from Japon, with which country the Chinese have
+free commerce, just as it is totally prohibited to us. In some of the
+years of that fortunate governor thirty champans would land at Manila,
+and many from the province of Canton, where is the city of Macan,
+a Portuguese colony--which is so rich in silks that it has enough
+of that noble commodity to supply nearly all of the whole world;
+it is conveyed in ships belonging to the Dutch, English, French,
+and Portuguese, and that which is carried to Manila and thence to
+Nueva Espana is the smallest part of it. The great city of Canton (or
+Kuang-tung, as they call it) is far greater than the great Cairo or
+Babilonia of Egypt, for those who are most moderate in estimating its
+population allow it four millions of inhabitants; but although it is
+so great it is not the largest city in the extensive empire of China,
+for that of Nanking has eight millions, according to Father Martino
+Martinez in his Chinese atlas. [58] It is very commonly said in Manila
+that the city of Canton has sixty thousand silk-looms, on which are
+made various fabrics of cloth and damask; and thus in one month enough
+is woven to lade many ships. By this some idea can be formed of the
+other industries of that city--or rather, that little world.
+
+Commerce was also opened with the Portuguese of Macan, a trade which
+had been quite forgotten with the disturbances in China; and from
+that time it has continued, in varying degree, until this day. This
+trade, moreover, had been prohibited since the year 1640, on account
+of the wars with Portugal; but through the negotiations carried on
+at the court of Madrid by Don Fray Alvaro de Benavente, when he was
+procurator of this province--asserting that this was the best and
+safest means for the entrance into China for the missionaries who were
+going to Filipinas--the trade with Macan was opened and authorized,
+as was accordingly published in Manila by a royal decree; and it was
+made known to the Portuguese at Macan by another from their king,
+Don Pedro II. The pretext which was given for opening this commerce
+was the entrance of the missionaries into China, and its results have
+been various, according to what the Portuguese have found expedient
+for their own interests, on account of the pretensions which they
+make to the [ecclesiastical] patronage of China--in accordance with
+the line of demarcation [between the dominions] of the two crowns,
+by the celebrated bull of Alexander VI, a question which is not yet
+decided by a competent judge; and therefore our missionaries enter
+China when the Portuguese choose to let them do so. But the latter
+come every year to Manila with one or two shiploads of goods, which is
+the most profitable trade that they have, on account of its nearness
+and of their securing in barter the silver that is so esteemed by the
+Chinese. But as the Portuguese are so courtly and liberal a people,
+and inclined to boast of the obligations of nobility, some Portuguese
+gentlemen usually return quite destitute of funds--as occurred this
+year to Juan Tabora, a cavalier of the Order of Christ. He spent the
+wealth which he brought here, which was much, in elegant gallantries
+and in bull-fights; for he arrived here at a time when these and
+other sports were very frequent in Manila--not only on account of the
+prosperity and peace which were experienced during the entire term of
+office of Don Manuel de Leon, but through the jovial disposition of
+his favorite and secretary, Don Jose Castellar, who was a very witty
+and courtly man, and very fond of such pastimes. In these he spent
+whatever he was able to acquire, and when he came to die he was so
+poor that he was buried, through charity, in a chapel of St. Roque
+in the village of Mambong, belonging to the doctrina of Malolos in
+the province of Bulacan, which is in our charge.
+
+Not only was the commerce with China, Canton, and Macan set free in
+the time of the fortunate governor Don Manuel de Leon, but another was
+begun--indeed, almost discovered--which was very large and profitable,
+which has greatly increased the wealth of the citizens of Manila. This
+is the trade and traffic of the coast of Coromandel or Malabar [59]
+in Eastern India. This is the coast which extends from the mouths of
+the river Ganges, at the beginning of the large kingdom of Bengal,
+as far as the cape of Comorin; it is inhabited by Malabars, a people
+very shrewd and intelligent, and fond of work, and so crafty that
+when it is worth their while they deceive [even] the Chinese, who
+excel in the ability to cheat. The Malabar and Bengal people are
+unsurpassed in the art of spinning and weaving cotton cloth; for they
+weave pieces more delicate than the finest cambrics and Dutch linens,
+and gauzes so fine that when they are spread upon a table, the thread
+can hardly be discerned, it is so thin and delicate. But that in which
+they most excel, and have been alone and inimitable, is in their very
+fine cotton cloth dyed exquisitely with the finest colors; and this
+has another quality most excellent and admirable, which is that the
+more it is washed, the finer and more lustrous the colors appear,
+and they never are washed out or become dull. Without doubt these so
+rare colors are those which Job mentions in the twenty-eighth chapter,
+when making comparisons with Wisdom, he says: Non conferetur tinctis
+Indiae coloribus. [60] On this coast of Coromandel the English, Dutch,
+French, and Danes maintain their factories, and possess an extensive
+commerce in cotton cloth, which is consumed throughout Europa--and
+much more in the regions of the north, because cotton is so good
+for protecting them [from the cold]. But the largest settlement,
+and the one most frequented for commerce, is that which the English
+have, named Madrastapan, or Fort St. George; [61] it is peopled
+with innumerable dwellers of all nationalities, not only those of
+India but Europeans. This is greatly favored by the policy that is
+in use in this great town, very different from that which obtains in
+Inglaterra, which is to permit the exercise not only of the apostolic
+Roman Catholic faith, but of all the heathen doctrines and ceremonies;
+and thus the Catholics have their churches, and so do the schismatic
+Armenians, with schismatic Basilian monks. [62] The heretics have
+their meeting-houses, [63] according to their sects; the Moors [i.e.,
+Mahometans] their mosques, and the heathen their pagodas; nor even is
+their synagogue denied to the Jews; and all live peaceably, exercising
+the occupations of trade, as harmoniously as if they all had but one
+faith and religion. About two leguas distant is the city of Santo
+Tome, a noted colony of the Portuguese, which in former times enjoyed
+[the distinction of] being the emporium of all Eastern India; and
+the cause of its destruction was its enormous wealth and the lack of
+harmony among the Portuguese, a people who are naturally inclined to
+disagree. On a lofty height near the city there is an ancient church,
+in which is venerated an image of Our Lady, which is said to have been
+painted by St. Luke and deposited in that place (called Meliapor) by
+the apostle St. Thomas, who preached to the Malabars our holy faith
+and suffered martyrdom in this place--where is guarded a stone cross
+near which he was put to death; and the lance with which they pierced
+him, stained with his holy blood, is displayed, with other memorials
+of this glorious apostle. [Diaz here mentions the great probability,
+fortified by citations from Juan de Barros, that the remains of the
+apostle repose there.] [64]
+
+This commerce with the coast of Coromandel had remained quite neglected
+by the Spaniards of Filipinas--who never had maintained any other trade
+and commerce than that with China, Japon, and Macan--until this year of
+1674. Then a citizen of Manila, a Catalan, named Juan Ventura Sarra,
+a courageous man, having first made with a fragata which he owned
+a voyage to the kingdom of Siam, from which he gained some wealth,
+extended his navigation to this coast of Malabar, where he left trade
+established; and in the following year Don Luis de Matienzo went
+thither, with much silver, and gained enough profit to persuade the
+citizens of Manila to engage in this traffic. The principal commodity
+which is brought from the Coromandel coast is certain webs of cotton,
+many of them forty varas long, which they call "elephants," which are
+highly valued in Nueva Espana; accordingly, it is this merchandise
+which is chiefly shipped to those regions.
+
+The governor placed on the stocks the frame of the galleon "Santa
+Rosa," the work of that accredited master of this important and
+useful art, Juan Bautista Nicola; and it came from them one of
+the finest and largest galleons that had been built in the port of
+Cavite and made very successful voyages, sometimes being driven back
+to port. The governor commanded Juan Canosa Raguses, a very able
+builder of vessels with lateen sails, to build two galleys; these
+proved to be very suitable and swift, and rendered much service in
+driving away the Camucones, very crafty and troublesome pirates,
+who almost every year infest the Pintados Islands, plundering and
+taking captive. This is a barbarous people, cruel, and cowardly;
+indeed, they could not be the one without being also the other. They
+inhabit a chain of small islands, which extends from Paragua to
+Borney; some of them are Mahometans, and others heathen. But they
+[all] cause much damage to the Bisayan Islands, which they ravage
+without opposition--going so far as to carry away, in the year 1672,
+the alcalde-mayor Don Jose de San Miguel, as we have related in another
+place. They have a great advantage in the exceeding swiftness of their
+vessels, which enables them to find their defense in flight. Their
+confidence and boldness reached such a height that they even dared to
+infest the coasts of the island of Manila. The provincial of that time
+(of whom this chapter treats), Fray Jose Duque, while on his way to
+visit the islands of Pintados, came very near being made a captive,
+with his companion Fray Alvaro de Benavente; for they were attacked
+by a squadron of these pirates near the island of Marinduque, where
+they would have been a prey to their cruelty if they had not been
+protected by divine kindness, through the valor of Captain Francisco
+Ponce--a veteran soldier, who killed the captain and another of the
+pirates--and also the coming of a high wind, which gave wings to the
+champan to place itself in safety.
+
+At this time, in the year 1675, Governor Don Manuel de Leon was in
+great danger of dying, on account of having placed himself under
+medical treatment, without being actually sick, solely for the sake
+of improving his health--a proof that it might have cost him his
+life. Don Manuel was a corpulent man, and had grown so fleshy that he
+was almost unable to move about without aid, at which he grieved much
+because he could not attend to many functions which belonged to the
+obligations of his office. In view of this hindrance and his desires,
+Juan Ventura Sarra (whom I have already mentioned in the voyages to
+Siam and the coast of Coromandel) bound himself to cure Don Manuel and
+remove from him that great encumbrance [of flesh]--confident because he
+was a very expert surgeon, and the governor a man of great courage and
+reared in and accustomed to the perils of war. The governor accordingly
+accepted this treatment; and the skilful surgeon opened his abdomen
+in many places and removed from him many lumps of fat, and then sewed
+up and treated the wounds. In a few weeks the governor became well,
+and his flesh was much reduced, to the wonder of those who saw how the
+surgeon cut the flesh from his body, and the courage which the governor
+displayed--and what caused most dread [of the result] was his being an
+aged man, but little less than seventy years old. The king of Leon,
+Don Sancho I, was cured about the year 920 of a similar infirmity of
+excessive obesity, by the physicians of the Moorish king of Cordoba,
+Abderramen; but their treatment was not so harsh and sanguinary. It
+is certain that Juan Ventura Sarra was a great surgeon, and showed
+that he was such not only with this governor, but also in the year
+1682 with his successor, Master-of-camp Don Juan Vargas Hurtado. There
+was no hope for Don Juan's life, on account of a large abscess in the
+hip, which was not understood to be such by the physicians; but Juan
+Ventura knew what it was, and opened the abscess with a large lancet
+which he made from a dagger, more than a tercia [65] long, since the
+cavity was very deep. In this operation he showed his skill as much
+as Don Juan de Vargas displayed his great bravery and endurance,
+which aroused admiration.
+
+Although the cure of Don Manuel de Leon was so marvelous, he did not,
+since that inordinate obesity was now a disease and a corruption of
+nature, long enjoy the agility and lightness of body that the medical
+treatment had obtained for him; and so he gradually fell back into that
+unusual infirmity, and again found himself, as before, without the use
+of his limbs. He had many wounds in his body, which he had received
+in more than fifty years of military life in Flandes, Alemania, and
+Galicia, where he had taken part in battles more celebrated than were
+known in those times [i.e., of which Diaz was writing]. He had been so
+courageous in not fearing dangers that they called Don Manuel de Leon
+"Ironhead." Among these he had one deep wound, which must have been
+imperfectly or only apparently healed; and this in course of time,
+and with the pressure on it that would be caused by the increase of
+flesh, opened, a great flow of blood issuing from it. This occurred
+so inopportunely that he was present in the church of Santo Domingo,
+clothed in mourning garb, assisting in the funeral rites for Dona Maria
+Cuellar, wife of Auditor Don Francisco de Coloma. [66] His blood flowed
+very copiously, but those near him could not see it on account of the
+mourning garments, and because the chair and cushion were of black,
+until he began to swoon, and sank into the chair. They carried him in
+their arms to his coach, and thence he was conveyed to his palace,
+where all the care due to the cure of such a personage as he was
+furnished. The above-mentioned Juan Ventura Sarra treated him, applying
+all means which the art of surgery imparts to those who are so
+skilful as was Juan Ventura, who within four months brought him to
+what seemed a state of convalescence. But as his age was so great, and
+could not give much aid to the medicine (which only assists nature),
+Don Manuel could never regain sound health. The physicians ordered him
+to go to one of the houses that stand by the river opposite Manila,
+where he spent a long time--until, on the night of April 8, 1676,
+they found him dead in his bed, although he had retired without any
+indications of such danger. They found a power of attorney authorizing
+the father provincial of St. Dominic, Master Fray Diego de San Roman,
+to make a will in his name, and directions that he be interred in the
+royal chapel of the Incarnation belonging to the soldiers of Manila,
+where he lies in a little chapel which stands on the gospel side. He
+was one of the best governors who has ruled these Filipinas Islands,
+very disinterested, pious, affable, and clement; and his death was
+therefore regretted by all classes. The estate that he left was
+the only property belonging to a governor that was put to good use,
+[67] the religious who acted as administrator applying it to pious
+works which the governor had named to him--such as the holy Bureau
+of La Misericordia, so that for years many orphan girls were given
+in marriage by means of that part [of the governor's donation] which
+belonged to their dowries, until, with the successive wrecks of the
+two galleons "Santo Cristo de Burgos" and "San Jose," in the years
+1693 and 1695, the principal of that great endowment was entirely
+consumed. He also left directions to found a well-endowed chaplaincy
+in his native place--Paredes de Nava, in the district of Campos--and
+many other good works, worthy of his piety.
+
+On account of his death the senior auditor, Don Francisco de Coloma,
+took charge of the government, in company with auditors Don Francisco
+de Mansilla and Don Diego Calderon y Serrano for civil affairs--for
+already had come the decision, in the controversy between the two
+auditors, by the royal and supreme Council of the Indias in favor of
+Don Francisco de Coloma, although his government lasted but a short
+time, on account of his death. During the time while they governed,
+however, they were very well agreed. The new governor despatched the
+ship "Santa Rosa" (which had just been completed) for Nueva Espana,
+in charge of General Don Francisco de Teja, a Navarrese gentleman;
+and it had a very prosperous voyage, as we shall see in due time.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+All the triennial during which our father Fray Jose Duque ruled was
+a very prosperous time for this province, on account of the great
+improvement which was accomplished by his assiduity in reforming it,
+with both zeal and discretion; for he was as respected as beloved
+by all. The religious greatly regretted that the end of his term of
+office was approaching, and to see themselves deprived of so excellent
+a prelate, who had so built up the edifice of strict observance of our
+rules, and had much better regulated the administration of the mission
+villages and ministries in our charge--his excellent management making
+up for the great deficiency of laborers which existed, which made it
+necessary, in many respects, to burden each minister with the work of
+two. Not his least care was that he had found the common property of
+not only the province but the convent of Manila greatly diminished,
+and everything reduced to the utmost necessity of restoration; for
+this is usually the greatest hindrance and impediment to the superiors
+in promoting with energy the regular observance, which requires many
+means for its preservation. But all was supplied by the diligence of
+that discreet prelate, making easier the removal of the most serious
+hindrances.
+
+The time came for holding the provincial chapter, which assembled
+on May 8 in the year 1677, and, according to custom, in the convent
+of Manila. It was presided over--by commission of our very reverend
+father general, Master Fray Nicolas de Oliva, of Sienna--by the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio; and the election for provincial fell, by the
+general consent of all the voting fathers, and with the approval of
+all who were outside of the order, on our father Fray Juan de Jerez, a
+religious excelling in virtue. He was a native of Banos in Extremadura,
+bishopric of Plasencia--a place belonging to the Duke de Bejar and the
+Marques de Montemayor--and was a son of the convent of Valladolid and
+fifty years of age. He had been for many years master of novices in
+the convents of Salamanca and Burgos, which is a sufficient proof of
+his religious devotion and virtue. He left Espana for these islands
+in the year 1669, and had been a minister in Pampanga; and in this
+chapter he cast his first vote as visitor of the province. [68]
+As definitors were elected the fathers Fray Pedro de Mesa, Fray
+Juan Labao, Fray Francisco de Albear, and Fray Pedro Canales; and
+as visitors the fathers Fray Domingo de San Miguel and Fray Juan
+Guedeja. They enacted statutes very useful for the government of the
+province, and for the stricter observance of our religious estate,
+many of which were reproduced in various following chapters, having
+been found by experience to be well-chosen and advantageous.
+
+The acting governor despatched the galleon "San Telmo" for Nueva
+Espana, in charge of General Don Tomas de Endaya, a regidor of the
+city of Manila; and it encountered so many storms before doubling
+the point of Santiago that fears were entertained that it would not
+have time to make the voyage before the vendavals. But the bravery
+of the commander and of his pilot, Leandro Cuello, over-came great
+difficulties, and they succeeded in reaching their destination.
+
+The galleon "Santa Rosa," which had sailed for Nueva Espana the year
+before, had also experienced storms, from the time when it reached the
+Embocadero of San Bernardino. For this reason Sargento-mayor Alfonso
+Fernandez Pacheco came to Manila, bringing the despatches from his
+Majesty and information of the ship's arrival on the thirtieth of
+August. This galleon brought the news that Don Carlos II had begun,
+at the age of fifteen years, to rule the monarchy of Espana in person,
+freed from the guardianship of the queen-mother, Dona Mariana of
+Austria; and commands were issued that his royal name and seal be
+used in the despatches, and that royal fiestas proper to so important
+an event be celebrated--which took place afterward, in the month of
+December, as we shall soon relate.
+
+[At this time] came the despatches for the presentation made by
+his Majesty for the archbishopric of Manila, of the person of
+the very reverend father master Fray Felipe Pardo, of the Order of
+Preachers; he accepted this dignity, and began to govern his church,
+the ecclesiastical cabildo yielding up the government to him. This
+appointment found him at the time engaged in the duties of commissary
+of the Holy Office of the Inquisition; his place therein was taken by
+father Fray Juan de los Angeles, a man who was worthy of such a name on
+account of his virtue and mild disposition. Also came the presentation
+of the reverend father Fray Andres Gonzalez for bishop of Nueva Caceres
+or Camarines; he also accepted, and was consecrated, and ruled that
+church creditably, as he was a devoted religious, and very charitable;
+and he left behind him, when he died, a great reputation for sanctity.
+
+On September 27, the acting governor, Auditor Don Francisco Coloma y
+Maceda, died at the age of sixty years, from an intestinal hemorrhage;
+he was an official of much integrity and uprightness, and was
+buried in the convent of Santo Domingo with his wife, Dona Maria
+de Cuellar. The government was assumed by Auditor Don Francisco de
+Mansilla, a native of Ceniceros in Rioja, who was no less upright than
+his predecessor. His term of office was short, because a proprietary
+governor came in the following year; but even in the short time while
+his rule lasted he showed that he deserved that it should continue
+during his life, on account of the very peaceable and equitable manner
+in which he exercised his office. The first thing which he did was
+to look for all those who had been opposed to him in the year 1668,
+when he was exiled to Iloylo by Don Juan Manuel Bonifaz; and he
+honored all of them, more than some deserved, displaying a generous
+spirit, and that of a Christian ruler, which aroused the admiration
+of those who saw his prudence and moderation. These islands were much
+grieved that he must so soon have a successor, for the people loved
+and reverenced him. He was of corpulent figure and venerable aspect;
+and his hair (which was scanty) and his mustache (which was large)
+were white as snow--all which conciliated respect. Two years afterward,
+promotion came to him, the post of alcalde for criminal cases in [the
+Audiencia of] Mejico; but he died at the height of the voyage. [69] He
+had two sons: Don Felipe Mansilla, a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+who lives in Mejico; and Father Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of
+Jesus, in these islands.
+
+The city and municipality of Manila having determined to celebrate
+the festivities due to the great rejoicing which was caused in the
+Spanish domains by the assumption of sovereignty over them by their
+king Don Carlos II, decided that these should be actually held in
+December, from the fourth to the seventh day of that month. This was
+done with great pomp and brilliancy. In the morning three sermons
+were preached: one by the dean of the cathedral, Master Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Covarrubias; another by father Fray Alvaro de Benavente of
+the order of our father St. Augustine (the secretary of our province,
+and often named in this history; he died in China, as bishop of Ascalon
+and vicar apostolic of Kiengsi); and the third by the reverend Father
+Jeronimo de Ortega, of the Society of Jesus. For the afternoons there
+were various bull-fights and comedies. On the last day, December 7,
+after the bull-fights and comedies, there were demonstrations of
+rejoicing; and for a climax to the festivities there was, at six
+o'clock in the afternoon, a beautiful and splendid masquerade, with
+magnificent costumes, and parades of servants in costly liveries. The
+most distinguished citizens of Manila went therein, two by two,
+representing the realms of the monarchy of Espana, with shields and
+mottoes proper for each kingdom; those who came last were the two
+alcaldes-in-ordinary of Manila, General Francisco Rayo Doria and
+Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya, representing the kingdoms of
+Castilla and Leon. They rode in pairs on handsomely-caparisoned horses,
+to the destination which was prepared for this purpose with palisades,
+and with so much splendor from wax tapers that the night had no cause
+to envy the brighter day. With this brilliant and elegant masquerade
+these royal festivities came to an end, the city remaining in the
+quiet and silence proper to that hour, which was about seven at night.
+
+Quite ignorant were all those who had celebrated and enjoyed this gay
+festival of the sad and melancholy catastrophe which was to follow
+on this so joyous scene; all were forgetful of the uncertainty of the
+pleasures of this world, which suddenly shifts its scenes, passing from
+gayety to mourning. Hardly had the people time to shelter themselves
+in their houses--some fatigued with the exercises of the masquerade,
+and others sad that the royal festivities had come to an end--when
+at half-past seven in the evening the earth began to tremble with
+horrible vibrations, changing their recent gayety into fear, horror,
+and lamentable perplexity. This first earthquake lasted a long time,
+so that it was feared that the last and fatal day for the sad city
+of Manila had arrived. The continuous and unequal vibrations of the
+ground; the frightful cracking of timbers; the [falling of] tiles
+from the roofs, and of stones which, loosened from the walls, came
+to the ground, raising great clouds of dust: all these made a most
+gloomy night, the image of death. Some hastened to seek confessors,
+and not finding them soon, published aloud their own sins. This first
+motion of the earth ceased, which people affirm to have been more
+violent than that of August 20, 1658, but it did not last so long;
+if it had been equal in duration to that one, it would have caused
+a large amount of havoc in the city of Manila.
+
+It was worth much to the city that the earthquake found it greatly
+improved over former times in regard to the height of its buildings;
+for now they were reduced to more humble stature, and without the
+projections which would cause its greatest destruction, as has been
+experienced in previous earthquakes. The use of the harigues or wooden
+pillars on which the heavy timber-work of the roofs leans and rests was
+recognized to be a sure protection and defense from such disasters;
+and therefore, although the earthquake demolished many buildings,
+breaking open the solid mass of masonry, they did not suffer entire
+ruin by being thrown down to the ground. Some few were destroyed
+through being old and in bad condition; but only one or two persons
+perished, and they of little account in the world. The kind-hearted
+governor went out with many followers to visit the [military] posts of
+the city, and aid, if he could, those who were in need; and the same
+was done by the alcaldes-in-ordinary and the regidors, accompanied
+by many citizens. The religious orders were well occupied in the
+ministries of their profession--some preaching from tables placed
+in the streets, others hastening to hear the confessions of those
+who asked for this sacrament, that is, of all. While all these were
+occupied in exercises so holy and pious, the trembling of the earth
+was again repeated many times; but, through the divine kindness,
+these vibrations were much slighter, continually diminishing--so
+that it seemed as if the divine anger were gradually being appeased,
+just as men were continually showing themselves more penitent. All
+that night until daybreak the earthquake shocks continued; for there
+were so many of them that one man counted forty, although to me it
+seemed as if there were many more. Many came out [from this calamity]
+crippled and lame; but all recognized that it was a miracle that the
+city had not been utterly destroyed with so repeated shocks. Later,
+it was ascertained that some chasms and air-vents in the earth had
+opened, and which is surely the cause of these disturbances. One
+chasm opened in the bounds of the village of Bauang, in the province
+of Balayan; and another in the mountains of Gapang, in Pampanga. Those
+who arrived here after navigating the seas of these islands recounted
+the horrible perils in which they had found themselves, tossed by
+great billows and almost submerged in the swell which was caused in
+the sea by the earthquake; the sea even rose until, in many places,
+it swept over the land, occasioning great damage. With this slight
+mention I will close the sad account of the melancholy termination
+of these royal festivities.
+
+The master-of-camp of these islands died, Don Agustin de Cepeda
+y Carracedo; he was a native of Talavera de la Reina, a relative
+of the glorious saint Teresa de Jesus, and more than eighty years
+of age. He was one of the most valiant soldiers who has belonged to
+these regions, and with that reputation he has been mentioned in this
+history in the greatest military exploits of his time, and in the
+government of Zamboanga and Ternate; and, what is his greatest glory,
+he was an excellent Christian, devout and charitable, and died with
+strong indications that he had been very earnestly such. For acting
+master-of-camp the governor appointed General Alonso Lopez, a soldier
+of long standing, and also very aged; and therefore he did not long
+serve in that office.
+
+Governor Don Francisco de Mansilla despatched the galleon for Nueva
+Espana, appointing as its commander his son, Don Felipe de Mansilla
+y Prado, a young man of much courage and ability, who at the time was
+serving in the post of sargento-mayor of the Manila army, which is the
+second, in the esteem of military men, after that of master-of-camp. As
+sargento-mayor of the galleon he appointed Juan Ventura Sarra (the
+Catalan so famous for his successful surgical operations), on account
+of his being a man of much valor, and experienced in military service
+in Flandes and Cataluna. This galleon made a very prosperous voyage,
+both going and returning, as we shall see in the following chapter.
+
+About the end of July in this year of 1678 came news that the galleon
+"San Telmo" had sighted these islands; it was under the command
+of General Don Tomas de Endaya, and had sailed for the port of
+Acapulco in the preceding year. It brought the proprietary governor,
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado, a knight of the Order of
+Santiago; he was a native of Toledo, and nephew of the venerable mother
+Jeronima de la Asuncion, foundress of the convent of Santa Clara in
+Manila--whose admirable life has been written by the father reader Fray
+Antonio de Leytona, [70] of the Observantine Order of St. Francis;
+and the investigations preliminary to her beatification have been
+begun. This knight had served many years in Flandes, Cataluna, and
+Extremadura, always with great commendation for his valor, which
+was as great as his nobility. He came with his wife, Dona Isabel de
+Ardila, a native of Badajoz; and brought in his company her uncle,
+a captain of cuirassiers, Don Francisco Guerrero y Ardila--a man
+of lofty stature, who, like another Saul, surpassed by the head and
+shoulders the tallest man in the Manila garrison--who showed that he
+possessed great valor. The new governor brought with him a numerous and
+brilliant retinue, and those who afterward attained most note were:
+his secretary, Miguel Sanchez Villanueva y Tejada, a man of great
+virtue, who came with his wife and three children, and afterward,
+having lost his wife, was ordained as a priest, and lived a long time
+an example for ecclesiastics, as before he had been one for laymen;
+Captains Don Juan Gallardo, Don Pedro Oriosolo, Don Jacinto Loban,
+Don Tomas Martinez de Trillanes, Don Diego Vivien, Don Felipe Ceballos,
+Don Jose Armijo, Don Francisco Fabra, Don Antonio de Tabora, Don Juan
+Castel, Don Juan de Tricaldir, Don Manuel Alvarado; and others, all
+of whom served long in these islands. As fiscal for his Majesty came
+Licentiate Don Diego de Viga, a native of Bejar; he was afterward
+an auditor for many years, and was a very upright and disinterested
+official. The governor also brought some reenforcements of troops. The
+appointment of commandant of the castle of Santiago came to General
+Fernando de Bobadilla, who afterward was master-of-camp.
+
+On the day of our Lady's nativity Don Juan de Vargas entered Manila,
+being received with great festivities; there were two ingenious
+triumphal arches, which were erected by the religious orders of our
+father St. Augustine and the Society, because both had their houses
+on the principal street through which the procession would pass. Don
+Juan began to govern with much prudence and desire to do well;
+he was very punctual in fulfilling his duties, and never failed in
+his daily attendance on the sessions of the Audiencia (in which some
+governors had displayed much negligence); and therefore in his time the
+court business was despatched more promptly, for he found many suits
+unsettled and delayed. This is an insuperable difficulty in these
+islands, where the lawsuits are eternal and constitute a perpetual
+source of income for court reporters, secretaries, and commissioners
+[71]--who, with the slow steps of judicial procedure, are continually
+plundering the litigants, until, impoverished or exhausted, they give
+up the suit, which is incorporated into a great mass of documents,
+which they call "Proceedings in lawsuits" [autos] in the archives of
+the court. Don Juan de Vargas was more fit for a soldier than for a
+governor; and gradually he looked with distaste on the duties of so
+arduous a post, and turned his attention to the means for securing his
+own advantage. The uncle of his wife, Don Francisco Guerrero de Ardila,
+became so much the master of Don Juan that, by his craftiness and great
+ability, he came to be the arbiter of the government. Accordingly, it
+was he who was governor, and he was the drayman who guided Don Juan
+de Vargas, while the latter, like a wagon, was carrying the weight
+of the government. Yet later Don Francisco Guerrero left him alone,
+and went to Nueva Espana, at so important a juncture that he met in
+the Embocadero the succeeding governor, Don Gabriel Crucelaegui,
+and Don Juan de Vargas in the residencia was laden with his own
+transgressions and those of others, as we shall see in due time. He
+had a great advantage for thus making himself arbiter of everything,
+in having more affability and more shrewdness than the governor, who
+was naturally harsh and unamiable and easily fretted. Accordingly,
+every one set on foot his claims with more confidence by the hand
+of the uncle, who, as all knew, was the fly-wheel for the movements
+of the government; and thus in a short time he secured following
+and applause, [although] without the formal marks of respect which
+belong to the dignity of a ruler; and he came to direct the entire
+government, with authority and without opposition. The authority of
+Don Francisco Guerrero was greatly increased because the governor
+had made him master-of-camp, because of the death of Alonso Lopez,
+who died within a short time [after his appointment], at an advanced
+age; this increased Don Francisco's authority, and strengthened his
+influence over the governor. The servants [of the governor] made more
+effort to secure their own advantage than that of their master, and
+therefore Don Juan de Vargas found himself alone in everything that
+was not to the profit of the uncle and his familiars. He appointed as
+castellan and governor of Cavite Don Juan Gallardo; this is the most
+influential and profitable position that the governors of Filipinas
+have at their disposal--although at the present time his Majesty
+fills this office from Madrid; and in this way it was held more
+than twenty-eight years by Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Atienza y
+Banes, who died while holding the post of master-of-camp, in the year
+1718. Another servant, Don Francisco Fabra, he appointed chief guard of
+the Parian, an office which affords great opportunities and facilities
+for securing the best goods; and thus in this occupation he was, so
+to speak, the governor's agent, for which employ he had much ability.
+
+Don Juan de Vargas, during his entire term of office, maintained
+trade and commerce with foreign nations, as those of the Coromandel
+coast, Bengal, and Surrate--which is the greatest emporium of Eastern
+India and of all the kingdoms subject to the emperor the Great Mogor
+[i.e., Mogul], a monarch more powerful than the Great Turk, and
+without doubt more wealthy. From this emporium of Surrate almost
+every year come one or two ships of great burden, like those that
+are called "ships of the line," laden with many and varied wares of
+Eastern India. Within the last few years these traders are Mahometans,
+although before they were heathens; this is because they were obliged
+to accept the cursed doctrine of Mahoma by the former Great Mogor,
+Payxa Ali Ramastican--who, trained up in his early years (when he
+was a fugitive from his family) by the house of Meca, was the cause
+of the total perdition of so many souls; for it is easier to convert
+to our holy faith a thousand heathens than one Mahometan. Trade and
+commerce were also very freely carried on with the Portuguese of
+Macan, and through their agency in Nueva Batavia in the island of
+Jacatra, the capital of the rich factories which the Dutch possess
+throughout India--where of the former Portuguese dominion only
+their language is left, since with that they trade and traffic; for
+they have been deprived of the fortified posts, which promised some
+advantage and profit, leaving to them only Goa (for the interment of
+Portuguese), and some posts to the north, such as Chaud, Dama, Diu,
+and Bassain. Only one who has seen it, as I have, can describe the
+great extent of every kind of trade which Manila enjoyed in the time
+of Don Juan de Vargas de Hurtado; and in that time, therefore, great
+fortunes were accumulated, and the city was adorned with magnificent
+edifices--the old ones being rebuilt, and new ones being erected,
+thus repairing the late havoc and destruction.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+[This is occupied with an account of the attempt made by the
+Augustinian Fray Juan de Rivera to go to the forbidden mission-field of
+Japan; it proved unsuccessful, and he was obliged to return to Manila.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+On the day of the apostle James news came to Manila [in 1679]
+of the safe arrival of the galleon "San Telmo" at these islands,
+and of its being outside of the Embocadero; this news was brought,
+with the royal mails, by Sargento-mayor Juan Ventura Sarra. In this
+galleon came two large and well-selected mission bands of religious;
+one was composed of thirty-one from our order, conducted by father
+Fray Juan de Garcia, who had been sent for this purpose in the year
+1674. The other mission was composed of religious belonging to the
+Society of Jesus, who were brought by Father Francisco Salgado,
+[72] a religious of great learning and virtue. This mission [of
+ours] arrived at the most opportune time that could be imagined,
+for our province found itself in extreme necessity, on account of the
+scarcity of religious; for in ten years it had not received even the
+smallest reenforcement with which to replace them in the extensive
+and numerous ministries in its charge. So great was this lack that
+our province was already taking measures to give up some of those
+ministries; but all the religious orders and the secular clergy were
+suffering from the same need as was our province, on account of not
+having a consecrated bishop who might confer the holy orders. The
+ship "San Telmo" could not enter the Embocadero of San Bernardino,
+for it was hindered by the vendavals; and therefore it made port,
+after many hardships, in Palapag, in the province of Leyte--a very
+safe harbor, but outside of the Embocadero, and more than a hundred
+and twenty leguas distant from Manila. The religious of the mission
+came hither through the provinces of Camarines and Laguna de Bay;
+the roads were bad, for it was the rainy season, but the hardships
+of their journey were alleviated by the charitable hospitality which
+was given to them by the religious of St. Francis--who, heirs of
+that saint's seraphic love, vied with each other, on such occasions,
+in showing themselves true sons of so holy a father.
+
+They arrived at Manila, where they were received by the community
+as sons beloved by their affectionate mother, who was so eagerly
+expecting them; and on September 18--the day of the father of the poor,
+St. Thomas of Villanova--a private meeting of the definitors was held,
+and they were received by this province as her sons.
+
+In this private session father Fray Juan Garcia declared under oath,
+in verbo sacerdotis, that, having kissed the feet of our most holy
+father Innocent XI on September 20, 1677, among other favors which his
+Holiness had granted him the latter had told him that by his apostolic
+authority he made good all the defects which might have occurred in
+the elections of this province, from its foundation until the said
+day. His Holiness granted him several jubilees for certain convents,
+and eleven thousand ordinary indulgences, in the new form which his
+Holiness has promulgated; and gave him two notable relics, a bone of
+St. Venturino the Martyr [73]--the first for the hospice at Mejico,
+and the other for the convent of San Pablo at Manila. Father Fray
+Juan Garcia also obtained from his Holiness, on petition by this
+province, a bull in which he granted that all the procurators who
+may go to Rome and bring hither missions of religious shall enjoy
+the same exemptions which those possess who have been provincials
+(who are called absolutos); this was accepted [by the Council of
+Indias], and father Fray Juan Garcia was the first who enjoyed this
+privilege, all his life. But he, as the devout religious that he
+was, would not allow the religious to address him as "Our Father,"
+as is the custom with the provincials, both active and retired;
+and, retiring to the province of Ilocos, where he was minister,
+he devoted himself to leading an exemplary life, abandoning himself
+entirely to meditation, mortification, and prayer until his death,
+and leaving behind a noble example as a sincere religious.
+
+[The rest of this chapter is occupied with the coming (in the "San
+Telmo") to Manila of Fernando de Valenzuela, the disgraced favorite
+of the queen-mother, and a sketch of his career in Spain. The last
+paragraph reads thus:] Don Juan de Vargas, learning of his arrival,
+and that he was already coming by land through the province of
+Camarines, sent to escort him General Don Francisco Enriquez
+de Losada and Captain Alfonso de Castillo; they conveyed him to
+the port of Cavite and the fortress of San Felipe. In that place a
+house was built for him, of timber, according to his taste and plan,
+with all possible conveniences; and there he lived--at the beginning,
+with much strictness, watched by sentinels, and receiving few visits;
+but afterward with more freedom, and visited by everyone, but always
+in the presence of Captain Juan de Herrera, the warden's deputy. In
+this seclusion Don Fernando made use of his great mental ability,
+employing for his recreation the many talents which he possessed,
+especially in music and poetry; for in both these arts he had no
+equal in Espana. With the news which came by way of the coast of
+the death of Don Juan of Austria, the severities which, while he
+lived, had been employed toward Don Ferdinand were mitigated; and
+the prisoner enjoyed so much diversion and company that in these
+regions he could not have had more. Every month he was allowed a
+thousand pesos from the royal treasury, which was sufficient for his
+support and comforts, and for the expenses of the amusements which
+his cleverness and ingenuity devised for his recreation. I have taken
+more time than I should in this narration (which might pass for a mere
+ornament of my proper task), because this gentleman was much devoted
+to us--although he had received from us and from the Society of Jesus
+(to whom he acknowledged his obligations) much assistance in his
+seclusion and in certain difficulties which he had experienced. The
+rest of his fortunes I will relate in the proper place, when we
+reach the termination of the ten years of his retirement, his return
+to Nueva Espana, and finally his death. The author of the additions
+to Father Juan de Mariana's Historie general de Espana, [74] at the
+end of the second volume, speaks very sharply and indignantly of this
+gentleman, and as he might speak of a wicked highwayman or of a cruel
+Nero. He certainly was wrong, for Don Fernando de Valenzuela was very
+zealous in the service of his king, and his power and influence in the
+government were very beneficial to the monarchy, as after his fall
+was recognized by all, even his greatest enemies. But flattery [75]
+must have mended the pen for him, so that in this matter he might show
+himself very prejudiced. Let the name of that writer be his apology,
+for it was Don So-and-so. [Fulano] Malo. The posthumous fame of Don
+Fernando de Valenzuela, however, will not be obscured by his errors.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+The government of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado proceeded with prosperous
+results, on account of the favorable seasons and the great abundance
+of the crops which were experienced in the years 1679 and 1680; and
+through the success and extent of the commerce which was maintained
+with China and the Coromandel coast, Surrate, and other ports of
+Oriental India and the kingdoms of the Great Mogor--which formerly
+were more than fifteen in number, and furnished much income to the
+royal treasury with the customs duties [derecho de a nojarifazgo]. Not
+only from the Coromandel coast--on which the Manila trade had founded
+populous settlements, as Portonovo and Cololu--but from the city of
+Goa came ships almost every year, commerce little known [to Manila]
+before, and very remote. The governor devoted much attention to the
+sessions of the Audiencia and the obligations of his office, and
+thus the legal business which devolved upon that court was expedited,
+through the uprightness and integrity of the auditors, Don Francisco
+Mansilla, Don Diego Calderon, and Don Diego de Viga; the last named
+filled the office of fiscal acceptably to all.
+
+About this time there came to the general a solemn embassy from the
+principal ruler of Borney, whom those people revere as an emperor. This
+is the largest island of all Asia, and, according to the best
+cosmographers, has as great an area as all Espana and the kingdom of
+Portugal. It is thinly populated, as its surface is very mountainous;
+and therefore it is only on the shores of the sea and a few leguas
+inland that there are settlements of civilized people, if that name
+can be given to those barbarous nations. Borney has much wax, and in
+its seas are pearl-fisheries; it abounds in amber, camphor, and gold;
+and in its mountains are found large elephants, although smaller than
+those of Siam. Its inhabitants are partly Mahometans, partly heathens;
+but in color and disposition they resemble the natives of Filipinas,
+who say that they had their origin in these islands of Borney [and]
+the coast of Malayo. The ambassador was received with more ostentation
+than his person seemed to merit. Although he was corpulent and robust,
+he and all his retinue (which was not a small one) came barefooted
+and half-naked; he wore a broad bahaque, which tired him more than it
+covered him, and some wore a loose jacket, short and without a shirt
+(which is not known among these peoples); but all were well armed with
+lances and crises--which are swords as short as daggers, with which
+they are well able to defend themselves or attack, for usually they
+have these weapons dipped in poison. He made his entry [into the city]
+with great pomp, in the coach and with the halberdiers of the governor,
+and accompanied by the sargento-mayor of the garrison, Don Jose de
+Robles; and the governor received him under a canopy, as being he who
+represented the royal person. The ambassador's credentials came in the
+Malayan language, written in Arabic characters; these were interpreted
+by the Borneans themselves, and by a Ternatan named Pedro Machado. The
+object of the embassy, they said, was to establish trade and commerce
+on both sides, and to adjust some disputes over the limits of the
+island of Paragua and in regard to some hostile acts which had been
+committed in the lands of Borney by Alcalde-mayor Don Jose de Somonte,
+in vengeance for the injuries which the Camucones had inflicted in our
+islands. Everything was settled to the satisfaction of both parties,
+and the ambassador returned well content and handsomely entertained,
+with a valuable present for his king in return for another (and very
+ordinary) one which he had brought. In the following year, the governor
+sent in turn an ambassador, General Don Juan de Morales Valenzuela,
+a man of gallant nature and tall stature, with a very goodly escort of
+Spaniards. He was very hospitably received by the king of Borney, in
+a large pavilion of bamboo and nipa, which was erected for this solemn
+function; and the king allowed himself to be seen by all his vassals,
+a favor which, they say, is very rare in that royalty. Don Juan de
+Morales returned very successful, the king ceding to the Spaniards
+dominion over all the island of Paragua, and making satisfaction for
+the ravages by the Camucones; and since then we have remained very
+good friends [with the Borneans].
+
+All the three years' term of our father provincial Fray Juan de
+Jerez was very peaceable, our order and the observance of our rules
+nourishing in this province, which continually increased in prosperity
+through the opportune measures which this judicious and devout prelate
+employed; for certainly he was one of the most observant superiors
+it had had, and it made great advancement in every way during the
+time of his government.
+
+At last the time for the chapter-session arrived, and when the voting
+fathers from the four provinces were assembling, with great peace
+and harmony, suddenly a storm arose, which they feared would occasion
+the destruction of peace within the order, and produce divisions and
+contentions very difficult to adjust; and from which might originate
+great losses to the religious and their ministries. The trouble was
+this: some of the religious who were born in Nueva Espana, and others
+born in these islands, where they had assumed the habit of our order,
+attempted to renew the old controversy over the alternate elections
+[76]--which arose in the year 1637, as we have related in book ii,
+chapter 26--incited to this by having found a copy of the first
+bull of Gregory XV, and the royal decree for its passage by the
+supreme Council of the Indias, attested by Don Diego Nunez Crespo,
+at that time court secretary of the royal Audiencia. With this slight
+foundation, without heeding that the matter had already been decided
+by apostolic authority--by the legate of his Holiness, that is, the
+archbishop of Manila who was then in office--according to the bull
+of his Holiness Urban VIII, issued "at Castel Gandolfo, diocese of
+Albano, May 18, 1634" (of which they probably were not aware), [they
+made this claim]. They had on their side many citizens of Manila,
+and employed as their leader Doctor Don Jose Cervantes Altamirano,
+a cleric in minor orders--who afterward was married, and at his death
+was alcalde-mayor of the Parian of the Sangleys, and chief clerk of
+the cabildo and municipality of Manila; he had a very keen mind, and
+with that he would, if he had been master and disciple of himself,
+have made a great jurisconsult.
+
+They appointed as judge-executor Master Jeronimo Fernandez Caravallo,
+cura of the village of Quiapo, a priest of little ability and easily
+influenced. This man accepted the commission with much pleasure,
+believing that it would bring him honor and profit; and he therefore
+set up his tribunal, and appointed as his secretary Bachelor Martin
+Diaz, cura of the natives and Morenos in Manila. At once he sent this
+man to notify the provincial, Fray Juan de Jerez, of the said bull of
+Gregory XV; but the provincial would not accept the notification, not
+recognizing Master Caravallo as a judge until he should establish his
+right as such before a competent tribunal, and because this proceeding
+found him unprepared, and with little knowledge of this controversy,
+because neither official documents nor information about it were
+found in the archives of the province. Investigations were made, and
+the original documents were found in the archiepiscopal tribunal;
+and an authentic transcript of these was found in a writing-desk
+which stood in the cell of the provincials, of which the key could
+not be found, and it served only as an ornament. In the said desk
+was also found the above-mentioned bull of Urban VIII, with which and
+the acts issued in the year 1657 the procurator-general (who was the
+writer of this history) presented himself before his Lordship Don
+Fray Felipe Pardo of the Order of Preachers, the archbishop-elect
+and ruler of this archbishopric, as being the legate appointed by
+his Holiness Urban VIII to render decision and sentence in this
+question. He looked at the bull and declared himself judge, and as
+such examined the documents, with the assistance of his counselor
+the father presentado Fray Raimundo Verart of the same order, a
+doctor in both branches of law from the university of Lerida. They
+found that this controversy was already authoritatively decided,
+[77] and with the lapse of forty-three years had become established
+as a matter of law; that there was not the least room for the claim
+made by the fathers of the Indias; and that the province possessed
+the same right as before of making its choice [of officers] freely,
+without respect of persons. Upon the litigant religious--who had taken
+refuge in, and by order of the royal Audiencia were committed to, the
+college of the Society of Jesus and the convent of San Francisco--was
+imposed perpetual silence; and with censures they were commanded to
+return to their convents, and to follow what obedience should direct to
+them. They did so, and there was no farther discussion of this matter;
+for in the following chapter-meeting attention was given to consoling
+them. Those who made amends for all were the judge-executor, Master
+Jeronimo Caravallo, and Bachelor Martin Diaz, whom the archbishop
+punished with pecuniary fines for not having first appeared before
+him with their commission, and for having erected a tribunal without
+his permission. But intercession was made for them on the part of
+our province, and their fines were diminished. Information of the
+affair was given to our very reverend father general, Fray Domingo
+Valvasorio, of Milan, who commanded that the religious who had been
+the movers of this innovation (which might so greatly have disturbed
+the peace of this province) be punished; and again imposed silence
+regarding the claim to alternation; but the whole matter was adjusted,
+for at the end the order, like a mother, must regard them as her sons.
+
+The time for the chapter-session arrived, which was May 11, 1680, at
+the convent in Manila; its president, by commission from our father
+general already named, was our father Fray Jose Duque; and father Fray
+Diego de Jesus, prior of the convent of Pasig, was elected provincial,
+to the satisfaction of all, by the unanimous vote of all the fathers in
+the chapter. He was a zealous religious, very observant, and enamored
+of poverty; and had great learning, prudence, and discretion. He was
+fifty-eight years of age, a native of Pejar in Extremadura, and a
+son of the convent at Salamanca--where, and in that of San Felipe at
+Madrid, he had been for many years master of the novices. He came to
+this province in the year 1669, as has already been said, influenced
+[to come] at so great an age by scruples at having excused himself in
+the year 1660 from coming as commissary for the mission which reached
+this province in the year of 1663, by the appointment given to him by
+our very reverend father general Master Fray Pablo Luquino, who was
+then visiting the provinces of Espana. The definitors appointed were
+fathers Fray Juan Ponce, Fray Carlos Bautista, Fray Pedro Martinez,
+and Fray Alvaro de Benavente. Father Fray Jose Camello and the father
+reader Fray Juan Martinez were present as visitors from the previous
+triennium; and for the present one were appointed father Fray Juan
+Guedeja and the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio. As procurator for
+going to Espana was appointed father Fray Manuel de la Cruz, a native
+of Toledo, and a son of the convent of Badaya; and they elected him
+definitor of this province for the next general chapter to be held,
+and agreed upon [78] the choice of a discreet for the said general
+chapter. [79] This choice was so judicious that to it is due the
+conservation and advancement of this province, for he fulfilled
+so carefully the obligation of his commission that he conducted to
+Nueva Espana three mission bands--the largest and most distinguished
+that this province has gained, for in all they contained over fifty
+religious--the first in the year 1684, the second in 1699 and 1700,
+and the third in 1712. [80] He himself remained in Mexico, where he
+died with the reputation of great virtue, at the age of seventy-four
+years, in 1712.
+
+It was decided in this chapter to ask our very reverend father
+general to extinguish the votes of the discreet of the convent at
+Manila, and those of the priors of the convents of Hagonoy and San
+Pablo de los Montes in the provinces of Tagalos, Mexico in Pampanga,
+Narvacan in Ilocos, and Dumarao in the province of Panay--on account
+of the usual scarcity of religious, and the deficiency which might be
+caused, by their absence while at the chapter, in Ilocos and Bisayas,
+provinces which are so remote. The other arrangements and ordinances
+which were made in this chapter publish its great zeal for promoting
+the regular observance, and the nourishing condition of that observance
+in this province.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas despatched for Nueva Espana the galleon
+"San Antonio," under command of General Don Francisco Enriquez de
+Losada, then accountant of the royal exchequer; and in this galleon
+went the father procurator Fray Manuel Losada, and in his company
+father Fray Miguel de Negrea--a son of the convent of San Felipe,
+and native of that city [i.e., Madrid]; he was going back to his own
+province, and died on the voyage, in the high northern latitude. The
+voyage was a very distressing one, on account of the severe tempests
+which suddenly came upon them; and many of those on board died, not
+only seamen but passengers. A better voyage was that of the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," which had sailed the preceding year by the same route
+from Nueva Espana, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; for on the
+morning of the day of St. John the Baptist it entered the bay of
+Manila, to the great joy of those who were watching it, and anchored
+at the port of Cavite--a good fortune which seldom has been enjoyed
+in these islands since the banishment of Don Fray Hernando Guerrero,
+in the year 1635, as we have with sadness related. In this galleon
+came Don Fray Diego de Aguilar, of the Order of Preachers, a native
+of Rioseco, as consecrated bishop of Zebu; for several years he had
+been detained in Nueva Espana. He brought in his company father Fray
+Manuel de Olivares, of the same order, who afterward was provincial
+of the province of Mejico; his nephew, Captain Don Juan de Urias;
+and other Spaniards. His arrival occasioned great rejoicing, on
+account of these islands having remained so many years destitute of
+a consecrated bishop, and many clerics and regulars were waiting to
+receive holy orders.
+
+In this galleon arrived three religious belonging to the mission of
+father Fray Juan Garcia; they were choristers, and had been left
+in Nueva Espana, to be ordained as priests, and their names are
+as follows: father Fray Francisco Castrillon, a native of Madrid,
+and son of the convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years
+old, and had spent nine in the order. He was a minister in Tagalos
+until the year 1690, when he returned to Mejico, where he died soon
+afterward. Father Fray Dionisio Navarro, a native of Leganes, and a
+son of the same convent of San Felipe; he was twenty-four years old,
+and had spent seven in the order. He was a good preacher, and well
+versed in the dialects of the province of Tagalos. He went to Espana
+and returned hither, and died in the convent of Manila from a long and
+painful infirmity, on November 2, 1714. Father Fray Antonio Gutierrez,
+a native of Medina Sidonia, and a son of the province of Andalucia. For
+only a short time he was a minister in Tagalos, because he soon fell
+ill with a contraction of the tendons [tullimiento], which lasted
+until his death; this occurred at Manila, in the year 1693.
+
+The arrival of this bishop of Zebu served as a great spiritual
+consolation for these islands; for he repeatedly performed pontifical
+functions, conferring holy orders on a great number of religious and
+clerics. He interceded with the governor, in order to reconcile with
+him those who had taken refuge in the churches through fear of some
+oppression from the absolute power of the governor--which can not
+be compared with any other power in the universe; and the worst is,
+that no means can be thought of for moderating and tempering it within
+the bounds of reason, because the distance of five thousand leguas
+which lies between the royal court of Madrid and Filipinas cannot
+be diminished. The swiftest post, therefore, requires three years,
+and most of them four; and if it happens that the galleon is obliged
+to put back to port, the mail is delayed to five or six years. At
+the end of so protracted a term as this, the most peremptory royal
+rescript is exposed to the danger of being withheld by the governor,
+according to his pleasure. The lord bishop with his intercession
+withdrew from asylum in the house of the Society of Jesus the secretary
+of Don Juan de Vargas, Captain Miguel Sanchez de Villanueva y Tejada,
+and restored him to favor with his master--although soon afterward
+the governor removed him from his service, making him alcalde-mayor
+of Laguna de Bay.
+
+About this time the convent of Angat in the mountains of the province
+of Bulacan was received, with the title of our mother St. Monica, and
+father Fray Juan de Morelos was appointed its prior. It was composed
+of the visitas of the convent of Quingua--Tabuquillo, Abarungco,
+Catalonan, Guinapusan, and Santa Lucia--which, on account of being
+very distant from Quingua, were administered with much difficulty;
+and therefore the ministry of Angat was founded, more than three
+leguas distant from [the convent of] Sandago at Quingua. It has
+ordinarily two hundred and fifty tributes, with a church and convent
+of wood. The district is very healthful and pleasant, because the
+land is fertilized by a river of the best water that is known in
+these islands; it is the river celebrated by the name of Quingua, the
+waters of which, compared with many others, have been found to weigh
+less. This mission is bounded on every side by very fertile meadows,
+on which abundant harvests of excellent tobacco are gathered; for this
+reason it is thickly settled with people who cultivate this plant,
+which is so esteemed throughout the world, and which now has made
+its way to the chief personages therein. This district has forests,
+although they are scattered, of heavy and valuable timber; for they
+are very dense, and so extensive that they join those of Balete and
+San Mateo, at a distance of more than eight leguas. In the district of
+this ministry the religious of St. John of God possess a fine ranch
+stocked with cattle and horses, which is the most that they have for
+the support of their convent and hospital at Manila, where they aid
+the sick poor with their usual charity. The convent of Angat has no
+vote in the chapter-meetings, and therefore is counted in the number
+of the vicariates of this province.
+
+Although the citizens of Manila are not easy to please, no matter
+how good their governors are, it appears that in the time of which
+we write they had much reason to be discontented with the government
+of Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado; for not only did he devote himself
+excessively to his own personal interests, to the detriment of the
+commonwealth, but he was of a harsh and unpleasant nature, and gave
+sharp answers. Besides this he spoke in a treble voice, and people
+heard him with difficulty. He kept every one angered at his harsh
+behavior, and disgusted by his being engrossed with, the pursuit of
+gain. This was recognized in the lading of the galleons, which is the
+net of the merchants; and in this year [of 1680] the galleon "San
+Antonio" was in danger of not making the voyage, on account of its
+being so overloaded by his henchman Don Juan Gallardo, the castellan
+of Cavite--not only with his own goods, but with those of his master
+the governor--that its commander, Don Tomas de Endaya, was compelled
+to unload the vessel and return to lade it anew, accommodating the
+entire cargo to the vessel's capacity. On account of these and other
+well-known animosities against the governor and his retainers, the
+citizens this year determined to inform his Majesty against him; and
+they did so, the auditors and the city uniting for this purpose and
+making charges against him. They sent letters, with great caution,
+in this galleon; and these papers caused his removal in the year 1684.
+
+About October of this year the governor sent to Macan General
+Antonio Nieto, in order to settle some disputes relative to commerce;
+he accomplished this with much discretion, his excellent procedure
+reflecting credit on the Castilian nation. He also, with great charity,
+relieved many cases of necessity, which in the said city are very
+numerous; but this was done without injuring one iota of the Portuguese
+tenacity and pride, in which that people exceed all others in Europa.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+[This chapter describes a remarkable comet which was visible in the
+islands from the middle of November, 1680, to February 14, 1681;
+and relates at much length the condition of the Chinese empire at
+that time, and the founding of Augustinian missions therein. Of this
+matter, we retain only the description of the comet and its course.]
+
+The frightful comet [was] so large that it extended, like a very
+wide belt, from one side of the horizon to the other, with but
+little difference [in its breadth], causing in the darkness of
+the night nearly as much light as the moon in her quadrature. The
+course of this comet was, like those of the planets, a rapid one from
+east to west, so that every day it disappeared and was hidden. The
+other movement was a retrograde one, so that it moved from west to
+east three or four degrees, and sometimes more than five, each day,
+at times less. This movement lasted from November 20 until February
+14, 1681, in which time it passed through the signs of Virgo, Libra,
+Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus, Aquarius, Pisces, and Aries--passing
+the equator from the south, from the handle of Libra and Ophiuchus
+[Serpentario]. It crossed the ecliptic and southern solstice, and
+through the constellation Antinous to the tail of the Dolphin, to the
+tail of the Little Horse [i.e., Equellus], and the breast of Pegasus,
+and thence to the head of Andromeda; and it passed over the equator
+at 310 deg. from the point of Aries. Its magnitude was frightful, for
+its circumference and head [i.e., of the coma and nucleus] was two
+thousand one hundred and four leguas; and its magnitude was equal to
+that of Mercury, which is nineteen times larger than the earth. Its
+tail reached, on January 8, an extent of seventy-five degrees, which at
+its distance made 1,437,919 leguas. It was a celestial comet, and not
+elemental; [81] and according to its parallax it was in the celestial
+quarter distant from us 1,150 semidiameters or halves of the line
+which we regard as crossing the center [82]--which, according to the
+measurement of Father Jose Zaragoza, a distinguished mathematician of
+the Society of Jesus, are 1,153,000 leguas, which was its apogee. Its
+movement was 7,458 times as swift as the velocity of a cannon-ball
+weighing twelve libras, which, according to those who are curious,
+travels in each minute, or sixtieth part of an hour, two-thirds of
+a legua. This comet was visible throughout the world, giving rise
+to much discussion over its effects, which in truth were generally
+very evil. On the second of January it passed the parallel of our
+zenith. These observations were made by Father Eusebius Kino, [83]
+a German, of the Society of Jesus--a mathematician of the university
+of Ingolstad, a missionary in California--while he was in Mejico;
+and he printed them, with a dedication to our Lady of Guadalupe.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+General Antonio Nieto returned from Macan, leaving the affairs of
+the commerce with these islands regulated, as well as the entrance
+of missionaries into China by that door--although it never has been
+assured, because the Portuguese allege that such entrance is opposed
+to the right of patronage of their king, with other absurdities which
+only excite a smile; for it is a fact that many of the more southern
+provinces of China fall within the demarcation of Castilla, in proof of
+which not much mathematics is needed. Moreover, the Portuguese do not
+hold a palmo of conquered land on which they have erected churches, or
+founded bishoprics, with the right of patronage; for in that very city
+of Macan the emperor of China possesses as much authority as in Canton,
+and they pay him customs, duties and other royal tributes. And within
+that same city, while General Antonio Nieto was there, an incident
+occurred which would cause shame [even] to a nation less Catholic
+than the Portuguese, whom no other people outdo in that respect.
+
+In that city the Chinese make their idolatrous processions, and
+commit other abominations, as they do in every other part of their
+lands. It happened that in one of these processions, at that time,
+they carried an idol, a figure of a beautiful woman with a child in
+her arms, whom they call Sanpuerstsa; this is the idol to which they
+pay most devotion, for they call her "Mother of Mercy." This confirms
+what is told by the traditions in China, which declare that our holy
+faith was preached in that country; and that when it was forgotten some
+images of saints remained which were made idols. Captain Nicolas Perez
+looked closely at the idols, and asked a Chinaman in the procession
+what image that was; and the Chinaman replied, "Here, like St. Mary
+at Manila." Nicolas Perez, hearing this, raised his hand, and gave
+the Chinaman a heavy blow in the face. The procession was thrown
+into confusion, and the Chinese and the whole city disturbed; the
+aggressor was seized; and it cost Nicolas Perez and General Nieto
+many pesos and much effort to leave the Chinese satisfied, and the
+Portuguese free from their fear that their city and all their royal
+patronage would be destroyed.
+
+When Antonio Nieto returned to Manila, he was accompanied by three
+clerics, who came to be ordained as priests, as at that time they had
+no bishop in Macan. One was Antonio Melo, the son of a rich Portuguese
+of much repute in Macan named Basco Barbosa; and the others were people
+of the country, that is, mestizos of Portuguese and Chinese blood. They
+were ordained by the bishop of Zebu, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar;
+and soon afterward they returned to Macan in a patache belonging
+to that city, accompanied by two priests of the Society of Jesus,
+mathematicians, who had come in the year 1679 with Father Francisco
+Salgado, assigned by their general to the mission of China. This
+vessel sailed about October, which is the time of the monsoon that
+is unfavorable to this voyage; and no information whatever has been
+received about it, or how or where it was lost, although great efforts
+have been made for this by the citizens of Macan.
+
+[Here follows an account of a punitive expedition against the Zambals,
+which we have already given; see VOL. XXXVIII, pp. 226-228.]
+
+The galleon "San Antonio," which had sailed in the previous year in
+charge of General Don Francisco Enrique de Losada, reached Acapulco,
+although it encountered heavy gales in the high latitudes, and returned
+prosperously to these islands. It had not the good-fortune to come in
+as far as the point of Cavite (a piece of luck which seldom occurs),
+on account of the vendavals having set in steadily; and therefore it
+made port in Solsogon. In this galleon came the following persons: The
+father master Don Fray Gines Barrientos, of the Order of Preachers,
+and preacher to his Majesty, consecrated as bishop of Troya, to
+be assistant for the archbishopric of Manila. He was a son of the
+convent of Pena de Francia, and native of a place in Sayago called
+Barroco Pardo; he was a very learned scholastic, a great preacher,
+and a very observant religious. The father master Don Fray Juan Duran,
+of the Order of Mercy, and a native of Lima; he came as consecrated
+bishop of Sinopolis, and assistant to the bishop of Zebu; he was very
+learned, and of very handsome figure and lofty stature. The entreaties
+of his Majesty had obtained from his Holiness these two auxiliary
+bishops, with two thousand pesos of income from his royal treasury,
+and with the right of future succession to assume the government
+of the vacant sees as they might occur. They brought the bulls and
+pallium for the archbishop Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who in virtue of
+these was consecrated on October 28; this was performed by the bishop
+of Zebu, Don Fray Diego de Aguilar and the bishop of Troya, with
+the assistance of the dean, Master Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias,
+who carried the mitre.
+
+Presentation came as bishop of Nueva Segovia to Doctor Don Francisco
+Pizarro de Orellana, the archdeacon of Manila, and a native of that
+city; [the see was vacant] by the death of Master Don Lucas de Arqueros
+de Robles, a native of Vigan in Ilocos; and a son of Lorenzo Arqueros,
+so renowned in the revolt of the Zambals and in their destructive
+raid into Ilocos. [The said archdeacon] was a priest of lofty virtue,
+the fame of which had secured for him this dignity--which he did not
+enjoy, as he lived but a short time, and died before the bulls for
+his consecration arrived.
+
+[Others also] arrived: Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera Grimaldos,
+a native of Mejico--who was a professor in the university there, and
+dean of the faculty of law, and had been counselor of the archbishop of
+Mejico, the viceroy of Nueva Espana, Don Fray Payo de Rivera, of the
+order of our father St. Augustine--who came as auditor of this royal
+Audiencia of Manila. Doctor Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolivar y Mena,
+a native of Mejico--a son of Licentiate Don Juan de Bolivar y Cruz,
+a former auditor of Manila [sic] and Clementina [84] professor--also
+an auditor of this royal Audiencia. Also Doctor Don Lorenzo Esteban
+de la Fuente Alanis, a native of Murcia--a professor in Granada and
+Sevilla, and competitor for positions in Salamanca--as fiscal of the
+Audiencia. All were able lawyers, and the fiscal not only surpassed
+the rest, but was very skilful in music; and he excelled all who had
+been here in the rare art of playing well the guitar [vihuela], [85]
+an instrument handled by many, but understood only by him. Besides
+these came Licentiate Don Miguel de Lanama Altamirano, an advocate of
+this royal Audiencia; he was a married man, as also were the auditors,
+and they brought their wives with them. Don Miguel was a lawyer of much
+ability, and held important positions in his profession. An appointment
+came for Don Francisco Montemayor y Mansilla as alcalde for criminal
+cases in Mejico; he sailed for that country in the second year, with
+his son, Don Felipe Mansilla Prado, and died on the voyage. His son
+is still living--a knight of the Order of Santiago--as also is Father
+Antonio Mansilla, of the Society of Jesus.
+
+The bishop of Troya was accompanied by father Fray Alonso Garcia,
+a native of Tamanes in Sayago, a religious of the order of our father
+St. Augustine, who had been left in Mexico, belonging to the mission
+of the year 1679; he was a son of the convent at Ciudad Rodrigo,
+and was twenty-five years old; he was a minister in Tagalos, and
+died in the convent at Bulacan, in the year 1704. [With him was]
+also father Fray Jose de Andrada, a Portuguese, a native of Lisboa,
+and a son of the congregation of Eastern India. Having spent several
+years in this province, and desiring to be adopted into it, but
+not being able to secure that privilege for lack of the consent
+and permission of his Majesty and of our very reverend general,
+he went by land to Roma and Madrid--going to Surrate, and thence to
+Alepo and Venecia--and obtained a warrant from our father general,
+and a decree from his Majesty, ordaining that he be received into
+this province, but with a clause which stated that this should not
+be regarded as a precedent. This religious was an excellent minister
+in the province of Ilocos, where he died at an advanced age in the
+year 1705. He deserves that record be made of him, since his adoption
+into this province cost him so many peregrinations and hardships;
+for to obtain it he made the entire circuit of the terraqueous globe.
+
+This galleon brought one of the best and most copious reenforcements
+of soldiers that had been received here; for they numbered more
+than three hundred Europeans, and came from Nueva Espana, without
+the stigma of being convicts or men taken from the jails. [86]
+This accession was very timely for filling up the military forces
+in Manila, which was accomplished by removing many colored men and
+replacing them by Spaniards; for in this Don Juan de Vargas took
+great pains, showing himself an able soldier. Thus in the time of no
+governor since Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera was the garrison of
+Manila in so fine a condition as in that of Don Juan de Vargas. The
+baton of master-of-camp was given to General Don Fernando de Bobadilla
+(who was castellan of Santiago), in place of Don Francisco de Ardilla
+[sic], who held it ad interim. The scene began to change with the
+coming of so many bishops and of auditors and lawyers--an event
+which, it seems, tended rather to augment the forces so that the
+shock of battle might be more violent and fierce for both sides,
+the winds again returning for the fearful commotions which were to
+disturb the peace and tranquillity which the commonwealth of Manila
+had enjoyed. For although the government of Don Juan de Vargas did
+not prove to be what the citizens of Manila desired, on account of
+his natural harshness and his excessive devotion to his own private
+interests, nevertheless, as he did not rob any one of anything, and
+was only a hindrance to the merchants gaining the profits of the trade
+more to their own satisfaction; and as, on the other hand, the islands
+were in a Nourishing condition, the commerce with China and India was
+very firmly established, and wealth was not diminishing, there was
+[something] for all if their desires were not excessive, and for the
+governor more than all together. But, as covetousness is the root of
+all evils, ... from this resulted the greatest troubles and Calamities.
+
+Time had passed agreeably for the people with some festivities that
+were celebrated at the dedication of the church of Santa Potenciana,
+on May 19, which were very diverting and ingenious. There were
+poetical competitions, which were arranged for that celebration by
+the cleverness of Don Jose de Castellar, who had been the secretary
+of Governor Don Manuel de Leon--at whose posthumous expense had
+been rebuilt that church and royal seminary. In these exercises the
+geniuses that are in Filipinas showed that in that remotest corner
+of the world is hidden much that could shine in the principal courts
+of Europa; for the poems that were presented therein, both Latin and
+Castilian, might have been a credit to the leading universities. And
+certainly there was verified the saying and opinion of some critics
+who assert that Filipinas is composed of quintessences, [87] for many
+of these are found there, not only of good but of evil; and therefore
+in the pulpits as well as in theology (both scholastic and moral)
+there never lack stars of the first magnitude; and in all the rest
+"a hair is cut in the air," [88] as the common saying goes.
+
+The first misfortune which was felt was the return to port of the
+galleon "Santa Rosa," in command of General Tomas de Endaya; it is
+these losses which are most deeply felt, since all are interested in
+the prosperous voyages of the galleons; and it is one of the greatest
+troubles of these islands, if not the worst, that all are dependent
+on two bits of wood, [89] and those entrusted to the fickleness
+of the sea--the one that goes [to Acapulco], and the other that
+is expected. The sad news of its return came late in December,
+about Christmas, and caused general sorrow. The year 1682 began
+with the melancholy feeling which was inspired by seeing that we
+were deprived for that year of having a galleon from Nueva Espana,
+which is the artery that communicates the blood and the life for the
+preservation of these isolated islands--that is, the silver which,
+like a lodestone, attracts the most remote nations to the commerce and
+trade; and by the lack of the silver [which comes] with the galleon
+commercial transactions are greatly retarded.
+
+Now, it seems, the two camps had made ready their opposing forces for
+one of the most sanguinary battles which for many generations had been
+waged in these islands; and its consequences lasted many years, and
+its echo was a scandal to the universe. The auditors began the duties
+of their office with great care and attention, for they were all very
+erudite men, who had filled chairs in the universities of Espana;
+but, as the true wisdom is the fear of God, when this is lacking
+all human knowledge is useless.... In the Indias a great source of
+disputes is the desire which some ministers have for extending the
+royal privileges [regalias], expecting through this channel greater
+advancement--as if kings, and especially those who are so Catholic
+and pious as are ours of Espana, would be willing to do anything
+else than to render to God that which is God's, content with what is
+rendered to them, which is Caesar's. The great privileges of the royal
+patronage are not opposed to the integrity of the episcopal dignity and
+ecclesiastical hierarchy; rather, they are in accord with each other,
+and both use their powers to promote the greater prosperity of the
+faith.... And, since the greatest privileges of the patronage of the
+Indias are pontifical concessions, how can they be used against the
+power of him who concedes them, who necessarily must be relatively
+greater?... Therefore, there neither is nor can be wrong in such
+privileges, which are founded in justice and right, and there is no
+opposition between those which are pontifical and those which are
+royal, as there is not and cannot be any between the virtues. The
+fault is in those who interpret these privileges as they do the laws,
+for they say that they give their mind to them, as if they no longer
+had any mind, and were now mente captas. [90]... Excellent and learned
+officials were all the auditors who at that time were members of
+the Audiencia of Manila; but, to judge by results, self-will greatly
+blinded their good understandings, and therefore occurred to them the
+lot of those whom our father St. Augustine mentions (treatise 4 on
+[the gospel of] John): Temporalia perdere timuerunt, et vitam aeternam
+non cogitaverunt; ac sic utrumque amisserunt. [91] The infinite mercy
+of God probably did not permit that, although all met very painful and
+some very sudden deaths--except Doctor Don Diego Calderon y Serrano,
+who died as a good Christian, who did not choose to entrust the safety
+of his soul to opinions. But at the least we saw them lose temporal
+prosperity, when they were confidently expecting even more. [Here
+follows (pp. 751-766) Diaz's account of the Pardo controversy,
+which we omit, since it has been sufficiently used for annotation of
+other documents relating to that subject, for which see VOL. XXXIX,
+pp. 149-275.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+During all the three years' term of the provincial Fray Diego de Jesus
+this province enjoyed great tranquillity, and made great progress
+in strict observance, and in care and watchfulness in the mission
+villages in our charge. All regarded the provincial as a mirror,
+and seeing him they corrected their own negligence, on account of the
+great virtues that shone in him. His poverty and disregard of earthly
+things was of heroic degree. Of many of his surpassing virtues I can
+be a witness, for I had much to do with him during this triennium,
+on account of having duties near his person. It cost much urging to
+make him lay aside a habit, very old and worn, which he had used many
+years; and to induce him to change a hat which was so old that it
+appeared unsuitable and ludicrous. On many occasions he had no water
+even in his cell; and when he needed it, for visitors or for himself,
+he asked for it from others. [92] So close was his attendance in
+the choir that it seemed as if he had no other occupation. He never
+handled money during his term as provincial, to which I can testify,
+since I was his depositary and almoner (for he possessed the virtue
+of charity in a very high degree). He was frequent in prayer, and
+so severely did he mortify the flesh that after death there were
+found on him the marks of the cilices [93] of copper, even to the
+soles of his feet; a little before he died, these had been taken
+from him by father Fray Jose de Orense, of the Order of St. Francis,
+a religious of great ardor, to whom Fray Diego had communicated his
+own. Although I have not reached the time at which his holy death
+occurred, I am not willing to pass over in silence what happened on
+that occasion to this noble religious Fray Jose de Orense. The death
+of our father Fray Diego de Jesus was hastened by his infirmities,
+and by his age, which was seventy-four years. They rang the bell
+for giving him the holy sacraments, and at the same time father Fray
+Jose de Orense came in at the convent door. They told him that his
+dear friend was in danger of death, and he replied with a serene
+face that he already knew this, and had come to the convent on that
+account; for the two had agreed that, whoever should die first, the
+other would assist him at death. The wonderful thing is, that the
+brethren had not informed Fray Jose of it, nor had there been time
+for that. He remained with our father Fray Diego until the latter
+expired in his arms. Our father had completed his term as provincial,
+to the great regret of all, and then retired to a cell, which, during
+the thirteen years while he lived, he did not leave except for the
+choir-services; nor did he go outside [the convent] except with the
+body of religious. In no chapter-meeting which followed would he vote,
+although he was past provincial; and in order to carry this out better
+he endeavored to secure that his brother, Fray Buenaventura de Bejar,
+should obtain the function of voting. If in the year 1686 he presided
+in the chapter-meeting, it was by commission of our very reverend
+father general, and because some persons had magnified it as a charge
+on his conscience that it was important for him to accept that post;
+and therefore he did so, although with evident reluctance. They
+desired to elect him provincial for six years before [his death],
+but they never were able to attain this.
+
+The chapter-session was held in the convent at Manila on May 8,
+1683; and it was presided over by father Fray Juan Ponce, the first
+definitor for the past triennium, as we had not a special appointment
+for that duty from our very reverend father, the general of the whole
+order. The election for provincial fell on our father Fray Jose Duque,
+for the second time, with the unanimous consent of all the voting
+fathers and the general satisfaction of the whole province--who
+knew from long experience his great talent for governing, and his
+great devoutness and prudence; on account of these qualifications
+he was afterward commissary of the Holy Office. As definitors were
+elected our father Fray Juan de Jerez, the father reader Fray Juan
+Bautista Bover, and fathers Fray Alonso de Escos and Fray Francisco de
+Zamora. The visitors for the past triennium were present, the father
+reader Fray Miguel Rubio and father Fray Juan Guedeja; and the new
+visitors appointed for this triennium were fathers Fray Jose de la
+Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arnillas. The mandates and statutes of this
+chapter-session, although not many, were exceedingly useful for the
+proper government of the province.
+
+Strong recommendations were made that they should send to the
+mission of China religious who might aid fathers Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente and Fray Juan de Rivera; and for this holy employ, after
+a few months, the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio offered himself,
+and, renouncing the office of prior of the convent of Cebu and the
+responsibility of vicar-provincial for that island, he embarked for
+China; and afterward he was followed by fathers Fray Jose Gil and
+Fray Francisco Patino, who rendered excellent service for several
+years in those missions--although finally they withdrew on account
+of impaired health, and returned to these islands.
+
+When the father reader Fray Miguel Rubio arrived at Canton, it was but
+a short time after the entrance into China, by way of Hermosa Island,
+of the bishop of Heliopolis, Don Francisco Palu, on a journey from
+Roma; he resided in the city of Moyang, from which place he sent to the
+regulars who were ministers notifications of the decrees of the holy
+Congregation of the Propaganda upon the subjection of the regulars to
+the apostolic vicars. This occasioned great disquiet, and hindered the
+preaching of the gospel; and from it originated bitter controversies,
+which began in that time, and are not ended up to the present; may
+it please God to bring them to an end in future days. Nevertheless,
+at the visit to Roma of father Fray Alvaro de Benavente some relief
+was given by the decree which he obtained from the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda, which suspended the subjection, and left only the
+visitation of the vicars-apostolic and some other and lesser duties
+of obedience, in other matters leaving the regulars subject to their
+own regular superiors--which is the same as to leave them subject
+to two masters. But this is impossible, by the saying of Christ
+our Lord, according to chap. xvii of St. Luke: Nemo potest duobus
+Dominis servire [94]--which is what was attempted in Filipinas
+by the archbishop Don Diego Camacho y Avila. [95] Bishop Palu,
+who styled himself vicar apostolic for the entire empire of China,
+sent to Canton a notification of the bull of his Holiness Clement X
+and the subjection of the regulars, to a French priest named Filibert
+Leblanc--who is still living, a very old man, and is vicar apostolic
+of a province. His coming occasioned much grief to the fathers of
+St. Francis, and to father Fray Miguel Rubio, who made such answer
+as at that time seemed expedient. The bishop of Heliopolis lived but
+a short time in China, dying in the city of Moyang.
+
+This year the governor despatched to Nueva Espana two galleons, with
+a considerable interval between, thus providing a remedy against
+the returns to port which had been experienced in preceding years;
+for it was very possible that, in case one ship were driven back,
+the other could make its voyage--which had been known to occur
+many times, since they could not keep together in that dangerous
+navigation, and might follow very different courses; and one will
+suffer from a storm, and the tempest not reach the region where the
+other vessel is sailing. Accordingly, he sent the galleon "Santa Rosa"
+as flagship, in charge of General Antonio Nieto; and as almiranta the
+galleon "San Telmo," under his follower Admiral Don Francisco Fabra,
+a very sagacious and active man. These two galleons made a prosperous
+voyage and reached the port of Acapulco, where General Antonio Nieto
+remained as castellan of the castle there (until his Majesty should
+give him a proprietary appointment), because he who held this office
+was dead, and the viceroy of Nueva Espana, Marques de Laguna and
+Conde de Paredes de Nava, [96] appointed ad interim General Antonio
+Nieto. [This resulted] to the great improvement of that fort, for he
+strengthened and repaired it, and provided it with military supplies,
+in which it was very deficient--most of this at his own cost, because
+he had a generous disposition.
+
+Governor Don Juan de Vargas also placed on the stocks, at the port of
+Cavite, a galleon to which he gave the name "Santo Nino Jesus de Cebu,"
+one of the largest ships ever built in these islands; its builder was
+Juan Sanchez, a man well skilled in the art of such construction,
+on account of having practiced it many years in Yucatan. So much
+diligence was used in constructing the ship that it made a voyage to
+Acapulco in the year 1684, as we shall relate in its place.
+
+In this year of 1683 there came to Don Juan de Vargas an envoy
+extraordinary from the king of Siam, and from his barcalon (or prime
+minister in all the kingdom), who was a Greek and very Catholic,
+named Constantius Falcon. The envoy was a religious of the order of
+our father St. Augustine, a native of Lisboa, named Fray Esteban
+Sousa; [he was formerly] a lecturer on theology in the convent of
+Evora, and had been rector at Goa and visitor for Macan, and was a
+religious of great learning and greater virtue. It seems that one
+of the things solicited by the barcalon Constantius Falcon was,
+to retire to Manila with his family and all his wealth, which was
+great, on account of his being the royal favorite and having great
+influence with the king of Siam--who, although a barbarian and very
+superstitious, as are all that people, had a very amiable disposition
+and much esteem for Europeans. Sargento-mayor Don Francisco de Moya,
+with whom Constantius was on very intimate terms, dissuaded him from
+this purpose; and certainly the arguments which he brought forward
+were reasonable, based on the extreme and incredible power of the
+governors of Manila, which is very unfriendly to the possessor of
+much wealth, as has been confirmed by experience. I could set down
+here many instances of this which have occurred in my own time;
+but I omit this, as being a matter that is both delicate and offensive.
+
+It would have been very prudent on the part of Constantius to have
+retired from Siam; for within a few years the king died, and his
+successor was not so kind and well-intentioned. This king inflicted on
+Constantius a most cruel death, and appropriated his enormous wealth,
+which, according to report, was counted by millions. It is true that
+Constantius was very guilty, for he had formed an alliance with the
+French, and was planning to surrender to them the kingdom of Siam;
+and for this purpose he had corresponded with the king of France,
+who sent many Frenchmen for this enterprise--which ended very badly,
+and cost most of them their lives; and the missionary bishops suffered
+very great privations. The intention of Constantius was a good one;
+it was, to establish the Catholic faith in Siam, for which he had
+built some churches. For the adornment of these, he sent [orders]
+through the said Don Francisco de Moya for many chalices, monstrances,
+and vessels of silver covered with gold, to be wrought in Nueva Espana;
+on account of his death, these were sold in Manila, and now they are
+in many churches of these islands. Only his wife escaped--a Japanese
+woman, a very good Christian--and a son of his, who went to Francia,
+where the most Christian king conferred honors on him, and gave him
+an income and the title of count.
+
+Father Fray Esteban de Sousa, having concluded the business which
+he had to transact in Manila, returned to Siam; and the king of that
+country sent him as his ambassador to the king of Portugal, accompanied
+by two Siamese nobles [mandarines] who carried a rich present. With
+them he went to Goa, where the viceroy of India sent him on his way
+to Lisboa with the best ship that he had. But when they arrived at
+the Cape of Good Hope the ship was dashed to pieces, at the place
+which is called "the false cape," and most of its people perished,
+including one of the Siamese nobles. Father Fray Esteban and another
+religious of Ours--a Portuguese named Fray Jose de Gracia, who had
+spent several years in Filipinas--with a very few others, saved their
+lives. They traveled by land more than forty leguas, through those
+desert shores of Africa, where they encountered only lions of fearful
+size; they saved themselves from the lions at night by surrounding
+themselves with fires, on account of the antipathy which those fierce
+beasts have for fire. They ate some herbs of the field, and, weakened
+by hunger and fatigue, they fell dead along the way; more than forty
+Portuguese perished, among them two religious of the Society of Jesus,
+for they were old men and unable to travel so far, or to suffer such
+privations. After many days, having endured incredible sufferings,
+they reached a city which the Dutch have at the Cape of Good Hope,
+called Santa Elena; they were received there with much kindness, and
+the Dutch treated them very well, and relieved their many necessities.
+
+Father Fray Esteban returned to Goa, and by order of his provincial
+went back to Siam, where in the Bandel [97] of the Portuguese he
+made a hermitage; and there, allowing his beard to grow, he devoted
+himself wholly to prayer and mortification, being an example for
+all the Europeans in that kingdom. He had his grave always open,
+in which he often placed himself, and there meditated on the end of
+the glories of this world. In the year 1698 he returned to Manila,
+in order to procure a bell for his hermitage and some other articles
+for its adornment, and to collect some alms. In the following year
+he went back to Siam, to continue that mode of life, [which he did]
+until the year 1709, when they found him dead in his hermitage, on his
+knees; they buried him in the grave which he had always kept open. The
+spirit of this religious was approved in Manila by men consummate
+in virtue--especially by fathers Fray Francisco de la Concepcion
+and Fray Jose Orense, Franciscans, who were very spiritual men,
+and well qualified to decide on souls truly mystical. He practiced
+great mortification in his food, for he never ate flesh or fish,
+but only fruits (and those without any additional relish), roasted
+sweet potatoes and bananas, and a little boiled rice.
+
+In a vessel from the Coromandel coast came Juan Antunez de Portugal,
+a knight of the Order of Christ, and a son of the celebrated Portuguese
+jurist Domingo de Antunez de Portugal (of the same order), who wrote
+the very learned book, De regalibus. He came with an appointment from
+his king as governor of the islands of Timor and Solor, and, having
+fallen dangerously ill at Malaca, he feared, as a good Catholic,
+to die among those Calvinistic heretics; and therefore embarked in a
+coasting vessel which was coming to Manila with merchandise. He was
+received by Governor Don Juan de Vargas with the hospitality which
+his person and noble rank merited, and medical treatment was provided
+for him with great care. As soon as he became well and was ready to
+continue his voyage to Timor, the governor sent him, well provided,
+in a very good vessel belonging to some Portuguese traders, and gave
+him some Spaniards to accompany him.
+
+The islands of Timor and Solor are the last of which we have knowledge
+toward the south beyond the island of Jacatra, where the Dutch have
+founded the city of Nueva Batavia, the capital of all the colonies
+and factories that they possess in Eastern India from the Cape of
+Good Hope, which are numerous and rich. The islands of Timor and
+Solor abound with gold, and in them alone grows the sandalwood,
+a very fragrant and esteemed wood, and a great article of trade
+for China--although the transportation of it is very unbecoming for
+Christians, because it is the incense and timiama which the Chinese use
+most in the sacrifices to their idols; and therefore the Portuguese
+have found by experience that wealth gained by this wretched traffic
+never is profitable. These islands are under the Portuguese dominion
+and are relics of its ancient colonies, although they are but little
+subject to it on account of being more than twelve hundred leguas
+from Goa. At that time the rule over them had been usurped by a
+Dutch mestizo (although he feigned to be a Catholic), named Antonio
+de Ornay, a very sagacious man and an able politician, who governed
+them more as a king than as a vassal (as he said he was) of the king
+of Portugal--whom he recognized so far as it seemed good to him, and
+made contributions to his revenues with part of the great and almost
+incredible riches which it was said he possessed, especially in gold;
+but most of his wealth was hidden and buried in the ground. The king
+of Portugal and the viceroy of India, knowing that they could do no
+more, allowed him to remain in that power, and sent him [the insignia
+of] the Order of Christ, and other titles of honor. It seems that
+the cabinet at Lisboa were displeased at the limited power that the
+Portuguese crown possessed in Timor, and decided to send Juan Antunez
+to replace Antonio de Ornay, but armed and escorted only by the royal
+warrant, which is more than enough for Portuguese loyalty. Juan Antunez
+arrived at the principal port of Timor, and found it in hostile array
+and garrisoned by soldiers of all nations, sent by Antonio de Ornay,
+who already had information (by way of Batavia) of his new successor;
+these soldiers had orders from him not to allow Juan Antunez or any
+other person to land from the vessel, and not to accept from him any
+despatch or letter. The new governor spent many days there, waiting to
+see if he could at least write a letter to Antonio de Ornay; but seeing
+that he had no remedy except to return to Manila, he did so, with much
+difficulty and lack of provisions. From Manila he set out for India,
+where he was afterward governor of Mozambique and other places in
+Africa. Antonio de Ornay remained absolute master of Timor and Solor,
+until he died suddenly, of old age; and without the assistance of
+a priest, because the influence [aires] of the neighboring Batavia
+had so weakened his scruples. At his death was present a citizen
+of Macan, Antonio de Vasconcelos, of the same Order of Christ, who
+told us in these islands that all the wealth of Antonio de Ornay, a
+great quantity of gold, had been lost; for, as he had buried all his
+treasures and died suddenly, they remained for the court of Pluto,
+the imaginary god of riches and also of hell.
+
+About the end of the year, Auditor Doctor Don Cristobal Herrera
+Grimaldos died, aged more than seventy years. The cause of his
+death--which came rapidly, in an illness of a few weeks--was that
+a running sore that he had in his right arm became cancerous. It
+is said that it was this arm that he stretched out to seize the
+archbishop when he ordered [the soldiers] to carry out the prelate
+in the chair on which he was sitting; such is the story, but it
+is not confirmed.... What is certainly known is, that he made no
+effort to secure absolution from the excommunication. He publicly
+received the holy viaticum, which was administered to him by the
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; and they buried him in the
+church of the Society of Jesus at Manila. Afterward the archbishop,
+having returned from his exile (as we shall soon relate), by sentence
+and demand from his attorney-general ordered that the auditor's body
+be disinterred; but this proved ineffectual, because it was alleged
+that the body had been buried in a general sepulchre, in which were
+the bones of others of the faithful, and those of the auditor could
+not be recognized. At this, the ecclesiastical officials desisted
+from their attempt; but there was no other declaration to the contrary.
+
+While the archbishop was enduring his exile in Lingayen--or, to speak
+more correctly, his imprisonment, since he had not the liberty that
+exiled persons enjoy--in Manila the tempest continued against the
+religious of St. Dominic, who, as being his brethren in the order,
+had great share in his troubles. The usurping provisor, Dean Don
+Miguel de Covarrubias, and the cabildo, successful in maintaining the
+vacant see [sede vacante], arrested and harassed all those who, as it
+seemed to them, did not agree with their opinion. And as it seemed to
+them that all the force in this opposition came from the religious of
+St. Dominic--especially from the provincial, Fray Antonio Calderon;
+father Fray Cristobal Pedroche, commissary of the Holy Office and
+vicar-provincial; father Fray Bartolome Marron, rector of the college
+of Santo Tomas; and the two lecturers in theology, father Fray Juan
+Ibanez and Fray Francisco de Vargas--they demanded aid from the
+governor, Don Juan de Vargas, to banish those religious. The governor
+issued a royal decree, signed only with his own name, directing the
+provincial to send the five religious above mentioned to the village of
+Lalo, the capital of the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, distant a hundred
+leguas from Manila, on the pretext that some of them were preaching,
+and others teaching, erroneous doctrines in the community. The said
+provincial replied to this that if the errors consisted in saying
+that the cabildo and their provisor had usurped the ecclesiastical
+jurisdiction, and that the persons who had banished the archbishop
+and arrested the ecclesiastics deserved the censures [of the church],
+it was himself who had most influence [in forming that opinion in
+them], and who with most firmness maintained it; and that as his
+subordinates were not to blame in the matter, since they obeyed the
+commands laid on them, he could not fulfil the orders given by the
+royal decree. The said master-of-camp issued a second decree in the
+same form as the first, repeating its commands, and ordering that
+the provincial with the five religious be brought to this capital.
+
+To the end that this order might be executed, he gave commission to
+Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, auditor of that Audiencia--who,
+accompanied by several companies of arquebusiers and other soldiers
+under the command of the said governor, went to the convent of San
+Domingo; and, leaving it surrounded with many of the soldiers, with
+others he entered it to make known the said royal decree. He actually
+notified the provincial and Fray Cristobal Pedroche, commissary of the
+Holy Office and vicar-provincial of Manila; and the soldiers looked
+through the entire convent in search for the rector, Fray Bartolome
+Marron. Not finding him, they went on to the college of Santo Tomas,
+and, after making the same efforts to find the said rector, but
+in vain, notified the two professors of the same decree. They made
+substantially the same reply as the provincial--all of them saying
+that they could not voluntarily leave their offices and province; but
+that they were ready to endure any violence for the sake of God and
+His cause. The news of this was sent to the said master-of-camp Don
+Juan de Vargas, and he was told how in the convent and the college
+all the doors and offices had been opened to the soldiers, without
+resistance; he gave orders that the soldiers should remain round
+about the convent and college, and should not permit the entrance
+of any provision of food or water for the religious until the six
+should be surrendered, and should go alone to the places designated
+in the said royal decree. This blockade, with this rigor, lasted four
+days, and on the last day, which was the day next following Corpus
+[Christi], the same auditor went to the convent; and, having made
+various protestations and requisitions, ordered the usurping provisor
+(who was present) to remove those religious. After some questions
+and replies the provisor commanded the soldiers to carry in chairs,
+in their arms, to the place of embarkation of the provincial and his
+vicar-provincial; this was actually done, carrying them until they
+placed the religious in the vessel which had been made ready for this
+purpose. This having been accomplished at the convent, they went to
+the college of Santo Tomas, and the same thing was done to the two
+professors of theology; and, all being placed together in the same
+vessel, they were conveyed to the port of Cavite. From that place
+the two professors were transported in another vessel to the island
+of Mariveles; and the provincial and vicar-provincial were detained
+there until the time for the sailing of the ship for Nueva Espana,
+in which they were embarked. The said provincial reached the kingdom
+of Espana, where he died a few months after his arrival.
+
+At the same time, by order of the said master-of-camp, Doctor Don
+Diego Calderon went to the convent of the Parian (which is the
+village of the heathen Chinese), with the same display of arms
+and soldiers, in quest of the said vicar-provincial, and searched
+the entire convent--where he could not be found, since he was,
+as has been stated, in the convent of Manila, in company with the
+provincial. With the same commission Captain Don Luis de Morales
+Camacho, alcalde-in-ordinary, went with armed soldiers to a ranch
+named Binan, distant eight leguas from Manila, and belonging to the
+said college, to seize the rector, thinking that they would find him
+there; and General Antonio Vasquez went, with the same accompaniment
+of soldiers, to the convent of Abucay, a ministry for the Indians,
+distant eight leguas from Manila by sea, to look for Fray Raimundo
+Verart; but, as they could not find those two religious, they could
+not in their case put into execution the [sentence for their] removal
+from the islands. Strenuous efforts were made in Manila to look for
+the father rector, Fray Bartolome Marron, but they could not find him;
+for he was safely hidden in the house of a person who was strongly
+attached to the order; so they desisted from their search for him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+The two galleons which had sailed for Nueva Espana in the preceding
+year arrived safely at Filipinas [1684], although they did not make
+port at Cavite, but at Solsogon, within the Embocadero. The flagship
+"Santa Rosa," which had gone out in charge of Antonio Nieto (who had
+remained as warden of the castle at Capulco), brought back as its
+commander Don Juan de Zalaeta, a native of Vizcaya, and a knight of
+the Order of Santiago. He had spent many years in these islands, and
+had been a soldier in Ternate; and, having returned to [Nueva?] Espana,
+had held several honorable offices--as, being alcalde-mayor of Hicayan
+and Puebla de los Angeles, and warden of Acapulco. In this galleon
+came the governor who was to succeed Don Juan de Vargas; this was
+the admiral of galleons, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, a
+knight of the Order of Santiago, and a member of the "twenty-four"
+of Sevilla and of the supreme Council of War. He had been commander
+of the Windward fleet, [98] and had held other responsible positions
+on sea and land; and he was a Vizcayan, a native of Elgoibar. Don
+Juan de Zalaeta carried the commission for taking the residencia of
+Don Juan de Vargas, and other warrants; but the most important person
+among those whose residencias he must take was the master-of-camp Don
+Francisco Guerrero de Ardila, uncle of Don Juan de Vargas's wife. It
+was this man who had enjoyed the profits of the office of government,
+and this year he was returning to Espana as commander of the galleon
+"Santo Nino." That vessel met within the Embocadero the galleon
+"Santa Rosa," and, learning that in the latter had come a successor
+to Don Juan de Vargas, he hoisted the anchors without waiting for
+further information, whether opportune or not [con tiempo o sin
+el], and sailed into the sea outside; and he was not ill-advised
+in this step, since in the residencia he would have been the chief
+personage. When Don Juan de Zalaeta learned that the best of the hunt
+had escaped from him, he was much grieved that he could not catch him;
+although it would have grieved Don Francisco Guerrero more if they
+had seized him. That gentleman knew how to enjoy the advantages of
+Filipinas quite alone, and to go away laughing at the citizens and
+every one else; but Don Juan de Vargas remained behind, in custody,
+to make amends for his own faults and those of others.
+
+In company with the above-mentioned governor came very distinguished
+officers, all Vizcayans; there were Don Jose de Escorta, Don Pedro
+Uriosolo, Don Francisco Alvarez, Don Bernardo de Endaya (who carried
+the despatches from his Majesty), Don Pedro de Avendano, Don Matias
+de Mugortegui, Don Francisco de Leon y Leal, Don Juan Bautista
+Curucelaegui, Don Andres de Mirafuentes, Don Jose de Herrera, Don
+Manuel Gonzalez, Don Lorenzo Mesala, Don Francisco Carsiga (who
+died a priest), Don Jose Arriola, Don Martin Martinez de Tejada,
+and Don Lucas Vais; all of them were generals and sargentos-mayor,
+whom we know as captains, and rendered much service and honor to
+these islands. In this galleon came Don Mateo Lucas de Urquiza;
+also Captain Lorenzo Lazaro, a noted pilot; Captain Don Francisco
+Cortes, boatswain; and for ship's storekeeper Juan de Aramburu,
+a brave Vizcayan who served in many important exploits.
+
+In the almiranta "San Telmo," in which returned the admiral Don
+Francisco Manuel de Fabra, came a numerous and excellent mission of
+religious of our father St. Augustine; it was sent by father Fray
+Manuel de la Cruz, who left these islands in the year 1680; he himself
+had been left in our hospice of Santo Tomas de Villanueva, outside
+the city of Mejico. This galleon "San Telmo" was in great danger of
+not being able to return hither, for, having set sail several days
+after the flagship, on leaving the port the rudder-irons broke, and
+the ship was almost unmanageable--a defect very difficult to repair in
+that place, on account of the scarcity of artisans at Acapulco. If it
+had not been for the diligence and energy of the warden Antonio Nieto,
+who sent to a great distance to get workmen, and made the repairs at
+his own cost and with his personal attention, this loss would have
+been irremediable; but his zeal and good judgment enabled the ship to
+pursue its voyage with but a few days' loss of time, and to succeed
+in making port at these islands.
+
+On the eve of St. Bartholomew's day, August 23, in the afternoon,
+the distinguished mission of our religious entered Manila; in numbers
+it was the largest that had entered this province, [99] and in quality
+unequaled. This province received them with great tokens of rejoicing;
+and the land welcomed them with an earthquake, and not a slight one,
+which occurred that night. On August 29 the private session of the
+definitory was held, to draw up the formal statement of receiving
+and incorporating them [into the province].
+
+On the day following the entry of our religious into Manila, that
+is, the day of St. Bartholomew, the new governor, Don Miguel de
+Curucelaegui y Arriola, made his entry into the city; this was done
+with great pomp, and two triumphal arches were erected for him, by the
+college of the Society of Jesus and our convent, with very ingenious
+emblematic allusions in Latin and Castilian verse, and very expressive
+laudations. At this entry occurred a disaster which might have served
+to the heathen as a bad omen. Hardly had the governor entered through
+the Puerta Real, which they call Puerta de Bagumbayan, when a balcony
+that was on the side within the city wall above the said gate gave
+way, and fell, with great injury to those who were within it; so that
+many were left cripples, and among these a Recollect religious named
+Fray Luis. The fiscal of the royal Audiencia, Doctor Don Esteban de
+la Fuente Alanis, escaped the danger, the falling balcony striking
+his horse's tail; and Captain Don Francisco de Arcocha, the equerry
+of the new governor, was hurt. But, although many were injured,
+the life of no person was endangered.
+
+The religious of this mission brought with them an image for devotion,
+a painting of the holy Christ of Burgos, touched up to accord with
+the original. This was received in Manila with great solemnity,
+in a procession, the new governor taking part therein on account of
+being much given to that devotion, and with him the most distinguished
+persons in the city. The image was deposited in the main chapel, with
+an altar and retable which were very suitable for it, until the Conde
+de Lizarraga, Don Martin de Ursua y Arismendi, provided that which the
+image has at the present time. The governor went to mass every Friday,
+and there was a large attendance of citizens of Manila--I know not
+whether out of complaisance with him; for at the death of Don Gabriel
+de Curucelaegui, who was buried at the foot of the aforesaid altar,
+at the same time was buried with him the devotion of the citizens
+of Manila. The same occurred in the government of the said Conde de
+Lizarraga, who again revived this devotion; for it was likewise buried
+with him, in the same place. So much influence has the example of the
+governors in these islands, and so great is their power, that even
+devotion seems to need their aid. The religious also brought a brief
+from his Holiness Innocent XI for the erection of a confraternity of
+the holy Christ of Burgos; this undertaking was carried out, and its
+first director [100] was this devout governor. In his time it had a
+large membership, but today it has very few confriers; but they are
+most devout and sincere when they are least influenced by vain and
+worldly considerations, and most please the Lord when they are anxious
+to please not princes--men in whom there is no real prosperity--but
+the King of kings, who always repays them in money of infinite value.
+
+Much did the Catholic governor grieve over entering upon his office
+without the benediction of the archbishop, and at finding the people of
+the city as a flock without a shepherd, their consciences loaded with
+scruples over matters of so much importance, and all of them perplexed
+and entangled in these dissensions; and therefore he resolved, with
+firm purpose and heroic determination, to cause the archbishop to
+be restored to his church. The opposition which he encountered among
+the auditors in his efforts to secure this cannot be expressed; but
+he firmly maintained his resolution, even to the extent of saying
+that he would restore the archbishop, even if it should cost him his
+head. He consulted the religious orders, asking them to give him their
+opinions, on the basis of law, both civil and canonical. I have not
+seen what the other corporations replied, which I suppose must have
+been what the governor desired; but I know well that the Order of
+St. Augustine adduced many and very substantial arguments in favor
+of the restitution of the archbishop to his church, and this with
+many citations from the authors on whom the auditors had taken their
+stand--who, as the royal Council of the Indias afterward declared,
+were greatly at error in their method, according to what the royal
+laws ordain in case it should be necessary to enforce the penalty of
+banishment against any prelate. The same error was committed by the
+capitulars of the ecclesiastical cabildo in declaring and proclaiming a
+vacant see, through their misunderstanding of the chapter Si Episcopus,
+"De supplenda negligentia praelatorum," in VI [101]--an error which
+afterward cost them all so dear, especially the dean, Don Miguel
+Ortiz de Cobarrubias.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, determined to restore
+the archbishop to Manila, sent to Lingayen as his agent for
+accomplishing this, General Don Tomas de Endaya; and the city of
+Manila sent a regidor, Sargento-mayor Don Gonzalo de Samaniego, and
+some citizens. With them went the past provincial of Santo Domingo,
+Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, commissary of the Holy Office, and many
+others, with an escort of soldiers. On November 16 the archbishop
+came back from his exile, to the general rejoicing of the entire city,
+which had been so long a time afflicted by the absence of its pastor
+and prelate. The artillery was fired [as a salute], from the castle,
+and from the wall adjoining the gate of Santo Domingo, by which the
+archbishop made his entrance; and after he had visited the church he
+went to the palace, to see his liberator, the Catholic governor--who
+said that, in case his proceeding should displease his Majesty and
+the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, he would regard it as a
+great glory to have a punishment, even were it capital, imposed upon
+him. This may be believed of him, as he was a man of a great soul,
+although small in body; Major in exiguo regnavit corpore virtus. [102]
+What we saw in him was, that he was one of the best governors that
+these islands have had--affable, pious, magnanimous, and in the highest
+degree disinterested, and with this very liberal. And therefore he
+was wont to say that he had come to Filipinas to be poor, where other
+governors had come to be rich. This he said with truth, because in
+Espana and the Indias he had possessed much wealth, gained in the
+many voyages that he had made in command of the fleet and galleons
+to Peru and Nueva Espana, which had been consumed by his ostentation
+and liberality. We may therefore regard it as a punishment of God
+upon these islands that He removed him from us in the fifth year of
+his term of government--in which time he was severe with those only
+to whom he could not in justice be kind--unless it were that divine
+justice chose him for the punishment of those who had deserved it
+before his time. [103]
+
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui began his government with great
+acceptability and satisfaction to all, and taking the measures
+necessary for the maintenance of these islands. The year of 1685 was
+a hard one on account of the general epidemic of smallpox which raged,
+not only in these islands but in all the kingdoms of China and Eastern
+India--especially on the Coromandel coast, where many millions of
+Malabars died. In Filipinas the ravages of the epidemic were great,
+principally among the infants; but the place where, it is affirmed,
+the pest caused incredible loss was in the mountains of Manila where
+the insurgent blacks [i.e., Negritos] dwell, so many dying that those
+mountain districts were left almost uninhabited. But it was not only
+among them that the disease wrought such destruction, but also among
+the deer and wild swine, of which there is an innumerable multitude
+in these mountains, even after they have contributed with their flesh
+to the support of so great a number of blacks. The reason why so many
+die with this contagion is, first, their weak physique; and second,
+the custom that they have of abandoning those who are attacked by the
+disease, on account of which they die much sooner--and, what is worse,
+in their heathen blindness. In China many millions of people died,
+so that there was no one to cultivate the fields; from this resulted
+great famine and mortality, after the epidemic of smallpox.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+The first vessel that the governor despatched for Nueva Espana was
+the galleon "Santa Rosa;" and he appointed as its commander Don
+Francisco Zorrilla, a native of Granada; as its chief pilot, Admiral
+Don Lorenzo Lazcano; and as sargento-mayor, Don Bernardo de Endaya. The
+voyage of this galleon caused great damage to the citizens of Manila,
+on account of the difficulty in disposing of their property caused
+by the poor market [104] that they found at the port of Acapulco,
+because a fleet of many vessels, laden with merchandise, had arrived
+at Vera Cruz. From the time of this voyage, the shipments which
+were sent from these islands to the commerce of Nueva Espana began
+to decrease--not only on account of the above-mentioned fleets, but
+through the numerous imposts and contributions which were levied on the
+galleons of Filipinas, which continually increased; [105] consequently,
+seldom was a voyage made from which the citizens obtained any profits
+beyond their principal from the goods which they shipped.
+
+During the time which the archbishop spent in his exile at Lingayen
+occurred the death of the bishop of Nueva Segovia--Doctor Don
+Francisco Pizarro de Orellana, a native of Manila--at the village of
+Vigan, the capital of the province of Ilocos, a few months after his
+consecration. He was very learned, and greatly beloved for his very
+affable manners and his angelic gentleness. He had been for many
+years provisor and archdeacon, and commissary of the Holy Crusade;
+[106] he was therefore greatly esteemed by all, and his loss was
+keenly felt. His death caused a long vacancy in the said church
+[of Nueva Segovia], which lasted until the year 1704, when his
+successor arrived; this was Master Don Fray Diego Gorospe e Irala,
+of the Order of Preachers, a native of Puebla de los Angeles. This
+prelate made strenuous endeavors to establish the visitation of the
+regulars in charge of missions, and gave much occasion for patience
+to the religious of St. Dominic and St. Augustine as long as he lived,
+which was until May 20, 1715. On account of the death of Don Francisco
+Pizarro, the cabildo of Manila named for governor of that bishopric
+Don Diego de Navas, who had been expelled from the Society of Jesus,
+a man of impetuous disposition; this was one of the charges afterward
+made by the archbishop against the cabildo. That prelate, after he
+was restored to his church, sent his assistant the bishop of Troya,
+Don Fray Gines de Barrientos, to rule that bishopric. [Here follows
+an account of Pardo's dealings with the ecclesiastical cabildo and
+other persons who had been excommunicated on account of their share
+in his banishment, which is here omitted, as having been sufficiently
+recounted in "The Pardo Controversy," VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+This year the galleon "Santo Nino" arrived from Acapulco, and
+Master-of-camp Don Francisco Guerrero remained behind in Nueva Espana,
+thus escaping from the numerous lawsuits of the residencia, with all
+of which Don Juan de Vargas was laden. It would have been of great
+assistance to him to have had the aforesaid Don Francisco at his side,
+since the latter was very crafty and sagacious, and not so easily
+perplexed in matters that concerned him as was Don Juan de Vargas;
+for the governors in that country need to be very liberal in the
+residencia, and to have much patience and courage.
+
+As commander [of the galleon] in place of Don Francisco Guerrero came
+General Antonio Nieto, because a proprietary appointee had succeeded
+him in the castle of Acapulco. There also came in his company three
+religious, sent by father Fray Manuel de la Cruz--two who had remained
+[in Nueva Espana] sick from the last mission; and the other because
+he had enlisted for this province, a son of Mechoacan. [The next
+two paragraphs relate to the residencia of Vargas; part of this has
+already been used for annotations in the account of that trial in
+VOL. XXXIX, q.v.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+The peace and pious tranquillity which this province enjoyed throughout
+the three years' government of our father Fray Jose Duque was like that
+which it had enjoyed during the three years of his former term, and was
+what this province had expected from him on account of the knowledge
+and experience which all had of his piety, great discretion, and
+sagacity in making way through the greatest difficulties. Accordingly,
+they bade farewell to his paternal government with much regret, and
+determined to reelect him for a third term--which they did afterward
+at the proper time, opportunity being afforded for this by the long
+span of his life and the robust constitution with which he was endowed,
+which were astonishing.
+
+The time arrived which our Constitutions assign for holding the
+provincial chapter, and it assembled in the convent of Manila; over
+it presided, with letters from our very reverend father general
+Fray Antonio Paccino, our father Fray Diego de Jesus. Our father
+Fray Juan de Jerez was elected provincial for the second time, with
+great satisfaction to all; and as definitors were chosen the fathers
+Fray Luis Diaz, Fray Juan Garcia, Fray Felipe de Jaurigue, and Fray
+Diego de Alday. The visitors of the past triennium were present,
+Fray Jose de la Cruz and Fray Alonso de Arniellos; and as visitors
+for this triennium were appointed father Fray Ignacio de Rearcado and
+the father reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte. Very judicious ordinances
+were enacted for the proper government of the province, and for the
+maintenance of the strict regular observance which in those times
+flourished therein--in which the new provincial had taken a prominent
+part in his first triennium (which was from 1677 to 1680), and in
+the past one, in which he had been prior of [the convent in] Manila.
+
+The provincial began to govern with so much zeal and industry that it
+would be tedious for me to tell how much he accomplished in one year
+only--the least being that he had visited all the provinces, even
+to those of Ilocos and Bisayas, without omitting in one point his
+exercises of prayer and mortification. Of this I can give reliable
+testimony, as one who was his secretary and companion during the
+twenty-two months while he governed, his death being caused by the
+great labors of this visitation, in which with holy zeal and activity
+he performed incredible labors in promoting the religious observance,
+and in securing the cleansing and adornment of the altars and the
+ornaments, in which he was exceedingly careful and assiduous. He
+suffered much from the continual harassment of the scruples which
+tormented him, so much that it caused one grief to see the so heavy
+cross which the Lord placed on the shoulders of this His creature,
+which he bore with great fortitude and courage....
+
+Among the excellent arrangements made by this chapter was the chief
+one, which was that father Fray Alvaro de Benavente should go to Espana
+as procurator; he had a few months before returned from China, where
+he left our missions very well established in the kingdom of Canton,
+with houses at Xaoquinfu and Nanhiunfu, and two others in other
+places of less note. At the same time he was appointed definitor for
+the general chapter which was to meet in Roma, to which father Fray
+Alvaro was very desirous of going on account of the affairs of the
+missions conducted by the regulars in China, from whom he carried
+letters and authority to act in regard to the remission of the oath
+of subjection to the apostolic vicars. They gave him the necessary
+despatches, and he determined to make the voyage by way of the Cape
+of Good Hope, because that year there was no galleon going to Nueva
+Espana, the cause of which will be told later. He embarked for Batavia
+on a Portuguese vessel, and as his companion was assigned the brother
+Fray Juan Verganzo, who had come with the mission of the year 1684. He
+arrived at Batavia, where he encountered great difficulties in making
+the voyage to Amsterdam; but all these were overcome by a Dutchman,
+a Calvinist preacher named Teodoro Zas--a very benevolent and courteous
+man, and very fond of doing good to others; this caused grief in those
+who knew him, at seeing him misled by the false doctrines of Calvin,
+when he was so eminent in the moral virtues.
+
+Father Fray Alvaro carried with him the first part of this History,
+which after a long time came from the press, although only as far as
+the year 1616--while I had given it to him complete up to the year
+1647--because at that time this province had not funds at Madrid
+sufficient to print it all. That first division of the history was
+printed at the said court in the year 1698, by Manuel Ruiz de Murga;
+and it was dedicated to her Ladyship the Duquesa de Aveiro, although
+it was my intention that it be dedicated to the king our sovereign,
+in his royal and supreme Council of the Indias. The rest of the said
+first part remained laid aside and forgotten in the convent of San
+Felipe at Madrid, until I determined to write it again and complete
+it, by means of the rough drafts that had remained here. [107]
+
+About April of 1687, father Fray Alvaro sailed from Batavia in
+[one of the] galleons of the Company of Holanda, and after many and
+fearful tempests it reached the Cape of Good Hope, where the Dutch
+made a halt of two months at the great colony and settlement which
+that nation maintain there for this purpose; it is a very populous
+city, and well supplied with all that is necessary to human life,
+for it possesses a very healthful climate, at the latitude of 36 deg.
+[on the side] of the tropic of Capricorn. In this city they have a
+large hospital for treating the sick, with very skilful physicians
+and surgeons, and with all the comfort that could be found in any
+other part of the world. Among the magnificent and delightful things
+which are in that city is a garden, the largest that is known, which,
+according to report, is only second to the earthly Paradise. It is
+many leguas in circumference, and is divided, like the world, into
+four parts. In the part called Europa, there are trees of all the
+fruits that grow in our Europa; in that called Asia, all those from
+Asia; and the same in those of Africa and America. This garden has
+a river, opened by hand-labor, which waters all the four divisions;
+and for its cultivation many Dutch gardeners and more than two thousand
+Cafres are kept there. In this place is produced very rich wine, which
+they call "Cape wine;" for the climate is the same as in Andalucia and
+Extremadura, although in the opposite zone [tropico], and is different
+only in having summer at Christmas and winter at St. John's day. [108]
+
+Father Fray Alvaro left this pleasant town and pursued his voyage
+to Holanda, and landed at Roterdan, the native place of Desiderius
+Erasmus; [109] and thence he went to Amsterdam, where he remained some
+time. There he made inquiries to ascertain whether he could print the
+history that he carried in that great city, on account of the beautiful
+work done by its famous printers; but he gave up this intention, on
+account of the numerous errors which they made, being ignorant of our
+language. Thence he embarked for Bilbao, where he and his companion
+resumed wearing their habits, which they had laid aside in order to go
+on shore at Batavia. The rest of the tedious peregrinations of father
+Fray Alvaro will be related, if we can reach the time when he returned
+[to Manila] with a mission in the year 1690, when we shall observe
+his entrance into Madrid and his voyage to Roma, and his negotiations
+at that court in behalf of the regulars of the China missions.
+
+For these missions the chapter designated the father reader Fray Juan
+de Aguilar, who remained in them several years, and afterward retired
+on account of failing health; but the chapter sent in his place father
+Fray Juan Gomez, who continued there until his death. Afterward a
+large reenforcement of religious was sent to China for the aforesaid
+missions, which have increased and become very large; and they would
+have prospered much more, if they had not been so hindered by the
+claim of subjection to the vicars-apostolic, who made so strenuous
+efforts to introduce it.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel Curucelaegui, had determined to send this
+year [1686] to Nueva Espana the galleon "Santo Nino," in charge of
+General Lucas Mateo de Urquiza; but his efforts to despatch it were
+ineffectual, because information was received that seven vessels of
+corsairs or pirates were sailing outside of the Embocadero, and it was
+feared that their principal intention was to seize the galleon "San
+Telmo," which was expected on the return trip from Nueva Espana. Two
+fragatas of theirs had been in the Babuyanes Islands, between Cagayan
+and Hermosa Island, and had slain two religious of [the Order of]
+St. Dominic; these were father Fray Jacinto de Samper, a native of
+Caspe, an able minister to the Chinese in the Parian, and father
+Fray Jose Seijas, a nephew of the archbishop of Mejico, Don Francisco
+Seijas, both of them being religious of great virtue. [110] Moreover,
+the pirates had committed other acts of hostility in Cagayan and
+Ilocos. The governor determined to suspend the voyage of the galleon
+for Nueva Espana, and gave orders to equip it for war--cutting in
+it many portholes, in order to furnish it with more than a hundred
+pieces of artillery of large calibre (all of bronze); and placing
+aboard it a thousand soldiers, Spaniards, Pampangos, Merdicas,
+Malays, and Zambal Indian bowmen. In its company went two pataches,
+which had just come for trade with the Coromandel coast, well armed
+and furnished with soldiers; and for commander of this enterprise
+the governor appointed Don Tomas de Endaya, with the title of deputy
+captain-general. To his valor could be entrusted any undertaking,
+however perilous it might be; for he was valiant, and had great skill
+in navigation, and had gone three times to Espana as commander [of the
+galleons]. This splendid armada set out, small in number [of ships],
+but having great strength. Having escorted through the Embocadero and
+secured the galleon "San Telmo" (which reached these islands safely),
+the armada reconnoitered all the places where the piratical enemy might
+be, but did not find them, but learned that there had been no more
+than the two vessels which had been in Babuyanes. Thereupon the armada
+returned to Cavite, without accomplishing anything more than the great
+expenses which the royal treasury had incurred, and having weakened
+the great strength of the galleon "Santo Nino," with the numerous
+portholes which had been cut in it for mounting the artillery; for it
+was necessary for this purpose to cut through the ribs of the ship's
+sides, in the preservation of which consisted its greatest strength.
+
+The two pataches proceeded in search of the pirates to the locality
+of the Babuyanes; and the commander, Don Tomas de Endaya, went with
+a strong force of men by land to the province of Ilocos to look for
+them--where, it was said, the said corsairs had arrived, although
+the news did not prove to be accurate. He went as far as the capital
+town of Vigan, where his encomienda was; and after having spent some
+time there, not receiving information of the enemy, he returned to
+Manila. He left there established a village of the blacks from the
+mountains, called Santo Tomas, between Tarlac and Magalan, headed
+by a notable chief of theirs named Don Juan Valiga. A few months
+after Don Tomas de Endaya had arrived at Manila, he succeeded in the
+office of master-of-camp to Don Fernando de Bobadilla (who held it
+by proprietary appointment from his Majesty), who died about this
+time. The latter was a great soldier, and the governor of Zamboanga,
+and is often named in the history; he was a native of Sevilla, and
+a son of one of the "twenty-four" of that city. The ships that went
+by sea, after having searched many ports where they thought to find
+the corsairs, and having no further news of them, returned to Manila
+without having accomplished anything remarkable. Don Tomas de Endaya
+was confirmed in the post of master-of-camp, and held it twenty-eight
+years; and then he died from old age.
+
+In this year of 1686, about June, occurred the revolt of the Sangleys
+of the Parian of Manila, which I related in book ii, chapter 21, as I
+did not suppose that I would reach these times with the thread of the
+narrative; and therefore I do not repeat it [here], as it was written
+with sufficient fulness, and the curious reader can find it in the
+place I have cited. [This citation is incorrect, in the arrangement of
+the chapters as given in Fray Lopez's edition of Diaz; the number of
+the chapter should be xxxiv. Diaz's account, as there given (pp. 440,
+441), we transfer to this place, adding his comments on the question
+of allowing the Chinese to reside at Manila; it is as follows:]
+
+While these islands were governed by the admiral of the galleons,
+Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui y Arriola, of the Order of Santiago and
+one of the "twenty-four" of Sevilla, in the year 1686 [misprinted
+1636] there occurred a tumult in the Parian which it was feared would
+become a general uprising [--which was planned,] according to the
+investigations afterward made. In the said market there were many
+recently-arrived Sangleys, of so bad reputation that the Sangley
+merchants themselves had no confidence in these men, and said that
+they were disguised thieves and highwaymen who had come from China
+that year, having fled from a mandarin who was a very severe judge,
+whom the emperor had sent from the court to drive out so mischievous
+a sort of folk from the province of Fo-Kien, which at that time was
+infested by criminals of that sort. The said mandarin had executed
+his commission with such severity that those who were put to death
+numbered more than sixty thousand--which in China is a small number,
+because that country abounds in robbers--and for this reason many
+had made their escape to Manila and other regions, fleeing from the
+harshness of that judge. These people did all the harm that they
+could, robbing inside the Parian the Chinese themselves, when they
+could not rob outsiders.
+
+About this time there came out of the public prison at Manila a Sangley
+named Tingco, who had been imprisoned for the unnatural crime, and
+had been there so long that in prison he had learned to read and write
+our language, and had come to be a sufficiently competent scrivener to
+write petitions and other papers for the rest of the prisoners, for he
+was very clever and had a keen mind. He went about [the prison] freely,
+as being a prisoner of so long standing, and aided the jailer greatly
+by acting as guard to the other prisoners; and he supported himself
+very comfortably on what he gained by his pen. Finally, after many
+years of confinement he succeeded in gaining his full liberty; and,
+as he had a restless disposition and evil inclinations, he associated
+himself with other Chinese criminals, of those who were fugitives
+from the province of Fo-Kien, and they lived on what they could
+plunder from other Sangleys and from the Indians and Spaniards. As
+they regarded this occupation of petty thieving as too disagreeable,
+and it could not extricate them from their wretchedly poor condition,
+they planned to assemble together three hundred of these vagabonds,
+and to undertake some exploit which should better their fortunes so
+that they could return to China free from danger. It seems certain
+that this resolve was talked about with the multitude of the Parian
+who were least supplied with funds, and these were on the watch to aid
+the bold attempt of those promoters if the result had corresponded
+to their plans; and what is most surprising is the secrecy with
+which they kept these from the rich Sangleys--who not only would not
+have entered into the plot, but would have revealed it for their own
+safety; for they were going to lose much and gain little, and with
+very evident risk. The day and hour of the conspiracy having been
+settled--a day in the month of August, at daylight--they assembled in
+a disorderly crowd, armed with such weapons as they could procure by
+stealth, their leader being one who had newly come, that same year,
+from China. In a mob, and without order, they attacked the house of
+the alguacil-mayor, Pedro de Ortega; and they killed him and another
+Spaniard, named Nicolas de Ballena. With this beginning they went to
+the house of the alcalde-mayor of the Parian, Captain Don Diego Vivien,
+and entered it to do the same to him; but, having heard the noise,
+he escaped without clothing, and reached a safe place in the little
+fort which defends the entrance to the great bridge, where there
+is always a garrison of soldiers. The insurgents entered his house,
+and their greed satisfied itself on what they found nearest to their
+hands, although they had not the luck to find three thousand pesos
+in silver which the alcalde possessed. While they halted for this
+pillage there was time to bring up soldiers and other armed men,
+and they easily arrested many of the Sangleys, although most of them
+escaped; and the rest of the Parian remained tranquil. It was made
+known that this conspiracy was plotted in the bakery of Manila, and
+[it was said] that they intended to place pounded glass in the bread,
+in order to kill the Spaniards. This was not positively ascertained,
+but the management of that business was taken from the Chinese--to
+which, however, they afterward returned, at the urgent request of our
+people. This was because, during the time while the Sangleys did not
+carry on this trade, they were replaced by Spaniards who in their own
+country had been bakers, but in Manila they did not succeed in doing
+anything to advantage; the Sangleys therefore again took charge of
+the bakery, after they had been asked by many to furnish the supply
+of bread, of which great quantities are consumed in Manila.
+
+The Sangley Tingco was captured, and in company with ten others
+was hanged and quartered; and the bodies were placed along the
+river of Manila and the estuary of Tondo, as far as Point Tanon in
+Tambobong. The conversion of those who were heathens (as were most
+of them) was secured, and for this conversion labored earnestly
+father Fray Alvaro de Benavente, an Augustinian, and Father Jose de
+Irigoyen of the Society of Jesus, both of whom knew the dialects
+of the provinces from which the criminals came; and for those of
+Fo-Kien the fathers of St. Dominic [ministered]. News came that many
+of the insurgents had taken refuge at Pasay, and General Don Tomas
+de Endaya went out against them with soldiers and Merdicas (who are
+very brave Malay Indians); they came back with eleven heads of those
+whom they could kill, and the disturbance was quieted, nor has any
+other occurred up to the present time.
+
+In this danger Manila maintains her existence, clinging to it as
+the means of her preservation even though she grieves over what is
+the cause of her greatest decline. The shrewdness of the Chinese
+in business dealings and their skill in carrying on the mechanical
+trades turn us from these callings so entirely that Spaniards who in
+their own country practiced them here consider it foolish to do so;
+accordingly they allow the Chinese to conduct and manage the crafts,
+believing that the latter are serving us when they are most imposing
+upon us. And as the Chinese recognize this weakness of ours, and
+see that it is without remedy, on account of the Spanish vanity, they
+treat us with contempt in their acts, although with great submission in
+their words. Whatever they make is defective and does not wear well,
+in order that they may have more work to do. The unnecessary expense
+that Manila suffers on account of the frauds that they practice in
+the trades of baker, candle-maker, and silversmith is very great;
+we recognize this, and endure it through necessity, and the matter is
+not set right, through reluctance to apply the remedy. Many persons
+understand the injury which the Chinese cause here, but much more
+numerous are those who defend them, since this peril is dear to those
+who regard it as an advantage [to have the Chinese here.]
+
+In the year 1678 there reached our hands a very judicious opinion,
+printed at Madrid by a devout person who had had experience in dealing
+with that nation, and was well aware of their acts of guile. It was
+presented before the royal and supreme Council of the Indias, its
+president being the Conde de Medellin; and when the arguments adduced
+therein made a very strong impression, another pamphlet appeared in
+print at the same court, against the former one and in favor of the
+Sangleys; this delayed the decision, so that it seems as if they have
+in all quarters those who defend them. And so we go on, enduring this
+incurable disease--although today the number of the Sangleys is less
+than ever; for it is supposed that the number does not reach the six
+thousand whom the royal decrees allow, and judging by the poverty
+to which the commonwealth of Manila is steadily being reduced, each
+year there will be fewer Chinese here through the lack of profits;
+for that is the craving which draws them from their own country.
+
+I am aware that I have expatiated on a matter which seems to be an
+affair of state, rather than of history, although history, as a teacher
+of truth and a witness of the times, should include all events. I much
+regret that I cannot enlarge my account by saying something of the
+much which I could tell about the great indifference with which the
+Sangleys who are baptized attend to their obligations as Christians;
+most of them do so for worldly objects, such as being married and
+living as lords of the country; but this subject is one for tears
+rather than for the pen. Many lamentations have been made by many
+Jeremiahs zealous for the honor of God; but no results have followed
+beyond the reward which will be given to them in glory for this so holy
+labor. A very learned apologue is kept in the ecclesiastical archives,
+written by the reverend father Fray Alberto Collares of the Order
+of Preachers, at the request of the archbishop of Manila, Doctor Don
+Miguel Millan de Poblete, which causes horror to those who read it;
+and the worst is, that it tells but little, according to the opinion
+of other religious of the said order, who, as ministers to the Parian
+mission, know the Chinese best. And still more is this occasion for
+censure to some of the religious of that order who have been in China,
+and know how much superior the Christians of that empire are to these;
+and therefore they take great care to prevent those who come from
+China (who are few) from holding intercourse with the Christians of
+the Parian, in order that these may not corrupt them. Thus do they
+look upon the matter; and when in our convent at Manila was lodged
+Don Fray Gregorio Lopez, a Basilitan [111] bishop of the Order of
+Preachers, a Chinese by nationality--who was a phoenix among that
+people, on account of his virtue and sanctity--he prevented from
+going to the Parian, whenever he could, two good Chinese Christians
+whom he brought hither in his company.
+
+Many (and most) persons are greatly deceived in imagining that the
+Sangleys who live among the Indian natives outside of Manila do no
+harm to the faith, saying that the Chinese are more atheists than
+idolaters, and that they only seek worldly advantages. But this is
+not always the rule, for some teach sects and doctrines that are very
+evil, as experience shows. In the year 1706, father Fray Antolin de
+Alzaga, one of the apostolic missionaries whom we have in the remote
+mountains of the province of Pampanga, converting and instructing the
+warlike peoples called Italones, Ituries, and Abacas--whose wonderful
+conversions present notable material to him whose duty it is to write
+the history of those times--this apostolic missionary came to Manila,
+making light of the hardships of [travel by] those roads so long
+and rough, in order to ask the governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu,
+to take measures for banishing from these mountains two infidel
+Sangleys, who with greed for the trade in wax had penetrated even
+those unexplored hills, where they taught false dogmas and perverse
+opinions, such as palingenesis, or transmigration of souls--a dogma
+which Pythagoras taught, and which was propagated much among heathen
+peoples. At the present time it is accepted by all nations of Asia,
+and in China and Japon with the greatest tenacity; they believe
+that when a man dies his soul goes to animate another body, either
+rational or brute, according to the deserts of him who is dead,
+and for either punishment or reward; and thus they allot an infinite
+succession of transmigrations. This diabolical dogma was taught by
+these Sangleys to the Italon Indians, with other evil doctrines,
+such as polygamy (which permits a man to have many wives), idolatry,
+and others which ensue from it. That accursed doctrine spread rapidly
+among those simple mountaineers, so much so that it became necessary
+to have recourse to the said governor--who, being so zealous for
+the increase of the Christian faith, sent to the alcalde-mayor of
+Pampanga a very urgent command to expel from those missions the two
+Sangleys, and to be very careful to prevent the entrance of others
+therein; and this order was carried out, to the great tranquillity
+of the new Christian church. Experience has shown the same thing in
+other villages where Sangleys have fixed abodes. I will not delay
+longer over a matter on which there is an endless amount to be said,
+since I have sufficiently exceeded the limits of my obligation; and
+I refer to many persons who have officially discussed these matters,
+although they have obtained no results from their earnest efforts.
+
+The natives regard them with contempt, having no further inclination
+toward them than that of self-interest; consequently, neither
+affection nor fear draws either toward the other. And ordinarily
+selfishness courts the Sangleys, while aversion urges the natives
+to make complaints against them--except that the bond of matrimony
+is a check on the women; for, as is usually the case, if a native
+leads a bad life, he is on the watch for the acts of the Sangleys,
+in order to make the evil-doing of another serve as an excuse for
+greater freedom in his own wrong mode of life. Accordingly, they are
+in more danger from testimony arising from the malice of the accusers
+than from facts brought forward in zeal for their correction--as is
+seen by the few complaints or accusations that are decided against
+them, and how still more rarely do these bring them to punishment. Nor
+can this be attributed to the negligence of the judges, for they are
+delighted to receive the lawsuits of the Sangleys, our covetousness
+selling to them even justice very dear; and when harshness finds
+an object, it makes their punishments (since their wealth offers so
+much to avarice), although less bloody, more keenly felt, since in
+the estimation of the Sangley money is his very heart's blood.
+
+The precedents set by the sovereign kings Don Fernando the Catholic and
+Don Felipe II are examples of their piety, and of their successful
+policy in separating from their Catholic vassals those who are
+perfidious, who if mingled with the others might pervert them, through
+the passion which the Indians and Moros have for propagating their
+[false] sects--a danger much to be feared among the simple people of
+the villages and the common herd.
+
+No doubt, intercourse with these infidels is very necessary, on account
+of the merchandise which they furnish to us from their kingdom; but
+this could, in my opinion, be accomplished without danger to us--for
+one thing, by permitting to remain in these islands [only the] six
+thousand Sangleys, as his Majesty decrees; and for another, by not
+permitting them to trade in the provinces, or to live in the villages
+mingled with the Indians. But they should be kept in subjection, as
+Joshua kept down the Gaboanites, and as now Roma, Florencia, Venecia,
+and Oran hold the Jews in subjection, and our people in Ternate kept
+the Moros in his Majesty's galleys, the rabble of that sort. It is an
+obvious disadvantage to live subjected to such peoples, because the
+law of subjection, the adulation offered to rulers, and ambition to
+secure their favor are powerful to subject religion to their pleasure,
+as has been found by experience in all the countries where this
+misfortune has been suffered--such as Mesopotamia, both the Arabias,
+Egipto, and Africa, and that one which was the supporter of religion,
+Constantinopla, with all of Grecia. And for the same reason heresy has
+so prevailed and lorded it in Inglaterra, Irlanda, Dinamarca, Suecia,
+Sajonia,[i.e., Saxony], the Palatinate, and many other provinces and
+free cities--the most fatal poison that attacks the faith being the
+sovereignty of infidel princes, their grandeur and power being the
+sure ruin of religion. I consider that I have used more space than
+is required by my obligations, in treating of so pernicious a nation,
+which is allowed here in greater number than our needs demand--I know
+not whether through our fault or our misfortune--and maintained in
+the subjection which experience has shown [to be necessary] at times
+when too great confidence has relaxed the rein of caution.
+
+[Here we resume the regular narrative of this period by Diaz,
+at p. 786:] This revolt caused great anxiety to the governor, Don
+Gabriel Curucelaegui, on account of the many champans which had come
+that year from China; but in the course of time the danger disappeared.
+
+Among the great hardships which in this year were suffered in Manila,
+one was that the rains were heavier than any known to living men. Not
+only were they very heavy, but they lasted many months, and were
+the cause of many fields and crops being ruined, which caused a
+great scarcity of provisions; and, as it was impossible to work the
+salt-beds, the price of salt rose so high that it came to be worth
+twelve pesos for half a fanega, although its ordinary price was two
+or three reals--and some years even less, depending on the [height
+of the] water and on the heat of the sun, on which conditions this
+so necessary industry depends.
+
+The most memorable event of this year, and one which may be counted
+among the most important which have occurred in these islands since
+their conquest, is the imprisonment of the auditors, Don Diego Antonio
+de Viga and Don Pedro Sebastian de Bolivar, by the governor. It is an
+event to cause astonishment--and more, as it came so soon after the
+imprisonment and exile of the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo--at
+seeing in so short a time Doctor Don Cristobal de Herrera Grimaldos
+dead, and two auditors deprived forever of their togas (since never
+again could they put these on), and their families ruined and almost
+destroyed. It is not my intention to interpret the inscrutable secrets
+of divine justice, but only to set down the times and occasions in
+which so notable events occurred. [Diaz's account of the imprisonment
+and deaths of the auditors is here omitted, as it has already been
+sufficiently related in VOL. XXXIX.]
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+The governor, seeing the Audiencia broken up (since it consisted
+of only one individual, the auditor Don Diego Calderon), named two
+associates to assist the auditor in despatching the business of
+this supreme tribunal; these were Licentiate Don Jose de Herrera,
+an advocate of the royal Audiencia, and the doctor and captain whom
+I have already mentioned, Don Jose de Cervantes Altamirano; and
+they issued royal decrees, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente filling
+his office of fiscal. They alleged that there had been a precedent
+for this in the time of Governor Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera,
+when there was no other auditor than Don Marcos Zapata, by whose aid
+was carried out the banishment and imprisonment of Don Fray Fernando
+Guerrero--and this proceeding had been an example to be repeated in
+these times. Afterward, on account of the sickness and death of Don
+Diego Calderon, the governor continued to form an Audiencia with the
+two associates, which the royal Council of the Indias condemned.
+
+Under this kind of government two years passed by, until, in the year
+1688, a new Audiencia arrived, as we shall soon see. The year 1687
+was no less grievous than the preceding one, for various misfortunes
+followed each other, which were generally felt by all the citizens,
+in order that they might share in the punishment merited by their
+offenses, since always proves true the proverb, Delirant reges, semper
+plectuntur Achivi. [112] The first was the failure of the galleon
+from Nueva Espana, for it could not come that year because none had
+been despatched [from Manila] the year before; this was because of
+the armada sent against the pirates, which only served to cause great
+expenses to the royal treasury, the wreck of the galleon "Santo Nino,"
+and the failure of the galleon in this and the following years--which,
+as we have often said, is the life of the poor colony of Manila and
+of all these Filipinas Islands.
+
+The governor, having determined to send to Nueva Espana the galleon
+"Santo Nino," ordered that it be repaired as well as it could be;
+but even then it was not very strong, because most of its strength
+had been taken from it by the windows which had been opened in it for
+the artillery. But there was no other ship to depend upon, for the
+construction of the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," which they had placed
+on the stocks, was only begun. The governor appointed as its commander
+Lucas Mateo Urquina, who sailed for Nueva Espana with but slight hope
+on the part of those who understood the situation for the success of
+the voyage. The worst was, that their fears were realized; for the
+galleon not being able to endure the fierce storms that attacked it
+in high latitudes, it was compelled to put back to port. This it did,
+about the month of November, causing great affliction to all; for it
+came only to aggravate the sufferings that were already experienced
+through the failure to receive a galleon that year.
+
+At night of Holy Thursday, March 28, at the time when in the village
+of Binondo arrangements were being made for the procession which the
+mestizo Sangleys make on the occasion of the "holy burial," (which is
+one of the most brilliant and magnificent of the processions that are
+made in Holy Week), one of the greatest disasters that have ever been
+seen in these islands occurred. Fire caught in the first house on the
+point of land which is called Punta de la Estacada, and the crowd
+of people who had made ready for this devout function were unable
+to extinguish the fire; and the devouring flames made such havoc
+that they destroyed the great number of houses that stood in all the
+territory of the said Estacada, Baybay, and Tondo, finally consuming
+the entire barrio of Bancusay, in which this so widespread settlement
+[of Sangleys] finds its limit. It was no small good-fortune that
+the fire passed by the other side of the river, where lies the great
+town of Binondoc, Tondo, Santa Cruz, and Quiapo--which, as contiguous
+villages, together constitute one body--for [if the fire had reached
+them] the loss would have been irreparable; for many splendid houses
+of wealthy Spaniards and mestizos would have been consumed, and those
+of many Portuguese and Armenian traders who live in those places as
+being more convenient [for their business]. There were no deaths of
+persons from the flames; but great was the loss of the many people
+who saw their poor houses and property disappear.
+
+The gates of Manila were opened, and the governor, in person hastened
+to give aid, with a great number of people, who could check the
+fire so that it should not cross over to the other part of Binondoc
+and Tondo. What was more, he prevented the robberies which in such
+emergencies are committed by some soldiers and wicked people, who on
+such occasions are worse than the fire, as has been found by experience
+at various times; for in times of drouth fires are very frequent in
+the suburbs of Manila, most of them being occasioned by fire set by
+these soulless incendiaries, who find their profit in such destruction.
+
+To this local calamity at La Estacada succeeded another affliction,
+which was general through the greater part of these islands; this was
+a plague of locusts, one of the worst which has been seen in them, for
+the locusts were so many that in dense and opaque clouds they darkened
+the sun, and covered the ground on which they settled. These insects
+ravaged the grain-fields, and left the meadows scorched; and even the
+trees and canebrakes they stripped of the green leaves. These locusts
+were so voracious that they not only laid waste every kind of herbage
+and verdure, but they entered the houses, and gnawed and pierced with
+holes every kind of cloth; and those who flapped sheets and coverlets
+at the locusts to drive them away--as is usually done at other times
+in the invasions of this pest, with some effect--on this occasion
+found that the only result was to ruin those articles, for the locusts
+ate them, and destroyed them with their poisonous jaws. Thereupon the
+people began to feel the loss which ensued from this calamity, in the
+great scarcity and want of provisions--so great that a caban of rice
+(which is half a fanega) came to be worth two pesos and a half, and in
+some places three pesos. (Nor has the poverty been less which is being
+experienced while I am writing this, on account of the great plague
+of locusts which occurred in the past year of 1717 and the present
+one.) And it can be said that the poor died in great numbers, not
+so much because the rice (which is the general food of the regions)
+cost so much, as through their lack of forethought, and of money
+with which to buy rice; and because there was so excessive a number
+of beggars--some through necessity, and others through laziness and
+dislike for work--that it was impossible to relieve them; for when
+there is but little to give it is not possible to divide it so that
+all shall be sufficiently cared for.
+
+To these great troubles was added another; that in that year
+occurred many earthquakes, which although they did not cause the total
+destruction of buildings, left many houses and churches damaged. In the
+province of Cagayan, in the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, heavier shocks
+were experienced, for in the mountainous districts of that province
+chasms and vent-holes were opened, a phenomenon which usually results
+from such tremblings of the earth. From this it may be proved that a
+cause of these tremblings and earthquakes is the air which is shut in
+within the caverns of the globe, drawn into them through the crevices
+and openings which the heat causes in the soil, which afterward are
+closed by the rains; a great volume of air being thus gathered, it
+becomes rarefied, and, increasing in quantity or volume, it seeks an
+outlet, directing its force toward its center and causing so terrible
+a commotion. But the safe and useful way of maintaining ourselves
+faithful in the fulfilment of our obligations is to regard these
+earthquakes as tokens of the wrath of God against our transgressions,
+Qui respicit terram et facit eam tremere (Psalm ciii, v. 32).
+
+Not long before these events, the death occurred in Cagayan of the
+auditor Licentiate Don Diego Antonio de Viga, a prisoner and exile in
+that province. [Here Diaz relates the circumstances of the deaths of
+Viga and other persons who had been concerned in the Pardo controversy,
+which have already been mentioned in previous documents. He cites a
+letter from Pardo to Curucelaegui, dated December 2, 1687, to show
+that Viga died impenitent; he was buried in the cathedral of Lalo,
+and Pardo connects with this circumstance the calamities which soon
+afterward afflicted the islands. He orders the remains of Viga to be
+disinterred and removed from the cathedral; Diaz thinks that this was
+done, but is not quite certain. He positively asserts, however, that
+Viga was a very upright official, and wholly disinterested; and thinks
+that he perhaps went too far in upholding the royal privileges, through
+misunderstanding their scope. Dona Josefa Bolivar also dies impenitent,
+and Pardo sends Bachelor Don Juan de Cazorla to investigate the matter,
+to know whether she may be buried in consecrated ground; he has her
+buried "in the plaza of the said village of Oriong." Her husband meets
+"a better end;" he is reconciled to the Church, and dies after having
+"devoted himself to exercises of austere penance, fasts and scourgings
+and other mortifications." Auditor Calderon dies at Manila in like
+exemplary manner (July 18, 1687); "this auditor was a very upright
+and disinterested official, a good Christian, pious, and much given to
+good works, and therefore was beloved by the entire community." Master
+Jeronimo de Herrera is sentenced by the archbishop (March 16, 1687)
+to be deprived of all ecclesiastical benefices and offices, and is
+sent to Spain, but dies during the voyage. At this time, Barrientos,
+the bishop of Troya, is absent on official duties in the bishopric
+of Nueva Segovia. He had "issued a decree of excommunication against
+the alcaldes-mayor of Cagayan, Ilocos, and Pangasinan, prohibiting to
+them trade and traffic in those provinces, in virtue of the oath which
+those officials take in the royal Audiencia when they go to exercise
+their offices. This excommunication was the cause of many lawsuits, for
+Captain Don Francisco de Alzaga Voitia, alcalde-mayor of Pangasinan,
+defended them all, and appeared before the royal Audiencia with a
+plea of fuerza, complaining that the bishop of Troya was usurping
+the royal jurisdiction by taking cognizance of the oath taken in
+that court.... On this question royal decrees were issued, and the
+controversy lasted a long time, but the excommunication then laid has
+remained until this day; and the alcaldes-mayor continue with their
+trade and traffic as before, without the least scruple." Returning
+to Manila, Barrientos declines the bishopric of Nueva Segovia, to
+which he is entitled as Pardo's assistant; the archbishop therefore
+despatches to take charge of that diocese Doctor Nicolas de la Vega
+Caballero, then cura of Cavite.]
+
+This province assumed charge of the ministry in the territory of
+Mariquina and Jesus de la Pena, which in times past was a dependency
+of the mission station of Pasig. It had been administered by the
+religious of the Society, by commission of Don Fray Pedro Arce, bishop
+of Cebu and ruler of the archbishopric of Manila, and by approval of
+Governor Don Juan Nino de Tabora, since the year 1630; and now it was
+restored to the ministry of Pasig by sentence of the archbishop, May
+16, 1687, and this province added to that territory the convent of San
+Mateo--establishing the headquarters and residence of the minister at
+Mariquina, whose titular saint is our Lady of Protection; its first
+minister was father Fray Simon Martinez. The aforesaid archbishop
+also added to the said village of Pasig the mission village of San
+Andres Apostol de Cainta, also administered by the said religious of
+the Society, by decree of March 16, 1688--with the approbation, not
+only of this, but of the separation of Mariquina, by the vice-patron,
+Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui. Its first minister was father
+Fray Jose del Valle, and it was preserved as a separate convent with
+the title of vicariate. [113]
+
+We held these ministries, with great labor and inconvenience, until
+the year 1696, when there arrived a royal decree that they should
+again be administered by the fathers of the Society of Jesus, and we
+therefore surrendered them to those fathers. In order to show further
+our good-will and friendly relations with so holy a religious order,
+we exchanged the ministry of San Mateo for that of Binangonan--called
+"Binangonan of the dogs," to distinguish it from the other town of
+the same name, which is on the opposite coast [of the island]; it
+has for its titular St. Ursula and the eleven thousand virgins her
+companions, in a church in Laguna de Bay. This was accomplished by the
+aid of the consent and approbation of the governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+y Gongora. This village of Binangonan is very small, and had been at
+first administered by the religious of St. Francis, who had exchanged
+it for the ministry of Baras, which also belonged to the religious of
+the Society; and because it was so poor a living a visita was added
+to it from the ministry of Pasig, which is called Angono--its patron
+saint being St. Clement, pope and martyr--of a few tribute-payers. To
+this ministry were added fifty pesos more for its support, but it is
+so forlorn a one that even with all these aids the minister suffers a
+great lack of means for his support; and therefore on many occasions
+there has been talk of abandoning this charge, for it is not good for
+any other profit, either spiritual or temporal--not only on account of
+its poverty, but because of the intractable disposition of its people.
+
+On February 19 of this year of 1688, our then father provincial, Fray
+Juan de Jerez, died in the convent of Manila; his illness was caused by
+the great hardships of his visitation of the entire province, and the
+eagerness with which he undertook to perform this task in one year,
+while it was a task for two years, especially since he was sixty-two
+years old, and had many attacks of illness. At last he ended the
+visitation, but it put an end to him. He was one of the most exact
+in fulfilling obligations of all the religious who have been in this
+province, and great was his zeal for the religious observance. His
+solicitude and care for adornment in the things belonging to the divine
+worship was continual, using his utmost endeavors that the altars and
+ornaments should be the best that were possible, and spending on them
+all that he could obtain. The first indication of his [approaching]
+death was that he was freed from the scruples of conscience which had
+been throughout his life a continual torment; but at that time the
+Lord, who had given him these scruples in order to exercise his soul,
+imperavit ventis et mari, et facta est tranquillitas (Matthew viii,
+v. 26). His death was deeply regretted by all; for this province
+loved him as a father, and the people venerated him as a saint. In
+consequence of his death, the government was assumed by our father
+Fray Jose Duque, as being next to the provincial, with the title
+of rector-provincial; for in this province could not be observed
+the same rule as in those of Espana, where our very reverend father
+general makes appointments for the vacancies caused by the deaths of
+provincials, until the time appointed for convening the provincial
+chapter.
+
+Among the troubles and calamities of this year a very great one
+was that occasioned by a pestilential epidemic of influenza, which
+had begun in the preceding year and continued in this year of 1688,
+with great ravages. Many died of this disease, especially children
+and old persons; and by this year the epidemic had so increased that
+many grain-fields could not be cultivated, for lack of people to
+do the work. This caused a great lack of provisions in this and the
+following years, just as the locusts had occasioned like loss in the
+preceding year. So prevalent was the disease that in the province of
+Pampanga, where I was serving in the village of Guagua, as secretary
+and assistant of the rector-provincial, the Indians were not seen in
+the streets, on account of most of them being prostrated by the cruel
+influenza, and the rest of them caring for the sick ones. Accordingly
+the deputies and officials of the confraternities went through the
+streets with jars of [cooked] rice, and went up into the houses and
+provided those who were in need with food; for most of the people
+were without it, and others could not cook it and had no one who was
+able to do so. These influenzas are very frequent in this country,
+but that in this year was the worst that the old men have seen; and
+since then, up to the present time, no other like it has been known.
+
+The governor, Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui, desired to put a stop to
+the outrages which were being committed by the rebellious blacks of the
+mountains and the Zambals of the Playa Honda and the uninhabited places
+of the Puntalon (a route in the province of Pangasinan)--killing many
+travelers and cutting off their heads (which is the greatest trophy
+and desire of those people), and daring to approach the villages
+near Tarlac--Magalan, Telban, and Malunguey. The governor therefore
+prepared to make a vigorous invasion, not only with Spaniards,
+but with Pampangos, friendly Zambals, and Merdicas from Maluco;
+and he appointed as their leader Sargento-mayor Martin de Leon,
+and gave him [for officers], as being men experienced in that sort
+of war, Captain Alonso Martin Franco and Captain Bartolome Prieto;
+the master-of-camp of the Merdicas, Cachil-Duco, the prince of
+Tidori; and Sargento-mayor Pedro Machado. He sent orders to the
+alcaldes-mayor of Cagayan and Pangasinan that they, with the best
+troops that they had, should scout through the mountains from north
+to south, so that they might go on until they should meet Martin de
+Leon and his companions, up to a locality and settlement of blacks
+that is called Culianan. Both parties carried out this plan, although
+with great difficulty, on account of those forests being very dense;
+they killed many insurgent blacks and Zambals; but before joining their
+troops they found themselves obliged to retreat, because the epidemic
+of pestilential influenza made great havoc among them, and many died
+from that disease. But the injury which our people could not inflict
+upon the enemy was wrought on them by the pest of the influenza,
+which caused as great ravages among them as the smallpox had made in
+previous years. Martin de Leon, Alonso Martin Franco, and Bartolome
+Prieto came to Guagua in very bad condition; from there they sent word
+to the governor, who commanded them to withdraw [from the enterprise].
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+The Conde de Mondova, [114] viceroy of Nueva Espana, seeing that
+for two successive years there had been no galleons from Filipinas,
+[influenced] not only by the order which the royal Council has given
+for such emergencies, but by finding that he was responsible for
+the despatch of the investigating judge and the new royal Audiencia
+who were on their way to these islands to replace and depose the
+auditors (whom either death or exile had already deposed), ordered
+that a Peruvian patache be made ready which was then at Acapulco, the
+owner of which was Felipe Vertis, a citizen of Callao. The viceroy
+appointed as its commander the then admiral of the Windward fleet,
+Antonio de Astina, a native of San Sebastian; and for seamen the
+best who were found in the said armada. In this patache embarked
+the following persons: The investigating judge, who was Licentiate
+Don Francisco Campos Valdivia, then alcalde de casa y corte [115] of
+Madrid, and royal deputy provincial notary at the said court. The new
+auditors, of whom the senior was Licentiate Don Alonso Abellafuertes,
+a knight of the Order of Alcantara, a native of Oviedo, who had
+recently finished his term as corregidor of the city of Burgos;
+[the others were] Licentiate Don Juan de Sierra y Osorio, a knight of
+the Order of Calatrava, an Asturian, and Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina
+y Havalria, a native of Sevilla--who is still living as a religious
+and priest, a professed of the fourth vow in the Society of Jesus,
+who is an example of virtue and truly exemplary. The auditor second
+in seniority, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima,
+failed to embark on this occasion, on account of being married and
+having a large family, but did so in the following year. As fiscal
+for his Majesty came Licentiate Don Jeronimo de Barredo Valdes, also
+an Asturian. All these four auditors carried appointments as criminal
+auditors for Mejico at the expiration of six years which they were
+to spend in Filipinas, exercising the functions of auditor; and this
+went into force afterward with Auditors Alonso de Abellafuertes and Don
+Juan de Ozaeta, who, after the six years, went to Mexico. Don Juan de
+Sierra also returned, having completed his term as auditor, and died
+at Acapulco, where he found letters promoting him to be auditor at
+Granada; for it must have been of some service to him to be a nephew
+of Don Lope de Sierra, a member of the supreme Council of the Indias.
+
+With the new auditors also embarked very distinguished persons of
+their kindred and households, such as Don Manuel de Argueelles, an
+Asturian, who is still alive, and a general; Don Juan Infanzon, and
+Don Francisco Gimenez de Valerio; the owner of the patache, Felipe
+de Vertis; and others. On this occasion also came father Fray Juan de
+Alarcon, a native of Valladolid and a son of the [Augustinian] house
+there; he had been left in Nueva Espana, and was now very old. He
+retired to this province (for which he had enlisted in 1679), and
+served only a few years on account of poor health; and, while he was
+procurator-general, died in the convent of Manila, in the year 1695.
+
+This patache made its voyage very prosperously, and passed the
+Embocadero without any difficulty, reaching the port of Cavite, where
+it remained until Mateo de Urquiza sailed with the galleon "Santo
+Christo de Burgos" for Nueva Espana. This privilege of entering the
+port of Cavite is, it seems, enjoyed as their own by all the pataches
+which come from Acapulco, which are not built in these islands; as it
+were, they are free from the sin which they contract in the acts of
+oppression and tyranny which are committed, not only in the cutting
+of the timber for them, but in their construction; and, either for
+this or for other and hidden causes, hardly a galleon built in these
+islands succeeds in making the entrance of the port of Cavite.
+
+The auditors on reaching Manila took possession of their offices
+in the hall of the Audiencia, which they found empty of their
+predecessors--some being dead, and another in banishment--and the
+only one they found living was the fiscal, Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis. The investigating judge likewise found the greater part of his
+commission accomplished, which was the deposition of the auditors. He
+sent for Don Pedro Bolivar, who was a prisoner in Cagayan, in the fort
+of Tuao; but he died while on the way, at one of the first villages
+of the province of Ilocos; God gave him a very good end, in return
+for the many excellent traits that he displayed in his life, such as
+being very courteous and very charitable to the poor.
+
+To Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui came very favorable decrees
+from his Majesty--who thanked him for what he had done in the
+restitution of the archbishop, in which his Majesty considered himself
+well served. To the archbishop came others, also very favorable,
+which I do not insert here, in order to avoid being tedious, and
+because that is not in my obligation; and I only repeat here a letter
+or bull which his Holiness Pope Innocent XI sent to the archbishop,
+since that is a very unusual favor, and because he was a pontiff
+so greatly to be venerated by posterity, on account of his great
+sanctity of life. [The letter is given in both Latin and Spanish;
+it simply expresses the approval of the pope for Pardo's course, and
+encouragement to persevere if he shall encounter other like trials.]
+
+The news of what had been done in the banishment and confinement
+of the archbishop produced great disturbance in the royal mind of
+his Majesty and in his ministers of the supreme Council of the
+Indias, as may be imagined from the punishment which by their
+orders was inflicted on Don Juan de Vargas and on the auditors
+and the other persons inculpated therein. It is not denied by this
+atonement and punishment that many cases can occur in which it may
+be lawful to banish bishops and ecclesiastical superiors; and this
+matter is treated at length [lato modo] and very judiciously by many
+writers--Don Cristobal Crespi de Valduura, vice-chancellor of Aragon,
+in his learned Observaciones, obs. iii, illat. iii, no. 19; Solorzano,
+De jure Indico, tom. ii, lib. iii, chap. 29, no. 71; Salgado, De regia
+potestate, part i, chap. 2, no. 276; and others. But this is executed
+by legitimate procedure, and with much circumspection and moderation,
+without touching or impeding the exercise of the episcopal power
+(the opposite seems to be an Anglican dogma, and one of Marsilius
+de Padua), as was done with Don Fray Felipe Pardo--confining his
+person in the village of Lingayen, and suspending his spiritual
+jurisdiction; commanding the cabildo to exercise the right of sede
+vacante; and not accepting the appointment which the archbishop had
+made of the bishop of Troya to govern in his absence--because this
+does not concern the temporal revenues, which the prelates who incur
+the penalty of banishment lose. What causes no little wonder is, that
+all the auditors were very learned, and they four, with the fiscal,
+had held chairs in [the universities of] Mejico, Sevilla, and Granada;
+but when one lacks the fear of God, which is the beginning of wisdom,
+one cannot gain real success in matters in which his will prevails over
+his judgment. How useful it would be to the governors and auditors of
+Filipinas to have these words written as a reminder in the hall where
+they transact business, the words of the Holy Ghost in chapter vi,
+no. 3 of Wisdom. [116]
+
+The first step made by the investigating judge was to imprison in
+his own house the fiscal, Doctor Don Esteban de la Fuente Alanis,
+and to bring charges against him, in accordance with the orders that
+he carried from the royal Council of the Indias; he did the same
+with the other auditors, [although they were] dead, through their
+executors. He proceeded with the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas,
+which had been delayed by the challenging of the associate judges;
+and he sent Governor Don Juan de Vargas Hurtado into exile in the
+village of Lingayen, Where the archbishop had been, and he was taken
+away by an escort of soldiers, under the command of Sargento-mayor
+Martinez Leon. He went hither as excommunicated, and unable to have
+any intercourse with any person save those allowed by law. Upon his
+arrival at the said village, he built in it a house of bamboo and nipa,
+where he lived a long time in company with his spirited wife, Dona
+Isabel de Ardila, enduring much loneliness and lack of respect, until
+they recalled him, after two years, in order to send him to Espana;
+and he died during this first voyage [i.e., on the Pacific Ocean].
+
+This gentleman was truly unfortunate, for although he had not been a
+bad governor, his lack of courtesy and his harsh disposition gained
+for him many enemies. The time of his rule was very prosperous,
+and the ample commerce with the neighboring kingdoms engaged many
+persons and brought great gains. He was very diligent in keeping the
+Manila garrison strengthened with capable soldiers, and took much
+pains to have the men well fed and clothed, and military discipline
+strictly maintained--and in this he was surpassed only by Don Sebastian
+Hurtado de Corcuera. His covetousness was not so great as appearances
+indicated, and with it he did not injure the commonwealth, for those
+times furnished [profit] for all. He was very punctual in fulfilling
+the duties of a Christian governor, and also in attending, almost
+without missing a day, all the sessions of the Audiencia and royal
+court; and therefore the lawsuits were not so interminable as we find
+them at the present time.
+
+In his time came a royal decree that investigation should be made of
+the lawfulness of the slavery in which any were held, and that those
+persons whose condition of servitude was not well grounded should
+be set free. This action seems somewhat harsh; for so many persons
+of different nationality were liberated that both the Spaniards
+and the natives were left destitute of servants, and the city and
+the villages were full of beggars--and, what is worse, of thieves
+and incendiaries. This dispossession would have caused the utmost
+distress if General Cristobal Romero, the castellan of Santiago,
+had not resolved to write to the king our sovereign about it, with
+arguments so forcible that a royal decree came directing that the
+execution of the other be suspended.
+
+The new fiscal of his Majesty, Don Jeronimo Barredo y Valdes, a young
+man of suitable age [for this lady?] married the widow of Auditor
+Don Cristobal Grimaldos, Dona Maria Manuela Carrillo y Barrientos--a
+woman in whom, although great was her beauty, virtue was still greater,
+and she furnished an excellent example in the time of her widowhood,
+suffering continually the siege and attacks made against her chastity
+by influential persons. But God recompensed her by giving her a
+numerous offspring and long life, both in these islands and in the
+city of Mejico--from which place no news has come of her death, but
+we have heard that she has remained the widow of Don Jeronimo Barredo,
+who was many years the senior auditor of this royal Audiencia.
+
+The investigating judge, Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, brought [an
+order for] the liberation of the Marques de Villasierra, Don Fernando
+de Valuenzuela, because the term of ten years since his removal from
+the monastery of the Escorial was now completed. The judge went in
+person to Cavite, to notify him of the order and set him at liberty,
+as he did. The marques left the port of Cavite and came to Manila, but
+he took up his residence in a country-house which our Manila convent
+possesses, on a sugar-plantation called Pasay. This house is on the
+sea-shore, in a very convenient location for trips back and forth
+from Manila; and one can easily enjoy visits there, as it is only
+one legua distant from the city. Here the marques lived during all
+the time while he had to wait and make preparations for his journey,
+in order to sail in the first galleon which should return to Nueva
+Espana; for such was the command given to him, until his Majesty
+should decide whether or not he should go to Espana.
+
+He embarked in this year of 1689 and arrived at Mejico, where he found
+as viceroy the Conde de Galves, [117] who, as the son of the Duke de
+Infantado, in whose service Don Fernando de Valuenzuela had begun his
+career of fortune, received him very hospitably, as lords are wont
+to receive persons who have a claim upon such considerations. It
+seems as if the patient endurance of this gentleman had conquered
+the influences of fortune, so various and inconstant in his rise and
+fall; for it was said with good ground that he would be viceroy of
+Nueva Espana; but his death closed the term of his life, which was
+an astonishing one, and an example for the study of admonitions. His
+death was occasioned by the kick of a horse, and on the ninth day a
+fever attacked him from which he died in a few days. He had previously
+fulfilled all the obligations of a Christian, and ordered that his
+body be deposited in the hospice of this province, outside the walls
+of Mejico, where it remained until the marquesa his wife sent orders
+to convey it for burial to the city of Talavera. [Diaz here inserts
+a Latin epitaph on this cavalier, written by some person in Filipinas.]
+
+The investigating judge with his notary managed so well that in
+ten months he had completed all the commissions which he brought
+with him; for he was a man of great activity and energy, and very
+skilful in judicial practice. He brought to an end the residencia
+of Don Juan de Vargas, which was much entangled, and had overstepped
+the peremptory limits of such judgments. He also tried those who were
+accomplices in the imprisonment of Master-of-camp Don Diego de Salcedo,
+of whom now few remained alive, and those were the least guilty; but
+these paid for all the rest, which usually is the purse from which
+[such acts] are paid. He was not as scrupulous as other ministers,
+and as he ought to be, although he affected to be very upright and
+just; and neither he nor his notary went back with empty hands,
+as was proved at Acapulco by some chests of his which were searched,
+notwithstanding the protests that he made that these were the documents
+belonging to his commission. In them were found very valuable goods,
+and very few documents; these would certainly aid him to pass his
+old age in the honorable post which was given to him as soon as he
+arrived at court, that of member of the Treasury Council, which he
+enjoyed for several years.
+
+The archbishop brought to an end the suits which he had begun against
+the principal members of the [cathedral] chapter, of whom only one
+had remained alive, the dean, Don Miguel Ortiz de Covarrubias; for the
+archdeacon, Don Francisco Deza, had died in an epidemic of influenza,
+and soon afterward Don Francisco Gutierrez Briceno died suddenly in
+the village of Betis. Accordingly the dean, as head of the chapter
+and vicar-general, and the one who had been leader in the arrests of
+Master Juan Gonzalez, the father provincial Fray Antonio Calderon,
+and the father professors Fray Juan Ibanez and Fray Francisco de
+Vargas, on account of these and other occurrences made amends for all
+the chapter-members, and ended by going to Madrid. There he secured
+permission to return to Mejico, his native country, with half the
+income of a dean (which is very small), and with this spent the few
+years of life that remained to him, dying as a good priest.
+
+While Governor Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui was most occupied in
+making ready the galleon in which were to return the investigating
+judge, Don Fernando de Valuenzuela, Fiscal Don Esteban de la Fuente
+Alanis and the admiral of the Windward fleet, Don Antonio de Astina,
+with many other persons who were going to embark--such as the dean
+and father Fray Raimundo Verart, who was going as the archbishop's
+attorney--while busily engaged in these preparations he was assailed
+by death, by means of a painful suppression of urine, which in a few
+days ended his life, after he had received all the holy sacraments. He
+died at ten o'clock at night, on April 27, of this year 1689, at the
+age of more than sixty years. They buried him in our church at Manila,
+at the foot of the altar of the holy Christ of Burgos, to whom he
+had been very devoted, and had gone punctually every Friday to hear
+his mass sung. With him were buried also the devotion and concourse
+to this sacred image, until they were revived twenty years later,
+during the term of government of the Conde de Lizarraga, Don Martin
+de Ursua y Arismendi; this is the usual condition of devotions in
+these islands, for they do not last long, and have their seasons,
+and these are not wont to be very long.
+
+The death of this governor was much regretted by every one; he was
+worthy of being counted among the best whom these islands have had,
+because in him were united the highest qualities which are required to
+constitute an accomplished governor. He was very pacific, and so plain
+in his manners that he was censured for not maintaining his authority;
+he was very charitable, and magnanimous of heart, although small in
+body. He had the noble quality of being exceedingly disinterested,
+and of placing little value on riches--which in these regions,
+where covetousness has so many opportunities to tempt and conquer,
+is the greatest virtue; and it is such even throughout the world,
+since it is almost a miracle.... These islands did not keep him long,
+it may be because they did not deserve him.... For in these regions
+there is little regret for governors who are not good, and little
+esteem for those who are not bad; but he who rules can never find
+himself free from malcontents, because it is not his function to
+please every one. But, since goodness is better recognized after
+it is lost, the governor's death caused much regret. He left as
+his executor Master-of-camp Don Tomas de Endaya, and so small was
+his estate which they found that there was not even enough for the
+expenses of his burial or for the mourning garb of his servants.
+
+On account of his death, the military government was assumed by the
+senior auditor, Licentiate Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, knight of the
+Order of Alcantara; and together with the royal Audiencia [he governed]
+also in civil affairs, as is decreed by royal commands. During the time
+while Don Alonso de Abella governed, which was sixteen months (for it
+was that length of time before Don Fausto Cruzat y Gongora arrived),
+this commonwealth enjoyed great peace and tranquillity. If there were
+any dissensions in the ecclesiastical state, he took no part in them;
+and if it had not been for his great forethought those differences
+would have been greater, as will be related in the proper place.
+
+With the death of the governor, and the excellent intentions of
+the temporary ruler, the affairs of Don Juan de Zalaeta assumed
+another shape. He had suffered great hardships and privations in
+his imprisonment and banishment, and all his property, even to his
+clothing, had been sold at auction; for before his departure from
+these islands the authorities had taken his residencia for the time
+when he was alcalde-mayor of Calamianes, and some charges against him
+resulted. The acting governor ordered that he be released from prison,
+and that both he and Don Miguel de Lezama should come to Manila,
+where their causes were settled with less harshness. Don Juan de
+Zalaeta returned to Espana, thoroughly warned by the bad outcome
+of the residencia of Don Juan de Vargas, which he had so eagerly
+desired, imagining that it would be of great honor and profit to
+him. He reached Madrid very poor, and ill provided with supplies,
+and died there suddenly....
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+During the fourteen months which remained in the term of office of our
+father provincial Fray Juan de Jerez after his death, the province was
+governed by the experienced prelate our father Fray Jose Duque--so
+successfully and peaceably, and with so much tranquillity in the
+order, that he was able to moderate the great sorrow which all felt
+at the loss of the deceased provincial. In this peaceful condition
+the time came for holding the chapter-session which took place in
+the convent at Manila, on April 30 of this year of 1689; father Fray
+Luis Diaz presided therein, as the eldest definitor of the preceding
+chapter. There was not much discussion among the fathers in their
+effort to find a person whom they might elect as provincial, because
+for a long time all had fixed their attention on father Fray Francisco
+de Zamora, who was then prior of the convent at Manila. He was a
+native of Medina del Campo, and a son of the convent at Valladolid,
+who had come to this province in the year 1669; a religious of great
+prudence, and unusual ability for governing; and for many years they
+had only delayed electing him until he should reach the age of forty
+years, since that is the time fixed in our Constitutions. They found
+that he lacked six months of that age, which, as he alleged, exempted
+him from election for so heavy a burden; but having investigated the
+matter, and basing their action on many previous precedents which had
+occurred not only in this province but in others, in which there had
+been dispensations [from the rule], the father who presided granted
+one in this case, as he was vicar-general, and father Fray Francisco
+was elected provincial on the said date, April 30.
+
+The definitors who were elected were fathers Fray Julian Zapata,
+Fray Juan de San Nicolas, Fray Gaspar de San Agustin, and Fray Simon
+Martinez. The visitors for the preceding triennium were present,
+fathers Fray Ignacio de Mercado and the reader Fray Francisco de
+Ugarte; and as new visitors were appointed father Fray Eusebio de
+Porras and the father reader Fray Jose Lopez. Ordinances were enacted
+that were very useful for the better government of the province,
+and for the administration of the missions in our charge; this is the
+greatest responsibility of the chapters, because the system in this
+province is so different from that in the European provinces, which
+needs very different corporate laws for the preservation of each,
+and for enabling the individuals therein to fulfil the obligations
+of the religious without failing in those of parish priest--which in
+this province is the function of all its members, while in Peru and
+Nueva Espana it is the occupation of but few.
+
+The governor ad interim, Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, began to govern
+with so much prudence and ability that it seemed as if he had the
+benefit of long experience, although he had hardly known a few months
+of such responsibility. The principal cause of this was the concord
+in which he lived with all, as well as the aid which he received from
+his associates, Doctor Don Lorenzo de Acina and Don Juan de Sierra,
+who vied with each other in cooperating with their colleague in
+discharging the duties of his office. It is in this direction that
+the ad interim governments of auditors in these islands are weak and
+fail of success; for, peevish because the precedence of seniority
+is not theirs, they try to obscure the credit of him who wields the
+rod of authority, and often show themselves as his worst enemies,
+and thus aristocratic rule is converted into democratic confusion.
+
+His first care was the despatch of the galleon "Santo Nino" to Nueva
+Espana, in charge of General Don Antonio de Astina; for as this
+commander had left the office of admiral of the Windward fleet (for
+which he had a proprietary appointment from his Majesty the king),
+it was not just that a personage of so great merits should return
+as passenger--for the patache "San Fernando," in which he had come,
+was not fit for the return trip of so severe a navigation; and
+it had been laid aside, not only on this account, but because its
+owner, Felipe Vertis, had died suddenly. The investigating judge,
+the alcalde of court Don Francisco Campos de Valdivia, embarked with
+his notary; all the commissions which he carried from the supreme
+Council having been concluded, he carried [the documents concerning]
+them with him, as also the copious evidence in the residencia of Don
+Juan de Vargas--who remained for an indefinite time in banishment
+in the village of Lingayen, suffering the hardships and miseries of
+being an excommunicate, denounced as such on the church-doors, and
+with no consolation save his own courage and that of his wife, Dona
+Isabel de Ardila. Don Juan de Zalaeta embarked, under the obligation
+of presenting himself at Madrid with the proceedings in his case. The
+dean, Don Miguel Ortiz, was bound on the same errand; and father
+Fray Raimundo Verart went aboard with powers of attorney from the
+archbishop, in whose favor he printed a long and learned manifesto. The
+galleon had a very prosperous voyage, duly arriving at Acapulco;
+and on the return trip it brought us the new proprietary governor.
+
+In this year of 1689, came the end of the long and troubled life of
+the archbishop, Don Fray Felipe Pardo, who was sixty-eight years old,
+an age attained by few persons in these regions; and these years
+were rendered more painful by the many troubles and annoyances
+that had resisted his courage--which was very great, [although]
+in a small body. For many months he had been well prepared for this
+inevitable and impending event, as the devout religious that he was;
+and from his archiepiscopal palace he watched over and promoted the
+rigorous observance of the province of the Holy Rosary of the Order
+of Preachers. A Benjamin of the great patriarch St. Dominic, [118] he
+came to this province in the year 1647, after having taught arts and
+theology in the famous college of San Gregorio at Valladolid; and he
+was therefore regarded as the greatest theological professor who had
+been in these islands. He was provincial during two quadrenniums,
+and prior of Manila for two more; and he was commissary of the
+Holy Office when the appointment as archbishop reached him. We have
+already seen his constancy in defending the episcopal authority. His
+charity was great, for he spent whatever was left from his income
+(which did not exceed five thousand pesos), in aiding the poor;
+and with it he assisted the missionaries of Tungkin. A nephew of his
+came to visit him, but he would not consent that the governor should
+give this man any office or position, and made him go back with very
+little outfit. His death would have been considered, in another man,
+sudden and unexpected; for he was found dead at midnight on the day
+of St. Sylvester, ending [his life] with the year, so that it could
+be said, Et dies pleni inveniuntur in eis (Ps. xii, v. 10). But this
+great prelate awaited the end of his days with full preparation, and
+had just given orders for the making of a red pontifical vestment in
+which he was to be buried; his body, embalmed, was deposited in the
+church of Santo Domingo at Manila.
+
+The see being declared vacant, the cabildo assumed its government;
+and they could have ruled with great peace if they themselves had not
+hunted up discord where they had thought to find greater peace. The
+vacant see was ruled by Master Juan Gonzalez de Guzman, who was now
+dean on account of the absence of Don Miguel Ortiz, and at the same
+time was provisor and vicar-general of the cabildo; and as it seemed
+to them that it would be expedient, for the greater authority of
+the diocese, to cede the government to the bishop of Troya, Don Fray
+Gines Barrientos, they named him as its head. From this ensued great
+dissensions, for the bishop-governor thought that he was superior to
+the cabildo, and that they had transferred their authority to him,
+leaving themselves entirely stripped of it; this is contrary to
+all the teachings of the sacred canons, which in one precept of law
+declare: Privilegio, quod habes propter me, non potes uti contra me;
+and the established principle which states: Propter quod unumquodque
+tale, illud magis. [119] They tried to persuade him, by very learned
+manifestoes, that the cabildo alone could have constituted him its
+vicar-general, with authority removable at the pleasure of the same
+cabildo; and that they could therefore revoke the appointment which
+they had conferred upon him, whenever they pleased. But the bishop of
+Troya resolved not to yield, but to act as superior to and independent
+of the cabildo. There were bitter disputes, proceeding from both sides,
+so much so that, in order to avoid greater scandals, two members of
+the cabildo--the dean, Master Juan Gonzalez de Guzman, and the cantor,
+Don Esteban de Olmedo Gabaldon, a native of Campo de Critana in La
+Mancha--took refuge in our convent of San Pablo at Manila, from which
+the bishop of Troya would have taken them, if the prudent governor,
+Don Alonso de Abella Fuertes, had not refused to give him the aid
+which he asked for that exploit.
+
+The bishop of Troya was very learned, a great theologian and preacher,
+but in this matter he erred as a man, for it seemed to him that
+the rank and consecration of a bishop rendered him superior on that
+occasion to the authority which the cabildo possessed by law in the
+vacant see. Among many other manifestoes which were published in
+defense of the cabildo, one came out which was very well grounded,
+the motto or inscription of which, as being ingenious and apropos,
+is worthy of being noted here; it said, Non licet tibi habere uxorem
+fratris tui Philippi (Mark vi, v. 18), [120] alluding to the name
+of the deceased archbishop, and to their both belonging to the same
+order. But the bishop of Troya, notwithstanding he was so learned
+and so holy, was very hard to dissuade from his opinion, although on
+the present occasion he had every one against him; and although he
+withdrew his claims, on account of the urgent representations made
+by the acting governor and the other auditors and all the religious
+orders, he yielded through constraint and not from conviction. The
+cabildo continued its government, with much peace, during the vacancy
+of the see.
+
+During this interval the year 1690 came in, and the acting governor
+despatched the galleon "Nuestra Senora del Rosario" to Nueva
+Espana, in command of General Don Jose Madrazo; and in it embarked
+Master-of-camp Don Juan de Vargas. In order to do this he had left
+his place of banishment at Lingayen, after having suffered great
+hardships; and the end of these was to die on this voyage, in the
+higher latitude. [This occurred] at a place which people call Dona
+Maria de la Jara, of considerable note on account of the many deaths
+which have occurred in that place; for among those who have died
+there are four proprietary governors, and some acting governors, and
+some auditors, and the above-mentioned bishop of Troya. Accordingly
+this place is the dread of those who sail in that navigation, and
+especially for persons of so high degree; for the poor seamen go and
+come past it with greater security.
+
+After this galleon had been despatched, news came about June of the
+landing of the galleon "Santo Nino," which in the preceding year had
+sailed for Acapulco, in charge of Don Antonio de Astina; in it came, as
+its commander, Don Juan de Garaycoechea--a Navarrese, from the valley
+of Baztan--who was married in Manila, and had spent several years in
+Nueva Espana. In the galleon came the new governor, Don Fausto Cruzat
+[y] Gongora, a knight of the Order of Santiago; he was a Navarrese,
+a native of Pamplona, of the illustrious lineage of Cruzat--well known
+in that kingdom, since from it have proceeded men so distinguished as
+Don Martin de Redin y Cruzat, grand master of Malta; and his brother
+Don Tiburcio de Redin, well known for his courage and still more for
+his virtue, for, having entered the Capuchin order, he merited that his
+biography should be printed with the title, The Spanish Capuchin, as
+an example for his successors. An illustrious shoot from this house of
+Cruzat is also the glorious St. Francis Javier, the apostle of India.
+
+This gentleman brought his wife, Dona Beatriz de Arostegui y Aguirre,
+a native of Cadiz, a matron of great beauty and still greater virtue;
+three sons, Don Martin, Don Fausto, and Don Juan; and two daughters,
+Dona Ignacia and Dona Teresa. He also brought a sister, named Dona
+Teresa de Arostegui, who afterward married the aforesaid Don Juan de
+Garaycoechea, then a knight of the Order of Santiago, who later died
+in Mejico. Don Fausto had been waiting in that city three years, until
+the term allowed to Don Gabriel de Curucelaegui in the government
+here should be completed; and he would have waited much longer if
+Don Gabriel's death had not dispensed him from a longer detention,
+for with him was begun the practice of sending successors who may be
+on the watch for the governor's [term of] life--I know not whether
+it be to wish him well. Much could be said of this, and of the great
+difficulties which can result from such a precaution--such as the
+sale of offices, as has been done for many years; but it is not my
+obligation to give an opinion on matters of state, but to relate
+facts without contesting the laws.
+
+Governor Don Fausto brought here many persons of good family:
+Don Juan Lingurin, a man of great virtue, who died in Manila with
+the reputation of being a great servant of God; for he was greatly
+addicted to meditation, prayer, and mortification. Sargento-mayor
+Don Fernando Iglesias Montanes, his secretary, who afterward married
+Dona Maria Morante, who came in the suite of the governor's wife. Don
+Juan de Rivas, a native of Galicia, and a general in the army; he
+married another lady of Dona Beatriz's household, named Dona Juana de
+Aragon. Captain Don Miguel de Salazar, of Toledo, who was grievously
+slain in the year 1709. Don Angel Liano, Captain Don Frutos Delgado,
+Don Pedro de Subira, Don Francisco Valdes, Don Jose de Veroluca,
+and many others. [Among these were] General Don Pedro de Lucena
+and Captain Don Lucas de Lucena, brothers, who are still living;
+Captain Don Jose de Luzarrondo, a Navarrese; Captain de Iriarte,
+who afterward returned to Espana; and Master Don Juan Aguilar, the
+governor's chaplain, who had spent some time in these islands, being
+one of the household of the bishop of Sinopolis, Don Fray Juan Duran,
+assistant of the bishop of Cebu. In this galleon came Captain Don
+Patricio de Aguila--an Irishman, brother of the pilot Guillermo de
+Aguila--and Captain Pedro Quijada, both married; and other officers
+who are still living, with an excellent reenforcement of men for the
+Manila garrison.
+
+What is most important for our history is, that a numerous and choice
+mission of religious for this province came, in charge of father Fray
+Alvaro de Benavente, who in 1686 had been sent [to Europa] for this
+purpose, and made his voyage by way of Batavia and Holanda, as we have
+briefly related. That navigation was very difficult, because when the
+Dutch ships with which he was going approached the English Channel they
+learned that at its entrance was a French fleet. For this reason they
+changed their route, doubling Cape Clare, a promontory of Ireland;
+and they went as far as 63 deg. of [north] latitude, so that they could
+sail around the northern extremity of Scotland, and therefore they
+suffered great cold and hardship. As soon as father Fray Alvaro de
+Benavente arrived at Bilbao with his companion Fray Juan Verganzo, he
+set out on his journey to the court, where he presented his despatches,
+and explained the reasons why he had made his voyage by way of Batavia;
+for this route was strictly prohibited by his Majesty, and might cause
+much hindrance to the procurators. Having secured the approval of the
+Duke de Medinaceli and the lords of the royal Council of the Indias,
+he departed for the Roman court, to ask for the relaxation of the
+oaths which the missionaries in China were commanded to take, of
+obedience to the apostolic vicars sent out by the holy Congregation
+of the Propaganda. [Diaz relates with some detail the progress and
+success of this embassy by Benavente, because the question at issue
+therein has an important place in the controversy over the line of
+demarcation between the domains of Spain and Portugal in the East;
+but we omit this part, as it is unimportant for our narrative.]
+
+[Father Fray Alvaro] also had to obtain from our very reverend general
+Fray Fulgencio Travalloni various statutes and corporate laws for
+the government of this province; and these were [in the form of]
+fifty-eight decrees, given in the convent of San Martin at Sena [i.e.,
+Sienna], on May 28, 1688, [while the father general was engaged]
+in the general visitation of Italia; father Fray Alvaro brought them
+in printed form, with a Roman imprint. But with the course of time
+it was found by experience that these laws were unduly rigorous,
+and not very satisfactory for the government of this province;
+and it was continually asking for dispensations from them, until our
+father general Fray Adeodato Nuzzi, of Altimira, sent orders that this
+province should change and correct them as it should find expedient;
+and this was done in the intermediate chapter of the year 1710. Father
+Fray Alvaro brought many favors and jubilees from his Holiness for
+many convents of this province, and a bull to the effect that the
+religious who, knowing any language of the provinces under our charge,
+should explain [the Christian doctrine] in the convent of Manila for
+a period of eight years should bear the title of "Master," with the
+exemptions belonging to that dignity, and that he might exercise a
+perpetual vote in the provincial chapters; but up to the present time
+there has been no religious who has devoted himself to that occupation,
+or attracted much importance to this so unusual concession.
+
+For the missionaries in China he gained the subsidy and stipend which
+his Majesty gives to the missionaries of the other religious orders,
+that is, a hundred pesos to each one for a year's support. He obtained
+a royal decree that the trade and commerce with the Portuguese of
+Macan, which until that time had been forbidden and full of risk,
+should be free; and this dispensation was obtained only by the
+information given by father Fray Alvaro de Benavente that this was
+the safest door by which the missionaries could gain entrance into
+China. But the Portuguese, although they enjoy greatly to their
+profit the commerce of Manila, which is the chief means of their
+preservation, carry out very poorly the arrangement, as regards
+giving passage to the missionaries; for not only do they not give
+them entrance, but they inflict many annoyances on the religious,
+as they did with this very father Fray Alvaro, in both his first and
+his second visit to China. What keeps them in this attitude is the
+incorrectly understood patronage of their king of Portugal; for they
+can claim the same things in Mogol, Persia, Turquia and Constantinopla,
+and in the empire of Trapisonda, as included in the hemisphere of their
+demarcation. Father Fray Alvaro returned to Espana with a commission
+of vicar-general (which had been granted to him very fully by our own
+reverend father general); and he busied himself in calling together
+the religious who were to come in the mission [to Filipinas]. Since
+he had passed through the province of Aragon on his return from Roma,
+some religious offered themselves to him there, not only from Aragon
+but from Valencia; and there some others who afterward were enlisted
+by father Fray Pedro Cerro--to whom father Fray Alvaro had delegated
+his own powers, since father Fray Pedro was a religious who was very
+friendly to this province, and zealous for the good of souls.
+
+Before father Fray Alvaro reached Manila with his religious, Governor
+Don Fausto Cruzat y Gongora made his entry into the city; this was
+done on St. James's day, in the afternoon. Two magnificent and very
+beautiful triumphal arches were erected for him, with large emblematic
+representations and ingenious allegories. One was made at the cost and
+by the care of the Society of Jesus; and the other by the care of our
+Augustinian fathers, at the place where the governor would pass our
+convent of San Pablo, with the idea of the history of Janus--with
+ingenious Latin inscriptions and epigrams, explained in Castilian
+eight-line stanzas; and to these were added, in all these places,
+praises [of the governor]. This was the last reception of this sort
+that was given to the governors, its disuse being begun with the next
+governor, Don Domingo de Zabalburu--who, as he came wearing mourning
+for the death of our king Don Carlos II, would not allow this festal
+mode of reception.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+On the third day after the solemn entry of the governor, the religious
+of the mission here by father Fray Alvaro de Benavente made their
+entrance into the convent of Manila; and on July 28 a private session
+of the definitory was held in order to admit and adopt them into this
+province. The following is a list of them:
+
+1. Father Fray Diego Banales, a native of Coruna, and a son of the
+convent at Santiago; aged forty years, and twenty-three in the order;
+a preacher and confessor. He came as confessor to the governor's wife;
+was prior of Guadalupe, a definitor, and president of the chapter;
+and died at Manila, on January 29, 1706.
+
+2. The father reader Fray Carlos Terrazas, a son of the house at
+Valencia, thirty-two years old and having professed sixteen years
+before; he was minister in the Pintados or Bisayas provinces, and
+of very great virtue; he died in the convent of Dumarao, on October
+18, 1694.
+
+3. The father reader Fray Nicolas Bernet, a native of the town of
+Epila, and son of the convent at Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old,
+and a professed for ten years; he was prior of Cebu; and died at
+Manila, on May 1, 1701.
+
+4. The father preacher Fray Jose de Ribera, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; forty years of age, and twenty-three
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Pasig on May 21, 1706.
+
+5. The father preacher Fray Gelasio Gimenez, a son of the convent at
+Valencia; twenty-seven years of age, and ten and a half in the order;
+was minister in the province of Ilocos; and died there on August
+12, 1694.
+
+6. The father reader Fray Jose Carbonel, son of the convent at
+Valencia, and master of the students therein; twenty-five years old,
+and nine in the order; was minister in the province of Ilocos; and
+died at the village of Candong, on March 19, 1711.
+
+7. The father preacher Fray Martin Fuentes, a son of the convent at
+Zaragoza; twenty-seven years old, and nine years and four months
+in the order; has been a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+and a definitor; and is still [121] living, a minister in Bisayas,
+and examiner of literature for the Holy Office.
+
+8. The father preacher Fray Nicolas Servent, a native of Valencia,
+son of the house at Alcoy; aged twenty-eight years, and ten in the
+order. He is still living, a minister in the province of Pampanga,
+the prior of Macabebe.
+
+9. The father preacher Fray Jose de Aranda, a native of Estella,
+and son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged thirty-one years, and five
+in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos; and died at
+Manila, on October 11, 1698.
+
+10. The father reader Fray Blas Diaz, son of the convent at Zaragoza;
+aged twenty-three years, and seven and a half in the order; he was
+minister in the provinces of Tagalos, and returned to Espana.
+
+11. The father preacher Fray Pedro Beltran, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Alcira; aged thirty-two years, and six in
+the order; he is now living, a minister in the provinces of Bisayas.
+
+12. Father Fray Pedro Baldo, son of the convent at Valencia; aged
+twenty-six years, and nine in the order; was minister in Bisayas,
+where he died on April 27, 1716, while prior of the convent at Dumarao.
+
+13. The father preacher Fray Juan Barruelo, a native of Candelario,
+in the bishopric of Plasencia, and son of the convent at Salamanca;
+aged twenty-four years, and six in the order; was minister in China
+for several years, and at the present time is definitor and prior of
+the convent of Apalit in Pampanga.
+
+14. The brother chorister Fray Tomas Ortiz, a native of Duenas, and
+son of the convent at Valladolid; aged twenty-two years, and three in
+the order; was minister in China eighteen years, and vicar-provincial
+of that mission; afterward he was prior of the convent at Manila,
+and still lives, the present provincial of this province.
+
+15. The brother chorister Fray Diego Megia, a native of Madrid, and
+son of the convent of San Felipe; twenty-one years of age, and three
+and a half in the order; was minister in the provinces of Tagalos,
+where he died as prior of the convent of Tanauan, on October 4, 1699.
+
+16. The brother chorister Fray Jose Ruiz, son of the convent at Burgos,
+and native of that city; aged twenty-two years; is minister of the
+province of Ilocos, and has been visitor of this province.
+
+17. The brother [chorister?] Fray Jose de Echebel, son of the
+convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty-two years, and six in the order;
+was a minister in Bisayas; and died about March, 1706.
+
+18. The brother chorister Fray Facundo Trepat, a native of Caspe,
+son of the convent at Zaragoza; aged twenty years, and three and a
+half in the order; has been definitor, and is now a minister in the
+provinces of Bisayas.
+
+19. The brother chorister Fray Jose Bosquet, a native of Valencia,
+and son of the house at Epila; twenty years of age, and two in the
+order; is a minister in the provinces of Bisayas, and now definitor
+of this province.
+
+20. The brother chorister Fray Guillermo Sebastian, a son of the house
+at Vinaroz; aged nineteen years, and two and a half in the order;
+was a minister in the province of Ilocos, and died as prior of Bantay,
+on December 13, 1698.
+
+21. The brother chorister Fray Eugenio Costales, a son of the convent
+of Sevilla; aged twenty-one years, and three in the order; is now a
+minister in the province of Ilocos.
+
+22. The brother novice Fray Juan Hidalgo Lopez, a native of
+Extremadura; aged twenty-eight years; is a minister in the province
+of Pampanga.
+
+23. The brother novice Fray Juan Nunez, a native of Medina del Campo;
+aged twenty-three years; was a minister in China for many years;
+and at present is a minister in the province of Ilocos, and its
+vicar-provincial.
+
+24. The brother novice Fray Fernando Ricote, a native of Asturias;
+aged twenty-eight years; was a minister in Bisayas; and died at Cebu
+in the year 1698.
+
+25. The brother novice Fray Isidro Lopez, a native of Madrid; aged
+seventeen years; was a minister in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Tagalos; and died while he was visitor, and prior of Guiguinto,
+on February 21, 1716.
+
+26. The lay brother Fray Francisco de Sevilla, a son of the convent at
+Jativa; aged thirty-one years, and five in the order; he was eminent
+in virtue, prayer, and mortification, and rendered much service to
+the convent of Manila, where he met a pious death on March 31, 1711.
+
+27. The lay brother Fray Nicolas Codura, a son of the convent at Epila;
+aged thirty years, and seven in the order; he lives in the convent
+at Manila, where he has rendered good service, and still does so.
+
+All these religious have been very useful to this province in its
+ministries and instruction, and in the missions of China--the progress
+of which from their foundation will be set down separately and all
+together, by way of recapitulation, [122] ending this history with this
+chapter. For if I were to continue it further it would be necessary to
+speak of the living, and [personal] considerations might render the
+truth liable to suspicion; and although truth is the essential form
+and the soul of history it cannot become the instructor of the times,
+or be a [reliable] witness about them, when suspicion can challenge
+it. I will, however, record in this chapter some of the acts of Don
+Fausto in his government [123]--which, although they were just, were
+rendered intolerable by the violence and harshness with which they
+were executed; for the body politic of the Manila colony is not fit
+for so strong cathartic remedies, since its weakness can only endure
+anodynes and emollients.
+
+This gentleman commenced the course of his government with great
+integrity and rectitude, and very clean hands--grand qualities from
+which to expect a good government, although not well liked by all. All
+his desire, assiduity, and effort were directed to the increase of the
+royal revenues; and this he kept up to the end of his government, with
+such extreme application that what appeared to the governor justice
+seemed [to the people] cruelty. But here Justice used only the edges
+of the sword, without weighing with the balances that she held in
+the other hand the difficulties of time and occasion. Don Gabriel de
+Curucelaegui had not pushed this matter very far before troubles which
+gave him greater anxiety diverted his mind from this occupation. In
+a short time Don Fausto acquired great comprehension of the conduct
+of government and of all the measures which could increase the royal
+revenues; and he found that a very considerable amount was due to
+the exchequer, not only from the living but from the dead, from the
+collections of the royal tributes and from other sources. Don Fausto
+applied himself to the collection, with excessive rigor, of what the
+citizens of Manila owed to the royal treasury, without considering that
+most of the debtors were bankrupt, and almost destitute through lack
+of means; others were now dead, and search was made for their heirs and
+executors, in order to compel them to satisfy these claims. [124] While
+these investigations were being made, the prisons and fortifications
+were filled with debtors, more fit to ask alms than to pay their debts;
+others took refuge in the churches, where they remained a long time
+without being able to look for means of support. In every direction
+there were seizures and auctions, exactions and investigations. By
+this assiduity Don Fausto placed much silver in the royal treasury;
+but his Majesty does not choose to flay thus his vassals, but rather,
+as a good shepherd, to shear off the wool without cutting away the skin
+in which it has its roots. This inflexibility in collecting the debts
+owed to the royal exchequer, and his great eagerness to increase it,
+have caused great expenses, some superfluous and others necessary;
+and these traits in Don Fausto continued throughout the period of his
+government--which was the longest that has occurred in these islands,
+since it reached eleven years. [125]
+
+Considering that in these islands there is no equipment of iron-works
+for making anchors, and that the Dutch of Batavia, as they are so
+ingenious, have abundance of all that pertains to navigation, he
+sent Don Pedro de Ariosolo with title of ambassador, accompanied by
+some Spaniards--Don Martin de Tejada, Don Jose Pestano de Cueva,
+Don Juan de Tejada, and others, among the prominent citizens of
+Manila. These envoys were very well received in Batavia, and so well
+did they succeed in their errand that they brought back many and
+excellent anchors, which were used for many years. This transaction
+was repeated afterward by Governor Don Domingo de Zabalburu, who sent
+for the same purpose General Miguel Martinez, Don Gregorio Escalante,
+Don Juan de San Pedro, and others, whose errand was as successful
+as that of the former envoys, through the good management and great
+liberality of the ambassador. Such endeavors have not always had the
+desired effect; for in the past year of 1717 the present governor,
+Mariscal Don Fernando Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda, sent General Don
+Fernando de Angulo as ambassador to Batavia to procure some anchors,
+but he returned without them.
+
+The first galleon that Don Fausto despatched for Nueva Espana was
+the "Santo Cristo de Burgos," in charge of General Don Francisco de
+Arcocha, his pilot being Lazcano; the voyage was a prosperous one,
+and the galleon returned in the following year of 1692, in charge
+of the captain of mounted cuirassiers Don Bernardo de Bayo, who was
+sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves, who took away that office from
+Don Francisco de Arcocha. It is said that the cause of this change
+was resentment on the part of the said Conde because he had in the
+year 1689 sent Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero, a gentleman of his
+household, as commander of the galleon--because the commander who had
+come with the ship, Lucas Mateo de Urquiza, had remained at Acapulco
+sick (not being willing to follow the second route, which Don Pedro
+de Ariosolo was taking)--and Don Gabriel de Arnedo y Escudero had
+returned in the said galleon "Santo Cristo" as a passenger and not
+as a commander (although he died on the way); and, annoyed at this,
+the viceroy had taken the office from Don Francisco de Arcocha and
+given it to Don Bernardo de Bayo. It would have been better if the
+galleon had not come at all, for it was wrecked on the return trip,
+as we shall see later.
+
+With Don Gabriel de Arnedo came the auditor Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta y Oro, a native of Lima, with his wife and children, who the
+preceding year had not been able to embark on account of the lack
+of accommodations in the patache "San Fernando," in which came the
+investigating judge and the three auditors. Licentiate Don Juan de
+Ozaeta was highly esteemed for his learning, and for having been
+an official of great integrity and uprightness. He completed his
+six years' term as auditor of Filipinas, and embarked for Mejico,
+where he was for many years alcalde of criminal cases for that city,
+with the same reputation for integrity and rectitude. The new auditors
+brought orders from his Majesty that two of them should go first to
+visit the provinces [126] of these islands, and draw up an enumeration
+of the royal tributes, their two associates remaining [at Manila] to
+serve in the royal Audiencia. For this task two auditors set out--Don
+Alonso de Abella Fuertes to visit the provinces of Cagayan, Ilocos,
+and Pampanga; and Don Juan de Sierra to visit those of Cebu, Ogton,
+and Panay, although he visited only the last two. After Don Alonso
+Fuertes had returned from his commission, Licentiate Don Juan de Ozaeta
+went to visit the provinces of Tagalos, and made the enumeration of
+the tributes.
+
+Don Fausto placed on the stocks the largest galleon that had ever
+been built; for it was three codos longer than the largest that
+had been built in the world. This enterprise was carried on by
+Master-of-camp Don Tomas de Endaya, who by application had become
+very skilful in this art, and he was therefore the superintendent of
+this construction; which was completed in less than nine months, to
+the astonishment of everyone--although with some cause for scandal,
+since the men worked on it even on the most important feast-days, not
+stopping even on Holy Thursday. He gave it the name of "San Jose,"
+and appointed Don Jose Madrazo its commander; and it was launched
+very successfully. It sailed from this headland of Cavite on the day
+of Sts. Peter and Paul in 1694; [127] and on July 3, in the night,
+it was dashed to pieces on the coast of Luban, and more than four
+hundred persons were drowned. It was reckoned that if the men had
+not worked on the feast-days the vessel would have been completed
+more slowly, and would have sailed many days later, and the furious
+hurricane that was the cause of its wreck would not have caught it on
+the sea, with the deaths of so many persons and the loss of the great
+amount of merchandise that it carried; for it is considered certain
+that no larger or richer galleon had plowed the waters of the sea,
+for the wealth that it carried was incredible.
+
+While this loss was so great, one of the most grievous losses that
+these islands have suffered, it was made worse by the non-arrival of
+the galleon that was expected that year, the "Santo Cristo de Burgos,"
+in charge of General Don Bernardo Ignacio del Bayo--who, as we have
+said, was sent by the viceroy Conde de Galves in the year of 1691, and
+returned in the same ship the following year; and it put back to the
+port of Solsogon, after having endured great tempests. It remained at
+Solsogon in order to continue its voyage the year of 1693, as it did;
+but it not only failed to reach port, but was wrecked, without our
+gaining the least knowledge of the place where that occurred. There
+were some suspicions that it was destroyed by fire (a danger for which
+there is on the sea no help), for at one of the Marianas Islands were
+found fragments of burned wood, which were sent [here] by the governor
+of Filipinas, Don Jose Madrazo, and were recognized to be of woods that
+are found in these islands only. Careful search was made for many years
+along the coasts of South America, and in other regions; but not the
+least news of this ship has been received. Among the persons who were
+lost in this galleon was a religious who was most highly esteemed by
+this province for his great virtue and learning; this was the father
+reader Fray Francisco de Ugarte, a Vizcayan, a native of Marquina,
+who came as superior of the mission which reached this province in the
+year 1684; he had been sent in this galleon to Espana, as procurator
+of the province, to ask for a new reenforcement of missionaries. Much
+could be said of the great virtue of this religious, of his frequent
+prayer and mortification, his poverty, his extraordinary humility
+and affability--which I omit, in order not to seem too partial to
+him, or expose myself to the censure which I have seen incurred by
+many historians among the regulars, who have indulged in so excessive
+praises of this sort that they expose themselves to the charge of being
+too partial, because the persons eulogized are of their own houses.
+
+By these so calamitous events the islands were reduced to a miserable
+condition, on account of the loss of two good galleons and of so much
+wealth, belonging to so many that one might say it was the wealth
+of all [the citizens of Manila]. There was a little alleviation of
+our affliction that year, but it was so little that it could hardly
+be regarded as succor--that before the great galleon left Cavite a
+small patache entered that port which the viceroy of Nueva Espana
+had sent with some slight assistance, in charge of Don Andres de
+Arriola, a Sevillan gentleman of great courage and renown. He
+returned to Nueva Espana in a small vessel which was purchased
+for 6,000 pesos from a Portuguese merchant named Juan de Abreu; it
+was so small that the authorities ordered, under heavy penalties,
+that no citizen should send in this vessel anything except letters,
+a rule which was enforced most rigorously. This patache made a very
+prosperous voyage; for, having passed the Marianas Islands, which is
+the most difficult part of this navigation, and finding that their
+provisions were nearly gone, and that it was almost impossible to
+pursue their voyage, divine Providence aided them by revealing to
+them an unknown island, not set down on any navigation chart. They
+found it uninhabited by men, but abounding in certain birds, large
+and heavy, and little inclined to fly, and so easy to catch that
+the men gave them the name of "fool birds" [128] either because of
+their stupidity, or as being the same as those birds which are found
+in Brasil and some islands of India which the Portuguese call dodos,
+which is the same as tontos [i.e., "stupid"]. The flesh of these birds
+is very good, and so, by killing many of them and drying their flesh
+in the wind, the sailors made a very good provision of food. They
+also found very good water and firewood, so that they were able to
+continue their voyage to Acapulco. What they most regretted was,
+that they could not fix the latitude and situation of this island,
+for lack of seeing the sun; and thus the island became again unknown,
+and inaccessible for another like emergency. [If its location were
+known], it would be a great assistance in making easier this arduous
+and severe navigation from Filipinas to Acapulco.
+
+Don Andres de Arriola was afterward a knight of the Order of Santiago,
+commander of the Windward fleet, and governor of Vera Cruz and of
+Pancacola, where he rendered great services to his Majesty King Don
+Felipe V--his great courage enabling him to furnish large supplies of
+silver [to the king], despite the perils of the sea and the enemies of
+the crown, in the time when the armed fleets of Inglaterra and Holanda
+were infesting the seas and obstructing the commerce with America.
+
+Among the losses which Governor Don Fausto experienced in the time
+of his government, the greatest in his estimation was the death of
+his spouse Dona Beatriz de Arostegui, in 1694; he loved her dearly,
+an affection deserved by her beauty, the many children that she had
+borne him, her great virtues, and sweet disposition--for which all the
+people loved her as the rainbow of peace, as she greatly moderated the
+choleric disposition of her husband. She died, this Rachel in beauty
+and Leah in fruitfulness, in the second year of the government of
+Don Fausto. [129] She was given a burial with honors in our church
+at Manila, and in the following year her remains were transferred
+to a beautiful chapel in the chancel, erected and adorned for this
+purpose. [This chapel contains the sculptured figure of the lady,
+with some Latin inscriptions, which are here omitted.] Well was this
+monument merited by a matron so virtuous, loved and reverenced by all
+for her great virtues; and her death was all the more regretted on
+account of her youth. The funeral honors which were solemnized for
+her were the most splendid ever seen in these islands (and it would
+be difficult to equal them in any other country, even with great
+expenditures); for the great abundance in these islands of wax and
+of the other materials for pomp which can increase the magnificence
+of functions of this kind, render them very easy. But this abuse is
+at present greatly moderated, as a result of the recent royal decree
+which was published that these vain parades be diminished.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
+
+
+The sources of the documents in this volume are as follows:
+
+1. Camacho ecclesiastical controversy.--From the Ventura del Arco
+MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 107-115, and 119-133; a contemporaneous
+MS., belonging to Edward E. Ayer; Ventura del Arco MSS., v,
+pp. 231-296, and iv, pp. 201-206.
+
+2. Augustinians in the Philippines.--From Casimiro Diaz's Conquistas
+(Manila, 1890), pp. 440-444, and 689-817; from a copy in the possession
+of James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] At the end of this document appear the following memoranda
+relative to the archbishop's voyage to the islands: "Archbishop Camacho
+embarked at Acapulco for Manila on March 30, 1697. The lading of the
+ship was made in great haste, because there was in Acapulco a fearful
+pestilence. Several died from this pest on the ship, within a few
+days--among whom were the fiscal of his Majesty, and a Jesuit and
+a Dominican. On the 19th of July they encountered a terrible storm,
+from which they escaped only through the intercession of St. Francisco
+Javier, a Jesuit, casting into the water an order of the saint in which
+he promised that they should have no [cause for] fear. On July 24, at
+three o'clock in the afternoon, they anchored in the port of Palapag,
+where they suffered from a baguio. On the eighth day of September,
+the archbishop made his public entry into Manila."
+
+[2] Spanish, realengos; "applied to the villages which are not held
+by seigniors or by the religious orders, and to lands belonging to
+the state" (Barcia).
+
+Auditor Sierra held a commission from the court for legalizing
+the ownership of lands in Filipinas; and in the fulfilment of this
+charge he demanded from the friars the documents which justified their
+right to the magnificent estates of which they called themselves the
+owners." (Montero y Vidal, Hist. de Filipinas, p. 385.)
+
+[3] This bull was a papal sentence of excommunication formerly
+published against heretics every Holy (or Maundy) Thursday; for ages
+it was publicly read on that day, otherwise known as the feria quinta
+in Coena Domini; hence its common title, as given in the text. The
+latest form which this bull assumed was given to it by Urban VIII in
+1627; it is entitled, Pastoralis Romani pontificis vigilantia, and is
+divided into twenty sections or decrees. Of these, no. 15 censures
+such as usurp jurisdiction; it was, then, issued in the interests
+of liberty in court trials. No. 17 censures those who usurp church
+revenues, incomes, and the like; and it thus upheld the rights of
+ownership. This bull is no longer used; its periodical publication was
+discontinued after 1773, and it was suppressed by Pius IX (October 12,
+1869), in force of his constitution, Apostolicae Sedis, issued on that
+date.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[4] The decree here mentioned is dated May 15, 1572, and begins,
+Exposcit debitum pastoralis officii. In it provision is made for
+"appeals from the West Indias, and the islands of the Ocean Sea,
+subject to the king of Spain." It orders that appeals be carried,
+first, from the bishop to the metropolitan; second, from the
+metropolitan to the next neighboring ordinary--that thus justice might
+be secured without delay or so heavy expense. Philip II had petitioned
+to this effect, that cases might be decided by two courts, and no
+appeal be admitted therefrom; hence the bull of Gregory to the king.
+
+In this case, the appeal was from the metropolitan to the bishop
+of Camarines--who probably had been commissioned by the pope to act
+as delegate from an early period in his episcopal career, since he
+himself mentions (post) his having acted in that capacity in the
+time of Archbishop Pardo. In case of the nearest see being vacant,
+the official who acted as its head would be delegate for the time
+being, i.e. would be a vice-ordinary. Also, as those islands were
+too remote for sending thither delegates from Europe, except in
+extraordinary cases, the metropolitan of Manila might send a delegate
+to Camarines. The authority possessed by the delegate in appeal cases
+(as results from the bull of Gregory) would be definitive and final;
+he might overrule and even supersede the metropolitan, as being the
+judge in final appeal.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[5] Probably Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, as he was bishop of
+Puebla in 1696 (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 256).
+
+[6] Cruzat y Gongora's term of office was lengthened by the failure
+of his successor to go to the islands. This was Domingo Zabalburu de
+Echevarri, who was appointed September 18, 1694, but did not reach
+Manila until 1701.
+
+[7] Spanish, sobrino, which may be applied not only to a brother's
+or sister's child, but to that of a cousin-german.
+
+[8] Spanish, ni mejorarla [apelacion]; a legal phrase, meaning "to
+support the appeal before the superior court, after having appealed
+before it, by setting forth the injury that is experienced from any
+act issued by the lower court" (Barcia).
+
+[9] So in Ventura del Arco's transcription; but it would seem to
+be an error for 120--perhaps a copyist's conjecture of an illegible
+character--since it apparently refers to Gregory XIII's decree of 1572
+(ante, p. 27).
+
+[10] He was almost seventy years old, according to Concepcion (Hist. de
+Philipinas, viii, p. 229).
+
+[11] In the Latin Church the ecclesiastical orders are those of
+bishops, priests, deacons, sub-deacons, acolytes, exorcists, readers,
+and ostiarii, or doorkeepers. Many theologians reckon the number
+at seven, regarding the episcopate as merely the extension of the
+priesthood (Addis and Arnold, p. 621).
+
+[12] Spanish, seminario conciliar; "the house assigned for the
+education of the young men who devote themselves to the ecclesiastical
+career" (Barcia).
+
+[13] Jose Sarmiento Valladares, Conde de Montezuma, was the successor,
+in the viceroyalty of Nueva Espana, of Gaspar de la Cerda, Conde
+de Galve (whose term of office was November 20, 1688 to May,
+1696). Valladares obtained his title by his marriage with Geronima
+Maria, a lineal descendant of the Mexican emperor, and third countess
+of Montezuma. He took possession of the office on December 18, 1696,
+and held it until November 4, 1701. He was an able and efficient
+governor, and did much to repress crime, improve social conditions, aid
+the Indians in times of distress, and render the City of Mexico more
+strongly fortified. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, pp. 222, 259, 264, 265.)
+
+[14] Miguel Bayot was a discalced Franciscan, an Aragonese, who came to
+the Philippines in 1669; he was employed in ministries to the Indians,
+and was long at the head of the hospice of the order in Mexico City. In
+1695 he was appointed bishop of Cebu, when he was 52 years old, being
+then in Mexico, and took possession of his office in September, 1696;
+he died there on August 28, 1700. When he died, only the sum of five
+reals was found in his possession. (San Antonio, Chronicas, i, p. 212.)
+
+[15] The first page of this MS. is occupied by official attestations
+showing that on January 22, 1699, officially certified copies of
+these decrees by the archbishop were demanded by Antonio de Borja,
+procurator-general of the Jesuit province, from one of the alcaldes
+of Manila, Antonio Basarte, who ordered these copies to be made.
+
+[16] Spanish, casamientos y velaciones; the former the general term
+for marriages, the latter also used thus, but referring especially
+to the nuptial mass or nuptial benedictions (which, however, were
+and are given only at mass). The parties might be married outside
+of mass--as if it were a private marriage, or if they were too poor
+to pay for the mass--and then did not receive the benedictions. But
+if at mass, they were velados--a term recalling an ancient ceremony
+when both parties were veiled at the marriage; i.e., the priest threw
+a veil over their heads. Thus Moroni in his Diccionario, who also
+states that "this custom is still in vogue in some places" (in his
+own day, about thirty years ago). La velacion was another term for
+the marriage ceremony at mass, and was part of the ceremony. Every
+woman (of good standing) is entitled to church marriage--with nuptial
+mass and benediction--but once only: this may be on the occasion of a
+second or third marriage, provided the former marriages were outside
+of mass; but if the first marriage were with the nuptial mass, she
+is barred from enjoying this privilege at subsequent marriages. These
+are the casamientos; the nuptial mass, or marriage accompanied by it,
+the velacion.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[17] Hijo de la Iglesia; a term applied to a foundling or abandoned
+infant; cf., the Italian appellation, "a child of the Madonna."
+
+[18] Spanish, octavas. None of the standard dictionaries give a meaning
+to cover this use of octavas. Dominguez's Diccionario (Supplement)
+states that the word is a term in Roman law, designating an ancient
+form of tribute consisting of one part in eight. Probably it was
+carried over into ecclesiastical law, and here means that the cura
+was expected to pay one-eighth of his fees into the church fund.
+
+[19] Spanish, canonicas monitoriales. In law books, banns (in Latin)
+are styled proclamationes monitoriae.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[20] Spanish, limosna. The fees (derechos) of the cura were determined,
+fixed sums, as in the tariff lists, nor could he change them. The
+limosna--a free offering, and wholly optional with the parties for whom
+he officiated--was over and above the tariff charge. The cura could do
+with this offering what he wished--if he chose, spending it in alms;
+but it was given to him personally, and was for his own use. Cf. the
+gratificacion voluntaria in the following list of fees to be paid
+the parish priest in Cuba, taken from the Manual de la Isla de Cuba,
+by Jose Garcia y Arboleya (2nd ed., Havana, 1859), pp. 316, 317:
+
+
+For baptism: a voluntary offering [gratificacion voluntaria],
+the minimum of which is 6 reals for the cura and 2 for the
+acolyte                                                           $ 1.
+For burial:  of free adult                                          7.50
+             of free child                                          6.50
+             of slave adult                                         5.50
+             of slave child                                         5.
+For prayers--responso with cope, sacristan, and processional cross
+[cruz alta], at the house of the deceased                           7.
+For prayers, with cope, at the burial                               4.
+For office (of three lections)                                      5.
+For mass chanted (body present)                                     6.
+For each halt [posa]                                               12.50
+For processional cross at the grave (without cross, .50)            2.
+For each censer                                                      .50
+For each attendant in surplice                                      1.
+For remaining till end [of interment]                               1.50
+For four [church] bells [tolled]                                    2.
+For three [church] bells [tolled]                                   1.50
+For two [church] bells [tolled]                                     1.
+For low mass [without chant]                                        1.
+For a fiesta [feast-day celebration] with vespers and mass chanted 12.
+For a fiesta with procession                                       14.
+For votive mass chanted                                             6.50
+For marriage                                                        7.25
+For cura at the house [of the parties]                              4.
+For foreigners                                              25. to 30.
+For record of baptism                                               1.
+
+                                          --Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[21] The term Morenos, as has appeared from former documents, was
+applied generally to persons of swarthy complexion--mulattoes, some
+negroes, and Malabar natives, indiscriminately.
+
+[22] Spanish, arraz (arras); a very old term, of Hebrew origin;
+hence the Latin law term of arrha, i.e., anticipated payment of
+part. Arras also means "thirteen pieces of money given to the bride
+by the bridegroom;" this or similar dowry was required by a very old
+and very rigorous law.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+Barcia gives arras the general meaning of "that which is given as a
+pledge or token of any agreement. It was extended also to the marriage
+contract. Also, the thirteen pieces of money which in weddings serve
+for the formality of that function, passing from the hands of the
+bridegroom to those of the bride. In law, the amount which the man
+promises to the woman on account of his marriage to her; it cannot
+exceed, according to law, the tenth part of his possessions." He
+defines arrha (French, arrhes) as "a pledge or token given to secure
+and confirm a contract."
+
+[23] The context would seem to require here the amount of the fee for
+burial of a child; this has apparently been omitted in the MS. by
+a clerical error. The general appearance of the MS., and various
+memoranda on the back, suggest the probability that this was one of
+the copies furnished to the Jesuit Borja.
+
+[24] Spanish, possas. At funerals, prayers were read at different
+points on the way to the cemetery; for instance, at the church door,
+midway on the route, and at the cemetery gate--if not oftener. Of
+course the procession halted while prayers were being read or chanted;
+so for each halt (posa) a fee was due.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[25] Spanish, missas de nouenario; the novenary is a nine days'
+condolence for the deceased. The same term is also applied to a nine
+days' devotion offered to some saint.
+
+[26] Spanish, el velo; literally, the "veil," or the "veiling;"
+evidently referring to the old-time usage of placing a veil over the
+married pair (see note 16, ante), as a part of the ceremonies at the
+nuptial mass. I am told by one of our fathers here at Villanova,
+who lived in Spain years ago, that at marriages in that country
+the bride wears the usual wedding-veil, and continues to wear it
+in public for one week after the marriage; it is white, sometimes
+plain, sometimes adorned with ribbons or flowers of various
+colors.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[27] Spanish, cruz alta con su manga. The processional cross was
+carried on a staff, as used in the United States in processions; at
+funerals the crucifix was covered with black, this funeral trapping
+(manga) covering or veiling the cross as a sign of grief. Sometimes
+the sacristan bore only a small cross, without staff; this depended
+wholly on his fee. In all Catholic churches in the United States, we
+use the crucifixes covered in Holy Week; but we do not veil crosses
+at funerals.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[28] Spanish, por titulo de justicia. Parroco de justicia, so
+frequently used in this document, is the Spanish rendering of the
+technical Latin phrase, parochus de jure--words which show that
+the cura had a right to his office, had been instituted according
+to the canons, and was canonically and legally in office. It is
+practically the same as the English phrase "by right and title." Other
+equivalents are: "by title of law," "by right," and "ordinary." The
+parish priest, whether secular or regular, was an official of the
+Church.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[29] See account of the allotment of diocesan titles in VOL. I, p. 244,
+note 188. Baluffi, there cited, adds: "Relative to the two ninths that
+were given to the king, the first bishop of Mechoacan [in Mexico],
+Mons. Vasco de Quiroga, when organizing his cathedral [clergy] in 1554,
+speaking of the two shares of the tithes that were given to the king,
+remarked that they were thus awarded to his most serene Majesty in
+token of his lordship (superioritalis) and right of patronage."
+
+[30] In text, oneroso, but evidently a transcriber's error for onrroso.
+
+[31] In the text, projimos, "neighbors"--in allusion to the Scriptural
+injunction, "Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself," a duty strictly
+inculcated in the training of candidates for ordination, especially
+in the Jesuit order.
+
+[32] Alluding to Paul's precept in I Corinthians, vii, v. 20.
+
+[33] That is, a non-resident or merely titular prelate; see VOL. XVIII,
+p. 339, note 101.
+
+[34] The whole sentence, divested of technicalities, simply means that
+one must "look before he leaps;" or that, when one has his eyes open,
+he is supposed to have used them; or that the bishop, should he be
+merely titular, would have no one to blame but himself, and should
+be the last to complain.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[35] Spanish, pordioseros; that is, those who ask alms "for God's
+sake."
+
+[36] Spanish, conciliabulo; like English "conventicle," used to
+designate an unauthorized or illegal assembly.
+
+[37] Spanish, mal sonante y temeraria--literally, "of evil sound and
+reckless." This is part of a legal phrase, taken from Latin forms used
+by the Roman courts when characterizing books, teachings, statements,
+etc., of unorthodox or schismatic bearing.--Rev. T. C. Middleton,
+O.S.A.
+
+[38] This memorial seems to have been written by the Dominican Fray
+Raimundo Berart (see Resena biografica, ii, p. 203); and it was
+printed by Fray Mimbela.
+
+[39] Spanish, consumiendo; "the reception or eating by the priest
+of the body and blood of Christ, in the elements of bread and wine"
+(Dominguez).
+
+[40] Francisco de Mesina was born in Messina, Sicily, in 1614; at
+the age of fifteen he became a Jesuit novice, and in 1643 came to the
+Philippines. He acted as minister at the college of Manila during one
+year, and then went to Camboja with a Spanish expedition who built a
+ship there, ministering to the Spaniards, and to the natives of the
+country. For two years he was rector of Silang, and more than twenty
+years minister to the Chinese at Santa Cruz, near Manila, becoming
+very proficient in their language. He was three years provincial,
+and was sent to Macan and Camboja by the governor "on affairs of the
+royal service;" and he died at Santa Cruz, October 12, 1682. (Murillo
+Velarde, Hist. Philipinas, fol. 354.)
+
+[41] Spanish, almojarifazgo: export and import duties, as our modern
+officials would call them. This tax was first collected by the Moors
+in the cities and coasts of Andalucia, and afterward--in the times of
+St. Fernando, according to various authors--came to be introduced among
+the Christians; and they, on accepting or establishing this impost,
+adopted the name by which the Arabs designated it.--Fray Tirso Lopez
+(editor of Diaz).
+
+[42] Don Francisco Xavier, in the year 1670 (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de
+Philipinas, fol. 300).
+
+[43] Francisco Miedes was a native of Madrid, born about 1621;
+he entered the Jesuit order about 1643, and in 1643 came to the
+islands. During the first year he was an instructor at the college
+of Manila; the rest of his life was spent in the missions of Ternate
+and Siao. He compiled grammars and vocabularies of the dialects
+spoken in those islands, and performed his missionary labors with
+great self-sacrifice and devotion, suffering much from poverty and
+lack of the usual comforts of life. The hardships of this career,
+and his frequent austerities, broke down his strength, and he finally
+died at Iloilo, on June 21, 1674. (Murillo Velarde, ut supra, fol. 352
+b, 353.)
+
+Geronimo Cebreros was born in Mexico on May 30, 1626, and at the age
+of twenty-three entered the Jesuit novitiate, and four years later
+came to the islands. He was a missionary in Ternate and Siao, and for
+six years the superior of those missions; afterward he labored among
+the Spaniards and Tagals in Luzon, and died on August 15, 1713. (Ut
+supra, fol. 400 b.)
+
+[44] Diaz does not give the Christian name of this missionary,
+but Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 300 b), that it was Juan
+de Esquivel; this name, however, is not again mentioned by that
+author. On fol. 284 he gives the following account of Diego de
+Esquivel (of whom Juan may have been a brother): "On the sixth of
+June, 1665, died at Manila Father Diego de Esquivel, at the age of
+forty-two years, after seventeen years as a member of the Society;
+he was a native of the said city, and it was there that he entered
+the Society, in the year 1648. He finished his studies there, and,
+having been ordained as a priest, was sent to Ternate--where he
+learned perfectly the language of the natives, of which he wrote a
+grammar and a vocabulary. Thence he went to Tydore, and afterward
+to Siao, where the natives were living more as barbarians than as
+Christians; and he suffered greatly in that island, on account of
+the poverty of the country. He had his heart set on planting the
+faith and good morals among that people, by means of preaching, the
+good example of his life as a religious, and the charity with which
+he ministered to all; and he gained thereby the great affection of
+the people of Siao. This was known by Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara,
+and therefore after the death of Don Bentura, the king of that island
+(who left a young son), the governor commissioned Father Esquivel with
+the government of that kingdom, as it was under the royal protection,
+to the great satisfaction of the chiefs of its villages; and the
+superiors [of the order] gave him permission, in so far as it was in
+accordance with the sacred canons, to act as counselor of the said
+kingdom. This caused the preservation in our holy faith of the many
+and glorious missions which this province has in the Orient--which
+are the island and kingdom of Siao, and the provinces of Manados
+or Cauripa (which are in the great island of Celebes, or Macazar),
+with other islands and missions, which he frequently visited, by
+which he gained many souls to God. He was sent to Ternate as rector,
+but, moved by affectionate desire for the salvation of his Siaos,
+he left a father as vice-rector of the college [at Ternate], and
+returned to Siao. At this time, orders were given to withdraw the
+garrison from Ternate, and Father Esquivel returned to Manila, and
+many of those natives accompanied him--in order not to lose the faith,
+nobly abandoning their native land. They settled in Maragondong, La
+Estacada, and other places, with the name of Mardicas, and I knew
+in Maragondong some of them who had been born in Ternate. Through
+the hardships of this voyage Father Esquivel contracted an illness,
+which lasted during the remainder of his life. He spent some time as
+minister at Baras, where his sickness became worse; they carried him
+to Manila, where he died with great peace and resignation."
+
+Manuel Espanol was born in Aren, May 11, 1639, and entered the
+Jesuit order on November 21, 1656. Seven years later he came to the
+Philippine Islands. He was minister at the college of Manila two
+years, and afterward labored in the missions of Siao and Ternate for
+many years. He died in Manila, on March 10, 1684. (Murillo Velarde,
+ut supra, fol. 356.)
+
+[45] Murillo Velarde says (ut supra, fol. 302): "On the first of
+November, 1677, the Dutch seized Siao, called thither by Don Geronimo
+Daras, a rival and enemy of the king Don Francisco (who was a good
+Catholic, and a friend of the Spaniards); they went to conquer it,
+and left as governor of the island Robert Paagbrugue. They carried
+away to Malayo the fathers who were ministering there. They cut
+down the clove trees, and established several small forts with some
+artillery; and left there about two hundred men, with a preacher,
+who instructed the natives in regard to their errors. At first some
+of the Siaos resisted; but now they are most obstinate heretics, and
+very bitter enemies of the Catholic religion--as I found in some who
+strayed to Manila in those days; although some were finally converted,
+and I baptized a boy of fourteen years who learned the [Christian]
+doctrine readily."
+
+[46] i.e., "a time of peace, a time of war."
+
+[47] Spanish, Del monte sale, quien al monte quema, "indicating
+that the losses we suffer usually proceed from persons allied to us,
+or who live near us" (Dominguez).
+
+[48] Here, as in several other places in our text, we omit various
+pious reflections and citations from Scripture or the fathers of the
+church, simply through the pressure of valuable historical matter
+upon our limited space.
+
+[49] i.e., "If for my sake this tempest has arisen, cast me into the
+sea," paraphrasing rather than quoting the prophet's words (Jonah,
+i, v. 12).
+
+[50] Juan Caballero was born in Cordoba in 1629, and made his
+profession in the Augustinian order at Sevilla (by a typographical
+error in Perez's Catalogo, in 1637; probably, 1657). He came to Manila
+in the mission of 1669; three years later, was elected prior of Cebu,
+and in 1674 prior of Manila, where he died in 1685.
+
+[51] Biographical notices of these friars, and of others mentioned
+by Diaz in like connection, may be found in Perez's Catalogo.
+
+[52] Spanish, colegial del mayor. A colegio mayor is defined
+by Dominguez as "a community of youths, laymen of distinguished
+families, who devote themselves to various studies, living in a
+certain seclusion, and under a collegiate rector, whom they appoint,
+usually each year."
+
+[53] Spanish, catedratico de decreto. The Decreto was the book compiled
+by Gratianus which forms the first part of the canon law.
+
+[54] "More properly Konkanis; the modern division of North Canara
+is part of the territory properly known as the Konkan, and the old
+Portuguese called the natives of their territory, both those of Goa
+and the North (properly the Konkanis), and also those to the southward,
+indiscriminately Canarins." "The Canarins (who are heathen), are of two
+sorts, for such as are engaged in trade and other honorable callings
+are held in much greater respect than those who engage in fishing,
+or practice mechanical crafts." Canarin is the Portuguese form of
+the name applied to the natives of the coast, and interior north of
+Malabar, as far as and including Goa district; another form of the
+name is Karnatic, although it is now applied to the Tamil country on
+the eastern side of the Indian peninsula.--See Voyage of Pyrard de
+Laval (Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1887-88) and notes by
+Gray and Bell, i, pp. 375-376, ii, pp. 35, 405-406.
+
+[55] Payo Enriquez de Rivera was a native of Sevilla, and son of
+the Duke de Alcala, viceroy of Naples. In 1628 he made profession in
+the Augustinian order, and after obtaining his degrees in theology
+and philosophy held various important offices in Spain. In 1657 he
+was presented to the see of Guatemala, and ten years later to that
+of Michoacan; soon afterward he was made archbishop of Mexico,
+which office he assumed in June 1668. The viceroyalty of Mexico
+becoming vacant by the death of Pedro Nuno Colon, Duke de Veraguas,
+a few days after taking possession of that government (December,
+1673), he was immediately succeeded, by a royal order anticipating
+this event, by Fray Payo de Rivera, who ruled Nueva Espana for seven
+years. Rivera was distinguished by his ability as a ruler, not only
+in matters ecclesiastical, but in civil and military affairs--to all
+of which he attended with zeal and prudence; and he was beloved by
+the people. In July, 1681, he set out for Spain, where he had two
+important appointments from the government; but he declined these,
+and retired to the convent of Santa Maria del Risco. He died on April
+8, 1684, honored in both life and death by the government and by his
+people. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 182-187.)
+
+[56] Our Constitutions inhibit such procedure, the applying to
+courts outside the order. For us, appeals lie only to the Pontiff,
+who, being the common father of the faithful, is not considered an
+outsider.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[57] i.e., "The party dispossessed must first of all be restored,
+any other proceeding being deferred."
+
+[58] Referring to a work by the Jesuit writer Martin Martini (1614-61),
+who for many years was a prominent missionary in China. This was his
+Novus atlas Sinensis (Vienna, 1655), which formed part 10 of the great
+atlas published by Joannis Blaeu at Amsterdam (1656). Diaz hispanicizes
+Martini's name, and rather curiously uses the Italian word atlante for
+"atlas" instead of the Spanish atlas.
+
+[59] More strictly the name Coromandel is applied to the eastern
+coast of India north of Cape Comorin, and Malabar to the western coast.
+
+[60] i.e., "It shall not be compared with the dyed colors of India"
+(Job, xxviii, v. 16).
+
+[61] See plan of Madras, and maps of Coromandel coast, in Bellin's
+Atlas maritime, iii, fol. 37-39.
+
+[62] The Basilian order was founded by St. Basil, bishop of Caesarea
+in Cappadocia. His rule became so popular in the East as to supplant
+all others; and at this day it alone is recognized and followed by
+the monks of the Greek Church. This order also made its way into
+southern Italy, Poland, Hungary, and Russia. Nearly all the convents
+of Basilian nuns (founded by St. Macrina, sister of Basil), like those
+of the monks, have embraced the Eastern schism. (Addis and Arnold's
+Catholic Dictionary, citing Helyot's Ordres monastiques.)
+
+[63] Spanish, crescas, a word not given in the lexicons, but evidently,
+from the context, to be thus rendered.
+
+[64] See Linschoten's account of this story of St. Thomas's preaching
+in India, and A. C. Burnell's notes thereon, in Voyage of Linschoten
+(Hakluyt Society Publications, London, 1885), i, pp. 83-89. Burnell
+says that this story is unknown to the natives of India, and evidently
+originated in Syria. The inscription on the alleged tomb of St. Thomas
+near Madras is now known to be Nestorian, of about the ninth century
+A. D.
+
+[65] Tercia: the third part of a vara (33.38+ inches), therefore a
+little more than 11 inches; generally used as a measure of length.
+
+[66] Concepcion's account of this occurrence (Hist. de Philipinas,
+vii, pp. 258, 259) contains an explanation somewhat remarkable for a
+period when sanitary science had made little progress, even in Europe.
+
+"Governor Don Manuel de Leon was sick from excessive corpulency; and
+Don Juan de Sarra treated him by making cruel cuts in the flesh of his
+body. He attended, when these incisions were not yet quite healed,
+the funeral of Dona Maria del Cuellar, the deceased wife of Auditor
+Don Francisco Coloma; and in the church the vapors which exhale
+from buried corpses--which, experience proves, cost those so dear,
+who enter the church with sores or wounds, as these are poisoned
+and corrupted by those vapors--had the effect on the governor of
+opening his wounds, and bringing on a hemorrhage which exhausted him,
+[and he died. April 11, 1667]."
+
+[67] Salazar relates the disposition of the governor's estate
+(Hist. Sant. Rosario, pp. 114, 115), saying that, besides the
+provincial, Fray Balthasar de Santa Cruz and General Marcos Quintero
+Ramos were named by Leon as his executors; referring to the prohibition
+(see his p. 43) of such administration to the Dominican friars,
+he adds: "The said fathers could not refuse to accept this onerous
+charge as executors, not only on account of what our order owed to
+the deceased, but because of other circumstances which stood in the
+way and concerned the peace of the community." He states that Fray
+San Roman's death (less than a year after the governor's) did not
+prevent the administration of Leon's estate and the disposal of his
+property, which Santa Cruz carried out, the handling of the money
+being left entirely to Quintero. The governor's fortune amounted to
+250,000 pesos, of which the Dominican order appropriated nothing to
+itself, the money being almost entirely spent in pious foundations
+and charitable works. To the Misericordia was given 50,000 pesos,
+part of which was set aside for the dowries of orphan girls; to Leon's
+native place, 33,000 pesos to found chaplaincies, for the benefit of
+his soul; 12,000 to rebuild the hospital of San Lazaro at Manila,
+and a like sum for rebuilding the seminary of Santa Potenciana;
+and the remainder was spent in various works of piety and charity,
+for the benefit of the community.
+
+[68] Every province was entitled to choose four definitors
+and two visitors. In chapters the voting list is published
+prior to the elections; it contains the name of every person
+entitled to vote therein, with the position entitling him to
+vote.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[69] Spanish, altura; here meaning the most northern part of the
+ship's course, as the ships sailing from Manila took a route far
+northward to avail themselves of the trade-winds.
+
+[70] This should be Antonio de Letona; his book is entitled Perfecta
+religiosa (Puebla, Mexico, 1662). See our VOL. XXXVI, p. 189.
+
+[71] In text, rectores; but, as there is no meaning of that word that
+properly applies here, we conjecture it to be a typographical error
+for receptores.
+
+[72] Francisco Salgado was a native of Galicia, born April 2,
+1629. In 1648 he entered the Jesuit order, and in 1662, came to
+the Philippines. For several years he was teacher in the college
+of Manila; and afterward rector at Silang. He went to Europe (about
+1675?), and returned in 1679 with a mission band; he was rector of
+the Manila college and twice provincial. He died at Manila on July 14,
+1689. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 357.)
+
+[73] The MS. does not state what the other relic was, nor is it easy to
+ascertain; for the English in the latter part of the eighteenth century
+profaned the church of San Agustin at Manila, and took from it all the
+relics, in order to avail themselves of the silver of the reliquaries,
+and of the gold in which many of them were set.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[74] Juan de Mariana (1536-1624) was one of the most noted writers
+among the Spanish Jesuits. The work here referred to is that which he
+published originally in Latin, Historiae de rebus Hispaniae libri XXV
+(Toleti, 1592), which carried the history of the Spanish monarchy down
+to 1516. His own Spanish version of this work, enlarged and corrected,
+appeared at Toledo, 1601. Other writers continued this history to 1649
+and 1669; and the last of these was extended to 1678 by Felix Lucio
+de Espinosa y Malo (Madrid, 1678). This work has had many editions,
+translations, and criticisms--for which see Sommervogel's Bibliotheque
+Comp. de Jesus. One of Mariana's works, De rege et regis institutione
+(Toleti, 1599), was censured by the Parliament of Paris and publicly
+burned by the executioner in 1610; and the French court asked the
+Spanish government to suppress it, which request was refused.
+
+[75] That is, the writer's desire to flatter some influential persons
+who were enemies of Valenzuela.
+
+[76] The alternation [alternativa] of the elections consisted in this,
+that during one triennium the offices were held by natives of Spain,
+and during the next one by those born in the Indias.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[77] Spanish, pasado en authoridad de cosa juzgada (equivalent to
+the Latin res adjudicata).
+
+[78] Spanish, se comprometio. With us elections sometimes go by
+compromissum; that is, where no result is secured as usual by close
+ballot the chapter designate a committee to nominate some person,
+usually with the pledge that the chapter will afterward elect him,
+and thus ratify the committee's choice.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[79] Among the voters at provincial and general chapters are two
+classes especially designated by provinces or convents to represent
+the entire community; these are the definitors and the discreets
+(VOL. XXXIV, p. 419). The conventual discreet is chosen for the
+provincial chapter, and is elected by all the voters of a house in
+chapter assembled. The discreet-general is chosen for the general
+chapter, by the provincial chapter. At the general chapter every
+province is entitled to representation by three voters--the provincial,
+the definitor, and the discreet. At provincial chapter every large
+house, or convent, is entitled similarly to representation by two
+voters, the priors and the discreet (there is no definitor for a
+house).--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[80] There must be some error in the text--probably made in the
+transcriptions of Diaz's manuscript for publication--for Perez says
+(Catalogo, p. 140) that these missions contained 160 religious. The
+father here named is mentioned a little below as Manuel Losada,
+which name (although it does not appear in Perez) was probably his
+baptismal and family name, the other being that assumed by him on
+entering the order.
+
+[81] No elemental; that is, it was not nebulous--as our astronomers
+at this time say, arrogating to themselves this discovery, which
+evidently was not unknown to those of earlier times.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[82] Roughly estimating from the date here given, it seems
+probable that the line here mentioned refers to the diameter of the
+earth. Although that diameter had not been exactly measured at that
+time, a long step toward this had been taken by Picard of France,
+who in 1671 made the first really valuable measure of the arc of a
+meridian, a measure which Isaac Newton used in verifying his idea of
+gravitation. The ambiguous manner in which the line is mentioned by
+the writer (supposedly Kino, as cited by Diaz) was probably due to
+cautious dread lest ecclesiastical penalties be visited on the too
+definite statement of scientific discoveries; for at that time Mexico
+was dominated by the Inquisition, by which tribunal the great Galileo
+had been imprisoned less than fifty years before Kino made these
+observations. The course of this comet can easily be verified, after
+making due allowance for the precession of the equinoxes, on any map
+of the constellations. Information for this note is furnished by Albert
+S. Flint, astronomer of Washburn Observatory, University of Wisconsin.
+
+[83] Eusebius Kino (or Chino) was a noted mathematician and
+explorer. Born near Trent in 1644, he entered the Jesuit order at
+the age of twenty-one, and in 1678 came to America. He soon devoted
+himself to the California missions, and explored and mapped a large
+extent of country in Mexico and Lower California. He died at Magdalena,
+March 15, 1711.
+
+[84] One of the collections of canon law is called "Clementinas"
+(see VOL. XXV, p. 226): they were compiled out of the canons of the
+Council of Vienne (1316) and some of his own constitutions. (Addis
+and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary, p. 106.) The father of Bolivar had
+apparently held the clementina chair of canon law in a university.
+
+[85] The vihuela (or viguela) was the ancient form of the guitar,
+or something between it and the violin. It is mentioned as in use,
+in a poem of the fourteenth century. There were vihuelas de penoia and
+vihuelas de arco--the former played with a plectrum, the latter with a
+bow. Later, the vihuela merged entirely into the guitar. (H. E. Watts,
+in note on his edition of Don Quixote [London, 1895], iv, p. 85.)
+
+[86] "Much difficulty was found in raising the required force for the
+Philippine Islands. Many of the soldiers dreading the climate would
+desert before reaching Acapulco, and new schemes had to be devised
+for raising recruits. Thus in 1677 all criminals willing to enlist
+were pardoned, and 125 pesos a year given them as pay. Still, only
+a small number could be induced to accept this offer." (Bancroft,
+Mexico, iii, p. 185.)
+
+[87] Spanish, quintas esencias (English, "quintessences"); referring
+to the notion in alchemy of a fifth or last and highest essence or
+power in a natural body.
+
+[88] Spanish, se parte un pelo en el aire; an idiomatic expression
+(also written cortar or hender un cabello), signifying the possession
+of great penetration, keenness, dexterity; quick perception, much
+perspicacity. Cf. the common phrases, "to fish for things in the air,"
+"to catch them while flying," etc. (Dominguez). The saying perhaps
+originated in the ability of a good swordsman to cut a hair in two
+instantly with his sword.
+
+[89] Spanish, dos palos; meaning the two wooden ships used for the
+Acapulco trade, which was the sole support of the colony.
+
+[90] That is, "mindless, or silly, or without sense;" a neat and keen
+play on words. The meaning evidently is, that knowledge of law does
+not consist in mere remembrance of law terms, but in discerning their
+force and power.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[91] "They feared to lose temporal goods, and did not reflect on the
+life eternal; and thus they lost both."
+
+[92] This form of bodily mortification can be understood only by those
+who live in hot countries. In Europa it is no mortification at all, and
+there is no religious who does not practice it, as being a precept of
+the rules, which command that neither food nor drink be taken outside
+of fixed hours. But in intertropical countries, with the suffocating
+heat and the continual perspiration it is a necessity to drink water
+and quench one's thirst with great frequency; and on this account
+the superiors have to grant dispensations from some prescribed usages
+that are, if not impossible, exceedingly difficult to fulfil in those
+countries. As a compensation, there are other forms of mortification
+which in cold countries are difficult to practice, such as sleeping
+on the ground, which in the regions that are mentioned above do not
+merit even the name of mortification.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[93] Spanish, cilicios: a term originally derived from the name
+Cilicia, from which country was brought in ancient times a cloth woven
+of hair, called therefore cilicium; applied to a belt or girdle of
+haircloth, or of metallic wires woven together, often with projecting
+points of metal, worn next to the skin by way of mortifying the flesh.
+
+[94] "No one can serve two masters;" in verse 13 of the sixteenth
+(not seventeenth, as in our text) chapter of Luke's gospel.
+
+[95] Although difficulties arise in obeying two superiors, it is
+not impossible, and much less when the respective jurisdiction of
+each is over different activities--as occurs in the missions and
+villages directed by religious, in which the superior of the order is
+responsible for his subordinates conducting themselves as they should
+in their private lives, and the vicar or bishop watches to see that
+they are punctual in the discharge of their ministry as missionaries
+or parish priests. In such cases the gospel text, which speaks of
+those who command opposite things, does not properly apply.--Fray
+Tirso Lopez.
+
+[96] Tomas Antonio de la Cerda, Conde de Paredes and Marques de la
+Laguna, succeeded Archbishop Rivera as viceroy of Nueva Espana on
+November 30, 1680; he held this office six years. During this time
+the shores of Nueva Espana were continually harassed by pirates and
+buccaneers--the most notable event being their capture and sack of
+Vera Cruz in May, 1683.
+
+[97] This word cannot be found in the Spanish lexicons, and is probably
+a Siamese word, since on old maps of Siam are numerous place-names
+which begin with the syllable Ban. Bandel may be a place-name, but
+more probably designates the trading-post occupied by the Portuguese.
+
+[98] The Windward fleet (armada de Barlovento) was maintained
+to protect Spanish commerce in the Atlantic between Spain and
+America. In 1689 it was composed of six ships of the line and a
+frigate. (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, p. 224.)
+
+[99] Perez's Catalogo enumerates forty-five in this mission band. Among
+them was a priest, Diego Higinio, who for many years ministered to
+the lepers in Bisayas.
+
+[100] Spanish, hermano mayor, that is, the brother at the head of
+the association.
+
+[101] The reference is to a passage in canon law, in the Corpus Juris,
+which runs thus: Si Episcopus a Paganis aut Schismaticis capiatur,
+non Archiepiscopus, sed Capitulum ... ministrare debebit:... The full
+citation is: Si Episcopus, "De supplenda negligentia Praelatorum,"
+lib. i, cap. iii, in Sexto. The Sextus, or sixth book, from which the
+above is taken, is entitled, Sexti Decretalium Liber, of Pope Boniface
+VIII; and is described in Addis and Arnold's Catholic Dictionary,
+p. 106.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[102] i.e., "Courage holds greater sway in a small body."
+
+[103] That is, who had deserved it before his coming, but thus far
+had managed to escape punishment.
+
+[104] Spanish, mala feria, "a bad fair;" referring to the annual
+gathering of buyers at Acapulco on the arrival of the Manila galleon.
+
+[105] "So closely did the government guard against possible
+independence of the colonists in trade that ships' companies were
+prohibited from purchasing goods of the country, and factors and
+traders on the fleets were not allowed to remain longer than three
+years in America. No foreigner could trade with the colonies,
+nor was one permitted to enter a port without special license. In
+fact the prices of both imports and exports of New Spain, with the
+exception of the precious metals, were under the arbitrary control of
+the merchants of Seville, and later of Cadiz. What further increased
+the drainage of wealth from America was the decadence of manufacturing
+industries in Spain, owing to the immense influx into the Peninsula of
+precious metals. The riches poured into the mother country made labor
+almost unnecessary; hence a general decline in all kinds of industry,
+and Spain had to resort to foreign markets, not only to supply home
+consumption but also the demands of her colonies. Merchandise thus
+procured could only be exported to the American settlements at rates
+increased by additional duties and merchants' profits." Besides
+the commercial restrictions imposed on the colonies by the home
+government, other influences depressed trade--forced loans to the
+king, debased coinage, interference by the church, arbitrary action
+by civil authorities, contraband trade, the ravages of war, and the
+depredations of corsairs. "In time of war commerce with the mother
+country was reduced to the lowest ebb; European goods were poured
+into the Spanish colonies by neutrals, and the contraband trade was
+almost openly carried on." (Bancroft's Mexico, iii, pp. 628-630.)
+
+[106] Regarding the bulls of the Crusade (for which see
+VOL. XXVIII, pp. 113-115), the following information is furnished
+by Rev. Dr. William A. Jones, O.S.A., president of the college of
+San Agustin, Havana: "So far as I know, there was no special decree
+suppressing the privileges of the Bula Cruzada. As I understand it from
+those who are well informed, the original privileges contained in the
+Bula Cruzada were exclusively bestowed upon Spanish subjects, and as
+a consequence, followed the Spanish flag. The moment the sovereignty
+of Spain ceased over this island [Cuba], so ceased also the meaning of
+the Bula Cruzada for these rebels to the old dynasty. But some Cubans
+continued to adopt the privileges of the Latin American Council which
+had recently been held in Rome (about five years ago), in virtue
+of which the privileges regarding fasts and abstinence are almost
+identical with the old Bula; those privileges were afterward confirmed,
+and we follow the rules of the Council. As for the Philippines, I infer
+that the Bula ceased there as soon as the Spanish sovereignty ended."
+
+An Augustinian father who has recently come to Villanova
+from the Philippines states that in those islands they have
+dispensations for fasts and abstinence, the same as before the
+revolution; but he could not state the precise date of those
+dispensations.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+A decree of Leo XIII, April 22, 1899, grants the Cuban bishops
+authority for ten years to grant dispensations from fasting and
+abstinence.
+
+[107] Diaz's statement throws an interesting light on the preparation
+and publication of the Conquistas of Fray Gaspar de San Agustin,
+which is the work here referred to. At the beginning are various
+approbations, licenses, etc. The dedication, very flowery and somewhat
+perfunctory, is made to Dona Maria de Guadalupe, Duquesa de Avero
+(with many other titles), as "the learned Minerva, not only of our
+Espana but of the new worlds;" it is signed by Fray Manuel de la Cruz,
+but is undated. The first approbation is signed by Fray Diego de Jesus
+and other Augustinian officials, at Manila, September 2, 1686; and the
+license for its publication is signed by the provincial of the order,
+Juan de Jerez, four days later. The commissary of the Inquisition at
+Manila, Fray Baltasar de Santa Cruz, O.P., approves it on November
+28 following; and the archbishop of Manila, Phelipe Pardo, licenses
+the publication, on December 2. Nothing was done toward printing it
+until 1697; for the next document is the approbation of the work,
+furnished by Alonso Sandin, O.P., who has examined it in obedience
+to the command of Alonso Portillo de Cardos, vicar-general of the
+archdiocese of Toledo; this is dated at Madrid, August 8, 1697. Nine
+days later, Portillo issues the license for printing the book. Next
+follows the approbation of Fray Diego Florez, past provincial of the
+Augustinian province of Castilla, dated at Madrid, September 5. Then
+follow a list of "Erratas," thirteen in number, signed by Martin de
+Ascarza, "corrector-general for his Majesty," dated May 5, 1698; and a
+certificate (dated May 10) that the price at which the said book may be
+sold has been fixed by decree of the royal Council at eight maravedis
+for each printed sheet (pliego). A note at the foot of this page states
+that the book contains 146 pliegos, including unnumbered pages. Nothing
+is said in any of these documents of Diaz's connection with the work.
+
+[108] The first Dutch settlement at the present site of Cape Town was
+made in 1652; it grew very slowly for a long time, for at the end of
+that century it contained only some eighty private houses. In 1658
+negro slaves were carried thither, and later the Dutch sent to Cape
+Town Javanese criminals who had been sentenced at Batavia to penal
+servitude, and political prisoners of rank from India, some of whom
+preferred to remain there for life. With these elements of population
+and the aboriginal Hottentots arose innumerable mixtures of blood, and
+the utmost diversity of color and features among the inhabitants. The
+castle of Good Hope (still standing) was built in 1666-74, as a
+defense for the colony; and in 1672 a formal purchase of land was
+made from the Hottentots by the East India Company. The great garden
+of the Company was partly converted into a nursery for foreign plants
+and trees by Simon van der Stel, commander of the colony from 1680 to
+1699. See Theal's South Africa (New York and London, 1894), pp. 20-57.
+
+In 1688-90 nearly 200 Huguenot refugees from France arrived at the
+Cape, and formed settlements near Cape Town. See Worsfold's South
+Africa (London, 1895), p. 15.
+
+[109] Desiderius Erasmus was born at Rotterdam October 28, 1467. When
+a boy, he was sent to a convent; and in 1492 was ordained a priest,
+at Utrecht. He afterward devoted himself to the study of the classics
+and of divinity, and to literary work; he resided successively in
+Paris, England, and Basle. His Colloquies offended zealous Catholics,
+by attacking the superstitions and abuses in the Church; but he was
+not a supporter of Luther. Erasmus died on July 12, 1536.
+
+[110] They took Father Samper to the island of Paragua, and abandoned
+him there. When this event was learned in Manila, they sent for him;
+but on the way he fell into the hands of the Camucon pirates, who
+took his life.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[111] Basilitano obviously refers to some suppressed or extinct see in
+pagandom, and Fray Lopez would now be styled a "titular bishop." The
+word cannot be found in the lexicons or gazetteers of classical,
+mediaeval, and early Christian geographical terms; and it is evidently
+an adjective of local meaning.--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[112] See the Epodes of Horatius, i, 2, l. 14; at first referring
+to the Greeks before Troy, but afterward becoming a general
+proverb--"Whatever errors the great may commit, the people must
+atone for."
+
+[113] Father Fray Joaquin Martinez de Zuniga, in his Historia de
+Filipinas (pp. 384 et seq.), relates the foundation of the curacy of
+Mariquina, its separation from that of Pasig, and the means by which
+this was effected, as also the incorporation [that is, again with
+Pasig] which is here mentioned, and their final separation. And as his
+account differs considerably from that of Father Diaz, and we lack
+the data for deciding which of them is correct, we refer the reader
+to that work that he may examine, compare, and decide. Father Diaz,
+however, may have remained silent on the vexed questions to which
+that establishment gave rise, through consideration of prudence and
+of respect to the living; and in that case there is no contradiction,
+but justifiable omissions.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+The Jesuit account of this controversy is presented by Murillo Velarde
+in Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 344 b, 345.
+
+[114] Melchor Portocarrero, Lasso de la Vega, Conde de Monclove
+(misprinted in our text Mondova), succeeded the Marques de la Laguna
+as viceroy of Mexico, on November 30, 1686; his administration lasted
+nearly two years, and he was an upright and vigilant ruler. He failed,
+however, to protect the Indian natives from cruel oppressions by the
+Spaniards. He was commonly known as Brazo de la Plata, or "Silver
+Arm," on account of wearing a false arm, his own having been lost in
+battle. (Bancroft, Mexico, iii, p. 221.)
+
+[115] "An antiquated term, signifying a togated judge, one of those
+who in the court composed what was called "the tribunal of alcaldes,"
+who, together, constituted the fifth tribunal of the famous Council of
+Castilla. These alcaldes no longer exist, nor does the tribunal which
+they formed; because an Audiencia has been established at Madrid,
+according to a decree of January 20, 1834." (Dominguez.)
+
+[116] Reference is here made to the Book of Wisdom, which is found
+in the Douay Bible next after Solomon's "Canticle of Canticles"
+("Song of Songs," in the Protestant Bible); it does not, however,
+occur in the Vulgate. The passage here cited (in Latin, in Diaz's
+text) reads thus in the Douay (English) version: "Learn, ye that are
+judges of the ends of the earth. Give ear, you that rule the people,
+and that please yourselves in multitudes of nations. For power is given
+you by the Lord, and strength by the Most High, who will examine your
+works, and search out your thoughts: because being ministers of his
+kingdom, you have not judged rightly, nor kept the law of justice,
+nor walked according to the will of God. Horribly and speedily will
+he appear to you: for a most severe judgment shall be for them that
+bear rule." These words are found in verses 2-6 of chapter vi.
+
+[117] Gaspar de la Cerda Sandoval Silva y Mendoza, Conde de Galve,
+assumed the office of viceroy of Nueva Espana on November 20,
+1688. The coasts were infested with corsairs up to 1692, but Galve's
+preparations to exterminate them seem to have frightened them away. In
+1690 and 1695 he sent expeditions against the French in Santo Domingo;
+in 1689, one to search for La Salle's Texas colony; and in 1693-94,
+to establish the town of Pensacola, Florida. At his own request, he
+was relieved from the office of viceroy, which he left February 27,
+1696. He then returned to Spain, where he died soon afterward.
+
+[118] Perhaps referring to the fact that Pardo was but fifteen years
+old when he entered the Dominican order, and to his high rank as a
+theologian and a prelate.
+
+[119] The first of these citations reads in English: "The privilege
+that you enjoy through my favor you may not employ to my distress." The
+second is a school axiom, derived from Aristotle, to be encountered
+in higher philosophy and metaphysics; it may be found in glossaries
+or expositions of terms used by schoolmen, but its explanation
+therein is usually somewhat prolix and even obscure. It may be
+translated thus: "Whenever any thing (or cause) is of such or such
+a character (or kind), it possesses that characteristic in higher
+degree than that which derives therefrom (i.e., than its effect or
+result)."--Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.
+
+[120] This doctrine of the Manila cabildo and of the author might at
+that time be quite current; but since then, by the Concordat of 1851,
+and especially by the bull of his Holiness Pius IX, the Roman pontiff,
+issued on August 28, 1873, the church has sanctioned the opposite
+opinion.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[121] It should be remembered that this part of the Conquistas was
+written in 1718.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[122] This recapitulation or resume of the labors of our missionaries
+in China was either not written by Father Diaz, or he wrote it in a
+separate book which we do not possess.--Fray Tirso Lopez.
+
+[123] One of the most important acts of this governor was the
+publication (October 1, 1696) of a revision of the "Ordinances of
+good government" which Corcuera had enacted in 1642; some account of
+these will be given in a later volume.
+
+[124] "He devoted himself to the recovery of the immense sums which
+were due to the king from the citizens of Manila; and with these he
+rebuilt the governor's palace, added to it the halls for the royal
+Audiencia, and in the lower story offices for the bureau of accounts,
+established the jail for the court, and began the royal storehouses. By
+various expedients he contrived the saving of thousands of pesos to the
+royal treasury, sums which now are deducted from the situado--although
+this was partly done by greatly curtailing the pay of both officers and
+soldiers, for which he deserves little praise. To the royal treasury
+of Mexico he saved more than five hundred thousand pesos which it was
+owing to that of Philipinas in situados." (Zuniga's Historia, p. 394.)
+
+[125] The sentence pronounced in the residencia of Governor Cruzat y
+Gongora (published June 6, 1602) is given in full in the Ventura del
+Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 209-234. Some forty charges were
+made against him; some were sustained, making him liable to judgments
+of about 31,000 pesos; others were referred to the home government;
+but on the majority he was acquitted.
+
+[126] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), iv, pp. 235-244,
+is a summary of a long document, a "Vindication of the official acts
+performed in the visitation of Camarines by Licentiate Don Francisco
+Gueruela, member of his Majesty's Council and alcalde of court in
+the royal Audiencia of these islands, and visitor for the Audiencia
+in that province in the past year, 1702." The summary reads as follows:
+
+It is divided into three parts: the first contains, besides the
+preface, a brief summary of all the edicts which were published in
+those villages, and which are being brought out by his order. The
+second comprises a more than succinct relation of the false charges
+which the said visitation had encountered, and edicts about which with
+Christian impiety they had dissembled to him. The third is reduced to a
+brief legal demonstration of the authority which the visitor possesses
+to institute summary legal proceedings against the religious who are
+in charge of doctrinas, without danger from the bull In caena or any
+other censure whatever.
+
+In the preface--which is crammed with citations from the holy
+fathers, the Scriptures, and [various other] writers--the zealous
+[flamante] auditor Gueruela says that he spent a month in obtaining
+information about the condition of the villages in the province
+of Camarines, before he began the visitation; and in that time,
+through the investigations which he made, he learned that the evils
+which the religious teachers cause to the Indians were deeply rooted,
+and required an effective remedy. He says that as he was uncertain
+by what means to carry out his purposes, he undertook first, to
+induce the religious, through persuasion and careful consideration,
+to agree to a reform of the abuses with which they were oppressing
+the Indians; but that, as they paid no attention to this, he had no
+other recourse than to carry out the visitation, in spite of his fear
+that the religious in the doctrinas would oppose him, and that they
+might as a last resort renounce their charges and entirely abandon the
+villages, which was or would be a misfortune demanding very careful
+consideration. But [he felt] that justice and right had greater power
+[than these considerations], in order to liberate from slavery the
+30,000 souls of that province, whose ruin was being brought about by
+the sixteen religious who were administering those villages, who were
+receiving more than 19,000 pesos.
+
+
+Part first
+
+(In which is contained the summary of all the edicts published in
+the visitation, and the attestation of them separately.)
+
+1. That the natives shall not contribute to the curas of the doctrinas
+any food supplies without pay for the value of these.
+
+2. That they shall not perform any labor or personal services for
+the said religious without pay.
+
+3. That the same be understood for the plain sewing, the spinning,
+and the embroidery for the churches and the sacristies, for the inside
+garments of the religious and their servants.
+
+4. That the young girls [dalagas] shall not sweep the churches and
+their courts; and that, in their place, twenty young men [baguntaos]
+and the boys in the schools shall assist.
+
+5. The said girls shall not pound rice as a repartimiento for the
+religious, or for their treasurers or agents [sindicos o fiscales];
+nor shall they go to the convent for the unthreshed rice [palay],
+nor deliver that which has been cleaned. All this shall be in the
+charge of the gobernadorcillos, their constables, and other officials,
+who shall transport the said produce, see that the rice is pounded,
+and deliver it, to the satisfaction of the religious.
+
+6. Food, wax, candles, etc., shall not be collected from the natives
+under any pretext of usage, custom, or devotion; nor shall they be
+obliged to [render] personal services without pay.
+
+7. They shall not be domestics, cooks, mananguetes, fishermen,
+gardeners, or [act in] other personal employ for the religious,
+without pay.
+
+8. Each entire tribute shall pay three reals a year as a contribution
+to the festivities of the Monument [on Holy Thursday], the Sanctorum
+[i.e., a tax paid by the natives above sixteen years, to the church],
+and the Pintacasi; and four gantas of palay rice besides, for the
+Defunctorum [i.e., masses for the dead?].
+
+9. At the feast of St. Francis the natives shall not work without pay,
+or at their own cost, in the palas-palas [i.e., cutting of?] bamboo
+frames and bejucos, except when they fail to pay the real for the
+Pintacasi. [This word is defined in Noceda and Sanlucar's Tagal
+Vocabulario, "to aid another in seedtime, gratuitously."]
+
+10. The support or pacaen of the religious shall not be contributed
+gratis in the large villages; and in the small ones the obligations
+which the Indians may have formed shall be fulfilled; but if they have
+not done so, as they have no obligations they shall not contribute
+without pay.
+
+11. There shall be no fiscals appointed in the villages by the
+religious, but only guardians, without rods; nor shall there be
+constables; and they shall not be authorized to arrest, flog, or
+punish the natives.
+
+12. The father ministers have no temporal jurisdiction over their
+parishioners; and as little have they ecclesiastical jurisdiction,
+except in the tribunal of conscience, and for admonishing and
+instructing the people, administering the sacraments, saying mass,
+and teaching the [Christian] doctrine, etc.
+
+13. For the same reason the civil government of the villages is not in
+their keeping; nor shall the [local] authorities ask permission from
+the religious to execute the orders of their alcaldes-mayor, or to
+entertain travelers and furnish them what they need for its just value.
+
+14. The wills, contracts, and obligations of the Indians which
+shall hereafter be made, must be sent to the record-office of the
+alcalde-mayor, without registering them in the convents.
+
+15. The religious in charge of doctrinas have no authority to arrest,
+flog, or punish the natives, either in person or through intervening
+agencies; and the Indians, both men and women, must not allow
+themselves to be arrested or flogged by the religious. If this is
+done by order of the syndics and fiscals, let them defend themselves
+against the judges in what way they can.
+
+16. Nothing shall be collected from the natives for burials, baptisms,
+and marriages.
+
+
+
+Then follow comments on these regulations, and in vindication of
+them--exceedingly prolix on account of being full of citations,
+some timely and others the opposite. He states therein that for
+the service of the parish churches he ordered that the following
+should render assistance: Four servants for the parochial house; one
+doorkeeper for each convent; and people enough to carry the hammocks
+and litters [talabones] when the minister shall go forth to administer
+the sacraments. Two sacristans; and the acolytes and the singers for
+the services in the churches. Twenty young men [baguntaos], to sweep
+the churches and their courts every week or every day. Two laundresses,
+for keeping clean the cloths and vestments in the sacristies. All the
+young girls [dalagas], but outside of the convents, to embroider and
+sew all the articles of cloth that are necessary for divine worship. A
+guardian who shall notify the religious of matters pertaining to
+their obligations. A syndic, who shall attend to collecting what
+belongs to them.
+
+
+
+[He says] that the oppressions which are caused by the service which
+was compulsory in furnishing the dalagas consisted in the following:
+Under the pretext of needlework and embroidery, the religious
+compelled the dalagas to be in continual attendance in the houses of
+the syndics and mistresses, where they not only sewed and embroidered
+the articles for the sacristy, but also the inner garments of the
+religious and the outer garments of their servants. Besides, they
+must do whatever was commanded them by the mistresses themselves,
+and their fiscals and syndics, and the fields of all these were
+sown with grain, without pay, by the wretched dalagas. At the same
+time, assessments were levied annually in each village for [church]
+ornaments; and this sum, in the village of Caramuan alone, amounted to
+800 pesos the year before. It must be considered that, besides these
+things, the villages were burdened by the maintenance (at their own
+cost) of two or three pavilions [camarines; for temporary churches],
+for extra supplies of timber of all sizes, and also limestone, for
+the repairs and adornment of the churches.
+
+After presenting various considerations, he proceeds to refute the
+false charges which the Franciscan religious published against him,
+who said that he had treated them as if they were criminals; that he
+had falsified the edicts, varying them from the original process;
+and that all the declarations of the witnesses were false, as also
+the remonstrances of the villages.
+
+[127] In the text, misprinted 1684. Occasional typographical errors
+are found in the printed edition of Diaz, which we correct in our text.
+
+[128] Spanish, pajaros bobos; evidently referring to the bird commonly
+known as "booby" (VOL. XVII, p. 130).
+
+[129] Governor Cruzat y Gongora died at sea, on the voyage from
+Manila to Acapulco, on November 5, 1702; and his youngest daughter
+on December 12 of the same year. (Ventura del Arco MSS., iv, p. 245.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 34384.txt or 34384.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/4/3/8/34384/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
+Gutenberg.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/34384.zip b/old/34384.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f8ec28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/34384.zip